U.S. Environmental Protection Agency - FY 2004 Congressional Justification
INSERT PAGES for the
FY 2004 CONGRESSIONAL JUSTIFICATION (CJ)
NOTE: Please insert the following section.
• INTRODUCTION and OVERVIEW should be inserted behind the
Introduction and Overview tab.
• PART Summary should be inserted at the end of the Special Analysis
section;
-------
EPA's Mission
The mission of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is to protect human health
and safeguard the natural environment-air, water, and land~upon which life depends.
EPA's Goals
EPA currently has a series of ten strategic, long-term Goals in its Strategie Plan, to
combination with EPA's core principles, these goals define the Agency's planning, budgeting,
analysis, accountability, and implementation processes.
* Clean Air: The air hi every American community will be safe and healthy to breathe. In
particular, children, the elderly, and people with respiratory ailments will be protected
from health risks posed by polluted air. Reducing air pollution will also protect the
environment by restoring life in damaged ecosystems, reducing health risks to those who
subsist on those ecosystems, and yield many other benefits.
• Clean and Safe Water; The American public will have drinking water that is clean and
safe to drink. Effective protection of America's rivers, lakes, wetlands, aquifers, coastal
and ocean waters will support wildlife as well as recreational, subsistence, and economic
activities. Watersheds and their ecosystems will be restored and protected to provide
wildlife habitat, reduce flooding, and enhance water quality thus improving public health.
* Safe Food: The food that the American public eats will he free from unsafe pesticide
residues. Particular attention will be given to protecting subpopulations that may be more
susceptible to adverse effects of pesticides or have higher dietary exposures to pesticide
residues. These subpopulations include children and individuals with diets that include
large amounts of noncommercial foods.
• Preventing Pollution and Reducing Hisk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces, and
Ecosystems: Pollution prevention and risk management strategies aimed at eliminating,
reducing, or minimizing emissions and contamination will result in cleaner and safer
environments. EPA will safeguard ecosystems and promote the health of natural
communities, integral components of this nation's quality of life.
* Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and
Emergency Response: America's wastes will be stored, treated, and disposed of in ways
that prevent harm to people and the natural environment. EPA will work to clean up
previously polluted sites, restore them to levels appropriate for surrounding communities,
and respond to and help prevent waste-related or industrial accidents.
• Reduction of Global and Cross-Border Environmental Risks: The United States will
collaborate with other nations in successful, multilateral efforts to reduce significant risks
to human health and ecosystems from climate change, stratospheric ozone depletion, and
other hazards of international concern.
-------
* Quality Environmental Information: At all levels, the public and decision makers will
have access to quality information about environmental conditions and human health to
make informed decisions and help assess community environmental health. The public
will also have access to educational and information services and tools that provide for
the reliable and secure exchange of quality environmental information.
• Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Environmental Risk, and Greater
Innovation to Address Environmental Problems: EPA will develop and apply the best
available science to address current and future environmental hazards and develop new
approaches to improved environmental protection.
• A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the Law: EPA will
ensure full compliance with laws intended to protect human health and the environment.
• Effective Management: By managing for results, EPA will maintain the highest-quality
standards for environmental leadership, effective internal management, and fiscal
responsibility.
i-2
-------
Organization of the Annual Performance Plan and Budget
The Agency & Commitment to Link Planning and Budgeting
The Agency's approach to annual planning under the Government Performance and
Results Act (GPRA) is based on a Ml integration of strategic planning, annual planning,
budgeting, and accountability. The organization of EPA's FY 2004 Annual Plan and Budget
Request reflects the Agency's continuing commitment to link planning and budgeting in a
coherent, integrated process. This integrated Annual Plan and Budget promotes fiscal
accountability through a connection between resources and outcomes.
The Annual Plan and Budget presents the Agency's Goals and Objectives, and identifies
the resource levels and activities associated with them. For each Objective, the Budget sets forth
a set of annual performance goals and performances measures. These goals and measures
represent intermediate, measurable levels of performance needed to achieve the Agency's
Objectives contained in the Agency's five-year Strategic Plan, which was submitted to Congress
in September 2000. The Agency will continue to work with partners and stakeholders to take
into account our performance over the past years, and lay out new and innovative tools and
approaches to advance our progress in environmental protection.
Annual Plan Components
All of the components of the Annual Plan are contained within the Budget. To fully
explain the Agency's resource needs, the Budget contains a single set of externally reported
annual performance goals and performance measures. The Agency submits a stand-alone
Annual Plan to Congress to meet the legislative concern expressed in GPRA that "annual plans
not be voluminous presentations describing performance for every activity. The annual plan and
reports are to inform, not overwhelm the reader." (See the Special Analysis section of this
document for the Annual Performance Plan components.)
Animal Performance Plan and Congressional Justification Organization:
Resource Tables
The resource tables provide a broad overview of the resources that the Agency is
requesting for FY 2004 by Goal, Objective, and Appropriation.
Goal Chapters include;
* Background and Context: Sets the broad context for the Goal and briefly explains why
the Goal is of National importance.
* Resource Summary: Provides a broad overview of the resources for FY 2004 by Goal,
Objective, and Appropriation. (The dollar amounts in these and other tables may not add
due to independent rounding.)
i-3
-------
• Means and Strategy: Broadly describes the Agency's approach to achieving the
strategic Goal.
• Highlights: Provides an overview of major activities and programs that contribute to
achieving the Goal.
• Strategic Objectives and Annual Performance Goals: Includes all the Objectives
under each Goal, and links those Objectives to FY 2004 Annual Performance Goals.
• External Factors: Addresses the external-Agency factors, such as participation in
environmental programs by state and local governments and other stakeholders, or
economic and technological factors that may enhance or impede progress toward
achieving environmental goals.
Objective Sections Include:
• Objective Statement: Objectives are a critical part of the planning and budgeting
process, and they respond to the GPRA requirement to plan achievable Objectives. Each
Objective supports the attainment of a specific Goal.
• Resource Summary: Reports resources by Appropriation account for the Objective.
• Key Programs: Reports resources for Key Programs, which are Agency programs
contributing to the Objective. Resources listed under an Objective may not represent the
total Key Program resources, as a Key Program may be involved in more than one
Objective.
• FY 2004 Request: These narratives describe specific Agency functions and the
operational processes, as well as the human, capital and technological resources required
to meet the performance goals.
• FY 2004 Change from FY 2003: Describes major changes, by appropriation account, hi
programmatic funding within the Objective.
• Annual Performance Goals: Annual Performance Goals are central to measuring
progress toward achieving Objectives. They are quantifiable standards, values, or rates
against which actual achievement can be compared. They help establish the connection
between longer-term objectives and the day-to-day activities hi the Agency's programs
and will be used by managers to determine how well a program or activity contributes to
accomplishing objectives. In the Objective sections of this Annual Plan and Budget,
performance information is provided for three years: FY 2002 - FY 2004. This Annual
Plan and Budget also contains a section providing performance information for six years,
FY 1999 - FY 2004, to fulfill the Office of Management and Budget requirement to show
six years of performance information.
• Performance Measures: Performance Measures provide the means for determining the
extent to which annual goals and multi-year objectives are being achieved and whether
i-4
-------
efficiency is being unproved. As such, they are essential to program evaluations that help
to guide the Agency's strategic planning. As with the Annual Performance Goals, this
Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification include Performance Measure
data for three years.
• Verification and Validation of Performance Measures: This section describes how
Performance Measure data are verified and validated. It includes a description of the
source of performance measure data, as well as procedures for quality assurance. It may
also include information on the methodology of data collection and review.
• Coordination with Other Agencies: This section describes partnerships with other
Federal and state agencies, which are crucial to the success of EPA's environmental
programs.
• Statutory Authority: This section cites the public law that gives the Agency legal
authority to carry out the Objective.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
This section provides performance information for six years: Actual accomplishments for
FY 1999 through FY 2001, the estimated performance based on the FY 2002 enacted budget,
and performance estimates based on the budget requests for FY 2003 and FY 2004.
Special Analyses
This final section of the Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
includes:
• Major Management Issues: Describes the nature of EPA's most pressing management
problems, actions taken, and progress to date hi addressing the major management
challenges faced by the Agency.
* Key Programs: Reports totals for Agency Key Programs, across Goals and Objectives.
As noted above, Key Program resource data represents 100% of the Agency's budget.
• Annual Performance Plan Components: Indicates the Annual Plan components of the
Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification.
• User Fees: Describes the Agency's user fee programs. User fees are currently authorized
as the proposed collection of fees charged to Agency customers, which cover the cost of
selected permitting, testing, registration, and approval actions.
• Working Capital Fund: Provides information on the Working Capital Fund, a revolving
fund authorized by law to finance a cycle of operations, where the costs of goods and
services provided are charged to the Agency users on a fee-for-service basis.
i-5
-------
» State and Tribal Assistance Grants: Provides tables on STAG components, categorical
grants, and statutory authorities for the STAG appropriation.
Relationship between tbe Annual Performance Plan and the Strategic Plan
The Annual Performance Plan makes no substantive changes (not previously noted) to
the Agency's Strategic Plan, which was submitted to Congress in September 2000.
Relationship between Budgeted Resources and Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Annual Performance Goals are related to the resource levels contained in each Objective.
Annual Performance Goals for FY 2004 in this Annual Performance Plan are based upon the
resource levels in the Agency's FY 2004 budget request levels. However, resources may
contribute not only to the budget year's Annual Performance Goals, but also to the
accomplishment of Goals in future years. For example, a performance goal to complete a
number of Superfund site cleanups, or develop research methods and models, generally requires
a period longer than one year. Thus, FY 2004 activities will contribute to completion of work in
FY 2004 or beyond. Likewise, some FY 2004 Annual Performance Goals are achievable only
with funding provided in prior years.
Given this multi-year characteristic of some of the resources requested, it is not always
possible to establish direct linkages between the budget requested for a particular year and the
achievement of all performance goals for that year. Nevertheless, when developing regulatory
impact analyses or justifications for programs and legislation, EPA regularly makes estimates
that link activities by EPA, states, tribes, regulated communities, and citizens to outcomes by
some future date. In doing so, EPA estimates not only its costs but also society's costs (of which
EPA's is a subset) to achieve health and environmental benefits of clean air, clean water, or
better handling and disposal of hazardous chemicals. The Agency is able to leverage its
resources to achieve such benefits as avoiding excess cancer risk, premature mortalities, asthma-
related hospital visits, mitigation of crop losses, and loss of visibility in our National Parks.
i-6
-------
Annual Plan and Budget Overview
The EPA's FY 2004 Annual Plan and Budget requests $7.6 billion in discretionary
budget authority and 17,850 Full Time Equivalents (FIB). This budget request supports the
Agency's core programs and implementation of critical components of the President's
Management Agenda. Additionally, this request emphasizes the importance of adequate
resources and vision necessary to reach our nation's environmental goals. Resources also support
the Agency's efforts to work with its partners toward cleaner air, purer water, and better-
protected land, as well as providing for EPA's role in safeguarding the American people from
terrorist acts. The request also supports the Administration's commilment to setting high
environmental protection standards, while focusing on results and performance, and achieving
goals outlined in the President's Management Agenda.
Implementation of the President's Management Agenda is a major focus of the Agency's
FY 2004 budget request. EPA has identified major efforts to accelerate its progress in "getting
to green" in all five initiatives: Budget and Performance Integration, Improved Financial
Performance, Expanding E-Government, Competitive Sourcing, and Strategic Management of
Human Capital. The Agency's plans are described throughout this justification. The Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) rated progress "green" in all five areas.
Strengthening Base Environmental Programs
This Annual Plan and Budget submission demonstrates EPA's commitment to our
principal objectives—safeguarding and restoring America's air, water, and land resources—by
strengthening and refining -our base environmental programs. This budget supports the
President's Clear Skies Initiative, an aggressive plan to cut power plant emissions by 70 percent.
Such emissions cuts will be an essential component of improving air quality and thus human
health. Additionally, EPA's budget request places a strong emphasis on core water programs to
improve our water management framework, program implementation, and information sharing.
To help states and tribes fill critical gaps in fulfillment of their Clean Water Act responsibilities,
this budget increases funding to states, tribes, and interstate agencies. EPA's plan also requests a
$150 million increase for Superfund remedial cleanup costs.
Fostering Stronger Partnerships
The Agency is committed to building and enhancing effective partnerships. To do so,
this budget provides $210.7 million, $10 million above last year's funding, for Brownfields. As
one of the Administration's top environmental priorities and a key to restoring contaminated
sites to productive use, the Brownfields program will draw on these additional resources to
enhance state and Tribal response programs. By. protecting land and revitalizing contaminated
sites throughout the US, EPA continues to expand efforts to foster healthy and economically
sustainable communities and attract new investments to rejuvenated areas. This budget also
requests increased funds over the FY 2003 President's Request for the Federal enforcement
workforce. The Agency will maximize compliance and achieve environmental results through
targeted inspections and enforcement, by responding to public and other complaints, and
enhancing field presence to address environmental law violators. In FY 2004 EPA will conduct
i-7
-------
a study to assess environmental service delivery systems, including EPA's National
Environmental Performance Partnership System.
Enhancing Strong Science
Sound science is a fundamental component of EPA's work. The Agency has long relied
upon science and technology to help discern and evaluate threats to human health and the natural
environment. Much of our decision-making, policy, and regulatory successes stem from reliance
on quality scientific research aimed at achieving EPA's environmental goals. This budget
increases funding for modernization and expansion of the Integrated Risk Information System
(IRIS)—a database of human health effects that result from exposure to various environmental
substances. Our proposal also allocates additional resources to research America's sensitive
populations, including children and the elderly. In addition, EPA is requesting resources for the
newly established Science Advisor. The Science Advisor will be responsible for ensuring the
availability and use of the best science to support Agency policies and decisions, as well as
advise EPA's administrator on decisions. The Agency is also taking a number of steps to attract
and maintain a high quality, diverse scientific workforce to improve the use of science in EPA's
regional offices.
Cleaner Air
The Clear Skies initiative draws on EPA's experience to modernize the Clean Air Act.
Using a market-based approach, the Clear Skies Initiative will dramatically cut power plants'
emissions of three of the most significant air pollutants—SOa, nitrogen oxides (NOX), and
mercury. Reductions in SOa and NO* emissions
will also reduce airborne PM2.s. EPA's approach
builds upon the success of the acid rain cap-and- «*»**»* ambient ozone concentrations below
The number of people living in areas with
the NAAQS for the one-hour ozone standard wiM
increase by 1% (relative to 2003) for a
cumulative total of 20% (relative to 1992).
trade program created by Congress in 1990, The
Clear Skies initiative will achieve substantially
greater reductions in air pollution from power
plants more quickly and with more certainty than the existing Clean Air Act. The initiative
requires mandatory cuts of SOa, NOX, and mercury (Hg) by an average of 70% from today's
levels, and ensures that these levels are achieved and sustained through caps on emissions.
Despite these reductions, some states will need to implement further measures to meet National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). To help states and localities develop cost-effective
strategies, EPA also will need to provide assistance to states to implement reductions.
In FY 2004, EPA will assist states, tribes and local governments in devising additional
stationary and mobile source strategies to reduce ozone, paniculate matter, and other pollutants.
Air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and
mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional
2% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons for a
cumulative reduction of 37%.
The Agency will develop
strategies and rules to help states and
tribes reduce emissions and exposure to
hazardous air pollutants, particularly in
urban areas, and reduce harmful
deposition in water bodies, A key to achieving the Clean Air Goal is $235.6 million included in
this budget for air grants that support states and tribes.
i-8
-------
EPA's air research program will continue to provide a strong scientific basis for and
policy and regulatory decisions and exploring emergency problem areas.
Addressing Climate Change
This budget request includes $130.0 million to meet the Agency's climate change
objectives by working with business and other sectors to deliver multiple benefits — from cleaner
air to lower energy bills - while improving overall scientific understanding of climate change
and its potential consequences. The core of EPA's climate change efforts are
government/industry partnership programs designed to capitalize on the tremendous
opportunities available to consumers, businesses,
and organizations to make sound investments in
efficient equipment and practices. These
programs help remove barriers in the
marketplace, resulting in faster deployment of
technology into the residential, commercial,
Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from
projected levels by approximately 81 MMTCE
per year through EPA partnerships with
businesses, schools, state and local governments,
and other organizations.
transportation, and industrial sectors of the economy. EPA's Global Change Research Program
supports one of six Administration FY 2004 Interagency Research and Development Priorities -
Climate Change Science and Technology. EPA will continue research hi this area in FY 2004 to
address Climate Change Science Program (CCSP) needs.
Purer Water
Since enactment of the Clean Water Act (CWA) and Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
three decades ago, government, citizens, and the private sector have worked together to make
dramatic improvements in the quality of surface waters and drinking water supplies. Despite
improvements in water quality nationwide, serious water pollution and drinking water problems,
including nonpoint source pollution, still exist.
• Strengthening Water Core Programs. In FY 2004 the Agency will place a strong
emphasis on core water programs—monitoring and assessment, standard setting,
watershed planning, and implementation (i.e., NPDES and drinking water). Through
investments hi core water programs, EPA hopes to remedy significant environmental
problems and boost environmental performance by:
Water quality will improve on a watershed basis such that
625 of the nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater than
80 percent of assessed waters meeting aE water quality
standards, up from 500 watersheds in 1998.
Working with the states
to enhance their
monitoring and
assessment programs,
with an emphasis on a
probabilistic, science-based approach hi assessing water quality, increasing the
number of waters directly measured, and unifying Federal, state, and local
monitoring efforts.
Assisting states and tribes hi ensuring that water quality standards are effective
and appropriate for use in developing Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs).
i-9
-------
Increasing the pace of
TMDL develooment ^ percent of the population served by the community water
, ,. -rf, systems will receive drinking water meeting all health-based
ana womng Wltn standards in effect as of 1994, up from 83 percent in 1994. 85
percent of the population served by community water systems
will receive drinking water meeting health-based standards
promulgated in or after 1998.
states to assure
implementation of
already approved
TMDLs, including
targeting CWA Section 319 nonpoint source funding.
• Assisting states in ensuring that facilities required to have permits are covered by
current and effective permits that include all conditions needed to ensure water
quality protection.
• Strengthening the drinking water implementation program to maintain effective
state and Tribal programs and to achieve the enhanced level of public health
protection established in 1998 and later drinking water rules.
• Enhancing regulation of vessel discharges and pollution, developing ballast water
standards for aquatic nuisance species, and bolstering its ocean dumping
responsibilities regarding site evaluation, designation, monitoring, permit review,
and concurrence.
Protecting Wetlands. In 2001, the Supreme Court determined that some isolated waters
and wetlands are not regulated under the Clean Water Act. Millions of acres of waters
are no longer protected under Clean Water Act Section 404. EPA is proposing to provide
an increase of $5 million in grants to states and tribes to help them protect these waters as
part of comprehensive programs that will achieve no net loss of wetlands.
Great Lakes Legacy Act. In support of the Great Lakes Legacy Act, EPA is requesting
$15 million hi funding for contaminated sediment cleanup activities. In 2004, the
Agency plans to begin cleanup on two to three new sites that will lead to the remediation
of over 100,000 cubic yards of contaminated sediments. Some of this funding will also
be used for assessment and analysis, resulting in additional cleanups.
Helping States Address Nonpoint Source Pollution. The new Farm Bill provides EPA and
the states an opportunity to accelerate national efforts to control nonpoint source
pollution. EPA and state water quality agencies will work closely and cooperatively with
USDA, conservation districts, and others to combine our strengths. Using CWA Section
319 dollars, states will focus more of their efforts on providing the monitoring and
watershed-planning support needed by the agricultural community to target their work
most effectively on the highest-priority water quality needs. In addition, states will also
increase their focus upon nonpoint source activities that are not funded under the Farm
Bill (e.g., urban runoff, forestry, abandoned mines, and a variety of stream and stream
bank restoration activities).
i-10
-------
* Extending the Federal Commitment to the Clean Water and Drinking Water State
Revolving Funds (SRFs). The President's Budget proposes to fund the Clean Water SRF
at $850 million through 2011 and increase the long-term revolving level by $800 million
to $2,8 billion, a 40 percent increase over the previous goal. This extended funding of
$4.4 billion is projected to dose the $21 billion gap between current capital funding
levels and future water infrastructure capital needs estimated by EPA. EPA also proposes
to fund the Drinking Water SRF at $850 million through 2018 so it can revolve at $1.2
billion per year, an increase of 140% over the previous goal of $500 million.
* Safe Drinking Water in Puerto Rico. Less than 20% of the people in Puerto Rico receive
drinking water that meets all health-based standards. As a first step toward improved
public health protection, the Agency requests $8 million to design necessary
infrastructure improvements to Metropolitano, Puerto Rico. When these infrastructure
improvements are completed, EPA estimates that about 1.4 million people will enjoy
safer, cleaner drinking water.
* Drinking Water... Research. To strengthen our ability to characterize and manage risks to
human health posed by exposure to waterborne pathogens and chemicals, the Agency has
established an integrated, multi-disciplinary research program in the areas of exposure,
health effects, risk assessment, and risk management. The FY 2004 budget request
directly supports SDWA priorities, including: 1) research on sensitive subpopulations,
adverse reproductive outcomes and other potential health effects of drinking water
contaminants; 2) studies on disinfection by-products (DBPs), arsenic, complex mixtures,
and the occurrence of waterborne disease hi the U.S.; and 3) development of methods to
improve water treatment and maintain water quality in the distribution system,
• Water Quality Research. The water quality research program will demonstrate integrated
and stakeholder driven approaches to achieving water quality goals, as well as: 1) focus
on the development of watershed diagnostic methods; 2) focus on understanding the
importance of critical habitats; 3) focus on the impacts of habitat alteration on aquatic
communities; and 4) support the development of ecological criteria, providing the
scientific foundation to support Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs).
Better Protected Land
Cleaning Up Toxic Waste
Superfund at Work. This budget continues a commitment to clean up toxic waste sites with
$1.39 billion for Superfund. This budget request includes $150 million over the FY 2003
President's Budget to address an additional 10-15 construction projects at Superfund sites across
the nation. The Agency will also work to maximize the participation of responsible parties in
site cleanups while promoting fairness in the enforcement process, EPA will continue the
progress we have made in cleaning up toxic waste sites while protecting public health and
returning land to productive use. As of December 29, 2002, EPA completed all final cleanup
plans at over 1,000 Superfund National Priority List (NPL) sites, undertaken over 7,300
removals at hazardous waste sites to immediately reduce human health and environmental
threats, assessed over 44,400 sites, and removed more than 33,100 sites from the national toxic
-------
waste site list to help promote the economic redevelopment of these properties. The waste
research program continues to support the Agency's objective of reducing or controlling
potential risks to human health and the environment at contaminated waste sites by accelerating
scientifically-defensible and cost-effective decisions for cleanup at complex sites, mining sites,
marine spills, and Brownfields in accordance with CERCLA.
• Revitalizing Local Economies and Creating Jobs Through Brownfields Cleanup and
Redevelopment. The FY 2004 budget request includes $210.7 million for the
Brownfields program. The $10 million increase in state grants will support the
redevelopment and revitalization of Brownfields communities by providing funding for
additional assessments at hazardous waste and petroleum-contaminated properties and for
voluntary state cleanup programs. The Brownfields program will continue to promote
local cleanup and redevelopment of industrial sites, returning abandoned land to
productive use and bringing jobs to blighted areas.
Strong Science
The Agency will verify 35 commercial-ready air,
water, greenhouse gas, and monitoring
technologies, and provide this information to
States, technology purchasers, and the public.
The FY 2004 budget supports EPA's
efforts to further strengthen the role of science in
decision-making by using sound scientific
information and analysis to help direct policy
and establish priorities. Using the
Administration's Research and Development Criteria (relevance, quality, and performance), the
Agency will achieve maximum environmental and health protections by employing the highest
quality scientific methods, models, tools, and approaches. This budget request includes $607
million to develop and apply strong science to address both current and future environmental
challenges. The budget request supports a balanced research and development program designed
to address Administration and Agency priorities, and meet the challenges of the Clean Air Act
(CAA), the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA), and other environmental
statutes. Important new or increased research efforts to reinforce environmental decision-making
include computational toxicology (including genomics and bioinformatics), childhood cancer
and asthma research, and environmental indicators research. All of these will allow EPA to
measure progress in achieving cleaner air, safer water, and better protected land resources by
assessing actual impacts on human health and ecological quality and will provide the foundation
for the Agency's State of the Environment Report.
Broad-Based and Multi-Media Approaches
Agency-wide Information Technology Advances
The FY 2004 Budget
reexamines our information
technology challenges in order to
support E-Government, an
element of the President's
Management Agenda.
Performance across the Agency will benefit from building and
maintaining an Agency-wide infrastructure in terms of support to:
• Sound science and environmental decision-making;
• Web services addressing stakeholder and e-gov priorities; and,
• Consistent desktop access.
i-12
-------
Environmental information plays a particularly significant role in EPA due to the Agency's
reliance on scientific and analytical data and its need for close collaboration with external
partners. EPA strives to provide the right information, at the right time, in the right format, to
the right people. The Agency is adapting to the explosion of emerging technologies and the
information management revolution that are enabling organizations to become more productive,
more effective and timely in decision making, and service oriented. The challenge is to provide
secure, reliable, and timely access to data and tools for internal and external stakeholders at the
lowest possible cost.
which they routinely exchange environmental
data with two or more EPA media programs or
regions.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue its Forty.six States ^u use CDX as the means by
development of the National Environmental
Exchange Network. The Exchange Network is
an electronic method of sharing environmental
data using secure points of exchange, or
"Nodes." The Primary components of the Exchange Network are the National Environmental
Information Exchange Network Grant Program and the Central Data Exchange (CDX). The
grant program assists states and tribes in evaluating their readiness to participate in the Exchange
Network, enhances their efforts to complete necessary changes to their information management
systems to facilitate Exchange Network participation, and supports state information integration
efforts. The grant program also will provide training and other technical assistance programs to
assist states and tribes in developing and implementing the Exchange Network.
The CDX is the focal point for securely receiving, translating, and forwarding data to
EPA's data systems—the electronic reporting gateway to the Agency's information network. The
CDX satisfies the Government Paperwork Elimination Act mandates by providing the
infrastructure necessary to implement electronic signature and electronic filing of mandated EPA
reports. In FY 2004, the CDX infrastructure, a key component of the Exchange Network, will
service 46 states and at least 2,000 private sector and local government entities. These facilities
will use it to provide data to EPA electronically. By widely implementing an electronic
reporting infrastructure, the CDX will reduce reliance on less efficient paper-based processes,
thereby improving data quality, reducing reporting burden, and simplifying the reporting process.
In FY 2004 the Agency will continue the development of its Environmental Indicators
Initiative (EH) in order to establish a set of performance indicators that measure environmental
results. Environmental indicators are an important tool for simplifying, analyzing, and
communicating information about environmental conditions and human health. EPA is in the
process of identifying environmental indicators that will be used to produce a draft State of the
Environment Report in FY 2003. EPA is also reviewing these indicators to identify gaps and set
long-term priorities for the EH. These indicators are designed to measure the impact of human
activities on the environment and associated health effects on communities and ecosystems.
Working with States for Effective, Sensible Enforcement
Many of the environmental improvements in this country during the past 30 years can be
attributed to a strong set of environmental laws and EPA's efforts to ensure compliance with
those laws through enforcement, compliance monitoring, compliance assistance, and compliance
incentives. The combination of these tools, in cooperation with our regulatory partners, provides
i-13
-------
a broad scope of actions designed to protect public health and the environment. State, Tribal and
local governments bear much of the responsibility for ensuring compliance, and EPA works in
partnership with them and other Federal agencies to promote environmental protection. The FY
2004 request includes an increase of
100 workyears over the FY 2003
President's Request to implement
enforcement for states without
delegated programs, for non-
delegable programs such as
Superfund, or for compliance
assistance activities.
A strong enforcement program identifies and reduces
noncompliance problems, assists the regulated community in
understanding environmental laws and regulations, responds to
complaints from the public, strives to secure a level economic
playing field for law-abiding companies, and deters future
violations.
The FY 2004 request will continue to support the regulated community's compliance
with environmental requirements through voluntary compliance incentives and assistance
programs. The Agency will provide information and technical assistance to the regulated
community through the compliance assistance program to increase its understanding of all
statutory or regulatory environmental requirements, thereby reducing risk to human health and
the environment and gaining measurable
improvements in compliance. The program will
also continue to develop strategies and compliance
assistance tools that will support initiatives
targeted toward improving compliance in specific
industrial and commercial sectors or with certain
regulatory requirements.
Increase the regulated community's compliance
with environmental requirements through their
expanded use of compliance assistance. The
Agency will continue to support small business
compliance assistance centers and develop
compliance assistance tools such as sector
notebooks and compliance guides.
Ensuring Safe Food
The FY 2004 request includes $151.6 million to meet implementation challenges of the
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996 so that all Americans will continue to enjoy one of
the safest and most affordable food supplies in the world. The Agency's implementation of
FQPA focuses on new science-driven policies for pesticides review, seeks to encourage the
development of reduced risk pesticides to
provide an alternative to the older versions on the
market, and to develop and deliver information
on alternative pesticides/techniques and best pest
By the end of 2004, EPA will reassess a
cumulative 78% of the 9,721 pesticide tolerances
required to be reassessed over ten years.
control practices to pesticide users. The Agency is also working to help farmers' transition-
without disrupting production—to safer substitutes and alternative farming practices.
Reassessing existing tolerances ensures food safety, especially for infants and children, and
ensures that all pesticides registered for use meet current health standards. This budget request
also supports FQPA research. That research seeks to reduce uncertainties in risk assessment by
developing tools to reduce reliance on default assumptions and support the development of new
assessment methodologies.
i-14
-------
Homeland Security
The Environmental Protection Agency's FY 2004 Annual Plan and Budget requests $123
million and 142 Fill to support the Agency's Homeland Security responsibilities in accordance
with the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002, the
National Strategy for Homeland Security, and Presidential Directives (PDD) 39, 62, 63. This
request allows the Agency to continue providing leadership for the protection of the nation's
critical water infrastructure while upgrading and improving our emergency response capabilities.
In addition, EPA will conduct research and provide guidance and technical support for Federal,
state, local governments, and other institutions hi the areas of building decontamination, water
security, and rapid risk assessment.
A Commitment to Reform and Results
The Agency is committed to achieving the Administration's management reform
priorities for a government that is results-oriented, citizen-centered, and market-based. This
Annual Plan and Budget represents a strong commitment to reduce regulatory burdens and
streamline Agency operations, so that the Agency's focus is on positive and measurable
environmental results while working more effectively with our partners and stakeholders. Since
FY 1999, EPA has undertaken significant management reform by restructuring its budget to
match the strategic goals and objectives of its strategic plan under the Government Performance
and Results Act (GPRA). Since then, EPA has worked consistently to improve its ability to
manage for results. The Agency's current management reform agenda fully supports the goals of
the President's Management Agenda, and EPA has made demonstrable progress in carrying out
the five government-wide initiatives as reflected in Executive Branch Scorecard updates and in
delivering environmental results to our ultimate customer—the American people.
i-15
-------
PROGRAM ASSESSMENT RATING TOOL (PART) SCHEDULE FOR FY 2005
• RCRA Corrective Action and State Grants
• Clean Water and Drinking Water Assistance Grants for Mexican Border/Alaskan Native
Villages/Puerto Rico, CWSRF Indian Set Aside Program
» Water Research
• Climate Change Programs
• Indoor Air
• PM Implementation and Research
* Brownfields
• Pollution Prevention Research
• High Production Volume Chemicals Challenge Program
-------
Program: Air Toxics
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
J100
J7S
20
Results Achieved
/] Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
~ Measures Adequate
v! New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Percent of U.S. population free from unacceptable risks of
cancer and other significant health problems from air toxic
emissions
Annual Measure:
Percentage reduction in nationwide air toxics emissions
• from stationary and mobile sources combined (actual data
available later in 2003)
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2020
2002
2001
2000
1999
95
5
5
3
12
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
The Air Toxics program is designed to reduce emissions of hazardous air pollutants
(HAPs), such as hexane and benzene, from stationary sources, such as factories, and
from vehicles.
The program's purpose is clearly laid out in the statute -- to reduce HAP emissions
and unacceptable health risk from HAPs. The assessment showed that management
is generally good. However, EPA has not fully utilized statutory flexibilities when
implementing parts of the program. Although the long-term cancer reduction goal is
clearly outcome-related, "unacceptable risk" is not defined, the relation between
emissions changes and actual health outcomes are not known, and there are no
efficiency measures. Specific findings include:
1. There is a clear purpose and design for the program.
2. The program has not shown it is maximizing net benefits, and proposing the most
cost effective regulations.
3, There are inadequate linkages between annual performance and long-term goals
that prevent it from demonstrating its impact on human health.
4. There are large data gaps for toxicity and on actual population exposure.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
i. Increase funding for toxic air pollutant programs by $7 million in State grants for
monitoring to help fill data gaps.
2. Focus on maximizing programmatic net benefits'and minimizing the cost per
deleterious health effect avoided.
3. Establish better performance measures (including an appropriate efficiency
measure).
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (In millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
115
2003 Estimate
118
2004 Estimate
125
-------
Program: Civil Enforcement
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
1100
33
.„ Results Achieved
vi' Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Measures Adequate
New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Millions of pounds of pollutants reduced by eliminating
discharges through enforcement activities
Efficiency Measure:
Dollars negotiated per workyear from polluters for
Supplemental Environmental Projects that restore, protect
or improve the environment
2001
2002
2003
2004
1999
2000
2001
350
300
300
350
660
17,000
27,000
Rating; Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
EPA's civil enforcement program enforces federal environmental laws to protect
human health and the environment by ensuring that regulated entities comply with
these laws. EPA's management of their federal enforcement responsibility Includes
direct federal action (inspections, investigations, compliance assistance and
incentives) as well as assisting and overseeing state, tribal, and local partners in
achieving compliance to protect human health and the environment.
Findings from the PART assessment include the following:
1. The program lacks adequate outcome oriented performance measures. This
impacts both program planning and results. With better outcome performance
measures, program planning could be adjusted to achieve more effective results.
2. Outside evaluators have criticized the program for: a) lack of adequate workload
analysis to support existing staffing and priorities, and b) lack of good quality data to
accurately determine compliance and monitor the effectiveness of enforcement
activities.
In response to these findings the Administration will:
1. Fund $5 million for an improved compliance data system.
2. Revise EPA's strategic plan with a focus on defining EPA's federal enforcement role
and appropriate outcome performance measures.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
433
2003 Estimate
439
2004 Estimate
469
-------
Program: Drinking Water State Revolving Fund
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency, activities
Purpose
Planning
80
]43
Management K'
Results /
Accountability
' ... Results Achieved
V] Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
H Measures Adequate
0 New Measures Needed
Kear Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Percent of population served by community water systems
in compliance with health-based drinking water standards
Annual Measure:
Measure under development
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2003
2005
91
92
95
91
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
The Drinking Water State Revolving Fund program capitalizes state revolving loan
funds that finance infrastructure improvements for public water systems and other
activities that support state drinking water programs and promote public health
protection. Most of the money has gone to upgrade water treatment plants.
The PART indicated that the Drinking Water SRF program is very competent as a
national financial resource for state infrastructure projects targeted at compliance
with health-based drinking water standards. A challenge facing the Drinking Water
SRF program is to develop measurable long-term and annual performance goals that
link the program to its public health mission. Additional findings include:
1. The program purpose is clear and it is designed to have a significant impact on a
well identified need, although, there are other federal, state and private resources
available to address the problem.
2. Evaluation of public health impacts from infrastructure improvements is difficult, in
part because states provide only aggregate data.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Continue capitalization of the Drinking Water SRF at the 2003 President's Budget
level because, although target revolving levels for the fund have been reached,
continued federal support will close the recently identified gap in funding capital
infrastructure needs for the next twenty years. The extended commitment proposed
in the President's 2004 Budget is expected to provide $45 billion for loans and
assistance through the State Drinking Water SRFs, which will support over 21,000
new projects.
2. Develop new performance measures to be included in EPA's 2004 GPRA plan to
better demonstrate the impact of the program.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
850
2003 Estimate
850
2004 Estimate
850
-------
Program: Existing Chemicals
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
180
]43
."" Results Achieved
•j Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Measures Adequate
New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Percent reduction in current year production-adjusted Risk
Screening Environmental Indicators (RSEI) chemical risk
based index
(New measure)
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2002
2003
2004
3
4
2
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
EPA reviews and regulates chemical substances and mixtures that may harm human
health or the environment. EPA's Existing Chemicals program covers the 62,000
chemicals that were already in commerce when Congress enacted the Toxic
Substances Control Act, Including testing, regulation, and reporting.
The assessment found:
1. The program has strong purpose and management. The program, however, lacks
strategic planning.
2. The program cannot demonstrate any long-term impact. EPA's long-term goal
does not focus on outcomes and lacks a baseline and clear time frames. The
program also does not have an efficiency measure.
3. The program has demonstrated few results. EPA has reviewed approximately two
percent of existing chemicals. GAO found that EPA has been slow to address these
chemicals.
4. The law requires that EPA compile industry data, which can be costly and time-
consuming.
5. EPA's current annual performance goals cannot be assessed because data are not
available until two years into the future.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Provide $1 million above the 2003 President's Budget to develop acute exposure
chemical guidelines (AEGLs). AEGLs are important for homeland security response,
recovery, and preparedness. AEGLs represent three tiers of health effects
(discomfort, disability, death) for five exposure durations (eight hours or less). This
funding will help EPA to obtain more information on the possible harm to humans and
the environment from chemicals, which will help the Agency to achieve a higher level
of accountability and results.
2. Establish better performance measures, including efficiency measures.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
n
2003 Estimate
12
2004 Estimate
13
-------
Program: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
]43
_J Results Achieved
v] Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
_ Measures Adequate
(•! New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Leaking underground storage tank cleanups completed
New annual outcome measures'being developed
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2000
2001
2002
2003
21,000
21,000
21,000
20,000
20,834
19,074
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
The purpose of the Leaking Underground Storage Tank program is to clean up
leaking underground petroleum tanks.
The assessment showed that:
1. The program purpose, to clean up leaking underground storage tanks, is clearly
defined and is understood by states and other stakeholders.
2. The program is well managed, but would benefit from regular independent
evaluations and a systematic process to review strategic planning.
3. Strategic planning is particularly critical to this program since it has already
achieved its current long term goal and has no new long-term goal to challenge
program managers. EPA may finish the backlog of 140,000 cleanups within the next
decade. In the future, a smaller program may be suitable to address the lesser
number of new releases that occur every year.
4. The program appears to be successful, as evidenced by achieving the goals of its
authorizing legislation: cleanup of releases and upgrading tanks. However, the
program scores poorly on the results section since it has no outcome based
performance metrics that demonstrate an impact on people and the environment.
In response to these findings, the Administration will;
1. Continue to clean storage tank sites at a rapid pace.
2. Develop outcome measures that will test the link between the activities of the
program and the impact on human health and the environment.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
73
2003 Estimate
72
2004 Estimate
73
-------
Program: New Chemicals
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
1
171
t~;*>* ^yw^;
J100
g-ioo
Results /
Accountability
Results Achieved
'' Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Measures Adequate
vj New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Reduction of hazardous substances from products and
processes in millions of pounds
(Targets under development)
Annual Performance Goal:
Annual quantity of hazardous substances eliminated
through the Green Chemistry Challenge Awards Program
from 1996 levels, in millions of pounds
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2007
2001
2004
250
150
150
Rating; Adequate
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
EPA's New Chemicals program reviews new chemicals being introduced into
commerce (manufactured or imported) to prevent possible harm to the public and
environment.
The assessment found:
1. The program has very strong purpose and management,
2. The program collaborates with the Department of Labor on worker protection
controls and has a cooperative agreement with Florida State University to identify and
develop improved environmental indicators and program performance measures.
3, While the program has to some extent shown results, the main deficiency is the
lack of adequate long-term measures. The measures are not outcomes, do not have
clear targets and do not include at least one efficiency measure.
4. The PART exercise, however, has resulted in serious attention by the program to
develop long-term goals for the program that can demonstrate results for human
health and/or the environment.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Maintain funding at the 2003 President's Budget level.
2. Recommend improvement of the program's strategic planning, including an
independent evaluation of the program, which can result in significant improvement
of program results.
3. Establish more outcome-oriented measures including at least one efficiency
measure.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (In millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
14
2003 Estimate
15
2004 Estimate
15
-------
Program: Nonpoint Source Grants
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
180
29
Results Achieved
yl Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
~__ Measures Adequate
@ New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Current measure achieved
New measures under development
Annual Measure:
Measures under development
Efficiency Measure:
Measures under development
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
EPA's nonpoint source grants program, authorized by Section 319 of the Clean Water
Act, gives money to States to reduce water pollution caused by nonpoint source
runoff.
The analysis found that:
1. The program purpose is clear and agreed upon by interested parties,
2. The program has not collected sufficient performance information to determine
whether it has had a significant effect on pollution,
3. The program's greatest weaknesses are strategic planning and a lack of
measurable program results. Consequently, the program lacks adequate long-term,
annual, and efficiency measures. Existing annual measures, such as "Number of
states reporting on progress in implementing nonpoint source programs" do not
provide useful, results-based performance information. The program's previous long-
term goal has been met, and the agency has not yet developed a new one.
4, The program is in the process of developing new performance measures that focus
on outcomes and efficiency.
5. EPA has made significant improvements to program management over the past
several years, which will assist in their efforts to develop new performance measures.
For example, in 2002 EPA implemented a new grants tracking system with additional
reporting requirements. Through this new system, EPA will be able to see the
estimated reductions in sediment and nutrient loads associated with each project
implementation, as well as project geolocation.
6. The program overlaps with others in rural areas, such as the Department of
Agriculture's Environmental Quality Incentives Program (EQIP) and Conservation
Reserve Program.
In response to these findings, and to reduce overlap with similar Department of
Agriculture programs that received significant funding increases in the Farm Bill (EQIP
goes from $200 million in 2002 to $800 million in 2004), the Budget proposes to:
1. Shift the program's focus in agricultural watersheds from implementation of
pollution reduction projects to planning, monitoring and assisting in the coordination
and implementation of watershed-based plans in impaired and threatened waters.
2. Establish more outcome-focused measures and at least one efficiency measure.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
237
2003 Estimate
238
2004 Estimate
238
-------
Program: Pesticide Registration
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
_|100
J71
0
.... Results Achieved
v! Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Z Measures Adequate
0 New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure;
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Number of new reduced risk active ingredients registered
Long-term Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2002
2003
2004
11
10
13
13
11
15
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
The Pesticide Registration program at EPA evaluates new pesticides and registers
them for use in the United States. EPA examines the ingredients of the pesticide,
how it will be used, as well as storage and disposal practices to ensure that, when
used properly, the pesticide will not have any adverse effects on humans or the
environment.
The assessment indicates that the program addresses an important nationwide
interest and that further work is needed in the area of performance measurement.
Specific findings include:
1. The program has a clear mission and statutory authority, and it provides for the
safe use of pesticides on a nationwide basis.
2. The program has established long-term goals but they are not adequate because
the goals lack quantified baselines and/or performance targets and they need to be
more outcome-focused.
3. The program regularly reviews overall progress toward annual goals and does
make management decisions to address issues that impede progress.
4. The program does not use efficiency or cost effectiveness metrics to monitor
program management or performance.
5. Generally the program has met Its annual goals but it is unclear how achieving
these annual targets leads to quantifiable progress toward the program's long-term
goals. One new long-term efficiency goal that targets reductions in decision-making
time has been proposed for this program by EPA, but further work is needed to
finalize the goal and to develop appropriate annual targets to support it.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Implement appropriate long-term measures.
2. Develop adequate efficiency and cost effectiveness measures to improve program
performance and goal-setting.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
45
2003 Estimate
44
2004 Estimate
48
-------
Program: Pesticides Registration
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency, activities
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
J71
Results Achieved
Vj Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
~ Measures Adequate
V] New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure: :
Percent of Reregistration Eligibility Decisions (REDs)
. completed
A RED document summarizes the reregistration
conclusions and outlines any risk reduction measures
necessary for the pesticide to continue to be registered in
the U.S.
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2002
2003
2004
72.4
76.4
83
88
71.6
72.7
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
The Pesticide Reregistration program reviews pesticides already registered by EPA to
make sure they meet current scientific and regulatory standards. The reregistration
process considers the human health and ecological effects of pesticides and can result
in changes to existing registrations to reduce risks that are of concern.
The assessment indicates that the program addresses an unambiguous quantifiable
need and that further work is needed in the areas of efficiency evaluation and
performance measurement. Specific findings include:
1. The program is the only entity that reviews existing pesticides to ensure they keep
pace with advancing safety standards. The program has a clear mission and
statutory authority.
2. The program has established long-term goals but they are not adequate because
the goals lack quantified baselines and/or targets and because they need to be more
outcome-focused.
3. The program regularly reviews progress toward annual goals and does make
management decisions to address issues that impede progress but the program does
not use efficiency or cost effectiveness measures to monitor program management
and performance,
4. EPA has proposed a long-term efficiency goal for this program that targets
reductions in decision-making time but further work is needed to finalize the goal and
to develop appropriate annual targets to support it.
5. The program has met statutory deadlines but does not always meet annual goals
and it is unclear how achieving annual targets leads to quantifiable progress toward
the program's long-term goals. Progress toward future deadlines will require
additional work on antimicrobial pesticides.
As a result of this review, the Administration:
1. Recommends providing an additional $1.0 million for antimicrobial pesticides and
$0.5 million for inerts reregistration activities.
2. Will implement appropriate long-term performance measures, improved annual
targets, and adequate long and short term efficiency measures.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
45
2003 Estimate
48
2004 Estimate
52
-------
Program: Superfund Removal
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
"„_'. Results Achieved
""} Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Measures Adequate
5/i New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Number of removals completed
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2002
2003
2004
300
275
350
350
302
426
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
Superfund's Removal Program is a short term cleanup program to remediate
emergency and non-emergency situations in two years or less.
The assessment showed that:
1. The program's purpose, to perform emergency cleanup of hazardous materials, is
very clearly defined and understood by states and stakeholders.
2. The program would benefit from regular independent evaluations and a
systematic process to review strategic planning.
3. The program meets its targets for number of removals each year, an output
measure. However, the program scores poorly on the Results/Accountability section
since it has no outcome based performance metrics that demonstrate the extent of
the impact on public health and the environment.
4. There are no efficiency measures and the development requires overcoming
significant data issues, namely, poor historic data quality in EPA's Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS)
database.
In response to these findings, the Administration will;
1. Propose funding at the 2003 President's Budget level.
2. Develop outcome oriented measures that test the linkage between program
activities and the impact on human health and the environment.
3. Improve data quality in the CERCLIS database.
(For more informatton on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (In millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
203
2003 Estimate
203
2004 Estimate
203
-------
Program: Tribal General Assistance
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
129
... Results Achieved
VI Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
~ Measures Adequate
gi New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Percent of tribes with delegated and non-delegated
environmental programs
(New measure, targets under development)
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
The Indian Environmental General Assistance Program (GAP) provides grants to
federally recognized Native American tribes and eligible intertribal consortia to
improve their ability to administer environmental regulatory programs.
The analysis found that:
1. The program's purpose is very clear and agreed upon by interested parties. Not all
tribes currently have the financial resources and technical ability to develop and
implement Federal environmental programs on their own.
2. Strategic planning is the program's weakest area, and plans from 2003 and earlier
had weak performance goals that focused on processes more than environmental
outcomes.
3. In recognition of these weaknesses, EPA has been working to develop new long-
term goals and efficiency measures.
4. The program also adopted new annual performance measures, which more
accurately reflect the program's purpose and activities.
5. GAP has improved its program management over the last year.. It implemented a
new grants management system which provides better information on grantee
activities, and it also developed a tribal database which holds environmental, cultural,
and administrative information on each of the tribes.
As a result of these findings, the Administration recommends:
1. Increasing GAP funding to $62.5 million, $5 million above the 2003 President's
Budget level of $57 million, in recognition that program management is improving.
2. That EPA use the new information from the recently implemented grants
management system to further improve the program's strategic planning and
management, including the development of long-term goals and efficiency measures.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
52
2003 Estimate
57
2004 Estimate
62
-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency - FY 2004 Congressional Justification
REPLACEMENT PAGES for the
FY 2004 CONGRESSIONAL JUSTIFICATION (CJ)
Note: Please replace the following CJ pages with the enclosed replacement
pages:
• Table of Contents
• GOAL 1 - pages 1-54,71, and 72;
• GOAL 2 - page 11-46;
• GOAL 4- pages IV-28,62,63,78, 79,100 and 101;
• GOAL 5 - pages V-74, 87 and 88;
• GOAL 6 - pages VI-28, 51-54, 66, and 81-84;
• GOAL 8 - pages VIII-36-37, 50-51, 60-61, and 64;
• Goal 10 - pages X-12,17-18, and 32.
Also, please insert the following:
• INTRODUCTION and OVERVIEW should be inserted behind the
Introduction and Overview tab.
• PART (pages 1-11) should be inserted at the end of the Special Analysis
section;
• INDEX (tab and pages) should be inserted after the Special Analysis
Section.
If you have any question regarding these inserts, please contact Carolyn Dickey
on (202) 564-3365.
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Introduction and Overview
EPA's Mission and Goals . i-1
Organization of the Annual Performance Plan and Budget..— 1-3
Annual Plan and Budget Overview ., ....i-7
Resource Tables
Resources by Appropriation — . . RT-1
Resources by Goal/Appropriation „.„....... .....RT-3
Resources by Goal/Objective RT-10
Goal 1: Clean Air ., •. 1-1
AttainNAAQS 1-14
Reduce Air Toxics Risk 1-54
Reduce Acid Rain — 1-72
Goal,2: Clean and Safe Water ....II-l
Safe Drinking Water, Fish and Recreational Waters..... 11-12
Protect Watersheds and Aquatic Communities „ 11-46
Reduce Loadings and Air Deposition.. 11-75
Goal 3: Safe Food DB-1
Reduce Risks from Pesticide Residues in Food IEHQ
Eliminate Use on Food of Pesticides Not Meeting Standards .....111-23
Goal 4: Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes,
Workplaces and Ecosystems , , IV-1
Reduce Public and Ecosystem Risk from Pesticides , IV-16
Reduce Risks from Lead and Other Toxic Chemicals IV-28
Manage New Chemical Introduction and Screen Existing Chemicals for Risk IV-40
Ensure Healthier Indoor Air IV-63
Facilitate Prevention, Reduction and Recycling of PBTs and Toxic Chemicals. , IV-79
Assess Conditions in Indian Country... IV-lQl
Goal S: Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites,
and Emergency Response — , V-l
Control Risks from Contaminated Sites and Respond to Emergencies V-14
Regulate Facilities to Prevent Releases —,. V-74
Goal 6: Reduction of Global and Cross-Border Environmental Risks VI-1
Reduce Transboundary Threats to Human and Ecosystem Health in North America VI-10
Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions... ... VI-28
Reduce Stratospheric Ozone Depletion _ VI-58
Protect Public Health and Ecosystems from PBTs and other Toxics Vl-66
Increase Domestic and International Use of Cleaner and More Cost-Effeetive Technologies VI-77
Goal 7: Quality Environmental Information VE-1
Increase Availability of Quality Health and Environmental Information VEHl
Provide Access to Tools for Using Environmental Information ; , VH-25
Improve Agency Information Infrastructure and Security VII-37
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal 8: Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Environmental Risks,
and Greater Innovation to Address Environmental Problems VIU-1
Conduct Research for Ecosystem Assessment and Restoration VIII-11
Improve Scientific Basis to Manage Environmental Hazards and Exposures .............. VH1-22
Enhance Capabilities to Respond to Future Environmental Developments , Vffi-37
Improve Environmental Systems Management ... ,— Vffl-51
Quantify Environmental Results of Partnerships Approaches—....... . ............... Vffl-61
Incorporate Innovative Approaches Vffl-64
Demonstrate Regional Capability to Assist Environmental Decision Making ,.vni-69
Conduct Peer Review to Improve Agency Decisions ........ Vffl-72
Goal 9: A Credible Deterrent to PoDution and Greater Compliance with the Law , IX-1
Increase Compliance Through Enforcement „ , K-7
Promote Compliance Through Incentives and Assistance IX-35
Goal 10: Effective Management .....X-l
Provide Leadership..... X-8
Manage for Results Through Services, Policies, and Operations...., , X-12
Provide Quality Work Environment ..X-26
Provide Audit, Evaluation, and Investigative Products and Services X-32
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Clean Air 1
Clean and Safe Water 12
Safe Food 24
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces and Ecosystems 27
Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and Emergency Response 37
Reduction of Global and Cross-Border Environmental Risks 50
Quality Environmental Information 59
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Environmental Risks and Greater
Innovation to Address Environmental Problems 64
A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the Law 70
Effective Management . 77
Special Analysis
Annual Performance Plan Components ..SA-1
EPA User Fee Program ..SA-2
Key Programs by Appropriation w.... , , SA-4
STAG Appropriation Account. SA-19
STAG Categorical Program Grants: National Program & State Grant SA-23
STAG Categorical Programs Grants: Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses.... ...SA-24
STAG Infrastructure Financing— SA-35
Working Capital Fund , SA-39
Major Management Challenges , SA-4Q
Program Assessment Rating Tool (PART) , SA-50
Index
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean Air
Objective: Reduce Air Toxics Risk
By 2020, eliminate unacceptable risks of cancer and other significant health problems
from air toxic emissions for at least 95 percent of the population, with particular attention to
children and other sensitive subpopulations, and substantially reduce or eliminate adverse effects
on our natural environment. By 2010, the tribes and EPA will have the information and tools to
characterize and assess trends in air toxics in Indian country.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Reduce Air Toxics Risk
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$113,811.7
$56,147.2
$29,082.8
$28,581.7
375.9
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$118,023.2
$56,913.9
$23,818.9
$37,290.4
371.4
FY2004
Request
$127,747.1
$59,095.2
$24,361.5
$44,290.4
378.5
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$9,723.9
$2,181.3
$542.6
$7,000.0
7.1
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Air Toxics Research
Air, State, Local and Tribal
Assistance Grants: Other Air
Grants
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Hazardous Air Pollutants
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
FY2002
Enacted
$18,923.4
$30,790.4
$4,095.0
$5,430.0
$52,225.3
$353.5
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$19,883.7
$37,290.4
$0.0
$5,249.3
$52,622.4
$0.0
FY2004
Request
$20,342.4
$44,290.4
$0.0
$5,911.0
$54,235.7
$0.0
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$458.7
$7,000.0
$0.0
$661.7
$1,613.3
$0.0
1-54
-------
Clean Air Act Amendments, Title H (42 U.S.C. 7521-7590)
Clean Air Act Amendments, Title IV (42 U.S.C. 7651-7661!)
Research
Clean Air Act (CAA) (42 0.S.C. 7401-7671q)
1-71
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean Air
Objective: Reduce Acid Rain.
By 2005, reduce ambient nitrates and total nitrogen deposition to 1990 levels. By 2010,
reduce ambient sulfates and total sulfur deposition by up to 30 percent from 1990 levels.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Reduce Acid Rain.
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$21,563.8
$15,383,7
$4,321.0
$1,859.1
90.9
FY2003
Pres. Bud,
$21,097.8
$15,278.9
$3,991.2
$1,827.7
91.5
FY2004
Request
$21,230.8
$15,411.9
$3,991.2
$1,827.7
87.3
FY2004
Req.y.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$133.0
$133.0
$0.0
$0.0
-4.2
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Acid Rain -CASTNet
Acid Rain -Program
Implementation
Air, State, Local and Tribal
Assistance Grants: Other Air
Grants
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Legal Services
Management Services and
FY2002
Enacted
$3,991.2
$12,500.2
$1,827.7
$250.0
$1,311.3
$834.7
$276.0
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$3,991.2
$12,790.4
$1,827.7
$0.0
$1,292.6
$923.5
$272.4
FY2004
Request
$3,991.2
$12,812.7
$1,827.7
$0.0
$1,357.1
$957.3
$284.8
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$0.0
$22.3
$0.0
$0.0
$64.5
$33.8
$12.4
1-72
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean and Safe Water
Objective: Protect Watersheds and Aquatic Communities
By 2005, increase by 175 the number of watersheds where 80 percent or more of assessed
waters meet water quality standards, including standards that support healthy aquatic
communities. (The 1998 baseline is 501 watersheds out of a national total of 2,262.)
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Protect Watersheds and
Aquatic Communities
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$474,725.2
$198,157.5
$0.0
$41,203.5
$235,364.2
1,000.5
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$435,814.7
$162,894.0
$25.7
$38,592.9
$234,302.1
988.8
FY2004
Request
$479,787.4
$179,114.8
$2.6
$41,270.0
$259,400,0
989.3
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$43,972.7
$16,220.8
($23.1^
$2,677.1
$25,097.9
0.5
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Chesapeake Bay
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Ecosystems Condition,
Protection and Restoration
Research
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
FY2002
Enacted
$20,551.8
$33,107.4
$37,785.0
$5,673.6
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$20,650.8
$0.0
$38,592.9
$13,851.3
FY2004
Request
$20,777,7
$0.0
$41,270.0
$13,870.8
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$126.9
$0.0
$2,677.1
$19.5
n-46
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Objective: Reduce Risks from Lead and Other Toxic Chemicals
By 2007, significantly reduce the incidence of childhood lead poisoning and reduce risks
associated with polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), mercury, dioxin, and other toxic chemicals of
national concern.
Resource Summary
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Reduce Risks from Lead and
Other Toxic Chemicals
Environmental Program &
Management
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$37,745.8
$21,891.9
$15,853.9
135.7
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$36,355.9
$22,673.9
$13,682.0
144.7
FY2004
Request
$38,722,5
$25,022.5
$13,700.0
149.8
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$2,366.6
$2,348.6
$18.0
5.1
Key Program
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Grants to States for Lead Risk
Reduction
Lead Risk Reduction Program
Legal Services
FY2002
Enacted
$380.0
$1,940.1
$13,682.0
$13,092.6
$220.4
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$2,076.6
$13,682.0
$13,166.3
$238.9
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$2,152.8
$13,700.0
$14,832.9
$248.3
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$0.0
$76.2
$18.0
$1,666.6
$9.4
IV-28
-------
health effects and exposure to environmental pollutants. Basic research on the mechanisms
underlying these effects in combination with problem-driven research programs contribute
significantly to the Agency's ability to fulfill its goals and objectives under several
environmental mandates.
The CDC, through the National Center for Environmental Health (NCEH), studies health
problems associated with human exposure to lead, radiation, air pollution, and other toxics, as
well as to hazards resulting from technologic or natural disasters. These are mainly surveillance
and epidemiology studies and NCEH is particularly interested in studies that benefit children, the
elderly, and persons with disabilities. The NCEH laboratory supports many of EPA's studies
and is the analytical laboratory for samples collected in the EPA-sponsored pesticide study hi the
National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES-4) being conducted by the
National Center for Health Statistics '(NOUS) of CDC. NHANES-4 is a survey of the national
population and includes data on potentially sensitive sub-populations such as children and the
elderly. EPA is participating in this survey with NCHS to collect information on children's
exposure to pesticides and other environmental contaminants.
The National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (NICHD) supports
laboratory, clinical, and epidemiological research on the reproductive, neurobiological,
developmental, and behavioral processes that determine (and maintain) the health of children and
adults. EPA is collaborating with NICHD, CDC, and other Federal agencies in the design and
implementation of a National Children's Study of 100,000 children, who will be enrolled during
the mother's pregnancy and followed throughout childhood and adolescence. This study was
mandated in the Children's Health Act of 2000 to study environmental influences on children's
health and development.
Statutory Authorities
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) section 4, 5, 6,8,12(b) and 13 (15 U.S.C. 2603-5, 2607,
2611 and 2612)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodentieide Act (FIFRA) sections 3,4,5, 6, 11,18, 24, and
25 (7U.S.C. 136a, 136a-l, 136c, 136d, 136i, 136p, 136v, and 136w)
Federal Food, Drag, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)
Research
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodentieide Act (FIFRA)
Federal Food, Drag, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)
IV-62
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Objective: Ensure Healthier Indoor Air.
By 2005,16 million more Americans than in 1994 will live or work in homes, schools, or
office buildings with healthier indoor air.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Ensure Healthier Indoor Air.
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$40,2903
$29,514.7
$2,187.8
$8,587,8
123.6
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$40322.7
$30,455.1
$1,727.7
$8,139.9
132.2
FY2004
Request
$42,380.4
$32,995.5
$1,234.9
$8,150.0
126.1
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$2,057.7
$2,540.4
($492.8)
$10.1
-6.1
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Air, State, Local and Tribal
Assistance Grants: Other Air
Grants
Children's Indoor Environments
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Indoor Environments
Legal Services
Management Services and
FY2002
Enacted
$8,139.9
$13,287.9
$1,799.7
$9,366.2
$92.8
$526.6
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$8,139.9
$13,918.4
$1,846.2
$9,307.6
$103.5
$513.2
FY2004
Request
$8,150.0
$16,714.5
$1,866.2
$8,859.3
$107.2
$495.2
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$10.1
$2,796.1
$20.0
($448.3)
$3.7
($18.0)
IV-63
-------
Statutory Authorities
Radon Gas and Indoor Air Quality Research Act of Title IV of the Superfund Amendments and
Re-authorization Act (SARA) of 1986
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), section 6, Titles E, and Title HI (15 U.S.C. 2605 and
2641-2671)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodentitide Act (FIFRA)
Clean Air Act (CAA)
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
IV-78
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Objective: Facilitate Prevention, Reduction and Recycling of PBTs and Toxic Chemicals
By 2005, facilitate the prevention, reduction, and recycling of toxic chemicals and
municipal solid wastes, including PBTs. In particular, reduce by 20 percent the actual (from
1992 levels) and by 30 percent the production-adjusted (from 1998 levels) quantity of Toxic
Release Inventory (TRI)-reported toxic pollutants which are released, disposed of, treated, or
combusted for energy recovery, half through source reduction.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Facilitate Prevention,
Reduction and Recycling of
PBTs and Toxic Chemicals
Environmental Program &
Management
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$48,461.0
$38,628.1
$9,832.9
180.5
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$46,115.9
$36,122,0
$9,993.9
196.0
FY2004
Request
$49,958.2
$39,950.6
$10,007.6
194.5
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$3,8423
$3,828.6
$13.7
-1.5
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
ATSDR Superfund Support
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Design for the Environment
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
FY2002
Enacted
$654.3
$1,700.0
$4,707.6
$2,726.4
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$0.0
$4,810.7
$2,779.1
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$0.0
$4,880.6
$2,936.7
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$0.0
$0.0
$69.9
$157.6
IV-79
-------
a draft interagency memorandum of understanding (MOU) which will lead to increased reuse
and recycling of an array of computers and other electronics hardware used by civilian and
military agencies. Implementation of this MOU will divert substantial quantities of plastic,
glass, lead, mercury, silver, and other materials from disposal.
Statutory Authorities
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) sections 4 and 6 and TSCA Titles n, m, and IV (15
U.S.C. 2605 and 2641-2692)
Federal insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FEFRA) sections 3, 4, 5, 6,11,18, 24, and
25 (7 U.S.C. 136a, 136a-l, 136c, 136d, 136i, 136p, 136v, and 136w)
Pollution Prevention Act (PPA) (42 U.S.C, 131D1-13109)
Clean Air Act (CAA) section 309 (42 U.S.C. 7609)
Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387)
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) (42 U.S.C. 11001-11050)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (42 U.S.C. 6901-6992k)
Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by the Hazardous Waste Amendments of 1984.
IV-100
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Objective: Assess Conditions in Indian Country
By 2005, EPA will assist all Federally recognized tribes in assessing the condition of
their environment, help in building tribes' capacity to implement environmental management
programs, and ensure that EPA is implementing programs in Indian country where needed to
address environmental issues
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Assess Conditions in Indian
Country
Environmental Program &
Management
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$64,3263
$13,163.6
$51,162.7
98.9
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$70,909.4
$13,439.7
$57,469.7
90.7
FY2004
Request
$76,435.2
$13,935.2
$62,500.0
91.3
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$5,525.8
$495.5
$5,030.3
0.6
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
American Indian Environmental
Office
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Regional Management
FY2002
Enacted
$9,911.6
$1,165.4
$1,383.0
$426.9
$80.0
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$10,219.7
$1,250.3
$1,428.7
$4753
$65.5
FY2004
Request
$10,665.9
$1,154.4
$1,470.8
. $518.1
$126.0
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$446.2
($95.9)
$42.1
$42.6
$60.5
IV-101
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and Emergency
Response
Objective: Regulate Facilities to Prevent Releases
By 2005, EPA and its Federal, state, Tribal, and local partners will ensure that more than
277,000 facilities are managed according to the practices that prevent releases to the
environment.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Regulate Facilities to Prevent
Releases
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Oil Spill Response
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$164,641.2
$100,715.9
$251.7
$13,292.0
$11,021.0
$39,360.6
754.9
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$167,261.2
$103,863.6
$226.3
$14,166.0
$9,548.7
$39,456.6
800.4
FY2004
Request
$168,479.9
$103,187.8
$232.5
$14,789.4
$10,782.0
$39,488.2
791.6
FY2004
Req.v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$1,218.7
($675.8)
$6.2
$623.4
$1,233.3
$31.6
-8.8
Key Program
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Civil Enforcement
Community Right to Know (Title
HI)
Compliance Assistance and
Centers
FY2002
Enacted
$1,512.0
$4,968.4
$264.8
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,538.6
$4,953.1
$271.4
FY2004
Request
$1,588.2
$5,018.3
$279.9
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$49.6
$65.2
$8.5
V-74
-------
support centers under the Superfund program, thereby sharing technical information across
program applications.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (43,400,000) Redirected to Goal 4, Objective 5 to support the energy recovery,
recycling, waste minimization and retail themes and to Goal 5, Objective 1 to support the
one clean up and revitalization themes. Redirection reflects completion of program
guidance documents, nearing completion of permitting goals and cost savings from
docket consolidation.
• (-$468,900 -5.3 FIB) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FIB, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and -18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and +19.7FTE)
S&T
Research
* (4-$ 1,000,000) This increase represents a shift from ecosystems protection research
(Objective 8.1) and from research to enhance environmental decision making (Objective
8.3) to Goal 5, Objective 2 to fund research in groundwater/surface water interactions.
Research will include: 1) determining how groundwater (gw) quality impacts surface
water (sw) quality with respect to designated water uses and wetlands; 2) developing and
evaluating indicators of ecosystem health and water quality; and 3) developing and
evaluating models that integrate hydrology, biology, and biogeochemistry. This research
will increase the Agency's knowledge of the interactions that occur at this interface, and
thereby enhance the quality and timeliness of site remediations.
(+$118,600, 1.2 FTE) This increase is to support the Hazardous Substance Technical
Liaison (HSTL) program. This program provides and facilitates technical support to the
Regions in waste-related areas.
* (-$151,300, -1.5 FTE) These workyears are being redirected to support the Agency's
Homeland Security Strategic plan in the area of building decontamination research (Goal
5.1), As a result, research to investigate the fundamental processes that lead to formation
of products of incomplete combustion (PICs) in waste incinerators will be delayed
V-87
-------
• There are additional increases in payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
GOAL: BETTER WASTE MANAGEMENT, RESTORATION OF CONTAMINATED
WASTE SITES, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE
OBJECTIVE: REGULATE FACILITIES TO PREVENT RELEASES
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Oil Spill Response
In 2004 Respond to or monitor 300 oil spills.
In 2003 Respond to or monitor 300 significant oil spills in the inland zone.
In 2002 EPA responded to or monitored 203 oil spills.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Oil spUIs responded to or monitored by EPA. 203 300 300 spills
Baseline: EPA typically responds to or monitor; 300 oil spill cleanups per year.
Ensure WIPP Safety
In 2004 Certify that 18,000 55-gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 54,000 curies) shipped by DOE to the Waste
Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.
IB 2003 Certify that 12,000 55 gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 36,000 curies) shipped by DOE to the Waste
Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.
In 2002 EPA certified that 22,800 55 gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 68,400 curies) shipped by DOE to the
Waste Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of 55-Gallon Drums of Radioactive Waste Disposed 22,800 12,000 18,000 Drums
of According to EPA Standards
Baseline: The Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WffP) near Carlsbad, MM was opened in May 1999 to accept radioactive transuranic waste. By
the end of FY 2002, approximately 35,000 (cumulative) 55 gallon drums will be safely disposed. In FY 2003, EPA expects that
DOE will ship an additional 12,000 55 gallon drums of waste. Through FY 2004, EPA expects that DOE will have shipped
safely and according to EPA standards, approximately 7 J% of the planned waste volume, based on disposal of 860,000 drums
over the next 40 years. Number of drums snipped to the WIPP facility on ao annual basis is dependent on DOE priorities and
funding. EPA volume estimates are based on projecting the average shipment volumes over 40 years with an initial start up.
Tribal Prevention Assistance
In 2004 Assist Tribes in evaluation of waste management facility program needs and in the closing or upgrading of open dumps.
In 2003 Increase the percentage of Tribes evaluated for hazardous waste management by 4 percentage points, and assist in evaluating and
closing open dumps on Tribal lands.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Percentage of tribes evaluated for hazardous waste 4 4 percent
management needs.
Number of open dumps on Tribal lands that comply with no target sites
regulatory landfill standards, or have closed with protections
against future dumping put in place.
Baseline: By the end of FY 2002, RCRA Subtitle C management .needs had been evaluated for 177 Tribes. Baseline data for the Tribal
Open Dump Cleanup Project is currently under development.
V-88
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks
Objective: Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions.
By 2010, U.S. greenhouse gas emissions will be substantially reduced through programs
and policies that also lead to reduced costs to consumers of energy and reduced emissions
leading to cleaner air and water. In addition, EPA will carry out assessments and analyses and
promote education to provide an understanding of the consequences of global change needed for
decision making.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Reduce Greenhouse Gas
Emissions.
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$146,393.0
$99,976.1
$46,416.9
329.9
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$136,953.4
$98,104.8
$38,848.6
303.9
FY2004
Request
$138,105.8
$99,256.9
$38,848.9
299.0
FY2004
Req, v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$1,152.4
$1,152.1
$0.3
-4.9
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Climate Change Research
Climate Protection Program:
Buildings
Climate Protection Program:
Carbon Removal
Climate Protection Program:
Industry
Climate Protection Program:
International Capacity Building
FY2002
Enacted
$21,350.5
$48,571.3
$1,549.7
$25,368.6
$6,982.8
BY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$21,729.3
$49,820.5
$1,5763
$25,673.1
$7,086.5
FY2004
Request
$21,528.6
$48,324.5
$1,734.5
$26,439.1
$6,608.1
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
_($200.7)
($1,496.0)
$158.2
$766.0
($478.4)
VI-28
-------
GOAL: REDUCTION OF GLOBAL AND CROSS-BORDER ENVIRONMENTAL
RISKS
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions
In 2004 Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected levels by approximately 81 MMTCE per year through EPA
partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
In 2003 Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected lewis by approximately 72.2 MMTCE per year through EPA
partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
In 2002 On trade to ensure that greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected levels by approximately 65.8 MMTCE per year
through EPA partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FT 2003 FY2004
Actuals Pies. Bud. Request
Annual Greenhouse Gas Reductions - All EPA Programs On Track 722 813 MMTCE
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA"s Buildings Sector On Track 19.2 21.4 MMTCE
Programs (ENERGY STAR)
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA^ Industrial On Track 6.7 7.4 MMTCE
Efficiency/Waste Management Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPAV; Industrial Methane On Track 17.0 18.1 MMTCE
Outreach Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA^ Industrial On Track 24.9 29.6 MMTCE
HFC/PFC Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Transportation On Track 2.4 2.8 MMTCE
Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA^s Slate and Local On Track 2.0 2.0 MMTCE
Programs
Baseline: The baseline for evaluating program performance is a projection of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions in the absence of the U.S.
climate change programs. The baseline was developed as part of an interagency evaluation of the U.S. climate change programs
in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1997 and 1993. Baseline data for carbon emissions related to
energy use is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (EIA). Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions,
including nitrous oxide and otter high global wanning potential gases are maintained by EPA, Baseline information is discussed
at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002 (www.epa.gov/gloWwanniog/pubUcations/carAiidex.htoil), which provides a
discussion of differences in assumptions between the 1997 baseline and the 2002 update, including which portion of energy
efficiency programs are included in the estimates. EPA develops the non~CO2 emissions baselines and projections using
information from partners and other sources. EPA continues to develop annual inventories as well as update methodologies as
new information becomes available.
Reduce Energy Consumption
In 2004 Reduce energy consumption from projected levels by more than 110 billion kilowatt hours, contributing to over $7.5 billion in
energy savings to consumers and businesses.
In 2003 Reduce energy consumption from projected levels by more than 95 billion kilowatt hours, contributing to over $63 billion in
energy savings to consumers and businesses.
In 2002 On track to ensure that energy consumption is reduced from projected levels by more than 85 billion kilowatt hours, contributing
to over $10 billion in energy savings to consumers and businesses.
Performaoee Measures: FY2002 FY2SJ03 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. . Request
Annual Energy Savings-All EPA Programs On Track 95 110 Billion kWh
Baseline: The baseline for evaluating program performance is a projection of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions in the absence of the U.S.
climate change programs. The baseline was developed as part of an interagency evaluation of the U.S. climate change programs
VI-51
-------
in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1997 and 1993. Baseline data for carbon emissions related to
energy use is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (HA). Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions,
including nitrous oxide and other high global wanning potential gases are maintained by EPA. Baseline information is discussed
at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002 (www.epa.gov/g!obalwariBfflg^inbfatioBS/car^dex.lrtinl), which provides a
discussion of differences in assumptions between the 1997 baseline and the 2002 update, including which portion of energy
efficiency programs are included in the estimates. EPA develops the non-CO2 emissions baselines and projections using
information from partners and other sources. EPA continues to develop annual inventories as well as update methodologies as
new information becomes available.
dean Automotive Technology
In 2004 Transfer hybrid powettrain components, originally developed for passenger car applications, to meet size, performance,
durability, and towing requirements of Sport Utility Vehicle and urban delivery vehicle applications with an avenge fuel
economy improvement of 25% over the baseline.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Fuel Economy of EPA-Developed SUV Hybrid Vehicle over 25.2 MPG
EPA Driving Cycles Tested
Baseline: The average fuel economy of all SUVs sold in the US in 2001 is 203. mpg. Values for 2002, 2003, and 2004 represent 15%,
20%, and 25% improvements over this baseline, respectively. The long-term target is to demonstrate a practical and affordable
powertrain that is 30% more efficient by 2005, and 100% more efficient by 2010.
Validation and Verification of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Annual Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reductions overall and
by Sector
Performance Database: Climate Protection Partnerships Division Tracking System.
Data Source: Baseline data for carbon emissions related to energy use comes from the Energy
Information Agency (EIA). Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide (€62) emissions, including
nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases, are maintained by EPA. Baseline
information is discussed at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002. EPA develops the
carbon and non-CO2 emissions baselines and projections using information from partners and
other sources. Data collected by EPA's voluntary programs include partner reports on facility-
specific improvements (e.g. space upgraded, kilowatt-hours (kWh) reduced), national market
data on shipments of efficient products, and engineering measurements of equipment power
levels and usage patterns.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: Most of the voluntary climate programs' focus is on
energy efficiency. For these programs, EPA estimates the expected reduction in electricity
consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh). Emissions prevented are calculated as the product of the
kWh of electricity saved and an annual emission factor (e.g., MMTCE prevented per kWh).
Other programs focus on directly lowering greenhouse gas emissions (e.g., Natural Gas STAR,
Landfill Methane Outreach, and Coalbed Methane Outreach); for these, greenhouse gas emission
reductions are estimated on a project-by-project basis. EPA maintains a "tracking system" for
emissions reductions.
QA/QC Procedures: EPA devotes considerable effort to obtaining the best possible information
on which to evaluate emissions reductions from voluntary programs. Peer-reviewed carbon-
conversion factors are used to ensure consistency with generally accepted measures of GHG
emissions, and peer-reviewed methodologies are used to calculate GHG reductions from these
programs.
VI-52
-------
Data Quality Review: The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness of its climate
programs through interagency evaluations. The second such interagency evaluation, led by the
White House Council on Environmental Quality, examined the status of U.S. climate change
programs. The review included participants from EPA and the Departments of State, Energy,
Commerce, Transportation, and Agriculture. The results were published in the U.S. Climate
Action Report-2002 as part of the United States' submission to the Framework Convention on
Climate Change (FCCC), The previous evaluation was published in the U.S, Climate Action
Report-1997. A1997 audit by EPA's Office of the Inspector General concluded that the climate
programs examined "used good management practices" and "effectively estimated the impact
their activities had on reducing risks to health and the environment..."
Data Limitations: These are indirect measures of GHG emissions (carbon conversion factors
and methods to convert material-specific reductions to GHG emissions reductions). Also, the
voluntary nature of the programs may affect reporting. Further research will be necessary in
order to fully understand the links between GHG concentrations and specific environmental
impacts, such as impacts on health, ecosystems, crops, weather events, and so forth.
Error Estimate: These are indirect measures of GHG emissions. Although EPA devotes
considerable effort to obtaining the best possible information on which to evaluate emissions
reductions from voluntary programs, errors in the performance data could be introduced through
uncertainties in carbon conversion factors, engineering analyses, and econometric analyses.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness of
its climate programs through interagency evaluations. EPA continues to update inventories and
methodologies as new information becomes available.
References: The U.S. Climate Action Report 2002 is available at:
www.epa.gOv/glgbalwanBing/publications/car/M The accomplishments of many of
EPA's voluntary programs are documented in the Climate Protection Partnerships Division
Annual Report. The most recent version is The Power of Partnerships: Energy Star and Other
Voluntary Programs, Climate Protection Partnerships Division 2001 Annual Report, EPA 430-
R-02-010, July, 2002, available at: http://www.epa.gov/cpd/pdf/cpdann01.pdf
FT 2004 Performance Measure: Annual Energy Savings
Performance Database: Climate Protection Partnerships Division Tracking System
Data Source: Data collected by EPA's voluntary programs include partner reports on facility
specific improvements (e.g, space upgraded, kilowatt-hours (kWh) reduced), national market
data on shipments of efficient products, and engineering measurements of equipment power
levels and usage patterns.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: Most of the voluntary climate programs' focus is on
energy efficiency. For these programs, EPA estimates the expected reduction in electricity
consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh). Emissions prevented are calculated as the product of the
kWh of electricity saved and an annual emission factor (e.g., MMTCE prevented per kWh).
Other programs focus on directly lowering greenhouse gas emissions (e.g., Natural Gas STAR,
VI-53
-------
Landfill Methane Outreach, and Coalbed Methane Outreach); for these, greenhouse gas emission
reductions are estimated on a project-by-project basis, EPA maintains a "tracking system" for
energy reductions.
Energy bill savings are calculated as the product of the kWh of energy saved and the cost of
electricity for the affected market segment (residential, commercial, or industrial) taken from me
Energy Information Administration's (EIA) Annual Energy Outlook 2002 and Annual Energy
Review 2000 for each year in the analysis (1993-2012). Energy bill savings also include revenue
from the sale of methane and/or the sale of electricity made from captured methane. The net
present value (NFV) of these savings was calculated using a 4-percent discount rate and a 2001
perspective.
QA/QC Procedures: EPA devotes considerable effort to obtaining the best possible
information on which to evaluate energy savings from its voluntary programs,
Data Quality Review: The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness of its climate
programs through interageney evaluations. The second such interagency evaluation, led by the
White House Council on Environmental Quality, examined the status of U.S. climate change
programs. The review included participants from EPA and the Departments of State, Energy,
Commerce, Transportation, and Agriculture. The results were published in the U.S. Climate
Action Report-2002 as part of the United States* submission to the Framework Convention on
Climate Change (FCCC). The previous evaluation was published in the U.S. Climate Action
Report-1997. A 1997 audit by EPA's Office of the Inspector General concluded that the climate
programs examined "used good management practices" and "effectively estimated the impact
their activities had on reducing risks to health and the environment.,."
Data Limitations: The voluntary nature of programs may affect reporting. In addition, errors in
the performance data could be introduced through uncertainties hi engineering analyses, and
econometric analyses.
Error Estimate: Although EPA devotes considerable effort to obtaining the best possible
information on which to evaluate emissions reductions from voluntary programs, errors in the
performance data could be introduced through uncertainties in engineering analyses and
econometric analyses.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness of
its climate programs through interagency evaluations, EPA continues to update inventories and
methodologies as new information becomes available.
References: The U.S. Climate Action Report 2002 is available at:
www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/index.html. The accomplishments of many of
EPA's voluntary programs are documented in the Climate Protection Partnerships Division
Annual Report. The most recent version is The Power of Partnerships: Energy Star and Other
Voluntary Programs* Climate Protection Partnerships Division 2001 Annual Report, EPA 430-
R-02-010, July, 2002, available at: http://www.epa. gov/cpd/pdf/cpdannO 1 .pdf
Vl-54
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks
Objective: Protect Public Health and Ecosystems from PBTs and other Toxics.
By 2006, reduce the risks to ecosystems and human health, particularly in Tribal and
other subsistence-based communities, from persistent, bioaccumulative toxicants (PBTs) and
other selected toxins which circulate in the environment on global and regional scales.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Protect Public Health and
Ecosystems from PBTs and other
Toxics.
Environmental Program &
Management
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$5,391,1
$5,391.1
31.8
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$6,173.6
$6,173.6
35.6
FY2004
Request
$6,680.7
$6,680.7
36.4
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$507.1
$507.1
0.8
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Global Toxics
Global Trade Issues for Pesticides
and Chemicals
Great Lakes
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
POPs Implementation
FY2002
Enacted
$495.4
$1,522.8
$3,091.2
$537.6
$382.4
$31.5
$0.0
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$515.9
$1,415.1
$3,125.4
$0.0
$410.7
$26.2
$680.3
FY2004
Request
$619.2
$1,557.1
$3,367.1
$0.0
$428.8
.. $41.2
$667.3
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$103.3
$142.0
$241.7
$0.0
$18.1
$15.0
($13.0)
VI-66
-------
implement new environmental laws and regulations or significantly revise existing laws and
regulations. Through in-country assistance to EPA counterpart organizations, EPA will assist hi
developing and implementing improved laws and regulations. Projects in support of this effort
will likely focus on transferring U.S, experience in the development of sound regulatory regimes
and associated policies on permitting and penalty assessment. EPA will also work to increase
public participation in the promulgation of environmental regulations, as public participation can
encourage greater transparency hi enforcement and reporting. EPA will also work with key
partners to develop public awareness campaigns which facilitate the implementation of new
regulations.
As part of another ongoing cooperative effort with USAID, the Agency will also work to
improve the regulatory framework in Central America. EPA will assist Central American
countries in developing regionally-comparable environmental standards, improving their
application and enforcement of environmental regulations, and increasing their ability to comply
with international environmental agreements. Work under this regional program will focus
largely on pesticide management, wastewater management systems, and municipal waste
management. FY 2004 will mark the third year in this six-year effort.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (-$482,900, 5.8 FTE) redirection of resources to give greater emphasis to new
environmental plan for the Mexico Border (Goal 6 Objective 1) and capacity efforts for
implementation of the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants. The
redirection will reduce the level of effort directed towards strengthening environmental
management to countries in transition and developing countries.
• (+$109,700,0.4 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FIB located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located hi each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: -Ą$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and-18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and +19J FTE)
* There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
VI-81
-------
GOAL: REDUCTION OF GLOBAL AND CROSS-BORDER ENVIRONMENTAL
RISKS
OBJECTIVE: INCREASE DOMESTIC AND INTERNATIONAL USE OF CLEANER
AND MORE COST-EFFECTIVE TECHNOLOGIES.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Enhance Institutional Capabilities
In 2004 Enhance environmental management and institutional capabilities in priority countries.
In 2003 Enhance environmental management and institutional capabilities in priority countries.
In 2002 All aspects of this Annual goal were met doing mid-year. Our efforts over the year lead to 2 countries committing to the phase-
out of leaded-gasoline. Targeted countries in the Caribbean and in Asian completing the 1st phases of their commitments to the
POPs conventions with PCB inventories.
Perfonnance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pies. Bud. Request
Assist in the development or implementation of improved 1 1 countries
environmental laws or regulations in priority countries.
increase the transfer of environmental best practices among 3 3 countries
the U.S. and its partner countries and build the capacity of
developing countries to collect, analyze, or disseminate
environmental data.
Increase the capacity of programs in Africa or Latin America t countries
to address safe drinking water quality issues.
Baseline: Sound data collection and analysis facilitates improved environmental legislation, enforcement and planning. EPA is helping lo
build capacity lo collect, analyze and disseminate environmental data for use in priority developing countries to more effectively
target resources for environmental protection.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
Validating measurements tinder international capacity-building programs presents several
challenges. Technical assistance projects, for instance, typically target developing countries,
which often do not have sound data collection and analysis systems in place. Several of the
Agency's activities under Goal 6, Objective 5 attempt to improve this data gathering and analysis
process. Non-technical projects, such as assistance in regulatory reform, frequently must rely on
more subjective measures of change, such as the opinions of project staff or reviews by third-
party organizations, including other U.S. government organizations, in judging the long-term
efficacy of the assistance provided. Data verification and validation for each of the key
measures under Objective 5 are discussed below.
FY 2004 External Performance Measure: Assist in the development or implementation of
improved environmental laws or regulations in developing countries.
Performance Database; None. Output measure. Manual collection of information to track
measure.
Data Source: Project Specific
Vl-82
-------
QA/QC Procedures: Verification does not involve any pollutant database analysis, but will
require objective assessment of: (1) tasks completed, (2) compliance with new regulation, and
(3) progress toward project goals and objectives.
EPA works with developing countries to improve environmental laws and regulations.
Tracking development and implementation of legislation presents few challenges because EPA
project staff maintain close contact with their counterparts and any changes become part of a
public record. Assessing the quality of the new or revised laws/regulations, the level of public
participation and support for stronger regulations, and the long-term social impacts of legislation
is more subjective. Aside from feedback from Agency project staff, EPA relies, in part, on
feedback from its counterparts in the target countries and regions and from nongovernmental
organizations (NGOs) and other third parties in gauging the efficacy its international legal and
regulatory capacity-building. Because EPA works to establish long-term relationships with
priority countries, the Agency is often able to assess environmental improvement in these
countries and regions for a number of years following legal assistance efforts.
FY 2004 External Performance Measure: Through the CEC, develop a core set of
children's environmental health indicators and economic valuation report of children's
environmental health by September 2004.
Performance Database: None. Output measure. Manual collection of information to track
measure.
Data Source: Project Specific
QA/QC Procedures: Verification does not involve any pollutant database analysis, but will
require objective assessment of tasks completed and consensus by the Commission for
Environmental Cooperation's (CEC) children's environmental health trilateral team.
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA's environmental mandate and expertise make it uniquely qualified to represent the
nation's environmental interests aboard. While the Department of State (DOS) is responsible for
the conduct of overall U.S. foreign policy, implementation of particular programs, projects, and
agreements is often the responsibility of other agencies with specific technical expertise and
resources. Relations between EPA and DOS cut across several offices and/or bureaus in both
organizations. Similarly, EPA and the many components of the Department of Commerce work
together closely on a range of different issues, including many science and technology issues.
For example, EPA is responsible for implementing activities under the Export Enhancement Act
of 1992. The Act mandated EPA participation on the Environmental Trade Working Group of
the Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee, an interagency working group chaired by the
Secretary of Commerce to coordinate the government's overall environmental trade promotion
activities.
EPA also serves as the primary point-of-contact and liaison with the U.S. Agency for
International Development (USAID). Specially drawing on expertise from throughout EPA, the
Agency administers a number of interagency agreements for environmental assistance.
VI-83
-------
EPA works extensively with the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative (USTR),
particularly its Office of Environmental and Natural Resources, to ensure that U.S. trade and
environmental polices are mutually supportive. For example, through the Agency's participation
in the negotiation of both the North American Free Trade Agreement and the World Trade
Organization Agreements, EPA has worked with USTR to ensure that U.S. obligations under
international trade agreements do not hamper the ability of Federal and state governments to
maintain high levels of domestic environmental protection. The two agencies also work together
to ensure that EPA's rules, regulations and programs are consistent with U.S. obligations under
international trade agreements.
Finally, EPA works closely with a number of other Federal agencies with environmental,
health, or safety mandates. These include (among others) the Department of Labor, Department
of Transportation, Department of Agriculture, Department of the Interior, Department of Health
and Human Services, and the Food and Drug Administration.
Statutory Authorities
EPCRA section 313 (42 U.S.C. 11023)
PPA(42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)
World Trade Organization Agreements
North American Free Trade Agreement
North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation
US-Canada Agreements
The Boundary Waters Treaty of 1909
1987 Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement
1997 Canada-U.S. Great Lakes Bi-national Toxics Strategy
VI-84
-------
pregnancy and followed throughout childhood and adolescence. This study was mandated in the
Children's Health Act of 2000 to study environmental influences on children's health and
development.
The National Center for Toxicological Research (NCTR) supports fundamental research
on the effects of chemicals regulated by the Food and Drug Administration. Although some of
the models used by NCTR may be similar to those used by EPA, the chemicals and regulatory
context vary significantly. Historically, NCTR has been a leader in developing models and
principles for risk assessment, which has led to collaborations between EPA and NCTR
scientists.
Statutory Authority
Clean Air Act (CAA)
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
Clean Water Act (CWA)
Toxics Substances Control Act (TSCA)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FBFRA)
Resources Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA)
Superfund Amendments Reauthorization Act (SARA)
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA)
VHI-36
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Enhance Capabilities to Respond to Future Environmental Developments.
Enhance EPA's capabilities to anticipate, understand, and respond to future
environmental developments; conduct research in areas that combine human health and
ecological considerations; and enhance the Agency's capacity to evaluate the economic costs and
benefits and other social impacts of environmental policies.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Enhance Capabilities to Respond
to Future Environmental
Developments.
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$61,427.7
$10,877.7
$50,550.0
169,2
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$50,965.8
$10,008.5
$40,957.3
152.6 n
FY2004
Request
$68,911.4
$11,027.1
$57,884.3
166.7
FY 2004 Reg.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$17,945,6
$1,018.6
$16,927.0
14,1
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Endocrine Disrupter Research
Facilities Infrastructure and
FY2002
Enacted
$3,753.8
$10,353.1
$2,267.8
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$11,806.5
$2,177.2
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$11,538.8
$2,758.3
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$0.0
($267.7)
$581.1
Vffl-37
-------
Statutory Authorities
Clean Air Act (CAA) and amendments
Environmental Research, Development and Demonstration Act (ERDDA)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA)
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) and amendments
Toxic Substances Control Act, sections 4,5, and 6 (15 U.S.C. 2603,2604, and 2605)
Clean Water Act sections 304 and 308 (33 U.S.C. 1312,1314,1318,1329-1330,1443)
Safe Drinking Water Act section 1412 (42 U.S.C. 210,300g-l)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act/HSWA: (33 U.S.C. 40(TV)(2761), 42 U.S.C.
82(Vffl)(6981-6983))
Clean Air Act: 42 U.S.C. 85(I)(A)(7403,7412,7429,7545,7612)
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and liability Act, 42 U.S.C.
103(ffl)(96Sl)
Pollution Prevention Act (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)
Federal Technology Transfer Act
Vffl-50
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Improve Environmental Systems Management
Provide tools and technologies to improve environmental systems management while
continuing to prevent and control pollution and reduce human health and ecological risks
originating from multiple economic sectors.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Improve Environmental Systems
Management.
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$54,429.8
$5,418,2
$419.5
$48,592.1
145.1
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$52,274.1
$2,706.1
$2,468.0
$47,100.0
146.6
FY2004
Request
$45,446.9
$3,270.6
$743.0
$41,433.3
143.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($6,827.2)
$564.5 |
($1,725.0)
($5,666.7)
-3.6
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Environmental Technology
Verification (ETV)
Facilities Infrastructure and
FY2002
Enacted
$13,512.1
$3,607.7
$2,290.0
Ft 2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$3,617.6
$2,084.0
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$3,682.0
$2,352.3
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$0.0
$64.4
$268.3
'VIII-51
-------
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and RodentMde Act
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
Superfund Amendments Reauthorization Act
dean Air Act Amendments of 1990
Pollution Prevention Act of 1990
VIH-60
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Quantify Environmental Results of Partnership Approaches.
Increase partnership-based projects with counties, cities, states, tribes, resource
conservation districts, and/or bioregions, bringing together needed external and internal
stakeholders, and quantify the tangible and sustainable environmental results of integrated,
holistic, partnership approaches.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Quantify Environmental Results
of Partnership Approaches.
Environmental Program &
Management
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$9,276.2
$9,276.2
20.6
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$9,058.4
$9,058.4
18.0
FY2004
Request
$9,036.8
$9,036.8
16.6
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($21.6)
($21.6)
-1.4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
-
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
FY2002
Enacted
$700.0
$215.6
$47,3
$100.6
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$241.9
$53.3
$112.1
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$222.6
$55.4
$3.1
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$0.0
($19.3)
$2.1
($109.0)
vm-61
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Incorporate Innovative Approaches.
Incorporate innovative approaches to environmental management into EPA programs, so
that EPA and external partners achieve greater and more cost-effective public health and
environmental protection. .
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Incorporate Innovative
Approaches.
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$26,070.7
$25,720.7
$350.0
112.9
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$29,787.9
$29,787.9
$0.0
126.7
FY2004
Request
$31,939.0
$31,939.0
$0,0
127.4
FY2004Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$2,151.1
$2,151.1
$0.0
0.7
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Common Sense Initiative
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Legal Services
FY2002
Enacted
$1,838.7
$1,000.0
$1,784.4
$380,3
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$0.0
$1,821.7
$409.3
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$0.0
$2,143.8
$427.1
FY2004Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$0.0
$0.0
$322.1
$17.8
vni-64
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Effective Management
Objective: Manage for Results Through Services, Policies, and Operations.
Demonstrate leadership in managing for results by providing the management services,
administrative policies, and operations to enable the Agency to achieve its environmental
mission and to meet its fiduciary and workforce responsibilities and mandates.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Manage for Results
Through Services, Policies,
and Operations.
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance
Superfund
Leaking Underground Storage
Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$17<»,749.8
$147,699.4
$28,207.5
$663.6
$6.2
$173.1
1,325.3
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$201,230.9
$164,431.9
$35,352,7
$1,194.4
$53.2
$198.7
1,243.1
FY2004
Request
$198,525.6
$169,323.4
$27,899.6
$1,073.3
$52.5
$176.8
1,181.2
FY2004Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($2,7053)
$4,891.5
($7,453.1)
($121.1)
($0.7)
($21.9)
-61.9
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Environmental Finance
Center Grants (EFQ
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
FY2002
Enacted
$2,000.0
$50,675.0
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$2,000.0
$54,819.0
FY2004
Request
$2,000.0
$55,131.4
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$0.0
$312.4
X-12
-------
protocols, use of common interface functional capabilities, and management of
communications with internal or external systems) early in the process. Additionally, it
reduces the complexity/risks associated with the implementation of the Financial COTS
on several accounts:
Financial COTS implementation team is no longer concerned with
establishing or determining how interfaces to and from the system will be
accomplished (i.e., separation of concerns).
• The Financial COTS team needs only to develop a single interface to the
enterprise "hub" through a standard method and process. It does not need to
create multiple interfaces to multiple systems using methods and processes mat
could prove to be incompatible with each other.
* Should the implementation of the Financial COTS take longer than expected,
EPA would have already achieved a higher level of integration and ease of
interface maintainability among its legacy systems, thus effectively extending the
lifecycle of its legacy systems.
• Early implementation of the Financial Data Warehouse (FDW) project addresses
current and short-term financial reporting needs of EPA early in the lifecycle. In
addition, early implementation of FDW allows Administrative Data Warehouse
(ADW) to evolve at a steady and non-eonstrictive pace.
» Later implementation of the Cost Recovery and Imaging project allows EPA
ample time to analyze those EPA unique and critical cost recovery requirements
not supported by the Financial COTS. Results of this analysis may result in
streamlined cost recovery processes jointly supported by the Financial COTS and
Cost Recovery and Imaging applications.
* Extended pre-implementation timeframes for the Financial COTS provide a
greater degree of certainty that the selected Joint Financial Management
Improvement Program (JFMIP) certified financial package will more closely meet
EPA's requirements.
• Extended implementation timeframes for the ADW provide a greater degree of
certainty that ADW components wiP not require feengineering. ADW
components are implemented only after the source application (e.g., Financial
COTS, Cost Recovery and Imaging) is fully operational. The Payroll application
will be the first to be integrated into the ADW as its implementation is completed
first.
Implementation of Planning is scheduled to provide sufficient time to have the
application in place and fully implemented for use during the budget formulation process,
which begins on March 1, 2005.
X-17
-------
OCPO Activity
Specific Actions
Drivers
1. Improve Financial
Performance
Automate internal processes to reduce costs internally
and within the Federal government by disseminating
best practices across agencies
Support compliance with Federal laws and regulations
Support the operating, policy, and budget decision-
making through improved timeliness
Streamline financial transactions and reengineering
processes using best business practices
Expand die use of web-based technologies
Improve management of obligations to the Federal
government by continuing to improve debt collection
practices
Institute quarterly financial statements
Accelerate end of year reporting
Measure system compliance with agency ability to
meet OMB and Treasury requirements
Hie President's
Management Agenda
(PMA)
OMB Circular A-127,
JFMIP, GPRA, FFMIA, and
FASAB
PMA
The Federal Financial
Management 5 Year Plan
and PMA
PMA
The Federal Financial
Management 5 Year Plan
2, Improve Financial
Service to the
Customer
Create easy-to-find single points of access to
government services for individuals
Ensure FT investments minimize the redundancy and
maximize the integration within an agency, as well as
maximizing the interoperability between agencies
Develop financial management systems that provide
timely, useable, reliable, and accessible financial
information and reports to increase accountability and
improve decision making and program management
Provide tools and reports that enable managers to
budget and assess the full cost of programs and
activities.
Offer common administrative services to achieve
efficiencies and reduce cost
Explore electronic processing options for Grants
Streamline grant payment delivery
Support government-wide efforts to manage grant
funds online through a common web site
Support government-wide electronic business
processes, such as e-procurement
Re-engineer reporting processes and expand the use of
web-based technologies
PMA
nMRA,PMA
The Federal Financial
Management 5 Year Plan
PMA and FASAB
Standards
The Federal Financial
Management 5 Year Plan
PMA
CFO Council
PMA
PMA
PMA
3. Maintain a Secure
Financial System
Environment
Maintain a secure systems environment
Undertake a Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) to
promote digital signatures for transactions within the
Federal government
Integrate cost-effective security into government
information systems to enable, and not unnecessarily
impede, Agency business operations
The Federal Financial
Management 5 Year Plan
PMA
Executive Order on Critical
Infrastructure Protection in
the Information Age dated
October 16,2001
X-18
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Effective Management
Objective: Provide Audit, Evaluation, and Investigative Products and Services
Provide audit, evaluation, and investigative products and advisory services resulting in
improved environmental quality and human health.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Provide Audit, Evaluation,
and Investigative Products
and Services
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance
Superfund
Inspector General
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$52,802,2
$6,587.0
$10,984.9
$35,230.3
359.7
FY2003
Pres.Bud.
$53,592.7
$4,290.0
$13,977.7
$35,325.0
372.3
FY2004
Request
$56,793.0
$5,233.2
$14,752.1
$36,807.7
371.9
FY2004Req.
V.
FY2003Pres
Bud
$3,2003
$943.2
$774.4
$1,482.7
-0.4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Assistance Agreement Audits
Assistance Agreement
Investigations
Contract Audits
Contract and Procurement
Investigations
Employee Integrity
Investigations
FY2002
Enacted
$2,000.0
$2,900.0
$5,200.0
$3,100.0
$1,000.0
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
FY2004Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
X-32
-------
Program: Air Toxics
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
.._ Results Achieved
^ Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
_ Measures Adequate
^ New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure;
Percent of U.S. population free from unacceptable risks of
cancer and other significant health problems from air toxic
emissions
Annual Measure:
Percentage reduction In nationwide air toxics emissions
from stationary and mobile sources combined (actual data
available later In 2003)
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2020
2002
2001
2000
1999
95
5
5
3
12
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
The Air Toxics program is designed to reduce emissions of hazardous air pollutants
(HAPs), such as hexane and benzene, from stationary sources, such as Factories, and
from vehicles.
The program's purpose is clearly laid out in the statute -- to reduce HAP emissions
and unacceptable health risk from HAPs. The assessment showed that management
is generally good. However, EPA has not fully utilized statutory flexibilities when
implementing parts of the program. Although the long-term cancer reduction goal is
clearly outcome-related, "unacceptable risk" is not defined, the relation between
emissions changes and actual health outcomes are not known, and there are no
efficiency measures. Specific findings include:
1. There is a clear purpose and design for the program.
2. The program has not shown it is maximizing net benefits, and proposing the most
cost effective regulations.
3. There are inadequate linkages between annual performance and long-term goals
that prevent it from demonstrating its impact on human health.
4. There are large data gaps for toxlcity and on actual population exposure. ,
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Increase funding for toxic air pollutant programs by $7 million in State grants for
monitoring to help fill data gaps.
2. Focus on maximizing programmatic net benefits and minimizing the cost per
deleterious health effect avoided,
3. Establish better performance measures (including an appropriate efficiency
measure).
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
115
2003 Estimate
118
2004 Estimate
125
PART-1
-------
Program: Civil Enforcement
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
100
33
_ Results Achieved
• Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
_ Measures Adequate
• New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure;
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Millions of pounds of pollutants reduced by eliminating
discharges through enforcement activities
Efficiency Measure:
Dollars negotiated per workyear from polluters for
Supplemental Environmental Projects that restore, protect
or improve the environment
2001
2002
2003
2004
1999
2000
2001
350
300
300
350
660
17,000
27,000
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
EPA's civil enforcement program enforces federal environmental laws to protect
human health and the environment by ensuring that regulated entities comply with
these laws, EPA's management of their federal enforcement responsibility includes
direct federal action (inspections, investigations, compliance assistance and
incentives) as well as assisting and overseeing state, tribal, and local partners in
achieving compliance to protect human health and the environment.
Findings from the PART assessment include the following:
1. The program lacks adequate outcome oriented performance measures, This
impacts both program planning and results. With better outcome performance
measures, program planning could be adjusted to achieve more effective results.
2. Outside evaluators have criticized the program for: a) lack of adequate workload
analysis to support existing staffing and priorities, and b) lack of good quality data to
accurately determine compliance and monitor the effectiveness of enforcement
activities.
In response to these findings the Administration will:
1. Fund $5 million for an improved compliance data system.
2. Revise EPA's strategic plan with a focus on defining EPA's federal enforcement role
and appropriate outcome performance measures.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
433
2003 Estimate
439
2004 Estimate
469
PAP""!
-------
Program; Drinking Water State Revolving Fund
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau; Environmental Protection Agency, activities
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
22
"__ Results Achieved
g Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Measures Adequate
3? New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Percent of population served by community water systems
in compliance with health-based drinking water standards
Annual Measure:
Measure under development
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2003
2005
91
92
95
91
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary;
The Drinking Water State Revolving Fund program capitalizes state revolving loan
funds that finance infrastructure improvements for public water systems and other
activities that support state drinking water programs and promote public health
protection, Most of the money has gone to upgrade water treatment plants,
The PART indicated that the Drinking Water SRF program is very competent as a
national financial resource for state infrastructure projects targeted at compliance
with health-based drinking water standards, A challenge facing the Drinking Water
SRF program is to develop measurable long-term and annual performance goals that
link the program to its public health mission, Additional findings include;
1, The program purpose is dear and It is designed to have a significant impact on a
well identified need, although, there are other federal, state and private resources
available to address the problem.
2. Evaluation of public health impacts from infrastructure improvements is difficult, in
part because states provide only aggregate data.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Continue capitalization of the Drinking Water SRF at the 2003 President's Budget
level because, although target revolving levels for the fund have been reached,
continued federal support will close the recently identified gap in funding capital
infrastructure needs for the next twenty years. The extended commitment proposed
in the President's 2004 Budget is expected to provide $45 billion for loans and
assistance through the State Drinking Water SRFs, which will support over 21,000
new projects,
2, Develop new performance measures to be included in EPA's 2004 GPRA plan to
better demonstrate the impact of the program.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (In minions of dollars)
2002 Actual
850
2003 Estimate
850
2004 Estimate
850
PART-3
-------
Program: Existing Chemicals
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
__ Results Achieved
^ Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
_ Measures Adequate
• New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Percent reduction In current year production-adjusted Risk
Screening Environmental Indicators (RSEI) chemical risk
based Index
(New measure) ,
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2002
2003
2004
3
4
2
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
EPA reviews and regulates chemical substances and mixtures that may harm human
health or the environment. EPA's Existing Chemicals program covers the 62,000
chemicals that were already in commerce.when Congress enacted the Toxic
Substances Control Act, including testing, regulation, and reporting.
The assessment found:
1. The program has strong purpose and management. The.program, however, lacks
strategic planning,
2. The program cannot demonstrate any long-term Impact. EPA's long-term goal
does not focus on outcomes and lacks a baseline and clear time frames. The
program also does not have an efficiency measure.
3. The program has demonstrated few results, EPA has reviewed approximately two
percent of existing chemicals. GAO found that EPA has been slow to address these
chemicals.
4. The law requires that EPA compile industry data, which can be cos.tly and time-
consuming,
5. EPA's current annual performance goals cannot be assessed because data are not
available until two years into the future.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Provide $1 million above the 2003 President's Budget to develop acute exposure
chemical guidelines (AEGLs). AEGLs are important for homeland security response,
recovery, and preparedness. AEGLs represent three tiers of health effects
(discomfort, disability, death) for five exposure durations (eight hours or less). This
funding will help EPA to obtain more information on the possible harm to humans and
the environment from chemicals, which will help the Agency to achieve a higher level
of accountability and results.
2. Establish better performance measures, including efficiency measures.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
11
2003 Estimate
12
2004 Estimate
13
PART
-------
Program: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Agency: Environmental'Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
45
_ Results Achieved
• Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
~ Measures Adequate
v? New Measures. Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Leaking underground storage tank cleanups completed
New annual outcome measures being developed
Efficiency Measure;
Measure under development
2000
2001
2002
2003
21,000
21,000
21,000
20,000
20,834
19,074
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
The purpose of the Leaking Underground Storage Tank program is to clean up
leaking underground petroleum tanks.
The assessment showed that:
1. The program purpose, to clean up leaking underground storage tanks, is clearly
defined and is understood by states and other stakeholders.
2. The program is well managed, but would benefit from regular independent
evaluations and a systematic process to review strategic planning.
3. Strategic planning is particularly critical to this program since It has already
achieved its current long term goal and has no new long-term goal to challenge
program managers. EPA may finish the backlog of 140,000 cleanups within the next
decade. In the future, a smaller program may be suitable to address the lesser
number of new releases that occur every year.
4, The program appears to be successful, as evidenced by achieving the goals of its
authorizing legislation: cleanup of releases and upgrading tanks. However, the
program scores poorly on the results section since it has no outcome based
performance metrics that demonstrate an impact on people and the environment.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Continue to clean storage tank sites at a rapid pace.
2. Develop outcome measures that will test the link between the activities of the
program and the impact on human health and the environment.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
73
2003 Estimate
72
2004 Estimate
73
PART-5
-------
Program: New Chemicals
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
_ Results Achieved
~ Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
~ Measures Adequate
^ New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure;
Reduction of hazardous substances from products and
processes in millions of pounds
(Targets under development)
Annual Performance Goal:
Annual quantity of hazardous substances eliminated
through the Green Chemistry Challenge Awards Program
from 1996 levels, In millions of pounds
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
i
2007
2001
2004
250
150
150
Rating: Adequate
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
EPA's New Chemicals program reviews new chemicals being Introduced into
commerce (manufactured or imported) to prevent possible harm to the public and
environment.
The assessment found:
1. The program has very strong purpose and management.
2. The program collaborates with the Department of Labor on worker protection
controls and has a cooperative agreement with Florida State University to Identify and
develop improved environmental indicators and program performance measures,
3. While the program has to some extent shown results, the main deficiency is the
lack of adequate long-term measures. The measures are not outcomes, do not have
clear targets and do not include at least one efficiency measure.
4. The PART exercise, however, has resulted in serious attention by the program to
develop long-term goals for the program that can demonstrate results for human
health and/or the environment.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Maintain funding at the 2003 President's Budget level.
2, Recommend improvement of the program's strategic planning, including an
independent evaluation of the program, which can result in significant improvement
of program results.
3. Establish more outcome-oriented measures including at least one efficiency
measure.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (In millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
14
2003 Estimate
15
2004 Estimate
15
-------
Program: NonpointSource Grants
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
0
0 10
_ Results Achieved
• Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
Measures Adequate
v[ New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
New measures under development
Annual Measure;
,
Efficiency Measure:
1
•
Rating; Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
EPA's nonpoint source grants program, authorized by Section 319 of the Clean Water
Act, gives money to States to reduce water pollution caused by nonpoint source
runoff.
The analysis found that:
1. The program purpose is clear and agreed upon by interested parties.
2. The program has not collected sufficient performance information to determine
whether it has had a significant effect on pollution.
3. The program's greatest weaknesses are strategic planning and a lack of
measurable program results. Consequently, the program lacks adequate long-term,
annual, and efficiency measures. Existing annual measures, such as "Number of
states reporting on progress in implementing nonpoint source programs" do not
provide useful, results-based performance information. The program's previous long-
term goal has been met, and the agency has not yet developed a new one.
4. The program is in the process of developing new performance measures that focus
on outcomes and efficiency.
5. EPA has made significant improvements to program management over the past
several years, which will assist in their efforts to develop new performance measures.
For example, in 2002 EPA implemented a new grants tracking system with additional
reporting requirements. Through this new system, EPA will be able to see the
estimated reductions in sediment and nutrient loads associated with each project
implementation, as well as project geolocation.
6. The program overlaps with others in rural areas, such as the Department of
Agriculture's Environmental Quality Incentives Program (EQIP) and Conservation
Reserve Program.
In response to these findings, and to reduce overlap with similar Department of
Agriculture programs that received significant funding increases in the Farm Bill (EQIP
goes from $200 million in 2002 to $800 million in 2004), the Budget proposes to:
1. Shift the program's focus In agricultural watersheds from Implementation of
pollution reduction projects to planning, monitoring and assisting in the coordination
and implementation of watershed-based plans in impaired and threatened waters,
2. Establish more outcome-focused measures and at least one efficiency measure.
Program Funding Level (In millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
237
2003 Estimate
238
2004 Estimate
238
PART-7
-------
Program: Pesticide Registration
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
_ Results Achieved
y; Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
H Measures Adequate
• New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Number of new reduced risk active Ingredients registered
Long-term Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2002
2003
2004
11
10
13
13
11
15
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
The Pesticide Registration program at EPA evaluates new pesticides and registers
them for use in the United States. EPA examines the ingredients of the pesticide,
how it will be used, as well as storage and disposal practices to ensure that, when
used properly, the pesticide will not have any adverse effects on humans or the
environment.
The assessment indicates that the program addresses an important nationwide
interest and that further work is needed in the area of performance measurement.
Specific findings include:
1. The program has a clear mission and statutory authority, and it provides for the
safe use of pesticides on a nationwide basis.
2. The program has established long-term goals but they are not adequate because
the goals lack quantified baselines and/or performance targets and they need to be
more outcome-focused.
3. The program regularly reviews overall progress toward annual goals and does
make management decisions to address issues that impede progress.
4, The program does not use efficiency or cost effectiveness metrics to monitor
program management or performance.
5. Generally the program has met its annual goals but it is unclear how achieving
these annual targets leads to quantifiable progress toward the program's long-term
goals. One new long-term efficiency goal that targets reductions in decision-making
time has been proposed for this program by EPA, but further work is needed to
finalize the goal and to develop appropriate annual targets to support it.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Implement appropriate long-term measures.
2, Develop adequate efficiency and cost effectiveness measures to improve program
performance and goal-setting.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
45
2003 Estimate
44
2004 Estimate
48
-------
Program: Pesticides Reregistration
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency, activities
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
22
_ Results Achieved
V. Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Z Measures Adequate
• New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Percent of Reregistration Eligibility Decisions (REDs)
completed
A RED document summarizes the reregfstratlon
conclusions and outlines any risk reduction measures
necessary for the pesticide to continue to be registered in
the U.S.
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2002
2003
2004
72.4
76.4
83
88
71.6
72.7
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:\
The Pesticide Reregistration program reviews pesticides already registered by EPA to
make sure they meet current scientific and regulatory standards. The rereglstration
process considers the human health and ecological effects of pesticides and can result
in changes to existing registrations to reduce risks that are of concern.
The assessment indicates that the program addresses an unambiguous quantifiable
need and that further work is needed in the areas of efficiency evaluation and
performance measurement. Specific findings include:
1. The program is the only entity that reviews existing pesticides to ensure they keep
pace with advancing safety standards. The program has a clear mission and
statutory authority.
2. The program has established long-term goals but they are not adequate because
the goals lack quantified baselines and/or targets and because they need to be more
outcome-focused.
3. The program regularly reviews progress toward annual goals and does make
management decisions to address issues that impede progress but the program does
not use efficiency or cost effectiveness measures to monitor program management
and performance.
4. EPA has proposed a long-term efficiency goal for this program that targets
reductions in decision-making time but further work Is needed to finalize the goal and
to develop appropriate annual targets to support it.
5. The program has met statutory deadlines but does not always meet annual goals
and it is unclear how achieving annual targets leads to quantifiable progress toward
the program's long-term goals. Progress toward future deadlines will require
additional work on antimicrobial pesticides.
As a result of this review, the Administration:
1. Recommends providing an additional $1.0 million for antimicrobial pesticides and
$0.5 million for inerts registration activities.
2. Will implement appropriate long-term performance measures, improved annual
targets, and adequate long and short term efficiency measures.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume,)
Program Funding Level (In millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
45
2003 Estimate
48
2004 Estimate
52
PART-9
-------
Program: Superfund Removal
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
L_ Results Achieved
Q Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Z Measures Adequate
^ New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Number of removals completed
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2002
2003
2004
300
275
350
350
302
426
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
Superfund's Removal Program is a short term cleanup program to remediate
emergency and non-emergency situations in two years or less.
The assessment showed that:
1. The program's purpose, to perform emergency cleanup of hazardous materials, is
very clearly defined and understood by states and stakeholders.
2. The program would benefit from regular independent evaluations and a
systematic process to review strategic planning.
3. The program meets its targets for number of removals each year, an output
measure. However, the program scores poorly on the Results/Accountability section
since it has no outcome based performance metrics that demonstrate the extent of
the impact on public health and the environment.
4. There are no efficiency measures and the development requires overcoming
significant data issues, namely, poor historic data quality in EPA's Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS)
database.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Propose funding at the 2003 President's Budget level.
2. Develop outcome oriented measures that test the linkage between program
activities and the impact on human health and the environment.
3. Improve data quality in the CERCLIS database.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (In millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
203
2003 Estimate
203
2004 Estimate
203
PAJ
-------
Program: Tribal General Assistance
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
100
__ Results Achieved
^ Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
Measures Adequate
New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long term Measure;
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Percent of tribes with delegated and non-delegated
environmental programs
(New measure, targets under development)
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
The Indian Environmental General Assistance Program (GAP) provides grants to
federally recognized Native American tribes and eligible Intertribalconsortia to
improve their ability to administer environmental regulatory programs.
The analysis found that:
1. The program's purpose is very clear and agreed upon by interested parties. Not all
tribes currently have the financial resources and technical ability to develop and
implement Federal environmental programs on their own.
2. Strategic planning is the program's weakest area, and plans from 2003 and earlier
had weak performance goals that focused on processes more than environmental
outcomes.
3. In recognition of these weaknesses, EPA has been working to develop new long-
term goals and efficiency measures.
4. The program also adopted new annual performance measures, which more
accurately reflect the program's purpose and activities.
5. GAP has improved its program management over the last year, It implemented a
new grants management system which provides better Information on grantee
activities, and it also developed a tribal database which .holds environmental, cultural,
and administrative information on each of the tribes.
As a result of these findings, the Administration recommends:
1. Increasing GAP funding to $62.5 million, $5 million above the 2003 President's
Budget level of $57 million, in recognition that program management Is Improving.
2. That EPA use the new-information from the recently Implemented grants
management system to further improve the program's strategic planning and
management, including the development of long-term goals and efficiency measures.
Program Funding Level (In millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
52
2003 Estimate
57
2004 Estimate
62
PART-11
-------
Acid Rain 1-1, i-s, 1-9,1-17, i-72,1-73,1-74,1-75,1-77,1-78
Acid Rain-CASTNet , ....1-72
Acid Ran -Program Implementation .....1-72
Administrative Law ....x-4, x-8, x-io
Aging Initiative, viii-26svin-30
Air Deposition... , in, n-77, n-83, li-97
Air Toxics Research , 1-41, 1-54,1-61, I-TO
American Indian Environmental Office ...... iv-1015 iv-ios
American Waterworks Association Research Foundation (AWWARF) li-46
animal feeding operations (AFOs) it-79
Area-Wide Optimization Program (AWOP). , ,...n-24
arsenic H-7, II-8, H-22,11-23,11-26, iI-27,II-28, iI-33, Ii-44, V-46, V-86, VIII-9, VIII-54, Vill-56
Assessments 1-73, n-18, n-32, v-15, v-42, v-49, vii-ae, ix-5
Assistance Agreement Audits .....x-32, x-35
Assistance Agreement Investigations x-32, x-36
Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies (AMWA) n-17
Association of State and Interstate Water Pollution Control Agencies (ASIWPCA) n-82
Asthma ...IV-64, IV-65, lV-66, IV-68, IV-69, IV-74, IV-75, IV-77, VHI-7, VlH-23, VIIi-27
ATSDR Superfund Support iv-79
Base Realignment and Closure , v-3, v-72
Beach Grants IMS
Beaches Environmental Assessment and Coastal Health Act of 2000 (BEACH) n-25
Better Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) 11-51
bioaecumulative pollutants. ....ii-26, ii-eo
bioaceumulative toxics n-26, v-45, v-47, vm-53
biOSOlidS ,. II-9, .11-31, H-58,11-61, II-62, H-78
Bioterrorism Act of 2003. 11-17, IMS, 11-19
BrOWnfieldS..V-1, V-2, V-3, V-7, V-8, V-9, V-10, V-15, V-40, V-41, V-42, V-44, V-49, V-53, V-54, V-59,
V-60, V-70, V-72, V-73, IX-16, X-34, X-35
Brownfields Cleanup Revolving Loan Fund (BCRLF)..... .....v-40
Capacity BuildingV-15, VI-14, VI-33, VI-35, VI-39, VI-43, VI-49, VI-80, VII-27, IX-4, lX-7, IX-13, IX-20,
IX-3S
Carbon Monoxide H4, !-so
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention 11-19, n-46, n-98, iv-37, iv-61, viii-59
Certain Alaskan Cruise Ship Operations (PL 106-5S4) u-76, n-98
Charles River , ..H-55
Chemical Safety Board (CSB) . v-79, v-96
Chesapeake Bay 1-4,1-73, n-48,11-54, n-56, ii-64,11-72,11-73,11-74
Children® Health x-8
Childrens Health, Program Development and Coordination x-a
Civil Enforcement........ v-15, v-74, ix-7, ix-io, ix-2i, ix-31, ix-32
Civil Rights/Title VI Compliance., x-8
Clean Air Act Amendments (CAA) n-75, v-98
Clean Vessel Act , n-75, u-76
Clean Water Act (CWA) .... IM, II-50, II-64,11-70, li-75, II-76, II-79, Ii-98, V-98, VI-75, VII-39, Vlll-15,
VIII-21, VIII-36, IX-13, IX-17, IX-33, IX-34, lX-42, IX-47, IX-48
Clean Water Needs Survey .., 11-91
-------
Clean Watersheds Needs Survey n-81
Clear Skies i-s, i-e, 1-9,1-12, i-ie, 1-19,1-39,1-40,1-75, viu-8, viii-41, vm-45
Climate Change... VI-3, VI-6, VI-8, VI-28, VI-30, VI-31, VI-33, VI-35, VI-39, VI-41, VI-43, VI-53, VI-54,
VI-56, VI-57
Climate Change Research vi-28
Climate Protection Program - Buildings vi-28
Climate Protection Program - Carbon Removal vi-28
Climate Protection Program - Industry vi-28
Climate Protection Program - International Capacity Building vi-28
Climate Protection Program - State and Local Climate Change Program vi-29
Climate Protection Program - Transportation vi-29
Coastal Environmental Monitoring viii-n
Coastal Wetlands Planning, Protection, and Restoration Act of 1991 , n-75, il-76
Columbia Basin Ecosystem Management Project n-54
Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO) n-26
Commission for Environmental Cooperation - CEC vi-77
Common Sense Initiative.... „ vin-64
Communicating Research Information vn-27
Community Assistance iv-40, vn-13
Community Right to Know (Title III) V-74
Compliance Assistance and Centers v-15, v-74, ix-7, ix-35
Compliance Incentives ix-4, ix-7, ix-35, IX-36, ix-43
Compliance Monitoring ix-7, ix-g, ix-27, ix-31, ix-32
Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs) H-53, H-63
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information
System (CERCLIS) V-8,V-19
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) II-
75, V-58, V-72, V-93, VII-39, VIII-36, IX-34, IX-48
Comprehensive Performance Evaluation (CPE) II-23, II-29
comprehensive performance evaluations (CPEs) n-24
concentrated animal feeding operations (CAFOs) i-so, n-62, n-79
Congressional Projects vn-13
Congressional/Legislative Analysis , vil-13
Congressionally Mandated Projects 1-14,1-54,1-72,11-13, n-48,11-77, iv-16, iv-28, iv-40, iv-79, v-
15, V-75, VI-29, VII-14, VII-27, VIII-11, VIII-22, VIII-37, VIII-51, VIII-61, VIII-64
Contaminant Candidate List (CCL) n-5, n-8,11-21, n-27
Contract and Procurement Investigations x-32, x-36
Contract Audits x-32,x-35
Contracts Management x-23
cooling water intake ii-ao
Core Emergency Response (Core ER) program v-31
Correspondence Coordination vn-14
Criminal Enforcement ix-4, ix-7, ix-n, ix-31, ix-32
cruise ship discharges ii-7, ii-53
Cryptosporidium H-20
Data Collection v-so, vn-14, vn-27, viuo
Data Management !i-35,vn-i4, ix-8
Data Reliability Action Plan n-23, n-36, n-38, n-39, n-40
-------
Data Standards. vn-14, vii-22, vn-27, vn-40
decentralized wastewater , .....11-12, n-so
Design for the Environment iv-2, iv-5, iv-12, iv-79, iv-84, vni-5
Direct Public Information and Assistance vn-14
Disadvantaged Communities II-T?
Disaster Management Initiative , v-is
disinfection byproducts (DBPs) , ...ir-ao
Drinking Water Implementation 11-7,11-13
Drinking Water Needs Survey .....n-9, 11-24
Drinking Water Regulations , 11-13
Drinking Water Standards , 11-19,11-22
Ecosystems Condition, Protection and Restoration Research ii-48, viii-11
effluent guidelines H-eo, ii-io, 11-91, n-93, ii-96
Effluent Guidelines.. , II-T?, H-ao
effluent limitations.. , Jl-78
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA).. iv-ioo, v-77, vi-75, vu-
17, VH-39, IX-33, IX-34, IX-48
emergency response plans.... n-7,1.1-17, n-18, v-38
Employee Integrity Investigations........ ..x-32,x-37
Endocrine Disrupter Research ......vill-22, vin-37
Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program , 111-10, iu-24, iv-11, iv-16, iv-40, iv-56
Enforcement Training , !X-8, IX-16,ix-32
Entrapment...... ,.,....H-81
Environment and Trade.. ,. .vi-77,vi-79
Environmental Appeals Boards , x-8
Environmental Education Division viM4
Environmental Finance Center Grants (EFC) x-12
Environmental Justice vn-28, ix-4, ix-8, ix-15, ix-16, tx-42, ix-47, ix-48
Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program, EMAP.............. iv-40, vni-12
Environmental Radiation Ambient Monitoring System (ERAMS) v-39
Environmental Response Team (ERT)...... v-9, v-32
Environmental Technology Verification (ETV). 11-33, v-ee, vin-9, VIH-SI, vin-53, vni-56, vm-57,
Vlll-58, VIii-59
Environmental Technology Verification Centers ii-so
Estuaries and Clean Waters Act of 2001 1.1-54, n-76
Executive Support x-a,x-io
Existing Chemical Data, Screening, Testing and Management iv-41
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations....1-15,1-54,1-72,11-13, n-48, u-77,111-10, m-24, iv-16, iv-
28, IV-41, lV-63, IV-79, IV-101, V-15, V-75, VI-10, VI-29, VI-58, VI-66, VI-77, VII-14, VII-28, VII-40,
VIII-12, Vlil-22, Vill-38, VIII-52, VIII-61, VIII-64, VIII-69, VIH-72, IX-8, IX-35, X-8, X-12, X-26, X-33
Farm Bill »-4, ii-s, n-e, 11-12, n-52, u-82, n-83, n-aa, iv-s, iv-tg, iv-22, iv-23
Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) Agreement in Principle 11-20
Federal Facilities Ą-13, v-15, v-27, v-so, v-31, v-35, v-69
Federal Facility lAGs , „ v-15
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) n-75, II-76, ni-2, ui-22, iv-21, IV-
27, IV-49, IV-78, VIII-21, IX-14, IX-33, IX-48
Federal Preparedness v-15, v-33
Financial Statement Audits x-33, x-se
-------
Fish Contamination/Consumption ., ..... 11-14
Five Star Restoration , ,.n-57
FQPA..II-30, lli-2, III-3, lil-5, Hl-7, HI-8,111-10,111-11,111-12,111-13, lil-15, 111-17,111-19, HI-20,111-21, IH-23,
lll<25,.lll-26, Hl-27, HI-28, HI-29, Hl-30,111-31, HI-32, III-33, IH-34, HI-35, III-37, IV-2, IV-3, IV-8, IV-9, IV-
17,1V-18, IV-19, IV-27, IV-48, IV-50, IV-54, VH-39, Vlll-36, Vlll-50, IX-33
Geospatial Vli-7, Vll-14, VIMS, Vil-20, Vli-28, Vli-29, VII-37, Vll-40
Giardia il-20
Global Toxics vi-66
Global Trade Issues for Pesticides and Chemicals vi-66
Grants Management. x-i4,x-2i
Grants to States for Lead Risk Reduction iv-28, tv-31
Great Lakes 11-11, ii-25, ii-43, n-49, n-52, v-69, vi-1, vi-2, vi-s, vi-s, vi-io, vi-n, vi-12, VMS, vi-14,
VI-15, VI-16, VI-17, VI-18, VI-19, Vl-20, VI-21, Vl-22, VI-23, VI-24, Vi-26, VI-27, VI-66, VI-68, VI-72,
VI-76, VI-84, Vlll-6, VIII-16, Vlll-18, VIII-21, VHI-28
Great Lakes Legacy Act vi-to, vi-13, vi-26
Great Lakes National Program Office., vi-2, VMO, vi-12, vi-16, vi-17, VMS, vi-19, vi-20, vi-21,
Vl-22, VI-23, VI-24
Ground Water Rule (GWR) 11-20
Gulf Of MexiCO.... II-26, H-49, II-54, II-55, II-58, II-64, II-70, li-71, U-72, U-74, il-75, Vi-16, Vltl-6, VIH-13
Hazardous Air Pollutants.. I-54,1-65, l-66
Hazardous Substance Research -Hazardous Substance Research Centers v-15
Hazardous Waste Research...; v-75
Historic Area Remediation Site (HARS)... u-7, n-53
Homeland Security..1-15,1-32,1-38,1-54, i-es, u-7,11-14,11-16,11-19, ii-so, 11-31, ii-ss, n-77,111-10, m-
14, III-24, HI-32, IV-41, IV-46, V-6, V-15, V-22, V-30, V-31, V-33, V-34, V-39, V-51, V-54, V-55, V-75,
V-87, Vll-14, VII-24, VII-28, Vll-40, VII-41, VIII-7, VIII~12, VIII-18, VIU-23, VIII-29, Vlll-31, VIII-32, VIII-
33, VHI-38, VIII-46, Vlll-52, Vlll-55, Vlll-56, IX-4, IX-8, IX-12, IX-19, iX-30, X-26, X-28
Homeland Security-Communication and Information vn-14, Vii-28, vii-40
Homeland Security-Critical Infrastructure Protection .1-15,11-14,11-77,111-10, in-24, iv-41, v-15,
IX-8
Homeland Security-Preparedness, Response and Recovery...i-i5,1-55,11-14,111-10, m-24, v-
15, V-75, VII-28, VIII-12, VIII-23, VIII-38, Vlll-52
Homeland Security-Protect EPA Personnel/Infrastructure... us, v-15, X-27
Homestake Mine - v-is,v-52
Human Health Research , iv-49, iv-so, vni-23
Human Resources Management............. x-15, x-21
Immediate Office of the Administrator x-s
Impingement . n-81
Indoor Environments av-63, iv-65, iv-ee, iv-70, iv-74s iv-75, iv-77
Information Exchange Network 11-90,11-92, vn-3, vn-4, vii-7, vn-14, vn-22
Information Integration vn-14, vn-28, vn-40
Information Sharing and Analysis Center (ISAC) , 11-17, n-29
Information Technology Management ......vn-14, vn-28, vii-41, vn-49
Intergovernmental Relations - OA vn-14, x-8
Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR) II-22,11-29
International Safe Drinking Water vi-77, vi-80
Investigations ix-12, ix-19, ix-20, x-4, x-33, x-36, x-37
Jobs Through Recycling (JTR)......... iv-90
-------
Lake Champlain,... 11-49,11-54
Lead.. 1-3,1-15, i-30,1-31, !-43,1V-1, IV-7, IV-9,IV-10, IV-28, IV-29, IV-30, IV-31, IV-32, IV-39, V-38, V-
61,IX-30,lX-33, IX-47
Lead Risk Reduction Program ....... iv-as, iv-29
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks (LUST)Cooperative Agreements,... ,..v-is
Legal Services 1-15,1-55,1-72, u-14, n-49, n-78,111-10, ni-24, iv-ie, iv-28, iv-41, iv-63, iv-ao, iv-101,
V-15, V-75, VI-10, VI-29, VI-58, VI-66, VI-77, VII-14, Vil-28, V1I-41, VIII-23, Vlll-52, VHI-61, Vlil-64,
lX-8, IX-35, X-9, X-13, X-27
Long Island Sound n-49, H-54
Long-Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment rule (LT2) H-20
LUST Cleanup Programs v-15
Management Services and Stewardship..i-i5, i-ss, 1-73,11-14, n-49, ii-78, HMO, 111-25, iv-17, iv-
29, IV-41, IV-64, IV-80, IV-101, V-16, V-75, VI-10, VI-29, VI-58, VI-66, VI-77, VII-14, VII-28, VII-41,
VIII-12, VIU-23, VHI-38, Vlll-52, VU1-61, VIII-65, VUI-69, VIII-72, IX-8, IX-35, X-9, X-13, X-27, X-33
Marine Plastic Pollution, Research and Control Act (MPPRCA) of 1988.. n-75, n-76
Marine Pollution ii-49
Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA) ....II-75, II-76
material weakness 11-79
Maximum achievable control technology (MAC!) standards .v-83
maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) ............11-19
methyl-tertiary-butyl-ether (MTBE) v-4, v-76
Metropolftano, Puerto Rico 11-24,11-30
Mobile Sources 1-20,1-25,1-42,1-43
Montreal Protocol VI-7, VI-9, VI-27, Vl-59, VI-60, Vl-61, VI-62, VI-63, VI-64, VI-65, VI-72
Multilateral Fund vi-ss, vi-ei, vi-62, vi-64
Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) v-96
NACEPT Support VII-14
NAFTA Implementation vn-14
National Advisory Council for Environmental Policy and Technology (NACEPT) v-22, v-26
National Association Liaison. vn-14
National Drinking Water Advisory Council (NDWAC).... , 11-21
National Electronics Product Stewardship Initiative (NEPSI) IV-90
National Estuaries Program/Coastal Watersheds.... II-49
National Hydrography Database.... ..il-so
National Invasive Species Act of 1997 11-75, u-76
National Nonpoint Source Program Implementation •. n-78
National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWRs) Ji-19
National Priorities List (NPL) , v-3, v-24, v-26
National Research Council (NRC)......... 11-21, v-ss
National Response Decontamination Team (Decon Team) v-32
National Sediment Inventory ,..., u-52
National Small Flows Clearinghouse ....ii-ao
National Water Program ..n-25
National Water Quality Standards » .......n-52
NEPA Implementation , .". ix-8, ix-36, ix-42
New Chemical Review iv-41, iv-so
Nitrogen Oxide...., MS
Nitrogen Oxides ...1-15
-------
North American Wetlands Conservation Act :........ II-75, n-76
NPDES Program , .,....,... 11-78
Nutrient Strategy .....11-52
Ocean Dumping Ban Act 11-75, u-76
Oil and Hazardous Substances National Contingency Plan , v-so
Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund (OSLTF) v-80
Oil Spills Preparedness, Prevention and Response v-75
One Cleanup Initiative... v-17
onsite decentralized wastewater. u-so
Other Federal Agency Superfund Support v-16
Ozone....1-9, 1-11, 1-15,1-22, 1-23,1-24,1-25,1-33, 1-42,1-44, i-49, 1-77, VI-1, VI-4, VI-7, Vl-9, VI-27, VI-
58, VI-59, VI-63, VI-64, VI-65
Pacific Northwest .. , il-49,il-54
PART 1-3, H-4, HI-8, IV-5,1V-10, IV-13, IV-55, V-5, IX-3
Particulate Matter 1-11, MS, 1-17,1-34, l-44, l-49, Vl-so
Particulate Matter Research , ...1-15,1-34
Partnerships to Reduce High Risk Pesticide Use ...»iv-17
PBTI IV-80
Performance Track......... vm-65, viu-67, vin-68, ix-37
permit backlogs H-TS
permit quality reviews (PQRs) ll-6,ll-79
Pesticide Registration.. III-B, 111-11,111-17,111-19,111-20,111-21, iv-17, vn-14
Pesticide Reregistration m-n, 111-25, iv-17, vil-14
Pesticide Residue Tolerance Reassessments. 111-11, m-25
Pesticides Program Implementation Grant iv-17
Planning and Resource Management... 1-15, I'M 4, n-49, II-78,111-11,111-25, v-16, v-75, vi-29, vn-
14, VIII-12, VlII-23, IX-8, X-13, X-33
Planning, Analysis, and Results - IG...... x-33
Pollution Prevention Act (PPA) ,...ll-76, IV-82, IV-94, IV-100, V-72, VI-75, VIII-21, IX-33
Pollution Prevention Incentive Grants to States iv-so
Pollution Prevention Program „ iv-so, iv-81
POPs Implementation vi-8, vi-66, vi-69
Preventing Contamination of Drinking Water Sources .......11-14,11-15
Program Assessment Rating Tool (PART) iv-54, v-3
Program Audits x-33
Program Evaluation - IG .x-33
Program Evaluations/Audit.. x-33, x-se
Program Integrity Investigations , x-33, x-36
Project XL , iv-43, IX-38
Public Access Vll-10, VII-14, VII-17, Vl!-21, Vil-28, Vll-33, Vil-41, Vll-50, IX-18, IX-41, X-13
Public Water Systems (PWSs) , IMS
publicly-owned wastewater treatment plants ..H-79
Radiation i-40,1-77,iV-23, V-16, V-38, V-39, V-64, V-70, V-72, V-75, V-81, V-89, V-98
Radiological Emergency Response Team (RERT) v-38
radionuclides , 11-22,11-23, ii-29, v-38, v-72
Radon „ .....IV-64, IV-65, IV-70, IV-71, IV-73, IV-78
RCRA Corrective Action v-3, v-4, v-16, v-61, v-71, v-86
RCRA Enforcement State Grants..... ix-8
-------
RCRA Improved Waste Management , v-75
RCRA Permitting ..... „. .v-96
RCRA State Grants ...;... iv-ao, v-16, v-75
RCRA Waste Reduction....... iv-ao
Recreational Water and Wet Weather Flows Research ...n-78
Recycling iv-1, iv-8, iv-n, tv-12, iv-79, iv-as, iv-ss, v-2, v-s
Regional and Global Environmental Policy Development ..vi-11, vi-78
Regional Geographic Program vin-62
Regional Haze , 1-15,1-30
Regional Management.... 1-15,1-55, II-H, 11-49, n-78, iv-17, iv-64, iv-ao, iv-ioi, v-ie, v-75, vi-n,
Vll-14, Vll-28, IX-8, IX-36, X-9, X-13, X-27
Regional Operations and Liaison vu-14
Regional Program Infrastructure..... •. x-27
Regional Science and Technology vin-69, vm-70
Regulatory Development. VIMS, vm-38, vm-es, x-13
Reinventing Environmental Information (REI) VIMS, vti-28, VH-41
Research to Support Contaminated Sites. , v-16
Research to Support Emerging Issues... , , vm-38
Research to Support FQPA iii-25, Vlll-23
Research to Support Pollution Prevention viu-52
Research to Support Safe Communities , iv-41
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) n-75, iv-s, iv-se, iv-ioo, v-2, v-7, v-43, v-
70, V-73, V-82, V-98, VI-76, VIII-15, VIII-21, IX-10, IX-33, IX-48
Resource Conservation Challenge (RCC) iv-e, IV-12, IV-86, v-5
Risk Management Plans .v-75
risk management plans (RMPs)..... , v-6, v-77, v-91
Rural Community Assistance Program li-so
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) 11-1, n-s, 11-14, H-26, II-TS, H-76, H-82, iv-78, vn-39, viii-se, Viii-
50, IX-48
Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS) ...11-23
Safe Drinking Water Research ..11-14
Safe Pesticide Applications IH-11,IV-17
Safe Recreational Waters 11-14
SBREFA..... .. ..VII-15, IX-31, IX-48
Science Advisory Board i-s, i-se, i-ea, n-5, n-46, ui-s, ni-36, iv-7, iv-ss, iv-sg, iv-64, v-7, v-47, v-
85, VI-4, VI-59, VII-6, VUI-2, Vlll-3, VIIl-4, VIII-9, VIII-21, Vltl-43, Vlll-44, Vlll-54, Vlll-72, VIII-73, X-19
Science Coordination and Policy ,. m-25, IV-41
Sector Grants ix-36
Sensitive Populations ,1-10
Shore Protection Act of 1989 .11-75, n-76
Small Business Ombudsman * viu-65
Small, Minority, Women-Owned Business Assistance Vll-15
Source Reduction.... ..i-es, i-66, iv-93
source water assessment n-9,11-14,11-15,11-23, n-33,11-40,11-41, n-45
Source Water Protection 11-33, n-38
South Florida/Everglades , ......11-49,11-54
Stage 2 Disinfection/Disinfection Byproducts rule (Stage 2) 11-20
STAR Fellowships Program vm-38
-------
State Multimedia Enforcement Grants , ix-8
State Nonpoint Source Grants n-78
State Pesticides Enforcement Grants . ix-8
State Pollution Control Grants (Section 106) n-49
State PWSS Grants... ... 11-14
State Toxics Enforcement Grants ix-8
State Underground Injection Control Grants n-14
State Water Quality Cooperative Agreements II-49
State Wetlands Program Grants....... , n-49
Storage and Retrieval System (STORET) ii-so
storm water n-s, n-54,11-79, u-86, n-88, n-89,11-91, n-98, ix-13
Stratospheric Ozone Protection vi-58, vi-63
Sulfur Dioxide 1-15,1-30
Superfund - Cost Recovery v-16
Superfund - Justice Support v-16
Superfund - Maximize PRP Involvement (including reforms) v-16
Superfund Base Realignment and Base Closure (BRAG) program v-42
Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation (SITE) v-12, v-15, V-48
Superfund Pipeline Management Review (PMR) v-22
Superfund Remedial Actions v-16, vin-69, x-27
Superfund Removal Actions v-16
System Modernization VIMS, vn-28, vii-41
Targeted Watershed n-49, n-55, n-61
Targeted Watershed Grants n-49, n-55, n-61
Technical Cooperation with Industrial and Developing Countries vi-78
TMDLs.. n-1, n-2, n-3, n-6, n-9,11-12,11-49, n-so, 11-51,11-52,11-54,11-57, ii-eo, n-82, n-83
Total Coliform Rule 11-21
Toxic Release Inventory / Right-to-Know (RtK) VIMS, vn-28
ToxiC Substances Control Act (TSCA).... II-75, II-76, III-37, IV-5, IV-31, IV-39, IV-42, IV-49, IV-56,
IV-61, IV-62, IV-78, IV-100, VI-68, VI-75, VII-39, VIII-50, IX-14, IX-33, IX-47
Tribal General Assistance Grants iv-102
Tropospheric Ozone Research ..1-15,1-33,1-41
U.S. - Mexico Border vi-n, vi-15
Underground Storage Tanks (UST) v-75
UST State Grants v-75
vessel discharges n-53, n-73, vi-14
vulnerability assessments 11-17, n-18, n-87
Waste Minimization..... ..iv-e, iv-12, iv-86, v-2, v-5
Wastewater Management/Tech Innovations II-78
wastewater systems.. n-18, n-19
WaSteWise IV-12, IV-89, VI-37, VI-46
Water Infrastructure - Alaska Native Villages n-78
Water infrastructure - Puerto Rico.... 11-14
Water Infrastructure -Mexico Border Vl-n
Water Quality Criteria and Standards n-49
Water Quality Infrastructure Protection n-78
Water Quality Monitoring and Assessment n-49
Water Resources Development Act (WRDA) ,..11-75, n-98
-------
Watershed Assessment, Tracking and Environmental Results System (WATERS) 11-50
Watershed Assistance .., n-49
Web Products Quality Control vn-15
wet weather flow (WWF) , ..»-84
Wetlands... n-8,11-11,11-49, ii-se, ii-ei, n-67, n-69
-------
Environmental Protection A}>enc\
2(104 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contend
Introduction and Overview
EPA's Mission and Goals ...... .... ............................ ....... [[[ ....................... i-1
Organization of the Annual Performance Plan and Budget ........ [[[
Annual Plan and Budget Overview ............................ •. [[[ i-7
Resource T
Resources by Appropriation .............. . .................... . ..... . ................................... .......................................... RT-]
Resources by Goal/Appropriation ......... . ........................... , ......... ,.....,..,, [[[ RT-?
Resources by Goal/Objective [[[ RT-10
Goal .1: Clean Air ............... . ............. . [[[ 1-]
Attain NAAOS [[[ l-]4
Reduce Air 1 oxics Risk ..................... [[[ 1-54
Reduce Acid Rain [[[ , ............................................ , ...................... ... ........ 1-7"
Goal 2: Clean and Safe AVaiei ............................. ...... .................... , ................... . [[[ I)-]
Safe Drinking Water. .Fish and Recreational Water? ............................... , ............................................... ,..]J-ir
Protect Watersheds and Aquatic Communities ................. , [[[ ]]-4li
Reduce Loadings and Air Deposition ................ . ................................ . ..... , ................................................. 11-75
Goal 3: Sale Food [[[ 111-3
Reduce Risks Irom Pesticide Residues in Pood [[[ J1I-10
Eliminate Use on J-ood of Pesticides Not Meeting Standards [[[ 131-23
Goal 4; Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes.
Workplaces and Ecosystems...... .................. , ...................... ........ [[[ , ..... ,. JV-]
Reduce Public and Ecosystem Risk irom Pesticides [[[ IV-Hi
Reduce Risks Irom Lead and Other Toxic Chemicals. [[[ , ...... IV-28
Manage New Chemical Introduction and Screen Existing Chemicals lor Risk ..................................... .... IV -40
Ensure Healthier Indoor Aii [[[ IV -6?
Facilitate Prevention, Reduction and Recycling of PBls and Toxic Chemicals ...................................... IV -79
Assess Conditions in Indian Country ........................ ........................ , [[[ TV-1Q]
Goal 5; Better Waste Management. Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites.
-------
Environmental Protection Apeno
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Coal 8: Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Environmental Riskb.
and Greater Innovation to Address Environmental Problems, V1I1-]
Conduct Research for Ecosystem Assessment and Restoration V]]]-]]
Improve Scientific Basis lo Manage Environmental Hazards and Exposures V1I1-22
Enhance Capabilities to Respond to Future Environmental Developments VI11-37
Improve Environmental Systems Management Vlll-51
Quantify Environmental Results of Partnerships Approaches Vlll-63
Incorporate Innovative Approaches VIII-64
Demonstrate Regional Capability to Assist Environmental Decision Making V1I1-69
Conduct Peer Review to Improve Agency Decisions Vlll-72
Goal 9: A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the Law 1X-]
Increase Compliance Through Enlorcemeni DX-7
Promote Compliance Through Incentives and Assistance IX-35
Goal 10: Eflective Management : X-]
Provide Leadership X-8
Manage for Results Through Services. Policies, and Operation;- X-12
Provide Quality Work Environment X-26
Provide Audit, Evaluation, and Investigative Products and Services X-32
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Clean Aii 1
Clean and Safe Walei 12
Sale Food 24
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities. Homes. Workplaces and Ecosystems 27
Better Waste Management. Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and Emergency Response 37
Reduction of Global and Cross-Border Environmental Risk.1- 50
Quality Environmental Information 59
Sound Science. Improved Understanding of Environmental Risks and Greatei
Innovation to Address Environmental Problems 64
A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the l^av. 70
Effective Management 77
Special Analysis
Annual Performance Plan Components SA-]
EPA User Fee Program SA-2
Key Programs by Appropriation SA-4
STAG Appropriation Account SA-19
STAG Categorical Progiam Grants: National Program A: State Grant SA-2?
STAG Categorical Programs Grants: Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses. SA-24
STAG Infrastructure Financing ,.... SA-35
Working Capita] Fund SA-39
Major Management Challenges SA-40
Program Assessment Rating 1 ool CPART) SA-50
Index
-------
Introduction/Overview
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Introduction and Overview
EPA' s Mission and Goals ,. i-1
Organization of the Annual Performance Plan and Budget , i-3
Annual Plan and Budget Overview i-7
-------
EPA's Mission
The mission of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is to protect human health
and safeguard the natural environment—air, water, and land—upon which life depends,
EPA's Goals
EPA currently has a series of ten strategic, long-term Goals in its Strategic Plan. In
combination with EPA's core principles, these goals define the Agency's planning, budgeting,
analysis, accountability, and implementation processes.
• Clean Air: The ah" in every American community will be safe and healthy to breathe. In
particular, children, the elderly, and people with respiratory ailments will he protected
from health risks posed by polluted air. Reducing air pollution will also protect the
environment by restoring life in damaged ecosystems, reducing health risks to those who
subsist on those ecosystems, and yield many other benefits.
* Clean and Safe Water: The American public will have drinking water that is clean and
safe to drink. Effective protection of America's rivers, lakes, wetlands, aquifers, coastal
and ocean waters will support wildlife as well as recreational, subsistence, and economic
activities. Watersheds and their ecosystems will be restored and protected to provide
wildlife habitat, reduce flooding, and enhance water quality thus improving public health.
• Safe Food: The food that the American public eats will be free from unsafe pesticide
residues. Particular attention will be given to protecting subpopulations that may be more
susceptible to adverse effects of pesticides or have higher dietary exposures to pesticide
residues. These subpopulations include children and individuals with diets that include
large amounts of noncommercial foods.
* Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces, and
Ecosystems: Pollution prevention and risk management strategies aimed at eliminating,
reducing, or minimizing emissions and contamination will result in cleaner and safer
environments. EPA will safeguard ecosystems and promote the health of natural
communities, integral components of this nation's quality of life.
* Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and
Emergency Response: America's wastes will be stored, treated, and disposed of in ways
that prevent harm to people and the natural environment. EPA will work to clean up
previously polluted sites, restore them to levels appropriate for surrounding communities,
and respond to and help prevent waste-related or industrial accidents.
• Reduction of Global and Cross-Border Environmental Risks: The United States will
collaborate with other nations in successful, multilateral efforts to reduce significant risks
to human health and ecosystems from climate change, stratospheric ozone depletion, and
other hazards of international concern.
-------
Quality Environmental Information: At all levels, the public and decision makers will
have access to quality information about environmental conditions and human health to
make informed decisions and help assess community environmental health. The public
will also have access to educational and information services and tools that provide for
the reliable and secure exchange of quality environmental information.
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Environmental Risk, and Greater
Innovation to Address Environmental Problems: EPA will develop and apply the best
available science to address current and future environmental hazards and develop new
approaches to improved environmental protection.
A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the Law: EPA will
ensure full compliance with laws intended to protect human health and the environment.
Effective Management: By managing for results, EPA will maintain the highest-quality
standards for environmental leadership, effective internal management, and fiscal
responsibility.
i-2
-------
Organization of the Annual Performance Plan and Budget
The Agency's Commitment to Link Planning and Budgeting
The Agency's approach to annual planning under the Government Performance and
Results Act (GPRA) is based on a fall integration of strategic planning, annual planning,
budgeting, and accountability. The organization of EPA's FY 2004 Annual Plan and Budget
Request reflects the Agency's continuing commitment to link planning and budgeting in a
coherent, integrated process. This integrated Annual Plan and Budget promotes fiscal
accountability through a connection between resources and outcomes.
The Annual Plan and Budget presents the Agency's Goals and Objectives, and identifies
the resource levels and activities associated with them. For each Objective, the Budget sets forth
a set of annual performance goals and performances measures. These goals and measures
represent intermediate, measurable levels of performance needed to achieve the Agency's
Objectives contained in the Agency's five-year Strategic Plan, which was submitted to Congress
in September 2000. The Agency will continue to work with partners and stakeholders to take
into account our performance over the past years, and lay out new and innovative tools and
approaches to advance our progress in environmental protection.
Annual Plan Components
All of the components of the Annual Plan are contained within the Budget. To fully
explain the Agency's resource needs, the Budget contains a single set of externally reported
annual performance goals and performance measures. The Agency submits a stand-alone
Annual Plan to Congress to meet the legislative concern expressed hi GPRA that "annual plans
not be voluminous presentations describing performance for every activity. The annual plan and
reports are to inform, not overwhelm the reader." (See the Special Analysis section of this
document for the Annual Performance Plan components.)
Animal Performance Plan and Congressional Justification Organization:
Resource Tables
The resource tables provide a broad overview of the resources that the Agency is
requesting for FY 2004 by Goal, Objective, and Appropriation.
Goal Chapters include:
• Background and Context: Sets the broad context for the Goal and briefly explains why
the Goal is of National importance.
• Resource Summary: Provides a broad overview of the resources for FY 2004 by Goal,
Objective, and Appropriation. (The dollar amounts in these and other tables may not add
due to independent rounding.)
i-3
-------
• Means and Strategy: Broadly describes the Agency's approach to achieving the
strategic Goal.
• Highlights: Provides an overview of major activities and programs that contribute to
achieving the Goal.
• Strategic Objectives and Annual Performance Goals: Includes all the Objectives
under each Goal, and links those Objectives to FY 2004 Annual Performance Goals.
• External Factors: Addresses the external-Agency factors, such as participation in
environmental programs by state and local governments and other stakeholders, or
economic and technological factors that may enhance or impede progress toward
achieving environmental goals.
Objective Sections Include:
• Objective Statement: Objectives are a critical part of the planning and budgeting
process, and they respond to the GPRA requirement to plan achievable Objectives. Each
Objective supports the attainment of a specific Goal.
• Resource Summary: Reports resources by Appropriation account for the Objective.
• Key Programs: Reports resources for Key Programs, which are Agency programs
contributing to the Objective. Resources listed under an Objective may not represent the
total Key Program resources, as a Key Program may be involved hi more than one
Objective.
• FY 2004 Request: These narratives describe specific Agency functions and the
operational processes, as well as the human, capital and technological resources required
to meet the performance goals.
• FY 2004 Change from FY 2003: Describes major changes, by appropriation account, in
programmatic funding within the Objective.
• Annual Performance Goals: Annual Performance Goals are central to measuring
progress toward achieving Objectives. They are quantifiable standards, values, or rates
against which actual achievement can be compared. They help establish the connection
between longer-term objectives and the day-to-day activities in the Agency's programs
and will be used by managers to determine how well a program or activity contributes to
accomplishing objectives. In the Objective sections of this Annual Plan and Budget,
performance information is provided for three years: FY 2002 - FY 2004. This Annual
Plan and Budget also contains a section providing performance information for six years,
FY 1999 - FY 2004, to fulfill the Office of Management and Budget requirement to show
six years of performance information.
• Performance Measures: Performance Measures provide the means for determining the
extent to which annual goals and multi-year objectives are being achieved and whether
-------
efficiency is being improved. As such, they are essential to program evaluations that help
to guide the Agency's strategic planning. As with the Annual Performance Goals, this
Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification include Performance Measure
data for three years.
• Verification and Validation of Performance Measures: This section describes how
Performance Measure data are verified and validated. It includes a description of the
source of performance measure data, as well as procedures for quality assurance. It may
also include information on the methodology of data collection and review.
• Coordination with Other Agencies: This section describes partnerships with other
Federal and state agencies, which are crucial to the success of EPA's environmental
programs.
» Statutory Authority: This section cites the public law that gives the Agency legal
authority to carry out the Objective.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
This section provides performance information for six years: Actual accomplishments for
FY 1999 through FY 2001, the estimated performance based on the FY 2002 enacted budget,
and performance estimates based on the budget requests for FY 2003 and FY 2004.
Special Analyses
This final section of the Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
includes:
« Major Management Issues: Describes the nature of EPA's most pressing management
problems, actions taken, and progress to date in addressing the major management
challenges faced by the Agency.
* Key Programs: Reports totals for Agency Key Programs, across Goals and Objectives.
As noted above, Key Program resource data represents 100% of the Agency's budget.
• Annual Performance Plan Components: Indicates the Annual Plan components of the
Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification.
* User Fees; Describes the Agency's user fee programs. User fees are currently authorized
as the proposed collection of fees charged to Agency customers, which cover the cost of
selected permitting, testing, registration, and approval actions.
• Working Capital Fund: Provides information on the Working Capital Fund, a revolving
fund authorized by law to finance a cycle of operations, where the costs of goods and
services provided are charged to the Agency users on a fee-for-service basis.
i-5
-------
* State and Tribal Assistance Grants: Provides tables on .STAG components, categorical
pants, and statutory authorities for the STAG appropriation.
Relationship between the Annual Performance Plan and the Strategic Plan
The Annual Performance Plan makes no substantive changes (not previously noted) to
the Agency's Strategic Plan, which was submitted to Congress in September 2000.
Relationship between Budgeted Resources and Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Annual Performance Goals are related to the resource levels contained hi each Objective.
Annual Performance Goals for FY 2004 in this Annual Performance Plan are based upon the
resource levels in the Agency's FY 2004 budget request levels. However, resources may
contribute not only to the budget year's Annual Performance Goals, but also to the
accomplishment of Goals in future years. For example, a performance goal to complete a
number of Superfund site cleanups, or develop research methods and models, generally requires
a period longer than one year. Thus, FY 2004 activities will contribute to completion of work in
FY 2004 or beyond. Likewise, some FY 2004 Annual Performance Goals are achievable only
with funding provided in prior years.
Given this multi-year characteristic of some of the resources requested, it is not always
possible to establish direct linkages between the budget requested for a particular year and the
achievement of all performance goals for that year. Nevertheless, when developing regulatory
impact analyses or justifications for programs and legislation, EPA regularly makes estimates
that link activities by EPA, states, tribes, regulated communities, and citizens to outcomes by
some future date, hi doing so, EPA estimates not only its costs but also society's costs (of which
EPA's is a subset) to achieve health and environmental benefits of clean air, clean water, or
better handling and disposal of hazardous chemicals. The Agency is able to leverage its
resources to achieve such benefits as avoiding excess cancer risk, premature mortalities, asthma-
related hospital visits, mitigation of crop losses, and loss of visibility in our National Parks.
i-6
-------
Annual Plan and Budget Overview
The EPA's FY 2004 Annual Plan and Budget requests $7.6 billion to discretionary
budget authority and 17,850 Full Time Equivalents (FTE). This budget request supports the
Agency's core programs sad implementation of critical components of the President's
Management Agenda. Additionally, this request emphasizes me importance of adequate
resources and vision necessary to reach our nation's environmental goals. Resources also support
the Agency's efforts to work with its partners toward cleaner air, purer water, and better-
protected land, as well as providing for EPA's role in safeguarding the American people from
terrorist acts. The request also supports the Administration's commitment to setting high
environmental protection standards, while focusing on results and performance, and achieving
goals outlined in the President's Management Agenda.
Implementation of the President's Management Agenda is a major focus of the Agency's
FY 2004 budget request. EPA has identified major efforts to accelerate its progress in "getting
to green" in all five initiatives: Budget and Performance Integration, Improved Financial
Performance, Expanding E-Govemment, Competitive Sourcing, and Strategic Management of
Human Capital, The Agency's plans are described throughout this justification. The Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) rated progress "green" in all five areas.
Strengthening Base Environmental Programs
This Annual Plan and Budget submission demonstrates EPA's commitment to our
principal objectives—safeguarding and restoring America's air, water, and land resources—by
strengthening and refining our base environmental programs. This budget supports the
President's Clear Skies Initiative, an aggressive plan to cut power plant emissions by 70 percent.
Such emissions cuts will be an essential component of improving air quality and thus human
health. Additionally, EPA's budget request places a strong emphasis on core water programs to
improve our water management framework, program implementation, and information sharing.
To help states and tribes fill critical gaps in fulfillment of their Clean Water Act responsibilities,
this budget increases funding to states, tribes, and interstate agencies. EPA's plan also requests a
$150 million increase for Superfund remedial cleanup costs,
Fostering Stronger Partnerships
The Agency is committed to building and enhancing effective partnerships. To do so,
this budget provides $210,7 million, $10 million above last year's funding, for Brownfields. As
one of the Administration's top environmental priorities and a key to restoring contaminated
sites to productive use, the Brownfields program will draw on these additional resources to
enhance state and Tribal response programs. By. protecting land and revitalizing contaminated
sites throughout the US, EPA continues to expand efforts to foster healthy and economically
sustainable communities and attract new investments to rejuvenated areas. This budget also
requests increased funds over the FY 2003 President's Request for the Federal enforcement
workforce. The Agency will maximize compliance and achieve environmental results through
targeted inspections and enforcement, by responding to public and other complaints, and
enhancing field presence to address environmental law violators. In FY 2004 EPA will conduct
-------
a study to assess environmental service delivery systems, including EPA's National
Environmental Performance Partnership System.
Enhancing Strong Science
Sound science is a fundamental component of EPA's work. The Agency has long relied
upon science and technology to help discern and evaluate threats to human health and the natural
environment. Much of our decision-making, policy, and regulatory successes stem from reliance
on quality scientific research armed at achieving EPA's environmental goals. This budget
increases funding for modernization and expansion of the Integrated Risk Information System
(ERIS)--a database of human health effects that result from exposure to various environmental
substances. Our proposal also allocates additional resources to research America's sensitive
populations, including children and the elderly. In addition, EPA is requesting resources for the
newly established Science Advisor. The Science Advisor will be responsible for ensuring the
availability and use of the best science to support Agency policies and decisions, as well as
advise EPA's administrator on decisions. The Agency is also taking a number of steps to attract
and maintain a high quality, diverse scientific workforce to improve the use of science in EPA's
regional offices.
Cleaner Air
The Clear Skies initiative draws on EPA's experience to modernize the Clean Air Act.
Using a market-based approach, the Clear Skies Initiative will dramatically cut power plants'
emissions of three of the most significant air pollutants—SC^, nitrogen oxides (NOX), and
mercury. Reductions in 862 and NOX emissions
will also reduce airborne PM2.s. EPA's approach
builds upon the success of the acid rain cap-and-
trade program created by Congress in 1990. The
Clear Skies initiative will achieve substantially
greater reductions in air pollution from power
plants more quickly and with more certainty than the existing Clean Air Act. The initiative
requires mandatory cuts of SC>2, NOX, and mercury (Hg) by an average of 70% from today's
levels, and ensures that these levels are achieved and sustained through caps on emissions.
Despite these reductions, some states will need to implement further measures to meet National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). To help states and localities develop cost-effective
strategies, EPA also will need to provide assistance to states to implement reductions.
In FY 2004, EPA will assist states, tribes and local governments in devising additional
stationary and mobile source strategies to reduce ozone, particulate matter, and other pollutants.
The number of people living in areas with
monitored ambient ozone concentrations below
the NAAQS for the one-hour ozone standard will
increase by 1% (relative to 2003) for a
cumulative total of 20% (relative to 1992).
The Agency will develop
strategies and rules to help states and
tribes reduce emissions and exposure to
hazardous air pollutants, particularly in
urban areas, and reduce harmful
deposition in water bodies. A key to achieving the Clean Air Goal is $235.6 million included in
this budget for air grants that support states and tribes.
Air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and
mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional
2% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons for a
cumulative reduction of 37%.
i-8
-------
tremendous
Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from
projected levels by approximately 81 MMTCE
per year through EPA partnerships with
businesses, schools, state and local governments,
and other organizations.
EPA's air research program will continue to provide a strong scientific basis for and
policy and regulatory decisions and exploring emergency problem areas.
Addressing Climate Change
This budget request includes $130.0 million to meet the Agency's climate change
objectives by working with business and other sectors to deliver multiple benefits - from cleaner
air to lower energy bills — while improving overall scientific understanding of climate change
and its potential consequences. The core of EPA's climate change efforts are
government/industry partnership programs designed to capitalize on the
opportunities available to consumers, businesses,
and organizations to make sound investments in
efficient equipment and practices. These
programs help remove barriers in the
marketplace, resulting in faster deployment of
technology into the residential, commercial,
transportation, and industrial sectors of the economy, EPA's Global Change Research Program
supports one of six Administration FY 2004 Interageney Research and Development Priorities -
Climate Change Science and Technology. EPA will continue research in this area in FY 2004 to
address Climate Change Science Program (CCSP) needs.
Purer Water
Since enactment of the Clean Water Act (CWA) and Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
three decades ago, government, citizens, and the private sector have worked together to make
dramatic improvements in the quality of surface waters and drinking water supplies. Despite
improvements in water quality nationwide, serious water pollution and drinking water problems,
including nonpoint source pollution, still exist.
* Strengthening Water Core Programs. In FY 2004 the Agency will place a strong
emphasis on core water programs—monitoring and assessment, standard setting,
watershed planning, and implementation (i.e., NPDES and drinking water). Through
investments in core water programs, EPA hopes to remedy significant environmental
problems and boost environmental performance by:
Water quality will improve oa a watershed basis such that
625 of the nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater than
80 percent of assessed waters meeting all water quality
standards, up from 500 watersheds in 1998.
Working with the states
to enhance their
monitoring and
assessment programs,
with an emphasis on a
probabilistic, science-based approach hi assessing water quality, increasing the
number of waters directly measured, and unifying Federal, state, and local
monitoring efforts.
Assisting states and tribes hi ensuring that water quality standards are effective
and appropriate for use in developing Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs).
i-9
-------
92 percent of the population served by the community water
systems will receive drinking water meeting all health-based
standards in effect as of 1994, up from 83 percent in 1994. 85
percent of the population served by community water systems
will receive drinking water meeting health-based standards
promulgated in or after 1998.
Increasing the pace of
TMDL development
and working with
states to assure
implementation of
already approved
TMDLs, including
targeting CWA Section 319 nonpoint source funding.
• Assisting states in ensuring that facilities required to have permits are covered by
current and effective permits that include all conditions needed to ensure water
quality protection.
• Strengthening the drinking water implementation program to maintain effective
state and Tribal programs and to achieve the enhanced level of public health
protection established in 1998 and later drinking water rules.
• Enhancing regulation of vessel discharges and pollution, developing ballast water
standards for aquatic nuisance species, and bolstering its ocean dumping
responsibilities regarding site evaluation, designation, monitoring, permit review,
and concurrence.
Protecting Wetlands. In 2001, the Supreme Court determined that some isolated waters
and wetlands are not regulated under the Clean Water Act. Millions of acres of waters
are no longer protected under Clean Water Act Section 404. EPA is proposing to provide
an increase of $5 million in grants to states and tribes to help them protect these waters as
part of comprehensive programs that will achieve no net loss of wetlands.
Great Lakes Legacy Act. In support of the Great Lakes Legacy Act, EPA is requesting
$15 million in funding for contaminated sediment cleanup activities. In 2004, the
Agency plans to begin cleanup on two to three new sites that will lead to the remediation
of over 100,000 cubic yards of contaminated sediments. Some of this funding will also
be used for assessment and analysis, resulting in additional cleanups.
Helping States Address Nonpoint Source Pollution. The new Farm Bill provides EPA and
the states an opportunity to accelerate national efforts to control nonpoint source
pollution. EPA and state water quality agencies will work closely and cooperatively with
USDA, conservation districts, and others to combine our strengths. Using CWA Section
319 dollars, states will focus more of their efforts on providing the monitoring and
watershed-planning support needed by the agricultural community to target their work
most effectively on the highest-priority water quality needs. In addition, states will also
increase their focus upon nonpoint source activities that are not funded under the Farm
Bill (e.g., urban runoff, forestry, abandoned mines, and a variety of stream and stream
bank restoration activities).
i-10
-------
* Extending the Federal Commitment to the Clean Water and Drinking Water State
Revolving Funds (SRFs). The President's Budget proposes to fund the Clean Water SRF
at $850 minion through 2011 and increase the long-term revolving level by $800 million
to $2.8 billion, a 40 percent increase over the previous goal. This extended funding of
$4.4 billion is projected to dose the $21 billion gap between current capital funding
levels and future water infrastructure capital needs estimated by EPA, EPA also proposes
to fund the Drinking Water SRF at $850 million through 2018 so it can revolve at $1.2
billion per year, an increase of 140% over the previous goal of $500 million.
• Safe Jjrinking Water in Puerto Rim. Less than 20% of the people in Puerto Rico receive
drinking water that meets all health-based standards. As a first step toward improved
public health protection, the Agency requests $8 million to design necessary
infrastructure improvements to Metropolitano, Puerto Rico. When these infrastructure
improvements are completed, EPA estimates that about 1.4 million people will enjoy
safer, cleaner drinking water.
" Prinking Water Research. To strengthen our ability to characterize and manage risks to
human health posed by exposure to waterborne pathogens and chemicals, the Agency has
established an integrated, multi-disciplinary research program in the areas of exposure,
health effects, risk assessment, and risk management. The FY 2004 budget request
directly supports SDWA priorities, including: 1) research on sensitive subpopulations,
adverse reproductive outcomes and other potential health effects of drinking water
contaminants; 2) studies on disinfection by-products (DBPs), arsenic, complex mixtures,
and the occurrence of waterborne disease in the U.S.; and 3) development of methods to
improve water treatment and maintain water quality in the distribution system.
• Water Quality Research. The water quality research program will demonstrate integrated
and stakeholder driven approaches to achieving water quality goals, as well as: 1) focus
on the development of watershed diagnostic methods; 2) focus on understanding the
importance of critical habitats; 3) focus on the impacts of habitat alteration on aquatic
communities; and 4) support the development of ecological criteria, providing the
scientific foundation to support Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs).
Better Protected Land
Cleaning Up Toxic Waste
Superfund at Work. This budget continues a commitment to clean up toxic waste sites with
$1.39 billion for Superfund. This budget request includes $150 million over the FY 2003
President's Budget to address an additional 10-15 construction projects at Superfund sites across
the nation. The Agency will also work to maximize the participation of responsible parties in
site cleanups while promoting fairness in the enforcement process. EPA will continue the
progress we have made in cleaning up toxic waste sites while protecting public health and
returning land to productive use. As of December 29, 2002, EPA completed all final cleanup
plans at over 1,000 Superfund National Priority List (NPL) sites, undertaken over 7,300
removals at hazardous waste sites to immediately reduce human health and environmental
threats, assessed over 44,400 sites, and removed more than 33,100 sites from the national toxic
-------
waste site list to help promote the economic redevelopment of these properties. The waste
research program continues to support the Agency's objective of reducing or controlling
potential risks to human health and the environment at contaminated waste sites by accelerating
scientifically-defensible and cost-effective decisions for cleanup at complex sites, mining sites,
marine spills, and Brownfields in accordance with CERCLA.
• Revitalizing Local Economies and Creating Jobs Through Brownfields Cleanup and
Redevelopment. The FY 2004 budget request includes $210.7 million for the
Brownfields program. The $10 million increase in state grants will support the
redevelopment and revitalization of Brownfields communities by providing funding for
additional assessments at hazardous waste and petroleum-contaminated properties and for
voluntary state cleanup programs. The Brownfields program will continue to promote
local cleanup and redevelopment of industrial sites, returning abandoned land to
productive use and bringing jobs to blighted areas.
Strong Science
The Agency will verify 35 commercial-ready air,
water, greenhouse gas, and monitoring
technologies, and provide this information to
States, technology purchasers, and the public.
The FY 2004 budget supports EPA's
efforts to further strengthen the role of science in
decision-making by using sound scientific
information and analysis to help direct policy
and establish priorities. Using the
Administration's Research and Development Criteria (relevance, quality, and performance), the
Agency will achieve maximum environmental and health protections by employing the highest
quality scientific methods, models, tools, and approaches. This budget request includes $607
million to develop and apply strong science to address both current and future environmental
challenges. The budget request supports a balanced research and development program designed
to address Administration and Agency priorities, and meet the challenges of the Clean Air Act
(CAA), the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA), and other environmental
statutes. Important new or increased research efforts to reinforce environmental decision-making
include computational toxicology (including genomics and bioinformatics), childhood cancer
and asthma research, and environmental indicators research. All of these will allow EPA to
measure progress in achieving cleaner air, safer water, and better protected land resources by
assessing actual impacts on human health and ecological quality and will provide the foundation
for the Agency's State of the Environment Report.
Broad-Based and Multi-Media Approaches
Agency-wide Information Technology Advances
The FY 2004 Budget
reexamines our information
technology challenges in order to
support E-Government, an
element of the President's
Management Agenda.
Performance across the Agency will benefit from building and
maintaining an Agency-wide infrastructure in terms of support to:
• Sound science and environmental decision-making;
• Web services addressing stakeholder and e-gov priorities; and,
• Consistent desktop access.
i-12
-------
Environmental information plays a particularly significant role in EPA due to the Agency's
reliance on scientific and analytical date and its need for close collaboration with external
partners. EPA strives to provide the right information, at the right time, in the right format, to
the right people. The Agency is adapting to the explosion of emerging technologies and the
information management revolution that are enabling organizations to become more productive,
more effective and timely in decision making, and service oriented. The challenge is to provide
secure, reliable, and timely access to data and tools for internal and external stakeholders at the
lowest possible cost.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue its -,. . «,. , .„ r^v t. „ „ Kl,
' Forty-six States will use CDX as the means by
which they routinely exchange environmental
data with two or more EPA media programs or
regions.
development of the National Environmental
Exchange Network. The Exchange Network is
an electronic method of sharing environmental
data using secure points of exchange, or
"Nodes." The Primary components of the Exchange Network are the National Environmental
Information Exchange Network Grant Program and the Central Data Exchange (CDX). The
grant program assists states and tribes in evaluating their readiness to participate in the Exchange
Network, enhances their efforts to complete necessary changes to their information management
systems to facilitate Exchange Network participation, and supports state information integration
efforts. The grant program also will provide training and other technical assistance programs to
assist states and tribes in developing and implementing the Exchange Network.
The CDX is the focal point for securely receiving, translating, and forwarding data to
EPA's data systems—the electronic reporting gateway to the Agency's information network. The
CDX satisfies the Government Paperwork Elimination Act mandates by providing the
infrastructure necessary to implement electronic signature and electronic filing of mandated EPA
reports. In FY 2004, the CDX iitfrastructure, a key component of the Exchange Network, will
service 46 states and at least 2,000 private sector and local government entities. These facilities
will use it to provide data to EPA electronically. By widely implementing an electronic
reporting infrastructure, the CDX will reduce reliance on less efficient paper-based processes,
thereby improving data quality, reducing reporting burden, and simplifying the reporting process.
In FY 2004 the Agency will continue the development of its Environmental Indicators
Initiative (BIT) in order to establish a set of performance indicators that measure environmental
results. Environmental indicators are an important tool for simplifying, analyzing, and
communicating information about environmental conditions and human health. EPA is in the
process of identifying environmental indicators that will be used to produce a draft State of the
Environment Report in FY 2003. EPA is also reviewing these indicators to identify gaps and set
long-term priorities for the EH. These indicators are designed to measure the impact of human
activities on the environment and associated health effects on communities and ecosystems.
Working with States for Effective, Sensible Enforcement
Many of the environmental improvements in this country during the past 30 years can be
attributed to a strong set of environmental laws and EPA's efforts to ensure compliance with
those laws through enforcement, compliance monitoring, compliance assistance, and compliance
incentives. The combination of these tools, in cooperation with our regulatory partners, provides
i-13
-------
a broad scope of actions designed to protect public health and the environment. State, Tribal and
local governments bear much of the responsibility for ensuring compliance, and EPA works in
partnership with them and other Federal agencies to promote environmental protection. The FY
2004 request includes an increase of
100 workyears over the FY 2003
President's Request to implement
enforcement for states without
delegated programs, for non-
delegable programs such as
Superfund, or for compliance
assistance activities.
A strong enforcement program identifies and reduces
noncompliance problems, assists the regulated community in
understanding environmental laws and regulations, responds to
complaints from the public, strives to secure a level economic
playing field for law-abiding companies, and deters future
violations.
The FY 2004 request will continue to support the regulated community's compliance
with environmental requirements through voluntary compliance incentives and assistance
programs. The Agency will provide information and technical assistance to the regulated
community through the compliance assistance program to increase its understanding of all
statutory or regulatory environmental requirements, thereby reducing risk to human health and
the environment and gaining measurable
improvements in compliance. The program will
also continue to develop strategies and compliance
assistance tools that will support initiatives
targeted toward improving compliance hi specific
industrial and commercial sectors or with certain
regulatory requirements.
Increase the regulated community's compliance
with environmental requirements through their
expanded use of compliance assistance. The
Agency will continue to support small business
compliance assistance centers and develop
compliance assistance tools such as sector
notebooks and compliance guides.
Ensuring Safe Food
The FY 2004 request includes $151.6 million to meet implementation challenges of the
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996 so that all Americans will continue to enjoy one of
the safest and most affordable food supplies in the world. The Agency's implementation of
FQPA focuses on new science-driven policies for pesticides review, seeks to encourage the
development of reduced risk pesticides to
provide an alternative to the older versions on the
market, and to develop and deliver information
on alternative pesticides/techniques and best pest
control practices to pesticide users. The Agency is also working to help farmers' transition—
without disrupting production—to safer substitutes and alternative farming practices.
Reassessing existing tolerances ensures food safety, especially for infants and children, and
ensures that all pesticides registered for use meet current health standards. This budget request
also supports FQPA research. That research seeks to reduce uncertainties in risk assessment by
developing tools to reduce reliance on default assumptions and support the development of new
assessment methodologies.
By the end of 2004, EPA will reassess a
cumulative 78% of the 9,721 pesticide tolerances
required to be reassessed over ten years.
1-14
-------
Homeland Security
The Environmental Protection Agency's FY 2004 Annual Plan and Budget requests $123
million and 142 FTE to support the Agency's Homeland Security responsibilities in accordance
with the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002, the
National Strategy for Homeland Security, and Presidential Directives (PDD) 39, 62, 63. This
request allows the Agency to continue providing leadership for the protection of the nation's
critical water infrastructure while upgrading and improving our emergency response capabilities.
In addition, EPA will conduct research and provide guidance and technical support for Federal,
state, local governments, and other institutions in the areas of building decontamination, water
security, and rapid risk assessment.
A Commitment to Reform and Results
The Agency is committed to achieving the Administration's management reform
priorities for a government that is results-oriented, citizen-centered, and market-based. This
Annual Plan and Budget represents a strong commitment to reduce regulatory burdens and
streamline Agency operations, so that the Agency's focus is on positive and measurable
environmental results while working more effectively with our partners and stakeholders. Since
FY 1999, EPA has undertaken significant management reform by restructuring its budget to
match the strategic goals and objectives of its strategic plan under the Government Performance
and Results Act (GPRA). Since then, EPA has worked consistently to improve its ability to
manage for results. The Agency's current management reform agenda fully supports the goals of
the President's Management Agenda, and EPA has made demonstrable progress in carrying out
the five government-wide initiatives as reflected hi Executive Branch Scorecard updates and in
delivering environmental results to our ultimate customer—the American people.
i-15
-------
Resource Tables
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Resource Tables
Resources by Appropriation , RT-1
Resources by Goal/Appropriation , RT-3
Resources by Goal/Objective RT-10
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Appropriation Summary
Budget Authority
Full-Tim e Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science and Tech. - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Building and Facilities
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Oil Spill Response
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Oil Spill Response - Reimburse
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
FEMAREIM
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Inspector General
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Inspector General - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Rereg. & Exped. Proc. Rev Fund
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Superfund Reimbursables
FY2002
Actuals
$2,112,542.7
10,954.1
$0.0
37.8
$763,679.3
2,436.2
$0.0
2.4
$30,452.8
0.0
$3,716,276.0
0.0
$76,938.8
71.7
$14,746.6
87.1
$0.0
9.2
$0.0
17.5
$35,230.3
267.5
$0.0
0.2
$0.0
173.0
$1,529,121.4
3^48.1
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$2,047,703.8
11,144.2
$0.0
1.5
$670,008.0
2,426.3
$0.0
3.0
$42,918.0
0.0
$3,463,776.0
0.0
$72,313.0
80.3
$15,581.0
100.0
$0.0
0.0
$0.0
0.0
$35^25.0
271.6
$0.0
0.0
$0.0
116.9
$1,272,888.2
/ 3,321.0
FY 2004
Request
$2,219,659.0 iS
11,216.0
$0.0
1.5
$731,482.6
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Appropriation Summary
Budget Authority
Full-Time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Working Capital Fund - Reimb
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Offsetting Receipts
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Total
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
FY2002
Actuals
$0.0 ,
91.4
$0.0
94.2
$0.0
0.0
$8,278,987.9
17,590.4
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
83.5
$0.0
99.7
($4,000.0)
0.0
$7,616,513.0
17,648.0
FY 2004
Request
$0.0
83.5
$0.0
99.7
($4,000.0)
0.0
$7,626,537.3
17,850.0
RT-2
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean Air
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Clean and Safe Water
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Goal, Appropriation Summary
Budget Authority
Full-time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002
Actuals
$602,190.0
1,813.8
$194,949.5
1,152.1-
$174,211.8
661.6
$233,028.7
0.0
$0.0
0.1
$3,870,039.5
2,681.8
$481,568.3
2,181.3
$0.0
14.5
$182,412.0
486.0
$3,206,059.2
0.0
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$597,977.2
1,820.0
$190,709.1
1,156.8
$174,662.0
663.2
$232,584.6
0.0
$21.5
0.0
$3,214,674.2
2,742.8
$407,498.9
2,258.9
$0.0
0.0
$113,319.6
483.9
$2,693,830.0
0.0
FY 2004
Request
$617,415.1
1,823.3
$200,834.0
1,167.9
$176,979.0
655.4
$239,600.0
0.0
$2.1
0.0
$2,952,472.9
2,776.4
$440,499.6
2,266.6
$0.0
0.0
$134,970.7
509.8
$2377,000.0
0.0
RT-3
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Appropriation Summary
Budget Authority
Full-time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Safe Food
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Rereg. & Exped. Proc. Rev Fund
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes,
Workplaces and Ecosystems
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FIE)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Building and Facilities
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
FY2002
Actuals
$0.0
0.0
$113,0983
781.3
$98,751.3
549.5
$14,347.0
59.0
$0.0
172.8
$323,441.9
1,174.7
$200,028.3
1,010.2
$0.0
2.6
$24,826.1
161.9
$0.0
0.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$25.7
0.0
$109,814.6
770.1
$95,443.0
585.0
$14,371.6
68.2
$0.0
116.9
$326,651.9
1,193.9
$196,437.3
1,034.1
$0.0
0.0
$27,843.6
159.8
$0.0
0.0
FY 2004
Request
$2.6
0.0
$119,011.5
785.0
$102,793.2
531.1
$16,218.3
66.7
$0.0
187.2
$346,340.6
1,188.9
$211,032.9
1,037.5
$0.0
0.0
$27,850.1
151.4
$0.0
0.0
RT-4
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Appropriation Summary
Budget Authority
Full-time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites,
and Emergency Response
Budget Authority
Fall-time equivalents (FTE)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science and Tech. - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Oil Spill Response
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Oil Spill Response - Reimburse
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
FEMAREIM
Budget Authority
FY2002
Actuals
$98,587.5
0.0
$1,786,516.4
4,325.4
$164,292.2
1,011.0
$0.0
1.9
$22,842.6
92.0
$0.0
2.4
$74,449.8
0.0
$75,320.9
65.4
$14,199.0
87.1
$0.0
9.2
$0.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$102,371.0
0.0
$1,711,511.0
4,500.2
$194,559.6
U23.7
$0.0
0.0
$15,480.0
96.7
$0.0
3.0
$249,869.7
0.0
$70,100.2
70.0
$15,075.9
100.0
$0.0
0.0
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$107,457.6
0.0
$1,846,634.7
4,556.6
$197,380.8
1,186.8
$0.0
0.0
$20,250.7
102.9
$0.0
3.0
$251,937.7
0.0
$70,450.7
71.3
$15,704.4
100.0
$0.0
0.0
$0.0
RT-5
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Appropriation Summary
Budget Authority
Full-time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Full-time equivalents (FIE)
FY2002
Actuals
17.5
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
0.0
FY2004
Request
0.0
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Budget Authority
Full-tune equivalents (FTE)
Superfimd Reimbursables
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
$1,435,411.9
2,947.5
$0.0
91.4
$1,166,425.6
2,923.3
$0.0
83.5
$1,290,910.4
3,009.1
$0.0
83.5
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
$216,575.3
530,4
$160,453.8
428.1
$0.0
4.7
$46,416.9
97.6
$9,704.6
0.0
$269,727.2
504.7
$155,878.6
425.9
$0.0
0.0
$38,848.6
78.8
$75,000.0
0.0
$263,847.5
502.3
$174,998.6
426.7
$0.0
0.0
$38,848.9
75.6
$50,000.0
0.0
Quality Environmental Information
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
FuM-ttae equivalents (FTE)
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
$202,315.0
846.1
$154,863.9
700.6
$0.0
0.8
$199,040.4
847.1
$153,938.5
699.6
$0.0
0.0
$228^22.1
840.0
$178318.5
671.2
$0.0
0.0
RT-6
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Appropriation Summary
Budget Authority
Full-time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
FuU-time equivalents (FTE)
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Working Capital Fund - Reimb
Budget Authority
FuU-time equivalents (FTE)
$12,701.8
48.9
$24,921.8
0.0
$9,827.5
8.9
$0.0
86.9
$9,367.5
50.3
$25,000.0
0.0
$10,734.4
9.6
$0.0
87.6
$15,382.6
69.7
$25,000.0
0.0
$9,621.0
11.5
$0.0
87.6
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater
Innovation to Address Env. Problems
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
$323,2033
992.2
$68,214.3
240.8
$251,765.6
751.4
$3,223.4
0.0
$327,837.9
996.3
$67,795.7
248.6
$254,607.9
747.7
$5,434.3
0.0
$357,105.8
1,006.2
$75,212.0
262.8
$278,204.0
743.4
$3,689.8
0.0
A Credible Deterrent to Foliation and Greater Compliance with the
Law
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
$398,150.1
2,434.8
$300,646.8
2,250.8
$402,462.9
2330.7
$286,764.7
2,145.0
$430,560.5
2,480.4
$328,323.4
2,294.7
RT-7
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Appropriation Summary
Budget Authority
Full-time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Effective Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Environmental Program & Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Science & Technology
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Building and Facilities
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Oil Spill Response
Budget Authority
$0.0
9.1
$10,429.7
77.8
$69,524.4
0.0
$17,549.2
97.1
$443,458.1
2,009.9
$288,774.3
.1,429.7
$0.0
4.2
$23,725.8
0.0
$30,452.8
0.0
$1,617.9
6.3
$547.6
$0.0
0.0
$11,269.5
77.7
$85,120.7
0.0
$19,308.0
108.0
$460,815.7
1,942.2
$298,678.4
1,366.6
$0.0
1.5
$10,237.7
0.0
$42,918.0
0.0
$2,212.8
10.3
$505.1
$0.0
0.0
$12,562.5
85.6
$70,204.7
0.0
$19,469.9
100.1
$468,826.6
1,890.9
$310,266.0
1,370.7
$0.0
1.5
$10,215.8
0.0
$42,918.0
0.0
$2,094.7
9.0
$504.4
RT-8
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Inspector General
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Inspector General - Reim
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Rereg. & Exped. Proc. Rev Fund
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Working Capital Fund - Reimb
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Total
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Goal, Appropriation Summary
Budget Authority
Full-time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002
Actuals
0.0
$35,230.3
267.5
$0.0
0.2
0.2
$63,109.4
294.5
$0.0
7.3
$8,278,987.9
17,590.4
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
0.0
$35,325.0
271.6
$0.0
0.0
$0.0
0.0
$70,938.7
280.1
$0.0
12.1
$7,620,513.0
17,648.0
FY 2004
Request
0.0
$36,807.7
271.6
$0.0
0.0
$0.0
0.0
$66,020.0
226.0
$0.0
12.1
$7,630,537.3
17,850.0
RT-9
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Objective Summary
Budget Authority
Full-Time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Clean Air
Budget Authority
Fall-time equivalents (FTE)
Attain NAAQS
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Reduce Air Toxics Risk
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Reduce Acid Rain.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Clean and Safe Water
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Safe Drinking Water, Fish and Recreational Waters
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Protect Watersheds and Aquatic Communities
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Reduce Loadings and Air Deposition
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
FY 2002
Actuals
$602,190.0
1313.8
$466,814.5
1,347.0
$113,811.7
375.9
$21,563.8
90.9
$3,870,039.5
2,681.8
$1,355,114.4
854.8
$474,725.2
1,000.5
$2,040,199.9
826.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$597,977.2
1,820.0
$458,856.2
1,357.1
$118,023.2
371.4
$21,097.8
91.5
$3,214,674.2
2,742.8
$1,148,425.1
887.4
$435,814.7
988.8
$1,630,434.4
866.6
FY 2004
Request
$617,415.1
1,8233
$468,437.2
1,357.5
$127,747.1
378.5
$21,230.8
87.3
$2,952,472.9
2,776.4
$1,198,942.3
921.9
$479,787.4
989.3
$1,273,743.2
865.2
Safe Food
Budget Authority
$113,0983
$109.814.6
$119,011.5
RT-10
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Objective Summary
Budget Authority
Full-Time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Fnll-time equivalents (FTE)
Reduce Risks from Pesticide Residues in Food
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Eliminate Use on Food of Pesticides Not Meeting Standards
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities,
Homes, Workplaces and Ecosystems
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Reduce Public and Ecosystem Risk from Pesticides
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Reduce Risks from Lead and Other Toxic Chemicals
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Manage New Chemical Introduction and Screen Existing
Chemicals for Risk
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Ensure Healthier Indoor Air.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Facilitate Prevention, Reduction and Recycling of PBTs and
Toxic Chemicals
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
FY2002
Actuals
781.3
$47,447.6
332.6
$65,650.7
448.7
$323,441.9
1,174.7
$56,169.1
237.3
$37,745.8
135.7
$76,449.4
398.7
$40,290.3
123.6
$48,461.0
180.5
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
770.1
$45,290.4
331.1
$64,524.2
439.0
$326,651.9
1,193.9
$55,409.8
239.1
$36,355.9
144.7
$77,538.2
391.2
$40,322.7
132.2
$46,115.9
196.0
FY2004
Request
785.0
$43,427.9
339.5
$75,583.6
445.5
$346,340.6
1,188.9
$57,313.1
233.7
$38,722.5
149.8
$81,531.2
393.5
$42,380.4
126.1
$49,958.2
194.5
Assess Conditions in Indian Country
RT-11
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Objective Summary
Budget Authority
Full-Tim e Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated
Waste Sites, and Emergency Response
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Control Risks from Contaminated Sites and Respond to
Emergencies
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Regulate Facilities to Prevent Releases
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Reduce Transboundary Threats to Human and Ecosystem
Health in North America.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Reduce Stratospheric Ozone Depletion.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
FY2002
Actuals
$64,326.3
98.9
$1,786,516,4
4^25.4
$1,621,875.2
3,570.5
$164,641.2
754.9
$216,575.3
530.4
$33,693.5
81.3
$146,393.0
329.9
$14,749.8
30.1
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$70,909.4
90.7
$1,711,511.0
4400.2
$1,544,249.8
3,699.8
$167,261.2
800.4
$269,727.2
504.7
$98,185.9
80.8
$136,953.4
303.9
$15,813.3
29.7
FY2004
Request
$76,435.2
91.3
$1346,634.7
4,556.6
$1,678,154,8
3,765.0
,
$168,479.9
791.6
$263,847.5
5023
$89,394.6
85.8
$138,105.8
299.0
$17,540.3
. 30.3
Protect Public Health and Ecosystems fromPBTs and other
Toxics.
RT-12
-------
I
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Objective Summary
Budget Authority
Full-Time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Increase Domestic and International Use of Cleaner and
More Cost-Effective Technologies.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Quality Environmental Information
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Increase Availability of Quality Health and Environmental
Information.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Provide Access to Tools for Using Environmental
Information.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Improve Agency Information Infrastructure and Security.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and
Greater Innovation to Address Env. Problems
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Conduct Research for Ecosystem Assessment and
Restoration.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
FY2002
Actuals
$5,391.1
31.8
$16,347.9
57.3
$202,315.0
846.1
$125,899.5
496.4
$49,493.9
164.8
$26,921.6
184.9
$323,203.3
992.2
$110,817.6
350.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$6,173.6
35.6
$12,601.0
54.7
5199,040.4
847.1
$120,331.1
492.1
$48,181.3
169.7
$30,528.0
185.3
$327^37.9
9963
$119,114.6
350.9
FY2004
Request
$6,680.7
36.4
$12,126.1
50.8
$228,322.1
840.0
$118,203.3
478.7
$47,071.0
163.5
$63,047.8
197.8
$357,105.8
1,006.2
$122,885.5
346.6
Improve Scientific Basis to Manage Environmental Hazards
and Exposures.
RT-13
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Objective Summary
Budget Authority
Full-Time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Enhance Capabilities to Respond to Future Environmental
Developments.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Improve Environmental Systems Management,
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Quantify Environmental Results of Partnership Approaches.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Incorporate Innovative Approaches.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Demonstrate Regional Capability to Assist Environmental
Decision Making.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Conduct Peer Review to Improve Agency Decisions.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
A Credible Deterrent to Foliation and Greater Compliance
with the Law
Bndget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Increase Compliance Through Enforcement.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
FY 2002
Actuals
$52,022.6
172.6
$61,427.7
169.2
$54,429.8
145.1
$9,276.2
20.6
$26,070.7
112.9
$6,088.7
2.0
$3,070.0
19.8
$398,150.1
2,434.8
$344,680.1
2,017.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$56,355.0
176.0
$50,965.8
152.6
$52,274.1
146.6
$9,058.4
18.0
$29,787.9
126.7
$6,591.8
3.0
$3,690.3
22.5
$402,462.9
2,330.7
$346,590.5
1,932.6
FY 2004
Request
$67,467.5
180.4
$68,911.4
166.7
$45,446.9
143.0
$9,036.8
16.6
$31,939.0
127.4
$6,607.6
3.0
$4,811.1
22.5
$430,560.5
2,480.4
$372,173.1
2,079.3
RT-14
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Goal, Objective Summary
Budget Authority
Full-Time Equivalents
(Dollars in Thousands)
Promote Compliance Through Incentives and Assistance.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Effective Management
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Provide Leadership
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Manage for Results Through Services, Policies, and
Operations.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Provide Quality Work Environment.
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Provide Audit, Evaluation, and Investigative Products and
Services
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
Total
Budget Authority
Full-time equivalents (FTE)
FY2002
Actuals
$53,470.0
417.0
$443,458.1
2,009.9
$47,027.5
306.4
$176,749.8
1,325.3
$166,878.6
18.5
$52,802.2
359.7
$8,278,987.9
17,590.4
FY 2003
Pres.Bud.
$55,872.4
398.1
$460,815.7
1,942.2
$49,850.6
311.4
$201,230.9
U43.I
$156,141.5
15.4
$53,592.7
372.3
$7,620,513.0
17,648.0
FY 2004
Request
$58,387.4
401.1
$468,826.6
1,890.9
$51,380.5
310.6
$198,525.6
1,181.2
$162,127.5
27.2
$56,793.0
371.9
$7,630,5373
17,850.0
RT-15
-------
Goal 1: Clean Air
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal 1: Clean Air 1-1
Attain NAAQS 1-14
Reduce Air Toxics Risk , 1-54
Reduce Acid Rain , 1-72
-------
Environmental Protection Agency .
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean Air
Strategic Goal: The air in every American community will be safe and healthy to breathe. In
particular, children, the elderly, and people with respiratory ailments will be protected from
health risks of breathing polluted air. Reducing air pollution will also protect the environment,
resulting hi many benefits, such as restoring life hi damaged ecosystems and reducing health
risks to those whose subsistence depends directly on those ecosystems.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
Clean Air
Attain NAAQS
Reduce Air Toxics Risk
Reduce Acid Rain.
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$602,190.0
$466,814.5
$113,811.7
$21,563.8
1,813.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$597,977.2
$458,856.2
$118,023.2
$21,097.8
1,820.0
FY2004
Request
$617,415.1
$468,437.2
$127,747.1
$21,230.8
1,823.3
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$19,437.9
$9,581.0
$9,723.9
$133.0
3.3
Background and Context
The average American breathes over 3,000 gallons of air each day. Air pollution
contributes to illnesses such as cancer and to respiratory, developmental, and reproductive
problems. Children are at greater risk because they are more active outdoors and their lungs are
still developing. The elderly also are more sensitive to air pollution because they often have
heart or lung disease.
Certain pollutants (such as some metals and certain organic chemicals) that are emitted
from industrial and other sources can be deposited into water bodies and magnified through the
food web, adversely affecting fish-eating animals and humans. Air pollution also makes soil and
waterways more acidic, reduces visibility, and accelerates .corrosion of buildings and
monuments.
The ak pollution problem is national and international in scope. Air pollution regularly
crosses local and state lines and our borders. This causes problems not only for the population in
urban areas, but also for less populated areas and national parks. Federal assistance and
leadership are essential for developing and implementing cooperative programs to prevent and
control air pollution; for ensuring that national standards are met; and for providing tools for
states, tribes, and local communities to use in preparing their clean air plans.
1-1
-------
Criteria pollutants: To protect public health and the environment, EPA develops standards that
limit concentrations of six major pollutants (known as criteria pollutants) that are linked to
serious health and environmental problems:
• Particulate matter (PM). PM causes a wide variety of health and environmental
problems. When exposed to higher concentrations of fine PM, people with existing lung
or heart diseases - such as asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, congestive
heart disease, or coronary artery disease - are at increased risk of health problems
requiring hospitalization or of premature death. Similarly, children and people with
existing lung disease may not be able to breathe as deeply or vigorously as they normally
would and they may experience symptoms such as coughing and shortness of breath.
Fine PM can increase susceptibility to respiratory infections and can aggravate existing
respiratory diseases, such as asthma and chronic bronchitis, causing more use of
medication and more doctor visits.
PM is also a major cause of reduced visibility in parts of the United States, including
many of our national parks. Particles can be carried over long distances by wind and then
settle on ground or water. The effects of certain species of PM settling may include
making lakes and streams acidic, changing the nutrient balance in coastal waters and
watersheds, depleting the nutrients in soil, damaging sensitive forests and farm crops, and
decreasing the diversity of ecosystems.
• Ground-level ozone (smog). When breathed at any concentration, ozone can irritate and
inflame a person's airways. Health effects attributed to exposures to ozone, generally
while individuals are engaged in moderate or heavy exertion, include significant
decreases in lung function and increased respiratory symptoms such as chest pain and
cough as concentrations rise. Exposures to ozone result in lung inflammation, aggravate
respiratory diseases such as asthma, and may make people more susceptible to respiratory
infection. Children who are active outdoors are most at risk for experiencing such
effects. Other at-risk groups include adults who are active outdoors such as outdoor
workers and individuals with respiratory disorders such as asthma. Ground-level ozone
interferes with the ability of many plants to produce and store food, which reduces crop
and forest yields by making plants more susceptible to disease, insects, other pollutants
and harsh weather. It damages the leaves of trees and other plants, affecting the
appearance of cities, national parks and recreation areas.
• Sulfur dioxide (SO;). .Peak levels of SOi can cause temporary breathing difficulty for
people with asthma who are active outdoors. Longer-term exposure to a combination of
SO2 and fine particles can cause respiratory illness, alter the defense mechanisms of
lungs, and aggravate cardiopulmonary disease. People who may be most susceptible to
these effects include individuals with cardiovascular disease or chronic lung disease, as
well as children and the elderly. SO2 is also a major contributor to acidic deposition.
• Nitrogen dioxide (NO?). Exposure to NOi causes respiratory symptoms such as
coughing, wheezing, and shortness of breath in children and adults with respiratory
diseases such as asthma. Even short exposures to NOi affect lung function. NOi also
contributes to acidic deposition, eutrophication in coastal waters, and visibility problems.
1-2
-------
• Carbon monoxide (COX The health threat from even low levels of CO is most serious
for those who suffer from heart disease, like angina, clogged arteries, or congestive heart
disease. For a person with heart disease, a single exposure to CO at low levels may cause
chest pain and reduce that person's ability to exercise. Even healthy people can be
affected by high levels of CO. People who breathe higher levels of CO can develop
vision problems, experience reduced ability to work or learn, reduced manual dexterity,
and have difficulty performing complex tasks. CO is most dangerous in enclosed or
confined spaces and will cause death.
• Lead. Lead causes damage to the kidneys, liver, brain and nerves, and other organs.
Excessive exposure to lead causes seizures, mental retardation, behavioral disorders,
memory problems, and mood changes. Low levels of lead damage the brain and nerves
in fetuses and young children, resulting in learning deficits and lowered IQ.
Hazardous air pollutants: Hazardous air pollutants (HAPs), commonly referred to as air
toxics, are pollutants that are known or suspected to cause cancer or other serious health
problems, such as reproductive effects or birth defects, or adverse environmental effects. EPA is
working with state, local, and Tribal governments to reduce air releases of 188 pollutants listed
hi the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. Examples of air toxics include mercury, benzene,
toluene, and xylene (BTX). HAPs are emitted from literally thousands of sources, including
automobiles, trucks and buses. Adverse effects to human health and the environment due to
HAPs can result from even low level exposure to air toxics from individual facilities, exposures
to mixtures of pollutants found in urban settings, or exposure to pollutants emitted from distant
sources that are transported through the atmosphere over regional, national, or even global
airsheds.
Compared to information for the six criteria pollutants, the information about the ambient
concentrations of HAPs and their potential health effects is relatively incomplete. Most of the
information on the potential health effects of these pollutants is derived from experimental
animal data. Of the 188 HAPs, almost 60 percent are classified by the Clean Air Act (section
112(f)(2)(A)) as known, probable, or possible carcinogens. One of the often documented
ecological concerns associated with toxic air pollutants is the potential to damage aquatic
ecosystems.
The Administration evaluated the Air Toxics program this past year using the
Performance Assessment Rating Tool (PART). This evaluation found that the program's
purpose is clear and the management of the program is good; however, the program has not
clearly shown it is maximizing the program's net benefits and proposing the most cost-effective
regulations. Furthermore, linkages are insufficient between annual performance goals and the
long-term performance goal of protecting 95 percent of the United States population from
unacceptable risks of cancer and other significant health problems from air toxic emissions. A
moving baseline and data gaps for toxicity and actual population exposure limit the assessment
of the program's results. In response to these findings, the Administration is requesting $7
million in increased funding for the Air Toxics program in state grants for monitoring to help fill
these data gaps. In addition, the Administration will focus on maximizing programmatic net
1-3
-------
benefits, minimizing the cost per deleterious health effect avoided, and establishing better
performance measures.
Acid rain: Emissions of sulfur dioxide (862) and nitrogen oxides (NOX) react in the
atmosphere and fall to earth as acid rain, causing acidification of lakes and streams and
contributing to the damage of trees at high elevations. Acid deposition also accelerates the decay
of building materials and paints and contributes to degradation of irreplaceable cultural objects,
such as statues and sculptures. NOX deposition also contributes to eutrophication of coastal
waters, such as the Chesapeake Bay and Tampa Bay. Before falling to earth, SOa and NOX gases
form fine particles that are implicated in affecting public health by contributing to premature
mortality, chronic bronchitis, and other respiratory problems. The fine particles also contribute
to reduced visibility in national parks and elsewhere.
Comparison of 1970 and 2001 Emissions
140
120 -
250r
Trends: The air in the United States is
now the cleanest it has been during the
20 years that EPA has been tracking air
quality. National air quality, measured
at thousands of monitoring stations
across the country, has shown
improvements for all six major criteria
pollutants: PM, ozone, SO2, NO2, CO,
and lead. Over the last three decades, air
pollution has declined by 25 percent,
while our economy has grown over 160
percent. These gains have provided
cleaner air for millions of people.
There also have been dramatic
reductions (10 to 25 percent) in sulfates deposited in many of the most acid sensitive ecosystems
located in the Northeastern United States since implementation of EPA's acid rain program in
1995. This means that during the past 20 years, Americans have been able to breathe a little
easier, see a little better, and enjoy a cleaner environment. Additional steps still need to be
taken, however, to bring remaining areas with unhealthful air fully into compliance with health-
based air quality standards and to protect sensitive ecosystems. Thus the nation faces a
significant challenge in maintaining this historical trend of improving air quality, given
expectations for future growth in the economy, the population, and highway vehicle use.
EPA tracks trends in six criteria air pollutants through an Air Quality Index that reflects
the number of days that any health-based standard is violated. The percentage of days across the
country that air quality violated a health standard has dropped from almost 10 percent in 1988 to
3 percent in 2000. Even on those days, the standard was generally violated only for a few hours,
although these violations tend to be in late afternoon hours when many children and adults are
outside engaging in work and exercise that increases the impact of exposure to unhealthful air.
Nationwide, levels of air toxics dropped approximately 30 percent between 1990 and
2000. For example, perchloroethylene monitored in 16 urban sites in California showed a drop
of 60 percent from 1989 to 1998. Benzene, emitted from cars, trucks, oil refineries, and
chemical processes, is another widely monitored toxic air pollutant. Measures taken from 95
1-4
-------
urban monitoring sites across the country show a 47 percent drop in benzene levels from 1994 to
2000. In addition, ambient concentrations of many hazardous air pollutants remain high and
continue to impose significant health risks on exposed individuals.
Although substantial progress has been made, it is important not to lose sight of the
magnitude of the air pollution problem that still remains. Despite great progress in improving air
quality, over 160 million tons of air pollution was released into the air in 2000 in the United
States Approximately 121 million people lived in counties where monitored air was unhealthy
because of high levels of the six principal air pollutants. Some national parks, including the
Great Smoky Mountains and the Shenandoah, have high air pollution concentrations resulting
from the transport of pollutants many miles from their original sources. In 2000, for the third
consecutive year, rural 1-hour ozone (smog) levels were greater than the average levels observed
for urban sites, but they are still lower than levels observed at suburban sites.
Means and Strategy
Strategy: EPA's overall goals for the air quality program include improving air quality and
addressing highest health and environmental risks while reducing program costs, getting better
results in less burdensome ways, and increasing the roles of state, Tribal, and local governments.
To help implement these goals, the President has proposed the Clear Skies Act. Clear Skies was
proposed in response to a growing need for an emission reduction plan that will protect the
environment while providing regulatory certainty for the utility industry. Clear Skies would
create a market-based program, with results guaranteed by caps instituted over a period of time
that would dramatically reduce (about 70 percent) power plant emissions of SC>2, NOX, and
mercury. Clear Skies expands the successful Acid Rain program, which reduced pollution faster
and at far less cost than any other Clean Air Act program. With guaranteed results, and
elimination of costly regulation, litigation, inspection and enforcement actions, industry
compliance is expected to be nearly 100 percent, as it has been in the Acid Rain program.
The Clean Air Act currently provides the principal framework for national, state, Tribal,
and local efforts to protect and improve air quality and reduce risks. Under the Clean Air Act,
EPA has a number of responsibilities:
• Ensuring continued protection of public health and the environment through regular
review of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for the six criteria
pollutants and revision of the NAAQS, if necessary, based on the latest scientific
information available.
• Ensuring that the NAAQS are met by developing and carrying out national regulatory
and non-regulatory programs that reduce air pollution from vehicles, factories, and other
sources, and by working in partnership with state, Tribal, and local governments on
implementing their clean air programs.
• Assessing public health risks from air toxics and reducing public exposure to pollutants
that cause or may cause cancer and other adverse human health effects through reduction
of toxic emissions and pollution prevention.
1-5
-------
Reducing acid rain through a market-based approach that provides flexibility to electric
utilities and other large sources of SOi and NOX in how they meet emission reduction
requirements.
Protecting and enhancing visibility across large regional areas, including many of the
Nation's most treasured parks and wilderness areas, by reducing pollutants such as PM,
SO2,andNOx.
Providing a strong scientific basis for policy and regulatory decisions and exploring
emerging problem areas through a coordinated, comprehensive research program.
Comparison of Growth Areas and Emissions
TO SO SO
96 97 98 99 OO 01
The air problems that now remain are some of the most difficult to solve. EPA has
developed strategies to help address this difficult increment and overcome the barriers that have
hindered progress towards clean air in the past. The Agency will use flexible approaches, where
possible, instead of hard-and-fast formulas or specific technology requirements. Also, the
Agency will work with areas that have the worst problems to develop strategies that address
unique local conditions and achieve real risk reductions that matter to communities.
• Multi-pollutant strategies. The many inter-relationships among ozone, fine PM, regional
haze, and air toxics problems provide opportunities for developing integrated strategies to
reduce pollutant emissions. Clear Skies provides a good example of how to take
advantage of these opportunities. EPA also has encouraged states, tribes, and local
governments to coordinate the work they are doing to maximize the effectiveness of
control strategies.
* Economic incentives. EPA has provided increased flexibility to industry through the use
of economic incentives and market-based approaches. Emissions trading, averaging, and
banking have become standard tools in the Agency's air programs. The acid rain
program — which is the prototype for Clear Skies — uses allowance trading and early
reduction credits to cut control costs and reduce pollution faster. The Tier II and diesel
1-6
-------
programs allow manufacturers to produce a mix of vehicles that collectively meet
emission reduction targets. EPA's economic incentive programs include a variety of
measures designed to increase flexibility and efficiency, while maintaining the
accountability and enforceability of traditional air quality management programs.
• Integrated strategies. We will continue working with states and local agencies on air
pollution problems on a regional basis. We need to build on these relationships to ensure
that regional approaches become institutionalized at the Federal, state and Tribal levels.
Regional haze and PM/z.s concentrations are often the products of the same pollutants and
precursors. For this reason, we must coordinate the technical and scheduling
requirements for the two programs to address both environmental problems in a
coordinated fashion. Because many of the controls that will be needed to achieve the
NAAQS for PMa.s also may be needed to meet reasonable progress targets for regional
haze, we called for the development of strategies on a schedule which would maximize
states' opportunities to establish a single set of requirements to address both programs.
• Systems approach. The Tier II and 2007 heavy-duty vehicle rulemakings referenced
above are good examples of how the Agency looks at air quality problems from a broader
perspective and takes advantage of the potential synergies. As catalyst and other
advanced vehicle technologies require low-sulfur fuel, the Agency is regulating fuels and
vehicles as one system, to give pollution control manufacturers the incentive to develop
even cleaner technologies. This results hi a greater reduction hi pollution — at less cost —
than by addressing fuels and vehicles separately,
• Innovative technology. EPA increasingly incorporates incentives and performance-based
approaches into regulations to spur new technologies that will help meet ambitious goals
more cost-effectively — sometimes at even less cost than EPA has predicted. The
Agency also is building partnerships that help develop and deploy these new
technologies. The report prepared to meet the requirements of section 812 of the Clean
Air Act includes a list of the technologies that have been developed since the 1990
Amendments. The advances have been remarkable. Technologies like selective catalytic
reduction (SCR) on power plants, ultra-low NOX burners, or advanced catalysts now have
entered the mainstream, at far less cost than anyone predicted.
Research
EPA's National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) related research supports the
Agency's Clean Air Goal to protect human health and the environment by meeting national clean
air standards for carbon monoxide (CO), sulfur dioxide (802), nitrogen oxides (NQx), lead,
tropospheric ozone, and particulate matter (PM). This research provides methods, models, data,
and assessment criteria on the health risks associated with exposure to these pollutants, alone and
in combination, focusing on exposures, health effects, mechanisms of injury, and identifying
components of particulate matter (PM) that affect public health. In addition, this research
provides implementation tools to support efforts by industry, state, Tribal, and local regulators,
to develop and improve State Implementation Plans (SIPs) to attain the NAAQS.
Research on air toxics investigates the root causes of the environmental and human health
1-7
-------
problems in urban areas related to these pollutants. These efforts provide the necessary health
effects data, measurements, methods, models, information, assessments, and technical support to
Federal, state, Tribal, and local regulators and industry to estimate human health effects and
aggregate exposures to hazardous air pollutants. Research also supports atmospheric and
emission modeling in order to estimate fate, ambient concentrations, and mobile source
emissions of air toxics at a more refined scale. With this information, the Agency will be in a
better position to determine risk and develop alternative strategies for maximizing risk reduction.
Several mechanisms are in place to ensure a high-quality research program at EPA. The
Research Strategies Advisory Committee (RSAC) of EPA' s Science Advisory Board (SAB), an
independently chartered Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) committee, meets annually to
conduct an in-depth review and analysis of EPA' s Science and Technology account. The RSAC
provides its findings to the House Science Committee and sends a written report on the findings
to EPA's Administrator after every annual review. Moreover, EPA's Board of Scientific
Counselors (BOSC) provides counsel to the Assistant Administrator for the Office of Research
and Development (ORD) on the operation of ORD's research program. EPA's scientific and
technical work products must also undergo either internal or external peer review, with major or
significant products requiring external peer review. The Agency's Peer Review Handbook (2nd
Edition) codifies procedures and guidance for conducting peer review.
Stratepc Objectives
Attain NAAQS
• The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations
below the NAAQS for the 1-hour ozone standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2003)
for a cumulative total of 20% (relative to 1992).
• The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations
below the NAAQS for the 8-hour ozone standard will increase by 3% (relative to 2003)
for a cumulative total of 3% (relative to 2001).
• The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below
the NAAQS for the PM-10 standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2003) for a
cumulative total of 1 1% (relative to 1992).
• The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below
the NAAQS for the PM2.s standard will increase by less than 1% (relative to 2003) for a
cumulative total of less than 1% (relative to 2001).
The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient CO, NOz, SOi, or Pb
concentrations below the NAAQS will increase by less than 1% (relative to 2003) for a
cumulative total of 63% (relative to 1992).
Increase the number of tribes monitoring air quality for ozone and/or particulate matter
from 42 to 45 and increase the percentage of tribes monitoring clean air for ozone from
64% to 67% and particulate matter from 71% to 72%.
1-8
-------
Reduce Air Toxics Risk
• Air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will be
reduced by an additional 2% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons for a
cumulative reduction of 37%.
Reduce Acid Rain
• Maintain or increase annual SC<2 emission reduction of approximately 5 million tons from
the 1980 baseline. Keep annual emissions below level authorized by allowance holdings
and make progress towards achievement of Year 2010 SOa emissions cap for utilities.
• 2 million tons of NOX from coal-fired utility sources will be reduced from levels that
would have been emitted without implementation of Title IV of the Clean Air Act
Amendments.
Highlights
Continue progress toward NAAQS attainment: For FY 2004, EPA will move forward with
the President's proposed Clear Skies Act, implement the National Energy Policy, continue the
regular reviews of the various NAAQS, carry out programs to meet NAAQS and regional haze
requirements, and continue the research, air quality monitoring, and laboratory analyses that
provide the scientific and technical bases for the NAAQS program.
^ and 8-hour Ozone Attainment. Further emission reductions in this country are
necessary to achieve the Clean Air Act PM2.5 and 8-hour ozone National Ambient Air
Quality Standards (NAAQS) recently upheld in Federal court. EPA will be moving
forward with full implementation of the standards. The activities included in the
President's proposed Clear Skies Act are critical elements for implementation.
Review of NAAQS. EPA will make available to the public a comprehensive assessment
of recent scientific findings on the health and environmental risks associated with PM.
Following completion of this assessment and a staff paper that evaluates the policy
implications of the scientific findings, EPA will propose a decision on whether to retain
or revise the PM NAAQS.
Implementation of existing NAAQS. On the national level, EPA will work with states,
tribes, and local governments on developing and implementing measures to meet clean
air standards. The Agency will continue technical support for implementing the 1-hour
ozone NAAQS. EPA also will support states and tribes in developing innovative,
voluntary programs that will help to achieve early reductions in the transition to the 8-
hour ozone standard. In addition, the Agency will develop a strategy and guidance for
transition from the PMio standard to a fine paniculate (PM^s) Sstahdard. We will work to
promote and expand the use of voluntary and other innovative approaches to provide
emission reductions.
1-9
-------
• Vehicle, engine, and fuels standards. EPA will establish and/or implement Federal
standards to require cleaner motor vehicles, nonroad equipment, and fuels that are cost-
effective and technically feasible. The Agency will continue implementation of the Tier
II and gasoline sulfur standards. The Agency also will continue work on the 2007 heavy-
duty highway engine and diesel sulfur requirements. In addition, EPA will develop a rule
establishing new standards for heavy-duty nonroad diesel engines and vehicles.
• Certification and compliance. EPA will continue to monitor industry compliance with
vehicle, engine, and fuels standards and to proceed with advancements in vehicle
emission control technologies. The capabilities to test vehicles at EPA's National
Vehicle and Fuels Emissions Laboratory (NVFEL) is expanding greatly to keep pace
with the more stringent and complex new regulations for cars, heavy-duty diesel engines,
and gasoline and diesel fuels that take effect in FY 2004. For example, EPA will
establish a credible compliance testing program to certify that heavy-duty engine
manufacturers are meeting new emission standards program requirements.
* Sensitive Populations. EPA will expand voluntary partnerships and outreach efforts to
reduce emissions from diesel engines, as part of a comprehensive strategy to address the
risks that pollution poses to sensitive populations, especially children. Through the
Voluntary Diesel Retrofit Program, EPA will develop a public campaign on anti-idling,
early switching of buses to ultra-low sulfur diesel fuel, and retrofitting or retiring selected
bus models. Because diesel engines last for 30 years, EPA's new heavy-duty diesel
engine standards, applicable in 2004 and 2007, will take time to impact the fleet and
achieve emission reductions. Thus, voluntary partnerships and outreach efforts, as part of
a comprehensive strategy, are the primary ways to realize immediate air quality benefits
from the older, heavy-duty diesel engines and protect the health of today's children and
other sensitive populations.
Reduce public exposure to air toxics: In FY 2004, EPA will develop strategies and rales to
help states and tribes reduce emissions and exposure to hazardous air pollutants, particularly in
urban areas, and reduce harmful deposition in water bodies. The Agency also will target source
characterization work, especially development and improvement of emissions information that is
essential for the states, tribes, and local agencies to develop strategies to meet the standards.
EPA will look closely at urban areas to determine the various sources of toxics that enter the air,
water, and soil, and determine the best manner to reduce the total toxics risk in these urban areas.
Some specific activities and initiatives in this program for FY 2004 include:
• Air toxics monitoring. EPA will work with states to expand the air toxics monitoring
network operated by state, Tribal, and local agencies. This expansion will help assess the
success of EPA's comprehensive air toxics strategy, as well as the multi-pollutant
strategy. Such monitoring data also will enable EPA to benchmark its models and to
track ambient trends for inhalation-risk air toxics and toxic components of particulate
matter such as BTX. In the long term, assessments of ambient air toxics will help
achieve a reduction in the incidence of cancer attributable to exposure to hazardous air
pollutants emitted by stationary sources of hazardous air pollutants of not less than 75
percent, considering control of emissions of hazardous air pollutants from all stationary
sources and resulting from any measures implemented by EPA or by the states.
1-10
-------
• Residual Risk. The 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments require EPA to set standards for
188 hazardous air pollutants on a 10-year schedule. In addition, the Amendments set
detailed requirements for an air toxics program that includes a two-phased process
consisting of technology-based standards for mobile and stationary sources, followed by
a risk-based program approach, hi FY 2004, as the final technology-based standards for
stationary sources are being completed, EPA will work on a risk-based approach to
protect public health from the remaining air toxics emissions. This approach includes
targeting particular problems such as residual risks from already controlled sources and
elevated risks in urban areas. The development of more stringent residual risk standards
will reduce cancer and non-cancer related health risks in the vicinity of major industrial
sources where risks from hazardous air pollutants are determined to be unaceeptably
high. This will also help the Agency make progress with respect to its long-term strategy
goals of reducing cancer risks from stationary sources by 75% from 1990 levels and
significantly reducing non-cancer related health risks.
• Mobile sources air toxics. In FY 2001. EPA issued a rule to address emissions of air
toxics from mobile sources, hi the rule, the Agency identified 21 mobile source air toxics
and established new gasoline toxic emission performance standards. The rule established
a Technical Analysis Plan to conduct research and analysis on mobile source air toxics.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue gathering emissions data, conducting exposure analyses,
and evaluating the need for additional controls. This information will be used to support
a rulemaking in which EPA will revisit the feasibility and need for additional controls for
mobile sources and their fuels. EPA also will incorporate toxics emissions data into the
mobile source models.
Implement Market-based acid rain program: For FY 2004 EPA will continue to carry out the
market-based acid rain program, tracking emissions, auditing and certifying monitors, recording
transfers of allowances, and reconciling emissions and allowances.
• Phase n implementation. EPA will continue to implement the trading system, tracking
transfers of emission allowances from the expanded number of electric utility units
covered by the Phase II requirements of the Clean Ah" Act.
• Monitoring and assessment. EPA will manage the operation of the Clean Air Status and
Trends Network (CASTNet), a dry deposition network, and provide operational support
for the National Atmospheric Deposition Program (NADP), a wet deposition network.
The Agency will use the monitoring results, along with other information, to help assess
the effectiveness of the acid rain program in reducing health and environmental risks.
Research
The Tropospheric Ozone and Particulate Matter (PM) Research Programs will develop
new information and assess existing studies to support statutorily-mandated reviews of the
NAAQS and will upgrade methods and models to guide states in the development of the state
implementation plans (SIPs), used to achieve the NAAQS. In FY 2004, tropospheric ozone
research will evaluate and refine emissions and air quality models to evaluate SIP attainment
1-11
-------
strategies. The PM Research Program will continue work to strengthen the scientific basis for
the periodic review of the PM NAAQS, including conducting epidemiological and exposure
studies. The PM program will also develop tools and methods to characterize PM sources and
health effects that will move the Agency toward its objective of reducing Americans' exposure to
PM. Also included under this objective will be research to support review of NAAQS for lead,
carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, and nitrogen oxide NAAQS.
Air toxics research provides information on effects, exposure, and source
characterization, as well as other data to quantify existing emissions and to identify key
pollutants and strategies for cost-effective risk management. In FY 2004, research will focus on
completing health assessments for some of the highest priority hazardous air pollutants, and
providing the science and technical support to Agency, state, Tribal and local regulators to
estimate health effects and exposures to hazardous air pollutants both indoors and outdoors and
to reduce risks.
New, related research efforts in Goal 8 supporting the Air Research program will include
a Clear Skies initiative focusing on identifying tools to optimize mercury emissions reductions in
order to increase the effectiveness of mercury reduction programs. This research, which also
supports the President's multi-pollutant initiative, will provide the science needed to reduce the
uncertainties limiting the Agency's ability to assess and manage health risks from mercury. It
will also assist decision-makers in choosing the best technology to reduce mercury emissions to
implement the final rule to regulate mercury and other air toxics emitted from power generation
facilities.
External Factors
Stakeholder participation: To achieve clean air, EPA relies on the cooperation of Federal,
state, Tribal, and local government agencies; industry; non-profit organizations; and individuals.
Success is far from guaranteed, even with the full participation of all stakeholders. EPA has
significant work to accomplish just to reach the annual targets that lead to the longer-term health
and environmental outcomes and improvements that are articulated in the Clean Air goal.
Meeting the Clean Air goal necessitates a strong partnership among all the stakeholders, but in
particular among the states, tribes, and EPA; the Environmental Council of States; and
organizations of state and local air pollution control officials. EPA will be working with various
stakeholders to encourage new ways to meet the challenges of "cross regional" issues as well as
to integrate programs to address airborne pollutants more holistically.
Environmental factors: In developing clean air strategies, states, tribes, and local governments
assume normal meteorological patterns. As EPA develops standards and programs to achieve
the Clean Air goal, it has to consider weather as a variable in the equation for implementing
standards and meeting program goals. For example, even if an area is implementing a number of
air pollution control programs under normal meteorological patterns, a hot humid summer may
cause an area to exceed standards for days at a tune, thereby exposing the public to unhealthy air.
Litigation: In July 1997, EPA published more protective NAAQS for ozone and PM The
standards were litigated. After extensive litigation in the Supreme Court and the Court of
Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, both standards are still in effect. The PM2.5
1-12
-------
standard adopted in 1997 was completely affirmed by the courts and is not subject to further
litigation. However, the revised PMio standard was vacated, resulting in reinstatement of the
prior PMio standard. The 1997 ozone standard was also largely upheld by the D.C. Circuit's and
the Supreme Court's decisions although the Supreme Court remanded ozone implementation
issues to EPA. In response to the Supreme Court's decision, the Agency is conducting a
rulemaking on the issue of how to implement the new 8-hour ozone standard in light of the Clean
Air Act's provisions on the old 1-hour standard. This rulemaking does not affect the validity of
the 8-hour standard. The litigation did not affect standards that were in place prior to July 1997.
1-13
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean Air
Objective: Attain NAAQS
Reduce the risk to human health and the environment by protecting and improving air
quality so that air throughout the country meets national clean air standards by 2005 for carbon
monoxide, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, and lead; by 2012 for ozone; and by 2018 for
particulate matter (PM). To accomplish this in Indian country, the
tribes and EPA will, by 2005, have developed the infrastructure and skills to assess, understand,
and control air quality and protect Native Americans and others from unacceptable risks to their
health, environment, and cultural uses of natural resources.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Attain NAAQS
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$466,814.5
$123,418.6
$0.0
$140,808.0
$202,587.9
1,347.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$458,856.2
$118,516.3
$21.5
$146,851.9
$193,466.5
1,357.1
FY 2004
Request
$468,437.2
$126,326.9
$2.1
$148,626.3
$193,481.9
1,357.5
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$9,581.0
$7,810.6
($19.4)
$1,774.4
$15.4
0.4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Air, State, Local and Tribal
Assistance Grants: Other Air
Grants
Carbon Monoxide
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Facilities Infrastructure and
FY2002
Enacted
$199,966.5
$4,258.4
$14,492.5
$18,870.3
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$193,466.5
$4,025.1
$0.0
$19,198.1
FY2004
Request
$193,481.9
$3,887.0
$0.0
$20,024.6
FY2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$15.4
($138.1)
$0.0
$826.5
1-14
-------
Operations
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Homeland Security-Protect EPA
Personnel/Infrastructure
Lead
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Nitrogen Oxides
Ozone
Particulate Matter
Particulate Matter Research
Planning and Resource
Management
Regional Haze
Regional Management
Sulfur Dioxide
Tropospheric Ozone Research
FY 2002
Enacted
$0.0
$820.5
$0.0
$342.2
$5,487.3
$4,503.9
$1,325.5
$68,455.1
$52,302.7
$65,468.2^
$0.0
$2,535.9
$349.5
$12,318.5
$6,514.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$339.6
$5,973.1
$4,568.7
$1,399.0
$77,498.8
$62,624.3
$66,662.0
$0.0
$2,408.1
$310.1
$13,624.7
$6,758.1
FY 2004
Request
$1,102.9
$910.2
$600.0
$349.5
$6,184.5
$5,305.1
$1,436.9
$69,497.9
$74,787.8
$65,709.4
$929.3
$2,453.8
$650.2
$14,102.2
$7,024.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$1,102.9
$910.2
$600.0
$9.9
$211.4
$736.4
$37.9
($8,000.9)
$12,163.5
($952.6)
$929.3
$45.7
$340.1
$477.5
$265.9
FY 2004 Request
Under the Clean Air Act (CAA), EPA must set and periodically review National Ambient
Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for six major pollutants that endanger human health and the
environment, and originate from numerous and diverse sources. States and tribes must then
develop and implement plans to meet the standards. The pollutants are: particulate matter (PM),
ground-level ozone (smog), nitrogen dioxide (NO2), sulfur dioxide (SOa), carbon monoxide
(CO), and lead. EPA's comparative risk analyses ranked these six pollutants as high-risk for
health and environmental effects. Children, the elderly, and persons with heart or lung diseases
are especially susceptible to health effects. Fine particulate matter (PM2.s) is linked with
numerous health effects including increased symptoms or hospitalization for heart or lung
disease and even premature mortality. Exposure to ozone causes lung inflammation and can
aggravate respiratory diseases such as asthma. Ozone, at any concentration, impairs functioning
of the lungs in healthy people, as well as hi those with respiratory problems. Ozone also affects
ecosystems, with an estimated $2-3 billion lost annually to crop damage.
1-15
-------
For a person with heart disease, a single exposure to CO at low levels may cause chest
pain and reduce that person's ability to exercise; repeated exposures may contribute to other
cardiovascular effects. Exposure to lead may cause neurological impairment, mental retardation,
behavioral disorders and, in extreme cases, death. The major health concerns associated with
exposure to high concentrations of SO2 include effects on breathing, respiratory illness,
alterations in pulmonary defenses, and aggravation of existing cardiovascular disease. NO2 can
cause respiratory symptoms such as coughing, wheezing, and shortness of breath in children and
adults with respiratory disease such as asthma.
Strategy
America has made great progress in reducing air pollution. Over the last three decades,
air pollution has declined by 25 percent, while our economy has grown over 160 percent. These
gains have provided cleaner air for millions of people. Our understanding of science, technology
and markets has improved since the Clean Air Act was passed in 1970. We know more about
the best and most cost-effective ways to reduce pollution.
In achieving clean air for all Americans, EPA has three overall program goals:
1. improve air quality and address highest risks, while reducing program costs;
2. get better results in less burdensome ways; and
3. increase the role for state, Tribal, and local governments.
EPA's strategy for achieving clean air includes a comprehensive, multi-pollutant
approach with President Bush's proposed Clear Skies Act as a key element. EPA's NAAQS
program will focus on implementation of the standards for PMi.s and ozone issued in 1997. EPA
has estimated that attaining these standards will result in up to $100 billion in annual health and
welfare benefits. This includes the value attributable to thousands of avoided premature deaths,
7,500 avoided cases of chronic bronchitis, and tens of thousands of avoided hospital admissions
for respiratory and pulmonary causes per year. EPA will provide a reassessment of these
benefits in conjunction with the proposed decision on whether to retain or revise the NAAQS for
PM.
EPA anticipates that programs in place will result in a number of areas making progress
toward attainment of the PM2.5 and 8-hour ozone standards. For ozone, preliminary 1999-2001
data indicate there are 302 counties in the United States with monitors showing air quality in
violation of the 8-hour standard (1997-1999 data indicated 333 counties in monitored violation).
As a result of enactment and implementation of the Clear Skies Initiative, by the year 2010, we
anticipate 232 of those counties will attain the standard, leaving only 70 counties predicted to
monitor violation of the 8-hour standard. For PM^s, preliminary 1999-2001 data indicate there
are 129 counties in the United States with monitors showing air quality in violation of the PMa.5
standard (1999-2000 data indicated 173 counties monitoring violation). With Clear Skies, 141 of
these counties are expected to attain the standard by 2010. The President's proposed Clear Skies
Act would bring 10 additional counties into attainment with the 8-hour ozone standard in 2010
and an additional 34 counties into attainment with the PM2.s standard. Furthermore, Clear Skies
1-16
-------
provides flexible and cost-effective compliance with results guaranteed by caps instituted over a
period of time. The initiative eliminates costly regulation, litigation, inspection, and enforcement
actions while guaranteeing results with compliance rates similar to those of the Acid Rain
program, which has compliance rates of nearly 100 percent.
Violations of 8-Hr Ozone or PM 2.5
Map based on preliminary data.
Air quality monitoring is essential to providing a firm scientific basis for designing the
national clean air program and measuring the results of Federal, state, Tribal, and local efforts.
EPA will continue to oversee the national air quality monitoring network. The Agency is
working with states, tribes, and local agencies to develop an integrated ambient monitoring
strategy that will refocus the existing air monitoring program to current data collection needs for
ozone, PM, and air toxics. This national monitoring strategy will provide agencies with more
flexibility in designing their networks. To ensure source and ambient monitoring measurements
are credible, EPA will continue developing quality assurance protocols and conducting quality
assurance audits.
Particulate Matter (PM)
PM can cause adverse affects to human health and the environment. Particles that are
small enough to get into the lungs (those less than or equal to 10 micrometers in diameter) can
cause numerous health problems and have been linked with illnesses and deaths from heart and
lung diseases. Various health problems have been associated with long-term exposures as well
as daily exposures to particles. Particles can aggravate respiratory conditions, such as asthma
and bronchitis, and have been associated with cardiac arrhythmias (heartbeat irregularities) and
heart attacks. Particles of concern can include both fine and coarse-fraction particles, although
fine particles have been more clearly linked to the most serious health effects. When exposed to
elevated levels of fine PM, people with existing heart or lung diseases—such as asthma, chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease, congestive heart disease, or ischemic heart disease—are
1-17
-------
particularly vulnerable and are at increased risk of premature death or admission to a hospital or
emergency room. PMa.s can increase susceptibility to respiratory infections and aggravate
existing respiratory diseases, such as asthma and chronic bronchitis, causing increased
medication use and increased doctor visits. Fine particles have also been linked to adverse
effects on the environment and contribute to reduced visibility (also known as regional haze),
and to acid deposition. Particulate matter also can cause deterioration in paints and building
materials, and can have adverse impacts on vegetation and ecosystems.
X,
PM2.5 can be directly emitted or can be formed in the air when gases such as SOa, NO
and VOCs interact with other compounds to form fine particles. Fine particles in most United
States cities are generated by combustion sources (motor vehicles, power plants, woodstoves,
wildfires, agricultural burning, etc.) and some industrial processes. Coarser dust particles are
generated by operations such as crushing and grinding, and dust from paved or unpaved roads.
PM NAAQS Implementation
PM2.5, ground-level ozone, and regional haze have many similarities. The similarities
provide opportunities for integrated strategies for reducing pollutant emissions in the most cost-
effective ways. Both PM and ozone -- and the resulting regional haze — are subject to long-
range transport that can affect broad areas of the country. NOX and volatile organic compound
(VOC) emissions both contribute to formation of PMzs and ozone. The same types of sources
emit these pollutants.
EPA=s strategy for meeting the ozone and PM NAAQS includes national programs for
reducing emissions from electric utilities and mobile sources and state, Tribal, and local
programs for reducing emissions from other sources. EPA, working with its state, Tribal, and
local partners, will develop and issue the policies, rules, guidance, and technical tools needed to
begin implementation of the PMi.s standard and the 8-hour ozone standard, and continue
implementation of the PM standard for particles with a diameter of 10 micrometers or smaller
(PMio). EPA=s strategy for regional haze is to work with multi-state planning groups to develop
strategies for reducing haze and with individual states to develop implementation measures to
reduce emissions of PM and ozone precursors.
The Agency also will work with states, tribes, and local governments to implement
voluntary and innovative programs focused on local problems. With new research showing an
even stronger link between PM exposure and health impacts, EPA will take steps to reward state,
Tribal, and local governments and businesses that take early action to reduce air pollution levels
through cost-effective approaches and those who address pollution that travels across
jurisdictional lines. EPA will work with states and tribes to develop innovative strategies and
control programs that employ regulatory flexibility to minimize economic impacts on businesses
to the greatest possible degree consistent with protecting human health and the environment
A major focus of the PM program in FY 2004 will be to complete the assessment of
PM2.5 as it moves from point, area, and mobile sources and source regions to downwind areas
and to identify major contributing sources of precursor pollutant emissions (e.g., SOX, NOX).
Among the large point sources of emissions, electric utilities are a primary contributor. The need
for further emission reductions from the power sector is one of the primary reasons for the
1-18
-------
President's legislative proposal on the Clear Skies Initiative that was introduced in Congress in
My 2002.
Clear Skies Initiative
The Clear Skies Initiative will take the best of what we have learned and modernize the
existing Clean Air Act. Using a market-based approach, the Clear Skies Initiative will
dramatically cut power plants' emissions of three of the worst air pollutants - sulfur dioxide
(S(>2), nitrogen oxides (NOX), and mercury (Hg). Reductions in SOa and NOX emissions also will
reduce airborne PM2.5. EPA's approach builds upon the success of the acid rain cap-and-trade
program created in 1990. The acid rain program has reduced more pollution in the last decade
than all other Clean Air Act command-and-control programs combined., and achieved these
reductions at two-thirds of the. cost.
The Clear Skies Initiative, as proposed, will achieve substantially greater reductions in air
pollution from power plants, more quickly, and with more certainty than the existing Clean Air
Act. The initiative requires mandatory cuts of SOa, NOX, and Hg by an average of 70% from
today's levels and ensures that these levels are achieved and sustained through caps on
emissions. The types of tools and assessments that the Agency would need to develop to
implement the initiative and assist states include:
1. Prepare the data and tools for implementing the initiative: Design a cap-and-trade
program and develop implementing tools and mechanisms
2. Support the initiative rules with technical and economic analyses: Determine control
technology options and investigate the regulatory impacts on the US economy,
environment, small business, and local communities.
3. Develop baselines and prepare to assess program benefits: Establish an integrated
assessment program to include enhanced ambient and deposition monitoring and develop
a baseline prior to implementation of the program.
4. Ensure the program's credibility and results: Successful trading programs require
accurate and consistent monitoring of emissions from affected sources. Investigate
monitoring alternatives (particularly as they relate to mercury), propose performance
specifications, and develop mercury monitoring protocols.
Clear Skies, as currently proposed, is projected to bring a significant number of counties
into attainment of the PM^s and 8-hour ozone standards by 2010, and even more by 2020.
Benefits to human health are projected to range from $11 billion to $100 annually by 2020, due
primarily to avoided premature deaths. In addition, emission reductions resulting from the Clear
Skies will help to significantly address several other of our nation's major air pollution-related
environmental problems caused by fine particles, ozone, acid rain, nitrogen deposition, and
visibility impairment. Visibility benefits in select national parks and-wilderness areas are
projected to be up to $3 billion annually. Clear Skies offers the opportunity to significantly
reduce the collective cost to the state and Federal environmental agencies of developing and
1-19
-------
implementing programs to address PM2.5 and regional haze issues, not to mention the cost of
regulated entities under the current Clean Air Act programs.
Other PM Strategies
EPA will also review and propose the attainment/nonattainment area designation
recommendations from the states and tribes. The Agency will complete the implementation rule
that will guide the states and tribes in the development of their implementation plans. EPA also
will work with states and local areas to develop control strategies to reduce emissions of PM2.5
and its precursors. The focus will be on early reductions and innovative strategies that can
provide the nation with public health benefits sooner.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to provide technical support to the states and tribes
through development of the national monitoring strategy, source characterization analyses,
emission factors and emission inventories, statistical analyses and source apportionment
techniques, quality assurance protocols and audits, and improved source testing and monitoring
techniques. These tools will help implement and assess the effectiveness of alternative control
strategies on local and regional air quality.
EPA also will continue to work with the United States Department of Agriculture
(USDA) to develop a data system to develop and link wildland and prescribed fire emission
tracking systems and supporting databases used to assess air quality impacts and improve
emission models. EPA acknowledges the use of fire as an efficient and economical land
management tool in maintaining the health of fire-tolerant and fire-dependent plant and animal
ecosystems. EPA continues to work with Federal land management agencies to address the
effective use of fire as a land management tool, while minimizing public health and air quality
impacts. EPA also continues to work with USDA and the Department of the Interior to include
EPA data needs in the national fire database. EPA collaborates with the Departments of
Agriculture and Interior on identifying and developing innovative information technologies to
provide the land management community with tools to improve burn planning and air quality
management.
PM Controls from Mobile Sources
Projected increases in the number of individual mobile sources and in motor vehicle
travel may increase future emissions of PlVb.s and its precursors. The Agency will continue to
seek further reductions in motor vehicle emissions to attain and maintain the NAAQS for PM
through the review of current motor vehicle and fuel standards and the development of new
programs. Heavy-duty trucks and buses today account for one-quarter of PM 2.5 emissions from
mobile sources. In some urban areas, the contribution is even greater. In FY 2001, EPA
promulgated new diesel fuel standards and heavy-duty vehicle and engine standards that will
significantly reduce emissions from diesel trucks and buses. The new program will result in PM
emission levels 90 percent below 2000 levels. By 2030, the program will reduce annual
emissions of PM by 109,000 tons. In FY 2004, the Agency will be implementing these
standards, including assessing the development of new emission control technology. In addition,
EPA will promulgate in FY 2004 new emission standards for heavy-duty, nonroad diesel
1-20
-------
engines, including new diesel fuel sulfur requirements. This is an extremely important action as
nonroad engines are the biggest contributors to the PM emission problem from mobile sources.
In FY 2004, EPA will expand its efforts to help create voluntary diesel retrofit projects to
reduce PM from older, high-polluting trucks and buses. The Agency will focus its efforts on
sensitive populations, such as children and the elderly. EPA will give particular emphasis to
raising community awareness to the problems of children riding to school in older, high-emitting
diesel vehicles. More than 24 million children in the US ride a bus to and from school every day.
Researchers have found that children riding on school buses can be exposed to high levels of
diesel exhaust. Idling school buses can compromise air quality on and around buses, including
sidewalks, schoolyards, playgrounds, and even inside school buildings. School buses can be
retrofitted with pollution controls through the use of ultra-low sulfur diesel fuel and the
installation of PM filters. This approach can reduce PM emissions by more than 90 percent.
Other strategies include anti-idling programs, which lower bus idling time and reduce harmful
emissions. Although EPA recently promulgated new rules regulating diesel emissions, the
benefits of these rules will not be realized for at least five years. In the meantime, older, dirtier
vehicles, often on the road for a million miles or more, will continue to adversely affect the
nation's health. To date, voluntary diesel retrofit projects have resulted in over 80,000
commitments to retrofit diesel engines, equivalent to reductions of approximately 12,500 tons of
PM and 25,000 tons of NOX. During FY 2002, through this program, EPA worked with fuel
companies to begin delivering ultra-low sulfur diesel fuel to centrally fueled fleets throughout
certain parts of the country - four years before it is required. EPA has also developed several
emissions testing protocols that will provide potential purchasers of emission control technology
a consistent, third party evaluation of emission control products. EPA has developed
partnerships with state and local governments, industry, and private companies to create project
teams to help fleet owners create the most cost-effective retrofit programs.
To address the concern of idling trucks at truck stops and other rest areas, EPA will
continue to develop partnership agreements with truck fleets, the truck stop industry,
manufacturers of idle control technologies, and local and state governments to create incentives
for implementation of idle control technologies, and remove barriers that truckers have
identified. Idling strategies will be used in conjunction with other programs in EPA's Green
Transport Initiative to help the trucking industry achieve substantial fuel savings and emission
reductions. The long-term emission reductions from these demonstration projects alone will
result in fewer cases of premature death, hospitalization, and respiratory problems.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue implementing other mobile source programs addressing
PM emissions. The emission standards for locomotives, which will result in more than 40
percent reduction in PM, began in 2000 (Tier 0). Tier I standards took effect in FY 2002 and
Tier n standards will take effect in FY 2005. In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to evaluate
certification test data to ensure that locomotive designs comply with standards.
An important element of the Agency's work in controlling air emissions is to ensure the
accuracy of emission data from the different categories of mobile sources. In FY 2000, the
Agency increased its focus on development of a portable emissions measurement system
(PEMS) that will allow the Agency to acquire in-use emission data in a cost-effective manner.
From FY 2001 to FY 2003, EPA refined its in-use NOX measurement capability and developed
1-21
-------
its PM measurement capability. In FY 2004, EPA will continue the testing and development of
this system to include air toxics measurement capability. The Agency plans to continue using
this portable system to characterize in-use emissions from light-duty vehicles, heavy-duty
highway vehicles, and nonroad equipment.
Improving EPA models is another area that the Agency will address in FY 2004. EPA
has started the development of an architectural framework for a new generation model that will
greatly improve the Agency's ability to support the development of emission control programs,
as well as provide support to the states in their determination of program needs to meet air
quality standards. The Agency will continue to develop the new model in FY 2004. The
Agency also will continue providing guidance and training in the use of other mobile source
models.
Ozone
Ozone at any concentration can affect normal functioning of the lungs in healthy people,
as well as in those with respiratory problems. Relatively low amounts of ozone can cause
coughing, shortness of breath, and pain, especially when taking a deep breath. Ozone also can
worsen incidence of chronic lung diseases and is associated with increased medication use, visits
to emergency rooms, and hospital admissions. Ozone can inflame and damage the lining of the
lung. Within a few days, the damaged cells are shed and replaced. Animal studies suggest that if
this type of inflammation happens repeatedly over a long time period (e.g., months, years, a
lifetime), lung tissue may become attenuated or permanently scarred, causing reduced lung
elasticity, permanent loss of lung function, and a lower quality of life. More people are exposed
to unhealthful levels of ozone in outside ambient air than to any other air pollutant. EPA
estimates that meeting the new 8-hour ozone standard will protect 13 million more children
living in areas where unhealthful levels of smog occur than under the less stringent 1-hour ozone
standard.
Adverse ecosystem effects are also known to occur for various species of vegetation and
are likely to extend to entire ecosystems. Ozone damage to plants is widespread with potentially
significant impacts on commercial crops of wheat, corn, soybeans, cotton, and commercial
forestry.
Ozone is not emitted directly into the air but is formed by the reaction of VOCs and NOX
in the presence of heat and sunlight. Ground-level ozone forms readily in the atmosphere,
usually during hot summer weather. VOCs are emitted from a variety of sources, including
motor vehicles, chemical plants, refineries, factories, consumer and commercial products, and
other industrial sources. NOX are emitted from sources of combustion like motor vehicles, power
plants, and industrial boilers. NOX and VOC emissions can be carried hundreds of miles from
their origins and result in high ozone concentrations over very large areas of the country. This
"transport" often affects the ability of states to attain the NAAQS through traditional State
Implementation Plan (SIP) programs. To address this persistent and widespread problem, EPA
will assure compliance under the NOX SIP Call that is expected to reduce total summertime
emissions of NOX by about 25 percent beginning in FY 2004 in the affected 22 states and the
District of Columbia.
1-22
-------
In FY 2003, EPA will propose a rule for implementing the 8-hr ozone NAAQS and in FY
2004 plans to publish a final rule. States and tribes will submit recommendations for
nonattainment and attainment areas in FY 2003. EPA will review and modify the
recommendations (working with states and tribes) and prepare final designation rulemaking,
which is scheduled to be completed in FY 2004.
In support of the states and tribes, EPA will continue to analyze ambient monitoring data
to provide insight into how ozone precursors and toxic pollutants contribute to the ozone
problem, evaluate pollutant management programs, develop emissions inventories to determine
the most important sources of emissions, and conduct modeling to develop alternative national
and/or local control strategies to attain the ozone standard. EPA, states, tribes, and Regional
Planning Organizations will work collaboratively in developing and improving urban and
regional-scale numerical grid models and evaluating their accuracy and applicability to complex
air quality issues including international/border issues.
Ozone—New Innovative Strategies and Programs
EPA will work directly with areas having the greatest problem in meeting the standards
and use new innovative approaches to achieve early emission reductions. These programs have
the potential to provide substantial public health benefits as a result of early planning,
implementation, and emissions reduction leading to expeditious attainment and maintenance of
the ozone NAAQS. This would result in fewer incidences of illness, doctors' visits, and
hospitalizations as a result of respiratory problems, particularly in susceptible populations.
Early Action Compacts for implementing the 8-hour ozone standard will play an
important role in the national ozone management program for FY 2004. The purpose of this
program is to support and reward voluntary, early emission reductions to reduce ozone around
the country. Through these Early Action Compacts, EPA is supporting the innovative efforts of
34 communities around the country that have pledged to reduce air pollution ahead of the
deadlines under the CAA. Communities with Early Action Compacts will voluntarily start
reducing air pollution ahead of schedule. These communities will bring substantial, sustainable
health and environmental improvements to their residents much sooner than would have been
achieved without these agreements.
EPA will support the "cool cities" programs that show local governments how to reduce
the polluting effects of heat build-up in cities and offer them regulatory credit for doing so. EPA
will work in other areas of the country, such as Los Angeles, Chicago and Baton Rouge, by
providing guidance and technical support for determining potential emission reduction benefits
from implementation of heat island reduction strategies.
EPA will continue to work with the States of North Carolina (NC) and South Carolina
(SC) and local officials in the Charlotte, NC/Rock Hill, SC region to develop a model integrated
air quality plan for the Central Carolinas Region. EPA's goal for the pilot project is to integrate
efforts to address multiple air quality problems ~ ground-level ozone, particulate matter, and
toxic air pollutants — as well as energy, transportation, economic development, and land-use
planning into a single, model plan that can be used in different areas across the country. EPA
will provide technical support in air quality planning, transportation planning, modeling for
1-23
-------
criteria pollutants and air toxics, and decision support tools for testing various options for
integrated planning for clean air.
In FY 2004, EPA plans to finalize a new policy for the control of VOCs. The policy will
assign individual reactivity values, controlling the most reactive compounds more stringently,
providing a more cost effective approach to reducing ozone levels from VOC precursors.
1-hour Ozone Standard
EPA will continue to implement the national program for the 1-hour ozone standard.
EPA will provide technical support to states required to submit mid-course reviews in 2004.
This includes preparing example model applications, 10-year trends analyses, and other factors
that can be used as part of weight-of-evidence relative to demonstrating progress in attainment.
EPA also will work with states required to submit SIP revisions based on the MOBILE6 model
for estimating emission reductions from the Tier II vehicle standard.
EPA will review 1-hour data for the purpose of publishing determinations of attainment
and to support redesignation from nonattainment. Where air quality data show that a
nonattainment area has failed to meet its required attainment date, EPA will implement the
reclassification provisions in the CAA. In FY 2004, EPA plans to promulgate new general
conformity regulations to address issues raised by other Federal agencies.
Ozone~NOx Regional Transport Budget Programs
EPA will continue to operate
the Ozone Transport Commission's
(OTR) NOX emission reduction and
trading program for the Northeast
states (9 states plus DC). The OTR
NOX Budget Program went into effect
in the summer of 1999. In the 2001
ozone season, NOX emissions were
reduced over 250,000 tons (or 60%)
from the 1990 baseline. This program
currently is the core effort to attain the
NAAQS for ozone in the OTR and
serves as the foundation upon which
the broader regional NOX Budget
Program (22 states plus DC) under the
NOX SIP Call is based.
NOX Emissions
(OTR - Ozone Season)
500
400
300
"O
n
§
O
Ł
200
100
472
226
203
193
127
1990
1999
2000
2001
2003
Implementation of the NOX SIP Call rule begins in 2004 for many states. EPA will assist
the states with implementation, especially related to the emissions trading program, compliance
supplement pool and monitoring, and will fully integrate it with the operation of the OTR trading
program. During the 2003 and 2004 ozone seasons, EPA will conduct an analysis to assess and
determine the actual emission reductions achieved. EPA will assist states in FY 2004 as they
develop and adopt state rules in response to the Phase II NOX SIP Call that is to be finalized hi
1-24
-------
FY 2003. The initial emission reductions from this regional program are required to begin in the
summer ozone season of 2004. NOX emission reductions from this program are projected to be
approximately one million tons per season. EPA will also conduct an analysis to assess and
determine the actual emission reductions achieved during the 2003 and 2004 ozone seasons.
EPA will assist states in FY 2004 as they develop and adopt state rules in response to the Phase
IINOX SIP Call that is expected to be finalized in FY 2003.
Ozone Controls from Mobile Sources
To help attain both the 1-hour and 8-hour ozone NAAQS, the Agency will implement
current motor vehicle and fuel standards and develop new programs. In 1996, light-duty vehicles
(LDVs) and light-duty trucks (LDTs) contributed more than 25 percent of hydrocarbon (HC)
emissions and 22 percent of national NOX emissions. To address this, the Agency promulgated
in FY 2000 the Tier II program for LDVs/LDTs to begin hi 2004 and phasing-in to 2010. This
program established new tailpipe standards for all passenger vehicles and new limits for sulfur hi
gasoline. The new standards will reduce NOX emissions by 74 percent (2 million tons per year
by 2020 and nearly 3 million tons per year by 2030). In FY 2004, EPA will begin to fully
implement the new Tier II standards for LDVs, LDTs, and medium-duty passenger vehicles as
well as the new low sulfur gasoline standards.
Heavy-duty trucks and buses also contribute to the nation's air quality problems,
accounting for about one-third of NOX. emissions from mobile sources. To address this problem,
the Agency has promulgated standards for heavy-duty vehicles and engines. The first phase of
the program (promulgated in FY 1997 and reaffirmed in FY 2000) takes effect with model year
2004 and requires gasoline trucks to be 78 percent cleaner and diesel trucks to be more than 40
percent cleaner than today's models. This phase will reduce NOX emissions by 2.4 million tons
annually when the program is fully implemented hi 2030. As a result of a consent decree
agreement, many diesel engine companies had to comply in October 2002. In FY 2001, EPA
promulgated a second phase of standards that established a comprehensive national program that
will regulate engines for trucks and buses and diesel fuel as a single system, with the new
emission standards talcing effect in 2007. The level of sulfur in highway diesel fuel will be
reduced by 97 percent by mid-2006. As a result of this program, each new truck and bus will be
more than 90 percent cleaner than current models resulting hi a reduction of 2.6 million tons per
year of NOX emissions by 2030. In FY 2004, the Agency will continue work to implement the
new 2007 heavy-duty highway engine and diesel sulfur requirements. This includes continued
assessment of the development of clean engine and fuel technology to meet our commitment of
biennial technology reviews to evaluate progress toward implementation of the 2007 standards.
Because of the projected emission reductions from the Agency's mobile source programs
described above (for LDVs/LDTs and heavy-duty trucks and buses), emissions from the nonroad
sector will be the largest part of the mobile source inventory to be addressed in the coming years.
Thus, the Agency is developing a program to establish new standards for heavy-duty nonroad
diesel engines (e.g., engines used in construction and agricultural applications), including new
sulfur requirements for nonroad diesel fuel. A final rule for nonroad engines and fuel is planned
for 2004.
1-25
-------
The Agency's National Vehicle and Fuels Emissions Laboratory (NVFEL) provides
critical support to EPA, the states, the fuels industry, the automobile industry, and nonroad
engine manufacturers by testing vehicles and engines for compliance with Federal clean air
standards. The NVFEL will continue to conduct vehicle emission tests as part of the pre-
production tests, certification audits, in-use assessments, and recall programs to support mobile
source clean air programs. Tests are conducted on motor vehicles, heavy-duty engines, nonroad
engines, and fuels to: (1) certify and/or confirm that vehicles and engines meet Federal air
emissions and fuel economy standards; (2) ensure engines comply with in-use requirements; and
(3) ensure fuels, fuel additives, and exhaust compounds meet Federal standards. In FY 2004,
EPA will continue to conduct testing activities for fuel economy, LDV and heavy-duty engine
characterization, Tier H testing, reformulated gasoline, future fleets, on-board diagnostic (OBD)
evaluations, certification audits, and recall programs. EPA will also continue to conduct separate
in-use testing on heavy-duty diesel engines to ascertain compliance with consent decrees related
to violations of defeat device prohibitions and will expand its in-use presence to include non-
consent decree engines and nonroad diesel engines as well. EPA will continue to test heavy-duty
diesel engines to support implementation of 2007 requirements, non-road diesel engine
rulemaking activities, and development of Portable Emission Measurement Systems (PEMS). In
addition, NVFEL will conduct energy efficiency tests of electric vehicles, including hybrids, in
collaboration with the Department of Energy, as well as nonroad vehicle emission testing in
support of non-road regulatory development. EPA also will continue testing hydrogen fuel cell
vehicles.
To support on-going confirmatory and compliance programs, the NVFEL will conduct
certification and fuel economy tests on LDV, LDT, and Light-Heavy Duty Vehicles (LHDV) and
will conduct compliance tests on in-use LDVs and LDTs. NVFEL will also test LDV and
heavy-duty engines for regulatory development.
The new Tier n (ultra-low emission vehicle standards) program and the CAP 2000 in-use
verification program requirements will increase the annual costs of generating and maintaining
compliance program data. These programs will create a completely new and different standards
structure. The new Tier n program provides great flexibility including corporate fleet averaging
standards, multi-year phase-in, and incentives for early innovation and extensive banking and
trading provisions. These provisions give manufacturers flexibility, but increase the EPA
program compliance program costs. EPA also intends to propose and finalize new durability
provisions under the CAP 2000 program, in response to a D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals decision
in FY 2002 that instructed the Agency to establish test methods and procedures by regulation.
Beginning in 2003-2004, manufacturers will shift product offerings toward extremely
low emitting vehicles and cleaner diesel vehicles. Furthermore, new Federal test procedures to
measure emissions over test cycles to characterize the appropriate acceleration rates, accessory
loads, and evaporative system will take effect in 2003. These new requirements will require the
NVFEL laboratory to achieve greater data measurement stability/accuracy at extremely low
levels and to introduce new testing cycles and capabilities, resulting hi increased annual
operations and maintenance expenses for advanced testing systems and testing flexibilities. The
new CAP 2000 database system to collect, process, store, and analyze a large volume of in-use
data provided by the regulated industry also will result in new annual maintenance and upgrade
1-26
-------
costs. The regulated industry depends on NVFEL laboratory accuracy to benchmark its own
laboratories and to ensure consistent compliance stringency in the marketplace.
To ensure achievement of the goals of the CAA through Tier II and the 2004/2007
Heavy-Duty Diesel Engine standards, EPA will complete its equipment upgrade of vehicle and
engine testing capabilities at the NVFEL. With more stringent Tier n and Diesel standards for
cars, heavy duty diesel engines, and gasoline and diesel fuels taking effect beginning in FY 2004,
EPA will incur increased certification and compliance program costs of $8.0 million annually.
The Agency has published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) to increase the fees paid
by manufacturers to cover these additional costs associated with the new services.
EPA must also put in place a credible compliance testing program to serve heavy-duty
engine manufacturers certifying to the new 2004 emission standard requirements. This program
must be as robust as the compliance program for light duty cars and trucks to prevent a
recurrence of the cheating that has taken place in the past. All facility and testing operations and
maintenance costs, as well as quality, safety, and information .technology costs are part of the
new recurring $8.0 million certification and compliance program costs. Heavy-duty engine
manufacturers have requested that EPA establish a correlation program similar to the vehicle
manufacturers' program. This will triple the size and operation of EPA's current correlation
program.
In addition, non-road sources are a major certification and compliance workload priority
as new standards are now taking effect. In 2004, EPA will issue 1,700 certificates for nonroad
sources, up from zero in 1996. This will significantly increase program and testing costs. In FY
2002, EPA proposed the fee rule; we anticipate the rule will be finalized in late FY 2003. The
proposed rale includes fees that for the first time will recover the costs of providing compliance
services to off road engine manufacturers. Unique test procedures and range of products drive
different testing, facility operation, and information technology costs to collect and process data
and to calculate emissions levels.
For all mobile source industries, EPA will need to increase compliance and technical
assistance. Since 1996 the number of manufacturers and the number of certificates issued by
EPA has tripled. Complex requirements, phase-ins, and new test procedures have greatly
increased the need for EPA-provided compliance and technical assistance to all mobile source
industries including: cars, trucks, large and small nonroad equipment, forklifts, chainsaws,
lawnmowers, generators, ground service equipment, recreational vehicles, commercial and
recreational marine, and locomotives.
The ability to perform these tests will ensure fulfillment of the goals of the CAA to
protect the health of all Americans. EPA calculates that, by 2030, compliance with the final Tier
II rule will prevent as many as 4,300 deaths, more than 10,000 cases of chronic and acute
bronchitis, and tens of thousands of respiratory problems a year. The emission reductions
resulting from the Heavy-Duty Engine Regulations will prevent as many as 8,300 premature
deaths, more than 9,500 hospitalizations, and 1.5 million workdays lost. With both ozone and
PM, children and the elderly are most at risk.
1-27
-------
In FY 2002, EPA finalized regulations addressing emissions from a range of nonroad
sources, including industrial spark-ignition engines (e.g., forklifts and generators), recreational
vehicles, and recreational marine engines. The new standards are expected to reduce
hydrocarbon (HC) and NOX emissions by nearly 80 percent when fully implemented. In FY
2004, the Agency plans to implement the new standards for commercial marine diesel engines
used in ocean-going vessels.
EPA will continue implementing other mobile source programs addressing ozone
precursor emissions. The first two phases of emission standards for locomotives, which will
result in more than a 60 percent reduction in locomotive NOX emissions, were implemented in
2000 and 2002, respectively. The next phase of locomotive standards will take effect in 2005.
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to evaluate certification test data to ensure locomotive
designs comply with standards.
Another recent program that EPA will continue implementing in FY 2004 is the Phase II
standards for small spark-ignition handheld engines (e.g., trimmers, brush cutters, and
chainsaws). The phase in schedule of these new standards began with the 2002 model year.
This program will reduce HC and NOX emissions by 70 percent. This is equivalent to an annual
reduction of 500,000 tons of HC and NOX by 2027. This reduction is accompanied by an overall
reduction in fuel consumption.
An important element of the Agency's work in controlling air emissions is to ensure
emission data is obtained from the different categories of mobile sources. In FY 2000, the
Agency increased its focus on the development of a PEMS that will allow the Agency to acquire
in-use emission data in a cost-effective manner. From FY 2001 to FY 2003, EPA refined its in-
use NOX measurement capability and developed its PM measurement capability. In FY 2004,
EPA will continue to test and develop the complete system to include air toxics measurement
capability. The Agency plans to continue using portable systems to characterize in-use emissions
from light-duty vehicles, heavy-duty highway vehicles, and nonroad equipment. The newly
acquired emission data will enhance EPA's emission models.
The Agency also will emphasize improvements in its transportation emission models in
FY 2004. EPA has developed an architectural framework for a new generation model that will
greatly improve the Agency's ability to support the development of emission control programs,
as well as provide support to the states in their determination of program needs to meet air
quality standards. The Agency will continue developing the new transportation emission model
in FY 2004, as well as providing guidance and training in the use of other mobile source models.
EPA will partner with states, tribes, and local governments to create a comprehensive
compliance program to ensure that vehicles and engines pollute less. EPA will use advanced in-
use measurement techniques and other sources of in-use data to monitor the performance of
OBD systems on vehicle models to make sure that OBD is a reliable check on the emissions
systems as part of vehicle Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs. In FY 2003, basic and/or
enhanced vehicle I/M testing was being performed in 34 states with technical and programmatic
guidance from EPA. In FY 2004, EPA will continue to assist states in incorporating On-board
Diagnostic (OBD) inspections into their I/M programs. EPA will also support states in
evaluating I/M programs, as directed by the CAA and recommended by the National Academy
1-28
-------
of Sciences. With this information, EPA will work to establish an integrated information system
that allows for assessment and action on those vehicles and engines that present the greatest
environmental risk.
As part of implementing the ozone standard and regional haze rule, EPA will continue to
provide assistance to states and local governments, including implementation of the
transportation conformity regulation. EPA also plans to propose and finalize changes to this
regulation to address new air quality standards. EPA will continue to ensure national
consistency in adequacy findings for motor vehicle emissions budgets in air quality plans. In
addition, EPA will work with states and local governments to ensure the technical integrity of the
mobile source controls in the SIPs, EPA will assist areas in identifying the most cost-effective
control options available.
EPA will continue to develop partnerships that emphasize the development of innovative
transportation control and technology-based strategies and voluntary mobile source programs.
The Agency will continue providing technical guidance for implementing the National Low
Emission Vehicle program.
The Agency will continue implementing Phase II of the reformulated gasoline (RFG)
program, which will result in additional HC, NOX, and toxic emission reductions in 17 states and
the District of Columbia. RFG is designed to substantially reduce vehicle emissions of ozone-
forming and toxic pollutants, which is estimated to reduce VOC emissions by 27 percent, toxic
emissions by 22 percent, and NOX emissions by 6.8 percent. This is the equivalent of taking 16
million vehicles that burn conventional gasoline off the road. EPA will continue to address
issues associated with the use of oxygenates (e.g., MTBE and ethanol) in RFG and will review
the industry's retail station survey plan.
The mobile source compliance program will oversee more than 225 original equipment
manufacturers to ensure that vehicles and engines (both on^highway and nonroad) will meet the
applicable emission standards throughout their useful life. The program issues nearly 2,200
certificates of conformity annually. Compliance is audited and ensured through pre-production
certification and cotifrrmatory testing, assembly line testing, various special audit programs, and
in-use testing and recall. For light-duty vehicles and tracks, there also is a fuel economy
compliance program, which in FY 2004 will issue 1,000 fuel economy consumer labels, data for
the EPA/DOE Gas Mileage Guide and "gas guzzler" tax collection, and data to calculate the
Corporate Average Fuel Economy (CAFE) values for all light-duty manufacturers.
Visibility
Visibility impairment, caused by the presence of tiny particles in the air, is more simply
described as the haze that obscures the clarity, color, texture, and form of what we see. Because
of regional variations in natural conditions, which combine with man-made pollution to produce
regional haze, EPA believes that regional haze should be addressed through a region-specific
program that accounts for these variations. EPA will continue supporting Regional Planning
Organizations concerned with regional haze and PM impacts through the, set up and application
of regional scale models.
1-29
-------
In July of 1999, EPA promulgated a Regional Haze rule to address this problem. On
May 24, 2002, a decision by the DC Circuit Court vacated EPA's proposed Best Available
Retrofit Technology (BART) requirements within the Regional Haze rule. As a result of this
decision, BART guidelines are expected to be re-proposed in FY 2003, with a final rulemaking
to be issued in FY 2004. The rulemaking will include guidance on determining individual
facilities' contribution to haze versus cumulative contribution and on evaluating "reasonable
progress" control strategies under the Regional Haze rule.
EPA will continue assisting states and tribes with regional scale models, including
identifying meteorological and emissions inputs and developing emission projections. These
model applications will provide the basis for assessing regional emission control strategies for
s, SIP and regional haze goals.
The strategies for improving visibility will provide additional health and welfare effects,
since many of the pollutants that lead to visibility impairment also contribute to PM, ozone, and
acidic deposition. EPA estimates that when the regional haze goals are fully achieved 60 years
hence, these additional benefits, worth at least $20 billion per year, will be realized.
Carbon Monoxide
CO is a colorless, odorless gas that enters the bloodstream and interferes with the
delivery of oxygen to the body's organs and tissues. The health threat from exposure to low
ambient concentrations of CO is most serious for those who suffer from cardiovascular disease.
For a person with heart disease, a single exposure to CO at low levels may cause chest pain and
reduce that person's ability to exercise; repeated exposures may contribute to other
cardiovascular effects. Healthy individuals are also affected, but only at higher levels of
exposure.
EPA is currently reviewing the NAAQS for CO and has completed the CO criteria
document. The Agency anticipates continuing work on the staff paper in FY 2003. After taking
into account CASAC review and public comment, EPA will propose a decision whether to retain
or revise the standards.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to assist states, tribes, and local agencies in implementing
strategies to reduce CO, review data for redesignations to attainment, and assist states in
developing plans, as necessary, to maintain compliance with CO standards.
Other Pollutants (Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen Dioxide, Lead)
Children and adults with asthma are most vulnerable to the health effects of SOi and
NO2. The primary effect they experience is a narrowing of the airways (called
bronchoconstriction), which may cause symptoms such as wheezing, chest tightness, and
shortness of breath. Symptoms increase as concentrations and/or breathing rates increase. Long-
term exposure to both SO2 and NO2 can cause respiratory illness, alter the lung's defense
mechanisms, and aggravate existing cardiovascular disease. In children, repeated short-term
exposures to NO2 can increase the risk of respiratory illness.
1-30
-------
converts to sulfates in the atmosphere and NO2 is a strong oxidizing agent reacting in
the air to form corrosive nitric acid as well as toxic organic nitrates. Both these pollutants have
adverse effects on both terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, contributing to acid rain and
eutrophication of lakes and coastal waters.
Because NOa is a tropospheric ozone precursor, control of NCh is a way to reduce ozone.
Both SC«2 and NC>2 form sulfites and nitrate aerosols, constituents of PMi.s. Therefore, control of
these pollutants is a way of reducing PM2.5.
The D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals has remanded EPA's most recent decision not to
revise the SOa NAAQS, asking EPA to further explain the criteria and basis of our decision. In a
January 9, 2001 notice, EPA provided notice of availability of new 5 -minute data and analyses of
that data. In FY 2003, EPA will analyze the 5-minute monitoring data collected in FY 2002.
Following this analysis, EPA will propose a response to the Court remand and then EPA will
make a determination whether to finalize the intervention level program previously proposed.
This program would give states guidance on identifying and addressing high, short-term peaks
that occur for short durations (five minutes) and can cause bronchial constriction in asthmatics, a
serious health concern. At that time, EPA will also consider this new information in determining
an appropriate response to the court remand order.
Exposure to lead mainly occurs through inhalation of air and ingestion of lead found in
dust, food, paint, water, or soil. Lead accumulates in the body in blood, bone, and soft tissue.
Because it is not readily excreted, lead also can affect the kidneys, liver, nervous system and
other organs. Excessive exposure to lead may cause kidney disease, reproductive disorders, and
neurological impairments such as seizures, mental retardation, and/or behavioral disorders.
Fetuses and children are especially susceptible to low doses of lead, often suffering central
nervous system damage or slowed growth.
In large part due to the reduced use of leaded gasoline, human exposure to lead from
ambient air has been greatly reduced. EPA will continue a relatively low level of existing work,
emphasizing the few nonattainment areas near smelters. Mandating the use of unleaded gasoline
will continue to be the most effective way to prevent airborne lead.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to assist states, tribes, and local agencies in implementing
strategies to reduce these pollutants, review data for redesignations to attainment, and assist
states in developing plans, as necessary, to maintain compliance with the standards.
Cross-Pollutant Operating Permits and New Source Review (NSR)
In FY 2003, EPA will continue efforts to propose changes to the procedures states use to
revise Title V operating permits (Part 70) and continue to provide technical support to states,
tribes, and local agencies on the permit program. By December 2003, EPA intends, with
assistance from state and local permitting authorities, to complete the first round of Part 70
permits. In FY 2004, EPA plans to promulgate the Part 70 operating permit rules. EPA will
continue and expand training and technical support efforts to ensure smooth incorporation into
operating permits of rules that have recently become effective.
1-31
-------
In FY 2003, EPA promulgated the Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) and
nonattainment New Source Review (NSR) rule. The rule addressed baseline emissions
determination, actual-to-firture-actual method, plant-wide applicability limitations, clean units
and pollution control projects. The rule becomes effective on March 1, 2003. The 12 states with
delegated PSD programs will implement the regulation in FY 2004. EPA regional offices will
assist the additional 38 states in their implementation efforts. In FY 2003, EPA proposed a rule
to clarify the definition of routine maintenance, repair, and replacement for the NSR program.
EPA plans to promulgate the rule in FY 2004. In addition, EPA plans to address the issues of
aggregation, debottlenecking, and plant-wide applicability limits. By the end of FY 2004, EPA
will complete training of states that have delegated PSD programs.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to maintain, operate, and enter new information into the
RACT/BACT/LAER Clearinghouse. In FY 2003, the clearinghouse will complete the data
collection and entry for missing permits issued in the last 10 years (begun in FY 2002). hi FY
2002, EPA implemented many improvements to the clearinghouse. In FY 2003, EPA plans to
implement more complex system improvements, establish an emerging technology database,
accommodate final NSR Reform rules, and interconnect the clearinghouse Web database with
other EPA databases that contain facility data.
Ambient Air Monitoring for Homeland Security
Ambient air monitoring plays an important role in the detection and response to threats
from potential terrorist actions. EPA has identified 4 types of air emergency response
scenarios; chemical threats, infrastructure and physical threats, radiological threats, and
biological and pathogenic threats. The outdoor air and radiation program's role is primarily with
incidents involving chemical or infrastructure/physical threats and radiological threats. While it
is impossible to contemplate all possible contingencies and the threat scenarios may differ in
scale and impact, there are common elements to the response that dictate the expertise and
equipment needed for an effective and timely response. Common to all scenarios are:
1. Get on site with the right people and equipment;
2. Establish a monitoring plan;
3. Deploy monitors with real-tune monitoring capabilities; and
4. Gather, analyze, and transmit the data from these monitors to appropriate decision points.
EPA will work closely with other Federal and state agencies with threat detection
responsibilities to ensure that EPA's existing monitoring expertise, standards, capabilities, and
data are appropriately integrated into their efforts to detect terrorist threats. The Agency has, and
will continue to make historic data available to determine trends and background levels that will
aid in setting baselines for detection. In addition, monitoring surveillance using EPA, state and
Tribal monitoring assets, may provide valuable and timely data to detect anomalies in the
ambient air that may, in conjunction with other environmental and health data, indicate if further,
more detailed, analysis is warranted. EPA will work with other agencies and the private sector to
1-32
-------
support this effort, will discourage any unnecessary duplication, and will help ensure that
detection methods and communication systems are optimized and standardized.
Research
The Clean Air Act requires EPA to set National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS) for six criteria pollutants: ozone, partieulate matter (PM), nitrogen dioxide (NOa),
sulfur dioxide (SOj), carbon monoxide (CO), and lead. The Act requires that these standards be
reviewed and, if necessary, revised every five years. EPA's NAAQS research program is
devoted to the mission of providing an improved scientific basis for: 1) periodic review and
revision as needed of the NAAQS (i.e., effects, exposure, and risk assessment); and 2)
implementation and attainment of the NAAQS (i.e. emissions, air quality modeling, ambient
measurement methods, and risk management approaches). NAAQS research currently addresses
both of these areas for partieulate matter, and implementation and attainment of the NAAQS for
ozone. In the area of effects research, the program focuses on human health risks while
ecological concerns are addressed primarily through research on associated ecological effects
(i.e., acid deposition) under the Ecosystem Protection research programs in Goal 8.
In order to ensure the relevance of this program, research and assessment activities are
guided by the draft PM Research Plan and the draft Tropospheric Ozone Research and PM
Research Multi-Year Plans. These documents articulate the long-term goals, purpose, and
priorities of these programs, and include a scheduled timeline of research and assessment
activities and the expected products including annual performance goals and measures under the
Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA). To maximize the quality of the research
conducted under the NAAQS research program, products such as scientific publications,
assessments, and documents undergo peer review, with major or significant products requiring
external peer review. The Agency's Peer Review Handbook (2nd Edition) codifies the
procedures and guidance for conducting peer review.
Tropospheric Ozone and Related NAAQS
In FY 2004, continuing atmospheric chemistry and modeling work to support the
implementation of the tropospheric ozone NAAQS will include research to determine the
causative agents responsible for non-attainment (e.g., chemical constituents, sources and source
regions, and meteorological variables). Research will also be conducted to describe key missing
features of the atmospheric chemistry of ozone formation, information that will improve
atmospheric chemistry models. Developing, evaluating, and applying comprehensive
atmospheric models for projecting the impacts of emission control strategies, including flexible
and innovative alternative strategies, will also be a priority.
Likewise, developing observational-based methods to complement emissions-based,
physical theory modeling will continue to be a priority, as will research to develop the protocols,
combining modeling and observational approaches, for use by the scientific community in
conducting integrated multi-scale exposure assessments. Emissions profiles will be produced for
mobile sources already being characterized for their contribution to air toxics and PM exposure.
Tropospheric ozone air quality modeling utilizing the Agency's supercomputer will also
1-33
-------
continue in FY 2004 and falls under one of the Administration's interagency priorities,
Networking and Information Technology Research and Development.
Research to support the development of measurement and modeling methods and
observational-based assessments includes continuing efforts to provide a reliable means of
assessing the results of state and local emissions reductions by developing techniques to measure
ozone precursors and their transformation during meteorological transport. The Agency will
complete recommendations in FY 2004 for monitoring strategy improvements for states to use
observation-based methods in their NAAQS implementation strategies.
While estimates of both biogenic (naturally occurring) and mobile source (motor
vehicles, engines, and their fuels) emissions have been improved significantly qver the last five
years, uncertainties remain. Research planned for FY 2004 will improve the accuracy of
emission estimates generated using the Biogenic Emissions Inventory System (BEIS-HI) and
mobile emissions models that account for the effect of different vehicle operating modes on
emissions (modal-based emissions models). The Agency will improve BEIS-III by upgrading
the Biogenic Emissions Land use Database (BELD) for the United States, and other regions of
North America where data are available. This improvement will be useful to state
implementation plan (SIP) air quality modelers because it will allow them to make more
informed decisions as they develop and implement the SIPs. It will be particularly useful in
determining emissions involving complex mixes of land use/land cover, an area of considerable
uncertainty in current criteria air pollutant modeling. Research planned for FY 2004 will also
continue to develop improved emission factors and perform model validation studies for
additional vegetative types.
Mobile emissions research will focus on further development and validation of the
Mobile Emissions Assessment System for Urban and Regional Evaluation (MEASURE). This
research includes studies to enhance MEASURE'S capability to estimate the distribution of
nitrogen oxide emissions from trucks and work to improve emission forecasts from light- and
medium-duty delivery trucks and heavy-duty interstate truck travel. In addition, efforts will
commence to validate MEASURE using ambient measurements capable of plume
characterization and across-the-road ambient concentration measurements. Finally, testing will
be performed on an approach for linking MEASURE with Models-3/Community Multi-Scale Air
Quality model (CMAQ). The data generated from this research will be incorporated into the
atmospheric chemistry models used by Federal, state, and local environmental officials use to
evaluate attainment strategies.
Particulate Matter Research
EPA's Particulate Matter (PM) research program will continue work to strengthen the
scientific basis for the periodic review of the PM NAAQS, including conducting
epidemiological, lexicological, clinical, and exposure studies focused on understanding health
effects of PM. The PM program will also develop tools and methods for use by states, tribal, and
local regulators to assess control options to improve PM NAAQS implementation plans that will
move the Agency toward its objective of reducing Americans' exposure to PM. In addition it
will provide recommendations on the key scientific uncertainties regarding implementation of
the PM standards.
1-34
-------
The PM program is designed to address the ten priority topics identified by the National
Academy of Sciences (NAS). Most broadly, the NAS recommends that research programs work
to resolve issues of scientific uncertainty regarding health effects of particulate matter, factors
that make sub-populations especially susceptible to health effects, and the hazardous PM
components and sources most responsible for health effects. Specific critical research issues
included in multiple NAS topics are:
• Potential confounding of PM health effects with other pollutants in the air: While EPA is
far from understanding the health effects associated with all PM components, sufficient
progress has been made to initiate studies investigating hypotheses related to PM
components and sources that include formally examining the role played by co-
pollutants. Research under this topic will assess the consequences of PM and co-
pollutant exposures in at-risk populations including the relative toxicity of specific PM
constituents from various emission sources and the role of gaseous co-pollutants (such as
ozone, nitrogen dioxide, and carbon monoxide) in PM health effects.
• Attribution of the PM health effects to specific constituents (e.g., sulfates versus nitrates
versus organic and elemental carbon, and metals): EPA's monitoring network, which
includes the super sites and speciation sites, is providing information about specific PM
components. Future epidemiology studies will associate health effects with these
components. Current and planned clinical and toxicology studies are being coordinated
with epidemiological studies and are linking health effects with specific PM components
found in ambient PM, and attempting to further link specific components with sources
that produced them in an effort to link health effects with pollution sources.
« The quantitative relationship between exposure to different particles and various health
effects: the assessment of the hazards associated with PM has proceeded in line with the
NAS Risk Assessment Paradigm of 1993. This paradigm initially establishes the
existence of a hazard (i.e., Hazard ID) and its "biologic plausibility," and then ascertains
the attributes of dose (concentrations-response. The preponderance of data to date
correlates exposure to PM mass with many different health effects, including cardio-
respiratory mortality and morbidity, and life-shortening. Since these outcomes occur at
levels previously thought to be "safe," research is needed to establish dose-response
models in epidemiology and toxicology studies. Only with established dose-response
relationships between particles (and their components) and potentially adverse health
effects, will appropriate and credible assessment of the true risks and impact to human
health be determined.
In order to address high priority research needs, the Agency will increase efforts to
improve air quality modeling and to develop or improve methods to identify sources contributing
to ambient PM concentrations. Increased efforts to improve the accuracy and processing speed
of the Community Multi-Scale Air Quality model (CMAQ) will include research to improve
predictions of secondary nitrate and secondary organic aerosol formation. This research will also
support the development of a simplified chemistry module that will improve model speed to
allow evaluations, in combination with the research above, of more SIP scenarios without a
significant loss of accuracy. In addition, the Agency will augment research to improve ammonia
emission factors for all types of agricultural production related to livestock and to develop a
1-35
-------
better understanding of the nature of ammonia sinks in order to provide more accurate inputs to
air quality models in support of SIP development and evaluation. This work responds to needs
identified by states and local air pollution control agencies.
Increased efforts to identify sources contributing to ambient PM concentrations will
include research to provide for more accurate identification of gasoline, diesel, biogenic, and
regional sources. This research, in combination with research to identify better marker
compounds, will allow the Agency to more accurately determine the contribution of gasoline
vehicle emissions to ambient PM concentrations. Research will also improve emissions and
characterization data for open and prescribed burning, which will support more accurate
emission inventories and air quality modeling results, and improved source profiles for more
accurate identification of the contribution of these sources to ambient PM concentrations.
Research to improve characterization of carbonaceous PM emissions from off-road mobile
sources will yield data that can be used for improving emission inventories for air quality models
and for improving source profiles to identify source-specific contributions to ambient PM
concentrations, especially the relative levels of contributions from diesel and gasoline vehicles.
Continuing atmospheric measurement and modeling research in FY 2004 will improve
our understanding of the processes and chemistry that affect the composition, formation, and fate
of atmospheric PM, and will refine our ability to estimate the relative source contributions of
measured PM. This research will evaluate the chemical and physical processes that control the
organic and inorganic chemical composition of PM, determine accurately the physical properties,
chemistry, and composition of atmospheric PM, and develop and evaluate measurement methods
needed to determine compliance with the PM NAAQS and to apply and evaluate complex
models that simulate atmospheric processes. Along with these activities, developing urban-to-
regional scale emissions-based air quality models and source apportionment models will provide
data, models, and measurement methods that states can use to develop effective SIPs to achieve
the PM NAAQS.
PM emission characterization research will support: (1) development of new or improved
methods and models to quantify or estimate emissions of primary fine particles and major
gaseous precursors of secondary fine particles; (2) provision of data on the size distribution of
the particles emitted; and (3) provision of updated and augmented data on the chemical
composition of fine PM from a variety of sources. Research is being conducted to ensure that
emissions methods include semi-volatile gases that form particles by condensing in the plume
immediately downwind of the source.
In the area of emissions controls and reduction research, the Agency will work
cooperatively with the Department of Energy and industry to develop and evaluate innovative
particulate matter and multi-pollutant control options and provide summary data and reports that
compare the cost and effectiveness of these risk management options. Multi-pollutant controls
research will include laboratory and field studies to determine the performance of advanced fine
PM control technologies including integrated systems that simultaneously reduce both primary
and secondary gaseous precursors (nitrogen oxides, sulfur oxides). .Data generated from
laboratory and field studies conducted to determine the chemical composition of fine PM from a
variety of sources will be used to update and develop more specific source profiles. The results
will provide a better understanding of the relationship between sources, ambient concentrations,
1-36
-------
and human exposures and will enhance the capability of states to trace ambient particulate matter
to its sources.
PM health effects research will continue to determine the physical, chemical, and
biological characteristics of particles responsible for adverse health effects and dose-response
relationships between PM constituents and adverse health effects. Efforts will focus on
understanding the mechanisms of toxicity responsible for adverse health outcomes to identify
responsible physical, chemical, and biological characteristics of particles. This includes efforts
to use well-characterized PM samples from sources of concern (e.g., coal-fired boilers, diesel
trucks, open burning) for toxicological testing. This simulates mixtures of PM that people are
actually exposed to in the ambient environment in such a way that effects of specific PM
components can be evaluated individually and in combination.
PM health effects research also focuses on identifying sub-populations at risk and factors
of susceptibility for PM and co-pollutants. This includes continuing efforts to develop animal
models of human susceptibility and research efforts designed to disentangle the effects of PM
and co-pollutants including epidemiology, toxicology, and clinical studies of interactions
between PM and other air pollutants to investigate effects of co-pollutants on PM health effects,
deposition, and clearance. As part of these efforts, researchers will complete a report on the
chronic respiratory health effects in children of intra-urban gradients of particulate matter and
co-pollutants hi El Paso, TX.
As more is learned of the acute effects (and constituents most responsible for those
effects), PM health effects research will develop and apply animal models of systemic, heart, and
lung diseases to understand health effects and mechanisms for PM susceptible subpopulations.
The Agency will identify endpoints to be measured for long-term exposure studies, and develop
methodologies for sub-chronic and chronic animal studies. These studies will focus on subtle
systemic and cardiopulmonary disease processes that will shed light on the preliminary
epidemiological evidence suggesting life-shortening and other long-term outcomes from PM
exposure. In future years they will also link to clinical studies on potential endpoints of the
effects of long-term exposure to PM and epidemiological studies to better characterize and
quantify these effects and the constituents most responsible for the effects.
Understanding human exposure to PM is critical since it is the individual who actually
experiences adverse health effects associated with elevated PM concentrations in ambient air.
The approach for PM exposure research is to measure ambient, outdoor, indoor, and personal
concentrations of PM (including its components and co-pollutants), collect data on personal
activities and locations, and then characterize the relationships between these concentrations and
evaluate the factors that influence the relationships. The human exposure data and models
produced by this research will provide the critical link between the ambient monitoring data
(some of which is used for regulatory purposes), inhalation models, and studies of adverse health
effects. In addition, information on the relationship between ambient PM concentrations and
personal exposure to ambient PM is required to evaluate the underlying assumptions and
interrelations of epidemiological studies.
1-37
-------
NAAQS Technical Support
The major area of technical support supplied by the NAAQS Research program is the
revision of the air quality criteria document (AQCD) required every five years by the Clean Air
Act. This involves compiling and assessing results from recent studies that bear on the
underlying criteria for the NAAQS, and integrating these findings into criteria for use in
interpreting, comparing, and contrasting similar and dissimilar study results. In addition,
technical support includes the development and evaluation of reference methods to measure
ozone and PM and evaluations of alternative "equivalent" methods.
Homeland Security
EPA's Homeland Security Research Program supports one of six Administration FY
2004 Interagency Research and Development Priorities. In FY 2004, Homeland Security rapid
risk assessment research will focus on developing a population exposure modeling and
forecasting system to simulate in real time the release, dispersion, transport, and fate of airborne
agents, with a focus on particulate matter.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$1,500,000) This increase will fund additional community-wide efforts to reduce diesel
emissions and associated health effects, particularly for sensitive populations such as
children and the elderly. As part of this initiative, we will work with state and local
governments and other non-governmental organizations to reduce children's exposure to
PM diesel emissions from buses and other sources by applying new, innovative diesel
emission reduction technologies to the existing school bus fleet, promoting anti-idling
strategies, and encouraging the use of low sulfur fuel.
More than 24 million children in the US ride a bus to and from school every day.
Researchers have found that children riding on school buses can be exposed to high
levels of diesel exhaust. Idling school buses can compromise air quality on and around
buses, including sidewalks, schoolyards, playgrounds, and even inside school buildings.
School buses can be retrofitted with pollution controls through the use of ultra-low sulfur
diesel fuel and the installation of PM filters. This approach can reduce PM emissions by
more than 90 percent. Other strategies include anti-idling programs, which lower bus
idling time and reduce harmful emissions.
• (+$1,102,900, +1 FTE) This increase is for EPA's ambient air monitoring data to be
fully available to other Federal agencies, as needed, for Homeland Security
responsibilities. EPA will begin enhancing its ability to collect ambient air monitoring
data to provide to other Federal agencies. EPA will develop comprehensive mobile air
rapid response laboratories (RRLs) to support OAR's air monitoring for general
population exposures and coordination with local and state monitoring agencies on public
health protection. In addition to air monitors, the RRLs will have advanced
1-38
-------
S&T
meteorological capabilities to support localized mixing, dispersion and transport
forecasting. The RRLs will also be able to provide limited data on infiltration and
transport of outdoor pollutants to indoor environments
(+$1,869,000, +7.8 FTE) This increase is for resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
rent are allocated in proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective.
Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource
operations are allocated in proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal,
objective. Changes reflect shifts in FTE between goals and objectives. Resources,
dollars and FTE, associated with contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to
Headquarters' contracts and grants resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in
these activities reflect shifts in resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes ->
rent: +$1,417,000, utilities: +$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human
Resources: +$870,400 and +5.4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and -18.5 FTE, Grants:
+$3,015,500 and +19.7 FTE)
(-$14,000,000) This decrease reflects the completion of the FY 2003 investment in
equipment upgrades of vehicle and engine testing capacities at the National Vehicle and
Fuels Emissions Laboratory (NVFEL) to accurately measure the emissions of vehicles
and low-emission heavy-duty diesel engines for compliance with the Tier II and Heavy-
Duty Diesel Engine standards.
(+$8,000,000) This increase is required to help ensure compliance with the more
stringent and complex Tier II and Diesel regulations for cars, heavy-duty diesel engines,
and gasoline and diesel fuels that will take effect beginning in FY 2004. EPA's
certification and compliance activities and associated costs will increase for:
• laboratory and field-testing of vehicles, engines, and equipment;
* certification and compliance database maintenance and information management;
« development of a credible heavy-duty compliance program;
» increased testing operations and maintenance of new complex testing facilities;
» certification and compliance of nonroad industries; and
• increased compliance and technical assistance for nearly triple the number of
manufacturers and certificates, particularly for the nonroad industries
(+$6,245,300, +6.0 FTE) This increase will support the President's Clear Skies
Initiative. Meeting the ozone and PM standards will require reductions in both
transported and local air pollution. To help states and localities develop cost-effective
strategies, the Agency will need to analyze the pollutant contributions from different
1-39
-------
sectors and provide assistance to states regarding the implementation of regional and
local reductions. The types of tools and assessment we will develop for the Clear Skies
Initiative are the following:
• conduct economic and technical feasibility analyses to evaluate policy options;
quantify emissions from the most significant contributors of PlVb.s precursors by
expanding and updating databases and inventories that EPA has already
developed;
initiate development of a model cap and trade program that states can choose to
use as a cost effective way of reducing precursors to
• conduct modeling work to analyze the transport effect
• develop tools and analysis needed for implementation; and
• coordinate with states to develop tools that address their individual concerns.
Included in this total increase are resources redirected in FY 2004 ($1 .,245,300 and 6.0 FTE) to
support the Clear Skies Initiative in FY 2004.
• (+$600,000) This Increase is for increased personal security at the National Vehicles and
Fuels Emissions Laboratory (NVFEL), which is managed by the Office of Air and
Radiation (OAR). As a result of September 1 1, 2002, EPA upgraded the professionalism
of guard service at this laboratory facility to Level 2 guards, more highly trained and
professional than the Level 1 guards previously on duty. Unlike security hardware
upgrades that have been made, increased costs for these guard services will become
a permanent increased cost to the OAR that pays for these guard services as part of the
fixed costs of this laboratory. This increased guard service provides a level of security
that is seamless to the workforce to promote an environment that is safe and sound for the
work conducted in the NVFEL. Beyond FY 2004, maintaining an adequate guard
service to provide an environment where unique scientific knowledge work can be
conducted is a tremendous benefit to the Agency.
Research
(+$1,522,000) Resources will be shifted from PM exposure measurement and modeling
and health effects research in order to address priority research needs. Resources will
augment research to Improve the accuracy and speed of the CMAQ air quality model
used by the Agency and states to develop and evaluate SIPs and to improve methods to
identify sources contributing to ambient PM concentrations in order to allow for more
accurate identification of these sources.
(+$888,000) This represents homeland security research that will be initiated in FY 2004
focusing on rapid risk assessment research with a concentration in particulate matter.
Work will include developing practices and procedures that provide elected officials,
1-40
-------
decision makers, the public, and first responders with rapid risk assessment protocols for
chemical and biological threats.
(+$307,500, +3.0 FTE) Resources will be shifted to tropospheric ozone research
supporting criteria document development from lower priority air toxics and particulate
matter research. An increase in personnel is needed for criteria document development
due to the periodic review of the NAAQS.
(-$147,750, -1.5 FTE) Personnel formerly conducting risk management research on
short-term exposures to particulate matter will be shifted to conduct criteria document
support in the Tropospheric Ozone Research program. Since the PM study supported by
these workyears concluded in FY 2003, there will be no negative programmatic impacts.
(-$301,200, -1.0 FTE) Resources will be shifted from the NAAQS Research Objective to
the Air Toxics Research Objective. These resources will be combined with existing air
toxics resources to support human exposure measurements designed to provide
information on the relationship between ambient, outdoor, indoor and personal exposure
concentrations of air toxics and PM and to identify factors which affect these
relationships and personal exposures. The resources for these studies will be leveraged
with PM exposure resources, thus the purpose of this shift in resources from PM to air
toxics exposure is to evenly distribute the resource contributions from each program to
reflect to the joint air toxics and PM study objectives.
(-$551,600, -5.6 FTE) This reduction represents a shift of personnel and associated costs
to support homeland security research activities in the Waste Research Program.
NAAQS-related research that will be impacted includes delays in research identifying
PM mechanisms of toxicity and in studies to characterize indoor-generated PM and
efforts to develop information on the best ways to manage indoor exposures.
(-$1,522,000) In order to augment higher-priority research to improve PM air quality
modeling and to improve methods to identify sources contributing to ambient PM
concentrations, resources will be shifted from PM exposure measurement and modeling
and health effects research. This reduction will delay long-term epidemiological studies
to resolve uncertainties related to PM health effects, health effects research to identify
cardiopulmonary and systemic health endpoints, and research to identify health effects of
specific PM constituents in susceptible populations. The shift also will reduce the scope
of human exposure measurements and modeling research by eliminating measurements
of how people are actually exposed to PM components, co-pollutants, and air toxics.
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
1-41
-------
j GOAL: CLEAN AIR
OBJECTIVE: ATTAIN NAAQS
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy Ozone Levels - 1 Hour
In 2004 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations below the NAAQS for the 1-hour ozone
standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of 20% (relative to 1992).
In 2003 Maintain healthy air quality for 42 million people living in monitored areas attaining the ozone standard; certify that 7 areas of
the remaining 54 nonattainment areas have attained the 1-hour NAAQS for ozone thus increasing the number of people living in
areas with healthy air by 5.1 million.
In 2002 Maintained healthy air quality for 41.7 million people living in monitored areas attaining the ozone standard; and certified 1 area
of the remaining 55 nonattainment areas attained the 1-hour NAAQS for ozone, thus increasing the number of people living in
areas with healthy air by 326,000.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of People who 19 20 Percent
Live in Areas with Ambient 1-hour Ozone Concentrations
Below the Level of the NAAQS as Compared to 1992
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with 31 33 Percent
Ambient 1-hour Ozone Concentrations Below the Level of
the NAAQS as Compared to 1992
Total Number of People who Li vein Areas Designated to 42,026,000 47,105,000 n/a People
Attainment of the Clean Air Standards for Ozone
I Areas Designated to Attainment for the Ozone Standard 170 Areas
I
Additional People Living in Newly Designated Areas with 326,000 5,079,000 n/a People
Demonstrated Attainment of the Ozone Standard
VOCs Reduced from Mobile Sources 1,755,000 1,852,000 2,040,000 Tons
NOx Reduced from Mobile Sources 1,319,000 1,449,000 1,653,000 Tons
Baseline: At the time that the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 were enacted (for the period 1990 -1992), 52 areas with a population of
118 million people had ambient ozone concentrations that were greater than the level of the NAAQS. For the period 1999 -
2001, 16 of these areas (31%) with a population of 24 million people (19%) had ambient ozone concentrations were below the
level of the NAAQS. hi 1990, 101 areas were designated in nonattainment for the 1-hour ozone standard. Through 2002, 47
areas have been redesignated to attainment and 54 areas remain in nonattainment. The 1995 baseline for VOCs reduced from
mobile sources is 8,134,000 tons and 11,998,000 tons for NOx, both ozone precursors. Notes: Areas means nonattainment areas
for comparisons with the 1-hour NAAQS. Comparisons of ambient air quality concentrations with the level of the NAAQS are
based on a time period and statistic consistent with the NAAQS. For ozone, this means a 3 year time frame. Population
estimates based on 2000 census.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy PM Levels - PM-10
In 2004 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-10 standard will
increase by 1% (relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of 11% (relative to 1992).
In 2003 Maintain healthy air quality for 6.1 million people living in monitored areas attaining the PM standards; increase by 81 thousand
the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the standard.
In 2002 Maintained healthy air quality for 3.4 million people living in monitored areas attaining the PM standards; and increased by 2.7
million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the standard.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of People who 10 11 Percent
j Live in Areas with Ambient PM-10 Concentrations Below
! the Level of the NAAQS as Compared to 1992
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas witfa 45 46 Percent
1-42
-------
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Ambient PM-10 Concentrations Below the Level of the
NAAQS as Compared to 1992
Total Number of People who Live in Areas Designated in 6,086,500 6,212,000 People
Attainment with Clean Air Standards for PM
Areas Designated to Attainment for the PM-10 Standard 488 Areas
Additional People Living in Newly Designated Areas with 2,686,500 81,000 People
Demonstrated Attainment of the PM Standard
PM-10 Reduced from Mobile Sources 23,000 25,000 18,000 Tons
PM-2.5 Reduced from Mobile Sources 17,250 18,000 13,500 Tons
Baseline: At the time that the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990'were enacted (for the period 1990-1992), 58 areas (nonattainment areas
for comparisons with the PM-10 NAAQS.) with a population of 38 million people had ambient PM-10 concentrations that were
greater than the level of the NAAQS. For the period 1999-2001, 26 of these areas (45%) with a population of 4 million (10%)
had ambient PM-10 concentrations below the level of the NAAQS. (Population estimates based on 2000 census.) Comparisons
of ambient air quality concentrations with the level of the NAAQS are based on a time period and statistic consistent with the
NAAQS. For PM-10, this means a 3 year time frame. As a result of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, 84 areas were
designated nonattainment for the PM-10 standard. Since that time, EPA has split Pocatella into 2 areas thereby revising the
baseline to 85. Through 2002, 22 areas have been redesignated to attainment. The 1995 baseline for PM-10 reduced from
mobile sources is 880,000 tons.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy CO, SO2, NO2, Lead
hi 2004 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient CO, NO2, SO2, or Pb concentrations below the NAAQS will
increase by less than 1% (relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of 63% (relative to 1992).
In 2003 Maintain healthy air quality for 53 million people living in monitored areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2, and Lead standards;
increase by 1.1 million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the standard.
In 2002 Maintained healthy air quality for 36.7 million people living in monitored areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2, and Lead
standards; and increased by 16.5 million, the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained
the standard.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of People who 63 63 Percent
Live in Areas with Ambient CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS as Compared
to 1992
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with 74 77 Percent
Ambient CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb Concentrations Below the
Level of the NAAQS as Compared to 1992
Total Number of People Living in Areas Designated in 53,190,000 54,181,000 n/a People
Attainment with Clean Air Standards for CO, SO2, NO2, and
Pb
Areas Designated to Attainment for the CO, SO2,NO2, and 12 11 13 Areas
Pb Standards
Additional People Living in Newly Designated Areas with 16,490,000 1,118,800 n/a People
Demonstrated Attainment of the CO, SO2, NO2, and Pb
Standards
CO Reduced from Mobile Sources 11,002,000 11,333,000 12,636,000 Tons
Total Number of People Living in Areas with Demonstrated 14,944,000 14,944,000 n/a People
Attainment of the NO2 Standard
Baseline: At the time the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 were enacted (for the period 1991-1992), 27 areas (counties comprising
nonattainment areas for the comparisons with the NAAQS) with a population of 48 million people had ambient CO, SO2, NO2,
or Pb concentrations (comparisons of ambient air quality concentrations with the level of the NAAQS are based on a time period
and statistic consistent with each individual NAAQS) that were greater than the level of the NAAQS. For the period 2000-2001
(For some of the pollutants included in this measure, the number of years used to evaluate the ambient concentrations relative to
the NAAQS may be less than the referenced time period: e.g. NO2 is evaluated over a single year.), 20 of these areas (74%)
with a population of 30 million (63%) had ambient CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb concentrations less than the level of the NAAQS.
1-43
-------
(Population estimates based on 2000 census.) The projected improvement in 2004 is estimated for a single area. Therefore, the
increase by definition must occur in a single year interval. In addition, the population living in these areas of improved air
quality is small relative to that for the remaining areas. Therefore the projected improvement in population is greater than zero
but less than 1. For CO, SO2, NO2, and Pb, 107 areas were classified as nonattainment or were unclassified in 1990. Through
2002, 76 of those areas have been redesignated to attainment. The 1995 baseline for mobile source emissions for CO was
70,947,000 tons.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy Ozone Levels - 8 Hour
In 2004 ' The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations below the NAAQS for the 8-hour ozone
standard will increase by 3% (relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of 3% (relative to 2001).
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of People who 3 Percent
Live in Areas with Ambient 8-hour Concentrations Below
the Level of the NAAQS as Compared to 2001
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with 7 Percent
Ambient 8-hour Ozone Concentrations Below the Level of
the NAAQS as Compared to 2001
Baseline: For the period 1999-2001,302 areas (counties) with a population of 115 million people had ambient 8-hour ozone concentrations
above the level of the NAAQS. (Population estimates based on 2QOO census.) Comparisons of ambient air quality concentrations
with the level of the NAAQS are based on a time period and statistic consistent with the NAAQS. For ozone, this means a 3
year time frame.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy PM Levels - PM- 2.5
In 2004 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-2.5 standard
will increase by less than 1% (relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of less than 1% (relative to 2001).
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of People who <1 Percent
Live in Areas with Ambient PM-2.5 Concentrations Below
the Level of the NAAQS as Compared to 2001
Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with Ambient PM- 1 Percent
2.5 Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS as
Compared to 2001
Baseline: For the period 1999-2001, 132 areas (counties) with a population of 66 million people had ambient PM-2.5 concentrations that
were greater than the level of the NAAQS. (Population estimates based on 2000 census.) Comparisons of ambient air quality
concentrations with the level of the NAAQS are based on a time period and statistic consistent with the NAAQS. For PM-2.5,
this means a 3-year time frame. The 1995 baseline for PM-2.5 reduced from mobile sources is 659,000 tons.
Increase Tribal Air Capacity
In 2004 Increase the number of tribes monitoring air quality for ozone and/or participate matter from 42 to 45 and increase the
percentage of tribes monitoring clean air for ozone from 64% to 67% and paniculate matter from 71% to 72%.
In 2003 Increase the number of tribes monitoring air quality for ozone and/or paniculate matter from 37 to 42 and increase the
percentage of tribes monitoring clean air for ozone from 62% to 64% and particulate matter from 68% to 71%.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Percent of Tribes with Tribal Lands Monitoring for Ozone 12 13 Percent
and/or Particulate Matter
Percent of Monitoring Tribes Monitoring Clean Air for 64 67 Percent
Ozone
Percent of Monitoring Tribes Monitoring Clean Air for 71 72 Percent
Particulate Matter
Number of Tribes Implementing Air Programs 25 30 Tribes
1-44
-------
Baseline: There are 576 Federally recognized tribes with 347 tribes having tribal lands (Alaska Native Villages (tribes) number 229
entities, but only one 'reservation'). Through September 2002, there are 21 tribes implementing air programs; 37 tribes
conducting monitoring for ozone and/or paniculate matter; 8 tribes are currently monitoring clean air for ozone (of 13 total) and
25 tribes are currently monitoring clean air for particulate matter (of 37 total); and 15 tribes submitting quality assured data.
Research
PM Effects Research
In 2004 Provide reports to OAR and the scientific community that examine ihe health effects of high levels of air pollutants, especially
particulate matter, in potentially susceptible populations so that PM standards protect human health to the maximum extent
possible.
In 2002 EPA provided data on the health effects and exposure to particulate matter (PM) and provided methods for assessing the
exposure and toxioity of PM in bealfliy and potentially susceptible subpopulations to strengthen the scientific basis for
reassessment of the NAAQS for PM.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres.Bud. Request
Report on the effects of concentrated ambient PM on humans 1 report
and animals believed, most susceptible to adverse effects
(e.g., elderly, people with lung disease, or animal models of
such diseases).
Report on animal and clinical toxicology studies using Utah 1 report
Valley particulate matter (UVPM) to describe biological
mechanisms that may underlie the reported epidemioiogical
effects of UVPM.
Report on the chronic respiratory health effects in children of 1 report
intra-urban gradients of particulate matter and co-pollutants
in El Paso, TX.
Report on epidemiologic studies examining acute cardiac and 1. report
respiratory effects in the elderly and children exposed to
particulate matter (PM) and co-pollutants.
Baseline: There is currently considerable concern that increased levels of particulate matter (PM) may disproportionately affect certain
susceptible groups, especially when exposures are long-term. One such group is children, particularly those with pre-existing
asthma and related cardiopulmouary diseases. Children living in areas of high pollution such as on the U.S.-Mexico border are
particularly at risk due to economic factors as well as exposure. The elderly with chronic lung disease comprise another
susceptible group who may be more acutely affected. Which components of PM are responsible for health effects in either of
these groups remains unclear, as does how exposure data from monitoring sites relates to their personal situations. As noted by
the National Research Council, the issue of susceptibility and chronic health outcomes is of utmost importance. Completion of
this APG in FY 2004 will provide critical information to enhance risk estimates needed for promulgating the PM NAAQS and
will provide informatian to the Office of Air so that it may focus its Air Quality Index on those who are at greatest risk.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
* Percent increase in the number of people who live in areas with ambient criteria
pollutant concentrations that meet or are below the level of the NAAQS.
* Percent increase in the number of areas with ambient criteria pollutant
concentrations that meet or are below the level of the NAAQS.
* Percent of areas with improved ambient criteria pollutant concentrations for the
NAAQS.
• Percent increase in the number of people living in areas with improved ambient
criteria pollutant concentrations for the NAAQS.
1-45
-------
'' • Areas designated to attainment for the NAAQS.
Performance Databases: AQS —The Air Quality Subsystem (AQS) stores ambient air quality
data used to evaluate an area's air quality levels relative to the NAAQS.
FREDS—The Findings and Required Elements Data System is used to track progress of states
and Regions in reviewing and approving the required data elements of the State Implementation
Plans (SIP). SIPs are clean air plans and define what actions a state will take to improve the air
quality in areas that do not meet national ambient air quality standards
Data Sources:
AQS: State & local agency data from State and Local Air Monitoring Stations (SLAMS).
Population: Data from Census-Bureau/Department of Commerce
FREDS: Data are provided by EPA's Regional offices.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: Air quality levels are evaluated relative to the level
of the appropriate NAAQS. Next the populations in areas with air quality concentrations above
the level of the NAAQS are aggregated. This analysis assumes that the populations of the areas
are held constant at 2000 Census levels. Data comparisons over several years allow assessment
of the air program's success.
QA/QC Procedures: AQS: The QA/QC of the national air monitoring program has several
| major components: the Data Quality Objective (DQO) process, reference and equivalent methods
program, EPA's National Performance Audit Program (NPAP), system audits, and network
reviews (Available on the Internet: www.epa.gQy/ttn/amtic/npapHst.html ) To ensure quality
data, the SLAMS are required to meet the following: 1) each site must meet network design and
site criteria; 2) each site must provide adequate QA assessment, control, and corrective action
functions according to minimum program requirements, 3) all sampling methods and equipment
must meet EPA reference or equivalent requirements; 4) acceptable data validation and record
keeping procedures must be followed; and 5) data from SLAMS must be summarized and
reported annually to EPA. Finally, there are system audits that regularly review the overall air
quality data collection activity for any needed changes or corrections. Further information
available on the Internet: http://www.epa.gov/cludygxb/programs/namslam.htm] and through
United States EPA's Quality Assurance Handbook (EPA_600/4_77_022a, Section2.0.11)
Populations: No additional QA/QC beyond that done by the Census Bureau/Department of
Commerce.
FREDS: No formal QA/QC procedures.
Data Quality Review:
AQS: No external audits have been done in the last 3 years. However, internal audits
are regularly conducted.
^ Populations: No additional QA/QC beyond that done by the Census Bureau/Department of
Commerce.
1-46
-------
FREDS: None.
Data Limitations:
AQS: None known.
Populations: No additional QA/QC beyond that done by the Census Bureau/Department of
Commerce.
FREDS: None known.
Error Estimate: At this tune it is not possible to develop an error estimate. Uncertainty in
projections (from modeling) and near term variations in air quality (due to meteorological
conditions for example) exist.
New/Improved Data or Systems:
AQS: EPA recently completed the process of reengineering the AQS to make it a more user
friendly, Windows-based system. As a result, air quality data will be more easily accessible via
the Internet. AQS has been enhanced to include data standards (e.g., latitude/longitude, chemical
nomenclature) developed under the Agency's Reinventing Environmental Information (REI)
Initiative.
Population: None
FREDS: None
References: For additional information about criteria pollutant data, non-attainment areas, and
other related information, see: http://mvw.epa.gov/atrtrends/.
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
• Estimated Mobile Source VOC Emissions
• Estimated Mobile Source NOx Emissions
• Estimated Mobile Source FM10 Emissions
• Estimated Mobile Source PM 2.5 Emissions
• Estimated Mobile Source CO Emissions
Performance Database: National Emissions Inventory Database. See:
http://wwv^'.epa.gov/ttn/chief/trends/
Data Source: Mobile source emissions inventories.
Estimates for on-road, off-road mobile source emissions are built from inventories fed into the
relevant models which in turn provide input to the National Emissions Inventory Database.
The MOBILE vehicle emission factor model is a software tool for predicting gram per mile
emissions of hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen, carbon dioxide, particulate
matter, and toxics from cars, trucks, and motorcycles under various conditions.
1-47
-------
The NONROAD emission inventory model is a software tool for predicting emissions of
hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen, particulate matter, and sulfur dioxides from
small and large off road vehicles, equipment, and engines.
Certain mobile source information is updated annually. Inputs are updated annually only if there
is a rationale and readily available source of annual data. Generally, Vehicle Miles Traveled
(VMT), the mix of VMT by type of vehicle (FHWA types), temperature, gasoline properties, and
the designs of Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs are updated each year. The age mix of
highway vehicles is updated using state registration data thereby capturing the effect of fleet
turnover (assuming emission factors for older and newer vehicles are correct.) Emission factors
for all mobile sources and activity estimates for non-road sources are changed only when the
Office of Transportation and Air Quality requests that this be done and is able to provide the new
information in a timely manner. This information includes data from the MOBILE6 model and
the latest version of the nonroad model. Available respectively on the Internet
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: EPA issues emissions standards that set limits on how
much pollution can be emitted from a given mobile source. Mobile sources include vehicles that
operate on roads and highways ("on road" or "highway" vehicles), as well as nonroad vehicles,
engines, and equipment Examples of mobile sources are cars, trucks, buses, earthmoving
equipment, lawn and garden power tools, ships, railroad locomotives, and airplanes. Vehicle and
equipment manufacturers have responded to many mobile source emission standards by
redesigning vehicles and engines to reduce pollution.
EPA uses models to estimate mobile source emissions, for both past and future years. The
estimates are used in a variety of different settings. The estimates are used for rulemaking.
The most complete and systematic process for making and recording such estimates is the
"Trends" inventory process executed each year by the Office of Air Quality Planning and
Standards' (OAQPS) Emissions, Monitoring, and Analysis Division (EMD). The Assessment
and Modeling Division is the coordinator within the Office of Transportation and Air Quality for
providing EMD information and methods for making the mobile source estimates. In addition,
EMD's contractors obtain necessary information directly from other sources; for example,
weather data and the Federal Highway Administration's (FHWA) Vehicle Miles Traveled
(VMT) estimates by state. EMD creates and publishes the emission inventory estimate for the
most recent historical year, detailed down to the county level and with over 30 line items
representing mobile sources. Usually, EMD creates estimates of emissions for future years.
When the method for estimating emissions changes significantly, EMD usually revises its older
estimates of emissions in years prior to the most recent year, to avoid a sudden discontinuity in
the apparent emissions trend. EMD publishes the national emission estimates in hardcopy;
county-level estimates are available electronically. Additional information about transportation
and air quality related to estimating, testing for, and measuring emissions, as well as research
being conducted on technologies for reducing emissions is available at
http://www.epa.gov/otaq/research.htm
QA/QC Procedures: The emissions inventories are continuously improved.
1-48
-------
Data Quality Review: The emissions inventories are reviewed by both internal and external
parties.
Data Limitations: The limitations of the inventory estimates for mobile sources come from
limitations in the modeled emission factors (based on emission factor testing and models
predicting overall fleet emission factors in g/mile) and also in the estimated vehicle miles
traveled for each vehicle class (derived from Department of Transportation
data).http://wwvv'.epa.gov/Qtaq/m6.htm. For nonroad emissions, the estimates come from a
model using equipment populations, emission factors per hour or unit of work, and an estimate
of usage. This nonroad emissions model accounts for over 200 types of nonroad equipment. Any
limitations in the input data will carry over into limitations in the emission inventory estimates.
Available on the Internet: bttp://wwv^:,eja.gQy/Qtag/rti6.htm
It is important to have the current and future year emission reduction estimates generated using
consistent methods. The EPA Emission Trends report dated December 1997 has mobile source
emission inventories for the 1995 base year as well as estimates for years 2000, 2002, 2005, and
2007. The base year emissions in 1995 for mobile sources are 8,134,000 tons VOC; 70,947 tons
CO; 11,998 tons NOx; 878,000 tons PM-10; and 659,000 tons PM. These data were used to
predict the emission reductions in year 2000 and later.
Error Estimate: Additional information about data integrity is available on the Internet:
New/Improved Data or Systems: To keep pace with new analysis needs, new modeling
approaches, and new data, EPA is currently working on a new modeling system termed the
Multi-scale Motor Vehicles and Equipment Emission System (MOVES). This new system will
estimate emissions for on road and off road sources, cover a broad range of pollutants, and allow
multiple scale analysis, from fine scale analysis to national inventory estimation. When fully
implemented, MOVES will serve as the replacement for MOBILE6 and NONROAD. The new
system will not necessarily be- a single piece of software, but instead will encompass the
necessary tools, algorithms, underlying data and guidance necessary for use in all official
analyses associated with regulatory development, compliance with statutory requirements, and
national/regional inventory projections. Additional information is available on the Internet:
http://www.epa.gov/otaq/ngm.htm
References: For additional information about mobile source programs see:
http://www.epa . aov/otaq/.
FY 2004 Performance Measures
» Percent of Tribes with Tribal Lands Monitoring for Ozone and/or Participate
Matter
• Percent of Monitoring Tribes Monitoring Clean Air for Ozone-
• Percent of Monitoring Tribes Monitoring Clean Air for Particulate Matter
1-49
-------
Performance Database: The Tribal Monitoring database is maintained by OAR Headquarters in
Washington D.C. The database details the number and types of monitors operated by tribes in
each EPA Region, with Regional and National totals by type of monitor. The database contains
all available historical and current information on tribal monitors. The data are more complete
after 1996.
For those tribes with ambient air quality data, which have been quality assured following
published procedures (see reference below), the data are reported to the Air Quality Subsystem
(AQS) and used to evaluate a tribe's or an area's air quality levels relative to the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). http://www.epa.gov/ttn/airs/airsaqs/manuals/
manuals.htm Because tribes are in the early stages of building monitoring capacity, only a subset
of tribes report data to AQS. (For additional information about AQS, see the Verification and
Validation Section for the NAAQS.)
Data Source: Data are compiled by EPA's Regional Offices and reported to Headquarters.
Methods, Assumption, and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC procedures: EPA's Regional Offices check performance data (e.g., percent of tribes)
for accuracy.
Data Quality Review: N/A
Data Limitations: Data limitations are subject to the accuracy and timeliness of reported data.
The performance data (e.g., percent of tribes) do not require mathematical interpretation or
analysis and are not subject to bias or uncertainty.
New/Improved Performance Data or Systems: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
References: The data are presented to the public at appropriate meetings, and are available upon
request to any member of the public.
htti3://wwrw.epa.gov/ttn/airs/airsaqs/matiua]s/manuals.htm
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Number of Tribes Implementing Air Programs
Performance Database: Output Measure. The Tribal Air Program database is maintained by
OAR Headquarters in Washington D.C. The database details the air programs being
implemented by tribes in each EPA Region, with Regional and National totals. The database
contains all available historical and current information on tribal monitors. The data are more
complete after 1996.
Data Source: Data are compiled by EPA's Regional Offices and reported to Headquarters.
Methods, Assumption, and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC procedures: N/A
1-50
-------
Data Quality Review: N/A
Data Limitations: N/A
New/Improved Performance Data or Systems: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
References: The data are presented to the public at appropriate meetings, and are available upon
request to any member of the public.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Report on the chronic respiratory health effects in
children of intra-urban gradients of particulate matter and co-pollutants in EL Paso, TX.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Report
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Report on epidemiological studies examining acute cardiac
and respiratory effects in the elderly and children exposed to particulate matter (PM) and
co-pollutants.
Performance Database: Program output, no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Report
1-51
-------
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA cooperates with other Federal, state, Tribal, and local agencies in achieving goals
related to ground level ozone and PM. EPA continues to work closely with the Department of
Agriculture and the Forest Service in developing its burning policy and reviewing practices that
can reduce emissions. EPA, the Department of Transportation (DOT), and the Army Corps of
Engineers work with state and local agencies to integrate transportation and air quality plans,
reduce traffic congestion, and promote livable communities. EPA continues to work with the
Department of the Interior, National Park Service, in developing its regional haze program and
deploying the IMPROVE visibility monitoring network. The operation and analysis of data
produced by the PM monitoring system is an example of the close coordination of effort between
the EPA and state and Tribal governments.
EPA is working with the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) on
technology transfer for using satellite imagery for pollution assessments and transports. We
work with the Department of the Army, Department of Defense, on advancing emission
measurement technology. We also work with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NO AA), Department of Commerce, for meteorological support for our modeling
and monitoring efforts.
The Department of Energy (DOE) and DOT fund research projects to better understand
the size, source, and causes of mobile source pollution. The DOT'S mobile source projects
include TRANSIMS (TRansportation ANalysis and SIMulation System) and other transportation
modeling projects; DOE is funding these projects through the National Renewable Energy Lab.
EPA also works closely with the DOE on refinery cost modeling analyses for EPA's clean fuel
programs. For mobile sources program outreach, the Agency is participating in a collaborative
effort with DOT's Federal Highway Administration and the Federal Transit Administration
designed to educate the public about the impacts of transportation choices on traffic congestion,
arr quality and human health. This community-based public education initiative also includes the
Centers for Disease Control. In addition, EPA is working with DOE to identify opportunities in
the Clean Cities program. We will also work with other Federal agencies such as the United
States Coast Guard on air emission issues.
Research
Other than Criteria Document preparation, which is EPA's responsibility alone, the
Agency's core tropospheric ozone research program is coordinated with other agencies' research
efforts, including those of the Departments of Energy and Commerce, and the National Science
Foundation. All exposure and risk management research hi this area is coordinated through the
1-52
-------
efforts of the North American Consortium for Atmospheric Research in Support of Air Quality
Management (NARSTO), a public/private partnership whose membership spans governments,
utilities, industry, and academia throughout Mexico, the United States, and Canada.
The National Academy of Sciences PM research plan serves as the principal guideline for
EPA's PM research program. EPA coordinates with other Federal agencies (e.g., the National
Institutes of Health and the Department of Energy) to review ongoing PM research activities and,
where appropriate, refocuses activities so as to be consistent with the NAS plan. The EPA has
chosen to take a broad-based approach to PM research planning and program development that
includes participation by the private sector.
The PM science planning community has pointed to the need to conduct its health effects,
exposure, and monitoring research in close coordination, so that PM lexicological,
epidemiological, and exposure research are done in combination. EPA will continue to focus on
such coordination and pursue a number of avenues to achieve public/private coordination and
cooperation, including: (1) playing a lead role in coordinating all Federal agency research on PM
health, exposure, and atmospheric processes under the Air Quality Research Subcommittee of
the President's Committee on Environment and Natural Resources (CENR/AQRS); (2) creating
an open inventory of all public and private ongoing PM research; and (3) completing a Research
Strategy for PM which will benefit all organizations engaged in PM-related research.
One key opportunity for coordinating research supporting state efforts to implement the
PM NAAQS is through the expansion of NARSTO, which has broadened its mission to include
PM-related efforts. Complementary Federal/private coordination of effects-related research is
under development, including that of the CENR/AQRS, and is being closely coordinated with
the NARSTO expansion.
Statutory Authorities
Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q)
Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act and Alternative Motor Fuels Act of 1988
(AFMA)
National Highway System Designation Act
Research
Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-767Iq)
1-53
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean Air
Objective: Reduce Air Toxics Risk
By 2020. eliminate unacceptable risks cd cancer and other significant health problems
Irom air toxic emissions Lor at least 95 percent of the population, with particular attention to
children and other sensitive subpopulations. and substantially reduce or eliminate adverse effects
on our natural environment. By 2010. the tribes and EPA will have the information and tools to
characterize and assess trends in air toxics in Indian country.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002
Actuals
Reduce Air Toxics Risk
Environmental Program A-
Management
Science & Techno! oe\
$113.8J].7
$56.147.2
$29.082.8
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
lota] Workvears
$28.583.7
375.9
FY 2003
Pres. Bud,
$118.023 ,l_
$56.913.9
$23.8]8.9_
$37.290.4_
37] .4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Air Toxics^Research _
Air. State. Local and Tribal
Assistance Grants: Other Aii
Grants _
Congressional]}' Mandated Projects
Facilities Infjastructuie and
Operations
Hazardous Air Pollutants
Homeland Securny-Pieparedness.
FY 2002
Enacted
$18.923.4
$30.790.4
$4.095.0
$5.430.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$19.883.7_
$37.290.4
$0.0
$5.249.3
$52.622.4_
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$127.747_J_
$59.095.2
$24.36L5_
$44.290.4_
378.5
FY 2004
Request
$20.34 2.4_
$44.29.0.4
$0.0
$5.911.0
$54.235.7
$0.0
FY 2004
Req. v,
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$9,723.9
$2.181.3
$542.6
$7,000.0
7.1
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
__$458.7_
$7.000.0
$0.0
$661.7
$1.613.3
$0.0
1-5-4
-------
Response and Recovery
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Regional Management
FY 2002
Enacted
$1,552.6
$1,288.7
$0.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,713.0
$1,264.4
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$1,780.8
$1,147.3
$39.5
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$67.8
($117.1)
$39.5
FY 2004 Request
Toxic pollutants in the air, or deposited on soils or surface waters, may have a number of
health and environmental impacts. People exposed to certain toxic air pollutants at sufficient
concentrations and for sufficient periods of time are at increased risk of cancer or other serious
health effects. These health effects may include damage to the immune system, neurological
system, reproductive system (i.e., reduced fertility), and/or developmental and/or respiratory
problems. Like humans, animals can experience health problems if exposed to sufficient
concentrations of air toxics for sufficient amounts of time. Numerous studies conclude that
deposited air toxics contribute to birth defects, reproductive failure, and disease in animals, too.
Finally, persistent toxic air pollutants are of particular concern in aquatic ecosystems because the
pollutants accumulate in sediments and may biomagnify in tissues of animals at the top of the
food chain to concentrations many times higher than in the water or air.
The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (CAAA) contain a variety of provisions that
address air toxics from all categories of sources. Title III provides authority to regulate stationary
sources of hazardous air pollutants (HAPs). Title II calls on EPA to develop standards to control
HAPs from motor vehicles and vehicle fuels. The CAAA list 188 HAPs that are emitted from
mobile sources, major stationary sources, and area stationary sources. EPA also has classified
diesel particulate matter and diesel exhaust organic gases as air toxics.
EPA's overall goals for the air toxics program include:
• improving air quality and addressing highest health and environmental risks, while
reducing program costs; getting better results in less burdensome ways; and
• increasing the roles of state, Tribal, and local governments.
EPA's air toxics program has five elements:
1. developing source-specific and sector-based Federal standards;
2. carrying out national, regional, and community-based initiatives that focus on multi-
media and cumulative risks;
1-55
-------
3, using the actual, measured and modeled data to set priorities and guide programs; .\
4. filling toxicity data gaps; and
5. providing public education and outreach.
Priorities for the air toxics program include:
• completing MACT standards on a schedule that avoids case-by-case decisions by states,
• developing a residual risk program to address risks at facilities post-MACT standards;
working to reduce toxics from mobile sources;
» working with stakeholders to identify and address the risk reductions that matter most to
local citizens; and
• developing tools, training, handbooks, and websites to provide information on how to
assess risks, convene multi-stakeholder groups to make local decisions, and steps to go
through to reduce risks.
Regional responsibilities include working with states, tribes, and local agencies to:
• implement MACT and other air toxics standards;
• expand monitoring of air toxics and inventories of emissions; and
• carry out community-based air toxics initiatives that identify and address issues of
concern.
Progress to Date
EPA has been implementing a two-phase program to reduce emissions of HAPs from
major stationary sources. In the first phase, EPA established a program to set Maximum
Achievable Control Technology (MACT) standards for approximately 180 source categories
emitting one or more of the 188 HAPs listed in the Act. These MACT standards create a level
playing field by requiring all major sources to achieve the level of control already being achieved
by the better performing sources in each category. When all the MACT rules are fully
implemented in addition to efforts by states and industry, toxic emissions from large industrial
facilities will decrease by 1.7 million tons per year or 63%.
As of December 31, 2002, EPA had issued 66 standards for 108 source categories with
plans to issue standards for approximately another 29 standards for 58 source categories by
February 2004. The Agency has proposed the last group of MACT standards, due 10 years after
the CAAA, and will issue final standards by February 2004.
\
Many industries containing sources in the remaining source categories are very '"
concerned that EPA did not issue standards by the May 15, 2002 "hammer date" in the CAAA.
1-56
-------
The Act then requires industry to submit lengthy Title V permit applications recommending
case-by-case MACT to permitting authorities by that date. The EPA, however, alleviated this
burden to sources and states by promulgating amendments on April 5, 2002, to the section 112(j)
rule (subpart B of 40 CFR 63). These amendments created a two-part application process for
affected industries, with Part 1 consisting of simple source identification information, due on the
hammer date, and Part 2 providing more substantive information regarding emission points,
pollutants, and controls, due 24 months later. In addition, the amendments no longer require the
owner or operator of the source to determine in the application which MACT would have been
applicable, as was required in the original rule, although they can still recommend it.
Following litigation challenging these amendments, EPA currently is taking comments
on a revised proposal. Generally, a Part 2 application would be due 60 days after the scheduled
promulgation date for a specific MACT standard, if the MACT standard had not been
promulgated by that time. Amendments proposing this timing were published in the Federal
Register on December 9, 2002. EPA fully expects that all MACT standards, except the
hazardous waste combustion Phase II MACT, will be promulgated before applications are due.
EPA also must set technology-based standards for select area sources. To date, the
Agency has listed 71 area source categories that were required to be finalized in 2000. We have
litigation settlement discussions ongoing to establish promulgation dates for these.
The Act, in the second phase, requires the Agency to examine each MACT standard eight
years after promulgation to determine if the risk remaining from each industrial category is
considered safe. While completing the final MACT, EPA has begun work on a risk-based
approach to protect public health from the remaining air toxics emissions. This approach
includes targeting particular problems such as residual risks from already controlled sources and
elevated risks hi urban areas. EPA will develop more stringent residual risk standards when
appropriate, to reduce cancer and noncancer health risks hi the vicinity of major industrial
sources of FIAPs. These standards also will help the Agency make progress with respect to its
long-term GPRA goals of reducing cancer risks from stationary sources by 75% from 1990
levels and significantly reducing noncancer health risks.
In FY 2001, EPA issued the Mobile Source Air Toxics Rule (MSAT) to address
emissions of air toxics from mobile sources. This 2001 MS AT rule identified 21 mobile source
air toxics, which include several volatile organic compounds and metals, as well as diesel
particulate matter and diesel exhaust organic gases. The MSAT rule also evaluated the
effectiveness of existing mobile source emission control programs in reducing highway
emissions of the identified mobile source toxics. Air toxic reductions of about 1.4 million tons
are expected between 1996 and 2020 from existing programs that reduce ozone and particulate
matter (PM), including: the reformulated gasoline program, the national low emission vehicle
program, the emission standards for passenger vehicles, and gasoline sulfur control requirements
(Tier II and the 2007 on-highway heavy-duty vehicle standards) and diesel fuel sulfur control
requirements. Because the Agency recognizes that additional research and evaluation are needed
to fully understand the extent of the mobile source air toxics problem, the rule established a
Technical Analysis Plan for additional research of toxics emissions from nonroad vehicles and
equipment, estimation of exposure in microenvkonments, consideration of the range of total
public exposure to air toxics, and effectiveness and costs of control measures. EPA is in the
1-57
-------
process of reevaluating this rule to determine if more can be done cost-effectively to reduce
MSATs.
Reductions in the national toxics inventory provide only a crude indicator of reductions
in population exposure and do not capture local scale risks. EPA has an ongoing comprehensive
evaluation of air toxics called the National Air Toxics Assessment (NATA). NATA began with
emissions data for 1996, estimated ambient concentrations for 33 HAPs in each of the
approximately 62,000 census tracts nationwide, estimated average exposures to people, and
calculated the potential cancer and noncancer risks associated with those exposures. This
assessment has been reviewed by the Science Advisory Board (SAB) and by state and local
agencies. The NATA information is used by the EPA air toxics program to help set priorities,
measure progress against goals, and develop study plans for more detailed local assessments,
which will help identify the potentially higher exposures (i.e., hotspots) that may exist in urban
environments and link these concerns to local risk reductions. The NATA will be updated
periodically.
In addition, EPA is working to develop improved annual goals and performance
measures for the air toxics program. A particular focus is to identify measures that matter to
individuals both within and outside the Agency. To direct this analysis, EPA is viewing the air
toxics program holistically, determining the expected results, and then identifying appropriate
measures to report on them. Viewing the myriad of activities underway through this
performance framework may help clarify the connections between activities, outputs, and
outcomes. These measures might include where that information could be compiled in the short
or the long term.
FY 2004 Plans
Implementation of the national air toxics strategy is at a critical juncture as EPA begins to
move from a technology-based to a risk-based control program. The Agency is still responsible
for setting technology-based standards for area sources. An effective risk-based program will
require a sound scientific foundation. EPA will have an air toxics research strategy ready for
external review in late 2003. EPA also is working with state and local agencies in a joint Air
Toxics Monitoring Steering Committee to design a national toxics monitoring network. The
SAB has expressed clear support to the Agency's approach for developing this capacity through
monitoring pilots carried out under the sponsorship of the joint committee. The data analysis
phase of the initial assessment work, reflected in a 10-city air toxics monitoring pilot project,
will be completed mid-2003. Data from this effort will lead to the completion of the design of a
network for a national air toxics characterization by early calendar year 2004. Early indications
are that a limited, strategic network of national sites, coupled with more extensive community-
scale monitoring, will provide the most representative assessment of the nation's air toxic
pollution and enable EPA to better gauge the success of Agency efforts in reducing overall risks
from air toxics.
In FY 2004, EPA will, as required by the Act, continue the extensive residual risk
analyses for already promulgated MACT standards to determine if additional standards are
necessary to reduce the remaining risks from these sources. Under the residual risk program, the
Agency must establish risk-based standards for any industrial source category that poses
1-58
-------
unacceptably high risks after a MACT standard is implemented. EPA is working to develop the
significant amounts of information (e.g., emissions, source characterization, exposures) required
to determine whether additional standards are needed. EPA also is developing an approach so
that only those facilities within a source category that pose risks at a level of concern will have to
comply with these standards. Guidance is being developed so facilities can perform facility-by-
facility risk analyses to demonstrate they have low risks and are, therefore, already in compliance
with the standards.
In addition to these standards, EPA determined in December 2000 that regulation was
necessary and appropriate for coal- and oil-fired electric utility steam generating units.
According to an existing settlement agreement, these regulations will be proposed in December
2003, promulgated in December 2004, and will bring these units into compliance by December
2007.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to develop the state, local, and Tribal component of the
Integrated Urban Air Toxics Strategy so that state, local, and Tribal agencies can address
emission issues that are of concern on a state-wide, area-wide, or community-wide basis, hi
addition, EPA will continue to support community assessment and risk reduction projects. EPA
will provide information to states and communities through case examples, documents, websites,
and workshops on tools to help them in conducting assessments and identifying risk reduction
strategies. We also will compile and analyze the information from local assessments and use it
to better characterize risk and assess priorities for further action.
In FY 2004, EPA will assemble a national toxics inventory for the year 2002, which can
be used by EPA, states, and others to analyze the public health risks from air toxics and
strategies, and to manage that risk. The Agency will work with partners to develop improved
emission factors. This effort will include gathering improved activity databases and using
geographic information systems (GISs) and satellite remote sensing, where possible, for key
point, area, mobile, and fugitive source categories and global emission events.
Through increased data collection efforts on air toxics hi FY 2004, EPA also will be
focusing on local hotspots and providing support on environmental justice issues. The Agency
will evaluate and improve local-scale modeling efforts to support local evaluations. The EPA
also plans to model air deposition emissions on a national scale using the Regulatory Modeling
System for Aerosols and Deposition (REMSAD). The results of this assessment will be used to
provide information to other programs, including states, which can then use the information in
evaluating options for air toxic emissions reductions. The plan will also be used to identify
national regulatory solutions to the air deposition problem.
EPA has continued its efforts under the Air-Water Interface Work Plan to address and
prevent adverse effects of atmospheric deposition to coastal and inland waterways (i.e., Great
Waters). This work involves collaboration within EPA offices and with the National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA). In FY 2003, EPA is updating the Air-Water
Interface Work Plan and will continue to implement it hi FY 2004. These efforts involve the
development and support of multi-media approaches to reduce risk and achieve water quality
standards, such as enhancing technical tools and developing demonstration projects that facilitate
Federal, state, Tribal and Regional deposition reduction strategies. The EPA will also provide
1-59
-------
up-to-date information regarding air deposition, emission sources, monitoring technologies, and
toxic effects through education and outreach efforts. Planned outreach efforts include both
synthesizing current trends information and sponsoring workshops/conferences.
Urban encroachment on farming communities and a growing number of large
concentrated animal feeding operations (CAFOs) have resulted in increased citizen complaints
and rising concerns that air emissions from CAFOs may have impacts on the environment and
public health. At the present time, the EPA does not have emission factors sufficient to support
regulatory determinations for animal agriculture. In some cases, there may not even be adequate
technical approaches for characterizing the emissions. The EPA is continuing to work
cooperatively with the agricultural industry, the United States Department of Agriculture
(USDA), and the Congressionally established Agricultural Air Quality Task Force (AAQTF) to
develop scientifically valid emission estimates from CAFOs for PM, PMio, PM2.5, hydrogen
sulfide, ammonia, and volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
The National Academy of Sciences (NAS) was contracted to review the scientific issues
and make recommendations related to characterization of the swine, beef, dairy, and poultry
CAFOs industries; measuring and estimating emissions; and analyzing potential best
management practices, including costs and technological feasibility. EPA received the NAS
findings in December 2002. In FY 2003 and FY 2004, the Agency will make an initial policy
determination as to the applicability of current air toxics regulations for CAFOs, based on the
best available information. In conjunction with the USDA, the AAQTF, and stakeholders, the
EPA will also begin a short-term research program to fill data gaps in the emission estimates,
investigate effective and affordable mitigation techniques, and develop approaches to reduce air
emissions from CAFOs. These approaches could include voluntary measures, Agency guidance
materials, training and outreach, regulatory standards, or some combination of these.
The Agency will continue to evaluate health testing results and protocols from the motor
fuels industry to increase information on public health risks. The Fuels and Fuel Additives
Registration (FFAR) program provides for the review and screening of potential toxic
substances, prior to introduction into motor vehicle fuel supplies. In FY 2004, industry will
provide new and additional data. The FFAR program will continue to involve approximately
2,000 fuel manufacturers, 3,000 gasoline and diesel fuel registrations, and 6,000 additive
registrations. In FY 2004, approximately 10,000 registration reports will be submitted. EPA
will continue fuel additive health testing activities for motor fuels containing
Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl (MMT), Methyl Tertiary-Butyl Ether (MTBE),
ethanol and other oxygenates as well as conventional non-oxygenated gasoline.
In support of EPA regulatory efforts under Title n of the Act, the Agency will continue to
assess the need for and the feasibility of controlling emissions of unregulated toxic air pollutants
associated with motor vehicles and fuels. The 2001 MS AT rule evaluated the effectiveness of
existing highway mobile source emission control programs in reducing. emissions of the
identified toxics. Air toxic reductions of about 1.4 million tons are expected between 1996 and
2020 from existing programs that reduce ozone and particulate matter. In addition, the planned
regulation of emissions from nonroad diesel equipment and fuel will result in substantial further
reductions in diesel PM and other air toxic pollutants. The nonroad gasoline equipment rule
1-60
-------
(Large Spark Ignition (Si/Recreational Vehicles) also will result in substantial reductions of PM
and air toxic pollutants from both exhaust and permeation emissions.
Because the Agency recognizes that additional research and evaluation are needed to
fully understand the extent of the mobile source air toxics problem, the 2001 MS AT rule
established a Technical Analysis Plan that outlines EPA's plans for additional research into
toxics emissions from nonroad vehicles and equipment, estimation of exposure in
microenvironments, consideration of the range of total public exposure to air toxics, and
effectiveness and costs of control measures. This research will inform a future rulemaking in
which EPA will revisit the feasibility and need for additional controls for nonroad and highway
engines and vehicles and their fuels. To prepare for this review, in FY 2004 EPA will continue to
gather emissions data, conduct exposure analyses, and evaluate the need for additional control,
and propose a rule as appropriate.
EPA will analyze toxic emissions data currently being collected from nonroad diesel
engines to assess impacts of engine type, fuel, and control systems on toxic emissions. The
Agency has initiated a test program to better characterize metal emissions from motor vehicles.
EPA also has initiated a project to better characterize potentially toxic PM emissions from
gasoline engines. Also, the Agency has initiated or is participating in several projects to better
characterize personal exposure to mobile source-related air toxics among asthmatic children in
Fresno, CA, residents of Baltimore, MD, in ambient "hot spot" locations, children commuting in
school buses in California, and diesel nonroad equipment operators.
The Agency also is conducting statistical analyses of existing personal exposure data to
evaluate the potential contribution of mobile sources. In addition, EPA is developing a plan to
assess exposures to evaporative emissions of air toxics from vehicles and equipment hi attached
garages. In FY 2004, EPA also will conduct modeling analyses to assess the costs of potential
control strategies and their impacts on mobile source air toxic emissions, exposure, and risk.
Research
The focus of EPA's air toxics research is on risks humans experience from exposures to
hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) emitted from both outdoor (mobile, point, and area) and indoor
sources. The primary goal of this research is to improve the Agency's capability to support
future national, regional, and local scale assessments of air toxic sources, exposures, and risks to
human health. This research will lead to an improved understanding of the activities and factors
that affect human exposure, the development of dose-response information necessary to
determine health effects from individual HAPs and mixtures of HAPs, and the identification and
determination of the risks of HAP exposures to susceptible populations. As outlined in the draft
Air Toxics Research Strategy, research in FY 2004 will refine models used to estimate the
sources of HAPs emissions, exposures to HAPs, and the health effects associated with those
exposures.
In order to ensure the relevance of the program, research and assessment activities are
guided by the draft Air Toxics Research Strategy and the draft Multi-Year Plan. These
documents articulate the long-term goals, purpose, and priorities of the program, and include a
scheduled timeline of research and assessment activities and the expected products including
1-61
-------
annual performance goals and measures under the Government Performance and Results Act
(GPRA). To maximize the quality of the research conducted under the Air Toxics Research
program, products such as scientific publications, assessments and documents undergo peer
review, with major or significant products requiring external peer review. The Agency's Peer
Review Handbook (2nd Edition) codifies the procedures and guidance for conducting peer
review.
EPA research will continue to refine models to estimate ah- toxic emissions from highway
vehicles, to improve the techniques used to measure emissions from small dispersed area
sources, and to improve our understanding of chemical reactions between toxic pollutants
emitted from specific indoor sources and other contaminants and compounds present indoors.
Research will also continue to focus on improving our understanding of how HAPs are formed
and can be prevented in industrial and combustion processes and to evaluate innovative
approaches to measure these emissions, including approaches that measure them on a continual
basis. The emissions data produced by this research will be incorporated into multi-media
human exposure models and air quality models used to evaluate potential implementation
strategies.
The Community Multi-scale Air Quality (CMAQ) modeling system has been designed to
approach air quality as a whole by including state-of-the-science capabilities for modeling
multiple air quality issues, including tropospheric ozone, fine particles, toxics, acid deposition,
and visibility degradation. In this way, the development of CMAQ involves the scientific
expertise from each of these areas and combines the capabilities to enable a community
modeling practice. CMAQ was also designed to have multi-scale capabilities so that separate
models were not needed for urban and regional scale air quality modeling. Research in air
quality modeling will expand CMAQ to include specific HAPs and will continue to develop
neighborhood scale modeling capabilities to support urban and local scale assessments. To
improve the fate and transport component of EPA's air quality models, air chemistry research
will be conducted to characterize the lifetime and fate of urban HAPs.
A critical piece of an air toxics assessment is the estimation of actual human exposure to
HAPs. Exposure research will combine modeling and measurement efforts to provide tools and
data to estimate human exposure to air toxics with greater certainty. The effort will begin to
provide information on the relationships between ambient, indoor, and personal air toxic
concentrations for several HAPs of interest and identify key microenvironments and human
activities that influence personal exposure.
Continuing health effects research will characterize dose-response and health effects of
HAPs through the development of biomarkers, modes-of-action information, and exposure-dose-
response information and models. This research supports the reduction of large uncertainties in
quantitative estimates of the health effects of HAP compounds by developing models to
extrapolate from animals to humans, and from studied HAPs to less understood HAPs that act in
a biologically similar manner. The range of health effects of high priority HAPs and their
mixtures (including volatile organic compounds or VOCs, and mobile source-related pollutants)
will be determined under various exposure scenarios. Health effects methodology work will
focus on high priority urban HAPs, including fuel and fuel additives, and indoor pollutants.
1-62
-------
Assessment activities planned for FY 2004 will include developing cancer unit risk and
chronic non-cancer inhalation reference concentrations (RfC), oral reference doses (RfD), and
non-cancer acute reference exposure (ARE) values. Research will be conducted to determine
whether cancer and non-cancer assessment methodologies need refinement, and testing data from
fuel/fuel additives will be reviewed and associated assessments developed.
Technical support under the air toxics research program includes consulting (e.g., on
listing/delisting petitions and reports to Congress), evaluating alternative fuel and fuel additive
testing results, and performing assessments and consulting on fuels and fuel additives. Research
support activities will also provide review and consultation for residual risk assessments,
national scale assessments, and indoor air assessments.
Homeland Security
EPA's Homeland Security Research Program supports one of six Administration FY
2004 Interagency Research and Development Priorities. In FY 2004, Homeland Security rapid
risk assessment research will focus on developing a population exposure modeling and
forecasting system to simulate in real time the release, dispersion, transport, and fate of airborne
agents, with a focus on air toxics.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$746,900, -0.5 FTE) These increased resources, dollars, and FTE, associated with rent,
are allocated in proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal and objective.
Resources, dollars, and FTE, associated with utilities, security, and human resource
operations are allocated in proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal and
objective. Changes reflect shifts in FTE between goals and objectives. Resources,
dollars, and FTE, associated with contracts and grants, are allocated in proportion to
Headquarters' contracts and grants resources located in each goal and objective. Changes
in these activities reflect shifts in resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes
-> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities: +$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human
Resources: +$870,400 and +5.4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and -18.5 FTE, Grants:
+$3,015,500 and +19.7 FTE)
STAG
(+$7,000,000) Additional air toxics monitoring is necessary to: improve the scientific
basis for understanding exposure to hazardous air pollutants; assess the resultant risk to
human populations and ecosystems; and to design an integrated air toxics program. EPA
worked with state and local agency representatives to develop an air toxics monitoring
strategy concept paper, which was reviewed by the SAB. The SAB concluded that
understanding air toxics in the environment is important, and that additional resources
would aid the effort to assess air toxics concentrations and improve the scientific basis for
understanding exposure to these chemicals and the resulting risk. In conforming to the
SAB recommendations, further expansion of the national monitoring effort will result in
1-63
-------
significant improvements in the characterization of population exposure to air toxics.
EPA is coordinating network expansion activities with state and local agency
representatives, including: expanding pollutants measurement and characterization (e.g.,
characterizing diesel PM; expanding the number of air toxics; deploying real trends sites
under the National Air Toxics Trends Stations (NATTS)); using mobile air toxic
platforms to help characterize local and national control programs (e.g., mobile source
controls; effects of natural gas or diesel retrofits on city-wide bus fleets); increasing PBT
deposition monitoring efforts. These efforts are in addition to the continued work
planned for improving models by comparing toxics monitoring and modeled data,
analyzing pilot, archived, and FY 2003 NATTS data, and characterizing diesel
components of urban NATTS cities.
S&T
Research
$ (+$301,200, +1.0 FTE) Resources will be shifted to air toxics exposure studies from PM
exposure research. These resources will be combined with existing air toxics exposure
resources to support human exposure measurements that will provide information on the
relationship between ambient, outdoor, indoor and personal exposure concentrations of
air toxics and PM and to identify factors which affect these relationships and personal
exposures. The resources for these studies will be leveraged with PM exposure
resources. The purpose of this shift from PM to air toxics exposure is to more evenly
distribute the resource contributions from each program to reflect to the joint air toxics
and PM study objectives.
» (-$159,750, -1.5 FTE) Resources will be shifted from the air toxics research to NAAQS
research in order to support criteria document development. This reduction will cause
minor delays to mobile source air toxics research to improve estimates of toxic emissions
from on-road heavy-duty diesel vehicles.
• (-$170,400, -1.6 FTE) This reduction represents a shift of personnel and associated costs
to support homeland security research activities in the Waste Research Program. Impacts
to the Air Toxics research program include minor delays in research to determine how
ozone reacts with volatile organic compounds (VOC) mixtures indoors to form toxic
compounds, and the refinement, using the results of these studies, of an indoor air quality
model to improve estimates of air toxic exposures from indoor sources. There are
additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for FTE.
GOAL: CLEAN AIR
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE AIR TOXICS RISK
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Reduce Air Toxic Emissions
In 2004 Aii toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional 2% of the
updated 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons for a cumulative reduction of 37%.
1-64
-------
In 2003 Air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional 1% of the
updated 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons for a cumulative reduction 35%.
In 2002 End-of-year FY 2002 data will be available in late 2004 to verify that air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile
sources combined will be reduced by 1.5% from 2001 fora cumulative reduction of 33.5% from the 1993 baseline of 6.0 million
tons per year.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Combined Stationary and Mobile Source Reductions in Air Data Lag 1 2 Percent
Toxics Emissions
Mobile Source Air Toxics Emissions Reduced .68 .71 Million Tons
Stationary Source Air Toxics Emissions Reduced 1,57 1.59 Million Tons
Major Sources, Area and All Other Air Toxics Emissions +.12 +.13 Million Tons
Reduced
Baseline: In 1993, the last year before the MACT standards and mobile source regulations developed under the Clean Air Act began to be
implemented, stationary and mobile sources are now estimated to have emitted 6.0 million tons of air toxics. (EPA's prior
estimate was 4.3 million tons and was updated with improved inventory data.) Air toxics emission data are revised every three
years to generate inventories for the National Toxics Inventory (NTI). In the intervening years between the update of the NTI,
the model EMS-HAP (Emissions Modeling System for Hazardous Air Pollutants) is used to estimate and project annual
emissions of air toxics. EMS-HAP projects emissions, by adjusting point, area and mobile emission data to account for growth
and emission reductions resulting from emission reduction scenarios such as the implementation of the Maximum Achievable
Control Technology (MACT) standards. The FY 2003 target does not have growth factored in. With growth, the target for 2003
is a 1% reduction from 2002 levels for a cumulative reduction of 35%.
Program Assessment Rating Tool
Air Toxics
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the Air Toxics program was evaluated with the following specific findings:
1. There is a clear purpose and design for the program.
2. The program has not shown it is maximizing net benefits, and proposing the most cost
effective regulations.
3. There are inadequate linkages between annual performance and long-term goals that
prevent it from demonstrating its impact on human health.
4. There are large data gaps for toxicity and on actual population exposure.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Increase funding for toxic air pollutant programs by $7 million in State grants for
monitoring to help fill data gaps.
2. Focus on maximizing programmatic net benefits and minimizing the cost per deleterious
health effect avoided.
3. Establish better performance measures (including an appropriate efficiency measure).
1-65
-------
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure:
« Combined Stationary and Mobile Source Reductions in Air Toxics Emissions
• Mobile Source Air Toxics Emissions Reduced
» Stationary Source Air Toxics Emissions Reduced
• All Other Air Toxics Emissions Reduced
Performance Database: National Toxics Inventory (NTT)
Data Source: The NTI includes emissions from large industrial or point sources, smaller
stationary area sources, and mobile sources. The baseline NTI (for base years 1990 - 1993)
includes emissions information for 188 hazardous air pollutants from more than 900 stationary
sources and from mobile sources. It is based on data collected during the development of
Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) standards, state and local data, Toxics
Release Inventory (TRI) data, and emissions estimates using accepted emission inventory
methodologies. The baseline NTI contains county level emissions data and cannot be used for
modeling because it does not contain facility specific data.
The 1996 and the 1999 NTI contain major industrial, area, and mobile source estimates that are
used as input to National Air Toxics Assessment (NATA) modeling. The 1996 and 1999 NTI
contain estimates of facility-specific HAP emissions and their source specific parameters
necessary for modeling such as location and facility characteristics (stack height, exit velocity,
temperature, etc.)
The primary source of data in the 1996 and 1999 NTI is state and local air pollution control
agencies and tribes. These data vary in completeness, format, and quality. EPA evaluates these
data and supplements them with data gathered while developing MACT and residual risk
standards, industry data, and TRI data. To produce a complete model-ready national inventory,
EPA estimates emissions for approximately 30 area source categories such as wildfires and
residential heating sources not included in the state, local and Tribal data. Mobile source data
are developed using data provided by state and local agencies and tribes and the most current
onroad and nonroad models developed by EPA's Office of Transportation and Air Quality. The
draft 1996 and 1999 NTI undergo extensive review by state and local agencies, tribes, industry,
EPA, and the public. For more information and references on the development of the 1996 NTI,,
please go to the following web site: www.epa.gQv/ttn/cliief/nti/index.htmj#ntL For more
information and references on the development of the 1999 NTI, please go to the following web
site: www.epa. gov/ttn/chief/net/index.html# 1999
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: In the intervening years between the update of the
NTI, the model EMS-HAP (Emissions Modeling System for Hazardous Air Pollutants) is used to
estimate annual emissions of air toxics. EMS-HAP is an emissions processor that performs the
1-66
-------
steps needed to process an emission inventory for input into the model. These steps include:
spatial allocation of area and mobile source emissions from the county level to the census tract
level, and temporal allocation of annual emission rates to annually averaged (i.e., same rate for
every day of the year) 3-hour emission rates. In addition, EMS-HAP can project future
emissions, by adjusting point, area and mobile emission data to account for growth and emission
reductions resulting from emission reduction scenarios such as the implementation of the
Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) standards. For more information and
references on EMS-HAP, please go to the following web site: www.epa.goY/
ttti/scram/tt22.htm#asrieri
QA/QC Procedures; The NTI is a database designed to house information from other primary
sources. The EPA performs extensive quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) activities to
improve the quality of the emission inventory. The EPA conducts a variety of internal activities
to QC NTI data provided by other organizations including: (1) the use of an automated format
QC tool to identify potential errors of data integrity, code values, and range checks; (2) use of
geographical information system (GIS) tools to verify facility locations; and (3) content analysis
by pollutant, source category and facility to identify potential problems with emission estimates
such as outliers, duplicate sites, duplicate emissions, coverage of a source category, etc. The
content analysis includes a variety of comparative and statistical analyses. The comparative
analyses help reviewers prioritize which source categories and pollutants to review in more detail
based on comparisons using current inventory data and prior inventories. The statistical analyses
help reviewers identify potential outliers by providing the minimum, maximum, average,
standard deviation, and selected percentile values based on current data. The EPA is currently
developing an automated QC content tool for data providers to use prior to submitting their data
to EPA. After investigating errors identified using the automated QC format and GIS tools, the
EPA follows specific guidance on augmenting data for missing data fields. This guidance is
available at the following web site: www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/emch/invent/qaaugrnemo finalpdf
The NTI database contains data fields that indicate if a field has been augmented and identifies
the augmentation method. After performing the content analysis, the EPA contacts data
providers to reconcile potential errors. The draft NTI is posted for external review and includes
a README file, with instructions on review of data and submission of revisions, documentation,
state-by-state modeling files with all modeled data fields, and summary files to assist in the
review of the data. One of the summary files includes a comparison of point source data
submitted by different organizations. During the external review of the data, state and local
agencies, tribes, and industry provide external QA of the inventory. The EPA evaluates
proposed revisions from external reviewers and prepares memos for individual reviewers
documenting incorporation of revisions and explanations if revisions were not incorporated. All
revisions are tracked hi the database with the source of original data and sources of subsequent
revision.
The external QA and the internal QC of the inventory have resulted in significant changes in the
initial emission estimates, as seen by comparison of the initial draft NTI and its final version.
For more information on QA/QC of the NTI, please refer to the following web site for a paper
presented at the 2002 Emission Inventory Conference hi Atlanta. "QA/QC - An Integral Step in
the Development of the 1999 National Emission Inventory for HAPs", Anne Pope, et al.
www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/conference/ei 11/qa/pope.pdf
1-67
-------
Data Quality Review; EPA staff, state and local agencies, tribes, industry and the public have
reviewed the NTL To assist in the review of the 1999 NTI, the EPA provided a comparison of
data from the 3 data sources (MACT, TRI, and state, local and Tribal inventories) for each
facility. For the 1999 NTI, two periods are available for external review - October 2001 -
February 2002 and October 2002 - February 2003.
Both the fiill draft 1996 national air toxics assessment and several of the individual components
of the assessment have been subjected to the scrutiny of leading scientists throughout the country
in a process called "scientific peer review." This ensures that EPA uses the best available
scientific methods and information. In 2001, EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB) reviewed the
1996 national-scale assessment. The review was generally supportive of the assessment purpose,
methods, and presentation; the committee considers this an important step toward a better
understanding of air toxics. Many of the SAB comments related to possible improvements for
future assessments (additional national-scale assessments are being planned for the base year
1999 and for every 3 years thereafter) and raised technical issues that would merit further
investigation. EPA will follow up on these issues. Additional information is available on the
Internet: •
The following describes the various scientific peer review activities that are associated with the
1996 national air toxics assessment:
• EPA's Science Advisory Board peer-reviewed the ASPEN dispersion model used in the
Cumulative Exposure Project (CEP). The Science Advisory Board issued their report in
1996. It can be found at http://ww\Ątepa.gov/sab/fiscal96.htm .
• The HAPEM exposure model underwent a peer review by EPA scientists and an external
peer review in the summer of 2000. While the peer review identified several limitations
inherent in the current methodology, it is still acknowledged as an appropriate tool to
help better understand the relation of human exposures to ambient concentration levels.
Data Limitations: The NTI contains data from other primary references. Because of the
different data sources, not all information in the NTI has been developed using identical
methods. Also, for the same reason, there are likely some geographic areas with more detail and
accuracy than others. Because of the lesser level of detail in the 1993 NTI, it is not suitable for
input to dispersion models.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The 1996 and 1999 NTI are a significant improvement over
the baseline 1993 NTI because of the added facility-level detail (e.g., stack heights,
latitude/longitude locations), making it more useful for dispersion model input. Future
inventories (2002 and later years) are expected to improve significantly because of increased
interest in the NTI by regulatory agencies, environmental interests, and industry, and the greater
potential for modeling and trend analysis. During the development of the 1999 NTI, all primary
data submitters and reviewers were required to submit their data and revisions to EPA in a
standardized format using the Agency's Central Data Exchange (CDX). For more information
on CDX, please go the following web site: www.epa.gov/ttn/chiefynif/cdx.htrnl
1-68
-------
References: The NTI data and documentation are available at the following sites:
ftp site: ftp;//f||).epa.gQv/EmisInv.entory/
Available inventories: 1996 NTI, 1999 NTI
Contents: Modeling data files for each state
Summary data files for nation
Documentation
README file
Audience: individuals who want full access to NTI files
Air DATA site: www.q3ia.gov/air/data/
Available inventories: 1996 NTI
Contents: Summary data files
Audience: the public
NEON: http://ttnwwwjfenc.q3a.gov/Neon/
Available inventories: 1996 NTI and draft 2002 version of the 1999 NTI
Contents: Summary data files
Audience: EPA staff
CHIEF: www.epa.gov/ttn/chi ef
1999 NTI data development materials
1999 Data Incorporation Plan - describes how EPA will compile the 1999 NTI
QC tool for data submitters
Data Augmentation Memo - describes procedures EPA will use to augment data
99 NTI Q's and A's - provides answers to frequently asked questions
NTF (Input Format) files and descriptions
CDX Data Submittal Procedures - instructions on how to submit data using CDX
Training materials on development of HAP emission inventories
Emission factor documents, databases, and models
Audience: state and local agencies, tribes, industry, EPA, and the public
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA coordinates with many other agencies and organizations to achieve reductions of
risk from air toxics. EPA works with the Department of Energy (DOE) on several fuels
programs. Other programs targeted to reduce air toxics from mobile sources are coordinated
with the Department of Transportation (DOT). These partnerships can involve policy
assessments and toxic emission reduction strategies in different regions of the country.
EPA is also forming partnerships with the Department of Defense (DOD) in the
development of new continuous source monitoring technology for toxic metals emitted from
smokestacks. This partnership will provide a new source monitoring tool that will streamline
source monitoring requirements that a number of DOD incinerators are required to meet and
improve the operation of DOD incinerators with real-time emissions information resulting in
reduced releases of air toxics to the environment. In time, this technology is expected to be
available for use at non-DOD facilities.
1-69
-------
EPA also works closely with the DOE on refinery cost modeling analyses for EPA's
clean fuel programs. For mobile sources program outreach, the Agency is participating in a
collaborative effort with DOT's Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) and Federal Transit
Administration (FTA) designed to educate the public about the impacts of transportation choices
on traffic congestion, air quality, and public health. This community-based public education
initiative also includes the Centers for Disease Control (CDC). In addition, EPA works with
DOE to identify opportunities in the Clean Cities program. EPA also works cooperatively with
DOE to better characterize gasoline PM emissions and characterize the contribution of gasoline
vehicles and engine emissions to ambient PM levels.
The Agency is continuing to work closely with the Department of Labor's Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) to coordinate the development of EPA and OSHA
standards, where necessary,, to ensure that MACT standards designed to reduce air toxic
emissions do not inadvertently increase worker exposures. EPA also works closely with other
health agencies such as the CDC, the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences
(NIEHS), and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health on health risk
characterization. To assess atmospheric deposition and characterize ecological effects, EPA
works with the Department of Commerce's National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
and the Department of the Interior's United States Fish and Wildlife Service.
The Agency has worked extensively with the Department of Health and Human Services
(HHS) on the National Health and Nutritional Evaluation Study to identify mercury
accumulations in humans. EPA also has worked with DOE on the 'Fate of Mercury' study to
characterize mercury transport and traceability in Lake Superior.
During FY 2004, EPA will continue to work closely with the USD A through the joint
USDA/EPA AAQTF. The AAQTF is a workgroup set up by Congress to oversee agricultural air
quality-related issues. The AAQTF is working to determine the extent to which agricultural
activities contribute to air pollution and to develop cost-effective ways in which the agricultural
community can improve air quality. In addition, the AAQTF coordinates research on
agricultural air quality issues to avoid duplication and ensure data quality and sound
interpretation of data.
Research
EPA's Air Toxics Research Program works with other Federal agencies, such as the
National Institute of Envkonmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) and the National Toxicology
Program (NTP), on an ad hoc basis to identify and coordinate research needs. The Health
Effects Institute conducts complementary research related to air toxics that is coordinated with
EPA activities.
Statutory Authorities
Clean Air Act Title I, Part A and Part D, Subparts 3 and 5 (42 U.S.C. 7401-7431, 7512-7512a,
7514-7514a) (15 U.S.C. 2605)
1-70
-------
Clean Air Act Amendments. Title 11 (42 U.S.C. 752] -7590)
Clean Air Act Amendments. Title TV (42 U.S.C. 7651-766] f)
Research
Clean Air Act (CAA) (42 U.S.C. 7401 -7671 q)
1-7]
-------
Environmental Prelection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean Air
Objective: Reduce Acid Rain.
By 2005, reduce ambient nitrates and iota] nitrogen deposition to 1990 levels. By .2010.
reduce ambient sulfaies and totai sulfur deposition by up to 30 percent from 1990 levels.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002 FY 2003
Actual*, Pres. Bud.
Reduce Acid Rain.
Environmental Program
-------
Stewardship
FY 2002
Enacted
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
FY 2004 Request
Emissions of sulfur dioxide (802), mostly from electric power generation and other
industrial sources, and nitrogen oxides (NOX), mostly from electric power generation sources and
motor vehicles, react in the atmosphere and fall to earth as acid deposition or "acid rain." Acid
rain causes acidification of soils, lakes, and streams, making the water unsuitable for some fish
and other wildlife and contributing to the damage of trees at high elevations. Acid rain also
speeds the decay of buildings, statues, and sculptures that are part of our national heritage.
Before falling to earth, SOi and NOX gases form fine particles that adversely affect human health
by contributing to premature deaths, chronic bronchitis, and other respiratory problems. The fine
particles also contribute to reduced visibility, and impair some of our most scenic vistas at
national parks. Acid rain and its precursor SC>2 and NOX emissions are carried by the wind,
sometimes hundreds of miles, across state and national borders. NOX emissions also are a major
precursor of ozone, which contributes to asthma and other respiratory illnesses and damages
crops, forests, and materials. NOX deposition also contributes to eutrophication of coastal waters,
such as the Chesapeake Bay and Tampa Bay.
The Acid Ram Program, authorized under Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments of
1990, focuses primarily on SC-2 and NOX emissions from electric utilities, and has numerous
statutory deadlines. Title II of the Clean Air Act Amendments requires reductions in NOX
emissions from mobile sources. The United States also is committed to reductions in SC«2 and
NOX emissions under the United States-Canada Air Quality Agreement of 1991. EPA's Acid
Rain Program uses market-based approaches to achieve these emission reductions. The Program
provides affected sources with flexibility to meet required emission reductions at the lowest cost
(both to industry and government). The SC>2 component features tradable units called
"allowances" (one allowance authorizes the emission of one ton of 802), accurate and verifiable
measurements of emissions, and a cap on total emissions. The Acid Rain Program continues to
be recognized as a model for flexible and effective regulation, both in the United States and
abroad.
Major Acid Rain Program activities include: measurement, quality assurance, and
tracking of SC^, NOX, and CO2 emissions, as recorded by Continuous Emissions Monitors
(CEMs) or equivalent continuous monitoring methods at more than 2,500 reporting electric
utility units; conducting field audits and certifying emissions monitors; recording transfers of
emission allowances in the SO2 allowance tracking system; reconciling emissions and
allowances for all affected sources to ensure compliance; and processing of permit actions.
The Acid Rain Program developed through two phases. Phase I of the Program began
in 1995, requiring SO2 reductions from approximately 400 electric utility units. Phase I also
required approximately 250 of these units to make NOX reductions beginning in 1996. Phase n
of the Program began in 2000 and required reductions in SC«2 emissions from more than 2,500
1-73
-------
operating electric utility units (gas-fired, oil-fired, and coal-fired) and reductions in year-round
NOX emissions from approximately 1,000 coal-fired units. In addition, the number of subject
sources is increasing steadily as new capacity is built into the system to meet the Nation's
expanding energy demands. Since 2000, 126 new operating sources have been added to the
system, an increase of over 5 percent.
This growth has resulted in a steady increase in the number of units affected by the
trading program and a significant increase in emissions tracking, SC>2 allowance trading, and
account reconciliation activities conducted by EPA during Phase It of the Program. In 2001,
4,900 allowance transfers that affected over 22 million SOi allowances were recorded in the
Allowance Transfer System, the accounting system developed to track holdings of allowances.
EPA launched the On-Line Allowance Transfer System (OATS) in December 2001. This time-
saving electronic system enables allowance market participants to record trades directly on the
Internet, rather than submitting paper forms. Approximately 90% of all allowance transfers are
now completed on line.
Title IV - Utility
§ 20'
1 15'
1 10-
5H
I
and NOX Emissions Reductions
SCfe Emissions
NO, Emissions
1980 1985 1990
1995 2000
Year
2005 2010
In addition to these operational activities,
the Acid Rain Program is responsible for managing
the Clean Air Status and Trends Network
(CASTNet), a dry deposition monitoring network, SO2
as well as for providing critical operational support _
for the National Atmospheric Deposition Program
(NADP), a wet deposition network. These
monitoring efforts play a crucial role in the
Program's ongoing assessment activities, including
reporting outcomes under the Government
Performance and Results Act (GPRA), and
fulfilling assessment responsibilities under the
United States-Canada Air Quality Agreement and Title DC of the Clean Air Act Amendments. In
addition, the Program provides analytical support for the National Acid Precipitation Assessment
Program (NAPAP). NAPAP coordinates
Federal acid deposition research and
monitoring of emissions, acidic
deposition, and their effects, including
assessing the costs and benefits of Title
IV. In 2004, the Acid Rain Program will
continue analyzing the costs and benefits
i Mam of the Program for inclusion in NAP AP's
tj 2«, JSfflH JBJB
Integrated Assessment Report.
1= 15
c 10
I 5
0
n •«*.«• .
1-11
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001
* Between Economically Related Organizations
® Between Economically Distinct Organizations
We estimate that when fully
implemented in 2010, the SC*2 reductions
alone under Title IV will provide $50
billion (1997 dollars) in health benefits
(mostly from an estimated reduction in
premature mortality of 9,000 cases per
year) and $1 billion in additional benefits
1-74
-------
due to improved visibility from an expected 30 percent improvement in visibility at national
parks in the eastern United States. The Acid Rain Program also will produce significant benefits
in terms of lowered surface water acidity and less damage to materials and high-elevation
forests. Nevertheless, after full implementation of the current program, significant residual risks
will remain to human health, ecological systems, and quality of life. Thus, the Clear Skies
Initiative is needed to address this deficiency as well as issues related to visibility impairment
and attainment of the national air quality standards for fine particles and ozone. Over the next
decade, Clear Skies is projected to further reduce SC>2 and NOX by another 35 million tons. EPA
believes that the additional health benefits from this will exceed $96 billion by 2020 due mainly
to reduced mortality from reduced concentrations of fine particulate matter.
Sulfate Deposition in Acid Rain Reduced (kg/ha)
1989-91
1999-01
35
These maps represent snapshots of wet sulfate deposition over time. Wet sulfur deposition has been reduced by
up to 25% over a large area of the Eastern United States as a result of the Acid Rain Program.
1-75
-------
GOAL: CLEAN AIR
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE ACID RAM.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Reduce SO2 Emissions
in 2004 Maintain or increase annual SO2 emission reduction of approximately 5 million tons from the 1980 baseline. Keep annual
emissions below level authorized by allowance holdings and make progress towards achievement of Year 2010 SO2 emissions
cap for utilities.
In 2003 Maintain or increase annual SO2 emission reduction of approximately 5 million tons from the 1980 baseline. Keep annual
emissions below level authorized by allowance holdings and make progress towards achievement of Year 2010 SO2 emissions
cap for utilities.
In 2002 On track to ensure that EPA maintains or increases annual SO2 emission reduction of approximately 5 million tons from the
1980 baseline. Keep annual emissions below level authorized by allowance holdings and make progress towards achievement of
Year 2010 S02 emissions cap for utilities.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
SO2 Emissions Data Lag 5,000,000 5,000,000 Tons Reduced
Baseline: The base of comparison for assessing progress on the annual perfonnance goal is the 1980 emissions baseline. The 1980 SO2
emissions inventory totals 17.5 million tons for electric utility sources. This inventory was developed by National Acid
Precipitation Assessment Program (NAPAP) and used as the basis for reductions in Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments.
This data is also contained in EPA's National Air Pollutant Emissions Trends Report, A statutory SO2 emission cap for year
2010 and later is at 8.95 million tons which is approximately 8.5 million tons below 1980 emissions level. "Allowable SO2
emission level" consists of allowance alto cations granted to sources each year 'under several provisions of the Act and additional
allowances carried over, or banked, from previous years.
Reduce NOx Emissions
In 2004 2 million tons of NOx from coal-fired utility sources will be reduced from levels that would have been emitted without
implementation of Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments.
In 2003 2 million tons of NOx from coal-fired utility sources will be reduced from levels that would have been emitted wMiout
implementation of Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments.
In 2002 On track to ensure that 2 million tons of NOx from coal-fired utility sources are reduced from levels that would have been
emitted without implementation of Title JTV of the Clean Air Act Amendments.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
NOx Reductions Data Lag 2,000,000 2,000,000 Tons Reduced
Baseline: Perfonnance Baseline: The base of comparison for assessing progress on this annual performance goal is emissions that would
have occurred in the absence of Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments. These emissions levels are calculated using actual
annual heat input and the baseline (uncontrolled) NOx emission rates by boiler type from the preamble to the final rule (61 FR
67112, December 19,1996).
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: SOi and NOx emission reductions
Performance Database: Emissions Tracking System (ETS), SOa and NOx emissions collected
by Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems (GEMS) or equivalent continuous monitoring
methods, CASTNet (dry deposition), National Atmospheric Deposition Program (NADP) (wet
deposition).
1-76
-------
Data Source: On a quarterly basis, ETS receives and processes hourly measurements of SC>2,
NOX, volumetric flow, CC>2, and other emission-related parameters from more than 2,500 fossil
fuel-fired utility units affected under the Title IV Acid Rain Program. For the 5-month ozone
season (May 1 - September 30), ETS receives and processes hourly NOX measurements from
electric generation units (EGUs) and certain large industrial combustion units affected by the
Ozone Transport Commission (OTC) NOX Budget Program, the NOX SIP Call, and/or the Section
126 of the Clean Air Act controlling for regional transport of ozone in the eastern United States
In 2004, the initial compliance year for the NOX SIP Call, up to 2000 units hi as many as 20
States and D.C. will be reporting seasonal NOX data to ETS. Over 900 units have been reporting
these data since 1999 under the OTC NOX Budget Program.
CASTNet measures particle and gas acidic deposition chemistry. Specifically, CASTNet
measures sulfate and nitrate dry deposition and meteorological information at approximately 70
active monitoring sites. CASTNet is primarily an eastern, long-term dry deposition network
funded, operated and maintained by EPA=s Office of Air and Radiation (OAR).
The NADP is a national long-term wet deposition network that measures precipitation chemistry
and provides long-term geographic and temporal trends in concentration and deposition of major
cations and anions. Specifically, NADP provides measurements of sulfate and nitrate wet
deposition at approximately 200 active monitoring sites. EPA, along with several other Federal
agencies, states, and other private organizations, provide funding and support for NADP. The
Illinois State Water Survey /University of Illinois maintains the NADP database.
Methods, Assumption, and Suitability: Promulgated methods are used to aggregate data
across all United States utilities for each pollutant and related source operating parameters.
QA/QC Procedures: QA/QC requirements dictate performing a series of quality assurance tests
of CEMS performance. For these tests, emissions data are collected under highly structured,
carefully designed testing conditions, which involve either high quality standard reference
materials or multiple instruments performing simultaneous emission measurements. The
resulting data are screened and analyzed using a battery of statistical procedures, including one
that tests for systematic bias. If a CEM fails the bias test, indicating a potential for systematic
underestimation of emissions, the source of the error must be identified and corrected or the data
are adjusted to minimize the bias. Further information available on the Internet:
http://wtv-w.epa.gOv/airmarkets/reportin.g:/arp/closure2001.htmland
http ://www. epa. gov/airrnarkets/mon itoring/bi as/index.html
CASTNet established a Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) hi November 2001; a copy of
which is available at http^/w^^w.epa.gov/castnet/librarv/qapp.html The QAPP contains data
quality objectives and quality control procedures for accuracy and precision
NADP has established data quality objectives and quality control procedures for accuracy,
precision and representation, available on the Internet: http://nadp.sws.uiuc.edu/QA/. The
intended use of these data is to establish spatial and temporal trends in wet deposition and
precipitation chemistry.
1-77
-------
Data Quality Review: The ETS provides instant feedback to sources on data reporting
problems, format errors, and inconsistencies. The electronic data file QA checks are described at
http://wwv.epa. gov/aimiarke^ under EPA=s Quarterly Report
Review Process. All quarterly reports are analyzed to detect deficiencies and to identify reports
that must be resubmitted to correct problems. EPA also identifies reports that were not submitted
by the appropriate reporting deadline. Revised quarterly reports must be obtained from sources
by a specified deadline to correct deficiencies found during the Data Review process. All data
are reviewed, and preliminary and final emissions data reports are prepared for public release
and compliance determination.
CASTNet underwent formal peer review in 1997 by a panel of scientists from EPA and NOAA.
Findings are documented in Examination of CASTNet: Data, Results, Costs, and Implications
(United States EPA, Office of Research and Development, National Exposure Research
Laboratory, February 1997).
The NADP methods of determining wet deposition values have undergone extensive peer
review, handled entirely by the NADP housed at the Illinois State Water Survey/University of
Illinois. Assessments of changes in NADP methods are developed primarily through the
academic community and reviewed through the technical literature process.
Data Limitations: In order to improve the spatial resolution of CASTNet, additional monitoring
sites are needed.
Error Estimate: None
New/Improved Data or Systems: None planned
References: For additional information about CASTNet, see http://www.epa.gov/castnet/ and
for NADP, see http://nadp.sws.uiuc.edu/.
For a description of EPA's Acid Rain program, see http://www.epa.gov/airmarkets/acidrain/ and
in the electronic Code of Federal Regulations at http://www.epa.gov/doos/epacfr40/chapt-
iinfo/subch-C.htm (40 CFR parts 72-78.)
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA participates with NAPAP, which coordinates Federal acid rain research and
monitoring under the auspices of the National Science and Technology Council Committee on
Environment and Natural Resources. As required by Title IX of the 1990 Clean Air Act
Amendments, NAPAP prepares a biennial report that evaluates the costs, benefits, and
effectiveness of the Acid Deposition Control Program under Title IV of the 1990 Clean Air
Amendments. The NAPAP assessment is a multi-agency effort requiring cooperation and
coordination among EPA, the Department of Energy, the Department of Agriculture, the
Department of the Interior, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, and the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
1-78
-------
I Statutory Authorities
Clean Air Act Amendments, Title I (42 U.S.C. 7401-7514a)
Clean Air Act Amendments, Title IV (42 U.S.C. 7651-7661!)
Clean Air Act Amendments, Title IX (42 U.S.C. 7403-7404)
1-79
-------
Goal 2: Clean Water
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal 2: Clean and Safe Water U-l
Safe Drinking Water, Fish and Recreational Waters n-12
Protect Watersheds and Aquatic Communities n-46
Reduce Loadings and Air Deposition n-75
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean and Safe Water
Strategic Goal: All Americans will have drinking water that is clean and safe to drink.
Effective protection of America's rivers, lakes, wetlands, aquifers, and coastal and ocean waters
will sustain fish, plants, and wildlife, as well as recreational, subsistence, and economic
activities. Watersheds and their aquatic ecosystems will be restored and protected to improve
human health, enhance water quality, reduce flooding, and provide habitat for wildlife.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
Clean and Safe Water
Safe Drinking Water, Fish and
Recreational Waters
Protect Watersheds and Aquatic
Communities
Reduce Loadings and Air
Deposition
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$3,870,039.5
$1,355,114.4
$474,725.2
$2,040,199.9
2,681.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$3,214,674.2
$1,148,425.1
$435,814.7
$1,630,434.4
2,742.8
FY 2004
Request
$2,952,472.9
$1,198,942.3
$479,787.4
$1,273,743.2
2,776.4
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
($262,201.3)
$50,517.2
$43,972.7
($356,691.2)
33.6
Background and Context
Over the almost thirty years since enactment of the Clean Water Act (CWA) and Safe
Drinking Water Act (SDWA), government, citizens, and the private sector have worked together
to make dramatic improvements in the quality of surface waters and drinking water supplies.
Cleaner, safer water has lead to a rebirth of recreational, ecological, and economic values in
communities across the Nation. Despite tangible improvements in the quality of the Nation's
waters, water pollution and drinking water problems remain. States and tribes are in the middle
of the complex process of adopting and implementing statewide watershed approaches that in
turn require strong standards, monitoring, Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs), and
implementation (e.g. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit)
programs. EPA and states are facing backlogs, court challenges, and petitions to withdraw state
program authorization. In recognition of these challenges, the FY 2004 President's Budget
provides additional resources to help address these issues and continue the water quality
improvements of the past 30 years.
n-i
-------
Means and Strategy
To achieve the Nation's clean and safe water goals, EPA will operate under an
overarching watershed approach in carrying out its statutory authorities under both the SDWA
Amendments of 1996 and the CWA. In FY 2004, the Agency will place particular emphasis on
the core water programs - monitoring and assessment, standard setting, watershed planning, and
implementation (i.e., NPDES and drinking water). Requested resources will help address serious
challenges now facing these core programs. Moreover, the overall effect of individual core
program improvements will be a stronger, better coordinated water management framework to
help ensure timely local and national decision making, improved program implementation, and
better information sharing. From setting goals to protect health and the environment in water
quality standards and criteria to measuring success and identifying problems through water
quality monitoring and assessment, and from watershed planning and load allocations to
implementing pollution control measures, each program element relies on the others to ensure
the achievement of the Clean and Safe Water goal.
The core programs are fundamental underpinnings of the watershed approach. Without a
strong core program, states, tribes, local and other Federal partners would not be able to join in
the protection of our waters at the watershed level. At the watershed level, local managers can
better understand the cumulative impact of their activities, determine the most critical problems,
better allocate limited financial and human resources, engage stakeholders, win public support,
and make real improvements in the environment. EPA continues to encourage watershed
approaches not only for core water programs but also as a way to integrate efforts of sister
agencies, states, tribes, local governments, industry and nonprofit organizations. In addition,
EPA is encouraging a number of important program innovations that focus on managing water
resources at the watershed level, including trading, watershed permitting, and watershed based
TMDLs. On January 13, 2003, EPA released a new Water Quality Trading Policy to cut
industrial, municipal and agricultural discharges into the nation's waterways. The trading policy
seeks to support and encourage states and tribes hi developing and putting into place water
quality trading programs that implement the requirements of the Clean Water and Federal
regulations in more flexible ways and reduce the cost of improving and maintaining the quality
of the nation's waters. The policy will help increase the pace and success of cleaning up unpaired
rivers, streams and lakes throughout the country.
As part of core programs, EPA will continue to implement the SDWA, as amended in
1996. The central provisions of the Amendments include: 1) improving the way that EPA sets
drinking water safety standards and develops regulations based on good science, prioritization of
effort, sound risk assessment, and effective risk management; 2) providing flexibility to the
states in monitoring for certain contaminants and in setting time frames for compliance with
regulations, and providing funding for improvements to drinking water infrastructure through the
Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF); 3) establishing new prevention approaches,
including provisions for operator certification, capacity development, and source water
protection; and 4) providing better information to consumers, including consumer confidence
reports.
EPA will continue efforts to provide states and tribes with tools and information to assist
them hi protecting their residents from health risks associated with contaminated recreational
H-2
-------
waters and fish caught through noncommercial means. EPA activities include development of
water quality criteria, enhanced fish tissue monitoring, development of fish and shellfish
consumption advisories, and risk assessment activities. For beaches, EPA's strategy is to
strengthen beach standards and testing, improve the scientific basis for beach assessment, and
develop methods to inform the public about beach conditions. Beach water quality monitoring
and public notification will be improved by providing grants to state and local governments
under CWA Section 406.
Key to the watershed approach is continued development of scientifically based water
quality standards and criteria under the CWA and better consolidated identification of waters not
meeting these goals under CWA Sections 303(d) and 305(b). Where water quality standards are
not being met, EPA will work with states and tribes to improve implementation of a TMDL
program that establishes the analytical basis for watershed-based decisions on needed pollutant
reductions. To support states and tribes in their standards adoption and TMDL programs, EPA
will continue to provide scientifically sound criteria and guidance for toxic chemicals, nutrients,
biological integrity, microbial, and physical stressors. In particular, the focus will be on updating
the aquatic life guidelines to incorporate new and emerging science, integrating aquatic life,
biological, and nutrient criteria to better address state uses, helping build state and Tribal
technical capacity, and addressing sedimentation.
EPA will work with Federal, state, Tribal, local and private sector partners to protect
wetlands. In coordination with the Corps of Engineers, EPA will improve the CWA Section 404
program to achieve no net loss of wetlands by avoiding, mrnirnizing and compensating for
losses. With an emphasis on community-based restoration, EPA will contribute to the goal of an
annual net increase of wetlands of 100,000 acres by FY 2005. EPA will increase assistance to
states and tribes to protect all waters, including those that are not regulated by the CWA, and to
improve monitoring of wetlands. EPA will be part of coordinated Federal agency efforts to
support conservation of fauna, including the North American Bird Conservation Initiative and
Partners for Amphibians and Reptile Conservation.
EPA will continue to develop and revise national effluent guideline limitations and
standards, capitalize and manage the Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) program and
other funding mechanisms, and target the NPDES permit program to achieve progress toward
attainment of water quality standards and support implementation of TMDLs in impaired water
bodies.
EPA is assisting states and tribes to characterize risks, rank priorities, and Implement an
effective mix of voluntary and regulatory approaches through improved state nonpoint source
(NPS) management programs. Working with EPA, states and tribes are strengthening their NPS
programs to ensure that needed NPS controls are implemented to achieve and maintain beneficial
uses of water. In particular, EPA and the states are working together to better use the CWA
Section 319 framework and funds to develop and implement TMDLs to restore waters impaired
by NPS pollution. States will continue to implement coastal NPS programs approved by EPA
and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration under the Coastal Zone Act
Reauthorization Amendments (CZARA).
E-3
-------
The new Farm Bill, with its significantly increased funds to address agricultural sources
of NFS pollution, affords EPA and the states an enhanced opportunity to significantly accelerate
national efforts to control NFS pollution. EPA and state water quality agencies will work closely
and cooperatively with the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), conservation
districts, and others in the agricultural community, to combine our strengths. Using CWA
Section 319 dollars, states will both address their priority watershed restoration needs and focus
more of their efforts on providing the monitoring and watershed-planning support needed by the
agricultural community to target their work most effectively on the highest-priority water quality
needs. States will also increasingly focus their existing efforts on filling gaps remaining in
USDA programs, especially demonstrating the effectiveness of promising emerging
technologies.
States will use their enhanced watershed planning efforts to ensure that their watershed
protection and remediation efforts holistically address all significant pollution sources in the
watershed in a comprehensive manner. To do so, states will also increase their focus upon NPS
categories and activities that are not funded under the Farm Bill (e.g., urban runoff, forestry, and
abandoned mines), while continuing to work with the agriculture community to solve problems
on a watershed basis. Furthermore, states will continue to use a variety of program tools to
foster an ethic of pollution prevention in their NPS watershed programs, such as low impact
development techniques, source prevention, and public education, to assure that water quality
improvement and protection become a permanent outcome of the program.
The Administration's evaluation of Nonpoint Source Grant, Drinking Water State
Revolving Fund and Tribal GAP Grant (See Goal 4 Overview) programs in the PART process
were completed in FY 2003.
The Administration's PART assessment conducted for the Drinking Water SRF program
found that the program has clear purpose, effective design and strong management practices.
However, EPA has been unable to demonstrate the degree to which the program's drinking water
infrastructure investments protect public health, a primary purpose of the program. A challenge
facing the Drinking Water SRF program is to develop measurable long-term and annual
performance goals that link the program to its public health mission. The PART results support
the Administration's decision to extend Federal capitalization of the Drinking Water SRF
program and to strengthen its focus on accountability. In response to the PART findings, EPA
will develop new outcome-based performance measures that better demonstrate the impact of the
program.
The Administration's PART assessment conducted for the Nonpoint Source Grant
program found that the purpose is clear but the program has not collected sufficient performance
information to determine whether it has had a significant effect on pollution. The programs
greatest weaknesses are strategic planning and a lack of measurable program results. Therefore,
the program lacks adequate long term annual and efficiency measures. However, new
performance measures are being developed that focus on outcomes and efficiency. Significant
improvements have been made to program management over the past years, which will improve
the Agency's ability to develop new performance measures. In addition, as a result of the Farm
Bill, the Agency is working with USDA to coordinate NPS efforts in agricultural in a
complementary manner.
H-4
-------
Research
EPA's water research program supports the Agency's Clean and Safe Water Goal by
providing the scientific basis necessary to protect human health and the environment.
Implementation of the research provisions in the 1996 Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
amendments and the Clean Water Act will provide improved tools (e.g., methods, models, risk
assessments, management strategies, and new data) to better evaluate the risks posed by
chemical and microbial contaminants that persist in the environment and threaten wildlife and,
potentially, human health.
The focus of the drinking water research program will be on filling key data gaps and
developing analytical detection methods for measuring the occurrence of chemical and microbial
contaminants on the Contaminant Candidate List (CCL) and developing and evaluating cost-
effective treatment technologies for removing pathogens from water supplies while minimizing
disinfection by-product (DBF) formation. Water quality research will improve risk assessment
methods to develop aquatic life, sediment, habitat, and wildlife criteria, as well as risk
management strategies, and will help EPA and other Federal, state, and local agencies develop
better baseline assessments of water quality. The Agency will also develop diagnostic tools to
evaluate human and ecological exposures to toxic constituents of wet weather flows such as
combined-sewer overflows, sanitary-sewer overflows, and storm water.
Several mechanisms are in place to ensure a high-quality research program at EPA. The
Research Strategies Advisory Committee (RSAC) of EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB), an
independently chartered Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) committee, meets annually to
conduct an in-depth review and analysis of EPA's Science and Technology account. The RSAC
provides its findings to the House Science Committee and sends a written report on the findings
to EPA's Administrator after every annual review. Moreover, EPA's Board of Scientific
Counselors (BOSC) provides counsel to the Assistant Administrator for the Office of Research
and Development (ORD) on the operation of ORD's research program. Also, under the Science
to Achieve Results (STAR) program all research projects are selected for funding through a
rigorous competitive external peer review process designed to ensure that only the highest
quality efforts receive funding support. EPA's scientific and technical work products must also
undergo either internal or external peer review, with major or significant products requiring
external peer review. The Agency's Peer Review Handbook (2nd Edition) codifies procedures
and guidance for conducting peer review.
Highlights
Core Water Programs
Water Quality Monitoring
Current water quality monitoring efforts yield insufficient data for states and others to
make watershed-based decisions, to develop necessary standards and TMDLs, and to accurately
and consistently portray conditions and trends. A key component in FY 2004 is the support of
enhanced monitoring and assessment, by working with the states with a particular emphasis on
E-5
-------
the probabilistic approach and providing additional support to encourage the establishment of
state-level monitoring councils and local watershed monitoring consortiums,
Water Quality Standards
Water quality standards establish the environmental baseline used to measure success in
implementing Clean Water programs. In FY 2004, EPA will increase funding to work with state
and Tribal partners to ensure that water quality standards are effective and appropriate for use in
developing TMDLs. The National Research Council's 2001 assessment of the TMDL program
found that tie designated uses and criteria in existing standards often need more detail and
refinement before they can be used as a firm basis for requiring load reductions through TMDLs.
To address this concern, EPA in FY 2004 will provide technical guidance and training that will
help states and tribes conduct their own use attainability analyses, and to help refine and interpret
standards to ensure they are adequate for use in developing load reduction targets. In addition,
EPA conducted a customer-focused review of the National Standards program and developed a
draft long-term strategy that calls for improvements and streamlining in EPA's program. EPA
will implement the high priorities in the strategy, EPA will also accelerate the technical reviews
necessary for EPA to approve new or revised state/Tribal standards on a timely basis for use in
TMDLs.
TMDLs
The Agency will continue to work with states and tribes to carry out their TMDL
programs focused more, in FY 2004, on a watershed basis to identify those waters not meeting
clean water goals. The Agency will also continue to help restore impaired watersheds, and to
meet the many court-supervised deadlines for completing TMDLs. While increasing the pace of
TMDL development remains important, EPA must work with states to help assure
implementation of already-approved TMDLs, including targeting CWA Section 319 NPS
funding and marshaling Farm Bill conservation programs. EPA will assist states in revising their
continuing planning processes under CWA Section 303(e) to place more emphasis on assuring
needed watershed implementation.
NPDES
In recent years the authorized state NPDES programs have been the object of an
increasing number of withdrawal petitions, citizen lawsuits, and independent reviews indicating
potential noncompliance with Federal CWA requirements. A substantial number of states are
experiencing difficulty with the timely issuance of NPDES permits. Recently completed permit
quality reviews (PQRs) indicate that permits lack comprehensiveness and the requirements
necessary to achieve water quality standards. In FY 2004, EPA, in partnership with the states,
will ensure that facilities required to have permits are covered by current permits that are
effective and include all conditions needed to ensure water quality protection.
Drinking Water Implementation
The proposed increase for the drinking water program will strengthen EPA's ability to
meet states' and systems' increasingly complex implementation assistance needs. This
n-6
-------
assistance is critical for the national program to meet its long-term objective of providing
drinking water that meets all priority regulations, within five years of the effective date of each
standard, to at least 95 percent of the population served by community water systems. The
increased resources in this request are targeted toward developing more effective state programs
and increasing the technical and managerial capacity of drinking water systems to comply with
drinking water regulations, especially the arsenic and microbial, disinfectant and disinfection
byproducts rules. In addition, EPA will focus increased resources on the Area-Wide
Optimization Program (AWOP), which is designed to reduce consumers' exposure to microbial
contaminants by improving the performance of small systems' filtering technology.
Oceans and Coastal Protection
To strengthen protection of the nation's ocean resources, EPA proposes to address
significant gaps in ocean and coastal protection in specific high priority issues. Recent
legislation regarding cruise ships in Alaskan waters and Government Accounting Office and
other reports has demonstrated the need to enhance cruise ship regulation and address continuing
violations of existing standards. In response, EPA will enhance its regulation of discharges of
pollution from vessels, including sewage discharges, cruise ship discharges, and operational
discharges from vessels of the Armed Forces - Uniform National Discharge Standards - taking
into consideration the concerns of the Armed Forces. In addition, EPA will place a strong
emphasis on developing ballast water standards for aquatic nuisance species. EPA will also
bolster its Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA) responsibilities regarding
site evaluation, designation and monitoring, and permit review and concurrence. In particular,
EPA will work to expeditiously refine the site designation and management of the Historic Area
Remediation Site (HARS) off the New Jersey coast.
Other Priorities
Homeland Security
Protecting critical water infrastructure (drinking water and wastewater utilities) from
terrorist and other intentional acts will continue to be a high priority in FY 2004. EPA is the
primary Federal agency responsible for protecting public health and ensuring the safety of
critical water infrastructure from terrorist or other intentional acts. Currently, there are
approximately 54,000 community drinking water systems and almost 16,000 wastewater utilities
nationwide. Both types of water utilities serve approximately 264 million people. EPA's
principal goal related to critical water infrastructure is to work with the states, tribes, drinking
water and wastewater utilities, and other partners to assess the security of these water utilities as
soon as possible and develop appropriate emergency response plans.
Water Infrastructure
hi Puerto Rico, inadequate drinking water infrastructure has created a significant daily
health risk to consumers. Less than 20 percent of the population receives drinking water that
meets all health-based standards. Puerto Rico's compliance problem is a major challenge in the
national effort to ensure that 95 percent of the population served by community water systems
receives drinking water that meets all health-based standards. As a first step toward unproved
H-7
-------
public health protection hi Puerto Rico, the Agency requests additional grant funds to design the
necessary infrastructure improvements. When all upgrades are complete, EPA estimates that
about 1.4 million people will benefit from safer, cleaner drinking water. In addition, the Agency
estimates that 200 to 300 excess cases of cancer will be avoided, and risks of gastroenteritis and
other waterborne diseases will be greatly reduced.
Wetlands
In 2001 the Supreme Court determined that some isolated waters and wetlands are not
regulated under the CWA. Many waters with important aquatic values are no longer covered by
CWA Section 404 protections. EPA is proposing an increase hi grants to states and tribes to help
them protect these waters as part of comprehensive programs that will achieve no net loss of
wetlands, while also providing grant funding for states and tribes to assume more decision-
making authority in waters that remain subject to the CWA.
Research
In FY 2004, EPA's drinking water research program will continue to conduct research to
reduce the uncertainties of risk associated with exposure to microbial contaminants hi drinking
water and improve analytical methods and risk assessments to control risks posed by drinking
water contamination. As required by the SDWA amendments, the first Contaminant Candidate
List (CCL) was published hi 1998 and included nine microbial contaminants hi its Research
Priorities Category that require more data before a regulatory determination could be made. The
drinking water research program will continue to focus on chemical and microbial contaminants
on current and future CCLs. Significant data gaps still exist on the occurrence of harmful
microbes in source and distribution system water, linkages between water exposure and
infection, and the effectiveness of candidate treatment technologies to remove and inactivate
these contaminants. Research efforts will also continue to support arsenic-specific research and
development of more cost-effective treatment technologies for the removal of arsenic from small
community drinking water systems. This work will include strategies for the acceptable control
of water treatment residuals enriched with arsenic.
Research to support the protection and enhancement of aquatic ecosystems and their
biotic components includes understanding the structure, function, and characteristics of aquatic
systems, and evaluating exposures and effects of stressors on those systems. EPA is also
working to develop biological and landscape indicators of ecosystem condition, sources of
impairment, stressor response/fate and transport models and options for managing stressors and
their sources. Through the development of a framework for diagnosing adverse effects of
chemical pollutants hi surface waters, EPA will be able to evaluate the risks posed by chemicals
that persist hi the environment and accumulate hi the food chain, threatening wildlife and
potentially human health. The Agency will also develop and evaluate more cost-effective
technologies and approaches for managing sediments, and evaluate management options for
watershed restoration of TMDLs for other significant stressors (e.g., nutrients, pathogens and
toxic compounds). Finally, research to address uncertainties associated with determining and
reducing the risks to human health of the production and application of treated wastewater sludge
(biosolids) to land for use as fertilizers is emerging as an area of renewed importance for the
Agency.
H-8
-------
Another area of research will focus on growing evidence of the risk of infectious diseases
resulting from exposure to microbes in recreational waters. Exposure to these diseases is of
particular concern after major rainfall events that cause discharges from both point and non-point
sources. These events pose significant risks to human and ecological health through the
uncontrolled release of pathogenic bacteria, protozoans, and viruses, as well as a number of
potentially toxic, bioaccumulative contaminants. EPA will develop and validate effective
watershed management strategies and tools for controlling wet weather flows (WWFs),
including: 1) new and improved indicator methods to describe the toxic inputs to watersheds
from WWFs; 2) methods to utilize condition and diagnostic ecological indicators in evaluating
wet weather flow management strategies in preventing degradation of water and sediment quality
by contaminated runoff; 3) methods for diagnosing multiple stressors in watershed ecosystems;
and 4) evaluation of low cost watershed best management practices to evaluate risks associated
with various control technologies for wet weather flows. This will enable EPA to provide states
with consistent monitoring methods, standardized indicators of contamination, and standardized
definitions of what constitutes a risk to public health.
External Factors
Drinking Water and Source Water
The adoption of health-based and other programmatic regulations by drinking water
agencies is an important external factor. The 53 states and territories that have primary
enforcement authority (primacy) for drinking water regulations must have sufficient staff and
resources to help public water systems implement, and comply with, drinking water regulations.
As authorized in the enabling legislation for the DWSRF, states may use funds, set-aside from the
DWSRF for state drinking water implementation activities. However, for many states the need
to preserve DWSRF funding to close the infrastructure gap is more important. A related
challenge is the cost of providing safe drinking water: The 2001 Drinking Water Needs Survey
(OWNS) estimates drinking water infrastructure needs at $150.9 billion over the next 20 years.
Although the 1996 SDWA expanded source water protection to include surface as well
as ground water sources of drinking water, the implementation of source water protection
programs is not mandated under SDWA. In FY 2004 and beyond, as the statutorily mandated
source water assessments are completed, and more states and communities take voluntary
measures to implement contamination prevention programs, the Agency will become
increasingly dependent on its partnerships with states, tribes and communities to achieve national
source water protection goals.
Full implementation of the Underground Injection Control (UIC) program, including
1999 regulations for two types of shallow injection wells, depends on effective state and local
participation. Because of the sheer number of shallow injection wells - - approximately 700,000
nationwide - - that must be inventoried and managed, implementation of the overall UIC
program could be affected by continuing resource constraints at the state and Federal levels. In
addition, the Agency has full or partial direct implementation responsibility for 17 states, the
District of Columbia and all tribes.
H-9
-------
Fish and Recreational Waters
The CWA does not require that states or tribes operate fish advisory or beach protection
programs. The Agency's role is primarily to support them through guidance, scientific
information, and technical assistance. EPA cannot take regulatory action to assure that states and
tribes conform to fish consumption advisory guidance; therefore, success depends on voluntary
state/TribaWocal commitment to achieving these goals. The Agency will continue to develop
scientifically sound water quality criteria to protect human health in order to reduce the number
of fish advisories and beach advisories or closures necessary in the future.
The Beaches Environmental Assessment and Coastal Health (BEACH) Act of 2000
authorizes Federal funds for states and tribes to monitor pathogens at coastal and Great Lakes
beaches and notify the public of advisories or closures. However, the states and tribes are not
required to operate a program if they do not accept Federal funds. The Agency expects that all
35 eligible states or territories will continue operating a Federally funded program in FY 2004.
One way of determining whether we have reduced the consumption of contaminated fish
and shellfish is to find out if people eat the fish they catch from waters where fish advisories
have been issued. In order to determine whether we have reduced exposure to contaminated
recreational waters, we also need to know if people comply with beach closure notices when they
are issued. Acquiring statistical evidence for such determinations is difficult. For the fish
advisory program, this information has been collected by some states, and is being reviewed to
provide insight to state and Tribal advisory programs on how they can improve their programs.
For the beach programs, this information will be collected for those states or tribes, which have
applied for BEACH Act grants. However, this information will only reflect coastal and Great
Lakes beaches in those states and tribes that have received grants.
Without comprehensive, consistent monitoring of all the Nation's waters, we do not
know how many waters should be under advisory or how many beaches should be closed. The
resource demands of implementing a comprehensive monitoring program pose a significant
challenge for the states and could be a mitigating factor for success in this area.
Watersheds and Wetlands
EPA's efforts to meet our watershed protection objective are predicated on strengthening
and broadening our relationships with our Federal, state, Tribal, and local partners. Because of
the vast geographic scope of water quality and wetlands impairments and the large number of
partners upon whose efforts we depend, EPA must continue to build lasting, working
relationships with all stakeholders including communities, individuals, business, state and local
governments and tribes. EPA's ability to meet this objective will depend on the success of state
and local regulatory and non-regulatory programs and nationwide efforts to provide and use a
broad range of policy, planning, and scientific tools to establish local goals and assess progress.
Given the interrelations of the Federal government's environmental protection and
stewardship agency and programs, Federal agencies must work together with slates and tribes to
maximize achievements. Without continued government-wide coordination and commitment,
we will not meet our water quality objectives. For example, marshaling Farm Bill conservation
n-io
-------
programs to tackle state water quality priorities is crucial, particularly to enhancement of state
NFS management programs. Following our FY 2003 CWA Section 319 grant guidance, states
are developing watershed plans for priority impaired bodies of water that delineate the specific
technical and financial resources required to enable implementation. The states will also need to
continue efforts to overcome historical institutional barriers to achieve full implementation of
their coastal NFS control programs as required under the CZARA.
States and tribes, with increased EPA grant support, will assume more responsibility for
comprehensive protection of wetlands and other waters, including those the Supreme Court has
determined are not subject to CWA protections. Responding to the National Academy of
Sciences finding that the CWA Section 404 program fails to achieve no net loss, EPA and the
Corps of Engineers, with other agencies and stakeholders, will improve the program's
compensatory mitigation features. EPA will develop methods and provide technical assistance
and grant support for monitoring and reporting on the condition of wetlands.
EPA will continue to improve our understanding of the environmental baseline and our
ability to track progress against goals, which also depends on external parties. While current
state CWA Section 305(b) reporting provides some assessment of water quality, we must
continue to provide support to our partners and stakeholders in their efforts to work with state
water quality agencies to improve measurement tools and data-sharing capabilities, including
facilitating consolidation of CWA Section 305(b) reports and CWA Section 303(d) lists. EPA is
working with states to improve our tracking and measurement of NPS load reductions from the
CWA Section 319 program. Also, as states adopt TMDLs, we will have specific targets for point
source and NPS load reductions needed to meet water quality standards in impaired waters.
Point Sources
Clean water goals associated with reduction of pollutant discharges from point sources
through the NPDES permitting program rely heavily on EPA's partnership with states as 45
states and one territory are currently authorized to carry out the NPDES program. EPA will also
work with the states to reduce pollution from onsite—/decentralized wastewater treatment
systems, including septic systems. EPA estimates that between 10 and 30 percent of all
onsite/decentralized systems nationwide are not performing as designed, treating waste
inadequately, and therefore failing to protect public health and the environment.
n-n
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean and Safe Water .
Objective: Safe Drinking Water, Fish and Recreational Waters
By 2005, protect public health so that 95% of the population served by community water
systems will receive water that meets drinking water standards, consumption of contaminated
fish and shellfish will be reduced, and exposure to microbial and other forms of contamination in
waters used for recreation will be reduced.
Resource Summary
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Safe Drinking Water, Fish
and Recreational Waters
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$1,355,114.4
$130,668.7
$135,442.5
$1,089,003.2
854.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,148,425.1
$110,143.9
$69,230.1
$969,051.1
887.4
FY 2004
Request
$1,198,942.3
$122,107.8
$87,734.5
$989,100.0
921.9
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$50,517.2
$11,963.9
$18,504.4
$20,048.9
34.5
Key Program
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Beach Grants
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Drinking Water Implementation
Drinking Water Regulations
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Fish Contamination/Consumption
FY 2002
Enacted
$10,000.0
$143,897.2
$38,332.9
$28,597.4
$12,116.5
$2,764.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$10,000.0
$0.0
$38,935.0
$30,034.0
$12,372.6
$2,788.4
FY 2004
Request
$10,000.0
$0.0
$44,338.7
$31,434.9
$13,196.1
$2,831.2
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$0.0
$0.0
$5,403.7
$1,400.9
$823.5
$42.8
n-12
-------
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Planning and Resource
Management
Preventing Contamination of
Drinking Water Sources
Regional Management
Safe Drinking Water Research
Safe Recreational Waters
State PWSS Grants
State Underground Injection
Control Grants
Water Infrastructure: Puerto Rico
Water Infrastructure: Drinking
Water State Revolving Fund (DW-
SRF)
FY2002
Enacted
$89,740.5
$1,317.6
$1,206.3
$4,025.0
$0.0
$23,470.2
$357.7
$45,579.5
$834.4
$93,100.2
$10,950.9
$0.0
$850,000.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$21,946.5
$0.0
$1,317.6
$4,240.2
$0.0
$22,096.8
$309.2
$49,491.0
$842.7
$93,100.2
$10,950.9
$0.0
$850,000.0
FY 2004
Request
$32,389.1
$10,768.2
$1,362.4
$4,323.7
$41.4
$23,311.9
$755.1
$49,231.3
$858.3
$105,100.0
$11,000.0
$8,000.0
$850,000.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$10,442.6
$10,768.2
$44.8
$83.5
$41.4
$1,215.1
$445.9
($259.7)
$15.6
$11,999.8
$49.1
$8,000.0
$0.0
FY 2004 Request
Drinking water is essential to the health of all Americans, and a reliable, affordable supply
of safe drinking water contributes to the quality of life in communities nationwide. To enhance the
ability of the national drinking water program to reduce health risks from contaminated water
supplies, Congress passed the 1996 Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) Amendments. The SDWA,
as amended, requires source water assessments and protection plans; development of drinking water
regulations based on sound science and risk assessments; affordable financing of drinking water
infrastructure improvements needed to comply with existing and new regulations; and greater
consumer awareness of the importance of safe drinking water to protect human health. Collectively,
these and other changes strengthened the safe drinking water program by creating a balanced,
integrated framework that comprises multiple protective barriers to protect Americans from unsafe
drinking water. Consistent with the 1996 SDWA Amendments, EPA, states, tribes and utilities are
engaged in a wide array of complementary regulatory and non-regulatory activities designed to
strengthen those barriers. These activities include: source water assessment and protection; risk-
based development of scientifically sound drinking water regulations; ensuring qualified system
operators; guidance, training and technical assistance to build and maintain the capacity of state and
H-13
-------
Tribal drinking water systems to comply with drinking water standards; and informing consumers
of the quality of their drinking water through annual consumer confidence reports.
The provision of safe drinking water remains a significant challenge, however, as EPA and
its partners continue to work together to provide safe, affordable drinking water while reducing the
public health risks to Americans' drinking water supplies. These risks include contamination of
source water from point and nonpoint sources of pollution, unregulated contaminants of public
health concern, and the aging of treatment plants, storage facilities, and distribution systems. To
protect consumers from these risks to public health, EPA and other Federal agencies, states, tribes,
utilities and stakeholders work together to implement the national safe drinking water program. In
FY 2004, the Agency is proposing an increase to strengthen its ability to meet states' and systems'
complex implementation assistance needs. By the end of FY 2004, the Agency and its partners will
protect public health so that 1) not less than 92 percent of the population served by community
water systems continues to receive drinking water meeting all 1994-or-earlier health-based
standards, up from 83 percent in 1994, and 2) not less than 85 percent of the population served by
community water systems continues to receive drinking water meeting all health-based standards
promulgated in 1998 or later.
Preventing Contamination of Drinking Water Sources
To reduce or eliminate the amounts of contaminants entering water supplies, the 1996
SDWA expanded source water protection to include surface as well as ground water sources of
drinking water. Source water protection is a common-sense way to provide safe drinking water at
less cost: it reduces the amount of contaminants in water supplies, lowering treatment costs, and
these cost savings can then be passed on to consumers. Such cost savings are particularly important
for small systems and tribes, which may have less technical, financial and managerial capacity to
operate a drinking water system. As such, source water protection is an effective complement to
treatment technology in protecting public health. For the approximately 140 million Americans
who get their drinking water from ground water sources, source water protection is often the only
barrier against contamination.
Under the 1996 SDWA, states must develop EPA-approved source water programs, and
complete source water assessments by: delineating the drinking water source area; conducting
inventories of known and potential sources of contamination within these areas; determining the
susceptibility of the water supply system to contamination; and notifying the public about identified
threats. Although some states have requested an extension to complete up to 39,000 source water
assessments for community water systems in FY 2003, by the end of FY 2004, the Agency expects
that EPA-approved state programs will have completed high quality baseline assessments for
47,000 community water systems nationwide. So that the public and all Federal agencies will have
access to the completed assessments, the Agency will work with states and tribes to place the data
on GIS databases to facilitate effective contamination prevention activities focused on high-priority
source water areas.
Because the completed assessments are precursors to actual protection of source water,
states and local governments also are developing and implementing contamination prevention
programs. In FY 2004 EPA will provide training and technical assistance to states and communities
that are taking voluntary measures to prevent, reduce, or eliminate contamination threats to source
H-14
-------
water, and developing contingency plans. The training and assistance will focus on statewide
contamination prevention strategies for coordinating local activities across jurisdictions. By the end
of FY 2004, EPA's source water protection program anticipates meeting its 2004 goal of having
7,500 community water systems with source water protection programs in place, protecting 25
percent of the population served by community water systems.
Ensuring safe underground injection is a fundamental component of a comprehensive source
water protection program, and under the SDWA, any injection activity that may endanger an
underground source of drinking water is prohibited. EPA works with states and communities to
ensure the proper underground injection of approximately 9 billion gallons of hazardous waste
every year, over 2 billion gallons of brine from oil and gas operations every day, and significant
amounts of automotive, industrial, sanitary and other wastes that are injected into shallow wells.
Management or closure of the approximately 700,000 shallow (Class V) wells nationwide remains a
top priority for the Agency's Underground Injection Control (UIC) program. In December 1999,
EPA issued UIC Class V regulations requiring additional protective measures for managing risks
from two types of shallow wells: motor vehicle waste disposal wells and large capacity cesspools.
In June 2002, after extensive analysis and stakeholder involvement, EPA issued a Federal Register
determination, based on current data on the contamination risks from Class V wells, not to establish
additional regulatory requirements for more than two-dozen other types of shallow wells. In lieu of
new regulations, in FY 2004 EPA will continue to provide support for UIC primacy states in the
implementation of a comprehensive Class Ą management strategy initiated in FY 2003 to prevent
improper disposal or injection into other Class V wells. As a result, EPA and states will have
inventoried and taken preventive action on tens of thousands of shallow wells by the end of FY
2004.
EPA and primacy states also will continue to: educate and assist well operators; work with
industry and other stakeholders to collect and evaluate data on Class V wells; and explore non-
regulatory best management practices that effectively protect underground sources of drinking
water. For the other classes of injection wells, such as hazardous and non-hazardous waste wells,
and oil and gas production wells, the Agency will continue to provide states and tribes with the
technical assistance they request to implement UIC regulations. Finally, EPA will continue to
implement, in full or in part, the UIC program for 17 states, the District of Columbia, and all
Federally recognized tribes.
An important step in the maturing EPA-state partnership to protect source water is the
ongoing, joint implementation of a national database and performance measures for contamination
prevention activities. In FY 2004, EPA will work with states to gather baseline data on the health
risk reduction in communities that have taken measures to protect source water.
Homeland Security
Legislation and national policy strategies are the principal drivers for critical water
infrastructure protection activities. For instance, Presidential Decision Directive 63 designated
EPA as the lead Federal agency for the water sector and assigned it to work with this sector to
identify vulnerabilities of infrastructure to terrorist and criminal attacks. In September 1998, the
Agency established a public/private partnership with water-related organizations and
subsequently appointed the Executive Director of the Association of Metropolitan Water
H-15
-------
Agencies (AMWA), as the water sector liaison to the Federal government on critical water
infrastructure issues. AMWA assumed primary responsibility for establishing a computer-based,
world wide web-driven system to insure appropriate, timely, and secure distribution of
information to drinking water and wastewater utilities on threats. This activity evolved into an
Information Sharing and Analysis Center (ISAC), which will become fully operational in FY
2003. FY 2004 resources will help support the ongoing operations and management of the
ISAC.
In FY 2004, requirements set forth in the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism
Emergency and Response Act of 2002 (hereafter referred to as the Bioterrorism Act of 2002)
apply to about 90 percent of the community water systems subject to this statute. The
Bioterrorism Act of 2002 directed drinking water systems that provide water to more than 3,300
people to assess their vulnerability to terrorist or other intentional attacks, certify the completion
of such vulnerability assessments, and submit copies of final vulnerability assessments to EPA
for secure and confidential storage. In addition, these same systems must prepare or revise their
emergency response plans based on the findings of their vulnerability assessments and certify,
again to EPA, that this requirement has been completed. Statutory deadlines for both
vulnerability assessments and emergency response plans were set according to the population
served by community water systems. The specific populations and the due dates are as follows
(the current number of systems serving the population cited is shown in parentheses):
Research
Research in the area of water security will focus on developing, testing and
communicating/implementing enhanced methods for detection, treatment, and containment of
biological and chemical warfare agents and bulk industrial chemicals intentionally introduced
into drinking water systems. Work in FY 2004 will focus on:
• Detection of Contammants—Testing/verification of existing detection devices;
development of new devices or methods for rapid response; and design of a detection
network. Emphasis will be placed on: characterizing contaminants that pose threats,
developing standard field screening and laboratory analysis methodologies and
approaches, validating sensor technologies for detecting contaminants and monitoring
water quality, developing and evaluating biological monitoring, and verifying the
performance of commercially-ready detection and monitoring techniques and
technologies.
* Containment of Contaminants—Development, evaluation and testing of methods and
procedures for preventing the spread of contaminants in drinking water sources and
distribution systems. Emphasis will be placed on: developing, testing, and verifying the
performance of containment techniques and technologies and then transferring these
techniques and technologies to water managers and public health officials.
• Decontamination of Contaminated Drinking Water—Development, evaluation, and testing
of methods, technologies, and procedures for decontaminating drinking water, with
consideration of efficacy, utility, safety, and cost. Emphasis will be placed on:
developing point-of-use and point-of-entry technology for removing contaminants,
H-16
-------
developing and deploying new analytical, neutralizing, and remedial techniques to assist
in decontamination, characterizing and treating by-products that result from
contaminants, and verifying the performance of commercially-ready decontamination
technologies.
• Scientific and Technical Support—Providing support to agency regulatory program within
EPA for understanding and managing events. Emphasis will be placed on: developing a
database of contaminant characters for first responders, refining detection, containment,
and decontamination techniques and technologies based on vulnerability assessments,
improving approaches for coordination of water managers and public health officials in
event response, and enhancing physical security of water systems through new design
and security techniques and facility hardening practices.
• Risk Communication-Transfer of Improved Methods to Users—Providing guidance and
technical support on improved detection, containment and decontamination methods for
utility managers and emergency responders. Emphasis will be placed on: instituting
monitoring approaches and networks to help public health officials identify and control
disease outbreaks, and transferring techniques and technologies to utility managers and
first responders.
Systems Vulnerability Assessments Emergency Response Plans
Deadlines Deadlines
100,000 or more (-425) 3/31/03 9/30/03
>50,000-<99,999(~460) 12/31/03 6/30/04
>3,300-< 49,999 (-7,500) 6/30/04 12/31/04
EPA will focus its efforts and resources to assist the approximately 8,000 community
water systems that serve water to more than 3,300 but less than 100,000 people. These systems
will be in various stages of conducting vulnerability assessments and preparing/revising
emergency response plans in FY 2004. Vulnerability assessment models and self assessment
tools already developed and used by large and very large drinking water systems in FYs 2002
and 2003, will be adapted where appropriate to accommodate the needs of these systems. While
not subject to the Bioterrorism Act of 2002, wastewater systems, especially the some 6,000
systems that serve more than 10,000 but fewer than 150,000 people, will also be conducting
vulnerability assessments and developing or revising emergency response plans. It is anticipated
that the approximately 8,000 drinking water and ~6,000 wastewater systems will rely heavily on
EPA's and the states' staff knowledge and expertise in the range of vulnerabilities to be
considered and assessed. Unlike systems that serve 100,000 or more, medium and small systems
may not have sufficient technical capacity on hand to carry out the many activities related to
vulnerability assessments and emergency response plans. Consequently, EPA, in collaboration
with the states and stakeholders, will support the full menu of technical assistance and training
approaches to ensure that a comprehensive vulnerability assessment and a robust emergency
response plan have been achieved by all of these systems.
H-17
-------
Scientific and technical analyses, especially on methods and technologies, which will
improve the overall capacity to protect critical water infrastructure are also important
components of the Bioterrorism Act of 2002. Much work is needed in identifying and assessing
contaminants and analyzing their effects on public health if introduced into water and wastewater
systems. In addition, attention must be directed to potential bioagents and other contaminants
that could be deleterious to human health through exposure to water. Examples of activities to be
conducted in these important areas include: 1) identifying and addressing gaps in analytical
methodology for existing technology, 2) developing methods' protocols for screening drinking
water contaminated with an unknown substance, 3) evaluating current analytical capacities of
laboratories to assure preparedness, and 4) developing additional laboratory capacity and
capability as necessary. Testing technologies that can detect that bioagents/contaminants
deliberately added to drinking water supplies as well as treatment techniques for water and
wastewater collection, storage, and treatment systems will also be a major focus in FY 2004.
Verification of existing technology applicable to water resources as well as continuing emphasis
on and support of new technologies are critical activities in the Agency's effort to safeguard
public health. EPA's Offices of Water and Research and Development will be conducting and
supporting these activities through a coordinated plan that was developed in FY 2003.
In addition to these water security-specific actions, EPA must be an effective partner in
homeland security efforts within the Executive Branch. EPA will continue to coordinate with
other Federal agencies, especially the newly-established Department of Homeland Security as
well as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Food and Drug Administration, and
the Department of Defense on biological, chemical, and radiological contaminants, and how to
respond to their presence in drinking water and wastewater systems. A close linkage with the
FBI, particularly with respect to ensuring the effectiveness of the IS AC, will be continued. The
Agency will strengthen its working relationships with the American Water Works Association
Research Foundation, the Water Environment Research Federation and other research
institutions to increase our knowledge on technologies to detect contaminants, monitoring
protocols and techniques, and treatment effectiveness.
Setting Drinking Water Standards
One of EPA's fundamental responsibilities under the SDWA is to promulgate legal limits,
called maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) or treatment techniques, for potentially unhealthy
levels of chemicals, radioactive elements, and microorganisms that may be found in our drinking
water. EPA fulfills this important responsibility by developing National Primary Drinking Water
Regulations (NPDWRs) that establish maximum allowable levels of these contaminants. Systems'
treatment of drinking water to comply with NPDWRs serves as another barrier that protects public
health from unsafe drinking water. To maximize the effectiveness of drinking water regulations, the
SDWA requires that standards be based on sound science and risk assessments, and that regulatory
priorities reflect relative risk and health effects data. In addition, SDWA requires EPA to evaluate
periodically a range of scientific data relating to existing standards to ensure that they provide the
maximum level of public health protection.
Microbial contaminants, such as bacteria, viruses and protozoa, create a particularly difficult
risk management challenge for the drinking water program. Some microbes, such as
Cryptosporidium, are widespread parasites that are highly resistant to chlorine and other
11-18
-------
disinfectants. In addition, disinfection itself can create human health risks, because chemical
disinfectants are unsafe at certain concentrations, and can react with naturally-occurring substances
in water to form unintended disinfection byproducts (DBFs). The SDWA therefore requires the
Agency to develop a set of regulations for microbes, disinfectants, and disinfection byproducts -
called the M/DBP regulations - that balances reducing the health risks from microbes with limiting
consumers' exposure to DBFs.
Currently the drinking water standards program is engaged in a long-term effort to complete
the three remaining M/DBP regulations: the Long-Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment rule
(LT2), the Ground Water Rule (GWR), and the final Stage 2 Disinfection/Disinfection Byproducts
rule (Stage 2). Although the Agency had initially scheduled the promulgation of these rules in FY
2003, in FYs.2001 and 2002 the drinking water program was required to focus its regulatory efforts
on the scientific and economic underpinnings of regulations for other SDWA priority contaminants.
In addition, stakeholder input has prompted EPA to do additional analyses of treatment
effectiveness of alternative control strategies, and the underlying costs and benefits, for these
M/DBP rules. As a result, the Agency expects to promulgate the three remaining M/DBP rules in
FY 2004. When fully implemented, LT2 will prevent up to an estimated 54,000 cases of
eryptosporidiosis annually, resulting in a reduction of 10 to 104 deaths associated with this disease.
EPA also expects that LT2 will reduce the public's exposure to other pathogens that are associated
with Cryptosporidium, such as Giardia. The proposed GWR establishes several mechanisms to
protect ground water sources of drinking water from microbial contamination, and includes a
targeted strategy to identify ground water-based systems at high risk for fecal contamination. Stage
2 will reduce the incidence of cancer, as well as potential reproductive developmental health effects
from exposure to peak levels of DBFs occurring in water distribution systems. Consistent with the
SDWA requirement that drinking water standards balance the risks from exposure to pathogens
with the risks from exposure to DBFs, the Agency will promulgate LT2 and Stage 2 concurrently.
As part of the September 2000 Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) Agreement in
Principle on LT2 and Stage2, the Agency also will complete development of risk-based monitoring
programs for both regulations to target only vulnerable facilities that require additional treatment.
The LT2 monitoring program will be designed to help the drinking water program identify the most
cost-effective treatment technologies for particular treatment facilities with high levels of
Cryptosporidium in their source water. The Stage 2 monitoring program will be designed to help
drinking water systems determine where peak levels of DBFs occur within distribution systems.
Based on the results of these monitoring programs, EPA and states should be able to focus their
technical assistance resources on individual, high-risk systems and develop site-specific
requirements necessary to manage those risks. Also in accordance with this Agreement in Principle,
in FY 2004 EPA will complete preliminary steps to develop a Distribution System rule, an activity
stemming from its six-year review of the Total Coliform Rule (discussed below). The Agency is
revising this rule to reduce health risks from exposure to microbes resulting from cross connections
and backflow, biofilms, and main breaks in aging distribution systems.
As EPA completes the remaining mandated NPDWRs, in FY 2004 the drinking water
standards program also will increase its focus on the potential health risks from currently
unregulated drinking water contaminants of public health concern, and on possible revisions to
existing standards based on its six-year review of drinking water regulations. Under the SDWA,
every five years the Agency's drinking water program must develop a Contaminant Candidate List
H-19
-------
(CCL) to set regulatory priorities, and within two years of publishing the CCL must determine
whether to propose regulations for CCL priority contaminants. Under recommendations from the
National Research Council (NRC) and National Drinking Water Advisory Council (NDWAC),
EPA published the first CCL (CCL1) in 1998. The CCL1 divided contaminants into three
categories: 1) regulatory priorities; 2) those for which additional occurrence data are needed; and 3)
those that require additional research into health effects, treatment technologies, or analytical
detection methods. For CCL priority contaminants, EPA evaluates the sufficiency of data on
current analytical and treatment methods; the best available peer-reviewed health affects studies;
and analytical records of contaminant occurrence in drinking water systems. If there are adequate
data for a contaminant in each of these areas, EPA is able to determine whether a risk-based
drinking water standard is necessary, hi June 2002 EPA published a preliminary determination that
regulations are not warranted for the nine CCL1 priority contaminants for which there were
sufficient data, hi FY 2004, however, the Agency will continue to conduct research and collect data
on the remaining CCL1 contaminants. As a result of these ongoing analyses, the Agency will be
prepared to make additional "off cycle" determinations for CCL1 contaminants, consistent with the
SDWA's risk-based approach to setting drinking water standards. In addition to ongoing evaluation
of CCL1 contaminants, in FY 2004 EPA will conduct formal risk assessments; gather occurrence
data; identify. potential treatment technologies and analytical methods; and develop supporting
documentation to make its next round of regulatory determinations for contaminants based on the
second CCL (CCL2) published in February 2003. As part of this effort, the standards program will
evaluate and implement the comprehensive 2001 National Research Council (NRC)
recommendations for screening and evaluating over 100,000 potential chemical and microbial
contaminants. This effort will require intensive stakeholder participation and expert input.
The SDWA also requires EPA to review and, if appropriate, revise each NPDWR no less
frequently than once every six years to ensure that existing regulations maintain or increase public
health protection. In accordance with the six-year review protocol developed in consultation with
NDWAC and other stakeholders, the Agency has evaluated relevant data on health effects,
analytical method improvements, treatment technology, occurrence, exposure, and costs. Based on
this review, in April 2002 the Agency announced its preliminary decision not to revise 68 existing
chemical standards, and to revise the existing Total Coliform Rule (TCR). EPA also noted,
however, that for 36 of these chemicals it is still conducting risk assessments, many of which it
expects to complete in FY 2004. Depending on the results of these assessments and ongoing
evaluation of occurrence, methods (measurement and detection) and treatment data, the Agency
may revise other existing NPDWRs stemming from this six-year review.
Implementing Drinking Water Standards
To protect public health from unsafe drinking water, the Agency also supports states, tribes
and systems in the implementation of drinking water programs and regulations. The requested
increase to the Agency's core drinking water implementation program is critical to maintain
effective state and Tribal programs, and to achieve the enhanced level of public health protection
established in 1998-or-later drinking water rules. To enable primacy agencies to act as efficient and
effective partners, EPA provides guidance, training and technical assistance. EPA also works
closely with states and tribes to: ensure proper certification of water system operators; promote
consumer awareness of the safety of drinking water supplies; maintain the national drinking water
database; and target technical assistance to small and disadvantaged systems to establish and
H-20
-------
maintain their technical, financial and managerial capacity to comply with regulations and meet
increasing public demand for safe drinking water. For states and tribes that do not have primacy for
implementing drinking water regulations, the Agency directly implements the drinking water
program.1
Since the 1996 SDWA Amendments were passed, EPA's support to states and systems in
implementing drinking water standards has grown. To ensure that all communities benefit from the
public health protection that drinking water regulations provide, smaller public water systems, and
systems using ground water, now must meet drinking water standards and requirements previously
applicable only to large systems. This growth in the number of systems that must implement
drinking water standards increases the need for implementation support. Also, because drinking
water regulations now may be adapted to the needs of individual systems to avoid "one size fits all"
approaches, monitoring and reporting requirements also have increased, generating new demands
on state agencies responsible for implementing drinking water standards. EPA provides
implementation support not only for specific rules, but also to manage complex issues related to rule
implementation, such as risk monitoring programs for future M/DBP regulations, simultaneous
compliance challenges, and waste disposal.
In FY 2004 the Agency will conduct additional training sessions and follow-up technical
support for states in the implementation of the 1998 Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment
Rule (EESWTR) and Stage 1 Disinfectants/Disinfection Byproducts (Stage 1) rales, and the 2002
Long Term Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT1). Along with the requested increase in
state and Tribal Public Water System Supervision (PWSS) assistance grants, the national drinking
water program will: enhance the management capacity of state and Tribal drinking water programs,
leading to more effective implementation of high-priority drinking water standards; improve data
quality through better management of drinking water data systems; and achieve safer, more efficient
operation of drinking water systems. As a result, by the end of FY 2004 the Agency estimates that
at least 25 primacy agencies will have updated primacy for the arsenic in drinking water and
radionuelides rules, all 53 primacy agencies will have updated primacy for the DESWTR and Stage 1
rules, and at least 11 will have updated primacy for LT1.
Approximately 46,000 small water systems (those serving fewer than 3,300 persons) face
greater financial, technical and managerial difficulties in their efforts to provide safe and affordable
drinking water, but all systems must be able to meet safe drinking water goals. As a result, small
systems will continue to need ongoing training and technical assistance to implement with the 2001
arsenic in drinking water rale, as well as existing and future M/DBP rules. Consistent with the
Agency's small systems strategy, the requested increase for FY 2004 will support additional
training sessions and follow-up technical support for the arsenic in drinking water and radionuelides
rules, including the use of cost-effective treatment technologies, proper waste disposal, and
simultaneous compliance issues. EPA also will conduct additional Comprehensive Performance
Evaluation (CPE) workshops for state personnel, which states have requested so they can better
assist public water systems in the optimization of treatment plant performance to meet mierobial
standards.
As of 2002, only Wyoming and me District of Columbia do not have primacy.
H-21
-------
The Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS) serves as the primary source of
national information on compliance with all SDWA requirements, and is a critical database for
program management and the development of regulations, trends analyses, and public information.
Drinking water systems therefore must supply data on drinking water quality and on compliance
activities to states and EPA through SDWIS. In FY 2004 approximately 40 states will be utilizing
SDWIS-State, the counterpart to EPA's Federal drinking water information system, SDWIS-Fed.
The information in SDWIS-State meets the Agency's minimum data requirements and can easily be
reported to EPA, thereby improving data quality and accuracy. To facilitate the use of SDWIS-
State, in FY 2004 EPA will work to ensure that all applicable drinking water regulatory
requirements are incorporated into this new data system to help states manage their drinking water
programs, and will conduct additional workshops for state agency staff working with SDWIS-State.
Finally, several states using SDWIS-State will adopt the source water protection module completed
in FY 2003 to report source water assessments. The integration of this module with SDWIS will
provide EPA and states with a more comprehensive data set to characterize the quality of the
nation's drinking water.
EPA also will continue to: 1) train states in data entry, error correction, and fulfilling
regulatory reporting requirements; 2) conduct data analyses; 3) provide quality assurance guidance
to assist Regions and states to identify missing, incomplete or conflicting data under the jointly
developed Data Reliability Action Plan, The Data Reliability Action Plan, which EPA has
implemented since FY 2001, already has improved the completeness, accuracy, timeliness and
consistency of the data in SDWIS-Fed. Consistent with the Administration's efforts to ensure
results-oriented government, in FY 2004 the Agency will implement pilot projects with states
designed to streamline data exchange between SDWIS-State and SDWIS-Fed. Finally, data
verifications conducted under the Data Reliability Action Plan will play a greater role in the
Agency's efforts to ensure the accuracy and completeness of SDWIS data and in FY 2004 the
Agency will conduct additional data verifications reported electronically to improve use of results.
To provide safe, reliable and adequate water supplies to consumers, the Nation's 54,000
community water systems must continually upgrade or replace their infrastructure. EPA
administers the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) to help systems make
infrastructure improvements to maintain their technical capacity to implement regulations. The
DWSRF provides financial assistance to public water systems through revolving loan funds for
water systems to upgrade their drinking water infrastructure. In addition, the DWSRF provides
additional financial support to small and disadvantaged communities through low or zero-interest
loans. In addition, every state that administers DWSRF funds must provide a minimum of 15
percent of available funds for loans to small communities, and has the option of providing up to 30
percent of available funds to state-defined disadvantaged communities. By the end of FY 2004,
states and public water systems will have used DWSRF funds to establish a total of 3,600 assistance
agreements, and will have completed infrastructure upgrades and replacements in 1,900 drinking
water systems.
In Puerto Rico, inadequate drinking water infrastructure has created a significant daily
health risk to consumers. Puerto Rico's compliance problems with health-based standards are a
major challenge in the national effort to ensure that 95 percent of the population served by
community water systems receives drinking water that meets all health-based standards. Despite
significant EPA compliance assistance efforts over the past several years, Metropolitano, Puerto
H-22
-------
Rico's largest public water, system serving 1.4 million consumers, has been persistently in
noncomplianee with Coliform bacteria and trihalomethane (a disinfection byproduct) standards, and
turbidity requirements. The challenge of providing adequate, safe, and affordable drinking water in
Puerto Rico will be more difficult to overcome as compliance dates for more protective mierobial,
disinfectant and disinfection byproducts standards arrive.
Metropolitano is unable to afford critical drinking water infrastructure improvements
without Federal support: Nearly 60 percent of the population lives in poverty, and compared to the
national average for the 50 states, Puerto Ricans spend twice as much of their median income on
drinking water. Under these economic conditions, Puerto Rico cannot easily finance the
inftastructure upgrades and replacements needed to reduce public health risks without increases in
support. According to the Agency's 2001 Drinking Water Needs Survey, Puerto Rico's current
infrastructure needs total $139 million, including $70 million for treatment technology. As a first
step toward improved public health protection in Puerto Rico, in FY 2004 the Agency requests $8
million to design the necessary infrastructure improvements to Metropolitano. Once these
infrastructure improvements eventually are completed, the Agency estimates that, over the
operational life of the Metropolitano system, 200 to 300 excess cases of cancer will be avoided, and
risks of gastroenteritis and other waterborne diseases will be greatly reduced. This will allow the
Agency to meet its objective of providing drinking water that meets all 1998 or later health-based
standards, within five years of the effective date of each standard, to 95 percent of the population
served by community water systems.
Since FY 1997 EPA, 13 states and hundreds of drinking water systems have successfully
piloted the voluntary Area-Wide Optimization Program (AWOP). Under AWOP, systems conduct
comprehensive performance evaluations (CPEs) to assess the performance of their filtration
technology. By optimizing their use of filtration technology, systems can go beyond compliance to
significantly reduce the human health risks associated with turbidity (clouds of tiny particles) in
finished drinking water. These particles may contain harmful microorganisms, pesticides or
herbicides, aE of which can cause nausea, cramping, diarrhea, and associated headaches, and
potentially more severe effects in the elderly, children and immune-compromised consumers. EPA
currently provides optimization support for 500 (6 percent) of small public water systems that use
surface water sources. The majority of these systems already are able to achieve turbidity levels
that consistently meet the turbidity standard in the January 2002 Long-Term 1 Enhanced Surface
Water Treatment Rule (LT1), a substantial performance improvement. Further, many small systems
with at least 5 years experience in AWOP are now are capable of exceeding the LT1 standard. To
provide optimization support to 250 more systems, EPA requests additional FY 2004 resources so
that more small communities can benefit from this highly successful program. Broader application
of AWOP or their components will enhance the ability of small systems to meet the existing and
future mierobial rule requirements, and will be critical to meeting one of the Agency's long term
Government Performance Results Act objective of increasing the percentage of the population
served by community water systems meeting standards issued in 1998 or later. A critical
component of AWOP's success is the work of state engineers to determine whether a drinking water
system is operating properly. The proposed increase in FY 2004 resources would support additional
CPE workshops for these engineers, which states have requested so they can better assist drinking
water systems in optimization efforts.
H-23
-------
Safe Consumption of Fish and Shellfish and Recreational Waters
Reducing exposure to contaminants in fish and shellfish and through contact in primary and
secondary recreational waters is a top priority for the National Water Program. In 2004, the Agency
will continue to work with its state partners to ensure that they adopt and maintain scientifically
based criteria and consistent assessment and notification programs to protect recreation, fish
consumption, drinking water, and aquatic life uses.
About 75 percent of the Nation's population lives, works, or plays on or near our coastal
waters. Studies indicate that susceptible populations (e.g., children) are the most likely to develop
illnesses or infections after swimming in polluted water. To protect human health, the Agency
strives to establish improved safety guidelines and pollution indicators so that local authorities can
monitor their recreational waters in a cost-effective way, close them to public use when necessary,
and effectively communicate risks to the public. For beaches, our three-part goal is to strengthen
beach standards and testing, improve the scientific basis for beach assessment, including accurately
detemiining causes of beach closures, and develop methods to inform the public about beach
conditions. The Agency will achieve these goals for coastal and Great Lakes beaches through
implementation of the Beaches Environmental Assessment and Coastal Health Act of 2000
(BEACH). Implementing the BEACH Act includes awarding grants to state, local, and Tribal
governments to implement programs for stratified monitoring and public notification of beach
closures when bacterial contamination poses a risk to swimmers; the Agency has published
performance criteria for use in state and Tribal beach programs as a condition for receiving these
grants. The Agency will provide technical assistance and training to tribes and states to help them
meet the required performance criteria. The Agency will also continue a process to work with other
Federal agencies to assist them in developing a beach program consistent with the BEACH Act.
Also, the BEACH Act requires that protective water quality standards for bacteria must be in place
for coastal and Great Lakes waters by 2004; the Agency will continue the process of publishing
water quality standards for coastal states and tribes that have not yet adopted standards based on
EPA's 1986 criteria for pathogens.
Monitoring used by states in their fish and shellfish advisory programs vary widely, hi
support of this effort, the Agency will continue a nationwide survey of toxic residues in fish and
complete epidemiological studies in the Great Lakes, in cooperation with the Agency for Toxic
Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR), on the health effects of exposure to selected
bioaccumulative toxics. The nationwide survey of toxic residues in fish is a top priority project
needed to identify the most prevalent contaminants in fish throughout the United States. The
Agency will support monitoring/modeling pilot programs that improve states' ability to predict and
address contamination events at beaches. The Agency will support epidemiological studies needed
to develop and apply better indicators of pathogens in recreational waters. The Agency will also
evaluate title health risks in seafood harvested from the Gulf of Mexico and continue to work on
alternative risk-based indicators and methods for skin, respiratory, eye, ear, throat, and
gastrointestinal diseases most commonly resulting from exposure to contaminants at beaches. EPA
will also evaluate up to three human health criteria for bioaccumulative pollutants, m addition, the
Agency will continue to work with stakeholders, encouraging full involvement at all levels of
government, to expand the total proportion of surface waters assessed for possible fish and beach
contamination, and to implement fish consumption and beach advisory programs that are consistent
with published national guidance.
E-24
-------
To assure that the public has timely information on the quality of local beaches and fishing
areas, the Agency will continue to expand an Internet-based Federal information source called
Beach Watch on beach advisories and closings across the United States and the National Listing of
Fish and Wildlife Advisories on fish advisories. Working with states, tribes, and local governments,
EPA will continue to expand the Beach Watch database to include information on high-use fresh
water beaches, including the location of nearby Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO) outfalls, and
fishing areas. We will also add digitized maps of coastal and inland high-use beaches to the Internet
database. The Agency will also work with state and local governments to develop and operate a
database of pollution occurrences at beaches to conform to the requirements of the BEACH Act of
2000, and continue the process of developing a list of discreet coastal recreation waters adjacent to
beaches or similar points of access. The Agency will develop data transfer protocols to obtain this
information from state and local governments. Also working with states and tribes, EPA will
continue to expand the National Listing of Fish and Wildlife Advisories to include the fish tissue
information that states and tribes used to issue the advisories.
Research
Considerable progress has been made over the past 20 years in providing a sound
scientific foundation for Federal regulations to protect the safety of the nation's water supply. In
FY 2004, drinking water research will remain a high priority for the Agency in recognition of the
need to further strengthen our ability to characterize and manage risks to human health posed by
exposure to waterbome pathogens and chemicals. There is a critical need for new data,
improved tools and cost-effective technologies for addressing both known and emerging threats
to the general population as well as to sensitive subpopulations. A particularly important area of
research is the development of more cost-effective treatment technologies for the removal of
arsenic from small community drinking water systems. The research provisions of the 1996 Safe
Drinking Water Act (SDWA) amendments highlight the importance of this research for
providing a sound scientific basis for regulatory decision-making.
To address these needs, EPA has established an integrated, multi-disciplinary research
program in the areas of exposure, health effects, risk assessment, and risk management. This
program directly supports SDWA priorities, including: 1) research on sensitive subpopulations,
adverse reproductive outcomes and other potential health effects of drinking water contaminants;
2) studies on disinfection by-products (DBFs), arsenic, complex mixtures, and the occurrence of
waterborne disease in the United States; and 3) development of methods to improve water
treatment and maintain water quality in the distribution system. FY 2004 research will focus on:
1) chemicals and microbes on the Contaminant Candidate List (CCL), a list of over 60
unregulated chemicals and microbes, from which contaminants are selected for future regulatory
determinations; and 2) the development of more cost-effective treatment technologies to help
small systems meet the new arsenic standard.
EPA has developed research plans for Microbial Pathogens and DBPs in Drinking Water,
Arsenic in Drinking Water, and has developed a draft research plan for drinking water
contaminants on the Contaminant Candidate List (CCL). These plans are subject to rigorous
peer review and address those problems deemed most pressing in the area of drinking water
quality. In addition, the draft Drinking Water Research Multi-Year Plan (MYP) provides a
framework for integrating research throughout EPA's Office of Research and Development in
H-25
-------
the context of annual performance goals and measures under the Government Performance and
Results Act (GPRA). The MYP articulates the long-term goals, purpose, and priorities of the
program, and includes a scheduled timeline of research activities and expected products of the
research program. To ensure quality, all scientific and technical work products undergo either
internal or external peer review, with major or significant products requiring external peer
review.
EPA's drinking water health effects research program in FY 2004 will continue to focus
on laboratory, clinical, and field studies of contaminants on the CCL, selected high priority
DBFs, and arsenic. Studies of chemical contaminants on the CCL will seek to provide either
screening level or more detailed information to support CCL regulatory determinations.
Laboratory research on selected DBFs will emphasize potential adverse reproductive outcomes.
Studies will also examine potential carcinogenicity of DBPs, as well as other toxic endpoints
(e.g., neurotoxicity, immunotoxicity) of possible concern. EPA will continue to evaluate the
influence of source water quality, treatment technology, and demographic characteristics on
waterborne disease in selected communities in the United States. Research will also include
studies to establish dose-response relationships for priority contaminants, characterize pathogen
virulence and the range of outcomes related to exposure and infection, evaluate the impact of
host factors (e.g., immune status) on infection and disease, and identify the causative agents
responsible for waterborne diseases.
In FY 2004, exposure research will continue to focus on the development of improved
analytical detection methods for measuring the occurrence of chemicals and microbes on the
CCL. Field-testing of new methods will be conducted to gain performance information and
preliminary occurrence data. To evaluate the effectiveness of regulations and policies regarding
human exposure, improved methods to detect and measure human exposure to microbes will be
developed and applied in human population exposure studies. Results of these studies will help:
• reduce uncertainty regarding multi-route and multi-source exposure;
• determine whether microbes are viable and infective;
• identify pathogens of public health concern; and
• characterize exposure conditions that are associated with adverse health effects,
particularly for highly sensitive sub-populations (children, the elderly, and the
immunocompromised).
In FY 2004, exposure research will also focus on identifying new DBPs resulting from
various disinfection processes and develop improved analytical methods to detect and measure
both DBPs and CCL-listed chemicals. Finally, to help in designing and interpreting animal
toxicity and human epidemiology studies, arsenic exposure research will improve methods for
measuring different forms of arsenic in foods and will establish a preliminary database of levels
of arsenic species in target foods.
Risk assessment research utilizes exposure and health effects information to characterize
the magnitude and severity of risks associated with exposures to drinking water contaminants. In
11-26
-------
FY 2004, this research will continue to improve dose-response modeling for cancer and non-
cancer risk associated with exposures to individual contaminants on the CCL and DBFs (both
single chemicals and complex mixtures). In addition, EPA will quantitatively assess the risk
from pathogenic microorganisms that are transmitted through drinking water using health effects
and exposure information to address factors such as occurrence, infectious dose, host immunity,
and morbidity and mortality rates. Particular emphasis will be placed on the development of
disease transmission models for human disease occurrence following exposure to pathogens in
drinking water in both endemic and epidemic situations. These models will provide a
quantitative description of an infectious disease process and will contribute to the analysis of the
human risk of infection and illness due to waterborne pathogens in drinking water.
Creating multiple barriers that prevent human exposure to contaminated waters is a major
consideration in developing a successful drinking water management program. Protective
barriers include: source water protection, effective water treatment and safe drinking water
distribution. EPA research addresses how these barriers can be applied to the most significant
chemical and pathogen contamination problems described above. Source water protection
research addresses the identification and control of significant sources of surface and ground
water contamination, as well as monitoring source water contaminants. Treatment research
addresses conventional and improved cost-effective means to produce safe drinking water. This
includes adapting conventional systems to new contaminants, developing innovative
technologies and optimizing treatment systems to account for such complex issues as
minimization of the risks from DBFs while controlling microbial pathogens. Distribution system
research will target improving the control of distribution system conditions to minimize
infiltration, and formation and release of pathogens and undesirable chemicals into drinking
water. In addition to addressing regulated contaminants, drinking water management research
plays an important role in assessing the feasibility of controlling new contaminants under the
CCL program.
In FY 2004, drinking water management researchers will study the characterization and
fate of DBFs in distribution systems. Source water protection research will continue its focus on
wet whether flow and non-point source impacts on water quality, real-time monitoring source
water chemical and microbial contamination and the development of techniques for improved
source water quality and source load allocation. Treatment research will continue to address
contaminants on the CCL to support decisions on whether new contaminants should be regulated
and, if so, to identify cost-effective control techniques. Continuing efforts will also address the
special needs of small systems for the removal of arsenic and the control of pathogens. The goal
of these studies is to develop and demonstrate small-scale, cost-effective treatment technologies
that are easily installed and automated.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$2,606,800, +1 FTE) This increase funds the development of a system to analyze
vulnerability assessment summary data from the 9,000 community water systems
required to conduct such assessments and to support the ongoing operation of the
Information Sharing and Analysis Center (ISAC).
H-27
-------
S&T
(+$5,403,700, +6 FTE) The requested increase to the Agency's core drinking water
implementation program will help maintain effective state and Tribal programs, and achieve
the enhanced level of public health protection established in 1998-or-later drinking water
rules. In FY 2004 the Agency will conduct additional training sessions and follow-up
technical support for states and public water systems in the implementation of the 1998
Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (EESWTR) and Stage 1
Disinfectants/Disinfection Byproducts (Stage 1) rules, the 2002 Long Term Enhanced
Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT1), and the radionuclides rule. EPA will also conduct
additional Comprehensive Performance Evaluation (CPE) workshops, which states have
requested so they can better assist public water systems in the optimization of treatment
plant performance to meet microbial standards. This increase also reflects efficiencies
achieved hi Information Technology projects and systems.
(+$1,240,800) This increase supports additional small system assessment and optimization
of filtration performance to significantly reduce public health risks from microbial
contaminants.
(+$906,600, +0.2 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated hi proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes hi these activities reflect shifts hi
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and-18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
(+$445,900, +4.1 FTE) This change represents the distribution of resources for Regional
Information Management across all Regions.
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
(+$7,835,800, +15 FTE) This increase supports a wide range of activities, including
technical assistance, training, scientific/technical analyses that address the requirements
of the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Emergency and Response Act of 2002.
STAG
(+$11,999,800) This increase to PWSS grants enhances state and Tribal capacity to assist
drinking water systems in the implementation of high-priority drinking water regulations,
and to meet public health goals.
n-28
-------
(+$8,000,000) As a first step toward improved public health protection hi Puerto Rico, the
Agency requests grant funds to design the necessary drinking water infrastructure
improvements to Metropolitano, Puerto Rico.
Research
S&T
(+$10,341,300 and +10.7 FTE) This represents-research that will be initiated in FY 2004
focusing on water security. Work will include research, development, testing, and
communication/implementation of enhanced methods for detection, treatment, and
containment of biological and chemical warfare agents and bulk industrial chemicals
intentionally introduced into drinking water systems. Redirection of workforce from
within Drinking Water research will provide support for the water security research
requirement under Homeland Security to develop rapid detection methods. These
methods will help assess the presence and state of Bacillus spores, as well as field test
and validate sensor technologies and/or biomonitoring systems that hold promise as
viable early-warning systems for treatment plants, or as field test kits for emergency
responders.
(+$426,900) This increase represents increased support to the Agency's Homeland
Security Strategic Plan in the area of rapid risk assessment research related to drinking
water. In FY 2004, emphasis will be placed on: methods and means for utility personnel
to communicate risk to local communities with respect to threats and safeguards; gaining
a better understanding of contaminant exposure routes and the health effects from
contaminants in water supplies and systems; and the development of a methodology or
procedure for relating contamination levels and residual risks to individuals exposed to
decontaminated water supplies and systems.
(+$302,400, and +3.0 FTE) This increase reflects the Agency's effort to enhance its
scientific workforce by attracting quality postdoctoral scientists and engineers into its
research program.
(-$390,000) This reduction represents a shift from lower priority drinking water research
on DBFs to address critical research to support the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA)
(Goal 3) focusing on longitudinal activity and dietary consumption data on
subpopulations (e.g., children, elderly). This reduction will result in the elimination of
research to address the attenuation of viruses hi watersheds and the management of N-
nitrosodimethylamine (NDMA), a by-product of chlorarnination hi the treatment of
drinking water.
(-$401,620, and -4.3 FTE) FTE are being redirected hi support of the Agency's
enhancement to the IRIS program. This reduction will result hi the elimination of
research to address the attenuation of viruses in watersheds and the management of N-
nitrosodimethylamhie (NDMA), a by-product of chloramination hi the treatment of
drinking water.
H-29
-------
• (-$332,640, and -3.3 FTE) This redirection of workforce from lower priority drinking
water research on pathogenic fungi and protozoa will support the Agency's Homeland
Security efforts in the area of water security. This reduction will delay research on
potential pathogens for future CCL-listing.
• (-$158,780, and -1.7 FTE) This reduction represents a shift from drinking water
research on biofilms in drinking water distribution systems to address uncertainties
associated with determining and reducing the risks to human health of the production and
application of treated wastewater sludge (biosolids) to land for use as fertilizers
(objective 2.2).
• There are additional increases for payroll and cost of living for new and existing FTE.
GOAL: CLEAN AND SAFE WATER
OBJECTIVE: SAFE DRINKING WATER, FISH AND RECREATIONAL WATERS
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Safe Drinking Water
In 2004
In 2004
In 2003
In 2003
In 2002
In 2002
85 percent of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water meeting health-based standards
promulgated in or after 1998.
92% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water meeting all health-based standards in
effect as of 1994, up from 83% in 1994.
85 percent of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water meeting health-based standards
promulgated in or after 1998.
92% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water meeting all health-based standards in
effect as of 1994, up from 83% in 1994.
91% of the population served by community water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based standards in effect
as of 1994.
Final FY 02 numbers will not be available until mid-January. SDWIS reports quarter behind.
Performance Measures:
Percent of population served by community drinking water
systems with no violations during the year of any Federally
enforceable health-based standards that were in place by
1994.
Population served by community water systems providing
drinking water meeting health-based standards promulgated
in or after 1998.
FY2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
91
N/A
92
85
FY2004
Request
92
85
% Population
% Population
Baseline: In 1998, 85% of the population that was served by community water systems and 96% of the population served by non-
community, non-transient drinking water systems received drinking water for which no violations of Federally enforceable
health standards had occurred during the year.
Drinking Water Systems Operations
In 2004 Enhance homeland security by securing the nation's critical drinking water infrastructure.
Performance Measures:
Percent of population and number of CWSs-serving more
than 50,000 but less than 100,000 people have certified the
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
100/-460
% pop/# CWSs
n-30
-------
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY200"4
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
completion of their vulnerability assessment and submitted a
copy to EPA.
Percent of population and number of CWSs-serving more 10Q/~4<50 %pop/#CWSs
than 50,000 but less than 100,000 people have certified the
completion of the preparation or revision of their emergency
response plan.
Percent of population and number of CWSs-serving more 100/~7,475 %pop/#CWSs
than 3,300 but less than 50,000 people have certified the
completion of their vulnerability assessment and submitted a
copy to EPA.
Baseline: These measures covering medium-sized community water systems will be reported for the first time in FY 2004, which will
establish the baselines.
Elver/Lake Assessments for Fish Consumption
In 2004 Reduce consumption of contaminated fish by increasing the information available to States, Tribes, local governments, citizens,
and decision-makers.
In 2003 Reduce consumption of contaminated fish by increasing the information available to States, Tribes, local governments, citizens,
and decision-makers.
In 2002 14% of the nation's river miles and 28% of nation's lake acres have been assessed to determine if they contain fish and shellfish
that should not be eaten or should be eaten in only limited quantities.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Lake acres assessed for the need for fish advisories and 28 29 32 % lake acres
compilation of state-issued fish consumption advisory
methodologies, (cumulative)
River miles assessed for the need for fish consumption 14% 15% 16% River miles
advisories & compilation of state-issued fish consumption
advisory methodologies, (cumulative)
Baseline: In 1999,7% of the Nation's rivers and 15% of the Nation's lakes were assessed to determine if they contained fish that should not
be eaten or should be eatea in only limited quantities. In September 1999, 25 states/tribes are monitoring and conducting
assessments based on the national guidance to establish nationally consistent fish advisories. In the 2000 Report to Congress on
the National Water Quality Inventory, 69% of assessed river and stream miles; 63% of assessed lake, reservoir, and pond awes;
and 53% of assessed estuary square miles supported their designated use for fish consumption. For shell fish consumption, 77%
of assessed estuary square miles met this designated use.
Increase Information on Beaches
In 2004 Reduce human exposure to contaminated recreation waters by increasing the information available to the public and decision-
makers.
In 2003 Reduce human exposure to contaminated recreation waters by increasing the information available to the public and decision-
makers.
In 2002 Reduced exposure to contaminated recreation waters by providing monitoring and closure data on 2,455 beaches to the public
and decision-makers.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Beaches for which monitoring and closure data is available to 2,445 2,550 2,650 Beaches
the public at http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/beaches/.
(cumulative)
Baseline: By the end of FY1999, 33 states had responded to EPA's first annual survey on state and local beach monitoring and closure
practices and EPA made available to the public via the Internet information on conditions at 1,403 specific beaches. la the 2000
Report to Congress on the National Water Quality Inventory, 72% of assessed river and stream miles; 77% of assessed lake,
reservoir, and pond acres; and 85% of assessed estuary square miles met their designated uses for recreation (primary contact).
n-3i
-------
Source Water Protection
In 2004 Advance States' efforts with community water systems to protect their surface and ground water resource0 that are sources of
drinking water supplies.
hi 2003 39,000 community water systems (representing 75% of the nation's service population) will have completed source water
assessments and 2,600 of these (representing 10% of the nation's service population) will be implementing source water
protection programs.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of community water systems and percent of 10%/2,600 25% / 7,500 % pop/systems
population served by those CWSs that are implementing
source water protection programs.
Baseline: EPA has defined implementation as undertaking 4 or more of 5 stages of source water protection. About 268 million people are
estimated to be served by CWSs in 2002.
Research
Drinking Water Research
In 2004 Provide final reports on the performance of arsenic treatment technologies and/or engineering approaches to the Office of Water
and water supply utilities to aid in the implementation of the arsenic rule and the protection of human health.
In 2002 EPA produced scientific reports to support the development of the next Contaminant Candidate List of chemicals and pathogens
for potential regulatory action and research. These reports will help ensure that future regulations address the contaminants of
greatest public health concern.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Provide method(s) for CCL related pathogens in drinking 1 journal article
water for use in the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
Rule.
Final reports of full-scale demonstrations of arsenic treatment 09/30/04 reports
technologies;
Baseline: On October 31,2001 EPA announced that the final standard for arsenic in drinking water often parts per billion (10 ppb) would
become effective on February 22,2002. Nearly 97 percent of the water systems affected by this rule are small systems that serve
less than 10,000 people each. These small systems have limited resources and need more cost-effective technologies to meet the
new standard. A total of $20 million has been allocated or planned in FY02 and FY03 for research and development of more
cost-effective technologies, as well as technical assistance and training to operators of small systems to reduce their compliance
costs. In FY 2004 EPA will provide final reports of full-scale demonstrations of arsenic treatment technologies to aid in the
implementation of the arsenic rule and the protection of human health.
Homeland Security - Water Security Research
In 2004 Verify two point-of-use drinking water technologies that treat intentionally introduced contaminants in drinking water supplies
for application by commercial and residential users, water supply utilities, and public officials.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Verify two treatment technologies for application in 2 verifications
buildings by commercial and residential users, utilities, and
public officials to treat contaminants in drinking water
supplies.
Baseline: These technology verifications are being conducted in support of EPA's Draft Strategic Plan for Homeland Security and are
focused on the water security tactic in the strategy. Evaluations of point-of-use drinking water treatment technologies have been
ongoing for years and technologies are commercially available to remove disagreeable tastes and odors, and capture or neutralize
contaminants. These point-of-use treatment technologies are now being considered as an additional means of treating water that
may have been exposed to biological or chemical contaminants through terrorist attacks. What makes this undertaking unique is
that the Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) program will formally verify such technologies using a standard protocol
developed by a group of stakeholders, who are considered experts on such verifications. This additional line of defense can help
reassure home and building owners and users, water supply utilities, and public officials that the drinking water supply in a
residential or commercial building can be treated one more times once it enters the water distribution system of a building.
n-32
-------
Program Assessment Rating Tool
Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (SRF)
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (SRF) program was evaluated with the
following specific findings:
1. The program purpose is clear and it is designed to have a significant impact on a well
identified need, although, there are other Federal, state and private resources available to
address the problem.
2. Evaluation of public health impacts from infrastructure improvements is difficult, hi part
because states provide only aggregate data.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Continue capitalization of the Drinking Water SRF at the 2003 President's Budget
level because, although target revolving levels for the fund have been reached,
continued Federal support will close the recently identified gap in funding capital
infrastructure needs for the next twenty years. The extended commitment proposed in
the President's 2004 Budget is expected to provide $45 billion for loans and assistance
through the State Drinking Water SRFs, which will support over 21,000 new projects.
2. Develop new performance measures to be included in EPA's 2004 GPRA plan to better
demonstrate the impact of the program.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Population served by community water systems with no
violations during the year of any Federally-enforceable health-based standards that were in
place by 1994 and Population served by community water systems that receive drinking
water meeting health-based standards promulgated in 1998.
Performance Database: Safe Drinking Water Information System- Federal Version (SDWIS or
SDWIS-FED)
Data Source: Agencies with Primacy for the Public Water Supply Supervision (PWSS) Program
including States, EPA Regional Offices with Direct Implementation (DI) responsibility for states
and Indian tribes, and the Navajo Nation Indian Tribe (the Navajo is expected to begin reporting
directly to EPA in FY 2003). Primacy Agencies (States) collect the data from the regulated water
systems, determine compliance, and report a subset of the data to EPA (primarily inventory and
violations). EPA is the secondary user of this data. Water quality data from other collectors of
data (third parties) related to drinking water, such as source water or wastewater discharge, is not
used in PWSS program measures.
H-33
-------
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: The analytical methods that drinking water systems use
to collect violations data are specified in the technical guidance associated with each drinking
water regulation. Laboratories must be certified by the Primacy Agency (State) to analyze
drinking water samples and are subject to periodic performance audits by the State. The
performance measures are based on data reported by individual systems to states, which supply
the information to EPA through SDWIS. EPA then verifies and validates the data for 10 to 12
states per year, according to the PWSS Data Verification Protocol (Version 9.0, 1999).2 To
measure program performance, EPA aggregates the SDWIS data into a national statistic on
overall compliance with health-based drinking water standards. This statistic compares the total
population served by community water systems meeting all health-based standards to the total
population served by all public water systems (which includes non-community water systems).
EPA's Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water (OGWDW) is currently conducting an
assessment of information needs to determine what additional data would be valuable to manage
the national drinking water program. For example, parametric data (data on the quality of water
supplies) in combination with violations data would improve the current measures, but also would
increase primacy states' reporting requirements. As a result, the value of collecting new
parametric and monitoring data must be weighed against the additional reporting burden on
primacy states. OGWDW is conducting a data reliability analysis to determine the impact of data
quality on the annual performance measures. At this time, considering the limitations of SDWIS
and comprehensive activities to improve the quality and completeness of the SDWIS data,
OGWDW believes that SDWIS data are suitable for year-to-year comparisons of program
performance using the selected performance measures.
QA/QC Procedures: SDWIS-FED has numerous edit checks built into the software to reject
erroneous data. There are quality assurance manuals for states and Regions to follow to ensure
data quality. The manuals provide standard operating procedures for conducting routine
assessments of the quality of the data, communication and follow-up actions to be conducted
with the state to achieve timely corrective action(s). EPA offers training to states on reporting
requirements, data entry, data retrieval, and error correction. User and system documentation is
produced with each software release and is maintained on EPA's web site. SDWIS-FED
documentation includes data entry instructions, data element dictionary application, Entity
Relationship Diagrams, a user's manual, and regulation-specific reporting requirements
documents. System, user, and reporting requirements documents can be found online
atwww.epa.gov/safewater. System and user documents are accessed via the database link and
specific rule reporting requirements documents are accessed via the regulations, guidance, and
policy documents link. In addition, EPA provides specific error correction and reconciliation
support through a troubleshooter's guide, a system-generated summary with detailed reports
documenting the results of each data submission, and an error code database for states to use
when they have questions on how to enter or correct data. A user support hotline is available 5
days a week to answer questions and provide technical assistance. At least one EPA staff person
in each EPA regional office serves as the SDWIS-FED Regional Data Management Coordinator
to provide technical assistance and training to the states on all aspects of information
2 Enyeart, R. (revised June 1999). EPA protocol for participation in a PWSS program data verification (Version 9.0).
Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Internal document in perpetual draft referred to as the
PWSS Data Verification Protocol.
n-34
-------
management and required reporting to EPA. State primacy agencies' information systems are
audited on an average schedule of once every 3 years.
Data Quality Review: Management System Reviews (MSRs) of the Office of Ground Water and
Drinking Water's Quality Management Plan (QMP), which includes quality assurance/quality
control (QA/QC) for SDWIS, are carried out every three years. The Quality Assurance Division
coordinates this effort. EPA last completed an MSR in July 1999 and will repeat the review in FY
2002. The 1999 MSR findings related to SDWIS/FED were all positive. EPA also completed a
data reliability assessment (QA audit) of the 1996-1998 SDWIS-FED data in FY 2000. The Data
Reliability Action Plan (DRAP, described below), completed in FY 2000, was developed to
address deficiencies identified in the 1999 data reliability assessment.3 The action plan was
implemented in 2001 and continues to be implemented and revised as appropriate. The most
recent revision was made in October 2002.
EPA, states, and stakeholders have expanded on the DRAP through the development of a more
comprehensive OGWDW Information Strategy that tackles additional data quality problems.4
Components of the OGWDW Information Strategy include (1) simplifying and/or standardizing
regulatory reporting requirements where possible; (2) reevaluating EPA's philosophy of system
edits; and (3) continuing to improve tools and processes for creating and transferring data to
EPA, such as incorporating newer technologies, and adapting the Agency's Enterprise
Architecture Plan, to integrate data and the flow of data from reporting entities to EPA via a
central data exchange (CDX) environment. The Information Strategy could be considered Phase
II of the DRAP, and it sets the direction for a comprehensive modernization of SDWIS over the
next 3 to 5 years.
Finally, individual data quality reviews are conducted by EPA and its contracted auditors on
state primacy agencies' information systems. These audits are conducted between every 2 to 4
years depending on the resources available and programmatic need in the region. Each state's
overall information system is evaluated with special emphasis on its compliance determinations
(interpretation and application of regulatory requirements, which includes designation of
violations) and data flow (primacy agency's compliance with record-keeping and reporting
requirements to EPA). Continuous data quality reviews include data quality estimates based on
the results of data verifications, timeliness and completeness of violation reporting, completeness
of various required inventory data elements, and completeness of reporting for specific rules.
Data Limitations: Currently SDWIS-FED is an Aexceptions database that focuses exclusively on
public water systems' noncompliance with drinking water regulations (health-based and program).
Primacy states implement drinking water regulations with the support of the Public Water System
Supervision (PWSS) grant program and determine whether public water systems have violated:
maximum contaminant levels (MCL); treatment technique requirements; consumer notification
requirements; or monitoring-and-reporting requirements. Primacy agencies report those violations
through SDWIS.
3 Haertel, F. (October 2002). Data Reliability Action Plan. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Office of
Groundwater and Drinking Water internal work plan document.
4 U.S. EPA. Office of Groundwater and Drinking Water Information Strategy (under revision). See Options for
OGWDW Information Strategy (Working Draft) EPA 816-O-01-001 February 2001 at the following web site
http://epa.gov/safewater at the information strategy link.
n-35
-------
Recent state data verification and other quality assurance analyses indicate that the most significant
data quality problem is under-reporting to EPA of monitoring and health-based standards
violations and inventory characteristics, such as water sources and/or latitude/longitude for all
sources. The most significant under-reporting occurs in monitoring violations. Even though those
are not covered in the health based violation category, which is covered by the performance
measure, failures to monitor could mask treatment technique and MCL violations. Such under-
reporting of violations limits EPA's ability to: 1) accurately quantify the number of sources and
treatments applied, 2) undertake geo-spatial analysis, and 3) integrate and share data with other
data systems. The under-reporting limits EPA's ability to precisely quantify the population served
by systems, which are meeting the health-based standards. Currently, the program office is
assessing the percentage of unreported health-based violations and calculating adjustments to the
performance data that might be required for future reports. The population data has been
determined to be of high quality.
The DRAP and the Information Strategy Plan address many of the underlying factors contributing
to the data limitations. Additional options under consideration include:
1. increasing the focus on state compliance determinations and reporting of complete,
accurate and timely violations data;
2. developing incentives to improve the accuracy, completeness, and timeliness of state
reporting;
3. Continuing analyses of data quality; and
4. Requiring the report of parametric data (analytical results used to evaluate compliance
with monitoring regulations and compliance with treatment techniques and maximum
contaminant levels), monitoring schedules, and waiver information assigned to water
systems by the state primacy agency. This information would allow compliance
determinations to be made by EPA for quality assurance or state oversight purposes.
Potential violation under reporting could be identified through the availability of this
information and appropriate corrective actions implemented.
Error Estimate: Analyses are under way to determine the impact of data quality on the
performance measures and are scheduled for completion by the end of FY 2002. The analysis will
include data from an additional round of audits to provide a more accurate error estimate compared
to the results of earlier baseline audits.
New/Improved Data or Systems: With a newly developed information strategy developed by
EPA in partnership with the states and major stakeholders, several improvements to SDWIS are
underway. The DRAP is an integral part of the Information Strategy Plan, currently under
development.
First, EPA will continue to work with states to implement the Data Reliability Action Plan
(previously referenced), a multi-step approach to improve the quality and reliability of data in
SDWIS-FED. The DRAP akeady has improved the completeness, accuracy, timeliness, and
11-36
-------
consistency of the data in SDWIS-FED through: 1) training courses for SDWIS-FED data entry,
error correction, and regulation specific compliance determination and reporting requirements, 2)
specific DRAP analyses, follow-up activities and state-specific technical assistance, 3) increased
number of data verifications conducted each year, and 4) creation of various quality assurance
reports to assist regions and states in the identification and reconciliation of missing, incomplete, or
conflicting data.
Second, more states will use SDWIS-STATE, a software information system jointly
designed by states and EPA, to support states as they implement the drinking water program.
SDWIS-STATE is the counterpart to EPA's Federal drinking water information system, SDWIS-
FED, and employs many of the same edit criteria and enforces many of the mandatory data
elements.5 If the SDWIS-STATE system is folly utilized by a state, the information it holds
would meet EPA's minimum data requirements. SDWIS-STATE contains a utility that creates
the necessary output to report to SDWIS-FED, which aids in easing the states' reporting burden
to EPA, and in the process minimizes data conversion errors and improves data quality and
accuracy. In addition, a Web-enabled version of SDWIS-STATE and a data migration
application that can be used by all states to process data for upload to SDWIS-FED are being
developed. EPA estimates that 40 states will be using SDWIS-STATE for data collections by
FY 2004.
Third, EPA is modifying SDWIS-FED to (1) streamline its table structure, which
simplifies updates and retrievals, (2) minimize data entry options that result in complex software
and prevent meaningful edit criteria, and (3) enforce compliance with permitted values and
Agency data standards through software edits, all of which will improve the accuracy of the data.
Fourth, EPA has developed a data warehouse system that is optimized for analysis, data
retrieval, and data integration from other data sources like information from data verifications,
sample data, source water quality data (e.g., United States Geological Survey [USGS] data), and
indicators from inspections conducted at the water systems. It will improve the program's ability
to use information to make decisions and effectively manage the program.
Finally, EPA, in partnership with the states, is developing information modules on other
drinking water programs: the Source Water Protection Program, the Underground Injection
Control Program, and the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund. These modules will be
integrated with SDWIS to provide a more comprehensive data set with which to assess the
nation's drinking water supplies, a key component of the goal.
References:
Plans
• SDWIS-FED does not have a Quality Assurance Project Plan - it is a legacy system which
5 SDWIS/STATE (Version 8,1) is an optional Oracle data base application available for use by states and EPA
regions to support implementation of their drinking water programs. See U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
(July 2002). Data & Databases. Drinking Water Data & Databases. Information available on the Internet:
http://www.epagov/safewater/databases.html
H-37
-------
has "evolved" since the early 80s prior to the requirement for a Plan. The SDWIS-FED
equivalent is the Data Reliability Action Plan.
• Information Strategy Plan - SDWIS-FED
• Quality Management Plan
• Enterprise Architecture Plan
Reports
• 1999 SDWIS/FED Data Reliability Report
• 2003 SDWIS/FED Data Reliability Report - contains the Data Reliability Action Plan and
status report
• PWSS Management Report (quarterly)
• 1999 Management Plan Review Report
Guidance Manuals, and Tools
• PWSS SDWIS/FED Quality Assurance Manual
• Various SDWIS-FED User and System Guidance Manuals (includes data entry
instructions, data On-line Data Element Dictionary-a database application, Error Code Data
Base (ECDB) - a database application, users guide, release notes, etc. All are located on
the OGWDW web site listed below)
• Regulation Specific Reporting Requirements Guidance
Web site addresses
• OGWDW Internet Site www.epa. gov/safewater/data.html contains access to the
information systems and various guidance, manuals, tools, and reports,
• Sites of particular interest are: www.epa.gov/safewater/data/getdata.html contains
information for users to better analyze the data, and
www.epa.gove/safewater/sdwis fed/index.html contains reporting guidance, system and
user documentation and reporting tools for the SDWIS-FED system.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Number of community water systems and percent of
population served by those CWS that are implementing source water protection programs.
Performance Database: Under Section 1453 of the Safe Drinking water Act (SDWA), EPA's
1997 National Guidance on Source Water Assessment and Protection Programs requires states to
H-38
-------
report to EPA on four of the six elements of a source water protection program for each public
water system (PWS). The four elements are: 1) delineation of the source water area, 2) inventory
of actual and potential sources of contamination, 3) susceptibility of the water supply to
contamination, and 4) release of the assessment data to the public. EPA's Regional Offices also
track, based on an agreement with states, the final two elements of a source water protection
program: 1) whether each public water system with the first four elements completed also is
taking measures to prevent, reduce, or eliminate contamination threats to source water, and 2)
whether the public water system is developing contingency plans should contamination occur.
The Agency currently develops a national summary of data on the progress of state source water
protection programs using these six data elements. A drinking water system that reports all six
elements is considered to be implementing a source water protection program.
EPA now holds one year of data (for FY 2001) for each state and Puerto Rico in an Excel
database. Starting hi FY 2004 primacy states with approved source water programs will begin
using a SDWIS-based source water protection module that will be operational by the end of FY
2003 to submit all assessment and contamination prevention data to the Agency. [Not publicly
available. Contact the Drinking Water Protection Division at 202-564-3797.]
Data Source: Each state reports to EPA's Regional Offices the total number of public water
systems that have completed each of the six elements.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: The source water assessment components of this
measure (delineation, source inventory, susceptibility analysis, and availability to public) are
defined in EPA's 1997 guidance. However, the states collect the data in different ways. Some
states collect the data by communicating directly with drinking water system operators. Others
use statistical sampling or best professional judgment. EPA therefore assumes that the statistics
on percentage of the population served by each PWS are either: 1) directly related to specific
community water systems hi a data base; 2) directly related to the community water systems
which are sampled hi a statewide statistical sample; or 3) estimated using best professional
judgment. EPA also assumes that these data may be aggregated to report a national measure of
performance and are suitable for year-to-year comparisons of progress. The data are reliable to
the extent that each state is accurately tracking the number of completed elements for each PWS.
QA/QC Procedures: There is currently no QA/QC procedure for the collection of source water
data. EPA continues to work with states to obtain a description of their methods of collecting
and verifying information.
Data Quality Reviews: As primacy states increase their use of the source water module hi FY
2004 and beyond, the source water assessment data will be included hi the data quality analyses
conducted under the SDWIS Data Reliability Action Plan (DRAP) (previously referenced) and
the drinking water program's Information Strategy (previously referenced). Under the umbrella
of these analyses, the EPA Regions can conduct data quality reviews of the state data and work
with the states to resolve any data exceptions. As a result, EPA expects the quality of data on
assessments and contamination prevention activities to improve over tune;
Data Limitations: There is no standard methodology or protocol for collecting, verifying and
validating the data, which are based on system-level information contained hi state databases. In
n-39
-------
addition, the SDWA only requires source water assessments, not protection activities, so EPA
guidance is limited to the first four data elements, and states provide data on source water
protection activities and contingency plans on a voluntary basis. In the absence of an established
methodology, states may use different data collection protocols, and may apply different
analytical methods to evaluate the data. For example, some states may require each public water
system (PWS) to report data, while others may institute a voluntary process. Further, those states
that use statistical surveys may choose samples differently. This variability may lead to
inaccuracies or incomplete data.
Error Estimate: There is no basis for making an error estimate for this performance measure
given the data limitations described above.
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA is developing a new source water module (repository)
for data on source water assessments and protection activities it receives from the States through
data exchange agreements. This module should be operational by the end of FY 2003, and states
will begin reporting source water information to EPA through this module in FY 2004, which
will be compatible with PWS-level inventory data already housed in SDWIS/Fed. EPA and
states also are developing internal measures and data elements to characterize the aggregated
results of the source water assessments. Finally, EPA and states are jointly developing
performance measures and data elements to estimate the risk reduction achieved by communities
that implement source water protection programs.
References: N/A.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Cumulative lake acres assessed for the need for fish
advisories and compilation of state/Tribal-issued fish consumption advisory methodologies;
Cumulative River miles assessed for the need for fish consumption advisories and
compilation of state/Tribal-issued fish consumption advisory methodologies; states/tribes
monitoring and conducting assessments based on the national guidance to establish
nationally consistent fish advisories.
Performance Database: National Listing of Fish and Wildlife Advisories. The database
includes fields identifying the waters for which fish consumption advisories have been issued.
The EPA Total Waters database is used to calculate the spatial extent of the fish advisory. This
information is updated continually as states and tribes issue or revise advisories. Metadata are
also available describing methodologies used by states and tribes for establishing advisories.
Data Source: State and Tribal governments.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: The percentage of lake acres and river miles assessed
is the ratio of the surface area of lakes and/or rivers for which states submit data to the National
Listing of Fish & Wildlife Advisories database and the total water surface area hi the United
States. It is a simple mathematical calculation.
QA/QC Procedures: A standard survey has been approved by OMB, which is available on the
Internet for electronic submission. A password is issued to ensure the appropriate party is
completing the survey. EPA has national guidance for states and tribes on developing and
E-40
-------
implementing quality assurance practices for the collection of environmental information related
to fish advisories. This guidance helps assure data quality.
Data Quality Review: EPA reviews advisory entries and responses to the survey to ensure the
information is complete, then follows-up with the state or local government to obtain additional
information where needed. However, the Agency cannot verify the accuracy of the voluntary
information state and local governments provide.
Data Limitations: Participation in this survey and collection of data is voluntary. While the
voluntary response rate has been high, it does not capture the complete universe of advisories.
Error Estimate: Because submitting data to the National Listing of Fish & Wildlife Advisories
database is voluntary, the Agency cannot be certain that the database contains information on
100% of the assessed waters in the United States. Therefore, we may be understating the total
amount of waters assessed, the magnitude of which is not known.
New/Improved Data or Systems: A proposed enhancement to the system is the use of a GIS
procedure to calculate the spatial extent of geo-referenced advisories based on the National
Hydrography Dataset (NHD). This procedure will provide size information for the vast majority
of waterbody-specific advisories. In cases where the state has already provided information, the
state's sizes will be retained rather than replaced with results from the NHD calculations.
References: The National Listing of Fish & Wildlife Advisories database is on the Internet at
http://map 1 .epa.gov/.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Cumulative number of beaches for which monitoring and
closure data is available to the public at http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/beaches/.
Performance Database: National Health Protection Survey of Beaches Information
Management System. The database includes fields identifying the beaches for which monitoring
and notification information is available. The database also identifies those states that have
received a BEACH (Beaches Environmental Assessment and Coastal Health) Act [P.L. 106-284]
grant. This information is updated annually.
Data Source: Data are obtained from National Health Protection Survey of Beaches, which is a
voluntary collection of beach data along the coastal and Great Lake states and territories. State
and local governments voluntarily provide the information. The survey began in 1997 with
information on 1,021 beaches, and now includes records on 2,445 beaches. The database
includes fields identifying the beaches for which monitoring and notification information is
available.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Performance is tracked using a simple count of the
number of beaches responding to the survey.
QA/QC Procedures: A standard survey form, approved by OMB, is distributed by mail to
coastal states, Great Lakes states, and county environmental and public health beach program
officials. The form is also available on the Internet for electronic submission. In 2001, survey
n-41
-------
respondents comprised; 42% county, 31% city, 12% state, 6% district, 4% region, 2% National
park, 2% state park, 1% other. When data are entered over the Internet by a state or local official,
a password is issued to ensure the appropriate party is completing the survey. EPA reviews the
survey responses to ensure the information is complete, then follows up with the state or local
government to obtain additional information where needed. However, because the data are
submitted voluntarily by state and local officials, the Agency cannot verify the accuracy of the
information provided.
Participation in this survey and collection of data is voluntary and information has not been
collected on the universe of beaches. The voluntary response rate was 88% in 2001(237 out of
269 contacted agencies responded). The number of beaches for which information was collected
increased from 1,021 in 1997 to 2,445 in 2001. Participation in the survey will become a
mandatory condition for grants awarded under the BEACH Act program (described below);
however, state and local governments are not required to apply for a grant. Those states receiving
a BEACH Act grant are subject to the Agency's grant regulations under 40CFR 31.45 which
require states and tribes to develop and implement quality assurance practices for the collection of
environmental information; these procedures will help assure data quality.
Data Quality Review: EPA reviews the survey responses to ensure the information is complete,
then follows up with the state or local government to obtain additional information where needed.
However, the Agency cannot verify the accuracy of the voluntary information state and local
governments provide.
Data Limitations: Participation in this survey and collection of data is mostly voluntary. While
the voluntary response rate has been high, it does not capture the complete universe of beaches.
Participation in the survey will become a mandatory condition of grants awarded under the
BEACH Act program (described below); however, state and local governments are not required to
apply for a grant. Currently the Agency has data standards but procedures, methods, indicators,
and thresholds can vary between jurisdictions because, to date, this has been a voluntary program.
The Agency expects the limitations to diminish as more states apply for BEACH Act grants.
Error Estimate: No error estimate is available for this data.
New/Improved Data or Systems: With the passage of the BEACH Act of 2000, the Agency is
authorized to award grants to states to develop and implement monitoring and notification
programs consistent with Federal requirements. As the Agency awards these implementation
grants, it will require standard program procedures, sampling and assessment methods, and data
elements for reporting. To the extent that state governments apply for and receive these grants, the
amount, quality, and consistency of available data will improve. In addition, the BEACH Act
requires the Agency to maintain a database of national coastal recreation water pollution
occurrences. The Agency will fulfill this requirement by revising the current database to include
this new information. In revising the database, the Agency will be investigating modes for
electronic exchange of information and reducing the number of reporting requirements.
References: http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/beaches/.
H-42
-------
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Final reports of full-scale demonstrations of arsenic
treatment technologies.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Reports
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Deliver verifications of two treatment technologies for
application in buildings by commercial and residential users, utilities, and public officials
to treat contaminants in drinking water supplies.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: Verifications consist of the following steps:
1. Based on generic verification protocols if available, the specific test/QA plan for each
product is developed and agreed to by EPA, the testing partner, and the vendors;
2. the product is tested using the procedures outlined in the test/QA plan;
3. audits of the test event are conducted by EPA and the partners, and rigorous QA
evaluations of the resulting test data are performed;
4. after testing and analysis, the partner drafts the verification statements and reports which
are reviewed by EPA, the participating vendors, and peer reviewers; and
5. after addressing review comments and receiving approval from EPA management, EPA
and the partner sign the verification statements.
H-43
-------
Data Quality Reviews: Verifications
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
Coordination with Other Agencies
The 1996 SDWA amendments include a provision that mandates a joint EPA and Center for
Disease Control (CDC) study of waterborne diseases and occurrence studies in public water
supplies. CDC is involved in assisting EPA in training health care providers (doctors, nurses, public
health officials, etc.) on public health issues related to drinking water contamination and there is
close CDC/EPA coordination on research on microbial contaminants in drinking water. EPA has in
place a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) and Interagency Agreement (IAG) with the CDC in
the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) to implement this provision.
In implementing its source water assessment and protection efforts, the Agency coordinates
many of its activities with other Federal agencies. There are three major areas of relationships with
other agencies concerning source water assessments and protection.
Public Water Systems (PWSs). Some Federal agencies, i.e., USDA (Forest Service), DOD,
Department of Energy, DOI (National Park Service), and USPS, own and operate public water
systems. EPA's coordination with these agencies focuses primarily on ensuring that they cooperate
with the states in which their systems are located, and that they are accounted for in the states'
source water assessment programs as mandated in the 1996 amendments to the SDWA.
Data Availability, Outreach and Technical Assistance. EPA coordinates with USGS (US
Geological Survey), USDA (Forest Service, Natural Resources Conservation Service, Cooperative
State Research, Education, and Extension Service (CSREES), Rural Utilities Service); DOT, DOD,
DOE, DOI (National Park Service and Bureaus of Indian Affairs, Land Management, and
Reclamation); DHHS (Indian Health Service) and the Tennessee Valley Authority.
Collaboration with USGS. EPA and USGS have identified the need to engage in joint,
collaborative field activities, research and testing, data exchange, and analyses, in areas such as the
occurrence of unregulated contaminants, the environmental relationships affecting contaminant
occurrence, evaluation of currently regulated contaminants, improved protection area delineation
methods, laboratory methods, and test methods evaluation. EPA has an LAG with USGS to
accomplish such activities. This collaborative effort has unproved the quality of information to
support risk management decision-making at all levels of government, generated valuable new data,
and eliminated potential redundancies.
H-44
-------
Research
While EPA is the Federal agency mandated to ensure safe drinking water, other Federal
and non-Federal entities are conducting research that complements EPA's research program on
priority contaminants hi drinking water. For example, health effects and exposure research is
being conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the National
Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS). The Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
are also conducting research on children's risk. Many of these research activities are being
conducted in collaboration with EPA scientists. The private sector, particularly the water
treatment industry, is conducting research hi such areas as analytical methods, treatment
technologies, and the development and maintenance of water resources.
A Microbial/Disinfection By-Product Research Council was established hi 1995 with the
American Water Works Association Research Foundation (AWWARF) and other stakeholder
groups to coordinate research on microbial pathogens and DBPs. EPA is also working with the
United States Geological Survey (USGS) to evaluate the performance of newly developed
methods for measuring microbes in potential drinking water sources.
Interactions with external stakeholder groups have been initiated that will help determine
EPA's future regulatory priorities and research needs for drinking water. Interactions with the
Science Advisory Board's Drinking Water Committee and the National Drinking Water
Advisory Committee will also help EPA to refine its drinking water research agenda.
Statutory Authorities
Safe Drinking Water Act
Clean Water Act
Toxic Substances Control Act
Research
Safe Drinking Water Act
Clean Water Act
Toxic Substances Control Act
EI-45
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean and Sale Water
Objective: Protect Watersheds and Aquatic Communities
By 2005. increase by ] 75 the number of watersheds where 80 percent or more ol assessed
waters meet water quality standards, including standards that support healthy aquatic
communities. (The 1998 baseline is 501 watersheds out of a national total of 2.262.)
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Protect Watersheds and
1 Aquatic Communities
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superiund
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workvears-
FY 2002
Actuals
$474.725.2
$] 98.1 57.5
$0.0
$4L203.5
$235,364.2
1 .000.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$435.814.7
$162.894.0
$25.7
$38.592.9
$234.302.]
988.8
FY 2004
Request
$479,787.4
$179,134.8
$2.6
$4L270.0_
$259.400.0
989.3
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$43.972.7
$36.220.8
($23.1)
_$2.677.]_
$25.097.9
0.5
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
i Chesapeake Bay
! Congressional!)' Mandated
I Project;-
i Ecosystems Condition.
! Protection and Restoration
Research
; Facilities InJrastructure and
'< Operations
FY 2002
Enacted
$20.55 1.8_
$33.] 07.4
FY 2003
Pres, Bud.
$20.650.8
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$20.777. 7_
$0.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$126.9
$0.0
$37.785.0
$5.673.6
$38.592.9
$13.85]..'
$4].270.0
$13.870.8
$2.677.1
$19.5
11-40
-------
Great Lakes
Gulf of Mexico
Lake Champlain
Legal Services
Long Island Sound
Management Services and
Stewardship
Marine Pollution
National Estuaries
Program/Coastal Watersheds
Pacific Northwest
Planning and Resource
Management
Regional Management
South Florida/Everglades
State Pollution Control Grants
(Section 106)
State Water Quality Cooperative
Agreements
State Wetlands Program Grants
TMDLs
Targeted Watershed Grants
Water Quality Criteria and
Standards
Water Quality Monitoring and
Assessment
Watershed Assistance
Wetlands
FY 2002
Enacted
$2,671.0
$4,261.6
$2,500.0
$3,462.8
$2,500.0
$11,763.0
$7,994.8
$24,521.3
$1,003.8
$0.0
$429.0
$2,648.3
$192,476.9
$18,958.2
$14,967.0
$21,232.1
$0.0
$18,782.4
$11,665.1
$7,821.6
$17,829.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$2,684.7
$4,327.4
$954.8
$3,755.0
$477.4
$4,571.2
$8,170.7
$19,246.2
$1,028.5
$0.0
$450.5
$2,665.5
$180,376.9
$38,958.2
$14,967.0
$21,433.2
$0.0
$19,127.2
$11,967.7
$9,479.1
$18,381.9
FY 2004
Request
$2,712.2
$4,431.7
$954.8
$3,889.5
$477.4
$3,062.3
$12,630.1
$19,094.2
$1,072.5
$574.1
$952.0
$2,690.0
$200,400.0
$19,000.0
$20,000.0
$25,083.7
$20,000.0
$24,076.8
$14,072.1
$9,395.6
$19,299.9
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$27.5
$104.3
$0.0
$134.5
$0.0
($1,508.9)
$4,459.4
($152.0)
$44.0
$574.1
$501.5
$24.5
$20,023.1
($19,958.2)
$5,033.0
$3,650.5
$20,000.0
$4,949.6
$2,104.4
($83.5)
$918.0
FY 2004 Request
EPA, in concert with other Federal natural resource agencies, continues to pursue a
comprehensive strategy for assessing and restoring the Nation's most impaired watersheds to
achieve healthy aquatic communities and attain clean water and public health goals.
Fundamental to the Agency's efforts to meet this objective is the management of water quality
resources on a watershed basis, with the full involvement of all stakeholders, including
H-47
-------
communities, individuals, businesses, state and local governments, and tribes. EPA's ability to
meet this objective depends on the success of regulatory and non-regulatory programs, primarily
at the state and local level, and nationwide efforts to implement a broad range of policy,
planning, and scientific tools to establish local goals and assess progress.
Water Quality Monitoring
Current water quality monitoring efforts yield insufficient data for states and others to
make watershed-based decisions, to develop necessary standards and Total Maximum Daily
Loads (TMDLs), and to accurately and consistently portray conditions and trends. Enhanced
monitoring and assessment support to begin filling these gaps will be a key component in FY
2004. This will include working with the states to enhance their monitoring and assessment
programs, with a particular emphasis on the probabilistic approach, to support water quality
decision-making, and will provide additional support to encourage the establishment of state-
level monitoring councils and local watershed monitoring consortiums.
The Agency will continue to work with its state and Tribal partners to establish and
maintain water quality standards and monitoring and assessment programs appropriate to their
identified goals and needs, including addressing the elements outlined in EPA's monitoring and
assessment guidance and Clean Water Act (CWA) Sections 303(d) and 106 requirements.
Specifically, EPA will be helping states in FY 2004 implement their improved monitoring
strategies developed in FY 2003 to. build towards more robust state monitoring programs
covering the ten basic elements outlined hi EPA guidance. Additional resources will be
particularly focused on helping states improve their basic water quality monitoring programs
with a goal of 15 states with comprehensive monitoring strategies.
EPA will assemble and report state water quality assessments and will continue to help
states consolidate their water quality reporting under CWA Sections 303(d) and 305(b). EPA is
integrating its programs for characterizing, assessing and monitoring the condition of the
Nation's waters. EPA ensures that states and tribes are entering relevant water quality and
related data into EPA's modernized national data Storage and Retrieval System (STORET); we
will also work with other Federal agencies to increase their use of STORET. An important use
of state comprehensive water quality assessment programs and other data is making that data
available not only to decision-makers, but also to the public.
One part of this effort is a highly detailed map of waters of the United States contained
within the National Hydrography Database. Geographic layers of data, interacting with up-to-
date databases, are being developed for a variety of areas including 303(d) listed waters, water
quality standards, and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) discharges.
STORET data will also be accessible on a watershed-basis. The new Watershed Assessment,
Tracking and Environmental Results System (WATERS) unifies key water quality information,
including water quality standards and status of impaired waters, and allows users to map the
results for specific geographic areas.
H-48
-------
Water Quality Standards
Critical to improving water quality is our refinement of scientifically sound water quality
standards. The Agency will continue to support states and tribes in incorporating risk analyses,
priority setting, and risk management decisions, and in state/Tribal adoption and implementation
of water quality standards based on revised criteria. The Agency will continue to enhance Better
Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS), a geographic
information system which links projected nonpoint source (NFS) runoff with point source
discharges, to access information on the Internet and thus enable TMDL developers and NPDES
permit writers to use the most current information to better address site-specific conditions. The
Agency will also provide training to state and EPA staff to utilize BASINS in establishing
TMDLs and issuing NPDES permits.
EPA will work with its state partners to ensure that they adopt up-to-date criteria to
protect designated uses. In FY 2004, the Agency will begin to update its aquatic life
methodology to incorporate new and emerging science to ensure it continues to develop and
publish scientifically defensible criteria for a broad range of stressors. EPA will continue to
assist states and tribes in adopting these criteria to protect public health, attain and maintain
aquatic life and other designated uses, and improve the chemical, physical, and biological
integrity of the Nation's waters. EPA will accelerate the adoption of biological criteria, designed
to help control nutrients, toxic chemicals and other watershed stressors, into state and Tribal
water quality standards by developing needed guidance materials and supporting state/Tribal
program implementation. EPA will determine how to best integrate or align its criteria to
support designated uses. The Agency will continue to develop and expand web sites to provide
public access to contents of water quality standards. The Agency will also continue to develop
and enhance PC-based modeling software to support implementation of water quality standards.
In July 1997, the United States District Court issued a ruling whereby state water quality
standards do not go into effect under the CWA until approved by EPA. The Agency is devoting
significant effort to reduce the backlog of approval actions waiting to be taken on states'
proposed water quality standards. In FY 2004, EPA will continue to implement strategies
necessary to take action on state water quality standards within the statutory deadlines. In
support of this effort, the Agency will continue to make available and expand on the Internet a
comprehensive repository and geographic database containing state water quality standards that
will help ensure nationwide consistency in state programs and support timely action on states'
proposed water quality standards.
In FY 2004, EPA will increase funding to work with state and Tribal partners to ensure
that water quality standards are effective and appropriate for use in developing TMDLs. The
National Research Council's 2001 assessment of the TMDL program found that the designated
uses and criteria in existing standards often need more detail and refinement before they can be
used as a firm basis for requiring load reductions through TMDLs. Standards also may not
protect drinking water sources adequately, and may not reflect biological assessments and
criteria. To address these concerns and to implement the strategy, EPA will provide technical
guidance and training that will help states and tribes conduct their own use attainability analyses,
and to help refine and interpret standards to ensure they are adequate for use in developing load
H-49
-------
reduction targets. In addition, EPA conducted a customer-focused review of the National Water
Quality Standards program and developed a draft long-term strategy that calls for improvements
and streamlining in EPA's program. EPA will continue to implement the higher prioritized
elements of the strategy. EPA will also accelerate the technical reviews necessary for EPA to
approve new or revised state/Tribal standards on a timely basis for use in TMDLs, including the
biological evaluations of whether these standards provide adequate protection to endangered
species.
The Agency will continue to implement its Nutrient Strategy in partnership with states
and tribes. EPA will assist states and tribes in using EPA's criteria and guidance to address
implementation issues related to controlling nutrient levels. Nutrients can lead to eutrophication
and are associated with harmful algal blooms and other public health concerns. The Agency will
continue to publish eco-regional guidance documents for nutrient indicator variables (e.g., total
nitrogen, total phosphorus, chlorophyll-a, and clarity) and help states and tribes develop and
implement plans for adopting nutrient criteria for their waterbody types and geographical
regions. EPA will award grants to states, local governments, and tribes to help them implement
nutrient criteria and biological criteria.
In watersheds where sediment contamination is determined to be widespread, especially
in the Great Lakes Region, the Agency will continue to help states and tribes evaluate sediment
quality, make decisions about appropriate control measures, and implement new methodologies
that address a wider range of pollutants. The Agency will also continue to maintain the National
Sediment Inventory for the purposes of preparing the next biennial report to Congress on
contaminated sediments.
TMDLs
The Agency will continue to work with states and tribes to carry out their TMDL
programs focused more in FY 2004 on a watershed basis to identify those waters not meeting
clean water goals, help restore impaired watersheds, and to meet the many court-supervised
deadlines for completing TMDLs. Additional resources will support increased TMDL
development and approval, including fostering innovations such as trading and watershed-based
permitting. The pace of TMDL development is projected to reach approximately 3,500+/year.
This represents a fourfold increase in the annual number of TMDLs developed since 1999.
Currently, there are consent decrees in 22 states which directly obligate EPA to "backstop" state
listing decision and establishment of TMDLs.
While increasing the pace of TMDL development remains important, EPA must work
with states to help assure implementation of already-approved TMDLs, including targeting CWA
Section 319 NPS funding and marshaling Farm Bill conservation programs. EPA will assist
states in revising their continuing planning processes under CWA Section 303(e) to place more
emphasis on assuring needed watershed implementation. EPA will also advance and disseminate
a better understanding of the ability of NPS control measures to result in true load reductions,
assist states in designing site specific solutions that will achieve clean water at the least cost, and
develop guidance and technical documents to help states address complex TMDLs.
H-50
-------
Oceans and Coastal Protection
EPA will support the National Estuary Program (NEP) as all 28 estuaries continue to
implement their Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs). This will
include development and application of environmental indicators to assess status and trends in
the NEPs, as well as measuring the success of implementation of priority action plans in CCMPs,
including the addition of 25,000 acres of protected or restored habitat. EPA will emphasize and
support coastal partnerships to assist local decision-makers in developing and implementing
protection programs for coastal watersheds, including assisting local governments in developing
and implementing principles to reduce the impacts of development and growth on water quality.
Following consultation with the armed forces, EPA will enhance its regulation of
discharges of pollution from vessels, in particular: sewage discharges (CWA Section 312
program); cruise ship discharges; and operational discharges from vessels of the Armed Forces
(CWA Section 312(n) - Uniform National Discharge Standards), as well as its development of
ballast water standards for aquatic nuisance species. This increased level of activity will enable
EPA to more quickly address national and international issues regarding vessel discharges,
including those from cruise ships. This investment responds to legislation regarding cruise ships
in Alaskan waters, GAO and other reports on the need to enhance cruise ship regulation, and
continuing violations of existing standards.
The Agency will manage pollution sources subject to the Marine Protection, Research,
and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA); the CWA; the Marine Plastic Pollution Research and Control
Act, and other related programs to further protect and enhance our Nation's coastal and ocean
waters. EPA will focus additional resources on bolstering implementation of, its statutory
responsibilities under the MPRSA regarding site evaluation, designation and monitoring, and
permit review and concurrence. In particular, EPA will work to expeditiously refine the site
designation and management of the Historic Area Remediation Site (FfARS) off the New Jersey
coast. Efforts will continue to develop bioaccumulation risk guidance to enable EPA Regions
and Corps of Engineers districts to reach decisions on the suitability of dredged material for open
water disposal, development of a guidance document on implementation of cost effective
beneficial use projects in the context of watershed planning, designation of dredged material
disposal sites, and implementation of site management and monitoring plans. Progress in these
areas will depend on sound science derived from improved research and monitoring efforts in
coastal and marine waters.
For coastal ports and harbors, EPA will work with Federal and state partners (e.g. the
National Dredging Team) and other stakeholders to establish and promote Regional Dredging
Teams and local planning groups to help ensure that comprehensive dredged material
management plans, including provisions for the beneficial re-use of dredged material, are
developed and implemented to maintain, restore, and improve the health of coastal ecosystems.
Tribes
In support of the Agency's Tribal partnership efforts, the Agency will continue to help
train tribes on basic water programs, including NPS, watershed management, water quality
n-51
-------
monitoring, and water quality standards and criteria. The Agency will continue distribution of a
National Tribal Watershed Assessment Framework to support defensible, reproducible Tribal
assessments of the conditions of their watersheds and the sources of watershed impairments.
State and Tribal Grants
CWA Section 106 grants to states, tribes, and interstate agencies help fund key programs
for the prevention, reduction, and elimination of surface and ground water pollution from point
and NPSs and for enhancing the ecological health of the Nation's waters. Within this objective
$200,400,000 is requested for this grant program, a $20,023,100 increase over the FY 2003
President's Budget request Activities within the CWA Section 106 program include NPDES
permitting, water quality planning and standard setting, pollution control studies, assessment and
monitoring, and training and public information. State efforts funded by CWA Section 106
grants will include activities related to the restoration of impaired watersheds (TMDLs)
including all facets of this program, i.e., pre TMDL needs such as monitoring and assessment
and standards development, development of TMDLs and post-TMDL implementation and
restoration; implementing integrated wet weather strategies in coordination with NFS programs;
and developing source water protection programs. Tribes will continue to conduct watershed
assessments and will maintain and improve their capacity to implement water quality programs
through monitoring, assessments, planning, and standards development.
The increase for CWA Section 106 grants, when coupled with the EPM increases, will
help states and tribes fill critical gaps in fulfilling their basic CWA responsibilities. Additional
funds will support a mixture of activities, depending on individual states' needs, including water
quality monitoring and assessment, standards development, TMDL development, and NPDES
permitting.
The Agency is requesting $19,000,000 for Water Quality Cooperative Agreements
(WQCA). These resources will provide continued support in the creation of unique and
innovative approaches to address requirements of the NPDES program, with special emphasis on
wet weather activities, (i.e., storm water, combined sewer overflows, sanitary sewer overflows
and animal feeding operations), in addition, these grants have long supported other
programmatic activities such as systems asset management, environmental management systems
for water pollution control, and various other program innovations.
Geographic Initiatives
EPA will continue to support targeted geographic watershed initiatives of national
importance, including the NEP, the Chesapeake Bay Program, Gulf of Mexico Program (GMP),
South Florida/Everglades, and the Pacific Northwest Forest Plan. Special emphasis on these
varied Regions provides the opportunity not only to have necessary heightened Federal
involvement in critical watersheds, but also to develop and implement water quality control
practices and other management tools whose successes can be transferred to other watersheds
nationwide. EPA is also committed to supporting the Interior Columbia Basin Ecosystem
Management Project, the Long Island Sound Office, the Lake Champlain Management
Conference and Lake Pontchartrain requirements in the Estuaries and Clean Waters Act of 2000.
n-52
-------
Through the Targeted Watershed Grants program, the Agency will continue to provide
direct grants to watershed stakeholders ready to undertake immediate action, and support local
communities in their efforts to expand and improve existing watershed protection measures with
tools, training and technical assistance. Modeled after successful existing programs such as the
efforts to restore the Charles River, targeted inland and coastal watersheds will be chosen based
on criteria established in consultation with state, local and other stakeholder partners, with
emphases on achieving environmental results, evidence of strong, diverse stakeholder support,
especially at the state and local levels, and readiness to proceed based on existing problem
identification. Expected benefits include: additional places and times that waters could be used
for boating, fishing, and swimming; restoration, protection, or creation of terrestrial and aquatic
habitat; economic benefit (e.g., re-opening shellfish beds, improved public access to waterfronts
and other highly valued resource areas); protection of groundwater aquifers; protection and
increase in number of acres of open space; and enhanced flood protection.
In addition, EPA will focus a portion of the Targeted Watershed Grants to enhance its
support for implementing The Action Plan for Reducing, Mitigating and Controlling Hypoxia in
the Northern Gulf of Mexico. The Mississippi River and its tributaries sustain a vital link in the
ecology and economy of our country, but serious stresses are challenging the integrity of the
ecosystem. In recognition of one of these stresses, hypoxia, public and private partners created
The Action Plan to promote nutrient reductions in the Mississippi Basin. EPA is strongly
committed to helping implement this plan using a variety of tools and approaches, including the
Targeted Watershed Grants.
Gulf of Mexico
The Gulf of Mexico Program (GMP) is a consortium of organizations working together
to initiate cooperative actions by public and private organizations to restore, protect, and
maintain the Gulf of Mexico ecosystem in ways consistent with the economic well being of the
region.
The GMP works closely with the five Gulf States, Gulf coastal communities, citizens,
non-government organizations, and Federal agencies to achieve specific environmental results.
These include, by FY 2009, assisting the states in restoring over 70 impaired coastal water
bodies in 12 priority coastal areas and restoring or protecting 20,000 acres of important coastal
and marine habitats.
The GMP provides direct technical and financial assistance to the Gulf States, local
governments, and non-profit organizations. In FY 2004, the GMP will focus its efforts on
implementing priority projects, as identified by the Gulf States that will contribute to watershed-
based efforts to improve 14 water bodies currently identified as impaired, and to protect,
enhance, or restore 2,400 acres of important coastal and marine habitats that are essential for
sustaining the Gulfs fisheries. The GMP will also continue support for Gulf-wide initiatives that
have a broad, regional, large ecosystem or multiple Gulf States perspective (i.e., hypoxia,
harmful algal blooms, monitoring and assessment).
H-53
-------
Chesapeake Bay
The Chesapeake Bay Program, formed in 1983, is a unique regional partnership hi
leading and directing the restoration and protection of the Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries.
The Bay Program partners include the states of Maryland, Pennsylvania, and Virginia; the
District of Columbia; the Chesapeake Bay Commission, a tri-state legislative body; and the
United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) which represents the Federal
government.
In June 2000, the Chesapeake Bay Program adopted the Chesapeake 2000 agreement
which contains 104 commitments aimed at restoring the Bay. The Chesapeake 2000 agreement
has five sections outlining commitments to protect and restore living resources, vital habitats,
and water quality; promote sound land use; and to encourage stewardship and community
engagement. The primary goal of the new agreement is to remove nutrient and sediment
impairments sufficiently to sustain the living resources of the Chesapeake Bay and its tidal
tributaries and to maintain that water quality into the future. The .partnership is working towards
publication of new criteria and designated uses by EPA for the Bay, adoption of new water
quality standards in the tidal waters by the states, and agreement on increased reduction goals for
nutrients and a new reduction goal for sediment.
Wetlands
In October 2002, a Presidential Proclamation stated that, "Recent studies show that we
are close to achieving our goal of halting overall wetlands loss, and we are hopeful that in the
near future we will begin increasing the overall function and' value of our wetlands." EPA will
continue to work toward reversing historic trends of wetland losses and restoring some of the 54
percent of the Nation's wetlands already drained or filled. EPA will contribute to this wetlands
quantity goal by helping to improve compensatory mitigation success, supporting wetlands
restoration efforts, and building state and Tribal capacities to monitor and protect wetland
resources.
Working with other Federal agencies, EPA and the Corps of Engineers will implement
CWA Section 404 to protect wetlands, free-flowing streams, and shallow waters in a fair,
flexible, and effective manner. Program improvements will be implemented to ensure program
activities are effectively and consistently applied under the CWA. EPA and the Corps, working
with other agencies and stakeholders, will advance the regulatory program goal of halting overall
wetlands loss by improving the policy, science, and technical assistance associated with
compensatory mitigation to offset unavoidable losses of wetlands. Consistent with the
recommendations of the 2001 National Academy of Sciences and GAO evaluations of
.compensatory mitigation under CWA Section 404, EPA will lead the development of mitigation
criteria and coordinate a program with states and tribes to improve the success of compensatory
mitigation. EPA will also provide assistance for evaluating the cumulative effects of CWA
Section 404 discharges and other stressors on wetland ecosystems.
EPA will also take steps to advance the national goal of an increase in the quality of
wetlands. Many remaining wetlands are degraded by stressors, including polluted run-off,
n-54
-------
changes in hydrology, invasive species, and habitat fragmentation. Information on the health of
wetlands is important to set priorities and to identify corrective actions. Building upon a
growing number of successful projects, EPA will help states and tribes develop programs to
monitor the extent and condition of their wetlands. Wetland class, landscape condition, reference
sites, and biological indicators will be used to evaluate the relative health of wetlands. The
information collected will be reported to give a better understanding of the condition of our
wetlands and to guide management decisions to evaluate restoration success and to improve the
quality of wetlands.
As a component of its watershed program, EPA will provide support and assistance for
community level partnerships to restore wetlands and streams. This includes Five Star
Restoration and Education Grants, restoration training, technical guidance, a comprehensive
restoration web site, and a restoration newsletter.
A total of $20,000,000 from the State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG) appropriation
is requested to enable states, tribes and local governments to develop and strengthen their
programs to conserve, manage and restore wetlands. This will support regulatory approaches as
well as incentive-based programs, training, and monitoring. In 2001 the Supreme Court
determined that some isolated waters and wetlands are not regulated under the CWA. Many
waters with important aquatic values are no longer covered by CWA Section 404 protections.
EPA is proposing an increase in grants to states and tribes to help them protect these waters as
part of comprehensive programs that will achieve no net loss of wetlands, while also providing
grant funding for states and tribes to assume more decision-making authority in waters that
remain subject to the CWA.
Research
While it is known that the health and sustainability of aquatic ecosystems and their
ecological components are affected by various types of chemical, biological, and physical
stressors, there is significant scientific uncertainty associated with what effect these stressors
have on the resiliency of aquatic ecosystems and their biotic components. Research in this
objective, as outlined in the draft Water Quality Multi-Year Plan (MYP) for water quality, will
demonstrate integrated and stakeholder driven approaches to achieving water quality goals, as
well as focus on the development of watershed diagnostic methods, on understanding the
importance of critical habitats, and on the impacts of habitat alteration on aquatic communities.
Research to support the development of ecological criteria includes evaluating the exposures and
effects of nutrients, suspended and bedded sediments, pathogens, toxic chemicals, and habitat
alteration stressors on aquatic systems and understanding the structure and function of aquatic
systems. This research provides the scientific foundation to support Total Maximum Daily
Loads (TMDLs). To provide focus to its research on the effects of stressors on ecosystems,
habitat alteration, diagnostic methods, and landscape modeling, EPA developed the Ecological
Research Strategy. This strategy was subject to rigorous external peer review and addresses those
problems that pose the greatest risks to the environment. In addition, the draft Water Quality
MYP provides a framework for integrating research across laboratories and centers and across
GPRA goals. To ensure quality, all scientific and technical work products undergo either
H-55
-------
internal or externalpeer review, with major or significant products requiring external peer
review.
Research to understand the association between nutrient loading and hypoxia, algal
blooms, and eutrophication will continue in FY 2004. An area of approximately 7,000 square
miles in the Gulf of Mexico is hypoxic, and the incidence of algal blooms is increasing in coastal
waters worldwide. These stresses threaten ecosystem integrity, sustained use, and productivity.
EPA is developing stressor response models to understand and predict the relationship between
stressors such as nutrients, eutrophication, and hypoxia on aquatic ecosystems including
wetlands, riparian zones, sediments, and freshwater and marine ecosystems. EPA is also
developing an ecological risk assessment for nutrients, initially focusing on nitrogen, as part of
its program to develop common methodologies for integrating ecological and human health
assessments. Research on the ecology and oceanography of harmful algal blooms (HABs) is
underway as part of a joint effort with other Federal agencies including the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and the National Science Foundation (NSF). In FY 2004
a protocol to classify eutrophication models for nutrient load allocation in coastal systems as well
as a classification scheme for predicting sensitivity of coastal receiving waters to effects of
nutrients on submerged aquatic vegetation and food webs will be completed.
In FY 2004 the Agency will increase resources to address uncertainties associated with
managing and reducing the risks to human health of the production and application of treated
wastewater sludge (biosolids) to land for use as fertilizers. Approximately 3.4 million dry tons
of biosolids are applied to thousands of acres annually in the United States. The technical basis
for current regulations was largely developed in the mid-1970s to early 1980s, while composition
of biosolids has changed markedly since then and technical advances allow for better
characterization, assessment and management of sewage sludge. Of concern are the. potential
health impacts on exposed population. Pathogen and chemical contaminant impacts are of
especially high concern for high risk groups in the general public living near application sites,
including children and pregnant women, the elderly, and others with immune deficiencies. This
research program will address data gaps as well as issues in management practices that were
identified in the recent National Academy of Science (NAS) report on this topic. Research will
focus on exposure and health risk assessments, techniques to measure and characterize
contaminants in raw and treated sewage sludge, the effectiveness of current sewage sludge
treatment processes, and the development of improved and more cost-effective approaches to
address changing sewage sludge composition. In FY 2004 the focus will be principally on
exposure assessment and characterization methodology development.
Also in FY 2004 research on suspended and bedded sediments will continue. Although
suspended and bedded sediments are a natural part of aquatic ecosystems critical to the energy
cycle of the water body and the provision of microhabitats, they have become stressors
associated with human activity that adversely affect aquatic habitats. In the 1998 EPA Report to
Congress, Water Quality Inventory, suspended solids and sediments were identified among the
leading causes of water quality impairment for streams and rivers. To maintain natural
background levels of suspended and bedded sediments, water resource managers need scientific
tools that are currently not available. In FY 2004, this research program will continue to develop
tools to determine background sediment levels inherent to a region. The Agency's research
E-56
-------
program will also focus on understanding the stressor response relationships between sediment
imbalances and Impacts to aquatic communities. Risk management strategies will be developed
to help reduce the impact of human activities on sedimentation and to maintain sediments at
background levels.
Chemical stressors also impact aquatic life, the benthic community, wildlife, and human
health. Research in this area focuses on developing scientifically defensible methods to better
describe the risks of toxic chemicals to aquatic and aquatic-dependent populations and
communities. Specific goals are to: 1) demonstrate methods for water quality criteria for
bioaccumulative and non-bioaccumulative chemicals based on more complete and accurate risk
characterization of toxic chemicals to aquatic organisms; 2) provide methods for water quality
criteria based on population-level risk characterization of toxic chemicals to aquatic life and
aquatic-dependent wildlife; 3) provide methods for extrapolating chemical toxicity data across
exposure conditions and across endpoints, life stages, and species that can support assessment of
risks to aquatic life and aquatic-dependent wildlife for chemicals with limited data; and 4)
provide approaches for evaluating the relative and cumulative, risks from toxic chemicals on
populations of aquatic life and aquatic-dependent wildlife at local and regional scales. In FY
2004 a report evaluating selected PBT (persistent, bioaccumulative toxicant) dose-response
relationships in aquatic wildlife will be published.
The main focus of habitat alteration research is to provide the scientific basis for
assessing the role of essential habitat hi maintaining healthy populations of fish, shellfish, and
wildlife. This research will identify the relationships between habitat alteration and biological
response and extrapolation schemes needed to develop broad-scale habitat criteria for streams
and coastal systems. The results of this research, combined with bioeriteria and monitoring
research conducted under Goal 8 (Sound Science) can be used to determine bioeriteria, evaluate
combined effects of habitat alteration and other stressors (such as chemicals), and will facilitate
ecosystem restoration decisions. In FY 2004 EPA will provide sample stressor-response
relationships linking loss and alteration of habitat to selected fish, shellfish, and wildlife effects.
In FY 2004 EPA research on diagnostic methods will focus on the causes of biological
and aquatic ecosystem impairment. This work will be useful in deriving criteria to protect and
strengthen the biological basis for designated uses in state and Tribal water quality standards,
improving the scientific foundation for addressing point and non-point source water quality
impairment, and determining appropriate and effective watershed management alternatives.
Specifically, this research will provide: 1) the scientific foundation and information management
scheme for the 303(d) listing process, including a classification framework for surface waters,
watersheds, and regions to guide problem formulation; 2) first generation diagnostics methods to
distinguish among major classes of individual aquatic stressors and/or suggest causal
mechanisms that contribute to impairment of marine and freshwater systems; and 3) diagnostic
methods and technical support documents for determining the relative significance of multiple
stressors in 303(d) listed waters. Technical guidance and assistance will also be provided to
states to promote the establishment of scientifically sound bioassessments and biologically-based
water quality criteria for rivers and streams.
H-57
-------
Modeling and landscape characterization research will provide the tools to restore and
protect aquatic systems and to forecast the ecological, economic, and human health outcomes of
alternative management solutions. This research will address uncertainties of the sources of
pollutants and the effectiveness of management options (e.g. best management practices) to
control nutrients, suspended solids, sediments, pathogens, toxic chemicals and flow variations.
The goal is to develop decision support tools to assist watershed managers in analyzing problems
associated with these stressors and identifying cost effective solutions with a focus on mixed
land-use watersheds and watersheds in transition from development pressures. This research
effort will be directed toward a comprehensive understanding of the relationships between
human activities and associated ecosystem stresses altered sediment loads and altered stream
power as it relates to in-stream re-working,
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$2,104,400, + 4 FTE) These additional resources will enable EPA to help states
enhance their monitoring and assessment propams and use a probabilistic approach to
support water quality decision-making; support state monitoring councils to bring
monitoring partners and stakeholders in the state together to plan and share data; and,
facilitate establishment of local watershed monitoring consortiums to plan and implement
monitoring activities within a watershed.
» (+$3,650,500, + 4 FTE) An increase in the TMDL program will help EPA
approve/disapprove TMDLs in a timely manner; advance and disseminate a better
understanding of the ability of NFS control measures to result in true load reductions;
assist states in designing site specific solutions; develop guidance and technical
documents to help states address complex TMDLs; assist states in revising their
Continuing Planning Processes to provide a context for all CWA activities within the
state; and, enhance the ability of WATERS (Watershed Assessment, Tracking &
Environmental Results) to tie water quality status to management actions, including
standards, TMDLs, and implementation actions.
• (+$4,949,500) This increase will help reduce standards backlogs (i.e,,
approval/disapproval decisions, unresolved outstanding disapprovals, and uncompleted
ESA consultations); support additional peer-reviewed water quality criteria and
development of bioaccumulation factors for highly-bioaccumulative pollutants; enable
the development of clear guidance and provide for ongoing support for state and Tribal
programs to adopt the highest attainable uses; help states and tribes link standards to
watershed approaches and TMDLs; and, complete the water quality standards database
and make it folly accessible on the Internet.
• (+$4,459,400) These resources will support enhancement of standards and monitoring
critical to protecting our ocean resources. EPA will bolster implementation of ocean
disposal requirements, including refinement of the site designation and management of
the Historic Area Remediation Site. Following consultation with the Armed Forces, EPA
H-58
-------
will also enhance regulation of discharges of pollution from vessels with special attention
to cruise ships, ballast water and marine sanitation devices.
(+$501,500, + 4.2 FTE) This change represents the distribution of resources for Regional
Information Management across all Regions.
($1,153,700, - 16.6 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated
in proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars
and FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated
in proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts
in FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and+19.7FTE)
STAG
(+$20,023,100) This increase for CWA Section 106 grants, when coupled with the EPM
increases described above, will help states and tribes fill critical gaps in fulfilling their
basic CWA responsibilities. Additional funds will support a mixture of activities,
depending on individual states' needs, including water quality monitoring and
assessment, standards development, TMDL development, and NPDES permitting.
(+$5,033,000) This increase for Wetlands Program Grants will enhance states' efforts to
protect isolated waters and wetlands. The increase will allow states and tribes to protect
these waters as part of comprehensive programs that will achieve no net loss of wetlands,
while also entrusting states and tribes with more decision-making authority in waters that
remain subject to the CWA.
(-$20,000,000) This reduction to the Water Quality Cooperative Agreements Program
reflects establishment of a separate line item for the Targeted Watershed Grants Program.
(+$20,000,000) This increase reflects establishing the Targeted Watershed Grants
Program as an independent program, separate from the WQCA program.
Research
S&T
(+$1,838,040 and +8.2 FTE) The purpose of this enhancement is to address the
uncertainties associated with determining and reducing the risks to human health of the
production and application of treated wastewater sludge (biosolids) to land for use as
fertilizers as described in the recent National Academy of Science (NAS) report on this
topic. Research results will include tools that enable health and environmental decision
E-59
-------
makers to identify the major contaminants of concern found at sludge application sites,
assess the risks of chemicals and pathogens to populations near sites where sludge is
applied, and improved treatment techniques to make lower-risk biosolids. Resources are
being redirected out of air quality (objective 1.1), drinking water research (objective 2.1),
emerging risks including PPCPs (objective 8.3), and pollution prevention (objective 8.4),
as well as from lower priorities within water quality, to support this effort.
• (+$504,000 and +5.0 FTE) This increase reflects the Agency's effort to enhance its
scientific workforce by attracting quality postdoctoral scientists and engineers into its
research program.
• (+$323,020 and +3.1 FTE) Reflects a realignment of research support workyears from
ecosystems protection (objective 8.1). There are no programmatic impacts.
• (+$183,960 and +1.8 FTE) This increase reflects realignment of EPA's pharmaceuticals
and personal care products (PPCPs) intramural research program. Workyear and
associated workforce costs will be moved from the Goal 8 (Sound Science) to aquatic
stressors research in Goal 2. This realignment was conducted since the goal of this
research is to provide information to determine if human health or ecological criteria are
needed and to begin to evaluate the appropriate levels for any necessary criteria. There
are no impacts resulting from this realignment.
• (-$439,460 and -4.3 FTE) This redirection of workyears from sediment research and
habitat alteration research will support the Agency's Regional Scientist Program. The
Agency maintains sufficient research programs in sediment and habitat alteration to meet
its research objectives.
• (-$367,920 and -3.6 FTE) Workyears are being redirected from habitat alteration and
water quality research to support two important initiatives. Two workyears are being
redirected to provide research support to the Agency's efforts to develop an annual State
of the Environment Report (objective 8.3). The others are being redirected as part of the
Science Advisor's senior staff to promote effective partnerships with EPA Programs and
Regions, assist them hi their efforts to strengthen environmental science, and provide for
timely and open communication on critical science matters. The Agency maintains
sufficient research programs in habitat alteration and water quality to meet its research
objectives.
• (-$306,600 and -3.0 FTE) Reflects a refocusing of workyears from related concentrated
animal feeding operations (CAFOs) studies within water quality research to address
uncertainties associated with determining and reducing the risks to human health of the
production and application of treated wastewater sludge (biosolids) to land for use as
fertilizers. Impacts to the losing program are minimal due to the overlapping nature of
research on biosolids and CAFOs.
• There are additional increases for payroll and cost of living for new and additional FTE.
E-60
-------
GOAL: CLEAN AND SAFE WATER
OBJECTIVE: PROTECT WATERSHEDS AND AQUATIC COMMUNITIES
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Watershed Protection
In 2004 By FY 2005, Water quality will improve on a watershed basis such that 625 of the Nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater
than 80 percent of assessed waters meeting all water quality standards, up from 500 watersheds in 1998.
In 2003 By FY 2003, Water quality will improve on a watershed basis such that 600 of the Nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater
than 80 percent of assessed waters meeting all water quality standards, up from 500 watersheds in 1998.
In 2002 This measure reflects states' biennial reporting under CWA 305(b), and is not intended to be reported against again until the
FY2003 reporting cycle.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Watersheds that have greater than 80% of assessed waters 510(FYOO) 600 625(FY05) 8-digitHUCs
meeting all water quality standards.
Baseline: As of 1998 state reports, 500 watersheds had met the criteria for water quality improving on a watershed basis. For a watershed
to be counted toward this goal, at least 25% of the segments in the watershed must be assessed within the past 4 years consistent
with assessment guidelines developed pursuant to section 305(b) of the Clean Water Act. The unit of measure is 8-digit
Hydrologic Unit Codes (HUCs).
State/Tribal Water Quality Standards
In 2004 Assure that States and Tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance with the Water
Quality Standards regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
In 2003 Assure that States and Tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance with the Water
Quality Standards regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
In 2002 Assure that 25 States and 22 Tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance with the
Water Quality Standards regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
States with new or revised water quality standards that EPA 25 20 20 States
has reviewed and approved or disapproved and promulgated
federal replacement standards.
Tribes with water quality standards adopted and approved 22 30 33 Tribes
(cumulative).
Baseline: In 1999, fewer than 5% of tribes had water quality monitoring and assessment programs appropriate for their circumstances and
were entering water quality data into EPA's national data systems. State water quality standards program reviews are under a 3-
year cycle as mandated by the Clean Water Act under which all states maintain updated water quality programs. The
performance measure of state submissions (above) thus represents a "rolling annual total" of updated standards acted upon by
EPA, and so is neither cumulative nor strictly incremental. EPA must review and approve or disapprove state revisions to water
quality standards within 60-90 days after receiving the state's package. As of this May EPA was overdue in approving or
disapproving 38 new or revised standards from 21 states and tribes.
Protecting and Enhancing Estuaries
In 2004 Restore and protect estuaries through the implementation of Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).
In 2003 Restore and protect estuaries through the implementation of Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).
In 2002 Restored and protected over 137,000 acres of estuary habitat through the implementation of Comprehensive Conservation and
Management Plans (CCMPs).
n-6i
-------
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Acres of habitat restored and protected nationwide as part of 137,710 86,000 25,000 Acres
the National Estuary Program, (annual)
Baseline: As of January 2000, it is estimated that 65% of priority actions initiated and 400,000 habitat acres preserved, restored, and/or
created.
Gulf of Mexico
In 2004 Assist the Gulf States in implementing watershed restoration actions in 14 priority impaired coastal river and estuary segments.
In 2003 Assist the Gulf States in implementing watershed restoration actions in 14 priority impaired coastal river and estuary segments.
In 2002 Assisted the Gulf States in implementing restoration actions by supporting the identification of place-based projects in 137 State
priority coastal river and estuary segments.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Impaired Gulf coastal river and estuary segments 137 14 14 Segments
implementing watershed restoration actions (incremental).
Baseline: There are currently 95 coastal watersheds at the 8-digit hydrologic unit code (HUC) scale on the Gulf coast. The Gulf of Mexico
Program has identified 12 priority coastal areas for assistance. These 12 areas include 30 of the 95 coastal watersheds. Within
the 30 priority watersheds, the Gulf States have identified 354 segments that are impaired and not meeting full designated uses
under the States' water quality standards. 71 or 20% is the target proposed to reinforce Gulf State efforts to implement 5-year
basin rotation schedules. The target of 71 is divided by 5 to achieve the goal for assistance provided in at least 14 impaired
segments each year for the next 5 years.
Chesapeake Bay Habitat
In 2004 Improve habitat in the Chesapeake Bay.
hi 2003 Improve habitat in the Chesapeake Bay.
In 2002 Meeting the annual performance goal to improve habitat in the Bay requires adherence to commitments made by the Chesapeake
2000 agreement partners and monumental effort/resources from all levels of government (local, state, and a range of Federal
agencies) and from private organizations/citizens.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Acres of submerged aquatic vegetation (SAV) present in the 85,252 86,000 87,000 Acres
Chesapeake Bay. (cumulative)
Baseline: In 1985, 0% of wastewater flow had been treated by Biological Nutrient Removal. In 1989, 49 miles of migratory fish habitat
was reopened. In 1984, there were 37,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation in the Chesapeake Bay. In 1988, voluntary
IPM practices had been established on 2% of the lands in the Chesapeake Bay watershed.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Watersheds that have greater than 80% of assessed
waters meeting all water quality standards.
Performance Database: The Watershed Assessment Tracking Environmental Results System
(WATERS) is used to summarize water quality information at the watershed level. For purposes
of this national summary, "watersheds" are equivalent to 8-digit hydrologic unit codes (HUCs),
of which there are 2,262 nationwide. WATERS is a geographic information system that
integrates many existing data management tools including the Storage and Retrieval (STORET)
database, the Assessment database as well as a new water quality standards database. State
Clean Water Act (CWA) 305(b) data is submitted every two years and many states provide
H-62
-------
annual updates. [United States EPA (latest: August 2002) National Water Quality Inventory
Report to Congress (305(b) report). Washington, DC: Office of Water. (841-R-02-001). This
and prior reports (from 1992) available on the Internet: http://www.epa.gOV/305b/1
Data Source: State CWA Section 305(b) reporting. The data used by the states to assess water
quality and prepare its CWA Section 305(b) report include ambient monitoring results from
multiple sources (state, United States Geological Survey (USGS), volunteer, academic) as well
as predictive tools like water quality models. States compile diverse data to support water
quality assessments; EPA uses the data to present a snap-shot of water quality as reported by the
states, but does not use it to report trends in water quality. EPA's Office of Water and Office of
Research and Development have established a monitoring and design team that is working with
states on a 3 to 5-year project to recommend a design for a national probability-based monitoring
network that could be used to provide both status and trends in water quality at a state and
national level. Future data will be accompanied by quality assurance plans, as part of the State's
Assessment Methodology, and data submitted to the OW database, STORET, will have the
necessary accompanying metadata.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: States employ various analytical methods of data
collection, compilation, and reporting including: 1) Direct water samples of chemical, physical,
and biological parameters; 2) Predictive models of water quality standards attainment; 3)
Probabilistic models of pollutant sources; and 4) Compilation of data from volunteer groups,
academic interests and others. EPA supported models include BASINS, QUAL2E, AQUATOX,
and CORMTX. Descriptions of these models and instructions for their use can be found at
www.epa.,gov/OST/\yqm/. The standard operating procedures and deviations from these
methods for data sampling and prediction processes are stored by states in the STORET
database. EPA aggregates state data by watershed (as described above) to generate the national
performance measure. State provided data describe attainment of designated uses in accordance
with state water quality standards and thus represent a direct measure of performance. State
CWA Section 305(b) data are suitable for providing a snapshot of the ambient water quality
conditions that exist across the nation; however, nationally aggregated data are currently not
suitable for year-to-year comparisons. As states update their monitoring programs to include
probabilistic monitoring, we will be able to do nationally aggregated, year-to year comparisons.
QA/QC Procedures: QA/QC of data provided by states pursuant to individual state
assessments (under CWA Section 305(b)) is dependent on individual state procedures.
Numerous system level checks are built into WATERS based upon the business rules associated
with the water quality assessment information. States are then given the opportunity to review
the information in WATERS to ensure it accurately reflects the data that they submitted.
Detailed data exchange guidance and training are also provided to the states. Sufficiency
threshold for inclusion in this measure requires that 20% of stream miles in an 8-digit HUC be
assessed. The Office of Water Quality Management Plan (QMP), renewed every five years, was
approved hi July 2001. EPA requires that each organization prepare a document called a quality
management plan (QMP) that: documents the organization's quality policy; describes its quality
system; and identifies the environmental programs to which the quality system applies. This
document is the quality management plan for the entire EPA Office of Water. It describes the
quality system used by the Office of Water and applies to all environmental programs within the
E-63
-------
Office of Water and to any activity within those programs that involves the collection or use of
environmental data.
Data Quality Review: Numerous independent reports have cited that weaknesses in monitoring
and reporting of monitoring data undermine EPA's ability to depict the condition of the Nation's
waters and to support scientifically-sound water program decisions. The most recent reports
include the 1998 Report of the Federal Advisory Committee on the Total Maximum Daily Load
(TMDL) Program1, the March 15, 2000 General Accounting Office report Water Quality: Key
Decisions Limited by Inconsistent and Incomplete Data1, and the 2001 National Academy of
Sciences Report Assessing the TMDL Approach to Water Quality Management1
In response to these evaluations, EPA has been working with states and other stakeholders to
improve: 1) data coverage, so that state reports reflect the condition of all waters of the state; 2)
data consistency to facilitate comparison and aggregation of state data to the national level; and
3) documentation so that data limitations and discrepancies are fully understood by data users.
First, EPA enhanced two existing data management tools (STORET and the Assessment
Database) so that they include documentation of data quality information. Second, EPA has
developed a GIS tool called WATERS that integrates many databases including STORET, the
Assessment database, and a new water quality standards database. These integrated databases
facilitate comparison and understanding of differences among state standards, monitoring
activities, and assessment results. Third, EPA and states have developed a guidance document:
Consolidated Assessment and Listing Methodology - a Compendium of Best Practices1 (released
on the Web July 31, 2002 at www.epa.gov/owow/monitoring/calm.html) intended to facilitate
increased consistency in monitoring program design and the data and decision criteria used to
support water quality assessments.
And fourth, the Office of Water (OW) and EPA's regional offices have developed the Elements
of a State Water Monitoring and Assessment Program, (August 2002) which is currently under
review by our state partners. This guidance describes ten elements that each state water quality-
monitoring program should contain and proposes time-franies for implementing all ten elements.
Data Limitations: Data are not representative of comprehensive national water quality
assessments because states do not yet employ a monitoring design that characterizes all waters in
each reporting cycle. States do not use a consistent suite of water quality indicators to assess
attainment with water quality standards. For example, indicators of aquatic life use support
range from biological community assessments to levels of dissolved oxygen to concentrations of
toxic pollutants. These variations in state practices limit how the assessment reports provided by
states can be used to describe water quality at the national level. States, territories and tribes
collect data and information on only a portion of their waterbodies. There are differences among
their programs, sampling techniques, and standards.
State assessments of water quality may include uncertainties associated with derived or modeled
data. Differences in monitoring designs among and within states prevent the agency from
aggregating water quality assessments at the national level with known statistical confidence.
States, territories, and authorized tribes monitor to identify problems and typically lag times
between data collection and reporting can vary by state.
H-64
-------
Error Estimate: No error estimate is available for this data.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The Office of Water is currently working with states, tribes
and other Federal agencies to improve the database that supports this management measure by
addressing the underlying methods of monitoring water quality and assessing the data. Also, the
Office of Water is working with partners to enhance monitoring networks to achieve
comprehensive coverage of all waters, use a consistent suite of core water quality indicators
(supplemented with additional indicators for specific water quality questions), and document key
data elements, decision criteria and assessment methodologies in electronic data systems. The
Office of Water is using a variety of mechanisms to implement these improvements including
data management systems, guidance, stakeholder meetings, training and technical assistance,
program reviews and negotiations.
EPA is working with states to enhance their monitoring and assessment programs, with a
particular emphasis on the probabilistic approach. These enhancements, along with improving
the quality and timeliness of data for making watershed-based decisions, will greatly improve the
ability to use state assessments in consistently portraying national conditions and trends. Specific
state refinements include developing rigorous biological criteria to measure the health of aquatic
communities (and attainment with the aquatic life use) and designing probability-based
monitoring designs to support statistically-valid inferences about water quality. The EPA
Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP) design team has been instrumental
in helping states design the monitoring networks and analyze the data. Initial efforts have
focused on streams, lakes and coastal waters. Wetlands and large rivers will be targeted next.
States are implementing these changes incrementally and in conjunction with traditional targeted
monitoring. At last count 16 states have adopted probability-based monitoring designs, several
more are evaluating them, and all but 10 are collaborating in an EMAP study.
References: Aggregate national maps and state and watershed specific data for this
measurement are displayed numerically and graphically in the WATERS database. WATERS is
publicly accessible at www.epa.gov/waters. State monitoring data is contained in the STORET
system, also publicly available at www.epa.gov/storet. Links to user guides and descriptions of
the databases can be found at the web sites. The Office of Water Quality Management Plan (July
2001) is available on the Intranet at http://intranet.epa.gov/ow/infopolicy.html.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: States with new or revised water quality standards that EPA
has reviewed and approved or disapproved, and promulgated Federal replacement standards.
Performance Database: EPA maintains files on all approval/disapproval actions on new and
revised state water quality standards and on promulgated Federal replacement standards. EPA
Headquarters and regional personnel work together to maintain a manual record of state actions
and EPA decisions. We also maintain in electronic format the text of state standards in a
publicly-accessible Water Quality Standards Repository online at
http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/standards/wqslibrarv/.
n-65
-------
There is also an Assessment Database, which tracks the water quality standard (WQS) attainment
status of the Nation's surface waters (not publicly available). The Watershed Assessment
Tracking Environmental Results System (WATERS) database is a GIS tool that maps this
information. WATERS is used to summarize water quality information at the watershed level.
For purposes of this national summary, "watersheds" are equivalent to 8-digit hydrologic unit
codes (HUCs), of which there are 2,262 nationwide. WATERS is publicly accessible at
www.epa.gQy/waters.
Data Source: EPA Regional Offices.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Information is collected manually, and the
performance measure is a simple mathematical operation.
QA/QC Procedures: EPA headquarters is responsible for compiling the summary reports and
querying EPA's regional offices as needed to resolve inconsistencies. EPA's regional offices are
responsible for collecting any additional data needed from their client states and reporting the
data to Headquarters.
Data Quality Review: EPA Headquarters and its regional offices annually review the WQS
information to identify and resolve data issues.
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA will continue to implement high priority elements of the
long-term strategy for water quality standards and criteria, including efforts to improve
electronic access to water quality standards information.
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: No error estimate is available for this data.
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: The exact text of state and Tribal standards is available on the Internet at
littp://www.eDa.gov/waterscience/standards/wqslibrarv/.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Cumulative number of tribes with water quality
standards adopted and approved.
Performance Database: EPA headquarters maintains files on all Tribal water quality standards.
EPA's regional offices submit summary reports based on these files.
Data Source: EPA's regional offices
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Information is collected manually, and the
performance measure is a simple mathematical operation.
H-66
-------
QA/QC Procedures: EPA headquarters is responsible for compiling the data, and querying
EPA's regional offices as needed. EPA's regional offices are responsible for collecting any
additional data from their client tribes and reporting the data to HQ.
Data Quality Review: EPA headquarters and its regional offices annually review the
information to identify and resolve data issues,
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: No error estimate is available for this data.
References: The exact text of state and Tribal standards is available on the Internet at
httpi/M^vvw.epa.gQy/waterscience/standards/wqslibranV.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Acres of habitat restored and protected nationwide since 1987
as part of the National Estuary Program (NEP).
Performance Database: The Office of Wetlands Oceans and Watersheds has developed a
standardized format for data reporting and compilation, defining habitat protection and
restoration activities and specifying habitat categories. We have also designed a web page that
highlights habitat loss/alteration in an educational fashion with graphics and images as well as
the number of habitat acres protected and restored by habitat type, based on specific NEP
reports. This enables EPA to provide a visual means of communicating NEP performance and
habitat protection and restoration progress to a wide range of stakeholders and decision-makers.
Data Source: NEP documents such as annual work plans (which contain achievements made in
the previous year) and annual progress reports are used, along with other implementation
tracking materials, to document the number of acres of habitat restored and protected. EPA then
aggregates the data provided by each NEP to arrive at a national total for the entire Program.
EPA is confident that the data presented are as accurate as possible based on review and
inspection by each NEP prior to reporting to EPA. In addition, EPA conducts regular reviews of
NEP implementation to help ensure that information provided in these documents is generally
accurate, and progress reported is in fact being achieved.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Measuring the number of acres of habitat restored and
protected may not directly correlate to improvements in the health of the habitat reported, or of
the estuary overall, but it is a common substitute. We recognize that habitat acreage does not
necessarily correspond one-to-one with habitat quality, nor does habitat (quantity or quality)
represent the only indicator of ecosystem health. Nevertheless, habitat acreage serves as an
adequate surrogate, and is a suitable measure of on-the-ground progress made toward EPA's
annual performance goal on habitat protection and restoration in the NEP.
QA/QC Procedures: Primary data are prepared by the staff of the NEP based on their own
reports and from data supplied by other partnering agencies/organizations (that are responsible
n-67
-------
for implementing the action resulting in habitat protection and restoration). The NEP staff has
been requested to follow guidance provided by EPA to prepare their reports and to verify the
numbers. EPA then confirms that the national total accurately reflects the information submitted
by each program. The Office of Water Quality Management Plan (QMP), renewed every five
years, was approved in July 2001. EPA requires that each organization prepare a document
called a quality management plan (QMP) that: documents the organization's quality policy;
describes its quality system; and identifies the environmental programs to which the quality
system applies. This document is the quality management plan for the entire EPA Office of
Water. It describes the quality system used by the Office of Water and applies to all
environmental programs within the Office of Water and to any activity within those programs
that involves the collection or use of environmental data.
Data Quality Review: No audits or quality reviews conducted yet.
Data Limitations: It is still early to determine the full extent of data limitations. Current data
limitations include: information that may be reported inconsistently (based on different
interpretations of the protection and restoration definitions), acreage that may be miscalculated
or misreported, and acreage that may be double counted (same parcel may also be counted by
partnering/implementing agency or need to be replanted multiple years). In addition, measuring
the number of acres of habitat restored and protected may not directly correlate to improvements
in the health of the habitat reported (particularly in the year of reporting), but is rather a measure
of on-the-ground progress made by the NEPs.
Error Estimate: No error estimate is available for this data.
New/Improved Data or Systems: We are examining the possibility of geo-referencing the data
in a geographic information system (GIS).
References: Aggregate national and regional data for this measurement, as well as data
submitted by the individual National Estuary Programs, is displayed numerically, graphically,
and by habitat type in the Performance Indicators Visualization and Outreach Tool (PIVOT).
PIVOT data is publicly available at http://wwv\\epa.gov/owow/estuaries/pivot/overview/intro.htm.
The Office of Water Quality Management Plan (July 2001) is available on the Intranet at
http://intranet.epa.gov/ow/infopolicy.html
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Impaired Gulf of Mexico coastal river and estuary segments
implementing watershed restoration actions.
Performance Database: Internal Gulf of Mexico Program Office (GMPO) Project Tracking
Database containing fields for 8-digit Hydrologic Unit Code (HUC) and segment numbers for
location of restoration actions. The data are based on the States' Clean Water Act (CWA)
Section 303(d) List of impaired waterbodies. Data have been tracked in the GMPO database
since 1993. In particular, HUCs and segment numbers for locations of restoration actions have
been tracked since FY 2000, allowing for 5-year trend calculations by FY 2004.
II-68
-------
Data Source: State Water Quality Agencies supply EPA's Office of Water lists of waters
reported under CWA Section 303(d). These lists identify the locations of individual waterbodies
that are impaired and do not, or are not expected, to meet water quality standards after
implementation of water pollution controls. Many states also submit GIS coverages and/or maps
that outline the spatial extent of their listed waters. EPA codes the spatial extent onto National
Hydrography Dataset (NHD) Waterbody Reaches to create NHD Waterbody shapefiles.
Reaches in the shapefiles are attributed with CWA Section 303(d) identifiers supplied by the
states. There is a numeric code that uniquely identifies a reach in NHD, consisting of two parts:
the first eight digits are the hydrologic unit code of the cataloging unit in which the reach is
located; the last six digits are a sequentially, arbitrarily-assigned number. The waterbody
shapefiles are sent to each state for review and comment. The format of the reviewed data is
state dependent. In some cases, modifications are noted by the State and then corrections are
made. The shapefiles also identify those impaired waterbodies, as reported in the CWA Section
303 (d) List, affected by restoration actions undertaken by the Gulf of Mexico Program and its
partnership.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: One assumption is that cumulative watershed
restoration actions in impaired segments will result in the removal of the segment from the State
303(d) List and the waterbody will no longer be listed for the identified impairment within a 10
year time frame. Another assumption is that data used to list the waterbody as impaired is
sufficient and current.
QA/QC Procedures: The Gulf of Mexico Program Office cross-checks coastal river and
estuary segments in its database with the States' CWA Section 303(d) list and with USGS
topographic quadrangle maps. USGS maps are compiled to meet National Map Accuracy
Standards.
Data Quality Reviews: States' list of impaired waters is the (CWA Section 303) (d) list. EPA
is required by the CWA to review and approve or disapprove the list. If the list is not submitted
to EPA, or is incomplete, EPA must develop the list for the State. The list is also subject to
public review and comment. EPA believes that the data are accurate and reliable. State lists form
the basis for State and EPA actions to address the impaired waters.
Data Limitations: Potential data limitations may include: (1) susceptibility to external factors
that make it difficult to attribute trends in performance data to program effectiveness or (2)
incomplete or missing data.
Error Estimate: By the end of FY 2004 and hi coordination with updated State CWA Section
303(d) Lists, data uncertainty will be evaluated to determine the impact on the performance
measure.
New/Improved Data or Systems: Based on data and information collected and
recommendations from an Ad Hoc Committee Review, the Gulf of Mexico Program Office plans
to more narrowly focus technical and financial assistance to identify specific impaired segments
and restore them to meet water quality standards. Using a Strategic Assessment process
H-69
-------
involving Federal, State and local representatives the process will provide direct linkage between
the restoration actions funded by GMPO and improved water quality.
References:
1998 CWA Section 303(d) Lists
2000 CWA Section 303(d) Lists
Draft Strategic Management Plan for the Gulf of Mexico Program 2000-2005
FY 2004 Gulf of Mexico Program Funding Guidance
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Acres of submerged aquatic vegetation (SAV) present in
the Chesapeake Bay.
Performance Database: The SAV distribution data files are located at
http://www.vims.edu/bio/sav/savdata.htnil and also at the EPA Chesapeake Bay Program Office
(contact Nita Sylvester at sylvester.nita@epa.gov)
Data Source: Virginia Institute of Marine Sciences (via an EPA Chesapeake Bay Program grant
to Virginia Institute of Marine Sciences)
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: The SAV survey is a general monitoring program,
conducted to optimize precision and accuracy in characterizing annually the status and trends of
SAV in tidal portions of the Chesapeake Bay. The general plan is to follow fixed flight routes
over shallow water areas of the Bay to comprehensively survey all tidal shallow water areas of
the Bay and its tidal tributaries. Non-tidal areas are omitted from the survey. SAV beds less
than 1 square meter are not included due to the limits of the photography and interpretation.
Annual monitoring began in 1978 and is ongoing. Methods are described in the Quality
Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) on file for the EPA grant and at the VMS web site
(www. vims.edu/bio/sav/).
QA/QC Procedures: Quality assurance project plan for the EPA grant to the Virginia Institute
of Marine Sciences describes data collection, analysis, and management methods. This is on file
at the EPA Chesapeake Bay Program Office. The VIMS web site at www.vims.edu/bio/sav/
provides this information as well. Federal Geographic Data Committee (refers to the Federal
standards for metadata developed by this committee) (FGDC) metadata are included with the
data set posted at the VIMS web site.
Data Quality Reviews: This indicator has undergone extensive technical and peer review by
state, Federal and non-government organization partner members of the SAV workgroup and the
Living Resources subcommittee. Data collection, data analysis and QA/QC are conducted by the
principal investigators/scientists. The data are peer reviewed by scientists on the workgroup.
Data selection and interpretation, the presentation of the indicator, along with all supporting
information and conclusions, are arrived at via consensus by the scientists in collaboration with
E-70
-------
the resource manager members of the workgroup. The workgroup presents the indicator to the
subcommittee where extensive peer review by Bay Program managers occurs.
Data Limitations: Due to funding constraints, there were no surveys in the years 1979-1983
and 1988. Spatial gaps in 1999 occurred due to hurricane disturbance and subsequent inability to
reliably photograph SAV. Spatial gaps in 2001 occurred due to post-nine-eleven flight
restrictions near Washington D.C.
Error Estimate: No error estimate is available for this data.
New/Improved Data or Systems: Some technical improvements (e.g., photo interpretation
tools) were made over the 22 years of the annual SAV survey in Chesapeake Bay.
References: See bibliography at www.vims.edu/bio/sav/.
Coordination with Other Agencies
Protecting and restoring watersheds will depend largely on the direct involvement of
many Federal agencies and state, Tribal and local governments who manage the multitude of
programs necessary to address water quality on a watershed basis. Federal agency involvement
will include USDA (Natural Resources Conservation Service, Forest Service, Agriculture
Research Service), Department of the Interior (Bureau of Land Management, Office of Surface
Mining, United States Geological Survey (USGS), Fish and Wildlife, and the Bureau of Indian
Affairs), National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Department of
Transportation, and the Department of Defense (Navy, Army Corps of Engineers). At the state
level, agencies involved in watershed management typically include departments of natural
resources or the environment, public health agencies, and forestry and recreation agencies.
Locally, numerous agencies are involved, including Regional planning entities such as councils
of governments, as well as local departments of environment, health and recreation who
frequently have strong interests in watershed projects.
Effectively implementing successful comprehensive management plans for the estuaries
in the NEP depends on the cooperation, involvement, and commitment of Federal and state
agency partners that have some role in protecting and/or managing those estuaries.
Regarding vessel discharges, EPA will continue working closely with the Coast Guard on
addressing ballast water discharges domestically, and with the interagency work group and
United States delegation to Marine Environmental Protection Committee (MEPC) on
international controls. EPA will continue to work closely with the Coast Guard, Alaska and
other states, and the International Council of Cruise Lines regarding regulatory and non-
regulatory approaches to managing wastewater discharges from cruise ships. EPA will also
continue to work with the Coast Guard on updating vessel sewage discharge standards and with
the Navy on developing Uniform National Discharge Standards for Armed Forces vessels.
Regarding dredged material management, EPA will continue to work closely with the Corps of
Engineers on standards for permit review, as well as site selection/designation and monitoring.
H-71
-------
The Chesapeake Bay Program has a Federal Agencies Committee, chaired by EPA,
which was formed hi 1984 and has met regularly ever since. There are currently over 20
different Federal agencies actively involved with the Bay Program through the Federal Agencies
Committee. The Federal agencies have worked together over the past decade to implement the
commitments laid out hi the 1994 Agreement of Federal Agencies on Ecosystem Management in
the Chesapeake Bay and the 1998 Federal Agencies Chesapeake Ecosystem Unified Plan
(FACEUP). In the past two years, the Federal Agencies Committee has been focusing on how its
members can help to achieve the 104 commitments contained hi the Chesapeake 2000 agreement
adopted by the Chesapeake Bay Program hi June 2000. Through this interagency partnership
Federal agencies have contributed to some major successes, such as the United States Forest
Service helping to meet the year 2010 goal to restore 2,010 miles of riparian forest buffers eight
years early; the National Park Service leading the effort to restore over 500 miles of water trails
three years early; and the United States Fish and Wildlife Service working to try to meet our fish
passage goal of reopening 1,357 miles of currently blocked river habitat by 2003. Also hi 2003,
through the Federal Agencies Committee, the members will be looking at their agency budgets
and other programs to try to leverage maximum benefit to the state, private and Federal efforts
protect and restore the Bay.
Key to the continued progress of the Gulf of Mexico Program (GMP) is the voluntary,
stakeholder-driven, multi-agency approach being used. Established hi 1988, the Gulf of Mexico
Program is designed to assist the Gulf States and stakeholders in developing a regional,
ecosystem-based framework for restoring and protecting the Gulf of Mexico. The strategic
assessment framework is developed through coordinated Gulf-wide as well as priority area-
specific efforts with the five Gulf States, 15 Federal agencies, non-governmental organizations,
and citizens who are members of the Gulf Program's Policy Review Board, subcommittees, and
workgroups. To achieve the Program's environmental objectives, the partnership must target
specific Federal, state, local, and private programs, processes, and financial authorities in order
to leverage the resources needed to support state and community actions.
Government-wide, Federal agencies share the goal of achieving a net-increase of 100,000
acres of wetlands per year by FY 2005, increasing wetlands functions and values, and
implementing a fair and flexible approach to wetlands regulations.
Research
EPA has developed joint research initiatives with the National Oceanic Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA) and the United States Geological Survey (USGS) for linking
monitoring data and field studies information with available toxicity data and assessment models
for developing sediment criteria.
In addition, under the Endangered Species Act, EPA is required to consult with the
United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and the National Marine Fisheries Service
(NMFS) on actions that may affect endangered species. EPA has developed a draft strategy for
research and development of criteria for endangered species that is now being reviewed. As part
of implementation, EPA is coordinating its research with the Biological Research Division of the
USGS.
11-72
-------
The issue of eutrophication, hypoxia, and harmful algal blooms (HABs) is a priority with
the Committee on Environment and Natural Resources (CENR). An interagency research
strategy for pfiesteria and other harmful algal species was developed in 1998, and EPA is
continuing to implement that strategy. EPA is working closely with NOAA on the issue of
nutrients and risks posed by HABs. This CENR sub-committee is also coordinating the research
efforts among Federal agencies to assess the impacts of nutrients and hypoxia in the Gulf of
Mexico.
Finally, EPA is initiating collaboration with the USDA, CDC and other Agencies to
develop a better understanding of the sources of pathogenic stressors and potential strategies for
their control.
Statutory Authorities
Clean Water Act (CWA)
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA)
Ocean Dumping Ban Act of 1988
1 Shore Protection Act of 1988
Clean Vessel Act
Water Resources Development Act (WRDA)
Marine Plastic Pollution, Research and Control Act (MPPRCA) of 1987
National Invasive Species Act of 1996
Coastal Wetlands Planning, Protection, and Restoration Act of 1990
North American Wetlands Conservation Act
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA)
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA)
\
/ Clean Air Act Amendments (CAA)
n-73
-------
Pollution Prevention Act (PPA)
Estuaries and Clean Waters Act of 2000
Certain Alaskan Cruise Ship Operations (PL 106-554)
Research
Clean Water Act (CWA)
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA)
Ocean Dumping Ban Act of 1988
Shore Protection Act of 1988
Clean Vessel Act
Water Resource Development Act (WRDA)
Marine Plastic Pollution, Research and Control Act (MPPRCA) of 1987
National Invasive Species Act of 1996
Coastal Wetlands Planning, Protection, and Restoration Act of 1990
North American Wetlands Conservation Act
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA)
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
Endangered Species Act
H-74
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Clean and Safe Water
Objective: Reduce Loadings and Air Deposition.
By 2005, reduce pollutant loadings from key point and nonpoint sources by at least 11
percent from 1992 levels. Air deposition of key pollutants will be reduced to 1990 levels.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Reduce Loadings and Air
Deposition
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$2,040,199.9
$152,742.1
$5,766.0
$1,881,691.8
826.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,630,434.4
$134,461.0
$5,496.6
$1,490,476.8
866.6
FY2004
Request
$1,273,743.2
$139,277.0
$5,966.2
$1,128,500.0
865.2
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($356,691.2)
$4,816.0
$469.6
($361,976.8)
-1.4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Disadvantaged Communities
Effluent Guidelines
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
FY2002
Enacted
$241,582.9
$4,350.8
$22,773.4
$11,335.7
$1,500.0
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$4,481.3
$23,010.3
$11,869.4
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$0.0
$4,677.3
$23,632.4
$11,267.3
$0.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$0.0
$196.0
$622.1
($602.1)
$0.0
n-75
-------
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
NPDES Program
National Nonpoint Source
Program Implementation
Planning and Resource
Management
Recreational Water and Wet
Weather Flows Research
Regional Management
State Nonpoint Source Grants
Wastewater Management/Tech
Innovations
Water Infrastructure: Alaska
Native Villages
Water Infrastructure: Clean
Water State Revolving Fund
(CW-SRF)
Water Quality Infrastructure
Protection
FY2002
Enacted
$2,923.1
$5,710.6
$40,991.0
$16,488.6
$0.0
$5,635.8
$494.2
$237,476.8
$8,840.1
$40,000.0
$1,350,000.0
$16,783.7
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$3,170.7
$6,192.8
$41,720.8
$16,908.6
$0.0
$5,496.6
$490.7
$238,476.8
$9,073.7
$40,000.0
$1,212,000.0
$17,239.3
FY2004
Request
$3,280.3
$5,282.3
$44,375.7
$17,628.0
$641.2
$5,966.2
$951.6
$238,500.0
$9,485.2
$40,000.0
$850,000.0
$18,055.7
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$109.6
($910.5)
$2,654.9
$719.4
$641.2
$469.6
$460.9
$23.2
$411.5
$0.0
($362,000.0)
$816.4
FY 2004 Request
NPDES
A key element of the Agency's effort to achieve its overarching goal of clean and safe
water is the reduction of pollutant discharges from point sources. Under the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program (which includes NPDES permits covering
municipal and industrial discharges, urban wet weather, large animal feeding operations, mining,
the pretreatment program for non-domestic wastewater discharges into municipal sanitary
sewers, and biosolids management controls), specific requirements are set for pollutants
discharged from point sources into waters of the United States. These requirements are designed
to ensure that national technology based standards (effluent limitations and guidelines), which
generally require achievable pollutant reductions, and water quality based requirements, which
require greater controls in locations where water quality standards would not otherwise be met,
are achieved.
H-76
-------
In recent years the authorized state NPDES programs have been the object of an
increasing number of withdrawal petitions, citizen lawsuits, and independent reviews indicating
potential noncompliance with Federal Clean Water Act (CWA) requirements, as well as issues
regarding compliance with other Federal authorities (e.g., Endangered Species Act (ESA)).
These challenges involve nearly a third of the authorized states. In addition, a substantial
number of states are experiencing difficulty with the timely issuance of NPDES permits. The
national problem with permit backlogs was labeled a material weakness under Federal
Managers' Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA) for the past few years; however, actions taken by
EPA and states to address the backlog have resulted in it being reduced to an Agency weakness.
Recently completed permit quality reviews (PQRs) have also provided clear indications that the
quality of those permits that are being issued is not what it should be to ensure that permits
include requirements that result in achievement of water quality standards. Failure to address
these problems of timeliness and quality may lead to additional withdrawal petitions or lawsuits
against state NPDES programs.
Providing states with continuing financial and technical support is essential to achieving
pollutant loadings reductions and the overall goal of clean and safe water. EPA, in partnership
with the states, will ensure that facilities required to have permits that are effective and include
all conditions needed to ensure water quality protection through reductions in pollutant loadings
are covered by current permits. For this purpose the Agency requests an additional $700,000 in
FY 2004. These resources, when coupled with additional funds in CWA Section 106 grants,
should result in improvements in program performance in areas such as issuance of quality
permits and addressing storm water and other expanding wet weather program areas, such as
combined sewer overflows/sanitary sewer overflows (CSOs/SSOs). Additional resources will
also enable the program to establish baselines for improved program performance and more
direct indications of the effect of the program on water quality. The Agency will continue its
efforts to promote innovation in the NPDES and pretreatment programs. In addition, the Agency
will continue to work with states to provide assistance when needed to the Nation's 13,000 small
publicly-owned wastewater treatment plants to help them comply with their permits.
During FY 2004, the Agency will continue implementing the regulations to control storm
water from municipalities, industries and construction sources, to have approximately 900 CSO
communities covered by NPDES permits and implementing controls based on EPA's CSO
policy and to clarify capacity, management, operation and maintenance, and reporting
requirements on unauthorized SSOs discharging into United States waters.
The Agency is implementing a multi-year strategy to address how it will minimize
environmental and public health impacts from animal feeding operations (AFOs) over the next
decade and beyond. EPA is working with states to develop and issue permits for all large
concentrated animal feeding operations (CAFOs) and has finalized its update of 25 year old
regulations covering CAFO permitting. These permits are issued by EPA and the states. In
addition, EPA will work with states and the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) to
assist all AFO facilities in developing comprehensive nutrient management plans.
n-77
-------
Technical Assistance
EPA will continue efforts to deliver decision support tools and alternative, less costly wet
weather flow control technologies for use by local decision makers involved in community-based
watershed management. Wet weather flow discharges can pose significant risk to both human
health and downstream ecosystems. Effective watershed management strategies and guidance
for wet weather flow dischargers are key priority areas remaining to assure clean water and safe
drinking water. To that end, the Agency will again support wet weather-related applications for
grants authorized under the CWA Section 104(b) (3) (funded under objective 2) for research,
investigations, training, demonstrations and studies aimed at reducing water pollution.
The Agency also provides technical assistance to support community needs. These
efforts include dissemination of information on wastewater technologies, enhancement of
community awareness of financing programs and assistance with program development
activities. These include, with Office of Research and Development (ORD) support, the
operation of Environmental Technology Verification Centers to address control technologies for
wet weather flows and source water quality protection including decentralized wastewater
treatment systems. The agency also provides community technical assistance through our
sponsorship and work with the Rural Community Assistance Program and the National Small
Flows Clearinghouse. The water efficiency program provides information on the beneficial
impacts of municipal water efficiency, and helps communities and our partners (including the
lodging industry, office building managers, and educational institutions) become aware of, and
reduce, their rates of water use, thereby saving water, conserving energy, and reducing chemical
usage.
EPA does not regulate septic, or "onsite decentralized wastewater," systems. However,
poorly-sited and maintained systems pose a risk to drinking water wells and surface water,
drinking water supplies, home basements, yards, shellfish beds, aquatic life and the supporting
ecosystem. Properly managed septic systems are an important part of the Nation's wastewater
treatment infrastructure, and the water program is addressing the challenges of effective system
management through publication, in calendar year 2003, of voluntary management guidelines
that states may adopt and municipalities may implement.
Effluent Guidelines
The Agency will take final action on effluent guidelines for three industrial sectors: (i)
meat and poultry products, (ii) construction and development, and (iii) aquatic animal
production. These guidelines will then be incorporated into NPDES permits as they are issued or
reissued by the NPDES permitting authority. EPA will continue to develop the chemical criteria
protective of aquatic life and human health which complement the effluent guidelines used in the
NPDES program.
EPA is developing regulations under Section 316(b) of the CWA to ensure that the
location, design, construction and capacity of cooling water intake structures reflect the best
technology available for minimizing adverse environmental impact. These regulations are unique
in that they apply to the intake of water and not the discharge. A major goal of this program is to
H-78
-------
minimize the impingement and entrainment of fish and other aquatic organisms as they are
drawn into a facility's cooling water intake. Impingement occurs when fish and other aquatic life
are trapped against cooling water intake screens. Entrainment occurs when aquatic organisms,
eggs and larvae are drawn into a cooling system, through the heat exchanger, and then pumped
back out. In FY 2004, EPA will continue to make progress to provide this aquatic protection for
a group of facilities that employ a cooling water intake structure where flow levels remain a
concern for aquatic organisms (referred to as Phase 3 regulations). Phase 3 regulations could
control electricity-generating facilities, chemical manufacturing facilities, pulp and paper
manufacturing facilities, and petroleum product manufacturing facilities.
Financial Assistance
EPA provides financial assistance through the Clean Water State Revolving Fund
(CWSRF) program for the construction of wastewater treatment facilities and implementation of
nonpoint source (NPS) and estuarine management plans. For FY 2004, the Agency is requesting
$850 million for the CWSRF. In addition, the Administration plans to extend Federal
capitalization by providing $850 million per year through 2011. This is a significant increase
over the current funding plan. Federal capitalization of the 51 state funds is critical to support
point and NPS programs to reduce pollutant discharge levels. The strategic use of SRF funds
and the effective and efficient operation of state programs are critical to the success of the
national SRF programs.
This continuing investment in the CWSRF is expected to increase the long-term target
revolving level of the CWSRF from $2 billion per year to $2.8 billion per year, a 40 percent
increase. More than $19 billion has already been provided to capitalize the CWSRF, over twice
the original CWA authorized level of $8.4 billion. Total CWSRF funding available for loans
since 1987, reflecting loan repayments, state match dollars, and other funding sources, is
approximately $42.4 billion, of which more than $38.7 billion has been provided to communities
as financial assistance. As of July 2002, $3.7 billion is being readied for loans.
The CWSRF and the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) are important
elements of the Nation's substantial investment in sewage treatment and drinking water systems,
which provides Americans with significant benefits in the form of reduced water pollution and
safe drinking water. The SRFs continue to play a key role as communities address their aging
infrastructure, and new treatment needs. In a June 2000 study, EPA estimated that without
improved wastewater treatment, population growth, by the year 2016, will produce effluent
loading similar to those of the mid-1970s. The Agency is committed to fostering a constructive
dialogue on the best approaches to assuring that critical water infrastructure is maintained and
improved so that Americans can enjoy clean and safe water for many years to come. The
Agency will work toward a strategic approach to funding that will maximize health and
environmental benefits and support sustainable wastewater infrastructure. In support of this
effort, the Agency is continuing to broaden its Clean Watersheds Needs Survey to include more
location specific and NPS pollution controls information, and to support the states in making
CSO and SSO project funding decisions.
H-79
-------
More than 70,000 homes in Indian country have inadequate or nonexistent wastewater
treatment. EPA and the Indian Health Service estimate Tribal wastewater infrastructure needs
exceed $650 million. To improve public health and water quality in Indian Country, the Agency
proposes to increase the CWSRF set-aside for tribes from Yz to 1 % percent.
The Agency is requesting a one-year extension of authority provided in the 1996 Safe
Drinking Water Act (SDWA) Amendments, which allow states to transfer an amount equal up to
33 percent of their Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) grants to their CWSRF
programs, or an equivalent amount from their CWSRF program to their DWSRF program. The
transfer provision gives states flexibility to address the most critical demands in either program
at a given time. The statutory transfer provision expired September 30,2002.
The Agency also requests $40 million for wastewater and water infrastructure projects in
Alaska Native Villages, provides grant assistance for environmental protection for Alaska Native
Villages and Indian tribes, and manages grant assistance for 1,076 water and wastewater projects
with total appropriations of more than $3.8 billion through FY 2Q02.
Nonpoint Source Pollution
According to states, pollution from NPSs remains the single largest cause of water
pollution, with agriculture identified as a leading cause of impairment in 48 percent of the river
miles surveyed. In order to meet this objective and restore and maintain water quality,
significant loading reductions from NPSs must be achieved. Because EPA does not have direct
authority to regulate NPS under the CWA, effective state NPS programs, along with consistent
coordination among Federal agencies with related polluted responsibilities, are critical to our
overall success. EPA will continue to encourage states to provide CWSRF funding for high
priority projects that address NPS and estuary issues. As of July 2002, 30 states had invested
$ 1.6 billion in NPS pollution controls through the CWSRF.
To reduce NPS related water quality impacts, EPA has been working with the states to
strengthen their NPS management programs. All states have now completed upgrading their
management programs and are in the process of implementing these programs. To facilitate this
effort, EPA and the Association of State and Interstate Water Pollution Control Agencies
(ASIWPCA) will continue the state/EPA NPS management partnership to help states identify
and meet their technical and programmatic needs. In particular, EPA and the states will work
together to better use the CWA Section 319 framework and funds to develop and implement
NPS TMDLs.
The new Farm Bill, with its significantly increased funds to address agricultural sources
of NPS pollution, affords EPA and the states an enhanced opportunity to significantly accelerate
national efforts to control NPS pollution. EPA and state water quality agencies will work closely
and cooperatively with USD A, conservation districts, and others in the agricultural community,
to combine our strengths, including encouraging a common watershed planning approach. Using
CWA Section 319 dollars, states will focus more of their efforts on providing the monitoring and
watershed planning support needed by the agricultural community to target their work most
effectively on the highest-priority water quality needs. States will also increasingly focus their
H-80
-------
existing efforts on filling gaps remaining in USDA programs, especially demonstrating the
effectiveness of promising emerging technologies.
States will use their enhanced watershed planning efforts to ensure that their watershed
protection and remediation efforts holistically address all significant pollution sources in the
watershed in a comprehensive manner. To do so, states will also increase their focus upon NPS
categories and activities that are not funded under the Farm Bill (e.g., urban runoff, forestry,
abandoned mines, and a variety of stream and stream bank restoration activities), while
continuing to work with the agriculture community to solve problems on a watershed basis.
Furthermore, states will continue to use a variety of program tools to foster an ethic of pollution
prevention in their NPS watershed programs, such as low impact development techniques, source
prevention, and public education, to assure that water quality improvement and protection
become a permanent outcome of the program.
Under the Coastal Zone Act Reauthorization Amendments (CZARA) 6217(g) program,
Coastal states are engaged in a similar process of completing and implementing their coastal
NPS management programs. These programs were conditionally approved by EPA and the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) in 1998 and to date ten of 29 states
have completed this process. EPA and NOAA are working in partnership with the coastal states
to fully approve these programs before the expiration of any conditional approvals occurs. EPA
and NOAA support the integration of states' NPS management programs and their coastal NPS
management programs.
Tribal participation in the Nonpoint Source Control Program under CWA Section 319(h)
has steadily increased. The number of tribes receiving CWA Section 319(h) grants has risen
from two hi 1991 to seventy in 2002. This number, covering well over two-thirds of Indian
Country, is expected to increase gradually as more Federally recognized tribes with significant
NPS pollution problems become eligible to participate hi the 319(h) program. EPA conducts
several Tribal workshops every year with the primary objectives of improving tribes' knowledge
of NPS pollution, assessment techniques, program development, and implementation. Due to
increasing demand for limited Tribal grant funds, EPA is proposing a one year elimination of the
current statutory ceiling on the percentage of CWA Section 319 grant funds that may be awarded
to tribes/Tribal consortia for NPS activities.
Air Deposition
The Agency will continue efforts to assess the risks associated with and reduce
atmospheric deposition of pollutants, particularly nitrogen and mercury, using both CWA and
Clean Air Act authorities. To address air deposition, the Agency has established a cross-media
team to plan and implement strategies. As a result, water quality protection is considered hi
regulatory development under the Clean Air Act, in air research, and hi the focus of partnerships
with local communities. Air deposition is being addressed Agency-wide as an ecosystem
problem with health, environmental, and economic impacts. EPA will continue to encourage
greater air deposition monitoring, as well as continue to support state TMDLs and other tools
that address impacts to water quality.
H-81
-------
Research
Effective watershed management strategies and guidance for wet weather flow (WWF)
discharges, improved recreational water quality and better risk communication programs are all
necessary to ensure clean and safe water for drinking, recreation, and wildlife habitat. WWF
discharges drain from urban and rural non-point sources during and after rainfalls is now one of
the primary causes of water pollution. This degradation of water quality poses significant risks
to human and ecological health through the uncontrolled release of pathogenic bacteria,
protozoans, and viruses, as well as a number of potentially toxic, bioaccumulative contaminants.
Storm-generated, high flow rates can exacerbate ecological upsets and can cause significant
physical damage to streams. In addition, thousands of beach advisories and closings due to high
levels of contaminants are issued at recreational rivers, lakes, and oceans every year throughout
the United States. According to the Natural Resources Defense Council's twelfth annual beach
report, 13,410 closings and advisories were issued in 2001. As monitoring improves and
expands, as required by the Beaches Environmental Assessment and Coastal Health Act of 2000
(the Beaches Act), the number is likely to increase.
Under this research objective, EPA will continue to develop and validate effective
strategies for controlling WWFs. EPA will also develop and provide effective evaluation tools
necessary to make timely and informed decisions on beach advisories and closures and
strengthen beach programs and water quality criteria for recreational water use. In order to
provide focus to this research, EPA has developed the Risk Management Research Plan for Wet
Weather Flows and the Action Plan for Beaches and Recreational Waters. These plans were
subject to rigorous external peer review and address problems that pose the greatest risks to
human health and the environment. In addition, the draft Water Quality Multi-Year Plan (MYP)
provides a framework for integrating research across laboratories and centers and across GPRA
goals. To ensure quality, all scientific and technical work products must undergo either internal
or external peer review, with major or significant products requiring external peer review.
Research on Wet Weather Flows (WWFs) falls into three categories: 1) watershed
management for WWFs; 2) control technology for drainage systems; and 3) infrastructure
improvement. Implementation of this work is guided by the Risk Management Research Plan
for Wet Weather Flows. In FY 2004, research on WWFs will continue to focus on the
development of decision support tools to evaluate and verify improved watershed management
strategies. A truly holistic watershed management approach will include practical interaction
with flood and erosion control, reuse and reclamation techniques, and infrastructure demands,
while protecting the watershed environment, including source waters. To minimize the public
health risks from swimming and other recreational water activities, research will specifically
focus on both developing techniques to reduce WWF impacts and providing data to support the
development of scientifically sound criteria for protecting recreational waters. This program is
designed to promote "community-based" decisions by developing decision support tools and
alternative WWF control technologies and strategies for use by local decision makers involved in
community-based watershed management and pollution control.
Beaches research is guided by the "Action Plan for Beaches and Recreational Waters"
and in FY 2004 will continue to focus on better understanding the effects of microbial pathogens
H-82
-------
on human health. These pathogens present growing human health and environmental concerns.
Significant uncertainty exists in determining the level of illness corresponding to the actual
exposure (ingestion, inhalation, and skin contact) to contaminated recreational waters. A
scientifically-based investigative process to determine potential health risks and eliminate their
sources in recreational waters is needed to provide decision makers with the necessary tools for
making defensible science-based decisions that ensure public health and safety. This will
include evaluating and selecting appropriate indicators of fecal contamination and determining
relationships between indicators and risk levels for disease. In FY 2004 several reports are
planned which will contribute to improved public health protection. These include a report on
fecal indicator monitoring protocols for different types of recreational waters, an evaluation of
alternative indicators of recreational water safety for tropical regions, and an evaluation of the
risk posed by exposure to pathogens in the swash zones (sand/water interface regions) of
recreational beaches.
EPA is also performing a suite of epidemiological studies needed to establish a stronger,
more defensible link between water quality indicators and disease. These epidemiological
studies will provide reliable information about the relationship between recreational water
quality and swimming-associated health effects. This will enable EPA to provide states with
more consistent monitoring methods, standardized indicators of contamination, and standardized
definitions of what constitutes a risk to public health. Local public health officials can use the
results of this research to provide the public with "real-time" information on potential exposure
to pathogenic microbes and make timely beach closure decisions.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$2,654,900) This increase in the NPDES program supports permit quality
improvements and will allow the program to establish baselines for program performance
in areas such as state program audits and permit quality reviews.
• (+460,900, 4.1 FTE) This change represents the distribution of resources for Regional
Information Management across all Regions.
• ($922,500, - 2.7 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located hi each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and-18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and +19.7 FTE)
n-83
-------
STAG
• (-$362,000,000) This reduction taken against the Clean Water State Revolving Fund
yields a remaining requested level of $850,000,000 in this request. Continued funding at
this level through an extended date of 2011 will increase the long-term annual revolving
level by $.8 billion to $2.8 billion
• There are additional increases for payroll and cost of living for new and existing FTE.
GOAL: CLEAN AND SAFE WATER
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE LOADINGS AND AIR DEPOSITION
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
NPDES Permit Requirements
In 2004 Current NPDES permits reduce or eliminate loadings into the nation's waters of (1) inadequately treated discharges from
municipal and industrial facilities (direct and indirect dischargers); and (2) pollutants from urban storm water, CSOs, and
CAFOs.
In 2003 Current NPDES permits reduce or eliminate loadings into the nation's waters of (1) inadequately treated discharges from
municipal and industrial facilities (direct and indirect dischargers); and (2) pollutants from urban storm water, CSOs, and
CAFOs.
In 2002 Current NPDES permits reduced or eliminated discharges into the nation's waters of (1) inadequately treated discharges from
municipal and industrial facilities; and (2) pollutants from urban storm water, CSOs, and CAFOs.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Major point sources are covered by current permits. 83% 90% 90% Point Sources
Minor point sources are covered by current permits. 74% 84% 87% Point Sources
Loading reductions (pounds per year) of toxic, non- 2,500 million 2,750 million pounds
conventional, and conventional pollutants from NPDES
permitted facilities (POTWs, Industries, SIUs, CAFOs, SW,
CSOs).
Baseline: As of May 1999, 72% of major point sources and 54% of minor point sources were covered by a current NPDES permit. At the
end of FY99, 53 of 57 states/territories had current storm water permits for all industrial activities, and 50 of 57 had current
permits for construction sites over 5 acres. In June 1999, 74% of approximately 900 CSO communities were covered by permits
or other enforceable mechanisms consistent with the 1994 CSO Policy. As of December 1999, approximately 14 states had
current NPDES general permits for CAFOs and at least another 13 had issued one or more individual NPDES permits for
CAFOs.
Clean Water State Revolving Fund: Annual Assistance
In 2004 900 projects funded by the Clean Water SRF will initiate operations, including 629 projects providing secondary treatment,
advanced treatment, CSO correction (treatment), and/or storm water treatment. Cumulatively, 10,440 projects will have initiated
operations since program inception.
In 2003 900 projects funded by the Clean Water SRF will initiate operations, including 515 projects providing secondary treatment,
advanced treatment, CSO correction (treatment), and/or storm water treatment. Cumulatively, 9,540 projects will have initiated
operations since program inception.
In 2002 1,100 projects funded by the Clean Water SRF initiated operations, including 400 projects providing secondary treatment,
advanced treatment, CSO correction (treatment), and/or storm water treatment. Cumulatively, 8,642 projects have initiated
operations since program inception.
n-84
-------
Performance Measures:
CW SRF projects that have initiated operations, (cumulative)
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
8,642
9,540
FY2004
Request
10,440
SRF projects
Baseline: The Agency's National Information Management System (NIMS) shows, as of July 1998, 39 states/territories were conducting
separate annual audits of their SRFs and utilizing fund management principles. NIMS shows, as of June 1998, 25 states were
meeting the "pace of the program" measures for loan issuance, pace of construction, and use of repayments. As of September
1998, 8 states were using integrated planning and priority systems to make SFR funding decisions. NIMS shows 3,909 SRF
projects initiated as of June 1998.
Wastewater Treatment Facility Compliance
In 2004 Enhance public health and environmental protection by securing the nation's critical wastewater infrastructure through support
for homeland security preparedness, including vulnerability assessments, emergency operations planning, and system operator
training.
In 2003 Enhance public health and environmental protection by securing the nation's critical wastewater infrastructure through support
for homeland security preparedness, including vulnerability assessments, emergency operations planning and system operator
training.
Performance Measures:
Percent of the population served by, and the number of, large
and medium-sized (10,001 and larger) Publicly Owned
Treatment Works (POTWs) that have taken action for
homeland security preparedness.
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
. 65%/5000
FY 2004
Request
75%/8000
%pop/systerris
Baseline:
Research
Baseline will be established in FY 2003.
Wet Weather Flow Research
In 2004 Provide to states, regions and watershed managers' indicators, monitoring strategies, and guidance for determining the
effectiveness of Best Management Practices (BMPs) for wet weather flows in meeting water quality goals.
Performance Measures:
Report on fecal indicator monitoring protocols for different
types of recreational water.
Provide guidance on indicator selection and monitoring
strategies for evaluating the effectiveness of BMPs.
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
1 report
9/30/04 guidance
Baseline: The costs and complexities of meeting water quality goals subject to urban stonnwater permits are daunting. The role of Best
Management Practices (BMP's) as both an effective and economical means to meet permit requirements remains the central
regulatory and non-regulatory approach for restoring much of the Nation's degraded water quality in urban environments. The
scientific literature and reviews of current design and monitoring practices show that the effectiveness of BMPs is highly
variable, is often defined and reported differently, and that monitoring rarely documents biological water quality improvements.
Efforts are needed to better monitor and characterize the performance of BMPs by detailed analysis of the physical, chemical
and biological processes common to many diverse BMPs. Based on on-going research in this area, in FY 2004, EPA will
provide comprehensive guidance for application of stonnwater BMPs in highly variable urban watersheds across the U.S. This
guidance will provide states, regions and watershed managers a means for determining the effectiveness of BMPs in meeting
water quality goals.
Program Assessment Rating Tool
Nonpoint Source Grants
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the Nonpoint Source Grants program was evaluated with the following specific
findings:
1. The program purpose is clear and agreed upon by interested parties.
n-85
-------
2. The program has not collected sufficient performance information to determine
whether it has had a significant effect on pollution.
3. The program's greatest weaknesses are strategic planning and a lack of measurable
program results. Consequently, the program lacks adequate long-term, annual, and
efficiency measures. Existing annual measures, such as "Number of states reporting on
progress in implementing nonpoint source programs" do not provide useful, results-based
performance information. The program's previous long-term goal has been met, and the
agency has not yet developed a new one.
4. The program is in the process of developing new performance measures that focus
on outcomes and efficiency.
5. EPA has made significant improvements to program management over the past several
years, which will assist in their efforts to develop new performance measures. For
example, in 2002 EPA implemented a new grants tracking system with additional
reporting requirements. Through this new system, EPA will be able to see the
estimated reductions in sediment and nutrient loads associated with each project
implementation, as well as project geolocation.
6. The program overlaps with others in rural areas, such as the Department of
Agriculture's Environmental Quality Incentives Program (EQIP) and Conservation
Reserve Program.
In response to these findings, and to reduce overlap with similar Department of
Agriculture programs that received significant funding increases in the Farm Bill (EQIP goes
from $200 million in 2002 to $800 million in 2004), the Budget proposes to:
1. Shift the program's focus in agricultural watersheds from implementation of
pollution reduction projects to planning, monitoring and assisting in the coordination
and implementation of watershed-based plans in impaired and threatened waters.
2. Establish more outcome-focused measures and at least one efficiency measure.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Major Point sources are covered by current permits;
Minor Point Sources are covered by current permits.
Performance Database: United States EPA. Permit Compliance System, [database]. (2002).
Washington, D.C. [Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance].
The Permits Compliance System (PCS) will be used to determine which individual permits have
not exceeded their expiration dates through fields for permit issuance and expiration dates. EPA
has carried out detailed permit renewal backlog tracking with PCS data since November 1998.
To better capture the universe of facilities covered under the NPDES program, beginning in
fiscal year 2003, EPA will also include facilities covered under non-storm water general permits
in its permit renewal backlog calculations. This change will add 64,000 facilities to the universe
n-86
-------
from which the permit renewal backlog is calculated. Data for these facilities will be obtained
from the Permit Issuance Forecasting Tool (PIFT). The PIFT has been used to track non-storm
water general permit facilities since January 2001.
Data Source: EPA's regional offices and states enter data into PCS and PIFT.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: For individual permits, reports are generated from
PCS that use permit issuance and expiration dates to aggregate, across each state, the number of
major and minor permits which have not exceeded expiration dates. These data measure the
number of current permits compared with the universe of individual permits. The PIFT provides
the number of facilities covered by current non-storm water general permits which are not
tracked in PCS. Together the PCS and PIFT data are intended to measure NPDES program
coverage of facilities with up-to-date permit requirements. Data are not available at the national
level on facilities covered by storm water general permits. The data are suitable for year -to-year
comparisons of officially tracked permit status.
QA/QC Procedures: EPA Headquarters (HQ) reviews data submitted by states as part of the
QA/QC process. The Office of Water (OW) has generated state-by-state reports, listing what
appears in PCS for key data fields for facilities and discharge pipes (name, address, Standard
Industrial Classification (SIC) code, latitude/longitude, Hydrologic Unit Code (HUC), reach,
flow, issuance date, expiration date, application received date, effective date, etc.). These reports
were distributed in January 2001 to state and regional PCS, NPDES, and Geographic
Information Systems (GIS) coordinators to allow states to "see what EPA sees" when it views
PCS data. These reports are available on a password protected web site maintained by an EPA
contractor. In addition to actual data elements listed above, the site includes summary reports of
missing and available data nationally and for every state. (United States EPA (2002). Permit
Compliance System Reports. Washington, D.C.: Office of Wastewater Management. Available
on the Internet [with password]: http://clients.limno.cotn/protected/pcscleamvp
Where discrepancies exist between state and PCS data, OW is identifying such discrepancies and
making corrections in PCS, where necessary. Additionally, many states have been collecting and
verifying NPDES data on their own, but maintain these data in separate state-level systems
(electronic and hard copy). EPA plans to populate fields in PCS that are currently blank with
existing state-level data provided by states. Regions enter data into the PIFT, an Access data
base maintained by the Water Permits Division, on facilities covered by non-storm water general
permits. The PCS database is managed by the Office of Enforcement and Compliance. The
Office of Water's Quality Management Plan was approved on September 28,2001.
Data Quality Review: Office of Inspector General (OIG) audits 8100076 (3/13/98) and
8100089 (3/31/98) discussed the need for current data in PCS. For the year 2002, PCS has been
listed as an Agency-Level Weakness under the Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act. This
weakness affects EPA's ability to obtain a true picture of the status of the NPDES program. OW
is categorizing the form in which the data exist at the state level (e.g. whether in PCS, in a
separate state database, or in paper copy only). As EPA creates a picture of national PCS data
availability, staff is working with individual states and EPA's regional offices to tailor
approaches to getting key data into PCS. OW is offering ongoing data upload, data entry, and, if
necessary, data compilation support to states.
H-87
-------
EPA is working to modernize PCS, to provide a system that is easier to use and maintain, as well
as one that incorporates new, and evolving, NPDES program requirements. The modernization
effort will:
1. provide a system which is available on the desktop via a web browser;
2. provide a powerful and easy to use, reporting and query capability;
3. provide NPDES Permit Writer Tool capability directly linked to the PCS database;
4. support new and enhanced NPDES programs such as Storm Water, Concentrated Animal
Feeding Operations (CAFOs), Combined Sewer Overflows (CSOs), Sanitary Sewer
Overflows (SSOs), Pretreatment, and Biosolids;
5. take advantage of new technologies making integration with other EPA systems a
standard way of doing business, rather than requiring special programming;
6. address new EPA initiatives such as tracking reduced pollutant loadings, burden
reduction through electronic reporting, and geo-spatial analysis in individual watersheds;
and
7. offer new, and enhanced, alternatives for states to transmit data to PCS, such as the
Interim Data Exchange Format (IDEF), via EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX) and the
National Environmental Information Exchange Network.
\
Data Limitations: There are significant data gaps for minor facilities and discrepancies
between state databases and PCS. Some states have established their own data systems and have
not transferred their data to EPA. The program emphasis has traditionally been on tracking
major permits, so many states and EPA regional offices did not enter data for minor permits into
PCS.
Error Estimate: We believe that the permit renewal backlog data for major facilities is accurate
within 2 percent based on input from EPA's regional offices and states through a quarterly
independent verification. For minor facilities, however, the confidence interval is much less
precise and probably overestimates the permit renewal backlog for minor facilities by 5 percent
based on anecdotal information from EPA's regional offices and states.
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA headquarters is providing contractor assistance to
improve the data quality of PCS. By 2004, PCS is scheduled to be modernized to make it easier
to use and to ensure that it includes all needed data to manage the National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System Permit program. EPA is also looking at refining the backlog measure by
tracking permits that are issued based on changed situations, e.g., new water quality
requirements or effluent guidelines or changes in the facility's discharge.
References:
H-88
-------
Region 10's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit Program - March 13, 1998
(8100076)
Kansas National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Program - March 31, 1998 (8100089)
PCS information is publicly available at:
http://www.epa.gov/compliance/planning/data/water/pcssys.html
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Loading reductions (pounds per year) of toxic and non-
conventional, and conventional pollutants from NPDES permitted facilities Publicly Owned
Treatment Works (POTWs), Industries, Significant Industrial Users (SIUs), Concentrated
Animal Feeding Operations (CAFOs), Storm Water (SW), Combined Sewer Overflows (CSOs)).
Performance Database: This measure is calculated using a spreadsheet1 that draws from
several data sources. An average "per facility" loadings value is assigned to each permitted
effluent discharger according to the industrial sector of the facility. Each EPA regional office
reports the actual number of permits issued in the past year for each industrial sector, typically
drawn from EPA's Permit Compliance System. Using both the average per facility value and the
number of permits issued, the spreadsheet then generates the values for the total pollutants
reduced. For other sources, such as POTWs, CSOs, and Storm Water, that are not Included in
the calculation as of calendar year 2002, new sector specific modeling is being developed in
order to more fully characterize the pollutant loading reductions resulting from the entire NPDES
program. In 2003, we are adding an estimate for CSOs using a model that draws information
from the Clean Water Needs Survey1. We are also developing a model1 to estimate pollutant
reductions from POTWs, both with and without pretreatment programs. We expect that model to
draw information from Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) contained in PCS, as well as the
annual reports from POTWs to EPA and States. In the future, we also expect to develop a model
to estimate pollutant reductions from storm water.
Data Sources: For direct dischargers subject to effluent guidelines, the average per facility
value for pollutant reduction is derived from the Technical Development Documents (TDDs)
produced at the time of the effluent guideline (ELG) rulemaking. TDDs are available for: Pulp
& Paper, Pharmaceuticals, Landfills, Industrial Waste Combustors, Centralized Waste
Treatment, Transportation Equipment Cleaning, Pesticide Manufacturing, Offshore Oil & Gas,
Coastal Oil & Gas, Synthetic Based Drilling Fluid, and Concentrated Animal Feeding
Operations. States and EPA's regional offices enter data into PCS and the Clean Water Needs
Survey.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: EPA plans to use the data described above to feed into
models that are being developed to determine loadings. The data will be aggregated across
different types of point sources to determine loading reductions at the national level. Loadings
appear to be the best surrogate for determining the environmental impacts of the various point
sources.
QA/QC Procedures: EPA reviews critical data submitted by states. EPA has a project
underway to work with states to improve the data in PCS (See earlier narrative for "Major/Minor
H-89
-------
Point Sources Covered by Current Permits.") Load reductions are estimated by modeling the
various categories of sources. Actual data will be used to calibrate and verity the models, used
in accordance with the Office of Water's Quality Management Plan, approved September 28,
2001. The PCS database is managed by the Office of Enforcement and Compliance, which
provides system-specific user manuals.
Data Quality Reviews: Office of Inspector General (OIG) audits 8100076 (3/13/98) and
8100089 (3/31/98) discussed the need for current data in PCS. As of mid-year 2002, PCS is
listed as an Agency-Level Weakness under the Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act. This
weakness affects EPA's ability to obtain a true picture of the status of the NPDES program. OW
is categorizing the form in which the data exist at the state level (e.g. whether in PCS, in a
separate state database, or in paper copy only). As EPA creates a picture of national PCS data
availability, staff is working with individual states and EPA's regional offices to tailor
approaches to getting key data into PCS. OW is offering data upload, data entry, and, if
necessary, data compilation support to states and anticipates completion of the project by the end
of calendar year 2002.
EPA is working to modernize PCS, to provide a system that is easier to use and maintain
as well as one that incorporates new, and evolving, NPDES program requirements. The
modernization effort will:
1. provide a system which is available on the desktop via a web browser;
2. provide a powerful and easy to use, reporting and query capability;
3. provide NPDES Permit Writer Tool capability directly linked to the PCS database;
4. support new and enhanced NPDES programs such as Storm Water, Concentrated Animal
Feeding Operations (CAFOs), Combined Sewer Overflows (CSOs), Sanitary Sewer
Overflows (SSOs), Pretreatment, and Biosolids;
5. take advantage of new technologies making integration with other EPA systems a
standard way of doing business, rather than requiring special programming;
6. address new EPA initiatives such as tracking reduced pollutant loadings, burden
reduction through electronic reporting, and geo-spatial analysis in individual watersheds;
and
7. offer new, and enhanced, alternatives for states to transmit data to PCS, such as the
Interim Data Exchange Format (IDEF), via EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX) and the
National Environmental Information Exchange Network.
Data Limitations: There are significant data gaps in PCS, including reliability issues for minor
facilities, general permits, and specific categories of dischargers, such as CAFOs. Additionally,
neither monitoring nor flow data are required for certain categories of-general permits. The
Agency, therefore, is not able to provide sufficient information to measure loadings reductions
for all of the approximately 550,000 facilities that fall under the NPDES program, also making it
E-90
-------
'. difficult to assess changes in water quality. The effluent guidelines loadings are estimates based
' the number of permits issued across an industrial sector.
Error Estimate: Because this is a new modeling exercise, it is not yet possible to estimate the
error in determining projected loadings.
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA Headquarters is providing contractor assistance to
improve the data quality in PCS. By 2004, PCS is scheduled to be modernized to make it easier
to use. As the modernized system is being developed, additional efforts are underway to bolster
comprehensive data collection to ensure that the modernized system includes data needed to
manage the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System program.
References:
Effluent guidelines development documents are available at:
bttp://\\ww.epa.goy/waterscien.ce/guide and at http://www.epa.goy/water/SQft.html
Modeling databases and software being used by the Office of Water are available at:
http://www.epa.gOV/water/soft.h.tml
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) projects
that have initiated operations.
Performance Database: Clean Water State Revolving Fund National Information Management
System (NIMS.)
Data Sources:
1. Reporting by municipal and other facility operators.
2. Entry by state regulatory agency personnel and by EPA's regional staff.
3. Collecting and reporting once yearly.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Data entered into NIMS directly represent the units of
performance for the performance measure. These data are suitable for year-to-year comparison
and trend indication.
QA/QC Procedures: EPA's headquarters and regional offices are responsible for compiling the
data and querying states as needed to assure data validity and conformance with expected trends.
States receive data entry guidance from EPA headquarters hi the form of annual memoranda:
"Request for Annual Update of Data for the Clean Water State Revolving Fund National
Information Management System, July 1,200X through June 30,200X,"
Data Quality Reviews: EPA's headquarters and regional offices annually review the data
/ submitted by the states. These state data are publicly available at
H-91
-------
http://^'ww.epa.gov/r5water/cwsr§findex.htm# in individual state reports. Headquarters addresses
significant data variability issues directly with states, or through the appropriate EPA regional
office. An annual EPA headquarters' "NIMS Analysis" provides detailed data categorization
and comparison. This analysis is used during:
1. Annual EPA regional office and state reviews to identify potential problems with the
program's pace which might affect the performance measure.
2. Biennial reviews by EPA's headquarters of regional oversight of state revolving funds.
3. Annual reviews by EPA's regional offices of their states' revolving funds operations.
State data quality is also evaluated during annual audits performed by independent
•auditors or by the appropriate regional office of the EPA Inspector General. These audits are
incorporated into EPA headquarters' financial management system.
Data Limitations: There are no known limitations in the performance data, which states submit
voluntarily. Erroneous data can be introduced into the NIMS database by typographic or
definitional error. Typographic errors are controlled and corrected through data testing
performed by EPA's contractor. Definitional errors due to varying interpretations of information
requested for specific data fields have been virtually eliminated in the past two years as a result
of EPA headquarters' clarification of definitions. These definitions are publicly available at:
http://www.epa.gov/r5water/cwsrf/pdf/nimsdef.pdf. There is typically a lag of approximately
two months from the date EPA asks states to enter their data into the NIMS database, and when
the data are quality-checked and available for public use.
Error Estimate: Due to the rapid growth of this program, past estimates of annual performance
(relative to a target), compared to actual performance data received two years later, have been
accurate to an average of approximately 12 percentage points.
New/Improved Data or Systems: This system has been operative since 1996. It is updated
annually, and data fields are changed or added as needed.
References:
State performance data as shown in NTMS are available by state at:
http://www.epa.gov/r5water/cwsrf.
Definitions of data requested for each data field in NIMS is available at:
http://www.epa.gov/r5water/cwsrf/pdf/mmsdef.pdf
The Office of Water Quality Management Plan, July 2001 (approved September 28, 2001)
addresses the quality of data in NTMS. Not publicly available.
The "National CWSRF & DWSRF Audit Strategy," August 2002, addresses the accuracy of
state data, among other things. Not publicly available
E-92
-------
The annual "NIMS Analysis" provides information used to support the performance measure.
Not publicly available.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Provide guidance on indicator selection and monitoring
strategies for evaluating the effectiveness of BMPs.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Guidance
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Report on fecal indicator monitoring protocols for
different types of recreational water.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Report
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
n-93
-------
Coordination with Other Agencies
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Program (NPDES)
Since inception of the NPDES program under Section 402 of the CWA, EPA and the
authorized states have developed expanded relationships with various Federal agencies to
implement pollution controls for point sources. EPA works closely with the Fish and Wildlife
Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service on consultation for protection of endangered
species through a Memorandum of Agreement. EPA works with the Advisory Council on
Historic Preservation on National Historic Preservation Act implementation. EPA and the states
rely on monitoring data from the United States Geological Survey (USGS) to help confirm
pollution control decisions. The Agency also works closely with the Small Business
Administration and the Office of Management and Budget to ensure that regulatory programs are
fair and reasonable. The Agency coordinates with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA) on efforts to ensure that NPDES programs support coastal and national
estuary efforts; and with the Department of Interior on mining issues.
Joint Strategy for Animal Feeding Operations
The Agency is working closely with the USDA to implement the Unified National
Strategy for Animal Feeding Operations finalized on March 9, 1999. The Strategy sets forth a
framework of actions that USDA and EPA will take to minimize water quality and public health
impacts from improperly managed animal wastes in a manner designed to preserve and enhance
the long-term sustainability of livestock production. EPA's recent revisions to the CAFO
Regulations (effluent guidelines and NPDES permit regulations) will be a key element of EPA
and USDA's plan to address water pollution from CAFOs. EPA and USDA senior management
meet routinely to ensure effective coordination across the two agencies.
Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF)
Representatives from EPA's SRF program, Housing and Urban Development's (HUD's)
Community Development Block Grant program, and USDA's Rural Utility Service have signed
a Memorandum of Understanding committing to assisting state or Federal implementers in: (1)
coordination of the funding cycles of the three Federal agencies; (2) consolidation of plans of
action (operating plans, intended use plans, strategic plans, etc.); and (3) preparation of one
environmental review document, when possible, to satisfy the requirements of all participating
Federal agencies. A coordination group at the Federal level has been formed to further these
efforts and maintain lines of communication. In many states, coordination committees have been
established with representatives from the three programs.
Clean Water SRF Indian Set Aside - Indian Health Service and Rural Utilities Service
In implementation of the Indian set-aside grant program under Title VT of the CWA, EPA
works closely with the Indian Health Service to administer grant funds to the various Indian
tribes, including determination of the priority ranking system for the various wastewater needs in
Indian Country.
H-94
-------
In 1998, EPA and the Rural Utilities Service of the USDA formalized a partnership
between the two agencies to provide coordinated financial and technical assistance to Indian
tribes.
Construction Grants Program—US Army Corps of Engineers
Throughout the history of the construction grants program under Title II of the CWA,
EPA and the delegated states have made broad use of the construction expertise of the Corps of
Engineers to provide varied assistance in construction oversight and administrative matters.
EPA works with the Corps to provide oversight for construction of the special projects that
Congress has designated. The mechanism for this expertise has been and continues to be an
Interagency Agreement between the two agencies.
Nonpoint Sources
EPA will continue to work closely with its Federal partners to achieve the ambitious
strategic objective of reducing pollutant discharges, including at least 20 percent from 1992
erosion levels. Most significantly, EPA will continue to work with the USDA, which has a key
role in reducing sediment loadings through its continued implementation of the Environmental
Quality Incentives Program, Conservation Reserve Program, and other conservation programs.
USDA also plays a major role in reducing nutrient discharges through these same programs and
through activities related to the AFO Strategy. EPA will also continue to work closely with the
Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management, whose programs can contribute significantly to
reduced pollutant loadings of sediment, especially on the vast public lands that comprise 29
percent of all land in the United States. EPA will work with these agencies, USGS, and the
states to document improvements in land management and water quality.
EPA will also work with other Federal agencies to advance a watershed approach to
Federal land and resource management to help ensure that Federal land management agencies
serve as a model for water quality stewardship in the prevention of water pollution and the
restoration of degraded water resources. Implementation of a watershed approach will require
coordination among Federal agencies at a watershed scale and collaboration with states, tribes
and other interested stakeholders.
Air Deposition
EPA is working with NOAA, as well as with state air and water programs and National
Estuary Programs where the impacts of air deposition are of concern. EPA plans to continue to
work with other Federal agencies such as USGS to address atmospheric deposition problems.
Research
Implementation of EPA's WWF work is guided by the "Risk Management Research Plan
for Wet Weather Flows." This research plan was peer-reviewed by the Urban Water Resources
Research Council of the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) and the Water
Environment Research Foundation of the Water Environment Federation. Projects under the
H-95
-------
WWF research plan are being coordinated with projects under Section 104(b) (3) of the Clean
Water Act (CWA). This plan is also being used to coordinate relevant work being conducted by
others such as the Water Environment Research Foundation's Wet Weather Advisory Panel, the
ASCE Urban Water Resources Research Council, the United States Department of Agriculture,
the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the Army Corps of
Engineers (USAGE), the United States Geological Survey (USGS), the Sanitary Sewer Overflow
(SSO) Advisory Committee and Urban WWF Subcommittee, and other national and
international organizations that work to improve coordination and minimize duplication of WWF
research.
EPA is partnering with numerous other Federal and state agencies on WWF research
projects. For example, the Agency signed a three-year interagency agreement (LAG) with
USAGE at the Waterways Experiment Station (WES) in Vicksburg, Mississippi, to develop a
numerical watershed model that will predict change in stream channels from land use change.
Both organizations have an inherent interest in developing the tools to predict such
geomorphologic changes. Land use changes alter storm water runoff patterns, which upset the
established equilibrium between the flow, shape, and course of the streambed (stream
geomorphology). Under this LAG the USAGE will modify an existing river model to account for
erosion in small streams.
Also, EPA is pursuing collaborative research projects with the USGS to utilize water
quality data from urban areas obtained through their National Ambient Water Quality
Assessment (NAWQA) program. The USGS data for urban streams show levels of pesticides
that are even higher than in many agricultural area streams. These data have potential uses for
identifying sources of urban pesticides. EPA will evaluate how the USGS data could be
integrated into the GIS database system.
Statutory Authorities
Clean Water Act
Clean Air Act
Coastal Zone Act Reauthorization Amendments of 1990
Safe Drinking Water Act
Toxic Substances Control Act
Wet Weather Water Quality Act of 2000
Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act
Water Resources Development Act (WRDA)
Certain Alaskan Cruise Ship Operations (PL 106-554)
H-96
-------
Research
Clean Water Act
Clean Air Act
Coastal Zone Act Reauthorization Amendments of 1990
Safe Drinking Water Act
Toxic Substances Control Act
H-97
-------
Goal 3: Safe Food
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal 3: Safe Food , ffl-1
Reduce Risks from Pesticide Residues in Food TTT-10
Eliminate Use on Food of Pesticides Not Meeting Standards........ DI-23
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Safe Food
Strategic Goal: The foods Americans eat will be free from unsafe pesticide residues. Particular
attention will be given to protecting subpopulations that may be more susceptible to adverse
effects of pesticides or have higher dietary exposures to pesticide residues. These include
children and people whose diets include large amounts of noncommercial foods.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
Safe Food
Reduce Risks from Pesticide
Residues in Food
Eliminate Use on Food of
Pesticides Not Meeting
Standards
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$113,098.3
$47,447.6
$65,650.7
781.3
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$109,814.6
$45,290.4
$64,524.2
770.1
FY 2004
Request
$119,011.5
$43,427.9
$75,583,6
785.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$9,196.9
($1,862.5)
$11,059.4'
14.9
Background and Context
The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) plays a major role in the lives
of the American public by ensuring that agricultural use of pesticides will not result in unsafe
food. EPA accomplishes this by registering new pesticide products and reviewing older
pesticide products by strict standards that protect human health and the environment from risks
associated with pesticide use.
EPA uses the latest scientific information to ensure that there is "a reasonable certainty"
that no harm will result to human health from all combined sources of exposure to pesticides
(aggregate exposures). Moreover, it submits for review its critical risk assessment science
issues, its methodologies for toxicity testing and related science issues, to the Science Advisory
Panel (SAP), an independent, expert advisory committee. The SAP plays a critical role in EPA's
decision-making process, assuring that decisions impacting health and the environment rely on
sound science.
The potential risk of adverse effects to consumers from pesticide residues in foods is a
primary concern for the Agency, as is the potential bioconcentration of certain pesticides in plant
and animal tissues that may result in even higher levels of exposure. Critical to protecting
human health is the review of food use pesticides for potential toxic effects such as birth defects,
cancer, disruption of the endocrine system, changes in fertility, harmful effects to the kidneys
ra-i
-------
and liver, and nervous system bioaccumulation. Under Goal 3, the Safe Food goal, EPA ensures
that any residues on food do not exceed established limits.
All pesticides are subject to EPA regulation including insecticides, herbicides, fungicides,
rodenticides, disinfectants, plant growth regulators, plant incorporated protectants and other
substances intended to control pests. Pesticides
are used in agriculture, greenhouses, on lawns, in
swimming pools, industrial buildings, households,
and in hospitals and food service establishments.
The total United States pesticide usage in 1999
was 5 billion pounds,1 Agriculture accounts for
about 80 percent of all pesticide applications.
Herbicides are the most widely used pesticides
and account for the greatest expenditure and
volume, approximately $6.4 billion and 534
million pounds in 1999. Biopesticides and
reduced risk pesticides are assuming an
increasingly important role. For example, safer
pesticides, which include biopesticides and
reduced risk pesticides, increased in use from
3.6% in 1998 to 7.5% of total pounds reported for
2002.2
EPA's Pesticide Regulations Affect a
Cross Section of the US Population
• 18 maj or pesticide producers
and another 100 smaller
producers
• 2,200 formulators
• 33,100 commercial pest control
firms
• 1.9 million farms
• Several million industry and
government users
• About 77 million households
Source; EPA's 1998/1999 Pesticides Sale$
and Usage Report
EPA regulates pesticides under two main statutes: the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) and the Federal Food and Drug Cosmetic Act (FFDCA). FIFRA
requires pesticides to be registered (licensed) by EPA before they may be sold or distributed in
the United States, and that they perform their intended functions without causing unreasonable
adverse effects to people or the environment when used according to EPA-approved label
directions. At the same time, recognizing the role of pesticides in ensuring a diverse, abundant
and affordable food supply, EPA works to streamline its licensing procedures and increase
transparency in the review process.
FFDCA authorizes EPA to set tolerances, or maximum legal limits, for pesticide residues
in or on food. Tolerance requirements apply equally to domestically produced and imported
food. Any food with residues not covered by a tolerance, or in amounts that exceed an
established tolerance, may not be legally marketed in the United States.
Amendments to both FIFRA and FFDCA by the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of
1996 enhance protection of children and other sensitive sub-populations, FQPA establishes a
single, health-based safety standard for all pesticide residues. The agency-wide FY 2004 request
supporting FQPA includes $150 million for EPA's work under these laws, enabling the public to
enjoy one of the safest, most abundant, and most affordable food supplies in the world. FQPA
also enhanced EPA's ability to protect human health and the environment in several other ways,
including:
Ibid.
! Doane Marketing Research, Inc.: http://www.doanemr.com
m-2
-------
$ Providing for a more complete assessment of potential risks, with special protections for
sensitive groups, such as infants and children;
$ Improvement of antimicrobial registration process and establishment of tolerances for
food use inert ingredients;
$ Expediting the approval of reduced risk pesticides;
$ Encouraging farmers' adoption of safer pest management practices;
$ Ensuring that pesticides are periodically reassessed for consistency with current safety
standards and the latest scientific and technological knowledge; and
$ Educating consumers about pesticide risks and benefits.
Means and Strategy
The Agency's strategy for accomplishing the objectives of Safe Food is based on five
pillars, four of which are in Goal 3 and one is in Goal 4. Under Goal 3, the EPA is:
• Assuring that new chemicals and new uses are registered in accordance with the FQPA's
strict standard, a "reasonable certainty of no harm," so that no harm will result to human
health from exposure to pesticides;
• Assuring that pesticide maximum legally allowable tolerances for foods eaten by children
are in conformance with FQPA requirements that protect children;
• Re-evaluating older, potentially higher-risk pesticides using the best current scientific
data and methods to determine whether additional limits on a pesticides use are needed to
provide reasonable certainty of no harm, especially for children and other sensitive
populations; and
• Expediting review and registration of alternative pesticides that are less risky than
pesticides currently in use and that may be substituted effectively for higher risk
pesticides.
New registration actions result in more pesticides on the market that meet the strict FQPA
pesticide risk-based standards, which brings the Agency closer to the objective of reducing
adverse risks from pesticide use. In 2004, the Agency will continue to promote accelerated
registrations for pesticides that provide improved risk reduction or risk prevention compared to
those currently on the market. Progressively replacing older, higher-risk pesticides is one of the
most effective methods for curtailing adverse impact on health and the ecosystem while
preserving food production rates.
EPA uses its authorities to manage systematically the risks of pesticide exposures by
establishing legally permissible food-borne pesticide residue levels, or tolerances. EPA defines
HI-3
-------
the legal use of pesticides, up to and including the elimination of pesticides that present a danger
to human health and the environment. This task involves a comprehensive review of new and
existing pesticides as stipulated by the FIFRA mandated registration and reregistration programs,
as well as a comprehensive reassessment and update of existing tolerances within ten years, as
required by FQPA. Requested resources include enhancing the efforts to review antimicrobials
as well as inert ingredients, hi order to meet the FQPA deadlines. In FY 2004, EPA will also
increase support for the homeland security activities related to identifying antimicrobials that are
effective against potential bio-agents that could be used against the United States
Tolerance reassessments may mean mandatory use changes because a revision in the
allowable residue levels can involve changes in pesticide application patterns, changes in the
foods the pesticides may be applied to, and other risk management methods. As measured by the
number of tolerances that have been reassessed, the Agency's progress hi the tolerance
reassessment program directly serves the objective of reducing the use on food of pesticides that
do not meet the new standards. EPA uses the latest scientific advances in health-risk assessment
practices in its reviews. This includes the incorporation of new scientific data relating to the
effects of endocrine disruption and the special needs of susceptible populations such as children
and Native Americans.
Biotechnology has presented the Agency with a range of new issues and scientific
challenges as well. Outreach activities on the subject of biotechnology such as public meetings
and scientific peer reviews of our policies and assessments are likely to be expanded to keep
pace with changing science and the
public's demand for information hi
this area. EPA is working closely
with other Federal agencies involved
in biotechnology and is also actively
involved in developing international
standards for the regulation of
biotechnology products.
Adoption of Genetically Modified Plant
Incorporated Protectant Crops
United States, 1995 - 2000 (percent of acres)
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
HT- Heiticide Tolerant
Rr - RafTJ
Biotechnology is becoming
increasingly more important in our
economy with bio-engineered plants
accounting for a larger share of acres
planted than ever before hi the
United States. For example, hi
1996, Herbicide Resistant (HT)
Soybeans accounted for only eight percent of the total United States acres planted hi soybeans.
In 2000, FIT Soybeans accounted for 53 percent of the acres planted for other crops. Trends also
indicate increases, though not as dramatically as for soy. (See chart.)3
Adoption of biotechnology has great potential to reduce reliance on some older, more
risky chemical pesticides, and to lower worker risks. For example, the use of Bt cotton has
Source: Based on Data from ERS/NASS Survey
' ERS/NASS Survey: http://www.usda.gov/nass
m-4
-------
affected the use of other insecticides that present higher risk to wildlife. According to the
reported number of insecticide treatments per planted acre of cotton, use of insecticides labeled
either toxic or extremely toxic to wildlife has undergone significant reduction since 1995, with
the extremely toxic pesticides decreasing from 1.6 to 0.5 acre treatments, a 68% reduction.
In addition to setting the requirements for continued legal use of agricultural pesticides,
EPA works in partnership with USDA, FDA and the states toward the broader effort to prevent
the misuse of pesticides. In the ever-changing environment of pesticide use, accessibility to
information is a primary component of an effective strategy to inform the public on the
appropriate, safe use of pesticides to minimize risk. More information about EPA's food safety
efforts is available on the Agency's website at http://www.epa.gov/pesticides.
Research
Current approaches to human health risk assessment focus on single pesticides and do not
adequately account for cumulative risks arising from complex exposure patterns and human
variability due to age, gender, pre-existing disease, health and nutritional status, and genetic
predisposition. The Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) identifies clear science needs,
including the evaluation of all potential routes and pathways of exposures to pesticides, and
resulting health effects, particularly for sensitive sub-populations and considering effects from
cumulative exposures.
To support the FQPA, tools are needed for assessing aggregate and cumulative risks
across the exposure-to-dose-to-effects continuum that result from multimedia, multipathway
exposures to pesticides with like mechanisms of action. Research is also needed to further
understand the magnitude and extent of aggregate and cumulative exposures of pesticides used
on food, in drinking water, and through non-occupational exposures in and around residential
environments and other indoor/outdoor environments. Special emphasis will be placed on
characterizing exposures and the corresponding critical factors influencing these exposures in
those environments where young children spend the majority of their time.
Several mechanisms are in place to ensure a high-quality research program at EPA. The
Research Strategies Advisory Committee (RSAC) of EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB), an
independent chartered Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) committee, meets annually to
conduct an in-depth review and analysis of EPA's Science and Technology account. The RSAC
provides its findings to the House Science Committee and sends a written report on the finding to
EPA's Administrator after every annual review. Also, under the Science to Achieve Results
(STAR) program all research projects are selected for funding through a rigorous competitive
external peer review process designed to ensure that only the highest quality efforts receive
funding support. In addition, EPA's scientific and technical work products must undergo either
internal or external peer review, with major or significant products requiring external peer
review. The Agency's Peer Review Handbook (2nd Edition) codifies procedures and guidance
for conducting peer review.
ni-5
-------
Strategic Objectives and FY 2004 Annual Performance Goals
Highlights
Reduce Public Health Risk from Pesticide Residues
FFDCA and FIFRA authorize EPA to set terms and conditions of pesticide registration,
marketing and use. EPA will use these authorities to reduce residues of pesticides with the
highest potential to cause cancer or neurotoxic effects, including those which pose particular
risks to children and other susceptible populations. All new pesticides, including food/feed-use
pesticides are registered after an extensive review and evaluation of human health and ecosystem
studies and data, applying the most recent scientific advances in risk assessment. The
Registration program includes registration activities, such as setting tolerances, registering new
active ingredients and new uses, and handling experimental use permits and emergency
exemptions.
In 2004, the Agency will continue its efforts to decrease the risk the public faces from
agricultural pesticides through the regulatory review of new pesticides, including reduced risk
pesticides and biopesticides. EPA expedites the registration of reduced risk pesticides, which are
generally presumed to pose lower risks to consumers, lower risks to agricultural workers, and
lower risk to the earth's ozone layer, groundwater, aquatic organisms or wildlife. These
accelerated pesticide reviews provide an incentive for industry to develop, register, and use
lower risk pesticides. Additionally, the availability of these reduced risk pesticides provides
alternatives to older, potentially more harmful products currently on the market.
Reduce Use on Food of Pesticides Not Meeting Current Standards
Pesticide reregistration is a statutory requirement under the 1988 amendments to FIFRA.
Under the law, all pesticides registered prior to November 1984 must be reviewed to ensure that
they meet current health and safety standards. The 1996 Food Quality Protection Act requires
the reassessment of pesticide tolerances by 2006. Many pesticides must be reviewed under both
statutes. New program requirements and priorities include:
• review of inert ingredients;
• reform of the antimicrobial review process;
• transparency of our regulatory decisions;
• incorporation of aggregate and cumulative risk into our reviews;
• special protection for infants and children; and
• endocrine screening of pesticides, minor use enhancements and reduced risk registration
emphasis.
HI-6
-------
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue its review of older pesticides and move forward
toward its ten-year statutory deadline of reassessing all 9,721 tolerances, after having met the
statutory deadline of reassessing a cumulative 66 percent of those tolerances by August 2002.
The Agency will also continue to develop tools to screen pesticides for their potential to disrupt
the endocrine system. Li 2004, EPA will work toward completing 35 Reregistration Eligibility
Decisions (REDs), 400 product reregistrations and 1050 tolerance reassessments.
The tolerance reassessment process addresses the highest-risk pesticides first. Using data
surveys conducted by the USD A, the FDA and other sources, EPA has identified a group of "top
20" foods consumed by children and matched those with the tolerance reassessments required for
pesticides used on those foods.4 The Agency has begun to track its progress in determining
appropriate tolerances for these pesticides under the new FQPA standards. In 2004, EPA will
continue its effort to reduce dietary risks to children, by completing approximately a cumulative
83 percent of these tolerances of special concern.
Cumulative Percentage of Reregistration Eligibility Decision (RED) Cases to be Completed by 2006
120%
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Two widely used groups of pesticides, organophosphates and carbamates, are believed to
pose higher risks, particularly to children. Curtailing or restricting the use of these pesticides will
significantly change current farming practices that have relied upon them. These changes will
likely mean adopting integrated pest management strategies that draw on cultural and biological,
as well as mechanical and chemical techniques. With new strategies comes a steep learning
curve on how to use them effectively. This transition requires broad input and participation by
1USDA Food Consumption Survey, 1989-1991; http://www.ers.usda.gov/epubs/pdp/sb965
m-7
-------
stakeholders to minimize adverse, unintended consequences on agriculture, as well as pilot
projects to field-test and demonstrate the new methods.
Through the Reregistration program, EPA reviews pesticides currently on the market to
ensure they meet the latest health standards. Pesticides not hi compliance with the new standards
will be eliminated or restricted hi order to minimize potentially harmful exposure. FQPA added
considerably more complexity to the pesticide reregistration process, lengthening the "front end"
of reregistration. These requirements include considering aggregate exposure and cumulative
risk in our risk assessments, implementing new processes to increase involvement of pesticide
users and other stakeholders, and ensuring a reasonable opportunity for agriculture to make the
transition to new, safer pest control tools and practices. Over the longer run, these changes will
enhance protection of human health and the environment. The Agency's progress hi achieving
goals for production of REDs and its tolerance reassessment component are summarized hi the
chart.
The FY 2004 President's Budget assumes the tolerance assessment and reassessment
programs will be partially funded by fees to be collected under a revised Tolerance Fee rule. The
FY 2004 request also includes a proposal to extend the Maintenance Fee through 2006, to
provide stable funding for reregistration and expedited processing activities.
The Administration evaluated the Pesticide Registration and Reregistration Programs this
past year using the Performance Assessment Rating Tool (PART). The evaluation found that
both programs address important nationwide programs and have clear missions, however further
work is needed in the area of performance measurement.
Research
In FY 2004, EPA's research program will continue to develop pesticides exposure and
effects data, risk assessment methods and models for children, and control technologies needed
to comply with the requirements of Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA).
Specifically, exposure research will develop new and enhance existing tools to estimate
aggregate and cumulative exposures of young children to pesticides and other toxic chemicals.
Research will address major data gaps and uncertainties associated with the exposure assessment
requirements for the FQPA. Health effects research will focus on understanding dose-response
relationships and using this understanding to develop new and enhance existing methods to
evaluate the effects of cumulative exposures to pesticides and toxic chemicals, including both
long-term exposures and multiple acute exposures.
Risk assessment research will complete a framework for use of toxicokinetic data and
models hi risk assessment as a foundation for comprehensive risk assessment guidance. The
guidance will provide analysis and recommendations for: 1) use of physiologically-based
pharmacokinetic (PBPK) models and data hi risk assessment; 2) analysis of relevant issues such
as age-related dosimetry and extrapolation between species and age groups; 3) databases relevant
to toxicokinetic approaches; and 4) risk assessment methods that reduce the use of default
assumptions. Risk management research will begin developing standard protocols for assessing
treatment effects on pesticide residues hi drinking water, and testing the efficiency of drinking
HI-8
-------
water treatment and the formation of degradation bi-products for pesticide classes of high
priority that are not on the Candidate Contaminant List (CCL). Information collected from these
protocols will be used in aggregate and cumulative exposure assessments.
External Factors
The ability of the Agency to achieve its strategic objectives depends on several factors
over which the Agency has only partial control or little influence. EPA relies heavily on
partnerships with states, tribes, local governments and regulated parties to protect the nation's
food supply, the environment, and human health, from pesticides.
EPA assures the safe use of pesticides in coordination with the USDA and FDA, who
have responsibility to monitor and control residues on food and other environmental exposures.
EPA also works with these agencies to coordinate with other countries and international
organizations with which the United States shares pesticide-related environmental goals. The
Agency employs a number of mechanisms and programs to assure that our partners will have the
capacity to conduct the activities needed to achieve the objectives. Much of the success of
EPA's pesticide programs also depends on the voluntary cooperation of the private sector and the
public.
Other factors that may delay or prevent the Agency's achievement of the objectives
include lawsuits that delay or stop the planned activities of EPA and/or state partners, new or
amended legislation and new commitments within the Administration. Economic growth and
changes in producer and consumer behavior could also have an influence on the Agency's ability
to achieve the objectives within the time frame specified.
Large-scale accidental releases, such as pesticide spills, or rare catastrophic natural
events (such as hurricanes or large-scale flooding) could impact EPA's ability to achieve
objectives in the short term. In the longer term, the time frame for achieving many of the
objectives could be affected by new technology or unanticipated complexity or magnitude of
pesticide-related problems.
Newly identified environmental problems and priorities could have a similar effect on
long-term goals. For example, pesticide use is affected by unanticipated outbreaks of pest
infestations and/or disease factors, which require EPA to review emergency uses in order to
preclude unreasonable risks to the environment. While the Agency can provide incentives for
the submission of registration actions such as reduced risk and minor uses, EPA does not control
incoming requests for registration actions. As a result, the Agency's projection of regulatory
workload is subject to change.
EI-9
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Safe Food
Objective: Reduce Risks from Pesticide Residues in Food
By 2006, reduce public health risk from pesticide residues in food from pre-Food Quality
Protection Act (FQPA) levels (pre-1996).
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Reduce Risks from Pesticide
Residues in Food
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$47,447.6
$45,091.3
$2,356.3
332.6
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$45,290.4
$42,964.7
$2,325.7
331.1
FY 2004
Request
$43,427.9
$40,504.6
$2,923.3
339.5
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
($1,862.5)
($2,460.1)
$597.6
8.4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Endocrine Disrupter Screening
Program
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
FY2002
Enacted
$1,860.4
$4,725.2
$500.0
$0.0
$1,019.7
$504.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$2,096.3
$4,462.6
$0.0
$0.0
$1,095.3
$420.6
FY 2004
Request
$2,052.3
$4,526.5
$0.0
$1,218.3
$1,143.6
$450.3
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
($44.0)
$63.9
$0.0
$1,218.3
$48.3
$29.7
m-io
-------
Pesticide Registration
Pesticide Reregistration
Pesticide Residue Tolerance
Reassessments
Planning and Resource
Management
Safe Pesticide Applications
FY2002
Enacted
$31,832.4
$6,227.0
$813.3
$0.0
$25.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$30,882.2
$5,673.4
$660.0
$0.0
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$25,042.4
$6,143.8
$2,806.2
$44.5
$0.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
($5,839.8)
$470.4
$2,146.2
$44.5
$0.0
FY 2004 Request
This request highlights EPA's efforts to improve the safety of our food supply and
continues emphasis on implementing FQPA, especially in the protection of infants and children.
The Agency will expand partnerships with the United States Department of Agriculture (USD A),
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and other components of the Department of Health and
Human Services (HHS), and with the international Organization for Economic and Cooperation
Development (OECD) and others to .engage and share information with stakeholders and to
develop and facilitate the implementation of strategies for the public, industry and agriculture to
conduct a smooth transition to safer pest management for food crops. EPA will continue to
ensure that the best available science is incorporated into the implementation of the statute.
Pesticides currently on the market with approved food uses include some which are
suspected human carcinogens, neurotoxins or endocrine disrupters and thus may pose significant
health concerns, especially to children. FQPA provides unprecedented opportunities to protect
human health and to positively impact agricultural production techniques, lessening the overall
risk of pesticide use. FQPA further requires that the Agency review pesticides on a periodic
basis to ensure that those registered for use meet the most current health standards. Through this
registration review, FQPA ensures that when properly used, there is "a reasonable certainty of no
harm" to human health or the environment. The review of existing pesticides through
reregistration and tolerance reassessment combined with the availability of safer pesticides
through registration continues to improve the risk picture for agriculture.
Registration Activities
Under the Registration program, EPA registers new pesticides after extensive review and
evaluation of studies and data on human health and ecological effects. As part of the process, the
Agency analyzes data and sets a tolerance level for each crop or crop grouping (use) the
registrant requests for the specific pesticide. The tolerance level is the legal limit for how much
pesticide may remain on a food. The Registration program gives priority to accelerated
processing of reduced risk pesticides which may substitute for products already on the market,
thus giving farmers and other users' new tools that are better for health and the environment.
m-ii
-------
There are many types of registration requests submitted by industry for EPA approval.
These include requests for registration of new active ingredients, new pesticides that may simply
be new formulations of ingredients already registered (me-toos), new uses that add a crop type to
the approved uses of the registered pesticide and minor uses for low volume crops.5
The FY 2004 Agency request includes additional resources for the review of inert
ingredients. FQPA also requires that EPA review inert ingredients added to pesticide products.
These "inert" ingredients have no pesticidal properties; however, these agents are often
chemically active and must be reviewed for unintended effects on humans and the environment.
Increased public education and full ingredient disclosure (including inerts) on pesticide product
labels must be balanced to protect confidential business information (CBI) from being disclosed.
Under FQPA, the "reasonable certainty of no harm" safety standard applies to inert ingredients
for establishing a tolerance or tolerance exemption.
Until recently, the Agency did not have an established methodology for the review of
inerts. In March 2000, the Agency established a diverse workgroup with members from public
health, environmental, industry, academic, and state government organizations to address
measures to increase the availability of information about inerts to the public. The workgroup
presented their proposed risk assessment methodology for inerts to the Pesticide Program
Dialogue Committee (PPDC) in December 2001
which was published late in FY 2002. The
methodology incorporates a sorting system that
will greatly streamline the process which will help
the Agency address the existing backlog.
During the last several years, the Agency
has engaged the public and the scientific
community in developing and reviewing nine
science policies that shape EPA's approach to
screening pesticides. While all of the policies are
significant, the requirements to consider
cumulative and aggregate risk and the ten-fold
safety factor for children's health have important
ramifications for risk assessments of many
chemicals.
Cumulative risk requires that EPA
consider the combined effects of exposures to
multiple chemicals sharing a common mechanism
of toxicity. Aggregate exposure brings issues of
residential exposures and drinking water residues into the equation. The extra ten-fold safety
factor impacts risk assessments affecting children's health. A lower factor can be used,"... only
if, on the basis of reliable data, such margin will be safe for infants and children."7 In FY 2004,
the Agency will continue applying its cumulative risk policy to pesticide registration and
Active and Inert Ingredients
Pesticide products contain both "active" and "inert"
ingredients. The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) has defined the terms
"active ingredient" and "inert ingredient," since
1947. An active ingredient is one that prevents,
destroys, repels or mitigates a pest, or is a plant
regulator, defoliant, desiccant or nitrogen stabilizer.
By law, the active ingredient must be identified by
name on the label together with its percentage by
weight.
An inert ingredient is simply any ingredient in the
product that is not intended to affect a target pest.
For example, isopropyl alcohol may be an active
ingredient and antimicrobial pesticide in some
products; however, in other products, it is used as a
solvent and may be considered an inert ingredient.
The law does not require inert ingredients to be
identified by name and percentage on the label, but
the total percentage of such ingredients must be
declared.
5 FIFRA Sec 3
6 FIFRA Sec 2(a); FIFRA Sec 2(m)
7 FFDCA Sec 408(bX2)(C)
m-12
-------
reregistration decisions. Research planned for FY 2004 will provide additional information on
assessing and managing cumulative risks where appropriate, and the information will be used to
enhance EPA's existing risk assessment policies.
EPA will continue to actively encourage and engage the pesticide industry, farmers and
the public to participate in the implementation of FQPA. EPA uses common-sense strategies for
reducing risk to acceptable levels while retaining pesticides of the greatest public value,
including those employed in minor uses and integrated pest management needs. In FY 2004,
EPA will continue to work with the pesticide industry and farmers to explore new pest
management approaches and to provide a reasonable phase-out period for canceled pesticides.
EPA will also continue its stakeholder consultation process through regular meetings with the
Committee to Advise on Reassessment and Transition (CARAT), an advisory body composed of
environmental/public interest groups; pesticide industry and trade associations; pesticide user,
grower, processor and commodity organizations; public health organizations, including
children's health representatives; Federal agencies; State, local and tribal governments;
academia; consumers and the public.
States and industry submit requests for registration actions to meet rapidly changing or
emerging needs, including petitions for temporary uses of pesticides to meet emergency
conditions, and for research purposes. The Agency allows for the unpredictability of agricultural
conditions and pest outbreaks and takes action to meet emerging needs. These actions include
issuance of emergency exemptions under FIFRA sec. 18, which allows the use, for a limited
time, of a pesticide not registered for that specific purpose. Emergency conditions could include
controlling a new pest or the spread of a pest to new areas, or controlling an outbreak of a pest
that poses a public health risk, such as the West Nile virus spread by migration. FIFRA
addresses other special needs, including provisions to register products by states for specific
local uses not Federally registered and provisions for experimental use permits (under FIFRA
sec.5), which allow pesticide producers to test new pesticide uses outside the laboratory to
generate information to apply for amendments to previously approved pesticides (e.g., to reflect
label revisions or changed formulations for products already registered).
The Agency and USDA work collaboratively to ensure that minor use registrations
receive appropriate support. EPA policy has defined minor uses as pesticide usage on crops
grown on less than 300,000 acres. Minor crops account for about 40 percent of the total
agricultural sales for the United States. Although minor use pesticides are of major significance
in agricultural production and to growers and consumers, they produce relatively little revenue
for their manufacturers, considering the cost of maintaining these registrations. Without these
small-scale but vital pesticide uses, many of the fruits, vegetables, and ornamentals grown in the
United States, worth billions of dollars, could not be produced successfully. In FY 2004, EPA
and USDA will continue to work closely to meet the need for newer, reduced risk pesticides
registered for minor uses. As needed, the Agency uses the data collected under USDA's
Interregional Research Project No. 4 (TR-4) program to establish tolerances for minor uses and
provides priority status for registrations for vulnerable crops and minor agricultural uses. IR-4
helps minor crop producers obtain tolerances and registrations for pest control products.
Bioengineered crops are playing an ever-increasing role in the agricultural marketplace.
Each bioengineered product must be reviewed to ensure adequate safety to the public and
EI-13
-------
environment alike. As with any new technology, there is lively public and scientific debate of
the best ways to incorporate the products into the market and the possible long-term implications
for agriculture. EPA must keep abreast of new science and perform its traditional role of
evaluating the types of organisms being used for the genetic modification, the stability of the
genetic insert in the environment, and the potential exposures of workers and consumers to the
biotechnology product. Other areas of concern include potential impacts on non-target
organisms and the potential for pests to become resistant to the bioengineered product. The
Agency will continue to work with industry and USDA on issues that arise from this major
change in the agricultural industry.
The Plant Incorporated Protectant (PIP) Rule clarifies which genetically modified
products are subject to review under FIFRA and FFDCA and which ones are exempt. The rule
also reaffirmed that the plant itself is still subject to USDA authorities, while PIPs are subject to
EPA authorities. The rule ensures that genetically engineered PIPs meet Federal safety standards
that EPA evaluates PIPs as rigorously as traditional pesticide registrations. In addition to the rule,
EPA participates in the White House Agricultural Biotechnology Workgroup and works closely
with FDA and with USDA's Animal Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), which also
regulates biotechnology products. The three agencies (EPA, USDA, and FDA) discuss all major
actions on PIP's. There are several new products coming into the EPA for review that are likely
to be decisions made in FY 2004.
The Agency plays a key role in international biotechnology programs concerned with
food safety sponsored by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
(OECD), the United Nations (UN), and the European Union (EU). Biotechnology products
include new chemicals and chemical preparations, which may be used in food and feed, as well
as genetically modified foods. The Agency is working with OECD and other stakeholders to
improve dissemination of information on biotechnology products, regulations, guidelines, and
safety issues. The use of biotechnology to modify plants so that they resist harmful insects or the
effects of herbicides is likely to attract continued public scrutiny, particularly on issues such as
allergenicity and gene transfer.
Homeland Security
Biological agents are potential weapons that could be exploited by terrorists against the
United States. EPA's pesticides antimicrobial program has been very responsive to the anthrax
crisis, meeting rapid timeframes while maintaining the pace of longer-term reviews. However,
the complexities associated with the assessment and remediation work on anthrax, when
dispersed as a weapon of terror, dramatically highlight the need for the Agency to improve its
ability in detection and decontamination of biological agents. EPA proposes to conduct
comprehensive scientific assessments of potential biological agents, develop test protocols to
determine the safety and efficacy of antimicrobial products used against biological agents, and
register new products or new uses of existing products as necessary. EPA will develop a
timeline for prioritizing and implementing tests on technologies and products.
Using the Center for Disease Control's (CDC) category list of possible bio-agents as a
starting point, the Agency proposes reviewing antirnicrobials that may be effective against bio-
agents in addition to anthrax. Based on experience with anthrax, reviews for other bio-agents
HI-14
-------
would require development of new models and protocols for defining a reasonable standard of
efficacy, including determination if substantially different pathways and media for potential
contamination should be addressed. The number of products whose efficacy is verified with new
models and protocols, both new active ingredients and new uses, will vary depending on the
organism in question but is likely to be fewer per bio-agent than for anthrax, which involved 37
products.
Reduced Risk Chemicals and Biopesticides
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to
provide incentives to the pesticide
industry to decrease risk levels from
agricultural pesticides through the
expedited regulatory review of reduced
risk pesticides, including biopesticides.
Reduced risk criteria include pesticides
with reduced toxicity, potential to
displace other chemicals posing potential
human health concerns, reduced exposure
to workers, low toxicity to non-target
organisms, low potential for groundwater
contamination, lower use rates than
alternatives, low pest resistance potential,
or high compatibility with integrated pest
management and efficacy. The Agency is
committed to expediting the registration
of additional alternative products and in
pesticides.
Reducing Risky Pesticides on Children's
Foods
The following 19 foods that children commonly eat
were surveyed for organophosphate and carbamate
pesticides during 1994 through 1996: apples, apple
juice, bananas, broccoli, carrots, celery, grapes,
green beans (fresh, canned and frozen), lettuce,
miik, oranges, peaches, potatoes, spinach, sweet
corn (canned and frozen), sweet peas (canned and
frozen), sweet potatoes, tomatoes, and wheat. By
the end of 2004, regulatory actions by EPA,
including expedited registration of safer pesticides,
should result in a 25 percent reduction of
occurrence of residues from carcinogenic and
neurotoxic pesticides on these foods from 1994-
1996 levels.
FY 2004, expects to register 13 new reduced risk
Reduce Agricultural Use of Potential Carcinogenic or Neurotoxic Pesticides
EPA is moving deliberately to minimize exposure from currently marketed pesticides
with the highest potential to cause cancer or neurotoxic effects. In FY 2004, using the best
available science and incorporating stakeholder concerns, EPA will continue to reduce risk from
these pesticides through implementation of our decisions in the field, encouraging development
of alternatives, and the expedited registration of alternatives. The Agency is especially
conscious of the potential impacts on minor crop growers and integrated pest management
programs and will continue to work with growers and registrants to focus attention on those
situations where limited crop protection alternatives exist. FQPA emphasizes the need to
protect children from adverse effects of pesticide exposure. EPA is targeting pesticides used on
the foods children commonly eat. Through its regulatory efforts, EPA will contribute to
reducing detections from pre-FQPA levels (see box). Also, as part of EPA's ongoing efforts to
collect and analyze data to support improved performance measures, the Office of Pesticide
Programs has begun examining and tracking pesticide sales and usage data hi more detail.
USDA PDF, http://www.ams.usda.gov/science/pdp/download.htm
HI-IS
-------
Overall pesticide use appears to be declining as well, based on estimates derived from
sales figures, which show about a 15 percent decline between 1985 and 1999. Insecticides as a
class tend to be acutely toxic pesticides, and their use is also declining. Acre-treatments using
pesticides labeled 'danger for humans' has gone down by 43 percent between 1997 and 2001. 9
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$718,300, +2.0 FTE) This increase supports the registration of bio-agents and other
products used against weapons of mass destruction. Resources will also be used to
identify technologies and products to be tested for safety and efficacy.
• (+$2,146,200) This increase reflects additional support for the Tolerance Reassessment
Program.
• (-$5,975,600, -66.5 FTE) Revenues from Pesticide Tolerance Fees will be substituted for
appropriated funds in the Registration program. In addition, there are some funding
realignments across objectives to more accurately portray our costs for the reregistration
program.
S&T
• (+$500,000) This increase will support laboratory improvements and development of test
protocols to determine the safety and efficacy of products used against chemical and
biological weapons.
• There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
GOAL: SAFE FOOD
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE RISKS FROM PESTICIDE RESIDUES IN FOOD
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Decrease Risk from Agricultural Pesticides
In 2004 Decrease adverse risk from agricultural uses from 1995 levels.
In 2003 Decrease adverse risk from agricultural uses from 1995 levels and assure that new pesticides that enter the market are safe for
humans and the environment, through ensuring that all registration action are timely and comply with standards mandated by
law.
In 2002 In FY 2002, EPA continued to register pest control products, including "safer" pesticides, thus ensuring that growers have an
adequate number of pest control options available to them.
9 EPA Pesticides Industry Sales and Usage 1998 and 1999 Market Estimates, August 2002,
http://www.epa.gov/oppbead i /pestsales
m-16
-------
Perfonnance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Register safer chemicals and biopesticides 107 118 131 Regist. (Cum)
New Chemicals 60 67 74 Regist. (Cum)
New Uses 2329 2679 3,079 Actions (Cum)
Reduction of detections on a core set of 19 foods eaten by Data Not Avail Reduced Detect.
children relative to detection levels for those foods reported
in 1994-1996.
Percentage of acre-treatments with reduced risk pesticides 7.5% 8.1% 8.5% Acre-Treatments
Occurrences of residues on a core set of 19 foods eaten by 20 25% reduc. of occur
ehildren'relative to occurrence levels for those foods reported
in 1994-1996.
Number of new uses for previously registered antimicrobial 8 new uses
products
Baseline: The baseline for registration of reduced risk pesticides, new chemicals, and new uses, the baseline is zero in the year 1996 (the
year FQPA was enacted). Progress is measured cumulatively since 1996. The baseline for acres-treated is 3.6% of total acreage
in 1998, when the reduced-risk pesticide acres-treatments was 30,332,499 and total (all pesticides) was 843,063,644 acre-
treatments. Each year's total acre-treatments, reported by USDA's National Agricultural Statistical Survey serve as me basis for
computing the percentage of acre-treatments using reduced risk pesticides. Acre-treatments count the total number of pesticide
treatments each acre receives each year. The baseline for residues on children's foods is occurrence on 33.5% of composite
sample of children's foods in the baseline years 1994-1996. There are currently no products registered for use against other
potential bio-agents (non-anthrax).
Baseline: There are currently no products registered for use against other potential bio-agents (non-anthrax).
Program Assessment Rating Tool
Pesticide Registration
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the Pesticide Registration program was evaluated with the following specific findings:
1. The program has a clear mission and statutory authority, and it provides for the safe
use of pesticides on a nationwide basis.
2. The program has established long-term goals but they are not adequate because the
goals lack quantified baselines and/or performance targets and they need to be more
outcome-focused.
3. The program regularly reviews overall progress toward annual goals and does make
management decisions to address issues that impede progress.
4. The program does not use efficiency or cost effectiveness metrics to monitor
program management or performance.
5. Generally the program has met its annual goals but it is unclear how achieving these
annual targets leads to quantifiable progress toward the program's long-term goals. One
new long-term efficiency goal that targets reductions in decision- making time has been
proposed for this program by EPA, but further work is needed to finalize the goal and to
develop appropriate annual targets to support it.
EI-17
-------
j In response to these findings the Administration will:
1. Implement appropriate long-term measures.
2. Develop adequate efficiency and cost effectiveness measures to improve program
performance and goal-setting.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Reduction in occurrences of carcinogenic and
cholinesterase-inhibiting neurotoxic pesticide residues on a core set of 19 children's foods
reported in 1994-1996
Performance Database: United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Pesticide Data
Program (PDF)
Data Source: Data collection is conducted by the states,
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: The information is collected by the states and includes
statistical information on pesticide use, food consumption, and residue detections, which provide
the basis for realistic dietary risk assessments and evaluation of pesticide tolerance. Information
is coordinated by USDA agencies and cooperating state agencies. Pesticide residue sampling and
•; testing procedures are managed by USDA's Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS). AMS also
maintains an automated information system for pesticide residue data and publishes annual
summaries of residue detections.
QA/QC Procedures: The core of USDA's PDP's QA/QC program is Standard Operating
Procedures (SOPs) based on EPA's Good Laboratory Practices. At each participating laboratory,
PDP relies on a quality assurance (QA) unit which operates independently from the rest of the
laboratory staff. Final QA procedures are provided by PDP staff responsible for collating and
reviewing data for conformance with SOPs. PDP staff also monitors the performance of
participating laboratories through proficiency evaluation samples, quality assurance internal
reviews, and on site visits.
Data Quality Review: None
Data Limitations: Participation in PDP sites is voluntary. Sampling is limited to 10 states but
designed in a manner to represent the food supply nationwide. The number of sampling sites and
volume vary by state. Sampling procedures are described at the website, see reference below.
Error Estimate: Uncertainties and other sources of error are minor and not expected to have any
significant effect on performance assessment. More information is available on the website.
New/Improved Data or Systems: These are not EPA data; thus improvements are not known
in any detail at this tune.
I
111-18
-------
References: PDF Annual Reports, http://vyw\\?.ams.usda.gov/sciience/pdp/download.htm;
http://www.ams.usda.gov/process/; CFR 40 Part 160; http://www.epahome/Standards.html
FY 2004 Performance Measures: Number of registrations of reduced risk pesticides
registered (Register safer chemicals and biopesticides).
• Number of new conventional pesticides registered (New Chemicals).
• Number of conventional new uses registered (New Uses).
Performance Database: Pesticide Regulatory Action Tracking System (PRATS). PRATS is
maintained by the Office of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances (OPPTS) and is
designed to track regulatory data submissions and studies, organized by scientific discipline,
which are submitted by the registrant in support of a pesticide's registration. Additionally, the
program divisions maintain manual counts of the registrations of reduced risk pesticides. The
information is provided to the Office Director's immediate office for consolidation and record
keeping.
Data Source: The Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP) Staff (reviewers) update the status of the
submissions and studies as they are received and as work is completed by the reviewers. The
status indicates whether the application is ready for review, the application is in the process of
review, or the review has been completed.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability:
The measures are program outputs. When finalized they represent the program's statutory
requirements to ensure: 1) that pesticides entering the marketplace are safe for human health and
the environment and 2) when used in accordance with the packaging label present a reasonable
certainty of no harm. While program outputs are not the best measures of risk reduction, they do
provide a means for reducing risk in that the program's safety review prevents dangerous
pesticides from entering the marketplace.
QA/QC Procedures: A reduced risk pesticide must meet the criteria set forth in Pesticide
Registration Notice 97-3, September 4, 1997. Reduced risk pesticides include those which
reduce the risks to human health; reduce the risks to non-target organisms; reduce the potential
for contamination of groundwater, surface water or other valued environmental resources; and/or
broaden the adoption of integrated pest management strategies, or make such strategies more
available or more effective. In addition, biopesticides are generally considered safer (and thus
reduced risk). All registration actions must employ sound science and meet the Food Quality
Protection Act (FQPA) new safety standard. All risk assessments are subject to public and
scientific peer review.
Data Quality Review: These are program outputs. EPA staff and management review the
program outputs in accordance with established policy for the registration of reduced-risk
pesticides as set forth in Pesticide Regulation Notice 97-3, September 4,1997.
Data Limitations: None. All required data must be submitted for the risk assessments before
the pesticide, including a reduced risk pesticide, is registered. If data are not submitted, the
HI-19
-------
pesticide is not registered. As stated above, a reduced risk pesticide must meet the criteria set
forth in PRN 97-3 and all registrations must meet FQPA safety requirements. If a pesticide does
not meet these criteria, it is not registered. If an application for a reduced risk pesticide does not
meet the reduced risk criteria, it is reviewed as a conventional active ingredient.
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: The OPPIN (Office of Pesticide Programs Information
Network) consolidates various OPP program databases. Phased implementation of the OPPIN
began in FY 2001 and will continue through FY 2003, after which the system will be reevaluated
to ensure that it is meeting program needs.
References: FIFRA Sec 3(c)(5); FFDCA Sec 408(a)(2); EPA Pesticide Registration Notice 97-3,
September 4,1997
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Percentage of acre treatments with reduced risk
pesticides.
Performance Database: Two non-EPA databases are used for this measure. One is the Doane
Marketing Research data, the other is the United States Department of Agriculture's (USDA)
National Agricultural Statistical Survey (NASS) database.
Data Source: Doane Marketing Research (a private sector research database) and USDA
surveys (e.g., NASS data).
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: A reduced-risk pesticide must meet the criteria set
forth hi Pesticide Registration Notice 97-3, September 4, 1997. Reduced-risk pesticides include
those which reduce the risks to human health; reduce the risks to non-target organisms; reduce
the potential for contamination of groundwater, surface water, or other valued environmental
resources; and/or broaden the adoption of integrated pest management strategies or make such
strategies more available or more effective. In addition, biopesticides are generally considered
safer (and thus reduced-risk).
EPA's statistical and economics staff review data from Doane and NASS. Information is also
compared to prior years for variations and trends as well as to determine the reasons for the
variability.
QA/QC Procedures: All registration actions must employ sound science and meet the Food
Quality Protection Act (FQPA) new safety standard. All risk assessments are subject to public
and scientific peer review. Doane data and USDA's NASS data are subject to extensive QA/QC
procedures, documented at their websites. Additionally, Doane and NASS information are
compared as a cross-reference.
Data Quality Review: Doane data and USDA's NASS data are subject to extensive internal
quality review, documented at their websites. EPA's statistical and economics staff review data
from Doane and NASS. Information is also compared to prior years for variations and trends as
well as to determine the reasons for the variability.
EI-20
-------
Data Limitations: Doane data are proprietary; thus in order to release any detailed information,
the Agency must obtain approval. The NASS data include only major crops for annual surveys.
Other crops are surveyed biennially. Additionally, all states are not included, although those that
are a representative sample of the nation.
New/Improved Data or Systems: These are not EPA databases; thus improvements are not
known in any detail at this time.
Error Estimate: Error estimates differ according to the data/database and year of sampling.
Doane sampling plans and QA/QC procedures are available to the public at their website. More
specific information about the data is proprietary and a subscription fee is required. Data are
weighted and multiple regression procedure is used to adjust for known disproportionalities and
ensure consistency with USDA and state acreage estimates. NASS data reliability and
sampling/estimating techniques also are discussed at their website.
References: OPP Website; OPP Annual Report; Annual Performance Plan and Annual
Performance Report, http://www.ams.usda.gov/science/pdp/download.htm; Doane Marketing
Research, Inc.: http://www.doanemr.com; http://www.usda.gov/nass/pubs and
http://www.usda.nass/nass/nassinfo; FFDCA Sec 408(a)(2); EPA Pesticide Registration Notice
97-3, September4,1997.
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA coordinates with and uses information from a variety of Federal, state and
international organizations and agencies in our efforts to protect the safety of America's food
supply from hazardous or higher risk pesticides.
In May 1991, the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) implemented the
Pesticide Data Program (PDP) to collect objective and statistically reliable data on pesticide
residues on food commodities. This action was in response to public concern about the effects of
pesticides on human health and environmental quality. EPA uses PDP data to improve dietary
risk assessment to support the registration of pesticides for minor crop uses.
PDP is critical to implementing the Food Quality Protection Act. The system provides
improved data collection of pesticide residues, standardized analytical and reporting methods,
and increased sampling of foods most likely consumed by infants and children. PDP sampling,
residue, testing and data reporting are coordinated by the Agricultural Marketing Service using
cooperative agreements with ten participating states representing all regions of the country. PDP
serves as a showcase for Federal-State cooperation on pesticide and food safety issues.
FQPA requires EPA to consult with other government agencies on major decisions.
Further, EPA, USDA and FDA work closely together using both a memorandum of
understanding and working committees to deal with a variety of issues that affect the involved
agencies' missions. For example, these agencies work together on residue testing programs and
on enforcement actions that involve pesticide residues on food, and we coordinate our review of
antimicrobial pesticides.
EI-21
-------
While EPA is responsible for making registration and tolerance decisions, the Agency
relies on others to carry out some of the enforcement activities. Registration-related
requirements under FIFRA are enforced by the states. The Department of Health and Human
Services/Food and Drug Administration enforce tolerances for most foods and by the United
States Department of Agriculture/Food Safety and Inspection Service for meat, poultry and some
egg products.
Internationally, the Agency collaborates with the Intergovernmental Forum on Chemical
Safety (IFCS), the CODEX Alimentarius Commission, the North American Commission on
Environmental Cooperation (NACEC), the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (OECD) and the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) commission to
coordinate policies, harmonize guidelines, share information, correct deficiencies, build other
nations' capacity to reduce risk, develop strategies to deal with potentially harmful pesticides and
develop greater confidence in the safety of the food supply.
One of the Agency's most valuable partners on pesticide issues is the Pesticide Program
Dialogue Committee (PPDC), which brings together a broad cross-section of knowledgeable
individuals from organizations representing divergent views to discuss pesticide regulatory,
policy and implementation issues. The PPDC consists of members from industry/trade
associations, pesticide user and commodity groups, consumer and environmental/public interest
groups and others.
The PPDC provides a structured environment for meaningful information exchanges and
consensus building discussions, keeping the public involved in decisions that affect them.
Dialogue with outside groups is essential if the Agency is to remain responsive to the needs of
the affected public, growers and industry organizations.
EPA relies on data from HHS to help assess the risk of pesticides to children. Other
collaborative efforts that go beyond our reliance on the data they collect include developing and
validating methods to analyze domestic and imported food samples for organophosphates,
carcinogens, neurotoxins and other chemicals of concern. These joint efforts protect Americans
from unhealthful pesticide residue levels.
The Agency will work with the full range of stakeholders: USD A, CDC, other Federal
agencies, industry and the scientific community. Review of the agents that may be effective
against anthrax has involved GSA, State Department, USAMRHD, FDA, CDC, EOSA, USPS,
and others, and this effort will build on this network.
Statutory Authorities
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA)
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996
ffl-22
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Safe Food
Objective: Eliminate Use on Food of Pesticides Not Meeting Standards
By 2008, use on food of current pesticides that do not meet the new statutory standard of
"reasonable certainty of no harm" will be eliminated.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Eliminate Use on Food of
Pesticides Not Meeting
Standards
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$65,650.7
$53,660.0
$11,990.7
448.7
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$64,524.2
$52,478.3
$12,045.9
439.0
FY 2004
Request
$75,583.6
$62,288.6
$13,295.0
445.5
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$11,059.4
$9,810.3
$1,249.1
6.5
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Endocrine Disrupter Screening
Program
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Legal Services
Management Services and
FY2002
Enacted
$3,388.7
$4,575.2
$500.0
$14.0
$433.5
$931.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$3,264.1
$5,154.0
$0.0
$0.0
$465.5
$854.6
FY 2004
Request
$3,275.1
$6,311.8
$0.0
$0.0
$486.0
$904.6
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$11.0
$1,157.8
$0.0
$0.0
$20.5
$50.0
m-23
-------
Stewardship
Pesticide Reregistration
Pesticide Residue Tolerance
Reassessments
Planning and Resource
Management
Research to Support FQPA
Science Coordination and Policy
FY 2002
Enacted
$27,170.8
$13,858.5
$0.0
$11,377.4
$315.1
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$38,592.4
$4,607.9
$0.0
$10,821.3
$764.4
FY 2004
Request
$41,207.7
$10,004.3
$46.0
$12,041.9
$1,306.2
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$2,615.3
$5,396.4
$46.0
$1,220.6
$541.8
FY 2004 Request
Pesticides licensing involves both registration of new chemicals and the review of older
chemicals,10 This objective focuses on the review of older pesticides as well as some of the
scientific effort involved in identifying potential endocrine disrupting chemicals. The
reregistration and the tolerance reassessment programs look at older pesticides and review then-
safety in light of the latest science and the new safety standards mandated by FQPA.
During the Reregistration and the Tolerance Reassessment processes, EPA reviews data
and studies submitted by registrants supporting the reregistration or the approved use on food of
a pesticide in order to ensure that pesticides meet FQPA's stricter standards. During this review,
the Agency conducts a risk assessment that forms the basis for the Agency's decisions and
determines the safe residue that may remain on the food product (a tolerance) for a food use
pesticide. Risk assessments involve a series of sophisticated analyses of the potential health and
environmental effects resulting from exposure to a chemical through various means. FQPA
brought a number of new analyses into these risk assessments.
Complete Active Ingredient and Product Reregistration
Through the Reregistration program, EPA will continue to review pesticides currently on
the market to ensure that these also meet the FQPA health standard. Pesticides found not in
compliance will be eliminated or otherwise restricted to minimize harmful exposure. The
issuance of a Reregistration Eligibility Decision (RED) summarizes the health and
environmental effects findings during the reregistration review of the chemical. These findings
determine whether the products registered under this chemical are eligible for reregistration. In
2004, the Agency will complete 35 REDs. EPA plans to complete issuing REDs for active
ingredients by FY 2006 and for inert ingredients by FY 2008.
Once the reregistration or tolerance reassessment analysis is performed, findings may call
for modifications in ways the pesticides are used, in order to reduce risks. Options for risk
10
FIFRA Sec 3; FIFRA Sec 4 (i) (5)
m-24
-------
reduction range from revocation of the tolerance to modifications in use such as re-entry
intervals or application rates. For example, the pesticide could be applied in lower quantities, or
less frequently, or at a greater distance from water bodies.
The FY 2004 request includes additional resources for reregistration of antimicrobials.
EPA has made great strides in addressing FQPA requirements and incorporating them into its
core programs. The Agency has met much shorter review periods for antimicrobials and
virtually eliminated the backlog in this area, however, success in these and other areas has meant
some trade-offs were necessary. Further, antimicrobials are different from other pesticides in
that science issues, uses, constituencies and stakeholders differ from agricultural pesticides. Use
patterns such as wood preservatives and antifouling paints have raised public health and
environmental concerns. Also, for many antimicrobial products, (e.g., hospital disinfectants,
swimming pool disinfectants, medical waste treatment products), product performance, i.e.,
efficacy, is an area where the Agency plays a major regulatory role. These differences mean it is
difficult to leverage work on other pesticides to help make progress with antimicrobials. These
new resources will support the antimicrobial tolerance reassessments required to meet the FQPA
deadline for completing tolerance reassessments by August 2006 and for maintaining the
established goal for reregistration.11
Additional resources are also required for inert ingredients. There are 870 tolerance
exemptions for pesticide inerts that must be reassessed as part of meeting the FQPA statutory
deadline for completing tolerance reassessment by August 2006. There is no defined database
for inert ingredients and new methods for evaluating inerts have had to be developed. EPA has
developed an initial methodology for sorting the inerts to be reviewed and identified those for
which no data exists. EPA is largely unable to process tolerances or tolerance exemptions for
those inert ingredients unless there is a data base substantially similar to that of an active
ingredient, but is examining other analytic methods. The proposed resources also will allow the
application in FY 2004 of streamlined methods that were recently proposed for assessing the
lower toxiciry pesticide chemicals. In FY 2004, EPA will evaluate 100 of the existing 870
tolerance exemptions. Review of inert ingredients is crucial because these ingredients are
sometimes more toxic than the active ingredients.
The FY 2004 President's Budget assumes the tolerance assessment and reassessment
programs will be partially funded by fees to be collected under a revised Tolerance Fee rule. The
FY 2004 request also includes a proposal to extend the Maintenance Fee through 2006, to
provide stable funding for reregistration and expedited processing activities.
Registration Review
FQPA requires that EPA establish a process for periodic review of pesticide registrations
with a goal of completing this process every 15 years. The registrations of all pesticides will be
continuously updated with respect to current scientific data, risk assessment methodologies,
program policies, and effective risk reduction measures, ensuring that they meet the most current
health standards. In 2004, EPA will address comments on the proposed rule, develop final
procedural regulations, and continue preparations to implement the new program.
HFIFRASec4(i)(5)
111-25
-------
Implementation tasks include establishing and prioritizing registration review cases, developing
internal procedures for conducting the program, developing information management
procedures, and training staff on the objectives and procedures. As the reregistration program
draws to a close, the new registration review program will continue to protect human health and
the environment using the most current scientific standards. There are also provisions in FQPA
that mandate ongoing review of certain tolerances, on a five year cycle, following the full
reassessment process.
Reassessment of Existing Pesticide Residue Tolerances on Food
A tolerance is the maximum legal amount of a pesticide residue permissible on food.
FQPA requires that EPA reassess within ten years the more than 9,721 pesticide tolerances
existing in 1996. EPA met its second statutory deadline to complete reassessment of 66 percent
of the existing tolerances by August 2002. The final tolerance reassessment deadline requires
reassessment of 100 percent of these tolerances by August 2006. hi FY 2004, the Agency will
continue its reassessment of these tolerances completing approximately a cumulative 78 percent
The risk assessment is the basis for decision-making on reregistration and tolerance
reassessment and includes consideration of the amounts and types of food people eat and how
widely the pesticide is used (that is, how much of the crop is actually treated with the pesticide).
The risk assessment also includes chemistry, toxicity and exposure information. EPA obtains
data from a wide variety of sources including USDA surveys on types and quantities of foods
people eat, FDA residue monitoring, and United States Geological Survey information on
pesticide levels in ground, surface and drinking water. The risk assessment and adjunct analyses
determine the outcomes for the tolerances on food. FQPA requires new assessment analyses,
looking at both aggregate risk and cumulative exposures to pesticides with a common
mechanism of toxicity. Draft risk assessments go through both scientific peer review and a
public review process. The science and policies behind these assessments is complex and the
standards developed will impact many pesticides on the market. In particular, the cumulative
risk policy, which will impact chemical groups of pesticides such as organophosphates and
carbamates, was completed late in 2002, and full implementation will occur in FY 2003 and FY
2004. As new research results are obtained, EPA will update and enhance the existing
cumulative risk policy as appropriate to make sure risk assessments maintain pace with
advancing science.
As mandated by FQPA, the Agency continues to ensure that sound science is applied
consistently in our pesticide reviews and also that this process includes stakeholder and scientific
community input to discuss the policies and their impacts. The Agency has worked extensively
with stakeholders through the Pesticide Program Dialogue Committee (PPDC) and the
Committee to Advise on Reassessment and Transition (CARAT) to ensure transparency in
decision-making and a fuller understanding of the implications for growers, producers and the
public. EPA will continue to encourage transition to safer pesticides, and to coordinate closely
with USDA, industry and commodity groups in finding alternatives and sharing information.
The cumulative risk policy is expected to impact the decisions on many older, less
expensive pesticides, affecting farmers' available choices. As an example, the Agency is
completing review of a group of higher risk pesticides, the organophosphates, which, because of
111-26
-------
their wide use, heavily affect the farming community. In FY 2004, the Agency expects to review
the carbamates, among other chemicals. Carbamates are a broad-spectrum, older (less
expensive) class of pesticides, including many insecticides that are also often used for mosquito
control. To address the issues around replacement and review of these widely used pesticides,
the Agency and USDA collaborated in development and implementation of a review process,
which greatly expanded public participation. In 2004, this process will continue to be reviewed,
improved and expanded as necessary as we continue our review of other groups of high risk,
older pesticides.
Protecting children's health is of central concern under FQPA, which provides for an
additional safety factor to be applied to certain pesticides to adjust for children's higher
sensitivity to chemical exposure. EPA understands the importance of protecting children's
health and as such has identified and given priority to the tolerance reassessments that affect the
top 20 foods eaten by children. The Agency projects completion of 83 percent of this set of
tolerance reassessments in FY 2004. Another, more general FQPA approach to reducing risks
more quickly is to give priority to the review tolerances or exemptions that appear to pose the
greatest risk to public health. As a result, EPA divided all pesticide chemicals into three priority
groups, published in the Federal Register in the first year of the FQPA provisions.
There are 9,721 tolerances that must be reassessed. Tolerances for the highest risk
pesticides are in Priority Group 1, which includes organophosphates, carbamates, and probable
carcinogens, among other high-risk chemicals, and totals 5,546 tolerances. Group 2 includes
some carcinogens and other tolerances, and Group 3 includes the remaining pre-FQPA and post-
1984 pesticides. Some tolerances in all groups have been reassessed as part of the work already
underway in the reregistration program.12 Status of reassessments is as follows:
Status of Tolerance Reassessments
by Priority Group
6000 -i
cnrtn _
ouuu
A (\f\f\ _
•frUUU
2000 -
Ififift -
1 UUv
0_
3922
•$$2$-.
Grouj
1073
'*SSI*V
f 9^
14W-
p 1 Group 2 Group 3
H Remaining D Completed
12
EPA FRN "Raw and Processed Food Schedule for Pesticide Tolerance Reassessment; Notices" Aug 4,1997
HI-27
-------
Status of Tolerance Reassessment by Priority Group (as of 8/5/02)
• Group 1: 3,922 reassessments out of 5,546 (29 percent remaining and 71 percent
reassessed)
• Group 2: 1,073 reassessments out of 1,928 (44 percent remaining and 56 percent
reassessed)
• Group 3: 1,498 reassessments out of 2,250 (33 percent remaining and 67 percent
reassessed)
Endocrine Disrupters
Fish and wildlife in some areas of the world have been affected by chemicals that
interfere with the endocrine system resulting hi abnormal development, low fertility and greater
susceptibility to disease. The link to human disease is less clear, particularly at low ambient
environmental levels. Effects have been seen after high exposures. Since the human endocrine
system helps guide development, growth, reproduction and behavior, possible endocrine
disruption is an important issue, especially for children. The concern that chemicals may affect
the endocrine system of humans led to the inclusion of a provision in the Food Quality Protection
Act (FQPA) mandating that EPA test pesticides for endocrine disrupting effects on human
health. Endocrine Disrupting Chemicals are also addressed in the Safe Drinking Water Act
Amendments of 1996.
Work on pesticide and chemical endocrine disrupters crosses two EPA goals, relating to
both pesticides and all other toxic chemicals (Goals 3 and 4). For details concerning the
Endocrine Disrupter Program and its screening activities, consult Goal 4, Objective 3. For Goal
3, in 2004, the Agency will continue its efforts to develop alternative, non-animal methods that
can be validated and incorporated into its program.
Research
The Food Quality Protection Act of 1996 (FQPA) requires EPA, in its assessment of
pesticide safety, to consider aggregate exposure from dietary and all other non-occupational
sources and the cumulative effects of pesticides that have a common mechanism of toxicity.
Implementation of the directive required the Agency to revisit some of its existing policies
relating to the determination and regulation of dietary risk and resulted in the identification of a
number of areas with significant research needs.
Tools such as methods, data, models, risk assessment guidance, and toxicity testing
methods and protocols are needed for assessing aggregate and cumulative risks across the
exposure-to-dose-to-effects continuum that result from multimedia, multipathway exposures to
pesticides with like mechanisms of action. Research is also needed to understand the magnitude
and extent of aggregate and cumulative exposures of pesticides used on food, in drinking water,
and through non-occupational exposures in and around residential environments and other
HI-28
-------
indoor/outdoor environments. Special emphasis will be placed on characterizing exposures and
the corresponding critical factors influencing these exposures in those environments where
young children spend the majority of their time. EPA has research in all of these areas and is
expected to continue this research into the future to support pesticide registration and
reregistration activities and to provide data for risk assessments.
In order to address the risks surrounding pesticides, health effects research is needed to
understand dose-response relationships and use this understanding to develop new and improve
existing methods to evaluate the effects of cumulative exposures to pesticides and toxic
chemicals, including both long-term exposures and multiple acute exposures. Specific objectives
of this work will be to further study whether exposure to multiple pesticides with a similar mode
of action produces additive and/or non-additive interactions and if effects vary between adult and
juvenile animals, which will then be extrapolated to humans.
Exposure research will develop new and enhance existing tools to estimate aggregate and
cumulative exposures of young children to pesticides and other, toxic chemicals. Research will
address major data gaps and uncertainties associated with exposure assessment requirements for
the FQPA. Currently, research is aimed at developing data and models for aggregate
assessments to pesticides. In FY 2004, work will extend these concepts to cumulative
assessments of pesticides and toxics. Research results will be used by the Agency to better
characterize, assess, and manage aggregate and cumulative exposures to pesticides and toxics.
EPA will also use these results to better understand and develop programs to reduce children's
exposures to pesticides and other environmental pollutants.
In addition, exposure modeling research will focus on improving and integrating EPA's
exposure to dose models, analyzing current aggregate exposure data from EPA-sponsored
aggregate exposure studies to identify remaining exposure data gaps, and developing a research
plan for addressing high priority cumulative pesticide exposure issues.13 The current models will
be upgraded to include new modules for gastrointestinal and dermal exposure to reflect the latest
scientific data. Also, the results of EPA's aggregate exposure studies will be statistically
analyzed to improve our understanding of the key factors influencing aggregate exposures.
The Agency will continue its efforts to address uncertainties in the areas of intermittent
exposure and cumulative risk to pesticides. Additionally, EPA will continue to develop tools for
characterizing and combining exposures and assessing exposure-dose-response relationships for
pesticides with different exposure patterns with an emphasis on enhancing the foundation for
cumulative risk assessment methodology. The Agency will also develop improved risk
management strategies and tools for reducing potential health risks to children and other highly
exposed populations.
In FY 2004, a major population-based field study that focuses on young children's (ages
0-3 years old) aggregate exposure to pesticides in homes, day care centers and schools will
continue. This study will be completed in FY 2005 with delivery of major products (e.g.,
validated protocols, statistical analyses) starting in FY 2005 and continuing through FY 2007.
13 Exposure-to-dose models include Stochastic Human Exposure Dose Simulation Modeling and Exposure Related
Dose Estimating Model. Aggregate exposure models include Children's Total Exposure to Pesticides and Other
Persistent Pollutants (CTEPP) and National Human Exposure Assessment Survey (NHEXAS).
HI-29
-------
Study results will be used to: 1) evaluate and refine a protocol for measuring aggregate exposure
for children of different age groups; 2) verify those pathways and activities that represent the
highest exposures to children; 3) generate high quality distributional data on exposure
concentrations, estimated exposures, and exposure factors; 4) evaluate age and developmental
differences to exposures; 5) develop a measurement database for model evaluations and risk
assessments; and 6) provide input into the design and implementation of the National Children's
Study.
EPA will complete an approach for using pharmacokinetic data and models in risk
assessment as a foundation for comprehensive guidance for conducting risk assessments under
FQPA. The approach and guidance will provide analysis and recommendations for use of
physiologically-based pharmacokinetic models and data hi risk assessment, addressing relevant
issues such as age-related dosimetry and extrapolation between species and age groups, dose
assessment for aggregate and cumulative risk assessment, databases relevant to toxicokinetic
approaches, and risk assessment methods that reduce the use of default assumptions.
In FY 2004, new risk management research will begin developing standard protocols for
assessing treatment effects on pesticide residues hi drinking water, and testing the efficiency of
drinking water treatment and the formation of degradation bi-products for pesticide classes of
high priority that are not on the Candidate Contaminant List (CCL). Information collected from
these protocols will be used in aggregate and cumulative exposure assessments.
Additionally, the Agency will collect longitudinal activity and dietary consumption data
on sub-populations (e.g., children, elderly) for modeling daily/seasonal variability inherent in
human activities and dietary consumption patterns. This research will produce data that are not
captured in previous and planned dietary or population surveys. Data collected will be used to
support EPA's risk assessments.
Recognizing the complexity associated with determining the cumulative risk for a given
set of exposure conditions, research will use a systematic approach that starts with less complex
paradigms, such as risk from aggregate exposure to a single chemical or class of chemicals with
a common mode of action which is present hi multiple pathway, and build towards the more
complex, including consideration of different temporal dimensions of exposure. A better
understanding of these relationships will also focus and guide risk management decisions and
will allow for more accurate predictions if determinants change.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$1,000,000) This increase will be directed to increased reregistration of antimicrobial
pesticides and associated tolerance reassessments. Reregistration of antimicrobials is
critical to meeting our final statutory deadlines for tolerance reassessment.
• (+$400,000) This increase will fund expanded effort to review inert ingredients needed
to meet the FQPA tolerance reassessment deadlines.
m-30
-------
• (+$1,376,600, +1.8 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated
in proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars
and FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated
in proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts
in FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5,4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and -18.5 FTE,.Grants: +$3,015,500 and +19.7FTE)
Research
S&T
• (+$415,400) This increase reflects a redirection from Drinking Water research (Goal 2) to
a research effort that will collect longitudinal activity and dietary consumption data on
sub-populations (e.g., children, elderly) for modeling daily and seasonal variability
inherent in human activities. This research will produce data that are not captured in
current dietary or population surveys (e.g., NHANES) and will improve our ability to
meet performance commitments in support of FQPA.
• (+$13,0,000) This increase reflects a redirection from socioeconomics research to new
risk management research that will begin developing standard protocols for testing the
efficiency of drinking water treatment and assessing treatment effects on pesticide
residues in drinking water. This research will focus on pesticide classes of high priority
that are not on the CCL.
• (-$87,570, -0.9 FTE) These workyears are being redirected to support the Agency's
Homeland Security Strategic Plan in the area rapid risk assessment research (Goal 8)
• There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
GOAL: SAFE FOOD
OBJECTIVE: ELIMINATE USE ON FOOD OF PESTICIDES NOT MEETING
STANDARDS
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: SAFE FOOD
OBJECTIVE: ELIMINATE USE ON FOOD OF PESTICIDES NOT MEETING STANDARDS
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
ni-3i
-------
Reassess Pesticide Tolerances
In 2004 Ensure that through on-going data reviews, pesticide active ingredients and the products that contain them are reviewed to assure
adequate protection for human health and the environment, taking into consideration exposure scenarios such as subsistence
lifestyles of Native Americans.
In 2003 Assure that pesticides active ingredients registered prior to 1984 and the products that contain them are reviewed to assure
adequate protection for human health & the environment. Also consider the unique exposure scenarios such as subsistence
lifestyles of Native Americans in regulatory decisions.
In 2002 Reregistration efforts delayed to focus on reviewing and testing pesticides against anthrax.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Tolerance Reassessment 66.9 68% 78% Tolerances(Cum)
Reregistration Eligibility Decisions (REDs) 72.7% 76% 8.1.7% Decisions (Cum)
Product Reregistration 307 400 750 Actions
Tolerance reassessments for top 20 foods eaten by children 65.6 75% 83% Tolerances(Cum)
Number of inert ingredients tolerances reassessed 100 tolerances
Baseline: The baseline value for tolerance reassessments is the 9,721 tolerances that must be reassessed using FQPA health and safety
standards". In FY2004, EPA plans to reassess 1,050 additional tolerances. The baseline for REDS is the 612 REDs that must be
completed, hi FY2004, EPA plans to complete 35 REDs. The baseline for product reregistration is under development. The
baseline for inert tolerance's is 870 that must be reassessed. The baseline for the top 20 foods eaten by children is 893 tolerances
that must be reassessed.
Program Assessment Rating Tool
Pesticides Reregistration
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the Pesticides Reregistration program was evaluated with the following specific
findings:
• The program is the only entity that reviews existing pesticides to ensure they keep pace
with advancing safety standards. The program has a clear mission and statutory authority.
• The program has established long-term goals but they are not adequate because the goals
lack quantified baselines and/or targets and because they need to be more outcome-
focused.
• The program regularly reviews progress toward annual goals and does make management
decisions to address issues that impede progress but the program does not use efficiency
or cost effectiveness measures to monitor program management and performance.
• EPA has proposed a long-term efficiency goal for this program that targets reductions in
decision-making time but further work is needed to finalize the goal and to develop
appropriate annual targets to support it.
• The program has met statutory deadlines but does not always meet annual goals and it
is unclear how achieving annual targets leads to quantifiable progress toward the
program's long-term goals. Progress toward future deadlines will require additional work
on antimicrobial pesticides.
HI-32
-------
As a result of this review, the Administration:
• Recommends providing an additional $1.0 million for antimicrobial pesticides and $0.5
million for inerts reregistration activities.
• Will implement appropriate long-term performance measures, improved annual targets,
and adequate long and short term efficiency measures.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
• Number of Tolerance Reassessments issued.
• Number of Reregistration Eligibility Decisions (REDs) issued.
• Number of Product Reregistration decisions issued.
• Tolerance Reassessments for top 20 foods eaten by children
• Number of inert ingredients tolerances reassessed.
Performance Database: Pesticide Regulatory Action Tracking System (PRATS). PRATS is
maintained by the Office of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances (OPPTS) and is
designed to track regulatory data submissions and studies, organized by scientific discipline,
which are submitted by the registrant in support of a pesticide's registration. Additionally, the
program divisions maintain manual counts of the registrations of reduced risk pesticides. The
information is provided to the Office Director's immediate office for consolidation and record
keeping.
Data Source: Office of Pesticide Programs' reviewers. Methods, Assumptions and Suitability:
The measures are program outputs which represent the program's statutory requirements to
ensure that pesticides entering the marketplace are safe for human health and the environment
and when used in accordance with the packaging label present a reasonable certainty of no harm.
While program outputs are not the best measures of risk reduction, they do provide a means for
reducing risk in that the program's safety review prevents dangerous pesticides from entering the
marketplace.
QA/QC Procedures: All registration actions must employ sound science and meet the Food
Quality Protection Act (FQPA) new safety standard. All risk assessments are subject to public
and scientific peer review.
Data Quality Review: Management reviews the program counts and signs off on the decision
document, which is then forwarded to the Office Director.
Data Limitations: None known.
m-33
-------
Error Estimate: N/A. There are no errors associated with count data.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The OPPIN (Office of Pesticide Programs Information
Network) consolidates various Pesticides program databases. Phased implementation of the
OPPIN began in FY 2001 and will continue through FY 2003, after which the system will be
reevaluated to ensure that it is meeting program needs.
References: Office of Pesticide Programs (OPP) Website; OPP Annual Report; Annual
Performance Plan and Annual Performance Report
Coordination with Other Agencies
USDA supplies EPA with important data on food consumption, pesticide use and
pesticide residues on foods. The data are used in making reregistration and tolerance setting
decisions. USDA's Pesticide Data Program (PDP) collects pesticide residue data through the
cooperation of 10 participating states. FDA monitors food imports and also conducts the Total
Diet Study, monitoring pesticide residues present in prepared food. The states provide support
services in collection and testing of commodities for pesticides using uniform national standard
operating procedures.
EPA also actively solicits advice and comments on the implementation of pesticide
programs from key stakeholders and the public. EPA works with other government officials,
regulated industry, agricultural and other user groups, food processors, academia, environmental
and public interest groups, the international community and the media to reach all interested
parties.
In implementing FQPA, EPA has consulted with key constituencies on a wide range of
critical issues. Standing committees that are providing, or have provided advice to EPA include:
• The Endocrine Disrupters Screening and Testing Advisory Committee (EDSTAC)—This
committee was established to give advice and counsel on developing strategy to screen
and test endocrine disrupting chemicals and pesticides. The committee included
representatives of industry, state and Federal government, public health, environmental,
labor organizations, small businesses and academia. In 2001, a new Endocrine Disrupter
Methods Validation Subcommittee was established under the National Advisory
Committee for Environmental Policy and Technology (NACEPT) to provide guidance
regarding the design, conduct and interpretation of studies to validate the endocrine
disruptor screening and testing program. The Subcommittee members represent a wide
range of stakeholders drawn from the scientific community as well as Federal and non-
profit organizations.
• The Pesticide Program Dialogue Committee (PPDC), a previously chartered group
designed to assist EPA in making decisions related to pesticide regulation, consists of a
diverse group of representatives with a broad range of interests. The PPDC will provide
EPA with continuing advice on implementation of FQPA.
m-34
-------
• EPA's FIFRA Science Advisory Panel (SAP) and Science Advisory Board (SAB)
provide independent scientific peer review.
• The State FIFRA Issues Research and Evaluation Group (SFIREG) allows state input and
comments from the public.
• The Consumer Labeling Initiative (CLI) was established to learn how to make important
health, safe use and environmental information on household product labels easier to
find, read, understand and use-includes members from EPA, industry, other Federal and
state agencies, and private groups.
• Committee to Advise on Reassessment and Transition (CARAT). The purpose of
CARAT is to provide advice and counsel to the Administrator of EPA and the Secretary
of Agriculture regarding strategic approaches for pest management planning and
tolerance reassessment for pesticides as required by the Food Quality Protection Act of
1996. CARAT is preceded by the Tolerance Reassessment Advisory Committee.
Research
The research program of the National Institute of Environmental Health and Safety
(NIEHS) is closely allied with that of EPA's in studying the impact of environmental
contaminants on public health. Under their extramural programs, EPA and NIEHS jointly
sponsor Centers for Children's Environmental Health and Disease Prevention Research. The
centers conduct research to improve detection, treatment, and prevention of environmentally
related diseases in children.
The National Institute for Child Health and Human Development (NICHD) supports
research on the reproductive, neurobiological, developmental, and behavioral processes that
determine and maintain the health of children and adults. The NICHD program includes
research on the effects of exposure to environmental agents on human development. NICHD,
EPA, CDC, and other Federal agencies are designing the National Children's Study, a large
longitudinal epidemiology study of children's exposure to environmental agents. EPA and
NICHD jointly sponsor research on genetic susceptibility and variability of human
malformations. EPA's efforts hi this area focus on identifying environmental agents that cause
birth defects and other developmental disorders, the molecular mechanisms of birth defects, and
how to use mechanistic and other data in the risk assessment process.
The National Cancer Institute's (NCI) Agricultural Health Study (AHS) is a large
epidemiology study of cancer hi farm workers and their families. EPA is participating in the
AHS through an exposure study of a subgroup of participants. CDC's National Center for
Health Statistics (NCHS) is conducting the fourth National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey (NHANES IV), a national survey of health and nutrition. The NHANES surveys have
about 30,000 respondents and include sufficient numbers of children in selected age ranges and
other potentially sensitive subgroups to allow statistical inferences about their health, nutrition,
and food intake, and the concentrations of some environmental contaminants in their blood and
urine. EPA is collaborating with NCHS to collect information on children's exposure to
pesticides and other environmental contaminants. NHANES has been conducted since 1971.
111-35
-------
Statutory Authorities:
Federal Fungicide, Insecticide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA)
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
HI-36
-------
Goal 4: Preventing Pollution
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal 4: Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes,
Workplaces and Ecosystems , , IV-1
Reduce Public and Ecosystem Risk from Pesticides IV-16
Reduce Risks from Lead and Other Toxic Chemicals .-. IV-28
Manage New Chemical Introduction and Screen Existing Chemicals for Risk... IV-40
Ensure Healthier Indoor Air FV-63
Facilitate Prevention, Reduction and Recycling of PBTs and Toxic Chemicals FV-79
Assess Conditions in Indian Country IV-101
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Strategic Goal: Pollution prevention and risk management strategies aimed at eliminating,
reducing, or minimizing emissions and contamination will result in cleaner and safer
environments in which all Americans can reside, work and enjoy life. EPA will safeguard
ecosystems and promote the health of natural communities that are integral to the quality of life
in this nation.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
Preventing Pollution and
Reducing Risk in Communities,
Homes, Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Reduce Public and Ecosystem
Risk from Pesticides
Reduce Risks from Lead and
Other Toxic Chemicals
Manage New Chemical
Introduction and Screen Existing
Chemicals for Risk
Ensure Healthier Indoor Air.
Facilitate Prevention, Reduction
and Recycling of PBTs and Toxic
Chemicals
Assess Conditions in Indian
Country
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$323,441.9
$56,169.1
$37,745.8
$76,449.4
$40,290.3
$48,461.0
$64,326.3
1,174.7
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$326,651.9
$55,409.8
$36,355.9
$77,538.2
$40,322.7
$46,115.9
$70,909.4
1,193.9
FY 2004
Request
$346,340.6
$57,313.1
$38,722.5
$81,531.2
$42,380.4
$49,958.2
$76,435.2
1,188.9
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$19,688.7
$1,903.3
$2,366.6
$3,993.0
$2,057.7
$3,842.3
$5,525.8
-5.0
Background and Context
The underlying principle of the activities in this goal is the application of pollution
prevention. Preventing pollution before it may harm the environment or public can be cheaper
than cleanup and remediation that may be more costly. EPA uses a number of approaches to
protect public health and the nation's ecosystems from the risks of exposure to pesticides and/or
toxic chemicals.
rv-i
-------
While EPA continues to implement "the reasonable certainty of no harm" standard
mandated by the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) in its regulatory decisions, it also works
with pesticide users on adopting less toxic methods of pest management that reduce or eliminate
toxic pesticides entering indoor and outdoor environments^
Regarding industrial emissions of toxic chemicals, in 2000, TRI facilities reported 7.1
billion pounds of TRI reported chemicals released to the environment, 3.2 billion pounds
recovered for energy and 14.3 billion pounds of waste treated.1 This represents a decrease of
eight percent or 0.6 billion pounds over the previous year. Reducing waste, and reducing the
toxic chemicals that are used in industrial processing, protects the environment and also
improves efficiency, thereby lowering costs for industry.
Pollution prevention involves changing the behavior of those that generate the pollution
and fostering the wider use of preventive practices as a means to achieve cost effective,
sustainable results. For example, the Design for the Environment and Green Chemistry
programs strive to change the behavior of chemists and engineers to incorporate pollution
prevention and environmental risk considerations in their daily work. The Strategic Agricultural
Partnership Initiative and the Pesticide Environmental Stewardship Program cooperate with
USD A, States, and non-governmental organizations to demonstrate with farmers integrated pest
management strategies that reduce pesticide residues in the environment.
In Goal 4, the Agency targets certain chemicals of high risk as well as the full range of
pollutants addressed by the pollution prevention program. Many chemicals are particularly toxic
to children. For instance, at high levels, lead damages the brain and nervous system and can
result in behavioral and learning problems in children.2 Despite a dramatic reduction in lead
exposure among young children over the last twenty years due in large part to reduction in
United States use of leaded gasoline, there were still approximately 900,000 children in the
United States with elevated blood lead levels in the early 1990's, due primarily to exposure to
lead-based paint and dust.3 Data from the Center for Disease Control's (CDC's) 2000 National
Health and Nutrition Evaluation Survey (NHANES), such as mean and median blood lead levels
in the general United States population, indicate that Federal, State, and Tribal programs to
reduce childhood lead poisoning from exposure to lead-based paint and dust have succeeded in
lowering blood-lead levels from the early-1990's levels. New data released by CDC in January
2003 indicate that the national incidence of elevated lead blood levels among children may now
be approximately 400,000 cases, based on combined 1999 and 2000 samples. Collaboration
among partners continues in an effort to further reduce or eliminate this preventable condition.
On other fronts, exposure to asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and some
pesticides in our buildings and in the environment poses risks to humans as well as wildlife.4
2000 Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Public Data Release - Executive Summary (EPA 260 S 02 001).
http://www.epa.gov;'tri./tridata/triOO/index.htrn
Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey: 1999-2002. Available at
http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htm
Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey: 1999-2002. Available at
http://www.cdc-gov/nchs/'nhanes.htm
4 Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey: 1999-2002. Available at htlp://vvww.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htm
IV-2
-------
Pesticides and chemicals that may act as endocrine disrupters at ambient levels is an area of
increased concern for human health and the environment. For other common chemicals, risks
may not be known. The screening and testing of chemicals about to enter the market, combined
with the review of the most common chemicals already in use through the Chemical Right-to-
Know Program, fills critical gaps in our knowledge about the effects of chemicals on human
health and the environment.
Under Federal environmental statutes, the Agency has responsibility for assuring human
health and environmental protection in Indian country. Since 1984, EPA policy has been to
work with tribes on a government-to-government basis that affirms the vital trust responsibility
that EPA has with every Federally-recognized Tribal government. EPA endeavors to address
Tribal environmental priorities, ensure compliance with environmental laws, provide field
assistance, assure effective communication with tribes, allow flexibility in grant programs, and
provide resources for Tribal operations.
Means and Strategy
The diversity and sensitivity of America's environments (communities, homes,
workplaces and ecosystems) require EPA to adopt a multi-faceted approach to protecting the
public from the potential threats posed by pesticides, toxic chemicals and other pollutants. The
underlying principle of the activities in this goal is the application of pollution prevention
practices, which can be cheaper and smarter than cleanup and remediation, as evidenced by the
high cost of Superfund, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), and Plychlorinated
Biphenyls (PCB) cleanups. Pollution Prevention (P2) involves changing the behavior of those
that cause the pollution and fostering the wider use of preventive practices as a means to achieve
effective, sustainable results.
Under this Goal, EPA ensures that pesticides and their application methods do not present
unreasonable risks to human health, the environment, and ecosystems. In addition to the array of
risk-management measures specified in the registration authorities under the Federal Insecticide,
Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) for individual pesticide ingredients, EPA has specific
programs to foster worker and pesticide-user safety, ground-water protection, and the safe use of
pesticides and other pest control methods. These programs work to ensure the comprehensive
protection of the environment and wildlife, endangered species in particular, and to reduce the
contribution of pesticides to ecological threats such as pollutant loading in select geographic
areas. EPA is also addressing emerging threats such as endocrine disruptors by developing and
implementing new screening technologies to assess a chemical's impact on hormonal activity.
Within the pesticide program, EPA pursues a variety of field activities at the regional,
State, Tribal and local levels, including the promotion of pesticide environmental stewardship
and Integrated Pest Management (IPM). States and tribes are vital partners in our work to
implement FQPA. The voluntary partnerships and outreach programs that help farmers
transition away from the riskier products are often catalyzed by State participation. These
programs, combined with the availability of newer and safer pesticides, ace having a real impact.
In 2004 we expect at least 8.5 percent of acre-treatments will use reduced-risk pesticides. We
IV-3
-------
are seeing a reduction in wildlife impacts from pesticides as well, and in 2004 we project an
additional five percent reduction in reported incidents of wildlife mortalities, from the 1995
level. That means fewer bird casualties and fewer fish kills. The accumulation of these
improvements will mean safer food, improved biodiversity, and a cleaner environment.
The Agency remains committed to safeguarding our Nation's communities, homes,
workplaces and ecosystems. Preventing pollution through regulatory, voluntary, and partnership
actions — educating and changing the behavior of the public -- is a sensible and effective
approach to sustainable development while protecting our nation's health. Two groups with
significant potential to effect environmental changes are industry and academia. In the past
decade, the Agency has successfully pursued a number of pollution prevention programs with
both of these groups, including the groundbreaking 33/50 Program, which in 1991 introduced
voluntary collaboration into EPA's environmental protection efforts, and the Presidential Green
Chemistry Challenge Award, which stimulates industry and academia toward the development of
innovative new and improved industrial chemicals and processes. The Agency continues to
expand its use of voluntary mechanisms to leverage pollution prevention, focusing on the health
care service sector in fostering the American Hospital Association's Hospitals for a Healthy
Environment partnership program, which have more than 2,000 participants in 2004. Likewise,
improved understanding of the potential risks to health from airborne indoor toxic chemicals will
strengthen our ability to reduce residents' exposure through voluntary changes in behavior and
potential product reformulation.
Preventing pollution through partnerships is also central to EPA's Chemical Right-to-
Know Program (ChemRTK), which has already started providing the public with information on
the basic health and environmental effects of the 2,800 high production volume (HPV) chemicals
in the United States (chemicals manufactured in or imported into the United States in quantities
of at least one million pounds annually). Most residents come into daily contact with many of
these chemicals, yet relatively little is known about their potential impacts. Getting basic hazard
testing information on large volume chemicals is the focus of the "HPV Challenge Program," a
voluntary program challenging industry to develop chemical hazard data critical to enabling
EPA, State, tribes, and the public to screen chemicals already in commerce for any risks they
may be posing.
EPA has two major strategies to meet its human health objective for indoor air quality:
increasing public awareness and increasing partnerships with non-governmental and professional
entities. EPA raises public awareness of actual and potential indoor air risks so that individuals
can take steps to reduce exposure. Outreach activities, in the form of educational literature,
media campaigns, hotlines, and clearinghouse operations, provide essential information about
indoor air health risks not only to the public, but to the professional and research communities as
well. Underpinning EPA's outreach efforts is a strong commitment to environmental justice,
community-based risk reduction, and customer service. Through partnerships with EPA
disseminates multi-media materials encouraging individuals, schools, and industry to take action
to reduce health risks in their indoor environments. In addition, EPA uses technology transfer to
improve the ways in which all types of buildings, including schools, homes, and workplaces, are
designed, operated, and maintained. To support these voluntary approaches, EPA incorporates
the most current science available as the basis for recommending ways that people can reduce
exposure to indoor contaminants.
IV-4
-------
EPA is also taking the initial steps to address the potential threat of endocrine disrupting
chemicals on the health of humans and wildlife. Work focuses on developing and validating new
chemical screens and tests to isolate those chemicals and characterize the threat.
Also central to the Agency's work under this goal in FY 2004 will be continued attention
to reducing potential risk from persistent, bioaccumulative and highly toxic chemicals (PBTs)
and from chemicals that have endocrine disruption effects. PBT chemicals are of particular
concern not only because they are toxic but also because they may remain in the environment for
a long period of time, are not readily destroyed, and may build up or accumulate to high
concentrations in plant or animal tissue. In cases involving mercury and PCBs, they may
accumulate in human tissue.
EPA programs under this Goal have many indirect effects that significantly augment the
stream of benefits they provide. For example, each year the Toxic Substances Control Act
(TSCA) New Chemicals program reviews and manages the potential risks from approximately
1,800 new chemicals and 40 products of biotechnology that enter the marketplace.5 Since its
inception, approximately 17,000 new chemicals reviewed by the program have entered United
States commerce. This new chemical review process not only protects the public from the
possible immediate threats of harmful chemicals like PCBs from entering the marketplace, but it
has also contributed to changing the behavior of the chemical industry, making industry more
aware and responsible for the impact these chemicals have on human health and the
environment.
The New Chemicals program also encourages industry to develop safer, or "green,"
chemicals as substitutes for more dangerous ones. In FY 2004 the Agency will continue to
provide industry training hi the use of the same tools that EPA uses to assess new chemicals,
enabling companies to make smarter choices at earlier stages in their design process, reducing
government costs, and hastening the entry of safer new products into the marketplace. Through
the Green Chemistry program, the use and generation of 38 million pounds and approximately
three million gallons of hazardous chemicals have been eliminated, and 275 million gallons of
water have been saved.7 A PART evaluation of the New Chemicals program showed that it had
very strong purpose and management and collaborates with other Federal agencies. The
assessment also found that while the program has to some extent shown results, it lacks adequate
long-term measures. Recommendations from the assessment include improving the program's
strategic planning, which includes an independent evaluation of the program. The Agency will
also establish more outcome-oriented measures including at least one efficiency measure.
The Design for the Environment (DfE), Green Chemistry, and Green Engineering
programs build on and expand new chemistry efforts. They target industry and academia to
maximize pollution prevention. Our DfE Program forms partnerships with industry to find
sensible solutions to prevent pollution. In one example, taking a sector approach, EPA has
worked with the electronics industry to reduce the use of formaldehyde and other toxic chemicals
5 U.S. EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, TSCA New Chemicals Program Annual Report and the
TSCA New Chemicals Program Website http://www.epa.gov/oppt/newchenis/accompnshments.htm
8 U.S. EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Design for Environment, www.epa.gov/dfe
rv-s
-------
in the manufacture of printed wiring boards.8 Our Green Chemistry Program also forms
partnerships with industry and the scientific community to find economically viable technical
solutions to prevent pollution. In addition, the Green Engineering Program works with the
American Society of Engineering Education (ASEE) to incorporate Green Engineering
approaches into engineering curricula.
Since this goal focuses on how the public lives in communities, it features the Agency's
commitment to fulfilling its responsibility for assuring human health and promoting
environmental protection in Indian country. EPA's policy is to work with tribes on a
government-to-government basis that affirms the vital trust responsibility that EPA has with 572
Tribal governments and remain cognizant of the Nation's interest in conserving the cultural uses
of natural resources.
Core elements of pollution prevention include minimizing toxic pollutants contained in
hazardous waste streams and other pathways for the generation of toxic waste. This is
accomplished through a variety of diverse regulatory and voluntary strategies, including
fostering materials reuse and recycling, broad-based campaigns to re-engineer the consumption
and use of raw materials, and promoting public resource conservation. These effective and
sustainable programs reduce the need for storage, treatment or disposal of hazardous and
municipal solid wastes, with the added benefit of reducing costs to industry and municipalities,
reducing pollution and pollution control costs associated with production of virgin materials,
conserving energy and energy costs, and reducing greenhouse gas emission.
In FY 2004, EPA's waste management program will increase consumer and individual
awareness of environmental issues by implementing The Resource Conservation Challenge
(RCC). Launched in 2002, this new campaign asks businesses, manufacturers and consumers to
adopt a resource conservation ethic; to operate more efficiently; to purchase more wisely; and to
make and use products that are easy to recycle and are composed of recycled materials. The
Challenge also encourages the reduction of hazardous wastes containing priority chemicals
through the National Waste Minimization Partnership Program. These effective and sustainable
programs reduce the need for storage, treatment or disposal of hazardous or municipal wastes,
with the added benefit of reducing costs to industry and municipalities. The 2003 House
Subcommittee Report encouraged and supported the RCC strategy to identify opportunities to
further the goal of resource conservation and recovery while remaining true to the mission of
ensuring safe and protective waste management practices.
In several cases, achieving the strategic objectives under this goal is a shared
responsibility with other Federal, State and Tribal partners. For example, EPA's role in reducing
the levels of children's lead exposure involves promotion of Federal-state-tribe partnerships to
decrease the number of specific sources of lead to children, primarily from addressing lead-based
paint hazards. These partnerships emphasize development of a professional infrastructure to
identify, manage and abate lead-based paint hazards, as well as public education and
empowerment strategies, which fit into companion Federal efforts with Department of Health
and Human Services (HHS), Department of Defense (DOD), Department of Energy (DOE),
Department of Justice (DOJ), Centers for Disease Control (CDC), and Department of Housing
and Urban Development (HUD). These combined efforts help to monitor lead levels in the
environment, with the intent of virtually eliminating lead poisoning in children.
IV-6
-------
In 2004, EPA will also launch a set of expanded, multi-media Children's Health
protection activities. The Agency will partner with several organizations and States to provide
education and outreach on environmental issues affecting sensitive populations and will
implement an Environmental Management Systems (EMS) approach for elementary schools.
Through these approaches, State and local capacity to address sensitive populations will be
developed, the number of asthma-related reportable health incidents and emergency room visits
will decrease, and schoolchildren will have reduced exposures to poor indoor air quality,
asbestos, mercury, pesticides and other hazardous chemicals.
Research
Currently, there are significant gaps with regard to the understanding of actual human and
ecological exposures to pesticides and toxic substances. To address those data gaps, EPA
research will provide a strategic framework for developing an integrated suite of tools and
models that will enhance EPA's procedures for assessing the risks to human health and
ecological systems associated with commercial chemicals, microorganisms, and genetically
modified organisms.
Several mechanisms are in place to ensure a high-quality research program. The
Research Strategies Advisory Committee (RSAC) of EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB), an
independent chartered Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA)9 committee, meets annually to
conduct an in-depth review and analysis of EPA's Science and Technology account. The RSAC
provides its findings to the House Science Committee and sends a written report on the finding to
EPA's Administrator after every annual review. Also, under the Science to Achieve Results
(STAR) program all research projects are selected for funding through a rigorous competitive
external peer review process designed to ensure that only the highest quality efforts receive
funding support. In addition, EPA's scientific and technical work products must undergo either
internal or external peer review, with major or significant products requiring external peer
review. The Agency's Peer Review Handbook (2nd Edition)10 codifies procedures and guidance
for conducting peer review.
Strategic Objectives
• Reduce Public and Ecosystem Risk from Pesticides
• Reduce Risks from Lead and Other Toxic Chemicals
• Reduce Exposure to and Health Effects from Priority Industrial/Commercial Chemicals
• Manage New Chemical Introduction and Screen Existing Chemicals for Risk
• Identify and Reduce Risks from Industrial/Commercial Chemicals
9 Federal Advisory Committee Act, Pub. L. 97-375, title H, Sec. 201(c), Dec. 21,1982,96 Stat. 1822.
10 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. (2000X Science Policy Council Peer Review Handbook. (EPA
Publication No. EPA 100-B-OO-OOl). Washington, D.C: Government Printing Office
IV-7
-------
• Ensure Healthier Indoor Air
• Facilitate Prevention, Reduction and Recycling of PBTs and Toxic Chemicals
• Prevent, Reduce and Recycle Hazardous Industrial/Commercial Chemicals and
Municipal Solid Waste
• Assess Conditions in Indian Country
Highlights
EPA seeks to prevent pollution at the source as the first choice in managing
environmental risks to humans and ecosystems. Where pollution prevention at the source is not
a viable alternative, the Agency employs risk management and cost effective remediation
strategies. Reducing pollution at the source will be carried out using a multi-media approach in
the following environmental problem areas:
Reduce Public and Ecosystem Risks from Pesticides
Reducing risk from exposure to pesticides requires a multi-faceted approach. Beyond
being exposed through the food we eat, the general public, applicators, and farm workers may be
exposed to pesticides through direct handling, groundwater contamination or aerial spray. One
intention of the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) is to protect the public by shifting the
nation toward reduced risk pesticides and safer pesticide use. Appropriate transition strategies to
reduced risk pesticides are important to the nation to avoid disruption of the food supply or
sudden changes in the market that could result from abruptly terminating the use of a pesticide
before well-targeted reduced risk equivalents can be identified and made available. In 2004, the
Agency will continue efforts to reach more farmers and grower groups, encourage them to adopt
safer pesticides, use environmental stewardship and integrated pest management practices, and
adopt a "whole farm" approach to environmental protection. Through these partnership
programs the Agency has become more aware of the multiple pressures on our nation's
agricultural industry and the interaction of the various environmental requirements that affect it.
In addition, in FY 2004, the Agency will work with grower groups, states and tribes, and
USDA to combine and magnify our efforts to meet the goals authorized in the Farm Bill for
conservation activities. With USDA collaboration, EPA can deliver its unique expertise in
pesticides, water, and air issues in an integrated way to the agricultural community. A majority
of the environmental and conservation problems that are the most pressing for farmers include
pesticide and pest management issues in which the National Resource Conservation Services
(NRCS) of USDA has little experience or expertise. We will develop partnerships with a broad
range of groups with agricultural interests, as well as stewardship . strategies that produce
measurable environmental results. We will also develop common measures and environmental
indicators with USDA through this cooperative effort.
Through the Certification and Training (C&T) and Worker Protection (WP) programs,
EPA will continue training and educating farm workers and employers on worker safety
IV-8
-------
practices and the dangers of pesticides. EPA will continue to protect the Nation's ecosystems
and reduce adverse impacts to endangered species through various regulatory and voluntary
programs, including the Pesticide Environmental Stewardship Program (PESP) which
encourages the use of integrated pest management (IPM) approaches. The Agency will
emphasize efforts with our Tribal partners to address pesticide issues and enhance the
development of Tribal technical capacity, particularly in the areas of risk management, worker
safety, training, and pollution prevention.
Together, the WP and the C&T programs address issues of safe pesticide use and
pesticide exposure. These programs emphasize safeguarding workers and other pesticide users
from occupational exposure to pesticides by providing training for workers, employers, and
pesticide applicators and handlers. Training and certification of applicators of restricted use
pesticides further ensures that workers and other vulnerable groups are protected from undue
pesticide exposure and risk. Recertification requirements keep their knowledge current with
label changes, application improvements, availability of new pesticides and other pesticide
related issues. The Endangered Species program will enlist the support of the agricultural
community and other interested groups to protect wildlife and critical habitats from pesticides.
This voluntary program is carried out through communications and outreach efforts and in
coordination with other Federal agencies. The Pesticide Environmental Stewardship Program
(PESP) and other Integrated Pest Management (IPM) outreach efforts play pivotal roles in
moving the nation to the use of safe pest control methods, including reduced risk pesticides.
These closely related programs promote risk reduction through collaborative efforts with
stakeholders to use safer alternatives to traditional chemical methods of pest control.
Antimicrobial sterilants and disinfectants are used to kill microorganisms on surfaces and
objects in hospitals, schools, restaurants and homes. Antimicrobials require appropriate labeling
and handling to ensure safety and efficacy. EPA remains focused on accurate product labeling
and product efficacy and meeting other requirements for antimicrobial sterilants set forth by
FQPA, as well as the reregistration of older antimicrobials to ensure they meet today's standards.
Reduce Risks from Lead and Other Toxic Chemicals
EPA is part of the Federal effort to address lead poisoning and elevated blood levels in
children by assisting in, and in some cases guiding, Federal activities aimed at reducing the
exposure of children in homes with lead-based paint. EPA is working with other Federal
Agencies including the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), Department of
Housing and Urban Development (HUD), Department of Defense (DOD), Department of Energy
(DOE), Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC), and Department of Justice (DOT) on
implementing a Federal strategy to virtually eliminate lead poisoning. During FY 2004, EPA
will continue implementing its comprehensive program to reduce the incidence of lead poisoning
and elevated blood-lead levels in children nationwide.
In 2004, EPA will continue the Lead Based Paint Training & Certification Program in all
fifty States through EPA authorized State, territorial or Tribal programs or, in States and
territories without EPA authorization, through direct implementation by the Agency. By the end
of 2004, we expect to have provided the nation with more than 18,000 individuals and firms
formally certified in properly abating lead paint hazards. In the lead regulatory program, EPA
IV-9
-------
will propose two major rules on renovation and remodeling activities and the de-leading of
bridges and structures.
EPA will continue to implement the new Lead Hazards Standards Rule (finalized in
2001), the Lead Renovation Information Rule and the Real Estate Notification & Disclosure
Rule. In 2004, EPA will develop a new program to improve work practices in removing lead-
based paint from bridges and structures, capping a series of rules with wide-ranging impact on
children's health.
For other chemicals whose risks are well established (such as PCBs, asbestos, and
dioxin), reductions in use and releases are important to reducing exposure of the general
population as well as sensitive sub-populations. In FY 2004, EPA's PCB control efforts will
continue to encourage phase-out of PCB electrical equipment, ensuring proper waste disposal
methods and capacity, and fostering PCB site cleanups. The Agency will continue to be part of
an interagency effort to assess potential dioxin risks to the public, including the development of a
dioxin strategy to respond to the latest science and addressing dioxin risk management in a more
comprehensive cross-media approach.
Manage New Chemical Introduction and Screen Existing Chemicals for Risk
Under TSCA, EPA identifies and controls unreasonable risks associated with chemicals.
EPA administers TSCA through two .programs: the New Chemicals and Existing Chemicals
programs. The Existing Chemicals program continues its review of the original 62,000 TSCA
chemicals for health impacts. A PART evaluation of the Existing Chemicals program found that
while the program has strong purpose and management, it lacks strategic planning and cannot
demonstrate any long-term impact. The program has demonstrated few results: GAO found that
EPA has been slow to address these chemicals, with EPA having reviewed approximately two
percent of existing chemicals in the last 20 years. As a result of the assessment, EPA will
establish a long-term measure and an efficiency measure. The program will also focus efforts to
develop acute exposure chemical guidelines (AEGLs), which are important for homeland
security response, recovery, and preparedness. EPA will also continue to implement its High
Production Volume (HPV) Challenge program in an effort to address the gaps that the Existing
Chemicals program has failed to address.
The HPV Challenge program aims to address a critical gap in the nation's knowledge
about the health and environmental hazards of high production volume chemicals (HPVs).
HPVs are chemicals that are manufactured in or imported into the United States hi quantities of
at least one million pounds per year. EPA is working with industry to make information about
these chemicals available to the public so that it can make more informed consumer choices. The
HPV Challenge program is already providing the public with information on the basic health and
environmental effects of 2,800 HPVs. Industry response to the HPV Challenge has been
overwhelming: more than 300 companies have voluntarily committed themselves to providing
EPA with data for 2,196 of the 2,800 HPV chemicals.11 EPA has already commenced its review
11 U.S. EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, High Production Volume Challenge Program, HPV
Commitment Tracking System. Available at http://www.epa.gov/chemitk/viewsrch.htm
rv-io
-------
and public posting of these company submissions. In FY 2004, EPA expects to make screening
level health and environmental effects data publicly available for a cumulative 900 chemicals.
Under a parallel Voluntary Children's Chemical Evaluation Program that was launched
in 2002, EPA and industry will collaborate in fully assessing the risks associated with chemicals
to which children are exposed. With our state partners we will work to establish a series of pilot
programs to address TSCA responsibilities at the State level, where local knowledge of unique
problems or solutions can bring greater efficiencies to this wide-ranging program.
An important Agency priority is to develop and use valid chemical screens and tests to
identify and characterize the risk of chemicals that may cause endocrine disruption in humans,
fish and wildlife. In 2002 EPA put in place an Endocrine Disruptor Methods Validation
Subcommittee (EDMVS) made up of approximately 25 scientific experts representing outside
interest groups. These experts will meet through 2005 to provide advice and counsel to EPA on
scientific issues associated with the conduct of studies necessary for validation of screening and
testing methods in the Agency's Endocrine Disruptor Screening Program.
Ensure Healthier Indoor Air
In FY 2004, EPA will build on the success of its national "Indoor Air Quality (1AQ)
Tools for Schools" (TfS) program and expand implementation of this program to more schools.
Adoption of EPA's low-cost/no-cost guidelines for proper operation and maintenance of school
facilities results hi healthier indoor environments for all students and staff, but is of particular
help to children with asthma, lessening the degree to which they are exposed to indoor asthma
triggers. By increasing the number of schools where TfS indoor air quality guidelines are
adopted and implemented, healthier indoor air will be provided for over a million students, staff,
and faculty.
The Agency will continue to promote the adoption of healthy building practices in
existing school operations. EPA expects, as a result of Agency programs, that 834,400
Americans will be living in healthier residential indoor environments in FY 2004. Part of
meeting this goal includes expanding the Agency's successful education and outreach efforts to
the public about sound indoor environmental management techniques with respect to asthma. In
addition, the Agency will continue to focus on ways to assist the health-care community to raise
its awareness of, and attention it pays to, indoor asthma triggers and their role in provoking
asthma attacks in those with the disease. EPA, hi conjunction with the Department of Health and
Human Services (HHS), will continue to seek opportunities to interact with managed care
organizations and health insurers to promote effective asthma care practices and to encourage
greater emphasis on avoidance of asthma triggers, as part of a comprehensive asthma treatment
regimen.
Facilitate Prevention, Reduction and Recycling of PBT's and Toxic Chemicals
Pollution prevention and waste minimization require a comprehensive effort of
minhnizing the quantity and toxicity of waste generated by industries, the government and
individual citizens. EPA's role includes several specific activities addressing industrial
hazardous waste and municipal and industrial solid waste.
rv-n
-------
Preventing pollution can be cost-effective to industry in cases where it reduces excess
raw materials and energy use. P2 can also reduce the need for expensive "end-of-pipe" treatment
and disposal, enable firms to avoid potential liability, and support quality improvement
incentives in place at facilities. Current EPA strategies include institutionalizing preventive
approaches in EPA's regulatory, operating, and compliance/enforcement programs and
facilitating the adoption of pollution prevention techniques by States, tribes, the academic
community and Industry.
One approach the Agency employs is the industrial sector-based focus that promotes
cleaner technologies leading to a reduction of risks to health and the environment. EPA's Design
for the Environment (DfE) Program works in partnership with industry to develop comparative
risk, performance, and cost information about alternative technologies, chemicals, and processes
in order to make environmentally informed business decisions.
Now, more than ever, it is important for Americans to make sound, environmental
decisions. EPA provides the national leadership necessary to reduce the generation of municipal
and industrial solid waste regulated under RCRA Subtitle D and to improve the recovery and
conservation of materials and energy through source reduction and recycling. EPA encourages
source reduction of municipal solid waste through its Waste Wise program and fosters recycling
and the recycling market through such programs as Pay-As-You-Throw and Jobs Through
Recycling. In addition, working with public and private sector stakeholders, EPA promotes
financial and technological opportunities for recycling/reuse businesses. In FY 2004, EPA will
continue to implement The Resource Conservation Challenge (RCC) using a broad range of
methods and tools to help businesses, manufacturers, and consumers to adopt a resource
conservation ethic. The Agency will serve as a catalyst for innovative source reduction and
recycling in many industrial sectors, including waste reduction opportunities for construction and
demolition debris, food wastes, tires, electronics equipment, carpet, transport packaging, and
plastic beverage packaging.
In the hazardous waste arena, regulated under RCRA Subtitle C, the Agency's focus is on
reducing the presence of 30 priority chemicals in hazardous waste by 50 percent by FY 2005
(compared to a 1991 baseline). This goal is consistent with other national and international toxic
chemical reduction efforts. In FY 2004 the Agency will continue to encourage and support
implementation at the regional, state and local levels through voluntary pollution prevention
partnerships that not only make economic sense, but also decrease human and environmental
exposure to toxic wastes. By FY 2004, EPA plans to initiate partnerships with companies
willing to make specific commitments to reduce priority chemicals in waste as part of the Waste
Minimization Partnership.
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue reducing the barriers to safe recycling of hazardous
waste through changes to recycling regulatory standards and ongoing outreach to stakeholders to
explore additional innovations. EPA will place particular emphasis on ways to increase safe
hazardous waste recycling while reducing the burden for both small and large businesses in
selected sectors, such as the printing, electronics recycling, metal finishing and chemical
industries, as well as in laboratories affiliated with educational institutions.
FV-12
-------
The Green Chemistry Challenge Program continues to be an effective catalyst for the
behavioral change necessary to drive the research, development, and implementation of green
chemistry technologies, hi addition, this program also continues to provide an opportunity to
quantitatively demonstrate the technical, environmental, and economic benefits that green
chemistry technologies offer. In 2004, the Green Chemistry Program will be focusing its
outreach, awards, and research efforts to target audiences not currently involved in green
chemistry product and process design, and specific high priority chemicals, products, and/or
processes for which safer alternatives are not available.
To address continuing issues associated with PBTs, EPA launched a cross-office, cross-
media PBT program in FY 1999. Through this effort, the Agency seeks to prevent, minimize
and, when possible, eliminate PBTs, which are harmful to both human health and the
environment. In FY 2004, the Agency will publish its Mercury National Action Plan with long-
term goals for EPA's future mercury activities, and will continue the Agency's ongoing mercury
activities aimed at reducing releases, reducing exposure, reducing use in products and processes,
and ensuring safe management of wastes and supplies. A key element of this Action Plan already
being implemented is the Hospitals for a Healthy Environment (H2E) program, which is a
collaborative effort among EPA, the American Hospital Association, Health Care Without Harm,
and the American Nurses Association. As voluntary FOE participants, hospitals and health care
facilities pledge to eliminate mercury use by 2005 and to reduce total hospital waste by 50
percent by 2010. In 2004, H2E will continue to enroll partners. It is expected that as many as
one-third of the nation's 6,000 hospitals will pledge to the program.
Assess Conditions in Indian Country
EPA places particular priority on working with Federally Recognized Indian tribes on a
government-to-government basis to improve environmental conditions in Indian country in a
manner that affirms the vital trust responsibility that EPA has with some 572 Tribal
governments. The Agency will concentrate on building Tribal programs and strive to complete a
documented baseline assessment of environmental conditions for tribes. These assessments will
provide a blueprint for planning future activities identified in Tribal/EPA Environmental
Agreements (TEAs) or similar Tribal environmental plans to address and support priority
environmental multi-media concerns in Indian country.
In FY 2004, EPA is requesting a total of $62.5 million for Indian General Assistance
Program grants. These resources will allow most tribes to support at least one person working in
their community to build a strong, sustainable environment for the future. These stewards
perform vital work by assessing the status of a tribe's environmental condition and building an
environmental program tailored to that tribe's needs. Another key role of this workforce is to
alert EPA of serious conditions requiring attention in the near term so that, in addition to
assisting in the building of Tribal environmental capacity, EPA can work with the tribe to
respond to immediate public health and ecological threats.
The Administration evaluated the Indian General Assistance Program (GAP) this past
year using the Performance Assessment Rating Tool (PART). The evaluation found that the
program's purpose is very clear. However, the program needs to develop new long term
performance measures that focus on environmental outcomes, rather than processes.
IV-13
-------
EPA continues to consider additional approaches on how EPA and Indian tribes might
work in concert to protect public health and the environment in Indian country. As part of that
effort, EPA is proposing to continue authority first granted in FY 2001 to enter into cooperative
agreements with tribes to assist EPA in implementing environmental programs in instances
where the tribe has not achieved primacy. Implementation of this approach would allow for a
more gradual transition to full program authorization by allowing for varying degrees of Tribal
involvement based on an individual tribe's capabilities and interests.
Research
In FY 2004, research will be conducted to address the need for exposure and effects
methods to evaluate the special sensitivities of children to pesticides and other toxic chemicals.
The methods are developed to evaluate endpoints of toxicity that are qualitatively different from
those of concern for adults and the effects of exposures that are quantitatively different because
of factors such as body weight, time spent in various micro environments and contact with
potentially contaminated surfaces.
Also, EPA will continue ecosystem effects research to address the development of
appropriate screening and higher tier ecological effects models, the development of
pharmacokinetic models to estimate/extrapolate tissue concentration of chemical agents from
laboratory test organisms to wildlife species of concern, and the relative influence of exposure to
chemicals and other environmental agents, habitat alterations and land use, and natural
variability on sustainability of wildlife populations. In FY 2004, EPA will deliver the
methodology to evaluate population-level effects of pesticides on wildlife and aquatic species.
Finally, EPA will continue research in biotechnology and draw on its expertise in risk
assessment to evaluate current methodology and, where necessary, develop new methods or new
approaches to risk assessment of biotechnology products. Special areas of focus in
biotechnology will be risk communication, monitoring, ecological assessment, and risk
management to develop effective strategies to mitigate risks when unintended adverse
consequences occur and to advance the application of socio-economic methods to better
understand issues related to public acceptance of genetically modified products.
External Factors
The ability of the Agency to achieve its strategic goals and objectives depends on several
factors over which the Agency has only partial control or influence. EPA relies heavily on
partnerships with states, tribes, local governments, the public and regulated parties to protect the
environment and human health. In addition, EPA assures the safe use of pesticides in
coordination with the USDA and FDA, who have responsibility to monitor and control residues
and other environmental exposures, as necessary. EPA also works with these agencies to
coordinate with other countries and international organizations with which the United States
shares environmental goals. This plan discusses the mechanisms and programs that the Agency
employs to assure that our partners in environmental protection will have the capacity to conduct
the activities needed to achieve the objectives. However, as noted, EPA often has limited control
IV-14
-------
over these entities. In addition, much of the success of EPA programs depends on the voluntary
cooperation of the private sector and the general public.
Other factors that could delay or prevent the Agency's achievement of some objectives
include lawsuits that delay or stop EPA's and/or State partners' planned activities, new or
amended legislation, and new commitments within the Administration. Economic growth and
changes in producer and consumer behavior, such as shifts in energy prices or automobile use,
could have an influence on the Agency's ability to achieve several of the objectives within the
specified.
Large-scale accidental releases or rare catastrophic natural events could, in the short term,
impact EPA's ability to achieve the objectives. In the longer term, new environmental
technology, unanticipated complexity or magnitude of environmental problems, or newly
identified environmental problems and priorities could affect the timeframe for achieving many
of the goals and objectives. In particular, pesticide use is affected by unanticipated outbreaks of
pest infestations and/or disease factors, which require EPA to review emergency uses to ensure
no unreasonable risks to the environment will result. EPA has no control over requests for
various registration actions which include among others, new products, amendments, and uses,
so its projection of regulatory workload is subject to change.
The Agency's ability to achieve its objective of facilitating prevention, reduction and
recycling of Persistent, Bioaccumulative, and Toxic chemicals (PBTs) could be impacted by the
increased flexibility provided to redirect resources under the National Environmental
Performance Partnership System (NEPPS). If States redirect resources away from this area, it
would impact both annual performance and progress implementing the Agency's strategic plan.
To mitigate this potential issue, EPA is working with the Environmental Council of States
(ECOS) to develop core measures and coordinating with states to reduce PBTs in hazardous
waste and develop tools that will focus state activities on shared EPA and state goals.
Achieving our objective for Indian country is based upon a partnership with Indian Tribal
governments, many of which face severe poverty, employment, housing and education issues.
Because Tribal Leader and environmental director support will be critical in achieving this
objective, the Agency is working with tribes to ensure that they understand the importance of
having good information on environmental conditions in Indian country and sound
environmental capabilities. In addition, EPA also works with other Federal Agencies, the
Department of Interior (US Geological Survey, Bureau of Indian Affairs, and Bureau of
Reclamation), the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, the Indian Health Service
and the Corps of Engineers to help build programs on Tribal lands. Changing priorities in these
agencies could impact their ability to work with EPA in establishing and implementing
strategies, regulations, guidance, programs and projects that affect Indian tribes.
IV-15
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Objective: Reduce Public and Ecosystem Risk from Pesticides
By 2005, public and ecosystem risk from pesticides will be reduced through migration to
lower-risk pesticides and pesticide management practices, improving education of the public and
at risk workers, and forming "pesticide environmental partnerships" with pesticide user groups.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Reduce Public and Ecosystem
Risk from Pesticides
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$56,169.1
$42,040.7
$978.2
$13,150.2
237.3
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$55,409.8
$41,358.0
$966.3
$13,085.5
239.1
FY2004
Request
$57,313.1
$43,226.3
$986.8
$13,100.0
233.7
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$1,903.3
$1,868.3
$20.5
$14.5
-5.4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Endocrine Disruptor Screening
Program
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Legal Services
Management Services and
FY2002
Enacted
$1,700.0
$750.5
$3,350.0
$308.2
$382.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$768.9
$3,423.3
$328.6
$384.1
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$768.0
$3,521.9
$343.0
$333.5
FY2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$0.0
($0.9)
$98.6
$14.4
($50.6)
rv-16
-------
Stewardship
Partnerships to Reduce High Risk
Pesticide Use
Pesticide Registration
Pesticide Reregistration
Pesticides Program
Implementation Grant
Regional Management
Safe Pesticide Applications
FY 2002
Enacted
$10,407.0
$10,609.7
$3,793.3
$13,085.5
$0.0
$11,157.2
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$12,279.8
$11,016.6
$3,907.2
$13,085.5
$21.9
$10,193.9
FY 2004
Request
$11,686.2
$10,938.8
$4,152.7
$13,100.0
$17.9
$12,451.1
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
($593.6)
($77.8)
$245.5
$14.5
($4.0)
$2,257.2
FY 2004 Request
EPA will continue to assist farmers in transitioning to reduced risk pesticides and pest
management practices as the Agency continues to implement the Food Quality Protection Act
(FQPA) and restricts or removes older, riskier pesticides from the market. Agriculture's effects
on surface water quality, groundwater quality, air quality, food quality, habitat, and other areas
of concern can be significant thus a series of complex regulatory and non-regulatory control
measures addressing media-specific environmental issues is needed. In FY 2004, EPA will
continue to use a "whole farm approach" to pesticide management and pollution prevention.
This approach simultaneously considers numerous risks associated with the agricultural use of
pesticides, including spray drift, chemical runoff, pesticide disposal, groundwater protection,
worker protection, and pesticide application techniques, This allows the Agency to pursue an
integrated approach to pollution prevention.
EPA will continue its commitment under this objective to protect agricultural workers, to
certify and train pesticide applicators, to protect endangered species, non-target species such as
benign insects, fish and wildlife, and ecosystems from the harmful effects of pesticides, to
develop and implement environmental stewardship and integrated pest management pollution
prevention strategies and to protect our nation's groundwater from pesticide contamination.
Finally, EPA will provide $500, 000 in "seed money" to co-fund projects in combination with
USDA resources. Joint funding will help establish a more consistent EPA presence as a partner
with USDA and other organizations in addressing environmental issues associated with
agriculture, and a more consistent Agency voice in the national dialogue on agriculture.
Reduce Human Exposure to Pesticide Use
In 2004, EPA will continue its partnership with states and tribes in educating workers,
farmers and employers on the safe use of pesticides and worker safety. The Certification and
Training (C&T) and the Worker Protection (WP) programs protect agricultural workers,
employers, applicators, handlers and the public from the potential dangers posed by pesticides.
The Worker Protection Standards offer protection to over three and a half million people who
IV-17
-------
Training el
Pesticide Applicators
Worker Protection
ftwtth Care Providers
work with pesticides at more than 560,000 workplaces. The C&T program increases the
competence of the
applicators in handling
and applying pesticides
through training and
certification (and
recertification every
three to five years) of
private and
commercial applicators
of restricted use
pesticides. C&T and
WP also provide safety
training for pesticide
handlers and
agricultural workers.
EPA will continue efforts to educate the public in the proper use of pesticides to prevent
household and other pesticide misuse. EPA will focus its efforts in rural and urban areas with
poor communities where there are disproportionate public health risks to residents, especially
children.
EPA will employ product stewardship with manufacturers and distributors, and work
with states to improve their certification and training programs. EPA continues to improve
consumer product labels, communicate proper handling of pesticide containers and their
distribution, and direct enforcement activities to prevent improper sales and use of agricultural
pesticides. EPA continues to be concerned with the use of certain pesticides that are likely to
show up in groundwater. The Agency is pursuing options to assess and manage pesticide use
and contamination potential of those pesticides. The Agency's longstanding multi-media
Groundwater Strategy and the development of pesticide management plans at the State level
provide an ongoing means of preventing pesticide contamination of our groundwater resources.
EPA also examines leaching potential as new pesticides are registered and older pesticides are
reviewed for environmental impacts.
Regions will lead the development of FQPA transition projects with commodity groups
and provide strategic and technical assistance on project design, implementation, and evaluation.
The "whole farm" approach, conducted in cooperation with USDA and FDA, will focus on area-
specific problems. Due to variations in crops, pests and weather patterns in different locales, a
regional approach will be employed to address local needs. This approach will rely on
partnerships between EPA, State agencies (Departments of Agriculture, Departments of
Environment and Land Grant Universities) and agricultural groups (farm bureaus and major
commodity groups). The first stage of the initiative evaluates current farm operations including
pesticide risk reduction technologies, Integrated Pest Management (EPM) techniques and Best
Management Practices (BMPS), soil and water conservation, handling and storage of hazardous
materials and solid waste management. Model or demonstration sites are used for purposes of
outreach, education and compliance assistance for other agricultural operations throughout the
state.
IV-18
-------
Reduce Environmental Exposure to Pesticide Use
In FY 2004, EPA and USDA
will continue to provide information
about pest control options, organize
and deliver pest management
educational programs for agricultural
producers, consumers, and other
stakeholders on reduced risk pesticides
and alternative pest control methods,
such as IPM, through the Pesticide
Environmental Stewardship Program
(PESP). EPA will also continue to
support the development and
evaluation of new pest management
technologies.
The Pesticide Environmental
Stewardship Program (PESP)
promotes risk reduction through
increasing the use of safer alternatives
to traditional chemical methods of pest
control. PESP, through voluntary
partnerships with pesticide users, seeks
to reduce both health and
environmental risks while
incorporating pollution prevention
strategies. Partners and supporters of
PESP play vital roles in developing
common sense approaches to pesticide
risk reduction, including use of
integrated pest management (IPM),
biological and cultural controls, and
weather and pest data decision models.
PESP supporters have an interest in
risk reduction because they use
agricultural products or represent
groups affected by pesticides.
Opportunities for collaboration in
implementing the Farm Security and Rural
Investment Act of 2002
An important new opportunity has been created
for EPA with the passage of the Farm Act, which
authorizes an 80 percent increase in the money
available to support conservation programs. Over
the next six years, $9 billion has been allocated
for the Environmental Quality Incentives Program
(EQIP) and $2 billion for the newly created
Conservation Security Program (CSP) both of
which are intended to Increase the use of
environmentally sound production practices.
Using a relatively small amount of EPA resources,
the Agency will work with grower groups, States
and tribes, and USDA to combine and magnify
our efforts to meet the goals authorized in the
Farm Bill for conservation activities. With USDA
collaboration, EPA can deliver its unique
expertise in pesticides, water, and air issues in an
integrated way to farmers. Many of the
environmental and conservation problems that are
the most pressing for farmers involve pesticide
and pest management, areas in which the National
Resource Conservation Services (NRCS) of
USDA has little experience or expertise.
We will develop partnerships with a broad range
of groups with agricultural interests, including
other Federal agencies, grower and commodity
organizations, State and local governments,
conservation districts, non-profit organizations,
and universities; stewardship strategies that
produce measurable environmental results; and
common measures and environmental indicators
with USDA.
Although this program began
prior to FQPA in 1994, its focus is
consistent with the statute's goals hi
reducing risk in agricultural and
nonagricultural settings. PESP grants
provide assistance to partners and supporters in developing and implementing risk reduction
strategies. EPA will continue to coordinate with USDA in encouraging and supporting IPM
practices, fostering the managed use of an array of biological, cultural, mechanical, and chemical
IV-19
-------
pest control methods that achieve the best results with the least adverse impact to the
environment.
The Endangered Species Protection Program (ESPP) is built on consultation and
cooperation between the United States Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), EPA Regions, States,
and pesticide users. The Endangered Species Act is intended to protect and promote the
recovery of animals and plants that are in danger of becoming extinct. Under the Act, EPA must
ensure that use of pesticides will
not result in harm to species listed
as endangered and threatened, or
harm habitat critical to those
species' survival. EPA is working
with FWS and stakeholders to
identify ways to enhance the
program to make it more efficient
and effective. In 2004, the
Agency will be working to
formalize the improved
consultation process.
In order to protect listed
species from harm resulting from
pesticide use, the Agency will
continue to do the following:
• Use sound science to
assess the risk of pesticide
exposure to listed species.
In 2004, EPA will
continue to work with
industry to improve
databases of endangered
species information. The
database will help ensure
consistent consideration of
endangered species as
pesticides are reviewed.
Promoting Use of Integrated Pest Management in
Schools
One of EPA's highest priorities is protecting
children's health from unnecessary exposure to pesticides
that are used in their schools to control pests. EPA is
encouraging school officials to adopt Integrated Pest
Management (IPM) practices to reduce children's exposure
to pesticides while maintaining effective control of pests.
A goal of the IPM in Schools Initiative is to
efficiently integrate an IPM program with the school's
existing pest management plan and other school
management activities. School management activities such
as preventive maintenance, janitorial practices, landscaping,
occupant education, and staff training are all part of an IPM
program. The following steps are required to develop an
IPM decision network:
• Developing an official policy statement for school
pest management
• Designating pest management roles
• Setting pest management objective for sites
• Inspecting, identifying and monitoring for incipient
pest populations
• Setting action thresholds
• Applying IPM strategies
• Evaluating results and record keeping
EPA is helping schools understand and implement
IPM through the distribution of printed publications,
awarding grants to start IPM programs, offering workshops
and courses and providing guidance and assistance through
partnerships with universities and national associations.
Implement use limitations
through appropriate label statements; develop county bulletins containing maps of
species' locations and pesticide use limitations; and providing a toll-free telephone
number to assist users in detennining whether they need a bulletin and where to obtain
one.
Encourage individual states and tribes to develop their own endangered species
protection plans where needed, to meet the program's goals.
IV-20
-------
Antimicrobial pesticides are used to kill microorganisms on surfaces and objects in
hospitals, schools, restaurants and homes. EPA registers and regulates antimicrobial pesticides
under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). To obtain registration,
manufacturers of antimicrobial products must meet basic standards, the foremost being:
• The product will not cause unreasonable adverse effects to human health or the
environment.
• Product labeling and composition comply with the requirements of FIFRA.
Manufacturers are required to submit to EPA detailed and specific information
concerning the chemical composition of their product; effectiveness data to document their
claims against specific microorganisms and to support the directions for use provided in labeling;
labeling that reflects the required elements for safe and effective use; and toxicology data to
document any hazards associated with use of the product.
The Agency will continue to address concerns regarding the efficacy of public health
products used to Mil microorganisms in hospitals, schools, restaurants, and homes. Sterilizers
and disinfectants are increasingly vital to containing infections that are resistant to antibiotics in
clinical settings. EPA has developed a comprehensive strategy to improve the regulation of
antimicrobial pesticides. In keeping with a major component of the strategy, EPA has greatly
improved communications with the public, all levels of government, academia, user
communities, industry, health professionals, trade organizations, and independent testing groups.
Additionally, the Agency has enhanced and expanded its use of the Internet to educate the
general public about the status and direction of the regulation for antimicrobial products.
The strategy also seeks to improve the regulation of antimicrobials through improvement
of EPA's regulatory processes. EPA has committed resources to ensure that efficacy tests for
antimicrobial products are reliable and reproducible and that internal controls are improved to
ensure the integrity of data submitted by registrants. Further, the Agency is developing a
complaint system to handle concerns regarding ineffective products.
Reducing the risks of pesticide exposure is a particular challenge on Tribal lands. Native
Americans often consume different foods than the average American, eating more wild game and
fish following traditional subsistence diets, and using different farming practices. Their patterns
of exposure may not be adequately represented in the general public dietary or other exposure
information gathered by USDA, FDA or the registrant. In FY 2002, EPA launched the LifeLine
pilot program to modify one of the Agency's primary risk assessment tools to capture these
unique exposure risks. A number of tribes have agreed to provide detailed lifestyle data in
support of this new model, which will be modeled for Tribal communities in biogeographical
areas. Additionally, through the Tribal Medicine Project, teams of experts on pesticide exposure
risks and symptoms foster greater Tribal awareness of pesticide health hazards, and provide
training to Tribal health care providers on the identification, prevention, and treatment of toxic
exposures among Tribal members. Outreach and education tools must be matched to Tribal
needs.
rv-2i
-------
The effectiveness of our field programs on Tribal lands is directly related to Tribal
capacity for pollution prevention. Agency efforts include the following:
• Enhancing Tribal environmental program capacity by conducting multi-media risk
assessments.
• Providing training and technical assistance for Tribal environmental managers to conduct
their own assessments and mitigation activities, with a primary emphasis on pollution
prevention, to reduce children's exposure to pesticides as well as Persistent
Bioaccumulative Toxics (PBTs), lead and other toxic substances.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$500,000) This increase is to support EPA/USDA agricultural and environmental
collaboration. In partnership with the greater agricultural community, EPA will evaluate
current farm operations and risk reduction technologies.
GOAL: PREVENTING POLLUTION AND REDUCING RISK IN COMMUNITIES,
HOMES, WORKPLACES AND ECOSYSTEMS
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE PUBLIC AND ECOSYSTEM RISK FROM PESTICIDES
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Partnerships and Risk Reduction
In 2004 Reduce public health and ecosystem risk from pesticides.
In 2003
Reduce public and ecosystem risk from pesticides.
Performance Measures:
Successful transitions from high risk pesticides to effective
alternative pest management practices
Number of efforts identified with USD A, universities, states,
and others, leveraging Farm Bill funds that promote the
research and adoption of reduced risk pest management
strategies.
Number of incidents and mortalities to terrestrial and aquatic
wildlife caused by the 15 pesticides responsible for the
greatest mortality to such wildlife.
Quantified adoption of pollution prevention measures in
targeted commodities and farm management strategies.
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
20-30
Transitions
20
40 Efforts
5% reduction
tbd grants
Baseline: The baseline for wildlife mortalities, transitions, and efforts are under development. The baseline for grants, which are targeted
for adoption and/or development of IPM standards, irrigation water conservation and management, dust mitigation, waste
management and other best management practices are under development using Farm Bill funds as leverage, is zero.
IV-22
-------
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 External Performance Measures: Quantified adoption of pollution prevention
measures in targeted commodities farm management strategies
Performance Database: EPA's Regional Offices' and Headquarters' databases.
Data Source: The data source is the number of grants awarded in conjunction with the United
States' Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Farm Bill efforts to support the development of
Integrated Pest Management strategies, irrigation water conservation and management, dust
mitigation, waste management, and other best management strategies. Information will be
complied through a consolidated count from EPA's Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxic
Substances (OPPTS), the Office of Air and Radiation (OAR) and the Office of Water (OW).
The Agency is starting to develop a template to use in grant management for these projects that
will promote standardized reporting of environmental outcomes such as the use of reduced-risk
pesticides and other agricultural management strategies.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: This is an output measure tracked directly through
EPA Regional Offices' and HQ's record-keeping systems. No models or assumptions or
statistical methods are employed. Data are aggregated nationally and suitable for cross year
comparisons.
QA/QC Procedures: Regional and Headquarters' offices are responsible for ensuring the
accuracy of the count of grants awarded.
Data Quality Review: Regional Offices will conduct their own QA/QC procedures prior to
submitting their counts to EPA-HQ for consolidation into a national count.
Data Limitations: This is a measure of grants awarded only. As stated above, the Agency is
developing a more sophisticated method of environmental outcome reporting for grants awarded
to promote of agricultural best management strategies.
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: see above.
References: OPPTS HQ-Regional Memorandum of Agreement (MOA).
FY 2004 External Performance Measures: Successful transitions from high-risk pesticides
to effective alternative pest management practices
Performance Database: EPA's Regional Offices' databases
Data Source: All information is received through reporting from EPA's Regional offices,
consistent with Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxic Substances' (OPPTS) biennial Regional
Office-HQ Memorandum of Agreement (MOA).
IV-23
-------
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: This is an outcome measure tracked directly through
EPA's Regional Offices' record-keeping systems. No models or assumptions or statistical
methods are employed. Data are aggregated nationally and suitable for cross year comparisons.
QA/QC Procedures: Regional Offices are responsible for determining if a particular activity
constitutes a "transition," using criteria that will be developed during FY2003.
Data Quality Review: Regional Offices will conduct their own QA/QC procedures prior to
submitting their counts to EPA-HQ for consolidation into a national count. Discussion will be
held throughout the year to ensure consistency in characterizing "transitions."
Data Limitations: This measure is designed to quantify various activities in agriculture that
promote safer pest management strategies and is necessarily broad. For example, a transition
could include safer pest management tools applied to an entire crop in a particular location,
and/or the substitution of a safer chemical (such as a reduced risk pesticide or a biopesticide) for
a more risky pesticide.
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA will develop a definition of more explicit "transition" in
FY2003.
References: OPPTS Headquarters-Regional M.O.A.
FY 2004 External Performance Measures: Number of efforts identified with USDA,
universities, grower groups, and states that promote the research and adoption of reduced
risk pest management strategies.
Performance Database: EPA's Regional Offices' databases
Data Source: All information is received through reporting from Regional offices, consistent
with OPPTS' biennial Regional Office-HQ Memorandum of Agreement (MOA).
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: This is an output measure tracked directly through
EPA's Regional Offices' record-keeping systems. No models or assumptions or statistical
methods are employed. Data are aggregated nationally and suitable for cross year comparisons.
QA/QC Procedures: Regional Offices are responsible for determining if a particular activity
constitutes an "effort," using criteria, which will be developed during FY2003.
Data Quality Review: Regional Offices will conduct their own QA/QC procedures prior to
submitting their counts of efforts to EPA-HQ for consolidation into a national count.
Data Limitations: Because this measure is designed to quantify outreach to various
stakeholders across the country, including meetings, presentations, phone calls, etc, it is can only
approximate the total effort that EPA is expending to promote reduced risk pest management
FV-24
-------
strategies. The definition of effort will necessarily be broad as there are many communication
tools available to the Agency for outreach to stakeholders.
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA will develop a more explicit definition of "effort" in FY
2003.
References: OPPTS HQ-Regional M.O.A.
FY 2004 External Performance Measures: Number of incidents and mortalities to
terrestrial and aquatic wildlife caused by the 15 pesticides responsible for the greatest
mortality to such wildlife.
Performance Database: The Ecological Incident Information System (EIIS) is a national
database of information on poisoning incidents of non-target plants and animals caused by
pesticide use. The Environmental Fate and Effects Division of the Office of Pesticide Programs
maintain this database.
Data Source: Data are extracted from written reports of fish and wildlife incidents submitted to
the Agency by pesticide registrants under the Federal Insecticide Fungicide and Rodenticide Act
(FIFRA), Section 6(a)(2), as well as incident reports voluntarily submitted by state and Federal
agencies involved in investigating such incidents.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: This measure helps to provide information on the
effect of our regulatory actions on the well being of fish and wildlife. The assumption is that the
number of incidents and mortalities to fish and wildlife caused by pesticides will decrease when
use of those pesticides are curtailed or eliminated.
QA/QC Procedures: Before entering an Incident, a database program is used to screen for
records already hi the database with similar locations and dates. Similar records are then
individually reviewed to prevent duplicate reporting. After each record is entered into the EIIS
database, an incident report is printed that contains all the data entered into the database. A staff
member, other than the one who entered the data, then reviews the information in the report and
compares it to the original source report to verify data quality. Scientists using the incident
database are also encouraged to report any inaccuracies they find in the database for correction,
Data Quality Review: Internally and externally conducted data quality reviews related to data
entry are ongoing. EPA follows a quality assurance plan for accurately extracting data from
reports and entering it into the EIIS database. This quality assurance plan is described in
Appendix D of the Quality Management Plan for the Office of Pesticide Programs. When
wildlife data from private organizations such as the American Bird Conservancy are
incorporated, the new data and EIIS data are reviewed for quality during data entry using the
same standards.
Data Limitations: This measure is designed to monitor trends in the numbers of acute
poisoning events reported to the Agency. Because the data are obtained, hi part, through
IV-25
-------
voluntary reporting, the numbers of reported incidents may not accurately reflect the numbers of
actual incidents. Therefore, it is important to consider the possible factors influencing changes in
incident reporting rates over time when evaluating this measure.
Error Estimate: Moving average counts of number of incidents per year may be interpreted as
a relative index of the frequency of adverse effects that pesticides are causing to fish and wildlife
from acute toxicity effects. The indicator numbers are subject to under-reporting, but trends in
the numbers over tune may indicate if the overall level of adverse acute effects is improving or
getting worse.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The Office of Pesticide Programs is currently conducting a
project with the American Bird Conservancy, reviewing the data in its Avian Incident
Monitoring System on bird kill incidents caused by pesticides. These data will be incorporated
into the EIIS. The project should improve the quantity and quality of data in the EIIS database
on avian incidents.
References: The Ecological Incident Information System (EIIS) is an internal Office of
Pesticide Programs database. Data available upon request.
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA coordinates with various State, Tribal, and Federal agencies as well as with private
organizations to ensure that our strategic approaches to pollution prevention and risk reduction
are comprehensive and compatible with efforts already in place. Achievement of this objective
depends in part on successful cooperation with our partners and the successful implementation of
our regulatory programs. The number of partnerships with private and public entities serves as
an effective indicator of EPA's progress in meeting its stated objectives.
Coordination with State lead agencies and with the U. S. Department of Agriculture
(USDA) provides added impetus to the implementation of the Certification and Training
program. States also provide essential activities in developing and implementing the Endangered
Species, Groundwater, and Worker Protection programs. States are involved in numerous
special projects and investigations, including emergency response efforts. The Regions provide
technical guidance and assistance to the states and tribes in the implementation of all pesticide
program activities.
EPA uses a range of outreach and coordination approaches for pesticide users, for
agencies implementing various pesticide programs and projects, and for the general public.
Outreach and coordination are essential to protect workers, endangered species, and
groundwater; to provide training of pesticide applicators; to promote integrated pest management
and environmental stewardship; and to support compliance through EPA's regional programs
and those of the states and tribes.
In addition to the training that EPA provides to farm workers and ^restricted use pesticide
applicators, EPA works with the state Cooperative Extension Services designing and providing
specialized training for various groups. Such training includes instructing private applicators on
the proper use of personal protective equipment and application equipment calibration, handling
TV-26
-------
spill and injury situations, farm family safety, preventing drift, and pesticide and container
disposal. Other specialized training is provided to public works employees on grounds
maintenance, to pesticide control operators on proper insect identification, and on weed control
for agribusiness.
Statutory Authorities
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA)
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996
Clean Water Act
IV-27
-------
Environmental Protection Apency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Objective: Reduce Risks irom Lead and Other Toxic Chemical:-
By 2007. significantly reduce the incidence of childhood lead poisoning and reduce risks
associated with polychlorinated biphenyls fPCBs). mercury, dioxin. and other toxic chemicals oJ
national concern.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY2002 FY2003
Reduce Risks from Lead and
Other Toxic Chemicals
Environmental Program &
Management
Stale and Tribal Assistance
Total Workyears
Actuals Pi
$37,745.8
$21.891.9
$15.853.9
.]35.7__
Key Program
*es. Bud.
$36.355.9
$22.673.9
$13.682.0
144.7
FY 2004
Request
$38,722.5
$25,022.5
$13,700.0
J49.8_
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$2.366.6
$2.348.6
$18.0
5J
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002 1
?Y 2003
Enacted Pres. Bud.
Congiessionally Mandated
Projects
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Grams 10 Stales lor Lead Risk
Reduction
Lead Risk Reduction Program
Leca] Services
$380.0
$1.940.1
$13.682.0
$]_3.092.6__
$220.4
$0.0
$2.076.6
$13.682.0
$13.166.?
$238.9
FY 2004
Request
$0.0
$2.152.8
$13.700.0
$14.832.9
$248.3
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 20(13
Pres Bud
$0.0
$76.2
$18.0
$1.666.6
$9.4
-------
Management Services and
Stewardship
National Program chemicals:
PCBs, Asbestos, Fibers, and
Dioxin
FY 2002
Enacted
$182.9
$6,775.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$197.6
$6,994.5
FY 2004
Request
$282.4
$7,506.1
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$84.8
$511.6
FY 2004 Request
Lead Risk Reduction Program
EPA and the Health and Human Services co-chair the President's Task Force on
Children's Environmental Health and Safety. This executive-level group works to coordinate
efforts among Federal agencies in dealing with lead poisoning, asthma and other environmental
health and safety concerns related to the nation's children.12 Close collaboration among Federal
Agencies as well as States and tribes is a key component of our efforts to eliminate childhood
lead poisoning.
During FY 2004, 37 authorized states, one authorized territory, the District of Columbia,
and three authorized tribes will run training and certification programs, and EPA will continue to
implement the Lead Based Paint Training & Certification Program in those areas that do not
have an authorized program. In the lead regulatory program, our current schedule anticipates
proposing a major new program setting standards for training and certification for renovation and
remodeling activities in FY 2004. EPA will also propose in FY 2004, a program targeting the
work procedures and waste disposal practices used to safely and cost-effectively conduct
deleading of bridges and other structures.
LEAD
Awareness
Program
The concentration of lead in a child's blood is typically used as an index of lead exposure.
Over time, increased scientific evidence of harmful effects has led to concern about blood-lead
levels once thought to be safe. Since 1975, the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
has lowered the blood-lead level considered elevated for children from 40 ug/dL (micrograms
per deciliter) to the current level of 10 ug/dL.13 Ingestion of lead-contaminated dust and soil
through normal hand-to-mouth activity is the primary pathway of lead exposure to United States
12 HUD Press release, Oct. 24,2001, www.hhs.gov/news/press
Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey: 1999-2002. Available at http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htm
IV-29
-------
children under six years of age.14 Children may ingest lead-based paint chips from flaking walls,
windows, and doors or when lead-based paint is disturbed hi the course of renovation, repair, or
abatement activity. EPA, under the 1992 Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act
(Subchapter IV of TSCA), assists and guides Federal activities aimed at reducing the exposure of
children in homes with lead-based paint. Other Federal agencies, such as Housing and Urban
Development (HUD) and Health and Human Services (HHS), via the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and the CDC, also play important roles.
Considerable progress has been made in reducing environmental lead levels. In 1973, the
Federal government began taking steps to eliminate sources of lead. Efforts include EPA
phasing out leaded gasoline and the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) banning the
production and sale of lead-based paint for residential use in 1978. In addition, EPA has
implemented more stringent standards for lead hi drinking water, and the domestic canning
industry voluntarily eliminated the use of lead in solder to seal food cans. As a result of these
efforts, children's blood levels have declined over 80 percent since the mid-1970s.
Data from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) conducted
by the National Center for Health Statistics indicate that from 1976-1980 to 1999, the geometric
mean blood lead level for children aged one to five years decreased from 15.0 micrograms per
deciliter (ug/dL) to 2.0 ug/dL.15 According to NHANES III Phase 2, conducted from 1991 to
1994, approximately 900,000 children aged one to five years had blood lead levels equal to or
exceeding 10 ug/dL.16 Data reported to CDC from nineteen state surveillance programs show
that the proportion of tested children under age six with blood lead levels at or above 10 ug/dL
decreased from 1996 to 1998.17 New data released by CDC hi January, 2003, indicate that the
national incidence of elevated lead blood levels among children may now be approximately
400,000 cases, based on combined 1999 and 2000 samples. While these findings offer
encouragement that the efforts of EPA and other Federal and State agencies to eliminate this
disease are meeting with success, the wide confidence interval associated with 1999/2000
estimate and recognition that childhood lead poisoning incidence may be concentrated at much
higher rates in "hot spots" in many American cities require us to maintain these successful efforts
for the foreseeable future.
Lead exposure can affect children across all socioeconomic strata and hi all regions of the
country. Children hi poor inner-city communities, however, are disproportionately affected. In
fact, nationally, children in Medicaid comprise 80 percent of children with blood lead levels 15
ug/dL and above.18 Studies by the CDC (1988-1991) indicate that children living in central cities
are three to four tunes more likely to have blood-lead levels equal to or exceeding 10 ug/dL than
those outside central cities, with the highest prevalence hi cities where populations exceed one
14
Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey: 1999-2002. Available at http://ww\v.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htm
15Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey: 1999-2002. Available at http://wvvw.cdc.gov/nchs/nlianes.htm.
16 Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey: 1999-2002. Available at http://vvvvw.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htm
17 Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey: 1999-2002. Available at http://wwv\'.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htra
18Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey: 1999-2002. Available at http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htm
W-30
-------
million.19 The major reason for this high proportion is the lead-based paint hazards that are more
prevalent in deteriorated older housing. In addition, the overall ambient level of environmental
lead tends to be higher in inner cities.
According to HUD's National Survey of Lead and Allergens in Housing, an estimated 36
million homes (40 percent of all homes) contain some lead-based paint.20 The likelihood, extent,
and concentration of lead-based paint vary with the age of the building. Eighty-seven percent of
housing units constructed before 1940 contain some lead-based paint, a figure that drops to 24
percent of units constructed between 1960 and 1977.21 Over 5 million (or 14 percent) of these
homes with some lead-based paint have children under age six in residence. Subchapter IV of
the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) mandates increasing protections from lead poisoning
for children younger than six years.
hi the past six years, EPA has made great strides in protecting children from lead
poisoning through a combination of rulemaking, education, research, and partnerships. This
variety of approaches enhances the effectiveness of the overall program, and in FY 2004 EPA's
lead activities will continue to make a significant contribution towards the Agency's goal of
virtually eliminating lead poisoning in children. For example, in FY 2004, EPA plans to propose
a rule setting training standards for remodeling and renovation. While working on promulgation,
EPA is also focusing on a public information campaign and training program in best practices for
remodeling and renovation, to help set the stage for the rule and to foster awareness of safer
work techniques among stakeholders. .
hi FY 2004, EPA will develop a program regarding deleading of buildings and
structures, capping a series of rules with wide-ranging impact on children's health. EPA has
promulgated regulations to set up a Federal infrastructure, including the lead accreditation,
certification and workplace standards rule for targeted housing, the Lead Real Estate Notification
and Disclosure Rule (with HUD), the Lead Renovation Information Rule, and standards
identifying lead hazards in paint, dust and soil. The accompanying public education programs
and tools developed include a national clearinghouse to provide the public with information on
lead as well as a program of grants to states and tribes to establish accreditation, certification and
workplace standards programs for targeted housing.
Grants to States for Lead Risk Reduction
EPA has authorized 42 states, territories and tribes to administer and enforce programs for
lead accreditation certification, and workplace standards in target housing. Although all states,
territories and tribes will not adopt the program, we intend to encourage several more to do so.
However, EPA will administer and enforce the Federal lead program in all non-authorized states,
territories and tribes.
With implementation of the training, certification and accreditation program by states,
territories or tribes, or in some cases by EPA, additional data is becoming available to help
19 Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey: 1999-2002. Available at h11p://www.c4c,gov/nchs/iAaaes.htm
20 Department of Housing and Urban Development, National Survey of Lead and Allergens in Housing
21 Department of Housing and Urban Development, National Survey of Lead and Allergens in Housing
TV-31
-------
measure progress in reducing childhood lead poisoning and elevated blood-lead levels. EPA is
working to be able to measure progress in reducing lead-based paint exposures through the
collection of data associated with the Lead Abatement Program. In addition, the Agency will
know how many professionals become certified as risk assessors, inspectors, workers or
supervisors. This data will be used to measure the growth of a well-trained workforce capable of
performing abatements safely and reliably. HUD cites the availability of this workforce as a key
prerequisite for their lead abatement in housing program.
National Program Chemicals Program
Most chemicals were introduced into commerce before the potential risks were known. A
number of these chemicals are both prevalent and high-risk. The Agency has established a
national program to manage reductions hi use, safe removal, disposal or containment of these
chemicals, as appropriate. Significant risks are well established for polychlorinated biphenyls
(PCBs), asbestos, and dioxin, for example, and reductions in use and releases have been
important to reducing exposure of the general population and sensitive subpopulations.22 Risk
reduction efforts on these chemicals will continue to meet the mandates under TSCA and fulfill
the commitments made in domestic and international agreements. The Agency will also pursue
opportunities for risk reduction for mercury, and for certain industrial fibers that may pose risks
in the workplace.
PCBs
In 2004, EPA's PCB control efforts will continue encouraging the phase out of PCB
electrical equipment, ensuring proper storage or waste disposal methods and capacity and
fostering PCB site cleanups. These activities are reflected in our Annual Performance Goals,
which measure disposal trends since 1990. Recent rulemakings have provided industry with the
opportunity to propose alternative risk-based PCB cleanups. Also, the Agency will continue to
review existing approvals for facilities that treat, store and/or dispose of PCBs, on a five to ten
year renewal cycle.
Mercury
In 2002 EPA and the Environmental Council of States (ECOS) commenced a cooperative
agreement to provide logistical support for specific joint projects on mercury between EPA and
the Quicksilver Caucus. The Quicksilver Caucus is a coalition of state government organizations
formed to highlight their concerns about mercury pollution. The group includes state air, water,
and waste associations, ECOS, the National Governors Association, and other state
organizations, (www.epa.go v/pbt/whatsnew)
Mercury policy issues to be addressed by EPA and the Quicksilver Caucus states during
2003 and 2004 include: (1) how to meet mercury reduction goals for specific water bodies
where mercury pollution is caused primarily by air deposition and/or abandoned mines; and (2)
how to ensure safe stewardship of mercury stocks and mercury-containing wastes. The
22 EPA web page - Frequently Asked Questions- How do PBTs harm us and the environment?
http://www.epa.gov/pbt/faq/htm
FV-32
-------
Quicksilver Caucus states will also be providing comments and counsel as EPA develops its
Agency-wide Mercury National Action Plan, which is targeted for publication in late 2004 or
early 2005.
Asbestos
EPA's most significant ongoing activities on asbestos include the following:
• Assessing and cleaning up asbestos-contaminated sites related to Libby, MT,
• Reviewing EPA's sampling, analytical and risk assessment tools for asbestos; and
• Evaluating potential exposures and risks from asbestos in consumer products.
In late 1999, EPA initiated a series of activities in response to renewed concerns about
asbestos contamination in vermiculite, a common building insulating material and soil
conditioner. In 2004, EPA will continue to examine results from its studies into the potential for
exposure to asbestos fibers from vermiculite in building insulation materials. In addition, the
Agency is seeking input on options for the future direction of its administrative asbestos program
under TSCA. EPA has formed the Asbestos Focus Group to elicit recommendations to the
Agency from external parties on program priorities and resources. EPA will then move to
refocus its efforts to reduce exposure to this fiber, which causes various cancerous and non-
cancerous diseases in humans.
In late 1999, EPA initiated a series of activities in response to renewed concerns about
asbestos contamination in vermiculite, a common building insulating material and soil
conditioner. In 2004, EPA will continue to examine results from its studies into the potential for
exposure to asbestos fibers from vermiculite in building insulation materials. In addition, the
Agency is seeking input on options for the future direction of its administrative asbestos program
under TSCA. EPA has formed the Asbestos Focus Group, representatives from industry,
academia, public interest and labor groups, national experts on asbestos, and officials from State
and Federal agencies to make recommendations to the Agency on program priorities and
resources, which will help EPA hi its efforts to reduce exposure to this fiber, which has been
shown to cause various cancerous and non-cancerous diseases in humans.
Outreach and technical assistance will continue in the asbestos program for schools, in
coordination with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and the states. A
new project to determine the risks to homeowners and remodelers from asbestos-contaminated
vermiculate home insulation is underway.
Dioxin
EPA plans to develop an Agency-wide dioxin strategy to respond to new findings in the
scientific community concerning the potential risks of dioxin and address dioxin risk
management in a more comprehensive cross-media approach. EPA will continue to be part of an
interagency effort to assess potential dioxin risks to the public, focusing on identifying and better
quantifying the link of potential exposures of dioxin sources to the public. Results from the
IV-33
-------
Agency's Dioxin Exposure Initiative (DEI) have already resulted in significant advances in our
understanding of dietary routes of exposure. In addition, DEI results to date have established
baseline measurements of dioxins in food and air that will permit the tracking of environmental
trends and evaluation of the effectiveness of dioxin risk management programs.23 This work
complements similar efforts by the United States Department of Agriculture and the Food and
Drug Administration to establish baseline measurements of dioxins in food.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$1,666,600, +1.9 FTE) Increased support for development of proposed rule for safe
deleading of bridges and other structures, enabling proposed rule to be published in the
Federal Register in 2004.
• (+$511,600, +2.9 FTE) Increased support for the National Program Chemicals Program,
including asbestos.
GOAL: PREVENTING POLLUTION AND REDUCING RISK IN COMMUNITIES,
HOMES, WORKPLACES AND ECOSYSTEMS
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE RISKS FROM LEAD AND OTHER TOXIC CHEMICALS
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: PREVENTING POLLUTION AND REDUCING RISK IN COMMUNITIES, HOMES,
WORKPLACES AND ECOSYSTEMS
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE RISKS FROM LEAD AND OTHER TOXIC CHEMICALS
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Exposure to Industrial / Commercial Chemicals
In 2004 Reduce exposure to and health effects from priority industrial / commercial chemicals
In 2002 Preliminary data lends to our confidence that this goal will be met. We will provide the data and explanation as soon as they are
available and it will be in time for the F Y 2002 APR
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Safe Disposal of Transformers 8,000 Transformers
Safe Disposal of Capacitors 6,000 Capacitors
Number of individuals certified nationally to perform lead- 4574 18,000 cert. ind. cum
based paint abatement.
number of children aged 1-5 years with elevated blood lead tbd children
levels (>10ug/dl)
Baseline: The baseline for number of certified individuals for lead paint abatement is zero in 2000. The baseline for PCB transformers is
2.2 million units and for capacitors is 1.85 million units as of 1988 as noted in the 1989 PCB Notification and Manifesting Rule.
BU.S. EPA, Dioxin Exposure Initiative, www.epa.gov/pbt/whatsnew
IV-34
-------
Program Assessment Rating Tool
Existing Chemicals
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the Existing Chemicals program was evaluated with the following specific findings:
• The program has strong purpose and management. The program, however, lacks strategic
planning.
• The program cannot demonstrate any long-term impact. EPA's long-term goal does not
focus on outcomes and lacks a baseline and clear time frames. The program also does
not have an efficiency measure.
• The program has demonstrated few results. EPA has reviewed approximately two percent
of existing chemicals. GAO found that EPA has been slow to address these chemicals.
• The law requires that EPA compile industry data, which can be costly and time
consuming.
• EPA's current annual performance goals cannot be assessed because data are not
available until two years into the future.
In response to these findings the Administration will:
• Provide $1 million above the 2003 President's Budget to develop acute exposure
chemical guidelines (AEGLs). AEGLs are important for homeland security response,
recovery, and preparedness. AEGLs represent three tiers of health effects (discomfort,
disability, death) for five exposure durations (eight hours or less). This funding will help
EPA to obtain more information on the possible harm to humans and the environment
from chemicals, which will help the Agency to achieve a higher level of accountability
and results.
2. Establish better performance measures, including efficiency measures.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure:
• Safe disposal of PCS transformers
• Safe disposal of PCB large capacitors
Performance Database: PCB Annual Report Database.
Data Source: Annual Reports from commercial storers and disposers of PCB Waste.
IV-35
-------
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: Data is to provide a baseline for the amount of PCB
waste disposed of annually.
QA/QC Procedures: The Agency reviews, transcribes, and assembles data into the Annual
Report Database.
Data Quality Reviews: The Agency contacts data reporters, when needed, for clarification of
data submitted.
Data Limitations: Data limitations include missing submissions from commercial storers and
disposers, and inaccurate submissions. PCB-Contaminated Transformers 50 to 499 ppm PCBs
and those that are 500 ppm PCBs or greater are not distinguished hi the data. Similarly, large
and small capacitors of PCB waste may not be differentiated data are collected for the previous
calendar year on July 1 of the next year creating a lag of approximately one year. Despite these
limitations, the data does provide the only estimate of the amount of PCB waste disposed
annually.
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: None
References: None
FY 2004 External Performance Measure: Number of certified individuals nationally
Performance Database: EPA's regional office records.
Data Source: Currently, all information is received through informal reporting from EPA's
regional offices, and originates from information submitted via certification applications. In the
future, we will track certifications centrally.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: This is an output measure tracked directly through the
Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics' record-keeping systems. No models or assumptions
or statistical methods are employed. Data are aggregated nationally and suitable for cross year
comparisons.
QA/QC Procedures: Applicants are given photo identifications to prevent cheating at
certification testing centers. EPA Headquarters reviews applications for completeness, including
checking for the required information and materials. EPA's regional offices review applications
for quality, including a more substantive review of the application. Third-party test centers have
extensive QA/QC controls under their contract with EPA.
Data Quality Reviews: Data quality reviews of records maintained at the test centers are
conducted by EPA Regional Offices during routine compliance monitoring of the centers using
Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance procedures24. The reviews have found
24 U.S. EPA Office of Enforcement and Compliance, http:/hnvw.epa.sov>/compUance/resources/policies/index.htnil
IV-36
-------
occasional discrepancies but no regional or national trends have surfaced requiring substantive
modifications to any record keeping or QA/QC procedures.
Data Limitations: We have certification data from nine out of ten EPA regional offices. We
expect that the remaining regional office would add no more than 300 certified entities to the
baseline count. If an individual or firm was certified in more than one EPA region, they have
been double-counted. We expect that these difficulties will be resolved once we have in place a
centralized database.
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: We hope to have a centralized, contractor-run tracking
system in place by 2003.
References: None.
FY 2004 External Performance Measure: Number of children aged 1-5 years with elevated
blood lead levels (>10 ug/dL)
Performance Database: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) National Health
and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES)
Data Source: The National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (Centers for Disease
Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition Examination
Survey: 1999-2002. Available at http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htm) is a coordinated program
of studies designed to assess the health and nutritional status of adults and children in the United
States. The program began in the early 1960's and continues. The survey examines a nationally
representative sample of approximately 5000 people each year located across the United States
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: Detailed interview questions cover areas related to
demographic, socio-economic, dietary, and health-related questions. The survey also includes an
extensive medical and dental examination of participants, physiological measurements, and
laboratory tests. Specific laboratory measurements of environmental interest include: heavy
metals (lead, cadmium, and mercury), VOC exposures, phthalates, organophosphates (OPs),
pesticides and their metabolites, non-persistent pesticides, dioxins/furans and polyaromatic
hydrocarbons (PAHs). NHANES is unique in that it links laboratory-derived measurements of
exposure (urine, blood etc.) to questionnaire responses and results of physical exams.
CDC publishes a "National Report on Human Exposure to Environmental Chemicals,"
(Centers for Disease Control, National Center for Health Statistics, National Health and Nutrition
Examination Survey: 1999-2002. Available at http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htm) which
reflects findings from NHANES. It provides ongoing surveillance of the United States
population's exposure to environmental chemicals. The 1999 report provides measurements of
exposure to 27 chemicals based on blood and urine samples from people participating in
NHANES 1999. Current plans for future reports include expanding the number of chemicals to
100 (in order to include carcinogenic volatile organic compounds, carcinogenic PAHs, dioxins
and furans, PCBs, trihalomethanes, haloacetic acids, and carbamate and organochlorine
IV-37
-------
pesticides). Future reports will provide details among different populations stratifying results by
gender, race/ethnicity, age, urban/rural residence, education level, income, and other
characteristics. CDC will track these indicators over time. Data will assist regulators in
analyzing trends over time, the effectiveness of public health efforts, and exposure variations
among sub-populations.
QA/QC Procedures: Quality assurance plans are available from both CDC and the contractor,
WESTAT, as outlined on the web site under the
NHANES section.
Data Quality Reviews: CDC follows standardized survey instrument procedures to collect data
to promote data quality, and data are subjected to rigorous QA/QC review. CDC/NCHS has an
elaborate data quality checking procedure outlined on the web site
under the NHANES section.
Data Limitations: The NHANES survey uses two steps, a questionnaire and a physical exam.
For this reason, there are sometimes different numbers of subjects in the interview and
examinations and special weighting techniques are needed. Additionally, the number of records
in each data file varies depending on gender and age profiles for the specific components.
Demographic information is collected but not available at the highest level of detail in order to
protect privacy. Body burden data are evidence of human exposure to toxic substances;
however, linkages between evidence of exposure and source of exposure have yet to be made for
many substances. In the case of lead, the correlation is strongly documented.
Error Estimate: Because NHANES HI is based on a complex multi-stage sample design,
appropriate sampling weights should be used in analyses to produce national estimates. Several
statistical methodologies can be used to account for unequal probability of the selection of
sample persons. The methodologies and appropriate weights are provided at
www.cdc.gov/nchs/about/maior/nhanes/nhanes3/cdrom/nchs/MANUALS/NH3GlJlDE to help
generate appropriate error estimates.
New/Improved Data or Systems: NHANES is moving to an annual schedule. The sample
design allows for limited estimates to be produced on an annual basis and more detailed
estimates to be produced on 3-year samples.
References: CDC publishes a "National Report on Human Exposure to Environmental
Chemicals," which reflects findings from NHANES. (http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nhanes.htm)
Coordination with Other Agencies
The success of EPA's lead program is due in part to effective coordination with other
Federal agencies, states and Indian tribes. EPA will coordinate with HUD to clarify how new
rules may affect existing EPA and HUD regulatory programs, with the Federal Highway
Administration of the Department of Transportation, and with the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) of the Department of Labor on worker protection issues. EPA
will continue to work closely with state and Federally recognized tribes to ensure that authorized
State and Tribal programs continue to comply with requirements established under TSCA, that
IV-38
-------
the ongoing Federal accreditation certification and training program for lead professionals is
administered effectively, and that the States and tribes adopt the Renovation and Remodeling and
the Buildings and Structures Rules when these rules become effective.
EPA has a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with HUD on coordination of efforts
on Lead-based paint issues. As a result of the MOU, EPA and HUD co-chair an Interagency
Task Force that has been regularly meeting since 1989. There are 14 other Federal agencies
including CDC and Department of Defense (DOD) on the Task Force. In another joint effort,
EPA, HUD, and the National Institutes of Standards and Technology (NIST) have been working
to identify reliable at-home test kits for lead based paint to recommend to do-it-yourself
renovators. HUD and EPA also have a joint Lead Hotline and share enforcement of the
Disclosure Rule.
Mitigation of existing risk is a common interest for other Federal agencies addressing
issues of asbestos and PCBs. EPA will continue to coordinate interagency strategies for
assessing and managing potential risks from asbestos and other fibers. Coordination on safe
PCS disposal is an area of ongoing emphasis with the Department of Defense (DOD), and
particularly with the US Navy, which has special concerns regarding ship scrapping. PCBs and
mercury storage and safe disposal are also important issues requiring coordination with the
Department of Energy and DOD as they develop alternatives and explore better technologies for
storing and disposing high risk chemicals.
Statutory Authorities
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) section 4, 5, 6, 8,12(b) and 13 (15 U.S.C.
2603_5,2607,2611 and 2612
IV-39
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Objective: Manage New Chemical Introduction and Screen Existing Chemicals for Risk
By 2007, prevent or restrict introduction into commerce of chemicals that pose risks to
workers, consumers, or the environment and continue screening and evaluating chemicals
already in commerce for potential risk.
Resource Summary
• (Dollars in Thousands)
Manage New Chemical
Introduction and Screen
Existing Chemicals for Risk
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$76,449.4
$54,789.3
$21,660.1
398.7
FY2003
Pres, Bud.
$77,538.2
$52,388.6
$25,149.6
391.2
FY 2004
Request
$81,531.2
$55,902.8
$25,628.4
393.5
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$3,993.0
$3,514.2
$478.8
2.3
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Community Assistance
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Endocrine Disrupter Screening
Program
Environmental Monitoring and
Assessment Program, EMAP
Existing Chemical Data,
Screening, Testing and
FY2002
Enacted
$474.4
$487.5
$2,952.8
$66.0
$28,286.4
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$507.1
$0.0
$2,934.2
$0.0
$28,331.9
FY 2004
Request
$0.0
$0.0
$2,907.3
$0.0
$29,667.0
FY2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
($507.1)
$0.0
($26.9)
$0.0
$1,335.1
rv-40
-------
Management
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
New Chemical Review
Research to Support Safe
Communities
Science Coordination and Policy
FY 2002
Enacted
$5,983.8
$400.0
$912.3
$824.5
$12,477.2
$21,593.6
$177.1
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$5,600.5
$0.0
$979.6
$725.8
$13,123.8
$25,149.6
$185.7
FY 2004
Request
$6,606.5
$1,109.1
$1,021.9
$852.8
$13,440.6
$25,628.4
$297.6
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$1,006.0
$1,109.1
$42.3
$127.0
$316.8
$478.8
$111.9
FY 2004 Request
This objective includes work in four broad program areas:
• governing the introduction of new chemicals into commerce (chemicals in the process of
commercialization);
• assessing the risks of existing chemicals (chemicals in commerce);
• screening and testing chemicals for endocrine disruptor effects; and
• assessing the safety of biotechnology products and genetically modified organisms.
These programs are pivotal to reducing current and future risk by preventing or
controlling the production of new chemicals that pose unreasonable risks and assessing and
addressing the risks of chemicals already in commerce.
One of the major priorities in FY 2004 is improving the amount of human health and
environmental effects data on industrial chemicals, and ensuring public access to the
information. Currently there is little information available on the potential hazards of most
chemicals manufactured and used hi everyday products and industrial processes.
Without this information, we may not be able to effectively identify and evaluate the
human health and environmental risks posed by these chemicals. Although the HPV Challenge
screening program does not include actual risk assessments on these chemicals., the information
collected will allow a high-level screening for potential concerns. In addition, relatively little is
known about the unique effect on children's health of chemicals that are widely used in
children's products or those that otherwise have high potential for exposure to children.
IV-41
-------
EPA's High Production Volume (HPV) Challenge Program targets 2,800 chemicals
produced and/or imported in the United States (in quantities of at least one million pounds or
greater annually). Working in partnership with industry and environmental organizations, the
Agency has been ensuring that basic screening-level data on these chemicals are made public.
The HPV Challenge Program will help prioritize EPA's chemical risk assessment and
management activities and increase the amount of information on chemical uses, exposures and
risks that EPA can provide to the public.
New Chemicals Program
The Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) requires EPA to review a chemical or
microorganism before it is manufactured commercially (i.e., a "new" chemical) to determine
whether it can be handled and used safely. If the Agency determines that an unreasonable risk
may be posed to people or the environment, EPA can block the chemical's entry into commerce
or establish control measures to ensure the chemical's safety in the marketplace. Since 1979,
EPA has reviewed more than 39,000 pre-manufacturing notifications (PMNs) and taken actions
to control risks for about 10 percent of these chemicals and microorganisms.25 Since EPA's
inception, approximately 17,000 new chemicals reviewed by the program have entered United
States commerce.
In 2004, EPA expects to
receive and assess within the
TSCA mandated 90-day review
period approximately 1,700
additional PMNs. As part of its
review of new chemical
substances, the Agency has
developed an array of innovative,
efficient screening mechanisms.
During a new chemical review
for commercial chemicals in the
process of commercialization, the
Agency routinely works with
industry to share any options and
suggestions it may have on
process improvements, or to
produce new chemicals more
safely.
Chemicals on TSCA Inventory in 2002
TSCA Inventory in 1978
63,000 Chemicals
New Chemicals added to
Inventory- 17,000
Chemicals (21%)
Original TSCA Inventory
~ 63,000 Chemicals (79%)
The previous chart indicates substantial progress made in the New Chemicals Program
since its inception in 1978. In FY 2002 (partial year, October through August), there were
potentially 79,676 chemicals in commerce; 17,070 of these chemicals, or 21 percent, had gone
25 U.S EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, TSCA New Chemicals Program Annual Report and the
TSCA New Chemicals Program Website http://www.epa.gov/oppt/newcheras/accompushments.htm
IV-42
-------
through the TSCA Premanufacture Notice review process and entered into commerce following
submittal of a Notice of Commencement of Manufacturing.26 These chemicals have been
assessed for risks, and controls are in place as necessary. In recent years, a growing number of
these chemicals are becoming "greener," or safer, due to several influences. Although the New
Chemicals Program has always been inherently a Pollution Prevention (P2) program, it has
evolved over the years to have an increased P2 focus. In addition, the New Chemicals Programs
continues to coordinate with several voluntary P2 programs such as the P2 Framework, Green
Chemistry, Green Engineering, and P2 Recognition Programs.
25
Companies
Participating
100 New
Chemicals
Audited
Safer Less
New Hazardous
Chemicals Waste
P2:ABest
Business Practice
The New Chemicals Program
also examines new microorganisms
derived from biotechnology to ensure
that potential risks have been evaluated
and that adequate controls are in place
before they are released into the
environment. Outreach and technical
assistance to encourage safer chemicals
and chemical production and use include
Green Chemistry and Green Engineering
textbooks and other publications, a
reference compendium, laboratory
manuals, symposia and actual course
work materials, all developed in
partnership with industry, professional
organizations and universities.
In 2003, the Agency plans to launch "Sustainable Futures," a program that offers an
expedited Pre-Manufacturing Notification process to companies that take training in the use of
the methods and apply the results toward development of safer chemicals. The Agency, working
with others in the scientific community, has developed computerized methodologies that look at
the structure of chemicals and estimate potential hazard and risk. The methods, called the
Pollution Prevention Framework and the Persistent, Bioaccumulative, Toxic (PBT) Profiler can
be used to identify hazardous chemicals even before product manufacture begins. EPA is
encouraging industry to use these screening-level tools, used internally by EPA, to evaluate
chemical alternatives early in the research and development stage. Industry response to a pilot
program in 2002 was very positive.
EPA's technology transfer efforts introduced these risk-screening methods to the industry
in 2001 and 2002, and the response was both positive and dramatic. The participating companies
have indicated that the methods identified safer alternatives early in the product development
cycle, when pollution prevention, product substitution, and risk reduction are most cost effective.
The companies also found that the models reduced production costs, shortened time to market,
and reduced generation of waste.27 Under a pilot program (Project XL), EPA provided
26 U.S. EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Annual Performance Measure Tracking Files
27 American Chemistry Council, Chlorine Chemistry Council, and Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturers
Association, Industry Statement on EPA's PBT Profiler (September 26, 2002); press statement: Environmental
TV-43
-------
regulatory relief to two companies that used the tools as an integral part of product development.
In a "win-win" result, industry saved time and money and the environment saw inherently safer
rjQ
chemicals. EPA will expand the use of the risk screening tools developed from Project XL to
other companies to assist them in selecting safer chemicals for use in their products and
processes. By 2003, these screening tools should be accessible to a wide range of public and
industry users, and EPA will offer regulatory relief to companies that use these tools, resulting in
low hazard/low risk new chemical submissions. In 2004, there should be additional capabilities
introduced to more fully address health endpoints of concern.
Assessing Existing Chemicals
HPV Challenge Program
2800 HPV Chemicals Need Hazard Data
(data as of May 2002)
357 companies including 106 consortia
have voluntarily sponsored 2,206
HPV chemicals
One of EPA's critical
responsibilities under TSCA is to
identify and control any
unreasonable risks that might be
associated with the thousands of
chemicals which are already in
commerce.29 The Agency will
complete assessments of Methyl
Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE), a
gasoline additive, and several other
chemicals used in a wide variety of
commercial products and industrial
processes. EPA's strategy for
addressing the remaining
chemicals in commerce is to foster
the public availability of risk
screening information to allow
states, communities, industry, and the public to act on their own and in concert with EPA to
reduce potential risks posed by these chemicals.
EPA's High Production Volume (HPV) Challenge Program focuses on remedying the
lack of critical human health and environmental effects information on industrial chemicals. In
FY 2004, EPA will continue to review and make publicly available hazard screening data on
HPV chemicals, which are those chemicals that are manufactured or imported into the United
States in quantities of at least one million pounds. While the focus in the early years of the HPV
Challenge Program was on evaluating the adequacy of existing data, new data generated under
the program will now need assessment. In FY 2002 EPA's HPV Challenge Program continued to
provide health and environmental effects screening data for more than 800 industrial and
commercial chemicals. EPA's efforts in making these data available on the Agency's HPV web
Defense Offers Support for New EPA Internet Tool (Washington, DC, September 25,2002). Available at
http://wftw.epa.gov
28 American Chemistry Council, Chlorine Chemistry Council, and Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturers
Association, Industry Statement on EPA's PBT Profiler (September 26,2002); press statement: Environmental
Defense Offers Support for New EPA Internet Tool (Washington, DC, September 25,2002). Available at
http://www.epa.gov
29 TSCA - 15 USC 2605; regulations at 40 CFR, Chapter 1, Subchapter R, revised as of July 1,2002.
IV-44
-------
site kept pace with the unprecedented volume of data submitted by industry participants.30 The
Agency intends to further evaluate whether additional assessment is warranted for chemicals to
which children are exposed. The Voluntary Children's Chemical Evaluation Program (VCCEP)
was launched in 2001. Industry commitments to "Tier 1" have been received thus far for 20 of
the 23 chemicals identified for a pilot program.31 The first chemical cases are estimated to be
subject to peer consultations in 2003 to 2004.
Prior to the start of the HPV Challenge Program, insufficient hazard information existed
in the public domain for many of these chemicals that we use daily. Only 7 percent of the 2,800
HPV chemicals had a publicly available full set of basic information on health and
environmental effects. Only 25 percent of consumer chemicals (those used by children and
families in consumer products) had a full set of publicly available basic information. In addition,
the Agency is continuing its work with other countries in the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development's (OECD's) Existing Chemicals Program to further expand the
availability of risk screening information.
Much of the focus of the Agency hi FY 2003 is assessing the validity of small groups or
categories of HPV chemicals proposed by industry. Such categories of chemicals can be
considered together because of their similar structure or toxicological properties, hi FY 2004, as
new data generated to support these categories become available, the Agency will shift its focus
to evaluating the category analyses submitted by industry sponsors to ensure that the
assumptions made in formulating the categories are met and that the use of a category approach
to assessing, interpolating and extrapolating the health and environmental effects across the
individual chemicals within them is justified. As such, the focus in FY 2004 will be on priority
setting to determine whether further action is warranted—whether it is higher order health or
ecological testing, collection of exposure data to begin an evaluation of risk, and/or risk
management action undertaken by the Agency, industry, or the informed public, hi addition, the
Agency will explore using the hazard classification guidelines currently being developed in the
OECD, which characterize chemicals from a hazard standpoint. Finally, the use of structure-
activity relationships for higher order health and ecological effects predictions will be developed
and applied to determine which chemicals should be considered for further action. These efforts
will be coordinated with a pilot process now within the OECD's Existing Chemicals Program.
hi FY 2004, the Agency will continue to work with stakeholders to explore possibilities
for identifying use information. Use information would allow the Agency to identify chemical
exposure pathways, better assess risks associated with such exposures, and identify potential
unsafe uses of household chemicals and other consumer products.
The Existing Chemicals program collects information through other avenues as well.
The Inventory Update Rule32 under TSCA section 8(a) is routinely used to determine potential
nationwide and local exposure to specific industrial chemicals, and provides reliable production
volume information for chemicals hi commerce. EPA's TSCA Section 8(d) reporting rule was
30 U.S. EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, High Production Volume Challenge Program, Chemical
Hazard Data Availability Study, April 1998 - http://www.epa.gov/chemrtk/hazcb.em.pdf
31 U.S. EPA, Office of Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Voluntary Children's Chemicals Evaluation
Program (VCCEP) Commitment Tracking System. Available at http://www.epa.gov/chemrtk/viewsrch.htm
3240 CFR part 710, as amended by 68 FR 848, January 7, 2003
TV-45
-------
developed to gather unpublished health and safety information needed by the TSCA Interagency
Testing Committee (ITC), EPA program offices and other Federal Agencies. In 2004, EPA will
support the TSCA ITC in carrying out its statutory mandate to formally recommend whether
EPA should issue TSCA Section 4 Test Rules for identified industrial chemicals.
Section 8(e) is a mandatory provision of TSCA that requires immediate reporting to EPA
by anyone who produces, imports, processes or distributes a chemical substance or mixture in
commerce and who obtains information that "reasonably supports a conclusion" that such
substance or mixture presents a substantial risk of injury to human health or the environment.
EPA immediately reviews all incoming TSCA Section 8(e) notices and determines the need for
and priority of action on the part of the Agency. Such actions could include referral to other
Federal agencies.
Another existing chemical program of growing importance is the Acute Exposure
Guideline Levels Program (AEGL). The purpose of the AEGL is to develop information on the
health effects of acute exposure to toxic chemicals. The AEGL values represent three tiers of
health effect endpoints (discomfort, disability and death) for five different exposure durations
(ten and thirty minutes, one, four and eight hours) in order to provide maximum flexibility and
applicability to chemical emergency planners and responders. The analysis generates exposure
values that indicate what levels of chemicals cause concern, providing key information to first
responders to chemical spills, so they can determine what precautions to take and also how to
treat citizens who may be on the scene. In 2004, the AEGL program, which is peer-reviewed by
the National Academy of Sciences, will continue its efforts to generate concern values for
chemicals which are used in all aspects of emergency responses involving chemical spills
including response, recovery, preparedness, and mitigation.
Homeland Security
To prepare for catastrophes that may occur and to improve our nation's toxic incident
response capabilities, EPA proposes to increase the pace at which Acute Exposure Guideline
Levels (AEGL's) are developed and approved for chemicals in commerce. It is noteworthy that
the National Academy of Sciences strongly recommends such an increased effort.33
The AEGL program, mandated by Congress and designed by EPA, directly resulted from
a catastrophic toxic incident— the mass killing of workers and community members by the
accidental release of methyl isocyanate from a US owned chemical plant in Bhopal, India in
1984. AEGL's are short-term exposure limits applicable to the general population for a wide
range of extremely hazardous substances (approximately 400) for purposes of chemical
emergency response, planning, and prevention related to chemical accidents and chemical
terrorism. To date, the program has developed AEGL's for approximately 90 chemicals with
Proposed, Interim or Final status. 34 However, approximately 300 extremely hazardous
substances remain to be addressed.
33 Public meeting, AEGL Federal Advisory Committee, December 9-11,2002
34 U.S. EPA, Office of Prevention, Pesticides, and Toxic Substances, Overview of the Acute Exposure Guideline
Levels (AEGL) Program (June 2002).
IV-46
-------
The existing chemicals program provides direct scientific and technical support for the
development of emergency exposure limits used within EPA and by many others. AEGL's are
also needed by other Federal and state agency stakeholders. EPA leads the collaborative effort
that includes nine Federal agencies (EPA, DOE, DOD, DOT, NIOSH, OSHA, CDC, ATSDR,
and FDA), numerous state agencies, private industry, academia, emergency medical associations,
unions, and other organizations in the private sector.
The program has also been extended to the international community, with the
endorsement of the OECD and active participation by the Netherlands, Germany, and France.
Recently, Russia has sent a delegation to pursue ongoing participation. The objective is to
develop one standardized set of scientifically sound short-term exposure values that will be used
worldwide for all chemical emergencies.
The availability of the AEGL values is critical for Response, Recovery, Preparedness,
and Mitigation.
• Response: AEGL values provide emergency responders with valuable information for
decision-making on such actions as evacuations and shelter-in-place and critical guidance
regarding accessibility of contaminated sites to responders and use of personal protective
equipment.
• Recovery: AEGL values can be used to determine whether restoration procedures can be
implemented in contaminated areas or whether evacuated populations may return and
normal activities may resume.
• Preparedness: AEGL values are extremely valuable in planning and preparedness
because they are critical to scientifically credible release and dispersion modeling and the
determination of "vulnerable zones" and "safe zones" in the event of a toxic chemical
release. This planning identifies important facilities such as schools, hospitals,
emergency response facilities, media communication centers, etc. that may be located in
"vulnerable zones" and highlights the need for special preparedness actions.
• Mitigation: The Preparedness or planning efforts underscore the critical facilities and
circumstances where mitigation actions can be taken to reduce the risk associated with
chemical terrorist attacks.
Endocrine Disrupter Program
There is increasing evidence that fish and wildlife has been affected by chemicals that
interfere with the endocrine system resulting in abnormal development, low fertility and greater
susceptibility to disease. The link to human disease is less clear at ambient environmental levels,
although effects have been observed at fish exposure sites.35
35 International Program on Chemical Safety (2002), Global assessment of the state-of-the-science of endocrine
disrupters. WHO/PCS/EDC/02.2
IV-47
-------
The Food Quality Protection Act Amendments of 1996 mandated that EPA test pesticides
for estrogen effects on human health. The Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1996 permit
EPA to test contaminants found in drinking water sources. Given the scientific controversy over
the testing of chemicals for their endocrine disrupting effects, the Agency established the
Endocrine Disruptor Screening and Testing Advisory Committee (EDSTAC) under the Federal
Advisory Committee Act. EDSTAC included representatives from industry, environmental and
public health groups, academia, and Federal and state government. On the basis of science,
EDSTAC recommended that the screening program include: commercial chemicals and
contaminants; estrogen, androgen and thyroid endpoints; and wildlife as well as human health
effects.
Schedule for the Development and Implementation of the Endocrine
Disruptor Chemical Screening Program
Sorting and Priority Setting
narrows the list of chemicals
from the list of 87,000 using existing
chemical data and screening tools
Tier 1 Screens is a battery of hi vitro
and hi vivo short-term screening
assays that identify chemicals having
the potential to interact with the
estrogen, androgen and thyroid
systems. Chemicals that screen
positive hi Tier 1 screening battery
will be tested hi Tier 2.
Tier 2 Tests consists of multi-
generation tests in mammals, birds,
fish, amphibians and invertebrates and
will provide information on the
adverse effects of the chemical and
other information needed to assess the
hazard of substances to these
organisms.
Phase 1 Implementation starts testing
chemicals from the sorting and priority
setting stage using the validated Tier 1
EPA based its EDSP on the EDSTAC assays.
recommendations. The EDSP is a two-tiered
program. Tier 1 is a battery of in vitro and in vivo short-term screening assays that identify
chemicals that have the potential to interact with the estrogen, androgen, and thyroid systems.
Chemicals positive in the Tier 1 screening battery will be tested in Tier 2. Tier 2 consists of
multi-generation tests hi mammals, birds, fish, amphibians and invertebrates and will provide
information on the adverse effects of the chemical and other information needed to assess the
hazard of substances to these organisms. FQPA mandated that all assays used in the EDSP be
validated. Validation is a science-based process and has required application of cutting edge
science, domestic interagency and international cooperation, and ongoing stakeholder
involvement. In 2004 EPA will continue to develop and validate Tier 1 and 2 screens and tests.
IV-48
-------
In 2004 EPA plans to start testing chemicals identified through the Sorting and Priority Setting
Stage using validated Tier 1 screening assays.
Research
There are 80,000 chemicals in the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) inventory with
approximately 1,700 chemicals added annually. Each year, 1 billion pounds of active ingredients
found in conventional pesticides are applied in the United States. Release of these chemicals into
the environment through industrial, agricultural, and other processes, can pose serious risks to
both human health and ecosystems. Therefore, the continued development and validation of
improved human health and ecological risk assessment methods is one of the Agency's high
priority research needs.
The research conducted under this objective provides direct support to EPA's Office of
Prevention, Pesticides, and Toxic Substances. The exposure measures, methods, and models
being developed in this program are intended to characterize actual exposures to pesticides and
toxics and to better understand the key factors influencing these exposures. The effects methods
and models developed in these areas are used to obtain toxicity data and assess and manage risks
of toxic agents under TSCA and the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act
(FIFRA). The results of the application of methods developed under this research program will
significantly increase understanding of the impacts of specific classes of pesticides and toxic
substances on human health.
EPA's Safe Communities Research Program is designed to: 1) produce more near-term
results (e.g., models, better data) for EPA's regulatory-driven needs that are directly applicable
to the development of test guidelines required for implementation of TSCA and FIFRA; 2)
address human and ecological risks resulting from exposures to toxic chemicals; and 3) develop
exposure, effects, risk assessment, and risk management methods for evaluating data submitted
under TSCA and FIFRA. The research program supports both human health and ecosystem
protection research and is complemented by relevant research described under Goal 8, Sound
Science that is of longer-term and broader focus.
This goal is supported by multiple EPA long-range research planning documents,
including: 1) the Draft Safe Communities Multiyear Plan; 2) the Research Strategy on
Environmental Risks to Children; and 4) the Ecological Research Strategy. These long-term
strategies and planning documents provide a framework for EPA's Goal 4 research program to
improve the scientific basis for identification, assessment, and management of environmental
exposures that pose the greatest health risks to the American public. In the context of
performance (or program outcomes), the Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA)
requires Federal organizations to establish and publish performance goals in an Annual
Performance Plan and report on the extent to which they achieve those goals in Annual
Performance Reports. The Safe Communities research program is also subject to the
requirements of GPRA.
Human Health Research
Humans are exposed every day to thousands of chemicals individually and/or in multiple
IV-49
-------
combinations through the air, drinking water, food, and dust. In order to address these concerns,
the Safe Communities Human Health Research Program will:
• Develop and verify tools to detect, characterize and quantify exposures to and the key
factors influencing the exposures to pesticides and other toxic substances;
• Develop and verify methods to detect, characterize and quantify adverse human health
effects that result from these exposures to pesticides and other toxic substances;
• Develop and validate models to predict the human health impacts of exposure to
pesticides and other toxic substances; and
• Provide data on the human health and associated effects of selected pesticides and other
toxic chemicals, occurring singly or as complex mixtures.
Human health research directly supports the needs of the Agency related to the
requirements of TSCA, FIFRA and the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA). In order to comply
with the legislative mandates, research is needed to provide EPA with predictive tools for
prioritization of testing requirements and enhanced interpretation of hazard identification and
dose-response information. This includes evaluating existing test guidelines and developing new
and improved test methods for incorporation into EPA's test guidelines series.
EPA will continue to participate in the Agriculture Health Study (AHS) with the National
Cancer Institute (NCI), the National Institute for Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS), and
the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). The AHS is a large
epidemiological study on the health of men and women in agriculture. The primary objective of
the Study is to collect high quality exposure data to evaluate how accurately the AHS
questionnaire classifies pesticide application activities and enables the prediction of applicator
exposure and dose.
In FY 2004, research will focus on the analysis and reporting of the results from the
AHS/Pesticide Exposure Study. Based on this analysis, EPA will deliver high quality exposure
data to the National Cancer Institute (NCI) and the National Institute for Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS) for the development of a tool for identifying and assessing key factors
influencing farm applicator exposures to agricultural pesticides. Data collection and sample
analyses will be completed in FY 2003 and an interim report will be prepared. Sophisticated
statistical analyses of the data will be performed during FY 2004 and a final report and other
publications will be developed.
In FY 2004, exposure research will investigate community risks associated with the use
of pesticides in agricultural communities, to include secondary volatilization and regional
transport of these pesticides. The AGDISP model (formerly known as AgDrift) will be linked to
a smaller scale transport module embedded in a spatial (GIS) framework. Exposure methods
research will be conducted to support prioritized regional and state needs for rapid screening
techniques to assess the occurrence, magnitude and extent of exposures resulting from the use of
agricultural pesticides.
IV-50
-------
In FY 2004, additional exposure research will be conducted to characterize potential
exposures to pesticides and their by-products resulting from drinking water treatment processes.
This research will be designed to elucidate the underlying processes that describe the fate and
transport of selected pesticides, toxic chemicals, and their metabolites from natural water sources
through drinking water treatment facilities to individual households.
Ecological Research
As with human exposures, the environment can have complex exposure scenarios. To
develop a better understanding of possible exposure scenarios, the Safe Communities Ecological
Research Program will:
• Develop and verify tools to detect, characterize and quantify potential exposures to and
the key factors that may influence exposures to pesticides and other toxic substances;
• Develop and verify methods to detect, characterize and quantify adverse ecological
effects that may result from exposures to pesticides and other toxic substances;
• Develop and validate models to predict the potential ecological impacts of exposure to
pesticides and other toxic substances; and
• Provide data on the ecological exposures and associated effects of selected pesticides and
other toxic chemicals that may occur singly or as complex mixtures,
Risk issues associated with ecological effects are addressed through applied research
techniques that develop methods and models to evaluate the magnitude and duration of
environmental exposures and their potential effects on wildlife and plant species. This research
creates the scientific foundation for probabilistic risk assessment methods to protect wildlife and
plant species by updating methods and models to identify, characterize, predict and assess
ecological effects. Safe communities ecological effects and exposure research is highly
leveraged with EPA's Ecosystems Protection Research Program under Sound Science (Goal 8).
Ecosystem effects research will address the development of appropriate screening and
higher tier ecological effects models, the development of pharmacokinetic models to
estimate/extrapolate tissue concentration of chemical agents from laboratory test organisms to
wildlife species of concern, and the relative influence of potential exposure to chemicals and
other environmental agents, habitat alterations and land use, and natural variability on
sustainability of wildlife populations. Research will also develop and validate predictive models,
including biologically-based dose response and structure-activity-relationships, to identify and
characterize ecological hazard and risk. In FY 2004, EPA will complete a methodology to
evaluate population-level effects of pesticides on wildlife and aquatic species.
The ecological exposure research program will investigate the feasibility and design of a
coupled primary and secondary (revolatilization and wind erosion) pesticides drift model,
AgDrift (discussed above). The research will:
• Apply larger scale risk assessment tools to pesticides and toxic substances issues;
IV-51
-------
• Refine existing aquatic exposure assessment models, including drinking water, which are
used to assess the potential effects of pesticides and toxics on broader scales of
ecosystems;
• Develop computerized and validated methods to assess uncertainties in ecological
assessments for pesticides and toxic substances; and
• Develop user-friendly models linking distribution of exposure to distribution of toxicity
to estimate magnitude and probability of effects to non-target species.
Additionally, exposure research will continue to develop and evaluate probabilistic
exposure models for ecological risk assessment by extending existing model technologies to
accommodate the full range of variant transport, fate and food chain contamination pathways
present in agricultural landscapes and watersheds of North America. Research will also be
conducted to assemble the range of datasets needed to execute risk assessments with appropriate
geographic specificity in support of pesticide safety evaluations under FIFRA. The models will
be linked with user interfaces and reporting capabilities for direct application to the EPA risk
assessment paradigm in a statistical and probabilistic decision framework.
Innovative methods for assessing ecological exposures and risks to chiral pesticides -
chemically identical organic compounds that have two or more mirror image structures - will be
performed. Research will focus on developing enhanced methods for new chiral pesticides;
examining the occurrence, degradation and selectivity of these pesticides in soils and agricultural
products, selecting and testing enantiomers for biological effects, and assessing the uptake of
these pesticides by selected species (e.g., earthworms, aquatic species).
Biotechnology Research
Biotechnology, which is applicable to both human health and ecological research,
presents a wealth of opportunities such as genetically modified crops that improve productivity,
provide resistance to pests and other stresses, and increase nutritional value. However, concerns
about potential risk and our ability to manage these risks, driven primarily by a lack of
information, have created considerable public concern.
In FY 2004, EPA will draw on its expertise in risk assessment to evaluate current
methodology and, where necessary, develop new methods or new approaches to risk assessment
of biotechnology products. Special areas of focus will be risk communication, monitoring,
ecological assessment, and risk management to develop effective strategies to mitigate risks
when unintended adverse consequences occur and to advance the application of socio-economic
methods to better understand issues related to public acceptance of genetically modified
products.
Specific activities include, but are not limited to: 1) developing novel methodologies and
techniques for pest resistance management; 2) establishing a validated risk assessment strategy
for evaluating genetically modified crops under consideration for commercialization; 3)
developing an animal model to assess dietary allergenicity of transgenic pesticide proteins hi
FV-52
-------
food crops; 4) developing methods to evaluate and model the potential for gene flow and transfer
from engineered plant incorporated protectants to non-target species; and 5) developing
standardized and streamlined methodologies for conducting base-line assessments of agricultural
and near-field ecosystems non-target species diversity and abundance. The long-term goal of
this research is to provide policy-relevant scientific information needed to assess and manage
potential risks that genetically modified crops may cause.
In summary, research for safer communities supports EPA's mission through the
continued development and validation of improved human health risk and ecological risk
assessment methods and models. EPA's regulatory programs use the methods and models
developed in these areas to obtain toxicity data and assess and manage risks of toxic agents under
TSCA and FIFRA.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (-$407,000) This reduction reflects efficiencies achieved in Information Technology
projects and systems.
• (+$1,000,000, +1.0 FTE) This increase will enhance the development of acute exposure
guideline levels for extremely hazardous substances to facilitate emergency response,
planning and prevention. Funding will also support the development and use of safer
alternative chemicals that cannot be used as weapons of mass terror.
• (+$1,140,600, +4.9 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated
in proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars
and FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated
in proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts
in FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
S&T
Research
• (-$370,000, -4.0 FTE) EPA is realigning and consolidating its Computational Toxicology
Research Program under its Sound Science Goal (Objective 8.3). There are no
programmatic impacts.
• There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
IV-53
-------
GOAL: PREVENTING POLLUTION AND REDUCING RISK IN COMMUNITIES,
HOMES, WORKPLACES AND ECOSYSTEMS
OBJECTIVE: MANAGE NEW CHEMICAL INTRODUCTION AND SCREEN
EXISTING CHEMICALS FOR RISK
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Risks from Industrial / Commercial Chemicals
In 2004 Identify, restrict, and reduce risks associated with industrial/commercial chemicals
In 2004 Identify, restrict, and reduce risks associated with industrial/commercial chemicals.
In 2003 Of the approx. 1,800 applic. for new chem. and microorganisms submitted by industry, ensure those marketed are safe for
humans and the envir. Increase proportion of commer. chem. that have undergone PMN review to signify they are properly
managed and may be potential green altern. to exist, chem.
In 2002 EPA reviewed all 1,943 Pre-manufacturing Notices received during FY 2002. At the end of 2002,21.5 percent of all chemicals
in commerce had been assessed for risks. A large fraction of these chemicals also may be "green" alternatives to existing
chemicals in commerce.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of TSCA Pre-Manufacture Notice Reviews 1943 1800 1700 Notices
Make screening level health and environmental effects data 843 900 cum. chemicals
publicly available for sponsored HPV chemicals
Number of Self-Audited New Chemical Product Alternatives 250 Alternatives
Reduction in the current year production-adjusted Risk 2% Index
Screening Environmental Indicators risk-based score of
releases and transfers of toxic chemicals.
Reports of validation studies for four Tier 1 screening assays 4 scm assays-cum
Number of chemicals for which sets of 15 AEGL values are 15 add'l chemicals
made Final.
Baseline: The baseline for TSCA PMNs in FY2004 is zero. (EPA receives about 1,700 PMNs per year for chemicals about to enter
commerce. From 1979-2002, EPA reviewed about 40,000 PMNs. Of the 78,000 chemicals potentially in commerce, 16,618
have gone through the risk-screening process.) The baseline for HPV measure is zero chemicals in 1998. The baseline for the
RSEI measure is the index calculated for 2003. The baseline for the Tier 1 screening measure is zero in 1996 - no valid methods
for endocrine disruptor screening and testing existed when FQPA was enacted in FY1996. The baseline for self-audited new
chemical products is under development.
Baseline: The baseline for the AEGL measure under the base program is 29 cumulative chemicals through 2004.
Program Assessment Rating Tool (PART)
New Chemicals
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the New Chemicals program was evaluated with the following specific findings:
• The program has very strong purpose and management.
• The program collaborates with the Department of Labor on worker protection controls
and has a cooperative agreement with Florida State University to identify and develop
improved environmental indicators and program performance measures.
IV-54
-------
• While the program has to some extent shown results, the main deficiency is the lack of
adequate long-term measures. The measures are not outcomes, do not have clear targets
and do not include at least one efficiency measure.
• The PART exercise, however, has resulted in serious attention by the program to develop
long-term goals for the program that can demonstrate results for human health and/or the
environment.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
• Maintain funding at the 2003 President's Budget level.
• Recommend improvement of the program's strategic planning, including an independent
evaluation of the program, which can result in significant improvement of program
results.
• Establish more outcome-oriented measures including at least one efficiency measure.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measures: Reports of validation studies for 13 Tier 1 endocrine
disrupter screening assays
Performance Database: Program output; internal tracking system.
Data Source: Data collected by program office on number of screening assays validated.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: All screening assays are peer reviewed by the
Scientific Advisory Panel (SAP) or the Agency Science Advisory Board (SAB). Study reports
will be presented to the Endocrine Disrupter Methods Validation Subcommittee for review and
comment.
QA/QC Procedures: All studies are being performed in accordance with EPA approved quality
assurance project plans. All validation studies will be conducted using Good Laboratory
Practices.
Data Quality Review: The SAP/SAB will be charged with identifying any data limitations
during the peer review process.
Data Limitations: None identified
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A.
IV-55
-------
References: Endocrine Disrupter Screening and Testing Advisory Committee (EDSTAC)
Report, FY 2000 Report To Congress on the Endocrine Disruptor Screening Program.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Number of self-audited new chemical product alternatives
under Sustainable Futures.
Performance Database: For this performance measure, EPA tracks the number of PMNs and
supporting risk screening information submitted by industry to the Sustainable Futures voluntary
program. EPA has developed computerized methodologies for evaluating hazard, exposure and
risk based on an analysis of chemical structure. This approach, generally referred to as structure
activity relationships, allows risk screening of chemicals early-on in R&D, when safer
alternatives may be available and the cost of substitution is lowest. The P2 framework uses these
same risk screening methodologies, called the P2 Framework, to evaluate PreManufacture
Notices (PMNs) submitted under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). Under Sustainable
Futures, EPA is making the P2 Framework available to industry, together with training and
technical assistance. In addition, under Sustainable Futures, participating companies can receive
regulatory flexibility for qualifying low hazard/low risk PMNs. This flexibility reduces the
regulatory review period for new chemicals by 50 percent For this performance measure, we
track the number of PMNs and supporting risk screening information submitted by industry to
the Sustainable Futures voluntary program.
Data Source: Industry conducts independently chemical risk screening and submits the data and
results of risk screening analyses to EPA together with the PMN submission.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: Industry submits the results of risk screenings with
their PMNs, allowing EPA to track the level of participation in the Sustainable Futures program
and the scope and applicability of the industry submissions. EPA will provide additional training
and technical assistance to small businesses. EPA anticipates a relatively small number of
companies participating in Sustainable Futures initially, with participation growing steadily over
time. Industry response to both the concept of risk screening and the incentives offered, i.e.,
regulatory flexibility, has been very positive.
QA/QC Procedures: EPA will conduct a fully independent risk assessment of each PMN
submitted under Sustainable Futures to ensure products commercialized do not present
unreasonable risk.
Data Quality Reviews: EPA's own internal expert review will be employed to evaluate industry
submissions under Sustainable Futures.
Data Limitations: EPA's experience indicates that estimates rendered by EPA's risk screening
methodologies, included in the P2 Framework, are typically within the same order of magnitude
as measured data. EPA's own internal expert review will be employed to evaluate industry
submissions under Sustainable Futures. Because Sustainable Futures is a voluntary program,
some chemical manufacturers may not submit their PMNs to the Sustainable Futures program.
IV-56
-------
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA will evaluate the nature, quality and applicability of
industry submissions under sustainable Futures. The Agency will continue to improve the scope
and predictive capabilities of the P2 Framework risk screening methodologies. Data received
through the High Production Volume Chemical Challenge program will be valuable in
improving the P2 Framework risk screening capabilities by providing additional human and
ecological health hazard data and data contributing to modeling of chemical environmental fate
and transport.
References: None.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: TSCA Pre-manufacture Notice Reviews
Performance Database: New Chemicals Management Information Tracking System (MITS),
which tracks information from beginning of Premanufacture Notice (PMN) program (1979) to
present. Information includes number of PMNs submitted and final disposition (whether
regulated or not) and number of low volume and test market exemptions.
Data Source: As industry develops new chemicals, it submits data related to the new chemicals
for review to the Agency, including information on chemicals to be manufactured and imported,
chemical identity, manufacturing process, use, worker exposure, environmental releases and
disposal.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: This is an output measure tracked directly through
OPPT record-keeping systems. No models or assumptions or statistical methods are employed.
Data are aggregated nationally and suitable for cross year comparisons.
QA/QC Procedures: Local Area Network (LAN) server contains confidential business
information (CBI) support documents on each of the chemicals; data undergo quality
assurance/quality control by EPA before being uploaded to the LAN. EPA always checks for
consistency among similar chemicals in databases.
Data Quality Review: EPA reviews industry data; EPA staff scientists and contractors perform
risk screenings and assessments, which could lead to regulation.
Data Limitations: None known.
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: None planned.
References: None.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
IV-57
-------
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Reduction in the FY 2004 production-adjusted Risk-
Screening Environmental Indicators risk-based score of releases and transfers of toxic chemicals
reported to TRI from the level calculated for FY 2003 (reported in FY 2006 due to TRI data lag).
Performance Database: The RSEI Model36 uses annual reporting from individual industrial
facilities along with a variety of other information to evaluate chemical emissions and other
waste management activities. RSEI incorporates detailed data from EPA's Toxics Release
Inventory (TRI) and Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS), the United States Census, and
many other sources. Due to a TRI data lag, performance data will be unavailable for this measure
when the FY 2004 Annual Performance Report is prepared. The data will be available for the
FY 2006 report.
Data Source: The wide variety of data used in the RSEI model were collected by Federal
Agencies (United States Census Bureau, EPA, USGS, Commerce Dept. - National
Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Dept. of Interior — United States Fish
and Wildlife Service), State Agencies (air emissions and stack data, fishing license data), and
research organizations (such as the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI)) for a variety of
national/state programmatic and regulatory purposes, and for industry-specific measurements.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: The RSEI Model generates unique numerical values
known as "Indicator Elements" using the factors pertaining to surrogate dose, toxicity and
exposed population. Indicator Elements are unit less (like an index number, they can be
compared to one-another but do not reflect actual risk), but proportional to the modeled relative
risk of each release (incrementally higher numbers reflect greater estimated risk). Indicator
Elements are risk-related measures generated for every possible combination of reporting
facility, chemical, release medium, and exposure pathway (inhalation or ingestion). Each
Indicator Element represents a unique release-exposure event and together these form the
building blocks to describe exposure scenarios of interest. These Indicator Elements are summed
hi various ways to produce "Indicator Values," which represent the risk-related results for
releases users are interested in assessing. RSEI results are for comparative purposes and only
meaningful when compared to other scores produced by RSEI. The measure is appropriate for
year-to-year comparisons of performance. Depending on how the user wishes to aggregate,
RSEI can address trends nationally, regionally, by state or smaller geographic areas.
QA/QC Procedures: The Agency annually updates the data sources used within the RSEI
model to take advantage of the most recent and reliable data. For example, TRI facilities self-
report release data and occasionally make errors. TRI has quality control (QC) functions and an
error-correction mechanism for reporting such mistakes. Because of the unique screening-level
abilities of the RSEI model, it is possible to identify other likely reporting errors and these are
forwarded to the TRI Program for resolution, hi developing the RSEI model, the Agency
performed numerous QC checks on various types of data. For instance, locational data for on-
site and off-site facilities has been checked and corrected, and this information is being supplied
to the Office of Environmental Information (OEI) and EPA's Envirofacts database.
36 U.S. EPA Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Risk Screening and Environmental Indicators Model.
Available at http://T4nvvv.epQ.gov/opptmtr/rsei/
IV-58
-------
Data Quality Reviews: RSEI depends upon a broad array of data resources, each of which has
gone through a quality review process tailored to the specific data. It includes data from TRI,
Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS), Health Effects Assessment Summary Tables
(HEAST), United States Census, etc. All were collected for regulatory or programmatic
purposes and are of sufficient quality to be used by EPA, other Federal agencies, and state
regulatory agencies. Over the course of its development, RSEI has been the subject of three
reviews by EPA's Science Advisory Board.37
Data Limitations: RSEI relies on data from a variety of EPA and other sources. TRI data may
have errors that are not corrected in the standard TRI QC process. In the past, RSEI has
identified some of these errors and corrections have been made by reporting facilities. Drinking
water intake locations are not available for all intakes nationwide. Where intake locations are
known only at the county-level, RSEI distributes the drinking water population between all
stream reaches in that county. This could increase or decrease the RSEI risk-related results
depending on the pattern of TRI releases on the stream reaches in that county. If the actual
uptake location were on a highly polluted stream reach, this approach would underestimate risk
by distributing the drinking water population to less-polluted reaches. In coastal areas, some
releases may go directly to the ocean, rather than nearby streams. The Agency is in the process
of systematically correcting potential errors regarding these releases. These examples are
illustrative of the data quality checks and methodological improvements that are part of the RSEI
development effort. Data sources are updated annually and all RSEI values are recalculated on
an annual basis.
Error Estimate: In developing the RSEI methodology, both sensitivity analyses and
groundtruthing studies have been used to address model accuracy (documentation is provided on
the RSEI Home Page - www.epa.gov/oppt/env_inoY). For example, groundtruthing of the air
modeling performed by RSEI compared to site-specific regulatory modeling done by the state of
New York showed virtually identical results in both rank order and magnitude. However, the
complexity of modeling performed in RSEI, coupled with un-quantified data limitations, limits a
precise estimation of errors that may either over- or under-estimate risk-related results.
New/Improved Data or Systems: RSEI developers regularly track improvements in Agency
databases (e.g., SDWIS and Reach File databases) and incorporate newer data into the RSEI
databases. Such improvements can also lead to methodological modifications in the model.
Corrections in TRI reporting data for all previous years are captured by the annual updates of the
RSEI model.
References: The methodologies used in RSEI were documented for the 1997 review by the
EPA Science Advisory Board. The Agency has also provided this and other technical
documentation on the RSEI Home Page, and is revising the existing methodology documents
concurrent with the second beta release of RSEI Version 2.0.
37 U.S. EPA Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Risk Screening Environmental Indicators Model, Peer
Reviews. Available at http:/Avww. epa. sov/opptintr/rsei/faqs. html
IV-59
-------
'i Bibliography:
RSEI Methodology Document (describes data and methods used in RSEI Modeling)
RSEI User's Manual (PDF, 1.5 MB) explains all of the functions of the model, the data used, and
contains tutorials to walk the new user through common RSEI tasks. A more general overview of
the model can be found in the RSEI Fact Sheet (PDF, 23 KB).
Technical Appendices:
Technical Appendix A (PDF, 85 KB) - Available Toxicity Data for TRI Chemicals
Technical Appendix B (PDF, 291 KB) - Physicochemical Properties for TRI Chemicals and
Chemical Categories
Technical Appendix C (PDF, 125 KB) - Derivation of Model Exposure Parameters
Technical Appendix D (PDF, 183 KB) - Locational Data for TRI Reporting
Facilities and Offsite Facilities
Technical Appendix E (PDF, 98 KB) - Derivation of Stack Parameter Data
Technical Appendix F (PDF, 109 KB) - Additional Information on Flag Fields
Technical Appendix G (PDF, 46 KB) - Summary of Differences Between RSEI Data
TRI Public Release Data
Performance Measure: Make screening level health and environmental effects data
publicly available for HPV chemicals.
Performance Database: EPA is developing an electronic chemical right-to-know database
system, called the United States High Production Volume (US HPV) database, which will allow
organized storage and retrieval of all available information on High Production Volume
chemicals in commerce in the United States. The US HPV database will be designed to store hi
a systematic fashion, physical chemistry, fate, exposure, and toxicity data on listed chemicals for
Agency and public use. The United States HPV database will be operational in late 2003.
Data Source: Industry submits test plans and robust summaries of risk screening data in
response to the voluntary HPV Challenge program or EPA promulgated test rules.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: This is an output measure tracked directly through
OPPT record-keeping systems. No models or assumptions or statistical methods are employed.
Data are aggregated nationally and suitable for cross year comparisons.
QA/QC Procedures: Data undergo quality assurance/quality control by EPA before being
/ uploaded to the database. EPA reviews industry submissions of robust summaries of hazard data
on individual chemicals and chemical categories, and test plans based on those summaries. EPA
IV-60
-------
determines whether industry data addressing the chemical parameters adequately support the
summaries and test plans. Data review does not include new information received as a result of
new testing.
Data Quality Review: Review of industry data.
Data Limitations: Data are primarily hazard data, not exposure data. Data are suitable to
support screening level assessments only.
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: Data will be integrated with other Toxic Substances Control
Act (TSCA) databases into an Oracle environment.
References: United States EPA Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, High Production
Challenge Program, US HPV database to be available hi 2003 at
http://www.epa.gQV/chemrtk/hpychmH.htm
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA's chemical testing data provides information for the occupational Safety and Health
Administration's (OSHA) worker protection programs, the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH) for research, and the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)
for informing consumers about products through labels. EPA frequently consults with these
agencies on project design, progress and the results of chemical testing projects. The National
Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), the Mine Safety and Health Association
(MSHA) and EPA meet monthly to coordinate on issues such as mercury recycling, a proposed
rule on worker protection for acrylamide, and issues relating to vermiculite/asbestos at a
Superfund site in Montana. The Agency of Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) has
asked EPA to develop TSCA Section 4 testing actions for certain chemicals that are found
frequently at Superfund sites.
The AEGL is a collaborative effort that includes nine Federal agencies (EPA, DOE,
DOD, DOT, NIOSH, OSHA, CDC, ATSDR, and FDA), numerous state agencies, private
industry, academia, emergency medical associations, unions, and other organizations hi the
private sector. The program also has been supported internationally by the OECD and includes
active participation by the Netherlands, Germany and France.
Research
EPA is among six agencies within the Federal government that conducts intramural
human and environmental health research (EPA, NDEHS, National Cancer Institute, Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention - CDC, Food and Drug Administration, and Agency for Toxic
Substances and Disease Registry). The Agency conducts research hi all elements of the human
health risk assessment paradigm (i.e., exposure, effects, risk assessment, and risk management),
making EPA's contribution unique within the Federal government. EPA is widely recognized
both nationally and internationally for its work hi identifying the relationship between human
IV-61
-------
health eflects and exposure to environmental pollutants. Basic research on the mechanisms
underlying these eflects in combination with problem-driven research programs contribute
significantly to the Agency's ability to fulfill its goals and objectives under several
environmental mandates.
The CDC, through the National Center ior Environmental Health (NCEH). studies health
problems associated with human exposure to lead, radiation, air pollution, and other toxics, as
well as 10 hazards resulting Irorn technologic or natural disasters. These are mainly surveillance
and epidemiology studies and NCEH is particularly interested in studies that benefit children, the
elderly, and persons with disabilities. The NCEH laboratory supports many of EPA:s studies
and is the analytical laboratory Jor samples collected in the EPA-sponsored pesticide study in the
National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES-4) being conducted by the
National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) of CDC. NHANES-4 is a survey of the national
population and includes data on potentially sensitive sub-populations such as children and th(
elderly, EPA is participating in this survey with NCHS to collect inJormation on children's
exposure to pesticides and other environmental contaminants.
The National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (N1CHD) support:-
laboratory, clinical, and epidemiological research on the jeproductive, neurobiological.
developmental, and behavioral processes that determine (and maintain) the health of children and
adults. EPA is collaborating with N3CHD. CDC. and other Federal agencies in the design and
implementation of a National Children's Study of 100.000 children, who will be enrolled during
the mother's pregnancy and followed throughout childhood and adolescence. This study was
mandated in the Children's Health Aci of 2000 to study environmental influences on children's
health and development.
Statutory Authorities
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) section 4. 5. 6. 8. 12(b) and ]3 (15 U.S.C. 2603-5. 2607.
26H and 26] 2)
Federal Insecticide. Fungicide, and Rodemicide Act (F1FRA) sections 3. 4. 5. 6. 11. ]8, 24. and
25 (7 U.S.C. 136a.136a-l.136c. 136d. 136i. ]36p. 336v. and 13ow)
Federal Food. Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)
Re.sea.rch
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
Federal Insecticide. Fungicide, and Rodemicide Act (FIFRA)
Federal Food. Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities. Homes. Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Objective: tnsure Healthier Indoor Aii.
By 2005, 15 million more Americans than in 1994 will live or work in homes, schools. 01
office buildings with healthier indoor ah.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Ensure Healthier Indoor Air.
Environmental Program A:
Management
Science & Technologv
Slate and Tribal Assistance
FY 2002
Actuals
$40.290.3
$29.514.7
$2.187.8
$8.587.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$40.322.7
$30.455.]
$1,727.7
$8.139.9
FY 2004
Request
$42.380.4
$32,995.5
$3.234.9
.$8.150.0
FY 2004
Recj. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$2.057.7
$2.540.4
($492.8)
$10,1
!_G rants
[Total Workvears
123.6
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
332
.->.;.._
126.1
-6.]
i Air. Slate. Local and Tribal
1 Assistance Grants: Other An
i Grant.1-
i Children's Indoor Environments
1 Facilities Infrastructure and
i Operation;-
! Indoor Environments
Legal Service:-
1 Management Services and
FY 2002
Enacted
$8.139.9
$]3.287.9_
$1.799.7
$9.366.2_
S92.8
$526.6
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$8.139.9
$13.918.4
Si. 846.:
$9.307. (i
$103.5
$51?.?
FY 2004
Request
$8.150.0
$16.714.5
$1.866.2
$.8.859.3
$107.2^
$495.2
FY 2004
Req. \.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$10.1
$2.796.1
$20.0
($448,3)
$3.7
(S3 8.0)
1V-6?
-------
Stewardship
Radon
Regional Management
FY 2002
Enacted
$6,453.0
$4.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$6,493.9
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$6,188.0
$0.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
($305.9)
$0.0
FY 2004 Request
Health Effects of Indoor Air Pollution
Research conducted by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and others,
beginning in the late 1970's, indicates that Americans spend about 90 percent of their time
indoors, where they are exposed to levels of pollutants that are often higher than those outdoors.
As a result, indoor air pollution can pose high risks to human health, especially to sensitive
populations, and has been ranked among the top four environmental risks in relative risk reports
issued by EPA, the Science Advisory Board, and several states, such as Florida and California.
Estimates of the economic costs to the nation of poor indoor air quality, including lost worker
productivity, direct medical costs for those whose health is adversely affected, and damage to
equipment and materials, are on the order of tens of billions of dollars per year. (Report to
Congress on Indoor Air Quality. EPA/400/1-89-001). In 2000, the National Academy of
Sciences (NAS) affirmed the significance of indoor triggers of asthma and the alarming increase
in asthma rates nationwide (Clearing the Air: Asthma and Indoor Air Exposures, (ISBN 0-309-
06496-1, January 2000).
Indoor air pollutants continue to have significant impacts in our homes, schools, and
workplaces:
• Nearly one in 13 school-aged children has asthma. There is substantial evidence that
indoor exposures to dust mites and environmental tobacco smoke (ETS, also known as
second-hand smoke), pests, molds, and pets play a significant role in triggering asthma
episodes, and, in some instances, are causally linked to the development of the disease.
(Institute of Medicine, National Academy of Sciences (U.S.)). Committee on the
Assessment of Asthma and Indoor Air. Clearing the Air: Asthma and Indoor Air
Exposures. 2000. Washington. National Academy Press.)
• Asthma's estimated annual cost to the Nation is $14.0 billion (National Heart, Lung, and
Blood Institute, (NHLBI) 2002).
• Young children are exposed to ETS in approximately 29 percent of United States homes,
increasing their risk for asthma and causing thousands of lung infections and other
diseases. (Results of a national telephone survey entitled "Radon Risk Communication
and Results Study," commissioned by EPA hi 1994 and 1996. EPA expects updated
results hi mid-2003.)
IV-64
-------
• In 1999, indoor air quality was reported to be unsatisfactory in about one in five schools
in the United States, while ventilation was reported as unsatisfactory in about one-quarter
of public schools. This translates to over 11 million students attending public schools
reporting unsatisfactory indoor air quality and about 14 million students attending public
schools reporting unsatisfactory ventilation. (Condition of America's Public School
Facilities: 1999, National Center for Education Statistics, Office of Educational Research
and Improvement, United States Department of Education, NCES2000-032, June 2000.)
• Radon is the second leading cause of lung cancer and is estimated to be responsible for
15,000 to 22,000 deaths per year (BEIR VI. NAS, February 1998). In 1992, EPA
estimated that nearly one out of every 15 homes had radon concentrations above the EPA
recommended action level. (National Residential Radon Survey, 1992)
Indoor Environments Program Strategy
EPA has two major strategies to meet its human health objective for indoor air quality:
• Increase Public Awareness: EPA raises public awareness of actual and potential indoor
air risks so that individuals can take steps to reduce exposure. Outreach activities, in the
form of educational literature, media campaigns, hotlines, and clearinghouse operations,
provide essential information about indoor air health risks not only to the public, but to
the professional and research communities as well. Underpinning EPA's outreach efforts
is a strong commitment to environmental justice, community-based risk reduction, and
customer service. For example, the award-winning media campaign undertaken in
partnership with the Advertising Council seeks to educate people about asthma and the
role that indoor environmental triggers can play in the worsening of the disease.
• Increase Partnerships: Through partnerships with non-governmental and professional
entities, EPA disseminates multi-media materials encouraging individuals, schools, and
industry to take action to reduce health risks in their indoor environments. In addition,
EPA uses technology transfer to improve the ways in which all types of buildings,
including schools, homes, and workplaces, are designed, operated, and maintained. To
support these voluntary approaches, EPA incorporates the most current science available
as the basis for recommending ways that people can reduce exposure to indoor
contaminants.
To reach people at the local level, EPA uses assistance agreements and cooperative
partnerships to collaborate with organizations such as the American Academy of
Pediatrics, the Asthma and Allergy Foundation of America, the National Association of
Counties, the National Education Association, the American Lung Association, the
Consumer Federation of America, the National Environmental Health Association, and
the National Council of La Raza. These partnerships allow EPA to successfully reach
and educate target audiences with messages about how to reduce public health risks
posed by indoor air contaminants. Targeted audiences include: health care providers
who treat children with asthma, school personnel who manage the environments where
children spend many hours each day, county and local environmental health officials, and
disproportionately affected and disadvantaged populations. Through this national partner
IV-65
-------
network of over 30 organizations and more than 1,000 local field affiliates, EPA
leverages the personnel, expertise, and credibility of these groups to provide the tools to
their target audiences and to the general public, to make informed decisions about
reducing health risks in their indoor environment.
EPA will broaden awareness and action through national organizations focused on
addressing indoor asthma triggers, as well as other indoor health risks and partner with other
local community-based organizations for implementation. These agreements will provide
maximum flexibility for states and communities to design programs that address critical indoor
air quality problems, including radon, asthma, mold contamination, and secondhand smoke in
homes, in child care and school facilities, and in other residential environments. Some of the
residential environments, such as multi-family, low-income housing, may involve complex
issues such as who controls the condition of the indoor environment and whether resources are
available to make needed repairs or improvements. Schools may have a range of indoor
environmental problems that can be addressed through community-based efforts.
Indoor Environments: Children' s Health Emphasis
Asthma
EPA and CDC co-chair the Asthma Workgroup of the President's Task Force on
Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks to Children. In response to the recommendation of
this Task Force in FY 2000, the Administration proposed a multi-agency initiative to
substantially increase the Federal government's efforts to combat asthma in children. The
initiative was based on Asthma and the Environment: A Strategy to Protect Children, which
currently serves as the framework for DHHS, EPA and other Federal collaboration on asthma
issues. In addition to the Task Force recommendations in 2000 to increase research,
surveillance, and efforts to reduce the disproportionate impact of asthma on minorities and those
living in poverty, a strong recommendation was made to expand existing public health programs
through the incorporation of environmental management of asthma triggers into comprehensive
asthma management programs. Indoor exposure to allergens and pollutants is known to play a
significant role in the exacerbation of asthma in children. Subsequently, EPA launched a
national, multi-faceted asthma education and outreach program, which stresses the importance of
incorporating environmental management into asthma education, outreach and management
strategies. EPA implements comprehensive asthma management programs through partnerships
with national organizations. EPA is also working closely with Federal agencies and non-
governmental organizations through the National Asthma Education and Prevention Program
(NAEPP).
Childhood asthma has been characterized by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) as an
epidemic. The number of children with asthma has more than doubled since 1980. During the
period 1996 - 1998, an estimated five million children had asthma (National Center for Health
Statistics, CDC). In 1996, 210,000 hospitalizations for asthma were for children under the age of
18 (National Center for Environmental Health, CDC). From 1977 to 1995, there was a three-fold
increase in the number of deaths from asthma, and each year over 14 million school days are
missed due to this disease (Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, Surveillance Summaries,
Surveillance for Asthma 1980-1999: CDC. March 29, 2002). While there is no known cure for
TV-66
-------
asthma at this time, the medical community agrees, and it is established in national guidelines,
that both medical treatment and environmental management are needed to effectively control
asthma. However, indoor environmental management is often not practiced and often not part of
the prescription for managing asthma. In FY 2004, EPA will focus its indoor environments
program on implementing successful techniques to expand awareness of asthma triggers. EPA is
targeting three primary audiences to help address indoor asthma triggers nationwide: the general
public, school and child care communities, and the health care providers.
In FY 2004, EPA will build on the success of its national "Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)
Tools for Schools" (TfS) program and expand implementation of this program to more schools.
Adoption of EPA's low-cost/no-cost guidelines for proper operation and maintenance of school
facilities results in healthier indoor environments for all students and staff, but is of particular
help to children with asthma, lessening the degree to which they are exposed to indoor asthma
triggers. By increasing the number of schools where TfS indoor air quality guidelines are
adopted and implemented, healthier indoor air will be provided for over a million students, staff,
and faculty. The Agency will continue to promote the adoption, of healthy building practices in
existing school operations. In FY 2003, EPA will release new web-based guidance to assist
school districts in integrating indoor environmental quality and high performance goals into the
design, construction, and renovation of school buildings. In FY 2004, these two products will
increase the number of existing and new schools that protect students and staff from the health
risks posed by poor school environments.
Preliminary results, based on feedback from stakeholders, have shown that schools and
school districts across the nation are reaping the benefits of improved indoor air quality by
successfully implementing the IAQ TfS Kit and Program. To increase awareness of the TfS
Program and the newer Design Tools for Schools guidance, the Agency will continue to partner
with various non-governmental organizations to promote widespread adoption, including
sponsoring an annual schools symposium, bringing together school officials, nurses, teachers,
facility managers and planners, parents, and others to discuss current issues and the potential
negative effect poor indoor air quality can have on our children's health. In FY 2002, the IAQ
Schools Symposium attracted some 500 participants more than 100 more school officials and
personnel than had participated in FY 2001. The size of the Symposium has grown dramatically
since its inception in FY 2000, indicating growing interest on the part of schools and school
districts nationwide.
EPA will continue to refine its schools materials as new information becomes available,
and as we analyze information we solicit from schools in the form of case studies about how
implementation proceeded and what costs and benefits were realized. Likewise, we will be
actively seeking feedback from users of the newer design guidance to continuously refine the
information we offer to the target community. Results of a national survey of school operation
and maintenance practices administered in late FY 2002, which are expected in FY 2003 will
also help us understand what more needs to be done to meet the needs of schools throughout the
country that are struggling to overcome indoor environment problems in the face of constrained
resources for school operation and maintenance. EPA remains particularly concerned about
those schools in inner city areas that are experiencing significant facility deterioration but are
unable to garner the funds needed for repair or replacement. These schools represent a distinct
challenge for TfS adoption.
IV-67
-------
In FY 2004, EPA will expand its efforts to address children's asthma health concerns in
schools by funding implementation of comprehensive environmental and asthma management
systems that utilize Tools for Schools as the framework for addressing all potential asthma
related children's health risks in school environments. Though indoor air is the primary exposure
route for asthma triggers, exposure to diesel exhaust is also linked to asthma, and exposure to a
wide range of chemical respiratory irritants commonly found hi and around schools (e.g., science
labs, art supplies, cleaning agents, and pesticides) may also be associated with exacerbation of
asthma. Tools for Schools is a proven environmental management system for schools that
stresses teamwork, comprehensive "whole building" strategies, and multi-media approaches. As
schools struggle to finance critical education priorities while ensuring a safe and healthy learning
environment for children, it is critical that the Federal government better integrate its existing
environmental management programs for schools. This integration allows schools to efficiently
manage their limited resources so they can target the most pressing environmental health issues,
such as asthma. EPA will fund 5-10 additional national, regional, or community based results-
oriented programs that utilize a multi-media approach to addressing all potential asthma triggers,
through effective and innovative integration of existing proven programs such as Tools for
Schools and Open Airways for Schools as well as programs addressing other environmental
triggers of asthma.
EPA also will expand the number of schools in which school-based asthma education
programs, such as the American Lung Association's (ALA) "Open Airways" and the National
Association of School Nurses' (NASN) "Managing Asthma Triggers: Keeping Students
Healthy," are offered. We will continue to place emphasis on reaching inner city schools with
disproportionately affected populations. These programs teach students with asthma to identify
and control their exposure to asthma triggers in their environment and help staff and teachers
understand the steps they can take to improve their school's asthma management.
The Agency will be assessing the effectiveness of in-home asthma education and
mitigation interventions during FY 2003 to determine strategic directions for FY 2004 and
beyond. Successful interventions continue to be demonstrated by a number of community-based
pilot programs (e.g., National Cooperative Inner City Asthma Study, Bureau of Primary Health
Care Asthma Collaborative, and Centers of Excellence in Children's Environmental Health
Research). Those interventions determined to be most effective will be replicated in an attempt
to reach increasingly larger audiences with programs tailored to their particular needs, teaching
practical skills as well as motivating behavioral change. For example, in FY 2001, the year for
which data is the most complete and accurate, the Agency partnered with the Asthma and
Allergy Foundation of America to educate 2,233 child-care providers on how to provide a safe
and healthy environment for children with asthma and allergies. Combined, these child-care
providers administered care for over 19,000 children in FY 2001. Pre- and post-tests indicate a
marked improvement in participant knowledge of asthma. As a result of the training, 86% of the
participants indicated they would make changes in the child-care setting to reduce exposures to
indoor asthma triggers, with most planning multiple interventions. Child care providers reported
higher implementation rates at follow-up then predicted as course completion for: increased
cleaning and dusting, more frequent vacuuming, pest control measures, smoking prohibitions,
mold elimination, use of pillow and mattress covers and carpet removal. This project does not
track the health of children with asthma in daycare. It focuses on increasing the awareness and
IV-68
-------
action of child care provide to reduce known environmental asthma triggers in the child care
setting which can benefit all children and staff in the center, especially those with asthma.
Additional Asthma Programs
EPA will build on its national public awareness campaign to improve the public's
understanding of indoor asthma triggers and the steps they should take to reduce their exposure
as part of a comprehensive asthma management plan. We will continue to focus attention on
children with asthma, their caregivers, on low-income adults with asthma, and on
disproportionately impacted members of the public who are more vulnerable to poor indoor
conditions. In FY 2003, EPA will explore the extent to which the elderly may be at greater risk
from poor indoor environments than is the population as a whole. Should evidence suggest that
the health risk is greater in this segment of the population, EPA will work collaboratively in FY
2004 with organizations that advocate for the protection of the elderly to focus outreach and
education efforts on reducing exposure to possible indoor environmental contaminants.
EPA expects, as a result of Agency programs, that 834,400 Americans will be living in
healthier residential indoor environments in FY 2004. Part of meeting this goal includes
expanding the Agency's successful education and outreach efforts to the public about sound
indoor environmental management techniques with respect to asthma. In addition, the Agency
will continue to focus on ways to assist the health-care community to raise its awareness of, and
attention it pays to, indoor asthma triggers and their role in provoking asthma attacks in those
with the disease. EPA, in conjunction with the Department of Health and Human Services
(HHS), will continue to seek opportunities to interact with managed care organizations and
health insurers to promote effective asthma care practices and to encourage greater emphasis on
avoidance of asthma triggers, as part of a comprehensive asthma treatment regimen.
Environmental Tobacco Smoke
As of 1996, young children were being exposed to ETS in 27% of United States homes.
ETS exposure increases the risk of lower respiratory tract infections such as bronchitis and
pneumonia. EPA estimates that between 150,000 and 300,000 of these cases in infants and
children up to 18 months of age are attributable to exposure to ETS (EPA 1992). ETS exposure
is causally associated with increased risk of acute and chronic middle ear disease (WHO, 1999).
Asthmatic children are especially at risk, as ETS exposure increases the number of episodes and
severity of symptoms for up to a million asthmatic children (Respiratory Health Effects of
Passive Smoking: Lung Cancer and Other Disorders, United States EPA, 1993 and National
Cancer Institute, Health Effects of Exposure to Environmental Tobacco Smoke, Monograph No.
10), Recent studies also have suggested links between ETS exposure, sudden infant death
syndrome, and low birth weight (National Cancer Institute, Health Effects of Exposure to
Environmental Tobacco Smoke, Monograph No, 10).
To address this health risk, the Agency is pursuing a multi-media campaign on ETS,
focusing on expanding participation in the "Smoke Free Homes Pledge" program, which targets
the parents of young children advising them not to expose children to smoke inside the home.
EPA will be providing technical support directly to state and local government and public health
organizations to develop and make available tools and resources which motivate parents and
IV-69
-------
guardians to make their homes smoke-free. The extent to which adult smoking in homes with
young children has changed in recent years will be better understood in late 2003, when results
of a national survey including this information will be available.
Indoor Environments: Homes. Schools, and Buildings Programs
EPA continues to work toward bottom line outcome-oriented results for the Indoor
Environments base programs. This includes the number of office buildings managed with good
Building Air Quality practices, home radon tests completed, home radon mitigation
accomplished, and new homes built with radon-resistant features. EPA provides assistance to
the public, to states, tribes, and other governmental agencies, and to non-governmental
organizations to help meet the program's objective to reduce indoor environmental pollutants.
Through the State Indoor Radon Grant Program, EPA provides assistance to the states for
the development and implementation of programs to assess and mitigate radon, thereby
enhancing the effectiveness of state and local activities for radon risk management. The state
grant program helps:
• establish the basic elements of an effective Radon Program in states that have not yet
done so;
• support innovation and expansion in states that currently have programs in place; and
• strengthen the Federal/state partnership by helping states develop radon program
elements and activities.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$2,000,000) EPA will expand the number of Tools for Schools partnerships that
emphasize comprehensive, results-oriented environmental and asthma management
systems for schools. EPA will also expand the number of schools in which school-based
asthma management education programs are offered.
GOAL: PREVENTING POLLUTION AND REDUCING RISK IN COMMUNITIES,
HOMES, WORKPLACES AND ECOSYSTEMS
OBJECTIVE: ENSURE HEALTHD2R INDOOR AIR.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Healthier Residential Indoor Air
In 2004 834,400 additional people will be living in healthier residential indoor environments.
In 2003 834,400 additional people will be living in healthier residential indoor environments.
In 2002 On track to ensure that 834,400 additional people will be living in healthier residential indoor environments.
rv-70
-------
Performance Measures: FY2002 F.Y2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
People Living in Healthier Indoor Air Data Lag 834,400 834,400 People
Baseline: 1. By 2004, increase the number of people living in homes built with radon resistant features to 3,950,000 from 600,000 in 1994.
(cumulative) 2. By 2004, decrease the number of children exposed to ETS from 19,500,000 in 1994 to 16,556,000.
(cumulative) 3. By 2004, increase the number of people living in radon-mitigated homes to 1,689,700 from 780,000 from 1994.
(cumulative) 4. By 2004, increase by 180,600 the number of people with asthma and their caregivers who are educated about
indoor air asthma triggers.
Healthier Indoor Air in Schools
In 2004 1,575,000 students, faculty and staff will experience improved indoor air quality in their schools.
In 2003 1,050,000 students, faculty and staff will experience improved indoor air quality in their schools.
In 2002 On track to ensure that 1,228,500 students, faculty and staff will experience improved indoor air quality in their schools.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Students/Staff Experiencing Improved 1AQ in Schools Data Lag 1,050,000 1,575,000 Students/Staff
Baseline: The nation has approximately 110,000 schools with an average of 525 students, faculty and staff occupying them for a total
baseline population of 58,000,000. The IAQ "Tools for Schools" Guidance implementation began in 1997. For FY 2004, the
program projects an additional 3,000 schools will implement the guidance and seeks to obtain implementation commitments
from 10 of the 50 largest school districts in the United States with an average of 140,000 per district. (Additional, not
cumulative since there is not an established baseline for good IAQ practices in schools.)
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Overarching Performance Measure: People Living in Healthier Indoor Air
FY 2004 Supporting Performance Measure: People Living in Radon Resistant Homes
Performance Database: Survey
Data Source: The survey is an annual sample of home builders in the United States most of
whom are members of the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB). NAHB members
construct 80% of the homes built in the United States each year. Using a survey methodology
reviewed by EPA, NAHB Research Center estimates the percentage of these homes that are built
radon resistant. The percentage built radon resistant from the sample is then used to estimate
what percent of all homes built nationwide are radon resistant. To calculate the number of
people living in radon resistant homes, EPA assumes an average of 2.67 people per household.
NAHB Research Center has been conducting this annual builder practices survey for nearly a
decade, and has developed substantial expertise in the survey's design, implementation, and
analysis. The statistical estimates are typically reported with a 95 percent confidence interval.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: NAHB Research Center conducts an annual survey of
home builders in the United States to assess a wide range of builder practices. NAHB Research
Center voluntarily conducts this survey to maintain an awareness of industry trends in order to
improve American housing and to be responsive to the needs of the home building industry. The
annual survey gathers information such as types of houses built, lot sizes, foundation designs,
types of lumber used, types of doors and windows used, etc. The NAHB Research Center
Builder Survey also gathers information on the use of radon-resistant design features in new
houses, and these questions comprise about two percent of the survey questionnaire.
IV-71
-------
In January of each year, the survey of building practices for the preceding calendar year
is typically mailed out to home builders. For the most-recently completed survey, for building
practices during calendar year 2000, NAHB Research Center reported mailing the survey to
about 39,000 active United States home building companies, and received about 2,200 responses
which translates to a response rate of about 5.6 percent. This is the response rate for the entire
survey. The survey responses are analyzed with respect to State market areas and Census
Divisions in the United States, and are analyzed to assess the percentage and number of homes
built each year that incorporate radon-reducing features. The data are also used to assess the
percentage and number of homes built with radon-reducing features in high radon potential areas
in the United States (high risk areas). Other analyses include radon-reducing features as a
function of housing type, foundation type, and different techniques for radon-resistant new home
construction. The data are suitable for year-to-year comparisons.
QA/QC Procedures: Because data are obtained from an external organization, QA/QC
procedures are not entirely known. According to NAHB Research Center, QA/QC procedures
have been established, which includes QA/QC by the vendor that is utilized for key entry of data.
Data Quality Review: Because data are obtained from an external organization, Data Quality
Review procedures are not entirely known. NAHB Research Center indicates that each survey is
manually reviewed, a process that requires several months to complete. The review includes
data quality checks to ensure that the respondents understood the survey questions and answered
the questions appropriately. NAHB Research Center also applies checks for open-ended
questions to verify the appropriateness of the answers. In some cases where open-ended
questions request numerical information, the data is capped between the upper and lower three
percent of the values provided in the survey responses. Also, a quality review of each year's
draft report from NAHB Research Center is conducted by the EPA project officer.
Data Limitations: The majority of home builders surveyed are NAHB members. The NAHB
Research Center survey also attempts to capture the activities of builders that are not members of
NAHB. Home builders that are not members of NAHB are typically smaller, sporadic builders
that in some cases build homes as a secondary profession. To augment the list of NAHB
members in the survey sample, NAHB Research Center sends the survey to home builders
identified from mailing lists of builder trade publications, such as Professional Builder magazine.
There is some uncertainty as to whether the survey adequately characterizes the practices of
builders who are not members of NAHB. The effects on the findings are not known.
Although an overall response rate of 5.6 percent could be considered low, it is the
response rate for the entire survey, of which the radon-resistant new construction questions are
only a very small portion. Builders responding to the survey would not be doing so principally
due to their radon activities. Thus, a low response rate does not necessarily indicate a strong
potential for a positive bias under the speculation that builders using radon-resistant construction
would be more likely to respond to the survey. NAHB Research Center also makes efforts to
reduce the potential for positive bias in the way the radon-related survey questions are presented.
Error Estimate: See Data Limitations
New/Improved Data or Systems: None
FV-72
-------
References: The results are published by the NAHB Research Center in annual reports of
radon-resistant home building practices; see http://www.nahbrc.org/. The most recent report,
ABuilder Practices Report: Radon Reducing Features in New Construction 2000, Annual Builder
and Consumer Practices Surveys by the NAHB Research Center, Inc., January 24, 2002. Similar
report titles exist for prior years.
FY 2004 Supporting Performance Measure: People Living in Radon Mitigated Homes
Performance Database: External
Data Source: Radon fan manufacturers report fan sales to the Agency. EPA assumes one fan per
radon mitigated home and then multiplies it by the assumed average of 2.67 people per
household.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A.
QA/QC Procedures: Because data are obtained from an external organization, EPA relies on the
business practices for reporting data of the radon fan manufacturers.
Data Quality Review: Data are obtained from an external organization. EPA reviews the data
to ascertain their reliability and discusses any irregularities with relevant manufacturer.
Data Limitations: Reporting by radon fan manufacturers is voluntary and may underestimate
the number of radon fans sold. Nevertheless, these are the best available data to determine the
number of homes mitigated. There are other methods to mitigate radon including: passive
mitigation techniques of sealing holes and cracks hi floors and foundation walls, installing sealed
covers over sump pits, installing one-way dram valves hi untrapped drains, and installing static
venting and ground covers in areas like crawl spaces. Because there are no data on the
occurrence of these methods, there is again the possibility that the number of radon mitigated
homes has been underestimated.
When EPA produces an updated version of its Radon Results (1985-1999) report, it will
use more/most recent census data, as appropriate.
No radon vent fan manufacturer, vent fan motor maker or distributor is required to report
to EPA; they provide data/information voluntarily to EPA. There are only four (4) radon vent
fan manufacturers of any significance; one of these accounts for an estimated 70% of the market.
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: None
References: See http://www.epa.gov/iaq/radon/pubs/index.html for National
performance/progress reporting (National Radon Results: 1985-1999) on radon, measurement,
mitigation and radon-resistant new construction.
TV-73
-------
FY 2004 Supporting Performance Measure: Number of people with asthma who have
taken steps to reduce their exposure to indoor environmental asthma triggers.
Performance Database: National telephone survey (National Survey on Environmental
Management of Asthma) of a representative sample of 87,652 households, expected to produce
7,889 eligible individuals (based on the number households predicted to have occupants with
asthma).
Data Source: EPA is the data source. The survey, which has received Office of Management
and Budget clearance, seeks information about the measures taken by people with asthma (and
parents of children with asthma) to minimize exposure to indoor environmental asthma triggers.
All of the questions asked are linked to the survey's objective of determining the extent to which
indoor environmental management measures are used by these individuals.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: EPA has designed a questionnaire in which the
respondents are asked to provide primarily yes/no responses. In some cases, respondents are
given a range of responses in the form of multiple choice questions and are asked to indicate the
one which best defines their response. The survey seeks information on those environmental
management measures that the Agency considers important in reducing an individual's exposure
to known indoor environmental asthma triggers. By using yes/no and multiple choice questions,
the Agency has substantially reduced the amount of time necessary for the respondent to
complete the survey and has ensured consistency in data response and interpretation.
The survey instrument was developed in consultation with staff from EPA's Indoor
Environments Division (IED), EPA's Regional offices, and the National Center for Health
Statistics (NCHS) to ensure that respondents will understand the questions asked and will
provide the type of data necessary to measure the Agency's objectives.
EPA estimates that of the 87,652 households which make up the sampling frame, 60
percent, or 52,591, will be contacted successfully and will agree to participate in the screening
survey. Of these 52,591 individuals, EPA expects that 15 percent, or 7,889 individuals, will
either have asthma or live with someone who does. Only those individuals who have asthma or
live with someone who does are considered to be eligible respondents.
QA/QC Procedures: Survey is designed in accordance with approved Agency procedures.
Additional information is available on the Internet: http://mvw.epa.gov/icr/players.html
Data Quality Review: EPA reviews the data to ascertain their reliability and resolves any
discrepancies.
Data Limitations: Random digit dialing methodology is used to ensure that a representative
sample of households has been contacted; however, the survey is subject to inherent limitations
of voluntary telephone surveys of representative samples. Limitations of phone surveys include:
1) inconsistency of interviewers following survey directions. For example, an interviewer might:
ask the questions incorrectly or inadvertently lead the interviewee to a response; or 2) call at an
inconvenient time. For example, the respondent might not want to be interrupted at the tune of
the call and may resent the intrusion of the phone call. The answers will reflect this attitude.
IV-74
-------
This survey will be used to gain information regarding the number of individuals with
asthma that have taken steps to improve the quality of their indoor environment as part of their
approach to managing the disease, as well as any barriers they may have encountered while
attempting to do so.
Error Estimate: For each sample subset, the Agency expects to achieve results within three
percentage points of the true value at the 90 percent confidence level. EPA feels that these
precision rates will be more than adequate to characterize the extent to which the results
measured by the survey are true characteristics of our nation's asthmatic population.
New/Improved Data or Systems: None
References: There is no website specifically relating to the survey. Inquiries may be made
directly to the EPA Office of Indoor Environments. However, asthma information can be
obtained at http ://www. epa. gov/iaq/asthma/index,htrn.l
FY 2004 Supporting Performance Measure: Children under 6 not Exposed to Environmental
Tobacco Smoke (ETS) hi the Home
Performance Database: National telephone survey (National Survey on Environmental
Management of Asthma) of a representative sample of 87,652 homes, expected to produce
responses from 52,591 households, who will respond to a question about whether they allow
smoking in their home, and if so, whether young children are in the household.
Data Source: EPA is the data source. The ETS survey, which has received Office of
Management and Budget clearance, seeks information about how many people permit smoking
in their home. The information- is obtained during the screening phase of the larger asthma
survey.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: EPA has designed the asthma survey questionnaire in
which the respondents are asked to provide primarily yes/no responses. By using yes/no and
multiple choice questions, the Agency has substantially reduced the amount of time necessary for
the respondent to complete the survey and has ensured consistency in data response and
interpretation.
The survey instrument was developed in consultation with staff from EPA's IED, EPA's
Regional offices, and the National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) to ensure that
respondents will understand the questions asked and will provide the type of data necessary to
measure the Agency's objectives.
EPA estimates that of the 87,652 households which make up the sampling frame, 60 percent, or
52,591, will be contacted successfully and will agree to participate in the screening survey. ETS
information will be obtained from these 52,591 individuals. The sample will be large enough to
yield the number of responses necessary to achieve a two percent precision rate at the 95 percent
confidence
IV-75
-------
QA/QC Procedures: Survey is designed in accordance with approved Agency procedures.
Additional information is available on the Internet: http.://www.epa.gov/icr/players.html
Data Quality Review: EPA reviews the data to ascertain their reliability and resolves any
discrepancies.
Data Limitations: Random digit dialing methodology is used to ensure that a representative
sample of households has been contacted; however, survey is subject to inherent limitations of
voluntary telephone surveys of representative samples. Limitations of phone surveys include: 1)
inconsistency of interviewers following survey directions. For example, an interviewer might ask
the questions incorrectly or inadvertently lead the interviewee to a response; 2) calling at an
inconvenient time. For example, the respondent might not want to be interrupted at the time of
the call and may resent the intrusion of the phone call. The answers will reflect this attitude.
Error Estimate: EPA's survey has been designed to ensure that, at the 95 percent confidence
level, its estimate of the number of children under 6 not exposed to ETS in the house is within
two percentage points of the true value. EPA is confident that these precision rates are more than
adequate.
New/Improved Data or Systems: None
References: There is no website specifically relating to the survey. However, Environmental
Tobacco Smoke (ETS) information can be obtained at http://www.epa.gov/iaq/ets . The public
would need to contact OAR directly.
Performance Database: Survey of representative sample of schools using a comprehensive
database of private and public schools. The survey will help determine the number of schools
adopting and implementing good indoor air quality (IAQ) practices consistent with EPA's Tools
for Schools (TfS) guidance. The survey is being finalized and results are expected in 2003.
Data Source: EPA-developed questionnaire. Other supporting data from the United States
Department of Education National Center for Education Statistics.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: The design of the IAQ Practices in Schools Survey is
a random sample with stratification by geography and school type. Such stratification is expected
to decrease the variances of sample estimates and, because of interest in these specific strata, add
strength to the survey design. Additional data from other sources, such as the United States
Department of Education National Center for Education Statistics, will facilitate analysis and
interpretation of survey results.
QA/QC Procedures: Survey is designed in accordance with approved Agency procedures.
Additional information is available on the Internet: http://www.epa.gov/icr/players.html
Data Quality Review: EPA reviews data for completeness and quality of responses.
Data Limitations: Subject to inherent limitations of survey sampling.
IV-76
-------
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: Prior to the survey, EPA simply tracked the number of
schools receiving the TfS guidance and estimated the population of the school to determine the
number of students/staff experiencing improved indoor air quality. With this survey, EPA is
querying a statistically representative sample of schools, to estimate the number of schools that
have actually adopted and implemented good IAQ management practices consistent with the TfS
guidance.
References: See the United States Department of Education National Center for Education
Statistics, http://nces.ed.gov/. See also Indoor Air Quality Tools for Schools Kit (402-K-95-001)
at http://www.epa.gov/iaq/schools. There is no website specifically relating to the survey.
Inquiries may be made directly to the EPA Office of Indoor Environments.
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA serves a unique role in programs related to safety, consumer products, and schools
because of its experience and track record in raising public awareness of actual and potential
indoor air health risks, in addition to past work on indoor air quality issues associated with
consumer products, and its expertise in the areas of indoor air quality in schools. EPA also plays
a lead role in the Task Force for Environmental Asthma Issues.
EPA works with Federal, state, Tribal, and local government agencies, industry, non-
profit organizations, individuals as well as other nations to promote more effective approaches to
identifying and solving indoor air quality problems. EPA works with the:
• Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) to develop and conduct programs
aimed at reducing children's exposure to known indoor triggers of asthma, including
ETS;
• Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) on home safety issues,
especially those affecting children;
• Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) to identify and mitigate the health
hazards of consumer products designed for indoor use;
• Department of Education (DoEd) to encourage construction of schools with good indoor
air quality; and
• Department of Agriculture (USDA) to encourage USDA Extension Agents to conduct
local projects designed to reduce risks from indoor air quality.
As Co-chair of the interagency Committee on Indoor Air Quality (CIAQ), EPA works
with the CPSC, the Department of Energy, the National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health, and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration to review EPA draft
publications, arrange the distribution of EPA publications and coordinate the efforts of Federal
agencies with those of state and local agencies concerned with indoor air issues.
IV-77
-------
Statutory Authorities
Radon Gas and Indoor Air Quality Research Aci of Title ]V of the Superfund Amendments and
Re-authorization Act (SARA) of 198b
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). section 6. Titles 11. and Title 111 (15 U.S.C. 2605 and
2641-2671)
Federal Insecticide. Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (F1FRA)
Clean Air Act (CAA)
Safe Drinkinp Water Act (SDWA)
-------
Environmental Prelection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities. Homes. Workplaces and
Ecosystems
Objective: Facilitate Prevention. Reduction and Recycling of PBTs and Toxic Chemicals
By 2005. facilitate the prevention, reduction, and recycling oj toxic chemicals and
municipal solid wastes, including PBTs. In particular, reduce by 20 percent the actual (Irom
1992 levels) and by 30 percent the production-adjusted (from 1998 levels) quantity of Toxic
Release Inventory (TRl)-reported toxic pollutants which are released, disposed of, treated. 01
combusted lor energy recovery, half through source reduction.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
i Facilitate Prevention.
i Reduction and Recycling of
1 PBTs and Toxic Chemicals
Environmental Program A
Management
! State and Tribal Assistance
< Grants _
! Total Workvean
$48.461.0
$38.628.]
$9.832.9
] 80.5
$46.115.9
$36.122.0
$9.993.9
196.0
$49.958.2
$3.842.3
$39.950.6
$3.828.6
$10.007.6
194.5
$13.7
-1.5
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
ATSDR Superfund Sup_pon
Congressional))1 Mandated
Projects
! Design for the Environment
Facilities Infrastructure and
• Operations
FY 2002
Enacted
$654."
$1.700.0
$4.707.h
$2.726.4
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$0.0
$4.810.7
$2.779.1
FY 2004
Request
$0.0
$0.0
$4.880.6
$2.936.7
FY 2004
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$0.0
$0.0
$69.9
$157.6
JV-7V
-------
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
New Chemical Review
PBTI
Pollution Prevention Incentive
Grants to States
Pollution Prevention Program
RCRA State Grants
RCRA Waste Reduction
Regional Management
FY 2002
Enacted
$70.2
$478.1
$1,611.6
$2,572.5
$5,986.3
$9,597.8
$4,007.6
$14,633.7
$9.3
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$197.8
$493.4
$1,606.4
$2,580.5
$5,986.3
$9,902.8
$4,007.6
$13,740.7
$10.6
FY2004
Request
$203.5
$442.5
$1,591.2
$2,419.0
$6,000.0
$10,626.9
$4,007.6
$16,850.2
$0.0
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$5.7
($50.9)
($15.2)
($161.5)
$13.7
$724.1
$0.0
$3,109.5
($10.6)
FY 2004 Request
Pollution prevention (P2) is designed to avoid creation of pollutants at the sources, in
contrast to risk management and remediation, which are designed to control pollutants that have
already been introduced. Under the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 and its directive that
"pollution should be prevented or reduced at the source whenever feasible,"38 P2 and source
reduction became the Agency's preferred approaches to environmental protection. Compared to
approaches that control, treat, or clean up pollution, P2 can sometimes be more effective in
reducing potential health and environmental risks to the extent that it may:
• Reduce releases to the environment;
• Reduce the need to manage pollutants;
• Avoid shifting pollutants from one media (air, water, land) to another; and
• Protect natural resources for future generations by cutting waste and conserving
materials.
Preventing pollution can be cost-effective to industry in cases where it reduces excess
raw materials and energy use. P2 can also reduce the need for expensive "end-of-pipe treatment"
and disposal, and support quality improvement incentives in place at facilities.39 Current EPA
strategies include institutionalizing preventive approaches in EPA's regulatory, operating, and
compliance/enforcement programs and facilitating the adoption of pollution prevention
techniques by states, tribes, the academic community and industry. EPA uses market incentives,
38 40 CFR part 710, as amended by 68 FR 848, January 7, 2003
39 Pollution Prevention Act of 1990, Section 13103, Findings
rv-so
-------
environmental management tools and new technologies to promote wider adoption of P2
measures.
In FY 2004, EPA is proposing an integrated and coordinated cross-agency proposal
designed to address the serious issue of children's environmental health in schools. The
initiative includes a cross-media component that will provide comprehensive, easily accessible
information and guidance to schools on how to reduce potentially harmful exposures to
pollutants in schools. It also includes components designed to: 1) improve indoor air and reduce
asthma attacks in schools, 2) implement integrated pest management programs in schools, and 3)
reduce exposure to lead and mercury in schools.
Even though more work remains, much progress has been made in carrying out these
strategies. Perhaps the fastest growing opportunities lie in private sector partnerships, which
enable EPA's knowledge of P2 principles and techniques to be combined with industry-specific
expertise in production and process design. Another opportunity for building P2 practices into
industrial operations lies in partnerships with the academic community. By developing and
providing educational tools for universities to train the next generation of engineers, we plant the
seeds needed to replicate P2 practices throughout industry.
FY 2004 Key Program Activities
In FY 2004, EPA will work to achieve the pollution prevention objective by pursuing a
coordinated set of activities, tailoring programs and projects to the concerns and interests for
each arena. Every type of organization and each individual consumer have a part to play in
preventing pollution. P2 approaches can be flexibly applied to most endeavors. The Agency
will promote effective pollution prevention through the following programs and activities:
Pollution Prevention Program
(a) Suppliers Partnership for the Environment Businesses can sometimes reduce costs
significantly by implementing effective P2 programs. However, there are times when the
savings are not readily apparent because of the structure of the company's internal accounting
system. The Agency will play a role in encouraging businesses to modify their management
accounting systems to fully and explicitly account for environmental costs. These strategies are
designed to improve the current business management framework in ways that will enable
companies to more easily choose prevention practices. The Agency will develop Suppliers
Partnership for the Environment to provide corporations with a fully developed, self-sustaining
module for the delivery of environmental technical assistance and pollution prevention tools,
such as the Persistent Bioaccumulative and Toxic (PBT) program. Emphasis hi FY 2004 will
highlight voluntary efforts with selected industrial sectors to green their supply chains. These
partnerships will be fully implemented in FY 2004,
(b) Government Actions. The Agency is invested in sharing information and supporting
State programs on Pollution Prevention. During FY 2004, State Program Support will include
management of the Pollution Prevention Grants and P2 Results as well as support of the National
Pollution Prevention Roundtable. In the area of Information Sharing, EPA will continue
TV-81
-------
funding the Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse and management of the highly
successful Pollution Prevention Resource Exchange.
(c) Safer Products. EPA has the lead in implementing the Pollution Prevention Act
(PPA) and in carrying out Executive Order 13101 and its predecessor, Executive Order 12873,
section 503. The PPA requires EPA to "identify opportunities to use Federal procurement to
encourage source reduction."40 These orders require the Federal government to use its
purchasing power - about $230 billion in goods and services each year - to create a demand for
products and services that have a reduced impact on the environment (i.e., environmentally
preferable products, or EPPs). The Agency finalized guidance in 1999 to help executive
agencies identify and purchase environmentally preferable products and services.41 In FY 2004,
EPA will expand demonstration projects to include several priority product categories. It will
also continue its partnership with the National Park Service (NPS) and provide assistance and
technical information to Federal agency purchasers on greening purchases of cleaning products,
food serviceware, conference and meeting services, and electronics.
Looking at the demand side of the equation, the Buy Clean program applies
Environmentally Preferable Purchasing principles to indoor environmental quality, with an
emphasis on its potential to reduce risk to schoolchildren from exposure to indoor air pollutants.
In FY 2004, EPA will finalize and distribute the case studies from the pilot Buy Clean projects
and recognize the accomplishments of the schools that participated hi the pilot.
EPA will continue with its efforts to provide information that consumers can use to make
environmentally friendly choices. Using the principles established by the Consumer Labeling
Initiative (CLI), EPA will continue to promote proper labeling. Proper labeling is especially
important for products that are used by or around children, so that parents can evaluate potential
risks to children from possible exposure to toxic chemicals. During FY 2004, the CLI program
will work specifically with Federal and local governments, States, and community organizations
to broaden its public outreach on Reading the Label — First, encouraging consumers to read the
product label prior to purchase and use.
(d) PBT Program. The Agency is concerned about persistent, bioaccumulative, and toxic
(PBT) substances, such as mercury, dioxins/furans, and PCBs, because these pollutants persist in
the environment and can build up to high concentrations in human and animal tissue. Some PBTs
can cause developmental and neurological defects in fetuses and young children and some are
also suspected endocrine disrupters.42
Pollution Prevention (P2) Grants Program
The States are the primary sources for businesses and communities seeking assistance in
identifying and applying prevention approaches. EPA has provided seed money to help states
promote innovation and develop state capacity. The P2 grants foster the development of new P2
40 Pollution Prevention Act of 1990, Section 13103, EPA Activities, (b) Functions
41 Federal Register, Friday, Aug. 20,1999. Part Vn, EPA Vol. 64, No. 161. Final Guidance on Environmentally
Preferable Purchasing for Executive Agencies, Notice
42
EPA web page - Frequently Asked Questions- How do PBTs harm us and the environment?
http://www.epa.gov/pbt/faq/htmff 1
IV-82
-------
PBT Program Connections
Community-
Based
Environmental
Protection
Sector-
Based
Action Ran
Great Lakes
Binational Toxics
Strategy
Task Forces
On Lead, Mercury,
and Dioxin
Clean Water
Action Plan
Waste
Minimization
National Plan
Endocrine
Disrupters
National
Contaminated
Sediment
Management
Strategy
International
Activities
approaches by providing funds to states in the areas of technical assistance and training,
education and outreach, regulatory integration, demonstration projects, legislative activities and
awards programs. Another key program for states, the Pollution Prevention Resource Exchange,
helps to support technical assistance organizations by coordinating the development and
dissemination of up-to-date information on P2 approaches.
Persistent, Bioaccumulative, Toxic Chemicals
To address continuing issues associated with PBTs, EPA launched a cross-office, cross-
media PBT program in FY 1999. Through this effort, the Agency seeks to prevent, minimize
and, when possible, eliminate PBTs, which are harmful to both human health and the
environment. The initiative's cross-media approach is designed to stop the transfer of PBT
pollutants across media using all of EPA's tools: regulatory, compliance assistance, enforcement,
research, voluntary actions, prevention, and international negotiations. The PBT program fosters
cross-agency collaboration on activities related to priority PBTs by building on actions by
individual national program offices and regions, and by providing resources for priority PBT
activities that further this agency wide effort. In FY 2002, EPA released Alkyl-lead, the first of
several National Action Plans.4 In FY 2004, primary attention will be focused on mercury and
dioxins/furans. While all twelve National Action Plans are being developed, the Agency
continues to look for opportunities to seek reductions in these priority PBT chemicals.
A good reduction opportunity has been found in the Hospitals for a Healthy Environment
(H2E) program, which is a collaborative effort among EPA, the American Hospital Association,
Health Care Without Harm, and the American Nurses Association. As voluntary H2E
43 Federal Register, July 23,2002, Vol. 67, Number 141, Page 48177-48178 - Final National Action Plan for Alkyl-
lead; Notice of Availability. EPA web site: http://www.epa.gov.pbt/alkyl.htm
IV-83
-------
participants, hospitals and health care facilities pledge to eliminate mercury use by FY 2005 and
to reduce total hospital waste by 50 percent by 2010. In FY 2004, H2E will continue to enroll
partners, and we expect that as many as one-third of the nation's 6,000 hospitals will pledge to
the program. With the FY 2005 goal fast approaching, H2E will be working hard in FY 2004 to
report measurable results from the program.
In FY 2004, the Agency will publish its Mercury National Action Plan with long-term
goals for EPA's future mercury activities, and will continue the Agency's ongoing mercury
activities aimed at reducing releases, reducing exposure, reducing use in products and processes,
and ensuring safe management of wastes and supplies. For all priority PBTs, critical
measurement and monitoring efforts will be in their third year, facilities will be collecting PBT
chemical release data under the new TRI rule and submissions under TSCA for approval of new
PBT chemicals for entry into commerce will be under close scrutiny. New activities for FY
2004 will include:
• Implementing a cross-agency routine PBT monitoring strategy.
• Continuing efforts on Mercury and PCBs and actively implementing the strategy/action
plan for dioxin and furan.
• Seeking continued improvement in PBT risk communication through an agency wide
consolidated PBT website (created in 2003).
« Reviewing the results from major measurement, monitoring and data collection efforts.
• Infusing into sector partnerships the products of Regional/State PBT-funded activities.
Design for the Environment and Other Programs
One of the Agency's key P2 industry sector-based programs focuses on fostering cleaner
technologies and the reduction of potential risks to health and the environment through the
adoption of safer chemicals and workplace practices. EPA's Design for the Environment (DfE)
Program works in partnership with industry sectors to develop comparative risk, performance,
and cost information about alternative technologies, chemicals, and processes to better aid
industry in making environmentally informed decisions. Through this program, EPA has entered
into long-term partnerships with more than 15 industries, including printing and graphics; textile
and garment care; electronics and computers; automotive manufacturing, repair, and refinishing;
industrial and institutional laundries; foam furniture manufacturing; paints and coatings; and
others. The Agency is developing a program to bring its chemical expertise into the marina
sector, and plans to give marinas and boat owners the information and tools needed to make
environmentally informed decisions.
DfE partnerships have begun to see changes in either the use of chemicals or workplace
practices in industrial and institutional laundry product formulations, dry-cleaning and garment
care, automotive refinishing practices, printing processes, and in the electronics industry.
IV-84
-------
DfE has completed comparative assessments on over 800 chemicals and continues to
evaluate additional chemicals each year.44 The switch to alternative cleaner, safer chemistries
and/or the adoption of P2 practices in the workplace can result in the reduction of the use of
hazardous chemicals.45 These use reductions will translate into lower quantities of hazardous
chemicals released, disposed of, treated, or combusted for energy recovery; contributing to the
overall objective of achieving a 20 percent reduction in such quantities.
DfE's partners in the flexographic ink, electronics, and automotive refinishing industries
completed the multi-year technical portion of the partnership project but outreach activities
continue. DfE is also investigating the feasibility of technology transfer of DfE "lessons-
learned" to additional industries. For example, EPA will work with other industries that employ
spray application practices and use chemicals similar to those found in the collision repair
industry, such as the foam manufacturing industry. DfE will continue its outreach activities with
regional, state, and local assistance providers by conducting workshops on how to effect
continuous improvement in collision repair shops, using the DfE Best Practices Outreach Kit.
The DfE electronics industry partnership will continue to focuses on life cycle impacts of
lead solder and its alternatives. The ongoing partnership with the electronics industry, which
faces rapid and continuous change and the expansion to new areas of investigation, is valued by
both DfE and the partners. In the marina industry, the focus will be on developing tools and
chemical information to help marina operators and boat owners make environmentally preferable
choices. The DfE formulator initiative will continue to reach new industries in FY 2004,
including cleaning and related products, fragrances, solvents, and other markets. DfE has
developed partnerships with industry and regional groups to implement its expanded goals. DfE
is placing greater emphasis on working with the Regional and State P2 Programs to incorporate
DfE strategies and goals into regional-based projects. The DfE Program will maintain a
leadership role but will serve more as a technical and communications guide to regional and state
partners. DfE will look to the Regional and State P2 programs to identify critical areas of
concern and opportunities for integrating DfE concepts. The DfE Program will promote the use
of its approaches including substitutes assessment, life-cycle analysis, best management
practices, and environmental management systems and continue to foster stronger Regional ties
through collaborative projects with EPA regional offices.
Resource Conservation and Recovery Program
Pollution prevention and safe recycling are two of the nation's most effective tools for
environmental protection. Well implemented, systematic source reduction and recycling
programs solve waste management problems at their source, lowering pressure on the
environment and reducing energy use at a number of critical points: production of raw materials,
subsequent processing into finished products, and eventual transport and disposal at a waste
management facility. At the same time, the best programs save business, industry, government,
and citizens' money.
44 U.S. EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Design for Environment, www.epa.gov/dfe
45 U.S. EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Design for Environment, www.epa.gov/dfe
TV-85
-------
The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) directs EPA to promote a
reduction in the amount of waste generated and to improve recovery and conservation of
materials through recycling. The RCRA program emphasizes a national policy focusing on a
hierarchy of waste management options that advocates source reduction, reuse and recycling
over treatment and disposal. In the 1990 Pollution Prevention Act, Congress codified this
hierarchy of waste management options, reaffirming the need for source reduction and recycling
programs for both hazardous and municipal solid wastes.
The waste reduction activities in this objective include:
• Fostering partnerships with states;
• working with tribes and local communities;
• carrying out plans to reduce toxic chemicals in industrial hazardous waste streams; and
• defining techniques to reduce the generation of municipal, hazardous and other solid
waste through pollution prevention and developing methods to increase hazardous,
municipal, and non-hazardous industrial solid waste recycling.
EPA launched the Resource Conservation Challenge (RCC) as a major national effort to
find flexible, yet more protective ways to conserve our valuable natural resources through waste
reduction and energy recovery. The RCC puts Resource Conservation and Recovery back into
RCRA by conserving our resources and saving and recovering energy through waste reduction
and waste minimization. To make that happen, EPA is challenging everyone to take personal
responsibility for their day-to-day actions, and to do at least one thing daily that conserves our
natural resources.
In FY 2004, EPA will implement aspects of the Challenge through the National Waste
Minimization Partnership program to reduce hazardous wastes containing priority chemicals.
EPA will sponsor industry workshops, encourage increased technical assistance and information
sharing, and publicly recognize industry leaders. Regional and state staffs will encourage
partners and aid in identifying waste minimization goals and avenues for achieving them cost-
effectively. We expect to expand our work from our five industrial pilot facilities to other key
industrial sectors such as facilities generating lead and cadmium containing hazardous wastes.
EPA will also encourage the piloting of chemical management systems which create a positive
economic incentive for chemical suppliers to partner hi finding ways to reduce chemical use.
As part of the Agency's effort to remove regulatory barriers to safe hazardous waste and
materials recycling and to promote ways to improve and encourage recycling, EPA will continue
to respond to court decisions concerning its jurisdiction over recycling secondary materials.
In FY 2004, the Agency will place an emphasis on efforts that minimize the use of
hazardous constituents and maximize the recovery of hazardous materials. EPA will examine
where it can implement regulatory innovations, including appropriate rules, guidance, and other
outreach materials, to increase the safe recycling of hazardous wastes. We will focus on specific
industry sectors, like metal finishing, petroleum, and academic research laboratories. For
IV-86
-------
example, we will work with academic laboratories to tailor RCRA regulations to achieve
maximum efficiency while continuing the high level of human health and environmental
protection. This effort is designed to reduce the use of constituents and chemicals of concern
and educate high school and university students on safe handling methods. The goal is to
promote environmental stewardship within academia so that, once the students graduate, they
can integrate environmental values into their workplace and lives. EPA also plans to promulgate
regulations excluding cathode ray tubes from hazardous waste regulation and complete the
proposal covering metal finishing processes.
EPA will work to address issues raised in comments on the proposal to reform
regulations applicable to the Definition of Solid Waste. Depending on the number of issues,
their complexity, and the need for additional study, the Agency should be able to make
significant progress in FY 2004 on finalizing the regulations. In addition, we will continue to
collaborate with regions and states to clarify or revise existing policy and guidance related to
hazardous waste recycling.
In FY 2004, the Agency will experiment with projects that test alternative regulatory
requirements. For example, EPA will be reviewing and developing alternatives for the current
generator regulations, identifying opportunities to streamline the regulations to reduce burden on
generators and promote safe hazardous waste recycling. To encourage energy conservation,
EPA plans to develop partnerships with the automotive and fuel industries to address any RCRA
barriers to emerging technologies, such as fuel cells.
EPA also will focus efforts on promoting environmentally sound management and
recovery of wastes and materials that are in international commerce.
One of EPA's goals in the area of municipal solid waste (MSW) is to increase the portion
of MSW recycled nationally to 35% by 2005. MSW includes waste generated from residences,
commercial establishments, institutions, and industrial non-process operations. This challenging
goal was set with a clear vision that achieving 35% recycling would require a response by almost
every segment of society (manufacturers, other businesses, all levels of governments, and all 280
million Americans), since all generate MSW and have opportunity to increase the portion
recycled.
The growth of recycling today has slowed from the pace of the early 1990s, making
attainment of the 35% rate by 2005 more difficult than originally foreseen. Clearly, recycling is
not in a downturn; however, it is growing at a slower rate, despite the efforts of EPA and
recycling program implementers across society. Several factors contribute to this trend
including: reaching audiences where recycling is more difficult (e.g., high rise apartments, office
and business settings, and public facilities) and changes in the waste stream (e.g., rapid turnover
of new electronics products, increased packaging from e-commerce, new beverage containers,
etc.)
While EPA alone cannot attain the national goal, in FY 2004 the Agency will work with
others to address these challenges using a broad range of methods and tools including:
IV-87
-------
• Establishing and expanding many partnerships with industries, states and other entities to
reduce waste. These partnerships will produce smarter and faster results, which
ultimately will create a cleaner environment.
« Working with major retailers, electronic manufacturers and the amusement and motion
picture industries to revitalize, create, and display waste prevention and recycling
messages, especially messages related to used computers and other electronics recycling.
• Spreading the conservation and recycling message to consumers, youth and under-served
communities, via movie and video trailers; on posters targeted to schoolchildren; on in-
store display advertisements; and in print and broadcast public service announcements.
These efforts aim to educate and encourage everyone to make smarter environmental
decisions.
• Designing activities and communication tools that encourage students and teachers to
start innovative recycling programs and make smart environmental decisions.
• Developing tools and projects to promote waste reduction, recycling, and neighborhood
revitalization in Hispanic and African-American communities, and on Native American
lands.
Waste reduction has clear benefits in combating the ever-growing stream of municipal
solid waste (MSW) and is also an integral part of the Resource Conservation Challenge. Annual
generation of MSW grew steadily from 88 million to 232 million tons between 1960 and 2000.
EPA's municipal solid waste program provides national leadership, technical assistance and
outreach for businesses, industry, and municipalities implementing source reduction and
recycling systems in their plants, facilities and communities. This also includes states and tribes
whose laws provide the structure for these activities. The program implements a coordinated set
of strategies to manage waste, including source reduction (also called waste prevention),
recycling (including composting), combustion, and landfilling. Preference is given to strategies
that maximize the diversion of waste from disposal facilities, with source reduction (including
reuse) as the highest priority. In addition, the Challenge asks businesses, manufacturers, and
consumers to adopt a resource conservation ethic; to operate more efficiently; to purchase more
wisely; and to make and use products that are easy to recycle and are composed of recycled
materials. The Challenge also provides new and convenient opportunities for consumers to
reduce, reuse and recycle waste.
Early successes under the RCC, which will continue into FY 2004, include:
• Joining with 8 major partners from the manufacturing, retail and recycling communities,
in launching the "Plug Into Recycling" education campaign;
• Working with partner on nationwide public service announcements on recycling; and
completing major steps in encouraging "green buildings' and reducing construction and
demolition debris.
IV-88
-------
Figure ES-1: MSW Generation Rates from 1960 to 2000
250
10.00
• • 8.00
• • 6.00
4.00
• • 2.00
0.00
1960
1970
1980
-Total MSW generation •
1990
"Per capita generation
2000
While challenging American businesses and consumers to realize the impact of their
actions on the environment, EPA continues to expand successful, existing programs such as
Waste Wise and Jobs Through Recycling. Using new approaches to waste management, EPA
aims to reduce more waste, to increase recycling and the use of recycled products, and to recover
more energy from waste, while still protecting human health and the environment.
EPA continues to reap the benefits of well-established programs, such as Waste Wise.
Developed hi FY 1994 as a voluntary partnership program to help businesses, governments, and
institutions reduce and recycle municipal solid waste, the program now has more than 1,200
partners in more than 50 industrial sectors, including many Fortune 500 companies. Through FY
2001, Waste Wise partners have reduced over 35 million tons of waste through waste prevention
and recycling efforts. EPA also estimates that their partners' efforts since the program's
Inception have prevented the emission of nearly 30 million tons of carbon equivalent, similar to
removing more than 20 million cars from the road for one year. To help partners reach waste
reduction goals, EPA is providing a variety of technical assistance tools, including a hotline,
newsletters and bulletins, and on-line resources. In FY 2002, six tribes were presented with
Waste Wise awards to recognize their outstanding efforts in implementing solid waste projects
and education programs on their reservations.
Waste Wise continues to facilitate progress within the Federal sector and now has 75
Federal organizations as partners. In 2002 Waste Wise initiated a campaign to promote large
volume waste reductions that included electric utilities, pulp and paper, and automotive sector
companies. The initial emphasis of the campaign was on beneficial use of coal ash from utilities.
EPA worked with key industry, government and non-governmental organizations to develop
technical assistance materials to promote the use of Resource Management as a holistic tool for
IV-89
-------
waste management and reduction. EPA is continuing its efforts to develop a product stewardship
agreement with the electronics industry and is also working with the carpet industry to continue
implementation of an agreement reached in FY 2001.
EPA is also engaged in a number of efforts to facilitate greater infrastructure and market
development for collecting, reusing, and recycling computers and other electronic components,
as well as the design of more environmentally friendly products. EPA is working with
electronics manufacturers, recyclers, retailers, state and local governments, and non-
governmental organizations, as part of the National Electronics Product Stewardship Initiative
(NEPSI), to create a national financing system, culminating in a voluntary national agreement for
managing used electronics. EPA is also working to create information on the management of
end-of-life electronics to optimize resource recovery and minimize risks during recycling.
Early in FY 2002, the carpet industry's trade association and major manufacturers, along
with a variety of state and regional governments, signed a breakthrough Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) establishing a goal of diverting 40 percent of used carpets from landfills
by 2012 (compared to current levels of under 5 percent). EPA will continue to work with the
carpet manufacturers in FY 2004 to support the development of recycling infrastructure and
provide for market development as well as opportunities for the government procurement
agencies to purchase recycled content.
EPA will work closely with the network of state and Tribal recycling and economic
development officials created through our Jobs Through Recycling (JTR) program. This
program has already provided significant assistance to entrepreneurs creating or expanding
recycling businesses throughout the country. During FY 2004, the JTR program will continue to
help quantify and communicate the employment and financial impacts of recycling businesses.
Children's Health
An integrated Environmental Management System (EMS) approach allows schools to
efficiently manage their limited resources so that they can target the most pressing environmental
issues, m FY 2004, the Agency will assemble existing guidance, identify gaps and develop
additional guidance as needed to assist school districts and individual schools in implementing
Environmental Management Systems. At the local level, a pilot project approach will
demonstrate the effectiveness of the integration. The EMS will incorporate the best practices for
handling, storing, recycling or disposing of excess, outdated, or hazardous chemicals, pesticides,
and materials; building energy and air quality; design and rehabilitation; children's health; and
how to involve administrators, teachers, and students in a continuing program.
Green Chemistry and Green Engineering
The Pollution Prevention Act not only established a national policy to prevent or reduce
pollution at its source, it also provided an opportunity to expand beyond traditional EPA
programs and devise creative new strategies to protect human health and the environment.46
Green chemistry—the design of chemical products and processes that eliminate or reduce the use
46 Pollution Prevention Act of 1990, Section 13103, EPA Activities, (b) Functions
IV-90
-------
or generation of hazardous substances—is a highly
effective approach to pollution prevention
because it applies innovative and cost-effective
scientific solutions to real-world environmental
problems, all through voluntary partnerships.
Green Engineering focuses more closely on
outreach to' practicing and future engineers and
their approach to the design and redesign of new
and existing industrial processes.
The goal of the Green Chemistry Program
is to promote the research, development, and
implementation of innovative chemical
technologies that eliminate or reduce hazardous
substances during the design, manufacture, and
use of chemical products and processes. More
specifically, the Green Chemistry Program
supports fundamental research in the area of
environmentally benign chemistry as well as a
variety of educational activities, international
activities, conferences and meetings, and tool
development. Green Chemistry partners include
industry, trade organizations, academia, scientific
societies, and other state and Federal government
organizations.
Eliminating 150 Million Pounds of Pollutants
By the end of FY 2004, EPA expects
that over 150 million pounds of hazardous
chemicals and solvents will have been
eliminated through the Green Chemistry
Challenge Award Program. Initiated in 1996,
the Presidential Green Chemistry Challenge
Award program has achieved significant
pollution prevention by reducing the quantity of
hazardous chemicals and solvents in the
environment through the adoption of safer
technologies and chemicals. Thus far,
cumulative pounds of hazardous chemicals and
solvents eliminated are 152 million pounds;
cumulative gallons of hazardous chemicals and
solvents eliminated are 4.7 million gallons. As
such, EPA's FY 2004 projections have already
been exceeded. At these rates, potential
eliminations in the future are 1.6 billion pounds
per year and 650 million gallons per year.
Substances eliminated include
chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), volatile organic
solvents (VOCs), persistent, toxic, and
bioaccumulative chemicals and solvents, as well
as very corrosive and toxic chemical substances.
The program is also positively impacting water
and energy uses and carbon dioxide emissions.
The Green Chemistry Challenge Program continues to be effective at catalyzing the
behavioral change necessary to drive the research, development, and implementation of green
chemistry technologies. In addition, this program also continues to provide an opportunity to
quantitatively demonstrate the technical, environmental, and economic benefits that green
chemistry technologies offer.
In recent years, the program has made significant progress in several areas such as the
following:
• Broad, competitive, non-target research efforts,
• Education activities,
• Recognition efforts, and
• International initiatives.
Through FY 2005, the Green Chemistry Program will also be focusing its education,
outreach, awards, and research efforts to target audiences not currently involved in green
chemistry product and process design and specific high priority chemicals, products, and/or
processes for which safer alternatives are not available. For example, the Program will be
IV-91
-------
entering a multi-year partnership with the United Negro College Fund Special Programs to
explore opportunities for incorporating green chemistry into the chemistry curricula of
historically African-American colleges. In addition, the Program will investigate inherently
safer chemical alternatives to high volume chemical processes in an effort to reduce our nation's
chemical vulnerabilities.
Another approach to eliminating pollution before it occurs is the Green Engineering
program. The goals of the Green Engineering program are twofold:
• To incorporate "green" or environmentally-conscious thinking and approaches into the
academic and industrial communities regarding the design, commercialization and use of
processes and products, and
• To promote and foster development and commercialization of Green Engineering
approaches and technologies.
The focus of the Green Engineering Program in the past few years has been on the
academic community. To accomplish its goals, the Green Engineering Program first developed
modules and a standardized textbook, published in 2001 and titled "Green Engineering:
Environmentally Conscious Design of Chemical Processes and Products,"47 which can be used
by universities for Green Engineering courses to provide starting references for practicing
engineers. Over the past few years, the Green Engineering Program has also worked with the
universities and the American Society of Engineering Education's Chemical Engineering
Division to develop "Green Engineering champions" and to incorporate Green Engineering into
Chemical Engineering curricula. The aim is to develop future chemical engineers with Green
Engineering training.
In FY 2004, the focus of the Green Engineering Program will broaden to include
practicing engineers in addition to the academic community. The Green Engineering program
will be working with the American Institute of Chemical Engineers and others to convert Green
Engineering textbook and materials into industrial format and to develop training for practicing
engineers. The Green Engineering program will also be working with other groups (with industry
participation) to incorporate Green Engineering into their activities. In addition, there has been
interest from non-chemical engineering disciplines to incorporate Green Engineering principles
into other engineering curricula.
The pollution prevention approaches discussed above are intended to provide assistance
and incentives to various sectors of society to promote new habits and new ways of doing
business that are sustainable, cost-effective and beneficial to the environment. These activities
can promote greater ecological efficiency and therefore help to reduce the generation and release
of production-related waste.
47 U.S. EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Design for Environment, www.epa.gov/dfe
IV-92
-------
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+724,100, +1.2 FTE) This increase will support the Children's Health Initiative to
reduce childhood exposure to hazardous chemicals.
• (+$3,109,500) A redirection of $2,700.0 from Goal 5, Objective 2, will support increases
for energy recovery, recycling, waste minimization and retail efforts. Redirection reflects
completion of program guidance documents, cost savings from docket consolidation and
nearing completion of permitting goals. Additional resources have been provided for
payroll, cost of living, and enrichment.
• There are additional increases in payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE
GOAL: PREVENTING POLLUTION AND REDUCING RISK IN COMMUNITIES,
HOMES, WORKPLACES AND ECOSYSTEMS
OBJECTIVE: FACILITATE PREVENTION, REDUCTION AND RECYCLING OF
PBTS AND TOXIC CHEMICALS
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Reducing PBTs in Hazardous Waste Streams
In 2004 Reduce waste minimization priority list chemicals in hazardous waste streams an additional 3% (for a cumulative total of 46% or
81 million pounds) by expanding the use of State and industry partnerships and Regional pilots.
In 2003 Reduce waste minimization priority list chemicals in hazardous waste streams by 43% to 86 million pounds by expanding the
use of state and industry partnerships and Regional pilots
In 2002 FY 2002 data is currently not available. Data will be available in December 2003.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Percentage reduction in generation of priority list chemicals not available 3% 3% reduction
from 1991 levels.
Baseline: The target for FY 2002 was for a reduction of 40% (91.2 million pounds) from the 1990 levels. Data will be available in
December 2003.
Municipal Solid Waste Source Reduction
In 2004 Divert an additional 1% (for a cumulative total of 33% or 79 million tons) of municipal solid waste from land filling and
combustion, and maintain per capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.5 pounds per day.
In 2003 Divert an additional 1% (for a cumulative total of 32% or 74 million tons) of municipal solid waste from land filling and
combustion, and maintain per capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.5 pounds per day.
In 2002 FY 2002 data is currently not available for the diversion of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion or
maintaining per capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste. Analysis of FY 2002 data is anticipated by September 2004.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Millions of tons of municipal solid waste diverted. not available 74 79 million tons
Daily per capita generation of municipal solid waste. not available 4.5 4.5 Ibs. MSW
IV-93
-------
Baseline: An analysis conducted in FY 2000 shows 70 million tons (30%) of municipal solid waste diverted and 4.5 Ibs. of MSW per
person daily generation.
Reduction of Industrial / Commercial Chemicals
In 2004 Prevent, reduce and recycle hazardous industrial/commercial chemicals and municipal solid wastes
In 2003 The quantity of Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) pollutants released, disposed of, treated or combusted for energy recovery in
2003, (normalized for changes in industrial production) will be reduced by 200 million pounds, or 2%, from 2002. This data will
be reported in 2005.
In 2002 Data Lag
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Reduction of TRI non-recycled waste (normalized) Not Available 200 Million 200 Million Ibs
Alternative feed stocks, processes, or safer products 210 Prod/proc (cum)
identified through Green Chemistry Challenge Award
Number of participants in Hospitals for a Healthy 2000 Participants
Environment
Quantity of hazardous chemicals/solvents eliminated through 150 million Ibs
the Green Chemistry Challenge Awards Program
For eco-friendly detergents, track the number of laundry 36 formulations
detergent formulations developed.
Baseline: The baseline for the TRI non-recycled wastes measure is the amount of non-recycled wastes reported in FY2003. The baseline
for eco-friendly detergents is 0 formulations in 1997. The baseline for the alternative feed stocks / processes measure is zero in
2000. The baseline for the quantity of hazardous chemicals / solvents measures is zero pounds in the year 2000. The baseline
for the hospitals measure is zero in FY2001,
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
Performance Measure: Reduction of TRI non-recycled wastes from FY 2003.
Performance Database: TRIM: Toxics Release Inventory Modernization, formerly TRIS
(Toxics Release Inventory System) provides facility/chemical-specific data quantifying the
amount of TRI-listed chemicals entering wastes associated with production process in each year.
The total amount of each chemical in production-related wastes can be broken out by the
methods employed in managing such wastes, including recycling, energy recovery, treatment,
and disposal/release. Amounts of these wastes not recycled are tracked for this performance
measure.
Data Source: Regulated facilities report facility-specific, chemical-specific release, waste and
recycling data to EPA. For example, in calendar year 1999, 22,639 facilities filed 84,068 TRI
reports.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: TRI data is collected as requked by sections 313 of
EPCRA and 6607 of Pollution Prevention Act (PPA) (40 CFR '372; www.epa.gov/tri/). Only
certain facilities in specific Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes are requked to report
annually the quantities of over 650 listed toxic chemicals and chemical categories released to
each envkonmental medium and otherwise managed as waste(40 CFR' 372; www.epa.gov/tri/).
Regulation requkes covered facilities to use monitoring, mass balance, emission factors and/or
engineering calculations approaches to estimate releases and recycling volumes. For purposes of
this performance measure, data controls are employed to facilitate cross-year comparisons: a
IV-94
-------
subset of chemicals and sectors are assessed that are consistently reported in all years; data are
normalized to control for changes in production using published United States Department of
Commerce economic indices.
QA/QC Procedures: Most facilities use EPA-certified automated Toxics Release Inventory
(TRI) FORM R reporting tools, which contains automated error checking mechanisms. Upon
receipt of the facilities' reports, EPA conducts automated edits, error checks, data scrubs,
corrections and normalization during data entry and subsequent processing to verify that the
information provided by the facilities is correctly entered in TRIM. The Agency does not control
the quality of the data submitted by the regulated community. EPA does, however, work with
the regulated community to improve the quality of their estimates.
Data Quality Review: The quality of the data contained in the TRI chemical reports is
dependent upon the quality of the data that the reporting facility uses to estimate its releases and
other waste management quantities. Use of TRI Form R by submitters and EPA's performance
data reviews combine to help assure data quality. The GAO Report, Environmental Protection:
EPA Should Strengthen Its Efforts to Measure and Encourage Pollution Prevention (GAO - 01 -
283), recommends that EPA strengthen the rule on reporting of source reduction activities.
Although EPA agrees that source reduction data are valuable, the Agency has not finalized
regulations to improve reporting of source reduction activities by TRI-regulated facilities. From
the various data quality efforts, EPA has learned of several reporting issues such as incorrect
assignment of threshold activities and incorrect assignment of release and other waste
management quantities (EPA-745-F-93-001; EPA-745-R-98-012;
www.epa.gov/tri/tridata/data_qua]ity_reports/index.htm; www.epa.gov/tri/report/index.htm.)
For example, certain facilities incorrectly assigned a 'processing' (25,000 Ib) threshold Instead of
an 'otherwise use' (10,000 Ib) threshold for certain non-persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic
(PBT) chemicals, so they did not have to report if their releases were below 25,000 Ibs. Also, for
example, some facilities incorrectly reported fugitive releases instead of stack releases of certain
toxic chemicals.
Data Limitations: Use of the data should be based on the user's understanding that the Agency
does not have direct assurance of the accuracy of the facilities' measurement and reporting
processes. TRI release data are reported by facilities on a good faith, best-estimate basis. EPA
does not have the resources to conduct on-site validation of each facility's reporting data, though
on-site investigations do occur each year at a subset of reporting facilities.
Error Estimate: From the various data quality efforts, EPA has learned of several reporting
issues such as incorrect assignment of threshold activities and incorrect assignment of release
and other waste management quantities (EPA-745-F-93-001;EPA-745-R-98-012;
http://www.epa.gov/tri/report/index.htm:
www.epa.gov/tri/tridata/data quality reports/mdex.htm: www.epa.gov/tri/report/index.htrn
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA plans to develop regulations for improving reporting of
source reduction activities by TRI reporting facilities.
IV-95
-------
References: www.epa.gov/tri/ and additional citations provided above. (EPA-745-F-93-001;
EPA-745-R-98-012; http://www.epa.gov/tri/report/index.htm:
www.epa.gov/tri/tridata/data quality reports/index.htm; www.epa.gov/triyreport/indjix.htm
Performance Measure: Millions of tons of municipal solid waste diverted
Performance Database: Data are provided by the Department of Commerce. EPA does not
maintain a database for this information.
Data Source: The baseline numbers for municipal solid waste source reduction and recycling
are developed using a materials flow methodology employing data largely from the Department
of Commerce and described hi the EPA report titled "Characterization of Municipal Solid Waste
hi the United States." The Department of Commerce collects solid waste generation and
recycling rate data from various industries.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Data on domestic production of materials and products
are compiled using published data series. United States Department of Commerce sources are
used where available, but in several instances more detailed information on production of goods
by end-use is available from trade associations. The goal is to obtain a consistent historical data
series for each product and/or material. Data on average product lifetimes are used to adjust the
data series. These estimates and calculations result in a material-by-material and product-by-
product estimate of MSW generation, recovery, and discards.
QA/QC Procedures: Quality assurance and quality control are provided by the Department of
Commerce's internal procedures and systems. The report prepared by the Agency,
"Characterization of Municipal Solid Waste hi the United States," is then reviewed by a number
of experts for accuracy and soundness.
Data Quality Review: The report, including the baseline numbers and annual rates of recycling
and per capita municipal solid waste generation, is widely accepted among experts. There are
various assumptions factored into the analysis to develop estimates of MSW generation,
recovery and discards.
Data Limitations: Non-hazardous waste data limitations stem from the fact that the baseline
statistics and annual rates of recycling and per capita municipal solid waste generation are based
on a series of models, assumptions, and extrapolations and, as such, are not an empirical
accounting of municipal solid waste generated or recycled.
Error Estimate: N/A. Currently, the Office of Solid Waste (OSW) does not collect data on
estimated error rates.
New/Improved Data or Systems: Because the statistics on MSW generation and recycling are
widely reported and accepted by experts, no new efforts to improve the data or the methodology
have been identified or are necessary. EPA plans to develop regulations for improving reporting
of source reduction activities by TRI reporting facilities.
IV-96
-------
References: Municipal Solid Waste in the United States: 1999 Facts and Figures, EPA, July
2001 (EPA 530-R-01-014), http://www.epa.gov/osw/index.h1m
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Quantity of hazardous chemicals/solvents eliminated
through the Green Chemistry Challenge Awards Program and Number of alternative
feedstocks, processes or safer products identified through Green Chemistry Challenge
Awards Program
Performance Database: EPA is developing an electronic database ("metrics" database) which
will allow organized storage and retrieval of green chemistry data submitted to the agency on
alternative feedstocks, processes, and safer chemicals. The database is being designed to store
and retrieve in systematic fashion information on the environmental benefits and, where
available, economic benefits that these alternative green chemistry technologies offer. The
database is also being designed to track the quantity of hazardous chemicals and solvents
eliminated through implementation of these alternative technologies.
Data Source: Industry and academia submit nominations annually to EPA in response to the
Presidential Green Chemistry Challenge Awards.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: This is an output measure tracked directly through
Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics (OPPT) record-keeping systems. No models or
assumptions or statistical methods are employed.
QA/QC Procedures: Data undergo a technical screening review by EPA before being uploaded
to the database to determine whether data submitted adequately support the environmental
benefits described. Subsequent to Agency screening, data is reviewed by an external independent
technical expert panel. Additional comments provided by this panel are incorporated into the
database. This panel is convened primarily for judging nominations submitted to the Presidential
Green Chemistry Challenge Awards Program and selecting winning technologies.
Data Quality Review; Review of industry and academic data as documented in United States
EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Green Chemistry Program Files available at
http://www.epa.gov/opptmfr/greenchemistrv/
Data Limitations: Occasionally data are limited for a given technology due to confidential
business information (the Presidential Green Chemistry Challenge Awards Program does not
process CBI). Occasionally, the percentage of market penetration of implemented alternative
green chemistry technology (potential benefits versus realized benefits) is unclear. In these
cases, the database is so noted.
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: None,
References: http://www.ams.usda.gov/science/pdp/index.htm.
IV-97
-------
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Number of participants in the Hospitals for a Healthy
Environment Mercury Project
Performance Database: EPA, in cooperation with its institutional partners, operates a voluntary
program whereby hospitals and associated industries can voluntarily sign up to become an H2E
Partner (hospitals) or Champion (associated industries). The purpose of the H2E Program is to
reduce mercury emissions and waste at hospitals.
Data Source: Sign-up forms from participating H2E institutions.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: The sign-up program is the first step for a hospital or
associated industry to participate hi the H2E. No assumptions or models are employed.
QA/QC Procedures: H2E staff contact each participant to confirm their sign-up, and welcome
them to the program.
Data Quality Reviews: N/A.
Data Limitations*. Data limited to name of facility, contact person and information.
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: Database will be expanded after H2E receives ICR approval.
References: United States EPA Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Hospitals for a
Healthy Environment Program (H2E). Program information and data available at
http://www.h2e-on1ine.org/about/index.htm
FY 2004 Performance Measure: The number of eco-friendly laundry detergents developed.
Performance Database: Information on laundry detergent ingredients is supplied on a
proprietary basis by formulator companies. Information on potential safer substitute ingredients
as identified by the formulator is held proprietary as well.
Data Source: Laundry detergent manufacturers. General information on chemicals hi detergent
component classes; source of potential safer substitutes.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: Assume that formulator companies determine
performance of eco-friendly detergents.
QA/QC Procedures: Formulator companies report periodically on the status of their
formulations and notify DŁE in advance of potential ingredient changes.
Data Quality Reviews: N/A.
J Data Limitations: N/A.
IV-98
-------
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: Formulator companies notify DfE of Agency-approved
changes in detergent ingredients.
References: N/A.
Coordination with Other Agencies
This objective spans a broad range of pollution prevention activities, which can yield
reductions in waste generation in both the public and private sectors. For example, the
Environmentally Preferable Product initiative, which implements Executive Orders 12873 and
13101, is promoting the use of cleaner products by Federal agencies, which may stimulate
demand for the development of such products by industry.
This effort includes a number of demonstration projects with other Federal
departments/agencies, such as the General Services Administration (use of safer products for
indoor painting and cleaning), Department of Defense (use of safer paving materials for parking
lots), and Defense Logistics Agency (safer solvents). The program also works with the National
Institute of Standards and Technology, the International Standards Organization, and other
groups to develop standards for Environmental Management Systems.
In addition to business, industry and other non-governmental organizations, EPA will
work with Federal, State, Tribal, and local governments to encourage reduced generation of
waste as well as the safe recycling of wastes. Frequently, successful projects require multiple
partners to address the multi-media nature of effective source reduction and recycling programs.
The Agency has brought together a range of stakeholders to examine alternatives in specific
industrial sectors, and several regulatory changes have followed which encourage hazardous
waste recycling. Partners in this effort include the Environmental Council of States, the Tribal
Association on Solid Waste and Emergency Response, and the Association of State and
Territorial Solid Waste Management Officials.
As Federal partners, EPA and the United States Postal Service (USPS) work together on
several municipal solid waste projects. For instance, rather than dispose of returned or unwanted
mail, EPA and the USPS developed and implemented successful recycling procedures and
markets, including the return of unwanted mail (advertisements, catalogues, etc.) to the Post
Office for recycling rather than disposal by the recipient. In addition, EPA Regional offices have
provided significant assistance to the National Park Service to implement Integrated Solid Waste
Management Plans at parks in western states. EPA also works with the Small Business
Administration to provide support to recycling businesses.
EPA has worked with the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) and the Federal
Environmental Executive (FEE) to reinvigorate Federal leadership for sustainable recycling. In
particular, the Agency is currently engaged with the Department of Defense, Department of
Education, USPS, Department of Energy, the FEE, and other agencies to foster proper
management of surplus electronics equipment, with a preference for reuse and recycling. With
these agencies, and in cooperation with the electronics industry, EPA participated in developing
IV-99
-------
a draft interagency memorandum oi understanding (MOU) which will lead to increased reuse
and recycling ol an array ol computers and other electronics hardware used by civilian and
military agencies. Implementation of this MOU will divert substantial quantities of plastic.
glass, lead, mercury, silver, and other materials from disposal.
Statutory Authorise;-
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) sections 4 and 6 and TSCA Titles ]]. 111. and IV (15
U.S.C. 2605 and 264] -2692)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide. and Rodemicide Act (F1FRA) sections 3. 4. 5. 6. 11. 18. 24. and
25 (7 U.S.C. 136a. 13ba-]. 136c. ]36d. ]36i. 13op. 136v. and ]36w)
Pollution Prevention Act (PPA) (42 U.S.C. 13] 01-13] 09)
Clean Air Act (CAA) section 309 (42 U.S.C. 7609)
Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1 251-1387)
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) (42 U.S.C. 1 1001-11050)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (42 U.S.C. 6901 -6992k)
Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by the Hazardous Waste Amendments of 1984.
IV-1(10
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities. Homes. Workplaces and
Ecosystem;-
Objective: Assess Conditions in Indian Country
By 2005. EPA will assist all Federally recognized tribes in assessing the condition ol
theii environment, help in building tribes' capacity to implement environmental management
programs, and ensure that EPA is implementing programs in Indian country where needed to
address environmental issue:-
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
I Assess Conditions in Indian
! Country
I Environmental Program
i Management
i Sta|e_and^Triba] Assistance Grants
i Total Workvean-
FY 2002
Actuals
n $64.326.3
$13.] 63.6
Grants $51.362.?
98.9
Key Progi
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$70.909.4
$13.439.7
$57.469.7
90.7
-am
FY 2004
Request
$76.435.2
$13.935.2
$62.500.0
91.3
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$5.525.8
$495.5
$5.030.3
0.6
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002
Enacted
:ntal $9.9] 1. 6
$]. 165.4
$]. 383.11
$426.9
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$10,219.7
$1 .250.3
$1.428.7
$475.5
FY 2004
Request
$10.665.9
$1.154.4
$1.470.8
.$518.1
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$446.2
($95.9)
$42.1
$42.6
i American Indian Environmental
> Office
I Facilities Infrastructure and
1 Operations
' Legal Service.1-
' Management Services and
Stewardship
1 Reeional Management $80.0 $65.5 $126.0 $60.5
1Y-101
-------
Tribal General Assistance Grants
FY 2002
Enacted
$52,469.7
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$57,469.7
FY 2004
Request
$62,500.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$5,030.3
FY 2004 Request
Under Federal environmental statutes, the Agency has responsibility for assuring human
health and environmental protection in Indian country. Since 1984, EPA policy has been to
work with tribes on a government-to-government basis that affirms the vital trust responsibility
that EPA has with every Federally recognized Tribal government. EPA endeavors to address
Tribal environmental priorities, ensure compliance with environmental laws, provide field
assistance, assure effective communication and consultation with tribes, allow flexibility in grant
programs, and provide resources for Tribal operations.
A lack of comprehensive environmental data severely impacts our ability to properly
identify risk to human health and the environment in Indian country. Progress toward building
Tribal and EPA infrastructure and completing a documented baseline assessment of
environmental conditions continues to be a major focus for the Agency and tribes. These
baseline assessments will provide a blueprint for planning future activities through the
development of Tribal/EPA Environmental Agreements (TEAs) or similar Tribal environmental
plans to address and support priority environmental multi-media concerns in Indian country. In
FY 2004, resources will be used to support the Baseline Assessment project, write national
assessment reports, and track environmental progress in Indian country. For its part, EPA will
be able to assess conditions in Indian country under a wide variety of parameters on national,
regional, and local levels and make appropriate program decisions. In FY 2004, the Agency will
formalize interagency data standards and protocols to ensure information is collected and
reported consistently among the Federal agencies by working as the co-lead (EPA with the
Department of Interior, Bureau of Indian Affairs) on the Federal Geographic Data Committee
(FGDC) Tribal data workgroup. The interagency efforts of the Baseline Assessment Project will
promote consistency throughout the Federal government in assessing environmental conditions
in Indian country and are conducted under OMB Circular A-16.
Under the authority of the Indian Environmental General Assistance Program (GAP) Act
of 1992, EPA provides grants to Tribal governments and intertribal consortia for developing the
capacity to administer multi-media environmental protection programs. In FY 2004, EPA is
requesting an additional $5 million (total of $62.5 million), which will help 45 additional tribes
develop environmental programs. This includes assessing the status of a tribe's environmental
condition, building an environmental program tailored to the tribe's needs, developing
environmental education programs, developing solid waste management plans, assisting in the
building of Tribal environmental capacity, and alerting EPA to serious conditions involving
immediate public health and ecological threats.
EPA has strived to work effectively with Indian tribes since before the promulgation of
its formal Indian Policy in 1984. Vital to that policy are the principles that the Agency has a
IV-102
-------
govemment-to-government relationship with tribes and that "EPA recognizes tribes as the
primary parties for setting standards, making environmental policy decisions and managing
programs for reservations, consistent with agency standards and regulations." To that end, EPA
"encourage[s] and assistfs] tribes in assuming regulatory and program management
responsibilities," primarily through its Treatment in the Same Manner as a State (TAS) process
under several environmental statutes.
EPA's policy has been and will continue to be that tribes develop the capability to
implement Federal programs themselves. However, in working with tribes, EPA has realized
that TAS does not suit the needs of all tribes. Some tribes with acute pollution sources and other
environmental problems may be too small to support folly delegated or approved environmental
programs. Other tribes are wary of seeking TAS status because it may lead to costly litigation
that may hi turn lead to a diminishment of Tribal sovereignty. As a result few tribes have sought
TAS under EPA's various regulatory programs. In the absence of EPA-approved Tribal
programs, EPA generally faces practical challenges in implementing the Federal programs hi
Indian country. EPA will continue to encourage and work with tribes to develop their capability
to implement Federal environmental programs.
Also, in accordance with EPA's longstanding policy, the Agency is considering
additional approaches for how EPA and Indian tribes might work together to protect public
health and the environment in Indian country. As part of that effort, EPA is again proposing
language that would allow EPA to award cooperative agreements to Federally recognized Indian
tribes or qualified Intertribal consortia to assist the Administrator in implementing Federal
environmental programs for Indian tribes. These cooperative agreements would be made
notwithstanding the Federal Grant and Cooperative Agreement Act requirements that Federal
agencies use a contract when the principal purpose of a transaction is to acquire services for the
direct benefit or use of the United States. Cooperative agreements, rather than a contract under
the Federal acquisition regulation, are the preferred funding mechanism, since they better reflect
the government-to-government relationship. These cooperative agreements would not be
awarded using funds designated for State financial assistance agreements.
The proposed language would promote Tribal participation when EPA is directly
implementing Federal environmental programs in Indian country or for tribes. It would also
help tribes build the capacity to achieve TAS status if they wish to do so. While EPA would
retain final decision-making authority and ultimate responsibility for all regulatory activities
where EPA directly implements Federal programs, the proposed language would allow for
varying degrees of Tribal involvement in assisting EPA in carrying out the Federal program
depending upon a tribe's interest and ability in carrying out specific work. Some tribes might
perform much of the work for EPA necessary to develop and carry out Federal environmental
programs. Other tribes might gradually increase their involvement as their capacity to assist
EPA increases over time. In this way, the proposed language would improve environmental
protection while also building the capacity and expertise of the tribes to run their own
environmental programs.
IV-103
-------
\ FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• There are increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and existing FTE.
STAG
• (+$5,030,300) Increase in Indian General Assistance Program grants to help Federally
recognized tribes and intertribal consortia develop environmental programs.
GOAL: PREVENTING POLLUTION AND REDUCING RISK IN COMMUNITIES,
HOMES, WORKPLACES AND ECOSYSTEMS
OBJECTIVE: ASSESS CONDITIONS IN INDIAN COUNTRY
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Tribal Environmental Baseline/Environmental Priori
In 2004 Percent of Tribes will have an environmental presence (e.g., one or more persons to assist in building Tribal capacity to develop
and implement environmental programs.
In 2003 In 2003, AIEO will evaluate non-Federal sources of environmental data pertaining to conditions in Indian Country to enrich the
Tribal Baseline Assessment Project.
hi 2002 A cumulative total of 331 environmental assessments have been completed
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Percent of Tribes with delegated and non-delegated programs 5% Tribes
(cumulative).
Percent of Tribes with EPA-reviewed monitoring and 20% Tribes
assessment occurring (cumulative).
Percent of Tribes with EPA-appro ved multimedia workplans 18% Tribes
(cumulative).
Environmental assessments for Tribes, (cumulative) 331 Tribes, etc.
Non-federal sources of environmental data pertaining to 20 Data sources
conditions in Indian Country.
Baseline: There are 572 tribal entities that are eligible for GAP program funding. These entities are the ones for which environmental
assessments of their lands will be conducted.
Program Assessment Rating Tool
Tribal General Assistance
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the Tribal General Assistance program was evaluated with the following specific
findings:
IV-104
-------
1. The program's purpose is very clear and agreed upon by interested parties. Not all tribes
currently have the financial resources and technical ability to develop and implement
Federal environmental programs on their own.
2. Strategic planning is the program's weakest area, and plans from 2003 and earlier had
weak performance goals that focused on processes more than environmental
outcomes.
3. In recognition of these weaknesses, EPA has been working to develop new long-term
goals and efficiency measures.
4. The program also adopted new annual performance measures, which more accurately
reflect the program's purpose and activities.
5. GAP has improved its program management over the last year. It implemented a new
grants management system which provides better information on grantee activities, and it
also developed a tribal database which holds environmental, cultural, and administrative
information on each of the tribes.
As a result of these findings, the Administration recommends:
1. Increasing GAP funding to $62.5 million, $5 million above the 2003 President's Budget
level of $57 million, in recognition that program management is improving.
2. That EPA use the new information from the recently implemented grants management
system to further improve the program's strategic planning and management, including
the development of long-term goals and efficiency measures.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Tribes with an environmental presence.
Performance Database: An environmental presence for a tribe implies the development of the
capacity to implement environmental programs: to assess environmental conditions, to establish
environmental priorities, and then to manage programs that result in improvement of the
environment. The American Indian Environmental Office (AIEO) has made tremendous
progress in developing an electronic baseline assessment system used to access tribal
environmental information and to track the progress of the development of an environmental
presence in Indian country. The Tribal Information Management System (TIMS) provides the
capability for each tribe to understand and effectuate program priorities to build a strong,
sustainable environment for the future based upon sound, quality information.
TIMS is a web-based application used to access Baseline Assessment Project environmental
information on Federally recognized Indian tribes. The site is located at
https:/oasint.rtpnc.epa.gov. Public access to this information via the web cannot be provided
until EPA completes consultation with the tribes, but is expected within the next year. TIMS
contains information about the condition of the environment for a tribe, the nature and status of
IV-105
-------
regulated facilities on tribal lands, and the nature and extent of tribal environmental management
program activities. TIMS is not a static document. It is a real-time system that extracts
information from EPA and external data systems as they are maintained and updated by various
Federal, non-Federal, and tribal partners. TIMS is also a vehicle for tribes, Federal agencies and
non-Federal agencies, to develop partnerships, improve communication, and to establish tribal
environmental priorities in a coordinated, multimedia, and interagency way.
The outputs of TIMS serve many purposes, such as: (1) allows EPA to accurately assess the
establishment of an environmental presence in Indian country in a data rich and meaningful way,
and to report that result annually as a measure of performance goals; (2) allows EPA to measure
trends and changes in environmental conditions and program results over time; and, (3) provides
information for tribes and agencies to establish environmental priorities in a coordinated fashion.
Data Sources: Current TIMS data sources are existing Federal databases, both from EPA and
other agencies, supplemented by data sources collected from the EPA regions as appropriate. All
data sources are identified and referenced in the TIMS application. In FY 2003, AIEO will
analyze data from 20 non-Federal data sources for enrichment of the Tribal Baseline Assessment
Project. In particular, the integration of data sources from Federal, non-Federal and tribal
partners will be used to assess environmental conditions and environmental vulnerabilities for
Alaska Native Villages. Building upon these accomplishments, in FY 2004 we expect to
formalize interagency data standards and protocols, working with the Federal Geographic Data
Committee (FGDC) formed as a result of OMB Circular A-16, to ensure information is collected
and reported consistently among the Federal agencies.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: The methodology for developing assessments of
environmental conditions in Indian country will be standard statistical methods of analysis of
variance. Chi Square and Fisher linear model techniques will be used to evaluate the statistical
significance of comparisons of tribal conditions, with regard to specific environmental
parameters, compared to the nation as a whole. The data used to develop these statistical
inferences are in general non-aggregated point measurements that have been geographically
indexed. Sample sizes are generally large enough (often in the hundreds of thousands when
evaluating parameters such as regulated facilities) to provide the necessary degrees of freedom to
make statistical inferences in spite of the large variance in sizes of reservations in Indian country.
The data are suitable for year-to-year performance comparisons, and also for trend analysis.
Forecasting technologies have not yet been tested on the data.
QA/QC Procedures: All the data used hi the baseline project have quality assurance and
metadata documentation prepared by the originating agency. These will all be described in a
Quality Management document: "Manual to TIMS: Tribal Information Management System."
AIEO will standardize data and metadata standards established by the Federal Geographic Data
Committee.
Data Quality Reviews: Quality of the external databases will be described but not ranked. Data
correction and improvement is an ongoing part of the baseline assessment project. Tribes will
have the opportunity to review and comment upon their Tribal Profile. Mechanisms for
adjusting data will be supplied. Errors in the tribal profile are subject to errors in the underlying
data. The baseline project has developed a special site fattp://db-server.tetratech-
IV-106
-------
ffit.com/baselme/datacenter which will be used to: 1) allow direct editing and correction of text
of the narrative profiles, 2) submit geographic corrections to maps and boundary files, or to
submit files of different kinds of political units for analysis, and 3) submit corrections to
quantitative data points, and 4) display the bibliography of documents used to compile the TIMS
information system, including PDF scans of many of the documents.
Data Limitations: The largest part of the data used by the baseline assessment project has not
been coded to particular tribes by the recording agency. ATEO uses new geographic data mining
technologies to extract records based on the geographical coordinates of the data points. For
example, if a regulated facility has latitude and longitude coordinates that place it in the
boundaries of the Wind River Reservation, then it is assigned to the Arapaho and Shoshone
Tribes of the Wind River Reservation. This technique is extremely powerful, because it "tribally
enables" large numbers of information systems which were previously incapable of identifying
tribes. This will be applied to all the EPA databases. There are limitations, however. When
database records are not geographically identified with latitude and longitude, the technique does
not work and the record is lost to the system. Likewise, the accuracy of the method depends on
the accuracy of the reservation boundary files. EPA continues to request up-to-date and accurate
coverage of reservation boundaries and land status designations from other agencies.
Error Estimate: Analysis of variation of the various coverage of reservation boundaries that are
available to EPA indicates deviations of up to 5%. The other source of error comes from records
that are not sufficiently described geographically for assignment to specific tribes. For some
agencies, such as USQS, the geographic record is complete, so there is no error from these
sources. It is estimated that 20% of the regulated facilities in EPA regulatory databases are not
geographically described, and thus will not be recognized by the AIEO methodology.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The technologies used by the baseline assessment project are
all new and state of the art. Everything is delivered On the Internet, with security, and no need
for any special software or data disk on the desktop. The geographic interface is an ESRI
product called ARC/IMS, which is a web-based application, with a fully functional GIS system
that is folly scalable. In FY 2003, the entire system will be rendered in 3D. The baseline project
uses XML protocols to attach to and display information seamlessly and in real time from
cooperating agency data systems without ever having to download the data to some intermediate
server. Finally, the baseline assessment project has developed web based, secure program
inputting systems that allow regional project officers to track programs and input programmatic
data that directly feed into the TIMS reports, performance reporting systems, and other
customizable reports.
References:
Manual to TIMS: Tribal Information Management System (draft).
Http://www.epa.gov/enviro/html/bia/tribal em.html
https://oasint.rtpne.epa.gov/!TMS
http://db-server.tetratech-ffx.comn/baseline/datacenter
IV-107
-------
https://oasint.rtpnc. epa.gov/TATS
http://ga|)-demo.tetratech-ffe:.com
Coordination with Other Agencies
Solid Waste Interagency Workgroup
EPA and a large number of Agencies including the Bureau of Indian Affairs, the Indian
Health Service, the Federal Aviation Administration, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration, and the Departments of Housing and Urban Development, Agriculture (Forest
Service and Rural Utilities Service), and Defense are working collaboratively to identify,
prioritize and close solid waste dumps in Indian country. The Group is focusing on 146 of the
highest priority sites from the Indian Health Service's 1997 Report to Congress, entitled "Open
Dumps on Indian Lands," which contains an inventory of 1,162. open dumps in Indian country.
Additional agencies are likely to participate as the workgroup further defines its goals and
strategy.
Other Examples of Interagency Coordination
EPA and the Department of Interior are coordinating an Interagency Tribal Information
Steering Committee that includes the Bureau of Reclamation, Department of Energy,
Department of Housing and Urban Development, United States Geological Survey, Federal
Geographic Data Committee, Bureau of Indian Affairs, Indian Health Service, Department of the
Treasury, and Department of Justice. This Interagency effort is aimed to coordinate the exchange
of selected sets of environmental, resource, and programmatic information pertaining to Indian
country among Federal agencies in a "dynamic" information management system that is
continuously and automatically updated and refreshed, to be shared equally among partners and
other constituents.
Under a two- party interagency agreement, EPA works extensively with the Indian
Health Service to cooperatively address the drinking water and wastewater infrastructure needs
of Indian tribes. EPA is developing protocols with the Indian Health Service Sanitation Facilities
Construction Program for integration of databases of the two agencies, within the framework of
the Tribal Information Management System.
EPA has organized a Tribal Working Group hi the Federal Geographic Data Committee,
and, along with BIA, is the co-chair of the group. In the Tribal Working Group, EPA will play a
lead role in establishing common geographic data and metadata standards for Tribal data, and for
establishing protocols for exchange of information among Federal, non-Federal and Tribal
cooperating partners.
EPA is developing protocols with the Bureau of Reclamation, Native American Program,
for integration of databases of the two agencies, within the framework of the Tribal Information
Management System. EPA is also developing agreements to share information with the Alaska
District, United States Army Corps of Engineers.
IV-108
-------
Statutory Authorities
Indian Environmental General Assistance Program (GAP)
Act of 1992 as amended (42 U.S.C. 4368b)
IV-109
-------
Goal 5: Waste Management
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal 5: Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites,
and Emergency Response V-l
Control Risks from Contaminated Sites and Respond to Emergencies V-14
Regulate Facilities to Prevent Releases V-74
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and Emergency
Response
Strategic Goal: America's wastes will be stored, treated and disposed of in ways that prevent
harm to people and to the natural environment. EPA will work to clean up previously polluted
sites, restore them to uses appropriate for surrounding communities, and respond to and prevent
waste-related or industrial accidents.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
Better Waste Management,
Restoration of Contaminated
Waste Sites, and Emergency
Response
Control Risks from
Contaminated Sites and Respond
to Emergencies
Regulate Facilities to Prevent
Releases
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$1,786,516.4
$1,621,875.2
$164,641.2
4,325.4
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,711,511.0
$1,544,249.8
$167,261.2
4,500.2
FY2004
Request
$1,846,634.7
$1,678,154.8
$168,479.9
4,556.6
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$135,123.7
$133,905.0
$1,218.7
56.4
Background and Context
Improper management of wastes can lead to serious health threats from exposure to
contaminated air, soil, and water, and as a result of fires and explosions. Likewise, improper
waste management and disposal can pose threats to those living in nearby communities and can
result in costly cleanups. One of the Agency's strategic goals is to ensure proper waste
management and disposal to protect people and the environment from unacceptable risk posed
by improper waste management. In FY 2004, EPA will continue to promote safe waste storage,
treatment, and disposal, cleanup active and inactive waste disposal sites, and help prevent the
release of oil and chemicals, including radioactive waste, into the environment. Additionally, the
Brownfields program, a top environmental priority for this Administration, will continue to
sustain and develop effective partnerships with States, Tribes, and localities in order to revitalize
and restore Brownfields properties. The Agency will also continue to prepare to respond to
small and large-scale disasters, one of EPA's traditional responsibilities.
V-l
-------
Means and Strategy
EPA and its partners will continue their efforts to achieve this goal by promoting better
waste management, cleaning up contaminated waste sites, and preventing waste-related or
industrial accidents. To date, EPA and its partners have made significant progress toward
achieving its cleanup and prevention objectives that address human health and the environment
at thousands of Superfund, Brownfields, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA),
underground storage tank (UST), and oil sites. Brought together by a common interest to protect
our health and the environment, EPA and its partners have established an effective structure to
manage the nation's hazardous and solid wastes. EPA's strategy is to apply the fastest, most
effective waste management and cleanup methods available, while involving affected
communities in the decision-making process. The Agency will employ enforcement efforts to
further assist in reducing risks to people from hazardous waste exposure.
In FY 2004, EPA will maintain its focus on three themes in achieving its objectives:
• Revitalization: The Agency is moving in a new strategic direction with the broad
promotion of the successes of the Brownfields program and other waste programs in
restoring contaminated lands. Revitalization complements the Agency's traditional
cleanup programs, leading to faster, more efficient cleanups; and benefits communities
through productive economic and green space reuse of properties.
• One Cleanup Program: Through the "One Cleanup Program" the Agency is looking
across its programs to bring consistency and enhanced effectiveness to site cleanups. The
Agency will work with its partners and stakeholders to enhance coordination, planning
and communication across the full range of Federal, state, Tribal and local cleanup
programs. This effort will improve the pace, efficiency and effectiveness of site
cleanups, as well as more fully integrate land reuse and continued use into cleanup
programs. The Agency will promote development of information technologies required
to present waste site cleanup and revitalization information in ways that enable greater
access and understanding by the public and stakeholders. Finally, the Agency will
develop environmental outcome performance measures that report progress among all
cleanup programs, such as the number of acres available for reuse resulting from its site
cleanup programs. A crucial element to this effort is a national dialogue, currently
underway, on the future of Superfund and other EPA waste cleanup programs.
•• Recycling, Waste Minimization and Energy Recovery: Promotion of recycling, waste
minimization and energy recovery for both hazardous and non-hazardous wastes.
Revitalization
To address the theme of revitalization, EPA is requesting $210,754,100 to continue
implementation of the Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfields Revitalization and
Environmental Restoration Act (Public Law 107-118). This includes an increase of $10 million
to provide assistance to states and Tribes to develop and enhance their state and Tribal response
programs, a priority in the Agency's efforts to reuse and redevelop properties. Brownfields are
V-2
-------
real property, the expansion, redevelopment, or reuse of which may be complicated by the
presence or potential presence of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant and they are
not traditional Superfund sites. Generally, Brownfieids are not highly contaminated and,
therefore, present lesser health risks. Economic changes over several decades have left
thousands of communities with these contaminated properties and abandoned sites. This
legislation promotes Brownfield redevelopment by providing financial assistance for assessment
and cleanup, reforming Superfund liability, and enhancing state response programs. EPA
implements the Brownfieids program with other Federal agencies, states, Tribes, local
governments, the private sector and non-profit organizations.
EPA is committed to integrating the concept of revitalization and reuse into the process
of cleaning up abandoned, Inactive and contaminated waste sites, active and closing Federal
facilities, and other properties. An essential element of the assessment and cleanup of
contaminated property, whether they are Brownfieids, Superfund, RCRA Corrective Action,
Base Realignment and Closure, Federal facilities or Underground Storage Tanks, is the ultimate
goal of revitalizing and reusing that property. * Assessment and cleanup provide clear
environmental benefits in mitigating exposure to hazardous contaminants and reuse of these
properties can improve the quality of life in America's communities and reduce sprawl.
Building upon the Agency's recent successes in this area, EPA's waste cleanup programs will
actively seek out opportunities to leverage public or private investment, create jobs associated
with cleanup and reuse, and increase the overall acreage reused. The RCRA corrective action
program continues to emphasize redevelopment of RCRA corrective action sites to prevent these
properties from becoming brownfields (unused or underused property due to real or perceived
concerns regarding hazardous waste contamination).
Superfund
The Superfund program works with States, Tribes, local governments, and other Federal
agencies to protect human health and the environment and to restore sites to uses appropriate for
nearby communities. Many of the nation's largest and most technically complex contaminated
properties including abandoned, private, and Federal facilities are cleaned up by the Superfund
program. Site assessment is the first step in determining whether a site meets the criteria for
placement on the National Priorities List (NPL) or for removal action to prevent, minimize or
mitigate significant threats. When a site is placed on the NPL it becomes eligible for a fund-
financed cleanup. The Agency also provides outreach and education to the surrounding
communities to improve their understanding of potential site risks, such as risks posed by
radioactive materials, and to promote direct involvement hi every phase of the cleanup process.
The Administration has conducted a Program Assessment Rating Tool (PART)
evaluation of the Superfund removal program. While the program initiates and cleans up
numerous sites around the country every year, the benefit to human health and the environment
could not be clearly measured. EPA and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) will
continue to develop outcome measures that test the link between the activities of the program
and their impact on human health and the environment.
V-3
-------
RCRA Corrective Action
The RCRA corrective action program addresses a significant number of industrial sites,
including Federally-owned facilities. Administered by EPA and authorized states, these sites
include some of the most intractable and controversial cleanup projects in the country.
Approximately 3,500 industrial facilities must undergo a cleanup under the RCRA program. Of
these facilities, EPA and state partners have identified over 1,700 facilities as high priority
because people or ecosystems are likely to be at significant current or future risk. As evidence of
success in meeting this challenge, EPA and the states have now documented that both exposure
to contamination and further migration of contaminated groundwater have been controlled at
over 700 of the 1,700 high priority facilities. The RCRA program has fully embraced the
Agency's One Cleanup Program initiative designed to improve cross-program coordination
between EPA and states to make protective cleanup and revitalization of contaminated sites more
effective and efficient.
Underground Storage Tanks
In partnership with the states, the Agency prevents releases, detects releases early in the
event that they occur, and addresses leaks from Federally regulated underground storage tanks
(USTs) containing petroleum and hazardous substances. The strategy for preventing, detecting
releases, and addressing leaks is to promote and enforce petroleum management controls through
compliance and technical assistance with the regulatory requirements in order to protect our
nation's groundwater and drinking water. In 2004, the Agency will celebrate the 20th
anniversary of the enactment of RCRA Subtitle I, acknowledging the problem of leaking
underground storage tanks and the beginning of the Federal UST program. While the vast
majority of the approximately 698,000 active USTs have the proper equipment per Federal
regulation, significant work remains to be done to ensure UST owners and operators properly
maintain and operate their systems. The Agency's primary role is to work with states to promote
compliance with the leak detection, spill, overfill, and corrosion protection requirements, ensure
that compliance with these requirements are a national priority, and reduce the number of
confirmed UST releases. This encompasses compliance for all Federally regulated UST systems,
including those on private and public property, in Indian Country, and Federal facilities. The
Agency has primary responsibility for implementing the UST program in Indian Country.
The Leaking Underground Storage Tank (LUST) program will continue to work with the
states and the regulated community to promote rapid and effective responses to releases from
USTs containing petroleum. EPA plays a key role in implementing the national LUST program,
supporting the management of state, local, and Tribal enforcement and response capability, as
well as sharing lessons learned with state regulators and the regulated community to increase
cleanup accomplishments. The Agency's highest priority in the LUST program over the next
several years is to address approximately 143,000 cleanups that have yet to be completed.
EPA's LUST program will accomplish this by implementing innovative approaches to corrective
action, such as multi-site cleanup agreements and performance-based contracting. The LUST
program will continue to help states address fuel oxygenates, such as methyl-tertiary-butyl-ether
(MTBE) contamination and tertiary butyl alcohol (TEA). States are discovering these
contaminants increasingly, and are concerned about the unique and often difficult remediation
V-4
-------
challenges. The Agency will also continue to work with other Federal partners and states to help
communities set priorities for addressing petroleum high priority sites.
In an effort to make every environmental dollar count, the Administration has conducted
a PART evaluation of the LUST program. The tool showed that EPA was quickly cleaning up
the backlog of leaking tanks, but that the benefit to human health and the environment could not
be clearly measured. Just as with the Superfund program, EPA and OMB will continue to
develop outcome measures that test the link between the activities of the program and their
impact on human health and the environment.
Recycling, Waste Minimization, and Energy Recovery
In support of the recycling, waste minimization, and energy recovery theme, the RCRA
program will focus on minimizing risk by advancing the nation's ability to manage materials and
waste in an environmentally sound and cost-effective manner. The fundamental goal of RCRA
is the recovery and conservation of energy and materials that would otherwise be discarded.
However, industrial secondary materials largely remain untapped resources for such recovery. In
2004, the Resource Conservation Challenge (RCC) will provide greater regulatory flexibility and
promote opportunities for converting waste to future energy and focus on resource conservation
through efficient materials management. EPA will continue its comprehensive review of its
waste management programs and regulations regarding hazardous and non-hazardous waste
recycling, waste minimization, and energy recovery practices. The review will identify
opportunities to further the goal of resource conservation and recovery, while remaining true to
the mission of ensuring safe and protective waste management practices. These efforts will
include increased beneficial use of the over 100 million tons of coal combustion residues
produced each year - saving resources and reducing green house gas emissions. The Agency will
also be looking to obtain energy from wastes through a variety of mechanisms: gas generation at
bioreactor municipal landfills, waste gasification, and co-firing of wastes in power generation
units. In addition, the Agency will partner with industry to identify innovative methods for
recovering petroleum and reducing waste in the refinery industry.
Other elements of the Better Waste Management goal are associated with the promotion
of safe waste management practices, which serve to help avoid future cleanup and
redevelopment burdens. For facilities that currently manage hazardous wastes, EPA and the
authorized states help ensure human health and environmental protection through the issuance of
RCRA hazardous waste permits. The RCRA program works primarily through state partners to
reduce the risks of exposures to dangerous hazardous wastes by maintaining a "cradle-to-grave"
waste management framework. Under this framework, EPA and the states oversee the handling,
transport, treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous waste. To date, 48 states, Guam, and the
District of Columbia are authorized to issue permits.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue efforts to reassess hazardous waste regulations applicable
to priority sectors and processes, such as process wastewater and other waste treatment residues.
The goals will be to determine if current hazardous waste listings provide the correct level of
protection and whether less costly, more efficient management approaches that provide
equivalent protection of human health and the environment exist.
V-5
-------
Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention
The Agency's chemical emergency preparedness and prevention program addresses some
of the risks associated with the manufacture, transportation, storage and use of hazardous
chemicals to prevent and mitigate chemical releases. The program also implements right-to-
know initiatives to inform the public about chemical hazards and encourages actions at the local
level to reduce risk. Section 112(r) of the Clean Air Act requires an estimated 15,000 facilities
to develop comprehensive risk management plans (RMPs) and submit them to EPA, state
agencies, and Local Emergency Planning Committees. States are best suited to implement the
RMP program because they benefit directly from its success.
Oil Spill Program
The Oil Spill Program prevents, prepares for, responds to, and monitors oil spills as
mandated and authorized in the Clean Water Act and Oil Pollution Act of 1990. EPA protects
U.S. waterways through oil spill prevention, preparedness, and enforcement compliance. There
are 465,000 non-transportation-related oil storage facilities that EPA regulates. When necessary,
the Agency undertakes oil spill response in the inland zone, which is then funded through a
reimbursable agreement with the U.S, Coast Guard.
Tribes and Alaska Native Villages
Finally, the Agency has established performance objectives specific to Indian Tribes and
Alaska Native Villages. These objectives stress waste prevention and cleanup and assistance to
Tribes. To meet these objectives, EPA will identify Tribal needs, support and promote the
involvement of Tribes in implementation activities, and control risks in Indian Country through
assessment and clean up of contaminated sites in consultation and partnership with Tribes.
Homeland Security
Responding to small and large-scale disasters is one of EPA*s traditional responsibilities.
The Agency's crucial role in responding to the World Trade Center and Pentagon attacks, and
the decontamination of anthrax at Capitol Hill, have further defined the nation's expectations of
EPA's emergency response capabilities. The Agency will continue to play a unique role in
responding to and preparing for future terrorist incidents, which could possibly be more
devastating in scale and nature than those of September 11, 2001. Potential future terrorist
events could affect the lives of millions of Americans and devastate the economy. The FY 2004
President's Budget includes targeted investments to strengthen the Agency's readiness and
response capabilities, including the establishment of a "decontamination team," state-of-the-art
equipment and highly specialized training for On Scene Coordinators (OSCs).
Research
The FY 2004 waste research propam supports the Agency's objective of reducing or
controlling potential risks to human health and the environment at contaminated waste sites by
accelerating scientifically-defensible and cost-effective decisions for cleanup at complex sites,
V-6
-------
• mining sites, marine spills, and Brownfields in accordance with CERCLA.
The Agency will conduct research to: 1) provide improved methods and dose-response
models for estimating risks from complex mixtures contaminating soils and groundwater; 2)
provide improved methods for measuring, monitoring, and characterizing complex waste sites in
terms of soils and groundwater; 3) develop more reliable technologies for cleanup of
contaminated soils, groundwater, and sediments; and 4) determine the effects of contaminants on
the environment. In addition, EPA will conduct research as well as provide guidance and
technical support for Federal, state and local governments and other institutions in the area of
building decontamination.
Waste identification, waste management, and combustion constitute the three major areas
of research under Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) in FY 2004, as the Agency
works towards preventing releases through proper facility management. Waste identification
research will focus on multimedia, multi-pathway exposure modeling and environmental fate and
transport; physical estimation in support of risk-based exemption levels for wastes; development
of targeted exemptions of waste streams that do not pose unacceptable risks; and efforts to
streamline the waste de-listing process. These efforts could significantly reduce compliance
costs while still supporting EPA's mission to protect human health and the environment. Waste
management research will focus on developing more cost-effective ways to manage/recycle non-
hazardous wastes and will examine other remediation technologies, while combustion research
will continue to focus on characterizing and controlling emissions from bioreactors and industrial
1 combustion systems.
Several mechanisms are in place to ensure a high-quality waste research program at EPA.
The Research Strategies Advisory Committee (RSAC) of EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB),
an independent chartered Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) committee, meets annually
to conduct an indepth review and analysis of EPA's Science and Technology account. The
RSAC provides its findings to the House Science Committee and sends a written report on the
findings to EPA's Administrator after every annual review. Moreover, EPA's Board of
Scientific Counselors (BOSC) provides counsel to the Assistant Administrator for the Office of
Research and Development (ORD) on the operation of ORD's research program. Also, under
the Science to Achieve Results (STAR) program all research projects are selected for funding
through a rigorous competitive external peer review process designed to ensure that only the
highest quality efforts receive funding support. Our scientific and technical work products must
also undergo either internal or external peer review, with major or significant products requiring
external peer review. The Agency's Peer Review Handbook (2nd Edition) codifies procedures
and guidance for conducting peer review.
Strategic Objectives
• Control Risks from Contaminated Sites and Respond to Emergencies
• Regulate Facilities to Prevent Releases
V-7
-------
Highlights
In FY 2004, EPA and state cleanup actions will help protect human health by reducing
the effects of uncontrolled releases on local populations and sensitive environments. The
Agency will build on past successes in cleaning up sites. The following accomplishments
provide examples of what has been done by the Agency to achieve its goal:
• conducted over 7,300 removal response actions from 1982 through December 29,2002;
• completed clean up construction at 846 Superfund National Priorities List Sites through
December 29,2002;
• over 800 of approximately 1,700 high priority RCRA sites targeted for aggressive risk
reduction have met GPRA Environmental Indicator goals;
• 79% of approximately 2,750 hazardous waste management facilities have effective
controls in place;
• responded to or monitored 300 oil spills in a typical year;
• completed 284,602 cleanups of confirmed releases from Federally-regulated leaking
underground storage tanks since 1987;
• assessed over 44,400 potential Superfund sites through December 29,2002;
• removed more than 33,100 sites from the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) waste site list;
• secured approximately $20.6 billion in PRP commitments, through response and cost
recovery settlements, over the life of the Superfund program;
* resolved potential liability of 27,000 small volume waste contributing parties through
more than 500 de minirnis settlements;
* awarded 50 UST field pilots to states and/or tribes through cooperative agreements to
assess and cleanup abandoned or underutilized Federally-regulated leaking underground
storage tanks to prepare these sites for subsequent revitalization.
• five ongoing RCRA Brownfields Prevention Pilots; and
• awarded 437 Brownfields assessment grants, over 143 Brownfields cleanup revolving
loan fund grants, and 57 job training pants through December 2002.
V-8
-------
In FY 2004, EPA's goal is to complete construction at 40 private and Federal Superfund
sites and take action to address contamination at 350 sites using removal authorities. In addition,
EPA and its partners will make final site assessment decisions on 475 additional sites.
EPA is requesting a funding increase of $150 million for Superfund cleanup construction.
These resources will allow cleanup construction to begin at 10 to 15 additional sites that
otherwise would not be funded. Priority for funding will be given to projects at sites where
actual or potential human exposures to contaminants are not controlled, and at sites where EPA
can achieve construction completion during FY 2005 and 2006.
In FY 2004, the Superfund redevelopment initiative will facilitate the return of additional
Superfund sites to productive reuse. To date over 330 Superfund sites have been recycled for
numerous purposes. At these sites, more than 60,000 acres are now in ecological or recreational
use. Approximately 15,500 jobs, representing approximately $500 million in annual income, are
located at sites that have been recycled for commercial use.
Through the Federal Oil Spill Program, EPA will continue to prevent, respond to, and
monitor oil spills that occur in the waters of the United States and adjoining shorelines. Over
24,000 spills are reported annually while approximately half are in the inland zone, which is
under EPA's jurisdiction. EPA typically responds to and monitors the work of responsible
parties at approximately 300 significant spills a year. To reduce the risk of hazardous exposure
to people and the environment, the Agency aims to prevent oil spills from occurring, prepare for
oil spills that do occur, and respond to and monitor spills when necessary.
EPA played a crucial role in response to the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001,
particularly, through its emergency response program. In FY 2004, the Agency will improve its
ability to respond effectively to terrorist-related chemical, biological, and radiological incidents.
These enhancements will be achieved through continued improvement of national coordination
and decision-making for large-scale incidents; improved field response capabilities in EPA
Regions through better-trained responders and improved specialized equipment; improved
capabilities of National Response System (NRS) special forces such as the Environmental
Response Team (ERT) and the National Decontamination ("Decon") Team; and improved
coordination with and enhancement of other response agencies.
Reducing chemical accidents is vital to ensure that communities are not exposed to
hazardous materials. The Agency continues its efforts to help states and Local Emergency
Planning Committees implement the risk management plan (RMP) program. EPA continues to
make steady progress in this area and in FY 2004, it will delegate the program to eight additional
states for a cumulative total of twenty. To reach this goal, EPA will provide technical assistance
grants, technical support, outreach, and training to state and local emergency planning
committees. Through these activities, states, local communities and individuals will be better
prepared to prevent and prepare for chemical accidents.
The EPA Brownfields program coordinates a Federal, state, Tribal, and local government
approach to assist in addressing environmental site assessment and cleanup. In FY 2004 the
Brownfields program will provide $29 million in funding and technical support for 126
V-9
-------
assessments. These assessments provide states (including U.S. territories), political subdivisions
(including cities, towns, and counties), and Federally recognized Tribes with necessary tools,
information, and strategies for promoting a unified approach to environmental site assessment,
characterization, and redevelopment. In addition, the Agency and its Federal partners will
continue to support the existing 28 showcase communities which serve as models to demonstrate
the benefits of interagency cooperative efforts in addressing environmental and economic issues
related to Brownfields. The showcase communities capitalize on a multi-agency partnership
designed to provide a wide range of support depending on the particular needs of each
community. The Agency will continue to provide technology support to localities, states and
Tribes to ensure that the most efficient and effective technologies are used for Brownfields site
assessment, cleanup, and monitoring.
EPA will use approximately $30.3 million for the assessment and cleanup of abandoned
underground storage tanks (USTs) and other petroleum contamination found on Brownfields
properties. With these funds, EPA will support assessment and cleanup of petroleum
contamination in 50 Brownfields communities.
To further enhance a community's capacity to respond to Brownfields redevelopment, the
Agency will also provide $41.5 million in funding to capitalize Brownfields Cleanup Revolving
Loan Funds (BCRLF) and cleanup grants for 70 communities. All communities with
Brownfields properties are eligible to apply.
The Agency will also provide $60 million for states and Indian Tribes to establish or
enhance their voluntary response programs. Legislation also permits the recipients to capitalize
revolving loan funds, purchase insurance or develop risk sharing pools, or indemnity pools,
under state response program.
To augment the communities' capacities to clean up Brownfields sites, EPA will fund 12
job training grants for community residents and will provide $3 million to the National Institute
of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) to supplement its minority worker training programs
that focus on Brownfields workforce development activities. This will result in a cumulative
total of 79 job-training grants, resulting in the training of almost 1,200 participants since 1998
and an annual average of 65% job placement.
In addition, EPA will continue to explore connections between RCRA low-priority
corrective action efforts and cleanup of brownfields properties.
In FY 2004, 180 additional high priority RCRA facilities will have current human
exposures under control and 150 additional high priority RCRA facilities will have migration of
contaminated groundwater under control. To achieve these environmental indicators, the
Agency has improved the pace of cleanups by carrying out a series of administrative reforms
including piloting innovative approaches, connecting communities to cleanups and reducing
delays in the review o cleanup workplans. The reforms successfully established an environment
for program implementers to be innovative and results-oriented by promoting faster, focused,
more flexible cleanups. The Agency developed these reforms with input from states, industry
and environmental organizations to accomplish the following objectives: pilot innovative
V-10
-------
approaches; accelerate the changing culture; connect communities to cleanups; and capitalize on
redevelopment potential.
In FY 2004, the RCRA hazardous waste permits program will have permits or other
approved controls in place for 79% of the hazardous waste management facilities (out of a
baseline of approximately 2,750 facilities). Securing approved controls hi place at facilities
minimizes the threat of exposure to hazardous substances because the RCRA program's
comprehensive framework regulates the handling, transport, treatment, storage, and disposal of
hazardous waste. In addition, the program is hi the early stages of developing an electronic
media component, which would complement the proposed standardized permit process. E-
permitting will expedite and simplify the permitting process and provide better public access to
permitting information.
As the maximum achievable control technology (MACT) standards for hazardous waste
incinerators and kilns are implemented, emissions of dioxins, furans, toxic metals, acid gases and
particulate matter from these sources will be reduced. These efforts are intended to further
reduce the indirect exposure to hazardous constituents in emissions, especially to children. In
2001 the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals vacated the Phase I MACT standards, hi response to this
action, EPA agreed to issue replacement standards for the Phase I facilities by June 14, 2005. hi
addition, in a separate action, EPA agreed to finalize emission standards for the Phase II facilities
(hazardous waste burning boilers and hydrochloric acid production furnaces) by the same date.
Based on EPA's minimum national standards for municipal solid waste (MSW), states
regulate landfill practices. The Agency worked with states to review the national standards. The
Agency is currently initiating regulatory revisions to provide additional flexibility so that
compliance is less costly and easier to achieve.
The ability of EPA's LUST program to meet cleanup performance goals has become
more difficult because states are overseeing the cleanup of more complicated sites. Methyl-
tertiary-butyl-ether (MTBE) contamination of releases from Federally regulated underground
storage tanks is a significant contributor to hindering the completion of LUST cleanups. For
example, MTBE contamination has akeady closed down public water systems, complicating and
retarding the cleanup of LUST sites in Santa Monica, California; Long Island, New York;
Pascoag, Rhode Island; and Hopkins, South Carolina. EPA has provided technical and financial
support to these sites in order to identify lessons learned that could be used at other MTBE
contaminated sites nationwide.
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to provide funds to states for pilots to address the
cleanup of complicated sites (e.g., those contaminated with MTBE or other oxygenates). To
date, the Agency's criteria for providing funding has included the risk posed, the need, and the
extent of the problem. The existing pilots were chosen because they have multiple sources and
widespread contamination, are complicated to remediate; have affected entire community
drinking water supplies, and the lessons learned will help other states nationwide. Sites
contaminated with MTBE are often more complicated, difficult, time-consuming, and expensive
to assess and remediate than sites contaminated only with petroleum hydrocarbons. Reasons for
this include:
V-ll
-------
• MTBE typically creates longer plumes than petroleum hydrocarbons, they typically
"dive" beneath the water table;
• MTBE is less amenable to conventional remediation/treatment technologies used for
petroleum hydrocarbons because multiple technologies often must be combined and
regular operation and maintenance conducted more frequently;
• MTBE plumes are resistant to biodegradation in most subsurface environments which
can significantly extend remediation timeframes and may force the use of more expensive
remediation/treatment technologies;
• In many instances, MTBE plumes aren't discovered until a drinking water supply has
been impacted. Often alternate water supplies are necessary (which are expensive) and
remediation/treatment is more expensive and time-consuming because the contaminated
area is so large; and
• Degradation products of MTBE (e.g., TBA, and TBF) are themselves toxic and must be
remediated/treated as well.
The Agency aims to promote LUST cleanups and reduce the backlog of 143,000 releases
for which cleanups have not been completed. The Agency will continue to perform its oversight
responsibilities, strengthen partnerships among stakeholders, and provide technical assistance
and training to improve and expedite corrective action at LUST sites. The Agency will also
identify and foster the implementation of innovative approaches, such as multi-site cleanup
agreements and performance-based contracting to achieve its LUST program objectives. UST
owners and operators undertake nearly all cleanups under the supervision of state or local
agencies. The Agency oversees these activities in Indian Country. Better oversight and quicker
action can reduce the costs of cleaning up MTBE contamination, which can cost up to 100%
more than a cleanup involving the typical gasoline contaminants. In turn fewer communities and
individuals, including those in Indian Country, will lose their drinking water supplies.
Research
In FY 2004, contaminated sites research will be conducted to: 1) reduce uncertainties
associated with soil/groundwater sampling and analysis; 2) reduce the time and cost associated
with site characterization and site remediation activities; 3) evaluate the magnitude of the risks
posed by contaminants to human health and the ecosystem as well as the contributions of
multiple exposure pathways, the bioavailability of absorbed contaminants and treatment
residuals, and the toxicological properties of contaminant mixtures; and 4) develop and
demonstrate more effective and less costly remediation technologies involving complex sites and
hard-to-treat wastes. The Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation (SITE) program fosters
the development and use of lower cost and more effective characterization and monitoring
technologies and risk management remediation technologies for sediments, soils, and
groundwater. Other proposed work will enhance and accelerate current contaminated sediments
research efforts, providing the data needed to make and support crucial decisions on high impact
and high visibility sites.
V-12
-------
Waste management research in FY 2004 will work to advance the multimedia modeling
and uncertainty/sensitivity analyses methodologies that support core RCRA program needs as
well as emerging RCRA needs in resource conservation. Additionally, waste management
research will be conducted to improve the management of both solid and hazardous wastes. New
research on ground-water surface-water (gw/sw) interactions will also be initiated in FY 2004.
External Factors
There are a number of external factors that could substantially impact the Agency's
ability to achieve the outlined objectives under this goal. These include reliance on private party
response and State partnerships, development of new environmental technology, work by other
Federal agencies, and statutory barriers.
The Agency's ability to achieve its goals for Superfund construction completion is to a
limited extent dependent upon the performance of cleanup activities by other Federal agencies,
such as the Department of Defense (DOD) and the Department of Energy (DOE). In addition to
the construction completion goal, the Agency must rely on the efforts of DOD and DOE to
establish and maintain the Restoration Advisory Boards (RABs)/Site Specific Advisory Boards
(SSABs). RABs and SSABs provide a forum for stakeholders to offer advice and
recommendations on the restoration of Federal Facilities. There are other EPA goals that rely on
activities with other entities, such as PRP negotiations and agreements with states and Tribes.
For the RCRA program, the Agency's ability to achieve its release prevention and
cleanup goals is heavily dependent on state participation. In most cases, states have received
authorization (hazardous waste management program) or approval (municipal solid waste
landfill permit program) and are primary implementers of these programs. As such, EPA relies
on states to perform many of the activities needed to achieve these targets. State programs are
also primarily responsible for implementing the UST/LUST program. The Agency's ability to
achieve its goals is dependent on the strength of state programs and state funding levels. The
Agency will build upon its commitment to provide states and Tribes with technical support and
incentives to meet national LUST cleanup targets. Technical support and incentives range from
promoting multi-site cleanup agreements, conducting MTBE cleanup pilots, developing a MTBE
clearinghouse, and providing other tools, such as performance-based contracting, to help states
and Tribes achieve faster, less expensive, and more effective LUST cleanups.
For the risk management program, the Agency recognizes that accident prevention and
preparedness are inherently local activities. To succeed, the program relies upon the
commitment and accomplishments of the various stakeholders, including industry and State and
local governments. EPA's success under the RMP will depend upon the willingness and ability
of stakeholders to deliver on the commitments and obligations in their plans.
V-13
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and Emergency
Response
Objective: Control Risks from Contaminated Sites and Respond to Emergencies
By 2005, EPA and its Federal, state, Tribal, and local partners will reduce or control the
risk to human health and the environment at more than 374,000 contaminated Superfund, RCRA,
underground storage tank (UST), and brownfield sites and have the planning and preparedness
capabilities to respond successfully to all known emergencies to reduce the risk to human health
and the environment.
Resource Summary
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Control Risks from Contaminated
Sites and Respond to
Emergencies
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Leaking Underground Storage
Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$1,621,875.2
$63,576.3
$1,435,160.2
$75,320.9
$907.0
$11,821.6
$35,089.2
3,570.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,544,249.8
$90,696.0
$1,166,199.3
$70,100.2
$909.9
$5,931.3
$210,413.1
3,699.8
FY2004
Request
$1,678,154.8
$94,193.0
$1,290,677.9
$70,450.7
$915.0
$9,468.7
$212,449.5
3,765.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$133,905.0
$3,497.0
$124,478.6
$350.5
$5.1
$3,537.4
$2,036.4
65.2
V-14
-------
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Assessments
Brownfields
Capacity Building
Civil Enforcement
Compliance Assistance and
Centers
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Disaster Management Initiative
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Federal Facilities
Federal Facility lAGs
Federal Preparedness
Hazardous Substance
Research:FŁazardous Substance
Research Centers
Hazardous Substance Research:
Superfund Innovative Technology
Evaluation (SITE)
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Homeland Security-Protect EPA
Personnel/Infrastructure
Homestake Mine
LUST Cleanup Programs
Leaking Underground Storage
Tanks (LUST)Cooperative
Agreements
Legal Services
Management Services and
FY 2002
Enacted
$76,472.9
$97,632.7
$725.1
$.612.2
$670.0
$8,815.0
$0.0
$51,634.9
$31,206.5
$8,779.8
$9,849.3
$4,576.8
$6,501.0
$320.0
$43,105.4
$180.0
$0.0
$10,067.4
$59,331.9
$4,610.7
$28,131.8
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$76,236.3
$200,000.0
$652.6
$582.1
$689.8
$0.0
$0.0
$45,816.0
$31,915.5
$9,091.7
$9,883.0
$4,599.2
$6,545.0
$0.0
$85,710.4
$600.0
$8,000.0
$10,285.4
$58,341.2
$5,077.4
$29,308.4
FY2G04
Request
$77,066.8
$210,754.1
$0.0
$575.4
$586,5
$0.0
$1,500.0
$46,606.2
$32,744.2
$9,653.6
$10,105.1
$4,603.5
$6,572.6
$0.0
$38,197.3
$600.0
$0.0
$10,581.0
$58,399.1
$5,219.5
$30,807.5
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$830.5
$10,754.1
($652.6)
($6.7)
($103.3)
$0.0
$1,500.0
$790.2
$828.7
$561.9
$222.1
$4.3
$27.6
$0.0
($47,513.1)
$0.0
($8,000.0)
$295.6
$57.9
$142.1
$1,499.1
V-15
-------
Stewardship
Other Federal Agency Superfund
Support
Planning and Resource
Management
RCRA Corrective Action
RCRA State Grants
Radiation
Regional Management
Research to Support Contaminated
Sites
Superfund - Cost Recovery
Superfund - Justice Support
Superfund - Maximize PRP
Involvement (including reforms)
Superfund Remedial Actions
Superfund Removal Actions
FY2002
Enacted
$10,676.0
$0.0
$38,262.3
$31,913.1
$14,623.5
$1,467.0
$29,896.9
$29,597.5
$28,150.0
$82,181.5
$484,659.8
$202,654.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$10,676.0
$0.0
$38,965.2
$31,913.1
$14,899.8
$1,452.5
$28,121.1
$30,375.9
$28,150.0
$84,396.9
$489,355.0
$202,610.3
FY2004
Request
$10,676.0
$5,000.7
$41,107.4
$31,949.5
$16,544.6
$3,105.9
$28,275.3
$31,058.6
$28,150.0
$89,471.3
$645,053.6
$203,189.5
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$0.0
$5,000.7
$2,142.2
$36.4
$1,644.8
$1,653.4
$154.2
$682.7
$0.0
$5,074.4
$155,698.6
$579.2
FY 2004 Request
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
In partnership with states and Tribes, the goal of the Leaking Underground Storage Tank
(LUST) program is to promote better, faster, and less expensive cleanups while encouraging
those states and communities plagued with high priority LUST sites to return those properties to
productive and appropriate reuse. The LUST program addresses the threat to groundwater from
Federally regulated leaking underground storage tanks that contain petroleum or hazardous
substances. Underground Storage Tank (UST) owners and operators undertake nearly all
corrective actions under the supervision of state or local agencies. The Agency oversees these
activities in Indian Country.
In FY 2004, the Agency's goal is to complete 21,000 cleanups under the supervision of
EPA and its state, local and Tribal partners. The Agency will also continue to encourage the
return of Federally regulated, high priority LUST sites to productive reuse. The LUST program
requires that UST owners and operators take appropriate measures to clean up releases. In recent
years, contamination from oxygenates, such as the petroleum additive methyl tertiary butyl ether
(MTBE), has posed unique and significant challenges for the LUST Program. In FY 2004, the
Agency plans to continue to assess the impact of MTBE and other oxygenates' contamination on
V-16
-------
the cost and duration of cleanup efforts. This assessment will enable the Agency to more
effectively address the complex nature of groundwater and MTBE contamination cleanup efforts.
One of the Agency's highest priorities in the LUST program over the next several years
is to address approximately 143,000 cleanups that'have yet to be completed. A vast number of
these releases are contaminated with fuel oxygenates, such as tertiary butyl alcohol (TEA) and
MTBE which, if not addressed rapidly, move quickly through soil and can easily contaminate
groundwater and drinking water. For example, the growing problem with MTBE contamination
closed down public water systems hi Santa Monica, California; Long Island, New York;
Pascoag, Rhode Island; and Hopkins, South Carolina. MTBE contamination is also a serious
concern in Indian Country where there is more reliance on groundwater as a source for drinking
water. Many cleanups, which involve groundwater and MTBE contamination, result in more
complex, costly, and time-consuming cleanups. In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to
provide funds to address the cleanup of more complicated sites (e.g., those contaminated with
MTBE or other fuel oxygenates). Lessons learned from these pilots will be shared with other
state and Tribal regulators, responsible parties and communities facing similar problems.
The Agency will continue to promote the completion of LUST cleanups in order to
reduce the national backlog of 143,000 releases remaining to be cleaned up. EPA will continue
to perform its oversight responsibilities, strengthen partnerships among stakeholders, and provide
technical assistance and training to improve, make more cost effective and expedite corrective
action at LUST sites. The Agency will also identify and foster the implementation of innovative
approaches such as multi-site agreements and performance-based contracting to achieve its
LUST program objectives.
The LUST Program will also help to advance EPA's One Cleanup Initiative of fostering
land use decisions early in the cleanup process. Furthermore, the Senior Cleanup Council,
comprised of upper-level EPA and state managers representing all cleanup programs, plans to
continue its work to address policy and implementation issues that will streamline and improve
consistency among all cleanup programs.
To address these LUST sites and to help states make more efficient use of their resources,
including state funds that reimburse some UST owners and operators for a portion of their
cleanup costs, the Agency will fund cooperative agreements under which states oversee cleanups
by UST owners and operators, hi cases where the responsible owner or operator is unknown,
unwilling, or unable to clean up releases, LUST resources are available to pay for this activity.
Remediation technologies will need to advance in order to address new contaminants, such as
MTBE, more effectively. As substitutes are sought for MTBE and other fuel oxygenates, and as
the composition of gasoline changes in response to changing engine performance requirements,
states will face the continuing challenge of training new staff hi new remediation and site
investigation technologies.
V-17
-------
Chart 1: National LIST Corrective Action Activity
Total corrective action cumulative over time from FY1992 - FY2002
450000
400000
Fiscal Year
D Cleanups Completed a Cleanups Initiated a Confirmed Releases
The Agency has the primary responsibility for implementing the LUST program in Indian
Country. EPA oversees and conducts site assessments and remediation, in part, through a
national LUST contract designed specifically for Indian Country. Through the end of September
2002, there were 1,043 confirmed releases, 914 cleanups initiated, and approximately 573
cleanups completed. The Agency estimates that cleaning up all known and yet-to-be-discovered
releases in Indian Country will take several years.
Superfund
The Superfund program addresses contamination from uncontrolled releases at Superfund
hazardous waste sites that may threaten human health, the environment, and the economic
vitality of local communities. Superfund sites with contaminated soils, sediment, and
groundwater exist nationally in a large number of communities. Many of these sites are located
in urban areas, are accessible by children, and expose the population to contamination. Once
contaminated, groundwater, sediments, and soils may be extremely difficult and costly to clean
up. Some sites will require decades to clean up because of their complexity and for some sites,
removing or destroying all of the contamination is not possible. Residual contamination at these
sites will need to be managed on site, creating a need for long-term stewardship.
To protect human health and the environment and address potential barriers to
redevelopment, EPA works with states, Indian tribes, and other Federal agencies to: 1) assess
sites and determine whether they meet the criteria for Federal Superfund response actions; 2)
prevent, minimize or mitigate significant threats at Superfund sites through removal actions; 3)
generate accurate risk assessment and cost-performance data critical to providing the technical
V-18
-------
foundation for decisions made in environmental cleanup programs; 4) complete remedial cleanup
construction at sites listed on the NPL; 5) control human exposures and the migration of
contaminated groundwater at NPL sites, 6) develop technologies for cost-effective
characterization and remediation; 7) ensure long-term protectiveness of remedies by overseeing
operations and maintenance and conducting five-year reviews; 8) enhance the role of states and
Indian tribes in the implementation of the Superfund program; 9) work with the surrounding
communities to improve their direct involvement in every phase of the cleanup process and their
understanding of potential site risk; 10) continue progress of cleanups while increasing
consistency with other EPA cleanup programs; and 11) promote reuse and redevelopment of
Superfund sites.
EPA's efforts to address uncontrolled releases at Superfund sites begin when states,
Indian tribes, citizens, other Federal agencies, or other sources notify EPA of a hazardous waste
site or incident. EPA confirms this information and places sites requiring Federal attention in the
Agency's Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information
System (CERCLIS) database (in the case of Federal facilities, sites are placed on the Federal
facility hazardous waste docket). EPA assesses these sites to determine whether Federal action
is needed. In most cases, EPA makes a determination that no further Federal action is required.
These sites are removed from the inventory. If warranted, EPA may refer sites removed from its
inventory to state or Tribal environmental authorities for further attention. For those sites
requiring additional action to protect public health and the environment, EPA seeks the course of
action best suited for the individual site. Sites posing immediate risks may be addressed under
removal authority. EPA may defer response at sites with ongoing state action. In some
instances, potentially responsible parties enter into agreements with EPA to evaluate or clean up
sites prior to listing on the NPL. In such cases, where cleanup is progressing in a timely and
protective manner or is completed prior to final listing, listing on the NPL may be unnecessary.
Some sites may be addressed under both removal and remedial authorities when, for example,
early removal action is taken to address immediate risks at sites on the NPL. As a matter of
policy, EPA seeks a concurrence from a governor before listing a site on the NPL.
EPA undertakes removals to prevent, reduce or mitigate threats posed by releases or
potential releases of hazardous substances, pollutants, and contaminants in emergency and non-
emergency situations at NPL and non-NPL sites. EPA undertakes removal response actions at:
1) emergency incidents where response is necessary within a matter of hours (e.g., threats of fire
or explosion); 2) time-critical incidents posing public health and environmental threats; and 3)
non-time critical situations at both NPL and non-NPL sites to promote quicker and less costly
cleanup. Sites known to pose the greatest potential risk to public health and the environment
receive priority. EPA's improved ability to respond to hazardous substance release emergencies
will be measured in its FY 2004 emergency response and homeland security measure.
For sites listed on the NPL, remedial work begins with site characterization and a
feasibility study to review site conditions and proposals for future land use. These actions form
the foundation for the record of decision and remedy selection. Community involvement is a key
component in selecting the proper remedy at a site. A remedial action is performed upon
approval of the remedial design and represents the actual cleanup or other work necessary to
implement the remedy selected. Potentially responsible parties or other Federal agencies
V-19
-------
perform remedial action work. EPA or states may also perform remedial cleanup as Fund-
financed actions.
In FY 2004, EPA will complete construction at 40 NPL sites. As of December 29, 2002,
EPA assessed over 44,400 sites, completed final cleanup plans at over 1,100 Superfund NPL
sites, conducted over 7,300 removal cleanup actions at hazardous waste sites to reduce
immediate threats to human health and the environment, and removed more than 33,100 sites
from the CERCLIS waste site list to help promote the economic redevelopment of these
properties. The Agency also cleaned up or had construction underway at 93% of the 1,499 sites
on the final NPL. Of these 1,499 sites, 56% have cleanup construction completed (846 sites) and
37% have removal or remedial cleanup construction underway (548 sites).
Environmental Results
The Superfund Program fulfills an important environmental mission of reducing risks to
human health and the environment posed by dangerous chemicals, pollutants and contaminants
in the air, soil and water. The Superfund program and its partners - including other Federal
agencies, states, local and Tribal governments and others — work collaboratively to reduce these
risks.
Environmental data gathered by EPA through October 8, 2002, shows that since the
inception of the Superfund program, EPA has: 1) provided alternative drinking water supplies to
nearly 610,000 people at NPL and non-NPL sites to protect them from contaminated ground and
surface water; 2) relocated over 32,000 people at NPL and non-NPL sites in instances where
contamination posed the most severe immediate threats; 3) treated or removed 820 million cubic
yards of hazardous solid waste; and, 4) addressed 365 billion gallons of hazardous liquid waste
(including contaminated groundwater).
The Superfund program seeks to improve its ability to measure true environmental
progress in achieving its mission. In FY 2004, EPA will measure progress in achieving
environmental results through 5 key performance measures. These five measures include: (1)
assessing the extent of contamination at sites, (2) the initiation of removal response actions, (3)
completion of construction of the selected remedies, (4) protecting the public from exposure to
contamination, and (5) controlling the migration of contaminated groundwater. These measures
highlight important milestones in achieving risk reduction; no one measure can itself adequately
capture the environmental benefits derived from the Superfund program.
The first 3 measures have been in place for several years. Two new measures, (4) and (5)
above, implemented in FY 2002, highlight EPA's efforts to control human exposure pathways
and the migration of contaminated groundwater at NPL and non-NPL sites. In FY 2002, these
two measures first provided baseline information about whether human exposures and the
migration of contaminated groundwater is under control under the current conditions at NPL
sites. These two measures focus on the current conditions at sites (i.e., current exposures and
current land use) and highlight sites where some risk reduction has occurred as a result of EPA's
activities. As such, these indicators seek to quantify the benefits resulting from intermediate
cleanup and investigative activities.
V-20
-------
Environmental Indicators
Contaminated Groundwater Migration
Human Exposure Under Control
The Human Exposure Under Control measure, (4) above, is meant to describe whether
adequately protective controls are in place to prevent any unacceptable human exposure under
current land and groundwater use conditions only. This measure does not consider potential
future land or groundwater use conditions or ecological receptors. As of September 30, 2002,
1,199 NPL sites (over 80%) had human exposures under control. The Superfund program
expects to control human exposures at an additional 10 sites for both FY 2003 and FY 2004.
The Groundwater Migration Under Control measure, (5) above, is meant to describe
whether the migration of contaminated groundwater from a Superfund site is being controlled
through engineered remedies or natural processes. As of September 30, 2002, the migration of
contaminated
groundwater
was under
control at 772
NPL sites
(over 60%)
with
contaminated
groundwater.
The
Superfund
program
expects
to
control the
migration of
contaminated
groundwater
at an
additional 10
sites for both FY 2003 and FY 2004.
60.5%
80.3%
11.7%
8.0%
16.6%
22.8%
Under Control
Not Under Control |~~| Insufficient Data
The Superfund program is committed to returning underutilized land to productive reuse
through its cleanup and other actions. The Superfund program has a workgroup underway to
develop a measure of this activity. A measure entitled Acres of Land Available for Safe Reuse is
currently under consideration, and is scheduled to be introduced by Superfund beginning in FY
2005.
As the Superfund program seeks to improve and refine its existing program measures, it
is actively working on several new measures for use in the years beyond FY 2004:
• Ecological Risk Reduction measure - The Superfund and RCRA programs are working
together to develop an Ecological Risk Reduction measure. This measure is intended to
quantify the benefits resulting from cleanup actions by estimating the degree to which the
selected remedy protects ecological receptors from contaminants at the site. Within the
next several years, EPA intends to develop and pilot a draft methodology to ascertain the
feasibility of implementing this type of measure. Based on the pilot results, EPA and its
V-21
-------
partners seek to develop a measure that demonstrates ecological risk reduction by FY
2008.
• Population Exposure Reduction measure - The Superfund program is in the process of
developing a population exposure reduction measure to better quantify the human health
benefits resulting from cleanup actions. Within the next several years, EPA intends to
develop and pilot a draft methodology to ascertain the feasibility of implementing this
type of measure. Based on the pilot results, EPA and its partners seek to develop a
measure that demonstrates population risk reduction by FY 2008.
EPA is actively seeking comment from stakeholders on these two approaches. Most
notably, EPA has shared the draft methodologies for the Population Exposure Reduction and the
Ecological Risk Reduction measures with the National Advisory Council for Environmental
Policy and Technology (NACEPT) Superfund Subcommittee and has received initial feedback.
We anticipate that the Subcommittee will participate fully in the refinement of these measures
during FY 2004 and beyond.
Another new measure currently under development, but planned for implementation in
FY 2004 is the Homeland Security/Emergency Response Readiness measure. This measure is
based on EPA's Core Emergency Response criteria, and it is anticipated that baseline data will
be gathered in FY 2003, with a target of 10% improvement from baseline every year beginning
in FY 2004.
Other performance measure related activities include the One Cleanup Program Initiative,
in which Superfund is an active participant. The Measuring for Results component of the One
Cleanup Program Initiative involves developing a unified, cohesive set of performance measures
for all cleanup programs.
In FY 2004, Superfund will also be working with the Regions to extend the traditional
and evolving performance measures, including construction completions, to the Superfund
Alternative Sites. The current focus of this effort is to improve the quality of CERCLIS data. A
headquarters/regional workgroup is being formed to finalize the approach for tracking and
counting construction completions.
Superfund Pipeline Management Review
The Agency initiated the Superfund Pipeline Management Review (PMR) during FY
2002 to ensure that Agency resources are properly focused to achieve maximum results,
including protection of human health and the environment as well as progress towards
completion of response actions at sites.
As of October 1, 2002, Superfund has 1,499 sites on the NPL, of which over 650 require
additional response actions (also called construction) to achieve protection of human health and
the environment. As the program has matured, more sites have advanced to the construction
phase. Superfund construction projects are technically complex and costly, and growth in the
number, size, duration and cost of these projects over tune has resulted in a backlog of
V-22
-------
construction projects awaiting funding. Superfund cleanups directly support the Agency goal of
ensuring that the Nation's land is better protected.
Through the PMR, EPA is increasing the precision with which the Agency tracks
construction completion candidates and projects future construction completion achievements,
extending the planning horizon for making funding decisions for Superfund construction
projects, and implementing new policies and actions to maximize the use of resources available
for construction.
Construction Completions
Construction completion has been the primary performance measure for the Superfund
program and the Agency remains committed to completing construction at Superfund sites.
After four years of exceeding 85 construction completions annually, the program achieved 47
construction completions during FY 2001 and 42 construction completions in FY 2002, for a
total of 846 completions since the inception of the program. The Program expects to achieve
construction completion at 40 sites during FY 2003, for a total of 886 since program inception.
EPA expects construction completion accomplishments to remain at approximately 40 during FY
2004. Since the beginning of the program, the Agency has averaged 42 construction completions
per year. As part of the PMR the Agency has moved to a three year planning cycle to identify
and track construction completion candidate sites. Early in FY 2002, Headquarters conducted a
series of regional visits to interview, and collect data from, Remedial Project Managers (RPMs)
who manage approximately 150 sites that, at that time, were considered by the Regions to be
candidates for construction completion during FY 2002 through FY 2004.
EPA monitors site progress and identifies potential critical points as sites move towards
construction completion. Starting in FY 2003, as part of the three year cycle for construction
completion planning and tracking, the Agency will regularly conduct detailed and
comprehensive reviews of construction completion candidates for the current year and the
following two years. The information collected from the discussions will be used to better
follow site progress, identify potential problems, and sharpen projections of future construction
completions.
V-23
-------
Cumulative Construction Completions
1000
W 900
._§ 800
&
Q. 700
600
^ZZi
500
400
!-
$2 300
O
O 200
100
0
926
804
..' ' , ,f-::p?<*™>:-;'3-Hi;':.
..
Ł '• H ?;&; 'fr-tf S'yS ''$'••'. • ;Ł
v ''
teal!
mmrnm^l- ,1
I .1:'
1996
1997
1998
2002 2003 Est 2004 Est
1999 2000 2001
Fiscal Year
Remedial Action Project Planning & Resource Allocation
Funding for Superfund construction projects is critical to achieving risk reduction and
construction completion measures. The cost of Superfund construction projects underway and
those awaiting funding is rising due to the greater complexity of sites remaining on the National
Priorities List (NPL).
Through the PMR, the Agency is taking the following internal actions:
• carefully review the scope, budget and schedule of ongoing construction projects to
ensure available resources are directed where they are needed.
• review construction start candidates to ensure that sites that present the greatest risk to
human health are addressed, while balancing the programmatic need to complete
construction at other sites.
• emphasize "enforcement first" to maximize the involvement of responsible parties to
conduct cleanups.
• Maximize the use of resources already available to the Agency.
These actions proved successful during FY 2002. The Agency redirected more than $100
million from 15 construction projects, which still allowed continued progress at these sites, but
V-24
-------
allowed EPA to direct resources to meet other construction project needs. Cumulatively, the
Agency obligated more than $300 million in appropriated funds and over $50 million hi
reimbursable resources for Superfund construction. Funding was provided for more than 100
"ongoing" construction projects and long-term response actions, as well as 19 "new start"
construction projects. However, funding was not available for seven construction projects that
were ready to start, with a cumulative estimated cost of approximately $100 million, and these
sites will be reconsidered for funding during FY 2003.
EPA will continue to place a high priority on construction funding during FY 2003.
Contingent on the final appropriation level, the Program will increase funding for construction
by $10 million by shifting resources from pre-construction activities. As resources are identified
for new start construction, projects will be selected for funding based on their relative risk to
human health and the environment and the potential to achieve construction completion. The
EPA will continue to focus on the PMR initiatives described above, with particular emphasis on
enforcement first. Additionally, the Program has undertaken a new management initiative to
more efficiently monitor, project and manage the funding needs associated with high cost multi-
year projects using computer enhanced planning and tracking tools. The goal of this Initiative is
to monitor large projects on a real time basis so that adjustments to resource needs and schedules
can be immediately factored into current and projected national budget operating plans.
FY 2004 Funding Increase for Superfund Construction
To address growing construction project resource needs, the Agency requests an increase
of $150 million for FY 2004. The Agency will use these resources to begin new construction
projects at high priority sites. Specifically, we expect to demonstrate significant progress in
reducing risk to human health and the environment and revitalizing the number of construction
completions at NPL sites within two to three years. This investment will mitigate potential
human exposures and control the migration of contaminated groundwater, thus protecting
humans and ecosystems from unacceptable risks.
With the additional resources from this initiative, EPA will initiate 10 to 15 new remedial
action projects in FY 2004, including backlogged projects not funded in prior years. As a result,
EPA hopes to achieve construction completion at up to 10 additional sites during FY 2005 and
FY 2006. Also, with the support of the additional resources, EPA hopes to control actual and
potential human exposures and/or migration of groundwater contamination at a similar number
of sites.
As of January 2003, a total of approximately 80 sites may be ready for cleanup in FY
2003 and FY 2004. Of these sites, over 40% are construction completion candidates within two
years following the start of construction. In addition, over 25% of the sites have been identified
as not having human exposures controlled. As site-specific resource use plans solidify,
Superfund will assign funding priority to projects at sites where actual or potential human
exposures are not controlled, and at sites where EPA can achieve construction completion during
FY 2005 and FY 2006.
V-25
-------
As described above, EPA will continue to improve its site/project tracking methods, and
will improve its projections of which projects will receive resources for new construction during
a fiscal year, and at which sites EPA is likely to achieve construction completion in upcoming
years.
Evaluation
The Agency will evaluate the effectiveness of this initiative by monitoring short-term and
long-term accomplishments:
• Short-term focus - Superfund will closely monitor the allocation and distribution of the
requested increase to ensure that the funds are directed to response action construction;
Superfund will monitor and report on the number of response actions initiated with the
proposed funds and undertake management actions to ensure the funds are used for the
highest priority sites;
• Long-term focus - Superfund will monitor the progress of the funded projects and report
the number of sites where human exposures and groundwater migration was controlled,
and construction completion was achieved.
Superfund Program Initiatives
National Advisory Council for Environmental Policy and Technology (NACEPT)
A key component of the one cleanup program initiative is undertaking a stakeholder
dialogue on-the future direction of the Superfund program in the context of other waste cleanup
programs. The Agency initiated this dialogue in June 2002 with the creation of the Superfund
Subcommittee under the National Advisory Council for Environmental Policy and Technology
(NACEPT). This dialogue will last approximately 18 months. The Subcommittee will work to
render consensus-based recommendations on three key issues: 1) the role of the National
Priorities List (NPL); 2) mega sites; and 3) performance measures.
NPL Listing Policy
EPA is working on two fronts to thoroughly examine its policies with regard to decisions
to place new sites on the NPL. As noted above, a new NACEPT Subcommittee has been
convened to provide broad Superfund program stakeholder advice on NPL listing, and a new
EPA, state and Tribal workgroup has been formed to develop recommendations for interim NPL
listing policies/management approaches. The NACEPT Subcommittee will be working on this
issue for the next 12-18 months, so its recommendations address a longer-term future of
Superfund. The EPA-led workgroup is focusing its attention on interim/near-term refinements of
existing NPL listing policy. Key areas include consultation/consideration of non-NPL cleanup
options and systematic priority-setting among candidate sites. EPA will be communicating its
activities and the status of NACEPT's work as it progresses.
V-26
-------
Superfund Pre-SARA/First Generation Site Initiative
Closely tied to the PMR is the Superfund pre-SARA site initiative. As of August 1,
2002, 226 sites that were placed on the NPL prior to October 16, 1986 (date of enactment of the
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act, SARA) were not construction complete. This
initiative encourages Regions, working with States, other Federal agencies and local
jurisdictions, to resolve issues necessary to move these pre-SARA sites into the construction
completion category. Specifically, the initiative will:
• focus on developing stakeholder-based schedules for resolving remaining issues delaying
the completion of longer duration sites (i.e., Federal and non-Federal, pre-SARA, final
NPL sites);
• facilitate the resolution of issues necessary to completing construction at these sites by
identifying the scientific, technical and legal issues to be resolved, sequencing the
resolution of issues to maximize completions over the next 5 to 10 years, and establishing
accountability for issue resolution (e.g., Research and Development, Enforcement,
Federal Facilities, Superfund);
• allocate program resources to better leverage cleanups at these sites (e.g., factoring hi the
cost of 'warehousing sites,' as well as, funds needed for completion);
• provide more aggressive management oversight, tracking of site progress, reporting of
accomplishments, and publicizing results; and
• use lessons learned from analysis of past sites to nainimize the number of future sites
lingering on the NPL in the future.
Post Construction
Although construction completion is a major milestone in the Superfund program, many
activities occur at a site after construction is complete. These post construction activities are
essential to assure that Superfund sites remain protective and are suitable for reuse following
cleanup. The activities include:
• oversight of operation and maintenance activities performed by the states and PRPs to
ensure that the remedies work properly;
• operation of Fund-financed groundwater restoration systems for up to 10 years (long-
term response), and oversight of states and PRPs operating these systems until cleanup
goals are achieved;
• implementation and oversight of institutional controls;
• five-year reviews to ensure remedies remain protective of human health and the
environment;
V-27
-------
• optimization of groundwater restoration systems to improve performance and/or reduce
costs; and
• NPL site deletion.
As more sites move into post construction, the EPA is devoting more resources to assure
adequate long-term stewardship. A post construction strategy for Superfund sites is currently
under development that will identify key initiatives for FY 2003 and FY 2004. EPA will work
closely with State and local partners as well as other stakeholders to focus on these key
initiatives.
One area requiring increased emphasis is institutional controls (ICs). EPA defines ICs as
non-engineered instruments, such as administrative and/or legal controls, that help to minimize
the potential for human exposure to contamination and to protect the integrity of a remedy by
limiting land or resource use. The challenge of ICs is that although they play a critical role in
remedies, they are often implemented, monitored and enforced by different agencies and/or
entities at different levels of government. To ensure the long-term reliability of ICs, structured,
coordinated and routine 1C tracking must occur. For this reason, EPA is working with other
Federal Agencies, states, Tribes, local governments and industry to pilot the development of a
coordinated Federal, state, local and industry tracking approach to better manage 1C information.
This concept promotes the identification of core data categories, the use of common 1C
definitions, and the virtual sharing of 1C information among various 1C co-regulators and other
stakeholders.
The main goal of the Coordinated 1C Tracking Concept is to promote pro-active
stewardship throughout the entire 1C life-cycle by facilitating the collection, tracking, and
sharing of accurate information about ICs. The concept is to link different Federal, state, Tribal,
local government and industry systems through a virtual network. An EPA system will be one
part of the network, and will provide links to other tracking systems and mechanisms to share
information. To create this network, EPA has begun a collaborative development process among
co-regulators, industry and other stakeholders that seeks to: 1) leverage information from
existing systems; 2) provide an opportunity for data to be collected by organizations not
currently tracking ICs; 3) identify and exchange methods for effective data sharing; 4) pilot the
sharing of information on a minimum set of data elements; and 5) identify data stewards to
support the formation of a network for data sharing. EPA is hoping to have results from this
pilot by the end of calendar year 2003.
Community, State, and Tribal
EPA is committed to involving the community in the site cleanup process. Superfund
bases its community involvement on two-way communication designed to keep citizens
informed about site progress and give them the opportunity to provide input on site decisions.
The Agency conducts outreach efforts, such as holding public meetings and public availability
sessions and by distributing site-specific fact sheets. Superfund also has a variety of community
involvement programs, such as the Technical Assistance Grant (TAG) program, the Community
Advisory Group (CAG) program, the Technical Outreach Services for Communities (TOSC) and
V-28
-------
Technical Outreach Services for Native American Communities (TOSNAC) programs, and the
Superfund Job Training Initiative (SuperJTI). The TAG program provides communities with
financial assistance to hire technical advisers to assist them in understanding the problems and
potential solutions to address hazardous waste cleanups. A CAG is a group of community
stakeholders, which reviews plans and activities and provides input on local needs and concerns
to those responsible for cleaning up a Superfund site. TOSC and TOSNAC are university-based
outreach programs that provide technical assistance to communities that are affected by
hazardous substances. SuperJTI supports job training programs hi communities affected by
nearby Superfund sites and encourages the employment of trainees at local site cleanups. The
Agency strives to create a decision-making process to clean up sites that communities feel is
open and legitimate, and improves the community's understanding of potential risk at hazardous
waste sites.
States and Indian Tribes are key partners at Superfund sites. EPA can authorize the states
or Tribes to carry out Fund-financed remedial actions. However, states and Tribes more often
operate in the role of a support agency to remain actively involved in site response activities
while EPA plays the lead role. To support their involvement as a lead or support agency, EPA
provides financial support through cooperative agreements to conduct removal, site assessment,
remedial, and enforcement projects and for core infrastructure activities.
Under CORE program cooperative agreements, EPA provides non-site specific funds to
develop, maintain and enhance state and Tribal capacity to manage and implement the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA)
responses. EPA currently has CORE program cooperative agreements with 46 states and 55
Tribes or Tribal consortia. Activities funded under the core program cooperative agreements
include: 1) developing procedures for emergency response and long-term remediation (e.g.,
health and safety plans, quality assurance project plans, and community relations plans); 2)
satisfying all Federal requirements and assurances (e.g., fiscal and contract management
activities for CERCLA); 3) providing legal assistance (e.g., coordinating applicable or relevant
and appropriate requirements (ARAR) identification); and 4) training staff to manage publicly-
funded cleanups.
Redevelopment
EPA is increasingly aware of the importance of fully exploring future use opportunities at
Superfund sites with its partners before selecting and implementing a cleanup remedy. In FY
2004, the Superfund redevelopment initiative will facilitate the return of Superfund sites to
productive use. As a result, Superfund sites that were once thought to have no future use
potential are now being "recycled" back into productive use. EPA has compiled a list of over
330 Superfund sites that have been recycled for numerous purposes. For example, more than
60,000 acres are now in ecological or recreational use at these sites. Additionally, more than
15,500 jobs, representing approximately $500,000,000 in annual income, are located at sites that
have been recycled for commercial use. Under this initiative EPA will continue to focus its
efforts on the potential reuse of Superfund sites and involve its partners to determine future uses
of sites. EPA can then select, design, and implement cleanups that are protective of human
health and the environment consistent with chosen future uses. EPA has given communities at
V-29
-------
69 pilot sites up to $100,000 in direct financial assistance and/or services. EPA will assess the
impacts from these pilots on the Superfund program and their potential to facilitate site reuse
following cleanup. By the end of FY 2004, EPA expects to have completed reuse plans for most
of the original 50 pilot sites.
The emphasis on land revitalization hi EPA's cleanup programs will lead to the
development of new measures such as acres of land made available for use and acres of land in
use. The Agency will begin reporting on Brownfield acres available for use in FY 2004. In
following years, the Agency will be reporting on acres available for use in other programs.
Quality Assurance
In an effort to better implement the Agency's Quality Assurance Order (EPA Order
5360.1 A2 May 2000), EPA is enhancing the quality management activities of its Superfund
program office. This work entails the implementation of a quality management plan based on
the EPA Order. Specific enhancement of standard operating procedures, guidance for the
development and application of models, training for quality related activities, and other activities
will aid in promoting quality. The quality management plan will initiate a continuing process to
improve environmental cleanup decisions. These activities will continue to promote cross
program coordination so that Superfund cleanup efforts will reflect increasing progress toward
consistency and transparency across programs that is needed to support the goal of one cleanup
program. The maintenance of up-to-date standard operating procedures allows EPA to continue
to take immediate actions to address Homeland Security threats and other responses that require
quality assurance procedures for the collection and assessment of data to support decisions on
hazards and cleanup. Finally, these quality assurance activities support revitalization efforts
through the establishment of transparent and consistent standards for environmental cleanups.
Activities to establish consistent Quality Assurance processes among EPA, Department
of Defense, and Department of Energy will continue hi FY 2004. An Intergovernmental Data
Quality Task Force (IDQTF) has completed development of a Uniform Federal Policy for
Implementing Quality Systems which has been approved by DOD, DOE and EPA. The Task
Force is chaired by the Director of the Federal Facilities Restoration and Reuse Office. This
policy will form the basis of a DOD-wide quality system and is under consideration as the basis
of a DOE-wide system. EPA and DOD are negotiating a Memorandum of Understanding on
implementation of the Policy.
The IDQTF is revising the draft Uniform Federal Policy for Quality Assurance Project
Plans based on comments from DOD, DOE, the Association of State and Territorial Solid Waste
Management Officials, and EPA Headquarters and Regional offices. The Task Force feels the
use of this policy will promote consistency and uniformity hi planning data collection. The
anticipated results include unproved data quality and cost and time savings in the future. While
these policies are based on a national consensus standard, Specifications and Guidelines for
Quality Systems for Environmental Data Collection and Environmental Technology Programs
(ANSI/ASQC E-4), agreement between Federal agencies to adopt specific procedures is a new
and innovative approach in the quality arena. These initiatives will also support compliance with
the guidance issued by the Office of Management and Budget on February 22, 2002, entitled
V-30
-------
"Guidelines for Ensuring and Maximizing the Quality, Objectivity, Utility and Integrity of
Information Disseminated by Federal Agencies," which were required by PL 106-554.
The OSWER-wide Quality Management Plan, which includes the Federal Facilities
Restoration and Reuse Office, will be reviewed and revised to support compliance with the EPA
Information Quality Guidelines issued in October 2002.
Other Federal Agencies
Other Federal agencies contribute to the Superfund program by providing essential
services in areas where EPA does not possess the needed specialized expertise. Contributors
include the Department of Interior (DOI), the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA), the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA), and the United States Coast Guard. Some of the essential
services performed by these Federal agencies include the following: 1) DOI provides response
preparedness and management activities that support the Naticinal Response System; provides
Federal, state and Indian Tribe trustees to assess damage to natural resources as a result of
hazardous substances releases; and provides scientific support to develop ways to include natural
resource restoration in removal actions; and 2) FEMA provides technical and financial assistance
to support the National Contingency Plan and the National Response System through
development of preparedness exercises and hazardous materials training.
Other Federal Agency Funding
Agency
DOI
FEMA
NOAA
OSHA
USCG
Total
FY 2003 Pres Bud
$997,700
$1,097,400
$2,444,500
$648,500
$5,487,900
$10,676,000
FY 2004 Pres Bud
$997,700
$1,097,400
$2,444,500
•$648,500
$5,487,900
$10,676,000
Homeland Security
Core Emergency Response
EPA's capability to respond effectively to chemical, biological, and radiological incidents
will be measured through the Core Emergency Response (Core ER) program. This continued
enhancement in EPA's Regional response capabilities will cover all aspects of the Core ER
program, including Regional Response Centers, transportation, coordination with backup
Regions, health and safety, delegation and warrant authorities, response readiness, response
equipment, identification clothing, training and exercises, and outreach. The Agency will
establish measurable improvement goals in Core ER and will work toward that improvement
through exercises and other program enhancements.
V-31
-------
EPA has established a criteria of excellence through the structure of the Core ER
program. While EPA is currently prepared to respond to chemical, biological, and radiological
incidents, improvement in the emergency response and homeland security readiness measure will
demonstrate an increased ability to respond quickly and effectively to national-scale events. The
FY 2004 Core ER target is to improve emergency response and homeland security readiness by
10% from the FY 2003 baseline performance.
EPA's field response capability also relies on a support infrastructure including
specialized equipment, equipment inventories, and laboratory support. The Agency will
continue to build on its equipment support by identifying state-of-the-art detection, monitoring,
and response equipment designed to address chemical, biological, and radiological agents. Also,
EPA will build inventories of standard response equipment such as personal protective gear to
ensure that it is prepared to respond to multiple incidents. Equipment will be maintained and
replaced as necessary to ensure the Agency has the best technology available.
EPA's field responders and National Response System special forces require
extensive training in a variety of response-related areas, including scientific and technical
training for detection, analysis, and response to chemical, biological, and radiological agents;
and training in incident command system response management processes. Training courses
will be developed and implemented for different levels of response experience and
involvement, including refresher courses for senior, experienced responders; in-depth
training for newer responders in both scientific and response management areas; and training
for all responders in state-of-the-art response techniques and emerging chemical, biological,
and radiological threats.
Environmental Response Team
EPA's Environmental Response Team (ERT) will continue to provide specialized field
support to Regional responders, including specialized air monitoring, health and safety support,
and other scientific and technical support. ERT will continue to enhance its capabilities in its
Edison, New Jersey, Cincinnati, Ohio, and Las Vegas, Nevada, locations to ensure that they are
ready at all times to quickly and effectively meet the specialized field support needs of EPA's
responders, including those responses to terrorist incidents with biological, chemical, and
radiological agents.
Decontamination Team
EPA will continue the development of the National Response Decontamination Team
(Decon Team) that provides unique, immediate response capabilities to safely and effectively
support decontamination activities related to chemical, biological, and radiological terrorism
events. While focused domestically, the Decon Team may respond worldwide delivering
scientific and engineering expertise for the decontamination of buildings, building contents,
public infrastructure, indoor environments and the associated environmental media. The Decon
Team is designed to integrate with and operate from within incident command structures, along
with and complementing other Special Forces. When not fully engaged, this team is devoted to
preparedness activities related to the team's primary function.
V-32
-------
Field Expertise, Training, and Equipment
EPA's response personnel must consistently work to keep its skills refined and
technologically up-to-date. This will be accomplished through extensive training and exercises
focusing on terrorist-related scenarios and anticipated chemical, biological, and radiological
agents. In addition, these resources will refine and improve field response skills through
participation in responses to smaller-scale and non-terrorist incidents. These incidents often
present similar consequences and response challenges as those anticipated for terrorist incidents,
and additionally introduce more real-life situations and complicating factors than planned
exercises. Participation in these actual responses is critical to ensuring that these specialized
response teams are fully prepared to handle terrorist incidents.
Federal Preparedness
EPA supports a highly effective national emergency preparedness and response capability
under multiple authorities.
Under the Homeland Security program, the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
Response (OSWER) is the designated program lead responsible for ensuring that EPA as a whole
is prepared to respond to chemical, biological and radiological events. OSWER coordinates the
Agency's response to national emergencies. The program also serves as the Agency's focal point
for coordinating internal activities; and it represents EPA with interagency organizations,
committees and workgroups to coordinate Federal activities and ensures that EPA's programs
and activities are consistent with the Homeland Security national strategy.
In FY 2004 Homeland Security activities will continue to concentrate on implementing
recommendations in the September 11 Lessons Learned Report. Efforts will include improving
the operations of the National Incident Coordination Team which serves as the EPA focal point
for coordinating response efforts and handling cross-program and multi-program issues before
and during terrorist incidents. The program will also continue to upgrade the EPA Emergency
Operations Center and coordinate development of a comprehensive EPA Continuity of
Operations/Continuity of Government plan that can be immediately activated when a
catastrophic emergency occurs.
Through the National Response Team (NRT)/Regional Response Teams (RRTs) and the
Federal Response Plan (FRP), the Federal government provides assistance to states and cities to
prevent, prepare for, and respond to hazardous substance and petroleum emergencies.
Building on current efforts to enhance national emergency response management, NRT
agencies will continue to implement and test an incident command/unified command system
(ICUCS) across all levels of government and the private sector. Technical assistance guidance,
training, and exercises will be provided to identify and correct barriers to implementing the
system (e.g., size of command structure, cultural differences between state/local and Federal
responders). Decision-making about whether to evacuate or shelter-in-place and how to
communicate to the public (before and during an incident) are also important parts of the process
and will be addressed in FY 2004. In the science and technology area the NRT is developing a
V-33
-------
system that will allow contingency plans to be posted on the internet so that information can be
instantly available to responders. The system is expected to be completed in FY 2004.
Another important NRT priority in FY 2004 is the U.S.-Panama Canal agreement which
calls for the U.S. to provide assistance to Panama for emergency incidents that exceed their
incident management capabilities. Activities will include training and table top exercises
involving incident notification and response management.
The FRP, under the direction of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA),
provides for the delivery of Federal assistance to states to help them deal with the consequences
of natural (floods, earthquakes, hurricanes) and other significant disasters. EPA has the lead
responsibility for the plan's Emergency Support Function covering hazardous materials. As
such, it participates hi the Federal Emergency Support Function Leaders Group which addresses
FRP planning and implementation at the operational level. Through this interagency
organization, Federal agencies handle issue formulation and resolution, review after-action
reports, and evaluate the need for changes to FRP planning and implementation strategies. They
also participate hi FRP exercises, training and post event evaluation actions, coordinating these
activities closely with the National Response Team.
Under the FRP, EPA participates on the Catastrophic Disaster Response Group (CDRG)
which provides national level guidance and policy direction on response coordination and issues
that arise from emergency support function activities. A key activity of this group is the
development of the Catastrophic Earthquake Project. The effort includes a comprehensive
examination of a prior earthquake response to determine the nation's capability to respond to
future disasters. Completion of the evaluation will result in a revised and unproved national
earthquake disaster response plan.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to provide staff support to the FEMA's emergency
operations center during national disasters and emergencies. We will also continue to develop
and participate in training courses on emergency support function responsibilities, deliver
presentations on the FRP to national forums, and participate in nation-wide exercises to test and
improve the Federal government's preparedness and response system capabilities.
Research
EPA's Homeland Security Research Program supports one of six Administration FY
2004 Interagency Research and Development Priorities. Research is concentrated under the
Preparedness, Response, and Recovery goal of EPA's Homeland Security Strategic Plan. Under
this goal, EPA will focus on strengthening and broadening its response capabilities, clarifying its
roles and responsibilities to ensure an effective response, and promoting improved response
capabilities across government and industry hi the areas in which EPA has unique knowledge
and expertise. Among the goals in this area are the development, dissemination, and use of new
and unproved tools and techniques for responding to chemical and biological incidents. In FY
2004, Homeland Security research will continue to focus on building decontamination research,
which will be completed by the end of FY 2004.
V-34
-------
In FY 2004, building decontamination research will continue to focus on methods and
technologies for 1) detection and containment of biological and chemical agents intentionally
introduced into large buildings/structures, 2) decontamination of building surfaces, furnishings,
and equipment, and 3) safe disposal of residual materials.
Superfund Federal Facilities Response Program
Thousands of Federal facilities nationwide are contaminated with hazardous waste,
military munitions, radioactive waste, fuels, and a variety of other toxic contaminants. These
facilities include many different types of sites, such as formerly used defense sites (FUDS),
active, closing and closed installations, abandoned mines, nuclear weapons production facilities,
fuel distribution areas, and landfills. The Superfund Federal Facilities Response program is still
a growing program. There are 177 Federal sites listed on the NPL (158 final, 13 deleted, 6
proposed), over 9,000 FUDS, and approximately 50 Formerly Utilized Site Remedial Action
Plan (FUSRAP) sites. There are currently 482 remedial investigations/feasibility studies, 74
remedial designs, and 208 remedial actions being addressed in the Federal Facilities program.
Thirty-seven Federal sites have reached the construction completion stage, one installation is
scheduled for completion in FY 2003 and 8 more are targeted for FY 2004. In many cases,
Federal facilities face unique challenges with types of contamination (e.g., radiation, military
munitions), the size of the facility (e.g., DOE's Hanford is over 500 square miles - the size of the
State of Rhode Island), or the complexities of reuse related to environmental issues (e.g., base
closure).
EPA's Federal Facilities Restoration and Reuse Office works with the Department of
Defense (DOD), the Department of Energy (DOE), other Federal agencies, states, Tribes, and the
public to find protective, creative, and cost-effective cleanup solutions, while encouraging
restoration and property reuse. The Federal Facilities program provides technical and regulatory
oversight at Federal facility sites to ensure protection of human health, effective program
implementation, and meaningful public involvement. The Agency encourages citizen
involvement by working with DOD to establish Restoration Advisory Boards and DOE to
establish Site Specific Advisory Boards.
Performance goals and measures for the Federal Facilities Superfund Response program
are a component of the overall Response Cleanup measures. EPA's ability to meet its annual
Superfund targets (construction completion, environmental indicators, and property reuse) is
partially dependent on work performed at NPL Federal facility sites. Such issues as military
munitions, post-record of decision (ROD) authority disputes, and reduced environmental cleanup
resources play a major role in construction completion targets being accomplished on schedule at
Federal sites. Due to on-going post-ROD dispute issues at DOD installations, over 60 remedy
decision documents have been delayed. There are approximately two dozen DOD sites involved
in a post-ROD authority dispute. In FY 2001, DOE began a top-to-bottom review of its
environmental management mission. Developing a new plan with innovative approaches to
expedite the cleanup of DOE sites and reduce risk to human health, safety and the environment is
the objective of the review. Following the review, DOE, EPA and states negotiated expedited
cleanup plans and high level documents establishing accelerated cleanup principles. DOE field
offices then prepared Performance Management Plans based on strategies outlined in the Letters
V-35
-------
of Intent. Increasing the pace and approach to DOE cleanup will require an increase in EPA level
of effort to negotiated RODs and compliance agreements, and to oversee the cleanup and ensure
human health and the environment are protected. In FY 2004, EPA will continue working with
the DOD, DOE, and other Federal agency's to maximize construction completions and promote
property reuse.
There is a rising demand for EPA's involvement in DOD's Military Munitions Response
and FUDS programs. DOD has estimated that millions of acres of training ranges in the United
States and its territories are contaminated with military munitions. By their nature, military
munitions (unexploded ordnance, buried munitions, and reactive or ignitable soil) present
explosive, human health, and environmental risks. The different types of military munitions vary
hi their likelihood of detonation and sometimes these anomalies are just laying around waiting to
be picked up by innocent victims hiking or playing nearby. When disturbed, munitions may
explode causing immediate death or disablement to those nearby. EPA is working on several
initiatives with DOD, the states, and Federal Land Managers to help build DOD's Military
Munitions Response program. The 2002 Defense Authorization Act directs DOD to publish its
first inventory of closed, transferred, and transferring ranges by May 31, 2003, and to update it
regularly thereafter.
EPA is finding itself more Involved hi the environmental investigations and cleanups of
privately-owned FUDS. FUDS are sites formerly owned, leased, possessed, or operated by DOD
(this includes FUDS owned by the states, Tribes, cities, and other government entities, as well as
individuals, corporations, etc.). The Defense Environmental Restoration Program (DERP)
assigns DOD the "responsibility" to conduct response actions consistent with CERCLA and the
National Contingency Plan at such properties. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE)
executes the FUDs program for DOD.
The Agency is working on several initiatives with the USAGE, states, and Tribes hi the
identification and cleanup of over 9,000 FUDS nationwide. EPA has finalized a policy which
articulates how the Agency plans to undertake its obligations and responsibilities at non-
Federally owned, non-NPL FUDS. Over the past several years, EPA, the states and public have
expressed concerns with USAGE response actions, environmental investigations, and cleanups at
privately-owned FUDS that are not on the NPL. Some FUDS have been redeveloped for uses
inconsistent with their environmental condition (e.g., housing, schools). Spring Valley, located
hi Northwest Washington, DC is the nation's first FUDS involving the cleanup of chemical
munitions in a residential area. This site work which is being managed by the USAGE, includes
a university and the adjacent neighborhood where World War I chemical warfare agents were
tested and disposed in 1918.
Superfund Enforcement
The Superfund enforcement program is critical to the Agency's ability to cleanup the vast
majority of the nation's worst hazardous waste sites. In FY 2004, EPA will continue its
successful emphasis on completing construction at Superfund sites by obtaining commitments
from PRPs to conduct new remedial actions at non-Federal facility sites and ensuring Federal
facility with CERCLA agreements.
V-36
-------
EPA has successfully encouraged or compelled PRPs to undertake or fund approximately
70% of new remedial construction work at non-Federal facility Superfund sites in recent years.
The environmental benefits cannot be overstated as most contaminated waste sites would not
otherwise be cleaned up due to limited Federal resources. The program focuses on the following
efforts: 1) maximizing PRP participation in conducting or funding response actions while
promoting fairness in the enforcement process; 2) recovering costs from PRPs when EPA
expends funds from the Superfund Trust Fund; and 3) negotiating agreements with Federal
facilities for NPL site cleanup.
The Superfund program emphasizes "enforcement first" to ensure that sites for which
there are viable responsible parties are cleaned up by those parties. In tandem with this
approach, various Superfund reforms are being implemented to increase fairness, reduce
transaction costs and promote economic redevelopment. The Agency provides funding to the
Department of Justice (DOJ) through an interagency agreement (LAG) to assist EPA Superfund
in enforcement efforts.
The Superfund program and its stakeholders have benefited from enforcement reforms
implemented in recent years. These reforms include undertaking early, expanded PRP searches
and investigations to enable "enforcement first" to occur and develop sufficient information to
make orphan share determinations; making orphan share offers at all eligible sites; expediting
negotiations to facilitate early de minimis settlements; settling with parties with limited ability to
pay; making more effective and widespread use of Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR);
issuing administrative orders to the maximum practicable number of PRPs at a given site; and
creating site-specific special accounts.
In FY 2004, the Agency will negotiate remedial design/ remedial action cleanup
agreements at sites and will also achieve removal agreements at hazardous waste sites. Where
negotiations fail, the Agency will take either unilateral enforcement actions to require PRP
cleanup or use Trust Fund dollars to remediate sites. When Trust Fund dollars are used to
cleanup sites, the program will take cost recovery actions against PRPs to recover expenditures.
Institutional controls are a critical component of many response actions selected by EPA
to ensure that property is used and maintained in an appropriate manner after construction of the
selected cleanup is complete. The Superfund program will oversee the implementation and
enforcement of institutional controls following the completion of construction. Furthermore,
response work will be undertaken, in accordance with existing agreements or through additional
negotiations, when found to be necessary through five year reviews.
EPA will continue its efforts in Federal facilities administrative activities related to
CERCLA § 120 agreements. CERCLA § 120 requires that for all Federal facility sites on the
NPL an LAG be signed by all appropriate parties which provide enforceable schedules for the
progression of the entire cleanup. For Federal facility NPL sites, the signing of an LAG and
oversight of its implementation ensures a protective cleanup at a timely pace. EPA will monitor
milestones in existing lAGs, resolve disputes, and oversee all remedial work being conducted by
Federal facilities. EPA will work with affected agencies to resolve outstanding policy issues
relating to the cleanup of Federal facilities.
V-37
-------
In FY 2004, the Superfund cost recovery program will recover monies expended from the
Trust Fund from viable responsible parties. Where settlement negotiations and previous
enforcement actions have failed to achieve PRP response, and Trust Fund dollars are used to
cleanup sites, the program will take cost recovery actions against PRPs to recover expenditures.
By pursuing cost recovery settlements, the program promotes the principle that polluters should
pay cleanup costs at sites where they caused or contributed to the contamination and maximizes
the leverage of the Trust Fund to address future threats posed by contaminated sites. Trust Fund
expenditures will be recouped through administrative actions, CERCLA § 107 case referrals, and
through settlements reached with the use of alternative dispute resolution.
The enforcement program's involvement in case referrals and support include case
development and preparation, referral and post-filing actions. The program will also provide
case and cost documentation support for the docket of cases currently being worked on by DOJ.
The enforcement program will meet cost recovery statute of limitation deadlines, resolve cases,
and issue bills for oversight and make collections in a timely manner.
Radiation Program Preparedness, Guidance, and Support
In FY 2004, EPA's Radiological Emergency Response Team (RERT), a component of
the Agency's emergency response structure, will continue to prepare for incidents for which EPA
is the Lead Federal Agency under the Federal Radiological Emergency Response Plan, as well as
prepare to support other Lead Federal Agencies as appropriate. EPA will coordinate with its
interagency partners to revise Federal radiation emergency response plans, develop radiological
emergency response standard operating procedures and guidance for coordination of Agency
support to other Federal and state response agencies, and conduct training and exercises to
enhance the ability of the RERT to fulfill its responsibilities in response actions. EPA also will
strengthen its national radiation monitoring capabilities to improve the Agency's ability to
inform decision-makers about risk and to improve EPA's response to radiological emergencies.
In FY 2004, EPA will provide national-level guidance on the risks posed by radioactive
materials in the environment, including technical guidance for conducting risk assessments in
order to limit public exposure to radiation. EPA will accomplish this by working with the public,
industry, states, Tribes and other governmental agencies to use information systems and to
inform and educate people about radiation risks and promote actions that reduce human
exposure. EPA, hi partnership with other Federal agencies, will promote the management of
radiation risks in a consistent and safe manner at Superfund, Department of Energy, Department
of Defense, state, local and other Federal sites by:
• Evaluating human health and environmental risks from radiation site exposure,
developing models of the environmental fate and transport of radionuclides, and
providing a basic understanding of the biological effects of radiation.
• Developing risk assessments, remediation technologies, and measurement and
information systems.
• Providing training and direct site assistance including laboratory, field, and risk
assessment support at sites with actual or suspected radioactive contamination.
V-38
-------
The radiation program also maintains an on-going capability to provide radioanalytical
and mixed waste analytical data on environmental samples to support site assessment and clean-
up activities. Finally, EPA coordinates with other nations on select radiological issues, including
risk assessment methodologies and risk management approaches.
Homeland Security: Radiation Monitoring
The Environmental Radiation Ambient Monitoring System (ERAMS) is the only
nationwide environmental radiation monitoring program that provides information about the
wide-scale spread of radioactive material from nuclear or radiological incidents. ERAMS
includes a network of sampling stations throughout the United States that routinely monitor air,
water (precipitation and drinking water) and milk for radioactive contamination. Data from
ERAMS is necessary to provide timely information for making protective action decisions in the
event of a major nuclear or radiological event. For that reason, ERAMS was identified as one of
the Agency's ten most important assets in the PROJECT Matrix™ Step 1 Report (Draft) and was
rated as the second most important asset with regard to Public Health and Safety.
ERAMS has been functioning for several years. There is an average of one sampling site
for each type of media (air, precipitation, drinking water and milk) per state resulting in coverage
of approximately 24 percent of the population. Current response time for results is measured in
days, allowing time for collection of samples, shipment to the laboratory, and performance of
analyses. The proposed upgraded system will improve our response time and data dissemination
from several days to several hours. This upgrade will provide the Agency with greater access to
real-time data, enabling the Agency, Federal partners, and state, Tribal, and local officials to
make rapid decisions about protecting public health. These resources are needed to upgrade the
existing radiation monitoring system (ERAMS) to a National Monitoring System with state-of-
the-art technology and rapid response capability to increase preparedness for terrorist attacks and
other incidents. The improved system will include increasing the number of fixed air monitoring
stations from 52 to 120, increasing our current U.S. population coverage from 24 percent to 60
percent. Forty deployable monitoring systems will be developed and available to be shipped to
an impacted site in the event of a radiological emergency. This upgrade will provide the ability
to rapidly dispatch radiation monitoring stations to areas or incidents that need additional
coverage. This monitoring capability allows for greater density of sampling locations near and
downwind from incidents allowing for more accurate real-tune data which allows for better
decision-making regarding public health protection. Additional improvements include: real-time
measurements of radiation levels; state-of-the art sampling instruments; decreased reliance on
volunteer operators; and a combination of fixed and deployable radiation sampling stations that
will provide flexibility to maximize needed information during any specific incident.
We also will establish and maintain an electronic database and telemetry system that will
provide timely data from the ERAMS, RERT, and other sources to Agency decision makers and
the public during an incident and during routine conditions. The existing database allows only
storage of data with no ability to transmit data from the remote sampling sites or to summarize
data in the database. A searchable database will be developed to perform summaries of data and
trend analyses. The proposed changes will improve the data base and allow for more extensive
review and analyses of the radiation data, and would provide for rapid dissemination of the data
to decision makers. It also will provide for telemetry of data directly from fixed and deployable
V-39
-------
sampling sites during normal operations or during radiological emergencies, and allow the
Agency to establish a secure technology infrastructure to support lab data transmission of
sensitive data and analysis functions.
Brownfields
Brownfields are real property, the expansion, redevelopment, or reuse of which may be
complicated by the presence or potential presence of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or
contaminant. Brownfields properties are not traditional Superfund sites as they are not generally
highly contaminated and present lesser health risks. However, economic changes over several
decades have left numerous communities with these contaminated properties and/or abandoned
properties. In fact, the General Accounting Office has estimated that over 450,000 Brownfields
properties exist. Concerns about environmental liability and cleanup, infrastructure declines, and
changing development priorities have worsened the situation. The primary goal of the EPA
Brownfields program is to provide states, Tribes and local governments with the tools and
financial assistance to assess, clean up, and redevelop Brownfields properties. The Agency's FY
2004 request of $210,754,100 for Brownfields provides: new and existing assessment grants,
Brownfields Cleanup Revolving Loan Fund (BCRLF) grants, cleanup grants, funding directly to
states and Tribes to support the state voluntary cleanup programs, targeted assessments, and
continued implementation of the liability reforms called for in the legislation. This includes an
increase of $10,000,000 to provide assistance to states and Tribes to develop and enhance their
state and Tribal response programs, a priority in the Agency's efforts to reuse and redevelop
properties.
FY 2004 funding will allow for more funds to be leveraged, more jobs to be created, and
more grants to receive assistance each year. By the end of FY 2004, 689 assessment grants will
have been awarded, with 126 assessment grants to be announced and awarded that fiscal year. In
FY2004, 70 communities will receive grant funding for either BCRLF up to $1,000,000 per
eligible state, Indian Tribe or local government entity to. clean up Brownfields sites or cleanup
grants for up to $200,000 per site.
The Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfields Revitalization and Environmental
Restoration Act (Public Law 107-118) authorized the cleanup of petroleum sites. This funding
will clean up a portion of the estimated 200,000 abandoned petroleum tanks found at sites.
These resources would support approximately 50 communities to assess and clean up abandoned
gas stations or other petroleum contamination within their Brownfields areas in conjunction with
the current Brownfields assessment and cleanup programs.
The Agency provides funding for site assessment demonstration grants of up to $200,000
each. These grants provide EPA, states, local governments, quasi governmental organizations
and Federally recognized Indian tribes with useful information and new strategies for promoting
a unified approach to environmental site assessment and characterization, and redevelopment.
By the end of FY 2003, EPA will cumulatively award over 500 two year assessment grants to
communities to assist localities hi assessing contamination at Brownfields sites. These grants
include existing assessment, greenspace assessment and Showcase assessment-related activities.
More than 3,500 properties have had environmental assessments completed under the assessment
program since program inception. In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to fund grants. EPA
V-40
-------
designed this assistance to enhance state, local and Tribal governments' capacity to assess and
cleanup properties under state and Federal environmental authorities, and facilitate the
redevelopment and reuse of the properties. To date, grants have leveraged over 21,000 cleanup,
construction and redevelopment jobs.
Where appropriate, the Agency provides funding for targeted assessments in
communities that are not successful in competing for an assessment grant. Site assessments at
non-grant Brownfields sites are performed either under existing cooperative agreements with
states or through EPA contractors. This activity enjoys wide support from cities and other local
communities. This funding provides preliminary assessments and site investigations using
standard methodologies established by the American Society for Testing Materials.
EPA and its Federal partners will continue to emphasize interagency collaboration in
addressing environmental and economic issues hi communities through support of 28 existing
Brownfields showcase communities. These showcase communities are distributed across the
country and vary by size, resources, and community type. The goals of the project are to:
promote environmental protection and restoration, economic development, job creation,
community revitalization, and public health protection through assessment, cleanup and
sustainable reuse of Brownfields; link Federal, state, local and non-governmental action
supporting community efforts to restore and reuse Brownfields properties; and develop national
models demonstrating the positive results of public and private collaboration in addressing
Brownfields challenges.
The Agency will also award cooperative agreements to capitalize BCRLF grants of up to
$1,000,000 each. All communities with properties are eligible to apply. EPA offers grants to
governmental entities which may provide subgrants to nonprofit or other governmental entities.
This funding enables eligible entities to develop cleanup strategies, make loans to prospective
purchasers to clean up properties, and encourages communities to leverage other funds into then-
revolving loan fund pools and cleanup grants. The Agency also provides direct cleanup grants of
up to $200,000 per site. In addition, the Agency awards Brownfields job training and
development grants at up to $200,000 over two years to help residents of Brownfields
communities take advantage of new jobs created by the assessment and cleanup of Brownfields.
The FY 2004 request includes a targeted increase of $10,000,000 to provide additional
funding for the enhancement and development of state and Tribal voluntary cleanup programs
(VCPs), a priority in the Agency's efforts to reuse and redevelop properties. EPA provides both
monetary and technical/legal assistance to states and Tribes developing and enhancing VCPs.
VCPs address contaminated sites which do not require Federal action, but need cleanup before
the sites are considered for reuse. EPA believes that building strong and effective state and
Tribal programs, such as VCPs, will also complement efforts to address the cleanup of
Brownfields properties. To date, EPA has signed 19 memoranda of agreement that clarify that
the oversight of Brownfields cleanups will be the responsibility of the states with programs
which meet the six criteria established in the November 1996 voluntary cleanup guidance.
The Agency will continue to provide funding for training, research and technical
assistance to localities, states, Tribes and nonprofit organizations to ensure that the most efficient
and effective technologies are used for Brownfields site assessment, cleanup, and monitoring.
V-41
-------
Since the program's inception in 1995, states, territories, and Tribes have received over
$106,000,000 for assessment demonstration and BCRLF grants, Voluntary Cleanup Programs,
and Targeted Brownfields Assessments. By funding the increased level of grants in FY 2004,
there will be a commensurate increase in leveraged investments and jobs in FY 2005. By the end
of FY 2005, the Brownfields grants should leverage over $7.5 billion and generate 39,000 jobs in
cleanup, construction, and redevelopment with 6,800 properties assessed.
Base Realignment and Base Closure
Since 1993, EPA's Superfund Base Realignment and Base Closure (BRAC) program has
worked with DOD and the states' environmental programs to achieve the Agency's goal of
"making property environmentally acceptable for transfer, while protecting human health and the
environment" at realigning, closing or closed military installations. These activities complement
Agency themes of one cleanup program and revitalization. Between 1988 and 1995, 497 major
military installations representing the Army, Navy, Air Force, and Defense Logistics Agency
were slated for realignment or closure. Of these 497 BRAC installations, 107 have been
designated as Fast-Track installations. The four rounds of BRAC are generally referred to as
BRAC 1988, BRAC 1991, BRAC 1993, and BRAC 1995, indicating the year in which each
cluster of military installations were selected for realignment or closure. Accelerating the
cleanup of 107 BRAC installations strives to make parcels available for reuse as quickly as
possible by transfer of uncontaminated or remediated parcels, lease of contaminated parcels
where cleanup is underway, or "early transfer" of contaminated property.
Time and Cost Avoidance Attributed to
EPA Participation in the Fast Track Cleanup Program
FY02
443 project jwara
Since
1993, EPA and
DOD have
addressed lease-
related concerns at
BRAC sites by
preparing findings
of suitability to
lease or transfer.
These findings
summarize any
and all
environmental
information upon
which DOD relies
while establishing
environmental
restrictions in
leases on property
conveyances
necessary to
protect human health and the environment. The majority of BRAC acres planned for transfer
from DOD are intended for non-Federal entities. A major success for the Fast-Track program is
the formation of base cleanup teams (BCTs) at the Fast-Track designated installations. The
0
300
V-42
-------
teams, which include environmental experts from EPA, DOD, and states, engineer common
sense approaches to cleanups by developing common goals and priorities. The Agency
empowers the team to integrate base reuse priorities while making decisions to expedite the
process of accelerating cleanup. To further assist with Fast-Track cleanups, EPA engages in
public participation by working with DOD to establish restoration advisory boards (RABs) at
military installations. RABs foster teamwork by bringing members of the community together
with military officials and government regulators to discuss cleanup issues.
EPA and DOD have entered into a new interagency funding agreement which will extend
EPA's involvement in the existing BRAC program through September 30, 2005. The National
Defense Authorization Act of FY 2002 authorizes another BRAC round for 2005. In FY 2004,
the Agency will continue to focus on meeting the requirements of the existing BRAC bases and
putting those facilities back into productive reuse. EPA's participation in the BRAC program
has afforded DOD a cost savings of $356 million and 443 project years. This time and cost
savings for the BRAC program translates into communities being satisfied since properties are
being put back into productive reuse much quicker.
Resource Conservation and Recovery
For decades, many industrial facilities in this country mismanaged their hazardous
wastes. The Superfund program addresses some of these facilities, particularly those that have
been abandoned or closed. A significantly larger number, however, fall under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) corrective action program that EPA and the authorized
states administer. Currently, thirty-nine states and territories are authorized to implement the
corrective action program. The program covers some of the most intractable and controversial
cleanup projects in the country. Approximately 3,500 industrial facilities must undergo a
cleanup under the RCRA program. Out of these facilities, the Agency has targeted over 1,700
facilities as high priority - where people or the environment are likely to be at significant current
or future risk. The Agency is pursuing a strategy for addressing the worst facilities first, as
reflected in the Agency's annual performance goal. This focus on near- term actions has resulted
in over 800 of the 1,700 target facilities achieving the Current Human Exposures Under Control
and Migration of Contaminated Groundwater Under Control environmental indicator goals.
Over the past several years, the Agency has been successful in implementing
administrative reforms that streamlined the corrective action program and improved overall
implementation. The reforms have been effective in changing the way program implementors
and stakeholders interact, which has had a positive impact on moving facilities toward cleanup
goals. Given the many challenges of meeting the environmental indicator targets for human
exposures and toxic releases to groundwater, looking toward final cleanup, taking advantage of
redevelopment opportunities, and cleaning up Federal facilities, maintaining strong partnerships
with all relevant stakeholders will continue to be a priority for the program in FY 2004.
The Agency will continue to work on challenges that face the program and will
implement further administrative reforms if necessary to help address them. Groundwater issues
present very specific challenges, associated with, for example, the extent and severity of the
contamination, complex technical and associated policy issues, and the expense of groundwater
cleanups. Also, many of the high priority facilities that have not yet met the environmental
V-43
-------
indicator goals are extremely large and complicated sites that may not make progress in cleanups
at the same pace as those facilities that have already met the goals. Furthermore, our ongoing
work in 2002 and 2003 has continued to demonstrate that contamination in groundwater can be a
threat to people in ways beyond impacts to their drinking water supplies. These issues, as well
as others related to defining "completion" of cleanup and implementing institutional controls,
continue to surface during stakeholder meetings EPA hosted across the country. EPA will
continue working hi partnership with the stakeholders to further explore these areas.
hi FY 2004, the Agency will place added emphasis and resources on providing technical
assistance to facilities still working toward FY 2005 indicator goals and on moving facilities
toward final cleanup. To do so the Agency will work in partnership with the authorized states
and the regulated community to resolve policy and technical issues, such as those associated with
setting subsequent and final cleanup goals for groundwater, indoor air exposures, and
groundwater-to-surface water pathways. Since there is not a one-size-fits-all approach to
cleanups, working partnerships will allow all parties to fully explore flexible, common sense
approaches.
In support of the revitalization theme, the Agency will capitalize on the results of the
RCRA Brownfields Pilots by applying the lessons learned on a wider scale in order to facilitate
cleanup and redevelopment of RCRA Brownfields sites. By sharing the innovations
demonstrated through those pilots, others may learn of new approaches that are appropriate for
or adaptable to their situations. EPA will continue the Targeted Site Effort (TSE) and the RCRA
Brownfields program to help "break the logjams" at sites that have significant
redevelopment/reuse potential. In many cases, the efforts undertaken to date have influenced
facility owners or operators and the local communities to pursue redevelopment as a primary
objective of the cleanups.
In FY 2004, the Agency will devote special attention to Federal facilities being cleaned
up under RCRA authorities. The Agency and the authorized states have worked with our Federal
partners to more effectively communicate cleanup goals and facilitate Federal facilities'
cleanups. For example, the Agency will foster dialogue with the authorized states and the
Federal facility community to explore such topics as innovative approaches to cleanups and
regulatory flexibility. Lessons learned through pilot programs in other industries will be applied
to Federal facilities, leading to greater efficiencies in cleanups.
Training and outreach are integral parts of the corrective action program's activities. The
way program implementors and the regulated community do business, and the way in which the
public participates in the cleanup decisions made in their communities has been positively
influenced through the reforms. The Agency will build on its successes, further promote
flexibility in program implementation and continue to encourage more frequent communications
among all parties.
Research
This research supports the Agency's objective of reducing or controlling potential risks
posed to human health and the environment through better waste management and restoration of
abandoned waste sites. Research related to hazardous substances (Superfund), leaking
V-44
-------
underground storage tanks (LUST), and oil spills fall within this objective. A draft Multi-Year
Plan for Contaminated Sites Research has been developed to ensure that research conducted
under this objective is relevant to EPA's mission. Also, a Waste Research Strategy was
externally peer reviewed and released in 1999 to provide a clear rationale for selection and
prioritization of waste research activities. In addition, to maximize the quality of the research
conducted under this objective, all scientific and technical work products must undergo either
internal or external peer review, with major or significant products requiring external peer
review.
Hazardous substance research focuses on improving scientific understanding of the
potential human health and ecological risks that may be posed by contaminated groundwater,
soils, and sediments including: 1) the presence of highly toxic site contaminants, such as heavy
metals, persistent bioaccumulative toxics (PBTs), and volatile organic chemicals; 2) the potential
for multiple routes of exposure to humans and wildlife; and 3) the large number of contaminated
sites, many of which cover large areas, resulting in high exposure to ecological systems.
Contamination of groundwater and sediments are also of considerable concern due to their
importance for human and ecological health, and have been identified as high priority research
needs by the Agency. The extent and geological, biological and chemical complexity of many of
these sites present uncertainties in determining risk, as well as in finding effective, low-cost
techniques for site characterization and remediation.
Groundwater, Soils and Containment
The Agency's Contaminated Sites Research Program addresses effects, exposure, risk
assessment, and risk management in order to understand the processes that govern contaminant
transport and fate, site characterization, and risk assessment and management. The program also
assesses and develops remediation and characterization/monitoring technologies and evaluates
their cost-effectiveness.
In FY 2004, exposure research will continue on the high priority, complex problem of
determining dense non-aqueous phase liquid (DNAPL) location and concentration in
groundwater. Several non- or minimally-intrusive geophysical techniques are being developed
and evaluated to define subsurface geology, delineate the location and distribution of
contaminants, and monitor remediation, yielding a greater ability to make sound waste
management decisions. Additionally, new and innovative samplers for DNAPL- contaminated
groundwater monitoring will be evaluated. A major product will include a report on 3-D
interpretation of complex geologic structures via ground penetrating radar to map spilled
DNAPLs.
Exposure research will also focus on the improved collection of soils contaminated with
volatile organic compounds (VOCs). This work will provide guidance and techniques to
improve soil sample collection, handling, preservation, storage, and analysis to ensure that the
most representative samples (i.e., samples that provide accurate, unbiased, and precise
information on the true distribution and concentration levels of soil contamination) will be
collected at any given waste site. Research will also continue in measurement design and
decision analysis to improve sampling strategies and statistical procedures for cost-effective site
characterization, to reduce total sample error and uncertainty, and to better interpret data
V-45
-------
} State-of-the science preparation, separation, and analytical methods are also being
developed for rapid, accurate, field and laboratory analyses of soils, sediments, ground water and
biological materials contaminated with VOCs, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), poly-aromatic
hydrocarbons (PAHs), pesticides, and inorganics. This work supports Superfund risk
assessments and clean-up decisions. Bioanalytical approaches will be developed for faster and
more cost-effective screening and monitoring of hazardous substances. Immunochemical
methods will also be developed and applied for rapid on-site characterization and monitoring of
remediation efficiency and effectiveness at Superfund sites for PCBs, PAHs, pesticides, and
inorganics. Major products for FY 2004 will include reports on a rapid turn-around screening
method for Aroclors, mixtures of PCBs, identification and quantification in multiple media, and
on vacuum distillation for VOC analyses.
Risk assessment research focuses on both human and ecological health and aids hi the
determination of risk management options as well as characterization of contaminants. Human
health risk assessment research involves developing methodologies, models, and factors that
enable risk assessors to develop more accurate quantitative estimates of the likelihood of harm
that may result from various contaminated media. Major areas of emphasis for FY 2004 will
include: developing statistical distributions for exposure factors; further refining and validating
the biokinetic models for lead and other toxic metals; developing better models and methods for
dermal exposure; and completing health and exposure assessments for specific contaminants.
Ecological risk assessment research develops methodologies and factors that can enable
I ecological risk assessors to estimate the amount of soil-borne contamination that will be
biologically "available" to wildlife. In FY 2004, this research will continue to develop
ecological soil screening values for common soil contaminants. These screening values will
enable the Agency to make prompt decisions about what levels of contamination are not harmful
to human health and/or ecosystems.
The Agency's risk management research will address priority remediation problems hi
groundwater and soils, helping to reduce human and ecosystem exposure to hazardous materials
by making remediation more efficient and cost-effective. This research evaluates and improves
existing remediation techniques and develops new clean-up processes.
In the area of groundwater remediation research, the Agency plans to continue work on
characterizing dense non-aqueous phase liquid (DNAPL) contaminant source zones and on
treatment and natural attenuation of inorganic contamination. DNAPLs are a major cause of
organic groundwater contamination for which there are few effective commercialized
remediation options. In FY 2004, EPA plans to continue work on a systems approach to
DNAPL-site cleanup, combining multiple treatment technologies to move toward site closure.
Research will investigate enhanced in situ approaches to remediate recalcitrant organic
compounds. Research on the use of thermal treatment and flushing processes to address DNAPL
source zones will also continue.
Research will continue on the remediation of dissolved inorganic plumes, particularly
\ toxic metals, and related source areas. Field studies on monitored natural attenuation (MNA) of
dissolved metals will continue, as will studies of the application of permeable reactive barriers
(PRBs) to new metal contaminants such as arsenic and mercury. PRBs are an in-situ alternative
V-46
-------
approach for remediating groimdwater contamination that combine subsurface fluid flow
management with a passive chemical treatment zone. Major areas of emphasis in FY 2004 will
be long-term performance of PRBs, work on better methods for solid-phase characterization in
support of MNA, and research on applying PRBs cost-effectively to other contaminants or
environments.
Hazardous substance containment research evaluates the effectiveness of current
containment systems and develops new systems using innovative materials and methods.
Research areas include caps, covers, and vertical barriers for the vadose zone (Le., the transition
zone between the land surface and the water table); fixed barriers; phytoremediation methods for
contaminated plumes and infiltration control; and soil contaminant immobilization. In FY 2004
research will focus on completion of field evaluations of capping options and continuation of
evaluations of bottom liner options and alternative cover systems, and fugitive emissions from
Superfund landfills. Research on the immobilization of metals (e.g., cadmium) in soils will also
continue.
Contaminated Sediments
The National Research Council identified contaminated sediments as a top research need.
EPA has responded to this need on several fronts, including developing a Contaminated
Sediments Action Plan and a draft Agency-wide Contaminated Sediments Science Plan. In
addition to these plans, the Agency has created an integrated research program on contaminated
sediments risk assessment, exposure, effects, and risk management issues to address priority
research needs for the assessment and cleanup of sites.
This research will focus on four important goals distilled from recommendations made by
the National Academy of Sciences and EPA's Science Advisory Board including; (1) develop
scientific models and protocols that better define the risks to human health and the environment;
(2) develop new cleanup alternatives and methods that better evaluate which cleanup alternatives
are most effective; (3) develop and conduct monitoring techniques to document the actual
performance of cleanup technologies; and (4) develop better methods and tools to increase
community involvement in cleanup activities.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue activities on dermal contact and fish ingestion exposure
pathways. Estimates will be made of the amount of sediment that may come into contact with
skin from various activities. Exposure models and factors will be developed that accurately
predict the amount of contaminated fish and game that might be consumed, with particular focus
on the fish-eating habits of sensitive sub-populations such as subsistence fishermen, certain
ethnic groups, and disadvantaged communities. Dermal work associated with soils is gradually
shifting to focus on contaminated sediments research and will focus on sediment contact and
chemical release.
Research will also investigate the effects of contaminated sediments on the environment,
aiding in the development of risk assessments. Efforts will focus on sediments contaminated
with persistent, bioaccumulative toxics (PBTs), in the context of the three primary remediation
options: natural recovery, capping, and dredging. Approaches will be developed that predict the
biological uptake of chemicals from sediments, movement through the food web, and the effects
V-47
-------
on top predator fish and fish-eating wildlife. To understand the ecological significance of
potential toxic effects, the impacts on critical populations of fish-consuming species will be
assessed. These efforts will include understanding the effects of both freshwater and marine
contaminated sediments. In FY 2004, products will include approaches to long term ecological
monitoring to assess the effectiveness of contaminated sediment remediation at the New Bedford
Harbor, MA Superfund site as well as to parameterizing bioaccumulation models for
metabolized chemicals.
Contaminated sediments risk management research will study currently available
remediation options, such as dredging and dredged material disposition, natural recovery, and
capping. This work will expand to additional sites hi order to understand the cost-effectiveness
and short- and long-term ecological impacts of these options. Contaminants of concern include
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), polyeyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), and metals. This
work will provide EPA and other stakeholders with better information for making scientifically
sound cleanup decisions. Products will include a technical resource document on monitored
natural recovery for contaminated sediments and three additional sets of remedy performance
data.
Contaminated sediments characterization and monitoring research will continue on
ecological tools for characterization as well as pre- and post-remediation toxicity assessments
and bioassessments. Soil VOC work will gradually shift to sediments research for improved
sampling and characterization techniques to accurately determine contaminant types, locations,
and concentrations in sediments. Research will also continue to evaluate existing contaminated
sediment mass fate and transport models and develop new modules for models for different
classes of water bodies that address sediment-related needs of OSWER and the Regions. Finally,
research on community involvement will focus on developing ways to measure community
preferences and incorporate societal/cultural values into the decision making process.
Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation (SITE), Hazardous Substance Research Centers
(HSRCs), Oil Spills, and Leaking Underground Storage Tanks (LUST)
Research to assess and reduce or control risks to human health and the environment from
contaminated sites is conducted through the Hazardous Substance Research Centers (HSRCs)
program. Additionally, EPA's Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation (SITE) program
fosters the development and use of lower cost and more effective characterization and
monitoring technologies and risk management remediation technologies for contaminated
sediments, soils, and groundwater in order to better protect human health and the environment.
The Agency also supports efforts to assess and reduce or control risks from oil spills and leaking
underground storage tanks.
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to support the Hazardous Substance Research
Centers (HSRCs): five multi-university centers focusing on different aspects of hazardous
substance management. They bring together researchers from a variety of disciplines to
collaborate on research projects of high importance to the Agency (e.g., contaminated
sediments). Ongoing communication between EPA and HSRC researchers that began in
FY 2002 will continue in FY 2004.
V-48
-------
The goal of the SITE program is to identify, demonstrate, assess, and distribute
information about innovative and alternative environmental technologies tc developers,
remediation site managers, and regulators, yielding more efficient characterization and
remediation processes. In FY 2004, the Agency will initiate studies of technologies dealing with
priority remediation and characterization problems, including sediments and DNAPLs.
In FY 2004, oil spills research will involve the development of an oil spill model
applicable to near-coastal water and options to clean up fuel and chemical spills on navigable
waterways. Efforts will continue on adapting the oil spill model for Orimulsion™, a fossil fuel
produced from natural components. Research will also focus on the use of bioremediation on
inland waterway spills, improving chemical countermeasures, and evaluating the fate of non-
petroleum products (e.g., vegetable oils) spilled on surface waters. In FY 2004, final reports on
protocols for evaluating surface washing agents and spills of opportunity will be produced.
Leaking underground storage tanks (LUST) corrective action research looks at cleanup
processes for fuels and fuel oxygenates, like methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE). This work
results in a better understanding of naturally occurring subsurface processes that degrade fuel
components; reliable indicators to measure natural attenuation; and models and resource
documents to predict the likelihood of site-specific natural attenuation effectiveness. Studies on
modeling of contaminant transport and fate, and on oxygenate degradation processes will be
integrated to better understand how oxygenates behave in the subsurface. Emphasis will be
placed on developing inexpensive techniques that can be implemented in the near-term to
address control and treatment of MTBE-contaminated sites.
Technical Support
Technical support activities in risk management and risk assessment associated with
contaminated sites will also continue in the form of support centers. These centers include the
Environmental Photographic Interpretation Center (EPIC), the Ground Water Technical Support
Center, and the Superfund Health Risk Technical Support Center. These centers provide site-
specific technical support, responses to scientific questions (e.g., human health and
environmental toxicity), and technology transfer documents to program offices and other
stakeholders.
The Hazardous Substance Technical Liaison (HSTL) Program provides and facilitates
technical support to the Regions in waste related areas. This program fosters communications-
especially the transfer of scientific and engineering products-between ORD Laboratories and the
Regions and provides direct assistance by applying their expertise in a variety of technical areas.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
Multi-Appropriation
• (STAG +$10,000,000, EPM +$754,100) An increase of $10,000,000 has been provided
in STAG to enhance the States' Brownfields Response Programs (Voluntary Cleanup
Program (VCPs) and Targeted Brownfield Assessments (TBAs)). Additional resources
have been provided for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for existing FTE.
V-49
-------
Superfund
• (+$150,000,000) This increase will address growing construction project resource needs.
The Agency will use these resources to begin new construction projects at high priority
sites. The Agency expects to demonstrate significant progress in reducing risk to human
health and the environment and revitalizing the number of construction completions at
NPL sites within two to three years.
• (+$8,358,800, +15.0 FTE) An increase of $6,800,000 has been provided to create and
firmly establish a National Decontamination Team (Decon Team) that provides a unique,
immediate response capabilities to safely and effectively support decontamination
activities related to chemical, biological, and/or radiological terrorism events. While
focused domestically, the Decon Team may respond worldwide delivering scientific and
engineering expertise for the decontamination of buildings, building contents, public
infrastructure, indoor environments and the associated environmental media. An
additional $1,558,800 has been provided for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for 15
FTE.
• (+$7,000,000) EPA's field response capability relies on enhancements necessary to
support infrastructure such as specialized equipment stockpiles and laboratory support.
The Agency will continue to enhance its equipment support by identifying state-of-the-art
detection, monitoring, and response equipment designed to address chemical, biological,
and radiological agents.
• ( +$7,452,600 + 25.1 FTE) Adjustments in resource allocations reflect changes to
existing distribution accounts to support Capital Planning and Investment Control (CPIC)
projects in the amount of $1.4 million. In addition, two new distribution accounts were
also established in FY 2004 to improve allocation of regional Financial Services costs
($3,0 million) and headquarters Intergrated Financial Management Systems costs ($3.1
million).
• (+$ 1,717,900, +13.6 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated
in proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars
and FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated
hi proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts
in FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated hi proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located hi each goal, objective. Changes hi these activities reflect shifts hi
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5,4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and-18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and+19.7FTE.)
• (+$1,342,600, 12.4 FTE) This change represents the distribution of resources for
Regional Information Management across all Regions.
V-50
-------
Research
EPM
(+$2,455,300, +21.9 FTE) These redirected workyears will support Homeland Security
building decontamination research focusing on methods and technologies for 1) detection
and containment of biological and chemical agents intentionally introduced into large
buildings/structures, 2) decontamination of building surfaces, furnishings, and equipment,
and 3) safe disposal of residual materials. All of these workyears will be funded out of
the Superfund transfer account in FY 2004. Formerly, 14.6 FTE resided in the S&T
account in the Air, Water, Safe Food, and Sound Science goals.
(+$103,700, +1.0 FTE) This Increase is to support the Hazardous Substance Technical
Liaison (HSTL) program. This program provides and facilitates technical support to the
Regions in waste related areas.
(-$67,444,400) The work conducted with the $5.6M requested for Building
Decontamination research in FY 2004 will build upon work begun with the $73.1M
requested in the FY 2003 President's Budget. Work will continue to focus on methods
and technologies for 1) detection and containment of biological and chemical agents
intentionally introduced into large buildings/structures, 2) decontamination of building
surfaces, furnishings, and equipment, and 3) safe disposal of residual materials.
(-$239,900, -2.3 FTE) These workyears are being redirected within Objective 5.1 to
support Homeland Security. As a result, the number of screening assays for revealing the
location, source, and concentration of pollutants will be reduced.
(-$1,511,500, -11.3 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated
in proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars
and FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated
in proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts
in FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated hi proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE.)
(+$1,500,000) This funding level provides additional resources for EPA's participation
in the Disaster Assistance e-Government initiative.
(+$700,000) This increase supports additional RCRA corrective action activities to help
us meet the Agency's performance goals in this area. These resources are redirected
from completion of guidance and listing determinations in the RCRA program from
Objective 2.
V-51
-------
S&T
• (+$2,697,100, +2.0 FTE) An increase of $2,500,000 has been provided for an improved
system that will allow increased preparedness for and response to terrorist threats and
other incidents. The proposed request will expand and upgrade existing radiation
monitoring system (ERAMS) to increase reliability and population coverage, as well as
include a deployable component that can be sent to impacted areas immediately after
notification. The response time and data dissemination of the fixed monitoring system
would be significantly better than that of the existing monitoring system, and the
population coverage of the upgraded system would be significantly better -
approximately 60 percent versus 24 percent - than the population coverage of the existing
fixed monitoring system. It would take approximately three years to realize the full
increase of 36 percent to the population coverage. In addition, the resource request will
allow for: 1) greater density of sampling locations near and downwind from incidents;
and 2) maintenance and calibration of deployable monitoring stations. An additional
$197,100 has been provided in for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for 2 FTE.
With additional funding and personnel, a telemetry system will be implemented to
communicate data from the National Monitoring System stations and Radiological
Emergency Response Team field monitoring locations to a central site where the database
would be operational. The database will provide radiation data in the event of a terrorist
or other type of radiological incident to Agency decision-makers and the public. Without
additional funding the telemetry system will not be available requiring manual input of
data from the field sites. Also the database would not be fully functional and would not
be able to provide all the data needed to support quick decision making in the event of an
emergency.
STAG
• (-$8,000,000) The Homestake Mine is not carried forward to FY 2004.
• There are additional increases in payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
GOAL: BETTER WASTE MANAGEMENT, RESTORATION OF CONTAMINATED
WASTE SITES, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE
OBJECTIVE: CONTROL RISKS FROM CONTAMINATED SITES AND RESPOND TO
EMERGENCIES
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Super-fund Cost Recovery
In 2004 Ensure trust fund stewardship by getting PRPs to initiate or fund the work and recover costs from PKPs when EPA expends trust
fund monies. Address cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations (SOL) on total past costs equal to
or greater than $200,000.
In 2003 Ensure trust fund stewardship by getting PRPs to initiate or fund the work and recover costs from PRPs when EPA expends trust
fund monies. Address cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations (SOL) on total past costs equal to
or greater than $200,000.
V-52
-------
In 2002 The goal was met Cost recovery was addressed at 204 NPL and non-MPL sites of which 101 had total past costs greater than or
equal to $200,000 and potential statute of limitations (SOL) concerns. EPA secured cleanup and cost recovery commitments
from private parties in excess of $645 million.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Refer to DOJ, settle, or write off 100% of Statute of 100 100 100 Percent
Limitations (SOLs) cases for SF sites with total wnaddressed
past costs equal to or greater man $200,000 and report value
of costs recovered.
Baseline: In FY 98 the Agency will have addressed 100% of Cost Recovery at all NPL & non-NPL sites with total past costs equal or
greater than $200,000.
Saperfnnd Potentially Responsible Party Participation
la 2004 Maximize all aspects of PRP participation which includes maintaining PRP work at 70% of the new remedial construction starts
at non-Federal Facility Superfund, and emphasize fairness in the settlement process.
In 2003 Maximize all aspects of PKP participation which includes maintaining PRP work at 70% of the new remedial construction starts
at non-Federal Facility Superfund, and emphasize fairness in the settlement process.
In 2002 In F Y 2002 the percentage of remedial construction starts initiated by responsible parties exceeded the target by one percent.
Performance Measures; FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
PRPs conduct 70% of the work at new construction starts 71 70 70 Percent
Baseline: In FY 98 approximately 70% of new remedial work at NPL sites (excluding Federal facilities) was initiated by private parties,
Tribal Cleanup Assistance
In 2004 Increase Tribal cleanup capabilities and assist Tribes in addressing threats from releases.
In 2003 Increase Tribal cleanup capabilities and assist Tribes in addressing threats from releases.
hi 2002 41 leaking underground storage tanks were cleaned up. 8 Superfund site assessments conducted at sites of concern "to Tribes.
Tribes were actively involved in 28.6% of the sites that are of concern to Tribes.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of leaking underground storage tank cleanups in 41 45 45 cleanups
Indian Country.
Number of Tribes supported by Brownfields cooperative no target Tribes
agreements.
Percentage of Superfund sites that are of concern to Tribes 28.6 no target no target percent
where a Tribe is actively involved.
Baseline: By the end of FY 2002,573 leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed in Indian Country. Baselines for
Superfund and Brownfields activities are under development.
Assess and Cleanup Contaminated Land
In 2004 Assess waste sites.
In 2004 Clean up and reduce risk at waste sites.
In 2003 Assess waste sites.
In 2003 Clean up and reduce risk at waste sites.
In 2002 Human exposures to toxins were controlled at 172 RCRA facilities and toxic releases to groundwater were controlled at 171
RCRA facilities. 15.769 leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed, and 42 Superfund construction
completions were achieved.
In 2002 Superfund initiated 426 removal actions and recorded 587 site assessment decisions, and the Brownfields program assessed 983
properties.
Ą-53
-------
Performance Measures:
Number of leaking underground storage tank cleanups
completed.
Number of Superfund final site assessment decisions.
Number of Superfund removal response actions initiated.
Number of Superfund construction completions.
Number of Superfund hazardous waste sites with human
exposures controlled.
Number of Superfund hazardous waste sites with
groundwater migration controlled.
Number of Brownfields properties assessed.
Number of properties cleaned up using Brownfields funding.
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with human
exposures to toxins controlled.
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with toxic releases
to groundwater controlled.
FY2002
Actuals
15,769
587
426
42
983
205
171
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
22,500
475
275
40
10
10
1,000
257
172
FY2004
Request
21,000
475
350
40
10
10
1,000
no target
180
150
cleanups
assessments
removals
completions
sites
sites
assessments
properties
facilities
facilities
Baseline: By FY 2002, there have been 7,119 Superfund removal response actions initiated, 37,669 final Superfund site assessment
decisions, and 2,824 Brownfields properties assessed. (Brownfields assessment data reflects accomplishments up to the 3rd
quarter of FY 2002.) There is a baseline count of 1,199 Superfund sites with human exposures controlled and 772 Superfund
sites with groundwater migration controlled. FY 2002 actuals showed 1018 RCRA facilities with human exposures to toxins
controlled and 877 RCRA facilities with toxic releases to groundwater controlled; 284,602 leaking underground storage tank
cleanups. Baseline data for Brownfields cleanup loans and grants will be developed in FY 2003.
Revitalize Properties
In 2004 Create jobs through revitalization efforts.
In 2004 Leverage or generate funds through revitalization efforts.
In 2004 Make Brownfields property acres available for reuse or continued use.
In 2003 Create jobs through revitalization efforts.
In 2003 Leverage or generate $0.9 B through revitalization efforts.
In 2002 $0.7 billion of cleanup and redevelopment was leveraged
In 2002 2,091 jobs were generated from Brownfields activities.
Performance Measures:
Estimated number of Brownfield property acres available for
reuse or continued use.
Number of jobs generated from Brownfields activities.
Number of Brownfields job training participants trained.
Percentage of Brownfields job training trainees placed.
Amount of cleanup and redevelopment funds leveraged at
Brownfields sites.
FY2002
Actuals
2091
S0.7B
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
2,000
65
S0.9B
FY2004
Request
no target
5,000
200
70
Sl.OB
acres
jobs
participants
trainees placed
funds
Baseline: By the end of FY 2002, the Brownfields program had generated 19,646 jobs, provided job training to 913 individuals, placed an
average of 65% of job training participants, and leveraged a total of $6.7 billion. Data reported for FY 2002 reflect
accomplishments up to the 3rd quarter of FY 2002.
Homeland Security - Readiness & Response
In 2004 Enhance Homeland Security readiness and response.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Percentage of emergency response and homeland security 10% readiness
V-54
-------
Performance Measures:
readiness improvement.
FY 2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
Baseline:
Research
In accordance with the EPA strategic plan, a baseline will be established in FY 2003.
Scientifically Defensible Decisions for Site Clean
In 2004 Provide risk assessors and managers with site-specific data sets on three applications detailing the performance of conventional
remedies for contaminated sediments to help determine the most effective techniques for remediating contaminated sites and
protecting human health and the environment.
In 2003 To ensure cost-effective and technically sound site clean-up, deliver state-of-the-science reports and methods to EPA and other
stakeholders for risk management of fuel oxygenates; organic and inorganic contamination of sediments, ground water and/or
soils; and oil spills.
In 2002 EPA provided evaluation information on six innovative approaches that reduce human health and ecosystem exposure from
dense nonaqueous phase liquids (DNAPLs) and methyl tertiary butyl-ether (MTBE) in soils and groundwater, and from oil and
persistent organics in aquatic systems.
Performance Measures:
Complete draft of the FY 2002 Annual SITE Report to
Congress.
Reports on performance data for conventional sediment
remedies for three sites.
FY2002
Actuals
1 .
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
1
FY2004
Request
draft report
reports
Baseline: Much of the controversy over selecting remedies for contaminated sediment sites arises because the effects and effectiveness of
the remedies is not well documented. Congress identified this issue when it directed EPA to have the National Academy of
Science conduct a study of the "...availability, effectiveness, costs, and effects of technologies for the remediation of sediments
contaminated with polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), including dredging and disposal." The resulting National Research
Council (NRC) report included a major recommendation that "Long-term monitoring and evaluation of PCB-contaminated
sediment sites should be conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of the management approach and to ensure adequate,
continuous protection of humans and the environment." In FY 2004, EPA will complete data sets on implementing and
monitoring remedies in order to help reduce the uncertainty associated with remedy selection and to identify the methods that
efficiently chart remedy performance over time.
Homeland Security-Building Decontamination Research
In 2004 Provide to building owners, facility managers, and others, methods, guidance documents, and technologies to enhance safety in
large buildings and to mitigate adverse effects of the purposeful introduction of hazardous chemical or biological materials into
indoor air.
Performance Measures:
Prepare ETV evaluations on at least 5 new technologies for
detection, containment, or decontamination of
chemical/biological contaminants in buildings to help
workers select safe alternatives.
Through SBIR awards, support as least three new
technologies/methods to decontaminate HVAC systems in
smaller commercial buildings or decontaminate valuable or
irreplaceable materials.
Prepare technical guidance for building owners and facility
managers on methods/strategies to minimize damage to
buildings from intentional introduction of
biological/chemical contaminants.
FY 2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
5 verifications
techs/methods
9/30/04
guidance
Baseline: Anthrax contamination and the extensive clean-up efforts in postal facilities plus several other government and commercial
buildings emphasized the need for improved methods to enhance security against terrorist activities in buildings and provide
additional options for cleaning up buildings. EPA's two-year plan focuses on research, development, testing, and
communication of enhanced methods for detection and containment of biological and chemical warfare agents and toxic
industrial chemicals intentionally introduced into large buildings. This plan also addresses decontamination of building surfaces,
furnishings, and equipment, with safe disposal of residual materials. Every effort is being made to coordinate EPA's work with
other government agencies, to avoid redundancy and to maximize the utility of this work. With the FY 2004 building
V-55
-------
decontamination research, emergency responders, building owners/managers, and decontamination crews will have information,
including guidance documents and technology evaluations, needed to enhance safety in buildings and to mitigate adverse effects
of the purposeful introduction of hazardous chemicals or biological materials into indoor air.
Program Assessment Rating Tool
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the Leaking Underground Storage Tanks program was evaluated with the following
specific findings:
1. The program purpose, to clean up leaking underground storage tanks, is clearly defined
and is understood by states and other stakeholders,
2. The program is well managed, but would benefit from regular independent
evaluations and a systematic process to review strategic planning.
3. Strategic planning is particularly critical to this program since it has already
achieved its current long term goal and has no new long-term goal to challenge
program managers. EPA may finish the backlog of 140,000 cleanups within the next
decade. In the future, a smaller program may be suitable to address the lesser
number of new releases that occur every year.
4. The program appears to be successful, as evidenced by achieving the goals of its
authorizing legislation: cleanup of releases and upgrading tanks. However, the
program scores poorly on the results section since it has no outcome based
performance metrics that demonstrate an impact on people and the environment.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Continue to clean storage tank sites at a rapid pace.
2. Develop outcome measures that will test the link between the activities of the program
and the impact on human health and the environment.
Superfund Removal
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the Superfund Removal program was evaluated with the following specific findings:
1. The program's purpose, to perform emergency cleanup of hazardous materials, is very
clearly defined and understood by states and stakeholders.
2. The program would benefit from regular independent evaluations and a systematic
process to review strategic planning.
3. The program meets its targets for number of removals each year, an output
measure. However, the program scores poorly on the Results/Accountability section since
V-56
-------
it has no outcome based performance metrics that demonstrate the extent of the impact on
public health and the environment.
4. There are no efficiency measures and the development requires overcoming
significant data issues, namely, poor historic data quality in EPA's Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS)
database.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Propose funding at the 2003 President's Budget level.
2. Develop outcome oriented measures that test the linkage between program
activities and the impact on human health and the environment.
3. Improve data quality in the CERCLIS database.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
• Superfund Construction completions
• Number of Superfund removal response actions initiated
• Number of Superfund final site assessment decisions
• Number of Superfund hazardous waste sites with human exposures controlled
• Number of Superfund hazardous waste sites with groundwater migration controlled
• Number of Superfund site assessments conducted at sites that are of concern to
Tribes
• Number of Tribes supported by Superfund cooperative agreements
• Amount of Superfund funding provided for building Tribal capacity
• Percentage of Superfund sites that are of concern to Tribes where a tribe is actively
involved
Performance Database: The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability System (CERCLIS) is the database used by the Agency to track, store, and report
Superfund site information.
Data Source: Automated EPA system; headquarters and regional offices enter data into
CERCLIS on a rolling basis.
V-57
-------
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Each performance measure is a specific variable
within CERCLIS.
QA/QC Procedures: To ensure data accuracy and control, the following administrative controls
are in place: 1) Superfund/Oil Implementation Manual (SPIM), the program management
manual that details what data must be reported; 2) Report Specifications, which are published for
each report detailing how reported data are calculated; 3) Coding Guide, which contains
technical instructions to such data users as regional Information Management Coordinators
(IMCs), program personnel, report owners, and data input personnel; 4) Quality Assurance (QA)
Unit Testing, an extensive QA check against report specifications; 5) Regional CERCLIS Data
Entry Internal Control Plan, which includes: (a) regional policies and procedures for entering
data into CERCLIS; (b) a review process to ensure that all Superfund accomplishments are
supported by source documentation; (c) delegation of authorities for approval of data input into
CERCLIS; and (d) procedures to ensure that reported accomplishments meet accomplishment
definitions; and (6) a historical lockout feature that has been added to CERCLIS so that changes
in past fiscal year data can be changed only by approved and designated personnel and are
logged to a change-log report.
Data Quality Reviews: Two audits, one by the Office Inspector General (OIG) and the other by
Government Accounting Office (GAO), were done to assess the validity of the data in
CERCLIS. The OIG audit report, Superfund Construction Completion Reporting (No.
E1SGF7_05_0102_ 8100030), dated December 30, 1997, was prepared to verify the accuracy of
the information that the Agency was providing to Congress and the public. The OIG report
concluded that the Agency "has good management controls to ensure accuracy of the
information that is reported," and "Congress and the public can rely upon the information EPA
provides regarding construction completions." Further information on this report are available at
http://www.epa.gov/otgearth/eroom.htm. The GAO's report, Superfund Information on the
Status of Sites (GAO/RECD-98-241), dated August 28, 1998, was prepared to verify the
accuracy of the information in CERCLIS on sites' cleanup progress. The report estimates that
the cleanup status of National Priority List sites reported by CERCLIS as of September 30,1997,
is accurate for 95% of the sites. Additional information on the Status of Sites may be obtained
by visiting http://www. gao. gov. A third OIG audit, Information Technology - Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) Data
Quality (Report No. 2002-P-00016), dated September 30, 2002, evaluated the accuracy,
completeness, timeliness, and consistency of the data entered into CERCLIS. The weaknesses
identified were caused by the lack of an effective quality assurance process and adequate internal
controls for CERCLIS data quality. The report provided 11 recommendations to improve
controls for CERCLIS data quality. OSWER concurs with the recommendations contained in
the audit. Due to the extended period of time since the inception of this audit, many of the
identified problems have been corrected or actions that would address these recommendations
are underway. Additional information about this report is available at
http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/eroom,htm.
The IG reviews annually the end-of-year Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) data, in an informal process, to verify the data
supporting the performance measures. Typically, there are no published results.
V-58
-------
The Quality Management Plan (QMP) for the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response
(OSWER) is currently under review by the Office of Environmental Information.
Data Limitations: Weakness were identified in the OIG audit, Information Technology -
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System
(CERCLIS) Data Quality (Report No. 2002-P-00016), dated September 30, 2002. The
weaknesses identified were caused by the lack of an effective quality assurance process and
adequate internal controls over CERCLIS data quality. The report provided 11
recommendations with which OSWER concurs. Many of the identified problems have been
corrected or actions that would address these recommendations are underway, e.g., 1) FY 02/03
SPEVI Chapter 2 update; 2) draft guidance from OCA subgroup and 3) Pre-CERCLIS Screening:
A Data Entry Guide. The development and implementation of a quality assurance process for
CERCLIS data is planned to begin February 2003 which will clearly delineate quality assurance
responsibilities and periodically select random samples of CERCLIS data elements and verify
the data to source documents hi site files.
Error Estimate: The GAO's report, "Superfund Information on the Status of Sites"
(GAO/RECD-98-241), dated August 28, 1998, estimates that the cleanup status of National
Priority List sites reported by CERCLIS is accurate for 95% of the sites.
New/Improved Data or Systems: In 2004, the Agency will continue its efforts begun in 1999 to
improve the Superfund program's technical information by incorporating more site remedy
selection, risk, removal response, and community involvement information into CERCLIS.
Efforts to share information among the Federal, state, and Tribal programs to further enhance the
Agency's efforts to efficiently identify, evaluate and remediate Superfund hazardous waste sites
will continue. In 2005 the Agency will also establish data quality objectives for program
planning purposes and to ascertain the organization's information needs for the next 5 years.
Adjustments will be made to EPA's current architecture and business processes to better meet
those needs. A CERCLIS modernization effort is currently underway to enhance CERCLIS with
a focus on data collection and data analysis and how to best satisfy the current needs of the
Superfund program. The Superfund eFacts system is a vital part of the CERCLIS modernization
efforts. The Superfund eFacts system is an e-Government solution design to give EPA
management and staff quick and easy access to important milestones relating to various aspects
of the Superfund program.
References: References include OIG audit reports, Superfund Construction Completion
Reporting, (No. E1SGF7_05_0102_ 8100030) and Information Technology - Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) Data
Quality, (No. 2002-P-00016), http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/eroom.htm: and the GAO report,
Superfund Information on the Status of Sites (GAO/RECD-98-241), http://www.gao.gov. Other
references include the Superfund/Oil Implementation Manuals for the fiscal years 1987 to the
current manual and the Annual Performance Report to Congress.
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
* Number of Brownfields properties assessed
V-59
-------
« Number of jobs generated from Brownfields activities
• Number of Brownfields job training participants trained
• Percentage of Brownfields job training trainees placed
• Amount of cleanup and redevelopment funds leveraged at Brownfields sites
Performance Database: The Brownfields Management System (BMS) contains the
performance information identified in the above measures.
Key fields related to performance measures include:
• AP 5 - Number of Properties with Assessment Completed with Pilot Funding
• AP 11 - Number of Cleanup/Construction Jobs Leveraged
• AP 12 - Number of Cleanup Dollars Leveraged
• AP 13 - Number of Redevelopment Jobs Leveraged
• AP 14 - Number of Redevelopment/Construction Dollars Leveraged
• JT 2 - Number of Participants Completing Training
• JT 3 - Number of Participants Obtaining Employment
Data Source: Data are extracted from quarterly reports prepared by Cooperative Agreement
Award Recipients
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability:
• Methods: Cooperative Agreement Award Recipients submit reports quarterly on project
progress. Data relevant to the performance measures are extracted from quarterly reports
by EPA contractor. Data are forwarded to Regional Pilot managers for review.
Following Regional review, data are finalized.
• Assumptions: "Number of jobs generated from Brownfields activities" is the aggregate of
the "Number of redevelopment jobs leveraged" and the "Number of cleanup/construction
jobs leveraged." "Amount of cleanup and redevelopment funds leveraged at Brownfields
sites" is the aggregate of "Number of Cleanup Dollars Leveraged" and the "Number of
Redevelopment/Construction Dollars Leveraged." "Percentage of Brownfields job
training trainees placed" is based on the "Number of Participants Completing Training"
and the "Number of Participants Obtaining Employment."
V-60
-------
QA/QC Procedures: Data reported by cooperative award agreement recipients are reviewed by
Regional Pilot managers for accuracy and to ensure appropriate interpretation of key measure
definitions. Reports are produced monthly with detailed trends analysis.
Data Quality Reviews: None.
Data Limitations: All data provided voluntarily.
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: The Brownfields Management System (BMS) is being
migrated from a FoxPro to an oracle database.
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
* High priority RCRA facilities with human exposures to toxins controlled
• High priority RCRA facilities with toxic releases to groundwater controlled
Performance Database: The Resource Conservation Recovery Act Information System
(RCRAInfo) is the national database which supports EPA's RCRA program.
Data Source: Data is entered by the States. A "yes" or "no" entry is made hi the database with
respect to meeting corrective action indicators. Supporting documentation and reference
materials are maintained in regional and state files. EPA regions and authorized states enter data
on a rolling basis.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: RCRAInfo has several different modules, including a
Corrective Action Module that tracks the status of facilities that require, or may require,
corrective actions. RCRAInfo contains information on entities (generically referred to as
"handlers") engaged hi hazardous waste (HW) generation and management activities regulated
under the portion of RCRA that provides for regulation of hazardous waste. Human exposures
controlled and toxic releases to groundwater controlled are used to summarize and report on the
facility-wide environmental conditions at the RCRA Corrective Action Program's highest
priority facilities. The environmental indicators are used to track the RCRA program's progress
in getting highest priority contaminated sites under control. Known and suspected sitewide
conditions are evaluated using a series of simple questions and flow-chart logic to arrive at a
reasonable, defensible determination. These questions were issued as a memorandum titled:
Interim Final Guidance for RCRA Corrective Action Environmental Indicators, Office of Solid
Waste, February 5, 1999. Lead regulators for the site (authorized state or EPA) make the
environmental indicator determination; however, facilities or their consultants may assist EPA in
the evaluation by providing information on the current environmental conditions.
QA/QC Procedures: States and Regions generate the data and manage data quality related to
timeliness and accuracy (i.e., the environmental conditions and determinations are correctly
V-61
-------
reflected by the data). Within RCRAInfo, the application software enforces structural controls
that ensure that high-priority national components of the data are properly entered. RCRAInfo
documentation, which is available to all users on-line, provides guidance to facilitate the
generation and interpretation of data. Training on use of RCRAInfo is provided on a regular
basis, usually annually, depending on the nature of systems changes and user needs.
Note: Access to RCRAInfo is open only to EPA Headquarters, Regional, and authorized State
personnel. It is not available to the general public because the system contains enforcement
sensitive data. The general public is referred to EPA's Envirofacts Data Warehouse to obtain
filtered information on RCRA-regulated hazardous waste sites:
oaspub.epa.gov/enviro/ef_home2.waste
Data Quality Review: GAO's 1995 Report on EPAs Hazardous Waste Information System
(http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/) reviewed whether national RCRA information systems support
EPA and the states in managing their hazardous waste programs.
Data Limitations: No data limitations have been identified. As discussed above, environmental
indicator determinations are made by the authorized states and EPA regions based on a series of
standard questions and entered directly into RCRAInfo. EPA has provided guidance and training
to states and regions to help ensure consistency in those determinations. High priority facilities
are monitored on a facility-by-facility basis and the QA/QC procedures identified above are in
place to help ensure data validity.
Error Estimate: N/A. Currently, the Office of Solid Waste does not collect data on estimated
error rates. •
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA has successfully implemented new tools for managing
environmental information to support Federal and state programs, replacing the old data systems
(the Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System and the Biennial Reporting
System) with RCRAInfo. RCRAInfo allows for tracking of information on the regulated
universe of RCRA hazardous waste handlers, such as facility status, regulated activities, and
compliance history. The system also captures detailed data on the generation of hazardous waste
from large quantity generators and on waste management practices by treatment, storage, and
disposal facilities. RCRAInfo is web-accessible, providing a convenient user interface for
Federal, state and local managers, encouraging development of in-house expertise for controlled
cost, and using commercial off-the-shelf software to develop reports from database tables.
References: GAO's 1995 Report on EPA's Hazardous Waste Information System reviewed
whether national RCRA information systems support EPA and the states in managing their
hazardous waste programs. Recommendations coincide with ongoing internal efforts
(WIN/uiformed) to improve the definitions of data collected, ensure that data collected provide
critical information and minimize the burden on states. This historical document is available on
the Government Printing Office Website (http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/)
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
• Number of leaking underground storage tank cleanups completed
V-62
-------
• Number of leaking underground storage tank cleanups in Indian Country
Performance Database: The Office of Underground Storage Tanks (OUST) does not maintain a
national database. There is a new performance measure (estimated number of leaking
underground storage tank site acres available for reuse or continued use). In FY 2004, OUST
will begin to implement this new measure.
Data Source: Designated State agencies submit semiannual progress reports to the EPA regional
offices. The new measure will require modification to the existing database systems to track the
new measure rather than create a new database.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: EPAJBs regional offices verify and then forward the data to headquarters.
Headquarters^ staff examine the data and resolve any discrepancies with the regional offices.
The data are displayed on a region-by-region basis, which allow regional staff to verify their
data.
Data Quality Review: None.
Data Limitations: Data quality is dependent on the accuracy and completeness of state records.
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: None.
References: FY 2002 End-of-Year Activity Report, December 22, 2002 (updated semi-
annually).
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Tribes evaluated for RCRA Subtitle C management needs
Performance Database: There is no database for this measure.
Data Source: Various formats reported to headquarters from EPA Regional offices.
Methods, Assumptions and Sustainability: A variety of data collection methods are used for
tracking this measure. Some EPA Regions visit Tribal lands and map RCRA facility locations
with global positioning satellite tools while other Regions conduct "desk top" evaluations based
on information reported to them by Tribal governments within their Region. Headquarters
assumes that EPA Regional programs are reporting accurate information.
QA/QC Procedures: Data will be reviewed by Tribal governments reported to have hazardous
waste management needs.
Data Quality Review: Data will be reviewed by Tribal governments reported to have hazardous
waste management needs.
V-63
-------
Data Limitations: "Desk top" evaluations may miss hazardous waste management needs for
Tribes that have not reported their concerns to EPA Regional offices. Each EPA Region office
may employ different definitions for what constitutes a "hazardous waste management need."
Error Estimate: N/A.
New/Improved Data or Systems: Concurrent with this performance measure, the Agency will
continue its efforts to clarify what types of hazardous waste management needs exist throughout
Indian Country, including an identification of where EPA has direct implementation
requirements for the regulation of RCRA facilities. Ultimately, information gathered from this
effort may help improve the RCRAInfb database system,
References: oaspub.epa.gov/enviro/ef_home2.waste; refer to EPA's Envirofacts database for
information on RCRA-regulated hazardous waste sites on Tribal lands.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Purchase and Deploy State-of-the-Art Monitoring Units
Performance Database: Output measure. Data from the National Radiation Monitoring
System will be stored in an internal EPA database operated by the National Air and Radiation
Environmental Laboratory (NAREL) in Montgomery, Alabama. EPA monitors for radiation to
provide data for nuclear emergency response assessments; to provide data on ambient levels of
radiation in the environment for baseline and trend analysis; and to inform the general public and
public officials.
Data Source: National Radiation Monitoring System. Monitoring units will be located in the 60
largest population centers in the United States. Criteria for locating monitoring units, other than
based on population, will include whether an area is at high risk for a nuclear emergency or if it
is near to another population center (e.g., Dallas and Fort Worth).
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: N/A
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Performance Data or Systems: N/A
References: Information about the continuous monitoring system, ERAMS, is available on the
Internet: http:/7w\'v\v.epa.gov/narel/erams/aboutus.html#niission
FY 2004 Performance Measure (PM): Refer to DOJ, settle, or writeoff 100% of Statute of
Limitations (SOLs) cases for Superfund sites with total unaddressed past costs equal to or
greater than $200,000 and report value of costs recovered.
V-64
-------
Performance Database: Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability
Information System (CERCLIS)
Data Source: Automated EPA system; headquarters and EPA's regional offices enter data into
CERCLIS
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: The data used to support this measure are collected
on a fiscal year basis only. Enforcement reports are run at the end of the fiscal year, and the data
that supports this measure are extracted from the report.
QA/QC Procedures: Office of Site Remediation Enforcement (OSRE) Quality Management
Plan, approved April 11, 2001. To ensure data accuracy and control, the following
administrative controls are in place: 1) Superfund/Oil Implementation Manual (SPIM), a
program management manual that details what data must be reported; 2) Report specifications,
which are published for each report detailing how reported data are calculated; 3) Coding Guide,
which contains technical instructions to such data users as regional Information Management
Coordinators (IMCs), program personnel, report owners, and data input personnel; 4) Quality
Assurance (QA) Unit Testing, an extensive QA check against report specifications; 5) QA Third
Party Testing, an extensive test made by an independent QA tester to ensure that the report
produces data in conformance with the report specifications; 6) Regional CERCLIS Data Entry
Internal Control Plan, which includes: a) regional policies and procedures for entering data into
CERCLIS, b) a review process to ensure that all Superfund accomplishments are supported by
source documentation, c) delegation of authorities for approval of data input into CERCLIS, and,
d) procedures to ensure that reported accomplishments meet accomplishment definitions; and 7)
a historical lockout feature that has been added to CERCLIS so that changes in past fiscal year
data can be changed only by approved and designated personnel and are logged to a change-log
report.
Data Quality Review: The IG annually reviews the end-of-year CERCLA data, in an informal
process, to verify the data supporting the performance measure. Typically, there are no
published results.
Data Limitations: None
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: None
References: Office of Site Remediation Enforcement (OSRE) Quality Management Plan,
approved April 11,2001
FY 2004 Congressional Performance Measure (PM): PRPs conduct 70 percent of the work
at new construction starts.
Performance Database: Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability
Information System (CERCLIS).
V-65
-------
Data Source: Automated EPA system; headquarters and regional offices enter data into
CERCLIS
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: There are no analytical or statistical methods used to
collect the information. The data used to support this measure is collected on a fiscal year basis
only. Enforcement reports are run at the end of the fiscal year, and the data that supports this
measure is extracted from the report.
QA/QC Procedures: Office of Site Remediation Enforcement (OSRE) Quality Management
Plan, approved April 11, 2001. To ensure data accuracy and control, the following
administrative controls are in place: 1) Superfund/Oil Implementation Manual (SPIM), a
program management manual that details what data must be reported; 2) Report Specifications,
which are published for each report detailing how reported data are calculated; 3) Coding Guide,
which contains technical instructions to such data users as regional Information Management
Coordinators (IMCs), program personnel, report owners, and data input personnel; 4) Quality
Assurance (QA) Unit Testing, an extensive QA check against report specifications; 5) QA Third
Party Testing, an extensive test made by an independent QA tester to ensure that the report
produces data in conformance with the report specifications; 6) Regional CERCLIS Data Entry
Internal Control Plan, which includes: a) regional policies and procedures for entering data into
CERCLIS, b) a review process to ensure that all Supertund accomplishments are supported by
source documentation, c) delegation of authorities for approval of data input into CERCLIS, and,
d) procedures to ensure that reported accomplishments meet accomplishment definitions; and 7)
a historical lockout feature that has been added to CERCLIS so that changes in past fiscal year
data can be changed only by approved and designated personnel and are logged to a change-log
report.
Data Quality Review: The IG annually reviews the end-of-year CERCLA data, in an informal
process, to verify the data supporting the performance measure. Typically, there are no
published results.
Data Limitations: None
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: None
References: Office of Site Remediation Enforcement (OSRE) Quality Management Plan,
approved April 11, 2001.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Reports on performance data for conventional sediment
remedies for three sites.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
V-66
-------
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Reports
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Prepare Environmental Technology Verification (ETV)
evaluations on at least 5 new technologies for detection, containment, or decontamination
of chemical/biological contaminants in buildings to help workers select safe alternatives.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures:
Verifications consist of the following steps:
1. based on generic verification protocols if available, the specific test/QA plan for each
product is developed and agreed to by EPA, the testing partner, and the vendors;
2. the product is tested using the procedures outlined in the test/QA plan;
3. audits of the test event are conducted by EPA and the partners, and rigorous QA
evaluations of the resulting test data are performed;
4. after testing and analysis, the partner drafts the verification statements and reports which
are reviewed by EPA, the participating vendors, and peer reviewers; and
5. after addressing review comments and receiving approval from EPA management, EPA
and the partner sign the verification statements.
Data Quality Reviews: Verifications
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
V-67
-------
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Through SBIR awards, support at least three new
technologies/methods to decontaminate HVAC systems in smaller commercial buildings or
decontaminate valuable or irreplaceable materials.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: SBIR awards
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Prepare technical guidance for building owners and
facility managers on methods/strategies to minimize damage to buildings from intentional
introduction of biological/chemical contaminants.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Guidance
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
V-68
-------
Coordination with Other Agencies
LUST
EPA, with very few exceptions, does not perform the cleanup of leaking underground
storage tanks (LUST). States and territories use the LUST Trust Fund to administer their
corrective action programs, oversee cleanups by responsible parties, undertake necessary
enforcement actions, and pay for cleanups hi cases where a responsible party cannot be found or
is unwilling or unable to pay for a cleanup. Most states have cleanup funds that cover the
majority of owners and operators' cleanup costs. These state funds are separate from the LUST
Trust Fund.
State LUST programs are key to achieving the objectives and long-term strategic goals.
Except in Indian Country, EPA relies on state agencies to implement the LUST program,
including overseeing cleanups by responsible parties and responding to emergency LUST
releases. LUST cooperative agreements awarded by EPA are directly given to the states to assist
them hi implementing their oversight and programmatic role.
Superfund
The Superfund program coordinates with many other Federal and state agencies in
accomplishing its mission. Executive Order 12580 delegates certain authorities for
implementing Superfund to other Federal agencies. Many of these agencies perform, hi close
consultation and coordination with EPA, essential services in areas where the Agency does not
possess the specialized expertise. Currently, EPA has active interagency agreements with the
Department of Interior (DOI), the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), and the United States Coast Guard (USCG).
These agencies provide numerous Superfund related services such as supporting the
national response system by providing emergency preparedness expertise and administrative
support to the national response team and the regional response teams; conducting compliance
assistance visits to review site safety and health plans and developing guidelines for assessing
safety and health at hazardous waste sites; conducting outreach to states, Indian Tribes and
Federal natural resource trustee officials regarding natural resource damage assessments;
providing scientific support for response operations in EPA's regional offices; assisting hi the
coordination among Federal and state natural resource trustee agencies; supporting the
Superfund program in the management and coordination of training programs for local officials
through the Emergency Management Institute and the National Fire Academy; and responding to
actual or potential releases of hazardous substances involving the coastal zones, including the
Great Lakes and designated inland river ports; and litigating and settling cleanup agreements and
cost recovery cases. In addition, the Agency coordinates with the United States Army Corp of
Engineers (USAGE), states, and Tribes in the identification and cleanup of approximately 9,100
FUDs nationwide. Expectations are that the Agency will play an even greater role at these sites
hi the future.
V-69
-------
USAGE and the Bureau of Reclamation contribute to the cleanup of Superfund sites by
providing technical support for the design and construction of many remediation projects through
site-specific interagency agreements. These Federal partners have the technical design and
construction expertise and contracting capability needed to assist EPA regions in implementing
most of Superfund's high-cost Fund-financed remedial action projects. These two agencies also
provide technical on-site support to regions in the enforcement oversight of numerous
construction projects performed by PRPs.
The Superfund response and Federal Facilities enforcement programs work closely with
other Federal agencies (e.g., DOD, DOE, DOI, etc.) to clean up their facilities under the
Superfund program. EPA also works with states and Indian Tribes as key partners in the cleanup
decision-making process at Superfund Federal sites.
The Agency also works hi partnership with state and Tribal governments to strengthen
their hazardous waste programs and improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the nation's
overall hazardous waste response capability. EPA assists the states in developing their CERCLA
implementation programs through infrastructure support, financial and technical assistance, and
training. Partnerships with states increase the number of site cleanups, improve the timeliness of
responses, and make land available for economic redevelopment sooner, while allowing for more
direct local involvement in the cleanup process.
EPA partners with other Federal agencies, state and local governments, and private
Industry to fulfill Superfund program priorities when a site is radioactively contaminated. Under
CERCLA, radioactively contaminated sites are addressed hi a manner consistent with how
chemically contaminated sites are addressed, accounting for the technical differences. The
Radiation program provides radiological scientific and technical expertise and leadership in
evaluating projects and providing field and laboratory support.
Brownfields
In November 2002, EPA Administrator Christine Todd Whitman announced the
Brownfields Federal Partnership Action Agenda. This involves 23 Federal agencies contributing
resources and technical assistance to Brownfields redevelopment. Federal resources include:
redevelopment funds from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the
Economic Development Agency; planning funds from the Economic Development Agency and
job training efforts from the Department of Labor and the National Institute of Environmental
Health Sciences.
EPA and these other Federal agencies will continue to provide active support for
Brownfields activities across the country in FY 2004. To augment the success of the
Brownfields Federal Partnership and its efforts to clean up and redevelop Brownfields properties,
the Agency and its Federal partners continue to revise and enter into new Memoranda-of-
Understanding.
The Brownfields program also relies on partnership building with local government,
state, and non-government groups to leverage Federal funding with private sector funding. As
part of the Brownfields initiative, EPA will continue to provide outreach, curriculum
V-70
-------
development, job training, and technical assistance to community residents through cooperative
agreements to community-based organizations, community colleges, universities, and private
sector non-profit groups. The Agency also works with cities, states, Federally recognized Indian
tribes, community representatives, and other stakeholders to implement the many commitments.
Successful Brownfields redevelopment is proof that economic development and environmental
protection go hand in hand.
RCRA
The Agency maintains a close relationship with the state agencies that are authorized to
implement the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) corrective action program.
EPA expects states to achieve the same level of Federal standards as the Agency, including
annual performance goals of human exposures and groundwater releases controlled. As part of
the state grant process, Regional offices negotiate with the states their progress set in meeting the
corrective action environmental indicator goals.
Encouraging states to become authorized for the RCRA Corrective Action program
remains a priority. Currently, thirty-nine states and territories have the authority to implement
the program. EPA expects several additional states to gain authorization in the next one to two
years. EPA also encourages states to use alternate (non-RCRA) authorities to accomplish the
goals of the corrective action program. These include state Superfund and voluntary programs.
The RCRA Corrective Action program also coordinates closely with other Federal
agencies, primarily the Department of Defense and Energy, which have many sites in the
corrective action universe. Encouraging Federal facilities to meet environmental indicators
remains a top priority.
Research
EPA expends substantial effort coordinating with other agencies to conduct risk
management and assessment research. These activities include work with the Department of
Defense (DOD) in its Strategic Environmental Research and Development Program and the
Environmental Security Technology Certification Program, the Department of Energy (DOE),
and the Office of Health and Environmental Research. EPA also conducts collaborative field
demonstrations (e.g., through the SITE program) and laboratory research with DOD, DOE, the
Department of Interior (particularly the U.S. Geological Survey - USGS), and the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) to improve characterization and risk
management options for dealing with subsurface contamination. Collaborations with external
organizations provide the Agency with more opportunity to understand and address a variety of
complex waste/site characterization and remediation problems and, consequently, improve the
Agency's ability to meet its objective of quicker and more cost-effective site cleanups. A
collaborative DNAPL remediation alternatives demonstration among EPA, DOE, and NASA,
begun in 1995, led to formation of the Federal DNAPL Technology Initiative.
Other research efforts involving coordination include the unique controlled-spill field
research facility that was designed in cooperation with the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation.
Geophysical research experiments and development of software for subsurface characterization
V-71
-------
and detection of contaminants are being conducted with the USGS and DOE's Lawrence
Berkeley National Laboratory. These experiments include the use of a controlled spill unit in
which solvents can be spilled and their subsequent movement is monitored using experimental
ground penetrating radar, borehole dielectric techniques, complex resistivity, seismic techniques,
and electromagnetic techniques.
The USGS also has a number of programs, such as the Toxic Substances Hydrology
Program, that support studies related to contamination of surface water and groundwater by
hazardous materials. Groundwater modeling and remediation of MTBE is being conducted in
collaboration with a number of states, including New York, Oklahoma, and California. Also,
Remediation Technology Development Forum (RTDF) teams on such topics as bioremediation,
metal treatment, and contaminated sediments have been formed to conduct collaborative research
programs addressing priority technical issues.
The Agency is also working with the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences
(NIEHS) to advance fundamental Superfund research. NIEHS manages a large basic research
program focusing on Superfund issues. Also, the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease
Registry (ATSDR) was established to provide critical health-based information to assist EPA in
making effective cleanup decisions. EPA works with these agencies on collaborative projects,
information exchange, and identification of research issues.
The Interstate Regulatory Cooperative (ITRC) has proven a good forum for coordinating
Federal and state activities and for defining continuing research needs through its teams on topics
including contaminated sediments, permeable reactive barriers, radionuclides, and brownfields.
Statutory Authorities
Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 to
the Resource Conversation and Recovery Act of 1976
The Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfields Revitalization and Environmental
Restoration Act (Public Law 107-118) authorized the cleanup of petroleum sites.
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) as
amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986,42 U.S.C. 9601-9657
Defense Base Closure and Realignment Act of 1990, and the Defense Authorization
Amendments and Base Realignment and Closure Act (BRAC) of 1990, Section 2905(a)(l)(E)
(10 U.S.C. 2687 Note).
Pollution Prevention Act (PPA) (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)
Oil Pollution Act 33 U.S.C.A.
Community Environmental Response Facilitation Act (CERFA)
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
V-72
-------
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq. (1970), and Reorganization
Plan #3 of 1970
Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Land Withdrawal Act of 1978
Public Health Service Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.
Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 5121
et seq.
Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. 300F et seq. (1974)
Executive Order 12241 of September 1980, National Contingency Plan, 3 CFR, 1980
Executive Order 12656 of November 1988, Assignment of Emergency Preparedness
Responsibilities, 3 CFR, 1988
Research
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liabilities Act (CERCLA)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
Oil Pollution Act (OPA)
Brownfields Revitalization and Environmental Restoration Act
V-73
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Better Waste Management. Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and Emergency
Response
Objective: Regulate Facilities to Prevent Releases
By 2005. EPA and its Federal, state. Tribal, and local partners will ensure that more than
277.000 facilities are managed according 10 the practices that prevent releases to the
environment.
Resource Sum man
(Dollars in Thousands)
Regulate Facilities to Prevent
Releases
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superiund
Oil Spill Response-
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance
Grant.1-
1 otal Workvean-
FY 2002
Actuals
$164.641.2
$100,715.9
$251.7
$13.292.0
$] 1.021.0
$39.360.6
754.9
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$367,263.2
$103.863.6
$226.3
$34.366.0
$9.548.7
$39.456.6
800.4
FY 2004
Request
$368,479.9
$103,387.8
$232.5
$14.789.4
$10.782.0
$39.488.2
791.6
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$1.218.7.
($675.8)
$6.2
$623,4
$3.233.3
$33.6
-8.8
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Civil Enforcement
Community Right to Know (Title
111)
Compliance Assistance and
Center.1-
FY 2002
Enacted
$1.512.0
$4.968.4
$264,8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$1.538.6
$4.953.1
$271. 4
FY 2004
Request
$1.588.2
$5.018.3
$279.9
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$49.6
$65.2
.$8,5
-------
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Hazardous Waste Research
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Oil Spills Preparedness,
Prevention and Response
Planning and Resource
Management
RCRA Improved Waste
Management
RCRA State Grants
Radiation
Regional Management
Risk Management Plans
UST State Grants
Underground Storage Tanks
(UST)
FY 2002
Enacted
$2,100.0
$9,712.1
$9,088.3
$7.0
$2,451.1
$2,135.7
$11,795.4
$0.0
' $61,174.6
$27,538.2
$7,000.5
$177.8
$7,202.9
$11,918.4
$6,795.7
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$10,182.4
$9,548.7
$0.0
$2,633.3
$2,316.8
$12,332.2
$0.0
$61,860.0
$27,538.2
$7,519.3
$176.4
$7,446.0
$11,918.4
$7,026.4
FY 2004
Request
$0.0
$10,066.3
$10,782.0
$0.0
$2,728.1
$1,573.8
$12,897.5
$449.1
$61,050.3
$27,538.2
$7,407.9
$507.2
$7,489.9
$11,950.0
$7,153.2
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$0.0
($116.1)
$1,233.3
$0.0
$94.8
($743.0)
$565.3
$449.1
($809.7)
$0.0
($111.4)
$330.8
$43.9
$31.6
$126.8
FY 2004 Request
Underground Storage Tank Program
FY 2004 marks the 20th anniversary of the enactment of RCRA Subtitle I,
acknowledging the problem of leaking underground storage tanks and the beginning of the
Federal underground storage tank (UST) program. In FY 2004, the Agency's goal for the UST
program is to protect our nation's groundwater by continuing to work in partnership with states
to promote compliance with regulatory requirements to prevent, detect, and address releases
from Federally-regulated USTs containing petroleum and hazardous substances. While the vast
majority of the approximately 698,000 active tanks have the proper equipment, significant work
remains to ensure UST owners and operators properly maintain and operate these USTs. The
Agency's primary role is working with states to promote compliance with leak detection, spill,
overfill, and corrosion protection requirements and ensuring that compliance with these
V-75
-------
requirements are emphasized as a national priority. The Agency's role extends to all Federally
regulated UST systems, including those on private and public property, Tribal lands, and Federal
facilities.
Continuing to improve owners' and operators' compliance with the UST regulations is
one of the Agency's national initiatives. The Agency will build upon its work with states to
achieve improved compliance, to decrease the number of confirmed releases reported annually
by states, and to revise the definition of significant operational compliance in order to produce
more accurate and nationally consistent data regarding compliance with UST requirements. It is
expected that all states will have full-scale implementation of the revised definition in FY 2004.
Additionally, EPA is consolidating the two existing significant operational compliance measures
into one measure which will further impact the projected baseline and targets. The consolidation
of the two measures into one overall measure will provide a better picture of compliance. As a
result, an appropriate baseline and target for the significant operational compliance measure will
not be available until FY 2005. In the interim, by the end of FY 2003, preliminary results from a
pilot initiated in FY 2002 to evaluate the revised definition and consolidated measures are
expected. The Agency will work with states to obtain commitments to increase their inspection
and enforcement presence if state-specific targets are not met. The Agency and the states will
use innovative outreach and education tools such as multi-site agreements with Federal, state,
municipal, Tribal, or private UST owners to bring more tanks into compliance. An example of a
multi-site agreement is when a single tank owner with multiple sites agrees to bring all sites into
compliance and keep them in compliance. The Agency will also provide technical assistance
tools, unproved guidance and training to UST owners, operators and inspectors to foster
improved operational compliance with the requirements and to decrease the number of
confirmed releases reported annually by states.
In FY 2004, the Agency will update available information about the performance of new
or upgraded UST systems to determine how well existing systems are preventing and detecting
releases, analyze leak autopsy data to quantify the frequency of releases by source and cause,
foster long-term efforts to further analyze the performance of UST systems, and identify any
needed options for improving performance. While the Federal and state UST requirements have
led to substantially improved UST systems and fewer new releases, some releases from newer
tanks continue to occur, as reported by the states. The Agency will continue to partner with
states such as Florida and South Carolina and vendors of third party UST monitoring systems to
determine the most common sources (e.g., UST system dispensers) and causes of releases from
new and upgraded UST systems, as well as evaluate the performance of leak detection.
Comparisons between UST components (e.g., steel vs. fiberglass tanks) and between single-
walled and double-walled systems will be evaluated. Based on a 1998 EPA Report to Congress,
A National Water Quality Inventory, releases from USTs are the leading cause of groundwater
contamination in the country. The presence of methyl-tertiary-butyl-ether (MTBE) in gasoline
increases the importance of preventing and rapidly detecting releases because MTBE cleanup
can cost 100 percent more than cleanups involving other gasoline contaminants.
In FY 2004, the Agency will focus its efforts on further evaluating those components or
procedures which pose the greatest continued threat to human health and the environment
through UST releases or delayed detection of petroleum products, including MTBE. The
Agency will also begin work to resolve the remaining problems, such as contamination through
V-76
-------
MTBE releases, through outreach and education, training and guidance, or pursuing regulatory
improvements. This work will involve substantial coordination with our state and industry
partners, and will likely involve initiating and coordinating various research efforts.
EPA has the primary responsibility for implementation of the UST program in Indian
Country. This responsibility requires EPA Regional offices to educate owners and operators
about the UST requirements, conduct inspection and enforcement activities, and maintain a
database of information on USTs located in Indian Country.
Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention
The Agency's chemical emergency preparedness and prevention program seeks to
decrease the risks associated with the manufacture, transportation, storage and use of hazardous
chemicals. The program is primarily responsible for implementing the Risk Management
Program authorities of the Clean Air Act, and the emergency preparedness authorities of the
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA). The program also
implements right-to-know initiatives stemming from EPCRA, to inform the public about
chemical hazards and supports actions at the local level to reduce risk. The cornerstone of the
program is a belief that the operators of facilities who have hazardous chemicals are primarily
responsible for the safe handling of those chemicals. In addition, since the risks posed by these
facilities are local issues, state and local governments (as well as the community) play a critical
role hi risk reduction.
All Americans benefit from an effective chemical safety program because hazardous
chemical substances are virtually everywhere and chemical accidents are an ever-present danger.
EPA estimates that nationwide over 500,000 facilities have significant quantities of hazardous
chemicals (subject to EPCRA requirements). The facilities subject to the RMP reported over
1,900 chemical release accidents of significance over the past five-year period involving deaths,
injuries, significant property/environmental damage and/or evacuations/shelter-in-place.
Assisting Facilities with Their Responsibilities
Section 112(r) of the Clean Air Act requires approximately 15,000 facilities to develop
comprehensive risk management plans (RMPs) and submit them to EPA, State agencies, and
local emergency planning committees (LEPCs). Through this program, Federal, State, and local
agencies and the general public have access to large amounts of information on the presence of
chemicals hi every community and the potential hazards those chemicals present.
Each RMP identifies and assesses the hazards posed by on-site chemicals. It also
provides a five-year facility accident history and outlines an accident prevention program and an
emergency response plan. The statutory deadline for filing RMPs was June 1999. While the
numbers are still being tallied, EPA estimates that it will reach its goal of 90% compliance by the
end of FY 2003. Because the statute requires RMPs to be updated every five years facilities will
submit the next round of RMPs by June 21, 2004. This will increase the number of RMPs
submitted to the Agency by over 10,000 reports over the previous year. This will be the first
time the Agency has received such a volume of updates, and will need to manage and screen the
reports hi a volume similar to the initial reports in 1999.
V-77
-------
The requirements of the Risk Management Program regulations were built on practices
currently used in many industries for process safety management. Each RMP describes the
process safety management systems used by a facility for preventing accidents and documents
the facilities' compliance with the regulation. A program priority in FY 2004 will be to audit the
quality of the risk management plans submitted, while continuing to look for facilities that have
not submitted their RMPs.
The Clean Air Act requires EPA to establish a system to audit RMPs. The audit system
is used to continuously improve the quality of risk management programs as well as check
compliance with the requirements. EPA regional offices will continue to manage RMP programs
in those states that have not accepted delegation. In FY 2004, the Agency and other
implementing agencies will perform its audit obligations through a combination of desk audits of
RMP plans and on-site facility inspections. A total of 400 audits will be conducted during this
period. Audit selection will be based upon several criteria, including accident history, patterns of
noncompliance, types and quantities of chemicals, and geographic location.
Due to the complexity and large number of RMP audits, EPA is exploring a third party
audit program, where RMP facilities would be given the option to voluntarily undergo an audit
by a qualified third party auditor in exchange for certain regulatory incentives, such as lower
future audit and enforcement priority. Financial incentives may also exist via the participation of
insurance company representatives as third party auditors (lower premiums). EPA intends to
have the third party audit program operational in FY 2004.
In FY 2004, in the regulatory area, the program expects to complete the second phase of
strearnlining EPCRA's reporting requirements and will complete regulatory action on changes
resulting from a statutorily required review of the RMP chemicals list. This review is intended
to improve the scientific basis for listing chemicals, and add or delete chemicals based on the
technical criteria for listing chemicals under the program.
Building State and Local Capabilities
One of EPA's vital roles is to help communities implement accident prevention and
emergency preparedness programs. LEPCs (3,400, established under EPCRA) serve as the focal
point for discussions on reducing chemical risks at the local level. Under the EPCRA and RMP
programs, LEPCs take chemical inventory information, and information on how facilities are
reducing the risk of accidents, and integrate it into their emergency plans and community right-
to-know programs. In FY 2004, EPA will support LEPC efforts by providing tools, technical
assistance and guidance to better enable them to use the information to reduce risks. EPA will
also continue an initiative to improve and enhance emergency preparedness and prevention in
Tribal communities.
State Emergency Response Commissions (SERCs) and LEPCs also play a key role in the
defense against terrorism. These state and local entities serve as focal points at the local level for
emergency preparedness, prevention and response activities. They are responsible for bringing
together all local emergency personnel and organizations (e.g., police, fire departments, first
responders, emergency planners, public health officials, hospitals, emergency technicians,
industry local officials, and the news media) to develop comprehensive community plans for
V-78
-------
dealing with the release of hazardous substances. Since September 11 SERCs and LEPCs have
been tasked with assessing the hazards associated with the intentional release of chemical,
biological and radiological substances and developing plans to deal with them. In FY 2004 EPA
will assist SERCs and LEPCs in identifying streams of funding and provide assistance to help
them secure the resources they need. EPA also supports the new Citizen Corps program and in
FY 2004 will continue efforts in coordination to encourage LEPCs to consider acting as local
Citizen Corp.
Under the chemical accident prevention program, EPA, in partnership with States, will
promote implementation of the RMP program. The Agency believes individual States are best
suited to implement the program because they benefit directly from its success. EPA also
believes that as State officials see their facilities achieve compliance, they will become motivated
to seek delegation. The Agency will continue to emphasize flexibility hi how States will be
authorized to receive delegation and eventually implement the RMP program themselves. EPA
will work with States to secure agreements to partially implement the RMP program and help
them to develop and manage individual program components. In addition to this effort, EPA will
provide States a combination of grant assistance, technical support, training, and other outreach
services to help them fully develop and receive delegation of the program. The Agency's FY
2004 goal is to persuade 2 additional states to manage an RMP program, which would bring the
total number of authorized states to 20.
In an effort to help implementing agencies, states, and prospective third party auditors
acquire or improve skills required to conduct audits, EPA has identified an RMP audit
curriculum. The training will be offered extensively throughout the country hi FY 2004.
Continuous Learning to Improve Safety
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to initiate ways of improving safety by studying hazards
and providing outreach to industry, government and the public to enhance application of
chemical safety measures. The program focuses on lessons learned from accidents and issues
case studies and chemical safety alerts to reduce the risk of future accidents.
EPA will continue an initiative to analyze data contained hi the RMPs. The Agency is
examining trends and patterns in such areas as industry sector, facility size, geographic region,
and chemicals. In particular, since September 11, 2001, EPA has taken the RMP information off
of its website, although it may still exist on other websites. This requires EPA to perform more
analyses and searches for the public. In addition, since over 10,000 RMPs will be updated
around June 21, 2004 for the first tune, this will provide EPA with the opportunity to analyze
trends and improvements in facilities' RMP.
Relationship with Chemical Safety Board
The independent Chemical Safety Board (CSB) places responsibilities on the Agency
with regard to chemical safety and accident prevention. The same Clean Air Act provisions that
established the CSB require EPA to respond to the Board's recommendations and provide
support for its activities. EPA has completed a memorandum of understanding with the Board in
that delineates each Agency's role and working relationship. In FY 2004 EPA expects to
V-79
-------
continue activities of responding to CSB recommendations that result from investigations. For
example, EPA is currently working with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and
the CSB on two recommendations associated with reactive chemical process safety arising from
the Morton International chemical accident in New Jersey.
Oil Spills
The goal of the oil spill program is to protect public health and the environment from
hazards associated with a discharge or substantial threat of a discharge of oil into navigable
waters, adjoining shorelines, and exclusive economic zones of the United States. Based on data
obtained from the National Response Center, each year more than 24,000 oil spills occur in the
United States, over half of them within the inland zone over which EPA has jurisdiction. On
average, one spill of greater than 100,000 gallons occurs every month from approximately
465,000 EPA-regulated oil storage facilities and the entire oil transportation network. Oil spills
contaminate drinking water supplies; cause fires and explosions; kill fish, birds, and other
wildlife; destroy habitats and ecosystems; and impact the food chain. There are also serious
economic consequences of oil spills because of their impact on commercial and recreational uses
of water resources and cleanup costs.
The oil spill program prevents, prepares for, responds to, and monitors oil spills. EPA
protects U.S. waters through oil spill prevention, preparedness, and enforcement activities
associated with the 415,000 non-transportation-related oil storage facilities EPA regulates
through its pollution prevention program. In addition to its pollution prevention responsibilities,
EPA serves as the lead responder for the inland zone for all spills, including non-transportation-
related spills from pipelines, trucks, and other transportation systems (regulated by the
Department of Transportation). EPA accesses the Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund (OSLTF),
administered by the United States Coast Guard, to obtain reimbursement for site-specific spill
response activities.
The oil spill program establishes requirements to prevent and prepare for spills at oil
storage facilities subject to its regulations. The Oil and Hazardous Substances National
Contingency Plan (NCP) is the Nation's blueprint for the Federal response to discharges of oil
and hazardous substances. The Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures (SPCC)
regulation and the Facility Response Plan (FRP) regulation chiefly compose EPA's regulatory
framework. The oil spill program is also responsible for publishing the National Product
Schedule and subpart J of the NCP, which is a listing of dispersants, other chemicals, and other
spill mitigating devices that may be used during response to oil discharges.
All regulated oil storage facilities must prepare SPCC plans. These facilities range from
hospitals and apartment complexes storing heating oil to large tank farms, any oil storage facility
with an aggregate aboveground storage capacity greater than 1,320 gallons, or completely buried
storage greater than 42,000 gallons (not otherwise subject to the UST program requirements).
An additional 600 facilities will be in compliance with SPCC provisions in FY 2004 as a result
of EPA's activities, for a cumulative total of 4,095 facilities since 1997. In addition, certain
high-risk oil storage facilities must prepare FRPs to identify and ensure the availability of
resources to respond to a worst case discharge, establish communications, identify an individual
with authority to implement removal actions, and describe training and testing drills at the
V-80
-------
facility. In FY 2004, EPA will review a small number of FRPs. These EPA reviews are
triggered by a large spill, a spill at a particularly high-risk facility, or poor performance during an
oil response exercise.
EPA also develops area contingency plans (ACPs), in conjunction with area communities
(state, local and Federal officials in a given geographic location). The ACPs detail the
responsibilities of various parties in the event of a response, describe unique geographical
features of the area covered, and identify available response equipment and its location.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue efforts to implement the SPCC regulation. EPA revised
the SPCC regulations to reflect a more performance-based rule that emphasizes industry
standards. The revised regulation became effective on August 16, 2002. This approach
represents a comprehensive overhaul of the basic regulatory structure of the current oil spill
prevention program. In response to concerns that additional time will be required to comply with
the revised regulatory requirements, EPA has initiated a formal one-year extension of the SPCC
compliance deadlines. The Agency is conducting active outreach efforts to the regulated
community, as well as, state and local governments, Tribal communities, and environmental
groups, concerning industry compliance with the new SPCC regulation. The outreach also
includes an intensive effort to respond to the numerous daily inquiries to the Oil Program staff at
headquarters and the regional offices concerning the new SPCC regulation. Now that the
regulation is effective, the Agency must begin training the workforce of inspectors and other
staff involved in its implementation. This also includes the development of training materials
and exercises to assist in compliance and enforcement of the many revisions in the new
regulation. In addition to these prevention efforts, EPA will continue its preparedness efforts by
focusing on development of ACPs. Response efforts include evaluating, monitoring and/or
responding to all known spills within the inland waterways. Over the past six and a half years
(1996 through the 3rd quarter of FY 2002), EPA has received and evaluated approximately
65,000 oil spill notifications in the inland zone and served either as lead responders or
monitored/directed responsible party, state and local government oil spill response actions at
approximately 2,088 oil spill incidents.
Radiation Waste Management
The Radiation program will continue to set priorities in waste management, clean
material, and risk assessment, to reduce the risk to the public of excessive radiation. One of
EPA's major radiation-related responsibilities is to certify that all radioactive waste shipped by
the Department of Energy (DOE) to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP) is permanently
disposed of safely and according to EPA standards. The WIPP began receiving waste for
permanent disposal in 1999. Every five years, EPA must recertify the WIPP's compliance with
applicable environmental laws and regulations. In FY 2004, EPA expects to receive DOE's
compliance documentation and initiate the WIPP's first recertification.
EPA will continue implementing the clean materials program by working with other
Federal agencies, state agencies, and international organizations to prevent metals and finished
products suspected of having radioactive contamination from entering the country. EPA will
also work with states, local agencies and Tribes to locate and secure lost, stolen, or abandoned
radioactive sources within the United States.
V-81
-------
EPA will continue to evaluate human health and environmental risks from radiation
exposure. EPA is implementing its strategy to address Technologically Enhanced Naturally
Occurring Radioactive Material (TENORM) by developing and compiling sector-specific
technical information, by interacting with Regional offices and Tribal governments on
educational and clean-up efforts, and by exploring ways to partner with governmental and non-
governmental interests.
Resource Conservation and Recovery
The Agency's Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program accounts for
over 6,500 of the facilities addressed by this objective. The RCRA program, working in
partnership with states, industry, and Tribes, reduces the risk of human exposures to hazardous,
industrial nonhazardous, and municipal solid wastes. Our most current information shows that
each year communities generate approximately 230 million tons of municipal solid waste and
that industries generate 40 million tons of industrial hazardous waste (not including wastewater)
and more than 7.6 billion tons of industrial nonhazardous waste (including wastewater in surface
impoundments).
A combination of regulations, permits, voluntary standards and programs help to ensure
safer management of these various wastes. New contaminated waste sites, possibly Superfund
sites, could result from mismanagement of these wastes threatening nearby communities. In FY
2004, the RCRA program will focus on improving current waste management practices,
providing greater regulatory flexibility where appropriate and promoting opportunities for
converting waste to energy, in support of the Resource Conservation Challenge.
The purpose of the RCRA program is to help reduce the risk of exposures to dangerous
hazardous wastes by maintaining a "cradle-to-grave" waste management framework. This
framework regulates the handling, transport, treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous waste.
The main vehicle for hazardous waste program implementation is the issuance of RCRA
hazardous waste permits, which mandate appropriate controls for each site. To date, 48 states,
Guam, and the District of Columbia are authorized to issue permits.
Strong state partnerships and the authorization of states for all portions of the RCRA
hazardous waste program, including regulations that address waste management issues contained
in permits, are important goals. State Program Authorization provides the states with primary
RCRA implementation and enforcement authority, reduces overlapping and dual implementation
by the states and EPA, provides the regulated community with one set of regulations, reduces
overall Federal enforcement presence in the states, and can provide the opportunity for some of
the newer less stringent RCRA regulations to be implemented by the states. In FY 2004, by
using Express Authorization, states will greatly reduce the tune and paper work currently
required to receive authorization. The RCRA program will continue its strong partnerships with
the Regions and states to eliminate the greatest impediments to State Program Authorization.
In a rulemaking designed to simplify the permitting process for lower-risk treatment and
storage facilities, the Agency proposed standardized permit procedures. EPA anticipates
promulgating the final rule in FY 2003. In FY 2004, the RCRA program plans to give guidance
and training on the standardized permit rule and implementation of the rule will begin. In
V-82
-------
addition, the program is investigating the feasibility of an e-permitting initiative in partnership
with the states. Ideally this initiative will encourage and facilitate states in expediting and
simplifying the permitting process and provide better public access to permitting information.
In addition to making changes in the permitting process, the Agency looks to improve all
other aspects of waste management throughout the RCRA program. The entry point to this
system is the identification of hazardous waste. It is the Agency's responsibility to identify those
wastes that, when mismanaged, may pose a substantial risk to human health and the
environment, as well as to identify those wastes for which burden should be reduced because of
low risk.
During FY 2004, the Agency will assess whether additional hazardous waste
identification work remains, identify priorities, and initiate necessary changes through non-
regulatory or regulatory approaches that ensure protection of human health and the environment.
In line with efforts to better calibrate risk and regulatory standards, the Agency will
continue work on developing targeted exemptions from the hazardous waste mixture and
derived-from rules in FY 2004. We will identify priorities for additional targeted exemptions as
well as review potential changes to existing exemptions.
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue work on a final rule establishing a consistent
national approach for managing used industrial wipes, shop towels and rags containing
hazardous solvents. As part of this effort, we will initiate development of implementation
guidance to assist the thousands of small businesses, which routinely use these particular
materials.
Another area where waste management practices can be improved involves the
transportation from the generator to a treatment, storage or disposal facility, a step the hazardous
waste manifest system regulates and tracks. A rule proposed in May 2001 for major manifest
system changes is intended to greatly reduce the paperwork burdens on waste handlers and
authorized states, while improving the effectiveness of tracking waste shipments. In FY 2003,
the Agency expects to finalize the manifest form changes supported by both industry and states.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue this effort by developing standards and systems for preparing,
signing, and transmitting manifests electronically.
Treatment and disposal of hazardous waste is the primary area for many changes the
Agency is making to the RCRA program. Combustion is one typical method of treatment of
hazardous waste. Maximum achievable control technology (MACT) standards for hazardous
waste burning incinerators, cement kilns and light-weight aggregate kilns were vacated by the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. The Agency must respond to the
court's decision with a revised regulatory and implementation strategy. Technical assistance will
be critical during the next few years to ensure appropriate controls over these major sources of
hazardous air pollutants. The Agency must also develop MACT standards for hazardous waste
burning boilers and hydrochloric acid production furnaces in order to meet statutory obligations
under the Clean Air Act (CAA).
V-83
-------
In support of the Resource Conservation Challenge, EPA will improve and expand
activities designed to recover materials and energy from waste. In FY 2002, EPA proposed rule
changes to promote the use of petroleum wastes as raw material hi gasification processes, which
produce cleaner gas fuels. In FY 2003, the Agency will finalize the proposed rule for petroleum
streams and consider changes that also encourage the gasification of a broader range of
hazardous waste streams. In FY 2004, EPA will consider establishing partnerships with the
Department of Energy, industry, and states and municipalities to facilitate the application of
gasification technology. Potentially, this effort could turn as much as 3 million tons of
hazardous waste, and larger amounts of solid and industrial waste, into cleaner energy.
In January 2003 EPA launched the "Coal Combustion Products Partnership," a voluntary
cooperative effort to increase the beneficial use of products from coal combustion, which would
otherwise require disposal. This increased use will lead to greenhouse gas reductions, save
disposal costs, and conserve landfill space. EPA and its industry partners will challenge
generators and potential users of coal combustion products to increase their beneficial use, share
technical information and expertise, and provide recognition for successes.
Beginning in FY 2003 and continuing into FY 2004, the Agency will implement its
strategy for revising its landfill criteria. Revisions will provide additional flexibility for states
and the regulated community. Additionally, revisions will provide for bioreactor technology as a
future energy source. Studies have indicated that bioreactor landfill technology results in a
significant increase in landfill gas emissions over a short period of tune. These landfill gases
consist primarily of methane and carbon dioxide. Landfill gas may represent an opportunity for
gas collection and beneficial reuse for projects such as energy recovery. Currently, the use of
landfill gas for energy applications is about 10% of its potential. Application of the controlled
bioreactor technology to 50% of the waste currently being landfilled could provide over 270
billion cubic feet of methane yearly, sufficient to supply 1% of the U.S. electrical needs based on
the U.S. Department of Energy estimates.
The use of biomass as a renewable resource for bio-based products and bio-energy can
result in additional farm income, as well as less reliance on foreign energy sources, such as oil.
Currently, bio-based products and the bio-energy industry remain small and fragmented. In FY
2004, EPA will continue to work with USDA, DOE and states to coordinate and promote a
unified national bio-energy strategy.
The Agency also works to reduce risks from industrial non-hazardous waste, also known
as Industrial D waste. Manufacturing facilities generate and dispose of 7.6 billion tons of
industrial non-hazardous waste each year. The voluntary "Guide for Industrial Waste
Management" was developed in partnership with state officials, industry and environmental
representatives and issued hi FY 2003. In FY 2004, EPA will continue the partnership efforts by
assisting facility managers, state and Tribal regulators, and the interested public in utilizing the
Guide. This will also be a period when EPA will identify any aspect of the Guide that needs
clarification or modification to improve the usefulness to all our environmental partners.
Waste management, particularly issues surrounding disposal hi open dumps, is a
significant environmental concern for Tribes. A 1997 report to Congress by the Indian Health
Service identified 143 high-threat open dumps on Tribal lands. In FY 2004, the Agency will
V-84
-------
continue its leadership role in the interagency program directed toward closing open dumps
and/or ensuring that those municipal solid waste landfills in Tribal country that wish to remain
operating comply with regulations and work toward the most efficient and effective solutions
that result in the greatest positive environmental impact. Agencies participating in this program
include the Bureau of Indian Affairs, Indian Health Service, and others. The Agency will also
assist Tribal governments in building both municipal and hazardous waste management capacity.
Since 1999, the Interagency Workgroup has provided over $6.0 million to thirty-one
Tribes to clean up open dumps and to develop solid waste management programs. Another
round of awards is scheduled in FY 2003. In addition, the Agency has developed specific
conferences, education programs and outreach tools on solid and hazardous waste issues targeted
toward Native Americans.
Research
To support the Agency's objective of managing active waste management facilities to
prevent contaminant releases into the environment, the Agency will conduct research in
multimedia science, waste management, and RCRA corrective action as well as perform
technical support activities. Research under this objective supports the Agency's need for
research in all of these areas to build a strong scientific foundation for regulatory reforms and,
thereby, supports the Agency's mission to protect human health and the environment. A draft
Multi-Year Plan for Active Waste Management research has been developed to ensure that
research conducted under this objective is relevant to EPA's mission. Also, a Waste Research
Strategy was approved and released in 1999 to provide a clear rationale for selection and
prioritization of waste research activities. In addition, to maximize the quality of the research
conducted under this objective, all scientific and technical work products must undergo either
internal or external peer review, with major or significant products requiring external peer
review,
Multimedia Science
In FY 2004, the Agency will work to advance the multimedia modeling and
uncertainty/sensitivity analyses methodologies that support core RCRA program needs as well as
emerging RCRA needs in resource conservation. The EPA Science Advisory Board (SAB)
review of the multimedia modeling effort in support of core RCRA needs (to be completed in
FY03) will constitute an important milestone in determining future directions for this research
effort. In response to emerging RCRA needs in resource conservation, EPA will develop
multimedia science approaches for evaluating the potential for contaminant releases resulting
from the beneficial reuse of waste-derived products. This research effort will have broad
applicability and benefit to other programs' multimedia risk assessments as well. Finally, EPA's
multimedia science effort is coordinated with other Federal entities through a multi-agency
MOU, the goal of which is to enhance coordination in the development of reliable risk
assessment methods and technologies.
Some specific research efforts to be undertaken in FY04 include: development of more
comprehensive uncertainty and sensitivity analyses capability, development of visualization
technology, implementation of a software toolset for model parallelization on clustered PCs, and
V-85
-------
support for sampling design for model input data collection.
Waste Management
A number of significant technical problems remain related to waste management, such as
arsenic treatment, treatment residual disposal, use of landfill bioreactors to manage municipal
solid waste, and combustion. Certain hazardous waste disposal techniques need to be
reevaluated and improved to ensure releases are minimized. The ability to predict waste releases
depends on the ability of leaching protocols to accurately reflect the waste environment and
matrix effects. Research will continue to define the role of leaching tests and protocols, and to
document their limitations.
In the area of municipal solid waste management, EPA is collaborating with the private
sector to conduct field evaluations of the performance of landfill bioreactors and with states to
develop a monitoring program to optimize operations and minimize emissions. Landfill
bioreactors can potentially provide alternative energy in the form of landfill gas while increasing
the nation's landfill capacity. In FY 2004, EPA will conduct field sampling and monitoring of
several landfill bioreactors, continue the characterization of the microbiology of bioreactor cells,
and initiate a bioreactor design manual. Results of these efforts will include an interim field
assessment of a landfill bioreactor system. In conjunction with drinking water research in Goal 2,
research will continue on hard-to-treat wastes that focus on the characterization and treatment of
arsenic-bearing residuals. Leaching studies also will continue on arsenic-bearing wastes, mine
process wastes, and municipal solid wastes, including those in bioreactors.
Another aspect of waste management research involves hazardous waste combustion, and
technical support through the Combustion Technical Assistance Center (CTAC). Efforts in this
area address industrial combustion systems burning waste. Emissions from these facilities
remain a public concern and a number of uncertainties about them exist, including the
cumulative impact of continuous emissions from multiple combustion facilities. In FY 2004,
work on continuous emissions monitors will continue with a focus on dioxins and other products
of incomplete combustion (PICs).
RCRA Corrective Action and Environmental Indicators
EPA has set goals of meeting environmental indicators at high priority sites and moving
sites through the RCRA corrective action process. New concerns have arisen on pathways for
contaminant migration from ground water to surface water and from ground water to indoor air.
In FY 2002, the Agency began providing technical support for evaluation of these pathways. In
FY 2004, EPA will produce a report on methodologies for sub-slab vapor sampling to identify
vapor intrusion into residences. In addition, a technology transfer product will be completed in
FY 2004 following presentation of three workshops on vapor intrusion in FYs 2002 and 2003.
General technical support activities in risk management and risk assessment associated
with RCRA Corrective Action will also continue in the form of support-centers. These centers
provide site-specific technical support, responses to scientific questions and technology transfer
documents to program offices and other stakeholders. Additionally, there is collaboration with
V-86
-------
support centers under the Supeiiund program, thereby sharing technical information across
program applications.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
(-$3,400,000) Redirected to Goal 4. Objective 5 to suppon the energy recovery.
recycling, waste minimization and retail themes and to Goal 5, Objective ] to suppon the
one clean up and revitalization themes. Redirection reflects completion oi program
guidance documents, neanng completion ol permitting goals and cost savings from
docket consolidation.
(-$468,900 -5.3 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE. associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE. associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE. associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> reni: +$1,4]7.000. utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE. Human Resource*: +$870,400 and
+ 5.4 FTE. Contracts: '+$,642,400 and -18.5 FTE. Grants: +$3,OJ5.500 and +]9.7 FTE)
S&T
Rese_arcli
(+$].000.000) This increase represents a shift liorn ecosystems protection research
(Objective 8.1) and liom research to enhance environmental decision making (Objective
8.3) 10 Goal 5. Objective 2 to fund research in gioundwater/surtace water interactions.
Research will include: 1) determining how gioundwater (gw) quality impacts surface
water (sw) quality with lespect to designated water uses and wetlands: 2) developing and
evaluating indicators o1 ecosystem health and wate? quality: and 3) developing and
evaluating models that integrate hydrology, biology, and biogeochemistry. This research
will increase the Agency's knowledge of the .interactions that occur at this interlace, and
thereby enhance the quality and timeliness of site remedia.tions.
(4$] 18.600. ] .2 FFE) This increase is 10 support the Hazardous Substance Technical
Liaison (HSTL) program. This program provides and facilitates technical support to the
Regions in waste-related areas.
(-$151.300. -3.5 FTE) These workyears aie being redirected to support the Agency's
Homeland Security Stiaiegic plan in the area of building decontamination research (Goal
5.1). As a result, rescaich to investigate the lundamemal processes that lead to lormation
ol products of incomplete combustion (PICs) in waste incinerators will be delayed
v-s:
-------
There are additional increases in payroll, cost of living, and enrichment ior new and
existing FTt.
GOAL: BETTER WASTE MANAGEMENT. RESTORATION OF CONTAMINATED
WASTE SITES. AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE
OBJECT] VE: REGULATE FACILITIES TO PREVENT RELEASES
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Oil Spill Kes|Minsi
In 2004 Kcspond to or monitor 300 oil spill?
In 200? Kespond to or monitor 300 significant oil spills in the inland zom
In 2(K)r 1EPA responded to or monitored 20? oil spill?
Performance Measure FY 200? FY 200? FY 2004
Actual? Ptes. Bud Kequesi
Oil spills responded to or monitored by EPA 20? 3(Ki 30(1 spili?
Baseline EPA typically responds to or monitors 300 oil spill cleanups per yeai
Knsun WlJ'l' Ssili-lj
In 20(M Cenity that 18.000 55-pallon drums ol radioactive waste (containing approximately 54.000 curies) shipped by DOE to the \Vasti
Isolation Pilot Plan! are permanently disposed ol safely and according to EPA standard?
In 200? Cenily thai 12.000 55 gallon drums ol radioactive waste (containing approximately 36.1100 curies) shipped by DOE to the \Vasit
Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed ol safely and according to EPA standard-
In 2007 EPA certified that 22,80055 gallon drums ol radioactive waste (containing approximately 68.400 curies) shipped by DOh to tin
Waste Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed o( safely and according to EPA standards
Performance Measure? FY 200" FY 2-00? FY 200':
Actual? Pies. Bud Request
NumniM ol ."--Gallon Drums of Radioactive Waste Disposed 22.800 12.Odd 18.00(1 Drum?
ol According to EPA Standards
Baselim The Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (W'lPP) near Carlsbad. NM was opened in Mav 1999 to accept radioactive transuranic wasie. B\
ihe end of FY 2002, approximately 35.000 (cumulative) 55 gallon drum' will W satcly disposed. In FY 2003. EPA expects thai
DO1-. will ship an additional 12.000 5i gallon drums ol waste. Through FY 2004. HPA expects that DOE will have shipped
safely and according to EPA standards, approximately 1.5% oi the planned wsstc volume, based on disposal of 860.000 drum?
over the next 40 years. Number of drums shipped to the W1PP lacilnv on an annual basis is dependent on DOh priorities and
funding. EPA volume estimates are hased on projecting the average shipment volumes over 40 vears with an initial sian up
Tribal J'rrMTitinn Assisuuici
In 2004 Assist Tribes in evaluation ol waste management facility program need? and in the closing or upgrading ol open dump?
In 200? Inciease the percentage of Tribes evaluated ior hazardous waste managemt nt hv 4 pt-ircntage points, and assist in evaluating and
closing open dumps on Tribal land-
Performance Measure? FY 2007 FY 200? FY 2004
Actual? Hrs. Bur Kequesi
Percentai'i ol tribes evaluated for hazardous wasi< - 4 percent
management need1
Number ol open flumps on Tribal lands lhai complv will no targe' " site'
regulators iandfili standards, or have closed with proicouorv
against future dumping pul in place.
Basehrx Bv the end of FY 2002. RCKA Snbntle t. maiiagemem needs had lu-en i-VHIIIHU-ri tor 177 Tribes. Baseline daia lor the Tribal
Open Dump Cleanup Proieci i? cum pilv imtici dcvclopmeni
V-88
-------
Build National Radiation Monitoring System
In 2004 EPA will purchase 60 state of the art radiation monitoring units thereby increasing EPA radiation monitoring capacity and
population coverage from 37% of the contiguous U.S. population in FY 2002 to 50% in FY 2004.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Increase Population Covered by the National Radiation 13 Percent
Monitoring System
Purchase and Deploy State-of-the Art Monitoring Units 60 Units Purchased
Purchase a Deployable Component to the National Radiation 9/30/2004
Monitoring System
Baseline: The current fixed monitoring system, part of the Environmental Radiation Ambient Monitoring System, was developed in the
1960s for the purpose of monitoring radioactive fallout from nuclear weapons testing. The system currently consists of 52 old,
low-tech air paniculate samplers which provide coverage in cities which represent approximately 37% of the population. By
2005, EPA will upgrade the old system by purchasing 120 state-of-the-art units which will be strategically located to cover
approximately 70% of the population. The current system's air samplers will be retired from service due to age, although so
some may be retained for emergency use.
Waste and Petroleum Management Controls
In 2004 Increase the number of waste and petroleum facilities with acceptable or approved controls in place to prevent releases to the
environment.
In 2003 Increase the number of waste and petroleum facilities with acceptable or approved controls in place to prevent releases to the
environment.
In 2002 1.8% of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities received permits or other approved controls, and 580 oil facilities were in
compliance with spill prevention, control and countermeasure provisions of the oil pollution regulations.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of oil facilities in compliance with spill prevention, 580 600 600 facilities
control and countermeasure provisions of oil pollution
prevention regulations.
Percent of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities 1.8% 1.4% 1.4% percentage pts.
with permits or other approved controls.
Number of confirmed UST releases nationally. no target UST releases
Increase in UST facilities in significant operational 3% 4% percentage pts.
compliance with leak detection requirements.
Increase in UST facilities in significant operational 3% 4% percentage pts.
compliance with spill, overfill and corrosion protection
regulations.
Baseline: By the end of FY 2002, 2,925 oil facilities were in compliance with oil pollution prevention regulations, and 79% of
approximately 2,750 RCRA facilities had permits or other approved controls in place. By the end of FY 2002, the UST Baseline
is 74% of facilities in significant operational compliance with leak detection and 81% of facilities in significant operational
compliance with spill, overflow, and corrosion protection. There are an average of 12,000 confirmed releases annually from
underground storage tanks.
Chemical Facility Risk Reduction
In 2004 Increase facility risk reduction and state response capabilities.
In 2003 Increase facility risk reduction capabilities.
In 2002 Data not Available.
Performance Measures: • FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of risk management plan audits completed. Not Available 300 400 audits
Number of states implementing chemical accident prevention 1 8 No Target states
programs.
V-89
-------
Baseline: By the end of FY 2001, 438 risk management plan audits were completed, and' 15 states had implemented accident prevention
programs.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Percent of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities
with permits or other approved controls in place.
Performance Database: The Resource Conservation Recovery Act Information System
(RCRAInfo) is the national database which supports EPA's RCRA program.
Data Source: Data are entered by the States. Supporting documentation and reference materials
are maintained in regional and state files. EPA regions and authorized states enter data on a
rolling basis.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: The. Resource Conservation Recovery Act Information
System (RCRAInfo) is the national database which supports EPA's RCRA program. RCRAInfo
contains information on entities (generically referred to as "handlers") engaged in hazardous
waste (HW) generation and management activities regulated under the portion of RCRA that
provides for regulation of hazardous waste. RCRAInfo has several different modules, including
status of RCRA facilities in the RCRA permitting universe.
QA/QC Procedures: States and Regions generate the data and manage data quality related to
timeliness and accuracy. Within RCRAInfo the application software enforces structural controls
that ensure that high-priority national components of the data are properly entered. RCRAInfo
documentation, which is available to all users on-line, provides guidance to facilitate the
generation and interpretation of data. Training on use of RCRAInfo is provided on a regular
basis, usually annually, depending on the nature of system changes and user needs.
Note: Access to RCRAInfo is open only to EPA Headquarters, Regional, and authorized State
personnel. It is not available to the general public because the system contains enforcement
sensitive data. The general public is referred to EPA's Envirofacts Data Warehouse to obtain
filtered information on RCRA-regulated hazardous waste sites:
oaspub.epa.gov/enviro/ef_home2.waste.
Data Quality Review: GAO's 1995 Report on EPA's Hazardous Waste Information System
http://frebgate access gpo gov/cgibin/ (This historical document is available on the Government
Printing Office Website) reviewed whether national RCRA information systems support EPA
and states in managing their hazardous waste program. Recommendations coincide with
ongoing internal efforts (WIN/Informed) to improve the definitions of data collected, ensure that
data collected provide critical information and minimize the burden on states.
Data Limitations: No data limitations have been identified. Basic site identification data may
become out-of-date because RCRA does not mandate annual or other periodic re-notification by
the regulated entity when site name, ownership and contact information changes.
Error Estimate: N/A. Currently OSW does not collect data on estimated error rates.
V-90
-------
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA has successfully implemented new tools for managing
environmental information to support Federal and state programs, replacing the old data systems
(the Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System and the Biennial Reporting
System) with RCRAInfo. RCRAInfo allows for tracking of information on the regulated
universe of RCRA hazardous waste handlers, such as facility status, regulated activities, and
compliance history. The system also captures detailed data on the generation of hazardous waste
by large quantity generators and on waste management practices from treatment, storage, and
disposal facilities. RCRAInfo is web accessible, providing a convenient user interface for
Federal, state and local managers, encouraging development of in-house expertise for controlled
cost, and using commercial off-the-shelf software to develop reports from database tables.
References: http://www.epa.gov/osw/index.htm; oaspub.epa.gov/enviro/ef_home2.waste
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
• Number of States implementing chemical accident programs
• Number of risk management plan audits completed
Performance Database: There is no database for these measures.
Data Source: EPA's Regional Offices and the States provide the data.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Data will be collected by surveying EPA's Regional
Offices to determine how many States are implementing prevention programs, and of those not,
how many audits of the states' facilities' risk management plans (RMPs) have been completed.
QA/QC Procedures: Data are collected from states by EPA's Regional Offices, with review at
the regional and headquarters' level.
Data Quality Review: Data quality is evaluated by both regional and headquarters personnel.
Data Limitations: Data quality is dependent on completeness and accuracy of the data provided
by state programs and the information in risk management plans.
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
• Percentage of UST facilities in significant operational compliance with leak
detection requirements
V-91
-------
• Percentage of UST faculties in significant operational compliance with spill, overfill
and corrosion protection regulations
• Number of confirmed UST releases nationally (new measure)
Performance Database: The Office of Underground Storage Tanks (OUST) does not maintain a
national database. There is a new performance measure (number of confirmed UST releases
nationally). FY 2003 will be a baseline year for this measure, with implementation
methodologies introduced in FY 2004.
Data Source: Designated State agencies submit semiannual progress reports to the EPA regional
offices. The new measure is already included in the existing semiannual progress reporting
system.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: EPA's regional offices verify and then forward the data to headquarters.
HeadquartersjE staff examine the data and resolve any discrepancies with the regional offices.
The data are displayed on a region-by-region basis, which allow regional staff to verify their
data.
Data Quality Review: None.
Data Limitations: Data quality is dependent on the accuracy and completeness of state records.
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: None.
References: FY 2002 End-of-Year Activity Report, December 22, 2002 (updated semi-
annually).
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
• Number of oil facilities in compliance with spill prevention, control and
countermeasure provisions of oil pollution prevention
* Oil spills responded to or monitored by EPA
Performance Database: The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability System (CERCLIS) is the database used by the Agency to track, store, and report
Superfund site information.
Data Source: Automated EPA system; headquarters and regional offices enter data into
CERCLIS on a rolling basis.
V-92
-------
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Each performance measure is a specific variable
within CERCLIS.
QA/QC Procedures: To ensure data accuracy and control, the following administrative controls
are in place: 1) Superfund/Oil Implementation Manual (SPIM), the program management
manual that details what data must be reported; 2) Report Specifications, which are published for
each report detailing how reported data are calculated; 3) Coding Guide, which contains
technical instructions to such data users as regional Information Management Coordinators
(IMCs), program personnel, report owners, and data input personnel; 4) Quality Assurance (QA)
Unit Testing, an extensive QA check against report specifications; 5) Regional CERCLIS Data
Entry Internal Control Plan, which includes: (a) regional policies and procedures for entering
data into CERCLIS; (b) a review process to ensure that all Superfund accomplishments are
supported by source documentation; (c) delegation of authorities for approval of data input into
CERCLIS; and (d) procedures to ensure that reported accomplishments meet accomplishment
definitions; and (6) a historical lockout feature that has been added to CERCLIS so that changes
in past fiscal year data can be changed only by approved and designated personnel and are
logged to a change-log report.
Data Quality Reviews: Two audits, one by the Office Inspector General (OIG) and the other by
Government Accounting Office (GAO), were done to assess the validity of the data in
CERCLIS. The OIG audit report, Superfund Construction Completion Reporting (No.
E1SGF7_05_0102_ 8100030), dated December 30, 1997, was prepared to verify the accuracy of
the information that the Agency was providing to Congress and the public. The OIG report
concluded that the Agency "has good management controls to ensure accuracy of the
information that is reported," and "Congress and the public can rely upon the information EPA
provides regarding construction completions." Further information on this report are available at
http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/erooin.htm. The GAO's report, Superfund Information on the
Status of Sites (GAO/RECD-98-241), dated August 28, 1998, was prepared to verify the
accuracy of the information in CERCLIS on sites' cleanup progress. The report estimates that
the cleanup status of National Priority List sites reported by CERCLIS as of September 30, 1997,
is accurate for 95% of the sites. Additional information on the Status of Sites may be obtained
by visiting http://www. gao. gov. A third OIG audit, Information Technology - Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) Data
Quality (Report No. 2002-P-00016), dated September 30, 2002, evaluated the accuracy,
completeness, timeliness, and consistency of the data entered into CERCLIS. The weaknesses
identified were caused by the lack of an effective quality assurance process and adequate internal
controls over CERCLIS data quality. The report provided 11 recommendations to improve
controls over CERCLIS data quality. OSWER concurs with the recommendations contained in
the audit. Due to the extended period of time since the inception of this audit, many of the
identified problems have been corrected or actions that would address these recommendations
are underway. Additional information about this report is available at
http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/eroomjitm.
The IG reviews annually the end-of-year Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) data, in an informal process, to verify the data
supporting the performance measures. Typically, there are no published results.
V-93
-------
The Quality Management Plan (QMP) for the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency
Response (OSWER) is currently under review by the Office of Environmental Information.
Data Limitations: Weakness were identified in the OIG audit, Information Technology -
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System
(CERCLIS) Data Quality (Report No, 2002-P-00016), dated September 30, 2002. The
weaknesses identified were caused by the lack of an effective quality assurance process and
adequate internal controls over CERCLIS data quality. The report provided 11
recommendations with which OSWER concurs. Many of the identified problems have been
corrected or actions that would address these recommendations are underway, e.g., 1) FY 02/03
SPIM Chapter 2 update; 2) draft guidance from OCA subgroup and 3) Pre-CERCLIS Screening:
A Data Entry Guide, The development and implementation of a quality assurance process for
CERCLIS data is planned to begin February 2003 which will clearly delineate quality assurance
responsibilities and periodically select random samples of CERCLIS data elements and verify
the data to source documents in site files.
Error Estimate: The GAO's report, "Superfund Information on the Status of Sites"
(GAO/RECD-98-241), dated August 28, 1998, estimates that the cleanup status of National
Priority List sites reported by CERCLIS is accurate for 95% of the sites.
New/Improved Data or Systems: In FY 2004, the Agency will continue its efforts begun in
1999 to improve the Superfund program's technical information by incorporating more site
remedy selection, risk, removal response, and community involvement information into
CERCLIS. Efforts to share information among the Federal, state, and Tribal programs to further
enhance the Agency's efforts to efficiently identify, evaluate and remediate Superfund hazardous
waste sites will continue. In 2005 the Agency will also establish data quality objectives for
program planning purposes and to ascertain the organization's information needs for the next 5
years. Adjustments will be made to EPA's current architecture and business processes to better
meet those needs. A CERCLIS modernization effort is currently underway to enhance
CERCLIS with a focus on data collection and data analysis and how to best satisfy the current
needs of the Superfund program. The Superfund eFacts system is a vital part of the CERCLIS
modernization efforts. The Superfund eFacts system is an e-Government solution design to give
EPA management and staff quick and easy access to important milestones relating to various
aspects of the Superfund program.
References: References include OIG audit reports, Superfund Construction Completion
Reporting, (No. E1SGF7J)5J)102_ 8100030) and Information Technology - Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) Data
Quality, (No. 2002-P-00016), http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/eroom.htm: and the GAO report,
Superfund Information on the Status of Sites (GAO/RECD-98-241), http://www.gao.gov. Other
references include the Superfund/Oil Implementation Manuals for the fiscal years 1987 to the
current manual and the Annual Performance Report to Congress.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Number of Drums of Radioactive Waste Disposed of.
according to EPA Standards.
V-94
-------
Performance Data: The Department of Energy (DOE) Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP)
database contains the number of drums shipped by DOE waste generator facilities and placed in
the DOE WIPP. The WIPP is a DOE facility located in southeastern New Mexico, 26 miles from
Carlsbad. The WIPP Land Withdrawal Act was passed by Congress in October 1992 and
amended in September 1996. The act transferred the land occupied by the WIPP to DOE and
gave EPA, among other things, regulatory responsibility for determining whether the facility
complies with radioactive waste disposal standards.
Data Source: Department of Energy
QA/QC Procedures: The performance data used by EPA are collected and maintained by DOE.
Under EPA=s WIPP regulations (available on the Internet:
http://www.epa. gov/radiation/wipp/background.htmu all DOE WIPP-related data must be
collected and maintained under a comprehensive quality assurance program meeting consensus
standards developed by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) (available on
the Internet: http://www.asme.org/codes/ ). EPA conducts regular inspections to ensure that
these quality assurance systems are in place and functioning properly; no additional QA/QC of
the DOE data is conducted by EPA.
Data Limitations: The DOE WIPP database contains the number of drums shipped by DOE
waste generator facilities and placed in the DOE WIPP. Currently, there are five DOE waste
generator facilities that are approved to generate and ship waste: Los Alamos National
Laboratory, Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site, Hanford Site, Idaho National
Engineering and Environmental Laboratory, Savannah River Site.
Before DOE waste generator facilities can ship waste to the WIPP, EPA must approve the waste
characterization controls and quality assurance procedures for waste identification at these sites.
EPA conducts frequent independent inspections and audits at these sites to verify continued
compliance with radioactive waste disposal standards and to determine if DOE is properly
tracking the waste and adhering to specific waste component limits. Since 1998, EPA has
completed over 30 inspections prior to shipment of waste to the WIPP facility.
Once EPA gives its approval, the number of drums shipped to the WIPP facility on an annual
basis is dependent on DOE priorities and funding. EPA volume estimates are based on projecting
the average shipment volumes over 40 years with an initial start up.
New/Improved Data or Systems: None
References: The Department of Energy National TRU Waste Management Plan
Quarterly Supplement http://www.wipp.ws/library/caolib.htm#Controlled contains
information on the monthly volumes of waste that are received at the DOE WIPP.
Coordination with Other Agencies
State UST programs are a key to achieving the objectives and long-term strategic
goals. EPA relies on state agencies to implement the UST program, including developing
V-95
-------
core program capabilities and promoting and enforcing compliance with the UST
requirements.
Because many agencies at all levels of government have authority to regulate and
implement aspects of hazardous materials safety programs, coordination is essential for
the success of EPA initiatives. On the chemical accident preparedness and prevention
side, inter-agency coordination remains a critical factor in accomplishing the goals of the
Risk Management and EPCRA programs. The Agency's role in carrying out these
initiatives is to provide leadership and support. EPA works in partnership with states and
local governments and other organizations to promote actions to reduce risk. We also
provide technical assistance and tools to states and Local Emergency Planning
Committees (LEPCs) to better utilize the information on chemical hazards and risks
available to them. In addition, through the rulemaking process, EPA works closely with
our Federal partners (DOJ, OSHA, and DOT) and with states to ensure compatibility with
new and existing accident preparedness and prevention initiatives. Close coordination
and a cooperative working relationship is also required to effectively meet our
responsibilities in the Chemical Safety program, most importantly where they involve the
Chemical Safety Board (CSB). EPA has completed a memorandum of understanding
with the CSB, which further delineates this working relationship.
The focal point for our Federal preparedness efforts is EPA's role in the National
Response System, which coordinates chemical emergency preparedness and response at
the Federal, state and local levels. Within this structure, EPA chairs the multi-agency
National Response Team, and co-chairs Regional Response Teams that oversees national,
regional, and area spill emergency planning. In addition, the Agency plays a leadership
role hi crisis management, which requires participation on a number of inter-agency
committees and workgroups.
Under the Oil Spill program, EPA works with other Federal agencies such as the
United States Fish & Wildlife Service, National Oceanographic and Atmospheric
Administration, United States Coast Guard, Federal Emergency Management Agency,
Department of the Interior, Department of Transportation, Department of Energy, and
other Federal agencies and states, as well as with local government authorities to develop
ACPs. The Department of Justice also provides assistance to agencies with judicial
referrals when enforcement of violations becomes necessary. EPA and the United States
Coast Guard work in coordination with other Federal authorities to implement the
National Preparedness for Response program.
The Agency maintains a close partnership with state agencies to implement the
RCRA Permitting and Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) landfill programs. States are to
achieve the same level of protection as the Agency, including the annual performance
goals of controls at hazardous waste facilities and MSW landfills. Regional offices
negotiate with the state agencies regarding the goals and performance they will achieve
with the grant funds. For example, Regions may negotiate with the state agencies the
number of facilities they will permit in a year resulting in approved controls in place at
facilities. The Agency will continue our partnership effort with state agencies by
V-96
-------
providing technical assistance and guidance on implementing permitting and MSW
Landfill programs.
The Agency works with tribes to ensure compliance under RCRA on Indian
lands. Regional RCRA Tribal teams are partnering with the Indian Health Service (IHS)
and the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) to address open dump issues on Tribal lands.
Regional offices establish interagency workgroups in states where partnership with these
Federal agencies have not been well established. Workgroup representatives from other
Federal agencies coordinate tasks based on the field of expertise within each agency,
which allows for efficient completion of the open dump initiative without overlapping
efforts.
Research
EPA developed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with several other
agencies (Department of Energy, Department of Defense, Nuclear Regulatory
Commission, Department of the Interior - US Geological Survey, NOAA, and the
Department of Agriculture) for multimedia modeling research and development. Contacts
with the other agencies have been developed largely due to the 3MRA modeling program
in EPA. The multi-agency coordination reduces inefficient duplication, and allows each
agency or department partner to benefit from the best expertise available on multi-media
research and development.
With respect to waste management issues research is being coordinated with the
public and private sectors. Currently, EPA has the lead in providing regulatory guidance
for solid waste disposal issues. The Agency has also worked extensively with bioreactor
technology, in cooperation with states and private industry, and will continue to do so in
FY 2004. In conjunction with the Association of State and Territorial Solid Waste
Management Officials (ASTSWMO) and the National Council of Governors, EPA state
programs have been actively analyzing new operating configurations for landfills to help
states and municipalities develop options for managing municipal solid waste.
The Interstate Technical Regulatory Cooperative (ITRC) has proved a good forum for
coordinating Federal and state activities and for defining continuing research needs, with a team
newly formed to evaluate vapor intrusion as a pathway for subsurface contaminants to migrate
into people's homes.
Statutory Authorities
Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of
1984
Title HI (Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act) of CERCLA, as
amended by Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA) of 1986
Clean Air Act Section 112
V-97
-------
Waste Isolation Pilot Plant Land Withdrawal Act of 1992, P.L. 102-579
•-:s
Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, P.L. 97-425
Energy Policy Act of 1992, P.L, 102-486
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq. (1970), and
Reorganization Plan $3 of 1970
Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Land Withdrawal Act of 1978
Public Health Service Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.
Chemical Safety Information, Site Security and Fuels Regulatory Release Act, 1999
Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C.
5121 et seq.
Executive Order 12241 of September 1980, National Contingency Plan, 3 CFR, 1980
Executive Order 12656 of November 1988, Assignment of Emergency Preparedness
Responsibilities, 3 CFR, 1988
Oil Pollution Act (OPA), 33 U.S.C. 2701 et seq.
Clean Water Act (CWA), Section 311.
Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. 300F et seq. (1974)
Clean Air Act Section 112
Research
Solid Waste Disposal Act (SWDA)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA)
The Clean Air Act Amendments (CAA)
V-98
-------
Goal 6: Global and Cross-Border
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal 6: Reduction of Global and Cross-Border Environmental Risks VI-1
Reduce Transboundary Threats to Human and Ecosystem Health hi North America VI-10
Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions VI-28
Reduce Stratospheric Ozone Depletion VI-58
Protect Public Health and Ecosystems from PBTs and other Toxics VI-66
Increase Domestic and International Use of Cleaner and More Cost-Effective Technologies VI-77
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks
Strategic Goal: The United States will lead other nations in successful, multilateral efforts to
reduce significant risks to human health and ecosystems from climate change, stratospheric
ozone depletion and other hazards of international concern.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
Reduction of Global and Cross-
border Environmental Risks
Reduce Transboundary Threats to
Human and Ecosystem Health in
North America.
Reduce Greenhouse Gas
Emissions.
Reduce Stratospheric Ozone
Depletion.
Protect Public Health and
Ecosystems from PBTs and other
Toxics.
Increase Domestic and
International Use of Cleaner and
More Cost-Effective
Technologies.
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$216,575.3
$33,693.5
$146,393.0
$14,749.8
$5,391.1
$16,347.9
530.4
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$269,727.2
$98,185.9
$136,953.4
$15,813.3
$6,173.6
$12,601.0
504.7
FY 2004
Request
$263,847.5
$89,394.6
$138,105.8
$17,540.3
$6,680.7
$12,126.1
502.3
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
($5,879.7)
($8,791.3)
$1,152.4
$1,727.0
$507.1
($474.9)
-2.4
Background and Context
Many serious environmental risks transcend political boundaries. Consequently,
protecting human health and the environment hi the United States requires coordination and
cooperation at a multinational level. Ecosystems, such as the Great Lakes, are essential to the
health and welfare of U.S. citizens; they are shared by neighboring countries and can be
preserved only through joint action. Other environmental risks- related to climate change, arctic
environments, and biodiversity- are global hi scope and can affect the health and welfare of all
those who live in the United States both directly and indirectly. These and other threats,
unbounded by national borders, need to be addressed on an international scale.
VI-1
-------
International environmental management programs provide important political and
economic benefits. A significant portion of EPA's international work fulfills legally binding
treaties, conventions and other international statutory mandates. Sharing regulatory and
technological expertise helps the United States, other industrialized nations, and developing
nations achieve development consistent with the goals of protecting human health and the
environment. As developing nations progress economically, their use of sound environmental
practices will prevent the need for costly cleanup and restoration in the future. In addition, the
development of effective environmental management practices worldwide, both binding and
non-binding, ensures that developing nations that otherwise may opt for growth at the expense of
the environment do not competitively disadvantage U.S. companies.
Means and Strategy
To reduce environmental and human health risks along the U.S./Mexico Border and the
Great Lakes, EPA employs both voluntary and regulatory measures. Efforts in the U.S./Mexico
Border Area utilize a series of workgroups that focus on priority issues ranging from water
infrastructure and hazardous waste to outreach efforts focusing on communities and businesses
in the border area. The programs were initially conceived hi a Federal-to-Federal context.
Today, .it is clear that in both countries, non-Federal governments are the appropriate entities for
developing and carrying out much of the work of protecting the border environment. The
experience of the last six years has shown U.S. Border States as key participants in workgroup
activities with similar experience on the Mexico side. In the past year all border states have
stressed the need for greater decentralization of environmental authority, and in FY 1999, states
and the Federal governments agreed to a set of principles that clarify the roles of the
governments and advance state and Tribal participation. Under the new Border 2012 Plan, which
was developed with SEMARNAP (EPA's Mexican counterpart), the states and tribes will play a
more substantial and meaningful role in:
• Determining how Federal border programs are developed and funded;
• Focusing on developing regional workgroups that empower border citizens; and
• Ensuring that programs devolve from Mexico's Federal government to the Mexican
states, with corresponding funding.
Great Lakes Strategy 2002, developed by EPA's Great Lakes National Program Office
(GLNPO) and Federal, state, and Tribal agencies hi consultation with the public, advances U.S.
Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement implementation. Its long-range vision for a healthy
natural environment where all beaches are open for swimming, all fish are safe to eat, and the
Lakes are protected as a safe source of drinking water is supported by Lakewide Management
Plans (LaMPs) and Remedial Action Plans (RAPs) for Areas of Concern (AOCs). Progress is
measured through the Integrated Atmospheric Deposition Network and GLNPO's open water,
fish, and sediments monitoring.
EPA will meet its climate change objectives by working with both business and other
sectors to deliver multiple benefits - from cleaner air to lower energy bills - while continuing to
improve overall scientific understanding of climate change and its potential consequences. The
VI-2
-------
core of EPA's climate change efforts are voluntary government/industry partnership programs
designed to capitalize on the tremendous opportunities available to consumers, businesses, and
organizations to make sound investments in efficient equipment and practices. These voluntary
programs remove barriers to existing and emerging technologies in the marketplace, resulting in
faster deployment of energy efficient technology into the residential, commercial, transportation,
and industrial sectors of the economy. Through its Clean Automotive Technology program,
EPA develops unique new technologies with high potential for improving air quality and
reducing energy consumption. The Agency is working in partnership with industry to make
some of these technologies commercially available before the end of the decade. In addition,
EPA works with other key stakeholders in promoting the development of fuel cell technology for
transportation.
To restore and protect the earth's stratospheric ozone layer, EPA works both domestically
and internationally to limit the production and use of ozone-depleting substances and to develop
safe alternative compounds. EPA also provides education about the risk of environmental and
health consequences of overexposure to ultraviolet (UV) radiation.
To address the potential risks associated with persistent and bioaccumulative substances
and other toxics, the Agency employs two fundamental approaches. The first approach seeks to
minimize the potential harmful impacts of circulating toxic substances through the negotiation
and implementation of specific treaties. The second approach focuses on the cooperative efforts
of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and other international
organizations working to develop harmonized methods for testing and assessing the toxicity of
chemicals, and for measuring the effects of chemicals to humans and the environment.
In addition to the specific strategies noted above, the Agency employs a variety of means
to achieve the environmental objectives outlined in this goal. These include:
• Implementing formal bilateral and multilateral environmental agreements with key
countries, executing environmental components of key foreign policy initiatives, and, in
partnership with the Department of State, engaging in regional and global negotiations
aimed at reducing risks via formal and informal agreements.
• Working with other countries to ensure that domestic and international environmental
laws, policies, and priorities are recognized and implemented.
• Partnering with other Federal agencies, states, business, and environmental groups to
promote environmentally sustainable technologies and services worldwide.
Research
EPA's Global Change Research Program provides the knowledge to allow policy makers
to find the most appropriate, science-based solutions to reduce the potential risks to human
health and ecosystems posed by climate change. EPA coordinates closely with the interagency
Climate Change Science Program (CCSP) and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration's (NOAA) Regional Integrated Science and Assessment Program.
VI-3
-------
Several mechanisms are in place to ensure a high-quality Global Change Research
program at EPA. The Research Strategies Advisory Committee (RSAC) of EPA's Science
Advisory Board (SAB), an independent chartered Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA)
committee, meets annually to conduct an in-depth review and analysis of EPA's Science and
Technology account. The RSAC provides its findings to the House Science Committee and
sends a written report on the findings to EPA's Administrator after every annual review.
Moreover, EPA's Board of Scientific Counselors (BOSC) provides counsel to the Assistant
Administrator for the Office of Research and Development (ORD) on the operation of ORD's
research program. EPA's scientific and technical work products must also undergo either
internal or external peer review, with major or significant products requiring external peer
review. The Agency's Peer Review Handbook (2nd Edition) codifies procedures and guidance
for conducting peer review.
Strategic Objectives
• Reduce Transboundary Threats to Human and Ecosystem Health hi North America
• Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions
• Reduce Stratospheric Ozone Depletion
• Protect Public Health and Ecosystems from PBTs and other Toxics
• Increase Domestic and International Use of Cleaner and More Cost-Effective
Technologies
Highlights
In FY 2004, EPA will use a variety of approaches to build international cooperation and
technical capacity and to prevent harm to the global environment and ecosystems we share with
other nations.
The Agency will host representatives of foreign governments, industry, and Non-
governmental Organizations (NGOs) at the Agency's Headquarters, Regions, and labs. The
Agency will also share technical publications and CD-ROMs with developing countries and
provide access to additional information through technical training courses, the EPA website, the
Spanish Language Resources site, and other services.
EPA will work directly with other countries and through multilateral organizations to
share innovative practices for environmental management and to share environmental
information. These programs help build environmental management capacity of developing
countries while also providing reciprocal benefits to U.S. citizens. These benefits may include:
the introduction of new techniques for managing urban environments, reduced environmental
damage to the global commons, reduced costs and effort through data sharing, an increased
demand for U.S. environmental technologies and services, and the implementation of more
transparent enforcement and permitting regimes.
VI-4
-------
U.S./Mexico Border
In FY 2004, EPA, in partnership with the Mexican Government, state and local
governments, and community organizations, will implement the Border 2012: US-Mexican
Environment Program that will focus resources in areas that can most directly lead to
improvements in public health and environmental conditions in this area. The Border 2012
Program will transfer to the states and local communities substantial responsibility to set
priorities and manage program implementation based on explicit environment and public health
goals and objectives with measurable outcomes.
Specifically, the Border 2012 Program will focus on the following: 1) reducing the
effects of the environment on human health; 2) improving air quality; 3) funding wastewater and
drinking water infrastructure investments in under-served communities; 4) managing chemical
accidents; 5) supporting pollution prevention programs that will, over the long term, reduce the
adverse health and environmental effects of pollutants; 6) reducing and effectively managing
hazardous and solid waste; 7) strengthening bi-national cooperation between institutions
responsible for enforcing their respective country's environmental laws; and 8) strengthening
coordination on pesticide activities linking the work on regulatory harmonization with field
implementation projects to protect field workers and assure safe food supplies.
Great Lakes
EPA, through the GLNPO, will coordinate among state, Tribal, and Federal agencies to
implement the Great Lakes Strategy and measure progress against quantitative environmental
objectives in areas such as clean-up of AOCs, reduction of fish contaminants, beach closures,
sediment remediation, wetland restoration, and invasive species. In FY 2004, if long-term trends
continue, EPA will report a 5 percent decline in toxics (polychlorinated biphenyls or PCBs) in
lake trout and a 7 percent reduction in air toxic concentrations. EPA will also lead development
of management recommendations to address Lake Erie dissolved-oxygen levels, which are
inexplicably low despite U.S. and Canadian success in achieving phosphorus targets.
In FY 2004, EPA is proposing to increase funding for sediment clean-up activities in the
Great Lakes by $15 million. Some of these funds will be needed for assessment and analysis,
which will result in subsequent cleanups. This first year of funding will also enable EPA to
begin cleanup on two to three new sites and will lead to the remediation of over 100,000 cubic
yards of contaminated sediments.
Longer-term objectives in the Great Lakes Strategy include:
• By 2005, clean up and de-list 3 Areas of Concern, with a cumulative total of 10 by 2010
out of 43 that have been identified.
• By 2007, reduce concentrations of PCBs in lake trout and walleye by 25 percent.
• By 2010, 90 percent of monitored Great Lakes beaches will meet bacteria standards more
than 95 percent of the swimming season.
VI-5
-------
* By 2010, substantially reduce further introductions of invasive species.
• By 2010, restore, enhance, or rehabilitate 100,000 acres of wetlands in the Basin.
• Accelerate the pace of sediment remediation, leading to the clean up of all known sites by
2025.
Climate^hange
The President's climate change program builds on the accomplishments of EPA's
voluntary climate programs. EPA's voluntary climate change programs have made significant
progress to date. However, the opportunities remain to achieve further pollution reductions and
energy bill savings from energy efficiency programs and greater use of cost-effective renewable
energy. In the U.S., energy consumption causes more than 85 percent of the major air emissions
such as NOX, SOa, and COa.. At the same time, American families and businesses spend over
$600 billion each year on energy bills- more than we spend on education.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to build upon its voluntary government/industry
partnership efforts to achieve even greater greenhouse gas (GHG) reductions by taking
advantage of additional opportunities to simultaneously reduce pollution and energy bills.
EPA's climate programs help break down market barriers and foster energy efficiency programs,
products and technologies, cost effective renewable energy, and greater transportation choices, A
key example is within the Buildings Sector, which represents one of the largest areas of potential
emission reduction, and at the same time is one of its most successful. EPA will continue to
build upon the successful ENERGY STAR partnerships (including ENERGY STAR Labeling and the
ENERGY STAR Buildings Program) and work toward the goal of offsetting about 24 percent of the
growth in GHG emissions above 1990 levels expected by 2010 in this sector.
In FY 2004, in the voluntary transportation sector, EPA will further build the Green
Transport Partnership which works with the trucking and railroad industries to achieve cleaner
and more efficient vehicles and locomotives by adopting pollution control and energy saving
technologies. This partnership program is a voluntary effort aimed at reducing COi, NOx, and
PM emissions, and conserving diesel fuel.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue its successful development of new transportation
technologies that promise even more dramatic energy-savings. By applying EPA's patented
hydraulic hybrid drivetrain components to a midsize-car research chassis, the Agency's Clean
Automotive Technology (CAT) program already has attained a fuel economy efficiency of more
than 80 miles per gallon (gasoline equivalent). During FY 2002, the CAT program achieved
double-digit efficiency improvements from hydraulic hybrid related technologies on a full-size
domestic pickup truck. The urgent focus continues to be on developing cost effective,
innovative, clean engine and drivetrain technology for personal vehicle and commercial trucks
and on demonstrating the application of these ultra-efficient hydraulic powertrains to personal
vehicles such as Sport Utility Vehicles (SUVs), pickups, and urban delivery vehicles. By
combining these hydraulic hybrid drivetrain innovations with developments in engine
technology, EPA anticipates demonstrating 50-70 percent improvement in the fuel efficiency of
a large SUV or urban delivery truck by 2006, and up to 100 percent improvement by 2010. With
VI-6
-------
a predicted market penetration into as much as 50 percent of new light trucks (including SUVs)
by 2020, annual fuel savings would reach at least 8 billion gallons. In 2020, emissions from this
sector alone would fall by 25 MMTCE.
EPA will continue to work closely with state and local partners to assess the air quality,
health, and economic benefits of reducing greenhouse gas emissions and developing practical
risk reduction strategies. EPA will also establish international partnerships that will link
industrial efficiency, transportation improvements, reduction of greenhouse gases, and
sustainable development
Stratospheric Ozone
To protect the earth's stratospheric ozone layer in accordance with the United States'
commitment to the Montreal Protocol, EPA will continue to regulate ozone-depleting
compounds, foster the development and use of alternative chemicals in the U.S. and abroad,
inform the public about the dangers of overexposure to UV radiation, and use pollution
prevention strategies to require the recycling of ozone-depleting substances (ODS) and
hydroflourocarbons.
Toxics and Pollutants
Reduced risks from toxics, especially persistent organic pollutants (POPs) and selected
metals that circulate in the environment at global and regional scales, will be achieved by
working with other countries, within the frameworks established by international instruments, to
control the production or phase-out from the use of targeted chemicals. EPA is also working to
reach agreement on import and export requirements applicable to certain chemicals, an
expansion of pollutant release and transfer registers and the harmonization of chemical testing,
assessment and labeling procedures. The goal of international harmonization of test guidelines is
to reduce the burden on chemical companies of repeated testing in satisfying the regulatory
requirements of different jurisdictions both within the United States and internationally.
Harmonization also expands the universe of toxic chemicals for which needed testing
information is available, and fosters efficiency in international information exchange and mutual
international acceptance of chemical test data. EPA will continue to cooperate closely with other
Federal agencies and with other industrialized nations within the program framework of the
OECD in harmonizing testing guidelines.
The U.S. is working with other OECD member countries to implement the International
Screening Information Data Set (SIDS) program, a voluntary international cooperative testing
program begun in 1990. The program focuses on developing base-level test information
(including data on basic chemistry, environmental fate, environmental effects and health effects)
for international high production volume (HPV) chemicals, which are chemicals that are
manufactured at one million tons, or 2.2 million pounds, annually. SIDS data for HPV
chemicals will be made available to the public. SIDS data will also be used to screen chemicals
and to set priorities for further testing and/or assessment. The Agency will review testing needs
for 75 SIDS chemicals in FY 2003.
VI-7
-------
POPs Implementation
In FY 2004, EPA will target resources to: 1) provide technical and financial assistance to
key countries/regions, with an emphasis on those whose releases most directly affect the U.S.
(e.g., Russia, Central America, and the Caribbean); 2) address key priorities/areas of need for
each country as well as gaps in technical and financial assistance; 3) maximize use of existing
bilateral and regional partnerships, such as the North American Center for Emergency
Communications (NACEC) and the Arctic Council, to achieve efficiencies and leverage funding;
and 4) support international cooperative efforts, such as monitoring and assessment, to identify
trends and establish priorities. To manage these activities, EPA has developed an international
POPs Implementation Plan and will continue working with UNEP in an Internet Access Project
to train officials of developing countries on accessing information necessary for sound
management of chemicals.
Research
EPA's Global Change Research Program supports one of six Administration FY 2004
Interagency Research and Development Priorities - Climate Change Science and Technology.
All activities to assess potential impacts of global climate change will be developed and
coordinated with the Climate Change Science Program. Attention is expected to be given to
assessing the potential consequences of global change - including climate variability and change,
land use changes, and UV radiation — on air quality, water quality, ecosystem health, and human
health. The Agency will also assess potential adaptation strategies for building resilience to
global change, while responding to both risks and opportunities.
External Factors
EPA's work to reduce global and cross-border environmental risks requires the
cooperation of numerous governments and agencies around the world as well as non-
governmental organizations and private sector parties. Accordingly, the level of success and the
speed at which our objectives are achieved is highly influenced by external factors and events.
While many factors outside of EPA or U.S. control determine a Nation's willingness to
participate in international environmental protection efforts (e.g., economic or political
considerations within the country), EPA's international policy and technical exchange programs
can play an important role in convincing particular nations of both tite need and feasibility of
participating. Other factors affecting EPA's programs include continued Congressional and
public support; cooperation with other Federal agencies, such as the State Department and the
U.S. Agency for International Development; and collaboration with state and local groups,
business and industry groups, and environmental organizations.
Reduction of air, water, wastewater and solid waste problems along the U.S. border with
Mexico will require continued commitment by national, regional and local environmental
officials in that country.
Progress on Great Lakes goals and measures is dependent on actions of others, both
within and outside of the Great Lakes. Key Great Lakes partners, including Canada, state
VI-8
-------
regulatory agencies, the Corps of Engineers, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA), the Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), and the Natural Resources
Conservation Service (NRCS) must act together to continue environmental progress.
The U.S. Global Change Research Program (USGCRP) was established in 1990 by the
U.S. Global Change Research Act. The 1990 Act mandates that the USGCRP conduct periodic
assessments of the consequences of global change for the U.S. EPA is one of ten member
agencies of the USGCRP. The EPA program relies on partnerships with academic institutions to
fulfill its obligations to the USGCRP National Assessment effort.
EPA's efforts to reduce global and regional threats to oceans and the atmosphere require
the active cooperation of other countries. Health and environmental benefits resulting from the
multi-billion dollar investment by U.S. companies to reduce emissions of stratospheric ozone-
depleting compounds could be completely undone by unabated emissions of these chemicals in
other countries. Fortunately, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer
has secured the participation of most countries, including major producers and consumers of
these chemicals. Recovery of the stratospheric ozone layer is contingent upon international
adherence to the commitments made under the Montreal Protocol. UV risk-reduction efforts are
impacted by the rate of recovery of the ozone layer and socio-behavioral norms and attitudes
regarding sun protection.
The success of international agreements on toxic substances is contingent on the
developed world providing adequate levels of funding and timely technical assistance to
developing countries, especially key source countries. Such funding and technical assistance is
necessary in order for these countries to develop the necessary skill levels and infrastructure for
implementing these environmental agreements. The ultimate success of these international
efforts is contingent on not only the provision of policy and technical leadership by EPA and
other Federal government entities, but also the ability to lead through the provision and
leveraging of financial and technical assistance.
VI-9
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks
Objective: Reduce Transboundary Threats to Human and Ecosystem Health in North America.
By 2005, reduce transboundary threats to human health and shared ecosystems in North
America, including marine and Arctic environments, consistent with our bilateral and
multilateral treaty obligations in these areas, as well as our trust responsibility to tribes.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Reduce Transboundary Threats
to Human and Ecosystem Health
in North America.
Environmental Program &
Management
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$33,693.5
$23,988.9
$9,704.6
81.3
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$98,185.9
$23,185.9
$75,000.0
80.8
FY2004
Request
$89,394.6
$39,394.6
$50,000.0
85.8
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
($8,791.3)
$16,208.7
($25,000.0)
5.0
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Great Lakes Legacy Act
Great Lakes National Program
Office
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
FY 2002
Enacted
$1,082.2
$0.0
$14,929.7
$443.1
$333.4
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,127.7
$0.0
$15,128.2
$476.2
$373.7
FY 2004
Request
$1,188.6
$15,000.0
$15,392.0
$496.9
$32.7
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$60.9
$15,000.0
$263.8
$20.7
($341.0)
VI-10
-------
Regional Management
Regional and Global
Environmental Policy
Development
U.S. - Mexico Border
Water InfrastructurerMexico
Border
FY2002
Enacted
$0.0
$931.5
$4,149.5
$75,000.0
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$715.5
$5,364.6
$75,000.0
FY2004
Request
$88.7
$711.3
$6,484.4
$50,000.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$88.7
($4.2)
$1,119.8
($25,000.0)
FY 2004 Request
EPA's activities under this objective address transboundary environmental threats along
the U.S. border areas, in shared North American ecosystems, as well as in the Great Lakes.
Activities focus on the U.S.-Mexico Border, the U.S.-Canada Border, the Great Lakes Program,
and marine and Arctic environments.
U.S./Mexico Border
Communities along the 2,000 mile U.S.-Mexico border are experiencing rapid economic
and population growth, as well as environmental problems, much of it driven by increased trade
between the countries. The Border population, which has doubled in the last 15 years, is now at
12.6 million and is expected to double again in the next 20 years. The development of new
environmental infrastructure has not kept pace with this'growth and as a result the area is
experiencing water scarcity, serious gastrointestinal and respiratory illness, and hazardous and
non-hazardous waste disposal problems.
Based on the results of the "U.S.-Mexico Border XXI Program: Progress Report 1996-
2000" and public comments, EPA developed the Border 2012: US-Mexican Environment
Program, that will focus limited resources hi areas which can most directly lead to improvements
hi public health and environmental conditions in this area. The Border 2012 Program will
transfer to the states and local communities substantial responsibility to set priorities and manage
program implementation based on explicit environment and public health goals and objectives
with measurable outcomes.
The Border 2012 Program will focus on the following: 1) reducing the effects of the
environment on human health; 2) improving air quality through monitoring and control
strategies; 3) funding wastewater and drinking water infrastructure investments in under-served
communities; 4) managing chemical accidents through completing joint chemical accident
contingency plans; 5) supporting pollution prevention programs that will, over the long term,
reduce the adverse health and environmental effects of pollutants; 6) reducing and effectively
managing hazardous and solid wastes through using tracking mechanisms; 7) strengthening
VI-11
-------
binational cooperation between institutions responsible for enforcing their respective country's
environmental laws; and 8) strengthening coordination of pesticide activities linking the work on
regulatory harmonization with field implementation projects to protect field workers and assure
safe food supplies.
A significant number of residents along the U.S.-Mexico border area are without basic
services such as potable water and wastewater treatment and the problem has become
progressively worse in the last few decades. In January 2001, EPA estimated water and
wastewater infrastructure needs along the U.S.-Mexico border at $4.5 billion. For FY 2004, the
Agency has established a goal that cumulatively 990,000 people will be protected from health
risks because of the construction of adequate water and wastewater sanitation systems. To
respond to serious health threats due to environmental infrastructure deficits, EPA will work with
two key partners, the Border Environment Cooperation Commission (BECC) and the North
American Development Bank, which manages the Border Environmental Infrastructure Fund
(BEIF), to support the financing and construction of water and wastewater treatment. The
United States Government committed to funding $700 million towards ,the Mexico Border
project. Between FY 1994 and FY 2002, $682.6 million has been appropriated. However, hi
recognition of the area's continuing environmental and public health needs, in FY 2004, EPA is
proposing $50 million for infrastructure funding for the U.S.-Mexico border.
Great Lakes
The Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) will coordinate implementation of a
community-based approach in the Great Lakes by its Federal, state, Tribal, and local partners.
GLNPO will lead partners in meeting objectives in the 2002 Great Lakes Strategy.
EPA will assess and report on the state of key Great Lakes ecosystem components, make
status and trend information available to Great Lakes environmental managers, and coordinate
measurement of a limited number of environmental indicators applicable to the entire Great
Lakes Basin including trends in toxics in air and fish; beach closings; trophic-status; phosphorus;
and contaminated sediment remediation. Great Lakes fish toxic concentrations (PCBs in Lake
trout) are expected to be 5 percent lower than the previous year, but will still be far above levels
at which fish advisories can be removed. Great Lakes toxics have been associated with disturbed
reproductive function, developmental disorders, impairments in memory and learning, and
increased cancer risk. GLNPO will also monitor chemicals of emerging concern that are
increasing in Great Lakes sediment and biota, such as brominated flame retardants and
perfluorooctane sulfate.
GLNPO will monitor Great Lakes indicators with the research vessel Lake Guardian
(open lake monitoring), the research vessel Mudpuppy (nearshore sediments monitoring), and
the joint GLNPO/Environment Canada Integrated Atmospheric Deposition Network (including
air monitoring stations on each Great Lake) consistent with the 2002 Great Lakes Strategy and
the biennial State of the Lakes Ecosystem Conference (SOLEC - a biennial conference bringing
together representatives of the public and private sectors to facilitate decision making based upon
sound environmental information). Management adjustments based on monitoring results can
facilitate cost-effective pollutant reductions by the Agency and its State and other partners and
will provide trend and baseline data to support and target remedial efforts and measure
VI-12
-------
environmental progress under Remedial Action Plans (RAPs) and Lakewide Management Plans
(LaMPs). GLNPO will lead development of management recommendations to address the
inexplicably low dissolved-oxygen levels in Lake Erie, which have resulted in an increasing
"dead zone," despite U.S. and Canadian success in achieving total phosphorus targets. EPA will
also expand access to Great Lakes environmental information via the Internet.
EPA will work with Environment Canada and lead domestic partners in implementing the
Great Lakes Binational Toxics Strategy. The Strategy, a groundbreaking international toxics
reduction effort, targets a common set of persistent, toxic substances for reduction and virtual
elimination. It focuses on pollution prevention, using voluntary and regulatory tools to achieve
reductions, and contains reduction challenges for a targeted set of substances, e.g., mercury,
PCBs, dioxins/furans, and certain canceled pesticides. Through grants and technical support to
ten or more stakeholders (such as the Great Lakes States, Tribes, environmental groups, and
industrial or municipal sectors), EPA will stay on target for meeting goals for 2006 established in
the Great Lakes Strategy and the Binational Toxics Strategy: PCBs (90 percent use reduction),
Mercury (50 percent use and release reduction), and dioxins .and furans (75 percent release
reduction). Implementation of the Binational Toxics Strategy outside of the Great Lakes Basin
will be augmented through cross-Agency support and activities relating to EPA's Persistent
Bioaccumulative Toxics (PBT) Initiative. Toxics highlighted in the Strategy were chosen as the
initial set of toxics targeted under the PBT Initiative.
EPA, with its Great Lakes partners, will accelerate the pace at which contaminated
sediments are addressed. Contaminated sediments pollute the rivers and harbors of the Great
Lakes, including the 31 U.S. and/or bi-national Areas of Concern (AOCs) and are currently
addressed though various programs. Since 1989, GLNPO has assisted sediment remediation
with technical expertise, financial support, and the use of its sediment-sampling vessel, the R/V
Mudpuppy, to support sediment assessments at three to four contaminated sites annually. If a
community chooses to remediate the sediments, GLNPO has also provided limited financial
support to demonstrate sediment site cleanup. Over the past five years, GLNPO and partners
have remediated 100,000 to 400,000 cubic yards of contaminated sediments annually, in order
that persistent toxics, which could adversely affect human health will no longer be biologically
available through the food chain.
EPA is requesting $15 million in support of the Great Lakes Legacy Act. The Agency
will increase the number of new remedial action starts in the Great Lakes by all partners from
three annually to five to six annually. Enacted in November, 2002, the Great Lakes Legacy Act
authorizes $270 million over five years from Fiscal Years 2004-2008 for Great Lakes projects to
remediate contaminated sediments, research, and public information. Legacy Act
implementation builds upon previous sediment assessment work by GLNPO. It will advance
progress under the Great Lakes Strategy by accelerating the pace of contaminated sediment
remediation and, long term results will include completing cleanup of all known sites in the
Basin before 2025 and potentially accelerating the time required to de-list Areas of Concern.
EPA is working with states and local groups from the AOCs to. expedite de-listing of
those AOCs. EPA, states, and local communities will strategically target reductions of critical
pollutants and restoration of impaired beneficial uses through RAPs for AOCs and through
LaMPs for Lakes Ontario, Michigan, Superior, and Erie. The Agency will continue to report to
VI-13
-------
Congress and the International Joint Commission regarding progress under the Great Lakes
Water Quality Agreement.
The Agency will support the efforts of states, tribes, and local communities to protect and
restore important habitats, emphasizing habitats important for biodiversity and ecological
integrity, such as those necessary for endangered and threatened species. Cooperative efforts
initiated with other Great Lakes Wetland Consortium members to implement the only basin-wide
monitoring of Great Lakes coastal wetlands will continue. GLNPO will contribute its share
towards the Great Lakes Strategy objective of protecting/restoring 100,000 acres of coastal and
inland wetlands by 2010. In support of the Strategy's Invasive Species objectives, GLTSfPO will
work with partners to enhance and monitor the effectiveness of the Chicago River Invasive
Species barrier, report on results of a joint "No Ballast on Board" study, and finalize a plan for a
rapid response to the introduction of invasive species.
Marine and Artie Environments
Through incremental steps necessary to achieve longer-term objectives of preventing
further degradation of the Wider Caribbean and Arctic Ocean, as well as the marine environment
more generally, EPA's negotiating efforts, through the International Maritime Organization, are
aimed at mitigating marine pollution at a global scale. Regional and global efforts are
specifically designed to enhance the effectiveness of existing domestic environmental controls to
reduce pollution of U.S. waters resulting from international shipping and other transboundary
vectors and thereby protect important natural resources as well as the public health of Arctic Rim
populations.
More specifically, programs will prevent or reduce environmental damage associated
with tributlytin, vessel discharges, invasive species, and ocean dumping. Specific projects aimed
at protection of the Arctic ecosystem are focused on preventing and reducing environmental
contamination from spent nuclear fuel, PCBs, and dioxins in Northwest Russia. In addition,
ongoing efforts to address land-based sources of marine pollution hi the Wider Caribbean should
result in Regional water quality and marine habitat improvements that include economic
benefits. Finally, our involvement hi global negotiations is critical to maintain needed flexibility
in domestic rulemaking and other environmental policy mechanisms.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$15,000,000) This investment will allow for an increase hi sediment clean-up activities
in the Great Lakes. These funds will be used to begin cleanup on two to three new
contaminated sites and to assess and analyze other sites to prepare for future cleanups.
• (+$1,115,600, +8.0 FTE) Redirection of resources to give greater emphasis to Mexico
Border from International Capacity Building programs (objective 5). The shift to Mexico
Border is to provide needed FTE resources in the development, coordination and
implementation of a new Border XXII Plan.
VI-14
-------
• (-$236,700, -3.1 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19,7FTE)
• There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
STAG
• (-$25,000,000) This reduction in U.S.-Mexico border grant funding will adequately fund
border infrastructure construction at its current pace.
GOAL: REDUCTION OF GLOBAL AND CROSS-BORDER ENVIRONMENTAL
RISKS
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE TRANSBOUNDARY THREATS TO HUMAN AND
ECOSYSTEM HEALTH IN NORTH AMERICA.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
U.S. - Mexico Border Water/Wasfwater Infrastructure
In 2004 Increase the number of residents in the Mexico border area who are protected from health risks, beach pollution and damaged
ecosystems from nonexistent and failing water and wastewater treatment infrastructure by providing improved water and
wastewater service.
In 2003 Increase the number of residents in the Mexico border area who are protected from health risks, beach pollution and damaged
ecosystems from nonexistent and failing water and wastewater treatment infrastructure by providing unproved water and
wastewater service.
In 2002 Increase the number of residents to 720,000 in the Mexico border area who are protected from health risks, beach pollution and
damaged ecosystems from nonexistent and failing water and wastewater treatment infrastructure by providing improved water
and wastewater service.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of additional people in Mexico border area protected 720,000 900,000 990,000 People
from health risks, because of adequate water & wastewater
sanitation systems funded through border environmental
infrastructure funding.
Baseline: There are approximately 11 million residents in the border area.
Great Lakes: Ecosystem Assessment
In 2004 Great Lakes ecosystem components will improve, including progress on fish contaminants, beach closures, air toxics, and
trophic status.
In 2003 Great Lakes ecosystem components will improve, including progress on fish contaminants, beach closures, air toxics, and
trophic status.
VI-15
-------
In 2002 By removing or containing contaminated sediments, 100,000-200,000 pounds o.f persistent toxics which could adversely affect
human health will no longer be biologically available through the food chain. This contributes to decreasing fish contaminants
and advances the goal of removing fish advisories
Performance Measures:
Long-term concentration trends of toxics (PCBs) in Great
Lakes top predator fish.
Long-term concentration trends of toxic chemicals in the air.
Total phosphorus concentrations (long-term) in the Lake Erie
Central Basin.
FY2002
Actuals
Declining
Declining
Mixed
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
5%
7%
10
FY2004
Request
5%
7%
10
Annual decrease
Annual decrease
Ug/l
Baseline: Identified targets are currently based on historic trends. The trend (starting with 1972 data) for PCBs in Great Lakes top
predator fish toxics is expected to be less than 2 parts per million (the FDA action level), but far above the Great Lakes Initiative
target or levels at which fish advisories can be removed. The trend (starting with 1992 data) for PCB concentrations in the air is
expected to range from 50 to 250 picograms per cubic meter. The trend (starting with 1983 data) for phosphorus concentrations
is expected to range from 4 to 10 parts per billion, levels established in the Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement. The 1970
baseline of oxygen depletion of the Lake Erie central basin is 3.8 mg/liter/month. EPA is working with its partners to refine
targets within the next 3 years.
Mexico Border Outreach
In 2004
Protect the public health and the environment in the US- Mexico border region.
Performance Measures:
Increase by 1.5 million the number of people with adequate
water and wastewater sanitation systems.
Train farmworkers on pesticide risks and safe handling,
including ways of minimizing families' and children's risks
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
1.5 million
50
Population served
Training Sessions
Baseline: The US-Mexico border region extends more than 3,100 kilometers (2,000 miles) from the Gulf of Mexico to the Pacific Ocean,
and 62.5 miles on each side on the international border. More than 11.8 million people reside along the border. The figure is
expected to reach 19.4 million by 2020. Ninety percent of the population reside in the 14 paired, interdependent sister cities.
Rapid population growth in urban areas has resulted in unplanned development, greater demand for land and energy, increased
traffic congestion, increased waste generation, overburdened or unavailable waste treatment and disposal facilities, and more
frequent chemical emergencies. Rural areas suffer from exposure to airborne dust, pesticide use, and inadequate water supply
and waste treatment facilities. EPA, other U.S. Federal agencies, and the Government of Mexico have partnered to address these
environmental problems.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
Performance Measure: Concentration trends of toxics (PCBs) in Great Lakes top predator
fish
Performance Database: Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) base monitoring
program1.
Data Source: GLNPO's ongoing base monitoring program, which has included work with
cooperating organizations such as the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Survey (USFWS).
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: This indicator provides concentrations of selected
organic contaminants in sport fish from the Great Lakes to: (1) determine tune trends hi
contaminant concentrations, (2) assess impacts of contaminants on the fishery, and (3) to assess
potential human and wildlife exposures from consuming contaminated sport fish. The data
provide two elements of contaminant concentrations: The first element includes data from 600-
700 mm lake trout (Salvelmus namaycush) whole fish composites (5 fish) from each of the lakes
VI-16
-------
(walleye, Stizostedion vitreum vitreum, in Lake Erie). These data are used to assess time trends in
organic contaminants in the open waters of the Great Lakes, using fish as biomonitors. These
data can also be used to assess the risks of such contaminants on the health of this important
fishery, and on wildlife that consume them.
The second element of the indicator focuses on assessing human exposures via consumption of
popular sport fish. Coho {Oncorhynchus kisutch) and chinook salmon (Oncorhynchus
tshawytschd) from each lake (rainbow trout, Salmo gairdneri, in Lake Erie) are collected during
the fall spawning run, and composite fillets (5 fish) are analyzed for organic contaminants to
assess human exposure. The Coho salmon spawn at 3 years of age, and so their body burdens
reflect a more focused and consistent exposure time compared to the lake trout which may
integrate exposures over 4 to 10 yrs depending on the lake. Chinook salmon spawn after 4-5
years, and have higher (and thus more detectable) concentrations than the Coho salmon and also
represent a consistent exposure time. Thus time trends for consistent age fish as well as
consistent size fish can be assessed from these data.
QA/QC Procedures; GLNPO has a Quality Management system in place that conforms to the
EPA quality management order and is audited every 3 years in accordance with Federal policy
for Quality Management. The current Quality Management Plan that describes this program is
undergoing revision and should be approved by the end of February, 20Q32. The QA plan that
supports the fish contaminant program is approved and available on request3. The plan that
describes the field sampling program is in draft form and should be completed by April 20034.
Data Quality Review: GLNPO's quality management system has been evaluated as
"outstanding" in previous peer and management reviews5. GLNPO has implemented all
recommendations from these external audits and complies with Agency Quality standards.
Data Limitations: The top predator fish (lake trout) program was designed specifically for
lakewide trends. It is not well suited to portray localized changes.
Error Estimate: The goal of fish contaminant program is for the contaminant levels in the
collected fish to be +/- 20 to 30 % of the actual population values. Although we have observed
slight differences between fish contaminant concentrations collected at different sights, when we
compare the annual trends offish contaminant burdens between sites we see no differences.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The GLENDA database is a significant new system with
enhanced capabilities. Existing and future fish data will be added to GLENDA.
References:
"The Great Lakes Fish Monitoring Program - A technical and Scientific Model For Interstate
Environmental Monitoring." September, 1990. EPA503/4-90-004.
"Great Lakes National Program Office Indicators. , Fish Indicators."
http://www.epa.gov/glnpo/giiridicators/fishcontaminants.htrnl
VI-17
-------
"Trends in Great Lakes Fish Contaminants", Dr. Deborah Swackhammer, Univ of Minnesota
Environ. Oec. Health, School of Public Health, EPA Grant #GL97524201-2, 7/l/02.De Vault, D.
S. 1984. Contaminant analysis of fish from Great Lakes harbors and tributary mouths. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Great Lakes National Program Office. EPA 905/3-84-003.
De Vault, D. S. 1985. Contaminants in fish from Great Lakes harbors and tributary mouths.
Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 14: 587-594.
De Vault, D. S., P. Bertram, D. M. Whittle and S. Rang. 1995. Toxic contaminants in the Great
Lakes. State of the Great Lakes Ecosystem Conference (SOLEC). Chicago and Toronto, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Great Lakes National Program Office and Environment
Canada.
De Vault, D. S., R. Hesselberg, P. W. Rodgers and T. J. Feist. 1996. Contaminant trends in lake
trout and walleye from the Laurentian Great Lakes. Journal of Great Lakes Research 22: 884-
895.
De Vault, D. S. and J. A. Weishaar. 1983. Contaminant analysis of 1981 fall run coho salmon.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Great Lakes National Program Office. EPA 905/3-83-
001.
De Vault, D. S. and J. A. Weishaar. 1984. Contaminant analysis of 1982 fall run coho salmon.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Great Lakes National Program Office. EPA 905/3-85-
004.
De Vault, D. S., J. A. Weishaar, J. M. Clark and G. Lavhis. 1988. Contaminants and trends in fall
run coho salmon. Journal of Great Lakes Research 14: 23-33.
De Vault, D. S., W. A.- Willford, R. Hesselberg, E. Nortrupt and E. Rundberg. 1985.
Contaminant trends in lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush) from the upper Great Lakes. Archives
of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 15: 349-356.
De Vault, D. S., W. A. Willford, R. J. Hesselberg and D. A. Nortrupt. 1986. Contaminant trends
in lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush) from the upper Great Lakes. Archives of Environmental
Contamination and Toxicology 15: 349-356.
Eby, L. A., C. A. Stow, R. J. Hesselberg and J. F. Kitchell. 1997. Modeling changes in growth
and diet on polychlorinated biphenyl bioaceumulation in "Coregonus hoyi". Ecological
Applications 7(3): 981 -990.
Giesy, J. P., et al. 1995. Contaminants in fishes from Great Lakes influenced sections and above
dams of three Michigan rivers: El. Implications for health of bald eagles. Archives of
Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 29: 309-321.
Giesy, J. P., J. P. Ludwig and D. E. Tillett. 1994. Deformities in birds of the Great Lakes region:
assigning causality. Environmental Science and Technology 28(3): 128A-135A.
VI-18
-------
Giesy, J. P., et al. 1994. Contaminants in fishes from Great Lakes-influenced sections and above
dams of three Michigan rivers. II: Implications for health of mink. Archives of Environmental
Contamination and Toxicology 27: 213-223.
Glassmeyer, S. T., D. S. De Vault, T. R. Myers and R. A. Hites. 1997. Toxaphene in Great Lakes
fish: a temporal, spatial, and trophic study. Environmental Science and Technology 31: 84-88.
Glassmeyer, S. T., K. E. Shanks and R. A. Hites. 1999. Automated toxaphene quantitation by
GC/MS. Analytical Chemistry in press.
GLNPO. 1981. A Strategy for Fish Contaminant Monitoring in the Great Lakes. USEPA Great
Lakes National Program Office. .
Jeremiason, J. D., K. C. Hornbuckle and S. J. Eisenreich. 1994. PCBs in Lake Superior, 1978-
1992: decreases in water concentrations reflect loss by volatilization. Environmental Science and
Technology 28(5): 903-914.
Kubiak, T. J., Harris, H. J., Smith, L. M., Schwartz, T. R., Stalling, D. L., Trick, J. A., Sileo, L.,
Docherty, D. E., and Erdman, T. C. 1989. Microcontaminants and reproductive impairment of
the Forster's Tern on Green Bay, Lake Michigan - 1983. Archives of Environmental
Contamination and Toxicology 18: 706-727.
Mac, M. J. and C. C. Edsal. 1991. Environmental contaminants and the reproductive success of
lake trout in the Great Lakes. J. Tox. Environ. Health. 33: 375-394.
Mac, M. J., T. R. Schwartz, C. C. Edsall and A. M. Frank. 1993. Polychlorinated biphenyls in
Great Lakes lake trout and their eggs: relations to survival and congener composition 1979-1988.
Journal of Great Lakes Research 19(4): 752-765.
Madenjian, C. P., T. J. DeSorcie, R. M. Stedman, E. H. J. Brown, G. W. Eck, L. J. Schmidt, R J.
Hesselberg, S. M. Chernyak and D. R. Passino-Reader. 1999. Spatial patterns in PCB
concentrations of Lake Michigan lake trout. Journal of Great Lakes Research 25(1): 149-159.
Madenjian, C. P., R. J. Hesselberg, T. J. Desorcie, L. J. Schmidt, R. M. Stedman, L. J. Begnoche
and D. R. Passino-Reader. 1998. Estimate of net trophic transfer efficiency of PCBs to Lake
Michigan lake trout from their prey. Environmental Science and Technology 32(7): 886-891.
Pearson, R. F., K. C. Hornbuckle, S. J. Eisenreich and D. L. Swackhammer. 1996. PCBs in Lake
Michigan water revisited. Environ. Sci. & Technol. 30(5): 1429-1436.
Rodgers, P. W. and W. R. Swain. 1983. Analysis of polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) loading
trends hi Lake Michigan. Journal of Great Lakes Research 9: 548-558.
Safe, S. H. 1994. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs): environmental impact, biochemical and
toxic responses, and implications for risk. CRC Critical Reviews in Toxicology 24(2): 87-149.
VI-19
-------
'} Schmidt, L. J., and Hesselberg, R. J. 1992. A mass spectroscopic method for analysis of AHH-
inducing and other polychlorinated biphenyl congeners and selected pesticides in fish. Archives
of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 23: 37-44.
Stow, C. A. 1995. Factors associated with PCB concentrations in Lake Michigan salmonids.
Environmental Science and Technology 29(2): 522-527.
Stow, C. A., S. R. Carp and J. F. Amrheim. 1994. PCB concentration trends in Lake Michigan
coho (Oncorhynchus kisutch) and chinook salmon (O. tshawytscha). Canadian Journal of
Fisheries and Aquatic Science 51: 1384-1390.
Stow, C. A. and S. R. Carpenter. 1994. PCB accumulation in Lake Michigan coho and chinook
salmon: individual-based models using allometric relationships. Environmental Science and
Technology 28: 1543-1549.
Stow, C. A., S. R. Carpenter,, L. A. Eby,.J. F. Amrhein and R. J. Hesselberg. 1995. Evidence that
PCBs are approaching stable concentrations in Lake Michigan fishes. Ecological Applications 5:
248-260.
Stow, C. A. and S. S. Qian. 1998. A size-based probabilistic assessment of PCB exposure from
Lake Michigan fish consumption. Environmental Science and Technology 32: 2325-2330.
\ Swackhammer, D., J. Charles and R. Kites. 1987. Quantitation oftoxaphene in environmental
samples using negative ion chemical ionization mass spectrometry. Analytical Chemistry 59:
913-917.
Swackhammer, D. L. 1996. Studies of polychlorinated biphenyls in the Great Lakes. Issues in
Environmental Science and Technology 6: 137-153.
Swackhammer, D. L. and R. A. Kites. 1988. Occurrence and bioaccumulation of organochlorine
compounds in fishes from Siskiwit Lake. Environmental Science and Technology 22: 543-548.
Swackhammer, D. L. and A. Trowbridge. 1997. LMMBS Methods Compendium: Vol. 2
Organics and Mercury Sample Analysis Techniques, Chapter 1, Section 042. USEPA. 9Q5-R-97-
012b.
Trowbridge, A. G. and D. L. Swackhammer. 1999. Biomagnification of Toxic PCB Congeners in
the Lake Michigan Foodweb. Bioaccumulative Toxic Compounds in the Environment. R.
Lipnick, D. Muir, J. Hermens and K. C. Jones. Washington, DC, ACS Symposium Series
Monograph: in review.
"Quality Management Plan for the Great Lakes National Program Office." October 2002, EPA
905-R-02-009.
Swackhammer, D. L. 2001. "Trends in Great Lakes Fish Contaminants." Unpublished - in
J USEPA Great Lakes National Program Office files.
VI-20
-------
Swackhammer, D.L. February, 2002. "Trends in Great Lakes Fish Contaminants."
Unpublished - in USEPA Great Lakes National Program Office files.
"GLNPO Management Systems Review of 1999." Unpublished - in USEPA Great Lakes
National Program Office files.
Performance Measure: Concentration trends of toxic chemicals in the air.
Performance Database: Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) integrated
atmospheric deposition network (IADN) operated jointly with Canada1.
*
Data Source: GLNPO and Environment Canada are the principal sources of the data. Data also
come through in-kind support and information sharing with other Federal agencies, with Great
Lake States, and with Canada.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: There are five master IADN stations, one for each
lake, which are supplemented by satellite stations in other locations. The master stations are
located in remote areas and are meant to represent regional background levels. Concentrations
from the master stations are used for the performance measure. Concentrations from the satellite
station in Chicago are also sometimes used to demonstrate the importance of urban areas to
atmospheric deposition to the Lakes.
Air samples are collected for 24 hours using hi-volume samplers containing an adsorbent.
Precipitation samples are collected as 28-day composites. Laboratory analysis protocols
generally call for solvent extraction of the organic sampling media with addition of surrogate
recovery standards. Extracts are then concentrated followed by column chromatographic
cleanup, fractionation, nitrogen blow-down to small volume (about 1 mL) and injection
(typically 1 uL) into GC-ECD or GC-MS instruments.
All IADN data are loaded and quality controlled using the Research Database Management
System (RDMQ), a SAS program. RDMQ provides a unified set of quality assured data
including flags for each data point that can be used to evaluate the usability of the data.
Statistical summaries of annual concentrations are generated by the program and used as input
into an atmospheric loading calculation. The loadings calculation is described in detail in the
Technical Summary referenced below. However, the averaged concentrations rather than the
loadings are used in the performance measure.
QA/QC Procedures: GLNPO has a Quality Management system in place, which conforms to
the EPA quality management order and is audited every 3 years in accordance with Federal
policy for Quality Management, currently being revised. Quality Assurance Project Plans are in
place for the laboratory grantee, as well as for the network as a whole. A jointly-funded QA
contractor conducts laboratory audits and tracks QA statistics. Data from all contributing
agencies are quality-controlled using the SAS-based system.
Data Quality Review: GLNPO's quality management system has been evaluated as
"outstanding" in previous peer and management reviews2. This program has a joint Canadian
VI-21
-------
US quality system and workgroup that meets twice a year. GLNPO has implemented all
recommendations from these external audits and complies with Agency Quality standards3.
A regular set of laboratory and field blanks is taken and recorded for comparison to the IADN
field samples. In addition, a suite of chemical surrogates and internal standards is used
extensively in the analyses. A jointly-funded QA contractor conducts laboratory audits and
intercomparisons and tracks QA statistics. As previously mentioned, data from all contributing
agencies are quality-controlled using a SAS-based system.
Data Limitations: The sampling design is dominated by rural sites that under emphasize urban
contributions to deposition; thus although the data is very useful for trends information, there is
less assurance of the representativeness of deposition to the whole lake. There are gaps in open
lake water column organics data, thus limiting our ability to calculate atmospheric loadings.
Error estimate: Concentrations have an error of +/- 40%, usually less. Differences between
laboratories have been found to be 40% or less. This is outstanding given the very low levels of
these pollutants hi the air and the difficulty in analysis. The performance measure examines the
long-term trend.
New/Improved Data or Systems: GLNPO expects to post joint data that has passed quality
review to < http://binational.net/ >, a newly created joint international web site.
References:
"Great Lakes National Program Office Indicators. Air Indicators."
http://www.epa.gov/glnpQ/glindicators/atniospheric.html
Details of these analyses can be found in the Laboratory Protocol Manuals or the agency project
plans, which can be found on the IADN resource page at:
http://www.msc.ec.gc.ca/iadn/resources/resources e.html
Overall results of the project can be found hi "Technical Summary of Progress under the
Integrated Atmospheric Deposition Program 1990-1996" and the Draft "Technical Summary of
Progress under the Integrated Atmospheric Deposition 1997-2002". The former can also be
found on the IADN resource page.
"GLNPO Management Systems Review of 1999." Unpublished - in US EPA Great Lakes
National Program Office files.
"Integrated Atmospheric Deposition Network Quality Assurance Program Plan - Revision 1.1.
Environment Canada and USEPA. June 29, 2001. Unpublished - in USEPA Great Lakes
National Program Office files.
Performance Measure: Long term dissolved oxygen depletion trend in Lake Erie.
Performance Database: Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) limnology program.1
Data Source: GLNPO's ongoing limnology program.
VI-22
-------
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: The GLNPO Open Lake Limnology Program has
been operational since 1983 for three of Great Lakes (Michigan, Huron, Erie). In 1986 Lake
Ontario was added to the program and in 1992 Lake Superior was added.. Methods and
suitability of data discussions can be found in Sampling and Analytical Procedures for GLNPO's
Open Lake Water Quality Survey of the Great Lakes, March 2002.2
QA/QC Procedures: GLNPO has a Quality Management system in place that conforms to the
EPA quality management order and is audited every 3 years in accordance with Federal policy
for Quality Management. The current Quality Management Plan that describes this program is
undergoing revision and should be approved by the end of February, 20033. The QA plan that
supports the limnology program is approved and available on request (Sampling and Analytical
Procedures for GLNPO's Open Lake Water Quality Survey of the Great Lakes, March 2002).
GLNPO participates in a shared performance evaluation sample program with numerous
laboratories in Canada and the US and has performed exceptionally for these parameters.
Data Quality Review: GLNPO's quality management system has been given "outstanding"
evaluations in previous peer and management reviews. GLNPO has implemented all
recommendations from these external audits and complies with Agency Quality standards.
Data Limitations: The sampling design is based on the Great Lakes International Surveillance
Program (1986). It provides coverage of most of the Lake Erie Central basin, but does not
provide definitive boundaries for the anoxic zone.
Error Estimate: Environmental measurements are systematically crosschecked by independent
methodologies to ensure accuracy within 10% relative percent difference between
methodologies. For calculation of annual rates of oxygen depletion, corrections for standardized
environmental conditions improve historical correlation coefficients of annual depletion rate over
time from r = 0.45 to r = 76. Inherent ecosystem variability is far greater than measurement
error. (See Rosa, F. and N. Burns. 1987. Lake Erie Central Basin Oxygen Depletion Changes
from 1929 -1980. J. Great Lakes Res. 13(4):684-696.)
New/Improved Data or Systems: The GLENDA database is a significant new system with
enhanced capabilities. Existing and future data will be added to GLENDA.
References:
''''Great Lakes National Program Office Indicators. Dissolved Oxygen Depletion Trend in Lake
Erie." http://www.epa.gov/glnpo/glindicators/water/oxvgena.html
Published data audits. Data have passed peer review for publication in scientific journal. See.
Bertram, P. 1993. Total phosphorus and dissolved oxygen trends in the Central Basin of Lake
Erie, 1970-1991. J. Great Lakes Res. 19(2):224-236. Results of system and data audits are
maintained with the annual files.
Methods. See: Rosa, F. and N. Burns. 1987. Lake Erie Central Basin Oxygen Depletion
Changes from 1929 - 1980. J. Great Lakes Res. 13(4):684-696.): See International Joint
VI-23
-------
^ Commission. 1986. Great Lakes International Surveillance Program - Lake Erie. Windsor,
/ Ontario.
QMP: Quality Management Plan for the Great Lakes National Program Office, Final Draft July
2002, L. Blume GLNPO QA Manager, US EPA, 77 West Jackson, Chicago, II. 60604
(previously approved 9/98).
QAPP: Dissolved Oxygen and Temperature Profiles for the Central Basin of Lake Erie. Quality
Assurance Project Plan. 2001. U.S. EPA, Great Lakes National Program Office, Chicago.
User guides: vyww.epa.gov/glnpo/glindicators/water/oxygena.html/
"Quality Management Plan for the Great Lakes National Program Office." October 2002, EPA
905-R-02-009.
Performance Measure: People in the Mexico border area protected from health risks
because of adequate water and wastewater sanitation systems funded through border
environmental infrastructure funding (cumulative).
Performance Database: No formal EPA database. Performance is tracked and reported
quarterly by Border Environment Cooperation Commission (BECC) and North American
Development Bank (NADBank). Data field is "population served."
Data Source: 1) U.S. population figures from the 2000 U.S. Census1; 2) Data on U.S. and
Mexican populations served by "certified" water/wastewater treatment improvements from the
BECC; 3) Data on projects funded from the NADBank.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Summation of population data from BECC and
NADBank. U.S. Census data are assumed to be correct and suitable.
QA/QC Procedures: EPA Headquarters is responsible for evaluation of reports from BECC and
NADBank on drinking water and wastewater sanitation projects. Regional representatives attend
meetings of the certifying and financing entities for border projects (BECC and NADBank) and
conduct site visits of projects underway to ensure the accuracy of information reported .
Data Quality Review: Regional representatives attend meetings of the certifying and financing
entities for border projects (BECC and NADBank) and conduct site visits of projects underway
to ensure the accuracy of Information reported.
Data Limitations: None
Error Estimate: Same as census data.
New/Improved Data or Systems: None.
j References:
VI-24
-------
U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, (Washington, DC: U.S. Department of
Commerce, 1990). Institute National de Estadistica, Geografiay Informatica, Aguascalientes,
Total Population by State (1990).
Border Environment Cooperation Commission (BECC), Cd Juarez, Chin, and North American
Development Bank (NADBank), (San Antonio, TX, 2002).
Coordination with Other Agencies
U.S./Mexico Border
Over the last several years, EPA has continued to work with the U.S. and Mexican
Sections of the International Boundary and Water Commission to further efforts to improve
water and wastewater services to communities within 100 km of the U.S.-Mexico Border.
Recently, EPA has been involved in efforts to plan, design and construct more than 10 water and
wastewater facilities in the Border region.
The Governments of Mexico and the United States agreed, in November 1993, on
arrangements to assist communities on both sides of the border in coordinating and carrying out
environmental infrastructure projects. The agreement between Mexico and the United States
furthers the goals of the North American Free Trade Agreement and the North American
Agreement on Environmental Cooperation. To this purpose, the governments established two
international institutions.
First, the Border Environment Cooperation Commission (BECC), with headquarters in
Ciudad Juarez, Chihuahua, Mexico, assists local communities and other sponsors in developing
and implementing environmental infrastructure projects. EPA has provided $30.5 million
through FY 2001 to the BECC project development fund. The BECC also certifies projects as
eligible for North American Development Bank financing.
Second, the North American Development Bank (NADBank), with headquarters in San
Antonio, Texas, is capitalized in equal shares by the United States and Mexico. NADBank
provides new financing to supplement existing sources of funds and foster the expanded
participation of private capital. Through 2001, EPA has provided $339 million to the NADBank
through the Border Environmental Infrastructure Fund, BED7. NADBank issues border grants for
individual projects from the BEIF on the agency's behalf.
The United States Government has committed to funding $700 million since FY 2004
towards the Mexico Border project. Since FY 1994, $607.6 million has been appropriated,
including significant funding for projects managed by the International Boundary and Water
Commission and for border Tribal infrastructure projects.
In FY 2003, EPA, in close cooperation with the SEMARNAT (EPA's Mexican
counterpart), other Mexican agencies, the U.S. border states, U.S. Indian Tribal Nations and U.S.
and Mexican NGOs and academic institutions, developed a new program for the border, Border
2012: U.S.-Mexican Environment Program, that will focus limited resources hi areas which can
most directly lead to improvements in public health and environmental conditions in this area.
VI-25
-------
The Border 2012 Program will transfer to the states and local communities the responsibility to
set priorities and manage program implementation based on explicit environment and public
health goals and objectives with measurable outcomes.
Great Lakes
Pursuant to the mandate in Section 118 of the Clean Water Act to "coordinate action of
the Agency with the actions of other Federal agencies and state and local authorities..." GLNPO
is engaged in extensive coordination efforts with state, Tribal, and other Federal agencies, as
well as with our counterparts in Canada. EPA has joined with states, Tribes, and Federal
agencies that have stewardship responsibilities for the Lakes in developing a new Great Lakes
Strategy. In addition to the eight Great Lakes States and interested Tribes, partners include the
Army Corps of Engineers (Corps), the Coast Guard, the Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the
U.S. Office of Geological Survey, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA), and the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS). The Strategy joins
environmental protection agencies with natural resource agencies in pursuit of common goals.
These organizations meet semi-annually as the Great Lakes U.S. Policy Committee to
strategically plan and prioritize environmental actions. GLNPO monitoring involves extensive
coordination among these partners, both in terms of implementing the monitoring program, and
in utilizing results from the monitoring to manage environmental programs. GLNPO's
sediments program works closely with the states and the Corps regarding dredging issues.
Implementation of the Binational Toxics Strategy involves extensive coordination with Great
Lakes States. GLNPO works closely with states, Tribes, FWS, and NRCS in addressing habitat
issues in the Great Lakes. EPA also coordinates with these partners regarding development and
implementation of Lakewide Management Plans for each of the Great Lakes and for Remedial
Action Plans for the 31 U.S./binational Areas of Concern.
Statutory Authorities
Clean Water Act
Clean Air Act
Toxic Substances Control Act
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
Pollution Prevention Act
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act
Organotin Antifouling Paint Control Act
Great Lakes Legacy Act
Annual Appropriation Acts
VI-26
-------
US-Canada Agreements
1997 Canada-U.S. Great Lakes Binational Toxics Strategy
1996 Habitat Agenda
1990 Great Lakes Critical Programs Act
1987 Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement
1987 Montreal Protocol on Ozone Depleting Substances
1978 Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement (GLWQA)
1909 The Boundary Waters Treaty
North American Free Trade Agreement
VI-27
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks
Objective: Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions,
By 2010. U.S. greenhouse gas emissions will be substantially reduced through programs
and policies that also lead to reduced costs to consumers oJ energy and reduced emissions
leading 10 cleaner air and watei. In addition. EPA will carry out assessments and analyses and
promote education to provide an understanding of the consequences of global change needed loi
decision making.
Resource Summan
(Dollars in Thousands)
Reduce Greenhouse Gas
Emissions.
Environmental Program A.
Management
Science & Technology
Total Work years
Climate Change Research
Climate Piotection Program:
Building:-
Climate Protection Program:
Carbon Removal
Climate Protection Piogram:
Industn
Climate Protection Program:
International Capacity Building
FY 2002
Actuals
$146.393.0
$99,976.1
$46.416.9
329.9
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$136.953.4
$98.104.8
$38,848.6
303.9
FY 2004
Request
$138.105.8
$99.256.9
$38.848.9
299.0
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$1.152.4
$]J52.1
$0.3
-4.9
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002
Enacted
$2] ,350.5
$48.571.3
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$21.729.3
S4 9.820.5
FY 2004
Request
$23 .528.6
$48.324.5
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
_Pres Bud_
_($200.7)_
($3.496.0)
$3.549.7
$25.368.6
$6.982.8
$1.576.:-
$25.673.1
$7.08(1.5
$1.734.5
$26.439.1
$6.608.1
$158.2
$766.0
($478.4)
-------
Climate Protection Program:
State and Local Climate Change
Program
Climate Protection Program:
Transportation
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Planning and Resource
Management
FY2002
Enacted
$2,245.6
$30,830.7
$750.0
$4,461.0
$328.2
$2,855.2
$0.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$2,275.2
$21,567.2
$0.0
$4,019.1
$354.5
$2,851.7
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$2,569.0
$22,934.7
$0.0
$4,530.9
$369.9
$3,030.5
$36.0
FY2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$293.8
$1,367.5
$0.0
$511.8
$15.4
$178.8
$36.0
FY 2004 Request
In February 2002, the President announced a new approach to global climate change
designed to harness the power of the markets and technological innovation. The President
committed America to cut greenhouse gas intensity by 18 percent over the next decade. This
approach supports vital climate change research and ensures that America's workers are not
unfairly impacted by climate change strategies. As we learn more about the science of climate
change and develop new technologies to mitigate emissions, this annual decline can be
accelerated. Focusing on greenhouse gas intensity sets America on a path to slow the growth of
greenhouse gas emissions, and — as the science justifies — to stop and then to reverse that growth.
Reversing emissions growth will eventually stabilize atmospheric concentrations as emissions
decline.
EPA's voluntary climate programs meet the U.S. climate change objectives by working
in partnership with businesses and other sectors through programs that deliver multiple benefits —
from cleaner air to lower energy bills - while improving overall scientific understanding of
climate change and its potential consequences. In FY 2004, EPA expects to continue the
significant accomplishments of its Climate Protection Programs (CPPs). The opportunity to save
on our nation's $600 billion annual energy bill over the next decade, while reducing air
pollution, is tremendous. The opportunity to reduce greenhouse gas emissions is as great.
The core of EPA's climate change efforts are voluntary government/industry partnership
programs designed to capitalize on the opportunities that consumers, businesses, and
organizations have for making sound investments in efficient equipment, policies and practices,
and transportation choices. In ten years, we expect that more than half the nation's
anthropogenic greenhouse gas emissions will come from equipment purchased between now and
VI-29
-------
then. Thousands of equipment purchases are made every day, and often people buy the
equipment that is the least efficient, thereby committing themselves to higher energy bills for 10
to 20 years at a time, depending upon the life of the equipment. At the same time, people often
overlook the investment opportunities represented by more efficient equipment — investment
opportunities with the potential of more than double the return on investment of other common
options (e.g., money markets, U.S. Treasury bonds).
EPA manages a number of efforts, such as the ENERGY STAR programs, the Commuter
Choice Leadership Initiative, and the EPA Clean Automotive Technology (CAT) program, to
remove barriers in the marketplace and to deploy technology faster in the residential,
commercial, transportation, and industrial sectors of the economy. EPA programs do not provide
financial subsidies. Instead, they work by overcoming widely acknowledged barriers to energy
efficiency: lack of clear, reliable information on technology opportunities; lack of awareness of
energy efficient products and services; lack of financing options to turn life cycle energy savings
into initial cost savings for consumers; low incentives to manufacturers for efficiency research
and development (R&D); and lack of awareness about more, energy efficient transportation
choices.
The Agency will continue activities that provide co-benefits to other countries and to the
global commons. Global reductions in greenhouse gas emissions can be achieved by recognizing
and providing support for in-country environmental issues, such as local air quality, energy
access and efficiency, cleaner production, transportation alternatives, and solid waste
management (for methane reduction).
EPA's newest voluntary programs are building on previous accomplishments. In 2001,
EPA launched partnership programs to promote cleaner, more efficient energy supply through
increased renewable energy and combined heat and power (CHP) applications. These
"distributed energy" technologies continue to break the link between our nation's increased
energy demand and air pollution. CHP and renewable power also help meet the growing need
for decentralized, highly reliable power as our nation's electric grid ages. In FY 2002, EPA
expanded the national Combined Heat and Power Partnership to over 60 partners, more than
tripling the membership from 18 Founding Partners at the program launch in October 2001. In
addition, EPA expanded the Green Power Partnership to include over 90 companies, universities,
and state and local governments who have made commitments to purchase a set percentage of
their power from renewable energy sources. In FY 2002, EPA launched the Climate Leaders
program to encourage companies to develop long-term, comprehensive climate change
strategies. In addition, the Agency began forming partnerships and initiated a number of
transportation efforts focusing both on the industry and state and local sectors, including a
program to implement voluntary ground freight management practices as well as technologies
that can substantially improve load scheduling and load matching logistics, reduce truck engine
idling, and improve truck fuel-efficiency.
Research
EPA's Global Change Research Program supports one of six Administration FY 2004
Interagency Research and Development Priorities - Climate Change Science and Technology. In
order to ensure the Program's relevance, research and assessment activities are guided by the
VI-30
-------
externally peer-reviewed draft Global Change Research Strategy and a draft Multi-Year Plan.
These documents articulate the long-term goals, purpose, and priorities of the program, and
include a scheduled timeline of research and assessment activities and annual performance goals
and measures under the Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA). To maximize the
quality of the research conducted under the Global Change Research Program, products such as
scientific publications, assessments and documents undergo peer-review, with major or
significant products requiring external peer-review. The Agency's Peer Review Handbook (2nd
Edition) codifies the procedures and guidance for conducting peer review.
EPA's Global Change Research Program is assessment-oriented and is closely
coordinated with the Change Science Program (CCSP), created under the auspices of the cabinet-
level Committee on Climate Change Science and Technology Integration (CCCSTI). In
addition, the Agency will collaborate closely with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration's (NOAA's) Regional Integrated Science and Assessment Program in order to
assure appropriate prioritization and efficiency, to avoid duplication and to assure consistently
high standards of scientific review for all aspects of supported studies and analyses.
The Agency's assessment process brings together groups of people with common
interests and enables them to work together to address environmental concerns. Through this
process, those who may be affected by environmental change (the stakeholders), those who can
provide scientific information about that change (researchers and assessors), and those who can
respond to that change (resource managers and decision makers) communicate with each other.
Program Accomplishments
EPA has had substantial success across its CPPs and global change research efforts.
Through FY 2002, EPA's CPPs (see Table 1) substantially reduced emissions of carbon dioxide
(COi) and other greenhouse gases such as methane and perfiuorocarbons (PFCs). In addition,
EPA's CPPs have locked in substantial energy and environmental benefits over the next decade.
Since many of the investments promoted through EPA's climate programs involve energy
efficient equipment with lifetimes of decades or more, the investments that have been spurred
through 2002 will continue to deliver environmental and economic benefits through 2012 and
beyond. EPA currently estimates that, based on investments in equipment already made due to
EPA's programs through 2002, organizations and consumers across the country will net savings
of more than $70 billion through 2012, and greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced by more
than 500 MMTCE through 2012 (cumulative reductions based upon estimated 2002
achievements). These programs continue to be highly cost-effective approaches for delivering
environmental benefits across the country. For every dollar spent by EPA on its technology
deployment programs, these programs have reduced greenhouse gas emissions by more than 1.0
metric ton of carbon equivalent (3.67 tons of CO2) and delivered more than $75 in energy bill
savings. This is based upon a cumulative reduction since 1995. Finally, since the mid-1990s,
these programs have kept roughly 600,000 tons of smog-forming nitrogen oxide (NOX) from
entering the air.
In addition to these benefits, the transportation research and development component of
EPA's CPPs has produced important technological advancements that will generate substantial
energy and carbon benefits in future years, while improving America's competitiveness. In FY
VI-31
-------
2002, EPA made a major commitment to become an active member of the California Fuel Cell
Partnership, a public-private venture to demonstrate and promote fuel cell vehicles as a
technology that is both environmentally safe and commercially viable. To this end, EPA is
adapting the National Vehicle and Fuels Emissions Laboratory to handle hydrogen fuel and to
enable testing of fuel cell vehicles.
In FY 2002 alone, the Climate Protection Programs are expected to produce the following
results, to be reported for the Government Performance and Results Act (final results will be
available in CY 2003):
« reduced greenhouse gas emissions by more than 67 MMTCE;
» reduced energy consumption by an estimated 85 billion kilowatt hours; and,
• demonstrated technology for a hydraulic hybrid full-size pickup truck that exceeded its
interim 15 percent fuel economy improvement milestone measured during typical city
driving.
Sector
Program
Table 1: EPA's Climate Protection Programs
Activity/Initiative
Buildings
Industry
Transportation
ENERGY STAR
Carbon Reduction Programs (CO2)
Methane Programs (CH4)
Programs to Reduce High Global Warming
Potential Gases (HFCs, PFCs, SF6)
Transportation Efficiency Programs
Buildings
Labeled Products
Homes
ENERGY STAR for Industry
Combined Heat and Power Partnership
Green Power Partnership
Industry Partnerships
Waste Wise
Natural Gas STAR Program
Landfill Methane Outreach Program
Coalbed Methane Outreach Program
Agricultural Programs (Ruminant Livestock Outreach andAgSTAR)
Landfill Rule
Voluntary Aluminum Industrial Program
PFC Emissions Redaction Partnership/or the Semiconductor Industry
SF6 Emissions Reduction Partnership for the Electric Power System
SF6 Emissions Reduction Partnership for the Magnesium Industry
Partnership with HCFC-22 manufacturers to reduce HFC-23 emissions
Significant New Alternatives Program (SNAP)
Voluntary Partnerships with SNAP Industry Sectors
Commuter Choice Leadership Initiative
VI-32
-------
Fuel Cell Vehicles and Hydrogen Fuel
Clean Automotive Technology (CAT)
SmartWay Outreach Program
Clean Air Transportation Communities Program
SmartWay Transport Partnership
Expand test capability for fuel cell vehicle testing, certify first fuel cell
vehicles, expand life cycle modeling capability, and actively engage in the
national fuel cell and hydrogen debate.
Support Cooperative Research and Development Agreements (CRADAs)for
Advanced Engine and Powertrains for Hydraulic Hybrid Personal Vehicles
such as SUVs, Pickup Trucks and Urban Delivery Vehicles
Carbon Removal
State and Local Climate Change Outreach Program
International Capacity Building
Global Change Research
In FY 2002, EPA's CPPs have also:
• offset growth in greenhouse gas emissions above 1990 levels by about 20 percent;
• conserved enough energy to light 70 million homes for the year;
* prevented NOX emissions equivalent to the annual pollution from 40 power plants; and
• avoided greenhouse gas emissions equivalent to eliminating the pollution from about 45
million automobiles for the year.
EPA's climate change programs have met their greenhouse gas reduction goals through
FY 2001, as shown in Figure 1, and continue to meet the challenge of substantially higher
emissions reduction goals. All of the programs are on target to meet or exceed their specific
goals for reducing greenhouse gas emissions and energy consumption, as shown in Table 2.
VI-33
-------
Figure 1. Overall Goals and
Accomplishments for the Climate Protection Programs
Figure 1. Overall Goals and
Accomplishments for the Climate
Protection Programs
I Annual Achievements D Annual Goals
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
The FY 2002 final results will be available in Spring 2003.
The programs have a number of accomplishments through the end of FY 2002 that are
highlighted in Tables 3, 4, 5, and 6 for the buildings, industry, transportation and other sectors,
respectively.
VI-34
-------
Table 2. Goals and Accomplishments for Performance Measures; 1998 through 2004*
Program Area/Key
Gases
Buildings
Industry
CO2
CH,
PFCs,
SF6.
MFCs
Transportation
State and Local
Total
1998
Accomplished
kWh
Saved
(billion)
35
na
na
na
na
na
35
MMTCE
reduced
7.2
4.8
,5.9
10.4
0.3
1.3
30
1999
Accomplished
kWh
Saved
(billion)
61
na
na
na
na
na
61
MMTCE
reduced
12.5
5.3
8.3
15
1.1
1.4
44
2000
Accomplished
kWh
Saved
(billion)
74
na
na
na
na
na
74
MMTCE
reduced
15.2
5.5
13.8
20.8"
1.7
1.7
59
2001
Accomplished
kWh
Saved
(billion)
80
na
na
na
na
na
80
MMTCE
reduced
16.6
5.8
16.0
22.8s
1.9
1.9
65
20022
Goal/Accomplished
kWh Saved
(billion)
85
na
na
na
na
na
85"/85
MMTCE
reduced
17.0V17.0
6.4'/6.4
15.9"/15.9
20.6"'5/24
2.1'/2.1
2.0"/2.0
64"/67
20033
Goal
kWh Saved
(billion)
na
na
na
na
na
na
95"
MMTCE
reduced
19.2"
6.7"
17.0"
24.9*'"
2.4"
2.0"
72.2'
20043
Goal
kWh
Saved
(billion)
na
na
na
na
na
na
110"
MMTCE
reduced
21.4"
7.4"
18.1"
29.6"'5
2.8"
2.0"
81.3"
'Metrics are not applicable to CAT, International Capacity Building or Global Change Research. The accomplishments of many of EPA's voluntary programs are documented in
the Climate Protection Partnerships Division Annual Report. The most recent version, Partnerships Changing the World: Energy Star and Other Voluntary Programs, Climate
Protection Partnerships Division 2001 Annual Report, EPA 430-R-02-010, August, 2002, is available at: http://www.epa.gov/cppd .
2These results are estimates. Final results will be available in Spring 2003.
3The Third National Communication to the Secretariat of the Framework Convention on Climate Change (FCCC) reporting on national progress was submitted in FY 2002. The
report provided updated information on U.S. climate protection programs including actual FY 2000 accomplishments and projected benefits in 2010. Goals for the climate
protection programs were reviewed and refined as part of this interagency process.
4GPRA performance measure
5These goals and accomplishments do not include EPA's efforts on self-chilling cans, which resulted in the avoidance of potentially significant emissions of HCFCs into the
atmosphere.
VI-35
-------
Program Area
Table 3. FY 2002 Program Accomplishments for EPA's Buildings
Accomplishments
The ENERGY STAR Buildings Partnership represents 17 percent of the U.S. building floor space.
Benchmarks are now available for over 40% of the commercial buildings market.
The number of buildings benchmarked doubled from the previous year. EPA's continued work promoting the building
energy performance rating systems led to benchmarks representing 15% of the commercial office square footage, 11% of
K-12 school floor space, and 18% of U.S. supermarket floor area, just 6 months after its release.
Energy service and product providers have worked with Energy Star to benchmark over 700 buildings for their customers.
Over 25% of all Energy Star label awards were through service and product providers.
EPA collaborated with utilities, states and regional energy program partners to promote Energy Star's national energy
performance rating system, including the launch of new partnerships in the Northeast, Northwest, Midwest, Texas, and
California.
The ENERGY STAR label is recognized as the national label for energy efficiency and many players (including retailers
utilities, NGOs, etc.) across the country are using the label to promote efficiency. The label has achieved more than 40%
public awareness as of 2002.
Energy Star performance specifications are updated for products in cases where technology has advanced and updates are
necessary to maintain the integrity of the Energy Star label. EPA updated specifications for televisions/VCRs, residential
air conditioning/heat pumps, residential light fixtures, and boilers.
The program includes products that represent over 60% of energy use in the average household and can help families
reduce their energy bills by up to $400 per year with currently available products that also improve home comfort.
More than 1,200 manufacturing companies have partnered with Energy Star. They produce Energy Star -labeled products
across more than 35 product categories. More than 875 million labeled products have been purchased.
EPA has engaged more than 150 utilities/energy service providers that serve approximately 60% of the households in the
U.S. in promoting energy efficiency with the ENERGY STAR label.
The program has partnered with more than 450 retailers to promote ENERGY STAR products in more than 7,000
storefronts across the country.
The ENERGY STAR Homes program includes more than 3,000 builders that have built over 100,000 labeled homes,
locking in financial savings of more than $30 million annually for homeowners.
EPA launched its ENERGY STAR Home Sealing Program in New England and the Mid-West, working with key utilities,
contractors, and market transformation groups, to promote proper insulation and air sealing for the home envelope.
ENERGY STAR worked closely with the State of New York and Wisconsin to implement Home Performance with
ENERGY STAR, a whole house approach to improving a home's energy efficiency cost-effectively.
EPA continues to promote its Home Improvement Toolbox which provides homeowners with information to make cost-
effective energy efficiency improvements to their homes. See: http://www.epa.gov/hhiptool/
ENERGY STAR supported the development of a trained contractor infrastructure by supporting certification organizations
and national conferences.
VI-36
-------
°rogram Area
Table 4. FY 2002 Program Accomplishments for EPA's Industry Initiatives
Accomplishments ^
Carbon
Reduction
Programs
ethane
Programs
ENERGY STAR for industry successfully worked with the motor vehicle and brewing industries in a concentrated effort to improve the
energy efficiency of these operations. The process developed for these two industries will be transferred to other U.S. based industries.
ENERGY STAR conducted five peer exchanges designed to enhance the energy performance of U.S. industry and the 470 manufacturing
partners within the partnership.
EPA expanded the national Combined Heat and Power Partnership to over 60 partners, tripling the membership from 18 Founding Partners
at the program launch in October 2001. The CHP Partnership is working in key state markets—including Illinois, Hawaii, New York, and
Texas—to identify and implement favorable policies, and to facilitate new projects at industrial plants, institutional facilities, and
commercial buildings.
EPA also issued its third annual Energy Star CHP Awards to qualifying high-efficiency projects. See: http://www.epa.gov/chp.
EPA expanded the Green Power Partnership to include over 90 companies, universities, and state and local governments who have made
commitments to purchase a set percentage of their power from renewable energy sources.
EPA recognized innovative green power purchasers for their leadership in the first annual Green Power Leadership Awards. See:
http://www.epa.gov/greenpower
Industry Partnerships. Climate Leaders was launched in February 2002 and includes more than 35 partners committed to work with EPA
to inventory their GHG emissions, set aggressive reduction goals, and report their progress each year.
EPA continued to work with industry partners to help them better understand their greenhouse gas emissions and opportunities for cost-
effectively reducing these emissions.
EPA released core modules of its corporate greenhouse gas inventory protocol (overall design principles, stationary combustion, indirect
emissions from electricity, mobile sources, refrigeration/ac, iron/steel, cement) for external review and comment.
Waste Wise now has more than 1,200 partners who have reported reductions of over 35 million tons of solid waste since the program
began in 1994, saving more than $1.1 billion.
WasteWise initiated an industries sector campaign to promote large volume waste reductions—electric utilities, pulp and paper, and
automotive sectors are included in this initiative with an initial emphasis on beneficial use of coal ash from utilities.
EPA worked with key industry, government and Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) to develop technical assistance materials to
promote the use of resources management as a holistic tool for waste management and reduction. EPA is continuing its efforts to develop a
product stewardship agreement with the electronics industry and is working with the carpet industry to implement an agreement reached in
2001.
The Natural Gas STAR Program partners with 58% of the natural gas industry, working cooperatively with companies in the production,
processing, transmission, and distribution sectors.
The Landfill Methane Outreach Program (LMOP1 assisted in the development of 29 new landfill gas-to-energy projects (bringing the total
to over 235) with an additional 200 projects in the construction or planning stages and expected to be online soon. LMOP signed on 32
new partners, bringing the total LMOP partner base to just over 310.
The Coalbed Methane Outreach Program (CMOP) helped reduce methane emissions through project development support at 24 project
sites. CMOP provided high-quality, project-specific information to project developers.
EPA assisted swine and cattle producers in developing waste management systems that produce farm revenues and reduce water and air
pollution. About 30 million kWh/yr of renewable energy was produced from farms capturing methane to provide energy for local
communities.
Programs to
Reduce High
Global
Warming
Potential
Gases
EPA continued work with 8 ofthe9 U.S. primary aluminum producers representing 20 of the 21 U.S. smelters to increase reductions over
our 2001 goal, and to better understand the generation of PFCs in the smelting process and to quantify smelter-specific emissions.
EPA expanded the electric power systems partnership to reduce SF6 emissions to 65 partners representing over 50% of net generating
capacity. More than 80% of SF6 sales are to this sector.
EPA expanded the magnesium (Mg) industry partnership to reduce SF6 emissions to 16 partners representing 100% of primary Mg
production and 80% of domestic casting capacity.
EPA continued its voluntary partnership with 22 U.S. semiconductor manufacturers representing more than 70% of the industry's
emissions. These partners have a goal to reduce PFC emissions 10% below their 1995 baseline by 2010.
EPA partners with 100% of the U.S. HCFC-22 producers. These partners use process optimization and abatement to reduce production by-
product emissions of HFC-23, which is the most potent and persistent of the HFCs.
SNAP reviewed and listed 50 additional substances as acceptable alternatives to ozone-depleting chemicals in over 125 end-uses for a
combined total of over 400 acceptable alternatives listed; cooperated with the fire protection industry to revise National Fire Protection
Association Standard 2001 on Clean Agent Halon Alternatives; and encouraged the development of new, less-emissive technologies
including secondary loop refrigeration systems and adoption of responsible use practices by the fire protection industry for gases with high
global wanning potential.
VI-37
-------
Table 5. ĄY 2002 Program Accomplishments for EPA's Transportation Initiatives
'rogram Area
Accomplishments
Transportation
Efficiency
EPA signed and is supporting nearly 1300 employers under the Commuter Choice Leadership Initiative, covering a range of
industries, businesses, universities, and state and local governments making environmentally sound commuter benefits available
to nearly 600,000 employees. See: http://www.commuterehoice.gov/.
In 2002, EPA initiated the voluntary SmartWay Transport Partnership to challenge trucking and rail companies to improve their
fuel efficiency and to reduce pollution. Some key outputs include: a locomotive idling control project in Chicago, Illinois; a
truck and locomotive idling-control demonstration grant program with national, non-profit organizations involved in
transportation/air quality issues; an EPA hosted workshop for Northeastern states to begin coordination on creating truck stop
electrification projects along 1-95 to reduce track idling; and a charter group of trucking companies that wffl help EPA create
specific performance goals for the industry.
EPA continued to coordinate internationally with other industrialized countries and domestically with state and local agencies on
effective methods to address climate change transportation issues.
EPA is implementing the National SIP Land Use Policy and has partnered with several state and local governments to recognize
the transportation emission reduction benefits of smart growth and voluntary land use policies.
EPA launched a pilot program to test the potential for reducing vehicle nriles traveled teough the voluntary Variable Priced Auto
Insurance Initiative, using global positioning system transponders to record mileage and price insurance options accordingly.
Ten communities continue to participate in the Clean Air Transportation Communities Program, which spurs innovation and
measurable reductions in transportation-related emissions by decreasing vehicle miles traveled and increasing use of cleaner
technologies, to implement innovative pilot projects at the itate, regional, local and Tribal level. There were no new awards in
2002.
Fuel Cells and
Hydrogen Fuels
EPA established hydrogen fueling and fuel cell testing capability and certified the first fuel cell vehicle. EPA also joined with
other key private and public players in the fuel cell field through the California Fuel Cell Partnership.
Clean Automotive
Technology
EPA demonstrated 85 miles per gallon (gasoline-equivalent) on a mid-size car research chassis with a state-of-the-art diesel
engine and an EPA-invented, patented, and developed hybrid drivetrain.
Using EPA's hydraulic hybrid drivetrain technology, the CAT program exceeded its interim 15% fuel economy improvement
milestone on a full-size pickup truck measured during typical city driving.
Assisted Cooperative Research and Development (CRADA) partner with unique engineering expertise to achieve a 25% fuel
economy improvement measured during urban driving on its prototype 10,000 pound hydraulic hybrid commercial pickup truck.
VI-38
-------
Program Area
Table 6. FY 2002 Program Accomplishments for Other Initiatives
Accomplishments
Carbon Removal
The carbon sequestration program continued to work collaboratively with the U.S. .Department of Agriculture
(USDA) on domestic pilot programs, programs designed to address major issues related to implementation of
sequestration projects both domestically and internationally.
EPA continued to enhance its state-of-the-art capability to evaluate the technical and economic potential of carbon
sequestration in both the forest and agriculture sectors, and conducted key analyses on sequestration policy issues.
EPA initiated efforts to better understand and quantify the environmental ancillary impacts of carbon sequestration.
State and Local
Outreach
Program
International
Capacity
Building
40 states representing approximately 80% of U.S. carbon dioxide emissions, have completed greenhouse gas
emissions inventories with technical assistance from EPA.
EPA increased state and local capacity to assess, develop, and implement state-tailored voluntary greenhouse gas
emission reduction strategies in 23 states.
EPA developed analytic tools to improve understanding of the relationship between greenhouse gas emissions and
criteria air pollutants, including a spreadsheet based tool to facilitate state inventories and projections, a software
model to calculate both the clean air and greenhouse gas impacts of state and local policies, and a report providing
guidance to state and localities on how to make climate friendly decisions.
Twenty-one additional U.S. cities joined the EPA-supported "Cities for Climate Protection Campaign" bringing
total U.S. participants to 130, with a combined population of over 48 million. In addition to the more than 1.5
MMTCE these cities are reducing each year, they are reducing over 28-,000 tons of air pollutants and saying more
than $70 million annually.
EPA has funded more than 100 state and local demonstration, research, outreach, or education projects throughout
the U.S. since 1990. ICLEI Cities for Climate Protection Campaign actions and EPA demonstration projects
completed or underway have achieved total emissions reductions of approximately 2 MMTCE per year. To date,
EPA distributed over 5,300 copies of the EPA State and Local Climate Change Outreach Kit to educate
stakeholders on the science, impacts, resources and solutions addressing climate change.
Six communities participating in the Cities for Climate Protection Campaign joined the EPA-supported "Policy
Adoption Peer Exchange Initiative" aimed to help local governments adopt heat island mitigation strategies.
EPA communicated with key audiences regarding climate change through publications, conference presentations,
and an award-winning website. See: http://www.epa.gov/globalwarming
EPA leveraged U.S. experience with market-based mechanisms to help other countries design effective market-
based programs.
EPA supported the development of rigorous bottom-up greenhouse gas inventories in Russia (4 regions),
Kazakhstan, and Ukraine, including energy fuel balances, and national estimates of selected sources such as the
high-GWP gases. EPA projects in the countries of the former Soviet Union have reduced greenhouse gas emissions
by more than a million metric tons of carbon equivalent in the last five years.
EPA provided technical guidance to 49 developing countries in the process of developing their National
Communications as required under the UNFCCC.
EPA established partnerships with key developing countries to share and transfer energy efficiency program
models and clean energy technologies developed in the U.S. Current programs will reduce greenhouse gas
emissions in 2010 by 8 MMTCE.
EPA supported the interagency planning process for the World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD) held
in Johannesburg, SA. EPA played a major role in developing several of the initiatives, including the Healthy
Homes Initiative and the Children's Health Initiative.
EPA's Integrated Environmental Strategies Program, with cooperation from AID, assisted 8 developing countries
to evaluate the environmental and human health benefits of technologies and policies for reducing greenhouse gas
emissions. Five of these countries have now produced initial evaluations and implementation plans for multiple
benefits strategies.
EPA initiated a new international transportation outreach program to improve GHG inventories and advance
mitigation strategies with developing countries.
VI-39
-------
Program Goals and Objectives for FY 2004
Despite the significant accomplishments of EPA's programs to date, there remain
opportunities to achieve further pollution reductions and energy bill savings from energy
efficiency programs and greater use of cost-effective renewable energy. In the U.S., energy
consumption causes more than 85 percent of the major air emissions such as NOX, CO2 and
sulfur dioxide (SCh). At the same time, American families and businesses spend over $600
billion each year on energy bills - more than we spend on education. Technologies are available
today that can cut this energy use significantly. Other technologies are being developed that may
provide even more dramatic opportunities - such as transferring the highly efficient hybrid
powertrain components, originally developed for passenger car applications, to meet the more
demanding size, performance, durability, and towing requirements of personal vehicles such as
Sport Utility Vehicles (SUVs), pickup trucks, and urban delivery vehicle applications, potentially
doubling the fuel economy of such vehicles by 2010.
Over the next several years, EPA will build upon its voluntary government/industry
partnership efforts to achieve even greater greenhouse gas reductions by taking advantage of
additional opportunities to simultaneously reduce pollution and energy bills. EPA will continue
to break down market barriers and foster energy efficiency programs, products and technologies,
cost effective renewable energy, and greater transportation choices. EPA will continue to work
closely with state and local partners to assess the air quality, health, and economic benefits of
reducing greenhouse gas emissions and developing practical risk reduction strategies. It will
establish international partnerships that will link industrial efficiency, reduction of greenhouse
gases, and sustainable development. In FY 2004, EPA's climate change programs are projected
to:
• reduce greenhouse gas emissions from projected levels by more than 81.3 MMTCE;
• reduce U.S. energy consumption from projected levels by more than 110 billion kilowatt
hours annually;
• reduce other forms of pollution, including air pollutants such as NOX, particulate matter
and mercury from energy efficiency and reduce water pollution (from better fertilizer
management);
• contribute to over $7 billion in net energy bill savings to consumers and businesses that
use energy efficient products for the year;
• demonstrate technology for a hydraulic-hybrid urban delivery vehicle or large SUV that
achieves 30-50 percent better fuel economy than the typical baseline vehicle (e.g. if a
typical large SUV is found to achieve a baseline fuel economy of 17.0 mpg, the CAT
program would demonstrate 21.2 - 25.5 mpg for such a vehicle during 2004);
• provide CRADA partners the engineering expertise necessary to transfer EPA's unique
and innovative hydraulic hybrid and clean-and-efficient engine technology;
VI-40
-------
• certify fuel cell vehicles for several manufacturers, establish national standards for life
cycle modeling of fuel cells and fuels, and establish rigorous test procedures for fuel cell
vehicles;
• provide more flexible and energy efficient alternatives for commuters and freight
transporters, and reduce vehicle miles traveled by more than two billion miles;
• assist 10 key developing countries and countries with economies-in-transition in building
their capacity to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases through cost-effective measures
and participate actively in international discussions of climate protection and assist in the
fulfillment of the U.S. obligations under the U.N. Framework Convention on Climate
Change (UNFCCC) to facilitate technology transfer to developing countries;
• produce measurable international greenhouse gas emission reductions through clean
industrialization partnerships with key developing countries;
• in close cooperation with USDA, identify and develop specific opportunities to sequester
carbon in agricultural soils, forests, other vegetation and commercial products, with
collateral benefits for productivity and the environment; and
• assess the consequences of global change on human health and ecosystems.
EPA will be working towards the following goals in each of the following program areas over
the next ten years:
Buildings: The Buildings Sector represents one of EPA's largest areas of potential, and at the
same time is one of its most successful. In the buildings sector, EPA will continue the successful
ENERGY STAR partnerships (including ENERGY STAR Labeling, ENERGY STAR Buildings
Program, and ENERGY STAR homes). EPA will work toward the goal of offsetting about 24
percent of the growth in greenhouse gas emissions above 1990 levels expected by 2010 in this
sector. EPA's programs will contribute about 43 MMTCE annually in greenhouse gas
reductions by 2010 while saving businesses and consumers more than $14 billion. The efforts
necessary in FY 2004 to continue to achieve the 2010 goals are detailed in Table 7.
Industry: EPA will continue to build on the success of the voluntary programs in the industrial
sector, focusing on reducing COa emissions and continuing the highly successful initiatives to
reduce methane emissions and emissions of the high global-warming-potential gases. EPA's
goals for these efforts are to: greatly enhance the rate of energy and resource efficiency
improvements in industry between now and 2010 (working with DOE); cost-effectively return
emissions of methane to 1990 levels or below by 2010; cost-effectively limit emissions of the
more potent greenhouse gases (HFCs, PFCs, SFe); and facilitate the use of clean energy
technologies and purchases of renewable energy. EPA will deliver an estimated 115 MMTCE
annually by 2010 from these efforts. The efforts necessary in FY 2004 to continue to achieve
these 2010 goals are detailed in Table 8.
Transportation: EPA will continue to build and enhance efficient and effective market-driven
programs that address the transportation sector's contribution to Climate Change. The
transportation sector of the economy contributes about one-third of the inventory of U.S. GHG
emissions. The key elements of this effort are the SmartWay Transport Partnership and the
VI-41
-------
Commuter Choice Leadership Initiative. The SmartWay Transport partnership works with the
tracking and railroad industry to achieve cleaner and more efficient vehicles and locomotives by
adopting pollution control and energy saving technologies. The goal of the Commuter Choice
Leadership Initiative is to offer innovative solutions to commuting challenges faced by U.S.
employers and employees by promoting commuter benefits that reduce vehicle trips and miles
traveled. EPA estimates that these voluntary programs have the potential to contribute over 12
MMTCE annually in GHG reductions by 2010. In addition, by 2010 EPA estimates these
programs will reduce over 200,000 tons of NOX each year, as well as achieve significant
reductions in PM emissions. The efforts necessary in FY 2004 to achieve these goals are detailed
in Table 9.
The Agency's Clean Automotive Technology CAT program will further develop
advanced clean and fuel-efficient automotive technology with the end result being to better
protect the environment and save energy. CAT efforts in 2002 focused on achieving significant
fuel economy gains by beginning to transfer these technologies from passenger cars to typical
large domestic trucks. The emphasis of CAT work for the next 5-10 years will be research and
collaboration with the automotive industry under CRADAs, applying EPA's unique knowledge
of hydraulic hybrid technology and advanced clean-engine technologies to personal vehicles
such as large SUVs, pickup trucks, and urban delivery trucks. Through work within the
CRADAs, significant elements of EPA's technologies will be demonstrated in real-world
applications and introduced commercially by vehicle manufacturers between 2005 and 2010.
The CAT program commits EPA to develop technology by the end of the decade to
satisfy stringent criteria emissions requirements and up to a doubling of fuel efficiency in
personal vehicles such as SUVs, pickups, and urban delivery vehicles -- while simultaneously
meeting the more demanding size, performance, durability, and power requirements of these
vehicles. For a large SUV with a baseline fuel economy of 17 mpg the resulting fuel economy
levels would be 25.5-28.9 mpg in 2006 and up to 34 mpg by 2010. Expanding this technology
into 50 percent of new light trucks by 2020 would generate annual fuel savings of 8 billion
gallons, while carbon emissions would fall by 25 MMTCE.
EPA will also play a unique role in fuel cell vehicle and hydrogen fuel development by
establishing the capability to test a range of fuel cell vehicles and components; taking the
national lead hi establishing emissions and fuel economy testing protocols and innovating safe
laboratory handling of hydrogen fuel; establishing a peer-reviewed life cycle model and
promoting its use in R&D and hi policy decisions regarding fuel cell vehicle technology
pathways; and working closely with other key stakeholders through public/private partnerships
like the California Fuel Cell Partnership to facilitate the commercialization of innovative
technologies.
Carbon Removal: EPA will build domestic and international consensus around the integration of
carbon sequestration activities into a comprehensive climate strategy. Carbon can be sequestered
through changes in both forestry and agricultural practices, but these actions are not currently
well understood or accepted in many sectors of the international and environmental
communities. EPA is working collaboratively with USDA to address the misconceptions
regarding carbon sequestration and to ensure that this important mitigation option is developed in
an environmentally sound and economically efficient way. EPA and USDA will identify and
develop specific opportunities to sequester carbon in agricultural soils, forests, other vegetation
VI-42
-------
and commercial products, which have collateral benefits for productivity and the environment,
and with a carbon removal potential of up to 25 MMTCE by 2010. The efforts necessary in FY
2004 to achieve these 2010 goals are detailed in Table 10.
State and Local: States and localities have a significant and an important role in reducing
greenhouse gases, provided they are equipped with the tools they need to integrate climate
change into their daily decisions. The state and local program responds to this need by providing
guidance and technical information about the air quality, health, and economic benefits of
reducing greenhouse gas emissions and developing practical risk reduction strategies. EPA will
continue its efforts to build capacity and to provide state and local governments with technical,
outreach and/or education services about climate change impacts, mitigation and adaptation, and
related issues so that state and local governments may more effectively address their
environmental, human health, and economic goals hi a comprehensive manner. These efforts are
detailed in Table 10.
International Capacity Building: EPA is working with a number of key developing countries to
help them: 1) design and implement programs to increase the use of low and zero greenhouse gas
technologies; 2) identify, evaluate and implement strategies for achieving multiple social and
health or economic benefits while reducing greenhouse gas emissions; 3) design market-based
systems to facilitate more significant actions to reduce GHG emissions by these countries under
the UNFCCC as well as the infrastructure necessary to implement these actions; and, 4)
accurately assess GHG emissions from the transportation sector and implement less energy
intensive transportation strategies. Over the next ten years, EPA's goals are to: 1) catalyze
significant increases in voluntary, market-driven programs for increasing the use of low and zero
greenhouse gas technologies; 2) achieve the full integration of climate considerations into
countries' development plans; and 3) establish the technical and institutional basis for major
developing countries to take significant actions under the Climate Convention. The efforts
necessary in FY 2004 to meet these goals are detailed in Table 10.
Global Change Research: All activities to assess potential impacts of global climate change
pursuant to the Global Climate Research Act of 1990, or otherwise, will be developed
collectively with the agencies participating in the Climate Change Science Program (CCSP).
EPA will also ensure that ongoing research and assessment activities are coordinated with the
CCSP. Attention is expected to be given to assessing direct and indirect effects of climate
change on human health and aquatic ecosystems, identifying and quantifying the uncertainties
associated with those effects, and comparing climate change effects with effects caused by other
stressors.
The Agency has developed a UV monitoring network of 14 rural (in National Park
Service units) and 7 urban sites. These sites provide data to assess ecosystem and human
exposures to UV-B, which has been tied to such issues as immune system depression and
increased incidence of melanomas. Data from the network will be coupled with studies of the
effects of UV-B radiation on biological systems including potentially sensitive species.
EPA's air quality assessment efforts will inform air quality managers and other decision
makers about how global climate change and future technology changes could influence ambient
air quality. As part of this research, EPA will be projecting how air emissions that contribute to
ozone and paniculate matter levels could change under several different technology scenarios
VI-43
-------
that consider advancements in energy and transportation technologies. This emissions
information will be used in regional air quality models that take into account projected climate
change by downscaling from global models. The program will determine the impacts of global
change on air quality - especially ozone and particulate matter - and also be used to help assess
changes in temperature and water quantity and timing (e.g. flooding, less snow pack).
Ą1-44
-------
Table 7* Buildings Programs: Description of Planned Activities
Within FY 2004 Budget Request
ENERGY
STAR
Buildings
ENERGY
STAR
Products
ENERGY
STAR
Homes
Actively promote EPA's national energy performance rating system and work with building owners and managers to
benchmark an average of 18 percent of the market across office buildings, schools, Federal and state facilities, retail
spaces, hospitals, and hotels.
Award 2,800 additional Energy Star labels to buildings that reach a benchmark score between 75 and 100,
Continue to work closely with the energy services industry to assist these companies in integrating EPA's national
energy performance rating system into their customer services, leading to 5,000 benchmarked buildings.
Continue to actively recruit new small businesses and organizations into Energy Star for small business to reach over
9,000 partners.
Continue to promote the financial value of Energy Star with the Wall Street and financial community.
Actively work to improve the efficiency of the Federal government - by working with other agencies to implement key
pieces of the Federal Executive Order on building energy efficiency, particularly focusing on assisting agencies to
benchmark their buildings and to procure energy efficient products.
Implement a new integrated public awareness campaign on energy efficiency to achieve greater recognition of the
Energy Star label in the U.S.
Coordinate with utility and state partners representing more than 65% of U.S. households in the design and operation of
effective state-level energy efficiency programs.
Enhance Energy Star labeled product quality through a review of performance specifications for 5 product categories
such as imaging equipment and thermostats.
Continue working with retailers and equipment contractors to ensure that consumers receive clear information when in
the market to purchase products.
Continue working in partnership with Canada, the European Community, Japan, Taiwan, Australia, and New Zealand
in implementing energy efficiency labeling programs modeled after Energy Star.
Promote the purchase of about 160 million Energy Star labeled products in 2004.
Over 90,000 new homes are expected to be constructed as Energy Star in 2004.
Promote Energy Star Labeled New Homes in 20 geographic areas.
Expand Energy Star to include 80% of the housing stock of the national builders, Pulte, Ryan and Centex.
Achieve 50% penetration of Energy Star in the manufactured housing industry.
Continue to promote Energy Star to HUD, and state and local housing authorities as the platform for their affordable
housing programs.
Work with major retailers, such as Home Depot, Lowes, and Sears, to promote ENERGY STAR Home Sealing to
consumers.
Promote Home Performance with Energy Star in 20 geographic regions to address whole house energy efficiency
improvements.
Promote proper installation, maintenance, and duct sealing of HVAC systems under the ENERGY STAR banner hi 10
geographic regions.
Extend Energy Star to the remodeler market.
Promote benchmarking as a major tool to spur homeowners to make energy efficiency home improvements.
VI-45
-------
Table 8. Industry Programs: Description of Planned Activities
Within FY 2004 Budget Request
ENERGY STAR
for industry
ixpand the Energy Star program for industry to address eight industries.
Conduct industrial sector focus sessions with three industries.
Enhance technical assistance provided to the industrial sector by developing plant energy performance indicators for
three additional industries.
Maintain the energy peer exchange networking opportunities for the broader U.S. industry by conducting two national
meetings, along with a series of centralized peer exchanges accessible to all.
Combined Heat
and Power
Initiative
Continue to expand efforts in the Northeast, Midwest, and Texas, working with state, local, and industry partners to
iacilitate new projects. EPA will begin to track new projects as they are developed nationally, along with the
associated greenhouse gas reductions.
Conduct outreach efforts in the Northwest and Southeast, as well as Hawaii.
Work with state and local regulators to identify best practices for regulations that encourage energy efficiency.
Green Power
Partnership
Continue to expand partner list by working with green power providers and marketers, as well as purchasers.
Work to develop market consensus on national standard for green power purchasing.
Work with states to leverage their renewable energy programs through policies such as emissions disclosure.
Industry
Partnerships
iontinue efforts with industry partners to help them better understand their greenhouse gas emissions and
opportunities for cost-effectively reducing these emissions.
Continue to improve greenhouse gas tracking guidelines for industry.
Expand Climate Leaders program to 50 partners.
[ssue corporate greenhouse gas inventory design principles and several cross-sector and sector-specific inventory
tools.
Announce over 10 new corporate greenhouse gas reduction goals.
Waste Wise
Methane
Programs
Partner with 1,400 businesses through Waste Wise by 2004.
Continue to provide direct technical assistance for resource management, a performance-based contracting approach
to overcome market barriers to waste reduction in the waste service industry.
Continue Product Stewardship as a comprehensive national approach for electronics recycling with tangible industry
commitments and state support, leading to measurable increases hi electronics recycling and associated climate
benefits. In addition, continue to pursue national targets for carpet recovery and meaningful increases in packaging
recycling rates.
Continue waste-related Greenbuildmgs efforts in the areas of criteria development and Waste Wise recycled-content
building challenges. EPA will spur demand for recovered materials by supporting materials and improved waste
management for Greenbuilding programs, partnering with industry and states, and responding to request for technical
assistance.
Work with stakeholders hi developing a comprehensive waste sector strategy for greenhouse gas reductions.
Continue Natural Gas STAR program in all sectors; increase industry-wide participation to 64%.
Work with key stakeholders through EPA's Coalbed Methane Outreach Program (CMOP) to increase the market
penetration of new greenhouse gas reduction technologies appropriate for combusting mine ventilation air. EPA will
continue to provide technical assistance to mining operations as well as monitor and analyze the results from two
demonstration projects.
Assist a total of 275 landfills through the Landfill Methane Outreach Program (LMOP) with gas utilization projects,
to promote newer energy applications, and to increase methane recovery efficiency at existing projects.
In the agriculture sector, continue expansion of methane-reducing technologies, such as anaerobic digesters, to help
ensure clean water and air for the livestock sector.
VI-46
-------
Programs to
Reduce High
Global Warming
Potential Gases
The Voluntary Aluminum Industry Partnership (VAIP) will continue to deliver reductions, with VAEP participants
reducing the industry's emissions ofPFCs by at least 45% percent from the 1990 baseline year.
Work with the U.S. semiconductor partners to achieve their 10% PFC emissions reduction goal by 2010 from their
1995 baseline.
Continue to build the SF6 Emissions Reduction Partnership for Electric Power systems (utilities) to include partners
representing 60% of the industry's net generating capacity.
Expand participation in the SF6 Emission Reduction Partnership for the Magnesium Industry to represent greater than
80% of U.S. industry emissions. Facilitate global information sharing to achieve cost effective emission reductions of
0.2 MMTCE.
Maintain 100% participation with U.S. HCFC-22 chemical manufacturers to reduce emissions of HFC-23.
Expand the stewardship programs to reduce high global warming potential emissions from other key sources such as
the military and OPS replacement industries.
SNAP expects to review and list 10 alternatives to ozone-depleting substances, focusing on the identification of safe
and energy-efficient substitutes, including HFCs, for HCFCs in various sectors.
VI-47
-------
Table 9. Transportation Programs: Description of Planned Activities
Within FY 2004 Budget Request
Transportation
Efficiency
Clean
Automotive
Technology
(CAT)
Fuel Cells and
Hydrogen Fuel
The Commuter Choice Leadership Initiative (CCLD reduces emissions of smog-forming and toxic air pollutants.
and greenhouse gases, by reducing vehicle miles traveled. EPA partners with employers who agree to adopt an
employee commuter benefits program that meets specified performance levels. In FY 2004, EPA will achieve 0.1
to 0.3 MMTCE of emission reductions by: promoting Commuter Choice in 6-10 major metropolitan areas;
expanding Commuter Choice to include more than 1,000 employer partners; actively promoting Commuter Choice
to industries representing finance, insurance and real estate, government, transportation, retail, telecommunications,
entertainment, health care, and universities; expanding Commuter Choice to reach 1.2 million employees (1%
)enetration of U.S. commuters); promoting Commuter Choice with a series of high visibility events, enhanced
marketing materials, and media outreach.; achieving additional pollution reduction of 3,000-6,000 tons of NOx and
12,000 to 30,000 tons of CO; and, gasoline savings of 70-215 million gallons.
Establish the SmartWav Outreach Program by promoting a transportation label program on par with Energy Star to
identify products which will benefit the environment both globally by reducing CC«2 emissions and locally by
reducing NOX and other smog forming emissions. The Smart Way Outreach Program will achieve these emission
reductions by implementing voluntary programs, including the Variable Priced Insurance Initiative.
In FY 2004 the SmartWav Transport Partnership will achieve up 0.5 MMTCE reductions, as well as NOx and PM
reductions, by:
jartnering with 10-15 of the largest trucking companies in the U.S. (representing 10% of the freight shipped by
luck) and 3 of the 7 largest railroad companies (representing 40% of the freight shipped by rail). Partners will
agree to serve as industry leaders to reduce fuel consumption and greenhouse gas emissions through the
implementation of negotiated technologies and practices.
partnering with 25 manufacturing, retail, and supply companies that hire or contract trucking and/or rail fleets.
These companies will agree to hire rail and truck companies that are members of the Green Transport Partnership.
developing guidance to state and local governments describing how they can receive SIP, NSR offset, and trading
credits for their emission reduction actions under the SmartWayTransport Partnership.
building 3 regional coalitions of communities, state and local governments, and trucking and truck stop industries
to begin developing plans for construction of idle reduction systems at truck stops along the 1-95 (in the Northeast),
1-5 (in the West), and 1-40 (in the South) interstate corridors.
showcasing the emission control effectiveness, fuel efficiency, and commercial viability of innovative diesel
emission control technology through joint EPA-partner projects.
exploring the commercial viability of a fuel cell auxiliary power units designed to reduce emissions from truck
idling by a joint EPA-industry consortium consisting of energy suppliers, trucking fleets, truck equipment
manufacturers, and truck stop/travel centers.
developing web based software to allow trucking and rail fleets (and other companies) to calculate the amounts of
CO2, NOx, and PM currently produced from trucking and rail operations as well as the reductions they could
achieve through Green Transport Partnership activities.
creating a national outreach campaign that educates trackers, fleet managers, companies, state/local governments
and the general public about the environmental effects caused by moving freight in this country and the most
practical, cost effective solutions to mitigate those effects.
Promote Smart Growth planning strategies for SIP/conformity purposes.
Continue to pursue analyses of emissions trading and other market mechanisms for transportation sources and to
provide technical assistance to state and local governments and to developing countries to develop and pilot
innovative climate change mitigation options for the transportation sector.
Continue engineering programs and support of CRADAs by focusing on solving engineering challenges caused by
the more demanding size, performance, durability, and power requirements of heavier vehicles by applying EPA's
advanced hydraulic hybrid drivetrain and innovative clean and ultra-efficient engines (such as clean diesel and
other novel combustion approaches) to demonstrate dramatic fuel efficiency gams.
EPA will establish lab capability to test of range of fuel cell vehicles; certify several fuel cell vehicles; submit
major life cycle model for fuel cells for peer review; and continue to participate in effective government/industry
partnerships that advance fuel cell vehicle technology.
VI-48
-------
Table 10. Other Programs: Description of Planned Activities
Within FY 2004 Budget Request
Carbon
Removal
Continue to collaborate with USDA on the pilot projects and determine the viability of various carbon
sequestration activities as quantifiable means of limiting greenhouse gas emissions.
Continue work on enhancing the ability of major macroeconomic models to evaluate the economic value of carbon
sequestration and fully appreciating the role of carbon sequestration in addressing climate change.
Bring together leading experts from government, industry, and the research community to address several difficult
issues related to sequestration projects, including permanence, leakage, monitoring, and verification.
Enhance efforts to better quantify the ancillary impacts of carbon sequestration.
Work with stakeholders in the forestry and agriculture sectors to promote the development of environmentally
sustainable and economically attractive carbon sequestration projects domestically and internationally.
State
and
Local
International
Capacity
Building
Provide targeted support, via tailored technical assistance and recognition, to states eager to integrate climate
change into their overall planning and voluntarily reduce their emissions.
Continue to assist state and local governments in initiating and updating greenhouse gas inventories, assessing
vulnerability to climate change, and evaluating climate change policy impacts on state and local air quality, human
health, and economies.
Assess and disseminate information about the multiple benefits of greenhouse gas mitigation, including,
environmental, health, energy, and economic benefits.
Provide training on new tools and models that build understanding of the broader benefits of climate protection and
the human health and clean air benefits of mitigation.
Integrate GHG emission reduction strategies in State Implementation Plans (SIPs), for states that want to provide
credits for GHG reductions
Develop tools to facilitate voluntary adoption of heat island reduction activities, including ways to integrate them
into state implementation plans (SIPs),
Continue to build state and local capacity to address climate change and reduce heat island impacts through
improved outreach tools and products, such as through improvements to the EPA Global Warming Site and Heat
Island Site, maintenance of a best practices clearinghouse to promote multi-pollutant emission reduction strategies
(e.g., energy efficiency, sustainability, clean energy, and other GHG mitigation measures), an updated catalogue of
state legislative activity related to greenhouse gases, and the identification and implementation of additional
demonstration projects.
Translate key scientific findings into a format more readily understandable to the public.
Increase awareness of global, regional, and local impacts of climate change focusing on areas of potential
vulnerability.
Develop risk characterization methods to encourage effective public response to climate change, and continue
work on the strategic coastal response program.
Continue and expand cooperation with China, Mexico, Brazil, Korea, Philippines, and India.
Create an air quality and transportation policy tool-kit which, in cooperation with the World Bank and other
partners, would be shared with 12-16 countries.
Build the capacity in major emitter countries (India, Russia, Brazil, and Indonesia) to develop reliable emission
inventories in support of sustained emissions reduction strategies.
Enhance capacity for energy and GHG audits for selected industrial sectors (such as, cement, iron, and steel) in 4-5
major emitter countries.
Establish regional energy and GHG information networks in three major regions of the world.
Promote opportunities for more effective North American electricity markets and broaden related analyses.
Build regional centers of financial expertise in Russia and China for climate and energy projects.
Assess design of compliance infrastructure and market-based mechanisms, hi order to increase incentives and
capacities for a more level environmental playing field internationally.
Move key developing countries toward climate and public-health friendly policies by building analytical capacity
and strengthening partnerships.
Improve energy efficiency in buildings and appliances in Latin America and Asia and accelerate adoption of clean
technologies in China and Korea.
Work with export credit agencies, international organizations, and commercial finance institutions to identify and
overcome barriers to commercial investment in clean technologies in developing countries.
VI-49
-------
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$775,400, +1.2 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
• (-$673,100, -4.2 FTE) These resources have been redirected to capacity work in
developing countries (6.5) that will focus on air pollution issues (i.e. mobile sources,
Particulate Matter).
Research
S&T
• (+$2,023,700) These resources will support increased research and assessment activities
to improve our understanding of the consequences of global change on air quality,
including tropospheric ozone and particulate matter. This will involve the development
of models and methodologies for analyzing the consequences of global change on
regional air quality, including the identification, development, and evaluation of methods
for relating global changes to future regional conditions relevant to air quality by making
projections across long temporal scales and examining relationships between global and
regional spatial scales.
• (-$462,340, -2.2 FTE) Workyears and associated costs supporting landscape ecology
research and assessment activities will be consolidated in Objective 8.1, Ecosystems
Research. This is a technical adjustment.
• (-$2,023,700) This reduction in FY 2004 represents the completion of planned research
and assessment activities examining ecosystem and human resilience to global change.
Beginning in FY 2004, these resources will be targeted at activities to improve our
understanding of the consequences of global change on air quality, including tropospheric
ozone and particulate matter.
• There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
VI-50
-------
GOAL: REDUCTION OF GLOBAL AND CROSS-BORDER ENVIRONMENTAL
RISKS
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions
In 2004 Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from proiecied levels by approximately 81 MMTCE per year through EPA
partnerships with businesses., schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
In 200? Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced Irom projected levels by approximately 72.2 MMTCE per year through EPA
partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
In 200r On track to ensure thai greenhouse pas emissions will be reduced Irom proiecied levels by approximately 65,8 MMTCh per year
through EPA partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and oilier organizations
Pertormance Measures FY 200: FY 200? FY 2004
Actual.1- Pres. Bud Request
Annual Greenhouse Gas Reductions - All EPA Program.- On Tract '72.7 81.3 MMTCI
Greenhouse Gas Reductions Irom EPA's Buildings Sectoi On Tract 19.7 21.4 MMTCI
Programs fENERGY STAR)
Gieenhouse Gas Reductions liom EPA's Industrial On Tract (>.". 7.4 MMTCI
Efficiency/Waste Management Programs
Gieenhouse Gas Reduciions Irom EPA's Industrial Mcthaix OnTraeJ 17.0 18.) MMTC)
Outreach Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions irom EPA's Industrial On Tract 24.9 29.<> MMTCI
HFC/PFC Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions liom EPA's Transportation On Tract 2.4 2> MMTCI.
Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions iiom EPA's Stale and Local On Tract 2.1» 2.0 MMTC)
Program1
Baselmi The baseline lor evaluating piogram pertormance is a projccnon of U.b. greenhouse gas emissions in the absence of the U.S.
climate change programs. The baseline was developed as part ol an inteiagencv evaluation of the U.S. climate change programs
in 2002. which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1997 and 1993. Baseline data lot carbon emissions related to
eneigy use is based on data Irom the Enerpv Information Agency CEIA). Baseline data tor non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions.
including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases are maintained by EPA. Baseline informal ion is discussed
at length in the U.S. Climate Actmn Report 2002 (wxvw.epa.pov/glotelwiirming/publications/car/mdex.html). which provides a
discussion of differences in .assumptions between Ihe 1997 baseline and Hit 2(K)2 update, including which portion ol energy
efficiency programs are included m the estimates. EPA develops the nop-CO? emissions baselines and projections using
information liom partners and other snuices. EPA continues 10 develop annual inventories as well as update methodologies as
new information becomes availabli
Hc-duce l.nergv Consumption
In 2004 Reduce energy consumption Irom protected levels by more than ] 10 billion kilowatt hours, contributing w over $7.5 billion in
energy savings to consumers and businesses
In ?(i(l- Reduce energv consumption liom protected levels by more than 9? billion kilowatt hours, contributing to over S.h.5 billion in
energy savings to consumers and businesses
In 7fKX On track to ensure that etuif \ consumption is reduced irom projected levels bv more than 85 billion kilowatt hours, contributuij:
to over $10 billion in cncigv savings to consumers and businesses
Performance Measures. FY 2007 FY 200.- FY 20(W
Actual* 1'Kts. Buci , Kcuue^'-
Anuual hnerpv Savings * All EPA Program- On Tract 9.' ])<' Billion kWh
Hasehri" The baseline tor evaluating ptopiain perlormance is a projection of S!.b, on-enhousc pas emissions in tiu' absence o1 the U.S
climate change programs. Tin bits^ line was developed as pan ol an imeirti'encv evaluation of the U.S. climate change programs
. VJ-51
-------
in 2002. which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1997 and 1993. Baseline data lor carbon emissions related to
energy use is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (E1A). Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide (C02) emission*.
including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases are maintained by EPA. Baseline information is discussed
at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002 (www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/index.html). which provides •?.
discussion of differences in assumption* bciween the 1997 baseline and the 2002 update, including which portion of energ>
efficiency programs are included in the estimates. EPA develops the non-CO2 emissions baselines and projections using
information from partners and olhei sources. EPA continues to develop annual inventories as well as update methodologies a?
new information becomes avaifabk
Clean Automotive Technology
In 2004 Transfer hybrid powertrain components, originally developed lor'passenger car applications, to meet size, pertomianci.
durability, and lowing requirements of Sport Utility Vehicle and urban delivery vehicle applications with an average fuel
economy improvement of 25% over the base-lint
Performance Measure? FY 200? FY 200? FY 2004
Actual.-- Pres. Bud Request
Fuel Economy of EPA-Developed SUV Hybrid Vehicle ovei 25.: MPG
EPA Driving Cycles 'Jested
Baselmt The average fuel economy of all SUVs sold in the US in 2001 is .2-0.2 mpg. Values lor 2002. 2003, and 2004 represent 15'/<.
20?t. and 25% improvements over this baseline, respectively. The Long-term taiget is to demonstrate a praclical and aflordabli
powenrain that is 30% more efficient by 200i. and 100% more efficient by 2030
Validation and Verification of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Annual Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reductions overall and
by Sector
Performance Database: Climate Protection Partnerships Division Tracking System.
Data Source: Baseline data lor carbon emissions related to energy use comes from the Energy
Information Agency (E1A). Baseline data Jor non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, including
nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases, are maintained by EPA. Baseline
information is discussed at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002. EPA develops the
carbon and non-CO? emissions baselines and projections using information from partners and
other sources. Data collected by EPA:s voluntary programs include partner reports on facility-
specific improvements (e.g. space upgraded, kilowatt-hours (kWh) reduced), national market
data on shipments of efficient products, and engineering measurements of equipment powei
levels and usage patterns.
Methods. Assumptions, and Suitability: Most of the voluntary climate programs' focus is on
energy efficiency. For these programs. EPA estimates the expected reduction in electricity
consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh). Emissions prevented are calculated as the product of the
kWh of electricity saved and an annual emission factor (e.g.. MMTCE prevented per kWh).
Other programs focus on directly lowering greenhouse gas emissions (e.g.. Natural Gas STAR.
Landfill Methane Outreach, and Coalbed Methane Outreach): lor these, greenhouse gas emission
reductions aie estimated on a project-by-project basis. EPA maintains a "tracking system" foi
emissions reductions.
QAJQC Procedures: EPA devotes considerable effort to obtaining the best possible information
on which to evaluate emissions reductions fiom voluntary piograms. "Peer-reviewed carbon-
conversion factors are used to ensure consistency with generally accepted measures of GHG
emissions, and peer-reviewed methodologies are used to calculate GHG reductions from these
programs
VI-52
-------
Data Quality Review: The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness of its climate
programs through interagency evaluations. The second such interagency evaluation, led by the
White House Council on Environmental Quality, examined the status of U.S. climate change
programs. The review included participants from EPA and the Departments of State, Energy.
Commerce. Transportation, and Agriculture. The results were published in the U.S. Climate
Action Report-2002 as part of the United States7 submission to the Framework Convention on
Climate Change (FCCC). The previous evaluation was published in the U.S. Climate Action
Report-1997. A 1997 audit by EPA'"s Office of the Inspector General concluded that the climate
programs examined "used good management practices" and "effectively estimated the impact
their activities had on reducing risks to health and the environment..."
Data Limitations: These are indirect measures of GHG emissions (carbon conversion iactors
and methods to convert material-specific reductions to GHG emissions reductions). AJso. the
voluntary nature of the programs may affect reporting. Further research will be necessary in
order to fully understand the links between GHG concentrations and specific environmental
impacts, such as impacts on health, ecosystems, crops, weather events, and so forth.
Error Estimate: These are indirect measures of GHG emissions. Although EPA devotes
considerable effort to obtaining the best possible information on which to evaluate emissions
reductions irom voluntary programs, errors in the performance data could be introduced through
uncertainties in carbon conversion Iactors. engineering analyses, and econometric analyses.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness oj
its climate programs through interagency evaluations. EPA continues to update inventories and
methodologies as new information becomes available.
References: The U.S. Climate Action Report 2002 is available at:
www.epa.aov/globalwariTiing/publications/car/index.html. The accomplishments of many of
EPA:s voluntary programs are documented in the Climate Protection Partnerships Division
Annual Report. The most recent version is The Power of Partnerships: Energy Star and Other
Voluntary Programs. Climate Protection Partnerships Division 2001 Annual Report, EPA 430-
R-02-030. July. 2002. available at: hup://www.epa.gov/cpd/pdj/cpdann01 .pdf
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Annual Energy Savings
Performance Database: Climate Protection Partnerships Division 1 racking System
Data Source: Data collected by EPA's voluntary programs include partner reports on facility
specific improvements (e.g. space upgraded, kilowatt-hours (kWh) reduced), national market
data on shipments of efficient products, and engineering measurements of equipment powej
levels and usage patterns.
Methods. Assumptions, and Suitability: Most of the voluntary climate programs' locus is on
energy efficiency. For these programs. EPA estimates the expected reduction in electricin
consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh). Emissions prevented are calculated as the product of the
kWh of electricity saved and an annual emission factor (e.g.. MMTCE prevented per kWh).
Other piograms locus on directly lowering greenhouse gas emissions (e.g.. Natural Gas STAR.
VI-53
-------
Landfill Methane Outreach, and Coalbed Methane Outreach); for these, greenhouse gas emission
reductions are estimated on a project-by-project basis. EPA maintains a "tracking system" foi
energy reductions.
Energy bill savings are calculated as the product of the kWh of energy saved and the cost oi
electricity for the aflected market segment (residential, commercial, or industrial) taken from the
Energy Information Administration's (E1A) Annual Energy Outlook 2002 and Annual Energy
Review 2000 for each year in the analysis (1993-2012). Energy bill savings also include revenue
from the sale of methane and/or the sale of electricity made from captured methane. The net
present value (NPV) of these savings was calculated using a 4-percent discount rate and a 2001
perspective.
QA/QC Procedures: EPA devotes considerable effort to obtaining the best possible
information on which to evaluate energy savings from its voluntary programs.
Data Quality Review: The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness of its climate
programs through inieragency evaluations. The second such interagency evaluation, led by the
White House Council on Environmental Quality, examined the status of U.S. climate change
programs. The review included participants from EPA and the Departments of State, Energy.
Commerce. Transportation, and Agriculture. The results were published in the U.S. Climate
Action Report-2002 as part of the United States" submission to the Framework Convention on
Climate Change (FCCC). The previous evaluation was published in the U.S. Climate Action
Report-1997. A 1997 audit by EPA's Office of the Inspector General concluded that the climate
programs examined "used good management practices" and "effectively estimated the impact
their activities had on reducing risks to health and the environment...''
Data Limitations: The voluntary nature oi programs may affect reporting. In addition, errors in
the performance data could be introduced through uncertainties in engineering analyses, and
econometric analyses.
Error Estimate: Although EPA devotes considerable effort to obtaining the best possible
information on which to evaluate emissions reductions from voluntary programs, errors in the
performance data could be introduced through uncertainties in engineering analyses and
econometric analyses.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The Administration regularly evaluates the effectiveness oi
its climate programs through interagency evaluations. EPA continues to update inventories and
methodologies as new information becomes available.
References: The U.S. Climate Action Report 2002 is available at:
wA\w.epa.gov7'olohalwarming/publications/cai7index.himl. The accomplishments of many oi
EPA's voluntary programs are documented in the Climate Protection Partnerships Division
Annual Report. The most recent version is The Power of Partnerships: Energy Star and Othei
Voluntary Programs. Climate Protection Partnerships Division 2001 Annual Report, EPA 430-
R-02-010. July. 2002. available at: http://\^\Avepa.yov/cpd/pdfrcpdannO]
VI-54
-------
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Fuel Economy of EPA-Developed SUV Hybrid Vehicle
over EPA Driving Cycles Tested
Data Source: EPA fuel economy tests performed at the National Vehicle and Fuel Emissions
Laboratory, Ann Arbor, Michigan (NVEEL.)
QA/QC Procedures: EPA fuel economy tests are performed in accordance with the EPA
Federal Test Procedure and all applicable QA/QC procedures. Available on the Internet:
http://wyiw.epa.gov/otaq/sftp.htin.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: EPA's National Vehicle and Fuel Emissions laboratory is recognized as
a national and international facility for fuel economy and emissions testing. NVFEL is also the
reference point for private industry.
Data Limitations: Primarily due to EPA regulations, vehicle fuel economy testing is a well
established and precise exercise with extremely low test to test variability (well less than 5%).
Additional information is available on the Internet: http://www.epa.gov/otaq/testdata.htm The
one relevant issue is that fuel economy testing of hybrid vehicles (i.e., more than one source of
onboard power) is more complex than testing of conventional vehicles. EPA has not yet
published formal regulations to cover hybrid vehicles. However, relevant information is
available on the Internet: http://www.ctts.nreJ.gov/analysis/hev test/procediires.shtm]
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: EPA is using solid engineering judgement and consultations
with other expert organizations (including major auto companies) to develop internal procedures
for testing hybrid vehicles.
References: See http://wmv.epa.gov/otaq/testproc.htrri for additional information about testing
and measuring emissions at the NVFEL.
Coordination with Other Agencies
Voluntary climate protection programs government-wide stimulate the development and
use of renewable energy technologies and energy efficient products that will help reduce
greenhouse gas emissions. The effort is led by EPA and DOE with significant involvement from
USD A, the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and the National Institute of
Standards and Technology.
Agencies throughout the government make significant contributions to the climate
protection programs. For example, DOE will pursue actions such as promoting the research,
development, and deployment of advanced technologies (for example, renewable energy
sources). In the case of fuel cell vehicle technology, EPA is working closely with DOE as the
Administration's FreedomCAR initiative develops, taking the lead on emissions-related issues.
The Treasury Department will administer proposed tax incentives for specific investments that
VI-55
-------
will reduce emissions. EPA is broadening its public information transportation choices
campaign as a joint effort with DOT. EPA coordinates with each of the above-mentioned
agencies to ensure that our programs are complementary and in no way duplicative.
This coordination is evident in work recently completed by an interagency task force,
including representatives from the Department of State, EPA, DOE, USDA, DOT, OMB,
Department of Commerce, USGCRP, NOAA, NASA, and the Department of Defense, to prepare
the Third National Communication to the Secretariat as required under the Framework
Convention on Climate Change (FCCC). The FCCC was ratified by the United States Senate in
1992. A portion of the Third National Communication describes policies and measures (such as
ENERGY STAR and EPA's Clean Automotive Technology initiative) undertaken by the U.S. to
reduce greenhouse gas emissions, implementation status of the policies and measures, and their
actual and projected benefits. One result of this interagency review process has been a
refinement of future goals for these policies and measures which were communicated to the
Secretariat of the FCCC in 2002. The "U.S. Climate Action Report 2002: Third National
Communication of the United States of America under the United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change" is available at: http://unfccc.int/resource/docs/natc/usnc3.pdf
Research
EPA's Global Change Research Program is closely coordinated with the Administration's
Climate Change Science Program (CCSP), which was created under the auspices of the
Committee on Climate Change Science and Technology Integration (CCCSTI). In addition, the
Agency will collaborate closely with NOAA's Regional Integrated Science and Assessment
Program to assure appropriate prioritization and efficiency, to avoid duplication and to assure
consistently high standards of scientific review for all aspects of supported studies and analyses.
Statutory Authorities
Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq. - Sections 102,103,104, and 108
Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. - Section 104
Solid Waste Disposal Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. - Section 8001
Pollution Prevention Act, 42 U.S.C. 13101 et seq. - Sections 6602, 6603,6604, and 6605
National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq. - Section 102
Global Climate Protection Act, 15 U.S.C. 2901 - Section 1103
Federal Technology Transfer Act, 15 U.S.C. - Section 3701a
VI-56
-------
X Research
U.S. Global Change Research Program Act of 1990
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
National Climate Program Act of 1997
VI-57
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks
Objective: Reduce Stratospheric Ozone Depletion.
By 2005, ozone concentrations in the stratosphere will have stopped declining and slowly
begun the process of recovery. In addition, public education to promote behavior change will
result in reduced risk to human health from ultraviolet (UV) overexposure, particularly among
susceptible subpopulations such as children.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Reduce Stratospheric Ozone
Depletion.
Environmental Program &
Management
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$14,749.8
$14,749.8
30.1
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$15,813.3
$15,813.3
29.7
FY 2004
Request
$17,540.3
$17,540.3
30.3
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$1,727.0
$1,727.0
0.6
Key Program
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Multilateral Fund
Stratospheric Ozone Protection
FY 2002
Enacted
$489.3
$76.5
$98.9
$9,575.8
$5,602.7
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$419.8
$82.1
$93.4
$9,575.8
$5,642.2
FY 2004
Request
$489.7
$85.7
$178.3
$11,000.0
$5,786.6
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY2003
Pres Bud
$69.9
$3.6
$84.9
$1,424.2
$144.4
VI-58
-------
U.S. Significant Goals in
Controlling Ozone-Depleting Substances
jCFCs H Methyl Bromide
3 HCFCs
FY 2004 Request
The stratospheric ozone layer protects
life on earth from harmful UV radiation; a
depleted ozone layer allows more UV
radiation to reach the earth. The increased
levels of UV radiation due to ozone depletion
can lead to a greater chance of overexposure
to UV radiation and consequent health effects
including skin cancer, cataracts, and other
illnesses.1 Today, one in five Americans
develops skin cancer. Cataracts diminish the
eyesight of millions of Americans and cost
billions of dollars in medical care each year.
EPA is helping to reduce the risks of skin
cancer and cataracts by implementing the
provisions of the Montreal Protocol on
Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (Montreal Protocol) and the Clean Air Act
Amendments of 1990 (the Act). EPA estimates that, in the United States alone, the worldwide
phase-out of ozone depleting substances (ODSs) will save 6.3 million lives from fatal cases of
skin cancer, and avoid 299 million cases of non-fatal skin cancers and 27.5 million cases of
cataracts between 1990 and 2165.2
Scientific evidence amassed over the past 25 years has shown that chlorofluorocarbons
(CFCs), halons, hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), methyl bromide, and other halogenated
chemicals used around the world are destroying the stratospheric ozone layer. The Act provides
for a phase-out of production and consumption of CFCs, HCFCs, and other ozone-depleting
chemicals, and requires controls on various products containing ODSs.
The United States and 184 other countries are Parties to the Montreal Protocol as of
January 14,2003. The United States has repeatedly affirmed its commitment to this international
treaty and to demonstrating world leadership by phasing out domestic production of ODSs, as
well as helping other countries find suitable alternatives. As a signatory to the Montreal
Protocol, the United States has an obligation to domestically regulate and enforce its terms. In
accordance with this international treaty, and related Clean Air Act obligations, EPA implements
and enforces rules controlling the production, import, and emission of ODSs, as well as rules
requiring the EPA to identify safer alternatives and promote their use to curtail ozone depletion.
Because of the very long lifetimes of ODSs, even after program goals are met, the United
States' population will be exposed to higher levels of UV radiation than existed prior to the use
and emission of ODSs. The ozone layer is not expected to recover until the mid-21st century at
the earliest, according to current atmospheric research. Recognizing this and the current sun-
World Meteorological Organization, Scientific Assessment of Ozone Depletion: 1998. February 1999.
Advisory Council on Clean Air Act Compliance Analysis, Science Advisory Board, The Benefits and Costs of the
Clean Air Act 1990-2010. EPA report to Congress: 1999.
VI-59
-------
exposure practices of the American public, EPA is encouraging behavioral changes with a goal
of reducing UV-related health risks. The Agency is placing special emphasis on education and
outreach to children, a particularly vulnerable population, through the SunWise School Program.
Protecting young people from the sun is especially important as one to two blistering sunburns
before the age of 18 can double a person's risk of melanoma as an adult.
Program Goals and Objectives for FY 2004
• Domestic and international phase-out of production and importation of numerous ODSs:
• Implementation of a Class I chemical phase-out: CFCs, halons, methyl chloroform,
carbon tetrachloride, chlorobromomethane, and hydrobromofluorocarbons (HBFCs).
• Development of a marketable allowance allocation program to ensure a graduated phase-
out of HCFCs, leading to full phase-out in 2030, hi compliance with the Montreal
Protocol.
• Implementation of a graduated phase-out of methyl bromide, while allowing for
quarantine, pre-shipment, emergency, and critical uses - also employing marketable
allowances.
• Expanded monitoring and interception of illegal imports of ODSs, through collaboration
with the U.S. Customs Service.
• Implementation of an essential use allowance program for production and importation of
CFCs and other ODSs needed for critical applications, such as metered-dose inhalers for
asthma and other respiratory illnesses.
• Increased recovery and recycling of ODSs and alternatives hi the U.S. and abroad.
• Regulatory review and outreach under the Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP)
program to ensure that substitutes for ozone-depleting chemicals used across major
industry and consumer sectors are safe for public health and the environment.
• Continue the SunWise School Program, with the goal of reducing the risk to children and
their caregivers of health effects caused by overexposure to UV radiation.
• Environmental data development and public outreach aimed at informing the public of
risks of overexposure to UV radiation.
• Facilitation of earlier voluntary phase-out and refrigerant recycling of CFCs and HCFCs
hi developing countries.
As noted above, current atmospheric modeling predicts a healing of the ozone layer by
the middle of the 21st century, assuming full global compliance with the Montreal Protocol.
Because the Protocol makes developing country compliance contingent on support from the
VI-60
-------
Protocol's Multilateral Fund, continued support for the Montreal Protocol's Multilateral Fund is
critical if we are to ensure protection of the ozone layer. Under the Montreal Protocol, the U.S.
and other developed countries contribute to the Multilateral Fund to support projects and
activities to eliminate the production and use of ODSs by developing countries. To date, the
Fund has supported over 4,300 activities in 133 countries that, when fully implemented, will
annually prevent emissions of more than 164,000 metric tons of ODSs. In addition, the Fund has
reached long-term agreements to dismantle over two-thirds of developing country CFC
production capacity and virtually all of developing country halon production capacity. Final
closure of related facilities depends on continued funding.
Pollution prevention also is an important element in meeting the objective goals. For
example, the National Emission Reduction Program requires recovery and recycling or
reclamation of ODSs, primarily in the air-conditioning and refrigeration sectors. The SNAP
program will review newly developed alternatives to ODSs, and restrict those alternatives that,
on an overall basis, are more harmful to human health and the environment than other
alternatives for the same application. EPA, with the help of other Federal agencies, will also
continue to facilitate the transition away from remaining uses of other ODSs, such as methyl
bromide and HCFCs. Also working with other Federal and international agencies, EPA will
continue its intensive efforts to curb illegal imports of ODSs.
Additionally, in FY 2004, EPA will continue the SunWise School Program. The
overarching goal of the SunWise Program is to create a comprehensive approach to mitigate the
negative impacts associated with depletion of the Earth's protective ozone layer. EPA's
SunWise School Program will achieve this goal through the direct education of children and
caregivers in how to protect themselves and others from overexposure to UV radiation.
Program Accomplishments
• In FY 2001, consistent with the Montreal Protocol, and the Act, EPA reduced methyl
bromide production and import by 50 percent from the 1991 baseline. Simultaneously,
EPA collaborated with the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) and industry to test
and register alternatives to methyl bromide in FY 2000 and FY 2001.
• Between FY 1995 and FY 2001, EPA, along with the Customs Service and Department
of Justice, intercepted over 2,500,000 pounds of illegal ODS imports, resulting in more
than 110 convictions of illegal importers. Stemming the flow of illegal imports into the
U.S. not only ensures global reductions of ozone-depleting emissions, but also prevents
undercutting the U.S. domestic market in reclaimed ODSs.
• During FY 1999 through FY 2001, EPA completed several major projects to prevent an
increase in ozone-depleting emissions. For example, EPA:
• Conducted a comprehensive evaluation, in collaboration with the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), the academic community, and
industry, of potential health impacts of ozone depletion resulting from high-speed
aircraft flying in the stratosphere.
VI-61
-------
• Developed and published, with extensive industry input and review, a
comprehensive halon recovery and reclamation guide, which focuses on
environmentally sound and efficient training and testing uses, de-commissioning,
recovery, reclamation, and disposal of halons and containers of halons.
• Banned the distribution and import into the U.S. of refrigerators containing CFCs.
The amendment to the existing product ban ensures environmental protection
from releases of CFCs , and also avoids undermining U.S. refrigerator
manufacturers, all of whom have moved to alternatives.
• listed 31 of the new possible alternatives to ODSs as acceptable for use hi
refrigeration and air-conditioning, solvent cleaning, aerosols, insulating foams,
fire protection, adhesives, coatings and inks, bringing the combined total of
acceptable substitutes to approximately 400. EPA also restricted the use of
several proposed substitutes to prevent unacceptable risks to the environment,
consumer, and worker health and safety.
• EPA ensured the continued availability of CFCs used for metered-dose inhalers
relied upon by 14 million patients with asthma and other chronic respiratory
diseases.
• EPA's FT 2002 contribution to the Multilateral Fund helped the Fund support
cost-effective projects designed to build capacity and eliminate ODS production
and consumption in over 60 developing countries.
• During the 2001-2002 school year, the SunWise program grew from 587 to 3,750
participating schools in 50 states, Puerto Rico, and the District of Columbia.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$1,424,200) This increase is hi support of the Montreal Protocol Multilateral Fund.
• (+$154,800, +0.6 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated hi
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated hi
proportion to Headquarters FTE located hi each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts hi
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated hi proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes hi these activities reflect shifts hi
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and -18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and +19.7 FTE)
VI-62
-------
GOAL: REDUCTION OF GLOBAL AND CROSS-BORDER ENVIRONMENTAL
RISKS
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE STRATOSPHERIC OZONE DEPLETION.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Restrict Domestic Consumption of Class n HCFCs
In 2004 Restrict domestic consumption of class n HCFCs below 9,906 OOP-weighted metric tonnes (OOP MTs) and restrict domestic
exempted production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 10,000 ODP MTs.
In 2003 Restrict domestic consumption of class II HCFCs below 9,906 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs) and restrict domestic
exempted production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 10,000 ODP Mi's.
In 2002 On track to restrict domestic consumption of class n HCFCs below 15,240 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs) and restrict
domestic exempted production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 60,000 ODP Mis.
Performance Measures:
Domestic Consumption of Class II HCFCs
Domestic Exempted Production and Import of Newly
Produced Class ICFC s and Halons
FY2002
Actuals
On Track
On Track
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
<9,906
<10,000
FY2004
Request
<9,906
<10,000
ODP MTs
ODP MTs
Baseline: The base of comparison for assessing progress on the 2003 annual performance goal is the domestic consumption cap of class n
HCFCs as set by the Parties to the Montreal Protocol. Each Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS) is weighted based on the damage
it does to the stratospheric ozone - this is its ozone-depletion potential (ODP). Beginning on January 1,1996, the cap was set at
the sum of 2.8 percent of the domestic ODP-weighted consumption of CFCs in 1989 plus me ODP-weighted level of HCFCs in
1989, Consumption equals production plus import minus export.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Restrict Domestic Consumption of Class II HCFCs
Restrict Domestic Exempted Production and Import of Newly Produced Class I CFCs and
Halons -
Performance Database: The Allowance Tracking System (ATS) database is maintained by the
Global Programs Division (GPD). ATS is used to compile and analyze quarterly information on
U.S. production, imports, exports, transformations, and allowance trades of ozone-depleting
substances (ODS).
Data Source: Progress on restricting domestic exempted consumption of Class I CFCs and
halons is tracked by monitoring industry reports of compliance with EPA's phaseout regulations.
Data are provided by U.S. companies producing, importing, and exporting ODS. Monthly
information on domestic production, imports, and exports from the International Trade
Commission is maintained in the ATS, Corporate data are typically submitted as quarterly
reports. Specific requirements as outlined in the Clean Air Act are available on the Internet:
http://www.epa.gov/oar/caa/caa603 .txt
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Data are aggregated across all U.S. companies for
each individual ODS to analyze U.S. total consumption and production.
QA/QC Procedures: Reporting and record-keeping requirements are published in 40 CFR Part
82, Subpart A, Sections 82.9 through 82.13. These sections of the Stratospheric Ozone Protection
VI-63
-------
Rule specify the required data and accompanying documentation that companies must submit or
maintain on-site to demonstrate their compliance with the regulation.
The ATS data are subject to a Quality Assurance Plan, In addition, the data are subject to an
annual quality assurance review, coordinated by OAR staff separate from those on the team
normally responsible for data collection and maintenance. The ATS is programmed to ensure
consistency of the data elements reported by companies. The tracking system flags inconsistent
data for review and resolution by the tracking system manager. This information is then cross-
checked with compliance data submitted by reporting companies. The GPD maintains a user's
manual for the ATS that specifies the standard operating procedures for data entry and data
analysis. Regional inspectors perform inspections and audits on-site at the facilities of producers,
importers, and exporters. These audits verify the accuracy of compliance data submitted to EPA
through examination of company records.
Data Quality Reviews: The Government Accounting Office (GAO) in currently conducting a
review of U.S. participation in Five International Environmental Agreements, and is analyzing
data submissions from the U.S. under the Montreal Protocol on Substances the Deplete the
Ozone Layer. No deficiencies are identified.
Data Limitations: None. Data are required by the Clean Air Act.
Error Estimate: None
New/Improved Data or Systems: The GPD continues to explore an improved system whereby
direct electronic reporting would be possible.
References: See http://www.epa.gov/ozone/desc.html for additional information on ODS. See
http://www.unep.ch/ozone/montreat.shtm3 for additional information about the Montreal
Protocol and http://www.unmfs.org/ for more information about the Multilateral Fund.
Coordination with Other Agencies
In an effort to curb the illegal importation of ODSs, an interagency task force was formed
consisting of representatives from EPA, the Department of Justice, the Customs Service, the
Department of State, the Department of Commerce, and the Internal Revenue Service. The
venting of illegally imported chemicals has the potential to prevent the United States from
meeting the goals of the Montreal Protocol to restore the ozone layer.
EPA is working with the USDA to facilitate research and development of alternatives to
methyl bromide, and to identify and monitor emergency and critical uses of the compound. EPA
consults with the USDA in developing rulemakings for exempting certain methyl bromide from
production and importation phase-out.
EPA also consults with the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on the potential for
methyl bromide needs. EPA works with the Office of the United States Trade Representative in
analyzing potential trade implications in stratospheric protection regulations that affect imports
and exports.
VI-64
-------
EPA works closely with the Centers for Disease Control and the National Weather
Service on the UV Index and the health messages that accompany the scientific data.
Additionally, EPA is a member of the Federal Council on Skin Cancer Prevention, which is
dedicated to educating and protecting all Federal employees from the risks of overexposure to
UV radiation.
EPA coordinates closely with the FDA to ensure that sufficient supplies of CFCs are
available for the production of life-saving metered-dose inhalers for the treatment of asthma and
other lung diseases. This partnership between EPA and FDA blends the critical goals of
protecting the public health and limiting damage to the stratospheric ozone layer.
In addition to collecting its own UV data, EPA coordinates with NASA and the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration to monitor the state of the stratospheric ozone layer.
EPA works with NASA on assessing essential uses and other exemptions for critical
shuttle and rocket needs, as well as effects of direct emissions of high speed aircraft flying hi the
stratosphere.
EPA works very closely with the Department of State, and other Federal agencies as
relevant to the issues at hand, in international negotiations among Parties to the Protocol.
EPA coordinates with the Small Business Administration to ensure that proposed rules
are developed hi accordance with the Small Business Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Statutory Authorities
Clean Air Act (CAA), Title V (42 U.S.C. 7661-7661f), and Title VI (42 U.S.C. 7671-7671q)
The Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer
VI-65
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks
Objective: Protect Public Health and Ecosystems from PBTs and other Toxics.
By 2006. reduce the risks to ecosystems and human health, particularly in Tribal and
other subsistence-based communities, from persistent, bioaccumulative toxicants (PBTs) and
other selected toxins which circulate in the environment on global and regional scales.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002 FY 2003
Actuals I Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
Protect Public Health and
Ecosystems from PBTs and other
Toxics.
-$5.391.]
$6.173.6
$6.680.7
$507.1
Environmental Program &
Management
Total Workvears
$5.39].] , $6,173.6
$6.680.7 ;
$507.1
3].8
35.6
36.4
0.8
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
I Facilities Infrastructure and
I Operations
I Global Toxics
Global Trade Issues for Pesticides
and Chemicals
Gjreat Lakes
Legal Services
I Management Services and
'.Stewardship
1 POPsJjnplernemation
FY 2002
Enacted
$495.4
$1.522.8
$3.09] .2
$537.6
$382.4
$31.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$5] 5. 9
$1.4] 5.1
$3.125.4
$0.0
$410.7
$26.2
FY 2004
Request ;
'
|
$619.2
$]. 557.1
$3.367.1
$0.0
$428.8
. $4] .2
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$103.3
$142.0
$24]. 7
$0.0
$]8.3
$]5.0
$0.0
$680.?
$667.3 ($13.0)
Vl-66
-------
FY2004 Request
Many human health and environmental risks to the American public originate outside our
borders. Many pollutants can travel easily across borders - via rivers, air and ocean currents, and
migrating wildlife. Even in the remote Arctic, industrial chemicals such as polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs) have been found in the tissues of local wildlife. Further, differences in public
health standards can contribute to global pollution. A chemical of particular concern to one
country may not be controlled or regulated in the same way by another. Harmonization of
national standards can assist in reducing global pollution by increasing the number of health and
ecological effects any single country may be examining. It may also lower barriers to trade and
commerce as countries accept the validity of another's screening or other standards.
EPA's activities under this objective give priority to selected chemicals and certain heavy
metals which can persist, bioaccumulate and are toxic (PBTs). PBT chemicals break down
slowly hi the environment, and elemental metals never degrade. For this reason, PBTs, including
persistent organic pollutants (POPs), are very mobile, moving great distances along wind and
ocean currents, thereby posing serious risks to human health and the ecosystem in the U.S. and
world- wide3. PBTs also enter the food chain accumulating in shellfish, fish, birds and animals
that are exposed directly or indirectly through their diets.
EPA is working to reduce potential risk from PBTs on several fronts which include: 1)
reducing the release and transboundary movement of PBTs; 2) reducing the levels of exposure to
humans and adverse effects to wildlife that may result from these PBTs; 3) assisting additional
countries around the world to monitor releases and also manage their use of PBTs; and 4)
increasing confidence that consistent PBT obligations will be met. For each of these efforts, the
Agency targets the highest risk or greatest concerns first. For example, of all the PBTs, PCBs,
dioxins/furans, DDT and certain other pesticides,
mercury poses the greatest concern. Thus, hi each . ,;
negotiated agreement or offer of technical UHieruie«iow;MiiA^wtw,h'e
O • o fhcmimkitrc inilhldj llffgttol far elimination
assistance, these substances take priority. In and/or control-.
addition, certain populations are especially , t
vulnerable, and receive priority consideration. LBRT
Examples include coastal populations with diets iAi
-------
programs to build the capacity of other countries to reduce risks associated with PBTs, consistent
with the obligations of international agreements already in place or now under negotiation.
Binding International Agreements on Certain Persistent Toxics and Prior Informed Consent
Recognizing that environmental loadings of PBTs and the resultant health and
environmental risks will increase over time because of expanded production, trade, and use of
these substances, in recent years international attention has focused on two groups of PBT
substances: persistent organic pollutants (POPs) such as PCBs, dioxins and DDT, and selected
heavy metals, most notably mercury.
EPA has been involved in a series of legally binding international agreements concerning
various PBT substances and international trade in certain chemicals that are nationally banned or
severely restricted. In late 1998 and early 1999, the U.S. and some forty other nations concluded
and signed two legally binding regional protocols on POPs and on selected heavy metals (e.g.
mercury) under the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe's Convention on Long-
Range Transboundary Air Pollution (LRTAP) and the Rotterdam Convention on the Prior
Informed Consent (PIC). The LRTAP POPs protocol in turn helped to establish the foundation
for the negotiation (under the auspices of the United Nations Environment Programme UNEP) of
a legally binding global convention on POPs, also known as the Stockholm Convention.
Negotiation of the Stockholm Convention concluded in December 2000 and was signed by EPA
Administrator Christine Todd Whitman on May 23, 2001 in Stockholm, Sweden.
The PIC Convention established a network for voluntary information exchange and
provides opportunities for importing countries to make informed decisions when importing
certain chemicals that have been subject to control actions in other parts of the world. In FY
2004, EPA will assist developing countries in complying with the provisions of the PIC
convention which will result in more informed decision-making on how to best manage the risks
posed by trade in restricted chemicals, hi the spring of 2002, the Administrator forwarded the
Stockholm Convention to the Senate for its advice and consent towards ratification, and
submitted a Bill to Congress which would amend the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and
the Federal Insecticide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) to facilitate full implementation of the
Stockholm Convention, the LRTAP POPs Protocol, and the Rotterdam Convention on the Prior
Informed Consent (PIC) Procedure for Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in
International Trade.
The Stockholm Convention bans or restricts manufacture, use, and/or release of 12
selected chemicals. The agreement also addresses export and import restrictions/controls,
emission release restrictions, by-product issues, waste management, and the selection of
additional substances for control! The long-term success of the agreement will depend in part on
the development of release inventories and implementation of capacity building measures in
developing countries around the world. The problem is especially acute in the Alaskan Arctic
and Great Lakes regions where POPs are taken up in the food chain and impact Native
Americans who depend on subsistence foods for their livelihood. As a result, EPA will focus on
those countries that are key sources of POPs and most likely impact the U.S, such as Russia,
Central America and the Caribbean.
VI-68
-------
In FY 2004, providing that the U.S. Senate ratifies the POPs Treaty, EPA will initiate an
agency-wide POPs implementation strategy for the Stockholm Convention. This program will
include four major components: 1) legislation; 2) a new voluntary partnership with industry; 3)
an action plan for new POPs chemicals; and 4) an action plan for reassessing currently EPA-
registered chemicals. Under the terms of the Stockholm Convention and direction of the
Administrator, EPA will also continue to focus on those countries that are key sources of POPs
substances and will assist developing countries in meeting their obligations under these
agreements.
EPA has developed an international POPs Implementation Plan, the goals of which
include: 1) reduction in the releases of POPs reaching the U.S. by long range transport; 2)
reduction of sources of POPs in domestic countries of origin, focusing on PCB-containing
equipment, obsolete POPs stockpiles, and dioxins and furans emissions from combustion
sources; and 3) enabling better inter- and intra-country coordination on POPs implementation
activities by improving access to POPs technical, regulatory and program information on the
Internet.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to
monitor and develop strategies to address
long-range and atmospheric transport of
contaminants. For example, current levels
of contaminants transported to and
deposited in the north Pacific region are a
concern. Unless preventative measures
are taken, levels will increase due to
continued economic growth in the region
and the rest of the world. Long-range
transport of contaminants to and from the
region is one of many inter-continental and trans-oceanic pathways of concern within a larger
context of global atmospheric exchange of contaminants in which all countries participate as
both sources and receptors. Other pathways of concern include Saharan dust transport over the
tropical Atlantic to the Americas, North American pollutant movement across the North Atlantic,
European pollution carried to Asia, and the transport of northern Eurasian contaminants over the
frozen Arctic Ocean.
Among heavy metals, mercury is especially noteworthy because it circulates in the
environment on a global scale. International cooperation is needed in reducing mercury
production, use, and release if substantial risk reductions to humans and their environment are to
be achieved by individual countries. In FY 2004, EPA will provide technical expertise and
implement mercury reduction activities data to the global mercury assessment. EPA will
continue to expand the geographic reach of its mercury monitoring effort by establishing
monitoring stations in strategic locations around the world (e.g., Mauna Loa, Hawaii and Ny
Alesund, Norway).
APR 13 20D1
Earth Probe TOMB Aerosol Mat
VI-69
-------
Other Risk Reduction Measures for Persistent Toxics
Since 1993, EPA has been actively promoting the phase-out of lead additives in gasoline
on the international level. As of 1999, EPA has exceeded the target level selected for the 2005
strategic goal due to significant global reductions in the use of leaded gasoline. In the future,
EPA will make additional progress in encouraging more countries to eliminate the use of lead in
gasoline thereby resulting in decreased adverse health impacts.
Projects aimed at protection of the Arctic Ecosystem will continue to focus on preventing
and reducing environmental contamination from spent nuclear fuel, PCBs, dioxins/furans, and
obsolete pesticides in northwestern Russia. These projects aim to assist the Russian Federation
in phasing out its manufacture and use, reducing releases and subsequent transport to the Arctic,
and encouraging the use of substitutes. These are multi-lateral projects conducted in conjunction
with all Arctic Rim countries under the auspices of the Arctic Council. The results of the Russia
PCB inventory phase, completed in FY 2000, found PCB inventories of 31,500 tons with the
majority of the PCBs found in equipment (27,000 tons) still in circulation. In FY 2002, a
feasibility study was conducted to determine appropriate PCB destruction technologies for
demonstration. In Fiscal Years 2003 and 2004, the Russia PCB project will move into the next
phase by selecting and demonstrating a PCB destruction technology. In FY 2004, the Russia
dioxins/furans project will move into its next phase by conducting feasibility studies for pulp and
paper industry and industrial burning, and the Russia obsolete pesticides project will move into
its first phase with the development of a Russian national inventory of obsolete pesticide
stockpiles.
A program started in 2000 focused on pesticides, mercury and lead will continue to target
countries in Sub-Saharan Africa (SSA) and specific sectors (i.e., refineries, mining companies,
and stockpilers of agricultural chemicals) which are major contributors to globally circulating
chemical/toxic risks. This program addresses the growing health and ecosystem risk from rapid
urban and industrial development in SSA, and supports U.S. foreign policy and Presidential
commitments of engagement with SSA through a community empowerment approach. In 2002,
targeted countries and cities are being given information that will assist in implementing
environmental regulatory systems on a par with U.S. and international standards. Key activities
include pesticide information exchange and training, management of obsolete pesticide
stockpiles, lead risk reduction, pollutant release and transfer registration development, and
industrial sector environmental improvement.
EPA is engaged with the United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP) in an
Internet Access Project that is targeting officials of developing countries as its primary audience.
Through this project, these officials can gain access to information necessary for the sound
management of chemicals.
Harmonization of Test Guidelines
Test guidelines are collections of methods for assessing hazard, toxicity, or other
properties of chemicals and chemical preparations, such as pesticides and industrial chemicals.
Each test guideline provides instructions on how a specific type of test could be adequately
performed. Many countries develop their own set of test guidelines in line with their internal
VI-70
-------
legislative requirements and priorities, and differences in individual test guidelines can adversely
impact the trade between countries.
Harmonizing test guidelines across countries offers significant benefits to industry, the
public, and the environment, including:
• Reducing the burden on chemical companies and other industries, which otherwise must
perform separate, sometimes only slightly different, repeated testing in order to satisfy
the regulatory requirements of different jurisdictions both within the United States and
internationally;
• Reducing the need for animal testing;
• Expanding the universe of toxic chemicals for which needed testing information is
available; and
• Fostering efficiency in international information exchange and mutual international
acceptance of chemical test data.
To date, EPA has published nearly one hundred guidelines, a third of which have been
harmonized with Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)
requirements. In 2004, the Agency will continue its involvement in the process for
harmonization of additional test guidelines and expects to contribute to the harmonization of five
additional test guidelines with the OECD. The achievement of the test guideline sub-objective
will lead to simplified and more uniform testing requirements, with guidelines that are acceptable
to Federal agencies and a wide array of countries, including our major trading partners.
Development of Pollutant Release and Transfer Registries (PRTRs)
Pollutant Release and Transfer Registries (PRTRs) is the international term for annually
reported multi-media emissions inventories, which at a minimum include information on the
releases (i.e., air, water, land, underground injection) and transfers (e.g., treatment) of pollutants
from industrial sources. The Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) is the United States' version of a
PRTR. International attention focused on PRTRs in 1992 when the Earth Summit (held in Rio
de Janeiro) encouraged all nations to establish these systems as an integral role in the sound
management of chemicals. In North America, all three North American Free Trade Agreement
(NAFTA) nations, Canada, the United States and Mexico, have established emissions
inventories. There are currently eight nations with PRTRs and more that are either in the process
of developing them, or that have expressed an interest in developing such inventories. Fostering
public awareness in other countries may help reduce pollution generated in those countries.
EPA remains involved at all levels of the PRTR effort. This involvement includes
bilateral discussions and active participation internationally. EPA works closely with the
OECD, the North American Commission for Environmental Cooperation (NACEC), the United
Nations Institute for Training and Research (UNITAR), and the PRTR Coordination Workgroup,
as well as in bilateral activities and in international fora. The U.S. EPA is chairing an OECD
PRTR Release Estimation Techniques task force to leverage resources by sharing information
VI-71
-------
and expertise on guidance to industry. To foster public education around the world, EPA will
utilize available resources from the U.S.-Asia Environmental Partnership to provide financial or
technical assistance to help nations develop PRTRs.
In FY 2004, countries will begin to set up necessary infrastructure and, by FY 2005, EPA
expects that a majority of OECD countries will have established PRTRs or will have PRTRs
under development. Besides being used for community purposes, as TRI is currently used hi
this country, these registries will help monitor the progress countries make in complying with
international agreements, such as the Montreal Protocol (ozone depleting chemicals), Basel
(waste transfer agreements), and the POPs Treaty.
International Screening Information Data Set (SIPS)
Technical Assistance to
Developing Countries
EPA has been active in global efforts to manage
obsolete pesticides that are often stockpiled in
developing countries. EPA has been a leader in the
United Nations Food and Agriculture (FAO)
workgroup that is developing global strategies to
address the risks posed by obsolete pesticides. EPA
has also developed an international train-the-trainer
course "Pesticide Disposal in Developing Countries,"
based on the growing international problem and
demand for technical assistance.
The U.S. is working with other OECD
member countries to implement the
International Screening Information Data Set
(SIDS) program, a voluntary international
cooperative testing program started in 1990.
The program's focus is on developing base-
level test information (including data on basic
chemistry, environmental fate, environmental
effects and health effects) for international
high production volume chemicals. Under
OECD, high production volume chemicals are
those that are manufactured or imported hi
quantities of at least two million pounds. SIDS data will be used to screen chemicals and to set
priorities for further testing and/or assessment. The Agency will review testing needs for 75-100
SIDS chemicals in 2004.
Bilateral Work with Canada and Mexico
EPA will continue to work with the Canadian Government to develop strategies for
controlling and ultimately eliminating the remaining uses of two priority persistent
bioaccumulative toxic pesticides, pentachlorophenol and lindane, and possibly others yet to be
selected. Both chemicals are on the Great Lakes Binational Strategy. In coordination with
Mexico, EPA will continue to promote the gradual phaseout of DDT and chlordane, largely
through a gradual increase hi the use of alternative products and integrated pest management
practices. We are also engaged hi trilateral work with Canada and Mexico in the framework of
the working group on the Sound Management of Chemicals (SMOC).
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$129,000, 2.0 FTE) This is a redirection of resources from strengthening
environmental management capabilities (Objective 5) to capacity efforts for
implementation of the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants. The
VI-72
-------
redirection will reduce the level of effort directed towards strengthening environmental
management to countries in transition.
• (+$241,700) This increase includes additional support for global trade issues involving
chemicals, pesticides and biotechnology.
• (+$118,300, 0.1 FTE) Resources, dollars and,FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated hi proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located hi each goal, objective. Changes hi these activities reflect shifts hi
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and-18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and +19.7FTE)
• There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
GOAL: REDUCTION OF GLOBAL AND CROSS-BORDER ENVIRONMENTAL
RISKS
OBJECTIVE: PROTECT PUBLIC HEALTH AND ECOSYSTEMS FROM PBTS AND
OTHER TOXICS.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Risks from Industrial/Commercial Chemicals (INT
In 2004 Identify and reduce risks associated with international industrial/commercial chemicals.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
High Production Volume chemicals with complete Screening 75 chemicals
Information Data Sets (SIDS) submitted to OECD SIDS
Initial Assessment Meeting
Baseline: The baseline is 40 chemicals per year submitted prior to FY2003.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
Validating measurements under international capacity-building programs presents several
challenges. Technical assistance projects, for instance, typically target developing countries,
which often do not have sound data collection and analysis systems in place. Several of the
Agency's activities under Goal 6, Objective 4 will over tune provide environmental information.
Non-technical projects, such as assistance in gaining support from donor countries and
organizations must rely on more subjective measures of change. Data verification and validation
for each of the key measures under Objective 4 are discussed below.
VI-73
-------
FY 2003 Congressional Performance Measure: Develop baseline information on atmospheric
transport of POP chemicals to sensitive US ecosystems.
Performance Database: None- Manual Collection
Data Source: Project Specific
QA/QC Procedures: Verification does not involve any pollutant database analysis, but will
require objective assessment tasks completed.
FY 2003 Congressional Performance Measure: Assist a target country in the Caribbean to
address targeted PCB sources.
Performance Database: None- Manual Collection
Data Source: Project Specific
QA/QC Procedures: Verification does not involve any pollutant database analysis, but will
require objective assessment tasks completed.
Coordination with Other Agencies
To conclude the international agreements on POPs, heavy metals and PIC substances,
EPA must continue to coordinate with other Federal agencies and external stakeholders, such as
Congressional staff, industry, and environmental groups, to convey the U.S. approach and solicit
constructive criticism, EPA needs to ensure that the list of chemicals and the criteria and process
for evaluating future chemicals for possible international controls are based on sound science.
To illustrate, the Agency may typically coordinate with the Food and Drug Administration
(FDA), FDA's National Toxicology Program, the Centers for Disease Control/Agency for Toxic
Substances and Disease Registry (CDC/ATSDR), the National Institute of Environmental Health
Sciences (NDEHS) and/or the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) on matters relating
to OECD test guideline harmonization.
EPA's objective is to promote improved health and environmental protection, both
domestically and worldwide. The success of this objective is dependent on successful
coordination not only with other countries, but with various international organizations such as
the Intergovernmental Forum on Chemical Safety (IFCS), the North American Commission on
Environmental Cooperation (NACEC), the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (OECD), and the CODEX Alimentarius Commission. The North American Free
Trade Agreement and cooperation with Canada and Mexico play an integral part in the
harmonization of data requirements.
The Agency's goal to develop common or compatible international approaches to
pesticide review, registration and standard setting extends to our international partnerships. The
partnerships may be grouped into 3 broad categories: (1) policy, (2) programmatic, and (3)
capacity building. The Agency, for example, worked closely with other member countries of the
OECD to establish a pesticide forum to bring government pesticide regulators together to address
VI-74
-------
common problems and achieve greater harmonization of policies and procedures. The OECD
Pesticide Forum works on five major areas: re-registration, data requirements, risk reduction,
test guidelines and hazard assessment. The OECD plans to include establishing internationally
harmonized labeling for pesticides.
EPA continues to participate actively in the implementation of the Food and Agriculture
Organizations Prior Informed Consent (PIC) agreement, which promotes safe management of
chemicals in international trade. PIC provides for notification from countries to the U. N. about
pesticides and chemicals that have either been banned or severely restricted for health and/or
safety reasons. The Agency is also continuing to work with the U.N. Food and Agriculture
Organization (FAO) to promote safe management of chemicals in international trade. The
Agency also has worked with the Codex Alimentarius Commission to improve the scientific
basis and timeliness of Codex decisions, and boost public participation in the decision-making
processes. The Agency also will continue to work with the North American Commission for
Environmental Cooperation on the development and implementation of regional action plans to
address such PBTs as mercury.
EPA initiated work in 1999 on its Persistent Bioaccumulative Toxics Program (PBTP),
which aims to support a variety of domestic and international efforts (noted above). The goal of
these efforts is to reduce the risks posed by persistent toxic substances. Through the PBTP, EPA
has worked closely with its domestic partners, including state and local governments, as well as
industry, environmental and Tribal organizations, plus international counterparts, to promote the
objectives of the Initiative. This work has closely paralleled many efforts already underway to
conclude and promote the implementation of international agreements on POPs and PIC.
At the EPA regional level, EPA also worked with the NACEC to deal with chemical
pollutants of concern to Canada, Mexico, and the United States. The commission approved
regional action plans to reduce the use of DDT and chlordane throughout North America.
Statutory Authorities
Pollution Prevention Act (PPA) (42 U.S.C. 13101_13109)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) sections
3,4,5,6,10,11,18,20,23,24,25,30 and 31 (7 U.S.C. 136a, 126a-l, 126c, 136d, 136h, 136i, 136p,
136r, 136u, 136v, 136w, 136w-5 and 136w-6)
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) section 313 (42 U.S.C.
11023)
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) sections 4, 5, 6, 12, and 13 (15 U.S.C. 2603, 2604, 2605,
2611,2612)
Clean Water Act (CWA) (33 U.S.C. 1251_1387)]
Clean Air Act (CAA)
VI-75
-------
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation (NAAEC)
1996 Habitat Agenda, paragraph 43bb
U.S./Canada Agreements on Arctic Cooperation
1989 US/USSR Agreement on Pollution
1991 U.S./Canada Air Quality Agreement
1978 U.S./Canada Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement
1909 Boundary Waters Apeement
World Trade Organization Agreements
North American Free Trade Agreement
VI-76
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks
Objective: Increase Domestic and International Use of Cleaner and More Cost-Effective
Technologies.
Through 2005, integrate environmental protection with international trade and investment
and increase the application of cleaner and more cost-effective environmental practices and
technologies in the United States and abroad to ensure that a clean environment and a strong
economy go hand-in-hand.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Increase Domestic and
International Use of Cleaner and
More Cost-Effective Technologies.
Environmental Program &
Management
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$16,347.9
$16,347,9
57.3
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$12,601.0
$12,601.0
54.7
FY2004
Request
$12,126.1
$12,126.1
50.8
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
($474.9)
($474,9)
-3.9
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Commission for Environmental
Cooperation - CEC
Environment and Trade
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
International Safe Drinking Water
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
FY 2002
Enacted
$3,396.4
$1,672.6
$815.6
$0.0
$675.7
$51.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$3,535.3
$1,844.3
$792.7
$0.0
$725.6
$41.7
FY 2004
Request
$3,937.8
$1,702.5
$860.2
$348.0
$757.5
$83.9
FY 2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
$402.5
($141.8)
$67.5
$348.0
$31.9
$42.2
VI-77
-------
Regional and Global
Environmental Policy
Development
Technical Cooperation with
Industrial and Developing
Countries
FY 2002
Enacted
$1,431.2
$4,478.4
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,331.3
$4,330.1
FY 2004
Request
$918.0
$3,518.2
FY2004
Req. v.
FY 2003
Pres Bud
($413.3)
($811.9)
FY 2004 Request
Work in FY 2004 will focus on developing the frameworks necessary to perpetuate
cleaner and more cost-effective practices by providing developing countries with the tools and
training necessary to achieve long-term environmental change. These programs complement
technical assistance EPA and other organizations provide by ensuring that the recipient country
or region is able to sustain and replicate environmental improvements. These programs also help
protect human health and the environment in the U.S. by introducing innovative practices for
environmental management, reducing costs and encouraging information flow through data
sharing, increasing the demand for U.S. environmental technologies and services, and helping to
implement more transparent enforcement and permitting regimes.
Specific objectives include: 1) protecting human health and the environment on global,
regional, and national levels by enhancing management capabilities in other countries; 2)
promoting environmentally sound trade worldwide through the implementation of the North
American Free Trade Agreement's environmental agreements, and through participation in the
development of U.S. trade policy; 3) promoting the dissemination of proven and cost-effective
environmental technologies and services; and 4) advancing U.S. foreign policy, economic,
national security, humanitarian, and other interests abroad.
Trade and Environment
EPA supports trade liberalization as a means of improving economic welfare,
domestically and abroad. However, there are strong public concerns that freer trade
("globalization") will have high costs in terms of environmental degradation and threats to
human health, especially in developing countries that lack environmental protection institutions.
The U.S. is currently involved in trade negotiations at the World Trade Organization (WTO) and
with the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA), has just completed negotiations with Chile
and Singapore, and has begun work on trade agreements with Central America, Morocco, and
the Southern Africa Customs Union. Congress, in recognition of the growing awareness of the
link between trade and the environment, enacted in Trade Promotion Authority (TPA) explicit
priorities and objectives for environmental issues, such as environmental reviews and capacity
building, and provisions against lowering environmental standards to attract investment.
VI-78
-------
During FY 2002, EPA worked in an interagency process to harmonize environment and
trade. As a result, two agreements that reached conclusion in early FY 2003 contain
environmental text and include processes for establishing cooperative projects that encourage
harmonization of environment and trade. These cooperative projects are aimed at improving the
environment worldwide through communicating environmental best practices and reducing the
potential for global and trans-boundary pollution.
Throughout FY 2003 and 2004, EPA will be heavily involved in developing and
completing these projects. In FY 2003, the United States will initiate at least three new free trade
agreement negotiations, and continue work on the WTO and FTAA. In each case, EPA will
promote the harmonization of environment and trade, working with partner countries to develop
cooperative projects that will assist them in maintaining or improving their environmental
conditions. This work will continue into FY 2004, when the majority of the work on cooperative
projects will take place, and negotiations for other free trade agreements may begin. An
additional goal in FY 2004 is to ensure that the Environment and Trade program will fill an
important data gap by quantifying envkonmental impacts of potential trade agreements, allowing
us to better measure the results of our work.
Commission for Environmental Cooperation
The Commission for Environmental Cooperation (CEC) was established in 1993 under
the North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation (NAAEC), a supplemental
agreement to the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). The CEC consists of a
Council, a Secretariat, and a Joint Public Advisory Committee. Executive Order 12915
designates the EPA Administrator as the United States representative on the Council and gives
EPA lead responsibility for the U.S. Government regarding the CEC.
During FY 2004, EPA will continue to lead U.S. efforts in the implementation of the
NAAEC and the CEC program plan by coordinating U.S. involvement in programs related to the
NAAEC, including oversight of programs in the categories of Trade and Environment, Law and
Policy, Pollutants and Health, and Biodiversity, while promoting transparency and public
participation in all of CEC's work. EPA will also participate in meetings of the Joint Public
Advisory Committee, and coordinate meetings with the U.S. National and Governmental
Advisory Committees for the CEC.
EPA will also provide oversight, guidance, and technical support for a number of
substantive CEC projects in FY 2004. For example, in the area of biodiversity, EPA will
participate in the development and implementation of a strategic plan for biodiversity
conservation, including the strategic development of a network of marine protected areas in
North America. In the area of children's health and the environment, EPA will also provide
technical support and oversight for efforts by CEC and partners to develop a report of indicators
dealing with children's health and the environment in North America. EPA will continue to
provide information and technical support for the annual Taking Stock publication, which CEC
publishes to measure pollutant releases across North America. EPA will also participate in a
process for developing a strategic plan for the CEC's work, including program evaluation, and
will lead U.S. efforts in developing and approving a 10-year retrospective of the environmental
impacts of NAFTA, including the NAAEC.
VI-79
-------
EPA will also continue to participate and provide technical guidance to the Sound
Management Of Chemicals (SMOC) workgroup, including taskforces on mercury, dioxins,
furans, hexachlorobenzene and lindane. In FY 2004, efforts will continue to build capacity to
deal with chemical management issues in all three countries, focusing on Mexico and support for
its National Implementation Plan on POPs as well as continuing efforts related to sustainable
alternatives to DDT for malarial vector control. Work on the new Monitoring and Assessment
Taskforce will continue to assess the short, medium, and long-term goals for action plans dealing
with chemicals in air, water, and the environment.
International Safe Drinking Water
In FY 2004, the international safe drinking water initiative will continue its focus on
applying cleaner and more cost-effective environmental practices and technologies in order to
improve drinking water quality in partner countries. Ongoing projects in Central America and
Africa will be used as models to continue promoting water quality improvement throughout
these regions, with expansion into Asia, particularly India. With the number of medium-sized
cities (100,000 to 1 million inhabitants) and large cities (greater than 1 million inhabitants)
expected to rise dramatically over the next 20 years, these projects will help alleviate the
enormous stress on an already compromised water and wastewater infrastructure in urban and
peri-urban areas.
In Latin America, EPA will work with partners such as the Pah American Health
Organization's technical center - CEPIS - to strengthen their abilities to improve water quality in
the region. EPA implemented several drinking water projects in Africa during FY 2002, with
projects focused on nations in the southern and eastern parts of the continent. In cooperation
with other Federal agencies and departments, EPA will expand these urban/peri-urban drinking
water programs during 2004. Raising awareness of the cost-effectiveness of protecting safe
water resources (versus treatment of contaminated sources) will be an important component of
each project. EPA will work with in-country partners to emphasize the -health impacts and
societal costs, such as infant mortality or lost work force productivity, which can result from
unsafe drinking water. EPA will also consider environmental finance options, based on the
Agency's Revolving Loan Fund programs, for small-scale infrastructure improvements in urban
communities.
In cooperation with the USAID Mission, EPA will work to improve drinking water
laboratory capacity and treatment plant effectiveness and to address water quality issues in urban
areas as part of ongoing bilateral activities.
All of EPA's international safe drinking water work complements the Agency's
children's health programs, which help to reduce exposure to contaminated drinking water
among a particularly sensitive population.
Legal and Regulatory Capacity Building
In FY 2004, EPA will continue legal and regulatory capacity-building activities in Asia
and Central America. In Asia, EPA will continue to work in cooperation with USAID to
VI-80
-------
implement new environmental laws and regulations or significantly revise existing laws and
regulations. Through in-country assistance to EPA counterpart organizations, EPA will assist in
developing and implementing improved Jaws and regulations. Projects in support of this effort
will likely iocus on transferring U.S. experience in the development of sound regulatory regimes
and associated policies on permitting and penalty assessment. EPA will also work to increase
public participation in the promulgation of environmental regulations, as public participation can
encourage greater transparency in enforcement and reporting. EPA will also work with key
partners to develop public awareness campaigns which facilitate the implementation of new
regulations.
As part oj another ongoing cooperative effort with USA1D. the Agency will also work to
improve the regulatory framework in Central America. EPA will assist Central American
countries in developing regionally-comparable environmental standards, improving theii
application and enforcement of environmental regulations, and increasing their ability to comply
with international environmental agreements. Work under this regional program will locus
largely on pesticide management, wastewater management systems, and municipal waste
management. FY 2004 will mark the third year in this six-year eflort.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
* (-$482.900. 5.8 FTE) redirection of resources to give greater emphasis to new
environmental plan for the Mexico Border (Goal 6 Objective 1) and capacity efforts foi
implementation of the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants. The
redirection will reduce the level of eflort directed towards strengthening environmental
management to countries in transition and developing countries.
* (+$109,700, 0.4 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE. associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE. associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters" contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total change* -> tent: +$1.417,000, utilities:
•Ą$2.374,800. Security: +$3,425.000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4 FTE. Contracts: +$642,400 and -18.5 FTE. Grams: +$3.015.500 and +19.7 FTE)
' There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment lor new and
existing FTE.
Vl-81
-------
GOAL: REDUCTION OF GLOBAL AND CROSS-BORDER ENVIRONMENTAL
RISKS
OBJECTIVE: INCREASE DOMESTIC AND INTERNATIONAL USE OF CLEANER
AND MORE COST-EFFECTIVE TECHNOLOGIES.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
institutional OtpuhilitR^
Enhance environmental management and institulionai capabilities in priority countries.
Enhance environmental management and institutional capabilities in priority countries.
All aspect of this Annual goal were mei doinp mid-year. Out efiorts over the year lead lo 2 countries committing to the phase-
out of leaded-pasolinc. 1 ar pcted countries in the Caribbean and IB Asian completing the 1st phases of then commitments to tht
POPs conventions with PCB inveniorte,'-
In 2004
In 200?
In 200r
FY 200?
Actual,1-
FY 200*
, Pres. Bud.
)
FY 2004
Request
1
countries
Performance Measure;..
Assist in ihc development 01 implementation of improved
envjronmenlal laws 01 regulations in priority countries.
Increase the transfer ol environmental nest practices amonp
the U.S. and its panncr countries and build the capacity 01
developing countries to collect, analyze, or disseminate
environmental data
Increase the capacity ol programs in Africa 01 Lalin America
to address safe drinking water quality issue*.
Baseline: Sound data colltclion and analysis facilitates improved environmental legislation, tnioicwiicnt and planning. EPA is helping to
build capacity to collect, analyze and disseminate environmental data lor use jn priority developing countries lo more effectively
target resources lot environmental protection.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
Validating measurements under international capacity-building programs presents several
challenges. Technical assistance projects, for instance, typically target developing countries.
which often do not have sound data collection and analysis systems in place. Severa! of the
Agency's activities under Goal 6. Objective 5 attempt 10 improve this data gathering and analysis
process. Non-technical projects, such as assistance in regulatory reform, frequently must rely on
more subjective measures of change, such as the opinions of project staff or reviews by third-
party organizations, including other U.S. government organizations, in judging the long-term
efficacy of the assistance provided. Data verification and validation lor each of the key
measures under Objective 5 are discussed below.
FY 2004 External Performance Measure: Assist in the development or implementation of
improved environmental laws or regulations in developing countries.
Performance Database: None. Output measure. Manual collection of information to track
measure.
Data Source: Project Specific
VI-82
-------
QA/QC Procedures: Verification does not involve any pollutant database analysis, but will
require objective assessment of: (1) tasks completed, (2) compliance with new regulation, and
(3) progress toward project goals and objectives.
EPA works with developing countries to improve environmental laws and regulations.
Tracking development and implementation of legislation presents few challenges because EPA
project staff maintain close contact with their counterparts and any changes become part of a
public record. Assessing the quality of the new or revised laws/regulations, the level of public
participation and support for stronger regulations, and the long-term social impacts of legislation
is more subjective. Aside from feedback Irom Agency project staff. EPA relies, in part, on
feedback irom its counterparts in the target countries and regions and from nongovernmental
organizations (NGOs) and other third panics in gauging the efficacy its international legal and
regulatory capacity-building. Because EPA works to establish long-term relationships with
priority countries, the Agency is often able 10 assess environmental improvement in these
countries and regions lor a number of years following legal assistance efforts.
FY 2004 External Performance Measure: Through the CEC, develop a core set of
children's environmental health indicators and economic valuation report of children's
environmental health by September 2004.
Performance Database: None. Output measure. Manual collection of information to track
measure,
Data Source: Project Specific
QA/QC Procedures: Verification does not involve any pollutant database analysis, but will
require objective assessment of tasks completed and consensus by the Commission ioi
Environmental Cooperation's (CEC) children's environmental health trilateral team.
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPArs environmental mandate and expertise make it uniquely qualified to represent the
nation's environmental interests aboard. While the Department of State (DOS) is responsible Ioi
the conduct oi overall U.S. foreign policy, implementation of particular programs, projects, and
agreements is often the responsibility oi other agencies with specific technical expertise and
resources. Relations between EPA and DOS cut across several offices and/or bureaus in both
organizations. Similarly. EPA and the many components of the Department of Commerce work
together closely on a range of different issues, including many science and technology issues.
For example. EPA is responsible for implementing activities under the Export Enhancement Act
of 1992. The Act mandated EPA participation on the Environmental Trade Working Group oj
the Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee, an interagency working group chaired by tin
Secretary of Commerce to coordinate the government's overall environmental trade promotion
activities.
EPA also serves as the primary point-.ol-contact and liaison with the U.S, Agency 1oi
Internationa] Development (USAJD). Specially drawing on expertise tiom throughout EPA. the
Agency administers a number of interagency agreements for environmental assistance.
VI-83
-------
EPA works extensively with the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative (USTR).
particularly its Office of Environmental and Natural Resources, to ensure that U.S. trade and
environmental polices are mutually supportive. For example, through the Agency's participation
in the negotiation of both the North American Free Trade Agreement and the World Trade
Organization Agreements. EPA has worked with USTR to ensure that U.S. obligations undei
international trade agreements do not hamper the ability of Federal and state governments to
maintain high levels of domestic environmental protection. The two agencies also work together
to ensure that EPA's rules, regulations and programs are consistent with U.S. obligations under
international trade agreements.
Finally. EPA works closely with a number of other Federal agencies with environmental.
health, or safety mandates. These include (among others) the Department of Labor, Department
of Transportation. Department of Agriculture, Department of the Interior, Department of Health
and Human Services, and the Food and Drug Administration.
Statutory Authorities
EPCRA section 313 (42 U.S.C. 11023)
PPA (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)
World Trade Organization Agreements
North American Free Trade Agreement
North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation
US-Canada Agreements
The Boundary Waters Treaty of 1909
1987 Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement
1997 Canada-U.S. Great Lakes Bi-national Toxics Strategy
Vl-84
-------
Goal 7: Environmental Information
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal?: Quality Environmental Information....,.,. VII-1
Increase Availability of Quality Health and Environmental Information VH-11
Provide Access to Tools for Using Environmental Information VH-25
Improve Agency Information Infrastructure and Security VII-37
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Quality Environmental Information
Strategic Goal: The public and decision makers at all levels will have access to information
about environmental conditions and human health to help assess the general environmental
health of communities. The public will also have access to educational services and information
services and tools that provide for the reliable and secure exchange of quality environmental
information.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
Quality Environmental
Information
Increase Availability of Quality
Health and Environmental
Information.
Provide Access to Tools for
Using Environmental
Information.
Improve Agency Information
Infrastructure and Security.
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$202,315.0
$125,899.5
$49,493.9
$26,921.6
846.1
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$199,040.4
$120,331.1
$48,181.3
$30,528.0
847.1
FY2004
Request
$228,322.1
$118,203.3
$47,071.0
$63,047.8
840.0
FY2004Req,
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$29,281.7
($2,127.8)
($1,110.3)
$32,519.8
-7.1
Background and Context
Accurate, timely, and comprehensive information should be the foundation for virtually
every action taken by EPA, states, and others charged with the responsibility to ensure a safer,
healthier world for the generations that follow. EPA's obligation to work with other Federal,
state, and local allies on homeland security issues is another dimension of EPA's information
management activities.
Our response to these challenges, built on the foundation provided by the President's
Management Agenda (PMA), requires us to look for new ways to foster existing Agency
practices that support this direction. The FY 2004 budget proposals described hi this goal
represent a major new investment by the Agency to:
• better integrate the information EPA collects to ensure the Agency is better able to set
priorities, make sound decisions, manage for results, and measure performance;
VH-1
-------
• adopt an enterprise-wide approach to managing information, including administrative and
programmatic systems, investment priorities, and resource allocation; and,
• work collaboratively with states and other Federal agencies to transform and streamline
business practices, develop common and consistent standards and systems, share data,
and adopt a citizen-centric approach to information services.
No less important is the need to ensure that environmental information is accessible and
usable by the American public - including those who have been historically disenfranchised.
Information-and the public's ability to acquire, use, and understand it will increasingly become
an important tool for addressing environmental problems and challenges.
Means and Strategy
Strategy: Information as a Strategic Resource
The context for EPA's information management efforts is the explosion of emerging
technologies, such as e-commerce and web services, that enable organizations to become
extremely productive, effective, and proactive hi service delivery. EPA and as well as other
organizations face a similar underlying challenge: how to get the right data and tools to the right
person to ensure quality environmental decisions.
The Agency's broad strategy is to transform its information management activities from
the provision of information technology (IT) services (i.e., back room operations focused
primarily on component parts of the Agency) to managing information as an enterprise-wide
strategic resource.
Means: Building the Best Information Capability at the Least Cost
During FY 2004, EPA will pursue three objectives based upon this strategy: to increase
the availability of quality, useful health, and environmental information; to provide access to
new analytical tools to improve the ease of interpretation and the accuracy of information; and,
to improve the Agency's information infrastructure and security.
Enterprise Thinking
To successfully manage IT, EPA must carefully align technology, people, and processes
with goals. Identifying the business processes developed to support goals, and the data, the
systems, and technology needed is called enterprise architecture. Enterprise architecture drives
our investment decisions and ensures that we select the Agency's investments wisely.
EPA's Chief Information Officer (CIO) will continue to pursue an investment strategy to
support a strong Agency architecture program and investment management process as outlined
by the Federal CIO Council and required by the Clinger-Cohen Act. An enterprise-wide
approach to information will allow EPA to make key information, technology, and funding
decisions at an Agency-wide level and improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the
VII-2
-------
governance structure and operations. Funding for individual systems development and
modernization efforts will remain in individual National Program Manager accounts, but will be
governed by the architecture and investment review processes. There are three key points
regarding what the Agency builds and how it pays for it.
First, EPA is no different from other Federal agencies that require upgrades and
continued maintenance of its IT infrastructure. EPA is proposing a major investment in this area
and proposing that these costs, which are predictable and necessary, be considered as basic to the
Agency budget as is the funding for its buildings. It is the cost of doing business in the
information age.
Second, the Agency's costs of electronic access to EPA information through its web site,
epa.gov, continue to rise as the number of access "hits" increase, as more applications, data
processing, and mapping tools become available, and as many of the e-Government (e-Gov)
transactions are carried out via the central Agency internet site. Through epa.gov, EPA has
developed an increasingly popular mechanism for one-stop access that has ongoing operations
and maintenance costs. The Agency recognizes the importance of this mechanism for
conducting business with the public and must face its associated cost.
Finally, EPA is aligning IT capabilities with the e-Gov strategy developed as part of the
President's Management Agenda (PMA). While the Agency works with states, tribes, and local
partners in our day to day environmental business, EPA must likewise commit to the economies
and efficiencies that can be derived from collaborating with other Federal agencies. These
economies and efficiencies will not only improve the quality of services but will also drive down
the cost of basic government functions. The PMA's. e-Gov efforts seek to simplify processes and
unify operations to better serve citizens' needs. EPA will continue its efforts to implement this
vision, and eliminate redundancies and overlaps in such activities as small business compliance,
payroll, and other enterprise-wide resource functions, on-line rule making, and geospatial
information. Overall, EPA is actively participating in 14 designated e-Gov projects and in all
four sectors of the PMA (government to citizen, government to government, government to
business, and internal efficiencies).
The National Information Exchange Network
EPA has learned from efforts under the Government Performance and Results Act
(GPRA) as well as the draft State of the Environment Report (SOE) - EPA's first national
indicator project - that far more data is needed than is currently collected. The latest estimates for
the SOE report indicate that at least 40% of the data EPA needs to better measure true
environmental outcomes is either missing or unavailable. Some of the data gaps identified can
be filled by other Federal agencies and state and local governments.
Based on a five year partnership between leading states and EPA, the Agency is creating
an Internet-based National Environmental Information Exchange Network (Exchange Network).
With the Exchange Network in place, people can quickly and easily share information and EPA
will be able to take advantage of the wealth of environmental and health data collected by other
VII-3
-------
Federal agencies, states, and local governments. Others have done this, though most examples
are in the private sector with decentralized operations. The Department of Justice and the
Federal Bureau of Investigation have made the most progress, working for the past five years
with state and local parties on just such a model.
A number of our state and tribal partners are currently designing their capacity to
participate in the Exchange Network. At least 35 states are building integrated, multimedia,
geographic-based systems using facility information as the core of the system; and over 40 states
and 10 tribes applied in FY 2002 for EPA's $25.0 million Exchange Network grants. These
grants foster technical readiness to share information over the national network.
Building Capacity and Creating Centers of Excellence in Regions
The future of partnership-based information management and a variety of joint planning
and innovations efforts depend on working with our state and tribal partners identifying
problems and crafting joint solutions. Clearly, an ability to, access, analyze, interpret, and
respond to data is a core capability necessary to acquire. The EPA regions, and related non-
Headquarters sites, have the most critical operational interfaces with external partners. They also
are the point of entry for information access by on-scene coordinators and first responders.
Currently, inadequate basic IT infrastructure at the regional level impedes consistent, effective
access. Implementing the upgrades to deliver reliable, effective capacity to support Agency and
external partner information access nationally is a long-term challenge.
Through a combination of a new Agency base investment, one that will continue in the
outyears, and a targeted investment of $10,000,000 in order to address highest priority regional
problem areas, EPA proposes to address the information access infrastructure problem in a
strategic manner in FY 2004. This will close the major infrastructure gaps at the most vulnerable
locations, build a stable foundation for state and tribal partnerships and e-Gov work, and enable
subsequent annual network upgrades and maintenance at base levels in the outyears.
Performance Measurement
The enterprise-wide approach to information management supported by this budget
proposal is the underpinning of EPA's ability to accurately measure the environmental outcomes
of the Agency's programs. The Agency fully supports the performance measurement focus of
the PMA and is developing its first national environmental indicators report, entitled the SOE
report, and is establishing a comprehensive set of environmental indicators. The Agency is also
working to improve the performance measures associated with information management efforts.
To the degree that these efforts support other programmatic activities, the performance measures
are more likely to be indirect. EPA is working on outcome measures associated with information
access programs that provide information to the public as a means for accomplishing
environmental goals.
Ą11-4
-------
Research
Research efforts supporting this goal include the Integrated Risk Information System
(IRIS). IRIS is an EPA database of Agency consensus health information on environmental
contaminants, used extensively by EPA, other federal agencies, states, and the public to access
toxicity information that may be needed for performing risk assessments. In FY 2004, EPA will
continue the modernization and expansion of IRIS, which began hi 2002, including dedicating
additional staff to the program. Another effort to support Goal 7 is the Risk Assessment Forum
(RAF), which promotes Agency-wide consensus on difficult and controversial risk assessment
issues and ensures that this consensus is incorporated into appropriate Agency risk assessment
guidance.
Several mechanisms are hi place to ensure a high-quality research program at EPA. The
Research Strategies Advisory Committee (RSAC) of EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB), an
independent chartered Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) committee, meets annually to
conduct an in-depth review and analysis of EPA's Science and Technology account. The RSAC
provides its findings to the House Science Committee and sends a written report on the findings
to EPA's Administrator after every annual review. Moreover, EPA's Board of Scientific
Counselors (BOSC) provides counsel to the Assistant Administrator for the Office of Research
and Development (ORD) on the operation of ORD's research program. EPA's scientific and
technical work products must undergo either internal or external peer review, with major or
significant products requiring external .peer review. The Agency's Peer Review Handbook (2nd
Edition) codifies procedures and guidance for conducting peer review.
Strategic Objectives
Increase Availability of Quality Health and Environmental Information
• Provide Access to Tools for Using Environmental Information
• Improve Agency Information Infrastructure and Security
Highlights
EPA will continue to work with the other Federal agencies, states, tribes, and others to
strengthen its information quality, leverage information maintained by other government
organizations, and develop new tools that provide decision-makers and citizens with
simultaneous access to multiple data sets and information products. These improvements will
support better-informed environmental decision-making and management based on
environmental results. They will also enable citizens to get answers to the questions they have
about what EPA is doing to protect the environment and the quality of their communities.
Stakeholders will have "one-stop" access to the regulatory and policy implementation guidance
that they need to improve the performance of their facilities and sectors. Facility operators will
be able to submit their data to states, regions, and Federal systems simultaneously via the internet
without having to fill out paper forms; an improvement which will help EPA to meet the burden
reduction goals of the National Paperwork Reduction Act and the Government Paperwork
Elimination Act.
VH-5
-------
Effectively managing the process by which the public is educated and informed regarding
the Agency's resources is pivotal to accomplishing the mission of the Agency. To this end, the
Agency will expand its two-way communications with the public. EPA, through its public and
Congressional liaison functions, Federal Advisory Committee Act functions, media relations,
print and web content review, and oversight responsibilities, will inform and educate the public
about Agency initiatives, policies, regulations, services, and environmental information
resources. The Agency will also develop and monitor feedback mechanisms to learn from them.
In order to accomplish this goal, EPA and its partners will focus on the following.
EPA is currently an active participant in 14 of the 24 e-Gov projects included in the
PMA. This effort seeks to eliminate redundant activities across agencies and achieve a more
seamless, citizen-centered provision of services. The resources requested in FY 2004 will enable
EPA to improve the way in which we engage citizens and the regulated community. The
Agency expects to use e-tools to: lessen paperwork burden; improve how the Agency works with
local, state, and Federal partners; provide easier, smarter, and faster means for citizen's to obtain
environmental information and services; and, ultimately to ensure that better environmental
decision that will enhance national ability to protect human health and the environment. EPA is
currently involved in the following e-Gov projects: e-Authentication; Disaster Management; e-
Grants; e-Records; e-Training; e-Travel; Enterprise Human Resources; Geospatial One-Stop;
Integrated Acquisition; On-Line Rulemaking; One-Stop Business Compliance; One-Stop
Recruitment; Payroll; and Safecom Wireless Communications.
EPA will continue to increase the availability of useful health and environmental
information internally and to the public by providing better access to accurate and reliable
environmental information. For instance, with the final expansion of Window to My
Environment - a geographic portal to community-based environmental information - EPA is
moving forward to provide the public with electronic and non-electronic access to accurate,
useful, and reliable environmental data. This data source will include information collected by
EPA, its partners, and stakeholders.
EPA will continue to develop the National Environmental Information Exchange
Network. The Exchange Network is a comprehensive, integrated information exchange program
designed to strengthen the partnership between and facilitate information sharing among EPA,
the states, other Federal agencies, tribes, localities, and the regulated community. The Exchange
Network will provide a wide range of shared environmental information and improve
environmental decision making through increased availability of data, better data quaEty and
accuracy, security of sensitive data, avoidance of data redundancy, and reduced burden on those
who provide and those who access information. It uses an internet-based, multi-media approach
to environmental information exchange that is standards-based, highly connected, flexible, and
secure. Additionally, through an information grant program begun in FY 2002, states and tribes
will be better positioned to participate in the Exchange Network.
The Central Data Exchange (CDX) is the electronic portal through which information is
securely received, translated, and forwarded to EPA's data systems. In FY 2004 the CDX
infrastructure, a key component of ttie Exchange Network, will service 46 states and a total of
over 25,000 facilities, companies and laboratories will use it to provide data to EPA
VII-6
-------
electronically. By widely implementing an electronic reporting infrastructure, CDX will reduce
reliance on less efficient paper-based processes, resulting in improved data quality, reduced
reporting burden, and the creation of new opportunities for simplifying the reporting process. By
the end of FY 2004, electronic reporting through CDX will be possible for all of the national
environmental systems.
EPA will develop and implement program policies and guidance in several areas
including web content, website management, privacy, and quality system. The Agency will
solicit customer feedback to systematically improve information usability, clarity, accuracy,
reliability, and scientific soundness. Other efforts to improve information will include the
development and, in particular, the implementation of necessary data standards and associated
registries to improve the consistency, quality, and comparability of data managed in national
environmental systems. EPA will ensure that data quality is known to and appropriate for
intended uses. Usability testing and customer satisfaction baselines will assure that the
information the Agency provides is meeting the needs of its customers. In addition, the Agency
is committed to developing analytical and other tools to help users interpret and apply
environmental data.
EPA will provide the means for using and understanding environmental information.
Environmental data are most meaningful when examined from a holistic perspective; that is,
when users are able to examine multi-media data about a particular location or source at once.
Users must also have the underlying documentation that describes the limitations of the data and
the context in which it is most useful. In FY 2004 the Agency will continue the development of
its Environmental Indicators Initiative in order to establish a set of performance indicators that
measure environmental results. Environmental indicators are an important tool for analyzing,
and communicating information about environmental conditions and human health to the public
in an understandable manner.
EPA will streamline information collection. Streamlining will help regulated entities to
meet their regulatory requirements while eventually easing burdens placed on states and the
Agency to collect information. The Agency will examine the information reporting burdens
placed on its partners and on the regulated community and ensure that information collections
address specific needs. EPA will improve the timeliness and completeness of requests for
information by implementing an Agency-wide electronic records and document management
system. The Agency plans to develop and acquire the necessary software and hardware to begin
phased implementation of the system throughout the Agency.
EPA will play an integral role in supporting homeland security. Accurate information
about EPA-regulated facilities and areas of environmental interest is critical to EPA=s ability to
support homeland security efforts. The ability to identify and report on regulated facilities, their
location and spatial coordinates, their materials, and their corporate ownership is an important
piece of the homeland security picture. Part of the Agency's homeland security role is to deliver
secure, reliable, and timely data access and communications to on-scene coordinators,
emergency response teams, and investigators in the field.
VII-7
-------
EPA will strengthen and increase the security of its information infrastructure. This is
fundamental to increasing the availability, usability, and reliability of environmental information.
EPA must maintain a strong and secure information infrastructure that supports Agency mission
and homeland security requirements with adequate capacity, resulting in the right technology at
the right time, with rigorous cyber-security protection. In FY 2004, the Agency will upgrade its
IT and cyber-security infrastructure to address gaps. The upgrades will deliver Agency-wide
enhancements based on the priorities identified in the enterprise architecture, which identifies
best technology options to support program strategic directions, and directs capital planning to
achieve cost-effective Agency-wide IT solutions that are sustainable across the multi-year cycles
typical of major technology projects and investments.
Priorities for FY 2004 include: network capacity upgrades to enable reliable information
access for the Agency, its partners, and the public; and cyber-security and technology
enhancements to support secure access to EPA data! Network upgrades will be managed under
the Agency's working capital fund desktop service, with appropriated funds allocated to
programs to pay their proportional share of the desktop charge. .
EPA's IT program will maintain its commitment to strong customer service and strategic
investment in new technology to ensure EPA's continued ability to deliver information services
efficiently, effectively, and securely. Through emphasis on acquiring the right skills,
technologies, and services, EPA will take additional steps to strengthen and secure the Agency's
IT infrastructure. In FY 2004, EPA will implement a program to ensure that all of its central
infrastructure, financial, and mission critical environmental systems are assessed for potential
security risks as part of regular system security plan updating.
EPA will improve its System of Registries. By FY 2004, data standards will be expanded
to include additional areas of environmental information. Access to related information for use
by EPA's partners and stakeholders will be greatly enhanced by improvements to EPA's System
of Registries. The Agency's expanding system of registries will continue to provide the
technical detail needed to promote the adoption of data standards by other parties, and will also
provide authoritative sources for populating records, thereby promoting data sharing and
integration.
EPA will assemble core environmental program data, geospatial resources, meta data,
Facility Registry, Environmental Data Registries, and other systems of data registries into one
integrated Enterprise Repository that is accessible to all. The Repository will help move EPA
beyond the current limitations of the "stove-pipe" approach to information management and
support more effective data-sharing, integration, and accessibility to information for
environmental management and homeland security decision makers. In FY 2004, EPA will
establish a comprehensive and secure "System of Access" to EPA's data resources that will
allow users to easily locate relevant data from internal and external sources and access the tools
needed to analyze it based on their own individual level of authorization.
EPA will continue its error correction efforts. Users of EPA's website have a tool for
notifying the Agency of potential errors they find in the national environmental data systems.
The Integrated Error Correction Process is a procedure by which the Agency or a state will
VII-8
-------
assess all reported potential errors, and notify the individual who reported the error of the
findings and corrective actions. This program, which is already serving as the basis for the data
and information quality "complaint resolution process" called for in the Agency's Information
Quality Guidelines, will continue to operate in FY 2004.
As part of the government-wide e-Rule making initiative, EPA will continue to enhance
the Agency's internal rule making system and public participation in the rule making process.
As of May 2002, citizens and the regulated community have greater online access to information
contained in EPA's rule-making and non-rule making dockets. EPA Dockets (EDOCKET) is an
online complement to EPA's combined docket facility. The system allows the public to search
available and historic dockets at any time, view docket contents, print and download materials,
and provide comments on EPA's rule-making and non-rule making activities. By FY 2004,
nearly all of the Agency's dockets will be contained in EDOCKET. The combined docket
facility and EDOCKET represent a substantial financial savings over our previous approach.
In partnership with the states, the Agency will continue its efforts to expand publicly
available information, both electronically via the Internet and through non-electronic media.
This includes the Envirofacts database, a major data warehouse comprised of 11 national
databases. It is used extensively by EPA, the states, and the public.
The Agency will continue its efforts to promote public access through the Agency's
Access to Interpretive Documents project (formally known as Enhanced Public Access). This
project is designed to make all significant Agency guidance, policy statements, and site specific
interpretations of regulated entities' environmental management practices electronically
available to the states, industry, and the public in a secure manner.
EPA will continue to implement the Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) Program. The TRJ
Program provides the public with information on waste management and releases of chemicals to
the environment. Two laws, Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-
Know Act (EPCRA) and Section 6607 of the Pollution Prevention Act, mandate that EPA
annually collect information on releases of listed toxic chemicals from certain industries and
make this information available to the public through various means, including a publicly
accessible national database. Using this information, citizens, businesses, community groups,
researchers, and governments can work together to address releases in their communities.
EPA will continue to reduce TRI reporting burdens on industry and improve TRI data
quality by distributing its new software tool, "TRI Made-Easy (TRI-ME)." The Agency expects
to further increase the percentage of TRI reporting forms that are submitted in digital format.
EPA will continue to refine and expand the public's understanding of TRI data by improving
data access tools such as the "TRI Explorer." In FY 2003, EPA will release data for the first
reporting year since the Agency lowered the TRI reporting thresholds for lead and lead
compounds in FY 2001. As part of its on-going responsibilities under EPCRA, EPA will
continue to respond to petitions to add and delete chemicals on the TRI list and to other petitions
to amend the program.
VII-9
-------
EPA's quality program will continue to develop the Agency-wide policies and
procedures for planning, documenting, implementing, and assessing data collection and use in
Agency decisions. The quality program will also develop training material on the various
policies and oversee implementation of EPA's quality systems. EPA will also continue to
implement its Data Quality Guidelines.
By focusing on these areas, EPA will keep pace with the rapid advances in IT and meet
the growing demand for reliable, high quality environmental information.
Research
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to provide technical guidance for conducting risk
assessments to improve the scientific basis for decision-making within IRIS and RAF. The
Agency's Risk Assessment Forum will focus on three areas: cumulative risk assessment,
ecological risk assessment, and risk assessments specific to children. Efforts will result in
guidance on preparing cumulative risk assessments, technical issue papers, and guidance on the
identification of appropriate age groupings for exposure assessments for children.
External Factors
EPA's information comes from many sources, including states, tribes, local governments,
research, and industry. Working in partnership with state and tribal governments is an essential
element of EPA's information programs. Seeking advice and input from the regulated
community and the public will ground EPA's information programs and approaches and make
them more responsive to stakeholders' needs. In order to achieve an integrated information
network that increases efficiency and fosters information sharing, the Agency must work with
those who provide and use EPA's information to ensure that data are maintained effectively, and
protected appropriately.
Rapidly changing technology presents opportunities to address mission needs in better
ways, as well as challenges where legacy technology must be replaced. The Agency must
manage how it adopts new technology from an Agency-wide perspective to gain benefits,
minimize risk, and demonstrate incremental, earned-value results. The Agency is also
outsourcing major technology operations under performance-based contracts to achieve greater
returns and obtain more flexibility hi responding to requirements for technology change; whether
driven by program needs or technology advances.
The evolving user community will also affect the success of the Agency's infbrmation
efforts. As more states and tribes develop the ability to integrate their environmental
infbrmation, the Agency must adjust its systems to receive and process reports from states and
industry hi keeping with the Agency's statutory requirements. Local citizen organizations and
the public at large are also increasingly involved in environmental decision-making, and their
need for information and more sophisticated analytical tools is growing.
VII-10
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Quality Environmental Information
Objective: Increase Availability of Quality Health and Environmental Information.
Through 2006, EPA will continue to increase the availability of quality health and
environmental information through educational services, partnerships, and other methods
designed to meet EPA's major data needs, make data sets more compatible, make reporting and
exchange methods more efficient, and foster informed decision making.
Resource Summary
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Increase Availability of Quality
Health and Environmental
Information.
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance
Grants
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$125,899.5
$98,163.8
$1,947.6
$866.3
$24,921.8
496.4
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$120,331.1
$93,666.1
$1,665.0
$0.0
$25,000.0
492.1
FY 2004
Request
$118,203.3
$92,638.7
$564.6
$0.0
$25,000.0
478.7
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($2,127.8)
($1,027.4)
($1,100.4)
$0.0
$0.0
-13.4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Community Assistance
Congressional Projects
Congressional/Legislative
Analysis
Congressionally Mandated
FY 2002
Enacted
$650.2
$2,078.6
$4,852.2
$1,100.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$921.8
$1,991.3
$4,857.8
$0.0
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$2,145.2
$4,958.1
$0.0
FY 2004 Req.
v.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($921.8)
$153.9
$100.3
$0.0
VH-11
-------
Projects
Correspondence Coordination
Data Collection
Data Management
Data Standards
Direct Public Information and
Assistance
Environmental Education
Division
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Geospatial
Homeland Security-
Communication and Information
Information Exchange Network
Information Integration
Information Technology
Management
Intergovernmental Relations - OA
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Multi-Media Communications
NACEPT Support
NAFTA Implementation
National Association Liaison
Pesticide Registration
Pesticide Reregistration
Planning and Resource
Management
Public Access
Regional Management
Regional Operations and Liaison
Regulatory Development
Reinventing Environmental
FY 2002
Enacted
$1,200.7
$0.0
$2,400.7
$500.0
$8,612.7
$9,160.2
$7,002.0
$154.8
$600.8
$25,000.0
$4,675.8
$3,872.9
$1,519.8
$1,979.1
$1,410.8
$821.3
$1,803.1
$514.3
$346.0
$570.6
$392.2
$0.0
$4,857.5
$1,262.2
$547.5
$5,000.5
$5,066.8
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,096.3
$0.0
$2,630.1
$2,785.4
$8,992.6
$0.0
$7,031.5
$464.0
$476.7
$25,000.0
$9,728.5
$3,000.0
$1,835.4
$2,082.7
$1,314.9
$872.7
$1,670.1
$747.9
$262.5
$221.4
$198.1
$0.0
$5,165.2
$1,267.8
$477.6
$4,817.4
$4,279.1
FY2004
Request
$1,127.7
$2,854.0
$0.0
$12,169.6
$9,475.8
$0.0
$7,205.6
$0.0
$0.0
$25,000.0
$0.0
$10,864.9
$2,871.2
$2,173.0
$1,797.2
$919.4
$1,692.1
$758.5
$267.9
$0.0
$0.0
$348.6
$6,118.2
$1,400.0
$487.5
$5,043.4
$0.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$31.4
$2,854.0
($2,630.1)
$9,384.2
$483.2
$0.0
$174.1
($464.0)
(476.7)
$0.0
($9,728.5)
$7,864.9
$1,035.8
$90.3
$482.3
$46.7
$22.0
$10.6
$5.4
($221.4)
($198.1)
$348.6
$953.0
$132.2
$9.9
$226.0
($4,279.1)
vn-12
-------
Information (RET)
SBREFA
Small, Minority, Women-Owned
Business Assistance
System Modernization
Toxic Release Inventory / Right-
to-Know(RtK)
Web Products Quality Control
FY 2002
Enacted
$686.2
$2,295.5
$6,827.7
$13,278.0
$879.5
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$608.8
$3,305.0
$7,254.6
$14,206.9
$767.0
FY 2004
Request
$616.2
$3,407.3
$0.0
$11,976.0
$812.4
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$7.4
$102.3
($7,254.6)
($2,230.9)
$45.4
FY 2004 Request
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to manage and support its website - EPA.Gov - to ensure
public access to a broad range of resources, applications, maps, tools, and databases. The
EPA.Gov website has grown exponentially in the last five years, with web site hits rising from
monthly averages of 9.7 million in 1997 to 136.0 million in the Spring of 2002. The Agency will
continue to expand the capabilities of the Envirofacts database to provide comprehensive
environmental information to Federal agencies, environmental interest groups, the regulated
community, state and local communities, tribal governments, and the general public.
EPA will actively participate in several of the Administration's electronic government (e-
gov) initiatives, building on efforts started in FY 2002. E-gov is a major component of the
President's Management Agenda (PMA) and will spur government-wide service improvements
and efficiencies. Some of the initiatives EPA will work on in FY 2004 include:
• Online rule-making or e-rulemaking, which will create a centralized docket system for all
Federal agencies and will allow the public to access and search all publicly available
regulatory material;
• Electronic records management, a project that will effectively manage and facilitate
access to Agency information in order to support and accelerate decision-making, ensure
accountability, and provide the tools that agencies will need to manage their records in
electronic form;
• Geospatial one-stop, a program that will coordinate and enhance the use of geospatial
hiformation, tools, and technologies so that the Agency, regions, and industry can better
make decisions about protecting and improving the environment and public health; and
• e-Authentication, which will establish interoperable electronic authentication solutions to
match levels of risks and business needs across government agencies.
VII-13
-------
Key to achieving improved information quality will be further development of the
Exchange Network. The Exchange Network is a comprehensive, integrated information network
that is being designed to facilitate information sharing among EPA and its state partners using
standardized data formats and definitions, and an internet based approached to receiving and
distributing information. The Exchange Network will fundamentally change the way the Agency
and the states and tribes do business, and will improve data accuracy, reduce burden, and
improve the utility of environmental information for decision making at all levels.
The Agency will continue to increase the number of EPA systems receiving data
electronically via the Exchange Network. This will, in turn, accelerate the development and use
of common data exchange formats and data standards, refine the Agency's technical architecture,
begin to implement a system of access, develop environmental indicators, and enhance efforts to
integrate and use geospatial information.
In FY 2004, the Central Data Exchange (CDX) will be firmly established as EPA's
enterprise electronic portal for collecting and exchanging environmental information. The CDX
will serve as the Agency's node on the Exchange Network and have the capability to accept and
translate different data transmission formats used by states, facilities, and laboratories. The CDX
will be a model of e-government by providing the capability to electronically sign and file
reports from the regulated community.
EPA will work on implementing a secure and comprehensive "system of access" that will
allow users to easily locate relevant data from internal and external sources and access the tools
needed to analyze it based on their own individual level of authorization. Investments in the out
years will expand the system of access to provide for enhanced public accessibility as
appropriate.
In FY 2003, EPA issued the draft EPA State-of-the Environment Report. This initial
report uses environmental indicators to provide information about the condition of the
environment at the national level. While this is an important step, EPA recognizes that
additional public information needs exist. The public and key decision-makers often need
information specific to smaller geographic regions such as states, counties, metro areas, and
tribal areas. Also, EPA has identified key gaps in the data needed to generate adequate
indicators to fully characterize environmental outcomes. Finally, EPA needs to put
environmental indicators to use to help achieve the PMA by helping decision-makers assess the
effectiveness of their environmental programs and make adjustments to manage for improved
environmental results. Responding to these needs, EPA will provide interactive capabilities to
allow users to access indicators at smaller geographic scales, such as states and counties; and
address key priority gaps in data that need to be filled in order to generate indicators to support
priority programs.
Using advanced information technology, EPA will provide the capability for decision-
makers to link data about their resources and activities to indicators of environmental outcomes,
enabling them to assess the effectiveness of their programs in protecting human health and the
environment and supporting their ability to manage for improved results.
VII-14
-------
As mandated by Section 313 of Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
(EPCRA) and Section 6607 of the Pollution Prevention Act, EPA annually collects information
on listed toxic chemicals from certain industries and makes the information available to the
public through various means, including a publicly accessible national database. In FY 2004,
EPA will continue to reduce Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) reporting burdens on industry and
improve TRI data quality by distributing its new software tool, TRI-ME (Made Easy). EPA also
expects to increase the percentage of TRI reporting forms that are submitted in digital format.
EPA will continue to refine and expand the public's understanding of the TRI data by
improving data access tools such as the TRI Explorer. In FY 2003, EPA will release data for the
first reporting year since the Agency lowered the TRI reporting thresholds for lead and lead
compounds in calendar year of 2001. As part of its on-going responsibilities under the EPCRA,
EPA will continue to respond to petitions to add and delete chemicals on the TRI list, and to
other petitions to amend the program.
In FY 2004, investments will also bring enhancements to the EPA library collection. The
collection has not been updated in the last five years, and no longer includes the core references
and titles expected in a full-service environmental library.
The Enforcement and Compliance Program will continue to contribute to the Agency-
wide Enhanced Public Access Project. This project is intended to make all significant Agency
guidance, policy statements and site-specific interpretations of the regulated entities'
environmental management practices electronically accessible to the regions, states, industry,
and the public.
The Agency will also benefit from the work of the National Advisory Council on
Environmental Policy and Technology (NACEPT) and its standing committees, and facilitate
and monitor the Agency's progress on adopting NACEPT recommendations. In addition, EPA
will manage statutorily mandated advisory committees dealing with implementation of the
environmental side accords to the North American Free Trade Agreement and with
environmental and infrastructure issues along the U.S./Mexico border. Through these
stakeholder committees, the Good Neighbor Environmental Board, and the National and
Governmental Advisory Committees, EPA receives broad advice as national and international
environmental policy is developed and implemented. This is accomplished mainly by ensuring
staff support via the Office of Cooperative Environmental Management, and executing efficient
and effective operation of EPA advisory committees, EPA has recently concentrated on
enhancing the Agency's ability to use stakeholder processes, and its Federal advisory capacity
has improved vastly to enhance EPA's environmental decision making.
The regulatory development process ensures the Agency's compliance with various
statutes and Executive Orders. Through improved and streamlined regulatory processes that
include increased public access, EPA is working to provide quality information to stakeholders.
EPA will continue to develop negotiated rulemakings, policy dialogues and other consensus-
based stakeholder involvement techniques at the national, regional, local and international levels.
By involving stakeholders in the crafting of programs and rules by which they must abide, EPA
VII-15
-------
promotes innovative, effective and cost effective solutions and fosters earlier, more complete
compliance.
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to advance these objectives by ensuring that EPA
rulemakings adhere to all applicable statutory and executive requirements, and achieve
environmental results with minimum burden on the public. The Agency will continue its
outreach to small businesses, small governments, and small non-profits, establishing formal
mechanisms to build small entity partnership involvement in Agency rulemakings. EPA will
complete Regulatory Flexibility analyses for all rulemakings that may have a significant impact
on a substantial number of small entities and continue a small community's outreach program to
gather information on the potential impact of EPA's rules on small communities.
In support of this objective, the Office of Congressional and Intergovernmental Relations
(OCIR) responds to congressional requests for information, written and oral testimony, briefings,
and briefing materials. It ensures that Congress receives the information needed to make policy
and program decisions on environmental and public health issues. In addition to working with
Congress, OCIR works closely with the Agency's program offices to keep them informed of
current activities that affect their particular subject areas. OCIR develops legislative strategies to
support the program offices and coordinates Agency appearances before congressional
committees, as well as responses to congressional transcripts and questions for the record.
OCIR also serves as the Agency's primary point of contact for national associations and
other groups representing state and local governments and for individual states and local
governments on environmental issues, programs and initiatives. It ensures that these
representative groups receive accurate and current information needed to make decisions on
environmental and public health issues, and have an appropriate level EPA person available to
participate in meetings or assemblies. Additionally, the office provides direct assistance and
information to states, local governments, and elected officials on EPA issues, programs, and
current environmental concerns. As a key element in building two-way communications, the
office also works closely with the Agency's program offices to keep them informed of current
activities at the local level and of any policies the local governments and national associations
may be advocating that affect a particular program office's subject area. OCIR also supports the
Local Government Advisory Committee and its Small Community Advisory Subcommittee.
These committees, formed under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, provide
the Agency a direct forum for exchanging important information on the management of national
environmental programs and the needs and concerns of states and local governments.
As the lead for liaison with state and local agencies, OCIR provides regular, timely
communications by preparing the Agency's leadership to effectively address priority issues and
develop appropriate responses. It works with states and state associations to ensure that state
concerns are considered in Agency policies, guidance, and regulations. Additionally, OCIR
functions as the lead on state issues relating to the National Environmental Performance
Partnerships System. In 2004, OCIR will assess the U.S. environmental service delivery system,
including the National Environmental Performance Partnership System (NEPPS).
VII-16
-------
The Office of the Executive Secretariat (OEX) logs, assigns, and tracks correspondence
received by the Administrator and Deputy Administrator to help ensure that citizens' comments,
questions, ideas, and concerns are directed to the appropriate program and/or regional offices for
informed response, for inclusion in official public comment files, and/or for other necessary
action. OEX also has responsibility for ensuring the quality control of executive responses.
The Agency's Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization (OSDBU)
provides technical assistance to Headquarters and Regional program office personnel to ensure
that small, minority and women-owned businesses receive a fair share of EPA's procurement
dollars. This fair share may be received either directly or indirectly through EPA grants,
contracts, cooperative agreements, or interagency agreements. Pursuant to P.L.I02-389, the
Agency has a national goal of 8% utilization of minority and women-owned businesses in the
total value of Agency procurement and financial assistance agreements. OSDBU and its
Regional counterparts also assist the Agency in meeting its direct procurement goals for small,
small disadvantaged, HUBZone, Women-Owned, and Service Disabled Veteran-Owned Small
Businesses. These efforts enhance the ability of small, minority and women-owned businesses
to participate in the Agency's objective to protect public health and the environment.
As a result of the Supreme Court Decision in Adarand v. Pena, 115 S. Ct. 2097 (1995),
EPA is in the process of proposing a rule for the participation of Disadvantaged Business
Enterprises in procurements funded through assistance agreements. OSDBU is taking the lead in
this effort. During FY 2004, the Agency expects to be drafting the final rule.
The former Office of Communications, Education, and Media Relations was reorganized
in 2002 and renamed the Office of Public Affairs (OPA). OPA uses diverse media resources to
aid the public's understanding of science to increase awareness and perception of environmental
issues and their technological and scientific solutions. The Office informs the public about
environmental problems and goals, and strengthens the integration of policy-regulatory decisions
in its communications messages. OPA, and its regional counterparts, manage the development
and approval of communication products and publish them in print and on EPA's Web site in
coordination with the Office of Environmental Information. OPA manages the Agency's
homepage, press releases database, Administrator's speeches database, and the newsroom Web
page. The office conducts oversight of Web and print publications and directs audit reports to
appropriate offices. OPA works with the Administrator to keep Agency staff and the public
informed about major policy decisions, initiatives, events, and key personnel appointments. The
Office is also responsible for the electronic distribution of mass mail information for the
Administrator and her designees.
VII-17
-------
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$2,700,000) Under the theme of enabling sound environmental decisionmaking
through e-gov, this investment supports the following programs:
• Build-out of the Enterprise Repository: Assembling our core environmental
program data, geospatial information, metadata, and other systems of data
registries into one integrated enterprise repository that is fully accessible.
• Environmental Data Registries: Addresses EPA data management problems by
establishing the tools necessary for data registration, standardization, and sharing.
• CDX Portal: Provides continued support for the CDX portal as the single
electronic point of entry for many environmental data submissions to the Agency;
thereby reducing and simplifying EPA's vast data collection operations.
• (+$5,900,000) EPA will actively participate in several of the Administration's electronic
government (e-gov) initiatives, building on efforts started in 2002. E-gov is a major
component of the President's Management Agenda and will spur government-wide
service improvements and efficiencies. Some of the initiatives EPA will work on in FY
2004 include:
• Online rule-making or e-rulemaking, which will create a centralized docket
system for all Federal agencies and will allow the public to access and search all
publicly available regulatory material;
• Electronic records management, a project that will effectively manage and
facilitate access to Agency information in order to support and accelerate
decision-making, ensure accountability, and provide the tools that agencies will
need to manage their records in electronic form;
• Geospatial one-stop, a program that will coordinate and enhance the use of
geospatial information, tools, and technologies so that the Agency, Regions, and
industry can better make decisions about protecting and improving the
environment and public health; and,
• e-Authentication, which will establish interoperable electronic authentication
solutions to match levels of risks and business needs across government agencies.
• (-$6,874,600) Represents elimination of the Systems Modernization Fund (SMF). While
the SMF fulfilled an urgent need in the past, EPA is not well-served by managing
systems development and modernization outside the EPA's CPIC review and budget
process.
VII-18
-------
• (+$1,000,000) To assess the U.S. environmental service delivery system, including the
National Environmental Performance Partnership System (NEPPS).
• (-$2,144,600, -10 FTE) Resources for public access previously in Goal 7 have been
consolidated with the rest of OECA's data management program in Goal 9. OECA will
continue to support data integration projects, such as Integrated Data for Enforcement
Analysis (IDEA) that makes integrated compliance data from several media-specific
databases available nationally in an interactive online mode. In addition, OECA will
continue to contribute to the Agency-wide Access to Interpretive Documents project,
intended to make all significant Agency guidance, policy statements and site-specific
interpretations of the regulated entities' environmental management practices
electronically accessible to the Regions, states, industry and the public.
• (-$1,341,300, -11.9 FTE) Resources will be shifted from Goal 7, Objective 1 to
streamline funding mechanisms and consolidate Community Based Environmental
Protection (CBEP) programs with similar activities in Goal 3 and Goal 4.
Superfund
• (-$380,000) Represents elimination of the SMF. While the SMF fulfilled an urgent need
in the past, EPA is not well-served by managing systems development and modernization
outside the EPA's CPIC review and budget process.
• (-$485,500, -0.7 FTE) Resources for public access previously in Goal 7 have been
consolidated with the rest of OECA's data management program under this objective.
OECA will continue to support data integration projects, such as Integrated Data for
Enforcement Analysis (IDEA) that makes integrated compliance data from several
media-specific databases available nationally in an interactive online mode. In addition,
OECA will continue to contribute to the Agency-wide Enhanced Public Access Project,
intended to make all significant Agency guidance, policy statements and site-specific
interpretations of the regulated entities' environmental management practices
electronically accessible to the Regions, states, industry and the public. The Enforcement
and Compliance History On-Line (ECHO) web site will make some enforcement and
compliance data available to the public through the internet.
GOAL: QUALITY ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION
OBJECTIVE: INCREASE AVAILABILITY OF QUALITY HEALTH AND
ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Process and Disseminate TRI Information - OEI
In 2004 The increased use of the Toxic Release Inventory Made Easy (TRI-ME) will result in a total burden reduction of 5% for
Reporting Year 2003 from Reporting Year 2002 levels.
In 2003 Expanded information on releases and waste management of lead and lead compounds will be reported by 8,000 facilities in TRI
in Reporting Year 2001 and increased usage of TRI-ME will result in total burden reduction of 5% for Reporting Year 2002.
VII-19
-------
In 2002 EPA reduced reporting burden, improved data quality, lowered program costs, and speeded data publication by increasing the
amount of TR1 electronic reporting from 70% to 92%.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres, Bud, Request
Total electronic reporting of all chemical submissions 92 Percent
processed. (Includes diskette submissions created by ATRS,
TRI-ME, and other reporting software programs, as well as
web-based submissions.)
Facilities reporting releases and waste management of tod 8000 Facilities
and lead compounds.
Percentage of TR1 chemical forms submitted over the 25 50 Percent
Internet using TRI-ME and the Central Data Exchange.
Baseline: In FY 2001, TRI electronic reporting was 70%.
Information Exchange Network
In 2004 Improve the quality, comparability, and availability of environmental data for sound environmental decision-making through the
Central Data Exchange (CDX).
In 2003 Decision makers have access to the environmental data that EPA collects and manages to make sound environmental decisions
while minimizing the reporting burden on data providers.
In 2002 The Central Data Exchange (CDX), a key component of the environmental information .exchange network, became fully
operational and 45 states are using it to send data to EPA; thereby improving data consistency with participating states.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
States using the Central Data Exchange (CDX) to send data 45 46 States
to EPA.
In preparation for increasing the exchange of information 8 Data Standard;.
through CDX, implement four data standards in 13 major
systems and develop four additional standards in 2003.
Number of private sector and local government entities, such 2000 Entities
as water authorities, will use CDX to exchange
environmental data with EPA.
CDX offers online data exchange for all major national 13 Systems
systems by the end of FY 2004,
Number of states using CDX as the means by which they 46 States
routinely exchange environmental data with two or more
EPA media programs or Regions.
Baseline: The Central Data Exchange program began in FY 2001.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measures:
* Central Data Exchange (CDX) offers online data exchange for all 13 major national
systems by the end of FY 2004.
* The number of states using CDX as the means by which they routinely exchange
environmental data with two or more EPA media programs or regions.
• The number of private sector and local government entities, such as water
authorities, will use CDX to exchange environmental data with EPA.
vn-zo
-------
Performance Database: CDX Customer Registration Subsystem.
Data Source: Data are provided by state CDX users.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: All CDX users must register before they can begin
reporting to the system. The records of registration provide an up-to-date, accurate count of
users. Users identify themselves with several descriptors.
QA/QC Procedures: QA/QC is performed in accordance with a CDX Quality Assurance Plan.
Specifically, data are reviewed for authenticity and integrity. Automated edit checking routines
are performed in accordance with program specifications and CDX quality assurance guidance.
Data Quality Reviews: CDX successfully completed independent security risk assessment in
the summer 2001. In addition, routine audits of CDX data collection procedures and customer
service operations are provided weekly to CDX management and staff for review. Included in
these reports are performance measures such as the number of CDX new users, number of
submissions to CDX, number of help desk calls, number of calls resolved, ranking of
errors/problems, and actions taken. These reports are reviewed and actions discussed at weekly
project meetings.
Data Limitations: The CDX system collects, reports, and tracks performance measures on data
quality and customer service. While its automated routines are sufficient to screen systemic
problems/issues, a more detailed assessment of data errors/problems generally requires a
secondary level of analysis that takes time and human resources.
Error Estimate: CDX incorporates a number of features to reduce errors, such as pre-
populating data whenever possible, edit checks, etc. The possibility of an error in the number of
states registered for CDX, e.g., double-counting of some sort, is extremely remote (far less than
1%).
New/Improved Performance Data or Systems: CDX coalesces the registration/submission
requirements of many different state-to-EPA data exchanges into a single web-based system. The
system allows for a more consistent and comprehensive management and performance tracking
of many state customers. The creation of a centralized registration system, coupled with the use
of web forms and web-based approaches to submitting the data, invite opportunities to introduce
automated quality assurance procedures for the system and reduce human error.
References: CDX website (www.epa.gov/cdx).
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Percentage of Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) chemical
forms submitted over the internet using TRI-Made Easy and the Central Data Exchange.
Performance Database: TRI System (TRIS)
Data Source: Facility submissions of TRI data to EPA.
VII-21
-------
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: As part of the regular process of opening the mail at
the TRI Reporting Center, submissions are immediately classified as paper or floppy disk. This
information is then entered into TR1S. The identification of an electronic submission via CDX is
done automatically by the software.
QA/QC Procedures: After the mail room determines whether a submission is on paper or
floppy disk, staff review the determination during the normal process of entering and tracking
submissions.
Data Quality Reviews: No formal data quality reviews have been conducted,
Data Limitations: Occasionally some facilities send in their forms in duplicative formats: e.g.,
paper and floppy disc. Both are entered into TRIS, and TRIS then shows the submission as
floppy only,
Error Estimate: The error rate has not been assessed. The quality of the data is believed to be
high.
New/Improved Performance Data or Systems: None.
References: www.epa.gov/TRI
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA works with its state partners under the State/EPA Information Management
Workgroup and the National Steering Board. This workgroup has created action teams to jointly
develop key information projects. Action teams consist of EPA, state, and tribal members. They
are structured to result in consensus solutions to information management issues which affect
states, tribes, and EPA, such as the development and use of environmental data standards, and
implementation of new technologies for collecting and reporting information.
EPA also participates in multiple workgroups with other Federal agencies including the
United States Geological Survey, Federal Geographic Data Committee, and Chief Information
Officer Council, The Agency is actively involved with several agencies in developing
government-wide e-government reforms, and continues to participate with the Office of
Homeland Security and national security agencies on homeland security. These multi-agency
workgroups are designed to ensure consistent implementation of standards and technologies
across Federal agencies in order to support efficient data sharing.
The TRI program coordinates with other Federal agencies, particularly those that are
required to report to TRI pursuant to Executive Order 13148 (Greening the Government through
Leadership in Environmental Management), such as the Department of Energy and the
Department of Defense. Other agencies, such as the Internal Revenue Service, use TRI data.
EPA works with these agencies to facilitate access and use of the data.
The TRI program coordinates with other Federal agencies in performing hazard
assessments of TRI chemicals to ensure that consistent data sets are used and, to the extent
VH-22
-------
possible, that interpretation of data is consistent. In addition, TRI is one of the leading systems
of its type in the world. As such, EPA participates in a number of international consortia on
TRI-type systems. TRI, along with its Canadian equivalent, comprises the North American
Pollutant Release and Transfer Register. In these arenas, EPA coordinates with the Department
of State and other Federal agencies. Finally, the TRI program has substantial interaction with
state agencies. States use TRI data for a number of purposes including in geographic
information systems.
Statutory Authorities
National Environmental Education Act
Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act
Government Performance and Results Act
Clinger-Cohen Act
Computer Security Act
Privacy Act
Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7601-7671q) and amendments
Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 - 1387) and amendments
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.
9601-9675)
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act section 313 (42 U.S.C. 110001-11050)
Government Paperwork Elimination Act
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S. C. 136-136y)
Pollution Prevention Act (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. 6901-6992k)
Safe Drinking Water Act section 1445 (42 U.S.C. 300f-300j-26)
Toxic Substance Control Act section 14 (15 U.S.C. 2601-2692)
North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation
Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552)
VII-23
-------
Paperwork Reduction Act Amendment of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520)
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Congressional Review Act
Regulatory Flexibility Act
Executive Order 13148, Greening the Government through Leadership in Environmental
Management
Enterprise for the Americas Initiative Act (7 U.S.C. 5404)
Environmental Research, Development, and Demonstration Act of 1981
Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.)
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S. C. 136-136y)
Executive Order 12915 - Federal Implementation of the North American Agreement on
Environmental Cooperation
Superfund Authorization Reauthorization Act
VH-24
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Quality Environmental Information
Objective: Provide Access to Tools for Using Environmental Information.
By 2006, EPA will provide access to new analytical or interpretive tools beyond 2000
levels so that the public can more easily and accurately use and interpret environmental
information.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Provide Access to Tools for
Using Environmental
Information.
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$49,493.9
$35,575.2
$3,968.6
$9,950.1
164.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$48,181.3
$34,707.9
$4,105.9
$9,367.5
169.7
FY 2004
Request
$47,071.0
$30,757.6
$930.8
$15,382.6
163.5
FY 2004 Req.
V,
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($1,110.3)
($3,950.3)
($3,175.1)
$6,015.1
-6.2
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Capacity Building
Communicating Research
Information
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Data Collection
Data Standards
Environmental Justice
FY2002
Enacted
$0.0
$5,543.7
$6,175.0
$125.9
$4,839.9
$5,064.4
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$162.8
$5,569.6
$0.0
$125.9
$3,695.2
$4,978.8
FY 2004
Request
$0.0
$11,399.1
$0.0
$0.0
$4,200.6
$0.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($162.8)
$5,829.5
$0.0
($125.9)
$505.4
($4,978.8)
VII-25
-------
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Geospatial
Homeland Security-
Communication and Information
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Information Integration
Information Technology
Management
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Public Access
Regional Management
Reinventing Environmental
Information (REI)
System Modernization
Toxic Release Inventory / Right-to-
Know(RtK)
FY2002
Enacted
$2,865.7
$860.5
$253.1
$7.0
$1,440.3
$7,206.7
$812.2
$918.8
$7,252.6
$715.7
$2,290.9
$6,265.0
$877.6
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$2,345.8
$279.4
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$9,362.1
$925.0
$799.9
$9,983.5
$754.3
$2,277.3
$5,835.4
$1,086.3
FY2004
Request
$2,606.9
$10,437.5
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$7,761.6
$963.0
$1,027.8
$7,593.1
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$1,081.4
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$261.1
$10,158,1
$0.0
$0.0
1
$0.0
($1,600.5)
$38.0
$227.9
($2,390.4)
($754.3)
($2,277.3)
($5,835.4)
($4.9)
FY 2004 Request
In FY 2004, EPA will implement a comprehensive system of access to environmental
information resources. This investment will enable EPA to establish a comprehensive and secure
"system of access" to EPA's data resources that will allow users to easily locate relevant data
from internal and external sources and access the tools needed to analyze it based on their own
individual level of authorization. Investments in out years will expand the system of access to
provide for enhanced public accessibility as appropriate.
EPA will continue to support comprehensive approaches to environmental protection,
including supporting information management approaches that integrate and interpret the many
data sets and information sources that are used to support environmental decisions. These
include the increased availability and accuracy of locational and spatial data and related mapping
tools. To further these efforts, the Agency is committed to working in partnership with the
United States Geographic Survey (USGS) and the Federal Geographic Data Committee (FGDC)
through the Geospatial One-Stop e-government initiative to implement a national spatial data
infrastructure, which will enhance community's ability to pinpoint the environmental
information to specific geographic locations.
vn-26
-------
EPA will utilize the Facility Registry System (FRS), a central facility identification
database, to directly support the Agency's homeland security efforts. It will ensure that the
facility identification record is populated with accurate values identifying the location and
industrial designation of all facilities regulated under Federal environmental statutes. FRS will
identify facilities that are regulated by the Agency. FRS will accurately identify regulated
facilities with the proper environmental interest type (i.e., major, minor, etc.) to allow security
activities to be prioritized when appropriate. Additionally, this database will allow the Agency
and other government departments to design and develop decision making tools and applications
focused on homeland security matters which have the need for data focused around places of
environmental interest.
In FY 2004, EPA will improve its geospatial infrastructure and expand the scope and
availability of "place-based" information. Having access to quality information about conditions
at a "place" - whether it is a registered site, a community, or is nationally focused - is critical to
effective decision-making. This investment focuses on establishment of a three-pronged effort:
an EPA Geography Network that would provide a one-stop shopping capability with searching
tools, geographic display, and download/access options available for EPA employees and
approved external users; establishment of data standards and creation of new geographic datasets
of common interest (land cover, soils, etc.); and development of sophisticated new analytical
tools that integrate EPA's own geospatial data resources with important new internal and
external data flows (e.g. health data, satellite imagery, land cover analysis) to enhance the scope
and quality of information that can be brought directly to the desktop of our decision-makers. In
order to minimize duplication of effort and to help ensure consistency across the Federal
government, all geospatial efforts will be in concert with the Geospatial One-Stop e-Government
initiative.
EPA will provide environmental analysis that responds to the needs of its partners and
stakeholders, complementing data access with analysis to support environmental understanding.
On a continuing basis, EPA will dialogue with its partners and stakeholders to make sure their
needs are fully understood and are being addressed. Users will have choices between accessing
data as submitted, using EPA-provided analytical tools to help draw their own conclusions from
the data, or using analytical information products that present information derived from the data.
The analytical environment will provide capabilities for geospatial analyses to support
community-based efforts, visualization to facilitate interpretation of data, and statistical analyses
that use reliable software and algorithms to aid in data interpretation.
EPA will promote analytical approaches that integrate data from different sources to
provide a more holistic view and understanding of the environment, encouraging informed
decision-making. EPA will undertake a best practices series of documents specifying the proper
steps for creating information usable for decision making. Insights gained from environmental
analysis will support a fuller understanding of environmental outcomes, and remaining
challenges. Environmental analysis will support better regulatory decision-making and greater
knowledge about the environment.
EPA will also increase the availability and quality of data for its emergency response and
core operational business needs through development of a Situation Room - a primary physical
VII-27
-------
location with an alternative back-up site and a "virtual" analytical tool - set to allow EPA and its
partners to respond effectively to emergency incidents and also support business needs (strategic
planning, program development, Government Performance and Results Act analysis, resource
targeting, etc.).
In FY 2004, EPA's quality program will continue to develop the Agency-wide policies
and procedures for planning, documenting, implementing, and assessing data collection and use
in Agency decisions. The quality program will also develop training material on the policies and
oversee implementation of EPA organizations' Quality Systems.
EPA's posted its Agency-specific "Guidelines to Ensure and Maximize the Quality of
Information Disseminated by the Environmental Protection Agency" in October of 2002. These
guidelines were drafted hi response to Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government
Appropriations Act for FY 2001 directing OMB to issue guidelines that "provide policy and
procedural guidance to Federal agencies for ensuring and maximizing the quality, objectivity,
utility, and integrity of information, including statistical rnformation, disseminated by Federal
agencies." The guidelines, available at www.epa.gov/oei/qualityguidelines. underscore EPA's
commitment to disseminate high quality rnformation and describe new mechanisms that enable
affected persons to seek and obtain corrections by EPA when disseminated information, hi their
opinion, does not comply with EPA's or OMB's guidelines.
The Agency will continue the development of its Environmental Indicators Initiative
(EII) in order to establish a set of performance Indicators that measure environmental results.
Environmental indicators are an important tool for simplifying, analyzing, and communicating
information about environmental conditions and human health. EPA is in the process of
identifying environmental indicators that will be used to produce a draft State-of-the
Environment Report in FY 2003. EPA is also reviewing these indicators to identify gaps and set
long-term priorities for the EH. These indicators will measure the impact of human activities on
the environment and the associated health effects on communities and ecosystems.
Research
EPA supports a portfolio of research and regulatory programs to develop and apply
environmental health and ecological risk assessment methods, models, and information,
ecological toxicity information, and improvements in monitoring, measurement, and data
management technologies to protect human health and the environment. Providing all
Americans with access to sound environmental information and involving the public in EPA's
work are essential parts of a comprehensive approach to protecting the environment. Access to
environmental information enables scientists, risk assessors, government officials, and the public
to be involved and to make informed environmental decisions.
An important part of EPA's effort to provide readily accessible information is the
Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS), an EPA database of Agency consensus health
information on environmental contaminants. In FY 2004, the Agency, will enhance its IRIS
program, which is used extensively by EPA Program Offices and Regions, the states, and the
general public when consistent, reliable toxicity information is needed for credible risk
VII-28
-------
assessments. The Agency's Risk Assessment Forum will continue to promote Agency-wide
consensus on difficult and controversial risk assessment issues and ensure that this consensus is
incorporated into appropriate Agency risk assessment guidance. Also, additional environmental
information is made available through the Evaluation and Interpretation of Suitable Tests Results
in AQUIRE (EVISTRA), a database that provides EPA's Program Offices and Regions with
ecological toxicity information.
Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS)
The human health effects information in IRIS is widely used for risk assessments and
other health evaluations at all levels of government, as well as in the public and private sectors.
In order to conduct sound risk assessments, particularly as more risk-based decision-making
takes place at the state and local levels, it is essential to provide access to current and credible
health effects information. Enhancements to IRIS will ensure quality, accuracy, credibility, and
applicability of IRIS data. Additionally, all assessments undergo external scientific peer review.
EPA estimates that the optimal level of production would be approximately 50 new or
updated chemical assessments per year, updating each chemical at least once every 10 years. In
pursuit of this objective, in FY 2004, the Agency will augment its investment in IRIS with the
goal of increasing the number of assessments completed on an annual basis. The Agency will
continue to:
• produce, update, and maintain health assessments in IRIS;
• ensure appropriate external peer review of IRIS summaries and support documents;
• facilitate Agency consensus and resolve issues in a timely manner;
• maintain a widely-accessible Internet version of IRIS, including explanatory materials,
available at the local level to support community-based environmental protection; and
• provide active outreach and communication with current and potential new users.
Risk Assessment Forum
The Agency's Risk Assessment Forum (RAF) will continue to develop a number of
products to assist risk assessors, such as risk assessment guidelines, technical panel reports on
special risk assessment issues, and peer consultation and peer review workshops addressing
controversial risk assessment issues. In FY 2004, the RAF will focus on cumulative risk
assessment, ecological risk assessment, risk assessments for children, guidance on the
assessment of metals and will develop various issue papers and workshop reports. The RAF will
also continue to develop distance learning modules for EPA's risk assessment guidelines.
VII-29
-------
EVISTRA
EVISTRA involves the development and maintenance of a high quality database to
provide ecological toxicity information to Regions, states and the public. The EVISTRA
database contains ecological toxicity information used to develop water quality criteria for the
protection of aquatic life, terrestrial plants, and terrestrial wildlife. The database will make
available evaluated and interpreted results of selected aquatic toxicity tests. EVISTRA became
available on the Internet in FY 2001 with the initial release of critically evaluated chemical
effects data to support risk assessments and development of criteria for regulators for the
protection of aquatic life, wildlife and terrestrial plants. In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to
develop and maintain the EVISTRA database.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
* (+$2,000,000) Supports two critical elements of the Agency's public access program:
• Public Access Base Support: Provides additional funding to increase public access
funds shortfalls in base programs.
» Establish Critical Environmental Indicators for Decision Makers: This project
will provide decision-makers with a proto-type integrated system to support
integrated access to resource data and information, performance measures, and
environmental indicators to allow them to assess the relationship between planned
and actual results and manage their programs for improved results.
• (-$4,735,400, -13.0 FTE) Represents elimination of the Systems Modernisation Fund
(SMF). WMle the SMF fulfilled an urgent need in the past, EPA is not well-served by
managing systems development and modernization outside the EPA's GPIC review and
budget process.
• (+$2,713,500 and +2.0 FTE) Provides support to enable the Agency to create a robust,
reliable Facility Registry System, continue the error correction process in order to ensure
that data in EPA systems is reliable and accurate for homeland security purposes, and
enhance the availability of place-based environmental information for decision makers.
* (-$4,241,600, -16 FTE) The Agency's environmental justice program has been moved
from Goal 7 to Goal 9.
Superfund
• (-$1,100,000) Represents elimination of the Systems Modernization Fund (SMF). While
the SMF fulfilled an urgent need in the past, EPA is not well-served by managing
systems development and modernization outside the EPA's CPIC review and budget
process.
vn-30
-------
(-$900,000) The Agency's environmental justice program has been moved from Goal 7
to Goal 9. This does not reflect a decrease to the program.
S&T
Research
• (+$4,923,180, and 19.2 FTE) This increase reflects the Agency's commitment to
enhance the IRIS program and substantially increase the number of IRIS assessments
completed/updated on an annual basis. The workyears include 7.0 new postdoctoral
scientists and engineers and 12.2 redirected workyears from research on Pharmaceuticals
and personal care products (PPCPs), endocrine disrupter compounds (EDCs), and lower
priority drinking water research on DBFs.
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and existing
FTE.
GOAL: QUALITY ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION
OBJECTIVE: PROVIDE ACCESS TO TOOLS FOR USING ENVIRONMENTAL
INFORMATION.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Data Quality
In 2004 EPA increasingly uses environmental indicators to inform the public and manage for results.
In 2003 The public will have access to a wide range of Federal, state, and local information about local environmental conditions and
features in an area of their choice.
In 2002 100% of the publicly available facility data from EPA's national systems accessible on the EPA Website is part of the Integrated
Error Correction Process; thereby reducing data error.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Publicly available facility data from EPA's national systems, 100 Percent
accessible on the EPA Website, will be part of the Integrated
Error Correction Process.
Window-to-My Environment is nationally deployed and Nationally Deployed
provides citizens across the country with Federal, state, and
local environmental information specific to an area of their
choice.
Establish the baseline for the suite of indicators that are used 1 Report
by EPA's programs and partners in the Agency's strategic
planning and performance measurement process.
Baseline: An effort to develop a State of the Environment report based on environmental indicators was initiated in FY 2002.
Research
Risk Assessment
In 2005 Through FY2005 initiate or submit to external review 38 human health assessments and complete 12 human health assessments
through the Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS). This information will improve EPA's and other decision makers' ability
to protect the public from harmful chemical exposure
vn-31
-------
Performance Measures:
Complete 4 human health assessments and publish their
results on the IRIS website
Initiate or submit to external peer review human health
assessments of 30 high priority chemicals.
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
30
assessments
assessments
Baseline: The Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) is an EPA database containing Agency consensus scientific positions on
potential adverse human health effects that may result from exposure to chemical substances found in the environment. IRIS
currently provides information on health effects associated with chronic exposure to over 500 specific chemical substances. IRIS
contains chemical-specific summaries of qualitative and quantitative health information in support of the first two steps of the
risk assessment process, i.e., hazard identification and dose-response evaluation. Combined with specific situational exposure
assessment information, the information in IRIS may be used as a source in evaluating potential public health risks from
environmental contaminants. IRIS is widely used in risk assessments for EPA regulatory programs and site-specific decision
making. Updating IRIS with new scientific information is critical to maintaining information quality and providing decision
makers with a credible source of health effects information. Risk assessment work in FY 2004 will provide EPA and other
decision makers with needed updates to IRIS so they can make informed decisions on how to best protect the public from
harmful chemical exposure.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Establish the baseline for the suite of indicators that are
used by EPA's programs and partners in the Agency's strategic planning and performance
measurement process.
Performance Database: Repository of indicators (e.g., baseline) compiled during the drafting
and finalization of the "State of the Environment Report." To develop the repository, EPA will
review indicators that are currently used in the Agency's strategic planning and performance
measurement process.
Data Source: Agency planning documents (e.g., EPA's Strategic Plan, Annual Performance
Plan, Annual Performance Report, Annual Operating Plan, and National Environmental
Performance Partnership Agreements).
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: The Office of Environmental Information (OEI), the
Office of Research and Development (ORD) and the Office of the Chief Financial Officer
(OCFO) will review the planning documents and establish a baseline hi consultation with key
Agency steering committees.
QA/QC Procedures: As the baseline is established, QA/QC protocols also will be developed to
ensure that the data supporting the indicators are accurate and complete.
Data Quality Reviews: To be determined and conducted once a baseline has been established.
Data Limitations: The challenge is to develop suitable indicators with sufficient data of known
quality.
Error Estimate: To be determined.
New/Improved Performance Data or Systems: The baseline indicators and supporting data for
EPA's "State of the Environment Report" are in development.
VH-32
-------
References: EPA's "State of the Environment Report" and "Technical Support Document" (EPA
pub. no. 260-R-02-006) and all EPA planning and performance measurement documents.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Complete 4 human health assessments and publish their
results on the IRIS website.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Assessments
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Initiate or submit to external peer review human health
assessments of 30 high priority chemicals.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Assessments
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
VII-33
-------
Coordination with Other Agencies
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to coordinate with key Federal data sharing partners
including the USGS, Bureau of Indian Affairs, and the Fish and Wildlife Service as well as state
and local data sharing partners in public access information initiatives such as Window-to-My-
Environment and Enviromapper. With respect to community-based environmental programs,
EPA coordinates with state, tribal, and local agencies, and with non-governmental organizations,
to design and implement specific projects.
The nature and degree of EPA's interaction with other entities varies widely, depending
on the nature of the project and the location(s) in which it is implemented. EPA is working
closely with the FGDC and the USGS through the Geospatial One-Stop e-government initiative
to develop and implement the infrastructure for national spatial data. For EII, EPA is
coordinating its program with other state and Federal organizations, including the Council for
Environmental Quality and the Environmental Council of States, to insure that the appropriate
context is represented for observed environmental and human health conditions.
Research
In developing health assessments for the IRIS database, EPA interacts frequently with
other Federal agencies involved in health assessments and research. In the initial drafting,
documents such as "lexicological Profiles" produced by Health and Human Services/Agency
for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (HHS/ATSDR) are routinely consulted for
information. EPA also consults and utilizes assessments and research findings from the Food
and Drug Administration, National Toxicology Program, National Institute of Environmental
Health Sciences, and the National Library of Medicine. Federal agencies are also consulted for
peer review of draft IRIS assessments. Finally, the IRIS website has electronic links to other
agencies' websites for the education and convenience of the IRIS user.
Statutory Authorities
Pollution Prevent Act
Federal Fungicide, Insecticide and Rodenticide Act
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act
Safe Drinking Water Act
Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act
Government Performance and Results Act
Paperwork Reduction Act
Freedom of Information Act
VII-34
-------
Computer Security Act
Privacy Act
Electronic Freedom of Information Act
Government Paperwork Elimination Act
National Environmental Education Act
Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act
Government Performance and Results Act
Clinger-Cohen Act
Freedom of Information Act (FOIA)
Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7601-7671q) and amendments
Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 - 1387) and amendments
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. 9601-
9675)
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act section 313 (42 U.S.C. 110001-11050)
Federal Advisory Committee Act
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. 6901-6992k)
Safe Drinking Water Act section 1445 (42 U.S.C. 300f-300j-26)
Toxic Substance Control Act section 14 (15 U.S.C. 2601-2692)
North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Congressional Review Act
Regulatory Flexibility Act
Executive Order 12866
VII-35
-------
Plain Language Executive Order Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
Pollution Prevention Act
Federal Fungicide, Insecticide and Rodenticide Act
Research
Clean Air Act (CAA) and amendments
Clean Water Act (CWA) and amendments
Environmental Research, Development, and Demonstration Act (ERDDA) of 1981
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA)
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA)
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) and amendments
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) of 1986
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA)
Superfund Authorization Reauthorization Act (SARA)
VII-36
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Quality Environmental Information
Objective: Improve Agency Information Infrastructure and Security.
Through 2006, EPA will continue to improve the reliability, capability, and security of
EPA's information infrastructure.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Improve Agency Information
Infrastructure and Security.
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$26,921.6
$21,124.9
$3,911.3
$1,885.4
184.9
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$30,528.0
$25,564.5
$4,963.5
$0.0
185.3
FY 2004
Request
$63,047.8
$54,922.2
$8,125.6
$0.0
197.8
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$32,519.8
$29,357.7
$3,162.1
$0.0
12.5
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Data Collection
Data Standards
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Geospatial
Homeland Security-
Communication and Information
Information Integration
Information Technology
FY 2002
Enacted
$0.0
$0.0
$1,648.9
$0.0
$1,928.4
$0.0
$17,441.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$0.0
$1,558.5
$0.0
$0.0
$10,428.5
$15,720.2
FY 2004
Request
$600.0
$11,647.3
$2,201.6
$6,035.0
$1,106.8
$0.0
$38,690.9
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$600.0
$11,647.3
$643.1
$6,035.0
$1,106.8
($10,428.5)
$22,970.7
VII-37
-------
Management
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Public Access
Reinventing Environmental
Information (REI)
System Modernization
FY 2002
Enacted
$188.3
$368.1
$375.2
$1,266.1
$597.3
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$202.3
$254.2
$420.7
$1,343.6
$600.0
FY 2004
Request
$210.7
$542.0
$2,013.5
$0.0
$0.0
FY2004Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$8.4
$287.8
$1,592.8
($1,343.6)
($600.0)
FY 2004 Request
EPA faces many of the same information technology (IT) challenges as other
organizations - private or public. However, IT plays a particularly significant role in EPA due to
the Agency's reliance on scientific and analytical data and its need for close collaboration with
external partners, and the Agency's responsibilities for response and recovery under Homeland
Security. EPA is adapting to the explosion of emerging technologies and the information
management revolution that is enabling organizations to become extremely productive, more
effective and timely in decision making, and service oriented. For example, the Administration
has a vision of managing for results and increasing the use of scientifically sound indicators.
However, this requires the widespread availability of graphically displayed data, derived from
scientific models that can only be run in high performance computing environments. The
challenge is to provide secure, reliable, and timely access to the data and tools for external
partners (e.g. states), other Federal partners, EPA senior managers, and staff across the Agency
to make quality environmental decisions in all situations. In order to meet these challenges, EPA
proposes investment in five critical areas of work. They are:
• Address critical technology gaps affecting EPA's ability to deliver information access
consistently where interfacing with external partners is an essential dimension of
operations.
• Deliver a high speed network and IT Infrastructure that has the capacity to handle the
massive amounts of data needed to perform indicators analysis, situation planning, and to
collaborate with other parties outside EPA.
• Improve management and reduce cost of IT investments to modernize Agency
technology and information infrastructure through adoption of sound investment
strategies and architecture planning, consistent with the President's Management Agenda
(PMA) and e-Gov concepts.
VII-38
-------
• Implement cyber-security for environmental information to assess and mitigate highest
priority risks, address critical homeland security requirements, and ensure reliable, secure
information access for all EPA personnel, emergency responders (EPA and local) and all
external partners.
• Enhance EPA's website management procedures and processes to keep pace with
technological advances (with millions of visitors every year, the EPA website has
become the focal point of the Agency's communication and outreach on its programs,
guidance, and initiatives) and with homeland defense concerns on disclosure of certain
information.
EPA has a central infrastructure that provides the basic foundation for developing and
managing all EPA information systems and information products. The central infrastructure
comprises the Agency's hardware, software, and telecommunications assets, as well as the
technical services to support the infrastructure assets. These services range from mainframe and
high performance computing, to desktop computing support, local area network operations,
internet services, and application development consulting. EPA continues to do benchmarking
of its services against other private and public sector entities to ensure cost effectiveness,
Implementing the Presidents Management Agenda and E-Gov initiatives
EPA is fully committed to the concepts that underlie the PMA and e-Gov initiatives and
will work to ensure their harmonized implementation. The planned IT investments will support
the PMA and e-Gov hi the following ways:
Strategic Management of Human Capital
Upgrades to Agency-wide technology provide capacity and tools to support on-line skill
building options for the workforce which can not be delivered consistently with the current
outmoded infrastructure. This investment enables the Agency to sustain workforce development
hi the most cost effective manner on a strategic basis to accommodate new requirements as they
emerge. IT investments that support this PMA topic, such as the Agency's HR Pro project, will
be reviewed and implemented in concert with government-wide e-Gov efforts to help minimize
duplication and maximize cost effectiveness.
Competitive Sourcing
A key factor of EPA's strategic investment is outsourcing of infrastructure operational
support using performance-based approaches, focused on results with a goal of achieving
expanded and higher quality service for resources expended.
Improved Financial Performance
Enhanced support and tools for Agency-wide investment management will provide
executives with the fully integrated view of how IT delivers benefits to the Agency's mission.
The Agency will be able to build a strong investment portfolio that continuously strengthens the
VII-39
-------
value of IT investment not only for the Agency, but from a government-wide perspective as well.
Also, IT investments that support this PMA topic, such as the Agency's legacy and replacement
financial systems projects, will be reviewed and implemented in concert with government-wide
e-Gov efforts to help minimize duplication and maximize cost effectiveness.
Expanded Electronic Government
Sharing information with EPA partners in a secure manner is a fundamental aspect of
EPA's e-Gov strategy. The infrastructure to deliver secure external partner access will enable
more timely and complete exchange of information both to and from EPA. The positive results
from these efforts will improve Agency services to state and tribal partners, the regulated
community, and other Federal agencies. EPA will continue to integrate e-government efforts
across the Agency and will maintain active participation in applicable government-wide e-Gov
initiatives.
Budget and Performance Integration
Managers require timely and complete information to monitor accomplishments and
make decisions about program actions which will maximize environmental benefit for available
resources. Implementing consistent, reliable infrastructure Agency-wide on a sustained basis
will enable all levels of the EPA workforce to create, share, and use information in effective
ways. This investment also supports EPA's implementation of new tools that will link capital
investment planning with financial performance to monitor and validate earned-value results of
IT investments.
Investment Benefits
Address critical technology gaps affecting EPA's ability to deliver information access
consistently at priority sites.
Current EPA network infrastructure does not effectively support information access for
critical functions in a uniform manner across the Agency. The most critical network
infrastructure gaps are located in the regions and related non-Headquarters sites where interfaces
with external partners and information access are primary dimensions of operations.
Implementing the upgrades to deliver reliable, effective capacity to support Agency and external
partner information access is a $30,000,000 challenge, and the regions constitute approximately
$25,000,000 of that total.
EPA proposes to address the network problem in a strategic manner starting in FY 2004
with a combination of a new Agency base investment of $6,000,000 that will continue in the
outyears and this one-time investment of $10,000,000 to address highest priority regional
problem areas. This will close the major infrastructure gaps at the most vulnerable locations,
build a stable foundation for state partnerships and e-Gov work, and enable subsequent annual
network upgrades and maintenance at base levels in the outyears.
VII-40
-------
EPA's basic wiring and infrastructure in its buildings and metropolitan campuses has not
kept pace with the explosion of data, high performance computing needs, geographically
referenced data, or scientific modeling and visualization systems that are critical to the
Administration's vision of increased use of indicators and environmental results-oriented
management. EPA's laboratories and many field sites often have local wiring infrastructures that
are very low in capacity, unreliable, and are increasingly an impediment to productivity and
information sharing. Upgrading EPA's network infrastructure will ensure greater staff
productivity, more reliable communications, enhanced cyber-security, standardization of
equipment, and a decrease the cost of network support. In addition, the infrastructure
improvements will enable EPA to: fully support the e-Gov process; implement emerging
technologies that allow Agency employees to work more productively; and, increase the capacity
to exchange large files with Agency stakeholders. The enhancements will also improve EPA
personnel's access to the types of on-line data and programs that create high network demand
(e.g., place-based information services). Improved access to on-line data and programs will
benefit external partners such as environmental scientists.
Network infrastructure upgrades will be managed across the Agency on an incremental
basis under a five-year replacement cycle. This will ensure that the Agency is able to adopt new
technology as it emerges. Upgrades will be managed under the Agency's working capital fund
desktop service, with appropriated funds allocated to programs to pay their proportional share of
the desktop charge. This will provide a permanent solution for the Agency's local infrastructure
costs and eliminate the swings hi investments and crisis situations that have occurred in recent
years.
Manage Modernization of Agency Technology and Information Infrastructure at the Lowest Cost
The Clinger-Cohen Act directs the Administrator, the Chief Information Officer (CIO),
and Agency executives to ensure cost-effective management of the Agency's IT portfolio.
Consistent with the EPA Inspector General's recommendations and OMB requirements, EPA
must implement substantial improvements in its enterprise architecture and capital planning and
investment control (CPIC) processes to meet those statutory mandates. EPA proposes to
increase the staff and resources available to these processes to provide the strength and depth
necessary to ensure EPA's infrastructure planning process is guided by the PMA and e-Gov
concepts (e.g., collaboration, cross-Agency development, etc.) and to ensure that the enterprise
architecture and CPIC processes are fully integrated and institutionalized across all EPA
programs. As these processes are fully implemented, they will allow EPA to achieve greater
productivity from its enterprise IT investments.
This investment will also allow EPA executives and program personnel to manage their
IT resources and investments in accordance with the PMA. It will help EPA executives and
program managers make sound IT investments that promote Agency mission priorities by:
supporting decision-making that maximizes the benefit of EPA's enterprise portfolio of IT
investments; demonstrating true earned-value benefits Including increased productivity and net
cost savings through investments; and enabling the Agency to fulfill human capital development
requirements for IT management functions (a priority under both the Clinger-Cohen Act and the
PMA).
VII-41
-------
Implement cyber-security for environmental information to assess and mitigate highest
priority risks, address critical homeland security requirements, and ensure reliable, secure
information access for all EPA personnel and external partners
This investment allows EPA to expand and update the highest priority components of the
Agency's cyber-security program in light of the newest types of threats. Effective, risk-based
cyber-security protection is an integral component of EPA's information strategy. EPA has a
role in homeland defense areas such as the water infrastructure vulnerability assessment and
response to chemical incidents, as well as protecting vital data (e.g., worst case scenarios and
confidential business index data). The sensitivity of these programs and the information they
create and use require EPA to continuously improve cyber-security risk mitigation infrastructure
and monitoring. The expansion of EPA's external partner connections and the volume of data
exchanged with them requires a corresponding increase to the validation and verification of
cyber-security measures protecting those exchanges.
The Agency will achieve the goal of strengthening security plans and organizational
security programs through additional reviews and oversight on an Agency-wide scale. New
procedures, tools, and training will increase workforce awareness of, and compliance with,
individual responsibilities for protecting information assets. Special programs will target
management leadership to improve cyber-security management practices. In addition, EPA will
continue its aggressive efforts to assess and respond to evolving threats and integrate information
security into its day-to-day business, operations. Each of these steps is critical to actually
achieving the cyber-security necessary to meet the new challenges of homeland defense and
increased e-Gov collaboration across agencies.
Enhance EPA's Website management to ensure operation consistent with sound
management of sensitive data
With millions of visitors every year, the EPA website has become the focal point of the
Agency's communication and outreach on its programs, guidance, and initiatives. Just as the
visibility and utility of the site has risen, so has its technical complexity and the complexity of
governing the conduct of the site to assure appropriate content, secure delivery, timely response,
and an effective user experience. EPA's Web site management procedures and processes must
be enhanced to keep pace with this complexity. Technological advances are available to achieve
this enhancement, and this proposed investment provides support for three critical aspects of the
Agency's web site governance program: Web site content management software (CMS); a search
engine replacement; and support for a new topical organization of the Web site. CMS provides a
consistent enterprise-wide framework for content management and update processes. It will
ensure accountability for information posted on the Web site, improve metadata creation and
management, facilitate site archiving, and enforce adherence to Agency Web templates. The
Agency's current search engine is nearing the end of its life-cycle and is no longer supported by
its vendor. It also utilizes technology that has been superceded, and consequently its search
results are considered poor by today's standards. The new engine will greatly improve Agency
the user's ability to discover information. Automated text classification software will enable and
enhance the Agency's current endeavor to reorganize its Web site according to a topical
information architecture. The software is designed to facilitate automatic categorization/dynamic
VII-42
-------
generation of Web site views by geography, audience, regulatory program, specific chemical,
etc.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$100,000) Provides additional funding to support increase in Working Capital Fund
shortfalls in EPA's Regions.
• (+$3Q,623,800/+18.0 FTE) This investment provides funding for Agency-wide
fundamental building blocks of EPA's technology infrastructure at all sites
(Headquarters, Regional offices, computing centers, labs, and back-up sites). Specific
investments include the following:
Infrastructure Gaps at Critical Sites - Address highest priority technology infrastructure
problems at EPA regional locations which support critical field personnel and external
partner interfaces.
High Speed and Capacity Network - Agency program needs and evolving IT are
generating rapidly increasing demands on network infrastructure. EPA's existing
infrastructure (wiring, bandwidth, and switching capacity) must be adapted per the
Requirements identified by program offices under the enterprise architecture program to
ensure that the network can support the level of demand created by new information
services when the services are ready for operations.
Manage Modernization of Agency Technology at lowest Cost - EPA needs thorough and
tightly integrated management of its IT investment, architecture, training, and policy to
ensure that available FT resources address those projects and activities which will provide
the greatest value for the Agency's needs. Full implementation of Clinger-Cohen
mandates under the direction of the CIO will deliver the needed results.
Web Governance - With millions of visitors every year, the EPA website has become the
focal point of the Agency's communication and outreach on its programs, guidance, and
initiatives. EPA's website management procedures and processes must be enhanced to
keep pace with technological advances.
• (+$1,106,800 and +1.0 FTE) Provides support to allow first responders, on-scene
coordinators, and investigators access to EPA national information (secure extranet) to
support their emergency response efforts. Resources will also be devoted to
strengthening EPA's security program and cyber-security practices.
• (-$600,000) Represents elirninaiion of the Systems Modernization Fund (SMF). While
the SMF fulfilled an urgent need in the past, EPA is not well-served by managing
systems development and modernization outside the EPA's CPIC review and budget
process.
VE-43
-------
GOAL: QUALITY ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION
OBJECTIVE: IMPROVE AGENCY INFORMATION INFRASTRUCTURE AND
SECURITY.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Information Security
In 2004 OMB reports that all EPA information systems meet/exceed established standards for security.
In 2003 OMB reports that all EPA information systems meet/exceed established standards for security.
In 2002 Completed risk assessments on the Agency's critical infrastructure systems (12), critical financial systems (13), and mission
critical environmental systems (5).
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Critical infrastructure systems risk assessment findings will 12 Systems
be formally documented and transmitted to systems owners
and managers in a formal Risk Assessment document.
Critical financial systems risk assessment findings, will be 13 • Systems
formally documented and transmitted to systems owners and
managers in a formal Risk Assessment document.
Mission critical environmental systems risk assessment 5 Systems
findings will be formally documented and transmitted to
systems owners and managers in a formal Risk Assessment
document.
Percent compliance with 13 criteria used by OMB to assess 75 75 Percent
Agency security programs reported annually to OMB under
the Government Information Security Regulatory Act.
Percent of intrusion detection monitoring sensors installed 75 75 Percent
and operational.
Baseline: In FY 2002, the Agency started planning an effort to expand and strengthen its information security infrastructure.
Agency-Wide IT Infrastructure
In 2004 Implement Agency-wide information technology upgrades that will incrementally strengthen and expand infrastructure each year
to achieve secure, consistent access for mission priorities, and homeland security needs.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Annual upgrades to technology infrastructure and enterprise 1 Report
information tools occur on schedule per plan, with critical
LAN capacity/capability upgrades managed on a five-year
replacement cycle.
Baseline: The baseline for this program is zero, as it will just begin in FY 2004.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Annual upgrades to technology infrastructure and enterprise
information tools occur on schedule per plan, with critical local area network capacity/capability
upgrades managed on a five-year replacement cycle.
Performance Database: Output measure. During 2004, the Agency will assess options for
capturing and reporting on accomplishments in information technology upgrades.
VH-44
-------
Data Source: The enterprise architecture sequencing plan will contain Agency priorities for
annual actions established by senior executive direction. Accomplishments against the plan will
be documented through system inventory reports itemizing the successful installation and
operations of key components (hardware/ software/application/data store).
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: Enterprise architecture tools and products (baseline,
target and sequencing plan) support executive decision-making for Agency-wide information
technology change management. It associates program strategic directions with best technology
options and capital planning to achieve cost-effective Agency-wide information technology
solutions. Agency enterprise architecture and capital planning will be consistent with Federal
models, guidelines and standards, and support explicit linkage of Agency investments with
Federal e-government initiatives where applicable. Capital planning is the process used to make
IT investments per the Clinger-Cohen Act, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
requirements. The Federal government's annual Capital Planning and Investment Control process
(CPIC) involves the preparation of justifications for IT investments that are reviewed/approved
by the Chief Information Officer (CIO) and the Chief Financial Officer and submitted to OMB
as part of the larger budget process. OMB requires all Agencies to have enterprise architectures
consistent with the federal enterprise architecture models.
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: National program managers, the Office of Inspector General (OIG), and
the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) review major enterprise architecture tools and
products (baseline, target, sequencing plan) before the Agency implements them in final form.
Data Limitations: The enterprise architecture sequencing plan, in particular the technical
component describing the annual investments for infrastructure, requires yearly review to ensure
consistency with market directions.
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Performance Data or Systems: The Agency is in the process of implementing
capital planning and reporting software tools (I-TDPS). It is also creating linkages between the
Agency's financial tracking systems and information technology investments to generate
information needed for executive review of information technology investment progress.
Financial tracking is the means to confirm actual spending against planned levels to identify
potential variances.
References: Enterprise architecture products will be made accessible via the EPA internet with
the exception of security architecture components, which will be reserved for reference on a
need-to-know basis.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Percent compliance with 13 criteria used by Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) to assess Agency security programs reported annually to
OMB under Government Information Security Regulatory Act.
VH-45
-------
Performance Database: The Office of Environmental Information (OEI) maintains historical
files of OMB's written assessment of EPA's annual security program report.
Data Source: EPA's security staff, located within the Office of the Chief Information Officer
(CIO), track Agency compliance with the OMB criteria.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: OEI reviews, interprets, and verifies the basis for OMB's written
assessment. Physical tests of Agency systems are conducted using best industry practice testing
protocols. Automated monitoring tools test for and audit compliance with IT security standards.
The Agency certifies results to OMB, but does not send detailed data from tests because of the
sensitive nature of the information; inadvertent release of this information could compromise the
Agency's information technology (IT) security infrastructure. EPA's IT planning staff, under
the CIO, check for appropriate security planning and procedures as part of the Information
Technology Management Reform Act (ITMRA) capital planning and investment process
required by federal law.
Data Quality Reviews: Program offices are required to develop security action plans composed
of tasks and milestones in a number of security action areas, including OMB's 13 criteria
compliance areas. Program offices self-report progress toward these milestones. EPA's security
staff reviews the self-reported data and discusses anomalies with the submitting office.
Data Limitations: Resources constrain the security staff's ability to validate all of the self-
reported compliance data submitted by program systems' managers.
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: NA
References: N/A
Performance Measure: Percent of intrusion detection monitoring sensors installed and
operational.
Performance Database: Output measure. None
Data Source: Contractor task reports, verified by OEI.
Methods, Assumptions, and Suitability: NA
QA/QC Procedures: The Quality Assurance procedures are established in OEI's contractual
agreements with IT security contractors responsible for monitoring the intrusion detection
sensors. The procedures are a combination of automated and manual processes managed by
independent contractors and validated by EPA personnel.
VTI-46
-------
Data Quality Reviews: N/A
Data Limitations: Data reflect the contractor's completion of technical tasks that are easily
verified by OEI. Thus, there are thus no serious data limitations.
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: NA
References: N/A
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA will continue to coordinate with other Federal agencies on IT infrastructure and
security issues by participating on the Federal CIO Council. For example, EPA (along with the
Department of Labor) recently co-chaired a Federal government committee on security. EPA
will continue to participate on the CIO Council committees on security, capital planning,
workforce development, interoperability, and e-Government, and will engage with other Federal
agencies in ensuring the infrastructure for homeland security. EPA is a leader in many areas,
such as E-dockets. EPA has a modern well-supported system that can host other Agencies'
docket systems, thereby reducing their costs to develop or deploy such a system. EPA will also
continue to coordinate with state agencies on IT infrastructure and security issues through state
organizations such as the National Association of State Information Resources Executives. In
addition, EPA, along with other Federal agencies, is involved in the OMB led e-government
initiatives. As part of this effort, EPA, OMB, the Department of Transportation, and ten other
Federal agencies are examining the expansion of EPA's Regulatory Public Access System, a
consolidated on-line rule-making docket system providing a single point of access for all Federal
rules. EPA is also coordinating efforts with the National Archives and Records Administration
on an e-records initiative. This effort is aimed at establishing uniform procedures, requirements,
and standards for electronic record keeping of Federal e-Government records.
Statutory Authorities
Federal Advisory Committee Act
Government Information Security Reform Action
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
Clean Air Act and amendments
Clean Water Act and amendments
Environmental Research, Development, and Demonstration Act of 1981
Toxic Substance Control Act
VII-47
-------
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act
Food Quality Protection Act
Safe Drinking Water Act and amendments
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
The Government Performance and Results Act (1993)
Government Management Reform Act (1994)
Clinger-Cohen Act
Paperwork Reduction Act
Freedom of Information Act
Computer Security Act
Privacy Act
Electronic Freedom of Information Act
Pollution Prevention Act
VII-48
-------
Goal 8: Sound Science
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal 8: Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Environmental Risks,
and Greater Innovation to Address Environmental Problems , Vni-1
Conduct Research for Ecosystem Assessment and Restoration VHI-11
Improve Scientific Basis to Manage Environmental Hazards and Exposures Vffl-22
Enhance Capabilities to Respond to Future Environmental Developments Vin-37
Improve Environmental Systems Management Vm-51
Quantity Environmental Results of Partnerships Approaches VIQ-61
Incorporate Innovative Approaches Vin-64
Demonstrate Regional Capability to Assist Environmental Decision Making Vm-69
Conduct Peer Review to Improve Agency Decisions VIH-72
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Strategic Goal: EPA will develop and apply the best available science for addressing current
and future environmental hazards as well as new approaches toward improving environmental
protection.
Resource Summary
(Dollars hi thousands)
Sound Science, Improved
Understanding of Env. Risk and
Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Conduct Research for Ecosystem
Assessment and Restoration.
Improve Scientific Basis to
Manage Environmental Hazards
and Exposures.
Enhance Capabilities to Respond
to Future Environmental
Developments.
Improve Environmental Systems
Management.
Quantify Environmental Results
of Partnership Approaches.
Incorporate Innovative
Approaches.
Demonstrate Regional Capability
to Assist Environmental Decision
Making.
Conduct Peer Review to Improve
Agency Decisions.
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$323,203.3
$110,817.6
$52,022.6
$61,427.7
$54,429.8
$9,276.2
$26,070.7
$6,088.7
$3,070.0
992.2
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$327,837.9
$119,114.6
$56,355.0
$50,965.8
$52,274.1
$9,058.4
$29,787.9
$6,591.8
$3,690.3
. 996.3
FY 2004
Request
$357,105.8
$122,885.5
$67,467.5
$68,911.4
$45,446.9
$9,036.8
$31,939.0
$6,607.6
$4,811.1
1,006.2
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$29,267.9
$3,770.9
$11,112.5
$17,945.6
($6,827.2)
($21.6)
$2,151.1
$15.8
$1,120.8
9.9
VIII-1
-------
Background and Context
EPA has a responsibility to ensure that efforts to reduce potential environmental risks are
based on the best available scientific information. Strong science allows us to identify the most
important sources of risk to human health and the environment as well as the best means to
detect, abate, and avoid possible environmental problems, and thereby guides our priorities,
policies, and deployment of resources. It is critical that research and scientific assessment be
integrated with EPA's policy and regulatory activities. In order to address complex issues in the
future, the Agency will design and test fundamentally new tools and management approaches
that have potential for achieving environmental results. Under Goal 8, EPA conducts core
research to improve our understanding of the fundamental principles underlying risk assessment
and risk management.
Several mechanisms are in place to ensure a high-quality research program at EPA. The
newly established Science Advisor will be responsible for ensuring the availability and use of the
best science to support Agency policy and decisions, as well as advising the EPA administrator
on science and technology issues and their relationship to Agency policies, procedures and
decisions. The Research Strategies Advisory Committee (RSAC) of EPA's Science Advisory
Board (SAB), an independent chartered Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) committee,
meets annually to conduct an in-depth review and analysis of EPA's Science and Technology
account. The RSAC provides its findings to the House Science Committee and sends a written
report on the finding to EPA's Administrator after every annual review. Also, under the Science
to Achieve Results (STAR) program all research projects are selected for funding through a
rigorous competitive external peer review process designed to ensure that only the highest
quality efforts receive funding support. In addition, EPA's scientific and technical work
products must undergo either internal or external peer review, with major or significant products
requiring external peer review. The Agency's Peer Review Handbook (2nd Edition) codifies
procedures and guidance for conducting peer review.
Today's environmental innovations extend beyond scientific and technological advances;
they also include new policies and management tools that respond to changing conditions and
needs. Examples include market-based incentives that provide an economic benefit for
environmental improvement, regulatory flexibility that gives companies more discretion in how
specific goals are met, and disclosure of information about environmental performance. As a
result of these and other innovations, the nation's environmental protection system is evolving.
EPA's focus is on creating a system that is more efficient and effective and more inclusive of all
elements of society.
Means and Strategy
EPA is continuing to ensure that it is a source of strong scientific and technical
information, and that it is on the leading edge of environmental protection innovations that will
allow achievement of our strategic objectives. The Agency consults a number of expert sources,
both internally and externally, and uses several deliberative steps in planning its research
programs. As a starting point, the Agency draws input from the draft Ecosystem Protection
Vffl-2
-------
Multi-year Plan, the EPA Strategic Plan, available research plans, EPA program offices and
Regions, Federal research partners, and outside peer advisory bodies such as the Science
Advisory Board (SAB) and others. Agency teams that prioritize research areas by examining
risk and other factors such as National Science and Technology Council (NSTC) research,
involved with development priorities, client office priorities, court orders, and legislative
mandates use this input internally. EPA's research program will increase our understanding of
environmental processes and our capability to assess environmental risks to both human health
and ecosystems.
In the area of ecosystem protection research, EPA will strive to establish baseline
conditions from which changes, and ultimately trends, in the ecological condition of the Nation's
aquatic ecosystems can be confidently documented, and from which the results of environmental
management policies can be evaluated at regional scales. This ability to demonstrate success or
failure of increasingly flexible watershed management policies, regionally and nationally, is of
great importance. Also in FY 2004, EPA's ecosystem protection research methods will continue
to focus on Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP), which includes the
National Coastal Assessment (Coastal 2000), Western EMAP, Central Basin, work in landscape
ecology, and programs to develop and refine environmental indicators. These programs will
provide water resource managers with tools necessary to measure status and trends in the
condition of the Nation's rivers, streams, and estuaries and to measure the impacts of
management decisions. This work is an important step toward providing the scientific
understanding to measure, model, maintain, and restore the integrity and sustainability of
ecosystems.
The Agency's leadership role in protecting both human and ecosystem health requires
that the Agency continue to be vigilant in identifying and addressing emerging issues. EPA will
continue to enhance its capabilities to anticipate, understand, and respond to future
environmental developments. EPA will address these uncertainties by conducting research hi
areas that combine human health and ecological considerations. Continued research hi the areas
of endocrine disrupting chemicals and mercury is leading toward the development of improved
methodologies for integrated human health and environmental risk assessment and sound
approaches for risk management. While EPA has long benefited from studies needed to reduce,
refine, and replace test methods, the Computational Toxicology program will enable EPA to
demonstrate how to reduce the cost and use of animal testing to a far greater extent by
prioritizing data requirements. In FY 2004, EPA will develop a computational toxicology
research strategy that will help fill major data gaps for a large number of chemicals for testing
programs and reduce the cost and use of animal testing. This work will improve the validity of
existing and proposed chemical testing programs through computational toxicology research,
which integrates modern computing with advances in genomics to develop alternatives to
traditional animal testing approaches. EPA will also conduct research to enhance its capacity to
evaluate the economic costs and benefits and other social impacts of environmental policies.
These efforts, undertaken hi concert with other agencies, will result hi unproved methods to
assess economic costs and benefits, such as unproved economic assessments of land use policies
and unproved assessments for the valuation of children's health, as well as other social impacts
of environmental decision-making.
VEI-3
-------
The Agency also seeks to characterize, prevent, and clean up contaminants associated
with high-priority human health and environmental problems through the development and
verification of improved environmental tools and technologies. EPA will incorporate a holistic
approach to pollution prevention by assessing the interaction of multiple stressors that may
threaten human health and environmental quality, and by developing cost-effective responses to
those stressors. Research will also explore the principles governing sustainable systems and the
integration of social, economic, and environmental objectives in environmental assessment and
management. Emphasis will be placed on developing and assessing preventive approaches for
industries and communities having difficulty meeting pollution standards. In a broader context,
the pollution prevention research program will continue expanding beyond its traditional focus
on the industrial sectors to other sectors (e.g., municipal) and ecosystems.
In FY 2004, EPA will improve its regulatory and policy development process. The
Agency will strengthen the policy analysis and use of science supporting key regulatory and non-
regulatory actions, improve the economic analysis underlying Agency actions, and improve the
regulatory and policy action information management system.
EPA is continuing to ensure that it is a source of sound scientific and technical
information, and that it is on the leading edge of environmental protection innovations that will
allow achievement of our strategic objectives. Also, in FY 2004, EPA is requesting resources for
the newly established Science Advisor. The Science Advisor will be responsible for ensuring the
availability and use of the best science to support Agency policies and decisions, as well as
advising the EPA administrator on science and technology issues and their relationship to
Agency policies, procedures, and decisions. The Science Advisor's office will require a small
cadre of senior staff to promote effective partnerships with EPA Programs and Regions, assist
them in their efforts to strengthen environmental science, and provide for timely and open
communication on critical science matters. In addition, the Agency consults a number of expert
sources, both internal and external, and uses several deliberative steps hi planning its research
programs. As a starting point, the Agency draws input from the EPA Strategic Plan, available
research plans, program offices and Regions, Federal research partners^ and outside peer
advisory bodies such as the Science Advisory Board (SAB) and others. The Agency is also
taking a number of steps to attract and maintain a high quality, diverse scientific workforce.
EPA will explore using existing personnel authority or seek new authority to recruit and retain
talented research scientists that EPA might not otherwise be able to attract.
The Agency also seeks to develop and verify unproved tools, methodologies, and
technologies for modeling, measuring, characterizing, preventing, controlling, and cleaning up
contaminants associated with high priority human health and environmental problems. In order
to do this, EPA will develop, evaluate, and deliver technologies and approaches that eliminate,
minimize, or control high-risk pollutants from multiple sectors. Emphasis will be placed on
preventive approaches for industries and communities having difficulty meeting
controyemission/effluent standards.
VHI-4
-------
EPA's strategy for solving environmental problems and improving our system of
environmental protection includes developing, implementing and institutionalizing new policy
tools, collaborative community-based and sector-based strategies, and the capacity to
experiment, test, and disseminate innovative ideas that result in better environmental outcomes.
In each area, EPA is looking to advance the application of the innovative tool or approach by
promoting broader testing into our system of environmental protection and to support
collaborative partnerships for environmental management based upon prudent analysis and
decision methodologies. For example, EPA's Sector Program Plan 2001-2005 sets forth a vision
and specific actions to enhance the effectiveness of innovative sector activities (at the Federal
and state levels) and to fully integrate sector approaches into the Agency's overall mission and
core programs. Similarly, EPA is strengthening its capacity to evaluate innovative approaches
and make institutional changes that adopt successful innovations.
EPA's community-based approach aims to provide integrated assessment tools and
information and direct assistance for environmental protection in partnership with local, state,
and Tribal governments. The work focuses on building the capacity of communities to work
effectively at identifying and solving environmental issues in ways that support healthy local
economies and improved quality of life.
Sector strategies complement current EPA activities by allowing the Agency to approach
issues more holistically; tailor efforts to the particular characteristics of each sector; identify
related groups of stakeholders with interest hi a set of issues; link EPA's efforts with those of
other agencies; and craft new approaches to environmental protection. EPA is building on
successful experiences from its current sector-based programs such as the Sustainable Industries
Partnership Programs, Design for the Environment, and sector-based compliance assistance
programs to expand the ways in which the Agency is working hi partnership with industry
sectors to meet high environmental standards using flexible, innovative approaches. These
innovative programs foster the development of innovations at the industry sector level, testing
new regulatory ideas, technologies, tools, and incentives in non-adversarial settings. In a
somewhat related effort, EPA is exploring the potential for broader use of a sector-based
regulatory model for small businesses that was developed by Massachusetts.
Strategic Objectives
• Conduct Research for Ecosystem Assessment and Restoration
• Improve Scientific Basis to Manage Environmental Hazards and Exposures
• Capabilities to Respond to Future Environmental Developments
• Improve Environmental Systems Management
• Quantify Environmental Results of Partnership Approaches
• Incorporate Innovative Approaches
• Demonstrate Regional Capability to Assist Environmental Decision Making
• Conduct Peer Review to Improve Agency Decisions
VHI-5
-------
Highlights
Research for Ecosystem Assessment and Restoration
In order to balance the growth of human activity with the need to protect the
environment, it is important to understand the current condition of ecosystems, what stressors are
changing that condition, what the effects are of those changes, and what can be done to prevent,
mitigate, or adapt to those changes, to FY 2004, the Environmental Monitoring and Assessment
Program (EMAP) will continue to be a major contributor to EPA's environmental indicators
report and will be instrumental in improving state contributions to the Agency's bi-annual report
to Congress on the condition of the Nation's waters. Included within EMAP is the Western
EMAP (a.k.a. Western Pilot), which continues the study of streams in the Western U.S., and will
begin focused studies in selected estuarine and near-shore sites. Regional EMAP projects (R-
EMAP) in FY 2004 are high priority activities for Regional Offices because they will provide
opportunities for EPA's Regions to test new technologies and work directly with state and
academic partners. The Regional Vulnerability Assessment (ReVA) program further supports
the needs of programs and Regions using information from EMAP and other sources to
demonstrate an approach to Regional-scale assessment that efficiently informs decision-makers.
Another aspect of EMAP extends to the large rivers of the Mississippi River Basin (the
Central Basin). Through cooperative programs with the Regions, states, Tribes, and other
Federal agencies in the Central Basin, EPA proposes to fill remaining scientific gaps (indicators,
sampling design, and sampling methodology) currently limiting our ability to measure the
condition of large rivers. These approaches and technologies developed will be transferred to the
many responsible parties to help inform environmental management decisions affecting these
rivers as well as the Gulf of Mexico. Furthermore, landscape ecology research will focus on
improving estimates of the effects of land-based stressors on aquatic, estuarine, wetland,
terrestrial, and landscape conditions.
In FY 2004 the Agency will strengthen the initiative for Invasive Species Great Lakes
research. The research will focus on developing innovative monitoring approaches and models to
predict the spread of aquatic invasive species, and on identifying habitats and regions at risk to
invasive species. Successful rapid response requires both early detection of new invaders and a
prediction of their spread based on the patterns of invasion vectors (e.g., shipping) and the
inherent vulnerability of different ecosystems to invasion. To date, monitoring for water quality
(e.g., 305b Clean Water Act), early detection of invasive species, predicting the spread of
invasive species, and predicting the vulnerability of ecosystems to invasions have largely been
disjunct activities. The overall goal of this initiative is to develop integrated methods of
detecting and predicting the spread of new invasive species introduced into the Great Lakes.
Research for Human Health Risk Assessment
In order to improve the scientific basis for identifying, characterizing, assessing, and managing
environmental exposures that can pose the greatest health risks to the American public, EPA is
committed to developing and verifying innovative methods and models for assessing the
Vffl-6
-------
susceptibilities of sub-populations, such as children and the elderly, to environmental toxins.
Since many of the current human health risk assessment methods, models, and databases are
based on environmental risks for adults, efforts under this goal are primarily aimed at enhancing
current risk assessment and management strategies and guidance to better consider risk
determination needs for children. In FY 2004, research will focus on reducing the uncertainty in
EPA risk assessments for children through collection and analysis of data on children's
exposures and identifying critical data gaps in conducting cumulative risk assessments. This
information will be useful in determining whether children are more susceptible to
environmental risks than adults and how to better assess potential risks to children.
EPA's Children's Health Research Program will continue to play a critical role in
shaping how the Agency addresses children's environmental health issues. The Agency will
work on guidance for conducting risk assessments for children. The guidance will address issues
such as critical windows of vulnerability (by organ system and endpoint), mechanisms of action,
and use of pharmacokinetic data and models in risk assessments. In 2004, EPA will complete
an updated Child-Specific Exposure Factors Handbook to be used throughout the scientific
community, including government, academia, and the private sector. EPA will also enhance its
efforts in Asthma research. Research will examine the toxic effects of aldehydes and bioaerosols
on children's lung function.
The Agency will continue its participation with the Department of Health and Human
Services in the National Children's Study (NCS). In FY 2004, EPA will: 1) develop and test
sampling methods for cost-effective measurement of environmental agents in air, water, soil,
food, and indoor environments; 2) develop and test methods to collect biological samples from,
and test for effects in, infants and children; 3) develop and test questionnaires that elicit
information through questions, that are accurate surrogates of exposure and effects
measurements; and 4) develop methods to identify highly-exposed and symptomatic individuals
for over-sampling.
In FY 2004, EPA will complete a restricted-access database of EPA experts with
knowledge, expertise, and experience to rapidly assess health and ecological impacts focused on
safe buildings and rapid risk assessment as a part of the Agency's Homeland Security efforts.
The goal of this effort is make available key EPA staff and managers who might be called upon
to rapidly assess the impacts of a significant terrorist event.
Lastly, research in support of the Agency's annual State of the Environment Report will
move EPA beyond its historic reliance on output indicators (e.g., decreased
emissions/discharges; increased facilities in compliance) to more direct outcome measures (e.g.,
improved ecological conditions, reduced human exposures, reduced illness and disease).
VHI-7
-------
Research to Enhance Environmental Decision Making
In recent years, EPA has begun to move beyond environmental regulation to anticipate
and prevent potential problems before they evolve into major concerns. In FY 2004, research
will focus on: 1) improving our understanding of the impacts of potential exposure to
environmental pollutants, particularly endocrine disrupting chemicals (EDCs) and mercury; 2)
human health and the environment; and 3) developing approaches to reduce human health and
ecological risks. This research will result in accessible methodologies for combined human
health and ecological risk assessments. New work in FY 2004 includes; Computational
Toxicology to enhance the risk assessment process for EDCs; multi-pollutant research to support
the reduction of atmospheric mercury emissions under the President's Clear Skies Initiative; and
research to support the Report on the Environment.
The emerging sciences of genomics, computational methods, and bioinformatics have
created a new opportunity to revolutionize the science used in chemical risk assessment. In FY
2004, EPA will produce a peer-reviewed Computational Toxicology Research Strategy
describing how this program will provide the proof-of-concept for several EPA problems
involving the testing requirements for endocrine disrupters and a complex class of new
pesticides where cumulative risks are a concern. The overall goal of the computational
toxicology research program is to develop more efficient approaches through integration of
modern computing with advances in genomics to reveal the sequence of events by which
aggregate and cumulative exposures to chemicals can cause adverse effects in humans and a
large number of natural populations and to incorporate the use of these methods in risk
assessments.
In FY 2004, the Agency's Clear Skies research will focus on mercury by collecting data
at power plants to evaluate the performance of continuous emission monitors (CEMs) and
initiate laboratory studies to improve EPA's understanding of atmospheric mercury fate and
transport. This research will provide the science needed to reduce the uncertainties limiting the
Agency's ability to assess and manage health risks from mercury and assist decision-makers in
choosing the best technology to reduce mercury emissions.
EPA will also direct special grant solicitations to support research at Minority
Institutions. This program specifically assists minority institutions in establishing and supporting
environmental research activities that will build capacity to assess and solve environmental
problems. Also, in FY 2004, EPA will fond Graduate fellowships to scientists across multiple
disciplines, including the biological and physical sciences, mathematics, computer sciences, and
engineering. Research completed under the fellowship program helps resolve uncertainties
associated with particular environmental problems and focuses graduate research on priority
research areas.
vni-s
-------
Research to Improve Environmental Systems Management
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue its systems-based approach to pollution
prevention, which will lead to a more thorough assessment of human health and environmental
risks and a more comprehensive management of those risks. Other research in this area will
develop methodologies to better convey the social, economic, and environmental costs and
benefits of reducing environmental risks. EPA will develop tools and methodologies to prevent
pollution at its source and will evaluate environmental technologies through the Environmental
Technology Verification (ETV) program. ETV is a voluntary, market-based verification
program for commercial-ready technologies made up of stakeholders who represent diverse
interests within the environmental arena. The goal of ETV is to verify the performance
characteristics of private-sector-developed technologies so that purchasers, users, and permit
writers have the information they need to make environmentally sound decisions. Technology
verifications during FY 2004 will focus on advanced monitoring; air pollution control;
greenhouse gas abatement; drinking water systems; and water protection. Additionally, through
the National Environmental Technology Competition (NETC), EPA will recognize and reward
innovative technologies that produce more effective and lower cost solutions to environmental
problems. In FY 2004, EPA plans to develop competitive solicitations for cost-effective
technologies to remove arsenic from drinking water to help small communities meet the new
arsenic drinking water standard.
Regulatory and Policy Development
EPA will continue to improve its regulatory and policy development process by
strengthening the policy analysis of key regulatory and non-regulatory actions, improving the
economic analysis underlying Agency actions, improving the regulatory and policy action
information management system, and creating innovative strategies to assist states in solving
environmental problems.
Increased Community-Based Approaches
The Agency will continue to implement Regional Geographic Initiatives (RGI) which
enable EPA Regional offices to partner with states, local governments, private organizations, and
others to solve environmental problems that are of particular local concern to the Regions and
states.
Science Advisory Board Peer Review and Consultations
In FY 2004, the Agency will increase its support for activities, principally peer reviews,
of the SAB, which aims to provide independent technical advice to Congress and the
Adrninistrator on scientific, engineering, and economic issues that serve as the underpinnings for
Agency positions, from research direction to regulations. The SAB helps the Agency to "do the
right science" and to use the results of that science appropriately and effectively in making
regulatory decisions. In so doing, the SAB aims to promote sound science within the Agency
VEI-9
-------
and a wider recognition of the quality of that science outside the Agency. In this regard, the
SAB is active in consulting with the Agency on how to incorporate science appropriately and
effectively into the new approaches the Agency is using to make environmental decisions.
External Factors
Strong science is predicated on the desire of the Agency to make human health and
environmental decisions based on high-quality scientific data and information. This challenges
the Agency to perform and apply the best available science and technical analyses when
addressing health and environmental problems that adversely impact the United States. Such a
challenge moves the Agency to a more integrated, efficient, and effective approach of reducing
risks. As long as sound science is a central tenant for actions taken by the Agency, then external
factors will have a minimal impact on the goal.
vm-io
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Conduct Research for Ecosystem Assessment and Restoration.
Provide the scientific understanding to measure, model, maintain, and/or restore, at
multiple spatial scales, the present and future integrity of highly valued ecosystems.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Conduct Research for
Ecosystem Assessment and
Restoration.
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$110,817.6
$7,157.6
$0.0
$103,660.0
350.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$119,114.6
$5,960.1
$21.6
$113,132.9
350.9
FY 2004
Request
$122,885.5
$7,801.4
$2.1
$115,082.0
346.6
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$3,770.9
$1,841.3
($19.5)
$1,949.1
-4.3
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Coastal Environmental Monitoring
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Ecosystems Condition, Protection
and Restoration Research
Environmental Monitoring and
FY 2002
Enacted
$7,325.3
$7,770.9
$66,707.9
$32,360.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$7,671.2
$0.0
$67,202.1
$38,259.6
FY2004
Request
$7,801.1
$0.0
$68,407.6
$38,873.3
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$129.9
$0.0
$1,205.5
$613.7
vm-n
-------
Assessment Program, EMAP
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Management Services and
Stewardship
Planning and Resource
Management
FY 2002
Enacted
$5,320.2
$65.5
$1,044.9
$0.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$4,963.5
$0.0
$1,018.2
$0.0
FY2004
Request
$5,651.4
$0.0
$1,793.4
$358.7
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$687.9
$0.0
$775.2
$358.7
FY 2004 Request
The nation's ecosystems provide valuable services to the public, such as air and water
purification, flood control, food, and raw materials for industrial processes, as well as multiple
recreational benefits. Many human activities alter or damage ecosystems and their ability to
provide these goods and services. To balance environmental sustainability with the growth of
human activity, it is important to understand the condition of ecosystems, the stressors changing
that condition, the consequences of those changes, and the consequences of preventing,
mitigating, or adapting to those changes. EPA's ecological research program has four primary
areas of emphasis: 1) ecological condition; 2) ecological diagnosis; 3) ecological forecasting; and
4) ecological restoration. In order to provide focus to this research, EPA's ecological research
program builds upon the Agency's 1997 Ecological Research Strategy. This strategy is
supplemented by the draft Ecosystem Protection Multi-year Plan and helps EPA focus efforts on
environmental problems that pose the greatest risks and provides a framework for integrating
research across laboratories and centers and across GPRA goals. To ensure quality, all scientific
and technical work products undergo either internal or external peer review, with major or
significant products requiring external peer review. Activities under the ecosystem protection
program include: the Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP), the
National Coastal Assessment (Coastal 2000), Western EMAP, the Central Basin Integrated
Assessment, the Regional Vulnerability Assessment (ReVA), landscape sciences, and
environmental indicators.
Ecological Condition Research
EPA's ecological condition research efforts consist, hi large part, of the various
components of the Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP). EMAP
focuses on the monitoring science required to develop EPA's capability to measure trends in
freshwater and marine ecosystem health. EMAP research efforts are guided by the EMAP
VHI-12
-------
Research Strategy, published in 2001. EMAP includes the National Coastal Assessment (NCA),
Western EMAP, the Central Basin Integrated Assessment, work in landscape ecology, and
programs to develop and refine environmental indicators. Under the National Coastal
Assessment program, EPA is partnering with 24 marine coastal states and Puerto Rico, the U.S.
Geological Survey (USGS), and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)
to conduct the sampling of estuaries using probabilistic sampling methods. As a result of this
sampling the condition of near-shore coastal ecosystems will be determined and a report drafted
in FY 2004 on the condition of coastal ecosystems in the western U.S. The Western EMAP
(a.k.a. Western Pilot) study will also continue as a primary activity of EPA's monitoring
research. This study has four areas of focus: 1) the landscape atlas for western states; 2)
intensive study of three watersheds (Columbia River basin, Missouri River basin, and San
Francisco Bay region); 3) Pacific coast monitoring; and 4) a western-wide stream survey. In FY
2004 the Western Pilot will continue with the study of streams in the western U.S. and will
continue focused studies in selected estuarine and near-shore sites. These two programs will
provide water resources managers with the tools necessary to measure status and trends in the
condition of the nation's streams and estuaries and to measure the impacts of management
decisions.
EPA is also refining and extending the EMAP approach to large rivers in the Mississippi
River Basin (the Central Basin). Central Basin rivers are challenged by long-term loadings of
nutrients, sediments and toxic chemicals as well as extensive habitat alterations. The resulting
inputs to the Gulf of Mexico are a significant contributor to causes of hypoxia, loss of wildlife
habitat, and water quality concerns. In FY 2004 EPA will begin the first full year of monitoring
to measure the condition of these large rivers. EPA will also conduct sampling on the upper
Missouri River and seek to develop partnerships with states and other federal agencies in order to
develop an integrated basin monitoring approach in the Central U.S. Data from such monitoring
can help inform environmental management decisions regarding these rivers, and provide
support to managers in establishing total maximum daily loads and meeting water quality
standards. In addition, there are important scientific linkages between the Central Basin effort
and proposed watershed mitigation and management efforts. The health of these large rivers is
linked to the conditions of small streams, and ultimately their watersheds. Determining the
condition of large rivers and understanding the processes occurring in the watersheds will be
important for diagnosing the causes of impaired conditions in these river systems.
Landscape ecology research focuses on improving estimates of the effects of land-based
stressors on aquatic, estuarine, wetland, terrestrial, and landscape conditions. It also extends the
EMAP probability sampling design to estimate conditions of ecological resources across the
West through the application of spatially-distributed models. Landscape characterization
research includes: 1) planning and generating land characteristic databases for detenriining
current conditions and change (land cover and other spatial databases); 2) continuing remote
sensing research and developing high resolution imagery applications to document changes in
land cover over time; and 3) quantifying relationships between landscape metrics and specific
parameters. This research will significantly improve EPA's ecological monitoring and
assessments, as well as risk management decisions, and will reduce uncertainty in other high
vm-13
-------
priority research programs. The Landscape Sciences Program is contributing a national
assessment of riparian habitat conditions to the Committee on Environmental and Natural
Resources' (CENR) National Environmental Report. This report will fit into the framework for
conducting a national landscape assessment by the year 2008.
Environmental indicators research will focus on: 1) development of the next generation
of biological indicators to characterize ecosystem condition and diagnose exposure to specific
stressors; 2) application of these indicators to the monitoring of aquatic ecosystems; and 3)
interpretation of the indicators in ecological risk assessments. These indicators include new
condition Indicators (e.g., genetic diversity of aquatic species) and new multi-metric methods
(e.g., prototype indicators for deep rivers) to assess aquatic ecosystem population and
community integrity. In FY 2004 new ecological indicators, including genetic and landscape,
will be developed and evaluated using EPA's Indicator Guidelines. Also, prototype indicators of
condition for deep river fish and population genetics data will be developed, which are unique to
ecological integrity studies. This will provide inherent measures of population fitness and
sustainability, which can be associated with historic or anthropogenic stresses. The research will
include the use of DNA microarray technology to develop highly specific and sensitive
diagnostic indicators of exposure to chemical stressors for which no current measures of
bioavailability exist (e.g., pesticides). This technology will be used to develop methods capable
of simultaneous -measurement of the bioavailability of several chemical stressors to aquatic
species exposed to mixtures.
Ecological Diagnosis Research
Diagnosis Research (i.e., process and modeling) addresses biological, chemical, and
physical processes affecting the condition of ecosystems and their responses to stressors. This
modeling allows for predictions of future landscapes, stressor patterns, ambient conditions, and
receptor responses. Predicting the impact of changes in conditions allows resource managers to
address problems in ways that will more effectively achieve their environmental protection
goals.
Since measurements are not feasible in every watershed because of cost and other
practical constraints, landscape indicators offer an efficient means to detect change, measure
watershed level stressors, and quantify relationships between landscape metrics and specific
parameters. A new generation of wall-to-wall spatial data (e.g., Multi-Resolution Landscape
Characterization land cover data, North American Landscape Characterization historical
landscape data), and advances in geographic information systems (GIS) make it possible to
evaluate the compositional and spatial pattern of landscape characteristics. Using this
information, local, state and Federal mangers can diagnose causes and forecast future conditions
in a scientifically defensible fashion to more effectively protect and restore valued ecosystems.
Landscape ecology research efforts will result in a national assessment of landscape change
between the early 1970's and early 2000's, evaluation of the consequences of these changes on
aquatic resources, and development of national assessments of riparian habitat conditions.
Additional research in FY 2004 will focus on habitat distribution data needed for enhanced
Vm-14
-------
capabilities to measure how wildlife habitat is distributed at the appropriate resolution for
spatially-explicit risk assessment.
EPA will also conduct research to address the effects of excess nitrogen from
atmospheric or other sources and aquatic ecosystems, including the development of models that
predict the loading-response relationships for nitrogen in aquatic habitats and improved
knowledge of the biogeochemical processes controlling nutrient processes in watersheds. Such
models can be used for stressor source apportionment and for the assessment of management and
mitigation strategies. In addition, deposition of nitrogen, along with other atmospheric stresses
such as sulfur, will be monitored throughout the northeastern U.S. to continue to evaluate the
effectiveness of existing regulations on the control of the major constituents of acid rain and the
recovery of impacted streams, rivers, and lakes. Additional research will include investigation
into the fate, behavior, and effects of natural organic nitrogen and controls on the mobility and
availability of phosphorous.
Other ecological process and modeling research will include the development of
approaches for evaluating relative risks from chemical and nonchemical stressors on fish and
wildlife populations across large areas or regions. Research in this area will improve the ability
to perform retrospective (diagnostic) and prospective (forecasting) assessments of risks to biota
as determined by the spatial distribution of habitat quality and stressors (e.g., toxic chemicals,
nutrients, disease, invasive species) in the landscape. Research results can be used to describe
habitat requirements for wildlife and to manage watersheds to achieve and maintain desired
ecological conditions, using biological indicators and metrics to determine the condition of
aquatic ecosystems. In FY 2004, EPA will provide environmental managers with a prototype
multimedia modeling system for small watershed scale contaminated site assessments, such as
those addressed by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), Superfund, the Clean
Air Act (CAA), and the Clean Water Act (CWA). This multimedia modeling system will be
used for model selection, integration, and execution and provide guidance for incorporating
environmental and chemical data, chemical fate/effects process models, and ecosystem models
for the development of site specific remediation options. This research supports the
Administration's priority for Networking and Information Technology Research and
Development.
Ecological Forecasting Research
EPA's ecological forecasting research (i.e., risk assessment) addresses the risk posed to
ecosystems by stressors, alone and in combination, now and in the future. Ecological
assessments can link stressors with consequences and evaluate the potential for damage to
particular ecosystems, and can be used to compare the relative risks associated with different
stressors, regional areas, and ecosystems. This research is developing tools to enable
environmental risk managers at local, state, and Federal levels to identify priority sensitive
ecosystems.
Vm-15
-------
The completion of the Mid-Atlantic Integrated Assessment (MAIA) hi FY2002 provided
baseline information on the current status of most resources in the region. Continuing research
in FY 2004 will build on MAIA and other data to project future environmental conditions hi the
region so that risk management activities can be targeted proactively. The Regional
Vulnerability Assessment (ReVA) project, begun in FY 2000, will continue to combine modeled
projections of changes in stressors (e.g., pollution deposition, land use change) with information
on sensitive ecosystems in order to identify: 1) the greatest environmental risks likely to arise in
the next 5-25 years, and 2) where those risks are likely to occur.
The ReVA project continues to show that invasive species are major stressors on
ecological resources and will pose significant threats hi the future. Thus, hi FY 2004, the
Agency will strengthen the initiative for Invasive Species Great Lakes research. The research
will focus on developing innovative monitoring approaches and models to predict the spread of
aquatic invasive species, and on identifying habitats and regions at risk to invasive species.
Successful rapid response requires both early detection of new invaders and a prediction of their
spread based on the patterns of invasion vectors (e.g., shipping) and the inherent vulnerability of
different ecosystems to invasion. To date, monitoring for water quality (e.g., 305b Clean Water
Act), early detection of invasive species, predicting the spread of invasive species, and predicting
the vulnerability of ecosystems to invasions have largely been disjunct activities. The overall
goal of this initiative is to develop integrated methods of detecting and predicting the spread of
new invasive species introduced into the Great Lakes. Achieving this goal will require
coordination among researchers in several different fields, federal, state, and local regulatory
agencies, and NGOs. To foster this coordination and to better refine which potential invaders
and invasion models to focus the subsequent research on, a workshop will be held in FY 2004.
The workshop shall be held hi the Great Lakes region with the objective of developing a draft
strategy. This research strategy will guide the Agency's research efforts to develop integrated
monitoring approaches for new invaders and develop the models to predict their spread.
Ecological Restoration Research
EPA's risk management and restoration research focuses on the options available to
manage the risks to, and restoration of, degraded ecosystems. The growth rate of the man-made
environment necessitates development of cost-effective prevention, control, and remediation
approaches for sources of stressors and adaptation approaches for ecosystems. These
technologies will diagnose ecosystem restoration needs, evaluate progress toward restoration,
and establish ecologically relevant goals and decision support systems for state and community
planners. EPA is developing integrated restoration technologies which focus on: 1)
rehabilitating, to the extent possible, the structure of watershed ecosystems (e.g., restoring
riparian zones); 2) reducing the perceived stressors (e.g., cleaning up contaminated sediments);
and 3) enhancing the natural resilience of the system. EPA will also develop tools to assess the
progress, effectiveness, and cost of candidate restoration technologies, including the
development of methods for evaluating negative or unexpected impacts of the restoration
technology. Utilizing this research, local, state and Federal mangers can protect and restore
aquatic ecosystems using scientifically defensible methods. This research will also be
VHI-16
-------
incorporated into restoration protocols to allow more uniform approaches to determining
effectiveness and cost, which will relate to potential results in public benefits. Additional
research in FY 2004 will address sediment transport and Best Management Practices (BMPs) to
evaluate and identify sediments as a primary impairment to streams. Additional efforts will also
focus on constructing wetlands as restoration tools, and interception zones for watershed
stressors.
EPA Science Advisor
In FY 2004, EPA is requesting resources to support the Science Advisor. The Science
Advisor will be responsible for ensuring the availability and use of the best science to support
Agency policies and decisions, as well as advising the EPA Administrator on science and
technology issues and their relationship to Agency policies, procedures, and decisions. The
Science Advisor's office will require a small cadre of senior staff to promote effective
partnerships with EPA Programs and Regions, assist them in their efforts to strengthen
environmental science, and provide for timely and open communication on critical science
matters.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
S&T
• (+$1,270,000) These resources will be used to strengthen core research efforts in
ecological diagnosis research (i.e., process and modeling), which will address how
biological, chemical, and physical processes affect the condition of the ecosystems; and
ecological restoration research will identify how to effectively reduce risks to protect
ecosystems and restore them once they have become degraded.
• (+$806,800, +6.0 FTE) This increase is a redirection of 1.0 FTE from Goal 2, Objective
2 (water quality) and a reorientation of 5 workyears within Goal 8, Objective 1 to support
the Agency's FY 2003 initiative to assess the condition of large rivers in the Central
Basin. The approaches and technology developed will be transferred to the many
responsible parties within the Basin to enable coordinated, scientifically defensible, long-
term monitoring. These redirections will not cause significant impacts.
• (+$1,160,300, +3.5 FTE) These resources will support the newly established EPA
Science Advisor. Three of the workyears are being redirected from within this Objective
and from Objective 3 Goal 2 (Watersheds and Aquatic Communities), while the
remaining workyears will be part of the Agency's effort to enhance its scientific
workforce by attracting first-rate postdoctoral scientists and engineers into its research
program. The Science Advisor will be responsible for ensuring the availability and use
of the best science to support Agency policies and decisions, as well as advising the
Administrator on science and technology issues and their relationship to Agency policies,
procedures, and decisions.
Vm-17
-------
(+$462,340, +2.2 FTE) Workyears and associated costs supporting landscape ecology
research and assessment activities are being realigned from Global Change Research
Goal 6, Objective 2 and consolidated in Goal 8, Objective 1, Ecosystems Research.
There is no programmatic impact.
(+$500,000) This increase for the Invasive Species research will focus developing
innovative monitoring approaches and models to predict the spread of aquatic invasive
species, and on identifying habitats and regions at risk to invasive species in the Great
Lakes region.
(-$1,343,400, -7.0 FIE) Resources are being redirected from research on ecosystem
assessment and restoration to fund the Agency's initiative in Computational Toxicology
in Goal 8, Objective 3 (Enhanced Capabilities to Respond to Future Environmental
Development). This will cause slight delays in the work on integration of ecological
models with multimedia fate and transport models, and will slightly delay the
development of tools necessary to manage multiple stressors at the watershed scale.
(-$943,600) Resources are being redirected to support research on indicators of
ecosystem health and water quality in Waste Management (Goal 5). This includes
relatively minor reductions to a number of areas within the ecosystem research program.
For example, some of the work to develop a set of ecological and socioeconomic
indicators will be reduced. The impact will be mitigated by the fact that some of the
redirected resources will continue to support related work.
(-$701,000, -5.0 FTE) This reflects a reorientation within the EMAP program to support
the Central Basin integrated assessment
(-$323,020, —3.1 FTE) This reflects a realignment of research support workyears to Goal
25 Objective 2. There are no programmatic impacts.
(-$248,600, -2.0 FTE) This reflects a realignment of regulatory support workyears to
Goal 8, Objective 3 to better reflect the multimedia nature of this effort.
(-$262,080, -2.6 FTE) These workyears are being redirected from research on ecosystem
assessment and restoration to support the Agency's Homeland Security efforts in the area
of Rapid Risk Assessment and Water Security, This will cause slight delays in the work
on integration of ecological models with multimedia fate and transport models, and will
slightly delay the development of tools necessary to manage multiple stressors at the
watershed scale.
vm-18
-------
EPM
• (+$1,134,400, +3.2 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated
in proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars
and FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated
in proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts
in FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located hi each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and+19.7FTE)
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and existing
FTE.
GOAL: SOUND SCIENCE, IMPROVED UNDERSTANDING OF ENV. RISK AND
GREATER INNOVATION TO ADDRESS ENV. PROBLEMS
OBJECTIVE: CONDUCT RESEARCH FOR ECOSYSTEM ASSESSMENT AND
RESTORATION.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Research
Regional Scale Ecosystem Assessment Methods
In 2004 Provide Federal, state and local resource managers with a means to more effectively determine long-term trends in the condition
and vitality of Eastern U.S. stream ecosystems through measurements of changes in the genetic diversity of stream fish
populations.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
A study of fish genetic diversity that demonstrates the power 1 report
of this emerging technology for evaluating condition and
vitality of biotic communities to Federal, state and local
resource managers.
Baseline: The development and application of new and more powerful methods to evaluate ecological integrity is central to many state and
Federal assessment programs, including EPA's Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP) and Regional
Vulnerability Assessment (ReVA) program. Technological progress in the fields of molecular biology and genetics have
allowed, for the first time, the cost-effective analysis of patterns in the genetic diversity of aquatic populations over large
regional scales. This genetic information brings new and powerful information to our understanding of aquatic ecosystems,
including the identification of appropriate ecological assessment units, the linkages between environmental condition and
population responses, and estimates of the future susceptibility of populations due to loss of genetic diversity. In FY 2004, a
report will be prepared that summarizes the results of research on the genetic diversity of indicator fish species inhabiting
wadeable streams in EMAP's Mid-Atlantic Integrated Assessment (MALA) area, as well as in parts of Ohio that were evaluated
as part of a regional EMAP assessment. This report will provide resource managers and the public with a more complete
understanding of the present condition of these biological resources and their vulnerability to predicted environmental changes.
vm-19
-------
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: A study of fish genetic diversity that demonstrates the
power of this emerging technology for evaluating condition and vitality of biotic
communities to Federal, state and local resource managers.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Report
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
Coordination with Other Agencies
Research in ecosystems protection is coordinated government-wide through the
Committee on Environment and Natural Resources (CENR). It is the unique mission of EPA to
look beyond specific resource management responsibilities such as those assigned to other
agencies like the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's (NOAA) National Marine
Fisheries Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture's (USDA) Forest Service, and the Department
of the Interior's (DOI) Fish and Wildlife Service (USFW) and Bureau of Land Management, and
to protect the whole environment, accounting for both public and private sources of adverse
ecological effects, EPA has been an active participant in the CENR, and all work in this
objective is fully consistent and complementary with other Committee member activities.
EPA researchers work within the CENR on EMAP and other ecosystems protection
research. The Mid-Atlantic Landscape Atlas was developed in cooperation with NOAA, USFW,
the University of Tennessee, and the U.S. Department of Energy's (DOE's) Oak Ridge National
Laboratory. Development of the Networking and Information Technology Research &
Development (NTTR) Modeling System is coordinated with the Army Corps of Engineers
(USAGE), USDA, and DOE. EPA cooperates with the CENR's Subcommittee on Ecological
Systems, in the restoration of habitats and species, impacts of landscape change, invasive species
and inventory and monitoring programs. A draft Ecological Research Strategy underwent
Vffi-20
-------
interagency peer review by the Committee on Environmental and Natural Resources (CENR) in
June 1997 and external peer review by the Science Advisory Board's Ecological Processes and
effects Committee (SAB-EPEC) in July 1997. The strategy was revised in response to SAB-
EPEC suggestions and interagency comments, and the final document was published hi June
1998.
EPA is working through interagency agreements with the USAGE on the development of
tools for the management of stressors hi reservoir and lake watersheds and the establishment of
an approach for the development of decision support systems to manage these types of
ecosystems. Through interagency agreements with the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), EPA
has worked to investigate and develop tools for assessing the impact of hydrogeology on riparian
restoration efforts. This work also focuses on development of tools for the dispersal modeling of
invasive species, the evaluation of the effectiveness of restoration efforts to reconnect
groundwater and surface water hydrology, and the establishment of zones of denitrification
within impaired streams. The collaborative work with the USGS continues to play a vital role in
investigating the impact and fate of atmospheric loadings of nitrogen and nitrogen applications
as part of restoration technologies on terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. All of these efforts have
significant implications for risk management hi watersheds, total maximum daily load (TMDL)
implementation, and management of non-point source pollutants.
Additional interagency grants programs hi Ecology include: the Ecology and
Oceanography of Harmful Algal Blooms (EcoJdAB) program with NOAA, NSF, DOD, and
NASA; nutrient science for watershed management with USD A; and the Estuarine and Great
Lakes (EAGLES) program with NASA.
Statutory Authorities
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA)
Toxic Substances Control Act
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
The Clean Ah- Act Amendment
The Safe Drinking Water Act
Pollution Prevention Act (PPA) (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)
Clean Water Act (CWA) Title I (33 U.S.C 1251-1271)
vm-2i
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Improve Scientific Basis to Manage Environmental Hazards and Exposures.
Improve the scientific basis to identify, characterize, assess, and manage environmental
hazards and exposures that pose the greatest health risks to the American public by developing
models and methodologies to integrate information about exposures and effects from multiple
pathways. This effort includes focusing on risks faced by susceptible populations, such as
people differentiated by life stage (e.g., children and the elderly) and ethnic/cultural background.
Resource Summary
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Improve Scientific Basis to
Manage Environmental Hazards
and Exposures.
Environmental Program &
Management
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$52,022.6
$3,409.1
$48,613.5
172.6
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$56,355.0
$2,937.3
$53,417.7
176.0
FY2004
Request
$67,467.5
$3,663.1
$63,804.4
180.4
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$11,112.5
$725.8
$10,386.7
4.4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Congressionally Mandated Projects
Endocrine Disruptor Research
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
FY 2002
Enacted
$731.3
$369.3
$2,656.7
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$372.2
$2,505.1
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$378.9
$2,979.1
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$0.0
$6.7
$474.0
VHI-22
-------
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Human Health Research
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Planning and Resource
Management
Research to Support FQP A
FY 2002
Enacted
$360.1
$47,225.6
$51.0
$410.7
$0.0
$1,217.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$51,824.5
$54.8
$377.4
$0.0
$1,221.0
FY 2004
Request
$8,560.6
$53,633.9
$57.2
$596.4
$30.4
$1,231.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$8,560.6
$1,809.4
$2.4
$219.0
$30.4
$10.0
FY 2004 Request
EPA's human health research program is based on the assumption that major
uncertainties in risk assessment can be reduced through a better understanding of the
fundamental determinants of exposure and dose and the basic biological changes that result from
one or more exposures to one or more chemicals. Historically, EPA focused its human health
risk management decisions and regulations on single environmental pathways and individual
contaminants. Often, environmental legislation mandated this approach. In recent years,
however, advances hi the state of environmental science have illustrated that new risk assessment
methods are needed to investigate complex environmental and human health issues that were not
contemplated by early environmental statutes.
There are many uncertainties associated with the risk assessment process because of
severe limitations in available data and the complex interactions between the sources and
environmental concentrations of contaminants, human exposures to these contaminants, and
relationships between human exposure, dose, and response. These uncertainties frequently result
in the use of default assumptions and uncertainty factors in risk assessments. EPA's human
health research program addresses these data limitations in an attempt to reduce reliance on
default assumptions. The measurement-derived tools (databases, methods, models, and
protocols) developed through this program will strengthen the scientific foundation for human
health risk assessment.
This goal is supported by multiple long-range research planning documents, including: 1)
the draft Human Health Research Strategy, 2) the Research Strategy on Environmental Risks to
Children; 3) the Asthma Research Strategy; and 4) the Draft Multi-Year Plan for Human Health
Risk Assessment. These long-term strategies and planning documents allow EPA to improve the
scientific basis to identify, characterize, assess, and manage environmental exposures that pose
the greatest health risks to the American public. In the context of performance (or program
vm-23
-------
outcomes), the Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA) requires federal organizations
to establish and publish performance goals in an Annual Performance Plan and report on the
extent to which they achieve those goals in Annual Performance Reports. The Human Health
Research Program is also subject to the requirements of GPRA.
In FY 2004, human health research will be conducted under three activities: 1)
development of multimedia, multipathway exposure methods and models; 2) development of
mechanistically-based data, tools, and approaches; and 3) development of innovative methods
and models for assessing risks to susceptible sub-populations. These three themes are further
partitioned into a series of targeted programmatic areas, which are discussed in further detail
below.
Multimedia, Multipathway Exposure Methods and Models
EPA is committed to filling critical data gaps that reduce reliance on default assumptions
and improves the risk assessment process. One key way to accomplish this goal is by developing
models to assess, predict, and diagnose the population distribution of multimedia, multipathway
exposures to major classes of environmental agents. Research activities in this area will address
substantial uncertainties that exist in human health risk assessment and thereby improve the
scientific basis for assessing and managing risks.
Through the exposure research program, EPA will develop methods, measurement data,
and measurement-derived models that estimate source emission, aggregate and cumulative
exposures and source-exposure-dose relationships for contaminant mixtures to which the general
population, children, and other susceptible populations are exposed daily. Research will
continue to focus on developing, evaluating, and enhancing multimedia, multipathway exposure
modeling modules, which are key devices in linking environmental concentrations with human
actions to estimate real-world exposures. Other research will look at exposure-dose modeling to
describe the uptake of pollutants into the body and the distribution of pollutants throughout the
body. These models provide the essential linkage between regional environmental or micro-
environmental models and the corresponding dose-response models designed by toxicologists.
EPA also conducts exposure research through relatively large-scale exposure
measurement studies such as the National Human Exposure Assessment Survey (NHEXAS), the
Children's Total Exposure to Pesticides and Other Persistent Pollutants (CTEPP), and other
related exposure measurement programs, which integrate measurements and modeling to
investigate critical information gaps about targeted sub-populations and population-scale
distributions of exposures to contaminant mixtures. In FY 2004, the Agency will compare and
evaluate new data on exposure factors and develop updated recommendations for assessment.
EPA will use this new data - from surveys such as CTEPP, NHEXAS, and the National Health
and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES) - to analyze issues such as use of short-term data
for longer-term estimates and uncertainties introduced by the use of data collected for other
purposes.
VHI-24
-------
In FY 2004, a major population-based field study that focuses on children's aggregate
exposure to pesticides and other selected toxics in homes, day care centers and schools will
continue. This study will be completed in 2005 with delivery of major products hi the 2005 —
2007 timeframe. Study results will be used to:
• Evaluate and refine a protocol for measuring aggregate exposure for children of different
age groups;
• Verify those pathways and activities that represent the highest exposures to children;
• Generate high quality distributional data on exposure concentrations, estimated
exposures, and exposure factors;
• Develop a children's exposure measurements data base for model development,
evaluations, refinement, and risk assessments;
• Develop a measurement database for model evaluations and risk assessments; and
• Provide input into the design and implementation of the National Children's Study
(NCS).
The field study will develop essential information for improving models that represent
dermal uptake and exposure, dietary exposure and gastrointestinal uptake, and aggregate
exposure. Researchers within EPA, the scientific community, and the pesticide and chemical
industry, will use the final protocol to develop high quality data on exposure and exposure
factors mandated by the Food Quality Protection Act.
Mechanistically-based Data, Tools, and Approaches
There is a lack of understanding about the underlying biological, chemical, and physical
processes that determine target tissue exposures and effects, which limits the Agency's ability to
assess potential health risks of environmental exposures. Insufficient knowledge of these
processes introduces uncertainties into the risk assessment process that may allow for wide
interpretation of what is often limited data. Research in this area addresses both qualitative
(hazard identification) and quantitative (dose-response analysis) concerns associated with current
risk assessments.
In order to reduce uncertainties in the risk assessment process, health effects research will
continue to focus in two areas: harmonization of risk assessment approaches and chemical
mixtures. Research to harmonize risk assessment approaches will yield a consistent set of
principles and guidelines for drawing inferences from scientific information, including the need
for consistent application of all pertinent information on toxicity, dosimetry, and mpde-of-action
in all risk assessments.
vm-25
-------
Research on chemical mixtures will focus on understanding mechanisms or modes-of-
action chemicals and how they interact in mixtures. A key research concern is the possibility
that chemicals in mixtures may interact in a non-additive manner. The overall approach will be
to identity key biological processes that could be used in testing for various health endpoints and
determining effects of chemicals based on their mechanism or mode of action and environmental
relevance. Studies focus on dose-response curves for chemicals in isolation and testing for
evidence of antagonism, potentiation, or synergism with other chemicals in mixture.
Health effects research on susceptible populations will focus on the influence of genetics
and health status on susceptibility to chemical exposures. The principal hypothesis of the
research on susceptible sub-populations is that differences among individuals (inter-individual)
as well as the variability in an individual's responses over time (intra-individual) are due to
biological variability. Information is needed on how various susceptibility factors alter
responses to chemical exposures. The overall goal of effects research is to develop improved
risk assessment methods for evaluating selected sub-populations.
Susceptible Sub-populations
EPA is committed to developing and verifying innovative methods and models for
assessing the susceptibilities of sub-populations to environmental agents and enhancing current
risk assessment and risk management strategies and guidance.
The Nation is experiencing a major demographic shift (from young to old) and as the
population ages, older Americans may become more susceptible to environmental toxins. Our
normal aging process presents unique challenges because our organs and immune system
experience a decline in function, and our ability to metabolize or eliminate toxins changes. In
FY 2004, in a collaborative effort amongst various EPA Programs Offices, the Agency will
launch a National Aging Initiative - led by EPA's Office of Children's Health Protection. EPA's
Office of Research and Development will play a critical role in this initiative by identifying and
evaluating the unique susceptibilities of the elderly and looking at environmental hazards that
affect the health of older persons. Research will also look into how an aging society will impact
the environment (e.g., water usage in select regions of the country, issues of disposal associated
with antibiotics).
EPA's Children's Health Research Program will continue to play a critical role in
shaping how the Agency addresses children's health issues. Much of the effort under the
Children's Health Research Program is based on EPA's Strategy for Research on Environmental
Risks to Children, which provides direction for research in age-related exposures, physiology,
biological responses that may result in increased risks, and risk reduction methods. This research
provides the scientific underpinnings that will result in better EPA risk assessments for children
and ultimately reduced risks from potential environmental health threats.
VIII-26
-------
As noted above, in FY 2004, a major population-based field study that focuses on
children's aggregate exposure to pesticides and other selected toxics in homes, day care centers
and schools will continue. This study will provide better understanding of the critical factors
influencing very young children's exposures.
The Asthma Research Strategy, released in October 2002, will also play a critical role in
meeting EPA's objectives under the human health research program. The Asthma Strategy
discusses research efforts aimed at addressing the following issues:
• Susceptibility factors contributing to asthma (e.g., genetics, health status, socioeconomic
status, residence and exposure history, and lifestyle and activity patterns);
• Factors contributing to the induction and exacerbation of asthma (e.g., combustion-
related products, bioaerosols, and air toxics); and
• Risk assessment and. risk management of environmental pollutants relevant to asthma.
Because of the rising rate of asthma hi the United States, especially among children, and
the scientific uncertainty as to the causes, the Agency will enhance its efforts to address this
research need, working within the framework of the Strategy. Specifically, research will
examine the toxic effects of aldehydes and bioaerosols on lung function (e.g., irritant responses,
altered lung function, and inflammatory endpoints). Information resulting from this effort will
be used to study effects of aldehydes and bioaerosols in human asthmatics.
EPA will also enhance its efforts to explore research opportunities to fill critical
knowledge gaps for childhood cancer. Potential areas of emphasis include: 1) development and
validation of susceptibility biomarkers that can be used to determine the range of susceptibility in
a population (and sub-population) most at risk; and 2) study of the linkages between markers of
exposure and cellular effects and then the relationship of these to disease outcomes. In utero and
early life exposures to carcinogens may increase a child's risk of developing cancer before
adulthood. The timing of exposures and their cellular and molecular consequences should be
carefully considered in research that seeks to understand the relationship between susceptibility
factors, environmental exposures and risk of a variety of childhood cancers. The Agency will
use a molecular epidemiology approach where markers of exposure, susceptibility and effects
can be developed in an integrated manner and related to a specific disease outcome.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to work on guidance for conducting risk assessments for
children. The guidance will address issues such as critical windows of vulnerability,
mechanisms of action, use of pharmacokinetic data and models in risk assessments for children,
exposure models, recommended age categories for exposure assessment, and child-specific
exposure factors. EPA will also complete an updated version of the Child-Specific Exposure
Factors Handbook containing new analyses and updated recommendations for assessment.
vm-27
-------
Additional risk assessment research will develop and test methods for collecting data in
the National Children's Study. This research will:
• Develop and test sampling methods for cost-effective measurement of environmental
agents in air, water, soil, food and indoor environments;
• Develop and test methods to collect biological samples from and test for effects in infants
and children;
• Develop and test questionnaires that elicit information through questions that are accurate
surrogates of exposure and effects measurements; and
• Develop methods to identify highly exposed and symptomatic individuals for over-
sampling.
Under the Voluntary Children's Chemical Evaluation Program (VCCEP), the Agency
will continue to assist vendors and school systems in the manufacture, procurement, and proper
use of low-emitting consumer products and building materials to reduce the exposure of children
to contaminants that can contribute to asthma and other respiratory problems.
Through the Children's Environmental Research Centers, EPA seeks to better understand
the causes of environmentally induced disease among children and to eventually decrease the
prevalence of childhood disease. In FY 2004, efforts will focus on working with community
participants to assess the impact of reducing pollutants in the home and neighborhood on
children's hearing, behavior, and test scores, and assessing the impact to children of exposure to
mercury and PCBs among minority populations in Wisconsin, whose diets are heavy in fish from
the Great Lakes. Additionally, research to understand the relationship(s) between environmental
factors and developmental disorders will continue.
Assessing the State of the Environment
In FY 2004, EPA will initiate research in support of the Agency's annual State of the
Environment (SOE) Report. This investment will allow EPA to measure progress in achieving
cleaner air, safer water, and better-protected land resources by assessing actual impacts on
human health. Focusing on indicators will move EPA beyond its historic reliance on process
indicators (e.g., decreased emissions/discharges; increased facilities in compliance) to more
direct outcome measures (e.g., reduced human exposures, reduced illness and disease).
EPA will develop the scientific components and aspects of the Report, including
targeting the appropriate indicators for development and validation and ensuring the quality of
the science and the utility of proposed data sets, designs, and indicators. In FY 2004, a
workshop will be held to determine which human health indicators are. most appropriate and
highest priority for use in supporting the Annual SOE Report. Ultimately, the availability of
vrn-28
-------
such indicators will impact the structure and design of Agency monitoring systems and the
tracking efforts of others, and offer alternatives to some of the traditional reporting endpoints
with a potential for cost savings.
EPA Science Advisor
In FY 2004, EPA will establish a Science Advisor function. The Science Advisor will he
responsible for ensuring the availability and use of the best science to support Agency policies
and decisions, as well as advising the EPA Administrator on science and technology issues and
their relationship to Agency policies, procedures, and decisions. The Science Advisor's office
will require a small cadre of senior staff to promote effective partnerships with EPA Programs
and Regions, assist them in their efforts to strengthen environmental science, and provide for
timely and open communication on critical science matters.
Homeland Security
Research in the area of rapid risk assessment will inventory internal, government and
private sector national expertise to provide quick access to nationally recognized experts in areas
relevant to homeland security (e.g., biology, chemistry, exposure assessments,
detection/treatment technologies).
In FY 2004, emphasis will be placed on: evaluating methods for decontamination
following exposure to biological agents, supporting development of optimal exposure protocols,
refining toxicity databases, developing transport, fate, dispersion, and exposure parameters, and
creating a rapid response bioinformatics monitoring team. In addition, work will begin on
establishing protocols for communicating secondary risks, developing frameworks for sentinel
animals to assist with exposure assessments, improving biological technology of assay screening,
and improving methods for rapid detection of contaminants. As part of this objective, EPA will
organize a support center to provide scientific and technical data and information to public
officials at the federal, state, and local levels.
FY 2004 Change from the FY 2003 Request
S&T
• (+$8,560,600, +6.1 FTE) This increase represents increased support to the Agency=s
Homeland Security Strategic Plan in the area of rapid risk assessment research. In FY
2004, emphasis will be placed on: evaluating methods for decontamination following
exposure to biological agents, supporting development of optimal exposure protocols,
refining toxicity databases, developing transport, fate, dispersion, and exposure
parameters, and creating a rapid response bioinformatics monitoring team. EPA will also
organize a support center to provide scientific and technical data and information to
public officials at the federal, State, and local levels.
vm-29
-------
(+$450,000) The Agency will increase its efforts in children's health research with a
focus on childhood cancer and asthma. Cancer research will focus on developing and
validating biomarkers that can be used to determine susceptibility ranges hi children, and
studying the linkages between markers of exposure and cellular effects and their
relationship to disease outcomes. Activities in the area of asthma research will examine
the toxic effects of aldehydes and bioaerosols on lung function.
(+$1,160,200, +3,5 FTE) This increase establishes a Science Advisor to the EPA
Administrator with resources appearing in Goal 8, Objective 1 and Goal 8, Objective 2.
The Science Advisor will be responsible for ensuring the availability and use of the best
science to support Agency policies and decisions, as well as advising the Administrator
on science and technology issues and their relationship to Agency policies, procedures,
and decisions.
(+$975,000) In a collaborative Agency-wide effort, the Agency will launch a National
Aging Initiative - led by EPA's Office of Children's Health Protection. Research will
play a critical role in this initiative by identifying and evaluating the unique
susceptibilities of the elderly and looking at environmental hazards that affect the health
of older persons. Research will also look into how an aging society will impact the
environment (e.g., water usage, issues of disposal associated with antibiotics). This
research will enhance the scientific foundation for assessing the health risks to the
elderly.
(+$910,000) This increase supports EPA's FY 2004 State of the Environment (SOE)
Report, which is also being supported under Goal 8, Objective 3. The investment will
allow EPA to measure progress in achieving cleaner air, safer water, and better-protected
land resources by assessing actual impacts on human health. In FY 2004, a workshop
will be held to determine which human health indicators are most appropriate and of the
highest priority for use hi supporting the Annual SOE Report.
(+$500,000) This increase represents a redirection from Pollution Prevention Tools and
Technologies to the NCS. These funds will support the design, pilot, and feasibility stage
implementation of the NCS. As a member of the NCS Interagency Coordinating
Committee (ICC), EPA is taking the lead hi developing methods to investigate the
relationships between exposure to environmental agents and adverse health outcomes in
children.
(-$2,608,500) This represents a redirection of Computational Toxicology resources to
Goal 8, Objective 3 - where EPA is formally consolidating its program in this area.
There are no programmatic impacts.
VEI-30
-------
• (-$524,200, -5.2 FTE) These workyears are being redirected to support the Agency=s
Homeland Security Strategic Plan in the areas of rapid risk assessment research and
building decontamination research.
EPM
• (+$693,000, +1.6 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and existing
FTE.
GOAL: SOUND SCIENCE, IMPROVED UNDERSTANDING OF ENV. RISK AND
GREATER INNOVATION TO ADDRESS ENV. PROBLEMS
OBJECTIVE: IMPROVE SCIENTIFIC BASIS TO MANAGE ENVIRONMENTAL
HAZARDS AND EXPOSURES.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Research
Human Health Risk Assessment Research
In 2004 Contribute to protecting children from harmful environmental agents in their daily lives by providing risk assessors and
managers with better data on children's aggregate exposures in their homes and daycare settings, and improved exposure factors
for estimating children's risk.
Performance Measures:
External review draft of an updated Exposure Factors
Handbook for Children, incorporating new data from EPA
studies
Analysis of the "Children Total Exposure to Pesticides and
Persistent Organic Pollutants (including EDCs) Study" to
estimate aggregate exposures and identify critical exposure
factors.
FY 2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
1 review draft
1 report
vm-3i
-------
Baseline: Current risk assessments for children are severely hampered by a lack of exposure data and by exposure factors that are
insufficient for describing how exposures change as children grow up and alter their activities. This research will provide
significant new data on children's exposures to a wide range of environmental pollutants as they go about their daily lives,
focusing on exposures in their homes and/or in daycare centers. The updated exposure factors will be more reliable, since they
will incorporate more complete and better data and approaches to describe children's exposures to environmental pollutants. The
data and factors developed in FY 2004 will significantly improve the reliability of the estimates of children's exposure and risk
used by regulatory decision-makers throughout EPA.
Homeland Security - Rapid Risk Assessment
hi 2004 Provide a database of EPA experts on topics of importance to assessing the health and ecological impacts of actions taken
against homeland security that is available to key EPA staff and managers who might be called upon to rapidly assess the
impacts of a significant terrorist event.
Performance Measures:
A restricted access database of EPA experts with knowledge,
expertise, and experience for use by EPA to rapidly assess
health and ecological impacts focused on safe buildings and
water security.
FY2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
database
Baseline: The attacks on the Pentagon and World Trade Center, and the subsequent mailing of anthrax-contaminated letters, were
unprecedented events in United States history. Other such events could occur in the future, or a totally different type of an attack
might be conducted by a terrorist group or individual. The human health and ecological consequences of such events cannot be
known before they happen. It is clear, however, that both human health and the environment will be impacted, either directly or
as a result of efforts to contain, decontaminate, or dispose of materials from such events. It is essential that information on
human health and ecological risks be developed as quickly as possible to help inform the relevant EPA personnel who can then
share that information with public officials and the affected individuals. Such assessments must be conducted recognizing that in
many instances supporting technical data will be limited. No current database is available that identifies those individuals within
EPA that have the knowledge, experience, and expertise to address risk assessment issues such as source characterization, hazard
identification, dose-response assessment, exposure assessment, and risk characterization in a short time frame. The database that
will be completed in FY 2004 will allow EPA to develop a quick-response capability to future events so that assessments of
human health and ecological impacts can be conducted rapidly. The database is being developed in support of EPA's Draft
Strategic Plan for Homeland Security and is focused on the rapid risk assessment tactic described in the strategy.
SOE Report - Human Health Indicators Research
In 2004 Develop a prioritized slate of potential human health indicators that improve EPA's ability to measure environmental progress
using direct outcome measures (e.g., improvements in human health) and are appropriate for supporting State of the
Environment Reports.
Performance Measures:
Produce a workshop report on the state of human health
indicators to determine areas in which future research is
needed
FY 2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
workshop report
Baseline: In Nov 2001, the EPA Administrator gave direction to gather and develop information to help the EPA determine where we are
and where we need to go to make sound strategic decisions regarding human health and environmental conditions. To
accomplish this task, a document entitled the State of the Environment Report will be produced, backed by a scientifically-based
technical support document. The selection and use of the most appropriate indicators that will be described in the technical
support document is dependent on the information gained, exchanged and shared at a workshop specifically designed to assess
the current state of knowledge and future needs in the area of human health indicator research.
Performance Measures:
A restricted access database of EPA experts with knowledge,
expertise, and experience for use by EPA to rapidly assess
health and ecological impacts focused on safe buildings and
water security.
FY2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
database
Baseline: The attacks on the Pentagon and World Trade Center, and the subsequent mailing of anthrax-contaminated letters, were
unprecedented events in United States history. Other such events could occur in the future, or a totally different type of an attack
vm-32
-------
might be conducted by a terrorist group or individual. The human health and ecological consequences of such events cannot be
known before they happen. It is clear, however, that both human health and the environment will be impacted, either directly or
as a result of efforts to contain, decontaminate, or dispose of materials from such events. It is essential that information on
human health and ecological risks be developed as quickly as possible to help inform the relevant EPA personnel who can then '
share that information with public officials and the affected individuals. Such assessments must be conducted recognizing that in
many instances supporting technical data will be limited. No current database is available that identifies those individuals within
EPA that have the knowledge, experience, and expertise to address risk assessment issues such as source characterization, hazard
identification, dose-response assessment, exposure assessment, and risk characterization in a short time frame. The database that
will be completed in FY 2004 will allow EPA to develop a quick-response capability to future events so that assessments of
human health and ecological impacts can be conducted rapidly. The database is being developed in support of EPA's Draft
Strategic Plan for Homeland Security and is focused on the rapid risk assessment tactic described in the strategy.
SOE Report - Human Health Indicators Research
In 2004 Develop a prioritized slate of potential human health indicators that improve EPA's ability to measure environmental progress
using direct outcome measures (e.g., improvements in human health) and are appropriate for supporting State of the
Environment Reports.
Performance Measures:
Produce a workshop report on the state of human health
indicators to determine areas in which future research is
needed.
FY2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
workshop report
Baseline: In Nov 2001, the EPA Administrator gave direction to gather and develop information to help the EPA determine where we are
and where we need to go to make sound strategic decisions regarding human health and environmental conditions. To
accomplish this task, a document entitled the State of the Environment Report will be produced, backed by a scientifically-based
technical support document. The selection and use of the most appropriate indicators that will be described in the technical
support document is dependent on the information gained, exchanged and shared at a workshop specifically designed to assess
the current state of knowledge and future needs in the area of human health indicator research.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Produce a workshop report on the state of human health
indicators to determine where future research is needed.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Report
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate. N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
VEI-33
-------
FY 2004 Performance Measure: External review draft of an updated Exposure Factors
Handbook for Children, incorporating new data from EPA studies.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Draft report
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Analysis of the "Children Total Exposure to Pesticides
and Persistent Organic Pollutants (including EDCs) Study" to estimate aggregate
exposures and identify critical exposure factors.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Report
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
VHI-34
-------
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Deliver a restricted-access, database of EPA experts with
knowledge, expertise, and experience for use by EPA Program Offices and Regions to
rapidly assess health and ecological impacts focused on safe buildings and water security.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures. N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Database
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
Coordination with Other Federal Agencies
Several Federal agencies sponsor research on variability and susceptibility in risks from
exposure to environmental contaminants. The National Institutes of Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS) achieves its mission through multi-disciplinary biomedical research programs,
prevention and intervention efforts, and communication strategies. The NIEHS program
includes a National Institutes of Health (NIH - parent organization of NIEHS) effort to study the
effects of chemicals, including pesticides and other toxics, on children. EPA has collaborated
with NIEHS in establishing Centers for Children's Environmental Health and Disease Prevention
to study whether and how environmental factors play a role in children's health.
The National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) of CDC is conducting the National
Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES). NHANES is a national population-based
survey and includes data on potentially sensitive sub-populations such as children and the
elderly. EPA is participating in this survey with NCHS to collect information on children's
exposure to pesticides and other environmental contaminants.
The National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (NICHD) supports
laboratory, clinical, and epidemiological research on the reproductive, neurobiological,
developmental, and behavioral processes, that determines the health of children and adults. EPA
is collaborating with NICHD, CDC, and other Federal agencies hi the design and implementation
of a National Children's Study of 100,000 children, who will be enrolled during the mother's
vm-35
-------
pregnancy and followed throughout childhood and adolescence. This study was mandated in the
Children's Health Act of 2000 to study environmental influences on children's health and
development.
The National Center for Toxicological Research (NCTR) supports fundamental research
on the effects of chemicals regulated by the Food and Drug Administration. Although some of
the models used by NCTR may be similar to those used by EPA. the chemicals and regulatory
context vary significantly. Historically, NCTR has been a leader in developing models and
principles lor risk assessment, which has led to collaborations between EPA and NCTR
scientists.
Statutory Authority
Clean Air Act (CAA)
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA)
Clean Water Act (CWA)
Toxics Substances Control Act (TSCA)
Federal Insecticide. Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA)
Resources Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
Comprehensive Environmental Response. Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA)
Superfund Amendments Reauthorization Act (SARA)
Pood Quality Protection Act (FQPA)
Vlll-36
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Enhance Capabilities 10 Respond to Future Environmental Developments.
Enhance EPA's capabilities to anticipate, understand, and respond to future
environmental developments: conduct research in areas that combine human health and
ecological considerations; and enhance the Agency's capacity to evaluate the economic costs and
benefits and other social impacts of environmental policies.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003 FY 2004 I FY 2004 Req.
Pres. Bud. , Request v-
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
I Enhance Capabilities to Respond
i to Future Environmental
| Developments.
I Environmental Program &
Management
! Science & Technology
Total Workvears
$61.427.7 $50,965.8 ! $68,911.4
$10.877.7 $10.008.5 ; $11.027.]
$17.945.6
$].018.6
$50.550.0
169.2
$40.957.3 : $57:884.3
152.6 166.7
$] 6,927.0
Congressional]}' Mandated
Projects
Endocrine Disrupter Research
Facilities Infrastructure and
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002
Enacted
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$3,753.8
$10.353.]_
_ $2.267.8
V1I1-37
$0.0
$11.806.5
$2.177.2
FY 2004 i FY 2004 Req.
Request v-
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$0.0 $0.0
_$]J. 538.8
$2.758.?
$581.1
-------
Operations
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Management Services and
Stewardship
Regulatory Development
Research to Support Emerging
Issues
STAR Fellowships Program
FY 2002
Enacted
$1,587.6
$327.7
$7,552.3
$28,658.5
$9,748.7
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$299.1
$7,532.2
$29,150.8
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$0.0
$633.3
$7,635.5
$41,470.5
$4,875.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$0.0
$334.2
$103.3
$12,319.7
$4,875.0
FY 2004 Request
In recent years, EPA has begun moving beyond environmental regulation to
environmental protection in its broadest sense, including anticipating and preventing problems
before they develop into major concerns. Research to support EPA in this endeavor focuses on
EPA's capabilities to anticipate, understand, and respond to future environmental developments,
in areas that combine human health and ecological considerations with social science,
environmental decision-making, and estimation of environmental costs, risks, and benefits.
For FY 2004, research will continue in the areas of endocrine disrupters, mercury, and
socio-economics. EPA will undertake new research efforts in FY 2004 related to computational
toxicology, Multi-pollutant initiative research, environmental indicators work in support of the
State of the Environment Report and graduate fellowships. Research strategies and Multi-Year
Plans articulate the long-term goals, purpose, and priorities. They include a scheduled timeline
of research and assessment activities and the expected products including annual performance
goals and measures under the Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA).
Endocrine Disrupters
Evidence suggests that humans and animals, both domestic and wildlife species, have
suffered adverse health effects resulting from exposure to environmental chemicals that interact
with the endocrine system. Collectively, these chemicals are referred to as endocrine disrupting
chemicals (EDCs). Reports of reproductive effects in humans over the last four decades, and
increases in certain cancers that may have an endocrine-related basis (breast, prostate, testicular),
have led to speculation about environmental causes. Recognizing the potential scope of the
problem, the possibility of serious health effects on populations, and the persistence of some
EDCs in the environment, EPA developed a "Research Plan for Endocrine Disrupters" in 1998
(www.epa.gov/ORD/WebPubs/final/revendocrine.pdf). The EDC Research Plan was externally
VEI-38
-------
peer-reviewed by a panel convened by the Agency's Risk Assessment Forum. The objective of
the EDCs research program is to improve knowledge and understanding of endocrine disrupters
in the environment in order to improve methods of assessment and risk management. It includes
areas that are of unique importance to EPA in helping the Agency meet its legislative mandates
and that serve to improve the basic understanding of EDCs in general. EPA has also developed a
draft EDC Multi-Year Plan (MYP) that identifies the elements of the EDC Research Plan that
EPA will pursue in an integrated fashion over a seven-year time frame.
Endocrine disrupters research in FY 2004 will continue to focus on the priorities
established in the 1998 plan by developing tools to identify hazards, characterize the extent of
human and wildlife exposures to known and suspected EDCs, and manage risks from exposure
to EDCs. This research focuses on three long term goals: 1) provide a better understanding of
the science underlying the effects, exposure, assessment, and management of endocrine
disrupters; 2) determine the extent of the impact of endocrine disrupters on humans, wildlife, and
the environment; and 3) support EPA's screening and testing program mandated under the Food
Quality Protection Act of 1996 and the Safe Diinking Water Act Amendments of 1996. In FY
2004, EPA will: identify key risk assessment issues and develop guidance for assessing
endocrine disrupters; evaluate existing risk management tools to reduce exposure to EDCs;
develop and evaluate an innovative DNA mieroarray and other state-of-the-art analytical
methods for EDCs; evaluate several classes of chemicals suspected of being EDCs and
determine their potencies in laboratory studies; initiate collaborative studies with other Federal
agencies and academia to characterize the extent of EDC exposures; and ascertain the degree to
which certain EDCs adversely affect wildlife at the population level.
As in the past, EDC-related work will be organized along an integrated pathway of
effects, exposure, risk assessment, and risk management research. Effects research is needed to
determine the nature and extent of adverse effects in humans and wildlife caused by exposure to
EDCs. Efforts in this area will focus on: 1) the development and standardization of protocols
for the Agency's screening and testing program to identify endocrine disrupting chemicals, 2)
determining the unique relationship between developmental exposures (e.g., prenatal and early
postnatal) and the onset and severity of adverse health outcomes later in life (adulthood), and 3)
determining the degree to which the effects of EDCs can be extrapolated across species.
Exposure research is needed to characterize the key factors contributing to how, when,
and where EDC exposures occur and their magnitude. Efforts will focus on: 1) developing
analytical and measurement tools (DNA microarrays, etc.) for characterizing and quantifying
EDC exposures; 2) conducting pilot studies to validate these methods (collaborating with, other
ORD labs and the Regions and States); and 3) planning and conducting exposure studies to better
define the spatial and temporal variability along with the magnitude of real-world EDC
exposures. Assessment work will result hi the development of an analytical framework and
guidelines for evaluating health and ecological impacts of reported endocrine disrupters. To
achieve this, risk assessment research will: 1) identify key risk assessment issues for evaluating
endocrine disrupters; 2) identify methods to adequately evaluate data on the effects of EDCs on
human health and the environment; 3) develop a framework that supports proper assessment of
VIII-39
-------
EDCs; and 4) develop and document guidance, incorporating this framework, for assessing
EDCs.
Risk management research will identify current EDC releases that can be mitigated or
eliminated by existing risk management tools and will develop new tools to manage current and
future EDC risks. Initial efforts will focus on the following sources of exposure: 1) combustion;
2) confined animal feeding operations; 3) drinking water treatment; 4) contaminated sediments;
and 5) waste water treatment.
Computational Toxicology
The emerging sciences of genomics, computational methods and bioinformatics have
created a new opportunity to revolutionize the science used in chemical risk assessment. While
EPA has long worked toward obtaining the studies needed to reduce, refine and replace test
methods, the computational toxicology work under this objective will enable EPA to develop
approaches to reduce animal testing to a far greater extent by developing alternative techniques
for prioritizing chemicals for further testing. This computational toxicology work is within the
Molecular-level Understanding of Life Processes activity, which is one of the Administration's
six high-priority science and technology activities for federal investment.
In FY 2004, EPA will produce a peer-reviewed Computational Toxicology Research
Strategy describing how EPA will provide the proof-of-concept for several EPA problems
involving the testing requirements for endocrine disrupters and a complex class of new
pesticides where cumulative risks are a concern. The overall goal of the computational
toxicology research program is to develop more efficient approaches to reveal the sequence of
events by which aggregate and cumulative exposures to chemicals can cause adverse effects in
humans and a large number of natural populations and to incorporate the use of these methods in
risk assessments. The proof-of-concept research will demonstrate how computational toxicology
can integrate new scientific advances for reducing the cost of EPA regulations. This program
will also significantly improve risk assessment by basing risk on the key molecular events
underlying adverse effects on human health and the environment.
Mercury
Mercury is released from a variety of sources, exhibits a complicated chemistry, and
proceeds via several different pathways to humans and wildlife. After release, mercury
undergoes complicated transformations that can result in highly toxic methylmercury, an organic
form of mercury which bioaccumulates in fish and animal tissue. Methymercury is a persistent
compound posing risks of neurological and reproductive problems for human and wildlife, and
therefore is a pollutant of considerable concern.
Since the developing nervous system is more vulnerable to mercury toxicity, children
exposed to methylmercury through their mother's consumption of fish, and children who eat
large amounts of fish from local waters, can be particularly at risk of adverse effects. The
VHI-40
-------
presence of mercury in freshwater fish, particularly predator fish higher in the food chain, is the
most frequent basis for fish advisories. Predatory marine fish (tuna, swordfish, etc.,) is also a
source of mercury to humans. Almost 75 percent of all fish advisories in the United States are at
least partly due to mercury contamination in fish and shellfish. The number of states that have
issued mercury advisories has risen steadily from 27 in 1993 to 44 in 2001. As of May 2002,
seventeen states issued statewide advisories for mercury hi freshwater lakes and/or rivers.
While power generation facilities collectively are the largest remaining source of
mercury emissions to the atmosphere, there are great uncertainties associated with understanding
the fate and transport of atmospheric mercury and how to most efficiently manage this pollutant
while simultaneously meeting significant reduction targets for other pollutants. The final rule to
regulate mercury and other air toxics from powers plants is due by December 15, 2004. In
addition, the Administration has proposed the Clear Skies Initiative to cut power plant pollution,
including mercury, by 70 percent in order to protect public health.
EPA has developed a draft Mercury Multi-Year Plan, which identifies research efforts to
be worked on over a six-year time frame, that includes the elements of the Agency's externally
peer-reviewed Research Strategy for Mercury (2000). In FY 2004, the Agency's Clear Skies
Research Initiative will focus on mercury by collecting data at power plants to evaluate the
performance of continuous emission monitors (CEMs) and initiate laboratory studies to improve
EPA's understanding of atmospheric mercury fate and transport. This research, which will be
conducted to support implementation of the final rule to regulate mercury and other air toxics
from power plants, will also support the President's Clear Skies Initiative by identifying where
emerging control technologies and continuous measurement of mercury combustion sources can
facilitate or optimize mercury emissions reduction.
Major short-term products include the completion of data collection at the power plants
to evaluate the long-term performance of continuous emissions monitors (CEMs) and emerging
control technology options, and completion of the design of laboratory studies to test and
confirm hypotheses of critical atmospheric reactions observed hi field studies. For the longer-
term, major products will include: 1) state-of-the-art information for a variety of stakeholders
(EPA, states, industry) on the cost, performance, and environmental implications of mercury
control technologies taking into account the latest field study results; and 2) atmospheric
mercury fate and transport and source apportionment models and source emissions to assess how
reductions in power plant emissions have influenced atmospheric concentrations.
EPA will emphasize several other mercury-related research issues hi FY 2004, including:
1) source characterization and cataloguing from non-combustion sources; 2) assessment of key
fate and transport issues for tracking the fate of mercury from sources to concentrations in fish
tissue; 3) mercury risk communication strategies (especially to sensitive sub-populations); and 4)
disposal of excess mercury stocks and improved management of mercury wastes. Research hi
FY 2004 will reflect a greater emphasis on ecological effects assessment. Research results will
include a model provided to the states and regions capable of supporting a Total Maximum Daily
Load (TMDL) assessment of methylrnercury levels in fish resulting from atmospheric
VEI-41
-------
deposition, point sources, and internal watershed processes. This model will be used to evaluate
the relative impacts of local sources, internal cycling, and long-range transport and to predict the
responses of mercury concentrations in fish to mitigation measures.
Environmental Indicators
To measure progress in achieving cleaner air, safer water, and better-protected land
resources by assessing actual impacts on human and ecological health, new research will provide
the foundation for the Agency's Report on the Environment. This focus will move EPA beyond
its historic reliance on process indicators (e.g., decreased emissions/discharges; increased
facilities in compliance) to more direct outcome measures (e.g., improved ecological conditions,
reduced human exposures, reduced illness and disease). Indicator research has played a pivotal
role in the formulation and preparation of the first EPA SOE Report. This investment is intended
to expand this important contribution with respect to future SOE Reports. In FY 2004, EPA will
produce a technical report on the current state of environmental indicators, which will provide
the scientific basis for the FY 2004 State of the Environment Report.
Socio-Economic Research
Effective accomplishment of EPA's mission depends on understanding not only the
physical and biological effects of environmental changes, but also the behavioral causes and
consequences of those changes. The focus of socio-economic research at EPA is to develop a
better basis for making decisions using sound assessments of human behavior that affect
environmental outcomes. Priority socio-economic research identified by EPA economists and
outside experts includes: ecosystem and human health benefits valuation; decision-making
processes that incorporate non-monetized benefits; value of information; corporate
environmental behavior and the effectiveness of government interventions; and effective group
or community decision-making. The implementation strategy is outlined in EPA's draft socio-
economic MYP.
Research conducted in FY 2004 will enhance environmental decision-making by
improving the understanding of how people value the environment, and will focus on difficult
valuation issues of critical concern to environmental decision makers as they evaluate
environmental policy initiatives. This research focus is particularly important to regulatory
programs that must conduct cost-benefit analyses. Ecosystem valuation is one of the top
research priorities for agency rule development because there are extensive gaps in the
information we have about biodiversity, habitat, wildlife, and different ecosystem states.
Research on market mechanisms and incentives will support investigations that explore the
conditions under which financial and other performance incentives will achieve environmental
objectives (e.g., pollution reduction, habitat preservation) at a lower cost or more effectively than
traditional regulatory approaches. This research will also help Federal and state agencies
understand how regulated entities respond to the incentives for environmental compliance
offered through enforcement, compliance assistance, and information and voluntary mechanisms.
VEI-42
-------
Graduate Fellowships and Exploratory Grants
A blue ribbon panel of the Science Advisory Board recommended in 1994 that EPA
enhance its environmental education programs for training the next generation of scientists and
engineers. In FY 1995, the Science To Achieve Results (STAR) graduate fellowship program
was initiated to meet that challenge. This competitive, peer-reviewed program is designed to
attract some of the brightest and most dedicated students in the Nation for training in scientific
and engineering disciplines pertaining to the protection of public health and the environment.
The goal of this program is to encourage these students to pursue careers in environmentally-
related fields not only with EPA, but also with states, localities, and industry. Research
completed under the fellowship program helps resolve uncertainties associated with particular
environmental problems and focuses graduate research on priority areas. In FY 2004, the
Agency expects to support fellowships across multiple disciplines, including the biological and
physical sciences, mathematics, computer sciences, and engineering.
In FY 2004, the Exploratory Grants research program will announce an annual
solicitation for research proposals in areas where significant gaps hi scientific knowledge and
understanding exist. This program provides opportunities for individual investigators from the
academic research community to conceive, define, and propose research projects. Topics from a
broad variety of areas, such as environmental chemistry and physics, health and ecological
effects of pollution, and nanotechnology can be addressed under the Exploratory Grants
program. Nanotechnology is one of the Administration's six high-priority science and
technology activities for Federal investment. Panels of external researchers competitively review
the proposals, with only the most scientifically sound proposals ultimately receiving support.
The major program outputs are scientific articles published in peer-reviewed literature; these
publications are intended to enhance scientific knowledge and understanding, and to be used as
the basis of regulatory support work.
Improve Economic Information and Methods
In FY 2004, one of EPA's priorities is to undertake economic valuation studies that will
better quantify human health and ecological benefits from air, water and waste management
programs. Working within the Agency, with outside experts and the Office of Management and
Budget, EPA will develop guidance for Agency economists on the best methods available to
value reduced health risks from lower pollution levels. In addition, in FY 2004 EPA is
committed to continuing to improve its ability to quantify ecological benefits from
environmental improvements to better support EPA regulatory decisions and policies. EPA will
continue to develop guidance on the performance of economic analyses, and conduct peer
reviews of major economic reports.
EPA will continue to analyze the environmental impacts from changes in economic
markets anticipated to result from new international trade policies and proposals. Executive
Order 13141 mandates "careful assessment and consideration of the environmental impacts of
trade agreements," which the Agency will continue addressing through ongoing assessments and
vm-43
-------
written environmental reviews. The Agency will also continue its work to create a state-of-the-
art tool for estimating the environmental impacts of changes in economic activity.
The outputs of risk assessments and benefit-cost analyses are important considerations in
decision making at EPA. In FY 2004, EPA will continue to evaluate and refine methods for
expanding the use of risk assessment information in economic benefit analyses. EPA's
economists often present a single point estimate of the benefits and costs, creating a false sense
of precision when, in reality, the estimates are extremely uncertain. Therefore, the Agency will
continue to develop methods and guidance to improve the Agency's treatment and presentation
of uncertainty in its analyses.
EPA's Science Advisory Board will review new research and analytical methods being
considered by EPA to assess and manage environmental risks. EPA will convene economic
research and policy workshops on strategic priorities for economics at EPA, including:
measuring the economic values of reducing human mortality and morbidity risks, applying
market-based approaches to environmental management of watersheds, addressing uncertainties
in economic analyses, and valuing the benefits of protecting ecological services. Such
workshops help disseminate EPA's research needs and encourage exchanges between the policy
and research communities.
The Agency will also continue its work to better measure the costs of its regulatory
programs through support of the Census Bureau's Pollution Abatement Control and Expenditure
(PACE) survey in order to have reliable, recent cost data. This annual survey was funded by the
Department of Commerce's Bureau of the Census until approximately five years ago, when it
eliminated funding for the survey. EPA started providing the funding last year because the
PACE survey provides the core data EPA relies on for quantifying the costs of environmental
protection programs.
EPA will also continue its innovative work on environmental health indicators. These
indicators are quantifiable measures of trends over time reflecting important environmental
exposures or diseases that may be influenced, in part, by the environment. Work in 2004 will
involve the development of new indicators for aggregate exposure to air pollutants and drinking
water contaminants, biomonitoring of mercury and pesticide exposures, and the linking of
environmental data to health outcomes. Additionally, the Agency will continue its
groundbreaking work on environmental health indicators for children.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
S&T
• (+$9,119,100, +17.0 FTE) This increase reflects new resources ($3,907,500) associated
with the Computational Toxicology initiative in addition to realigned base resources
related to this work ($3,238,400, 8 FTE from Goal 8, Objectives 2 and 3 and Goal 4
Objective 3) and redirected resources ($1,973,200, 9 FTE from Goal 8, Objectives 1
VHI-44
-------
through 4 and Goal 3) to support computational toxicology work. This Computational
Toxicology work is within the Molecular-level Understanding of Life Processes activity,
which is one of the Administration's six high-priority science and technology activities
for federal investment. This initiative will enable EPA to demonstrate how to reduce the
cost and use of animal testing to a far greater extent by prioritizing data requirements and
will provide the proof-of-concept for several EPA problems involving the testing
requirements for endocrine disrupters and a complex class of new pesticides where
cumulative risks are a concern.
(+$4,875,000) This increase reflects funding to restore a portion of the STAR
fellowships program. Resources will be used to award fellowships to top graduate
students across multiple environmentally related disciplines, including the biological and
physical sciences, mathematics, computer sciences, and engineering.
(+$2,227,000, +3.0 FTE) This investment to support the Report on the Environment will
enable researchers to coordinate the development of data sets, designs, and indicators.
Researchers will work closely with an intra-agency work group to implement the
Administrator's vision for using indicators and sound science to inform performance-
based management within EPA. Work years include one new post-doctoral position and
two work years redirected from Goal 2, Objective 2 to support this investment
(+$1,465,000) This investment for the Clear Skies Initiative is needed in FY 2004 to
ensure data on emerging control and measurement technologies are available before
utility companies make commitments on how they plan to reach the targets for mercury.
This work is also needed to ensure the improved information on transport and fate can be
incorporated into air quality models in time to be useful to air quality managers.
(+$643,900, +5.5 FTE) This increase reflects the realignment and consolidation of
resources for EPA's FY 2003 Regulatory Support initiative. These resources enable EPA
scientists to be involved earlier and more often in the policy making process, helping to
determine both additional research and analyses needed and review the science
underpinning the Agency's decisions. The remaining regulatory support resources are
distributed across all eight goals, reflecting the multi-media nature and broad scope of
regulatory support work.
(-$893,600, -8.0 FTE) These resources are related to work years associated with research
characterizing the risk of long-term, continual discharge of Pharmaceuticals and Personal
Care Products (PPCPs) to water bodies and in determining the need for human health and
ecological criteria. A portion of these work years (1.8) will be redirected to Goal 2,
Objective 2 to transfer the PPCPs research program to that objective with other water
related research. Other work years (3.2) will be redirected to Goal 7 to support chemical
assessments work within the Integrated Risk Information System (TRIS) program, and the
remaining (3) work years will be redirected to support Biosolids research in Goal 2,
VHI-45
-------
EPM
Objective 2. The redirection of work years out of the PPCP program is expected to
reduce the number of measurement methods and occurrence data for PPCPs in water.
(-$428,600, -4.0 FTE) This represents a realignment of resources within this objective
involved in endocrine disruptor compounds (EDCs) related work to support
Computational Toxicology. These resources will continue to focus on EDCs under the
Computational Toxicology program.
(-$400,800, -1.0 FTE) The reduction also reflects one work year redirected to support
chemical reassessments work in Goal 7 within the Integrated Risk Information System
(IRIS) program. This reduction also reflects a decrease to the EDC research program that
will result in delays in completing research products including the development of
thyroid biomarkers and biological indicators.
(-$81,000, -0.8 FTE) These resources are being redirected to support the new Homeland
Security Research Center. This redirection will reduce bench scale research to determine
the combustion parameters that influence mercury capture in combustion systems. This
reduction is not expected to impact performance commitments.
• (+$915,300, +2.7 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located hi each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and existing
FTE.
GOAL: SOUND SCIENCE, IMPROVED UNDERSTANDING OF ENV. RISK AND
GREATER INNOVATION TO ADDRESS ENV. PROBLEMS
OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE CAPABILITIES TO RESPOND TO FUTURE
ENVIRONMENTAL DEVELOPMENTS.
VHI-46
-------
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Research
Research to Support the SOE Report
In 2004 Produce a technical report assessing the condition of environmental resources and human health, providing the scientific
foundation for a State of the Environment Report and information on areas requiring further scientific data to make sound
decisions on protecting human and environmental health.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Produce a technical report on the state of environmental 1 tech report
indicators, from which the SOE technical chapters will be
developed.
Baseline: In Nov 2001, the EPA Administrator gave direction to gather and develop information to help the EPA determine where we are
and where we need to go to make sound strategic decisions regarding human health and environmental conditions. To
accomplish this task, a document entitled the State of the Environment Report will be produced, backed by a scientifically-based
technical support document. This technical support document will incorporate baseline data and will track changes in air and
water quality, food and drinking water safety, waste management and recycling, in addition to tracking national public health
and environmental conditions and trends.
Computational Toxicology
In 2004 Develop a computational toxicology research strategy that provides the framework for research that will help fill major data gaps
for a large number of chemical testing programs and reduce the cost and use of animal testing.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Produce a computational toxicology research strategy. 1 strategy
Baseline: The objective of the Computational Toxicology Initiative is to integrate modern computing and information technology with
molecular biology to improve the Agency's prioritization of data requirements and risk assessment of chemicals. The ultimate
goal of computational toxicology research is to demonstrate the feasibility of setting mechanistically-based priorities for
chemical risk assessment and to optimize in vivo and in in vitro testing requirements through the use of computational methods
and molecular profiling afforded by the advances in emerging technologies such as proteomics and genomics. The
Computational Toxicology Initiative will require the development of a research strategy to outline research priorities and themes
that EPA should pursue over the next 5-10 years. In FY 2004, EPA will produce a research strategy that identifies major
research gaps and approaches for the development of EPA's computational toxicology research. The Computational Toxicology
Initiative started in FY2003 and involves research to evaluate key assumptions in the approach using endocrine-disrupting
chemicals. Based on principles derived from these studies, the scope of the initiative will be widened to include other chemical
classes starting in FY 2004.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Produce a technical report on the state of environmental
indicators from which the SOE technical chapters will be developed.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Vffl-47
-------
Data Quality Reviews: Technical report
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Produce a computational toxicology research strategy.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Reviews: Strategy
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
References: N/A
Coordination with Other Agencies
The broad nature of the EDCs issue necessitates a coordinated effort on both the national
and international levels. EPA has shown extensive leadership at both levels - chairing the
Committee on Environment and Natural Resources (CENR) interagency working group and
chairing a Steering Group on Endocrine Disrupters under the auspices of the International
Programme on Chemical Safety/World Health Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (IPCS/WHO/OECD). Due to the complex nature of the uncertainties posed by
endocrine disrupting chemicals, the overlapping concerns of Federal agencies, and the resource
constraints on the Federal budget, close coordination and cooperation among Federal agencies
are essential to the resolution of critical research questions. While the CENR provides the
umbrella for this coordination, individual agencies are responsible for the development of their
own independent research plans.
Vni-48
-------
EPA is also conducting aggressive outreach efforts with other Federal Agencies in an
effort to build collaborative partnerships for the Computational Toxicology Research Program;
discussions are currently underway with the National Institute of Environmental and Health
Sciences (NIEHS) and the American Chemistry Council. Additionally, research coordination
efforts with the Department of Defense (DOD) and the Department of Energy's (DOE) Sandia
National Laboratory are also planned.
Under EPA's leadership, an inventory of Federal research on endocrine disruption has
been developed and is used to evaluate Federal efforts, identify research gaps and establish
priorities, and clarify governmental roles and responsibilities. Working with other nations, EPA
has expanded the U.S. Federal inventory to include projects from Canada, Japan, and Europe and
has turned it into a Global Endocrine Disrupters Research Inventory with close to 800 projects.
The IPCS/WHO/OECD Steering Group on Endocrine Disrupters has developed a "Global State-
of-the-Science Review," which was made available August 12th, 2002. Both the inventory and
the international assessment result from recommendations made at the 1997 G-8 Environmental
Ministers' Meeting. In FY 2004, EPA will continue to collaborate with European countries
under the U.S.-EU Science and Technology Agreement and with Japanese scientists under the
U.S.-Japan Science and Technology Agreement.
EPA is in a unique position to focus Federal pollution prevention efforts in the critical
area of mercury research. Progress has been made in organizing the concepts and ideals of
pollution prevention in the private sector, but much work remains. The Agency, through
partnerships with private sector companies, non-profits, other Federal agencies, universities, and
states, including California EPA, has worked to identify and control human exposure to methyl-
mercury. EPA has also been working with the Department of Energy and the U.S. Geological
Survey to address risk management issues associated with mercury emissions from utilities.
EPA will continue to support jointly sponsored economic workshops with other
regulatory agencies, such as the Food and Drug Administration and Department of Agriculture,
to address the economic valuation of human health effects. These workshops on economics and
environmental policy will continue to draw upon EPA-sponsored economic research, facilitating
information exchanges among academic and Federal regulatory agency representatives.
The Agency will continue to support jointly sponsored economic workshops with other
regulatory agencies, such as efforts under way with the Office of Management and Budget and
the Department of Health and Human Services to address valuation of human health effects.
Additionally, the Agency will continue to support the Census Bureau's Pollution Abatement
Control and Expenditure (PACE) survey in order to have reliable, recent cost data.
VIII-49
-------
Statutory Authorities
Clean Air Act (CAA) and amendments
Environmental Research, Development and Demonstration Act (ERDDA)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (F1FRA)
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) of 1996
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) and amendments
Toxic Substances Control Act. sections 4, 5, and 6 (]5 U.S.C. 2603. 2604, and 2605)
Clean Water Act sections 304 and 308 (33 U.S.C. 1312. 13] 4,1318,1329-3330,1443)
Safe Drinking Water Act section 1412 (42 U.S.C. 210. 300g-l)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act/HSWA: (33 U.S.C. 40(TV)(2761)r 42 U.S.C.
82(VIlI)(698]-6983))
Clean Air Act: 42 U.S.C. 85(1)(A)(7403, 7412, 7429. 7545r 7612)
Comprehensive Environmental Response. Compensation, and Liability Act. 42 U.S.C.
103(1II)(9651)
Pollution Prevention Act (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)
Federal Technology Transfer Aci
Vlll-50
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science. Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Improve Environmental Systems Management.
Provide tools and technologies to improve environmental systems management while
continuing to prevent and control pollution and reduce human health and ecological risks
originating from multiple economic sectors.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002 FY 2003 | FY 2004 FY 2004 Req. !
Actuals Pres. Bud. ! Request v-
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
Improve Environmental Systems $54.429.8 $52.274.1 $45,446.9
Management. '__
Environmental Program & $5;418.2 $2.706.]' $3,270.6
($6.827.2)
$564.5 ''
Management
$419.5
$2.468.0
$743.0
($1.725.0)
Hazardous Substance Superiund
Science & Technology _ $AS,592.1_ $47.100.0 $41,433.3 ($5?666.7)
Total Workyears _ 145.]_ J46^6_i 143.0_ -3.6
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
1 Congressionally Mandated
! Projects
; Environmental Technolog)
1 Verification (ETV)
Facilities Infrastructure and
FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004 ! FY 2004 Req.
Enacted Pres. Bud. Request v-
1 FY 2003 Pres
_ Bud _
$13.512.1 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0
$3.607.7 $3.617.6 $3.682.0
$2.290.0 $2.084.0 $2.352.3
$64.4
$268.3
VIJ1-51
-------
Operations
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Research to Support Pollution
Prevention
FY2002
Enacted
$40.4
$251.9
$382.0
$37,672.9
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,875.0
$270.7
$351.4
$44,075.4
FY 2004
Request
$625.0
$282.2
$636.1
$37,869.3
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($1,250.0)
$11.5
$284.7
($6,206.1)
FY 2004 Request
EPA has developed and evaluated tools and technologies to monitor, prevent, control,
and clean-up pollution throughout its history. The emphasis of the Agency's programs in the
1970's and 1980's was to identify viable options for controlling or remediating environmental
problems. Over the last decade, the Agency has turned its attention more and more to pollution
prevention (P2) when addressing high-risk human health and the environmental problems. A
preventive approach requires: (1) innovative design and production techniques that minimize or
eliminate environmental liabilities; (2) holistic approaches to utilizing air, water and land
resources; and (3) fundamental changes in the creation of goods and services and their delivery
to consumers. The authorizing legislation for this research conies from the Pollution Prevention
Act of 1990 that reads in part "The EPA should coordinate with appropriate offices to promote
source reduction practices in other Federal agencies, and generic research and development on
techniques and processes which have broad applicability."
The purpose, goals and associated research directions for EPA's research program on
pollution prevention and new technologies (P2NT) are found in EPA's externally peer-reviewed
Pollution Prevention Research Strategy (1998). The draft P2NT Multi-Year Plan (MYP) serves
to translate the strategic directions of the Pollution Prevention Research Strategy into a year-by-
year plan with specific goals and measures. In FY 2000, in cooperation with EPA's Office of
Research and Development, the EPA's Office of Inspector General (OIG) conducted a pilot-
scale program evaluation of research within this objective. The OIG evaluation noted EPA had
made significant progress in its Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA) efforts. The
evaluation has been used to further improve EPA's P2NT research program.
Pollution Prevention and New Technologies
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to move from one-dimensional solutions involving
a single medium/single pollutant to an integrated, systems-based approach stressing
VEI-52
-------
sustainability. EPA will accomplish its holistic approach to P2NT through research on pollution
prevention tools and technologies, environmental systems management, the National
Environmental Technology Competition and the Environmental Technology Verification (ETV)
program. Pollution prevention research in FY 2004 will: (1) provide methods and models for
management and prevention of source-specific emissions that threaten public health and
ecological systems; (2) develop more flexible and useful lifecycle assessment methods; (3)
incorporate lifecycle and cost engineering concepts into industrial process simulators; (4)
improve the ability to measure and objectively evaluate the environmental and human health
impacts of risk management options; and (5) advance impact assessment theories,
methodologies, and tools, including the capability to address such non-chemical impacts as
resource depletion, habitat alteration, and decreased biodiversity. This research will also
accelerate the adoption and incorporation of pollution prevention by developing, testing, and
demonstrating technologies and approaches applicable across economic sectors. In a broader
context, pollution prevention tools and technologies research will continue expanding beyond its
traditional focus on industrial sectors to other sectors (e.g., energy, agriculture) and ecosystems.
Green chemistry involves the design of chemicals and alternative chemical syntheses that
do not use toxic feedstock, reagents, or solvents, and do not produce toxic by-products or co-
products. Green chemistry research will contribute to the development of safer commercial
substances and environmentally friendly chemical syntheses. This type of research is conducted
in partnership with the National Science Foundation (NSF) through EPA's Technology for a
Sustainable Environment (TSE) program, which supports the development of cutting-edge P2
technologies based on research hi chemistry, chemical engineering, industrial ecology, and
manufacturing methods. Academic research in green chemistry research is conducted through
EPA's Science to Achieve Results (STAR) program. Proposals for green chemistry research are
chosen through a highly selective, peer-reviewed, competitive process. Research efforts will
explore benign chemical synthesis, reformulation of products, substitution of alternative
chemicals (solvent replacement), bioengineering; and in-process changes hi order to reduce
harmful emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), global warming compounds, and
persistent bioaccumulative toxics (PBTs).
The Agency will continue to support prevention, minimization, and, when possible,
elimination of PBTs by improving methods for their identification and testing. These pollutants
pose risks because they are toxic, persist in ecosystems, and accumulate in fish and up the food
chain. EPA has committed, as outlined in the Agency's Multimedia Strategy for Persistent
Bioaccumulative and Toxic (PBT) Chemicals, to create a coordinated, Agency-wide system that
will address the multimedia issues associated with priority PBT pollutants. This research is
necessary because conventional pollution control techniques will not provide a long-term,
sustainable solution. PBTs must eventually be eliminated at their source through process
changes or chemical substitution in products. Research will focus on the following areas: (1)
dioxins/furans and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); (2) persistent organic pollutants; (3)
mercury - from source characterization to retirement of mercury stocks; and (4) the development
of a national routine PBT monitoring strategy. By concentrating on these areas, EPA will
advance the understanding of exposure, assessment, and management of PBTs while
VHI-53
-------
simultaneously working toward PBT prevention. EPA measures progress on actions under the
Agency's multimedia strategy through environmental and human health indicators (e.g., reduced
levels of PBTs in human blood or fish tissue), chemical release, waste generation, use indicators
and other measures.
Environmental Systems Management
Environmental systems management (ESM) research endeavors to integrate
environmental management with economic development and social equity, while simultaneously
expanding environmental stewardship by industries, governments, and citizens. The ESM
program plan was the subject of a consultation by the Environmental Engineering Committee of
the EPA Science Advisory Board (SAB) in March 2001, While a formal report was not required
or issued for such a consultation, the Committee unanimously supported the overall direction and
goal of the research program. FY 2004 research in this area will focus on obtaining preliminary
results from applying market based incentives and principles of law to managing wet-weather
flows; field data and land use models; and applying methods for evaluating conventional crops
for sustainable agriculture and chemical production technologies.
National Environmental Technology Competition
EPA will also facilitate the adoption of innovative environmental technologies by the
public and private sectors through the third component of this objective, the National
Environmental Technology Competition (NETC). In FY 2004, EPA will develop competitive
solicitations for cost-effective technologies to help small communities meet the new arsenic
drinking water standard. Technologies meeting certain criteria will be verified for performance
and an external peer review panel will select the most-promising technologies. This competitive
process is expected to show tangible, measurable results for developing cost-effective solutions
for arsenic removal from drinking water and other such vexing problems.
Small Business Innovation Research Program
EPA's Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) Program, created by the Small Business
Innovation Development Act of 1982 and funded through a 2.5% set-aside of the Agency's
extramural research and development budget, makes awards to small, high-tech firms to help
develop and move new environmental tools and technologies from "proof of concept" to
commercialization. Proposals are evaluated and judged on a competitive basis by external peer
reviewers. The SBIR program targets research to prevent pollution, reduce water and air
pollution, manage solid and hazardous wastes, and improve environmental monitoring.
Recognizing that the expense of carrying out research and development programs is often
beyond the means of small businesses, SBIR participants receive both financial and technical
assistance in developing and commercializing technologies according to the anticipated market.
The technologies developed under SBIR help the regulated community meet environmental
VHI-54
-------
requirements in a more cost-effective manner; enable industry to reduce the use of toxic and
hazardous materials in production processes, and in recovering and recycling materials for reuse;
and provide new approaches to designing more environmentally-friendly products.
Environmental Technology Verification
Technology purchasers and venture capitalists have historically viewed technology
vendor-supplied performance data with skepticism. This has limited the commercial
development and use of more innovative technologies. The ETV program provides government
management to ensure scientific relevance, fairness, and consistency in evaluating environmental
technologies. ETV is a voluntary, market-based verification program for commercial-ready
technologies, with over 1,800 stakeholders who represent diverse interests within the
environmental arena. The goal of ETV is to verify the performance characteristics of private-
sector-developed technologies so that purchasers, users, and permit writers have the information
they need to make environmentally sound decisions. The program is designed so that, as the
value of ETV verification becomes more broadly appreciated, technology developers will be
required to cover an increasing share of the verification costs. The program cost share for
vendors in the program is projected to increase from approximately 17 percent in FY 2001 to
approximately 25 percent of program costs by FY 2004. The ETV program has been reviewed
twice by EPA's SAB since its inception in 1995. During the second review, the SAB concluded
with this remark: "The scarcity of independent and credible technology verification information
is one critical barrier to the use of innovative environmental technologies. Therefore, the
verification testing information that is provided by the ETV program fulfills an essential need of
the environmental technology marketplace."
By the end of FY 2004, the ETV program will have verified over 260 technologies since
program inception. It will have also developed over 70 generic testing protocols for the entire
research and testing community, and will have data on their performance available for public
use. Technology verifications during FY 2004 will focus on advanced monitoring; air pollution
control; greenhouse gas abatement; drinking water systems; and water protection. EPA will
continue to enhance program outreach efforts through the ETV website, national conferences and
workshops, and state permit writer training. ETV is also providing technology verifications
during FY 2002 in water security and building decontamination as part of EPA's Homeland
Security efforts.
Homeland Security
Research in the areas of water security and rapid risk assessment will support the award
of contracts to small business with technologies that advance the Agency's homeland security
research program, via the Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) program. Emphasis will
be placed on: developing and testing technologies to detect, contain, decontaminate, and dispose
of chemical and biological contaminants as well as developing practices and procedures that
VHI-55
-------
provide rapid risk assessment protocols for chemical and biological agents. Current ETV project
managers will shift a portion of their time away from existing ETV programs to focus more
attention on the ETV component of the Building Homeland Security program.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
S&T
• (+$487,500) This increase relates to resources set aside for the Small Business
Innovation Research (SBIR) Program. This includes the S&T appropriation portion of
the $25,000,000 Homeland Security resources in FY 2004.
• (-$6,700,000) This decrease represents a partial reduction to funding for the National
Environmental Technology Competition (NETC) program. The remaining funds will be
used to solicit and award technologies for arsenic removal in drinking water. These
technologies will be aimed at assisting small community water suppliers meet the new
arsenic drinking water standard by FY 2006.
• (-$917,700, -4.6 FTE) This reduction represents resources redirected to support the new
Homeland Security Research Center. Research efforts within the Environmental
Technology Verification (ETV) program will be shifted away from evaluating new
technologies to prevent emissions from indoor sources and greenhouse gases toward
addressing disposal issues associated with building materials contaminated by biological
or chemical agents.
• (-$400,000) This reduction affects the Technology for Sustainable Environment (TSE)
program conducted in partnership with NSF. Specifically, research to develop and
communicate risk-based design tools for industrial processes using the industrial ecology
concept will be delayed. These resources will be redirected to Goal 8 Objective 2 to
support the National Children's Study.
• (-$223,200, -2.0 FTE) This reduction represents resources redirected to support
Computational Toxicology work under Goal 8 Objective 3. This redirection from
pollution prevention research will result in delays to ongoing research into innovative life
cycle analysis and impact assessment tools used by decision makers evaluating
alternative products and processes. This redirection is not expected to impact
performance commitments in FY 2004.
Superfund
• (-$1,725,000) This reduction for SBIR in the Superfund appropriation reflects the
reduced resources for Homeland Security in the FY 2004 President's Budget.
VEI-56
-------
EPM
• (+$553,000, +2.3 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and existing
FTE.
GOAL: SOUND SCIENCE, IMPROVED UNDERSTANDING OF ENV. RISK AND
GREATER INNOVATION TO ADDRESS ENV. PROBLEMS
OBJECTIVE: IMPROVE ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Research
New Technologies
In 2004 Verify 35 air, water, greenhouse gas, and monitoring technologies so that States, technology purchasers, and the public wiU have
highly credible data and performance analyses on which to make technology selection decisions.
In 2003 Develop 10 testing protocols and complete 40 technology verifications for a cumulative Environmental Technology Verification
(ETV) program total of 230 to aid industry, states, and consumers in choosing effective technologies to protect the public and
environment from high risk pollutants.
In 2002 EPA formalized generic testing protocols for technology performance verification, and provided additional performance
verifications of pollution prevention, control and monitoring technologies in all environmental media.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Complete 20 stakeholder approved and peer-reviewed test 20 protocols
protocols in all environmental technology categories under
ETV, and provide mem to testing organizations world-wide.
Verify and provide information to States, technology 40 verifications
purchasers, and the public on 40 air, water, pollution
prevention and monitoring technologies for BE ETV
programmatic total of 230 verifications.
Complete an additional 10 stakeholder approved and peer- 10 protocols
reviewed test protocols in all environmental technology
categories under ETV, and provide them to international
testing organizations.
Through the ETV program, verify the performance of 35 35 verifications
commercial-ready environmental technologies.
Vffl-57
-------
Baseline: Actual environmental risk reduction is directly related to performance and effectiveness of environmental technologies
purchased and used. Private sector technology developers produce almost all the new technologies purchased in the US and
around the world. Purchasers and permitters of environmental technologies need an independent, objective, high quality source
of performance information in order to make more informed decisions; and vendors with innovative, improved, faster and
cheaper environmental technologies need a reliable source of independent evaluation to be able to penetrate the environmental
technology market. In FY 2004, the Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) program will verify 35 additional
technologies for a programmatic total of over 250 verifications, making data on their pending performance available for public
use as well.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Through the Environmental Technology Verification
(ETV) program, verify the performance of 35 commercial-ready environmental
technologies.
Performance Database: Program output; no internal tracking system
Data Source: N/A
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures:
Verifications consist of the following steps:
1) based on generic verification protocols if available, the specific test/QA plan for each
product is developed and agreed to by EPA, the testing partner, and the vendors;
2) the product is tested using the procedures outlined in the test/QA plan;
3) audits of the test event are conducted by EPA and the partners, and rigorous QA
evaluations of the resulting test data are performed;
4) after testing and analysis, the partner drafts the verification statements and reports which
are reviewed by EPA, the participating vendors, and peer reviewers; and
5) after addressing review comments and receiving approval from EPA management, EPA
and the partner sign the verification statements.
Data Quality Reviews: Verifications
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
vm-58
-------
References: N/A
Coordination with Other Agencies
In partnership with the National Science Foundation (NSF), EPA's Technology for a
Sustainable Environment (TSE) program supports the development of cutting-edge pollution
prevention technology through chemistry, chemical engineering, industrial ecology, and
manufacturing. The EPA/NSF partnership in TSE is entering its seventh year of supporting
research to prevent pollution at its source. Under the Persistent Bioaccumulative Toxics (PBT)
program, EPA has been working with the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), the National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC) to develop a national routine PBT monitoring strategy. Through the integration of
existing monitoring programs, this new strategy will ultimately meet the mutual monitoring
objectives of EPA and other Federal agencies.
EPA has contributed projects to the Department of Defense's (DOD's) Strategic
Environmental Research and Development Program (SERDP), with particular emphasis on the
pollution prevention pillar and the use of lifecycle thinking in addressing the production and
manufacture of weapons and military hardware. Preliminary contacts have been made with the
Department of Agriculture (USDA) regarding lifecycle analysis and a preventive approach for
the development and advancement of biologically and genetically-altered products.
Additionally, EPA and DOD's U.S. Army Corps of Engineers will continue addressing the costs
and benefits associated with the implementation of new engineering projects and technologies in
order to understand and respond to the economic impacts of environmental innovation.
With respect to the Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) program, EPA has co-
funded efforts to verify the performance of site characterization and monitoring devices with the
Department of Energy's (DOE) Sandia and Oak Ridge National Laboratories. EPA signed a
Memorandum of Agreement with DOD to verify jointly environmental technologies that are of
mutual interest to EPA and DOD's Environmental Science and Technology Evaluation program.
In June 2001, the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) and EPA signed a Memorandum of Agreement to
verify jointly the performance of innovative environmental technologies to control ballast water
discharges that may contain invasive species and that have had significant and adverse
economical and ecological impacts.
Statutory Authorities
Clean Air Act
Safe Drinking Water Act
Clean Water Act
Toxic Substances Control Act
VHI-59
-------
Federal Insecticide. Fungicide, and Rodenticide Aci
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
Superiund Amendments Reauthorization Act
Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990
Pollution Prevention Act of 1990
V1I1-60
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science. Improved Understanding of Env, Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Quantify Environmental Results of Partnership Approaches.
Increase partnership-based projects with counties, cities, states, tribes, resource
conservation districts, and/or bioregions. bringing together needed external and internal
stakeholders, and quantify the tangible and sustainable environmental results of integrated.
holistic, partnership approaches,
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY2002 j FV2003 ' FY 2004 FY 2004 Req.
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request v-
I FY 2003 Pres
Bud
Management
Total Workveari
ronmenta) Results
» Approaches.
Program &
rs
$9,276.2
$9;276.2 .
i
20.6
$9.058.4
$9,058.4
18.0
$9,036.8
$9,036.8 =
16j.6j_
($21.6)
($21.6)'
-1.4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY2002 FY2003 FY 2004 FY 2004 Req.
Enacted i Pres. Bud, Request v-
i FY 2003 Pres
Bud
Congressionally Mandated $700.0, $0.0 $0.0 $0.0
Projects
Facilities h
I Operations
\ Legal Services
I Man a g em en
[ Stewardship
V1H-6]
(Structure and
services and
$215.6
$47.3
$100.6
$243.9
$53.3
$112.1
$222.6 ;
$55.4
.$3.1
($19,3)
$2.]
($109.0)
-------
Regional Geographic Program
FY 2002
Enacted
$7,609.2
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$8,651,1
FY 2004
Request
$8,755.7
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$104.6
FY 2004 Request
The Regional Geographic Initiative Program (RGI) is an effective tool that the Agency's
Regional offices use to achieve a balance between flexibility in responding to state and local
needs while adhering to national priorities. The issues addressed by this program are often
multi-media in nature and showcase innovative solutions. Many RGI projects are critical
components of larger Agency programs and the Regions use RGI to further such initiatives as
children's health, watersheds, clear skies, and environmental stewardship.
The value returned by projects funded through the RGI Program are:
• increased flexibility to respond to strategic regional, state, and local priorities outside
traditional EPA program boundaries;
• additional "leveraged" funds from states, localities, non-profit, private, and other
sources that contribute to environmental improvement;
« enhanced innovation;
* holistic, multi-media and/or cross programmatic approaches to solving environmental
programs;
• increased focus on environmental outcomes, rather than activity measures; and
• added stakeholder involvement and participation in project development and
implementation.
In FY 2002, the environmental projects supported by the RGI Program received an
average of $14 from our environmental partners for every $1 received from the RGI program.
This 14-to-l ratio is a noteworthy level of leveraging that emphasizes the environmental benefits
of forming partnerships to implement the projects funded by this program.
Working- with communities to find cost effective solutions that work for them, ensuring
involvement of all stakeholders in the process, and leveraging resources from federal, state and
private sectors are all critical components of the RGI program. The success of the RGI approach
in resolving environmental and health issues supports Agency priorities as we continue to move
beyond single-media approaches. In addition, the RGI program provides an essential tool for the
VIII-62
-------
regions in the continuing evolution of their role as program implementers with a focus on finding
innovative solutions to complex environmental problems.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM-
* (-$128,300, -1.4 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
There are increases for payroll, cost of living and enrichment for new and existing FTE.
Statutory Authorities
Multi-Media
VHI-63
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science. Improved Understanding ol'Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Incorporate Innovative Approaches.
Incorporate innovative approaches 10 environmental management into EPA programs, so
that EPA and external partners achieve greater and more cost-effective public health and
environmental protection.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY2002 FY2003 FY 2004 FY 2004 Req.
Actuals ! Pres. Bud. Request v-
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
Incorporate Innovative $26.070.7 $29,787.9 $31,939.0 $2,151.1
Approaches. ;
Environmental Program & $25,720.7 $29/787.9 $31.939.0 $2,] 51.1
Management
Science & Technology ._ $350.0 _ $0.0 SO-Oj $0.0
Total Workvears 112.9 126.7 127.4 0.7
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY2002 FY2003 FY 2004 I FY 2004 Req.
Enacted i Pres. Bud. Request v-
i FY 2003 Pres
Bud
Common Sense Initiative $J1.838.7_ ...$Q.O $0.0 $0.0
Congressional]y Mandated $1.000.0 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0
Projects _ _
Facilities Infrastructure and $1.784.4 $1.821.7 S2.143.8 $322.]
Operations
Legal_ Service* $380.3 _?409.3 S^-l^ $17.8
VII1-64
-------
Management Services and
Stewardship
Performance Track
Regulatory Development
Small Business Ombudsman
FY 2002
Enacted
$186.1
$1,834.6
$13,251.3
$3,049.1
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$168.7
$1,834.6
$22,429.6
$3,124.0
FY 2004
Request
$244.0
$1,834.6
$24,140.8
$3,148.7
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$75.3
$0.0
$1,711.2
$24.7
FY 2004 Request
The Agency will continue critical effort to improve the Agency=s regulatory and policy
development process. In 2004, the Agency will strengthen the policy analysis of key regulatory
and non-regulatory actions, improve the economic analysis underlying Agency actions, and
enhance the regulatory and policy action information management system. The multimedia
analysis will include policy option analysis, regulatory analysis, and analysis of innovative
policy approaches. Work will also be directed at strengthening accountability to stakeholders by
improving the quality and availability of regulatory data to stakeholders.
In 2004, EPA will continue to ensure that better information is available to Agency
decision-makers, including consideration of a broader set of policy options for priority
regulations and policy development activities. Particular areas of concentration will be on
ensuring appropriate management attention throughout the development process, appropriate
cross-office participation in priority rule makings, and better analytic research (e.g., economic,
policy, science and legal) planning. EPA will conduct cross-media and strategic policy analysis
on crosscutting policy areas to identify more cost-effective and innovative approaches. In
addition, the Agency will concentrate on identifying alternatives that improve the environment
with the least disruption or cost to the economy. EPA will improve management accountability
related to regulation and policy development by incorporating performance measures into its
regulatory and policy development tracking system.
Another priority will be to implement the commitments and address the focus areas
included in the elements of the Agency's Innovation Strategy, a broad-based, Agency-wide
strategy for achieving better results from environmental programs at less cost. Specifically,
work in 2004 will include further integrating State innovation efforts; developing new tools and
approaches; adapting the culture and management systems to foster innovation; and focusing on
measuring and evaluating results and moving successful innovations into broader application in
policies and regulations.
In support of the Innovations Strategy, EPA is establishing a competitive grant assistance
program that will support state innovation projects. This program is a major effort to direct
Vffl-65
-------
innovation toward solving critical environmental problems and to develop a compelling set of
innovative management and technological tools. This competitive grant assistance program will
focus on strategic goals, identified through a collegial process involving states and EPA's
regional offices, and designed to target specific problems that are inhibiting states from
achieving superior environmental results. The program will leverage state funds as a criterion
for grant selection.
In support of developing new tools and approaches, EPA will pursue assistance programs
and promote stewardship and independent environmental responsibility in sectors, facilities, and
communities. In the course of this work, the Agency will continue to work closely with states,
tribes, and local governments, and will pay particular attention to the needs of small- and
medium-sized businesses.
The Innovations Strategy also charges EPA to adapt its culture and management
processes to foster innovation. EPA will invest in developing a more structured system of
organizational learning to gain the maximum benefit from innovative efforts. EPA is continuing
to explore changes in organizational systems that may address ingrained, cultural resistance to
innovation. Such changes may run the gamut from strengthening public involvement in Agency
decision-making, to finding creative ways of directing resources to support entrepreneurial,
innovative initiatives, to recognizing and rewarding innovators across the Agency.
The Innovations Strategy highlights the importance of effecting Asystem change® so as
to make full use of innovations that have been tested and found promising. Such system change
may take the form of improvements in specific regulatory programs (potentially impacting the
results and outcomes planned in most of the Agency's goals). It may also involve more
ambitious changes from current approaches: for example, promoting the use of a sector-based,
multi-media approach for addressing small sources based on the Massachusetts Environmental
Results Program.
A newly invigorated sectors strategies program will promote enhanced environmental
performance in a broad array of high-priority industries. The Agency will complement current
EPA activities by using holistic, cross-media approaches for each industry sector. The sector-
based approach will enable EPA to tailor efforts to the particular characteristics and needs of
each sector and craft innovative approaches to solve environmental problems. In 2004, EPA will
continue to work with its state co-regulators to encourage industry development of
environmental management systems and initiate other projects to foster continuous improvement
in environmental performance. EPA will address major innovation and performance barriers
with specific industries. The Agency will use sector programs to bridge the gap between
innovative pilots and mainstream program change, as well as build consideration of sector-
specific solutions into the development of regulations and policy/guidance documents. The
Agency will then disseminate recommended tools and services through SectorStar.
In the process of developing sector approaches, EPA will continue to add to the set of
tools it uses to effectively and efficiently deliver environmental quality, promote pollution
Vffl-66
-------
prevention, and increase risk reduction. EPA will continue to rely on compliance assurance,
voluntary programs, stakeholder involvement, and new sector-based approaches to ensure
quicker, more reliable, and more effective results than those attained solely through the
traditional tools of standard setting, permitting and enforcement. In support of these strategies,
EPA will continue to implement projects that offer flexibility or other benefits to test innovative
approaches to environmental protection.
EPA is receiving a large and growing number of requests from states, local governments,
the private sector, and non-governmental organizations for assistance in addressing the
environmental issues associated with growth and development. The Agency will continue to
help state and local governments, as well as communities, achieve their environmental goals
using smart growth approaches. Smart growth approaches will be integrated into environmental
improvement efforts across the Agency. EPA will also develop regulatory incentives that will
encourage redevelopment within metropolitan areas and help preserve watersheds, open spaces,
and habitats. These incentives will also encourage more environmentally friendly development
in rural areas.
In 2004, EPA will continue to implement and expand the National Environmental
Performance Track program. The Agency will increase the value of participation in Performance
Track by enhancing the benefits and services that members receive. These enhancements will
reduce administrative burdens on facilities due to the Agency's issuance of the final Phase I
rulemaking. The Agency will also enhance the value of Performance Track as a learning
network by completing a "Best Practices" database of innovative practices and tools and by
expanding its regional networking for diffusing information about best practices among
participants.
EPA will work to deliver proposed regulatory incentives to top environmental
performers. The Agency will further explore and develop new regulatory incentives and
opportunities for information exchange to encourage better environmental performance. EPA
will continue to work with states through pilots, Memoranda of Agreements, and other vehicles
to help develop state capacity and cooperation to implement Performance Track and equivalent
state programs. EPA will consider incentive projects suggested by internal or external
stakeholders, and will work with program offices to foster flexibility in regulations, policy, and
guidance and continue reforms in the permitting system. The Agency will continue to conduct
application reviews and compliance screens to ensure quality members; site visits to ensure that
facilities continue to perform as stated in their applications; and program measurement and
reporting to demonstrate the environmental benefits achieved through superior facility
performance. EPA also will explore the development of a program to recognize and reward
organizations that are truly environmental stewards in terms of their business practices,
environmental performance, and public outreach.
EPA's community-based approach works to provide integrated assessment tools and
information for environmental protection in partnership with local, state, and Tribal
governments. EPA's Regions also provide direct assistance to communities to assist them in
vm-67
-------
implementing local environmental management efforts and in building capacity for local
problem solving. In 2004, EPA will assist local communities with identifying measures of
performance and will conduct evaluations of existing projects.
During 2004, the Agency will encourage the widespread use of Environmental
Management Systems (EMS) across a wide range of organizations and settings. The Agency
will develop additional experience to determine how EMS can help business and government to
improve their compliance record, promote "beyond compliance" environmental performance,
and improve operational efficiencies. EPA will integrate EMS approaches into several of its
assistance and collaborative programs, including Sector Strategies, Performance Track, and
Small Business. EPA will build capacity to implement performance-based EMS within EPA,
other federal agencies, state and local governments, and the business community.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$1,500,000) This request will fund competitive assistance agreements that support
state innovation projects.
• (+$397,400, +0.7 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts hi
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18,5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living and enrichment for new and existing
FTE.
Statutory Authorities
National Environmental Policy Act
The Economy Act of 1932
Toxic Substances Control Act sections 4,5, and 6 (15 U.S.C. 2603,2604, and 2605)
Pollution Prevention Act (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)
Clean Water Act
Vffl-68
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Demonstrate Regional Capability to Assist Environmental Decision Making.
Demonstrate regional capability to assist environmental decision making by assessing
environmental conditions and trends, health and ecological risks, and the environmental
effectiveness of management action in priority geographic areas.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
•
Demonstrate Regional Capability
to Assist Environmental Decision
Making.
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$6,088.7
$3,284.8
$2,803.9
2.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$6,591.8
$3,647.1
$2,944.7
3.0
FY 2004
Request
$6,607.6
$3,662.9
$2,944.7
3.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$15.8
$15.8
$0.0
0.0
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Management Services and
Stewardship
Regional Science and Technology
Superfund Remedial Actions
FY 2002
Enacted
$156.1
$2.2
$3,574.9
$2,944.7
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$43.6
$1.7
$3,601.8
$2,944.7
FY2004
Request
$50.8
$2.9
$3,609.2
$2,944.7
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$7.2
$1.2
$7.4
$0.0
VHI-69
-------
FY 2004 Request
This request supports the capital budget for acquisition of laboratory and field equipment
for the Regional Science and Technology (RS&T) Program. RS&T activities support all of the
Agency's national programs and goals. In FY 2004, the laboratory equipment will provide
support for Regional implementation of the Agency's statutory mandates through:
• Field Operations for environmental sampling and monitoring,
• Regional Laboratories for environmental analytical testing,
• Quality Assurance oversight and data management support, and
• Laboratory Accreditation.
The Field Operations Unit is responsible for sample collection with established protocols
for chain-of-custody documentation. The regional laboratories offer a full range of routine and
special chemical and biological testing and/or monitoring in support of regional and national
programs including air, water, pesticides, toxics, hazardous waste, ambient monitoring,
compliance monitoring, criminal and civil enforcement and special projects. Also,
environmental assessments and reports are generated for a specific location, area, or region of the
country from information collected and laboratory analysis completed by the Field Operations
Unit. The Agency begins the process, for developing our State of the Environment Reports by
collecting data using established protocols and chain-of-custody procedures and documentation.
High quality data and analysis is the foundation for a national report on the state of the
environment that helps identify priorities, focus resources on areas of greatest concern and
manage our work to achieve measurable results. Quality Assurance and Sampling Protocol Plans
are developed for each sample prior to analyses being completed or samples being collected.
Field Operations takes the initial charge of supplying and collecting quality analytical data,
including hazardous waste sampling and sampling required in criminal cases. On a longer-term
basis, this Unit conducts the critical functions of ambient and compliance monitoring, and
provides training and technical assistance in a variety of fields.
The RS&T Program provides in-house scientific expertise and technical capabilities in
the generation of data for Agency decisions, and in response to emergencies. RS&T divisions
support the development of critical and timely data and data review activities. This expertise is
also utilized in oversight of state and private laboratory certification for the National Drinking
Water Program. The scientific expertise is used to provide advice, expert testimony, and critical
environmental analyses hi Regional and National program decisions, and civil and criminal
litigation and enforcement cases.
Within the Regional Laboratory system, specialized expertise has been developed to
respond to specific Regional needs. These capabilities, collectively called the Centers of
Applied Science, have broad application and frequently constitute the best knowledge of applied
science in the country. Through these Centers of Applied Science, the Regional laboratories are
committed to advancing state-of-the-art applied science and sharing that information with state,
VHI-70
-------
local, and other federal agencies through training and other appropriate forums. The Centers
have been established in the areas of ambient air monitoring, analytical pollution prevention,
environmental biology, environmental microbiology, and environmental chemistry. At these
centers, the Agency establishes, by means of scientific data, the State of the Environment
Reports for a geographic location, area, or region of the country.
Quality Assurance activities ensure that data and information management systems,
including data quality indicators, will be in place to enable EPA and partner agencies to locate,
assess, and share environmental data for their program needs. Quality assurance also ensures
that data collected for our State of the Environment Reports meets recognized levels of quality
from sampling procedures, data documentation, analytical methodology, protocol., and/or
statutory guidelines.
RS&T's support of the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program allows
for continued confidence that states, local, federal, private and academic environmental testing
laboratories are qualified to meet their respective efforts in our goal for equitable environmental
compliance at all levels within the environmental regulatory community.
The fast pace of emerging technologies and science requires that the RS&T Program stay
at the forefront of new analytical procedures and equipment. An important aspect of its mission
is the development and adaptation of analytical methods and procedures. Moreover, this
capability serves as the basis for technical advice and assistance to our partner agencies in
federal, state, and local government.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
There are increases for payroll, cost of living and enrichment for new and existing FTE.
Coordination with Other Agencies
In preparation for catastrophic events, the RS&T Program is developing a chemical
analytical response network with state, local and academic laboratory systems. It is also
collaborating with the National Guard Civil Support Teams across the nation, and with the
Centers for Disease Control. The nexus of this coordination is the front line analytical capability
of the RS&T laboratories.
Statutory Authorities
Multi-Media
VIII-71
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Env. Risk and Greater Innovation to Address
Env. Problems
Objective: Conduct Peer Review to Improve Agency Decisions.
Conduct peer reviews and provide other guidance to improve the production and use of
the science underlying Agency decisions.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Conduct Peer Review to Improve
Agency Decisions.
Environmental Program &
Management
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$3,070.0
$3,070.0
19.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$3,690.3
$3,690.3
22.5
FY 2004
Request
$4,811.1
$4,811.1
22.5
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$1,120.8
$1,120.8
0.0
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Management Services and
Stewardship
Science Advisory Board
FY 2002
Enacted
$340.2
$14.9
$2,887.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$326.5
$11.3
$3,352.5
FY 2004
Request
$383.4
$18.7
$4,409.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$56.9
$7.4
$1,056.5
VHI-72
-------
FY 2004 Request
For many years, the goal of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's)
Science Advisory Board (SAB) has been to make a positive difference in the production and use
of science at EPA. Established by Congress in 1978, the SAB utilizes non-government technical
experts who serve as its 112 members and more than 300 consultants. They come from a broad
range of disciplines — physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, engineering, ecology,
economics, medicine, and other fields. Operating under the Federal Advisory Committee Act
(FACA), the SAB empanels technically strong and diverse groups to ensure a balanced range of
views from academia, communities, states, independent research institutions, and industry.
In 2004, the EPA SAB plans to enhance its mission by focusing on priority
environmental issues that greatly impact overall environmental protection, address novel
problems or principles, influence long-term technological development, deal with problems that
transcend Agency boundaries, strengthen the Agency's basic capabilities, and/or serve
congressional and other leadership interests. The Agency will also provide additional funding to
increase public communications and outreach by enhancing website design and presentation of
panel information, issue development, and meeting planning.
The Board also recognizes that economic and other social science issues are particularly
important, given that EPA has generated new information-based, voluntary approaches to
environmental protection — such as working with stakeholders in communities and sectors to
achieve environmental goals that voluntarily go beyond regulatory activities. The SAB initiated
a lecture series, "Science and the Human Side of Environmental Protection" to highlight how the
social sciences can help solve actual environmental problems.
Additionally, the SAB staff office supports the President's Management Agenda on
Competitive Sourcing and has evaluated staff operations arid identified several functions that are
currently performed by our administrative and technical staff that could be performed by the
private sector. Four workyears have been identified for direct conversion to contractors. The
direct conversion to contractors will be effective in FY 2003 and beyond. The SAB's attention
to competitive sourcing has lead to a management review of overall staff operations. The office
is in the process of developing an effective human capital strategy, a government-wide initiative
that will better identify our human capital needs and how we will acquire, develop, and deploy
our human capital to better align our organizational objectives with EPA's mission and goals.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$1,000,000) This request will allow the Science Advisory Board (SAB) to initiate an
evaluation of the Board's ability to promote the use of sound science at EPA. Further,
this request will allow the Board to better meet the needs of it customers by increasing
outreach activities and making communications more transparent.
VHI-73
-------
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living and enrichment for new and existing
FTE.
Coordination with Other Agencies
The EPA SAB interacts with comparable advisory bodies within and outside the Agency;
in some cases seeking and maintaining liaison and integrated membership with some of these
bodies. For example, the chairs of the Office of Research and Development's Board of
Scientific Counselors (BOSC), the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act's
Scientific Advisory Panel, and the Children's Health Protection Advisory Committee participate
in the quarterly meetings of the SAB Executive Committee meetings. There are also
membership contacts and exchanges with technical advisory bodies in the Department of
Defense, Department of Energy, and the National Research Council of the National Academy of
Sciences. In addition, the SAB has sought interactions with adyisory groups at different levels
(e.g., the advisory committee to the Mayor of Columbus, Ohio; the environmental advisory
board to the Governor of the State of Michigan; the Health Council of the Netherlands; and the
Academy of Sciences of Australia). The success of the SAB is measured, in part, by the extent
to which the Board is used as a model for advisory boards at various levels of government —
from the local to the international level.
Statutory Authorities
Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.)
Environmental Research, Development, and Demonstration Authorization Act of 1978
Clean Air Act of 1977 and 1990.
VIII-74
-------
Goal 9: Credible Deterrent
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal 9: A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the Law... DC-1
Increase Compliance Through Enforcement EX-7
Promote Compliance Through Incentives and Assistance DC-35
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the Law
Strategic Goal: EPA will ensure full compliance with laws intended to protect public health
and the environment.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
A Credible Deterrent to
Pollution and Greater
Compliance with the Law
Increase Compliance Through
Enforcement.
Promote Compliance Through
Incentives and Assistance.
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$398,150.1
$344,680.1
.$53,470.0
2,434.8
FY 2003
Pres, Bud.
$402,462.9
$346,590.5
$55,872.4
2,330.7
FY 2004
Request
$430,560.5
$372,173.1
$58,387.4
2,480.4
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$28,097.6
$25,582.6
$2,515.0
149.7
Background and Context
Protecting public health and the environment from risks posed by violations of federal
environmental requirements is basic to EPA's mission. EPA's compliance and enforcement
program has been the centerpiece of efforts to ensure compliance, and has achieved significant
improvements in human health and the environment. Access to information about compliance
with environmental regulations and its impact on environmental conditions and human health
helps inform decision making of both regulators and the public in assessing the general
environmental health of communities.
Many of the environmental improvements in this country during the past 30 years can be
attributed to a strong set of environmental laws and EPA's efforts to ensure compliance with
those laws using tools including enforcement, compliance monitoring, compliance assistance,
and compliance incentives. The combination of these tools, in cooperation with our regulatory
partners, provide a broad scope of actions designed to bring about the protection of public health
and the environment.
Means and Strategies
Due to the breadth and diversity of private, public, and federal facilities regulated by EPA
under various statutes, the Agency must target its enforcement and compliance assurance
EK-1
-------
activities strategically to address the most significant risks to human health and the environment
and to ensure that certain populations do not bear a disproportionate environmental burden. A
strong enforcement program identifies and reduces noncompliance problems, assists the
regulated community in understanding environmental laws and regulations, responds to
complaints from the public, strives to secure a level economic playing field for law-abiding
companies, and deters future violations. EPA's continued enforcement efforts will be
strengthened through the development of measures to assess the impact of enforcement activities
and assist in targeting areas that pose the greatest risks to human health or the environment,
display patterns of noncompliance, and include disproportionately exposed populations. Further,
EPA cooperates with states and other nations to enforce and ensure compliance with cross-
border environmental regulations.
The Agency reviews and evaluates the activities of the regulated community to determine
compliance with applicable laws, regulations, permit conditions and settlement agreements and
to determine whether conditions presenting imminent and substantial endangerment exist. The
majority of workyears devoted to compliance monitoring are provided to the regions to conduct
investigations and on-site inspections including monitoring, sampling and emissions testing.
Compliance monitoring activities are both environmental media- and sector-based. The
traditional media-based inspections compliment those performed by states and tribes and are a
key part of our strategy for meeting the long-term and annual goals established for the air, water,
pesticides, toxic substances, and hazardous waste environmental goals included in the EPA
Strategic Plan.
In addition, the EPA's enforcement program supports the environmental justice efforts by
focusing enforcement actions and criminal investigations on industries that have repeatedly
violated environmental laws in minority and/or low-income areas.
The Agency's enforcement and compliance assurance program uses compliance
assistance and incentive tools to encourage compliance with regulatory requirements and reduce
adverse public health and environmental problems. To achieve compliance, the regulated
community must understand its regulatory obligations and how to comply with those obligations.
EPA supports the regulated communities by assuring that requirements are clearly understood
and by helping industry discover cost-effective options to comply through the use of pollution
prevention and innovative technologies. EPA also enables other assistance providers (e.g.,
states, universities) to provide compliance information to the regulated community. Maximum
compliance requires the active efforts of the regulated community to police itself. EPA will
continue to investigate options for encouraging self-directed audits and disclosure; measure and
evaluate the effectiveness of Agency programs in improving compliance rates; provide
information and compliance assistance to the regulated community; and develop innovative
approaches to meeting environmental standards through better communication, cooperative
approaches and application of new technologies.
State, tribal and local governments bear much of the responsibility for ensuring
compliance, and EPA works in partnership with them and other Federal agencies to promote
environmental protection. EPA also cooperates with other nations to enforce and ensure
compliance with environmental regulations. At the Federal level, EPA addresses its Federal
DC-2
-------
responsibilities under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) by seeking remedies for
potentially adverse impacts of major actions taken by EPA and other Federal agencies.
EPA will continue to ensure the security and integrity of its compliance information
systems. Efforts will be made to upgrade computer systems, databases, and tracking systems to
enable the Agency to respond to increasing demands for compliance and environmental
information. The Agency will greatly facilitate the exchange of compliance and permitting
information in the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program with the
states and tribes through a modernized information system.
The Enforcement and Compliance Program will continue to contribute to the Agency-
wide Access to Interpretive Documents (AID) project. This project is intended to make all
significant Agency guidance, policy statements and site-specific interpretations of the regulated
entities' environmental management practices electronically accessible to the regions, states,
industry and the public.
The Administration's evaluation of civil enforcement in the PART process found that
outcomes could not easily be determined for this program. However, with better long term and
annual outcome performance measures, program planning could be adjusted to achieve more
effective results. Therefore, as part of the development of the new Strategic Plan, both goals and
outcome oriented performance measures will be developed. A second finding reiterated other
evaluations that had concerns about data collection and management. As a result, $5 million is
proposed for an improved compliance data system.
Strategic Objectives
• Increase Compliance Through Enforcement
• Promote Compliance Through Incentives and Assistance
Highlights
Environmental Enforcement
The civil and criminal enforcement program, in contributing to EPA's mission to protect
public health and the environment, aims to level the economic playing field by ensuring that
violators do not realize an economic benefit from noncompliance and seeks to deter future
violations.
Coordinating its activities with the states, EPA will continue to support deterrence and
compliance activities by focusing its compliance monitoring on site inspections and
investigations. In setting Federal compliance and enforcement priorities and strategic direction
of the program, EPA coordinates its efforts with and solicits the views of our states partners.
The Agency works with the Environmental Council of States (ECOS) as a vehicle to advance the
coordination of efforts and to promote joint strategic planning between EPA and the states.
IX-3
-------
The Agency will continue to work with states and tribes to target areas that pose risks to
human health or the environment, display patterns of noncompliance, or include
disproportionately exposed populations. Media-specific, industry sector and problem-based
priorities will be established for the national program through the Office of Enforcement and
Compliance Assurance's Memorandum of Agreement 2004/2005 guidance, developed in
conjunction with the Regional offices.
Homeland Security
The Agency's Criminal Enforcement program has lead responsibility within EPA for
coordinating law enforcement activities and delivering environmental crimes expertise necessary
to support federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement homeland security planning and
operational activities. In FY 2004, special agents will continue to provide environmental crimes
expertise to various Federal task forces and response teams.
State, Tribal, and International Capacity Building
A strong state and tribal compliance and enforcement presence contributes to creating
deterrence and to reducing noncompliance. In FY 2004, the enforcement and compliance
assurance programs will work with and support state agencies implementing Environmental
Management Systems. Members of the environmental justice community will have increased
and improved access to data and information they need to hold facilities and local government
managers accountable for meeting their goals.
Environmental Justice
EPA's environmental justice program will continue education, outreach, and data
availability initiatives. The Program provides a central point for the Agency to address
environmental and human health concerns in minority and/or low-income communities—a
segment of the population that have been disproportionately exposed to environmental harm and
risk. The program will continue to manage the Agency's Environmental Justice Community
Small Grants program that assists community-based organizations that are working to develop
solutions to local environmental issues.
The Agency will continue to support the National Environmental Justice Advisory
Council (NEJAC) which provides the Agency significant input from interested stakeholders such
as community-based organizations, business and industry, academic institutions, state, Tribal and
local governments, non-governmental organizations and environmental groups. The Agency will
also continue to chair an Interagency Working Group (IWG) consisting of eleven departments
and agencies as well as White House offices to ensure that environmental justice concerns are
incorporated into all Federal programs.
Compliance Incentives and Assistance
EPA will continue to maintain the regulated community's compliance with
environmental requirements through voluntary compliance incentives and assistance programs.
IX-4
-------
In FY 2004, the compliance incentives program will continue to implement the policy on
Incentives for Self-Policing, the Small Business Compliance Policy, and the Small Communities
Policy as core elements of the enforcement and compliance assurance program. Through the
compliance assistance program the Agency will provide information and technical assistance to
the regulated community to increase its understanding of all statutory and regulatory
environmental requirements, thereby reducing risk to human health and the environment and
gaining measurable improvements in compliance. The program will also continue to develop
strategies and assistance tools that will improve compliance in specific industrial and commercial
sectors or with certain regulatory requirements. The annual Compliance Assistance Activity
Plan provides information on planned compliance assistance activities in the upcoming fiscal
year and will serve as a reference for other assistance providers and the public on EPA's planned
tools and activities.
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to support the sector based Compliance Assistance
Centers, update the Compliance Clearinghouse, sponsor a Federal advisory committee on
compliance assistance and will continue to develop and enhance a "Platform" from which to
launch additional assistance centers. In addition, EPA will begin to work with partners to
develop three new Centers. Possible candidates include a tribal center, centers for schools, and
the plastics industry. The Centers are a key component of EPA's efforts to help small and
medium-sized businesses and governments better understand and comply with Federal
environmental requirements.
External Factors
The Agency enforcement and compliance program's ability to meet its annual
performance goals may be affected by a number of factors. Projected performance could be
impacted by natural catastrophes, such as major floods or significant chemical spills, that require
a redirection of resources to address immediate environmental threats. Many of the targets are
coordinated with and predicated on the assumption that state and tribal partners will continue or
increase their levels of enforcement and compliance work. In addition, EPA's enforcement
relies on the Department of Justice to accept and prosecute cases. The success of EPA's
activities hinges on the availability and applicability of technology and information systems.
Finally, the regulated community's willingness to comply with the law will greatly influence
EPA's ability to meet its performance goals.
Other factors, such as the number of projects subject to scoping requirements initiated by
other federal agencies, the number of draft/final documents (Environmental Assessments and
Environmental Impact Statements) submitted to EPA for review, streamlining requirements of
the Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century (TEA-21), and the responsiveness of other
federal agencies to environmental concerns raised by EPA, may also impact the Agency's ability
to meet its performance goals. The NEPA Compliance workload is driven by the number of
project proposals submitted to EPA for funding or NPDES permits that require NEPA
compliance, including the Congressional projects for wastewater, water supply and solid waste
collection facility grants which have increased in recent years.
EX-5
-------
Finally, our evolving user community will also affect the success of our information
efforts. As more states and Tribes develop the ability to integrate their environmental
information, we must adjust EPA's systems to ensure that we are able to receive and process
reports from states and industry under Agency statutory requirements. Local citizens
organizations and the public at large are also increasingly involved in environmental decision-
making, and their need for information and more sophisticated analytical tools is growing.
K-6
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the Law
Objective: Increase Compliance Through Enforcement.
EPA and its state, tribal, and local partners will improve the environment and protect
public health by increasing compliance with environmental laws through a strong enforcement
presence.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Increase Compliance Through
Enforcement.
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
. Science & Technology
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Workyears
FY2002
Actuals
$344,680.1
$248,431.2
$17,075.6
$10,429.7
$68,743.6
2,017.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$346,590.5
$233,721.7
$18,687.9
$11,269.5
$82,911.4
1,932.6
FY 2004
Request
$372,173.1
$272,507.2
$19,148.7
$12,562.5
$67,954.7
2,079.3
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$25,582.6
$38,785.5
$460.8
$1,293.0
($14,956.7)
146.7
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Capacity Building
Civil Enforcement
Compliance Assistance and
Centers
Compliance Incentives
Compliance Monitoring
Criminal Enforcement
FY2002
Enacted
$9,417.1
$102,997.6
$406.7
$284.6
$54,055.9
$41,697.5
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$10,342.7
$99,718.8
$378.0
$292.6
$51,198.4
$42,538.1
FY2004
Request
$5,785.3
$113,460.3
$0.0
$0.0
$59,716.0
$45,166.6
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($4,557.4)
$13,741.5
($378.0)
($292.6)
$8,517.6
$2,628.5
DC-7
-------
Data Management
Enforcement Training
Environmental Justice
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
NEPA Implementation
Planning and Resource
Management
RCRA Enforcement State Grants
Regional Management
State Multimedia Enforcement
Grants
State Pesticides Enforcement
Grants
State Toxics Enforcement Grants
FY2002
Enacted
$16,069.9
$3,947.3
$0.0
$25,957.5
$14,447.8
$988.5
$5,804.7
$226.9
$0.0
$42,904.7
$90.0
$0.0
$19,867.8
$5,138.9
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$16,372.7
$3,880.4
$0.0
$27,464.3
$3,807.0
$1,057.4
$6,391.3
$237.4
$0.0
$42,904.7
$0.0
$15,000.0
$19,867.8
$5,138.9
FY 2004
Request
$27,216.2
$3,900.2
$4,726.1
$28,458.7
$3,879.7
$1,096.5
$6,549.5
$0.0
$1,881.2
$42,904.7
$2,382.1
$0.0
$19,900.0
$5,150.0
FY 2004 Req. j
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$10,843.5 |
$19.8
$4,726.1 |
$994.4
$72.7
$39.1
$158.2
($237.4)
$1,881.2
$0.0
$2,382.1
. ($15,000.0)
$32.2
$11.1
FY 2004 Request
The Agency's enforcement and compliance assurance program has been the centerpiece
of efforts to provide a deterrent to pollution by ensuring compliance with environmental laws
and regulations, and has achieved significant improvements in public health and the
environment. By identify ing and addressing violations of environmental statutes and
regulations, the enforcement and compliance assurance program will work together with states
and tribes toward continuous improvement in compliance with standards, permits and other
established requirements to mitigate and avoid environmental problems and their associated
risks.
Given the scope of its responsibilities and the large, diverse universe of private, public,
and federal facilities regulated under the various statutes, the Agency also will work to maximize
its effectiveness by strategically targeting its compliance and enforcement activities to address
the most significant risks to human health and the environment and to address disproportionate
burden on certain populations. A strong compliance and enforcement program achieves
environmental protection by identifying noncompliance problems, holding violators accountable
EK-8
-------
and deterring future violations, while ensuring a level economic playing field for all regulated
entities.
State, tribal and local governments bear much of the responsibility for ensuring
compliance. EPA will continue its efforts to cooperate with states, tribes, and other Federal
agencies to promote environmental protection. Further, EPA will cooperate with other nations to
enforce and ensure compliance with international agreements affecting the environment. These
activities also ensure a level economic playing field in an increasingly global trading system.
Environmental Enforcement
The Agency's compliance monitoring, civil enforcement, criminal enforcement, and
homeland security programs support this objective. In FY 2004, the Agency's enforcement and
compliance assurance program will measure its performance not only in terms of inspections and
enforcement actions, but also in terms of pollutant reductions, and other human health and
environmental outcomes the program produces. The FY 2004 annual performance plan contains
annual goals and measures to show results such as reducing significant non-compliance and
behavioral changes resulting from compliance assistance and enforcement efforts. These
measures complement the traditional enforcement measures and portray a more complete picture
of the environmental results of the enforcement and compliance assurance program.
Compliance Monitoring. The Agency reviews and evaluates the activities of the
regulated community to determine compliance with applicable laws, regulations, permit
conditions and settlement agreements and to determine whether conditions presenting imminent
and substantial endangerment to human health or the environment exist. The majority of
workyears devoted to compliance monitoring are provided to the Regions to conduct
investigations and on-site compliance inspections including monitoring, sampling, and emissions
testing and also to review performance reports submitted by sources. Compliance monitoring
activities are both environmental media- and sector-based. The traditional media-based
inspections are conducted to supplement those performed by States and Tribes and to implement
programs that are not delegated to States and Tribes. These compliance inspections are key to
meeting the long-term and annual goals established for air, water, pesticides, toxic substances,
and hazardous waste in the EPA Strategic Plan. The multi-media approaches, such as cross-
media inspections, sector initiatives, and risk-based targeting, allow the Agency to take a more
holistic approach to protecting ecosystems and to solving the more intractable environmental
problems. EPA also monitors compliance by Federal facilities with environmental regulatory
requirements and executive orders, including conducting single media and multimedia
inspections to ensure their compliance.
In FY 2004, EPA will conduct approximately 15,500 inspections targeted to areas that
pose risks to human health or the environment, display patterns of non-compliance, or involve
disproportionately-exposed populations. EPA will work with States and Tribes to identify where
these inspections will have the greatest benefit to achieving environmental results. In addition to
conducting evaluations that focus on facilities with significant non-compliance problems and
those which will maximize the deterrent effect, the Agency will direct resources to achieve an
adequate field presence.
IX-9
-------
Maintaining an effective inspection program depends on a well-trained workforce. In
order to maintain EPA's expertise in field monitoring and to ensure compliance with EPA Order
3500.1, the Agency will support development of inspector manuals, training modules, and
delivery systems for training Regional, State, and Tribal inspectors and program managers. The
EPA Order 3500.1 establishes consistent Agency-wide training and development standards for
EPA employees leading environmental compliance inspections/field investigations to ensure that
they have working knowledge of regulatory requirements, inspection methodologies, and health
and safety procedures. The Order consists of a three-level training program for EPA compliance
inspectors/field investigators: Occupational Health and Safety Curriculum, Basic Inspector
Curriculum, and Program-Specific Curriculum. EPA compliance inspectors/field investigators
must complete the required training before leading a compliance inspection/field investigation.
The materials developed may include sampling tools, use of new technology including the use of
EPA's information systems and how to conduct inspections as EPA moves to e-sign processes (a
process where forms/reports may be filled out electronically and certified as legal documents).
The Order also serves as a potential model to states, tribes and local environmental agencies that
may want to develop their own inspector training program.
In FY 2004, EPA will continue to review and respond to 100 percent of the notices for
transboundary movement of hazardous waste, ensuring that these wastes are properly handled in
accordance with international agreements and Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)
regulations. Through analysis of notices, manifests, tracking documents, and annual reports,
EPA monitors compliance with relevant regulations and takes enforcement actions as necessary.
While the vast majority of the hazardous waste trade occurs with Canada, the U.S. also has
agreements concerning international trade in hazardous wastes with Mexico, Malaysia, Costa
Rica and member countries of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
(OECD). In calendar year 2002, EPA responded to 1,431 notices regarding 8,758 distinct waste
streams.
In FY 2004, the compliance monitoring program will continue to focus on the national
program priorities established through the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance's
Memorandum of Agreement 2004/2005 guidance. Based on recommendations from the
Managing for Improved Results (MIR) Steering Committee, which was charged with conducting
an overall assessment of the Agency's planning processes, a decision was made to carry over
existing priorities and planning guidance an additional year (2004) in order to focus on longer-
term planning reforms. EPA will continue to work with States and Tribes to target areas that
pose risks to human health or the environment, display patterns of noncompliance, or include
disproportionately exposed populations and will issue a supplemental 2004 program planning
guidance for problem-based media-specific and/or industry sector-based priorities, if necessary.
Civil Enforcement. The Agency's civil enforcement program will address violations of
environmental laws and ensure that violators come into compliance with these laws and
regulations. The civil enforcement program achieves the Agency's environmental goals through
consistent, fair and focused enforcement of all environmental statutes. The overarching goal of
the civil enforcement program is to protect public health and the environment, and therefore, the
program targets its actions based on health and environmental risk. Further, it aims to level the
EX-10
-------
economic playing field by ensuring that violators do not realize an economic benefit from
noncompliance, and seeks to deter future violations.
To accomplish these goals, the civil enforcement program is responsible for the
development, litigation and settlement of administrative and civil judicial cases against serious
violators of priority environmental laws. The federal program will focus its resources on
national environmental and human health problems, transboundary pollutants, and multi-state
industrial violators. The Federal facilities enforcement program will continue to ensure that
Federal facilities and Government-Owned-Contractor-Operated facilities conduct their activities
in an environmentally sound manner and comply with all applicable laws, regulations, permits
and executive orders.
In FY 2004, program management will provide direction to, set goals and priorities for,
and evaluate and review the national enforcement program. Enforcement and compliance staff
will develop guidance and policy for technical evaluations, investigations, and case development
strategies that may include the use of injunctive relief, supplemental environmental projects and
other civil penalties as appropriate. Further, enforcement staff will participate in the
development of, or revision to, regulations and interpretive guidance.
Criminal Enforcement. The criminal enforcement program brings to bear the Agency's
most powerful enforcement tool against the most significant environmental violations. By
demonstrating that the regulated community will be held accountable for serious, willful
statutory violations in terms of jail sentences and criminal fines, the program acts to forcefully
deter violations of environmental laws and regulations in a way that civil judicial and
administrative enforcement might not achieve. EPA's special agents, located nationwide, will
conduct criminal investigations, develop information to support grand jury inquiries and
decisions, and work with other law enforcement agencies to present a highly visible and effective
force in the Agency's enforcement strategy. Cases are referred to the U.S. Attorney's Offices of
the Department of Justice for prosecution, with special agents serving as key witnesses in these
judicial proceedings. The criminal enforcement program places particular emphasis on
cooperation with state and local law enforcement through participation in task forces and
enhancing capacity through specialized training and community policing efforts.
EPA's efforts to work more closely and cooperatively with industry are complemented by
the criminal enforcement program. The Agency is sending a clear message to the regulated
community that those who choose to cooperate, hi good faith, will reap the benefits of that
partnership. Those whose noncomplianee is distinguished by culpable conduct can expect the
serious implication of criminal investigation and prosecution. In FY 2004, EPA estimates that it
will conduct 400 criminal investigations targeted to areas that pose risks to human health or the
environment, display patterns of noncompliance or include disproportionately exposed
populations. EPA will also continue to develop and deploy and secure network to ensure proper
handling of law enforcement confidential information used in the criminal program.
The Agency's forensic program provides specialized support for the nation's most
complex civil and criminal enforcement cases and technical expertise for non-routine Agency
compliance efforts. To effectively support these activities, the program must maintain state-of-
IX-11
-------
the-art skills and equipment capable of dealing with an increasingly sophisticated regulated
community. EPA's National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) is the only accredited
forensics environmental center in the nation. NEIC's Accreditation Standard has been
customized to cover the civil, criminal, and special program work conducted by the program.
In FY 2004, the forensic program will function under more stringent International
Standards of Operation for environmental data measurements to maintain its accreditation. The
program will also continue to develop emerging technologies in field and laboratory analytical
techniques. Efforts to stay at the forefront of environmental enforcement will include the
refinement of successful multi-media inspection approaches, use of customized laboratory
methods to solve unusual enforcement case problems, and further development of a computer
forensic expertise for use in seizure and recovery of data and in investigative support related to
computers and data fraud. The program will also provide technical support for national,
regional, state, and tribal initiatives and priorities as well as the Agency's integrated compliance
assurance program using a unique process-based approach.
Homeland Security
EPA's enforcement and compliance assurance program has lead responsibility for
coordinating Presidential Decision Directive (FDD) 39, 62 and 63 on crisis management (i.e.,
law enforcement) activities. In this capacity, EPA will deliver environmental crimes expertise
necessary to support federal, state, local, and tribal law enforcement homeland security planning
and operational activities. In FY 2004, special agents will continue to provide environmental
crimes expertise to various Federal task forces and response teams as needed. The enforcement
program will also coordinate with the Agency's consequence management resources needed to
detect, prepare for, prevent, protect, as well as to respond to and recover from a human or cyber
terrorist threat or attack.
Data Systems Modernization
Reliable, comprehensive and up-to-date data systems are key to EPA's ability to identify
non-complying facilities, target compliance monitoring and assistance to environmental
problems posing the highest risk and measure the effectiveness of its enforcement activities. The
Agency will continue to maintain and support the thirteen information systems that house the
national enforcement and compliance data archive. EPA will expand the development of. its
Quality Management Plans (QMPs), building on those developed for the National Compliance
Database/Federal Insecticide Fungicide Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) and Toxic Substance Control
Act (TSCA) Tracking System, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System,
and a final data quality audit for the Permit Compliance System (PCS). The Enforcement and
Compliance program has developed a Data Quality Strategy focusing on: expansion of the public
access and error correction functions of the Integrated Data for Enforcement Analysis system
(IDEA) and the Online Targeting Information System (OTIS), objective verification of core data
fields across systems and programs through random sampling technology, and resolution of data
quality problems as they relate to interpretation of data definitions. In FY 2004, the Agency will
have a QMP or equivalent in place for Phase I of the Integrated Compliance Information System
(ICIS).
EX-12
-------
In FY 2002, ICIS Phase I was successfully implemented in all EPA Regions. When fully
implemented (all phases), ICIS will be a consolidated enforcement and compliance information
management system that will provide a single integrated source of information for the national
enforcement and compliance assurance program. ICIS will consolidate and streamline
enforcement and compliance information that is currently contained hi the thirteen legacy media-
based systems. The new system will reduce burden and duplication by providing a single source
for data entry, will improve public access to data, support the development of risk reduction
strategies, and will provide states and regions with a modernized system to meet their program
management and accountability responsibilities. Phase II of ICIS was initiated in FY 2002.
Major progress was made in the development of a detailed design for a modernized Permit
Compliance System (PCS), which serves the permitting and compliance program needs of the
Clean Water Act (CWA) National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).
In FY 2003, the Agency continues its phased implementation of ICIS with the completion
of the detailed design and the start of the development of system software for ICIS Phase II, PCS
Modernization. In addition, in FY 2003 EPA is completing the requirements analysis for the
Aerometric Information Retrieval System (AIRS) Facility Subsystem (AFS) (Phase III). The
modernization of these systems is key to the Agency's ability to use information collected from
States and localities to direct and manage the permitting and enforcement programs.
In FY 2004, the Agency is requesting an increase of $5,000,000 to support Permit
Compliance System (PCS) modernization. These resources will support system testing, data
migration, training, documentation and implementation. PCS has little or no data for major new
NPDES requirements, such as Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations (CAFOs), storm water,
and Sanitary Sewer Overflows (SSOs). PCS modernization will address these serious data gaps,
provide for easy use of and access to the system via the use of current information technology,
support the Agency's initiative for data integration, and will promote exchange and data sharing
with our state partners.
The Enforcement and Compliance Assurance Program will continue to make
enforcement and compliance information available to the public through the Enforcement and
Compliance History On-line (ECHO) internet website during 2004. The existing website will be
improved in response to the comments of the public as well as interested industry groups. The
compliance and enforcement program will also continue to make all significant enforcement and
compliance guidance, policy statements, planning documents and accomplishments
electronically accessible to the Regions, states, industry and the public through the internet.
State, Tribal, and International Capacity Building
A strong state and tribal enforcement and compliance assurance presence is essential to
EPA's long-term strategic plan objective to identify and reduce significant noncompliance in
high priority areas while maintaining a strong enforcement presence in all regulatory program
areas. Most of the Nation's environmental laws envision a strong role for state governments in
implementing and managing environmental programs. In FY 2004,- the enforcement and
compliance assurance program will continue to support state agencies implementing authorized,
delegated, or approved environmental programs. Consistent with regulations and Agency policy,
DC-13
-------
EPA will provide an appropriate level of oversight and guidance to states to ensure that
environmental regulations are fairly and consistently enforced across the Nation.
EPA works with Indian tribes on a govemment-to-government basis to identify
enforcement, compliance assistance, and capacity building issues affecting tribal lands. The
Agency's goal is to help tribes develop their own enforcement and compliance assistance
programs so that they can assume greater management of environmental programs in Indian
Country. In FY 2004, the enforcement and compliance assurance program will continue
implementation of the Tribal Strategy in order to direct compliance monitoring and compliance
assistance capacity-building efforts. By monitoring and evaluating progress made, EPA will
ensure that the plan's commitments are met in a timely fashion. These efforts will help
implement EPA's 1984 Indian Policy in which EPA works with tribal governments as full
partners to enhance protection of the public health and the environment on tribal lands.
The state and tribal grant programs are designed to build environmental partnerships with
states and tribes and to strengthen their ability to address environmental and public health
threats. These threats include contaminated drinking water, pesticides in food, hazardous waste,
toxic substances and air pollution. In FY 2004, the enforcement and compliance assurance
program will continue to award state and tribal enforcement grants to assist in the
implementation of the compliance and enforcement provisions of the Toxic Substances Control
Act (TSCA) and the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). These grants
support state and tribal compliance activities to protect the environment from harmful chemicals
and pesticides. The enforcement component of RCRA state grants is also included in this
objective.
• Under the Pesticides Enforcement Grant program, EPA provides resources to states and
Indian tribes to conduct FIFRA compliance inspections and take appropriate enforcement
actions, and implement programs for farm worker protection.
• States receive toxic substances grant funding for compliance inspections of asbestos and
PCBs and for implementation of the state lead abatement enforcement program. The
funds will complement other Federal program grants for building state capacity for lead
abatement, and enhancing compliance with disclosure, certification and training
requirements.
• EPA will also provide grant funding for states to inspect federal, state, and local RCRA
facilities that store, treat, or dispose of hazardous waste. Inspections will emphasize
compliance with facility-specific requirements or interim status requirements. RCRA
enforcement orders and supplemental environmental projects will incorporate waste
minimization provisions, where appropriate.
The Agency also provides single media enforcement grants to states that are funded
under other environmental goals supporting air and water programs.
The strategic mission and objectives of the international enforcement program include
promoting international and border environmental security through enforcement and compliance
DC-14
-------
means; fostering cooperation with foreign countries which are of strategic interest to the United
States, as prescribed in treaties and trade agreements, through capacity building and other means;
and integrating, analyzing and utilizing data about transboundary movements of regulated
substances/wastes to promote environmental enforcement. Achieving these strategic objectives
and environmental benefits requires an EPA enforcement presence to effectively implement
international commitments for cooperation in enforcement and compliance activities with other
countries, especially those along the U.S. border. Through such arrangements, EPA works to
reduce environmental risks to U.S. citizens from external sources of pollution, as well as to
prevent or reduce the impact of pollution originating in the United States.
Environmental Justice
EPA's environmental justice program will continue education, outreach, and data
availability initiatives. The program provides a central point for the Agency to address
environmental and human health concerns in minority and/or low-income communities-
segments of the population that have been disproportionately exposed to environmental harms
and risks. The program will continue to manage the Agency's Environmental Justice
Community Small Grants program that assists community-based organizations that are working
to develop solutions to local environmental issues. The Community Small Grants Program was
established in 1994 and has awarded more than 973 grants of up to $20,000 each to community
organizations. As a result of these grant awards, community-based organizations (i.e., grassroots
groups, churches, and other nonprofit organizations) have expanded citizen involvement and
given people the tools to learn more about exposure to environmental harms and risks, and,
consequently, to protect their families and their communities as they see fit. These small grants
have served as "seed-money" to empower the residents of these communities, which has allowed
them to more fully participate in environmental matters affecting their community.
During FY 2003, EPA continues to encourage the use of alternative dispute resolution
through training and multi-stakeholder partnering. By FY 2004 the Agency and communities
will have increased capacity to resolve disputes through alternative dispute resolution. Through
the use of ADR, the Agency expects to reduce tune and resources accompanying litigation and
expects decisions to be more efficient and favorable for all parties involved.
The Agency will continue to support the National Environmental Justice Advisory
Council (NEJAC) which provides EPA significant input from interested stakeholders such as
community-based organizations, business and industry, academic institutions, state, Tribal and
local governments, non-governmental organizations and environmental groups. Six
subcommittees were created around the Agency's broad statutory mandates and are sponsored by
the appropriate EPA office. The subcommittees are: Air/Water; Enforcement; Health/Research;
Indigenous People; International; and Waste/Facility Siting. In FY 2004, the council will
address the implications of cumulative impacts on communities with exposure to multiple
sources of environmental degradation.
The Agency will also continue to chair an Interagency Working Group (IWG) consisting
of eleven departments and agencies as well as White House offices to ensure that environmental
justice concerns are incorporated into all Federal programs. In 2004, the IWG will continue its
DC-15
-------
efforts to work collaboratively and constructively with all levels of government and throughout
the public and private sectors to effectively address the environmental, health, economic and
social challenges facing our communities through the selection of fifteen new demonstration and
revitalization projects. These new projects will continue to implement the 2000 Action Agenda
centered around fifteen demonstration projects in diverse urban and rural communities in
virtually all regions of the nation. The agenda is dynamic and will continue to increase with the
selection of projects to achieve a variety of goals, ranging from environmental cleanup,
Brownfields and economic development and children's health to community education and
capacity building. To date, these demonstration projects have leveraged more than $12 million
in public/private resources.
The Agency supports State and Tribal environmental justice programs and conducts
outreach and technical assistance to states, local governments, and stakeholders on
environmental justice issues. In order to be able to respond to an allegation of environmental
injustice, it is essential to identify the "affected community." In 2001, the Environmental Justice
Mapper was developed for the Internet to provide all stakeholders with information about a
selected location. The Environmental Justice Mapper reflects environmental data available from
the Agency's data warehouse and demographic data provided by the U.S. Census Bureau. Links
are provided to the health-related database of the Department of Health and Human Services.
Another essential tool to foster the integration of environmental justice into Federal programs,
policies and activities is training. In FY 2002, a Fundamentals Workshop on Environmental
Justice was developed. In FY 2003 a module on how the issuance of permits under RCRA,
CWA, and CAA is being added to the course. EPA will provide 25 training sessions to over 750
individuals hi FY 2004.
In support of the Agency's environmental justice efforts, criminal investigations and civil
enforcement actions will be focused on industries that have repeatedly violated environmental
laws in minority and/or low-income areas.
Enforcement Training
The Agency's enforcement training program is mandated by the Pollution Prosecution
Act to provide environmental enforcement training nationally through the National Enforcement
Training Institute (NETI). The program oversees the design of core and specialized enforcement
courses and their delivery to lawyers^ inspectors, civil and criminal investigators and technical
experts. In FY 2004, the program will continue development and enhancement of a training
center on the Internet. "NETI Online" offers timely, targeted technical training courses to a
nation-wide and international audience. The site also provides for tracking individual training
plans as well as developing and managing the program's training delivery processes.
The Agency also provides specialized classroom training in criminal environmental law
enforcement at the Department of Treasury's Federal Law Enforcement Training Center
(FLETC) hi Glynco, GA. FLETC develops and delivers basic and advanced training to EPA
Special Agents and their state, local and tribal partners across the United States and in selected
counties worldwide. FLETC provides one of the few opportunities for state, local, and tribal
enforcement professionals to obtain criminal investigations training. In FY 2004, the
K-16.
-------
enforcement training program will enhance opportunities for experiential training with an
additional practical exercise site at its NETI-West facility in Denver, Colorado.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$14,000,000, +100 FTE) This increase in FTE, payroll, and extramural dollars will
allow the Agency to improve its ability to maximize compliance and achieve
environmental results through targeted inspections and enforcement, including review of
facility self-monitoring reports, respond to citizen and other types of complaints, and
enhance field presence to address recalcitrant violators of water, air and hazardous waste
laws. The Agency estimates that an additional 1,500 inspections will be conducted in
areas that pose significant health or environmental risk. These additional inspections will
contribute to reducing an additional 50 million pounds of pollutants from the
environment. Headquarters and Regional offices are working together to effectively
deploy enforcement and compliance resources to address environmental problems.
• (+7,823,400, 12 FTE) This increase includes a shift in resources for payroll and working
capital fund from capacity building to compliance monitoring and enforcement. The shift
of capacity building resources was based on an internal distribution and there was no
negative impact to the program,
• (+$8,530,600) This increase includes a $5 million investment to modernize the Agency's
Permit Compliance System. The availability of more comprehensive data in a
modernized PCS will enhance the Agency's ability to more effectively manage the Clean
Water Act (CWA) NPDES program. The systematic tracking of discharge monitoring
data for existing and new NPDES program areas will provide the Agency the capability
to determine national compliance rates for program areas such as CAFOs. Similarly, the
capability to determine national compliance rates for combined sewer and sanitary sewer
systems where wet weather related overflows have been identified as a major
environmental problem will also be possible. The remainder of this increase is due to
increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and existing FTE.
• (+$72,700) This increase in criminal enforcement is a result of a combined reduction in
payroll $310,000 due to repricing and an increase of $380,000 to support criminal
enforcement activities in the homeland security program.
• (+$3,826,100, +16 FTE) The Agency's environmental justice program has been moved
from Goal 7 to this objective. This does not reflect an increase to the program.
• (+$2,382,100, +23.6 FTE) This change represents the distribution of resources for
Regional Information Management across all Regions.
• (+1,633,400, +7.6 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
DC-17
-------
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
Superfund
• (+$900,000) The Agency's environmental justice program has been moved from Goal 7
to this objective. This does not reflect an increase to the program.
• (+330,300, +1.2 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated hi
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts hi
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated hi proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts hi
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400and-18.5FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
STAG
• (-$15,000,000) In FY 2004, the Agency is not proposing to fund the multi-media
enforcement state grant program that was requested in the FY 2003 President's Budget.
Multi Appropriation
• (EPM, +$2,144,600, +9.4 FTE and Superfund, +$485,500, +0.7 FTE) Resources for
public access previously hi Goal 7 have been consolidated with the rest of OECA's data
management program under this objective. OECA will continue to support data
integration projects, such as Integrated Data for Enforcement Analysis (IDEA) that
makes integrated compliance data from several media-specific databases available
nationally in an interactive online mode. In addition, OECA will continue to contribute
to the Agency-wide Enhanced Public Access Project, intended to make all significant
Agency guidance, policy statements and site-specific interpretations of the regulated
entities' environmental management practices electronically accessible to the Regions,
states, industry and the public. The Enforcement and Compliance History On-Line
(ECHO) web site will make some enforcement and compliance data available to the
public through the internet.
IX-18
-------
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
GOAL: A CREDIBLE DETERRENT TO POLLUTION AND GREATER COMPLIANCE
WITH THE LAW
OBJECTIVE: INCREASE COMPLIANCE THROUGH ENFORCEMENT.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Non-CompIiance Reduction
In 2004 EPA will direct enforcement actions to maximize compliance and address environmental and human health problems.
In 2003 EPA will direct enforcement actions to maximize compliance and address environmental and human health problems.
In 2002 Based upon one measure, this APG was not met.
Performance Measures: FY2002 F.Y2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Millions of pounds of pollutants required to be reduced 261 300 350 M pounds
through enforcement actions settled this fiscal year.(core
optional)
Percent of concluded enforcement actions require physical 77 75 80 Percent
action that result in pollutant reductions and/or changes in
facility management or information practices. OECA will
break out the %.
Develop and use valid compliance rates or other indicators of 5 5 5 Populations
compliance for selected populations.
Baseline: Protecting the public and the environment from risks posed by violations of environmental requirements is basic to EPA's
mission. To develop a more complete picture of the results of the enforcement and compliance program, EPA has initiated a
number of performance measures designed to capture the results of lowering the timeline for significant noncompliers to return
to compliance, reducing noncompliance recidivism rates, and improvements in facility process and/or management practices
through behavioral changes. The baseline rates for many of these measures were established in FYOO. These measures will
complement the traditional enforcement measures of inspections and enforcement actions to provide a more complete picture of
environmental results from the enforcement and compliance program.
Inspections/Investigations
In 2004 EPA will conduct inspections, criminal investigations, and civil investigations targeted to areas that pose risks to human health
or the environment, display patterns of non-compliance, or include disproportionately exposed populations.
In 2004 EPA will provide direct investigative forensic, and technical support to the Office of Homeland Security, FBI and/or other
federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies to help detect and prevent, or respond to, terrorist-related environmental,
biological or chemical incidents.
In 2003 EPA will conduct inspections, criminal investigations, and civil investigations targeted to areas that pose risks to human health
or the environment, display patterns of non-compliance, or include disproportionately exposed populations.
In 2003 EPA will provide direct investigative, forensic, and technical support to the Office of Homeland Defense, FBI and /or other
federal, state and local law enforcement agencies to help detect and prevent, or response to, terrorist-related environmental,
biological or chemical incidents.
In 2002 EPA exceeded all targets for inspections and investigations
In 2002 EPA provided support to Office of Homeland Security and other law enforcement, agencies as requested.
DC-19
-------
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud, Request
Number of EPA inspections conducted (core required) 17668 14,000 15,500 Inspections
Number of Criminal Investigations 674 400 400 Investigations
Number of Civil Investigations 541 180 225 Investigations
EPA will respond to investigative leads that relate to -security 100 100 100 Percent
of homeland environment, FBI requests for support, and
participate in all National Special Security Events as
requested.
Baseline: The compliance monitoring program works -with states and tribes to target areas that pose risks to human health .or the
environment, display patterns of noneompliance, or include disproportionately exposed populations. The number of inspections
projected varies each year by the complexity of facilities targeted.
Quality Assurance
In 2004 Identify noncompliance, and focus enforcement and compliance assurance on human health and environmental problems, by
maintaining and improving quality and accuracy of data.
In 2003 Identify noncompliance, and focus enforcement and compliance assurance on human health and environmental problems, by
maintaining and improving quality and accuracy of data.
In 2002 EPA continues to operate and modernize enforcement and compliance databases.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres, Bud. Request
Operate 14 information systems housing national 95 95 Percent
enforcement and compliance assurance data with a minimum
of 95% operational efficiency.
Complete the detailed design and software development 1 lifecycle stage
system lifecycle stage of Phase II of ICIS (modernization of
the Permit Compliance System (PCS)) by September 2003.
Have Phase I of the Integrated Compliance Information I Phase
system ICIS fully operational in March 2002.
Complete system implementation lifecycle stage (i.e. data 1 lifecycle stage
migration and testing) of Phase II of ICIS by September FY
2004,
Baseline: EPA's ability to target and measure effectiveness of its enforcement activities depends upon reliable and up-to-date data systems.
EPA's 14 data systems will continue to operate at 95% or better operational efficiency. In conjunction with the operation and
maintenance of existing systems, EPA will continue its system modernizing efforts and improve data integration and
consistency.
Capacity Building
In 2004 Improve capacity of states, localities and tribes to conduct enforcement and compliance programs. EPA will provide teaining as
well as assistance with state and tribal- inspections to build capacity, including implementation of the inspector credentials
program for tribal law enforcement personnel.
In 2003 Improve capacity of states, localities and tribes to conduct enforcement and compliance programs. EPA will provide training as
well as assistance with state and tribal inspections to build capacity, including implementation of the inspector credentials
program for tribal law enforcement personnel.
In 2002 Capacity building efforts greatly assist state and tribes who are delegated inspection monitoring and enforcement, activities
under many statutes. This year, EPA began collecting Regional training performance data therefore the results are significantly
higher than in past years.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Conduct EPA-assisted inspections to help build state program 1081 250 400 Inspections
capacity
Baseline: - Improve capacity of states, localities and tribes to conduct enforcement and compliance programs by providing •training as well
as assistance with state and tribal inspections.
K-20
-------
Program Assessment Rating Tool
As part of the Administration's overall evaluation of effectiveness of Government
programs, the Civil Enforcement program was evaluated with the following specific findings:
1. The program lacks adequate outcome oriented performance measures. This
impacts both program planning and results. With better outcome performance
measures, program planning could be adjusted to achieve more effective results.
2. Outside evaluators have criticized the program for: a) lack of adequate workload
analysis to support existing staffing and priorities, and b) lack of good quality data
to accurately determine compliance and monitor the effectiveness of enforcement
activities.
In response to these findings the Administration will:
1. Fund $5 million for an improved compliance data system.
2. Revise EPA's strategic plan with a focus on defining EPA's federal enforcement role
and appropriate outcome performance measures.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures for 2004
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Percent of concluded enforcement actions require
physical action that result in pollutant reductions and/or changes in facility management or
information practices. OECA will breakout the percentage among, physical, facility
management and information practices.
Performance Database: ICIS, which tracks EPA civil, judicial and enforcement actions.
Data Source: Most of the essential data on environmental results in ICIS are collected through
the use of the Case Conclusion Data Sheet (CCDS), which Agency staff prepares after the
conclusion of each civil (judicial and administrative) enforcement action. EPA implemented the
CCDS in 1996 to capture relevant information on the results and environmental benefits of
concluded enforcement cases. The information generated through the CCDS is used to track
progress for several of the performance measures. The CCDS form consists of 27 specific
questions which, when completed, describe specifics of the case; the facility involved,
information on how the case was concluded; the compliance actions required to be taken by the
defendant(s); the costs involved; information on any Supplemental Environmental Project to be
undertaken as part of the settlement; the amounts and types of any penalties assessed; and any
costs recovered through the action, if applicable. The CCDS requires that the staff identify if the
facility/defendant, through injunetive relief, must: (1) reduce pollutants; and (2) improve
management practices to curtail, eliminate or better monitor and handle pollutants in the future.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: For enforcement actions which result in pollution
reductions, the staff estimate the amounts of pollution reduced for an immediately implemented
improvement, or an average year once a long-term solution is in place. There are established
DC-21
-------
procedures for the staff to calculate, by statute, (e.g., Clean Water Act), the pollutant reductions
or eliminations. The procedure first entails the determination of the difference between the
current "out of compliance" concentration of the pollutant(s) and the post enforcement action "in
compliance" concentration. This difference is then converted to mass per time using the flow or
quantity information derived during the case.
QA/QC Procedures: Quality Assurance/Quality Control procedures [See references] are in
place for both the CCDS and ICIS entry. There are a Case Conclusion Data Sheet Training
Booklet [See references] and a Case Conclusion Data Sheet Quick Guide [See references], both
of which have been distributed throughout regional and headquarters' (HQ) offices. Separate
CCDS Calculation and Completion Checklists [See references] are required to be filled out at the
tune the CCDS is completed. A Quality Management Plan for ICIS is under development.
Data Quality Review: Information contained in the CCDS and ICIS are required by policy to
be reviewed by regional and headquarters' staff for completeness and accuracy.
Data Limitations: The pollutant reductions or eliminations reported on the CCDS are estimates
of what will be achieved if the defendant carries out the requirements of the settlement.
Information on expected outcomes of state enforcement is not available. The estimates are based
on information available at the time a case is settled or an order is issued. In some instances, this
information will be developed and entered after the settlement, during continued discussions
over specific plans for compliance. Because of the time it takes to agree on the compliance
actions, there may be delay in completing the CCDS. Additionally, because of unknowns at the
time of settlement, different levels of technical proficiency, or the nature of a case, OECA's
expectation is that based on information on the CCDS, the overall amounts of pollutant
reductions/eliminations will be prudently underestimated.
Error Estimate: Not available
New & Improved Data or Systems: In November 2000, EPA completed a comprehensive
guidance package on the preparation of the Case Conclusion Data Sheet. This guidance, issued
to headquarters' and regional managers and staff, was made available in print and CD-ROM, and
was supplemented in FY2002 [See references]. The guidance contains work examples to ensure
better calculation of the amounts of pollutants reduced or eliminated through concluded
enforcement actions. EPA trained each of its ten regional offices during FY 2002. Additionally,
OECA began implementing an Information Quality Strategy (IQS) in FY2002 [See references].
The Office of Compliance's (OC) Information Quality Strategy is a plan, developed with
participation across OC, The Office of Environmental Information (OEI), EPA's regional offices
and states, to ensure information used and produced from national data systems are reviewed for
quality, problems identified and corrective steps followed. It includes an implementation plan
that describes a series of projects OC is undertaking to carry forward the strategy. These projects
will be updated annually. Additionally, the IQS provides the basis of OC's Quality Management
Plans [See references] produced in accordance with the Agency's data quality requirements.
References: Quality Assurance and Quality Control procedures: Data Quality: Life Cycle
Management Guidance, (IRM Policy Manual 2100, dated September 28,1994, reference Chapter
IX-22
-------
17 for Life Cycle Management). Case Conclusion Data Sheets: Case Conclusion Data Sheet,
Training Booklet, issued November 2000 available: www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/
publications/planning/caseconc.pdf; Quick Guide for Case Conclusion Data Sheet, issued
November 2000. Information Quality Strategy and OC's Quality Management Plans: Final
Enforcement and Compliance Data Quality Strategy, and Description of FY 2002 Data Quality
Strategy Implementation Plan Projects, signed March 25, 2002. ICIS: U.S. EPA, Office of
Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, ICIS Phase I, implemented June 2002. Internal EPA
database; non-enforcement sensitive data available to the public through the Freedom of
Information Act (FOIA).
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Millions of pounds of pollutants required to be reduced
through settled enforcement actions. (Core optional)
Performance Database: ICIS, which tracks EPA civil, judicial and enforcement actions.
Data Source: Most of the essential data on environmental results hi ICIS are collected through
the use of the Case Conclusion Data Sheet (CCDS), which Agency staff prepare after the
conclusion of each civil (judicial and administrative) enforcement action. EPA implemented the
CCDS in 1996 to capture relevant information on the results and environmental benefits of
concluded enforcement cases. The information generated through the CCDS is used to track
progress for several of the performance measures. The CCDS form consists of 27 specific
questions which, when completed, describe specifics of the case; the facility involved,
information on how the case was concluded; the compliance actions required to be taken by the
defendant(s); the costs involved; information on any Supplemental Environmental Project to be
undertaken as part of the settlement; the amounts and types of any penalties assessed; and any
costs recovered through the action, if applicable. The CCDS requires that the staff identify if the
facility/defendant, through injunctive relief, must: (1) reduce pollutants; and (2) improve
management practices to curtail, eliminate or better monitor and handle pollutants in the future.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: For enforcement actions which result hi pollution
reductions, the staff estimate the amounts of pollution reduced for an immediately implemented
improvement, or an average year once a long-term solution is in place. There are established
procedures for the staff to calculate, by statute, (e.g., Clean Water Act), the pollutant reductions
or eliminations. The procedure first entails the determination of the difference between the
current "out of compliance" concentration of the pollutant(s) and the post enforcement action "in
compliance" concentration. This difference is then converted to mass per tune using the flow or
quantity information derived during the case.
QA/QC Procedures: Quality Assurance/Quality Control procedures [See references] are in
place for both the CCDS and ICIS entry. There are a Case Conclusion Data Sheet Training
Booklet [See references] and a Case Conclusion Data Sheet Quick Guide [See references], both
of which have been distributed throughout regional and headquarters' (HQ) offices. Separate
CCDS Calculation and Completion Checklists [See references] are required to be filled out at the
time the CCDS is completed. A Quality Management Plan for ICIS is under development.
DC-23
-------
Data Quality Review: Information contained in the CCDS and ICIS is required by policy to be
reviewed by regional and headquarters' staff for completeness and accuracy.
Data Limitations: The pollutant reductions or eliminations reported on the CCDS are estimates
of what will be achieved if the defendant carries out the requirements of the settlement.
Information on expected outcomes of state enforcement is not available. The estimates are based
on information available at the time a case is settled or an order is issued. In some instances, this
information will be developed and entered after the settlement, during continued discussions
over specific plans for compliance. Because of the time it takes to agree on the compliance
actions, there may be delay in completing the CCDS. Additionally, because of unknowns at the
time of settlement, different levels of technical proficiency, or the nature of a case, OECA's
expectation is that based on information on the CCDS, the overall amounts of pollutant
reductions/eliminations will be prudently underestimated.
Error Estimate: Not available
New & Improved Data or Systems: In November 2000, EPA completed a comprehensive
guidance package on the preparation of the Case Conclusion Data Sheet. This guidance, issued
to headquarters' and regional managers and staff, was made available in print and CD-ROM, and
was supplemented in FY2002 [See references]. The guidance contains work examples to ensure
better calculation of the amounts of pollutants reduced or eliminated through concluded
enforcement actions. EPA trained each of its ten regional offices during FY 2002. Additionally,
OECA began implementing an Information Quality Strategy (IQS) in FY2002 [See references].
The Office of Compliance's (OC) Information Quality Strategy is a plan, developed with
participation across OC, The Office of Environmental Information (OEI), EPA's regional offices
and states, to ensure information used and produced from national data systems are reviewed for
quality, problems identified and corrective steps followed. It includes an implementation plan
that describes a series of projects OC is undertaking to carry forward the strategy. These projects
will be updated annually. Additionally, the IQS provides the basis of OC's Quality Management
Plans [See references] produced in accordance with the Agency's data quality requirements.
References: Quality Assurance and Quality Control procedures: Data Quality: Life Cycle
Management Guidance, (IRM Policy Manual 2100, dated September 28,1994, reference Chapter
17 for Life Cycle Management). Case Conclusion Data Sheets: Case Conclusion Data Sheet,
Training Booklet, issued November 2000 available: www.epa.gov/compliance/
resources/publications/planning/caseconc.pdf; Quick Guide for Case Conclusion Data Sheet,
issued November 2000. Information Quality Strategy and OC's Quality Management Plans:
Final Enforcemen^and^ompliance^Data Quality Strategy, and Description of FY 2002 Data
Quality Strategy Implementation Plan Projects, signed March 25, 2002. ICIS: U.S. EPA, Office
of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, ICIS Phase I, implemented June 2002. Internal EPA
database; non-enforcement sensitive data available to the public through the Freedom of
Information Act (FOIA).
DC-24
-------
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Develop and use valid compliance rates or other indicators
of compliance for selected populations.
Performance Databases: The Permit Compliance System (PCS) tracks National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit and enforcement actions, as well as reporting
and scheduling requirements. The Airs Facility Subsystem (AFS) captures emission, compliance
and permit data for major stationary sources of air pollution. The Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act Information System (RCRAInfo) supports permit, compliance and corrective
action activities carried out by the hazardous waste handlers.
Data Source: EPA's regional offices, and delegated states
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: EPA is working to establish statistically valid
noncompliance rates for selected regulated populations. This requires establishing the universe
of the population and then verifying the compliance status of the selected population. This effort
began in FY 2000. The first year that a population is addressed establishes the baseline. EPA
can then build on these results to measure changes hi behavior as a result of targeted enforcement
and compliance assurance activities. Populations that have been addressed and may continue to
be include: municipal sewage treatment plants for conventional pollutants Biological Oxygen
Demand (BOD) and Total suspended Solids (TSS); petroleum refining sector for ammonia
levels; and iron and steel sector for lead and zinc.
QA/QC Procedures: All of the systems have been developed in accordance with the Office of
Information Management's Lifecycle Management Guidance, which includes data validation
processes, internal screen audit checks and verification, system and user documents, data quality
audit reports, third-party testing reports, and detailed report specifications for showing how data
are calculated.
Data Quality Review: Regarding AFS, EPA Inspector General (IG) reports in 1997 and 1998
[See references] highlighted states' problems with identifying and reporting significant violators
of the Clean Air Act, impairing EPA's ability to assess non-compliance. EPA issued High
Priority Violator Guidance [See references] to improve tracking of sources of violations. As a
result of the reports, EPA has enhanced oversight and headquarters' outreach to regions, states,
and local governments.
Data Limitations: For all systems, there are concerns about quality and completeness of data
and the ability of existing systems to meet data needs. Incompatible database structures/designs
and differences in data definitions impede integrated analyses. Additionally, there are
incomplete data available on the universe of regulated facilities because not all are
mspected/permitted. System modernization will resolve many of these problems. Additionally,
there are issues of programmatic scheduling that influence when statistically valid compliance
measures can be calculated. For example, rates based on self-reported Discharge Monitoring
Reports in the NPDES program, cannot be calculated until more than a fiscal quarter after the
reports are received, due to programmatic and associated system rules for determining significant
non-compliance.
FX-25
-------
Error Estimate: Not available.
New & Improved Data or Systems: PCS modernization is underway and will be nearing
completion in FY2004. EPA is preparing Quality Management Plans (data quality objectives,
quality assurance project plans, baseline assessments) for all major systems. A new Integrated
Compliance Information System (ICIS) supports core program needs and consolidates and
streamlines existing systems. A pilot project to develop statistically valid compliance rates for
selected universes of regulated facilities will be completed in 2003. Also, measures directed at
the impact of EPA strategies on recidivism focuses attention on better compliance assurance
targeting, i.e., monitoring, compliance assistance, incentives and enforcement.
References: EPA Inspector General reports in 1997 and 1998: 1997 EPA IG Reports:
Validation of Air Enforcement Data reported to EPA by Massachusetts (7100305) available:
http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/ereadmg room/list997/7100305.pdf;
EPA Region 3's Oversight of Maryland's Air Enforcement Data (7100302) available:
http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/list997/7100302.pdf:
Region 6's Oversight of Arkansas Air Enforcement Data (7100295) September 26, 1997
available: http://www.epa.gov/oigearthyereading room/Iist997/7100295.pdf;
1998 EPA IG Reports: Region 6's Oversight of New Mexico Air Enforcement Data - March 13,
1998 (8100078) available http://wuw.epa.gov/oigearth/ereadmg room/list398/8100078.pdf;
Idaho's Air Enforcement Program - September 30,1998 (8100249) available
http://www.epa.gov/oigeaitb/ereading room/list998/8100249.pdf.1
High Priority Violator Guidance: U.S. EPA, Office of Regulatory Enforcement, Issuance of
Policy on Timely and Appropriate Enforcement Response to High Priority Violations (HPVs),
dated February 22,1999, available: http://www.epa.gov/compliatice/resources/policies/civil/caa/
stationarv/issue-ta-rpt.pdf
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Number of EPA inspections conducted.
Performance Databases: Integrated Data for Enforcement Analysis (IDEA) integrates data
from major enforcement and compliance systems, such as the Permit Compliance System (PCS),
Air Facilities Subsystem (AFS), Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Information System
(RCRAInfo), and Emergency Response Notification system (ERNS).
Data Source: EPA's regional and Headquarters' offices.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: All the systems have been developed in accordance with the Office of
Information Management's Lifecycle Management Guidance, which includes data validation
processes, internal screen audit checks and verification, system and user documents, data quality
audit reports, third-party testing reports, and detailed report specifications for showing how data
are calculated.
Data Quality Review: Regarding AFS, EPA Inspector General (IG) reports in 1997 and 1998
[See references] highlighted states' problems with identifying and reporting significant violators
DC-26
-------
of the Clean Air Act, impairing EPA's ability to assess non-compliance. EPA is now using an
updated Clean Air Act Compliance monitoring strategy [See references] that clarifies reporting
definitions and enhances oversight of state and local compliance monitoring programs.
Data Limitations: For all systems, there are concerns about quality and completeness of data
and the ability of existing systems to meet data needs. Incompatible database structures/designs
and differences in data definitions impede integrated analyses. Additionally, there are
incomplete data available on the universe of regulated facilities because not all are
inspected/permitted. In addition, the target is based on a preliminary estimate of the impact of
redirecting resources to the state and tribal enforcement grant program.
Error Estimate: N/A
New & Improved Data or Systems: PCS modernization is underway and will be nearing
completion in 2004. EPA is preparing Quality Management Plans (data quality objectives,
quality assurance project plans, baseline assessments) for all major systems. A new Integrated
Compliance Information System (ICIS) supports core program needs and consolidates and
streamlines existing systems. A pilot project to develop statistically valid compliance rates will
be completed in FY2003. Additionally, OECA began implementing its Data Quality Strategy in
FY2002.
References: EPA Inspector General reports in 1997 and 1998: 1997 EPA IG Reports:
Validation of Air Enforcement Data reported to EPA by Massachusetts (7100305) available:
http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/ereading room/list997/7100305 .pdf;
EPA Region 3's Oversight of Maryland's Air Enforcement Data (7100302) available:
bttp://www.epa.goy/oigearth/ ereading room/list997/7100302.pdf;
Region 6's Oversight of Arkansas Air Enforcement Data (7100295) September 26, 1997
available: http://www.epa.gov/oigeartli/ereading room/1 ist997/7100295.pdf;
1998 EPA IG Reports: Region 6's Oversight of New Mexico Air Enforcement Data - March 13,
1998 (8100078) available http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/ereading room/list398/81.00078.pdf:
Idaho's Air Enforcement Program - September 30,1998 (8100249) available
http://\\'wu^.epa.gov/oigearth/ereadingroom/list998/8 lQQ249.pdf.]
Clean Air Act Compliance Monitoring Strategy, April 25, 2001,
www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/policies/monitoring/cmspolicy.pdf.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Number of criminal investigations
Performance Databases: The Criminal Docket System (CRIMDOC) is a criminal case
management, tracking and reporting system. Information about criminal cases investigated by
the U.S. EPA-Criminal Investigation Division (CDD) is entered into CRIMDOC at case initiation,
and investigation and prosecution information is tracked until case conclusion.
Data Source: U.S. EPA-CID offices.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
DC-27
-------
QA/QC Procedures: The system administrator performs regularly scheduled quality
assurance/quality control checks of the CRIMDOC database to validate data and to evaluate and
recommend enhancements to the system.
Data Quality Review: N/A
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New & Improved Data or Systems: A new case management, tracking and reporting system
(Case Reporting System) is currently being developed that will replace CRIMDOC. This new
system will be an easier to use database with greater tracking, management and reporting
capabilities.
References: CRIM-DOC: U.S. EPA, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance.
Internal enforcement confidential database; non-enforcement sensitive data available to the
public through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA).
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Number of civil investigations
Performance Databases: Integrated Data for Enforcement Analysis (IDEA) integrates data
from major enforcement and compliance systems, such as the Permit Compliance System (PCS),
Air Facilities Subsystem (AFS), Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Information System
(RCRAInfo), and Emergency Response Notification system (ERNS).
Data Source: EPA's Regional offices.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: All the systems have been developed hi accordance with the Office of
Information Management's Lifecycle Management Guidance, which includes data validation
processes, internal screen audit checks and verification, system and user documents, data quality
audit reports, third-party testing reports, and detailed report specifications for showing how data
are calculated.
Data Quality Review: Regarding AFS, EPA Inspector General (IG) reports in 1997 and 1998
[See references] highlighted states' problems with identifying and reporting significant violators
of the Clean Air Act, impairing EPA's ability to assess non-compliance. EPA issued High
Priority Violator Guidance [See references] to improve tracking of sources of violations. As a
result of the reports, EPA has enhanced oversight and outreach to regions, states, local areas.
Data Limitations: For all systems, there are concerns about quality and completeness of data
and the ability of existing systems to meet data needs. Incompatible database structures/designs
and differences in data definitions impede integrated analyses. Additionally, there are incomplete
data available on the universe of regulated facilities because not all are hispected/permitted.
K-28
-------
Error Estimate: N/A
New & Improved Data or Systems: PCS modernization is underway and will be nearing
completion in 2004. EPA is preparing Quality Management Plans (data quality objectives,
quality assurance project plans, baseline assessments) for all major systems. A new Integrated
Compliance Information System (ICIS) supports core program needs and consolidates and
streamlines existing systems. An annual project to develop statistically valid compliance rates
will be completed in FY2003.
References: EPA Inspector General reports in 1997 and 1998: 1997 EPA IG Reports:
Validation of Air Enforcement Data reported to EPA by Massachusetts (7100305) available:
http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/ereading room/list997/7100305.pdf;
EPA Region 3's Oversight of Maryland's Air Enforcement Data (7100302) available:
http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/ereading room/list997/7100302.pdf;
Region 6's Oversight of Arkansas Air Enforcement Data (7100295) September 26, 1997
available: http://^^^
1998 EPA IG Reports: Region 6's Oversight of New Mexico Air Enforcement Data - March 13,
1998 (8100078) available http://www.epa.gov/oigearth/ereading room/list398/8100Q78.pdf:
Idaho's Air Enforcement Program - September 30, 1998 (8100249) available
http;//\\rĄmi;.epa.gov/oigearth/ereading_roonVlist998/8100249.pdf.1 High Priority Violator
Guidance: U.S. EPA, Office of Regulatory Enforcement, Issuance of Policy on Timely and
Appropriate Enforcement Response to High Priority Violations (HPVs), dated February 22,
1999, available: http://www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/policies/civil/caa/stationarv/issue-ta-
rpt.pdf ICIS: U.S. EPA, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, ICIS Phase I,
implemented June 2002. Internal EPA database; non-enforcement sensitive data available to the
public through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA).
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Conduct EPA-assisted inspections to help build state
program capacity.
Performance Database: Output measure; internal regional tracking system.
Data Source: Internal regional tracking system and ICIS.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: EPA regional and headquarters' managers check information to confirm
accuracy.
Data Quality Review: None
Data Limitations: None
Error Estimate: N/A
DC-29
-------
New & Improved Data or Systems: ICIS has ability to assist regions in tracking inspections.
A new measurement tool, the Inspection Conclusion Data Sheet, (ICDS) will be used to analyze
the results from inspections conducted under some of EPA's major statutes. EPA will analyze
data on communication of problems to industry, compliance assistance delivered by inspectors,
and immediate corrections made by industry according to region, nationally and by industry
sector.
References: ICIS: U.S. EPA, Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, ICIS Phase I,
implemented June 2002. Internal EPA database; non-enforcement sensitive data available to the
public through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). ICDS: U.S. EPA, Office of Enforcement
and Compliance Assurance, Inspection conclusion Data Sheets (ICDS). This information is
internal to EPA and not currently accessible through a database on a website.
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Complete system implementation life cycle stage (i.e. data
migration and testing) of Phase II of ICIS (i.e. modernization of the Permits Compliance
system (PCS) By September 2004.
Performance Database: No database; internal tracking of measure.
Data Source: None
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability:
QA/QC Procedures: Contained within the project design.
Data Quality Review: None
Data Limitations: None
Error Estimate:
New & Improved Data or Systems: None
References: N/A
FY 2004 Performance Measure: EPA will respond to investigative leads that relate to the
environment, including conventional, chemical, biological or radiological incidents; Lead
Agency and/or Office of Homeland Security requests for investigative, forensics, technical
or training support pursuant to PDDs 39 and 63; and participation in all National Security
Special Events as requested by the Secret Service under PDD 62.
Performance Databases: The Criminal Docket System (CRIMDOC) is a criminal case
management, tracking and reporting system which contains information about criminal cases
investigated by U.S. EPA-CID (Criminal Investigation Division) from their inception as opened
investigations through case initiation, investigation, prosecution and conclusion. CRIMDOC
identifies those cases that are related to homeland security or counter-terrorism.
IX-30
-------
Data Source: U.S. EPA-CID offices.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability:
QA/QC Procedures: The system administrator performs regularly scheduled quality
assurance/quality control checks of the CRIMDOC database to validate data and evaluate and
recommend enhancements to the system.
Data Quality Review: N/A
Data Limitations: N/A
Error Estimate: N/A
New & Improved Data or Systems: A new case management, tracking and reporting system
(Case Reporting System) with greater tracking, management, and reporting capabilities, is
currently being developed that will replace CRIMDOC, This new system will also contain the
relevant information for the Office of Criminal Enforcement, Forensics and Training's (OCEFT)
homeland security activities and reporting requirements.
References: CRIMDOC and CRS contain enforcement-sensitive data and are not accessible by
the public. Public information and annual statistics regarding the GPRA measures of the
criminal enforcement program, including those related to homeland security will be reported
annually in the Agency's Annual Performance Report, (www.epa.gov/ocfopage)
Coordination with Other Agencies
The Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program coordinates closely with the
Department of Justice (DOJ) on all enforcement matters. In addition, the program coordinates
with other agencies on specific environmental issues as described below.
The Civil Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring programs coordinate with the
Chemical Safety and Accident Investigation Board, the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration, and Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry in preventing and
responding to accidental releases and endangerment situations; with the Bureau of Indian Affairs
on tribal issues relative to compliance with environmental laws on Tribal Lands, and with the
Small Business Administration on the implementation of the Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA).
Coordination also occurs with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers on wetlands.
Moreover, due to changes in the Food Security Act, the U.S. Department of Agriculture/Natural
Resources Conservation Service (USDA/NRCS) has a major role in the determination of whether
areas on agricultural lands meet the definition of wetlands and are therefore regulated under the
Clean Water Act. Civil Enforcement coordinates with USDA/NRCS. on these issues also.
Finally, the program coordinates closely with the Department of Agriculture on the
implementation of the Unified National Strategy for Animal Feedlot Operations.
EK-31
-------
EPA's Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program also coordinates with USDA on
food safety issues arising from the misuse of pesticides, and shares joint jurisdiction with Federal
Trade Commission (FTC) on pesticide labeling and advertising. Coordination also occurs with
Customs on pesticide imports. EPA and the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) share
jurisdiction over general-purpose disinfectants used on non-critical surfaces and some dental and
medical equipment surfaces (e.g., wheelchairs). Finally, the Agency has entered into a
Memorandum of Understanding with the Department of Housing and Urban Development
concerning lead poisoning.
The Criminal Enforcement program coordinates with other federal law enforcement
agencies (i.e. FBI, Customs, Treasury, U.S. Coast Guard, DOJ) and with state and local law
enforcement organizations in the investigation and prosecution of environmental crimes. EPA is
also actively working with DOJ to establish task forces that bring together federal, state and local
law enforcement organizations to address environmental crimes. In addition, the National
Enforcement Training Institute has an Interagency Agreement with the Department of Treasury
to provide specialized criminal environmental training to federal, state, local, and tribal law
enforcement personnel at the Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC) in Glynco,
GA. NETI also coordinates with four state associations who provide training for state and local
officials.
Under Executive Order 12088, EPA is directed to provide technical assistance to other
Federal agencies to help ensure their compliance with all environmental laws. The Federal
Facility Enforcement Program coordinates with other Federal agencies, states, and local and
tribal governments to ensure compliance by federal agencies with all environmental laws.
The Civil Enforcement and Compliance Monitoring programs work closely with the
states and tribes. States perform the vast majority of inspections and enforcement actions. Most
EPA statutes envision a partnership between EPA and the states under which EPA develops
national standards and policies and the states implement the program under authority delegated
by EPA. If a state does not seek approval of a program, EPA must implement that program in
the state. Historically, the level of state approvals has increased as programs mature and state
capacity has expanded, and many of the key environmental programs are approaching approval
of nearly all states. EPA will increase its effort to coordinate with states on training and capacity
building and on enforcement.
EPA works directly with Canada and Mexico bilaterally and in the trilateral Commission
for Environmental Cooperation (CEC). EPA's border activities require close coordination with
the U.S. Customs Service, the Fish and Wildlife Service, the Department of Justice, and the
States of Arizona, California, New Mexico, and Texas.
Statutory Authorities
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act sections 3007,3008, 3013, and 7003 (42 U.S.C. 6927,
6928,6934,6973)
DC-32
-------
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act sections 106, 107,
109, and 122 (42 U.S.C. 9606,9607, 9609, 9622)
Clean Water Act (CWA) sections 308, 309, and 311 (33 U.S.C. 1318,1319, 1321)
Safe Drinking Water Act sections 1413, 1414, 1417, 1422, 1423, 1425, 1431, 1432, 1445 (42
U.S.C. 300g-2, 300g-3, 300g-6, 300h-l, 300h-2, 300h-4, 300i, 3001-1, 300J-4)
Clean Air Act sections 113,114, and 303 (42 U.S.C. 7413, 7414, 7603)
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) sections 11, 16, and 17 and TSCA Titles H and IV (15
U.S.C. 2610,2615, 2616,2641-2656,2681-2692)
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act sections 325 and 326 (42 U.S.C.
11045,11046)
Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act of 1992, section 1018 under TSCA section
11 (42 U.S.C. 4852cl, 2610)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act sections 8, 9, 12, 13, and 14 (7 U.S.C. 136f,
136g, 136j, 136k, 1361)
Ocean Dumping Act sections 101, 104B, 105, and 107 (33 U.S.C. 1411,1414B, 1415, 1417)
North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation
1983 La Paz Agreement on US/Mexico Border Region
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) section 102(f)
Pollution Prosecution Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. section 4321 note)
Environmental Information Authorities
Enterprise for the Americas Initiative Act (7 U.S.C. 5404)
Environmental Research, Development, and Demonstration Act (ERDDA) of 1981
Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (5 U.S.C. App.)
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) (7 U.S. C. 136-136y)
Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA)
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) section 313 (42 U.S.C.
110001-11050)
Government Paperwork Elimination Act (GPEA)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) (7 U.S. C. 136-136y)
Pollution Prevention Act (PPA) (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (42 U.S.C. 6901-6992R)
Safe Drinking Water Act section 1445 (SDWA) (42 U.S.C. 300f-300j-26)
LX-33
-------
Toxic Substance Control Act section 14 (TSCA) (15 U.S.C. 2601-2692)
North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation
Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552)
Paperwork Reduction Act Amendment of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520)
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Congressional Review Act
Regulatory Flexibility Act
Executive Order 12866
Executive Order 13148, "Greening the Government through Leadership in Environmental
Management"
Executive Order 12915 - Federal Implementation of the North American Agreement on
Environmental Cooperation
Executive Order 12916 - Implementation of the Border Environment Cooperation Commission
and the North American Development Bank
Plain Language Executive Order
National Environmental Education Act
Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA)
Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA)
Clinger-Cohen Act
Computer Security Act
Privacy Act
Clean Air Act (CAA) (42 U.S.C. 7601-7671q)
Clean Water Act (CWA) (33 U.S.C. 1251 - 1387)
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (42
U.S.C. 9601-9675)
Congressional Review Act
CPRKAofl986
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) section 313 (42 U.S.C.
110001-11050
K-34
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the Law
Objective: Promote Compliance Through Incentives and Assistance.
EPA and its state, tribal, and local partners will promote the regulated community's
compliance with environmental requirements through voluntary compliance incentives and
assistance programs,
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Promote Compliance Through
Incentives and Assistance.
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance Superfund
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$53,470.0
$52,215.6
$473.6
$780.8
417.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$55,872.4
$53,043.0
$620.1
$2,209.3
398.1
FY 2004
Request
$58,387.4
$55,816.2
$321.2
$2,250.0
401.1
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$2,515.0
$2,773.2
($298.9)
$40.7
3.0
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Capacity Building
Compliance Assistance and
Centers
Compliance Incentives
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
FY 2002
Enacted
$614.0
$25,328.7
$9,810.7
$5,336.7
$296.0
$860.4
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$929.7
$24,728.7
$9,397.3
$5,724.1
$321.0
$1,003.9
FY 2004
Request
$0.0
$26,771.6
$10,307.9
$5,382.8
$334.1
$659.9
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
($929.7)
$2,042.9
$910.6
($341.3)
$13.1
($344.0)
IX-35
-------
NEPA Implementation
Regional Management
Sector Grants
FY2002
Enacted
$11,280.6
$32.1
$2,209.3
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$11,548.4
$10.0
$2,209.3
FY 2004
Request
$12,296.3
$384.8
$2,250.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$747.9
$374.8
$40.7
FY 2004 Request
The enforcement and compliance assurance program uses voluntary compliance
incentives and compliance assistance to increase compliance with regulatory requirements and
reduce adverse public health and environmental problems. By providing compliance incentives
to the regulated community, the Agency motivates and enhances the capacity of the regulated
community to fully comply with the law and to voluntarily and promptly disclose and correct
violations before they come to the attention of the government. Compliance assistance helps the
regulated community understand and comply with environmental requirements and enables other
assistance providers to enhance their efforts.
The Agency's compliance assistance efforts are directed at the regulated community as
well as the network of other assistance providers. By offering clear and consistent descriptions
of regulatory requirements and information on how to comply, EPA assures that the regulated
community understands its obligations. Compliance assistance can also help regulated industries
find cost-effective ways to comply with environmental requirements through the use of pollution
prevention and innovative technologies. By developing tools and guidance materials, and
making them broadly accessible, EPA enables states and other assistance providers to provide
direct assistance to their constituencies. EPA will also provide access to new analytical or
interpretive tools so that the public can more easily and accurately use and interpret
environmental regulation and information.
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to carry out its responsibilities under the National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), which requires Federal agencies consider the environmental
consequences of their activities. EPA prepares NEPA environmental reviews for its proposed
actions, and under §309 of the Clean Air Act and NEPA, EPA reviews major actions taken by
other federal agencies to ensure that adverse environmental effects are identified and either
eliminated or mitigated.
Compliance Incentives
The program will continue to implement EPA's Audit/Self-Policing Policy, Small
Business Compliance Policy,, and Small Communities Policy as core elements of the
enforcement and compliance assurance program. EPA developed its Audit/Self-Policing Policy
in 1995 to encourage corporate audits and subsequent correction of self-discovered violations,
and to provide a uniform enforcement response toward disclosures of violations. Under the
Audit Policy, violations are discovered through voluntary environmental audits or a compliance
DC-36
-------
management system, and are promptly disclosed and expeditiously corrected. EPA will reduce
gravity-based penalties by 75% for violations that are voluntarily discovered and promptly
disclosed and corrected, even if not found through a formal audit or compliance management
system.
EPA is currently working on many efforts to encourage corporate self-disclosures,
including efforts in the telecommunications, petroleum, and iron and steel industries. Through
FY 2002, approximately 2,000 entities have disclosed violations at nearly 7,000 facilities. EPA
has settled with approximately 1,050 entities at almost 5,000 facilities. The Agency will
continue to expand use of the Audit Policy through aggressive outreach to particular industries.
EPA is interested in encouraging disclosures at multiple facilities owned by the same regulated
entity because such disclosures allow entities to review their operations holistically and benefit
the environment.
The EPA Small Business Compliance Policy is intended to promote environmental
compliance among small businesses by providing them with special incentives such as penalty
reductions to use compliance assistance and other voluntary means to identify, disclose, and
correct violations. This policy meets EPA's obligations under the Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act to provide a penalty reduction program for small entities. EPA has
worked with stakeholders to modify the policy to encourage greater participation and continues
to seek further ways to encourage small businesses to seek compliance assistance and utilize the
policy. As part of its 2004 marketing and outreach activities for this approach, EPA will work
with small business compliance assistance providers to develop tools useful to small businesses
in understanding applicable environmental requirements and help businesses take advantage of
the flexibility offered by the policy. The Agency will promote and implement its revised Small
Communities Policy, which encourages states to provide flexibility to small communities
seeking assistance in addressing environmental problems. EPA will provide incentives for states
to adopt the policy and for communities to utilize the policy.
In FY 2004, the compliance incentives program will continue to promote the use of
environmental management systems (EMS), including ISO 14001. Specifically, the ISO 14001
standard requires that a community or organization put in place, and implement a series of
practices and procedures that, when taken together, result in an EMS. EMSs offer companies
and other regulated entities an innovative approach to managing their environmental impacts by
integrating environmental concerns into business decisions and practices. EPA will continue to
work with a variety of domestic and international stakeholders, including the North American
Commission for Environmental Cooperation, other federal agencies, state and local
governments, industry, and non-governmental organizations to promote the use of EMSs and to
explore ways in which regulators can encourage the use of EMSs to enhance environmental
performance.
The Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program will also continue to work on
implementing the two-tiered National Environmental Performance Track program. The first tier,
the National Environmental Achievement Track (NEAT), is a program designed to motivate and
reward companies and other regulated entities that are top environmental performers, and to
recognize facilities that have consistently met their legal requirements, implemented EMSs, and
TX-37
-------
made tangible improvement to their environmental performance. Entry criteria include showing
established implementation of an EMS, presenting a record of continued compliance, certifying
current compliance, demonstrating specific environmental achievements and committing to
future improvements, and committing to public outreach and annual performance reporting
(including summaries of audit findings). Incentives for participation Include Agency
recognition, lowered priority for routine inspection, access to Audit Policy penalty mitigation,
and recognition of good faith participation in the program in any discretionary penalty
assessment. The enforcement and compliance program's low inspection priority incentive was
the first flexibility offered as an incentive to NEAT participants.
In addition, the Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program will continue to
participate in Project XL (excellence in Leadership) projects, projects under the EPA/state
regulatory innovation agreement, and other reinvention partnerships. The enforcement program
will focus on ensuring these projects are legally enforceable where necessary, and provide
accountability and transparency for participants (including Federal and non-Federal facilities).
The program will also assist in verifying and evaluating project results.
The Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program is funding the enhancement and
transfer of the innovative Massachusetts Environmental Results Program (ERP). ERP consists
of a set of three linked tools including compliance assistance, inspections, and performance
measurement, tied to an annual certification of compliance signed by a senior company official.
ERP has improved performance for small business sectors and resulted in savings for these
businesses, allowing states and EPA to focus resources on higher priority environmental
problems. In FY 2004, the Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program is dedicating
funding and other resources towards expanding this effort. The program will also continue to
provide technical and legal assistance to states developing an ERP, as well as fostering the
sharing of information and materials developed between states.
The enforcement and compliance program will also work to enhance market incentives
for responsible environmental performance. Disclosure of environmental information promotes
responsible behavior and ensures that markets value environmental performance. The United
States securities regulatory system relies on registrants' full disclosure of various kinds of
information, including the registrant's environmental liabilities, to current and potential
shareholders as the primary means of ensuring informed investments and the proper functioning
of the market. EPA's Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program notifies parties to EPA-
initiated administrative enforcement actions of their potential duty to disclose the proceeding to
the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). In FY 2004, EPA will continue to promote the
full and fair disclosure of environmental information to the public in accordance with the SEC's
requirements, and to facilitate the public's use of this information to positively influence
environmental performance.
Compliance Assistance
The Compliance Assistance program provides information and technical assistance to the
regulated community to increase its understanding of all statutory and regulatory environmental
requirements, thereby gaining measurable improvements in compliance and reducing risk to
LX-38
-------
human health and the environment. The program also provides tools and assistance to other
compliance assistance providers enabling them to more effectively help the regulated community
comply with environmental requirements. To support improving compliance in specific
industrial, commercial and government sectors with certain regulatory requirements, the program
will continue to develop and implement integrated compliance assurance strategies using a
framework for addressing environmental problems to develop baseline compliance information,
use the right tool mix of tools to address the particular problem, then measure and evaluate the
effectiveness of our efforts. EPA will also continue to develop compliance assistance tools and
provide these to the regulated community. Compliance tools may range from plain-language
guides, comprehensive sector-based documents (such as the Sector Notebooks that include
information on industry-specific manufacturing processes and pollution issues), environmental
audit protocol manuals, fact sheets, checklists, newsletters, our web-based clearinghouse, or
interactive, virtual, sector-based compliance assistance centers.
In FY 2004, the Agency will pursue major roles in compliance assistance by continuing
to strategically tailor EPA's role in direct delivery of compliance assistance and to focus on
targeted initiatives for particular sectors or environmental problems. First, the Agency will
continue to build the network of compliance assistance providers by strengthening the
partnerships among providers and distributing and marketing tools to assistance providers that
work more directly with the regulated community. These activities include: convening a
compliance assistance exchange forum composed of public and private sector representatives to
share information on best practices, priority setting, outcome measurement and new compliance
assistance materials; coordinating an inter-agency roundtable of Federal compliance assistance
programs; and maintaining and enhancing a clearinghouse of compliance assistance materials
available from federal, state and local governments and trade associations. New materials will
be added to the clearinghouse within 30 days of receipt. Second, EPA will continue to work
with stakeholders to identify compliance assistance needs and priorities. Third, EPA will
strengthen the infrastructure of the compliance assistance program within the Agency and
improve planning with states and other stakeholders to ensure needs and priorities identified by
stakeholders are met. EPA will compile Agency and State activities in the Compliance
Assistance Activity Plan, which will serve as a catalog of upcoming available tools and
materials. Finally, EPA will strategically target direct delivery of compliance assistance where
particular sectors or environmental problems warrant national attention. Through public
outreach and communication efforts, including press releases and newsletters, EPA will
publicize its compliance assistance efforts and help the regulated community anticipate and
prevent violations of federal environmental laws that could otherwise lead to enforcement
actions. This catalog will guide the Agency's compliance assistance activities.
The Sector Facility Indexing Project (SFIP) will continue hi FY 2004. SFIP allows the
public to monitor the records of nearby facilities, provides the regulated community with a
means of comparing performance against competitors, and assists government agencies in
making cross-media comparisons. EPA is committed to increasing use of the SFIP by raising
public awareness of the project, ensuring customer satisfaction with the information provided,
and sustaining the utility of the SFIP as a compliance and analytical tool. SFIP will be
coordinated with other projects to make data available to the public.
IX-39
-------
EPA will continue to support the ten mature Compliance Assistance Centers and the
development of content for the three newest Centers for auto salvaging, construction and the US
- Mexican Border. EPA will also begin to work with partners to develop three new Centers.
Possible candidates include a tribal center, centers for schools, and the plastics industry. The
Centers are a key component of EPA's efforts to help small and medium-sized businesses and
governments better understand and comply with Federal environmental requirements. The
Centers provide small businesses hi selected industry sectors and governments one-stop
shopping for regulatory and technical assistance, pollution prevention activities, and other
information particularly suited to the individual sectors. Operated hi partnership with industry
associations, environmental groups, universities and other government agencies, the Centers are
accessible through Internet web sites as well as toll-free telephone assistance lines. The Agency
will continue to develop, implement, and improve the Compliance Assistance Center Platform
(Platform), the base from which to launch new sector-specific, topical, or geographic Internet-
based Compliance Assistance Centers. The Platform provides a suite of comprehensive web-
based tools necessary to create new, full-featured Centers. In addition, the Platform will ensure
efficient integration of technology and content and reduce the financial barriers to creating new
Centers. Under a cooperative agreement with EPA, the National Center for Manufacturing
Sciences (NCMS) will operate the Platform and collaborate with industry, states, tribes, and
compliance assistance providers to establish Centers that help the regulated community better
understand and more efficiently comply with environmental requirements.
Center program enhancements include the following:
• Support to new sectors, geographical areas, or environmental topics. Additional funding
will enable the initiation of three new Centers.
• Improve and expand state-specific information in the new and existing Centers. Of
particular interest is the inclusion of state regulatory requirements to the existing Center
virtual plant or facility tours. Development of an on-line template for use by states to
include state regulatory information to existing Center resources is an option.
• Augment the Environmental Management, Auditing and Pollution Prevention Tool
(EMAPPT) with state data. This web-based tool provides federal and state regulatory
requirements, pollution prevention opportunities and information on establishing
environmental management systems for over 150 facility processes.
• Pilot Center on-site visits to advance assistance and measurement capabilities.
• Support Expert System Development.
• Enhance the Compliance Assistance Platform.
• Integrate the Centers and Clearinghouse with the "Business Compliance Assistance One-
Stop" (One-Stop) initiative. Visitors to the One-Stop Website will be directed to
applicable compliance information through a customized "userprofiler." Center content
will be integrated into this effort to ensure relevant sector-specific information is
K-40
-------
provided to the "One-Stop" users. The "One-Stop" initiative is one of the President's 24
e-government initiatives.
• Develop and expand access to Environmental Management System (EMS) information
through the Centers.
• Expand content sharing capabilities among Center partners, states, and other providers.
• Improve Center recognition through the EPA search engine.
• Conduct annual survey of Centers' users.
The Agency will also develop and distribute multimedia and sector-based materials,
limited targeted on-site assistance, and services such as hotlines and training sessions to the
regulated community to improve industry's regulatory and technical knowledge. EPA will
promote adoption of innovative technologies, including waste minimization. In FY 2004, EPA
plans to reach 500,000 entities through the compliance assistance program. The Agency will
also continue to work with the Compliance Assistance Advisory Committee to help ensure broad
stakeholder input in identifying new approaches and directions for the national compliance
assistance program. The Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program will take action to
better incorporate compliance assistance into the rule making, planning, and priority setting
processes, and work with the program offices and States to coordinate compliance assistance
efforts.
EPA has tested methodologies designed to measure change resulting from targeted
compliance assistance. The result is an improved ability to measure the effectiveness of various
strategies, better understanding of environmental obligations on the part of the regulated
community, and more facilities' support for efforts to improve facility management practices to
address compliance concerns and reduce pollution. For example, EPA will use surveys to
measure the outcomes resulting from use of the Compliance Assistance Centers and the
Clearinghouse as well as our workshops and the Compliance Assistance Providers Forum. EPA
will more strategically focus its measurement efforts and provide tools and training to facilitate
measurement of the outcomes of our compliance assistance activities. These results will be
incorporated into reporting to the Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS). We will
continue to partner with states and other assistance providers to improve approaches to
measuring compliance and environmental results.
EPA has maintained a sector based, multi-media grants assistance program to states and
tribes over the past several years to both build and foster innovations in compliance. The
Agency focused this multi-media grants program in three areas: 1) Data Quality/Data
Modernization; 2) Public Access to Enforcement and Compliance Assurance Data; and 3)
Compliance Assistance Outcome Measurement. Each of these three funding priorities was
selected to enhance State and Tribal capability and capacity in emerging areas. Through
September 30, 2002, EPA competitively awarded funds through grants or cooperative
agreements, totaling $2,200,000. EPA intends to continue supporting the development of
performance measurement within State and Tribal governments. The projected outcomes of
DC-41
-------
these grants will be the enhanced capability of states and tribes to assess the effectiveness of their
efforts through improved compliance rates; reductions in pollutants released to the environment
and citizens served.
The Federal facility enforcement program will continue to provide technical guidance to
other Federal agencies concerning their compliance with executive orders, pollution prevention
requirements, and applicable environmental laws at Federal facilities. EPA will maintain and
expand the Federal Facility Compliance Assistance Center in order to deliver compliance
assistance to Federal agencies concerning regulatory requirements. EPA will develop and
deliver compliance assistance for new major EPA regulations and Executive Orders in selected
program areas. EPA will work with other Federal agencies on implementing the Federal Code of
Environmental Management Principles (CEMP) through agency- or bureau-wide environmental
management system assessments and environmental management reviews at specific federal
facilities. EPA will also support pollution prevention opportunity assessments and similar
evaluations at Federal facilities.
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Implementation
EPA's Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program reviews environmental impacts
of proposed major federal actions as required by NEPA, §309 of the Clean Air Act, the Antarctic
Science, Tourism, and Conservation Act (ASTCA), and the Executive Order on environmental
justice; and develops policy and technical guidance on issues related to NEPA, the Endangered
Species Act, the National Historic Preservation Act and relevant Executive Orders. The program
emphasizes cooperation with other Federal agencies to ensure compliance with applicable
environmental laws and better integration of pollution prevention and ecological risk assessment
into their programs, while targeting high impact federal program areas, such as water resources
and transportation/energy related projects. In FY 2004, the Agency will continue to work with
other federal agencies to streamline and improve their NEPA process in such key areas as
approvals of highways and airport expansions, disposition of mercury and chemical weapons
stockpiles, hydro-power/nuclear power plant relicensing and other energy-related projects, flood
control and port development projects, and management of national forests and public lands. In
FY 2004, EPA will review all major proposed federal actions under NEPA and achieve
successful mitigation for at least 70 percent of the adverse environmental impacts resulting from
those actions in order to preserve air and water quality, wetlands, aquatic and terrestrial habitats,
and endangered species; protect Environmental Justice communities; and prevent degradation of
other environmental values. The program also manages the Agency's official filing activity for
all federal Environmental Impact Statements (EIS) in accordance with a Memorandum of
Understanding with the Council on Environmental Quality.
The NEPA Implementation program also guides EPA's own compliance with NEPA and
other applicable statutes, and related environmental justice requirements. These efforts include
EPA-issued new source National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits
where a state/tribe has not assumed the NPDES program, for offshore oil and gas sources, for
Clean Water Act (CWA) wastewater treatment plant grants, and for special appropriation grants
for wastewater, water supply and solid waste collection facilities. In FY 2004, EPA will ensure
100 percent of the NEPA obligations of the water treatment facility grants and water discharge
FX-42
-------
permits are met and that 90 percent of the projects result in no significant adverse environmental
impact.
FY 2004 Change from FY2003 Request
EPM
• (+$2,042,900, +4.9 FTE) This increase includes an investment of $1 million which will
enable the initiation of three new Compliance Assistance Centers, improve and expand
state-specific Centers information, conduct an annual survey of the Centers (rather than
bi-annual) and integrate the Centers with the "Business Compliance Assistance One-
Stop" (One-Stop) initiative. Remaining increase includes funding for payroll, cost of
living, and enrichment for existing FTE and FTE shifted from capacity building for
program support.
• (+$374,800, +3.9 FTE) This change represents the distribution of resources for Regional
Information Management across all Regions.
• (-$489,700, -0.8 FTE) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and-18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500and+19.7FTE)
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living, and enrichment for new and
existing FTE.
GOAL: A CREDIBLE DETERRENT TO POLLUTION AND GREATER COMPLIANCE
WITH THE LAW
OBJECTIVE: PROMOTE COMPLIANCE THROUGH INCENTIVES AND
ASSISTANCE.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Compliance Incentives
In 2004 Increase opportunities through new targeted sector initiatives for industries to voluntarily self-disclose and correct violations on
a corporate-wide basis.
In 2003 Increase opportunities through new targeted sector initiatives for industries to voluntarily serPdisclose and correct violations on
a corporate-wide basis.
In 2002 The number of facilities that participated in voluntary self-audit programs, disclosed and corrected violations greatly exceeded
the target.
IX-43
-------
Performance Measures:
Facilities voluntarily self-disclose and correct violations with
reduced or no penalty as a result of EPA self-disclosure
policies.
FY 2002
Actuals
FY2003
Pres, Bud.
1467
500
FY2004
Request
500
Facilities
Baseline: EPA developed its Audit/Self-Policing Policy in 1995 to encourage corporate audits and subsequent correction of self-
discovered violations. That Policy as well as the Small Business Compliance Policy were modified in FYOO. The Agency is
working to expand the use of the Audit Policy through aggressive outreach to specific sectors. In FY01 the performance
measure was modified to reach settlements with 500 facilities to voluntarily self-disclose and correct violations. This same -•
measure has been carried continued.
Kegulated Communities
In 2004 Increase the regulated community's compliance with environmental requirements through their expanded use of compliance
assistance. The Agency will continue to support small business compliance assistance centers and develop compliance
assistance tools such as sector notebooks and compliance guides.
In 2003 Increase me regulated community's compliance with environmental requirements through their expanded use of compliance
assistance. The Agency will continue to support small business compliance assistance centers and develop compliance
assistance tools such as sector notebooks and compliance guides.
Performance Measures:
Number of facilities, states, technical assistance providers or
other entities reached through targeted compliance assistance
(core optional)
FY2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
475,000
FY2004
Request
500,000
Entities
Baseline: EPA provides clear and consistent descriptions of regulatory requirements to assure that the community can understand its
obligations. EPA supports initiatives targeted toward compliance in specific industrial and commercial sectors or with certain
regulatory requirements. Compliance assistance tools range from plain-language guides, fact sheets, checklists and newsletters.
New distribution methods include the on-line Clearinghouse. In FY03, EPA is planning to reach 475,000 facilities, states, or
technical assistance providers through targeted compliance assistance efforts.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Facilities voluntarily self-disclose and correct violations
with reduced or no penalty as a result of EPA self-disclosure policies.
Performance Database: EPA's Headquarters manages information on the self-disclosing
policies in ICIS (Phase I).
Data Source: EPA's Headquarters and regional offices enter the information. The data for ICIS
is generated through the use of the Case Conclusion Data Sheet (CCDS), which is prepared by
Agency staff after the conclusion of each criminal and civil (judicial and administrative)
enforcement action. The CCDS was implemented by EPA in 1996 and captures the relevant
information on the results and environmental benefits of the concluded enforcement eases. ICIS
stores information on the self-disclosing policies.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC Procedures: Procedures are in place for both the CCDS and for ICIS entry. There are
separate CCDS Calculation and Completion Checklists [See references] to be filled out at the
time the CCDS is completed.
IX-44
-------
Data Quality Review: Information contained in the CCDS and ICIS are reviewed by Regional
and Headquarters staff for completeness and accuracy.
Data Limitations: None
Error Estimate: N/A
New & Improved Data or Systems: ICIS now stores information on self-disclosing policies.
These policies have been tracked since FY 2000.
References: Case Conclusion Data Sheets: Case Conclusion Data Sheet, Training Booklet,
issued November 2000: ivu^v.epa.gov/compliance/resoiirces/publications/planning/caseconc.pdf;
Quick Guide for Case Conclusion Data Sheet, issued November 2000. ICIS: U.S. EPA, Office
of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, ICIS Phase I, implemented June 2002. Internal EPA
database; non-enforcement sensitive data available to the public through the Freedom of
Information Act (FOIA).
FY 2004 Performance Measure: Number of facilities, states, technical assistance providers
or other entities reached through targeted compliance assistance.
Performance Database: EPA's Headquarters manages data on the number of entities reached
through targeted compliance assistance in the Reporting Compliance Assistance Tracking
System (RCATS).
Data source: EPA's Headquarters and regional offices enter information hi RCATS upon
completion and delivery of media and sector-specific compliance assistance including
workshops, training, on-site visits and distribution of compliance assistance tools.
A new measurement tool, the Inspection Conclusion Data Sheet, (ICDS) will be used to
analyze the results from inspections conducted under some of EPA's major statutes. EPA will
analyze data on communication of problems to industry, compliance assistance delivered by
inspectors, and immediate corrections made by industry according to region, nationally and by
industry sector.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: N/A
QA/QC: Automated data checks and data entry guidelines [See references are hi place for
RCATS.
Data Quality Review: Information contained in the RCATS are reviewed by EPA regional and
Headquarters' staff for completeness and accuracy.
Data Limitations: These are very simple data. However, due to the cyclical nature of
reporting, there will be a tendency for information to lag hi currency until the end of the fiscal
year. Additionally, because this information is recorded hi summary fashion, rather than by
DC-45
-------
specific facility, verification of individual data that make up the summaries is not systematically
possible,
Error Estimate: Not available.
New & Improved Data or Systems; EPA plans to incorporate RCATS into ICIS in the future,
References: RCATS: U.S. EPA Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance. Internal
EPA database. Guidance: RC ATs User Guide of March 19,2001.
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA's Enforcement and Compliance Assurance Agricultural Compliance Assistance
Center will continue to coordinate with the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA). The Center
has two Interagency Agreements with USDA to award funds to Land Grant Universities to
develop compliance and pollution prevention materials.
The Agency works, in addition, with US Customs to ensure safe import and export of
hazardous and toxic materials. The compliance assistance program is also working with a
number of federal agencies, including Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA),
Small Business Administration (SBA), Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and others to establish a
"Federal Compliance Assistance Roundtable" to collaborate on compliance assistance
approaches and coordinate efforts to more effectively reach and provide assistance to the
regulated community.
EPA works closely with the states as they provide an increasing amount of compliance
incentives and assistance. The Compliance Assistance Centers have been coordinating with the
states to assist them in their outreach efforts to industry, to facilitate their delivery of sector-
specific regulatory information, to serve as the delivery mechanism for their pollution prevention
and compliance assistance material, and to build their capacity to meet the environmental needs
of the businesses in their states and localities.
The Enforcement and Compliance Assurance program works with states prior to and
following enactment of state audit privilege and immunity legislation to identify and express the
Agency's policy and legal concerns. EPA has adopted a pragmatic, problem-solving approach to
addressing legal adequacy in specific states that have enacted audit privilege and immunity laws.
EPA and the states use a process to identify legal impediments to federal program authorization
resulting from the state's law. The impediments can then be addressed through tailored statutory
amendments, or a state Attorney General opinion interpreting the law consistent with federal
requirements, or both. EPA has completed this process hi 22 states. By the end of FY 2004,
EPA anticipates including three additional states in this process.
The Enforcement program also works with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) and the Department of Justice (DOJ) on activities to encourage increased disclosure of
corporate environmental performance information by public companies. The SEC and DOJ have
reviewed EPA research on the level of compliance with SEC environmental disclosure
DC-46
-------
regulations. They also commented on an EPA notice to be distributed in administrative
enforcement actions, which informs publicly traded companies of their duty to disclose
environmental legal proceedings pursuant to SEC regulations.
The Agency is required to review environmental impact statements (EIS) and other major
actions impacting the environment and public health proposed by all federal agencies, and make
recommendations to the proposing federal agency on how to remedy/mitigate those impacts.
Although EPA is required under § 309 of the Clean Air Act (CAA) to review and comment on
proposed federal actions, neither the National Environmental Policy Act nor § 309 CAA require
a federal agency to modify its proposal to accommodate EPA's concerns. EPA does have
authority under these statutes to refer major disagreements with other federal agencies to the
Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ). Accordingly, many of the beneficial environmental
changes or mitigation that EPA recommends must be negotiated with the other federal agency.
The majority of the actions EPA reviews are proposed by the Forest Service, Department of
Transportation (including Federal Highway Administration and Federal Aviation
Administration), Army Corps of Engineers, Department of the Interior (including Bureau of
Land Management, Minerals Management Service and National Park Service), Department of
Energy (including Federal Regulatory Commission), and Department of Defense.
EPA's National Environmental Justice Program holds regular meetings with agencies
named in Executive Order 12898 to review the environmental justice activities underway; to
develop appropriate training tools; and to discuss participation in the National Environmental
Justice Advisory Council (NEJAC).
Statutory Authorities
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act sections 3007, 3008, 3013, and 7003 (42 U.S.C. 6927,
6928,6934, 6973)
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act sections 106, 107,
109, and 122 (42 U.S.C. 9606,9607, 9609, 9622)
Clean Water Act (CWA) sections 308, 309, and 311 (33 U.S.C. 1318, 1319,1321)
Safe Drinking Water Act section 1413, 1414, 1417, 1422, 1423, 1425, 1431, 1432, 1445 (42
U.S.C. 300g-2, 300g-3,300g-6, 300h-l, 300h-2, 300h-4,300i, 300i-l, 300J-4)
Clean Air Act section 113, 114, 303, and 309 (42 U.S.C. 7413, 7414, 7603, 7609)
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) sections 11, 16, and 17 and TSCA Titles JJ and TV (15
U.S.C. 2610,2615,2616,2641-2656,2681-2692)
Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act of 1992 section 1018 under TSCA section
11 (42 U.S.C. 4852d, 2610)
K-47
-------
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act section 325 and 326 (42 U.S.C. 11045,
11046)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act sections 8, 9, 12, 13, and 14 (7 U.S.C. 136f,
136g, 136j, 136k, 1361)
Ocean Dumping Act sections 101, 104B, 105, and 107 (33 U.S.C. 1411, 1414B, 1415, 1417)
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
Antarctic Science, Tourism, and Conservation Act (ASTCA)
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Statutory Authorities for Environmental Justice
National Environmental Education Act
Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA)
Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA)
Clinger-Cohen Act
Computer Security Act
Privacy Act
Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) .
Clean Air Act (CAA) (42 U.S.C. 7601-7671q)
Clean Water Act (CWA) (33 U.S.C. 1251 - 1387)
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (42
U.S.C. 9601-9675)
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA) section 313 (42 U.S.C.
110001-11050)
Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (5 U.S.C. App.)
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) (7 U.S. C. 136-136y)
Pollution Prevent Act (PPA) (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109)
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (42 U.S.C. 6901-6992k)
Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) section 1445 (42 U.S.C. 300f-300j-26)
Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA) section 14 (15 U.S.C. 2601-2692)
North American Agreement on Environmental Cooperation
Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) 5 U.S.C. 552)
Paperwork Reduction Act Amendment of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520)
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA)
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Congressional Review Act
Regulatory Flexibility Act
Executive Order 12866
Plain Language Executive Order Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
Pollution Prevention Act
Federal Fungicide, Insecticide and Rodenticide Act
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act
IX-48
-------
Safe Drinking Water Act
Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act
Government Performance and Results Act
Paperwork Reduction Act
Freedom of Information Act
Computer Security Act
Privacy Act
Electronic Freedom of Information Act
Government Paperwork Elimination Act
IX-49
-------
Goal 10: Effective Management
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Goal 10: Effective Management ., X-l
Provide Leadership... X-8
Manage for Results Through Services, Policies, and Operations X-12
Provide Quality Work Environment X-26
Provide Audit, Evaluation, and Investigative Products and Services X-32
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Effective Management
Strategic Goal: EPA will maintain the highest-quality standards for environmental leadership
and for effective internal management and fiscal responsibility by managing for results.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
Effective Management
Provide Leadership
Manage for Results Through
Services, Policies, and
Operations.
Provide Quality Work
Environment.
Provide Audit, Evaluation,
and Investigative Products
and Services
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$443,458.1
$47,027.5
$176,749.8
$166,878.6
$52,802.2
2,009.9
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$460,815.7
$49,850.6
$201,230.9
$156,141.5
$53,592.7
1,942.2
FY 2004
Request
$468,826.6
$51,380.5
$198,525.6
$162,127.5
$56,793.0
1,890.9
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$8,010.9
$1,529.9
($2,705.3)
$5,986.0
$3,200.3
-51.3
Background and Context
The programs under this Goal are designed to deliver services that enable EPA program
offices to make results-based decisions and meet environmental protection goals in a cost-
effective manner. Sound leadership, proactive management of human resources, policy guidance,
innovation, quality customer service, consultation with stakeholders, results-based planning and
budgeting, fiscal accountability, and careful stewardship of our resources provide the foundation
for everything EPA does to advance the protection of human health and the environment.
Developing and carrying out these policies and services is accomplished through focus on
front-line customer services and measuring results. EPA routinely consults and coordinates with
industries, communities and other customers and partners to identify emerging issues and
develop strategies to meet shared objectives. In addition, work under this goal ensures that
EPA's management systems and processes are supported by independent evaluations that
promote operational integrity and program efficiency and effectiveness, allowing us to obtain the
greatest return on taxpayer investments.
X-l
-------
Activities under this goal support the full range of Agency activities for a healthy and
sustainable environment and include the following areas:
Effective vision and leadership;
Results-based planning and budgeting;
Fiscal accountability;
Quality customer service;
Professional development of the Agency workforce;
Independent evaluation of Agency programs;
Investment hi core infrastructure;
Streamlined business processes;
Program integrity;
Management of human resources; and
Performance-based procurement.
EPA's strategy for providing effective management specifically addresses the major
challenges facing the Federal government as a whole. EPA's management objectives align
closely with the President's Management Agenda:
• Strategic Management of Human Capital: The Agency's Human Capital Action Plan
will build on the work we have accomplished for FY 2002 and plan for FY 2003, and
implement several new initiatives, including: a mechanism to recruit and retain talented
researchers; a program to attract desirable skills and competencies through a multi-media
approach; and, targeted electronic recruitment that links with one of the leaders in
private-sector electronic recruitment.
• Improved Financial Performance: To further strengthen grants management, EPA is
developing a long-term strategic plan. The Agency's five-year Strategic Plan for Grant's
Management will focus on: developing a skilled grants management workforce;
promoting grant competition; enhancing the Agency's oversight program; and improving
accountability, coordination and resource management of grants. The Agency continues
to make significant progress on the replacement of its aging financial management
systems, and will focus on completing the Agency payroll implementation plan, making
recommendations for replacing EPA's integrated financial management system, and
developing desk-top access to key cost accounting and performance information.
• Competitive Sourcing: EPA has worked diligently to implement the Agency's
Competitive Sourcing Action Plan and received a "green" Executive Scorecard progress
score from OMB. To sustain this progress, EPA has formed an Agency-wide team to
adopt an ongoing, strategic approach to Competitive Sourcing. In FY 2004, the full-time,
senior team members will benchmark best practices, identify candidate positions for
competition or conversion, and provide suggestions to better align future Federal Activity
Inventories with the Competitive Sourcing process.
• Budget and Performance Integration: EPA received a "green" Executive Scorecard
progress score from OMB, and the Agency will continue improving the quality of its
X-2
-------
performance goals and measures and restate them more closely to environmental
outcomes across its goals. In FY 2004, the Agency will develop new sources of
performance data, improve the quality and usability of existing data sources, and develop
tools to set strategic priorities and track performance.
• E-Government: The Agency's financial systems modernization initiative, which is
framed by the Agency's Enterprise Architecture development efforts, is being designed to
make maximum use of enabling technologies for e-Government, including e-Grants, e-
Procurement, e-Payroll, and e-Travel. (See Goal 7 for the full discussion of the Agency's
strategy for e-government issues.)
Means and Strategy
The Agency will continue to provide vision, leadership, policy and oversight for all its
programs and partnerships. It will employ management strategies to advance the protection of
human health and the environment. Strategies that cut across all organizational boundaries and
are imperative to performing the Agency's mission are:
* Developing partnerships with stakeholders to ensure mutual goals are met;
• Committing to manage human resources; foster diversity; and work to secure, develop,
empower, and retain talented people to accomplish the Agency's environmental mission;
• Promoting energy efficiency and Green procurement, and, maintaining a safe, healthy,
and productive work environment for EPA employees;
• Implementing streamlined systems and processes in grants and contracts/management;
• Promoting cost-effective investment in environmental protection and public health
through sound stewardship and responsible results-based management. EPA works to
achieve this goal through keeping pace with technological change, meeting accounting
standards, consulting with customers and stakeholders, and improving delivery of
services;
• Providing responsive and accountable management;
• Assessing management challenges and program risks identified by Congress, oversight
agencies, EPA's Office of Inspector General (OIG) and state and Tribal partners; and
• Recognizing the special vulnerability of children to environmental risks and facilitating
the intensified commitment to protect children.
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue its emphasis on the implementation of the Human
Capital Action Plan. In addition to improving current programs, new initiatives in FY 2004
include a focused program to recruit and retain talented researchers; a pilot outreach and
recruiting program to attract desirable skills and competencies and carried out through a multi-
X-3
-------
media approach; and, targeted electronic recruitment that links with one of the leaders in private-
sector electronic recruitment. These efforts support the President's Management Agenda and
provide a comprehensive approach to managing human capital.
In continuing to provide a quality work environment that is energy conscious and values
employee safety and security, the Agency will implement repair and improvement projects at
several EPA facilities. These facilities provide the tools essential to research innovative
solutions for current and future environmental problems and enhance our understanding of
environmental risks. In FY 2004, EPA's goals in this area are aimed at reducing energy
consumption at its facilities by encouraging the use of new and advanced technologies and
energy savings performance contracts.
The Agency will ensure a high level of integrity and accountability in the management of
grants and contracts to protect Federal funds from waste, fraud, and abuse so taxpayers receive
the full benefit of the government's investment in environmental protection. In FY 2004, the
EPA will focus on strengthening grants management by improving monitoring and auditing of
grants management activities, which will strengthen the Agency's ability to ensure that grantees
comply with both administrative and programmatic grant requirements. These efforts support
the President's Management Agenda for Improved Financial Performance.
By building on the success of its integrated planning, budgeting, and accountability
processes and initiatives, EPA promotes the implementation of the Government Performance and
Results Act (GPRA) to ensure sound stewardship of Agency fiscal resources. As part of this
effort, the Agency is improving its capabilities to use performance data and other information to
make cost-effective investments for environmental results. EPA collaborates extensively with
partners and stakeholders to forge the partnerships required for shared approaches to meeting the
challenges of GPRA. EPA consults with internal customers on fiscal management services to
meet their needs for timeliness, efficiency and quality.
Audit, evaluation, investigative, and advisory products and services contribute to
effective management by facilitating the accomplishment of the Agency's mission. Specifically,
audits, evaluations, and advisory services lead to improved economy, efficiency, and
effectiveness in EPA business practices and assist in the accomplishment of environmental goals.
Investigations detect and deter fraud and other improprieties which undermine the integrity of
EPA programs and resources. All OIG work is focused on the anticipated value it will have on
influencing resolution of the Agency's major management challenges, reducing risk, improving
management and program operations, and saving taxpayer dollars while leading to the attainment
of EPA's strategic goals.
The Agency will continue its commitment to protect children's health by targeting
resources towards activities mat will ensure that the decisions and actions taken by the Agency
consider risks to children, including working to develop sound scientific information to provide
the basis for these decisions and actions. The Agency will also provide policy direction and
guidance on equal employment opportunity and civil rights. The Agency's Administrative Law
Judges and its Environmental Appeals Board Judges will issue decisions on administrative
complaints and environmental adjudications, respectively, in a timely manner.
X-4
-------
Strategic Objectives
• Provide Leadership
• Manage for Results Through Services, Policies, and Operations
• Provide Quality Work Environment
• Provide Audit, Evaluation, and Investigative Products and Services
Highlights
In support of the President's Management Agenda, the Agency will build on on-going
efforts to strategically manage its human capital action plan. In FY 2004, EPA will focus on
several key several key human capital initiatives; the Senior Executive Service (SES) Candidate
Development Program, Management Development Program, and New Skills/New Options
Development Program. The Agency plans to hire 20 additional interns using the EPA Intern
Program and will enroll 50 candidates in the SES Candidate Development Program. These
programs constitute key components in Investing in Our People, EPA's Strategy for Human
Capital, and address Agency concerns over the potential loss of leadership, institutional
knowledge and senior management expertise.
The Agency is committed to strengthening grants management and moving toward a
green light in improved financial performance under the President's Management Agenda. In
FY 2004, EPA's efforts will focus on post-award monitoring, including managing the
administrative on-site review contractors, analyzing trends in grantee noncompliance, conducting
desk reviews, and identifying potential candidates for on-site reviews. In addition, the Agency
will implement its five-year strategic plan for grant's management and work via the Grant
Competition advocate to ensure compliance with the new EPA Order on Grant Competition.
Agency management provides vision and leadership, and conducts policy oversight for
all Agency programs. Sound management principles, practices, results-based planning and
budgeting, fiscal accountability, quality customer service, rational policy guidance and careful
stewardship of our resources are the foundation for everything EPA does to advance the
protection of human health and the environment. The effectiveness of EPA's management
systems, polices and procedures will determine, in large measure, how successful we will be in
pursuit of the other goals identified in the Agency's annual plan.
In FY 2004, EPA will build on its progress in linking resources to environmental results
through goal-based fiscal resource management. The Agency will provide more useful cost
accounting information for environmental decision-making. EPA will make continued progress
in assessing the environmental results of its program activities. Highlights of expected Agency
FY 2004 achievements in effective management are:
• Expand Agency and state partner capacity to manage for results through support for the
improvement of the quality and use of performance measures.
• Meet new Federal requirements for timely financial information and maintenance of a
clean audit opinion on the Agency's financial statements to demonstrate the highest
X-5
-------
caliber of resource stewardship and the credibility and reliability of Agency financial
information.
• Continue efforts to provide decision-makers with integrated cost and performance
information to support results-based management and progress on environmental
priorities. FY 2004 efforts will focus on:
* continued implementation phases for replacing EPA's integrated financial
management system;
> further development of desk-top access to key cost accounting and performance
information;
>• continue improvement of the delivery of core financial management customer
services;
> provide Agency decision-makers with useful, reliable, and timely cost
information associated with key results-based environmental information; and
* further integration of cost and performance information.
The OIG will conduct and supervise independent and objective audits, evaluations, and
investigations relating to Agency management and program operations, and will provide
advisory and assistance services. The OIG will also review and make recommendations
regarding existing and proposed legislation and regulations impacting the Agency. In addition,
program evaluations/audits and four other types of audits will be conducted: contract, assistance
agreement, financial statement, and systems audits. Four types of investigations will be
performed: program integrity, assistance agreement, contract and procurement, and employee
integrity.
The OIG Computer Crimes Unit will conduct investigations of computer intrusions,
support the OIG and Agency personnel as a Penetration Testing laboratory, and provide a
Forensics laboratory to assist with OIG investigations. Further, the OIG will receive, analyze,
and facilitate the resolution of citizens' complaints regarding Agency programs and activities as
part of the ombudsman function. Combined, these activities promote economy, efficiency, and
effectiveness within the Agency, prevent and detect fraud, waste, and abuse, and contribute to
improved environmental quality and human health. The OIG will keep the EPA Administrator
and Congress informed fully of problems and deficiencies identified in Agency management and
program operations and the necessity for corrective actions.
EPA will continue its commitment to protect children's health. The Agency will direct
resources toward the programs that reduce risks to children from a range of environmental
hazards. In 2004, the Agency will continue to work to decrease the frequency and severity of
asthma attacks in children through reduction and avoidance of key asthma triggers, including
environmental tobacco smoke, prevalent indoor allergens and ambient air pollution. The Agency
will continue efforts to reduce children's exposure to lead, particularly in low income minority
X-6
-------
neighborhoods, where children living in older housing are much more likely to be exposed to
lead.
External Factors
EPA would be affected by limited availability of environmental data required to measure
results and make decisions relating resources to results.
The ability of the Office of Inspector General to accomplish its annual performance goals
is dependent, in part, on external factors. Indictments, convictions, fines, restitutions, civil
recoveries, suspensions, and debarments are affected by the actions of others (e.g., the
Department of Justice). In addition, the prosecutive criteria established within various
jurisdictions (e.g., dollar thresholds) can affect the number of investigative cases.
X-7
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Effective Management
Objective: Provide Leadership
Provide vision, national and international leadership, executive direction, and support for
all Agency programs.
Resource Summary
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Provide Leadership
Environmental Program &
Management
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$47,027.5
$47,027.5
306.4
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$49,850.6
$49,850.6
311.4
FY2004
Request
$51,380.5
$51,380.5
310.6
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$1,529.9
$1,529.9
-0.8
Key Program
(Dollars hi Thousands)
Administrative Law
Childrens Health, Program
Development and Coordination
Civil Rights/Title VI
Compliance
Environmental Appeals Boards
Executive Support
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Immediate Office of the
Administrator
Intergovernmental Relations -
OA
FY 2002
Enacted
$2,684.0
$6,099.0
$10,143.6
$1,667.3
$3,113.0
$5,226.9
$4,175.9
$2,167.4
FY 2003
Pres. Bud^
$2,869.8
$6,670.9
$11,770.7
$1,737.7
$3,121.2
$4,492.7
$4,343.7
$2,292.7
FY 2004
Request
$2,930.3
$6,710.4
$12,113.8
$1,774.8
$3,178.5
$4,646.6
$4,413.9
$2,447.3
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$60.5
$39.5
$343.1
$37.1
$57.3
$153.9
$70.2
$154.6
X-8
-------
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Regional Management
FY2002
Enacted
$3,979.2
$405.1
$7,546.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$4,360.4
$430.6
$7,760.2
FY2004
Request
$4,528.7
$315.4
$8,320.8
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$168.3
($11.5.2)
$560.6
FY 2004 Request
The Agency's environmental protection framework is based on partnerships with state
and Tribal governments. They are challenging their leaders to adopt tough but achievable goals
for the environment including cleaner air, purer water, and better protected lands. EPA must
meet these challenges while, offering people and institutions the flexibility to find cost-effective
ways to achieve those goals. Agency management will provide the vision and leadership needed
to enable EPA to meet its commitments to protect public health and the environment in FY 2004
and beyond.
EPA will work with the states and negotiate performance partnerships with the states to
agree on environmental outcomes that the states will achieve using resources they receive from
the Agency. Resources dedicated to Regional management will serve to coordinate and
implement, at the Regional level, the Administrator's management priorities, from an integrated
cross-programmatic and multi-media point of view. They will also serve to implement
integrated data management and Internet activities at the Regional level, in support of the E-
Government provisions of the President's Management Agenda.
EPA will continue its commitment to protect children's health. The Agency will direct
resources toward the programs that reduce risks to children from a range of environmental
hazards. In FY 2004, the Agency will focus on research and analyses to provide scientific and
economic information needed to address the heightened risks faced by children from
environmental contaminants. The Agency will continue to work to decrease the frequency and
severity of asthma attacks hi children through reduction and avoidance of key asthma triggers,
and to reduce children's exposure to lead, particularly hi low income minority neighborhoods
where children living in older housing are much more likely to be exposed to lead. We will
continue to build partnerships and work with other Federal agencies, states, health care
providers, and international organizations to incorporate children's environmental health into
their programs and activities. We will also work with our state, local and other partners to
provide information and tools to make school environments healthy places for children to learn
and grow.
In FY 2004, policy, direction, and guidance will be provided within the Agency on equal
employment opportunity, civil rights and diversity issues. The Agency will continue to work
diligently to process all Title VII internal employment discrimination complaints as
expeditiously as possible, with less than 10% of the total complaints inventory in a backlog
X-9
-------
status. Appropriate training will be provided to Office of Civil Rights (OCR) staff to conduct
Title VII counseling and investigations. EPA will continue to administer and monitor the
implementation of affirmative employment programs. Furthermore, the Agency will manage
special emphasis programs designed to improve the representation, utilization, and retention of
minorities, women, and persons with disabilities hi the Agency's workforce. Finally, the
external compliance program, including Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, will prohibit
discrimination in programs and activities that receive financial assistance from EPA. EPA will
also issue Title VI guidance on limited English proficiency in accordance with guidelines
established by the Department of Justice and develop/implement a Title VI compliance review
program.
The Environmental Appeals Board (EAB) will issue final Agency decisions in
environmental adjudications on appeal to the Board. These decisions are the end point in the
Agency's administrative enforcement and permitting programs. The right of affected persons to
appeal these decisions within the Agency is conferred by various statutes, regulations and
constitutional due process rights. The Administrative Law Judges (ALJs) will preside hi
hearings and issue decisions in cases initiated by EPA's enforcement program concerning those
accused of environmental violations under various environmental statutes. The ALJs have
increased their use, in recent years, of alternative dispute resolution techniques to facilitate the
settlement of cases and, thereby, avoid more costly litigation. Recently, the EAB and ALJs
acquired access to videoconferencing technology that can also be used to reduce the expenses for
all parties involved in the administrative litigation process.
The Office of Executive Support will provide the Agency with management
infrastructure services, including personnel, administrative, budget, planning, integrity, ethics,
computer support, information management security, and financial management support. The
Office will assist managers and supervisors in hiring a qualified and diverse staff in accordance
with the Agency's affirmative action and human resource management programs and principles.
This Office will also provide the expertise, reports, financial analyses, program analyses, and
related information that managers need to make decisions and understand the resource
implications of their management decisions. Automated data processing and information
resource management support will also be provided to meet the increasing information resource
needs of the Agency, as well as development and implementation of information management
security policies needed to protect electronic data.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
There are increases for payroll, cost of living and enrichment for new and existing FTE,
Verification and Validation of PMs
None
X-10
-------
Coordination with Other Agencies
The Administrator co-chairs, along with the Secretary of the Department of Health and
Human Services, the Interagency Task Force on the Protection of Children from Environmental
Health Risks. About 15 Federal cabinet departments, agencies and White House councils are
members of the Task Force. EPA performs the staff work for the Task Force.
Statutory Authority
Administrative Procedure Act
Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title VI
Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title VH
X-ll
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Effective Management
Objective: Manage for Results Through Services. Policies, and Operations.
Demonstrate leadership in managing Jor results by providing the management services.
administrative policies, and operations to enable the Agency to achieve its environmental
mission and to meet its fiduciary and workforce responsibilities and mandates.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY2002 FY2003 ; FY 2004 I FY 2004 Req.
Actuals i Pres. Bud. Request v<
I FY 2003 Pres
Bud
I Manage for Results
Through Services. Policies.
i and Operations.
Environmental Program &
| Management
I Hazardous Substance
Superfund
Leaking Underground Storage
Tanks
I Oil Spill Response
I Science & Technolog>
Total Workvears
$663.6
$37.3.3
01,230.9
64,431.9
35:352.7
$1 1Q4 4
$198,
$369,
$27;
-------
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Planning and Resource
Management
Public Access
Regional Management
Regulatory Development
FY 2002
Enacted
$4,614.5
$63,826.6
$56,295.3
$1,429.0
$8,934.6
$1,608.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$4,964.6
$67,328.8
$62,791.1
$0.0
$7,725.1
$1,602.3
FY 2004
Request
$5,136.0
$86,300.8
$44,830.9
$0.0
$3,380.5
$1,746.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$171.4
$18,972.0
($17,960.2)
$0.0
($4,344.6)
$143.7
FY 2004 Request
In FY 2004 Agency activities to support results-based decision-making and sound
financial stewardship include the following activities: Strategic Planning, Annual Planning and
Budgeting, Financial Services, Financial Management, Analysis, and Accountability. Through
these activities the Agency provides executive direction for the Agency's budget, financial, and
resource management functions; develops and manages a results-based management system;
manages the annual planning and budgeting process; provides financial accounting and fiscal
services to the Agency; operates and maintains the Agency's integrated financial management
system; provides support to the Agency's Superfund cost recovery efforts; prepares the annual
financial statements and performance reports; and coordinates the planning and budgeting
process for the Agency Working Capital Fund. In addition, EPA's Environmental Financing
Program assists states and localities in meeting their critical environmental infrastructure needs
in a sustainable manner. The program provides grants to a network of university-based
Environmental Finance Centers which, in turn, provide training, expert advice, education, and
analysis to states, local communities and small businesses. As part of Agency efforts to provide
the American public with innovative, market-based programs and services, EPA actively reviews
programs as part of its Federal Activities Inventory Reform (FAIR) Act process.
In FY 2004, Regional Information Technology (IT) organizations will continue to
provide support to local program offices in the areas of hardware requirements determination,
software programming and applications, records management systems, data base services, Local
Area Network (LAN) activities, intranet web design, and desktop support. EPA's environmental
information efforts require the Agency to ensure that its keeping pace with the states and tribes in
the areas of data collection, management, and utilization. Consequently, in FY 2004 EPA will
emphasize its state data management grants, both from an IT and grants management
perspective. Additionally, EPA will continue to focus on information security and the need for
each Region to have an internal IT security capacity. The Regions will implement Agency
information resources management policies in areas such as data and .technology standards,
central data base services, and telecommunications. The Regions will also operate Regional
Centers for Environmental Information in both the Regional offices and laboratories. The
X-13
-------
Regions will also continue to work with Headquarters on the implementation of cost accounting
procedures to capture in detail all IT expenditures for all EPA offices.
Resources within this objective are aligned with four of the five initiatives outlined in the
President's Management Agenda: Strategic Management of Human Capital, Competitive
Sourcing, Improved Financial Performance, and Budget and Performance Integration. The fifth
initiative, E-Government, is discussed in Goal 7.
Grants Management
A key component of this objective is the Agency's management of contracts and grants,
which are in support of EPA's environmental mission. In FY 2004, the Agency will increase its
investment to strengthen grants management. Resources will be used to: obtain contractor
support to perform administrative on-site reviews and grant closeouts; provide training and
technical assistance to Tribal and non-Tribal recipients on administrative grant requirements,
including establishment of a grantee clearinghouse; pre-certify financial systems of non-profit
recipients; and develop a comprehensive training program on grant competition. These efforts
will enhance the management of our grants to support our environmental programs.
Strategic Management of Human Capital
To date, EPA has accomplished several important milestones in implementing its Human
Capital Action Plan. The Agency has successfully implemented the EPA Intern Program, which
attracts highly skilled new talent to the Agency. The Agency has also implemented a
Management Development Program, which is aimed at equipping managers with cutting edge
management skills and techniques, and a Senior Executive Service Development Program, which
focuses on identifying and training the next level of senior leadership at EPA. In FY 2004,
additional resources are needed to strengthen and optimize existing programs. These efforts will
allow the Agency to provide a continuity of service in existing programs and expand current
efforts to include new initiatives. In addition to these ongoing efforts, the Agency will implement
new initiatives, including a mechanism to recruit and retain talented researchers that EPA may
not otherwise be able to attract through implementation of a focused pilot program (not subject
to Title V) to hire up to five researchers a year with a salary cap of $200,000; a pilot outreach
and recruiting program to attract desirable skills and competencies and carried out through a
multi-media approach; and, targeted electronic recruitment that links with one of the leaders in
private-sector electronic recruitment.
The Agency will implement an Innovation Fund which will foster results-oriented
projects that will better integrate human capital efforts into the Agency's day to day work. As
the Agency prepares for the potential retirement of a significant portion of its workforce, these
products and tools will provide the foundation for the development of the Agency's next
generation of leaders. It will also enable the Agency to build a workforce with the skills,
flexibility, diversity of background and outlook to pursue this Agency's environmental mission
by building into its structure the flexibility needed to quickly redeploy critical mission skills.
X-14
-------
In addition, an investment is required to support the Agency's new Human Resources
Management System (HR Pro). Fully deployed, HR Pro will provide a faster, more efficient
means of conducting a full range of human resources business processes. The corporate human
resources system will also provide an extensive workforce information data repository to support
management planning and decision-making functions while serving as the authoritative source of
"people" information for integration, synchronization and/or consolidation of stand-alone
systems across the agency.
Competitive Sourcing
EPA received a "green" Executive Scorecard progress score from OMB for its diligent
work to implement the Agency's Competitive Sourcing Action Plan. The goal of the Plan is to
promote cost effective and efficient services to the public through a productive Federal Activities
Inventory Reform (FAIR) Act process. EPA successfully met and exceeded its FY 2002
competitive sourcing goal of directly converting or holding competitions on 5 percent of its
FAIR Act inventory, and is well on its way to meeting the FY 2003 goal of 15 percent of its
FAIR Act inventory. To sustain this progress and achieve the ultimate 50 percent goal, EPA has
formed an agency-wide team to adopt an ongoing, strategic approach to Competitive Sourcing.
The team of full-time, senior team members will benchmark best practices, identify candidate
positions for competition or conversion and provide suggestions and guidance to better align
future Inventories with the Competitive Sourcing process. After Agency Senior Executives have
approved the team's suggestions, and adopted an Agency plan, resources will be devoted to
ongoing implementation.
Improved Financial Performance
In FY 2004, the Agency will continue development of innovative approaches to meet
Federal financial management challenges and continue to improve the delivery of core financial
management customer services. EPA's financial management innovations are focused on
providing Agency decision-makers with useful, reliable, and timely cost information associated
with key results-based environmental information. By integrating cost and performance
information, the Agency can further improve its capacity to manage for results and better support
environmental priorities.
EPA, along with other Federal agencies, is facing unprecedented challenges in trying to
meet both internal and external stakeholders' increasing expectations for more efficient and
effective stewardship of resources and a results-based approach to managing those resources.
The challenges associated with meeting stakeholder demands are augmented by a dynamic
technical landscape, rapidly emerging technologies, and evolving independent, executive and
legislative requirements.
Key to improving financial performance is EPA's financial systems modernization
initiative. This initiative is based on a phased, modular program to replace key elements of the
Agency's aging systems. EPA began replacement of its 30 year old payroll system in 2001, and
is now partnering with the Department of Agriculture to deploy a modern Commercial Off The
Shelf (COTS) application under the Administration's e-Payroll initiative. Since its
X-15
-------
implementation in 1989 the Agency's core financial system has been based on the Federal
Financial System (FFS) software. Over the past decade, new requirements and demands have
been placed on this system; however, implementation of changes needed to meet these
requirements has been costly both in time and resources. When the FFS system was unable to
accommodate EPA's needs, new systems were developed to track or house information. The
result is a partially integrated system that supports strategic planning, annual planning and
budgeting, financial management and services, and accountability functions.
The financial systems modernization initiative is fully aligned with the goals and
strategies under the President's Management Agenda, especially those related to Budget and
Performance Integration, Improved Financial Performance, and E-Government. In addition, this
work is framed by the Agency's Enterprise Architecture development efforts, and is being
designed to make maximum use of enabling technologies for E-Government initiatives,
including E-Grants, E-Procurement, E-Payroll and E-Travel. The Agency's financial systems
architecture provides the supporting infrastructure for EPA and enables the organization to
achieve its environmental goals.
The proposed acquisition and implementation timeframe of the modernization program is
from FY 2003 to FY 2007.
Financial Systems Modernization Transition Plan
FDW
The methodology used to implement this multi-year initiative will incorporate phased, modular
deployments of system elements designed to deliver real benefits in the short term while work on
longer term projects is ongoing. This will allow us to effectively meet evolving Federal
requirements for cost accounting; include re-engineered and streamlined business processes;
improve compliance with security and privacy requirements; and provide managers, supervisors
and employees with ready access to data for analysis. Overall, the initiative will generate almost
$74 million in savings over the expected life cycle of the new system, when compared to the cost
of the current systems environment. Benefits of the implementation methodology include:
* Implementation of the Enterprise Application Integration (EAT) project at the beginning
of the lifecycle allows EPA to realize EAI benefits (e.g., standardization of interface
X-16
-------
protocols, use of common interface functional capabilities, and management of
communications with internal or external systems) early in the process. Additionally, it
reduces the complexity/risks associated with the implementation of the Financial COTS
on several accounts:
* The Financial COTS implementation team is no longer concerned with
establishing or determining how interfaces to and from the system will be
accomplished (i.e.. separation of concerns).
• The Financial COTS team needs only to develop a single interface to the
enterprise "hub" through a standard method and process. It does not need to
create multiple interfaces to multiple systems using methods and processes that
•could prove to be incompatible with each other.
» Should the implementation of the Financial COTS take longer than expected.
EPA would have already achieved a higher level of integration and ease of
interlace -maintainability among its legacy systemsr thus effectively extending the
lifecycle of its legacy systems.
• Early implementation of the Financial Data Warehouse (FDW) project addresses
current and short-term financial reporting needs of EPA early in the lifecycle. In
addition, early implementation of FDW allows Administrative Data Warehouse
(ADW) to evolve at a steady and non-constrictive pace.
• Later implementation of the Cost Recovery and Imaging project allows EPA
ample time to analyze those EPA unique and critical cost recovery requirements
not supported by the Financial COTS. Results of this analysis may result in
streamlined cost recovery processes jointly supported by the Financial COTS and
Cost Recovery and Imaging applications.
• Extended pre-implementation timeframes for the Financial COTS provide a
greater degree of certainty that the selected Joint Financial Management
Improvement Program (JFM1P) certified financial package will more closely meei
EPA's requirements.
• Extended implementation tim'drames for the ADW provide a greater degree oj
certainty that ADW • components will not require feengineering. ADW
components are implemented only after the source application (e.g.. Financial
COTS. Cost Recovery and Imaging) is fully operational. The Payroll application
will be the first to be integrated into the ADW as its implementation is completed
first.
Implementation of Planning is scheduled to provide sufficient time to have the
application in place and fully implemented for use during the budget lormulation process.
which begins on March 1. 2005.
x-r
-------
OCFO Activin
Specific Actions
Driver.'
1. Improve Financial I
Pertormanct
2. Improve Financial
Sen'ice to tht
Customer
Maintain a Secure
Financial System
Environment
Automate internal processes to reduce costs internally
and within the Federal government by disseminating
best practices across agencies
Support compliance with Federal laws and regulations
Support the operating, policy, and budget decision-
making through improved timeliness
Streamline financial transactions and reengineering
processes using best business practices
Expand the use of web-based technologies
Improve management of obligations 10 the Federal
government by continuing to improve debt collection
practices
Institute quarterly financial statements
Accelerate end of year reporting
Measure system compliance with agency ability to
meet OMB and Treasury requirements
• The President's j
Management Agenda
(PMA)
• OMB Circular A-127. !
JFMTP. GPRA. FFMLA. and
FASAB ;
• PMA |
* The Federal Financial j
Management 5 Year Plan ,
and PMA
• PMA
• The Federal Financial
Management 5 Year Plan
Create easy-to-find single points ol access to
government services for individuals
Ensure IT investments minimize the redundancy and
maximize the integration within an agency, as well as
maximizing the interoperability between agencies
Develop financial management systems that providt
timely, useable, reliable, and accessible financial
information and reports to increase accountability and
improve decision making and program management
Provide tools and reports that enable managers to
budget and assess the full cost oi programs and
activities.
Offer common administrative services to achieve
efficiencies and reduce cost
Explore electronic processing options tor Grants
Streamline grant payment deliver)
Support government-wide efforts to manage grant
hinds online through a common web sin
Support government-wide electronic business
processes, such as e-procuremeni
Re-engineer reporting processes and expand the use of
web-based technologies
Maintain a secure systems environment
Undertake a Public Key Infrastructure (TK1) to
promote digital signatures ior transactions within the
Federal government
Integrate cost-effective security into government
information systems to enable, and not unneccssaril)
impede. Agency business operations
PMA
FTMRA.PMA
The Federal Financial
Management 5 Year Plan
PMA and FASAB
Standards
The Federal financial
Management 5 Year Plan
PMA
CFO Council
PMA
PMA
PMA _
The Federal Financial
Management 5 Year Plan
PMA
Executive Order on Critical
Infrastructure Protection in
the Information Age dated
October 36.2001
-------
QOFO Activity
Specific Actions
.Drivers
4. Improve Financial
Accountability
Ensure sound accounting standards that provide the
basis for EPA financial statements, and for consistent
and reliable information
Prepare annual financial statements and obtain "clean"
unqualified opinions
Require comparative financial statements
Report specific financial performance measurements
The Federal Financial
Management 5 Year Plan
The Federal Financial
Management 5 Year Plan
PMA
PMA
5. Improve
Performance and
Budget
Integration
Support the integration of program performance review
with program budget decisions, and the production of
performance based budgeting
Support the identification and monitoring of high
quality performance measures and outcome measures
of programs, and provide support for competitive
sourcing initiatives.
Integrate financial and performance information
PMA
PMA
PMA
Budget and Performance Integration
The FY 2004 request includes resources for the Agency to develop new capacities to
improve the quality and use of performance measures. This work is part of EPA's overarching
endeavor to develop results-based goals and evaluate the Agency's work in terms of its impact
on human health and the environment. The Agency has integrated Planning, Budgeting,
Analysis, and Accountability (PBAA) processes to support EPA's implementation of GPRA. In
FY 2004, EPA plans to continue to support program efforts to develop more outcome-based
annual goals and measures, develop new sources of performance data, improve the quality and
usability of existing data sources, and develop tools to set strategic priorities and track
performance.
These objectives will be achieved through targeted efforts with EPA programs and state
partners. This effort will support results-based management through a variety of potential
approaches such as: addressing data gaps to develop more outcome oriented measures and goals,
increasing state use of environmental data and performance information in environmental policy
and management decisions, promoting integration of information on environmental conditions
with other management systems used to make environmental policies and management
decisions, supporting development of statistical models for linking program outputs and
environmental improvements, and developing best practices and case studies based on current
successful EPA or state environmental management efforts.
As part of these efforts, EPA will continue to consult with its partners and stakeholders
(states, Tribes, local government, other Federal agencies, environmental associations, industry
groups, the EPA Science Advisory Board) and the Congress and OMB. EPA will work to link
annual plans to long-term goals and objectives of the Agency. Our continued work with state
governments through the Environmental Council of the States (ECOS) and Tribal governments
will ensure collaboration and cooperation with respect to the Agency's short- and long-term
goals and objectives. In the development of the Agency's Annual Plan, EPA will involve the
Agency's regulatory partners (principally states and Indian tribes) in identifying short- and long-
term program priorities that can be considered in EPA's planning efforts.
X-19
-------
EPA will report on the results of its Annual Plan implementation in the Agency's
consolidated Annual Report, which provides information on the status of performance goals and
measures and progress toward strategic objectives. The Annual Report provides Congress and
the public a comprehensive picture of EPA's program, financial and management performance,
including the results of annual performance goals and measures described in the Agency's
revised final FY 2003 Annual Plan.
In addition to assessing the Agency's performance results and progress toward its longer-
term strategic objectives, the Annual Report also summarizes the results of EPA's work to
comply with the Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act and the Inspector General Act
Amendments. The Agency continuously assesses the effectiveness of EPA management
controls, vulnerabilities and challenges, and monitors progress on audit closeout. •
Procurement
In FY 2004, the Agency will increase the number of contracts that are performance-
based, improve electronic commerce capabilities, and enhance the education of its contract
workforce. The Procurement Executive Council (PEC) has established a Federal-wide goal in
FY 2004 that 40% of contracts be performance-based. EPA intends to meet this goal by
converting more program requirements to performance-based contracting, increasing training on
how to use this type of contract, and providing outreach to the programmatic areas with
percentage target.
IE addition, the Agency will meet the President's initiative on electronic commerce by:
* extending the use of electronic signatures;
• developing interfaces with all current Agency-wide systems involved in the buying and
paying process;
• evaluating and working to eliminate paper-processing to the acquisition process;
• completing development and implementation of the Program Office Interface (POI),
which will allow EPA program managers to electronically manage their contracts; and
• posting solicitations to the General Services Administration's (GSA) FEDBIZOPPS
system as the single point of entry for vendors to government purchasing.
To meet the President's goal that 90 percent of all acquisition employees meet mandatory
training requirements by 2005, the Agency will improve the qualifications and education of its
contract workforce by providing appropriate training opportunities and establishing and
enforcing mandatory training requirements.
X-20
-------
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
Multi-Appropriation
• (+$4,000,000 EPM and +$1,000,000 SF) With this increase in non-payroll resources,
EPA will fulfill the FY 2004 phase of modernizing major Agency financial systems to
provide decision-makers with integrated cost and performance information and timely
and reliable financial information and reports to increase accountability and improve
decision-making and program management. FY 2004 efforts will focus on completing
the Agency payroll implementation plan that will reduce costs and burdens, making
recommendations for replacing EPA's integrated financial management system, and
further developing desk-top access to key cost accounting and performance information.
EPM
(+$1,082,400 and +1.7 FTE) This increase reflects an effort to strengthen grants
management. This increase will lead to a substantial reduction in the number of adverse
findings in Inspector General audit reports and on site reviews; increased compliance by
non-profit recipients with administrative grant requirements; and a pool of recipients
trained on EPA grant requirements. (Note: The total increase to Grants Management in
FY 2004 is $1,700,000 and 7.0 FTE. The amount shown reflects the increase to this
particular goal, objective. The remainder is reflected in other goals and objectives, as a
result of the Agency Grant Distribution methodology, which allocates grant resources in
proportion to Headquarters grants resources located in each goal and objective.)
(+$1,300,000) This increase supports the Agency's automated Human Resources
Management System (HR Pro) and the increased operational costs associated with this
system. These resources will improve the integrity of employee and organization data;
provide online, real time access to that data; decrease personnel action processing times;
and provide more accurate and timely management information.
(+$600,000 and +3.0 FTE) This increase will enhance the Agency's ability to align its
Human Capital Strategy Plan with the President's Management Agenda and the Agency's
mission and strategic objectives. The FTE increase will be used to support the SES
Candidate Development Program, Management Development Program, and New
Skills/New Options Module.
(+$300,000) This increase provides additional resources for EPA's participation in the
Integrated Acquisition E-Government initiative.
(+$1,136,900) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
X-21
-------
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and-18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and +19.7FTE)
Superfund
• ( -$6,911,200) Adjustments in resource allocations reflect changes to existing
distribution accounts to support Capital Planning and Investment Control (CPIC) projects
in the amount of $1,000,000, and the establishment of two new distribution accounts to
improve allocation of regional Financial Services costs ($2,900,000) and headquarters
Integrated Financial Management Systems (IFMS) costs in the amount of $3,000,000.
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living and enrichment for new and existing
FTE.
GOAL: EFFECTIVE MANAGEMENT
OBJECTIVE: MANAGE FOR RESULTS THROUGH SERVICES, POLICIES, AND
OPERATIONS.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Strengthen EPA's Management
In 2004
In 2003
In 2002
Strengthen EPA's management services in support of the Agency's mission while addressing the challenges included in the
President's Management Agenda
Strengthen EPA's management services in support of the Agency's mission while addressing the challenges included in the
President's Management Agenda
EPA prepared and submitted its FY 2001 financial statements and received a clean audit opinion.
Performance Measures:
Agency's audited Financial Statements and Annual Report
are submitted on time.
EPA's audited Financial Statements receive an unqualified
opinion and provide information that is useful and relevant to
the Agency and external parties.
Cumulative number of Agency offices using the workforce
planning model which identifies skills and competencies
needed by the Agency for strategic recruitment, retention and
development planning.
Percentage of total eligible service contracting dollars
obligated as performance based in FY2003.
Agency audited Financial Statements are timely, and receive
an unqualified opinion.
FY2002
Actuals
Goal Met
Goal Met
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
30
1
FY2004
Request
10
40
1
Statements/Rpt.
finan statement
Offices
Percent
Finan statement
Baseline: The Agency's audited FY 2004 Financial Statements will be submitted on time to OMB and receive an unqualified opinion.
Based on FY 2002 performance baselines are: zero for number of Agency offices using the workforce planning model and 20%
for performance-based contracts.
X-22
-------
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
Performance Measure: Number of Agency offices using the workforce planning model
which identifies skills and competencies needed by the Agency for strategic recruitment,
retention and developmental training.
Performance Database: No database. Agency staff track manually.
Data Source: Agency staff.
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Review: N/A
Data Limitations: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
Performance Measure: Agency's audited Financial Statements are timely and receive an
unqualified opinion.
Performance Database: N/A
Data Source: OMB acknowledgement of receipt of financial statements, OIG audit report.
QA/QC Procedures: OCFO management review, OIG audit
Data Quality Review: OIG audit
Data Limitations: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
Performance Measure: Percentage of total eligible service contracting dollars obligated as
performance based.
Performance Database: The Integrated Contracts Management System (ICMS), which has an
identifier to show which contracts are performance based and the dollars associated with it.
Data Source: Agency personnel inputs data into ICMS.
QA/QC Procedures: N/A
Data Quality Review: N/A
Data Limitations: N/A
X-23
-------
New/Improved Data or Systems: ICMS was updated in order to track this performance
measure.
Coordination with Other Agencies
PA will develop and issue guidance for executive agencies to use when purchasing goods
and services in response to Executive Order 13101 to show a preference for "environmentally
preferable" products and services.
To achieve its mission, OCFO has undertaken specific coordination efforts with federal
and state agencies and departments through two separate vehicles: 1) the National Academy of
Public Administration's Consortium on Improving Government Performance; 2) active
contributions to standing interagency management committees, including the Chief Financial
Officers Council and the Federal Financial Managers' Council. These groups are focused on
improving resources management and accountability throughout the Federal government. OCFO
also coordinates appropriately with Congress and other federal agencies, such as Department of
Treasury, Office of Management of Budget, and the General Accounting Office.
Statutory Authority
Federal Manager's Financial Integrity Act (1982)
The Chief Financial Officers Act (1990)
The Prompt Payment Act (1982)
The Government Performance and Results Act (1993)
Government Management Reform Act (1994)
Inspector General Act of 1978 and Amendments of 1988
Title 5 United States Code
Annual Appropriations Act
EPA's Environmental Statutes, and the Federal Grant and Cooperative Agreement Act
Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR), contract law, and EPA's Assistance Regulations
(40CFR Parts 30,31, 35,40,45,46,47)
Ginger-Cohen Act
Paperwork Reduction Act
Freedom of Information Act
X-24
-------
Computer Security Act
Privacy Act
Electronic Freedom of Information Act
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
X-25
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Effective Management
Objective: Provide Quality Work Environment.
Effectively conduct planning and oversight for building operations and provide
employees with a quality work environment that considers safety, new construction, and repairs
and that promotes pollution prevention within EPA and with our state, tribal, local, and private
partnerships.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
Provide Quality Work
Environment.
Building and Facilities
Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance
Superfund
Leaking Underground Storage
Tanks
Oil Spill Response
Science & Technology
Total Workyears
FY 2002
Actuals
$166,878.6
$30,452.8
$87,460.4
$23,917.0
$954.3
$541.4
$23,552.7
18.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$156,141.5
$42,918.0
$80,105.9
$21,608.3
$1,018.4
$451.9
$10,039.0
15.4
FY 2004
Request
$162,127.5
$42,918.0
$84,328.9
$23,368.3
$1,021.4
$451.9
$10,039.0
27.2
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$5,986.0
$0.0
$4,223.0
$1,760.0
$3.0
$0.0
$0.0
11.8
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Homeland Security-Protect
FY2002
Enacted
$58,464.4
$30,040.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$100,221.3
$19,000.0
FY2004
Request
$101,513.8
$19,288.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$1,292.5
$288.0
X-26
-------
EPA Personnel/Infrastructure
Legal Services
Management Services and
Stewardship
Regional Management
Regional Program
Infrastructure
Superfund Remedial Actions
FY2002
Enacted
$140.2
$61,807.7
$18,807.3
$6,132.2
$1,346.8
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$150.6
$8,974.0
$20,416.7
$6,032.1
$1,346.8
FY 2004
Request
$157.2
$12,097.7
$27,724.0
$0.0
$1,346.8
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$6.6
$3,123.7
$7,307.3
($6,032.1)
$0.0
FY 2004 Request
This objective supports the Agency's goal for Effective Management through the
construction of new facilities, and the design and establishment of state-of-the-art laboratories.
These facilities provide the tools essential to research innovative solutions to current and future
environmental problems and enhancing our understanding of environmental risks. In addition,
EPA is well engaged in reducing energy use needed to operate these facilities. In FY 2004, the
Agency will continue to improve operating efficiency and encourage the use of new and
advanced technologies and energy savings performance contracts.
In FY 2004, the Agency intends to redirect the New Headquarters Project construction
funding of $3.1M to support energy conservation and other repair and improvement projects. By
the close of FY 2003, we will have completed the construction activities at the Complex and will
be focusing resources on funding follow-on costs, as well as internal office moves that are
planned as part of the EPA Headquarters consolidation effort.
Resources in this objective will also be used to comply with Executive Orders (EO)
13149, Greening the Government through Federal Fleet and Transportation Efficiency and EO
13123, Greening the Government through Efficient Energy Management.
EO 13149 requires that by FY 2005, petroleum use be 20% lower than that in 1999. EPA
will direct resources towards acquiring alternative fuel vehicles and more fuel-efficient
passenger cars and light trucks to meet this goal. EO 13123 requires a 20 percent reduction of
energy consumption (per square foot or per unit production) in laboratory facilities by FY 2005.
The Agency will attain this goal through several initiatives including comprehensive facility
energy audits, sustainable building design in Agency construction and alteration projects, energy
savings performance contracts to achieve energy efficiencies, the use of off-grid energy
equipment, energy load reduction strategies, and the use of Energy Star products and buildings.
X-27
-------
Homeland Security
The FY 2004 request includes resources to enhance security background checks and
improve the background investigation process for employees, contractors, and grantees. Since
September 11, 2001, many programs and offices are re-evaluating position sensitivity
designations and security levels for staff to determine if a higher security clearance is needed to
adequately support Homeland Security efforts and preparedness for emergency responses. The
additional recruitment of emergency response personnel and the creation of additional
emergency response command posts will also increase the number of employees that must be
processed by the personnel security staff. In FY 2004, the workload of EPA's personnel security
office is expected to increase by 60 - 70% as the staff assumes a broader mandate to ensure that
all grantees and EPA contractor personnel are investigated for suitability and that employment of
these persons are also consistent with national security interests.
The FY 2004 request supports an increased focus on strengthening the Agency's physical
infrastructure security. EPA is currently conducting physical security vulnerability risk
assessments to develop a baseline on the physical security conditions of EPA's facilities. This
includes gathering, assimilating and evaluating physical security data; identifying and
documenting the security vulnerabilities, assessing human threat; and determining and
prioritizing the qualitative risks. In FY 2004, we will continue to implement physical security
countermeasures, including perimeter, entrance/exit, and interior security (e.g., protecting air
intakes, utilities, and hazardous materials.) In addition, the Agency will:
• Incorporate technological advancements into existing physical security countermeasures.
• Mitigate residual vulnerabilities and risks identified in assessments.
• Enhance physical security of mail rooms against biological agents.
• Safeguard facilities against explosive agents.
• Provide funding for the security guard costs associated with increased need since
September 11.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
Multiple Appropriations
• (+$1,097,300 EPM and +$833,800 SF) This increase provides additional resources for
Regional moves and health and safety cost increases.
X-28
-------
EPM
• (+$1,000,000) This increase will support the full implementation of an Environmental
Management System (EMS) for EPA's own operations, facilities and employees (as
required under Executive Order 13148). The FY 2004 resources will (1) provide
technical and site assistance to the 36 official EMS reporting sites, (2) allow EPA Health
and Safety staff prepare for and conduct internal EMS self-certification audits and other
support costs associated with external certification efforts in accordance with the
International Standards Organization, and (3) enhance and continue an FY 2003 senior
management development program which provides Agency executives with an improved
understanding of their roles in implementing a successful EMS within EPA. This
funding is essential if the Agency is to attain compliance with Executive Order 13148 and
assume a leadership role on EMS in the Federal government.
« (+$288,00 and +3.0 FTE) This increase will enhance the efforts and support additional
workloads placed on the current staff dedicated to Security. FTE will support EPA
facility security and help ensure that every applicant or appointee to the Agency is
investigated for suitability, and sensitive position placement is consistent with national
security interests. In addition, a new effort will begin to develop the capability to
conduct background investigations of contractor and grantee personnel.
• (-$3,327,200) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in
proportion to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and
FTE, associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and -18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and +19.7 FTE)
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living and enrichment for new and existing
FTE.
B&F
(-$3,060,000) This decrease reflects the ramping down of the New Headquarters Project
as we complete construction and consolidation into the Federal Triangle Complex.
(+$3,060,000) This increase will support energy conservation and other repair and
improvement projects.
X-29
-------
GOAL: EFFECTIVE MANAGEMENT
OBJECTIVE: PROVIDE QUALITY WORK ENVIRONMENT.
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Energy Consumption Reduction
In 2004 By 2004, EPA will achieve a 16% energy consumption reduction from 1990 in its 21 laboratories which is in line to meet the
2005 requirement of a 20% reduction from the 1990 base. This includes Green Power purchases.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Cumulative percentage reduction in energy consumption 16 Percent
(from 1990).
Baseline: In FY 2000, energy consumption of British Thermal Units (BTUs) per square foot is 320,000 BTUs per square foot.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
Performance Measure: Cumulative percentage reduction in energy consumption in EPA's
21 laboratories from the 1990 base.
Performance Database: No database. Agency staff track manually.
Data Source: Agency staff.
QA/QC Procedures: Agency staff/contractor review utility bills from laboratories.
Data Quality Review: Agency staff/contractor review utility bills.
Data Limitations: N/A
New/Improved Data or Systems: N/A
Coordination with Other Agencies
EPA will develop and issue guidance for executive agencies to use when purchasing
goods and services in response to Executive Order 13101 to show a preference for
"environmentally preferable" products and services.
Statutory Authority
Federal Manager's Financial Integrity Act (1982)
The Chief Financial Officers Act (1990)
The Prompt Payment Act (1982)
The Government Performance and Results Act (1993)
X-30
-------
Government Management Reform Act (1994)
Inspector General Act of 1978 and Amendments of 1988
Title 5 United States Code
Annual Appropriations Act
EPA's Environmental Statutes, and the Federal Grant and Cooperative Agreement Act
Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR), contract law, and EPA's Assistance Regulations
(40CFR Parts 30, 31, 35, 40,45, 46, 47)
Clinger-Cohen Act
Paperwork Reduction Act
Freedom of Information Act
Computer Security Act
Privacy Act
Electronic Freedom of Information Act
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
X-31
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Effective Management
Objective: Provide Audit. Evaluation, and Investigative Products and Services
Provide audit, evaluation, and investigative products and advisory services resulting in
improved environmental quality and human health.
Resource Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
i FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
Provide Audit. Evaluation.
and Investigative Products
and Services
$52,802.2
$53,592.7
I Environmental Program &
Management
Hazardous Substance
I Superfund
Inspector General _
! Total Workvear^
$6.587.0
$4.290.0
$56,793.0
$5.233.2
$10.984.9
$13,977.7 $] 4,752.]
$35.325.0
359.7
372.3
_$36j807.7
371.9
FY 2004 Req.
v.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$3,200.3
$943.2
$774.4
_ $1,482.7
-0.4
Key Program
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2002 FY 2003
Enacted ! Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
FY 2004 Req.
v.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
i Assistance Agreement Audits_
i Assistance Agreement
Investigations
Contract: Audits
Contract and Procurement
Investigations
Employee Integrm
Investigations
$2.000.0^
$2.900.0
$5f200.0
$3,100.0
$ 1,000.0
x-3:
$ao_
$0.0
JP.CL
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$o.q_
$0.0
$0.0
$ao_
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
-------
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Financial Statement Audits
Investigations
Management Services and
Stewardship
Planning and Resource
Management
Planning, Analysis, and Results
-IG
Program Audits
Program Evaluation - IG
Program Evaluations/Audit
Program Integrity Investigations
FY2002
Enacted
$5,673.2
$4,000.0
$0.0
$402.2
$0.0
$6,286.0
$4,900.0
$15,000.0
$0.0
$1,500.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$5,243.6
$0.0
$9,469.6
$282.1
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$38,597.4
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$6,129.5
$0.0
$10,527.2
$525.7
$116.5
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$39,494.1
$0.0
FY 2004 Req.
V.
FY 2003 Pres
Bud
$885.9
$0.0
$1,057.6
$243.6
$116.5
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$896.7
$0.0
FY 2004 Request
The Office of Inspector General (OIG) provides audit, evaluation, investigative, and
advisory services that fulfill the requirements of the IG Act and contribute to improved Agency
management, environmental quality and human health. The work of the OIG supports the
attainment of Agency Strategic Goals and assists the Agency in resolving its top management
challenges. Audits and program evaluations, selected based on relative risk, materiality, and
results of past reviews, identify best practices, areas for improvement, and cooperative solutions
to problems. Investigations focus on alleged fraud, waste, abuse, and other illegal activities by
EPA employees, contractors, and grantees. Investigations are also vital hi identifying high-risk
vulnerabilities, systemic weaknesses, improvements in programs and operations, savings, and
economic benefits.
During FY 2004, the OIG will continue to: 1) perform program evaluations to provide
Congress and the Agency with best practices, analyses, and recommendations to address the
most serious management challenges, accomplish environmental objectives, and achieve
Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA) goals; 2) perform audits of EPA's business
systems processes and human capital to assess EPA's capacity to efficiently and effectively carry
out its mission and prevent fraud, waste, and abuse; 3) conduct investigations which focus on
detection and prosecution of financial fraud, laboratory fraud, and cyber crime; 4) partner with
others, including other Federal and state auditors, evaluators, law enforcement officials and
associations who also have environmental missions, to leverage our resources to attain maximum
environmental benefits with available resources; and 5) implement human resource and
knowledge management strategies that will ensure that the OIG has a diverse, highly motivated
X-33
-------
and accountable staff with the skill sets and tools needed to perform increasingly complex work.
More specifically, the OIG will concentrate during FY 2004 on the following areas:
• Air - The OIG's approach to assessing EPA's achievement of its clean air goal will
center on evaluating major opportunities for cost-effective pollution reduction. The OIG
will focus on the quality of emission data, the effectiveness of emission allowance
trading, and the adequacy of air monitoring networks.
• Water - The OIG's work will center on the Agency's watershed approach with emphasis
on national effluent guideline limitations and standards, water quality monitoring
information, and assessing the effectiveness of point and non-point source programs.
Further, the OIG will assess whether the Agency has comprehensive contingency plans
ensuring continuity and protection of essential water functions across a wide range of
potential emergencies.
• Waste Management - The OIG will concentrate on determining the extent of
contaminated waste sites remaining to be cleaned up, identifying future sites, evaluating
the environmental risks these sites pose, whether cleanup activities are scientifically
sound, cost-effective, and the involvement and capabilities of states and tribes hi cleanup
activities. We will also develop information for evaluating the adequacy of the current
Superfund Program. Further, we will evaluate progress and performance in the
Brownfields cleanup program.
• Scientific Research - The OIG will continue to investigate potential criminal activity hi
laboratory work.
• Computer Security - hi accordance with the Government Information Security Reform
Act, the OIG will continue to evaluate major aspects of EPA's computer security
program and practices. The OIG plans to: (1) monitor computer security weaknesses
previously identified by our office and the General Accounting Office (GAO); (2)
identify new and emerging vulnerabilities to network security; and (3) advise the Agency
of any additional computer security enhancements needed to reduce the risk of damage
and disruption to EPA's critical systems. The OIG will also continue performing
criminal investigations of intrusive activities affecting EPA computer security and
participate with other law enforcement agencies in the growing effort to protect computer
security.
• Systems - The OIG will evaluate EPA's organizational systems and capacity to achieve
citizen-centered, results-based management. Specifically, the OIG will evaluate the
Agency's efforts to implement a systematic, customer-oriented, automated managerial
cost accounting system that will provide program managers with relevant and reliable
information relating costs to activities, outputs, and outcomes. We will also evaluate the
Agency's progress in implementing strategies to improve its business processes, systems,
data, and human capital. This will include assessing EPA's E-Government initiatives.
X-34
-------
The OIG will continue to build capacity for performing program evaluations. The
primary emphasis of those evaluations will be to determine whether EPA has designed the
programs, projects, and tasks within the goals, objectives, and subobjectives reported to
Congress under GPRA to achieve the desired results and impacts in the most efficient and cost-
effective manner. Staffed with a mix of program analysts, scientists, auditors, economists, and
others, program evaluations will assist the Agency in identifying what works, and, at what cost.
Evaluation efforts in FY 2004 will include: 1) evaluating the effectiveness of EPA's national
effluent guideline limitations and standards to determine whether they are appropriate for
reducing industrial discharge of pollutants; 2) evaluating the cost and effectiveness of emission
allowance trading in terms of environmental justice; examining the relationship of pollutants to
environmental measures; assessing the adequacy of air monitoring networks, the validity and
reliability of emission data, and the adequacy of EPA's human health and ecological impact
measures; 3) assessing the effectiveness of the Brownfields program; 4) evaluating the adequacy
of the current Superfund program; and 5) evaluating the impact of EPA activities on community
relations. Planned program audits will focus increased attention on contract administration,
including the effective use of performance based contracting to achieve environmental and
business results. The OIG will also continue to focus on grants administration.
The OIG Computer Crimes Unit (CCU) will conduct investigations of computer
intrusions, support the OIG and Agency personnel as a Penetration Testing laboratory, and
provide a Forensics laboratory to assist with OIG investigations. The CCU will continue to be
an active participant in the law enforcement computer crimes community, working
collaboratively on joint projects. The Intrusion Unit of the CCU will develop guidelines for
computer incident response and serve as a clearinghouse for all computer incident reports. The
Intrusion Unit will also work collaboratively with the Agency to develop an Agency-wide
training program for information security professionals regarding response to computer intrusion
incidents. The Forensics Unit of the CCU will conduct forensic examinations in support of OIG
investigations. As the Agency continues to move toward a paperless environment, the need for
these examinations is expected to grow significantly.
The Ombudsman receives and reviews complaints and allegations of inappropriate
decisions, actions, or activities involving Agency programs, employees, or designees. The
Ombudsman screens and recommends work assignment suggestions for staffing within OIG
offices, monitors those work assignments to include reviewing reports of findings and
recommendations, and informs external stakeholders of the results. The Ombudsman also reports
on fiscal year activity.
The OIG product line includes:
Audits
• Contract Audits - determine the allowability, allocability, and reasonableness of costs
claimed by contractors.
• Assistance Agreement Audits - financial audits of EPA's State Revolving Fund programs,
Performance Partnership Grants, as well as other EPA grants, interagency agreements,
and cooperative agreements.
X-35
-------
• Financial Statement Audits - audits of the Agency's financial systems and statements to
ensure that adequate controls are in place and the Agency's accounting information is
timely, accurate, reliable and useful, and complies with applicable laws and regulations.
• Systems Audits - review the economy, efficiency and effectiveness of operations by
examining the Agency's support systems for achieving environmental goals, including its
information systems and systems for setting priorities, developing and implementing
strategies to accomplish them, and measuring performance. Key processes our work will
focus on include those related to financial systems, information systems, and human
capital.
Program Evaluations/Audits
• Program Evaluations/Audits use sophisticated analytical tools, methodologies and
specialized skills to determine the extent to which the desired results and benefits
envisioned by the Administration and Congress are being achieved.
• Process evaluations assess the extent to which a program is operating as it was intended.
• Outcome evaluations assess the extent to which a program achieves its outcome-oriented
objectives.
• Impact evaluations assess net effect of a program by comparing outcomes with the
absence of the program; and Cost.
• Benefit evaluations compare the program's outputs or outcomes with the costs to produce
them.
• Our program audit work involves determining whether a myriad of EPA programs and
processes are operating effectively and efficiently.
Investigations
OIG investigations focus on detection and prosecution of financial fraud, laboratory
fraud, and cyber crime.
« Program Integrity Investigations focus on activities that could undermine the integrity of
Agency programs, and erode public confidence in the Agency.
• Assistance Agreement Investigations focus on criminal activities related to Agency
grants, State Revolving Funds, Interagency Agreements, and Cooperative Agreements.
• Contract and Procurement Investigations focus on acquisition management, contracts,
and procurement practices.
X-36
-------
• Employee Integrity Investigations involve allegations against EPA employees that could
threaten the credibility of the Agency.
• Investigations of computer crime identify and counter illegal intrusions of EPA's
computer systems. Through a specialized computer intrusion unit, the OIG will
coordinate with the FBI's National Infrastructure Protection Center, and with the GAO's
Federal Computer Intrusion Response Center. These investigations may be part of any of
the above investigative categories.
The OIG's initiative to uncover criminal activity in laboratories involves investigating
indicators of laboratory fraud within the environmental community to include commercial and
EPA laboratories. The Agency relies upon laboratory test results to assess environmental threats
and determine what actions are necessary to control hazardous wastes, toxins, and other
contaminated substances that pollute our air, water, and land. These investigations generally are
part of contract and procurement investigations or program integrity investigations.
Advisory and Assistance Services
Advisory and Assistance Services include a wide range of products and services designed
to give Agency managers and congressional requesters information they need more expediently
than audits or evaluations, and to assist EPA management in assessing and/or implementing
control systems and processes.
Linking Our Work to Outcomes and Impacts
All of our work is planned based on the anticipated value toward influencing resolution
of the Agency's major management challenges, reducing risk, improving practices and program
operations, and saving taxpayer dollars while leading to the attainment of EPA's Strategic Goals.
Our strategic plan aligns OIG products and services with current Agency goals and priorities
based upon emerging issues, legislative initiatives, needs of various customers, clients and
stakeholders and multiple dynamic external factors.
FY 2004 Change from FY 2003 Request
EPM
• (+$728,700) Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with rent are allocated in proportion
to Agency-wide FTE located in each goal, objective. Resources, dollars and FTE,
associated with utilities, security and human resource operations are allocated in
proportion to Headquarters FTE located in each goal, objective. Changes reflect shifts in
FTE between goals and objectives. Resources, dollars and FTE, associated with
contracts and grants are allocated in proportion to Headquarters' contracts and grants
resources located in each goal, objective. Changes in these activities reflect shifts in
resources between goals and objectives. (Total changes -> rent: +$1,417,000, utilities:
+$2,374,800, Security: +$3,425,000 and 75 FTE, Human Resources: +$870,400 and
+5.4 FTE, Contracts: +$642,400 and -18.5 FTE, Grants: +$3,015,500 and +19.7
FTE)
X-37
-------
• (+$1,113,700) This increase reflects an increase in workforce costs and Working Capital
Fund expenses.
• (+$369,000) This increase reflects an OIG initiative to assess state environmental
stewardship to determine if states use high performance concepts to deliver
environmental protection.
» (+$340,600) This increase reflects an increase in workforce costs and Working Capital
Fund expenses.
• (+$131,000) This increase reflects an OIG initiative to assess state environmental
stewardship to determine if states use high performance concepts to deliver
environmental protection.
There are additional increases for payroll, cost of living and enrichment for new and existing
FTE.
GOAL: EFFECTIVE MANAGEMENT
OBJECTIVE: PROVIDE AUDIT, EVALUATION, AND INVESTIGATIVE PRODUCTS
AND SERVICES
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Fraud Detection and Deterrence
In 2004 Improve Agency management and program operations by making 160 recommendations, identifying savings, recoveries, and
fines, and reducing risks or loss or integrity through 50 criminal, civil, or administrative actions, 80 actions for better business
practices and a 150 percent return on investment.
Performance Measures: FY2002 FY2003 FY20Q4
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of business recommendations, improved business 290 Actions
practices, and judicial, administrative, or other actions.
Return on the anawal dollar investment in the OIG 150 Percent
Baseline: In FY 2002, the OIG established a baseline of 270 business recommendations, improved business practices, and judicial,
administrative or "other actions for improving Agency management; and a 100% potential dollar return on the investment in the
OIG from savings and recoveries.
Audit and Advisory Services
In 2004 Improve environmental quality and human health by identifying 90 environmental recommendations, risks, and best practices;
contributing to 1he reduction of 25 environmental risks, and 70 actions influencing positive environmental or health impacts.
In 2003 Improve environmental quality and human health by identifying 80 environmental recommendations, risks, and best practices;
contributing to the reduction of 20 environmental risks, and 60 actions influencing positive environmental or health impacts.
In 2002 The OIG is promoting partnering relationships across governmental entities for collaborative goal setting planning performance
measurement evaluation & resource sharing for greater economies of scale. For example, the OIG in collaboration w/PCffi
produced an Environmental compendium, a web enabled.
X-38
-------
Performance Measures:
Number of environmental risks reduced.
Number of environmental actions.
Number of recommendations, risks, and best practices
identified.
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
116
18
20
60
80
FY2004
Request
25
70
90
Risks
Improvements
Recommendations
Baseline: In FY 2002, the OIG established a baseline of 75 recommendations, best practices and risks identified contributing to improved
Agency environmental goals; and the reduction of 15 environmental risks.
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
FY 2004 External Performance Measures:
Number of actions for environmental improvement, reductions in environmental risks, and
recommendations for environmental improvement.
Number of actions for improvement in business practices, criminal/civil/administrative
actions, potential dollar return, and recommendations for improved business practices.
Performance Database: The OIG Performance Results and Measurement System is used to
capture and aggregate information on an array of measures in logic model format, linking
immediate outputs with longer term intermediate outcomes and results. Because intermediate
and long-term results may not be realized for several years, only verifiable results are reported in
the year completed, while others remain prospective until completed and verified. Database
measures include numbers of: 1) recommendations for environmental improvement; 2)
legislative and regulatory changes; 3) policy, directive, or process changes; 4) environmental
risks identified, reduced or eliminated; 5) best practices identified and transferred; and 6)
examples of environmental improvement.
Data Source: Designated OIG staff are responsible for entering data into the system. Data are
from OIG performance evaluations, audits, research and from EPA data systems and reports and
track the extent of environmental Improvements, risks reduced or avoided, and best practices
transferred as well as certifications of actions taken by EPA officials. OIG also collects
independent data from EPA's partners.
Methods, Assumptions and Suitability: OIG performance results are reported in a hierarchy:
outputs, intermediate outcomes and better business practices and environmental impacts. All
performance measures are categorized and accumulated by type of output, such as
recommendations made, and by type of outcome in terms of action taken, such as new/improved
procedures adopted or reduction of an operational or environmental risk. By using common
categories of performance, absolute and cumulative totals can be summed and trends reported.
The OIG can only recommend and influence changes, with no authority to make changes.
QA/QC Procedures: All performance data submitted to the database require at least one
verifiable source assuring data accuracy and reliability. Data quality assurance and control are
automatically performed as an extension of OIG products and services, subject to rigorous
compliance with the Government Auditing Standards of the Comptroller General, and regularly
X-39
-------
reviewed by OIG management, an independent OIG Management Assessment Review Team,
and external independent peer reviews. The statutory mission of the OIG is to conduct
independent audits, evaluations, and investigations to promote, among other things, integrity in
Agency operations and reporting systems.
Data Quality Reviews: There have not been any previous audit findings or reports by external
groups on data or database weaknesses hi the OIG Performance Results and Accountability
System.
Data Limitations: All OIG staff are responsible for data accuracy hi their products and
services. However, there is the possibility of incomplete, miscoded, or missing data in the
system due to human error. Data supporting achievement of results are often from indirect or
external sources, with their own methods or standards for data verification/validation.
Error Estimate: The error rate for outputs is estimated at +/-5%, while the error rate for
reported outcomes is estimated to be at least +/-10%.
New/Improved Data or Systems: The OIG developed the Performance Results and
Accountability System as a prototype in FY 2001 and anticipates enhancing it hi FY 2003 with
more sophisticated software designed to improve data collection, retention, and analysis. We
expect the quality of the data to improve with greater familiarity with the new system and
definition of measures. This system is a best practice hi government for linking an array of
measures from outputs to eventual results and impacts. With enhanced linkages to customer
satisfaction results and resource investments, it will provide a full balanced scorecard with return
on investment information for accountability and decision-making.
References: All OIG non-restricted performance results are referenced in the OIG Performance
Results Database with supporting documentation available either through the OIG Web Site or
other Agency databases. The OIG Web Site is www.epa.gov/oigearth.
Coordination with Other Agencies
The EPA Inspector General is a member of the President's Council on Integrity and
Efficiency (PCIE), an organization comprised of Federal Inspectors General (IG). The PCIE
coordinates and Improves the way IGs conduct audits and investigations, and completes projects
of government-wide interest. The EPA OIG is also a member of the Environmental Consortium.
The Consortium, which seeks effective solutions to cross-cutting environmental issues, currently
includes representatives from 19 executive agencies and GAO. The OIG Computer Crimes Unit
coordinates activities with other law enforcement organizations with computer crimes units such
as the Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Secret Service, and the Department of Justice. In
addition, the OIG participates with various biter-governmental audit forums, professional
associations, and other cross-governmental forums to exchange information, share best practices
and directly collaborate efforts.
X-40
-------
Statutory Authorities
Inspector General Act of 1978, as amended
Chief Financial Officers Act
Government Management Reform Act
Federal Financial Management Improvement Act
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
Government Information Security Reform Act
Reports Consolidation Act of 2000
Single Audit Act
Food Quality Protection Act
X-41
-------
Annual Performance Goals
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Clean Air 1
Clean and Safe Water 2
Safe Food , 24
Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces and Ecosystems 27
Belter Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and Emergency Response., 37
Reduction of Global and Cross-Border Environmental Risks 50
Quality Environmental Information 59
Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Environmental Risks and Greater
Innovation to Address Environmental Problems 64
A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the Law 70
Effective Management 77
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: CLEAN AIR
The air in every American community will be safe and healthy to breathe, In particular, children, the elderly, and people with respiratory ailments
will be protected from health risks of breathing polluted air. Reducing air pollution will also protect the environment, resulting in many benefits,
such as restoring life in damaged ecosystems and reducing health risks to those whose subsistence depends directly on those ecosystems.
OBJECTIVE: ATTAIN NAAQS
Reduce the risk to human health and the environment by protecting and improving air quality so that air throughout the country meets
national clean air standards by 2005 for carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, and lead; by 2012 for ozone; and by 2018 for
particulate matter (PM). To accomplish this in Indian country, the tribes and EPA will, by 2005, have developed the infrastructure and skills
to assess, understands, and control air quality and protect Native Americans and others from unacceptable risks to their health, environment,
and cultural uses of natural resources.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy Ozone Levels - 1 Hour
In 2004 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations below the NAAQS for the 1-hour ozone standard will increase by
1% (relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of 20% (relative to 1992).
In 2003 Maintain healthy air quality for 42 million people living in monitored areas attaining the ozone standard; certify that 7 areas of the remaining 54
nonattainment areas have attained the 1-hour NAAQS for ozone thus increasing the number of people living in areas with healthy air by 5.1 million.
In 2002 Maintained healthy air quality for 41.7 million people living in monitored areas attaining the ozone standard; and certified 1 area of the remaining 55
nonattainment areas attained the 1-hour NAAQS for ozone, thus increasing the number of people living in areas with healthy air by 326,000.
In 2001 EPA maintained healthy air quality for 38.2 million people living in 43 areas attaining the ozone standard, increased by 3.5 million the number of people
living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the standard by certifying that 3 new areas have attained the 1-hour standard.
In 2000 Maintained healthy air quality for 33.4 million people living in 43 areas attaining the ozone standard.
In 1999 The Regions revoked the 1-hour standard in 10 areas. However, based upon the Circuit Court decision regarding the revised ozone standard, the
Agency has proposed to reinstate the 1-hour standard.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of People 19 20 Percent
who Live in Areas with Ambient 1-hour Ozone
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS as
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY 1999
Actuals
Compared to 1992
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with
Ambient 1-hour Ozone Concentrations Below the Level
of the NAAQS as Compared to 1992
Publish Notice Revoking 1-Hour Standard 10
National Guidance on Ozone SIP 1 Draft
States submit designations of areas for attainment of the 50
ozone standard
Total Number of People who Live in Areas Designated to
Attainment of the Clean Air Standards for Ozone
Areas Designated to Attainment for the Ozone Standard
Additional People Living in Newly Designated Areas
with Demonstrated Attainment of the Ozone Standard
VOCs Reduced from Mobile Sources
NOx Reduced from Mobile Sources
FY 2000
Actuals
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
31
1 3 1
1,700,000 3,475,000 326,000
FY 2004
Request
33
35,063,000 41,679,000 42,026,000 47,105,000 n/a
7 0
5,079,000 n/a
Percent
Areas
Issued
States
People
Areas
People
1,562,000 1,659,000 1,755,000 1,852,000 2,040,000 Tons
1,059,000 1,189,000 1,319,000 1,449,000 1,653,000 Tons
Baseline: At the time that the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 were enacted (for the period 1990 - 1992), 52 areas with a population of 118 million people had
ambient ozone concentrations that were greater than the Iqvel of the NAAQS. For the period 1999 - 2001, 16 of these areas (31%) with a population of
24 million people (19%) had ambient ozone concentrations were below the level of the NAAQS. In 1990, 101 areas were designated in nonattainment
for the 1-hour ozone standard. Through 2002, 47 areas have been redesignated to attainment and 54 areas remain in nonattainment. The 1995 baseline
for VOCs reduced from mobile sources is 8,134,000 tons and 11,998,000 tons for NOx, both ozone precursors. Notes: Areas means nonattainment
areas for comparisons with the 1-hour NAAQS. Comparisons of ambient air quality concentrations with the level of the NAAQS are based on a time
period and statistic consistent with the NAAQS. For ozone, this means a 3 year time frame. Population estimates based on 2000 census.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy PM Levels - PM-10
In 2004 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-10 standard will increase by 1%
(relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of 11% (relative to 1992).
In 2003 Maintain healthy air quality for 6.1 million people living in monitored areas attaining the PM standards; increase by 81 thousand the number of people
living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the standard.
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2002 Maintained healthy air quality for 3.4 million people living in monitored areas attaining the PM standards; and increased by 2.7 million the number of
people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the standard.
In 2001 EPA maintained healthy air quality for 1.189 million people living in 9 areas attaining the PM standards and increased by 2.249 million the number of
people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the standard.
In 2000 Maintained healthy air quality for 1.2 million people living in 7 areas attaining the PM standards, and increased by 75.8 thousand the number of people
living in areas with healthy air quality that have attained the standard.
In 1999 EPA deployed PM-2.5 ambient monitors including: mass, continuous, speciation, and visibility sites resulting in a total of 1110 monitoring sites.
FY 1999
Actuals
Performance Measures
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of People
who Live in Areas with Ambient PM-10 Concentrations
Below the Level of the NAAQSas Compared to 1992
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with
Ambient PM-10 Concentrations Below the Level of the
NAAQSas Compared to 1992
National Guidance on PM-2.5 SIP and Attainment 1 Draft
Demonstration Requirements
Cumulative total number of monitoring sites deployed 1110
Total Number of People who Live in Areas Designated in
Attainment with Clean Air Standards for PM
Areas Designated to Attainment for the PM-10 Standard
Additional People Living in Newly Designated Areas
with Demonstrated Attainment of the PM Standard
PM-10 Reduced from Mobile Sources
PM-2.5 Reduced from Mobile Sources
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
10
45
1,275,800 3,438,000 6,086,500 6,212,000
FY 2004
Request
11
46
2
75,800
20,000
15,000
8
2,249,000
22,000
16,500
4 '
2,686,500
23,000
17,250
8
81,000
25,000
18,000
8
18,000
13,500
Percent
Percent
Issued
Sites
People
Areas
People
Tons
Tons
Baseline: At the tune that the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 were enacted (for the period 1990-1992), 58 areas (nonattainment areas for comparisons with
the PM-10 NAAQS.) with a population of 38 million people had ambient PM-10 concentrations that were greater than the level of the NAAQS. For the
period 1999-2001, 26 of these areas (45%) with a population of 4 million (10%) had ambient PM-10 concentrations below the level of the NAAQS.
(Population estimates based on 2000 census,) Comparisons of ambient air quality concentrations with the level of the NAAQS are based on a time
period and statistic consistent with the NAAQS. For PM-10, this means a 3 year time frame. As a result of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, 84
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
areas were designated nonattainment for the PM-10 standard. Since that time, EPA has split Pocatella into 2 areas thereby revising the baseline to 85.
Through 2002,22 areas have been redesignated to attainment. The 1995 baseline for PM-10 reduced from mobile sources is 880,000 tons.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy CO, SO2, NO2, Lead
In 2004 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient CO, NO2, SO2, or Pb concentrations below the NAAQS will increase by less than 1%
(relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of 63% (relative to 1992).
In 2003 Maintain healthy air quality for 53 million people living in monitored areas attaining the CO, SO2^ NO2, and Lead standards; increase by 1.1 million the
number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the standard.
In 2002 Maintained healthy air quality for 36.7 million people living in monitored areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2, and Lead standards; and increased by 16.5
million, the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the standard.
In 2001 EPA maintained healthy air quality for 36.3 million people living in 56 areas attaining the CO, SO2, N02, and Lead standards and increased by
418,000 the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the standard.
In 2000 Maintained healthy air quality for 27.7 million people living in 46 areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2, and Lead standards, and increased by 3.41 million
the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have attained the standard.
In 1999 13 of the 58 estimated remaining nonattainment areas have achieved the NAAQS for carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, or lead.
Performance Measures
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of People
who Live in Areas with Ambient CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS as
Compared to 1992
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with
Ambient CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb Concentrations Below the
Level of the NAAQS as Compared to 1992
Total Number of People Living in Areas Designated in
Attainment with Clean Air Standards for CO, SO2, NO2,
andPb
Areas Designated to Attainment for the CO, SO2, NO2, 13
and Pb Standards
Additional People Living in Newly Designated Areas
with Demonstrated Attainment of the CO, SO2, NO2, and
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
63
74
FY2004
Request
63
77
31,100,000 36,721,000_ 53,190,000 54,181,000 n/a
10 9 12 11 13
3,410,000 418,000 16,490,000 1,118,800 n/a
Percent
Percent
People
Areas
People
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
Pb Standards
CO Reduced from Mobile Sources
Total Number of People Living in Areas with
Demonstrated Attainment of the NO2 Standard
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
10,341,000 10,672,000 11,002,000 11,333,000 12,636,000 Tons
13,000,000 14,944,000 14,944,000 14,944,000 n/a People
Baseline: At the time the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 were enacted (for the period 1991-1992), 27 areas (counties comprising nonattainment areas for the
comparisons with the NAAQS) with a population of 48 million people had ambient CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb concentrations (comparisons of ambient air
quality concentrations with the level of the NAAQS are based on a time period and statistic consistent with each individual NAAQS) that were greater
than the level of the NAAQS. For the period 2000-2001 (For some of the pollutants included in this measure, the number of years used to evaluate the
ambient concentrations relative to the NAAQS may be less than the referenced time period: e.g. N02 is evaluated over a single year.), 20 of these areas
(74%) with a population of 30 million (63%) had ambient CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb concentrations less than the level of the NAAQS. (Population estimates
based on 2000 census.) The projected improvement in 2004 is estimated for a single area. Therefore, the increase by definition must occur in a single
year interval. In addition, the population living in this areas of improved ah- quality is small relative to that for the remaining areas. Therefore the
projected improvement hi population is greater than zero but less than 1. For CO, SO2, NO2, and Pb, 107 areas were classified as nonattainment or
were unclassified in 1990. Through 2002, 76 of those areas have been redesignated to attainment. The 1995 baseline for mobile source emissions for
CO was 70,947,000 tons.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy Ozone Levels - 8 Hour
In 2004 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations below the NAAQS for the 8-hour ozone standard will increase by
3% (relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of 3% (relative to 2001).
Performance Measures
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of People
who Live in Areas with Ambient 8-hour Concentrations
Below the Level of the NAAQS as Compared to 2001
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with
Ambient 8-hour Ozone Concentrations Below the Level
of the NAAQS as Compared to 2001
FY1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
3
Percent
Percent
Baseline: For the period 1999-2001, 302 areas (counties) with a population of 115 million people had ambient 8-hour ozone concentrations above the level of the
NAAQS. (Population estimates based on 2000 census.) Comparisons of ambient air quality concentrations with the level of the NAAQS are based on a
time period and statistic consistent with the NAAQS. For ozone, this means a 3 year tune frame.
Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy PM Levels - PM- 2.5
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2004 The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-2.5 standard will increase by less than
1 % (relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of less than 1 % (relative to 2001).
Performance Measures
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of People
who Live hi Areas with Ambient PM-2.5 Concentrations
Below the Level of the NAAQS as Compared to 2001
Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with Ambient
PM-2.5 Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS
as Compared to 2001
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
Percent
Percent
Baseline: For the period 1999-2001, 132 areas (counties) with a population of 66 million people had ambient PM-2.5 concentrations that were greater than the
level of the NAAQS. (Population estimates based on 2000 census.) Comparisons of ambient air quality concentrations with the level of the NAAQS
are based on a time period and statistic consistent with the NAAQS. For PM-2.5, this means a 3-year time frame. The 1995 baseline for PM-2.5 reduced
from mobile sources is 659,000 tons.
Increase Tribal Air Capacity
In 2004 Increase the number of tribes monitoring air quality for ozone and/or particulate matter from 42 to 45 and increase the percentage of tribes monitoring
clean air for ozone from 64% to 67% and particulate matter from 71% to 72%.
In 2003 Increase the number of tribes monitoring air quality for ozone and/or particulate matter from 37 to 42 and increase the percentage of tribes monitoring
clean air for ozone from 62% to 64% and particulate matter from 68% to 71%.
Performance Measures
Percent of Tribes with Tribal Lands Monitoring for Ozone
and/or Particulate Matter
Percent of Monitoring Tribes Monitoring Clean Air for
Ozone
Percent of Monitoring Tribes Monitoring Clean Air for
Particulate Matter
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
12
64
71
FY 2004
Request
13
67
72
Percent
Percent
Percent
Number of Tribes Implementing Air Programs
25
30
Tribes
-------
Baseline:
Research
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
There are 576 Federally recognized tribes with 347 tribes having tribal lands (Alaska Native Villages (tribes) number 229 entities, but only one
'reservation'). Through September 2002, there are 21 tribes implementing ah" programs; 37 tribes conducting monitoring for ozone and/or particulate
matter; 8 tribes are currently monitoring clean air for ozone (of 13 total) and 25 tribes are currently monitoring clean ah- for particulate matter (of 37
total); and 15 tribes submitting quality assured data.
PM Effects Research
In 2004 Provide reports to OAR and the scientific community that examine the health effects of high levels of air pollutants, especially particulate matter, in
potentially susceptible populations so that PM standards protect human health to the maximum extent possible.
In 2002 EPA provided data on the health effects and exposure to particulate matter (PM) and provided methods for assessing the exposure and toxicity of PM in
healthy and potentially susceptible subpopulations to strengthen the scientific basis for reassessment of the NAAQS for PM.
In 2001 EPA provided new information on the atmospheric concentrations, human exposure, health effects and mechanisms of toxicity of particulate matter.
In 2000 EPA provided new information on the atmospheric concentrations, human exposure, and health effects of particulate matter (PM), including PM2.5, and
incorporated it and other peer-reviewed research findings hi the second External Review Draft of the PM AQCD for NAAQS review.
In 1999 Completed three reports on PM: (1) describing research designed to test a hypothesis about mechanisms of PM-induced toxicity; (2) characterizing
factors affecting PM dosimetry in humans; and (3) identifying PM characteristics (e.g. composition) associated with biological responses.
Performance Measures FY 1999
Actuals
Reports (1) describing research designed to test a 3 Reports
hypothesis about mechanisms of PM-induced toxicity; 2)
charct. factors affecting PM dosimetry in humans; 3) ID
PM characteristcs (composition)
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
Hold CASAC review of draft PM Air Quality Criteria
Document.
Complete longitudinal panel study data collection &
preliminary report on exposure of susceptible
subpopulations to total PM & co-occurring gases of
ambient origin and i.d. key exposure parameters...
Data generated from PM monitoring studies in Phoenix,
Fresno, and Baltimore will be used to reduce uncertainties
30-Sep-
2000
review
report
data
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
on atmospheric PM concentrations in support of Draft PM
Air Quality Criteria Document.
Report on results from Baltimore study evaluating the
cardio- vascular and immunological responses of elderly
individuals to PM.
Complete PM longitudinal panel study data collection and
report exposure data.
Report on health effects of concentrated ambient PM in
healthy animals and humans, in asthmatic and elderly
humans, and in animal models of asthma and respiratory
infection.
Final PM Ah- Quality Criteria Document completed.
Report on the effects of concentrated ambient PM on
humans and animals believed most susceptible to adverse
effects (e.g., elderly, people with lung disease, or animal
models of such diseases).
Report on animal and clinical toxicology studies using
Utah Valley particulate matter (UVPM) to describe
biological mechanisms that may underlie the reported
epidemiological effects of UVPM.
Report on the chronic respiratory health effects in
children of intra-urban gradients of particulate matter and
co-pollutants in El Paso, TX .
Report on epidemiologic studies examining acute cardiac
and respiratory effects in the elderly and children exposed
to particulate matter (PM) and co-pollutants.
FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
report
study
report
final AQCD
report
report
report
report
Baseline: There is currently considerable concern that increased levels of particulate matter (PM) may disproportionately affect certain susceptible groups,
especially when exposures are long-term. One such group is children, particularly those with pre-existing asthma and related cardiopulmonary diseases.
Children living in areas of high pollution such as on the U.S.-Mexico border are particularly at risk due to economic factors as well as exposure. The
elderly with chronic lung disease comprise another susceptible group who may be more acutely affected. Which components of PM are responsible for
health effects in either of these groups remains unclear, as does how exposure data from monitoring sites relates to their personal situations. As noted
by the National Research Council, the issue of susceptibility and chronic health outcomes is of utmost importance. Completion of this APG in FY 2004
-------
6-Year PerforMance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
. will provide critical information to enhance risk estimates needed for promulgating the PM NAAQS and will provide information to the Office of Air so
that it may focus its Ah- Quality Index on those who are at greatest risk.
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE AIR TOXICS RISK
By 2020, eliminate unacceptable risks of cancer and other significant health problems from air toxic emissions for at least 95 percent of the
population, with particular attention to children and other sensitive subpopulations, and substantially reduce or eliminate adverse effects on
our natural environment. By 2010, the tribes and EPA will have the information and tools to characterize and assess trends in air toxics in
Indian country.
Reduce Air Toxic Emissions
In 2004 Air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional 2% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0
million tons for a cumulative reduction of 37%.
In 2003 Air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional 1% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0
million tons for a cumulative reduction 35%.
In 2002 End-of-year FY 2002 data will be available in late 2004 to verify that air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will
be reduced by 1.5% from 2001 for a cumulative reduction of 33.5% from the 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons per year.
In 2001 End-of-year FY 2001 data will be available in late 2004 to verify that air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will
be reduced by 5% from 2000 (for a cumulative reduction of 35% from the 1993 level of 4.3 million tons.)
In 2000 End-of-year FY 2000 data will be available in late 2004 to verify that air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will
be reducedby 3% from 1999 (for a cumulative reduction of 30% from the 1993 level of 4.3 million tons.)
In 1999 End of year 1999 data will be available hi 2003 to verify that air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined were
reduced by 12% from 1998 (for a cumulative reduction of 27% from the 1993 level of 4.3 million tons.)
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Combined Stationary and Mobile Source Reductions in Data Lag Data Lag Data Lag Data Lag 1 2 Percent
Air Toxics Emissions
Mobile Source Air Toxics Emissions Reduced .68 .71 Million Tons
Stationary Source Air Toxics Emissions Reduced 1.57 1.59 Million Tons
Major Sources, Area and All Other Air Toxics Emissions +.12 +.13 Million Tons
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Reduced
Baseline: In 1993, the last year before the MACT standards and mobile source regulations developed under the Clean Air Act began to be implemented, stationary
and mobile sources are now estimated to have emitted 6.0 million tons of air toxics. (EPA's prior estimate was 4.3 million tons and was updated with
improved inventory data.) Air toxics emission data are revised every three years to generate inventories for the National Toxics Inventory (NTI). In the
intervening years between the update of the NTI, the model EMS-HAP (Emissions Modeling System for Hazardous Air Pollutants) is used to estimate
and project annual emissions of air toxics. EMS-HAP projects emissions, by adjusting point, area and mobile emission data to account for growth and
emission reductions resulting from emission reduction scenarios such as the implementation of the Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT)
standards. The FY 2003 target does not have growth factored in. With growth, the target for 2003 is a 1% reduction from 2002 levels for a cumulative
reduction of 35%.
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE ACID RAIN.
By 2005, reduce ambient nitrates and total nitrogen deposition to 1990 levels. By 2010, reduce ambient sulfates and total sulfur deposition by
up to 30 percent from 1990 levels.
Reduce SO2 Emissions
In 2004 Maintain or increase annual SO2 emission reduction of approximately 5 million tons from the 1980 baseline. Keep annual emissions below level
authorized by allowance holdings and make progress towards achievement of Year 2010 S02 emissions cap for utilities.
In 2003 Maintain or increase annual SO2 emission reduction of approximately 5 million tons from the 1980 baseline. Keep annual emissions below level
authorized by allowance holdings and make progress towards achievement of Year 2010 SO2 emissions cap for utilities.
In 2002 On track to ensure that EPA maintains or increases annual SO2 emission reduction of approximately 5 million tons from the 1980 baseline. Keep
annual emissions below level authorized by allowance holdings and make progress towards achievement of Year 2010 SO2 emissions cap for utilities.
In 2001 Approximately 5 million tons of SO2 emissions from utility sources were reduced from the 1980 baseline.
In 2000 6.3 million tons of SO2 emissions from utility sources were reduced from 1980 baseline.
In 1999 5.04 million tons of SO2 emissions from utility sources were reduced from 1980 baseline and 420,000 tons of NOx from coal-fired utility sources were
reduced from levels that would have been emitted withou implementation of Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments.
10
-------
6-Year Perfolrmance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
SO2 Emissions 30-Oct- 6,300,000 6,670,000 Data Lag 5,000,000 5,000,000 Tons Reduced
2000
NOx Reductions 420,000 Tons Reduced
Baseline: The base of comparison for assessing progress on the annual performance goal is the 1980 emissions baseline. The 1980 SO2 emissions inventory
totals 17.5 million tons for electric utility sources. This inventory was developed by National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program (NAPAP) and
used as the basis for reductions in Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments. This data is also contained in EPA's National Air Pollutant Emissions
Trends Report. Statutory SO2 emissions cap for year 2010 and later is at 8.95 million tons which is approximately 8.5 million tons below 1980
emissions level. "Allowable SO2 emission level" consists of allowance allocations granted to sources each year under several provisions of the Act and
additional allowances carried over, or banked, from previous years.
Reduce NOx Emissions
In 2004 2 million tons of NOx from coal-fired utility sources will be reduced from levels that would have been emitted without implementation of Title IV of the
Clean Air Act Amendments.
In 2003 2 million tons of NOx from coal-fired utility sources will be reduced from levels that would have been emitted without implementation of Title IV of the
Clean Air Act Amendments.
In 2002 On track to ensure that 2 million tons of NOx from coal-fired utility sources are reduced from levels that would have been emitted without
implementation of Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments.
In 2001 2 million tons of NOx from coal-fired utility sources were reduced from levels that would have been emitted without implementation of Title IV of the
Clean Air Act Amendments.
In 2000 2 million tons of NOx from coal-fired utility sources were reduced from levels before implementation of Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
NOx Reductions 2,000,000 2,000,000 Data Lag 2,000,000 2,000,000 Tons Reduced
Baseline: Performance Baseline: The base of comparison for assessing progress on this annual performance goal is emissions that would have occurred in the
absence of Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments. These emissions levels are calculated using actual annual heat input and the baseline
(uncontrolled) NOx emission rates by boiler type from the preamble to the final rule (61 FR 67112, December 19, 1996).
11
-------
6-Year Perfofinance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: CLEAN AND SAFE WATER
All Americans will have drinking water that is clean and safe to drink. Effective protection of America's rivers, lakes, wetlands, aquifers, and coastal
and ocean waters will sustain fish, plants, and wildlife, as well as recreational, subsistence, and economic activities. Watersheds and their aquatic
ecosystems will be restored and protected to improve human health, enhance water quality, reduce flooding, and provide habitat for wildlife.
OBJECTIVE: SAFE DRINKING WATER, FISH AND RECREATIONAL WATERS
By 2005, protect public health so that 95% of the population served by community water systems will receive water that meets drinking water
standards, consumption of contaminated fish and shellfish will be reduced, and exposure to microbial and other forms of contamination in
waters used for recreation will be reduced.
Safe Drinking Water
In 2004 85 percent of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water meeting health-based standards promulgated in or after
1998.
In 2004 92% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water meeting all health-based standards in effect as of 1994, up from
83% in 1994.
In 2003 85 percent of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water meeting health-based standards promulgated hi or after
1998.
In 2003 92% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water meeting all health-based standards hi effect as of 1994, up from
83% in 1994.
In 2002 91% of the population served by community water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based standards hi effect as of 1994.
In 2002 Final FY 02 numbers will not be available until mid-January. SDWIS reports quarter behind.
In 2001 91 percent of the population served by water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based standards that were in effect as of 1994.
In 2000 91% of the population served by community drinking water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based standards that were in effect as of
1994, up from 83% in 1994.
In 1999 91% of the population served by community water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based standards in effect as of 1994, up from
83% in 1994.
12
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
FY 1999
Actuals
Percent of population served by community drinking
water systems with no violations during the year of any
Federally enforceable health-based standards that were in
place by 1994.
Population served by community water systems providing
drinking water meeting health-based standards
promulgated in or after 1998,
FY 2000
Actuals
91
FY 2001
Actuals
91
FY 2002
Actuals
91
N/A
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
92
85
FY 2004
Request
92
85
% Population
% Population
Baseline: In 1998, 85% of the population that was served by community water systems and 96% of the population served by non-community, non-transient
drinking water systems received drinking water for which no violations of Federally enforceable health standards had occurred during the year.
Drinking Water Systems Operations
In 2004 Enhance homeland security by securing the nation's critical drinking water infrastructure.
Performance Measures
Percent of population and number of CWSs-serving more
than 50,000 but less than 100,000 people-have certified
the completion of then- vulnerability assessment and
submitted a copy to EPA.
Percent of population and number of CWSs-serving more
than 50,000 but less than 100,000 people-have certified
the completion of the preparation or revision of their
emergency response plan.
Percent of population and number of CWSs-serving more
than 3,300 but less than 50,000 people-have certified the
completion of their vulnerability assessment and
submitted a copy to EPA.
FY 1999 FY2000 FY 2001 FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
100/-460
CWSs
pop/#
100/-460 % pop/#
CWSs
100/~7,475 % pop/#
CWSs
Baseline: These measures covering medium-sized community water systems will be reported for the first time in FY 2004, which will establish the baselines.
River/Lake Assessments for Fish Consumption
In 2004 Reduce consumption of contaminated fish by increasing the information available to States, Tribes, local governments, citizens, and decision-makers.
13
-------
6-Year Perforinance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2003 Reduce consumption of contaminated fish by increasing the information available to States, Tribes, local governments, citizens, and decision-makers.
In 2002 14% of the nation's river miles and 28% of nation's lake acres have been assessed to determine if they contain fish and shellfish that should not be eaten
or should be eaten in only limited quantities.
In 2001 9% of the nation's river miles and 23% of nation's lake acres have been assessed to determine if they contain fish and shellfish that should not be eaten
or should be eaten in only limited quantities.
In 2000 7% of the nation's river miles and 16% of the nation's lake acres have been assessed to determine if they contain Fish and shellfish that should not be
eaten or should be eaten in only limited quantities.
In 1999 7% of river miles and 15% of lake acres were assessed for the need for fish advisories.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 • FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Lake acres assessed for the need for fish advisories and 16 23 28 29 3-2 % lake acres
compilation of state-issued fish consumption advisory
methodologies, (cumulative)
River miles assessed for the need for fish consumption 7 7 9 14% 15% 16% River miles
advisories & compilation of state-issued fish consumption
advisory methodologies, (cumulative)
Baseline: In 1999, 7% of the Nation's rivers and 15% of the Nation's lakes were assessed to determine if they contained fish that should not be eaten or should be
eaten in only limited quantities. In September 1999, 25 states/tribes are monitoring and conducting assessments based on the national guidance to
establish nationally consistent fish advisories. In the 2000 Report to Congress on the National Water Quality Inventory, 69% of assessed river and
stream miles; 63% of assessed lake, reservoir, and pond acres; and 53% of assessed estuarie square miles supported their designated use for fish
consumption. For shell fish consumption, 77% of assessed estuary square miles met this designated use.
Increase Information on Beaches
In 2004 Reduce human exposure to contaminated recreation waters by increasing the information available to the public and decision-makers.
In 2003 Reduce human exposure to contaminated recreation waters by increasing the information available to the public and decision-makers.
In 2002 Reduced exposure to contaminated recreation waters by providing monitoring and closure data on 2,455 beaches to the public and decision-makers.
In 2001 Reduce exposure to contaminated recreation waters by providing information on 2,354 beaches for which monitoring and closure data is available to the
public and decision-makers.
14
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2000 1,981 beaches had monitoring and closure data including 150 digitized maps, available to the public through EPA's website.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY 2000 FY 2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Beaches for which monitoring and closure data is 1,981 2,354 2,445 2,550 2,650 Beaches
available to the public at
http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/beaches/. (cumulative)
Baseline: By the end of FY1999, 33 states had responded to EPA's first annual survey on state and local beach monitoring and closure practices, and EPA made
available to the public via the Internet information on conditions at 1,403 specific beaches. In the 2000 Report to Congress on the National Water
Quality Inventory, 72% of assessed river and stream miles; 77% of assessed lake, reservoir, and pond acres; and 85% of assessed estuarie square miles
met their designated uses for recreation (primary contact).
Source Water Protection
In 2004 Advance States' efforts with community water systems to protect then- surface and ground water resources that are sources of drinking water supplies.
In 2003 39,000 community water systems (representing 75% of the nation's service population) will have completed source water assessments and 2,600 of
these (representing 10% of the nation's service population) will be implementing source water protection programs.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of community water systems and percent of 10%/2,600 25% / % pop/systems
population served by those CWSs that are implementing 7,500
source water protection programs.
Baseline: EPA has defined implementation as undertaking 4 or more of 5 stages of source water protection. About 268 million people are estimated to be served
by CWSs in 2002.
Research
Drinking Water Research
In 2004 Provide final reports on the performance of arsenic treatment technologies and/or engineering approaches to the Office of Water and water supply
utilities to aid in the implementation of the arsenic rule and the protection of human health.
In 2002 EPA produced scientific reports to support the development of the next Contaminant Candidate List of chemicals and pathogens for potential regulatory
action and research. These reports will help ensure that future regulations address the contaminants of greatest public health concern.
15
-------
6-Year Perfbfihance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Provide method(s) for CCL related pathogens in drinking 1 journal article
water for use in the Unregulated Contaminant Monitoring
Rule.
Final reports of full-scale demonstrations of arsenic 09/30/04 reports
treatment technologies.
Baseline: On October 31, 2001 EPA announced that the final standard for arsenic in drinking water often parts per billion (10 ppb) would become effective on
February 22, 2002. Nearly 97 percent of the water systems affected by this rule are small systems that serve less than 10,000 people each. These small
systems have limited resources and need more cost-effective technologies to meet the new standard. A total of $20 million has been allocated or
planned in FY02 and FY03 for research and development of more cost-effective technologies, as well as technical assistance and training to operators of
small systems to reduce then- compliance costs. In FY 2004 EPA will provide final reports of full-scale demonstrations of arsenic treatment
technologies to aid in the implementation of the arsenic rule and the protection of human health.
Homeland Security - Water Security Research
In 2004 Verify two point-of-use drinking water technologies that treat intentionally introduced contaminants in drinking water supplies for application by
commercial and residential users, water supply utilities, and public officials.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Verify two treatment technologies for application in 2 verifications
buildings by commercial and residential users, utilities,
and public officials to treat contaminants in drinking
water supplies.
Baseline: These technology verifications are being conducted in support of EPA's Draft Strategic Plan for Homeland Security and are focused on the water
security tactic in the strategy. Evaluations of point-of-use drinking water treatment technologies have been ongoing for years and technologies are
commercially available to remove disagreeable tastes and odors, and capture or neutralize contaminants. These point-of-use treatment technologies are
now being considered as an additional means of treating water that may have been exposed to biological or chemical contaminants through terrorist
attacks. What makes this undertaking unique is that the Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) program will formally verify such technologies
using a standard protocol developed by a group of stakeholders, who are considered experts on such verifications. This additional line of defense can
help reassure home and building owners and users, water supply utilities, and public officials that the drinking water supply in a residential or
commercial building can be treated one more times once it enters the water distribution system of a building.
16
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
OBJECTIVE: PROTECT WATERSHEDS AND AQUATIC COMMUNITIES
By 2005, increase by 175 the number of watersheds where 80 percent or more of assessed waters meet water quality standards, including
standards that support healthy aquatic communities. (The 1998 baseline is 501 watersheds out of a national total of 2,262.)
Watershed Protection
In 2004 By FY 2005, Water quality will improve on a watershed basis such that 625 of the Nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater than 80 percent of
assessed waters meeting all water quality standards, up from 500 watersheds in 1998.
In 2003 By FY 2003, Water quality will improve on a watershed basis such that 600 of the Nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater than 80 percent of
assessed waters meeting all water quality standards, up from 500 watersheds in 1998.
In 2002 This measure reflects states' biennial reporting under CWA 305(b), and is not intended to be reported against again until the FY2003 reporting cycle.
In 2001 Water quality improved on a watershed basis such that 510 of the Nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater than 80 percent of assessed waters
meeting all water quality standards, up from 500 watersheds hi 1998.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Watersheds that have greater than 80% of assessed waters 510 510 600 625 (FY 8-digitHUCs
meeting all water quality standards. (FYOO) 05)
Baseline: As of 1998 state reports, 500 watersheds had met the criteria for water quality improving on a watershed basis. For a watershed to be counted toward
this goal, at least 25% of the segments hi the watershed must be assessed within the past 4 years consistent with assessment guidelines developed
pursuant to section 305(b) of the Clean Water Act. The unit of measure is 8-digit Hydrologic Unit Codes (HUCs).
State/Tribal Water Quality Standards
In 2004 Assure that States and Tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance with the Water Quality Standards
regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
In 2003 Assure that States and Tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance with the Water Quality Standards
regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
In 2002 Assure that 25 States and 22 Tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance with the Water Quality Standards
regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
17
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2001 21 States and 19 Tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance with the Water Quality Standards regulation
and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
In 2000 35 States and 16 Tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance with the Water Quality Standards regulation
and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
In 1999 EPA reviewed and approved 17 revised water quality standards for 17 states that reflect current guidance, regulation, and public input and promulgated
replacement Federal standards for 1 additional state.
In 1999 One additional Tribe established an effective water quality standards program for a cumulative total of 15 Tribes with effective water quality standards
programs. In addition, 7 more tribal submissions are currently under review.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY 2000 FY 2001 FY 2002 . FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
States with new or revised water quality standards that 21 25 20 20 States
EPA has reviewed and approved or disapproved and
promulgated federal replacement standards.
States with new or revised water quality standards that 17 States
EPA has reviewed and approved or disapproved.
Tribes with water quality standards adopted and approved 15 16 19 22 30 33 Tribes
(cumulative).
Baseline: In 1999, fewer than 5% of tribes had water quality monitoring and assessment programs appropriate for then- circumstances and were entering water
quality data into EPA's national data systems. State water quality standards program reviews are under a 3-year cycle as mandated by the Clean Water
Act under which all states maintain updated water quality programs. The performance measure of state submissions (above) thus represents a "rolling
annual total" of updated standards acted upon by EPA, and so are neither cumulative nor strctly incremental. EPA must review and approve or
disapprove state revisions to water quality standards within 60-90 days after receiving the state's package. As of this May EPA was overdue in
approving or disapproving 38 new or revised standards from 21 states and tribes.
Protecting and Enhancing Estuaries
In 2004 Restore and protect estuaries through the implementation of Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).
In 2003 Restore and protect estuaries through the implementation of Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).
In 2002 Restored and protected over 137,000 acres of estuariy habitat through the implementation of Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans
(CCMPs).
In 2001 Restored and protected 70,000 acres of estuaries through the implementation of Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).
18
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY1999 FY 2000 FY 2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Acres of habitat restored and protected nationwide as part 70,000 137,710 86,000 25,000 Acres
of the National Estuary Program, (annual)
Baseline: As of January 2000, it is estimated that 65% of priority actions initiated and 400,000 habitat acres preserved, restored, and/or created.
Gulf of Mexico
In 2004 Assist the Gulf States in implementing watershed restoration actions hi 14 priority impaired coastal river and estuary segments.
In 2003 Assist the Gulf States in implementing watershed restoration actions in 14 priority impaired coastal river and estuary segments.
In 2002 Assisted the Gulf States hi implementing restoration actions by supporting the identification of place-based projects in 137 State priority coastal river
and estuary segments.
In 2001 Assisted the Gulf States hi implementing watershed restoration action strategies (WRAS) or their equivalent in 37 priority coastal river and estuary
segments.
In 2000 Assisted the Gulf states in implementing watershed restoration action strategies (WRAS) or similar plans to restore waterbodies in 14 priority unpaired
coastal river and estuary segments.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Impaired Gulf coastal river and estuary segments 31 37 137 14 14 Segments
implementing watershed restoration actions (incremental).
Baseline: There are currently 95 coastal watersheds at the 8-digit hydrologic unit code (HUC) scale on the Gulf coast. The Gulf of Mexico Program has identified
12 priority coastal areas for assistance. These 12 areas include 30 of the 95 coastal watersheds. Within the 30 priority watersheds, the Gulf States have
identified 354 segments that are unpaired and not meeting full designated uses under the States' water quality standards. 71 or 20% is the target
proposed to reinforce Gulf State efforts to implement 5-year basin rotation schedules. The target of 71 is divided by 5 to achieve the goal for assistance
provided in at least 14 unpaired segments each year for the next 5 years.
Chesapeake Bay Habitat
In 2004 Improve habitat hi the Chesapeake Bay.
In 2003 Improve habitat hi the Chesapeake Bay.
19
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2002 Meeting the annual performance goal to improve habitat in the Bay requires adherence to commitments made by the Chesapeake 2000 agreement
partners and monumental effort/resources from all levels of government (local, state, and a range of Federal agencies) and from private
organizations/citizens.
In 2001 Improved habitat in the Chesapeake Bay by reducing 48.1 million pounds of nitrogen, 6.84 million pounds of phospherous and restored over 69,000
acres of submerged aquatic vegetation.
In 2000 In the Chesapeake Bay watershed, 1,032 stream miles of migratory fish habitat was reopened through the provision of fish passages, construction and
restoration of 11,000 acres of oyster habitat, and 41% of wastewater flow to the Bay was treated by Biological Nutrient Removal.
In 1999 Submerged aquatic vegetation acres increased to 63,500; 11,000 acres designated for aquatic reef habitat; 32% of wastewater flow treated by Biological
Nutrient Removal; 79% of lands have voluntary integrated pest management practices; and 534 stream miles of migratory fish habitat have reopened.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY 2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Acres of submerged aquatic vegetation (SAV) present in 63500 68,125 69,126 85,252 86,000 87,000 Acres
the Chesapeake Bay. (cumulative)
Baseline: In 1985, 0% of wastewater flow had been treated by Biological Nutrient Removal. In 1989, 49 miles of migratory Fish habitat was reopened. In 1984,
there were 37,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation in the Chesapeake Bay. In 1988, voluntary IPM practices had been established on 2% of the
lands in the Chesapeake Bay watershed.
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE LOADINGS AND AIR DEPOSITION
By 2005, reduce pollutant loadings from key point and nonpoint sources by at least 11 percent from 1992 levels. Air deposition of key
pollutants will be reduced to 1990 levels.
NPDES Permit Requirements
In 2004 Current NPDES permits reduce or eliminate loadings into the nation's waters of (1) inadequately treated discharges from municipal and industrial
facilities (direct and indirect dischargers); and (2) pollutants from urban storm water, CSOs, and CAFOs.
In 2003 Current NPDES permits reduce or eliminate loadings into the nation's waters of (1) inadequately treated discharges from municipal and industrial
facilities (direct and indirect dischargers); and (2) pollutants from urban storm water, CSOs, and CAFOs.
In 2002 Current NPDES permits reduced or eliminated discharges into the nation's waters of (1) inadequately treated discharges from municipal and industrial
facilities; and (2) pollutants from urban storm water, CSOs, and CAFOs.
20
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2001 Maintaining current NPDES permits aid in the reduction or eliminatation of discharges into the nation's waters of inadequately treated discharges from
municipal and industrial facilities; and pollutants from urban storm water, CSOs, and CAFOs.
Performance Measures
Major point sources are covered by current permits.
Minor point sources are covered by current permits.
Loading reductions (pounds per year) of toxic, non-
conventional, and conventional pollutants from NPDES
permitted facilities (POTWs, Industries, SIUs, CAFOs,
SW, CSOs).
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY2001
Actuals
75
75
FY 2002
Actuals
83%
74%
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
90%
84%
2,500
million
FY 2004
Request
90%
87%
2,750
million
Point Sources
Point Sources
pounds
Baseline: As of May 1999, 72% of major point sources and 54% of minor point sources were covered by a current NPDES permit. At the end of FY99, 53 of 57
states/territories had current storm water permits for all industrial activities, and 50 of 57 had current permits for construction sites over 5 acres. In June
1999, 74% of approximately 900 CSO communities wre covered by permits or other enforceable mechanisms consistent with the 1994 CSO Policy. As
of December 1999, approximately 14 states had current NPDES general permits for CAFOs and at least another 13 had issued one or more individual
NPDES permits for CAFOs.
Clean Water State Revolving Fund: Annual Assistanc
In 2004 900 projects funded by the Clean Water SRF will initiate operations, including 629 projects providing secondary treatment, advanced treatment, CSO
correction (treatment), and/or storm water treatment. Cumulatively, 10,440 projects will have initiated operations since program inception.
In 2003 900 projects funded by the Clean Water SRF will initiate operations, including 515 projects providing secondary treatment, advanced treatment, CSO
correction (treatment), and/or storm water treatment. Cumulatively, 9,540 projects will have initiated operations since program inception.
In 2002 1,100 projects funded by the Clean Water SRF initiated operations, including 400 projects providing secondary treatment, advanced treatment, CSO
correction (treatment), and/or storm water treatment. Cumulatively, 8,642 projects have initiated operations since program inception.
In 2001 933 projects funded by the Clean Water SRF initiated operations, including 400 projects providing secondary treatment, advanced treatment, CSO
correction (treatment), and/or storm water treatment. Cumulatively, 7,452 SRF funded projects will have initiated operations since program inception.
Performance Measures
CW SRF projects that have initiated operations.
(cumulative)
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
7,452
FY 2002
Actuals
8,642
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
9,540
FY 2004
Request
10,440
SRF projects
21
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Baseline: The Agency's National Information Management System (NIMS) shows, as of July 1998, 39 states/territories were conducting separate annual audits of
their SRFs and utilizing fund management principles. NIMS shows, as of June 1998, 25 states were meeting the "pace of the program" measures for
loan issuance, pace of construction, and use of repayments. As of September 1998, 8 states were using integrated planning and priority systems to make
SFR funding decisions. NIMS shows 3,909 SRF projects initiated as of June 1998.
Wastewater Treatment Facility Compliance
In 2004 Enhance public health and environmental protection by securing the nation's critical wastewater infrastructure through support for homeland security
preparedness, including vulnerability assessments, emergency operations planning, and system operator training.
In 2003 Enhance public health and environmental protection by securing the nation's critical wastewater infrastructure through support for homeland security
preparedness, including vulnerability assessments, emergency operations planning, and system operator training.
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Percent of the population served by, and the number of, 65%/5000 75%/8000 %pop/systems
large and medium-sized (10,001 and larger) Publicly
Owned Treatment Works (POTWs) that have taken action
for homeland security preparedness.
Baseline: Baseline will be established in FY 2003.
Research
Wet Weather Flow Research
In 2004 Provide to states, regions and watershed managers indicators, monitoring strategies, and guidance for determining the effectiveness of Best Management
Practices (BMPs) for wet weather flows hi meeting water quality goals.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Report on fecal indicator monitoring protocols for 1 report
different types of recreational water.
Provide guidance on indicator selection and monitoring 9/30/04 guidance
strategies for evaluating the effectiveness of BMPs.
22
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Baseline: The costs and complexities of meeting water quality goals subject to urban stormwater permits are daunting. The role of Best Management Practices
(BMP's) as both an effective and economical means to meet permit requirements remains the central regulatory and non-regulatory approach for
restoring much of the Nation's degraded water quality in urban environments. The scientific literature and reviews of current design and monitoring
practices show that the effectiveness of BMPs is highly variable, is often defined and reported differently, and that monitoring rarely documents
biological water quality improvements. Efforts are needed to better monitor and characterize the performance of BMPs by detailed analysis of the
physical, chemical and biological processes common to many diverse BMPs. Based on on-going research in this area, in FY 2004, EPA will provide
comprehensive guidance for application of stormwater BMPs in highly variable urban watersheds across the U.S. This guidance will provide states,
regions and watershed managers a means for determining the effectiveness of BMPs in meeting water quality goals.
23
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: SAFE FOOD
The foods Americans eat will be free from unsafe pesticide residues. Particular attention will be given to protecting subpopulations that may be more
susceptible to adverse effects of pesticides or have higher dietary exposures to pesticide residues. These include children and people whose diets
include large amounts of noncommercial foods.
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE RISKS FROM PESTICIDE RESIDUES IN FOOD
By 2006, reduce public health risk from pesticide residues in food from pre-Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA) levels (pre-1996).
Decrease Risk from Agricultural Pesticides
In 2004 Decrease adverse risk from agricultural uses from 1995 levels.
In 2004 Decrease risk from agricultural uses from 1995 levels.
In 2003 Decrease adverse risk from agricultural uses from 1995 levels and assure that new pesticides that enter the market are safe for humans and the
environment, through ensuring that all registration action are timely and comply with standards mandated by law.
In 2002 In FY 2002, EPA continued to register pest control products, including "safer" pesticides, thus ensuring that growers have an adequate number of pest
control options available to them.
In 2001 The Agency registered 9 new chemicals, exceeding its target by 2, and 267 new chemicals, underperforming its target by 83.
In 2001 The registration of new agricultural pesticides, and reregistration of older agricultural pesticides, were done under the strict health-based standard of
FQPA: "reasonable certainty of no harm." "Safer" pesticides are those that meet a stricter set of criteria.
In 2000 The Registration Program completed registrations for 9 new chemicals, 3069 amendments, 1106 me-toos, 427 new uses, 95 inerts, 458 special
registrations, 452 tolerances, and 13 reduced risk chemicals/biopesticides.
In 1999 In FY 1999, EPA registered 19 additional reduced risk pesticides, including 13 biopesticides. EPA established 351 new pesticide food tolerances and
acted on 681 proposed new pesticide uses, ensuring that all meet the new health safety standard of "reasonable certainty of no harm."
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Register safer chemicals and biopesticides 19 13 92 107 118 131 Regist. (Cum)
Number of State participants in the One Stop Reporting 7 9 53 60 67 74 States
24
-------
6-Year PerfbTriihance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
Program.
The Annual Performance Report is delivered to Congress
and reflects all EPA performance measures of
Congressional interest as identified in the Annual
Performance Plan.
Reduction of detections on a core set of 19 foods eaten by
children relative to detection levels for those foods
reported in 1994-1996.
Percentage of acre-treatments with reduced risk pesticides
Occurences of residues on a core set of 19 foods eaten by
children relative to occurence levels for those foods
reported in 1994-1996.
Number of new uses for previously registered
antimicrobial products
FY 1999
Actuals
681
FY 2000
Actuals
427
FY2001
Actuals
1896
FY 2002
Actuals
2329
Data Not
Avail
7.5%
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
2679
FY 2004
Request
3,079
8.1%
20
8.5%
25%
Percent
Reduced
Detect.
Acre-
Treatments
reduc. of occur
new uses
Baseline: The baseline for registration of reduced risk pesticides, new chemicals, and new uses, the baseline is zero in the year 1996 (the year FQPA was enacted).
Progress is measured cumulatively since 1996. The baseline for acres-treated is 3.6% of total acreage in 1998, when the reduced-risk pesticide acres-
treatments was 30,332,499 and total (all pesticides) was 843,063,644 acre-treatments. Each year's total acre-treatments, reported by USDA's National
Agricultural Statistical Survey serve as the basis for computing the percentage of acre-treatments using reduced risk pesticides. Acre-treatments count
the total number of pesticide treatments each acre receives each year. The baseline for residues on children's foods is occurance on 33.5% of composite
sample of children's foods in the baseline years 1994-1996. There are currently no products registered for use against other potential bio-agents (non-
anthrax).
Baseline; There are currently no products registered for use against other potential bio-agents (non-anthrax).
OBJECTIVE: ELIMINATE USE ON FOOD OF PESTICIDES NOT MEETING STANDARDS
By 2008, use on food of current pesticides that do not meet the new statutory standard of "reasonable certainty of no harm" will be eliminated.
Reassess Pesticide Tolerances
In 2004 Ensure that through on-going data reviews, pesticide active ingredients and the products that contain them are reviewed to assure adequate protection for
human health and the environment, taking into consideration exposure scenarios such as subsistence lifestyles of Native Americans.
25
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2003 Assure that pesticides active ingredients registered prior to 1984 and the products that contain them are reviewed to assure adequate protection for
human health & the environment. Also consider the unique exposure scenarios such as subsistence lifestyles of Native Americans in regulatory
decisions.
In 2002 Reregistration efforts delayed to focus on reviewing and testing pesticides against anthrax.
In 2001 EPA reassessed 40% of tolerances requiring reassessment under FQPA and issued a cumulative 72% of total REDs required, achieving both targets.
In 2000 We did not achieve our FY2000 target for tolerance reassessments due to the ongoing work to establish a science policy on cumulative risk. Although
we missed our annual target, we are still on track to meet our statutory deadlines to reassess all tolerances.
In 1999 Tolerances reassessed by EPA through Sept. 30, 1999 totaled 35%, exceeding both our cumulative target and the statutory deadline of reassessing 33%
of the existing tolerances by Aug. 1999.
Performance Measures FY1999 FY 2000 FY 2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Tolerance Reassessment 1445 121 40% 66.9 68% 78% Tolerances(Cu
m)
Reregistration Eligibility Decisions (REDs) 14 6 72.7% 76% 81.7% Inspections
UIC/PWSS Inspections 746 552 307 400 750 Percent
Tolerance reassessments for top 20 foods eaten by 43.5% 65.6 75% 83% Tolerances(Cu
children m)
Number of inert ingredients tolerances reassessed 100 tolerances
Baseline: The baseline value for tolerance reassessments is the 9,721 tolerances that must be reassessed using FQPA health and safety standards. In FY2004,
EPA plans to reassess 1,050 additional tolerances. The baseline for REDS is the 612 REDs that must be completed. In FY2004, EPA plans to complete
35 REDs. The baseline for product reregistration is under development. The baseline for inerts tolerances is 870 that must be reassessed. The baseline
for the top 20 foods eaten by children is 893 tolerances that must be reassessed.
26
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: PREVENTING POLLUTION AND REDUCING RISK IN COMMUNITIES, HOMES, WORKPLACES AND ECOSYSTEMS
Pollution prevention and risk management strategies aimed at eliminating, reducing, or minimizing emissions and contamination will result in cleaner
and safer environments in which all Americans can reside, work and enjoy life. EPA will safeguard ecosystems and promote the health of natural
communities that are integral to the quality of life in this nation.
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE PUBLIC AND ECOSYSTEM RISK FROM PESTICIDES
By 2005, public and ecosystem risk from pesticides will be reduced through migration to lower-risk pesticides and pesticide management
practices, improving education of the public and at risk workers, and forming "pesticide environmental partnerships" with pesticide user
groups.
Partnerships and Risk Reduction
In 2004 Reduce public health and ecosystem risk from pesticides.
In 2003 Reduce public and ecosystem risk from pesticides.
Performance Measures
Successful transitions from high risk pesticides to
effective alternative pest management practices
Number of efforts identified with USDA, universities,
states, and others, leveraging Farm Bill funds, that
promote the research and adoption of reduced risk pest
management strategies.
Number of incidents and mortalities to terrestrial and
aquatic wildlife caused by the 15 pesticides responsible
for the greatest mortality to such wildlife.
Quantified adoption of pollution prevention measures in
targeted commodities and farm management strategies.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
20
FY2004
Request
20-30
40
5%
tbd
Transitions
Efforts
reduction
grants
Baseline: The baseline for wildlife mortalities, transitions, and efforts are under development. The baseline for grants, which are targeted for adoption and/or
development of IPM standards, irrigation water conservation and management, dust mitigation, waste management and other best management
preactices are under development using Farm Bill funds as leverage, is zero.
27
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE RISKS FROM LEAD AND OTHER TOXIC CHEMICALS
By 2007, significantly reduce the incidence of childhood lead poisoning and reduce risks associated with polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs),
mercury, dioxin, and other toxic chemicals of national concern.
Safe PCB Disposal
In 2001 Capacitor, Transformer and Bulk Waste data reported by industry on a calendar year basis and not available until September 2002.
The Transfomer Reclassicifcation Rule was published on April 2,2001.
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Safe Disposal of Transformers Avail. Transformers
9/1/02
Safe Disposal of Capacitors Avail. Capacitors
9/1/02
Baseline: Baseline for Capacitors: 1.85 million units; Transformers 2.20 million units; baseline for bulk waste disposal is based on annual disposal of PCB bulk
waste from 1990-1995.
Lead Certification and Training of Lead Abatement
In 2000 Additional legal requirements for lead-based paint abatement certification and training for the tribes has delayed development of two tribal programs.
In 1999 EPA continued building the lead-based paint abatement certification and accreditation program by approving 30 state and territory and two tribal
programs. In 17 states that do not take on the program, EPA will run certification and accreditation.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of tech assistance or tech dissemination projects 28 6 projects
carried-out
A Federal training, accreditation and certification 22 19 Federal
program will be established and administered in states
which choose not to seek approval from EPA to
administer.
Baseline; Baseline will be established in 2001. (Note: 2003 goal of 5000 assumed that both EPA and state certifications would be counted. We have been unable
to confirm when/if we will get state data, so are now limiting this to EPA data.)
28
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Exposure to Industrial / Commercial Chemicals
In 2004 Reduce exposure to and health effects from priority industrial / commericial chemicals
In 2002 Preliminary data lends to our confidence that this goal will be met. We will provide the data and explanation as soon as they are available and it will be
in time for the FY 2002 APR
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY 2000 FY 2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres, Bud. Request
Safe Disposal of Transformers 8,000 Transformers
Safe Disposal of Capacitors 6,000 Capacitors
Number of individuals certified nationally to perform 4574 18,000 cert. ind. cum
lead-based paint abatement.
number of children aged 1-5 years with elevated blood tbd children
lead levels (>10 ug / dl)
Baseline: The baseline for number of certified individuals for lead paint abatement is zero in 2000. The baseline for PCB transformers is 2.2 million units and for
capacitors is 1.85 million units as of 1988 as noted in the 1989 PCB Notification and Manifesting Rule.
OBJECTIVE: MANAGE NEW CHEMICAL INTRODUCTION AND SCREEN EXISTING CHEMICALS FOR RISK
By 2007, prevent or restrict introduction into commerce of chemicals that pose risks to workers, consumers, or the environment and continue
screening and evaluating chemicals already in commerce for potential risk.
New Chemicals and Microorganisms Review
In 2001 EPA reviewed 1,770 Premanufacturing Notices. By the end of 2001,21 percent of all chemicals in commerce had been assessed for risks.
In 2000 All new chemical pre-manufacturing notification submissions were reviewed within the required timeframe.
In 1999 EPA used TSCA authorities to review 1,717 premanufacture notices (PMNs) and exemptions. EPA took control actions on 20 of the 31 notices
involving PBTs. EPA received 172 toxiciry tests on over 103 chemicals.
29
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of TSCA Pre-Manufacture Notice Reviews 1717 1838 1770 Notices
Notice of Commencements 21.0 NOGs(Cum)
Baseline: In FY 2000, there were potentially 78,598 chemicals in commerce; 15,992 of these chemicals had gone through the TSCA Premanufacture Notice
(PMN) process and entered into commerce following submittal of a Notice of Commencement of Manufacturing. These chemicals have been assessed
for risks and controls are in place as necessary. A large fraction of these chemicals also may be "green" alternatives to existing chemicals in commerce.
Chemical Right-to-Know Initiative
In 2001 Data was obtained from test plans submitted by industry for 724 chemicals already in commerce.
Performance Measures . FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Through chemical testing program, obtain test data for 724 Chemicals
high production volume chemicals on master testing list.
Baseline: Release of national risk screening information first occurred in FY99. First community risk identification analysis were completed in FYOO. First
National, Regional, and State level risk-based priority setting excercise will be completed in FY02. First expanded use of risk screening tool by other
countries will occur in FY02. As data is collected it is available on http://www.epa.gov/chemtrk.
Risks from Industrial / Commercial Chemicals
In 2004 Identify, restrict, and reduce risks associated with industrial/commercial chemicals
In 2004 Identify, restrict, and reduce risks associated with industrial/commercial chemicals.
In 2003 Of the approx. 1,800 applic. for new chem. and microorganisms submitted by industry, ensure those marketed are safe for humans and the envir.
Increase proportion of commer. chem. that have undergone PMN review to signify they are properly managed and may be potential green altern. to
exist, chem.
In 2002 EPA reviewed all 1,943 Pre-manufacturing Notices received during FY 2002. At the end of 2002, 21.5 percent of all chemicals in commerce had been
assessed for risks. A large fraction of these chemicals also may be "green" alternatives to existing chemicals in commerce.
30
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
Number of TSCA Pre-Manufacture Notice Reviews
Make screening level health and environmental effects
data publicly available for sponsored HPV chemicals
Number of Self-Audited New Chemical Product
Alternatives
Reduction in the current year production-adjusted Risk
Screening Environmental Indicators risk-based score of
releases and transfers of toxic chemicals.
Reports of validation studies for four Tier 1 screening
assays
Number of chemicals for which sets of 15 AEGL values
are made Final.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
1943
843
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
1800
FY 2004
Request
1700
900
250
2%
15
Notices
cum.
chemicals
Alternatives
Index
scrn assays-
cum
add'l
chemicals
Baseline: The baseline for TSCA PMNs in FY2004 is zero. (EPA recieves about 1,700 PMNs per year for chemicals about to enter commerce. From 1979-2002,
EPA reviewed about 40,000 PMNs. Of the 78,000 chemicals potentially in commerce, 16,618 have gone through the risk-screening process.) The
baseline for HPV measure is zero chemicals in 1998. The baseline for the RSEI measure is the index calculated for 2003. The baseline for the Tier 1
screening measure is zero in 1996 - no valid methods for endocrine disrupter screening and testing existed when FQPA was enacted in FY1996. The
baseline for self-audited new chemical products is under development.
Baseline: The baseline for the AEGL measure under the base program is 29 cumulative chemcials through 2004.
OBJECTIVE: ENSURE HEALTHIER INDOOR AIR.
By 2005,, 16 million more Americans than in 1994 will live or work in homes, schools, or office buildings with healthier indoor air.
Healthier Residential Indoor Air
In 2004 834,400 additional people will be living in healthier residential indoor environments.
In 2003 834,400 additional people will be living in healthier residential indoor environments.
In 2002 On track to ensure that 834,400 additional people will be living in healthier residential indoor environments.
In 2001 An additional 890,000 additional people are living in healthier residential indoor environments.
31
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2000 1,032,000 additional people are living in healthier residential indoor environments.
In 1999 1,322,000 additional people are living in healthier residential indoor environments.
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
People Living in Healthier Indoor Air 1,322,000 1,032,000 890,000 Data Lag 834,400 834,400 People
Baseline: 1. By 2004, increase the number of people living in homes built with radon resistant features to 3,950,000 from 600,000 in 1994. (cumulative) 2. By
2004, decrease the number of children exposed to ETS from 19,500,000 in 1994 to 16,556,000. (cumulative) 3. By 2004, increase the number of people
living in radon-mitigated homes to 1,689,700 from 780,000 from 1994. (cumulative) 4. By 2004, increase by 180,600 the number of people with asthma
and their caregivers who are educated about indoor air asthma triggers.
Healthier Indoor Air in Schools
In 2004 1,575,000 students, faculty and staff will experience improved indoor air quality in then- schools.
In 2003 1,050,000 students, faculty and staff will experience improved indoor air quality in their schools.
In 2002 On track to ensure that 1,228,500 students, faculty and staff will experience unproved indoor air quality in their schools.
In 2001 An additional 1,930,000 students, faculty and staff are experiencing improved indoor air quality in then schools.
In 2000 2,580,000 students, faculty and staff are experiencing improved indoor air quality in their schools.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Students/Staff Experiencing Improved IAQ in Schools 2,580,000 1,930,000 Data Lag 1,050,000 1,575,000 Students/Staff
Baseline: The nation has approximately 110,000 schools with an average of 525 students, faculty and staff occupying them for a total baseline population of
58,000,000. The IAQ "Tools for Schools" Guidance implementation began in 1997. For FY 2004, the program projects an additional 3,000 schools will
implement the guidance and seeks to obtain implementation commitments from 10 of the 50 largest school districts in the U.S. with an average of
140,000 per district. (Additional, not cumulative since there is not an established baseline for good IAQ practices hi schools.)
OBJECTIVE: FACILITATE PREVENTION, REDUCTION AND RECYCLING OF PBTS AND TOXIC CHEMICALS
By 2005, facilitate the prevention, reduction, and recycling of toxic chemicals and municipal solid wastes, including PBTs. In particular,
reduce by 20 percent the actual (from,1992 levels) and by 30 percent the production-adjusted (from 1998 levels) quantity of Toxic Release
32
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Inventory (TRI)-reported toxic pollutants which are released, disposed of, treated, or combusted for energy recovery, half through source
reduction.
Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) Pollutants Released
In 2001 No conclusions can be drawn regarding changes in TRI Non-recycled wastes from calendar year 2000 to calendar year 2001 without data.
In 2000 EPA exceeded its target of a reduction of 200 million pounds of TRI pollutants released.
In 1999 Total releases of toxic chemicals decreased by 38.8million pounds from 1995 thru 1997. The 1997 TRI data, however, reflect a continued increase in
production related wastes. This increase is accompanied by a continued increase in the use of pollution prevention practices by industry.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Reduction of TRI non-recycled waste (normalized) LIB Ibs 405 not Ibs
incr. Million available
Baseline: This APG measures changes in TRI Non-Recycled Wastes. TRI data are reported to EPA by facilities by July 02, and compiled and reported publically
by EPA in Spring 03. EPA will do an analysis to determine a new target.
Reducing PBTs in Hazardous Waste Streams
In 2004 Reduce waste minimization priority list chemicals hi hazardous waste streams an additional 3% (for a cumulative total of 46% or 81 million pounds) by
expanding the use of State and industry partnerships and Regional pilots.
In 2003 Reduce waste minimization priority list chemicals hi hazardous waste streams by 43% to 86 million pounds by expanding the use of state and industry
partnerships and Regional pilots
In 2002 F Y 2002 data is currently not available. Data will be available in December 2003.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY 2000 FY 2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Percentage reduction in generation of priority list not 3% 3% reduction
chemicals from 1991 levels. available
Baseline: The target for FY 2002 was for a reduction of 40% (91.2 million pounds) from the 1990 levels. Data will be available in December 2003.
33
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Municipal Solid Waste Source Reduction
In 2004 Divert an additional 1% (for a cumulative total of 33% or 79 million tons) of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion, and maintain per
capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.5 pounds per day.
In 2003 Divert an additional 1% (for a cumulative total of 32% or 74 million tons) of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion, and maintain per
capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.5 pounds per day.
In 2002 FY 2002 data is currently not available for the diversion of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion or maintaining per capita generation
of RCRA municipal solid waste. Analysis of FY 2002 data is anticipated by September 2004.
In 2001 FY 2001 data is not available for the diversion of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion or maintaining per capita generation of RCRA
municipal solid waste. Analysis of FY 2001 data is anticipated by September 2003.
In 2000 30.1% or 69.9 million tons of municipal solid waste was diverted from land filling and combustion, and the per capita generation decreased to 4.5
pounds per day.
In 1999 28% or 64 million tons of municipal solid waste was diverted from land filling and combustion, and the per capita generation was raised to 4.6 pounds
per day. Increased per capita generation is tied to robust economic expansion.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Millions of tons of municipal solid waste diverted. 64 69.9 not not 74 79 million tons
available available
Daily per capita generation of municipal solid waste. 4.6 4.5 not not 4.5 4.5 Ibs. MSW
available available
Baseline: An analysis conducted in FY 2000 shows 70 million tons (30%) of municipal solid waste diverted and 4.5 Ibs. of MSW per person daily generation.
Reduction of Industrial / Commercial Chemicals
In 2004 Prevent, reduce and recycle hazardous industrial/commercial chemicals and municipal solid wastes
In 2003 The quantity of Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) pollutants released, disposed of, treated or combusted for energy recovery in 2003, (normalized for
changes in industrial production) will be reduced by 200 million pounds, or 2%, from 2002. This data will be reported in 2005.
In 2002 Data Lag
34
-------
6-Year Perfbrniance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
Reduction of TRI non-recycled waste (normalized)
Alternative feed stocks, processes, or safer products
identified through Green Chemistry Challenge Award
Number of participants in Hospitals for a Healthy
Environment
Quantity of hazardous chemicals/solvents eliminated
through the Green Chemistry Challenge Awards Program
For eco-friendly detergents, track the number of laundry
detergent formulations developed.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
Not
Available
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
200
Million
FY 2004
Request
200
Million
210
Ibs
Prod/proc
(cum)
2000
Participants
150 million Ibs
36
formulations
Baseline: The baseline for the TRI non-recycled wastes measure is the amount of non-recycled wastes reported in FY2003. The baseline for eco-friendly
detergents is 0 formulations in 1997. The baseline for the alternative feed stocks / processes measure is zero in 2000. The baseline for the quantity of
hazardous chemicals / solvents measures is zero pounds in the year 2000. The baseline for the hospitals measure is zero in FY2001.
OBJECTIVE: ASSESS CONDITIONS IN INDIAN COUNTRY
By 2005, EPA will assist all federally recognized tribes in assessing the condition of their environment, help in building tribes' capacity to
implement environmental management programs, and ensure that EPA is implementing programs in Indian country where needed to address
environmental issues
Tribal Environmental Baseline/Environmental Priori
In 2004 Percent of Tribes will have an environmental presence (e.g., one or more persons to assist in building Tribal capacity to develop and implement
environmental programs.
In 2003 In 2003, AIEO will evaluate non-Federal sources of environmental data pertaining to conditions in Indian Country to enrich the Tribal Baseline
Assessment Project.
In 2002 A cumulative total of 331 environmental assessments have been completed.
In 2001 Baseline environmental assessments were collected for 207 Tribes.
35
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2000 16% of tribal baseline information was collected by enabling a pilot demonstration model to access and display tribal information from EPA databases
and data collection surveys containing environmental information. However, only four EPA/Tribal Environmental Agreements (TEAs) were signed.
In 1999 10% of Tribal environmental baseline information was collected and 46 additional tribes have tribal/EPA environmental agreements or identified
environmental priorities.
Performance Measures
Percent of Tribes with delegated and non-delegated
programs (cumulative).
Percent of Tribes with EPA-reviewed monitoring and
assessment occurring (cumulative).
Percent of Tribes with EPA-approved multimedia
workplans (cumulative).
Tribal environmental baseline information collected
Tribes with Tribal/EPA environmental agreements or
identified environmental priorities
Environmental assessments for Tribes, (cumulative)
Non-federal sources of environmental data pertaining to
conditions in Indian Country.
FY 1999 FY 2000 FY 2001
Actuals Actuals Actuals
10 16
46 4
207
FY2002 FY2003 FY-2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
5%
20%
18%
331
20
Tribes
Tribes
Tribes
% Baseline
Tribes
Tribes, etc.
Data sources
Baseline: There are 572 tribal entities that are eligible for GAP program funding. These entities are the ones for which environmental assessments of their lands
will be conducted.
36
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: BETTER WASTE MANAGEMENT, RESTORATION OF CONTAMINATED WASTE SITES, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE
America's wastes will be stored, treated and disposed of in ways that prevent harm to people and to the natural environment. EPA will work to clean
up previously polluted sites, restore them to uses appropriate for surrounding communities, and respond to and prevent waste-related or industrial
accidents.
OBJECTIVE: CONTROL RISKS FROM CONTAMINATED SITES AND RESPOND TO EMERGENCIES
By 2005, EPA and its federal, state, tribal, and local partners will reduce or control the risk to human health and the environment at more than
374,000 contaminated Superfund, RCRA, underground storage tank (UST), and brownfield sites and have the planning and preparedness
capabilities to respond successfully to all known emergencies to reduce the risk to human health and the environment.
Superfund Cost Recovery
In 2004 Ensure trust fund stewardship by getting PRPs to initiate or fund the work and recover costs from PRPs when EPA expends trust fund monies. Address
cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations (SOL) on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.
In 2003 Ensure trust fund stewardship by getting PRPs to initiate or fund the work and recover costs from PRPs when EPA expends trust fund monies. Address
cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations (SOL) on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.
In 2002 The goal was met. Cost recovery was addressed at 204 NPL and non-NPL sites of which 101 had total past costs greater than or equal to $200,000 and
potential statute of limitiations (SOL) concerns. EPA secured cleanup and ocst recovery commitments from private parties in excess of $645 million.
In 2001 Although the goal was not met, there was no loss hi dollars recovered. Cost recovery was addressed at 208 National Priorities List (NPL) and non-NPL
sites during FY 2001, of which 89 had total past costs greater than or equal to $200,000 and potential statute of limitations (SOL) concerns. EPA
addressed cost recovery for 87 of the 89 sites and planned to write off costs associated with the two other SOL cases, but decision documents were not
completed before the expiration of the SOL. The documents were finalized before the end of the fiscal year. EPA's cost recovery activities are important
because they preserve the Superfund Trust Fund by recovering EPA's past costs, making resources available for other Superfund site cleanups. With
respect to private parties inFY 2001, EPA secured cleanup and cost recovery commitments in excess of $1.7 billion (more than $1.45 billion for future
cleanup and $355 million for recovery of past costs).
In 2000 Addressed cost recovery at 98.5% of NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.
In 1999 We met our goal to ensure trust fund stewardship by recovering costs from PRPs when EPA expends trust fund monies. EPA addressed cost recovery at
99% of all National Priority List (NPL) and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.
37
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY 1999
Actuals
Refer to DOJ, settle, or write off 100% of Statute of 99%
Limitations (SOLs) cases for SF sites with total
unaddressed past costs equal to or greater than $200,000
and report value of costs recovered.
FY 2000
Actuals
98.5
FY 2001
Actuals.
97.8
FY 2002
Actuals
100
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
100
FY 2004
Request
100
Percent
Baseline:
In FY 98 the Agency will have addressed 100% of Cost Recovery at all NPL & non-NPL sites with total past costs equal or greater than $200,000.
Superfund Potentially Responsible Party Participat
In 2004 Maximize all aspects of PRP participation which includes maintaining PRP work at 70% of the new remedial construction starts at non-Federal Facility
Superfund, and emphasize fairness in the settlement process.
In 2003 Maximize all aspects of PRP participation which includes maintaining PRP work at 70% of the new remedial construction starts at non>-Federal Facility
Superfund, and emphasize fairness in the settlement process.
In 2002 In FY 2002 the percentage of remidial construction starts initiatied by reponsible parties exceeded the target by one percent.
In 2001 In FY 2001 the percentage of remedial construction starts initiated by responsible parties was slightly less than the target, but the average over the past 3
years is 73%. EPA determines the percentage of remedial construction starts conducted by responsible parties at non-federal facility Superfund sites
because it indicates the percentage of sites where cleanup is achieved using private party funding as opposed to the Superfund Trust Fund. For the
future, the definition of responsible party-led remedial construction starts has been revised to include those construction stalls perfoimed by EPA but
having the majority of funding come from special accounts. Majority is defined to mean that the funding contributed by responsible parties toward the
total response cost to the special account exceeds the amount contributed by the largest non-private entity. To ensure fairness in the settlement process,
EPA successfully made orphan share offers at 100% of work settlement negotiations. Of the 18 sites having small waste contributors that were targeted
for de minimis settlements in FY 2001, 15 de minimis settlements were accomplished. The target was missed because of complex issues related to three
settlements.
In 2000 Maximize all aspects of PRP participation by maintaining PRP work at 68% of the new remedial construction starts at non-Federal Facility Superfund
sites, while emphasizing fairness in the settlement process.
In 1999 Achieved >70% responsible party participation hi new remedial actions at NPLsites. Goal met with the exception of completing 5 Sect 106 Civil
Actions & 2 Remedial Admin Orders primarily due to a decline in the no. of sites available for Remedial Design/Remedial Action negotiation
completions.
38
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
Section 106 Civil Actions
Ensure fairness by making Orphan Share Offers at 100% 100%
of all eligible settlement negotiations for response work.
Provide finality for small contributors by entering into De 38
Minimis settlements and report the number of settlers.
FY 1999
Actuals
33
100%
38
FY 2000
Actuals
100
18
FY 2001
Actuals
100
15
FY 2002
Actuals
Remedial Administrative Orders
Administrative and judicial actions
PRPs conduct 70% of the work at new construction starts
17
100
FY 2003 FY 2004
Pres. Bud. Request
67.3
71
70
70
Agreements
Percent
Settlements
Orders
actions
Percent
Baseline: In FY 98 approximately 70% of new remedial work at NPL sites (excluding Federal facilities) was initiated by private parties.
Tribal Cleanup Assistance
In 2004 Increase Tribal cleanup capabilities and assist Tribes in addressing threats from releases.
In 2003 Increase Tribal cleanup capabilities and assist Tribes in addressing threats from releases.
In 2002 41 leaking underground storage tanks were cleaned up. 8 Superfund site assessments conducted at sites of concern to Tribes. Tribes were actively
involved in 28.6% of the sites that are of concern to Tribes.
In 2001 In relation to Superfund, 78 Tribes were supported by cooperative agreements, $3.8 million was provided for capacity building, Tribes were actively
involved in 26% of the sites that are of concern to Tribes, and data was not available for assessments. 30 LUSTs were cleaned up.
Performance Measures
Number of leaking underground storage tank cleanups hi
Indian Country.
Number of Tribes supported by Brownfields cooperative
agreements.
Number of Superfund site assessments conducted at sites
that are of concern to Tribes.
Number of Tribes supported by Superfund cooperative
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
30
FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
41 45 45
no target
not
available
78
cleanups
Tribes
assessments
agreements
39
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
agreements.
Amount of Superfund funding provided for building
tribal capacity.
Percentage of Superfund sites that are of concern to
Tribes where a Tribe is actively involved.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
S3.85M
26%
FY 2002
Actuals
28.6
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
no target no target
funds
percent
Baseline: By the end of FY 2002, 573 leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed in Indian Country. Baselines for Superfund and Brownfields
activities are under development.
Assess and Cleanup Contaminated Land
In 2004 Assess waste sites.
In 2004 Clean up and reduce risk at waste sites.
In 2003 Assess waste sites.
In 2003 Clean up and reduce risk at waste sites.
In 2002 Human exposures to toxins were controlled at 172 RCRA facilities and toxic releases to groundwater were controlled at 171 RCRA facilities. 15.769
leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed, and 42 Superfund construction completions were achieved.
In 2002 Superfund initiated 426 removal actions and recorded 587 site assessment decisions, and the Brownfields program assessed 983 properties.
In 2001 Human exposures to toxins were controlled at 179 RCRA facilities and toxic releases to groundwater were controlled at 154 RCRA facilities, 19,074
leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed, and 47 Superfund construction completions were completed.
In 2001 Superfund initiated 302 removal response actions and recorded 931 site assessment decisions, and the Brownfields program assessed 730 properties.
In 2000 Human exposures to toxins were controlled at 191 RCRA facilities and toxic releases to groundwater were controlled at 168 RCRA facilities, 20,834
leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed, and 87 Superfund construction completions were completed.
In 2000 Superfund initiated 375 removal response actions and completed 468 site assessment decisions, and the Brownfields program assessed 337 properties.
In 1999 Human exposures to toxins were controlled at 162 RCRA facilities and toxic releases to groundwater were controlled at 188 RCRA facilities, 25,678
leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed, and 85 Superfund construction completions were completed.
40
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 1999 The Superfund program initiated 356 removal response actions and conducted 744 site assessments.
Performance Measures FY 1999
Actuals
Number of leaking underground storage tank cleanups 25,678
completed.
Number of Superfund final site assessment decisions. 744
Number of Superfund removal response actions initiated. 356
Number of Superfund construction completions. 85
Number of Superfund hazardous waste sites with human
exposures controlled.
Number of Superfund hazardous waste sites with
groundwater migration controlled.
Number of Brownfields properties assessed.
Number of properties cleaned up using Brownfields
funding.
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with human 162
exposures to toxins controlled.
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with toxic 188
releases to groundwater controlled.
Baseline: By FY 2002, there have been 7,119 Superfund removal response actions initiated, 37,669 final Superfund site assessment decisions,. and 2,824
Brownfields properties assessed. (Brownfields assessment data reflects accomplishement up to the 3rd quater of FY 2002.) There is a baseline count of
1,199 Superfund sites with human exposures controlled and 772 Superfund sites with groundwater migration controlled. FY 2002 actuals showed 1018
RCRA facilities with human exposures to toxins controlled and 877 RCRA facilities with toxic releases to groundwater controlled; 284,602 leaking
underground storage tank cleanups. Baseline data for Brownfields cleanup loans and grants will be developed in FY 2003.
Revitalize Properties
In 2004 Create jobs through revitalization efforts.
In 2004 Leverage or generate funds through revitalization efforts.
In 2004 Make Brownfields property acres available for reuse or continued use.
FY 2000
Actuals
20,834
468
375
87
337
191
168
FY 2001
Actuals
19,074
629
302
47
730
179
154
FY 2002
Actuals
15,769
587
426
42
983
205
171
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
22,500
475
275
40
10
10
1,000
257
172
FY 2004
Request
21,000
475
350
40
10
10
1,000
no target
180
150
cleanups
assessments
removals
completions
sites
sites
assessments
properties
facilities
facilities
41
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2003 Create jobs through revitalization efforts.
In 2003 Leverage or generate $0.9 B through revitalization efforts.
In 2002 $0.7 billion of cleanup and redevelopment was leveraged.
In 2002 2,091 jobs were generated from Brownflelds activities.
In 2001 $0.9 billion of cleanup and redevelopment was leveraged.
In 2001 3,030 jobs were generated from Brownflelds activities.
In 2000 3,030 jobs were generated from Brownflelds activities.
Performance Measures
Estimated number of Brownfleld property acres available
for reuse or continued use.
Number of jobs generated from Brownflelds activities.
Number of Brownflelds job training participants trained.
Percentage of Brownflelds job training trainees placed.
Amount of cleanup and redevelopment funds leveraged
at Brownflelds sites.
Baseline: By the end of FY 2002, the Brownflelds program had generated 19,646 jobs, provided job training to 913 individuals, placed an average of 65% of job
training participants, and leveraged a total of $6.7 billion. Data reported for FY 2002 reflect accomplishments up to the 3rd quarter of FY 2002.
Homeland Security - Readiness & Response
In 2004 Enhance Homeland Secuirry readiness and response.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000 FY 2001
Actuals Actuals
3,030 3,030
$0.9B
FY 2002
Actuals
2091
$0.7B
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
2,000
65%
$0.9B
FY2004
Request
no target
5,000
200
70
$1.0B
acres
jobs
participants
trainees placed
funds
Performance Measures
Percentage of emergency response and homeland security
readiness improvement.
FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY 2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
10%
readiness
Baseline:
In accordance with the EPA strategic plan, a baseline will be established in FY 2003.
42
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Research
Scientifically Defensible Decisions for Site Clean
In 2004 ' Provide risk assessors and managers with site-specific data sets on three applications detailing the performance of conventional remedies for
contaminated sediments to help determine the most effective techniques for remediating contaminated sites and protecting human health and the
environment.
In 2003 To ensure cost-effective and technically sound site clean-up, deliver state-of-the-science reports and methods to EPA and other stakeholders for risk
management of fuel oxygenates; organic and inorganic contamination of sediments, ground water and/or soils; and oil spills.
In 2002 EPA provided evaluation information on six innovative approaches that reduce human health and ecosystem exposure from dense nonaqueous phase
liquids (DNAPLs) and methly tertiary butyl-ether (MTBE) in soils and groundwater, and from oil and persistent organics hi aquatic systems.
In 2001 EPA provided technical .information to support scientifically defensible and cost-effective decisions for clean-up of complex sites, hard-to-treat wastes,
mining, oil spills near shorelines, and Brownfields to reduce risk to human health and the environment.
In 2000 The MTBE case studies summary report was delayed to include more than the original four sites. The SITE report was sent to OMB in FY 2000, but the
time required for approval delayed its arrival hi Congress. The dermal exposure route report was delayed until 12/00 to allow for completing peer
review.
In 1999 Produced the annual Superfund Innovative Technology and Evaluation (SITE) Program report, and completed six (6) innovative technology reports.
Performance Measures
Summary Report of Case Studies of Natural Attenuation
of MTBE, a fuel additive, at Geographically Diverse
Locations
Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation (SITE)
Program Report to Congress.
A report summarizing the key research findings methods,
models, and factors relating to evaluating the risks from
the dermal route of exposure.
Review the 20 most common Superfund soil
contaminants and develop eco-toxicity soil screening
levels for wildlife and soil biota for chemicals where there
is sufficient data.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
0
18-Jan-
2001
31-Dec-
2000
30-Sep-
2000
FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY-2004
Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
report
report
report
values
43
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY 1999
Actuals
Delivery of the Annual SITE Program Report to Congress 30-Nov-
1999
Deliver the Annual SITE Program Report to Congress.
Complete draft of the FY 2002 Annual SITE Report to
Congress.
Reports on performance data for conventional sediment
remedies for three sites.
FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
report
draft report
reports
Baseline: Much of the controversy over selecting remedies for contaminated sediment sites arises because the effects and effectiveness of the remedies is not well
documented. Congress identified this issue when it directed EPA to have the National Academy of Science conduct a study of the "...availability,
effectiveness, costs, and effects of technologies for the remediation of sediments contaminated with polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), including
dredging and disposal." The resulting National Research Council (NRC) report included a major recommendation that "Long-term monitoring and
evaluation of PCB-contaminated sediment sites should be conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of the management approach and to ensure adequate,
continuous protection of humans and the environment." In FY 2004, EPA will complete data sets on implementing and monitoring remedies in order to
help reduce the uncertainty associated with remedy selection and to identify the methods that efficiently chart remedy performance over time.
Homeland Security-Building Decontamination Reseach
In 2004 Provide to building owners, facility managers, and others, methods, guidance documents, and technologies to enhance safety in large buildings and to
mitigate adverse effects of the purposeful introduction of hazardous chemical or biological materials into indoor air.
Performance Measures
Prepare ETV evaluations on at least 5 new technologies
for detection, containment, or decontamination of
chemical/biological contaminants in buildings to help
workers select safe alternatives.
Through SBIR awards, support as least three new
technologies/methods to decontaminate HVAC systems in
smaller commercial buildings or decontaminate valuable
or irreplacable materials.
Prepare technical guidance for building owners and
facility managers on methods/strategies to minimize
damage to buildings from intentional introduction of
biological/chemical contaminants.
FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
5 verifications
techs/methods
9/30/04 guidance
44
-------
6-Year Perforniance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Baseline: Anthrax contamination and the extensive clean-up efforts in postal facilities plus several other government and commercial buildings emphasized the
need for improved methods to enhance security against terrorist activities in buildings and provide additional options for cleaning up buildings. EPA's
two-year plan focuses on research, development, testing, and communication of enhanced methods for detection and containment of biological and
chemical warfare agents and toxic industrial chemicals intentionally introduced into large buildings. This plan also addresses decontamination of
building surfaces, furnishings, and equipment, with safe disposal of residual materials. Every effort is being made to coordinate EPA's work with other
government agencies, to avoid redundancy and to maximize the utility of this work. With the FY 2004 building decontamination research, emergency
responders, building owners/managers, and decontamination crews will have information, including guidance documents and technology evaluations,
needed to enhance safety in buildings and to mitigate adverse effects of the purposeful introduction of hazardous chemicals or biological materials into
indoor air.
OBJECTIVE: REGULATE FACILITIES TO PREVENT RELEASES
By 2005, EPA and its federal, state, tribal, and local partners will ensure that more than 277,000 facilities are managed according to the
practices that prevent releases to the environment.
Oil Spill Response
In 2004 Respond to or monitor 300 oil spills.
In 2003 Respond to or monitor 300 significant oil spills in the inland zone.
In 2002 EPA responded to or monitored 203 oil spills.
In 2001 EPA responded to or monitored 527 oil spills.
In 2000 EPA responded to or monitored 368 oil spills.
In 1999 EPA responded to or monitored 323 oil spills.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Oil spills responded to or monitored by EPA. 323 368 527 203 300 300 spills
Baseline: EPA typically responds to or monitors 300 oil spill cleanups per year.
45
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Ensure WIPP Safety
In 2004 Certify that 18,000 55-gallon drams of radioactive waste (containing approximately 54,000 curies) shipped by DOE to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant
are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.
In 2003 Certify that 12,000 55 gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 36,000 curies) shipped by DOE to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant
are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.
In 2002 EPA certified that 22,800 55 gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 68,400 curies) shipped by DOE to the Waste Isolation Pilot
Plant are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of 55-Gallon Drums of Radioactive Waste 22,800 12,000 18,000 Drums
Disposed of According to EPA Standards
Baseline: The Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP) near Carlsbad, NM was opened in May 1999 to accept radioactive transuranic waste. By the end of FY 2002,
approximately 35,000 (cumulative) 55 gallon drams will be safely disposed. In FY 2003, EPA expects that DOE will ship an additional 12,000 55
gallon drums of waste. Through FY 2004, EPA expects that DOE will have shipped safely and according to EPA standards, approximately 7.5% of the
planned waste volume, based on disposal of 860,000 drums over the next 40 years. Number of drums shipped to the WIPP facility on an annual basis is
dependent on DOE priorities and funding. EPA volume estimates are based on projecting the average shipment volumes over 40 years with an initial
start up.
Tribal Prevention Assistance
In 2004 Assist Tribes hi evaluation of waste management facility program needs and hi the closing or upgrading of open dumps.
In 2003 Increase the percentage of Tribes evaluated for hazardous waste management by 4 percentage points, and assist in evaluating and closing open dumps
on Tribal lands.
In 2001 177 Tribes were evaluated for RCRA hazardous waste anagement needs. Data for other measures was not available.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Percentage of tribes evaluated for hazardous waste 4 4 percent
management needs.
Number of open dumps on tribal lands that comply with no target sites
regulatory landfill standards, or have closed with
protections against future dumping put in place.
46
-------
6-Year Perfbrftiaiice Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Baseline: By the end of FY 2002, RCRA Subtitle C management needs had been evaluated for 177 Tribes. Baseline data for the Tribal Open Dump Cleanup
Project is currently under development.
Build National Radiation Monitoring System
In 2004 EPA will purchase 60 state of the art radiation monitoring units thereby increasing EPA radiation monitoring capacity and population coverage from
37% of the contiguous U.S. population in FY 2002 to 50% in FY 2004.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Increase Population Covered by the National Radiation 13 Percent
Monitoring System
Purchase and Deploy State-of-the Ait Monitoring Units 60 Units
Purchased
Purchase a Deployable Component to the National 9/30/2004
Radiation Monitoring System
Baseline: The current fixed monitoring system, part of the Environmental Radiation Ambient Monitoring System, was developed in the 1960s for the purpose of
monitoring radioactive fallout from nuclear weapons testing. The system currently consists of 52 old, low-tech air particulate samplers which provide
coverage in cities which represent approximately 37% of the population. By 2005, EPA will upgrade the old system by purchasing 120 state-of-the-art
units which will be strategically located to cover approximately 70% of the population. The current system's ah" samplers will be retired from service
due to age, although so some may be retained for emergency use.
Waste and Petroleum Management Controls
In 2004 Increase the number of waste and petroleum facilities with acceptable or approved controls in place to prevent releases to the environment.
In 2003 Increase the number of waste and petroleum facilities with acceptable or approved controls in place to prevent releases to the environment.
In 2002 1.8% of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities received permits or other approved controls, and 580 oil facilities were hi compliance with spill
prevention, control and countermeasure provisions of the oil pollution regulations.
In 2001 9.1% of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities received permits or other approved controls, and 593 oil facilities were in compliance with spill
prevention, control and countermeasure provisions of the oil pollution regulations.
In 2000 3.6% of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities received permits or other approved controls, and 678 oil facilities were hi compliance with spill
prevention, control and countermeasure provisions of the oil pollution regulations.
47
-------
In 1999
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
3.6% of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities received permits or other approved controls, and 774 oil facilities were in compliance with spill
prevention, control and countermeasure provisions of the oil pollution regulations.
Performance Measures FY 1999
Actuals
Number of oil facilities in compliance with spill 774
prevention, control and countermeasure provisions of oil
pollution prevention regulations.
Percent of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities
with permits or other approved controls.
Number of confirmed UST releases nationally.
Increase in UST facilities in significant operational
compliance with leak detection requirements.
Increase in UST facilities hi significant operational
compliance with spill, overfill and corrosion protection
regulations.
3.6%
FY 2000
Actuals
678
62%
FY2001
Actuals
593
9.1%
FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
580 600 600
1.8%
1.4%
3% .
3%
1.4%
facilities
percentage pts.
no target UST releases
4% percentage pts.
4%
percentage pts.
Baseline: By the end of FY 2002, 2,925 oil facilities were in compliance with oil pollution prevention regulations, and 79% of approximately 2,750 RCRA
facilities had permits or other approved controls in place. By the end of FY 2002, the UST Baseline is 74% of facilities in significant operational
compliance with leak detection and 81% of facilities in significant operational compliance with spill, overflow, and corrosion protection. There are an
average of 12,000 confirmed releases annually from undergound storage tanks.
Chemical Facility Risk Reduction
In 2004 Increase facility risk reduction and state response capabilities.
In 2003 Increase facility risk reduction capabilities.
In 2002 Data not Available.
In 2001 5 states implemented accident prevention programs and 438 risk management plan audits were completed.
In 2000 Three states implemented accident prevention programs and 266 risk management plan audits were completed.
In 1999 Two states implemented chemical accident prevention programs.
48
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres, Bud. Request
Number of risk management plan audits completed. 266 438 Not 300 400 audits
Available
Number of states implementing chemical accident 23518 No Target states
prevention programs.
Baseline: By the end of FY 2001,438 risk management plan audits were completed, and 15 states had implemented accident prevention programs.
49
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: REDUCTION OF GLOBAL AND CROSS-BORDER ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS
The United States will lead other nations in successful, multilateral efforts to reduce significant risks to human health and ecosystems from climate
change, stratospheric ozone depletion and other hazards of international concern.
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE TRANSBOUNDARY THREATS TO HUMAN AND ECOSYSTEM HEALTH IN NORTH AMERICA.
By 2005, reduce transboundary threats to human health and shared ecosystems in North America, including marine and Arctic environments,
consistent with our bilateral and multilateral treaty obligations in these areas, as well as our trust responsibility to tribes.
U.S. - Mexico Border Water/Wastwater Infrastructur
In 2004 Increase the number of residents in the Mexico border area who are protected from health risks, beach pollution and damaged ecosystems from
nonexistent and failing water and wastewater treatment infrastructure by providing improved water and wastewater service.
In 2003 Increase the number of residents in the Mexico border area who are protected from health risks, beach pollution and damaged ecosystems from
nonexistent and failing water and wastewater treatment infrastructure by providing unproved water and wastewater service.
In 2002 Increase the number of residents to 720,000 in the Mexico border area who are protected from health risks, beach pollution and damaged ecosystems
from nonexistent and failing water and wastewater treatment infrastructure by providing improved water and wastewater service.
In 2001 Provided protection to over 576,405 residents in the Mexico border area from health risks, beach pollution and damaged ecosystems from nonexistent
and failing water and wastewater treatment infrastructure by providing improved water and wastewater service.
In 2000 10 Additional water/wastewater projects (cumulative total of 36) along the Mexican border have been certified for design-construction.
In 1999 9 additional water/wastewater projects along the U.S.-Mexico Border have been certified for design-construction.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals. Pres. Bud. Request
Number of additional people in Mexico border area 576,405 720,000 900,000 990,000 People
protected from health risks, because of adequate water &
wastewater sanitation systems funded through border
environmental infrastructure funding.
Projects certified for design-construction along the 9 10 Projects
Mexican Border
50
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Baseline: There are approximately 11 million residents in the border area.
Great Lakes: Ecosystem Assessment
In 2004 Great Lakes ecosystem components will improve, including progress on fish contaminants, beach closures, ah- toxics, and trophic status.
In 2003 Great Lakes ecosystem components will improve, including progress on fish contaminants, beach closures, air toxics, and trophic status.
In 2002 By removing or containing contaminated sediments, 100,000-200,000 pounds of persistent toxics which could adversely affect human health will no
longer be biologically available through the food chain. This contributes to decreasing fish contaminants and advances the goal of removing fish
advisories
In 2001 Great Lakes ecosystem components unproved, including progress on fish contaminants, beach toxics, ah" toxics, and trophic status.
In 2000 6,000 of acres of acquatic, wetland, riverine, and terrestrial Great Lakes habitats were positively impacted.
Performance Measures
Great Lakes Ecosystem Indicator Indices with reports,
addressing select fish contaminants, atmospheric
deposition, limnology, biology, and sediments.
Long-term concentration trends of toxics (PCBs) in Great
Lakes top predator fish.
Long-term concentration trends of toxic chemicals hi the
air.
Total phosphorus concentrations (long-term) in the Lake
Erie Central Basin.
Model predictions for Lake Michigan for toxics reduction
scenarios.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
10
FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Uncertain Declining 5%
Declining Declining 7%
Improving Mixed 10
5%
7%
10
Indices
Annual
decrease
Annual
decrease
Ug/1
Predictions
Baseline: Identified targets are currently based on historic trends. The trend (starting with 1972 data) for PCBs hi Great Lakes top predator fish toxics is expected
to be less than 2 parts per million (the FDA action level), but far above the Great Lakes Initiative target or levels at which fish advisories can be
removed. The trend (starting with 1992 data) for PCB concentrations in the air is expected to range from 50 to 250 picograms per cubic meter. The
trend (starting with 1983 data) for phosphorus concentrations is expected to range from 4 to 10 parts per billion, levels established in the Great Lakes
Water Quality Agreement. The 1970 baseline of oxygen depletion of the Lake Erie central basin is 3.8 mg/liter/month. EPA is working with its
partners to refine targets within the next 3 years.
51
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Mexico Border Outreach
In 2004 Protect the public health and the environment in the US- Mexico border region.
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Increase by 1.5 million the number of people with 1.5 million Population
adequate water and wastewater sanitation systems. serv
Train farmworkers on pesticide risks and safe handling, 50 Tmg. Sessions
including Ways of minimizing families' and children's
risks
Baseline: The US-Mexico border region extends more than 3,100 kilometers (2,000 miles) from the Gulf of Mexico to the Pacfic Ocean, and 62.5 miles on each
side on the international border. More than 11.8 million people reside along the border. The figure is expected to reach 19.4 million by 2020. Ninety
percent of the population reside in the 14 paired, interdependent sister cities. Rapid population growth in urban areas has resulted in unplanned
developmement, greater demand for land and energy, increased traffic congestion, increased waste generation, overburdened or unavailable waste
tratment and disposal facilities, and more frequent chemical emergencies. Rural areas suffer from exposure to airborne dust, pesticide use, and
inadequate water supply and waste treatment facilities. EPA, other U.S. federal agencies, and the Government of Mexico have partnered to address
these environmental problems.
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS.
By 2010, U.S. greenhouse gas emissions will be substantially reduced through programs and policies that also lead to reduced costs to
consumers of energy and reduced emissions leading to cleaner air and water. In addition, EPA will carry out assessments and analyses and
promote education to provide an understanding of the consequences of global change needed for decision making.
Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions
In 2004 Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected levels by approximately 81 MMTCE per year through EPA partnerships with businesses,
schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
In 2003 Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected levels by approximately 72.2 MMTCE per year through EPA partnerships with businesses,
schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
In 2002 On track to ensure that greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected levels by approximately 65.8 MMTCE per year through EPA
partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
52
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2001 EPA's Climate Protection Programs reduced greenhouse gas emissions by 65 million metric tons of carbon equivalent in 2001. EPA estimates that due
to investments already made through EPA's technology deployment programs, greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced by more than 500 MMTCE
through 2012.
In 2000 Greenhouse gas emissions were reduced from projected levels by more than 59.3 MMTCE per year through EPA partnerships with businesses, schools,
State and local governments, and other organizations thereby offsetting growth in GHG emissions above 1990 level by about 20%.
In 1999 EPA reduced US greenhouse gas emissions by 46 million metric ton carbon equivalent (MMTCE) per year through partnerships with businesses,
schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.
Performance Measures
FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Annual Greenhouse Gas Reductions - All EPA Programs 46 59.3 65
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Buildings Sector 12.7 15.2 16.6
Programs (ENERGY STAR)
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Industrial 4.5 5.5 5.8
Efficiency /Waste Management Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Industrial 8.5 13.8 16
Methane Outreach Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Industrial 15.0 21.4 22.8
HFC/PFC Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Transportation 1.1 1.7 1.9
Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's State and Local 1.6 1.7 1.9
Programs
Annual GHG Inventory (FCCC) 1
On Track 72.2 81.3
On Track 19.2 21.4
On Track 6.7 7.4
On Track 17.0 18.1
On Track 24.9 29.6
On Track 2.4 2.8
On Track 2.0 2.0
MMTCE
MMTCE
MMTCE
MMTCE
MMTCE
MMTCE
MMTCE
Inventory
Baseline: The baseline for evaluating program performance is a projection of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions in the absence of the U.S. climate change programs.
The baseline was developed as part of an interagency evaluation of the U.S. climate change programs in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts
developed in 1997 and 1993. Baseline data for carbon emissions related to energy use is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (EIA).
Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases are maintained by EPA.
Baseline information is discussed at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002 (www.epa.gov/globalwarmmg/publications/car/index.html), which
provides a discussion of differences in assumptions between the 1997 baseline and the 2002 update, including which portion of energy efficiency
programs are included in the estimates. EPA develops the non-CO2 emissions baselines and projections using information from partners and other
sources. EPA continues to develop annual inventories as well as update methodologies as new information becomes available.
53
-------
6-Year Perfbfihance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Reduce Energy Consumption
In 2004 Reduce energy consumption from projected levels by more than 110 billion kilowatt hours, contributing to over $7.5 billion in energy savings to
consumers and businesses.
In 2003 Reduce energy consumption from projected levels by more than 95 billion kilowatt hours, contributing to over $6.5 billion in energy savings to
consumers and businesses.
In 2002 On track to ensure that energy consumption is reduced from projected levels by more than 85 billion kilowatt hours, contributing to over $10 billion in
energy savings to consumers and businesses.
In 2001 EPA's Climate Protection Programs reduced energy use by 84 billion kilowatt hours in 2001.
In 2000 Reduced energy consumption from projected levels by about 74 billion kilowatt hours, resulting in over $8 billion in energy savings to consumers and
businesses that participate in EPA's climate change programs.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Annual Energy Savings - All EPA Programs 74 84 On Track 95 110 Billion kWh
Baseline: The baseline for evaluating program performance is a projection of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions in the absence of the U.S. climate change programs.
The baseline was developed as part of an interagency evaluation of the U.S. climate change programs in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts
developed in 1997 and 1993. Baseline data for carbon emissions related to energy use is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (ELA).
Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases are maintained by EPA.
Baseline information is discussed at length in the U.S. Climate Action Report 2002 (www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/index.html), which
provides a discussion of differences in assumptions between the 1997 baseline and the 2002 update, including which portion of energy efficiency
programs are included in the estimates. EPA develops the non-CO2 emissions baselines and projections using information from partners and other
sources. EPA continues to develop annual inventories as well as update methodologies as new information becomes available.
Clean Automotive Technology
In 2004 Transfer hybrid powertrain components, originally developed for passenger car applications, to meet size, performance, durability, and towing
requirements of Sport Utility Vehicle and urban delivery vehicle applications with an average fuel economy improvement of 25% over the baseline.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Fuel Economy of EPA-Developed SUV Hybrid Vehicle 25.2 MPG
over EPA Driving Cycles Tested
54
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Baseline: The average fuel economy of all SUVs sold in the US in 2001 is 20.2 mpg. Values for 2002, 2003, and 2004 represent 15%, 20%, and 25%
improvements over this baseline, respectively. The long-term target is to demonstrate a practical and affordable powertrain that is 30% more efficient
by 2005, and 100% more efficient by 2010.
OBJECTIVE: REDUCE STRATOSPHERIC OZONE DEPLETION.
By 2005, ozone concentrations in the stratosphere will have stopped declining and slowly begun the process of recovery. In addition, public
education to promote behavior change will result in reduced risk to human health from ultraviolet (UV) overexposure, particularly among
susceptible subpopulations such as children.
Restrict Domestic Consumption of Class II HCFCs
In 2004 Restrict domestic consumption of class II HCFCs below 9,906 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (OOP MTs) and restrict domestic exempted production and
import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 10,000 ODP MTs.
In 2003 Restrict domestic consumption of class II HCFCs below 9,906 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs) and restrict domestic exempted production and
import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 10,000 ODP MTs.
In 2002 On track to restrict domestic consumption of class II HCFCs below 15,240 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs) and restrict domestic exempted
production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 60,000 ODP MTs.
In 2001 Restricted domestic consumption of class II HCFCs below 15,240 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs) and restricted domestic exempted
production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 60,000 ODP MTs.
In 2000 Domestic consumption of class II HCFCs was restricted below 15,240 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs) and domestic exempted production and
import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons was restricted below 60,000 ODP MTs.
In 1999 Domestic consumption of class II HCFCs was restricted to below 208,400 MTs and domestic exempted production and import of newly produced class
I CFCs and halons was restricted to below 130,000 MTs.
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Domestic Consumption of Class n HCFCs <208,400 13,180 12,087 On Track <9,906 <9,906 ODP MTs
MTs
Domestic Exempted Production and Import of Newly <130,000 462 3,062 On Track <10,000 <10,000 ODP MTs
Produced Class ICFC s and Halons MTs
55
-------
6- Year Perforfnance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Baseline: The base of comparison for assessing progress on the 2003 annual performance goal is the domestic consumption cap of class II HCFCs as set by the
Parties to the Montreal Protocol. Each Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS) is weighted based on the damage it does to the stratospheric ozone - this is its
ozone-depletion potential (ODP). Beginning on January 1, 1996, the cap was set at the sum of 2.8 percent of the domestic ODP-weighted consumption
of CFCs in 1989 plus the ODP-weighted level of HCFCs in 1989. Consumption equals production plus import minus export.
OBJECTIVE: PROTECT PUBLIC HEALTH AND ECOSYSTEMS FROM PBTS AND OTHER TOXICS.
By 2006, reduce the risks to ecosystems and human health, particularly in tribal and other subsistence-based communities, from persistent,
bioaccumulative toxicants (PBTs) and other selected toxins which circulate in the environment on global and regional scales.
Risks from Industrial/Conimerical Chemicals (INT
In 2004 Identify and reduce risks associated with international industrial/commercial chemicals.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
High Production Volume chemicals with complete 75 chemicals
Screening Information Data Sets (SIDS) submitted to
OECD SIDS Initial Assessment Meeting
Baseline: The baseline is 40 chemicals per year submitted prior to FY2003.
OBJECTIVE: INCREASE DOMESTIC AND INTERNATIONAL USE OF CLEANER AND MORE COST-EFFECTIVE
TECHNOLOGIES.
Through 2005, integrate environmental protection with international trade and investment and increase the application of cleaner and more
cost-effective environmental practices and technologies in the United States and abroad to ensure that a clean environment and a strong
economy go hand-in-hand.
Enhance Institutional Capabilities
In 2004 Enhance environmental management and institutional capabilities in priority countries.
In 2003 Enhance environmental management and institutional capabilities hi priority countries.
In 2002 All aspects of this Annual goal were met doing mid-year. Our efforts over the year lead to 2 countires committing to the phase-out of leaded-gasoline.
Targeted countries in the Carribean and in Asian completing the 1st phases of their commitments to the POPs conventions with PCB inventories.
56
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
FY 1999
Actuals
16
6
FY 2000
Actuals
12
6
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
modules
projects
3100
In 2001 Target Met. EPA conducted environmental institutional building and enhanced the abilities of the following countries to protect their environments and
those of the gloabal common: El Salvador, Nicaragua, Honduras, Mexico, China, Thailand, Eygpt, Indonesia, Vietnam, & Philippines.
In 2000 Delivered 12 international training modules; implemented 6 tech assistance/technology dissemination projects; implemented 5 cooperative policy
development projects; and disseminated information products on US environmental technologies and techniques to 3100 foreign customers.
In 1999 3 of the 4 program areas for enhancing global environmental management were met.
Performance Measures
Number of training modules delivered
Number of tech assistance or tech dissemination projects
carried-out
Number of cooperative policy developement projects
implemented
Number of info products disseminated to foreign 2500
customers
Number of capacity building activities scheduled for 2
initiation in FY 2000 and beyond
Number of countries or localities (3) that have adopted
new or strengthened environmental laws and policies
Number of organizations (3) that have increased
environmental planning, analysis, and enforcement
capabilities
Number of organizations (3) that have increased
capabilities, to generate and analyze environmental data
and other information
Number of organizations (3) that have increased public
outreach and participation
Number of targeted sectors (3) that have adopted cleaner
production practices
Number of cities (3) that have reduced mobile-source
based ambient air pollution concentrations
Assist in the development or implementation of improved
projects
products
report
countries
organizations
organizations
organizations
industry sector
cities
countries
57
-------
6-Year Perfbrlhance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
environmental laws or regulations in priority countries.
Increase the transfer of environmental best practices
among the U.S. and its partner countries and build the
capacity of developing countries to collect, analyze, or
disseminate environmental data.
Increase the capacity of programs in Africa or Latin
America to address safe drinking water quality issues.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
countries
countries
Baseline: Sound data collection and analysis facilitates improved environmental legislation, enforcement and planning. EPA is helping to build capacity to
collect, analyze and disseminate environmental data for use in priority developing countries to more effectivley target resources for environmental
protection.
58
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: QUALITY ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION
The public and decision makers at all levels will have access to information about environmental conditions and human health to inform decision
making and help assess the general environmental health of communities. The public will also have access to educational services and information
services and tools that provide for the reliable and secure exchange of quality environmental information.
OBJECTIVE: INCREASE AVAILABILITY OF QUALITY HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION.
Through 2006, EPA will continue to increase the availability of quality health and environmental information through educational services,
partnerships, and other methods designed to meet EPA's major data needs, make data sets more compatible, make reporting and exchange
methods more efficient, and foster informed decision making.
Process and Disseminate TRI Information - OEI
In 2004 The increased use of the Toxic Release Inventory Made Easy (TRI-ME) will result in a total burden reduction of 5% for Reporting Year 2003 from
Reporting Year 2002 levels.
In 2003 Expanded information on releases and waste management of lead and lead compounds will be reported by 8,000 facilities in TRI in Reporting Year
2001 and increased usage of TRI-ME will result in total burden reduction of 5% for Reporting Year 2002.
In 2002 EPA reduced reporting burden, improved data quality, lowered program costs, and speeded data publication by increasing the amount of TRI electronic
reporting from from 70% to 92%.
In 2001 120,000 chemical submissions and revisions processed; published annual summary of TRIS database in April 2001; and TRI Public Data Release
published in April 2001.
In 2000 Processed all submitted facility chemical release reports, published annual summary of TRI data, provided improved information to the public about
TRI chemicals, and maximized public access to TRI information.
Performance Measures
Total electronic reporting of all chemical submissions
processed. (Includes diskette submissions created by
ATRS, TRI-ME, and other reporting software programs,
as well as web-based submissions.)
TRI Public Data-Release
Chemical submissions and revisions processed
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
92
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
Published
119,000
Published
120,000
Percent
Published
Forms
59
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
TRJS database complete and report issued
Facilities reporting releases and waste management of
lead and lead compounds.
Percentage of TRI chemical forms submitted over the
Internet using TRI-ME and the Central Data Exchange.
FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals
On Target Published
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
8000
25
FY 2004
Request
50
Published
Facilities
Percent
Baseline: In FY 2001, TRI electronic reporting was 70%.
Information Exchange Network
In 2004 Improve the quality, comparability, and availability of environmental data for sound environmental decision-making through the Central Data Exchange
(CDX).
In 2003 Decision makers have access to the environmental data that EPA collects and manages to make sound environmental decisions while minimizing the
reporting burden on data providers.
In 2002 The Central Data Exchange (CDX), a key component of the environmental information exchange network, became fully operational and 45 states are
using it to send data to EPA; thereby improving data consistency with participating states.
Performance Measures
States using the Central Data Exchange (CDX) to send
data to EPA.
In preparation for increasing the exchange of information
through CDX, implement four data standards in 13 major
systems and develop four additional standards in 2003.
Number of private sector and local government entities,
such as water authorities, will use CDX to exchange
environmental data with EPA.
CDX offers online data exchange for all major national
systems by the end of FY 2004.
Number of states using CDX as the means by which they
routinely exchange environmental data with two or more
EPA media programs or Regions.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
45
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
46
FY 2004
Request
2000
13
46
States
Data Standards
Entities
Systems
States
60
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Baseline: The Central Data Exchange program began in FY 2001.
OBJECTIVE: PROVIDE ACCESS TO TOOLS FOR USING ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION.
By 2006, EPA will provide access to new analytical or interpretive tools beyond 2000 levels so that the public can more easily and accurately
use and interpret environmental information.
Data Quality
In 2004 EPA increasingly uses environmental indicators to inform the public and manage for results.
In 2003
In 2002
The public will have access to a wide range of Federal, state, and local information about local enviromental conditions and features in an area of their
choice.
100% of the publically available facility data from EPA's national systems accessible on the EPA Website is part of the Integrated Error Correction
Process; thereby reducing data error.
Performance Measures
Publicly available facility data from EPA's national
systems, accessible on the EPA Website, will be part of
the Integrated Error Correction Process.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
100
FY 2003 FY 2004
Pres. Bud. Request
Percent
Window-to-My Environment is nationally deployed and
provides citizens across the country with Federal, state,
and local environmental information specific to an area of
their choice.
Establish the baseline for the suite of indicators that are
used by EPA's programs and partners in the Agency's
strategic planning and performance measurement process.
Nationally
Deployed
Report
Baseline:
An effort to develop a State of the Environment report based on environmental indicators was initiated in FY 2002.
61
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Research
Risk Assessment
In 2005 Through FY2005 initiate or submit to external review 38 human health assessments and complete 12 human health assessments through the Integrated
Risk Information System (IRIS). This information will improve EPA's and other decisionmakers' ability to protect the public from harmful chemical
exposure
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Complete 4 human health assessments and publish their 4 assessments
results on the IRIS website
Initiate or submit to external peer review human health 30 assessments
assessments of 30 high priority chemicals.
Baseline: The Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) is an EPA database containing Agency consensus scientific positions on potential adverse human health
effects that may result from exposure to chemical substances found in the environment. IRIS currently provides information on health effects associated
with chronic exposure to over 500 specific chemical substances. IRIS contains chemical-specific summaries of qualitative and quantitative health
information hi support of the first two steps of the risk assessment process, i.e., hazard identification and dose-response evaluation. Combined with
specific situational exposure assessment information, the information in IRIS may be used as a source in evaluating potential public health risks from
environmental contaminants. IRIS is widely used in risk assessments for EPA regulatory programs and site-specific decision making. Updating IRIS
with new scientific information is critical to maintaining information quality and providing decision makers with a credible source of health effects
information. Risk assessment work in FY 2004 will provide EPA and other decision makers with needed updates to IRIS so they can make informed
decisions on how to best protect the public from harmful chemical exposure.
OBJECTIVE: IMPROVE AGENCY INFORMATION INFRASTRUCTURE AND SECURITY.
Through 2006, EPA will continue to improve the reliability, capability, and security of EPA's information infrastructure.
Information Security
In 2004 OMB reports that all EPA information systems meet/exceed established standards for security.
In 2003 OMB reports that all EPA information systems meet/exceed established standards for security.
In 2002 Completed risk assessments on the Agency's critical infrastructure systems (12), critical financial systems (13), and mission critical environmental
systems (5).
62
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
Critical infrastructure systems risk assessment findings
will be formally documented and transmitted to systems
owners and managers in a formal Risk Assessment
document.
Critical financial systems risk assessment findings will be
formally documented and transmitted to systems owners
and managers in a formal Risk Assessment document.
Mission critical environmental systems risk assessment
findings will be formally documented and transmitted to
systems owners and managers in a formal Risk
Assessment document.
Percent compliance with 13 criteria used by OMB to
assess Agency security programs reported annually to
OMB under the Government Information Security
Regulatory Act.
Percent of intrusion detection monitoring sensors installed
and operational.
FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
12 Systems
13
75
75
75
75
Systems
Systems
Percent
Percent
Baseline: In FY 2002, the Agency started planning an effort to expand and its strengthen information security infrastructure.
Agency-Wide IT Infrastructure
In 2004 Implement Agency-wide information technology upgrades that will incrementally strengthen and expand infrastructure each year to achieve secure,
consistent access for mission priorities, and homeland security needs.
Performance Measures
Annual upgrades to technology infrastructure and
enterprise information tools occur on schedule per plan,
with critical LAN capacity/capability upgrades managed
on a five-year replacement cycle.
FY1999 FY2000 FY200I FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
' Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
1
Report
Baseline:
The baseline for this program is zero, as it will just begin in FY 2004.
63
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: SOUND SCIENCE, IMPROVED UNDERSTANDING OF ENV. RISK AND GREATER INNOVATION TO ADDRESS ENV.
PROBLEMS
EPA will develop and apply the best available science for addressing current and future environmental hazards as well as new approaches toward
improving environmental protection.
OBJECTIVE: CONDUCT RESEARCH FOR ECOSYSTEM ASSESSMENT AND RESTORATION.
Provide the scientific understanding to measure, model, maintain, and/or restore, at multiple spatial scales, the present and future integrity of
highly valued ecosystems.
Research
Regional Scale Ecosystem Assessment Methods
In 2004 Provide Federal, state and local resource managers with a means to more effectively determine long-term trends in the condition and vitality of Eastern
U.S. stream ecosystems through measurements of changes in the genetic diversity of stream fish populations.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
A study of fish genetic diversity that demonstrates the 1 report
power of this emerging technology for evaluating
condition and vitality of biotic communities to Federal,
state and local resource managers.
Baseline: The development and application of new and more powerful methods to evaluate ecological integrity is central to many state and Federal assessment
programs, including EPA's Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP) and Regional Vulnerability Assessment (ReVA) program.
Technological progress in the fields of molecular biology and genetics have allowed, for the first time, the cost-effective analysis of patterns in the
genetic diversity of aquatic populations over large regional scales. This genetic information brings new and powerful information to our understanding
of aquatic ecosystems, including the identification of appropriate ecological assessment units, the linkages between environmental condition and
population responses, and estimates of the future susceptibility of populations due to loss of genetic diversity. In FY 2004, a report will be prepared that
summarizes the results of research on the genetic diversity of indicator fish species inhabiting wadeable streams in EMAP's Mid-Atlantic Integrated
Assessment (MAIA) area, as well as in parts of Ohio that were evaluated as part of a regional EMAP assessment. This report will provide resource
managers and the public with a more complete understanding of the present condition of these biological resources and their vulnerability to predicted
environmental changes.
64
-------
6-Year Perfdrttiance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
OBJECTIVE: IMPROVE SCIENTIFIC BASIS TO MANAGE ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS AND EXPOSURES.
Improve the scientific basis to identify, characterize, assess, and manage environmental hazards and exposures that pose the greatest health
risks to the American public by developing models and methodologies to integrate information about exposures and effects from multiple
pathways. This effort includes focusing on risks faced by susceptible populations, such as people differentiated by life stage (e.g., children
and the elderly) and ethnic/cultural background.
Research
Human Health Risk Assessment Research
In 2004 , Contribute to protecting children from harmful envrionmental agents in their daily lives by providing risk assessors and managers with better data on
children's aggregate exposures in their homes and daycare settings, and improved exposure factors for estimating children's risk.
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY.2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
External review draft of an updated Exposure Factors 1 . review draft
Handbook for Children, incorporating new data from EPA
studies
Analysis of the "Children Total Exposure to Pesticides 1 report
and Persistent Organic Pollutants (including EDCs)
Study" to estimate aggregate exposures and identify ;
critical exposure factors.
Baseline: Current risk assessments for children are severely hampered by a lack of exposure data and by exposure factors that are insufficient for describing how
exposures change as children grow up and alter then- activities. This research will provide significant new data on children's exposures to a wide range
of environmental pollutants as they go about their daily lives, focusing on exposures in their homes and/or in daycare centers. The updated exposure
factors will be more reliable, since they will incorporate more complete and better data and approaches to describe children's exposures to
environmental pollutants. The data and factors developed in F Y 2004 will significantly improve the reliability of the estimates of children's exposure
and risk used by regulatory decision-makers throughout EPA.
Homeland Security - Rapid Risk Assessment
In 2004 Provide a database of EPA experts on topics of importance to assessing the health and ecological impacts of actions taken against homeland security that
is available to key EPA staff and managers who might be called upon to rapidly assess the impacts of a significant terrorist event.
65
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
A restricted access database of EPA experts with 1 database
knowledge, expertise, and experience for use by EPA to
rapidly assess health and ecological impacts focused on
safe buildings and water security.
Baseline: The attacks on the Pentagon and World Trade Center, and the subsequent mailing of anthrax-contaminated letters, were unprecedented events in United
States history. Other such events could occur in the future, or a totally different type of an attack might be conducted by a terrorist group or individual.
The human health and ecological consequences of such events cannot be known before they happen. It is clear, however, that both human health and
the environment will be impacted, either directly or as a result of efforts to contain, decontaminate, or dispose of materials from such events. It is
essential that information on human health and ecological risks be developed as quickly as possible to help inform the relevant EPA personnel who can
then share that information with public officials and the affected individuals. Such assessments must be conducted recognizing that in many instances
supporting technical data will be limited. No current database is available that identifies those individuals within EPA that have the knowledge,
experience, and expertise to address risk assessment issues such as source characterization, hazard identification, dose-response assessment, exposure
assessment, and risk characterization hi a short time frame. The database that will be completed in FY 2004 will allow EPA to develop a quick-response
capability to future events so that assessments of human health and ecological impacts can be conducted rapidly. The database is being developed in
support of EPA's Draft Strategic Plan for Homeland Security and is focused on the rapid risk assessment tactic described in the strategy.
SOE Report - Human Health Indicators Research
In 2004 Develop a prioritized slate of potential human health indicators that improve EPA's ability to measure environmental progress using direct outcome
measures (e.g., improvements in human health) and are appropriate for supporting State of the Environment Reports.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Produce a workshop report on the state of human health 1 workshop
indicators to determine areas in which future research is report
needed.
Baseline: In Nov 2001, the EPA Administrator gave direction to gather and develop information to help the EPA determine where we are and where we need to
go to make sound strategic decisions regarding human health and environmental conditions. To accomplish this task, a document entitled the State of
the Environment Report will be produced, backed by a scientifically-based technical support document. The selection and use of the most appropriate
indicators that will be described in the technical support document is dependent on the information gained, exchanged and shared at a workshop
specifically designed to assess the current state of knowledge and future needs in the area of human health indicator research.
66
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE CAPABILITIES TO RESPOND TO FUTURE ENVIRONMENTAL DEVELOPMENTS.
Enhance EPA's capabilities to anticipate, understand, and respond to future environmental developments; conduct research in areas that
combine human health and ecological considerations; and enhance the Agency's capacity to evaluate the economic costs and benefits and
other social impacts of environmental policies.
Research
Research to Support the SOE Report
In 2004 Produce a technical report assessing the condition of environmental resources and human health, providing the scientific foundation for a State of the
Environment Report and information on areas requiring further scientific data to make sound decisions on protecting human and environmental health.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Produce a technical report on the state of environmental 1 tech report
indicators, from which the SOE technical chapters will be
developed.
Baseline: In Nov 2001, the EPA Administrator gave direction to gather and develop information to help the EPA determine where we are and where we need to
go to make sound strategic decisions regarding human health and environmental conditions. To accomplish this task, a document entitled the State of
the Environment Report will be produced, backed by a scientifically-based technical support document. This technical support document will
incorporate baseline data and will track changes in air and water quality, food and drinking water safety, waste management and recycling, in addition to
tracking national public health and environmental conditions and trends.
Computational Toxicology
In 2004 Develop a computational toxicology research strategy that provides the framework for research that will help fill major data gaps for a large number of
chemical testing programs and reduce the cost and use of animal testing.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Produce a computational toxicology research strategy. 1 strategy
Baseline: The objective of the Computational Toxicology Initiative is to integrate modem computing and information technology with molecular biology to
improve the Agency's prioritization of data requirements and risk assessment of chemicals. The ultimate goal of computational toxicology research is to
demonstrate the feasibility of setting mechanistically-based priorities for chemical risk assessment and to optimize in vivo and in in vitro testing
67
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
requirements through the use of computational methods and molecular profiling afforded by the advances in emerging technologies such as proteomics
and genomics. The Computational Toxicology Initiative will require the development of a research strategy to outline research priorities and themes that
EPA should pursue over the next 5-10 years. In FY 2004, EPA will produce a research strategy that identifies major research gaps and approaches for
the development of EPA's computational toxicology research. The Computational Toxicology Initiative started in FY2003 and involves research to
evaluate key assumptions in the approach using endocrine-disrupting chemicals. Based on principles derived from these studies, the scope of the
initiative will be widened to include other chemical classes starting in FY 2004.
OBJECTIVE: IMPROVE ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT.
Provide tools and technologies to improve environmental systems management while continuing to prevent and control pollution and reduce
human health and ecological risks originating from multiple economic sectors.
Research
New Technologies
In 2004 Verify 35 air, water, greenhouse gas, and monitoring technologies so that States, technology purchasers, and the public will have highly credible data
and performance analyses on which to make technology selection decisions.
In 2003 Develop 10 testing protocols and complete 40 technology verifications for a cumulative Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) program total of
230 to aid industry, states, and consumers in choosing effective technologies to protect the public and environment from high risk pollutants.
In 2002 EPA formalized generic testing protocols for technology performance vertification, and provided additional performance verifications of pollution
prevention, control and monitoring technologies in all environmental media.
In 2001 EPA developed, evaluated, and delivered technologies and aproaches that eliminate, minimize, or control high risk pollutants from multiple sectors.
Delivery of the evaluative report on the Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) pilot program is delayed until FY 2002.
Performance Measures
Deliver a Report to Congress on the status and
effectiveness of the Environmental Technology
Verification (ETV) Program during its first five years.
Complete 20 stakeholder approved and peer-reviewed test
protocols in all environmental technology categories
under ETV, and provide them to testing organizations
world-wide.
Verify and provide information to States, technology
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY2001
Actuals
0
FY 2002
Actuals
20
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
40
report
protocols
verifications
68
-------
6-Year Perforniance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
purchasers, and the public on 40 air, water, pollution
prevention and monitoring technologies for an ETV
programmatic total of 230 verifications.
Complete an additional 10 stakeholder approved and
peer-reviewed test protocols in all environmental
technology categories under ETV, and provide them to
international testing organizations.
Through the ETV program, verify the performance of 35
commercial-ready environmental technologies.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
10
FY 2004
Request
35
protocols
verifications
Baseline: Actual environmental risk reduction is directly related to performance and effectiveness of environmental technologies purchased and used. Private
sector technology developers produce almost all the new technologies purchased in the US and around the world. Purchasers and permitters of
environmental technologies need an independent, objective, high quality source of performance information in order to make more informed decisions;
and vendors with innovative, improved, faster and cheaper environmental technologies need a reliable source of independent evaluation to be able-to
penetrate the environmental technology market. In FY 2004, the Environmental Technology Verification (ETV) program will verify 35 additional
technologies for a programmatic total of over 250 verifications, making data on their pending performance available for public use as well.
69
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: A CREDIBLE DETERRENT TO POLLUTION AND GREATER COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAW
EPA will ensure full compliance with laws intended to protect public health and the environment.
OBJECTIVE: INCREASE COMPLIANCE THROUGH ENFORCEMENT.
EPA and its state, tribal, and local partners will improve the environment and protect public health by increasing compliance with
environmental laws through a strong enforcement presence.
Non-Compliance Reduction
In 2004 EPA will direct enforcement actions to maximize compliance and address environmental and human health problems.
In 2003 EPA will direct enforcement actions to maximize compliance and address environmental and human health problems.
In 2002 BAsed upon one measure, this APG was not met.
In 2001 EPA directed enforcement actions to maximize compliance and address environmental and human health problems.
In 2000 Deterred and reduced noncompliance and achieved environmental and human health improvement. 74.9% of concluded enforcement actions required
environmental or human health improvement, such as pollution reduction.
Performance Measures
Millions of pounds of pollutants required to be reduced
through enforcement actions settled this fiscal year.(core
optional)
Establish statistically valid noncompliance rates or other
indiciators of noncompliance for selected environmental
problems.
Establish baseline to measure percentage of significant
violators wiith reocurring significant violations within 2
years of returning to compliance.
Establish baseline to measure average length of tune for
significant violators to return to compliance or enter
enforceable plans/agreements
Produce a report on the number of civil and criminal
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
714
FY 2001
Actuals
660
FY 2002
Actuals
261
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
300
FY 2004
Request
350
M pounds
indicators
baseline
baseline
Report
70
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
enforcement actions initiated and concluded (core
required)
Percent of concluded enforcement actions require
physical action that result in pollutant reductions and/or
changes in facility management or information practices.
OECA will break out the %.
Develop and use valid compliance rates or other
indicators of compliance for selected populations.
Reduce by 2 percentage points overall the level of
significant noncompliance recidivism among CAA,
CWA, and RCRA programs from FY 2000 levels
Increase by 2 percent over FY 2000 levels the proportion
of significant noncomplier facilities under CAA, CWA,
and RCRA which returned to compliance hi less than two
years, (core required)
Produce report on the number of civil and criminal
enforcement actions initiated and concluded.
Baseline:
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY2001
Actuals
74
6
2.4
1.33
FY 2002
Actuals
77
5
TBD
TBD
TBD
FY 2003 FY 2004
Pres. Bud. Request
75
80
Percent
Populations
PercentagePoi
nt
PercentagePoi
nt
Report
Protecting the public and the environment from risks posed by violations of environmental requirements is basic to EPA's mission. To develop a more
complete picture of the results of the enforcement and compliance program, EPA has initiated a number of performance measures designed to capture
the results of lowering the timeline for significant noncompliers to return to compliance, reducing noncompliance recidivism rates, -and improvements
in facility process and/or management practices through behavioral changes. The baseline rates for many of these measures were established in FYOO.
These measures will complement the traditional enforcement measures of inspections and enforcement actions to provide a more complete picture of
environmental results from the enforcement and compliance program.
Inspections/Investigations
EPA will conduct inspections, criminal investigations, and civil investigations targeted to areas that pose risks to human health or the environment,
display patterns of non-compliance, or include disproportionately exposed populations.
EPA will provide direct investigative,forensic, and technical support to the Office of Homeland Security, FBI and/or other federal, state, and local law
enforcement agencies to help detect and prevent, or respond to, terrorist-related environmental, biological or chemical incidents.
EPA will conduct inspections, criminal investigations, and civil investigations targeted to areas that pose risks to human health or the environment,
display patterns of non-compliance, or include disproportionately exposed populations.
In 2004
In 2004
In 2003
71
-------
~ 6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2003 EPA will provide direct investigative, forensic, and technical support to the Office of Homeland Defense, FBI and /or other federal, state and local law
infrocement agencies to help detect and prevent, or respons to, terrorist-related environmental, biological or chemcial incidents.
In 2002 EPA exceeded all targets for inspections and investigations
In 2002 EPa provided support to Office of Homeland Security and other law enf. agencies as requested.
In 2001 EPA conducted inspections and civil and criminal investigations targeted to areas with patterns of non-compliance, that pose risks to human health or
the environment, or incldue disproportionatley exposed populations.
In 2000 Conducted 20,123 inspections, 477 criminal investigations, and 660 civil investigations, 15% of which were targeted at priority areas.
In 1999 We exceeded our goal to deter noncompliance by maintaining levels of field presence and enf. actions, particularly in high risk areas and/or where
populations are disproportionately exposed. In 1999, EPA conducted 21,410 (15,000 target) inspections and undertook 3,935 (2,600 target) enf. actions.
Performance Measures
Number of EPA inspections conducted (core required)
Percent of inspections and investigation (civil and
criminal) conducted at priority areas
Number of Criminal Investigations
Number of Civil Investigations
EPA will respond to investigative leads that relate to
security of homeland environment, FBI requests for
support, and participate in all National Special Security
Events as requested.
Baseline: The compliance monitoring program works with states and tribes to target areas that pose risks to human health or the environment, display patterns of
noncompliance, or include disproportionately exposed populations. The number of inspections projected varies each year by the complexity of facilities
targeted.
Quality Assurance
In 2004 Identify noncompliance, and focus enforcement and compliance assurance on human health and environmental problems, by maintaining and improving
quality and accuracy of data.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
20,123
15
477
660
FY 2001
Actuals
17,812
482
368
FY 2002
Actuals
17668
674
541
100
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
14,000
400
180
100
FY2004
Request
15,500
400
225
100
inspections
percent
Investigations
Investigations
percent
72
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2003 Identify noncompliance, and focus enforcement and compliance assurance on human health and environmental problems, by maintaining and improving
quality and accuracy of data.
In 2002 EPa continues to operate and modernize enforcement and compliance databases.
In 2001 EPa maintained and continued to improve enforcement and compliance data used to identify noncompliance and focus on human health and
environmental problems.
In 1999 We met our goal by targeting 7 (of 5 targeted) high priority areas through the MOA process for enforcement and compliance assistance and completing
2 (of 2 targeted) baseline data assessment in major databases, AFS and DOCKET, needed to measure quality of key indicators of compliance.
Performance Measures
Data on first city study on microbial enteric disease.
Complete Phase I of Integrated Compliance Information
System (ICIS) development (programming) and begin
Phase H.
Operate 14 information systems housing national
enforcement and compliance assurance data with a
minimum of 95% operational efficiency.
Complete the detailed design and software development
system lifecycle stage of Phase n of ICIS (modernization
of the Permit Compliance System (PCS)) by September
2003.
Have Phase I of the Intregrated Compliance Information
system ICIS fully operational in March 2002.
Complete system implementation lifecycle stage (i.e. data
migration and testing) of Phase n of ICIS by September
FY2004.
FY 1999
Actuals
30-Sep-
1999
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003 FY 2004
Pres. Bud. Request
95
95
95
Phase
Percent
lifecycle stage
Phase
lifecycle stage
Baseline: EPA's ability to target and measure effectiveness of its enforcement activities depends upon reliable and up-to-date data systems. EPA's 14 data
systems will continue to operate at 95% or better operational efficiency. In conjunction with the operation and maintenance of existing systems, EPA
will continue its system modernizing efforts and improve data integration and consistency.
73
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Capacity Building
In 2004 Improve capacity of states, localities and tribes to conduct enforcement and compliance programs. EPA will provide training as well as assistance with
state and tribal inspections to build capacity, including implementation of the inspector credentials program for tribal law enforcement personnel.
In 2003 Improve capacity of states, localities and tribes to conduct enforcement and compliance programs. EPA will provide training as well as assistance with
state and tribal inspections to build capacity, including implementation of the inspector credentials program for tribal law enforcement personnel.
In 2002 Capacity building efforts greatly assist state and tribes who are delegated inspection monitoirng and enf. activities under many statutes. This year, EPA
began collecitng Regional training perf. data therefore the results are significantly higher than in past years.
In 2001 OECA improved the capacity of states, localities and tribes to conduct enforcement and compliance programs.
In 2000 Improved capacity of states, localities and tribes to conduct enforcement and compliance assurance programs. Conducted 713 EPA-assisted inspections
and delivered 154 training classes/seminars to states/localities and tribes.
In 1999 We exceeded (by 135) our goal of providing specialized assistance and training courses to state and tribal officials to enhance the effectiveness of their
programs.
Performance Measures
Number of EPA training classes/seminars delivered to
states, localities and tribes to build capacity.
Conduct EPA-assisted inspections to help build state
program capacity
The National Enforcement Training Institute will train
Tribal personnel.
Provide tribal governments with 50 computer-based
training (CBT) modules.
Total number of state and local students trained.
Train Tribal personnel.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
895
428
235
FY 2002
Actuals
319
1081
116
6631
808
FY'2003
Pres. Bud.
250
FY 2004
Request
400
Classes
Inspections
personnel
Training
module
Students
Personnel
Baseline: Improve capacity of states, localities and tribes to conduct enforcement and compliance programs by providing training as well as assistance with state
and tribal inspections.
74
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
OBJECTIVE: PROMOTE COMPLIANCE THROUGH INCENTIVES AND ASSISTANCE.
EPA and its state, tribal, and local partners will promote the regulated community's compliance with environmental requirements through
voluntary compliance incentives and assistance programs.
Compliance Incentives
In 2004 Increase opportunities through new targeted sector initiatives for industries to voluntarily self-disclose and correct violations on a corporate-wide basis.
In 2003 Increase opportunities through new targeted sector initiatives for industries to voluntarily self-disclose and correct violations on a corporate-wide basis.
In 2002 The number of facilities that particiapted in voluntary self-audit programs, disclosed and corrected violations greatly exceeded the target.
In 2001 EPA increased opportunities through targeted sector initiatives for industries to use one of the self-disclosure policies.
In 2000 Increased entities self-policing and self-correction of environmental problems through use of small business and small community policies.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY 2000 FY 2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of facilities that self-disclosed potential 2,200 facilities
violations.
Facilities voluntarily self-disclose and correct violations 1754 1467 500 500 Facilities
with reduced or no penalty as a result of EPA self-
disclosure policies.
Baseline: EPA developed its Audit/Self-Policing Policy in 1995 to encourage corporate audits and subsequent correction of self-discovered violations. That
Policy as well as the Small Business Compliance Policy were modified in FYOO. The Agency is working to expand the use of the Audit Policy through
aggressive outreach to specific sectors. In FY01 the performance measure was modified to reach settlements with 500 facilities to voluntarily self-
disclose and correct violations. This same measure has been carried continued.
Regulated Communities ^X.
In 2004 Increase the regulated community's compliance with environmental requirements through their expanded use of compliance assistancs. The Agency
will continue to support small business compliance assistance centers and develop compliance assistance tools such as sector notebooks and compliance
guides.
75
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
In 2003 Increase the regulated community's compliance with environmental requirements through their expanded use of compliance assistance. The Agency
will continue to support small business compliance assistance centers and develop compliance assistance tools such as sector notebooks and compliance
guides.
In 1999 We met our goal of inc. use of comp. incentives and the understanding of, and ability to comply with, reg. requirements by operating 9 small bus.
compl. asst. centers (meeting target), completinglO sector notebooks, guides, etc, (target 5), and conducted 22 (target 15) Fed. fac. mgt. reviews.
Performance Measures
Compliance Assistance Centers in Operation
Compliance Tools Development
Federal Facility Management Reviews
Number of facilities, states, technical assistance providers
or other entities reached through targeted compliance
assistance (core optional)
FY 1999
Actuals
9
10
22
FY 2000
Actuals
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY 2004
Request
475,000 500,000
Centers
Sector Guides
Reviews
Entities
Baseline: EPA provides clear and consistent descriptions of regulatory requirements to assure that the community can understand its obligations. EPA supports
initiatives targeted toward compliance in specific industrial and commercial sectors or with certain regulatory requirements. Compliance assistance
tools range from plain-language guides, fact sheets, checklists and newsletters. New distribution methods include the on-line Clearinghouse. In FY03,
EPA is planning to reach 475,000 facilities, states, or technical assistance providers through targeted compliance assistance efforts.
76
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
GOAL: EFFECTIVE MANAGEMENT
EPA will maintain the highest-quality standards for environmental leadership and for effective internal management and fiscal responsibility by
managing for results.
OBJECTIVE: MANAGE FOR RESULTS THROUGH SERVICES, POLICIES, AND OPERATIONS.
Demonstrate leadership in managing for results by providing the management services, administrative policies, and operations to enable the
Agency to achieve its environmental mission and to meet its fiduciary and workforce responsibilities and mandates.
Strengthen EPAs Management
In 2004 Strengthen EPA's management services in support of the Agency's mission while addressing the challenges included in the President's Management
Agenda
In 2004 Strengthen EPA's management services in support of the Agency's mission while addressing the challenges included in the President's Management
Agenda.
In 2003 Strengthen EPA's management services hi support of the Agency's mission while addressing the challenges included in the President's Management
Agenda
In 2003 Strengthen EPA's management services hi support of the Agency's mission while addressing the challenges included in the President's Management
Agenda.
In 2002 EPA prepared and submitted its FY 2001 financial statements and received a clean audit opinion.
In 1999 This goal helped to ensure a high level of integrity and accountablility hi the management of contracts. EPA exceeded its goal of 10% and was able to
award 15% of its contracts as performance-based in FY 1999.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY2000 FY2001 FY 2002 FY2003 FY2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Percentage of new contracts utilizing performance-based 15 Percent
statements of work.
Agency's audited Financial Statements and Annual Report Goal Met Statements/Rpt
are submitted on tune.
EPA's audited Financial Statements receive an unqualified Goal Met finan
opinion and provide information that is useful and statement
77
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures
relevant to the Agency and external parties.
Cumulative number of Agency offices using the
workforce planning model which identifies skills and
competencies needed by the Agency for strategic
recruitment, retention and development planning.
Percentage of total eligible service contracting dollars
obligated as performance based hi FY2003.
Agency audited Financial Statements are timely, and
receive an unqualified opinion.
FY 1999
Actuals
FY 2000
Actuals
FY 2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
30
FY 2004
Request
10
40
Offices
Percent
Finan
statement
Baseline: The Agency's audited FY 2004 Financial Statements will be submitted on time to OMB and receive an unqualified opinion. Based on FY 2002
performance baselines are: zero for number of Agency offices using the workforce planning model and 20% for performance-based conn-acts.
OBJECTIVE: PROVIDE QUALITY WORK ENVIRONMENT.
Effectively conduct planning and oversight for building operations and provide employees with a quality work environment that considers
safety, new construction, and repairs and that promotes pollution prevention within EPA and with our state, tribal, local, and private
partnerships.
Energy Consumption Reduction
In 2004 By 2004, EPA will achieve a 16% energy consumption reduction from 1990 in its 21 laboratories which is in line to meet the 2005 requirement of a
20% reduction from the 1990 base. This includes Green Power purchases.
Performance Measures
Cumulative percentage reduction in energy consumption
(from 1990).
FY 1999 FY 2000 FY 2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
16
Percent
Baseline:
In FY 2000, energy consumption of British Thermal Units (BTUs) per square foot is 320,000 BTUs per square foot.
78
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
OBJECTIVE: PROVIDE AUDIT, EVALUATION, AND INVESTIGATIVE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Provide audit, evaluation, and investigative products and advisory services resulting in improved environmental quality and human health.
Fraud Detection and Deterrence
In 2004 Improve Agency management and program operations by making 160 recommendations, identifying savings, recoveries, and fines, and reducing risks
or loss or integrity through 50 crimiinal, civil, or administrative actions, 80 actions for better business practices and a 150 percent return on investment.
Performance Measures FY 1999 FY 2000 FY 2001 FY 2002 FY 2003 FY 2004
Actuals Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
Number of business recommendations, improved business 290 Actions
practices, and judicial, administrative, or other actions.
Return on the annual dollar investment in the OIG , 150 Percent
Baseline: In FY 2002, the OIG established a baseline of 270 business recommendations, improved business practices, and judicial, administrative or other actions
for improving Agency management; and a 100% potential dollar return on the investment in the OIG from savings and recoveries.
Audit and Advisory Services
In 2004 Improve environmental quality and human health by identifying 90 environmental recommendations, risks, and best practices; contributing to the
reduction of 25 environmental risks, and 70 actions influencing positive environmental or health impacts.
In 2003 Improve environmental quality and human health by identifying 80 environmental recommendations, risks, and best practices; contributing to the
reduction of 20 environmental risks, and 60 actions influencing positive environmental or health impacts.
In 2002 The OIG is promoting partnering relationships across governmental entities for collaborative goal setting planning performance measurement evaluation
& resource sharing for greater economies of scale. For example, the OIG in collaboration w/PCffi produced an Environmental compendium, a web
enabled.
In 2001 The OIG exceeded its annual performance goals of providing timely, independent auditing and consulting services responsive to the needs of our
customers that provide value to the agency and recommendations to improve program and operational performance and integrity.
In 2000 OIG provided timely, independent auditing and consulting services responsive to the needs of customers/stakeholders by identifying opportunities for
increased economy, efficiency, and effectiveness in achieving environmental results. OIG audit products and services are more customer and goal
driven.
In 1999 The Office of Inspector General provided objective, timely, and independent auditing, consulting, and investigative services through such actions as
completing 24 construction grant closeout audits.
79
-------
6-Year Performance Data
Annual Performance Goals and Measures
Performance Measures FY 1999
Actuals
Potential monetary value of recommendations, questioned 124.9
costs, savings and recoveries.
Examples of IG recommendations/advice or actions taken
to improve the economy, efficiency, and effectiveness of
business practices and environmental programs.
Construction Grants Closeout Audits
Overall customer and stakeholder satisfaction with audit
products and services (timeliness, relevancy, usefulness
and responsiveness.
Number of environmental risks reduced.
Number of environmental actions.
Number of recommendations, risks, and best practices
identified.
60
24
FY 2000
Actuals
55.3
78
76
FY 2001
Actuals
$67.2
80
FY 2002
Actuals
80%
116
18
FY 2003 FY 2004
Pres. Bud. Request
20
60
80
25
70
90
Million
Examples
Audits
Percent
Risks
Improvements
Recommendati
ons
Baseline: In FY 2002, the OIG established a baseline of 75 recommendations, best practices and risks identified contributing to improved Agency environmental
goals; and the reduction of 15 environmental risks.
80
-------
Special Analysis
-------
Environmental Protection Agency
2004 Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification
Table of Contents
Special Analysis
Annual Performance Plan Components ,. SA-1
EPA User Fee Program SA-2
Key Programs by Appropriation SA-4
STAG Appropriation Account ... SA-19
STAG Categorical Program Grants: National Program & State Grant , SA-23
STAG Categorical Programs Grants: Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses , SA-24
STAG Infrastructure Financing SA-35
Working Capital Fund SA-39
Major Management Challenges SA-40
Program Assessment Rating Tool (PART) SA-50
-------
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE PLAN COMPONENTS
Introduction
The Agency's approach to annual planning under the Government Performance and
Results Act (GPRA) is based on a full integration of strategic planning, annual planning,
budgeting, and accountability. The Agency's Annual Performance Plan and Budget submission
to OMB reflects this integration; all of the components of the Annual Performance Plan are
contained within the Budget. In addition, to fully explain the Agency's resource needs, the
Budget contains a single set of externally reported annual performance goals and performance
measures. The Agency will submit a stand-alone Annual Performance Plan to Congress to meet
the legislative concern expressed in GPRA that "annual performance plans not be voluminous
presentations describing performance...for every activity. The annual performance plan and
reports are to inform, not overwhelm the reader."
Annual Plan Organization
The Annual Performance Plan submission to Congress contains the following elements of
the Agency's Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification:
I. Goals
Goal Statement
Background and Context
Means and Strategy
External Factors
Goal Resources
II. Objectives
Objective Statement
Key Program Resources
Annual Performance Goals and Performance Measures:
(The set of APGs included in the Annual Plan are those reported in the
Budget Goal Overview. The APGs and PMs in the Annual Plan represent
the most significant accomplishments planned for FY2004, and are
intended to be used to evaluate the Agency's performance under GPRA.)
Verification and Validation of Performance Measures
III. Special Analysis
EPA User Fee Program
Major Management Challenges
Working Capital Fund
SA-1
-------
EPA USER FEE PROGRAM
In FY 2004, EPA will have five (5) user fee programs in operation. These user fee
programs are as follows:
Current Fees
• Pesticide Tolerance Fee
A tolerance is the maximum legal limit of a pesticide residue in and on food commodities
and animal feed. In 1954, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA)
authorized the collection of fees for the establishment of tolerances on raw agricultural
commodities and in food commodities. These fees supplement annual appropriated funds
for EPA's Tolerance Program and are also deposited into the FIFRA Fund. Annually, the
fees are adjusted by the percentage change in the Federal employee General Schedule
(GS) pay scale. In FY 2004, EPA expects to replace this fee with a more comprehensive
cost-recovery fee as required by the FFDCA, and as amended by FQPA. A proposed
Tolerance Fee Rule was published in FY 1999. A revised final rule, including response
to comments, is under review and includes a new analysis of revenues. FY 2004 fee
revenue estimates of $28.3 M are based on the final rule, updated for COLA.
• Pre-Manufacturing Notification Fee
Since 1989, this fee has been collected for the review and processing of new chemical
Pre-Manufacturing Notifications (PMN) submitted to EPA by the chemical industry.
These fees are paid at the time of submission of the PMN for review by EPA's Office of
Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances. PMN fees are authorized by the Toxic
Substances Control Act and contain a cap on the amount the Agency may charge for a
PMN review. EPA expects to collect $1,800,000 in PMN fees in FY 2004 if the existing
fee structure is not altered. The removal of the statutory fee cap is discussed below under
User Fee Proposals.
• Lead Accreditation and Certification Fee
The Toxic Substances Control Act, Title IV, Section 402(a)(3), mandates the
development of a schedule of fees for persons operating lead training programs
accredited under the 402/404 rule and for lead-based paint contractors certified under this
rule. The training programs ensure that lead paint abatement is done safely. Fees
collected for this activity are deposited in the U.S. Treasury. EPA estimates that less than
$500,000 will be deposited hi FY 2004.
Pesticides Fees
This budget proposal assumes collection of tolerance fees, registration fees, and
maintenance fees to ensure stable and adequate funding for pesticides evaluation work at EPA.
The Administration understands there are a variety of possible legislative, fee-based approaches,
that could ensure stable and predictable funding for these activities, and as such, this
Administration will work with Congress and other stakeholders to explore other possible
solutions.
SA-2
-------
Pesticides Maintenance Fee Extension
The Maintenance Fee has provided funding for both the Tolerance Reassessment and the
Reregistration programs. It expired by statute in 2001 but was extended for a year under
the 2002 appropriations bill. In FY 2004, the President's Budget envisions that a revised
Tolerance Fee will provide adequate funding for the Tolerance Reassessment program.
However, the Reregistration program is now running concurrently with the Tolerance
Reassessment program. This budget proposes an extension through 2006 of the
Maintenance fee, at the $8.2 M level, which would provide fee revenue funding support
for Reregistration at a level equivalent to prior years.
Removal of the Statutory Cap on the Pre-Manufacturing Notification Fee
The Agency is proposing authorizing and appropriations language to remove the statutory
cap on the existing Pre-Manufacturing Notification (PMN) fees to allow EPA to cover
the full cost of the PMN program. The authorizing language would remove the current
statutory cap in the Toxic. Substances Control Act on the total fee that EPA is allowed to
charge. The fee change would be subject to an appropriations language trigger that
would allow the fees to be counted as discretionary. Under the current fee structure, the
Agency would collect $1,800,000 in FY 2004. The increase in PMN fees will be
deposited into a special fund in the U.S. Treasury, available to the Agency, subject to
appropriation. After the anticipated rulemaking, the Agency estimates collections of an
additional $4,000,000 in FY 2004.
SA-3
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
ATSDR Superfund Support
Acid Rain -CASTNet
Acid Rain -Program
Implementation
Administrative Law
Air Toxics Research
Air, State, Local and Tribal
Assistance Grants: Other Air
Grants
American Indian Environmental
Office
American Indian
Environmental Office
Assessments
Assistance Agreement Audits
Assistance Agreement Audits
Assistance Agreement Audits
Assistance Agreement
Investigations
Assistance Agreement
Investigations
Assistance Agreement
Investigations
Beach Grants
Brownfields
Brownfields
Brownfields
Brownfields
Capacity Building
Capacity Building
Capacity Building
Capacity Building
Carbon Monoxide
Carbon Monoxide
Carbon Monoxide
Chesapeake Bay
Appropriation
EPM
S&T
EPM
EPM
S&T
STAG
EPM
Total
Superfund
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
STAG
EPM
STAG
Superfund
Total
EPM
S&T
Superfund
Total
EPM
S&T
Total
EPM
FY 2002
Enacted
$654.3
$3,991.2
$12,500.2
$2,684.0
$18,923.4
$240,724.5
$9,911.6
$9,911.6
$76,472.9
$1,500.0
$500.0
$2,000.0
$1,885.0
$1,015.0
$2,900.0
$10,000.0
$2,819.2
$0.0
$94,813.5
$97,632.7
$9,511.1
$169.6
$1,075.5
$10,756.2
$3,964.3
$294.1
$4,258.4
$20,551.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$3,991.2
$12,790.4
$2,869.8
$19,883.7
$240,724.5
$10,219.7
$10,219.7
$76,236.3
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$10,000.0
$29,500.0
$170,500.0
$0.0
$200,000.0
$10,543.4
$175.9
$1,368.5
$12,087.8
$3-,834.3
$190.8
$4,025.1
$20,650.8
FY2004
Request
$0.0
$3,991.2
$12,812.7
$2,930.3
$20,342.4
$247,750.0
$10,665.9
$10,665.9
$77,066.8
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$10,000.0
$30,254.1
$180,500.0
$0.0
$210,754.1
$5,785.3
$0.0
$0.0
$5, 785.3
$3,887.0
$0.0
$3,887.0
$20,777.7
SA-4
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Children's Indoor Environments
Children's Health, Program
Development and Coordination
Civil Enforcement
Civil Enforcement
Civil Enforcement
Civil Enforcement
Civil Enforcement
Civil Rights/Title VI Compliance
Climate Change Research
Climate Protection Program:
Buildings
Climate Protection Program:
Carbon Removal
Climate Protection Program:
Industry
Climate Protection Program:
International Capacity Building
Climate Protection Program: State
and Local Climate Change
Program
Climate Protection Program:
Transportation
Climate Protection Program:
Transportation
Climate Protection Program:
Transportation
Coastal Environmental
Monitoring
Commission for Environmental
Cooperation - CEC
Common Sense Initiative
Communicating Research
Information
Communicating Research
Information
Communicating Research
Information
Appropriation
EPM
EPM
EPM
Oil Spill
S&T
Superfund
Total
EPM
S&T
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
S&T
Total
S&T
EPM
EPM
ORD
Superfund
Transfer
S&T
Superfund
Research
FY2002
Enacted
$13,287.9
$6,099.0
$96,651.2
$1,512.0
$2,669.1
$4,289.5
$105,121.8
$10,143.6
$21,350.5'
$48,571.3
$1,549.7
$25,368.6
$6,982.8
$2,245.6
$4,404.8
$26,425.9
$30,830.7
$7,325.3
$3,396.4
$1,838.7
$160.7
$5,383.0
$0.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$13,918.4
$6,670.9
$93,182.4
$1,538.6
$2,739.0
$4,379.5
$101,839.5
$11,770.7
$21,729.3
$49,820.5
$1,576.3
$25,673.1
$7,086.5
$2,275.2
$4,447.9
$17,119.3
$21,567.2
$7,671.2
$3,535.3
$0.0
$0.0
$5,408.9
$160.7
FY 2004
Request
$16,714.5
$6,710.4
$106,599.9
$1,588.2
$4,156.8
$3,279.0
$115,623.9
$12,113.8
$21,528.6
$48,324.5
$1,734.5
$26,439.1
$6,608.1
$2,569.0
$5,614.4
$17,320.3
$22,934.7
$7,801.1
$3,937.8
$0.0
$0.0
$11,243.4
$155.7
SA-5
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Communicating Research
Information
Community Assistance
Community Right to Know (Title
ra)
Compliance Assistance and
Centers
Compliance Assistance and
Centers
Compliance Assistance and
Centers
Compliance Assistance and
Centers
Compliance Incentives
Compliance Incentives
Compliance Incentives
Compliance Monitoring
Compliance Monitoring
Compliance Monitoring
Congressional Projects
Congressional/Legislative
Analysis
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Congressionally Mandated
Projects
Contract Audits
Contract Audits
Contract Audits
Contract and Procurement
Investigations
Contract and Procurement
Investigations
Contract and Procurement
Investigations
Appropriation
Total
EPM
EPM
EPM
LUST
Oil Spill
Total
EPM
Superfund
Total
EPM
S&T
Total
EPM
EPM
EPM
S&T
STAG
Total
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
FY 2002
Enacted
$5,543.7
$1,124.6
$4,968.4
$25,735.4
$670.0
$264.8
$26,670.2
$9,512.0
$583.3
$10,095.3
$51,411.8
$2,644.1
$54,055.9
$2,078.6
$4,852.2
$85,223.6
$58,977.0
$343,900.0
$488,100.6
$3,900.0
$1,300.0
$5,200.0
$2,325.0
$775.0
$3,100.0
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$5,569.6
$1,428.9
$4,953.1
$25,106.7
$689.8
$271.4
$26,067.9
$9,344.6
$345.3
$9,689.9
$48,487.0
$2,711.4
$51,198.4
$1,991.3
$4,857.8
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$11,399.1
$0.0
$5,018.3
$26,771.6
$586.5
$279.9
$27,638.0
$10,019.8
$288.1
$10,307.9
$56,886.2
$2,829.8
$59,716.0
$2,145.2
$4,958. l'
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
SA-6
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Correspondence Coordination
Criminal Enforcement
Criminal Enforcement
Criminal Enforcement
Criminal Enforcement
Data Collection
Data Collection
Data Collection
Data Management
Data Management
Data Management
Data Standards
Data Standards
Data Standards
Data Standards
Design for the Environment
Direct Public Information and
Assistance
Disadvantaged Communities
Disaster Management Initiative
Drinking Water Implementation
Drinking Water
Implementation
Drinking Water Regulations
Drinking Water Regulations
Drinking Water Regulations
Ecosystems Condition, Protection
and Restoration Research
Effluent Guidelines
Employee Integrity Investigations
Employee Integrity Investigations
Employee Integrity
Investigations
Endocrine Disrupter Research
Endocrine Disrupter Screening
Program
Appropriation
EPM
EPM
S&T
Superfund
Total
EPM
Superfund
Total
EPM
Superfund
Total
EPM
S&T
Superfund
Total
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
Total
EPM
S&T
Total
S&T
EPM
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
S&T
EPM
FY 2002
Enacted
$1,200.7
$26,321.3
$5,465.8 -
$9,910.4
5*7,697.5
$103.1
$22.8
$125.9
$17,247.6
$1,223.0
$18,470.6
$1,512.9
$3,563.2
$263.8
55,359.9
$4,707.6
$8,612.7
$4,350.8
$0.0
$38,332.9
$38,332.9
$25,908.9
$2,688.5
$28,597.4
$104,492.9
$22,773.4
$750.0
$250.0
$1,000.0
$10,722.4
$8,952.4
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$1,096.3
$26,855.3
$5,643.2
$10,039.6
$42,538.1
$125.9
$0.0
$125.9
$17,768.6
$1,234.2
$19,002.8
$2,510.3
$3,633.8
$336.5
$6,480.6
$4,810.7
$8,992.6
$4,481.3
$0.0
$38,935.0
$38,935.0
$27,241.4
$2,792.6
$30,034.0
$105,795.0
$23,010.3
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$12,178.7
$9,063.5
FY2004
Request
$1,127.7
$29,086.0
$5,575.9
$10,504.7
$45,166.6
$3,454.0
$0.0
$3,454.0
$26,299.2
$917.0
$27,216.2
$23,270.8
$4,139.2
$607.5
$28,017.5
$4,880.6
$9,475.8
$4,677.3
$1,500.0
$44,338.7
$44,338.7
$28,482.2
$2,952.7
$31,434.9
$109,677.6
$23,632.4
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$11,917.7
$9,002.7
SA-7
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Enforcement Training
Enforcement Training
Enforcement Training
Environment and Trade
Environmental Appeals Boards
Environmental Education Division
Environmental Finance Center
Grants (EFC)
Environmental Justice
Environmental Justice
Environmental Justice
Environmental Monitoring and
Assessment Program, EMAP
Environmental Technology
Verification (ETV)
Executive Support
Existing Chemical Data,
Screening, Testing and
Management
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Facilities Infrastructure and
Operations
Federal Facilities
Federal Facility lAGs
Federal Preparedness
Financial Statement Audits
Financial Statement Audits
Appropriation
EPM
Superfund
Total
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
Superfund
Total
S&T
S&T.
EPM
EPM
B&F
EPM
LUST
Oil Spill
S&T
Superfund
Total
Superfund
Superfund
Superfund
IG
Superfund-IG
FY 2002
Enacted
$3,230.3
$717.0
$3,947.3
$1,672.6
$1,667.3
$9,160.2
$2,000.0
$4,164.4
$900.0
$5,064.4
$32,426.0
$3,607.7
$3,113.0
$28,286.4
$6,960.0
$244,725.9
$721.9
$454.1
$17,409.9
$57,303.2
$327,575.0
$31,206.5
$8,779.8
$9,849.3
$3,000.0
$1,000.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$3,145.4
$735.0
$3,880.4
$1,844.3
$1,737.7
$0.0
$2,000.0
$4,078.8
$900.0
$4,978.8
$38,259.6
$3,617.6
$3,121.2
$28,331.9
$31,418.0
$279,773.2
$824.7
$451.9
$8,539.0
$55,357.0
$3 76, 363.8
$31,915.5
$9,091.7
$9,883.0
$0.0
$0.0
FY 2004
Request
$3,186.2
$714.0
$3,900.2
$1,702.5
$1,774.8
$0.0
$2,000.0
$3,826.1
$900.0
$4,726.1
$38,873.3
$3,682.0
$3,178.5
$29,667.0
$31,418.0
$290,301.1
$826.8
$451.9
$8,539.0
$57,346.6
$388,883.4
$32,744.2
$9,653.6
$10,105.1
$0.0
$0.0
SA-8
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Financial Statement Audits
Fish Contamination/Consumption
Geospatial
Geospatial
Geospatial
Global Toxics
Global Trade Issues for Pesticides
and Chemicals
Grants to States for Lead Risk
Reduction
Great Lakes
Great Lakes Legacy Act
Great Lakes National Program
Office
Gulf of Mexico
Hazardous Air Pollutants
Hazardous Air Pollutants
Hazardous Air Pollutants
Hazardous Substance Research:
Hazardous Substance Research
Centers
Hazardous Substance Research:
Hazardous Substance Research
Centers
Hazardous Substance Research:
Hazardous Substance Research
Centers
Hazardous Substance
Research: Hazardous
Substance Research Centers
Hazardous Substance Research:
Superfund Innovative Technology
Evaluation (SITE)
Hazardous Substance Research:
Superfund Innovative Technology
Evaluation (SITE)
Hazardous Substance
Research: Superfund
Innovative Technology
Evaluation (SITE)
Appropriation
Total
EPM
EPM
Superfund
Total
EPM
EPM
STAG
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
S&T
Total
ORD
Superfund
Transfer
Superfund
Research
Superfund
Total
ORD
Superfund
Transfer
Superfund
Research
Total
FY2002
Enacted
$4,000.0
$2,764.8
$983.2
$32.1
$1,015.3
$1,522.8
$3,091.2
$13,682.0-
$3,208.6
$0.0
$14,929.7
$4,261.6
$48,130.9
$4,094.4
$52,225.3
$2,331.7
$0.0
$2,245.1
$4,576.8
$6,501.0
$0.0
$6,501.0
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$0.0
$2,788.4
$743.4
$0.0
$743.4
$1,415.1
$3,125.4
$13,682.0
$2,684.7
$0.0
$15,128.2
$4,327.4
$48,687.2
$3,935.2
$52,622.4
$0.0
$2,354.1
$2,245.1
$4,599.2
$0.0
$6,545.0
$6,545.0
FY 2004
Request
$0.0
$2,831.2
$16,472.5 '
$0.0
$16,472.5
$1,557.1
$3,367.1
$13,700.0
$2,712.2
$15,000.0
$15,392.0
$4,431.7
$50,216.6
$4,019.1
X54235.7
$0.0
$2,358.4
$2,245.1
$4,603.5
$0.0
$6,572.6
$6,572.6
SA-9
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Hazardous Waste Research
Homeland Security-
Communication and Information
Homeland Security-
Communication and Information
Homeland Security-
Communication and
Information
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Critical
Infrastructure Protection
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Homeland Security-Preparedness,
Response and Recovery
Homeland Security-
Preparedness, Response and
Recovery
Homeland Security-Protect EPA
Personnel/Infrastructure
Homeland Security-Protect EPA
Personnel/Infrastructure
Homeland Security-Protect EPA
Personnel/Infrastructure
Homeland Security-Protect EPA
Personnel/Infrastructure
Appropriation
S&T
EPM
Homeland
Security
Total
EPM
Homeland
Security
S&T
STAG
Superfund
Total
EPM
Homeland
Security
S&T
Superfund
Research
Superfund
Total
B&F
EPM
Homeland
Security
S&T
FY 2002
Enacted
$9,088.3
$600.8
$2,181.5
$2,782.3
$500.0
$99,641.8
$1,946.5
$5,000.0
$320.0
$107,408.3
$0.0
$42,194.0
$2,799.2
$0.0
$2,685.4
$47,678.6
$0.0
$0.0
$30,040.0
$0.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$9,548.7
$476.7
$0.0
$476.7
$3,036.3
$0.0
$16,946.5
$5,000.0
$770.7
$25,753.5
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$75,000.0
$12,585.4
$87,585.4
$11,500.0
$6,000.0
$0.0
$1,500.0
FY2004
Request
$10,782.0
$3,820.3
$0.0
$3,820.3
$7,927.8
$0.0
$24,782.3
$5,000.0
$770.7
$38,480.8
$718.3
$0.0
$23,911.1
$8,285.9
$27,364.3
$60,279.6
$11,500.0
$6,288.0
$0.0
$2,100.0
SA-10
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Homeland Security-Protect EPA
Personnel/Infrastructure
Homeland Security-Protect
EPA
Personnel/Infrastructure
Homestake Mine
Human Health Research
Human Health Research
Immediate Office of the
Administrator
Indoor Environments
Indoor Environments
Indoor Environments
Information Exchange Network
Information Integration
Information Integration
Information Integration
Information Technology
Management
Information Technology
Management
Information Technology
Management
Intergovernmental Relations - OA
International Safe Drinking Water
Investigations
Investigations
Investigations
LUST Cleanup Programs
Lake Champlain
Lead
Lead Risk Reduction Program
Leaking Underground Storage
Tanks (LUST)Cooperative
Agreements
Legal Services
Legal Services
Appropriation
Superfund
Total
STAG
S&T
Total
EPM
EPM
S&T
Total
STAG
EPM
Superfund
Total
EPM
Superfund
Total
EPM
EPM
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
LUST
EPM
EPM
EPM
LUST
EPM
Superfund
FY 2002
Enacted
$180.0
$30,220.0
$0.0
$47,225.6
$47,225.6
$4,175.9
$9,036.7
$329.5
$9,366.2
$25,000.0
$5,783.6
$332.5
$6,116.1
$25,291.0
$3,230.4
$28,521.4
$3,687.2
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$10,067.4
$2,500.0
$342.2
$13,092.6
$59,331.9
$41,783.6
$819.5
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$600.0
$19,600.0
$8,000.0
$51,824.5
$51,824.5
$4,343.7
$8,978.1
$329.5
$9,307.6
$25,000.0
$17,057.0
$3,100.0
$20,157.0
$25,544.4
$2,537.9
$28,082.3
$4,128.1
$0.0
$6,959.4
$2,510.2
$9,469.6
$10,285.4
$954.8
$339.6
$13,166.3
$58,341.2
$45,458.2
$844.5
FY2004
Request
$600.0
$20,488.0
$0.0
$53,633.9
$53,633.9
$4,413.9
$8,153.3
$706.0
$8,859.3
$25,000.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$49,835.8
$7,481.6
$57,317.4
$4,318.5
$348.0
$7,745.0
$2,782.2
$10,527.2
$10,581.0
$954.8
$349.5
$14,832.9
$58,399.1
$47,142.8
$843.8
SA-11
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Legal Services
Long Island Sound
Management Services and
Stewardship
Management Services and
Stewardship
Management Services and
Stewardship
Management Services and
Stewardship
Management Services and
Stewardship
Management Services and
Stewardship
Management Services and
Stewardship
Marine Pollution
Multi-Media Communications
Multilateral Fund
NACEPT Support
NAFTA Implementation
NEPA Implementation
NPDES Program
National Association Liaison
National Estuaries
Program/Coastal Watersheds
National Nonpoint Source
Program Implementation
National Program chemicals:
PCBs, Asbestos, Fibers, and
Dioxin
New Chemical Review
Nitrogen Oxides
Oil Spills Preparedness,
Prevention and Response
Other Federal Agency Superfund
Support
Ozone
Ozone
Appropriation
Total
EPM
B&F
EPM
LUST
Oil Spill
S&T
Superfund
Total
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
Oil Spill
Superfund
EPM
S&T
FY2002
Enacted
$42,603.1
$2,500.0
$18,358.0
$135,925.5
$605.7
$44.7
$1,174.8
$47,626.5
$203,735.2
$7,994.8
$821.3
$9,575.8
$1,803.1
$514.3
$11,507.5
$40,991.0
$346.0
$24,521.3
$16,488.6
$6,775.5
$14,088.8
$1,325.5
$11,795.4
$10,676.0
$32,783.9
$35,671.2
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$46,302.7
$477.4
$0.0
$107,290.8
$518.3
$53.2
$198.7
$41,245.0
$149,306.0
$8,170.7
$872.7
$9,575.8
$1,670.1
$747.9
$11,785.8
$41,720.8
$262.5
$19,246.2
$16,908.6
$6,994.5
$14,730.2
$1,399.0
$12,332.2
$10,676.0
$34,763.6
$42,735.2
FY 2004
Request
$47,986.6
$477.4
$0.0
$122,083.2
$577.6
$52.5
$176.8
$50,286.6
$173,176.7
$12,630.1
$919.4
$11,000.0
$1,692.1
$758.5
$12,296.3
$44,375.7
$267.9
$19,094.2
$17,628.0
$7,506.1
$15,031.8
$1,436.9
$12,897.5
$10,676.0
$35,534.7
$33,963.2
SA-12
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Ozone
PBTI
POPs Implementation
Pacific Northwest
Particulate Matter
Participate Matter
Particulate Matter
Particulate Matter Research
Partnerships to Reduce High Risk
Pesticide Use
Performance Track
Pesticide Registration
Pesticide Registration
Pesticide Registration
Pesticide Reregistration
Pesticide Reregistration
Pesticide Reregistration
Pesticide Residue Tolerance
Reassessments
Pesticide Residue Tolerance
Reassessments
Pesticides Program
Implementation Grant
Planning and Resource
Management
Planning and Resource
Management
Planning and Resource
Management
Planning and Resource
Management
Planning, Analysis, and Results -
IG
Planning, Analysis, and Results -
IG
Planning, Analysis, and
Results - IG
Pollution Prevention Incentive
Appropriation
Total
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
S&T
Total
S&T
EPM
EPM
EPM
S&T
Total
EPM
S&T
Total
EPM
Total
STAG
EPM
LUST
Superfund
Total
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
STAG
FY 2002
Enacted
$68,455.1
$2,572.5
$0.0
$1,003.8
$29,561.0
$22,741.7
$52,302.7
$65,468.2
$10,407.0
$1,834.6
$41,005.9
$2,006.8
$43,012.7
$35,218.6
$2,364.7
$37,583.3
$14,671.8
$14,671.8
$13,085.5
$38,560.2
$772.3
$16,962.8
$56,295.3
$4,609.0
$1,677.0
$6,286.0
$5,986.3
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$77,498.8
$2,580.5
$680.3
$1,028.5
$32,118.5
$30,505.8
$62,624.3
$66,662.0
$12,279.8
$1,834.6
$39,981.5
$2,138.7
$42,120,2
$45,993.2
$2,377.9
$48,371.1
$5,267.9
$5,267.9
$13,085.5
$43,857.8
$813.9
$18,119.4
$62,791.1
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$5,986.3
FY2004
Request
$69,497.9
$2,419.0
$667.3
$1,072.5
$34,368.3
$40,419.5
$74,787.8
$65,709.4
$11,686.2
$1,834.6
$33,698.6
$2,282.6
$35,981.2
$49,123.6
$2,380.6
$51,504.2
$12,810.5
$12,810.5
$13,100.0
$42,556.3
$802.2
$11,970.1
$55,328.6
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$6,000.0
SA-13
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Appropriation
FY 2002
Enacted
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
Grants to States
Pollution Prevention Program
Premamifacturing Notification Fee
Preventing Contamination of
Drinking Water Sources
Program Audits
Program Audits
Program Audits
Program Evaluation - IG
Program Evaluation - IG
Program Evaluation -IG
Program Evaluations/Audit
Program Evaluations/Audit
Program Evaluations/Audit
Program Integrity Investigations
Program Integrity Investigations
Program Integrity
Investigations
Public Access
Public Access
Public Access
Public Access
RCRA Corrective Action
RCRA Enforcement State Grants
RCRA Improved Waste
Management
RCRA State Grants
RCRA Waste Reduction
Radiation
Radiation
Radiation
Radiation
Radon
Radon
EPM
Offsetting
Receipts
EPM
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
IG
Superfund-IG
Total
EPM
S&T
Superfund
Total
EPM
STAG
EPM
STAG
EPM
EPM
S&T
Superfund
Total
EPM
S&T
$9,597.8
$0.0
$23,470.2
$3,675.0
$1,225.0
$4,900.0
$11,250.0
$3,750.0
$15,000.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$1,125.0
$375.0
$1,500.0
$12,931.2
$279.3
$703.8
$13,914.3
$38,262.3
$42,904.7
$61,174.6
$63,458.9
$14,633.7
$13,897.5
$5,546.2
$2,180.3
$21,624.0
$5,095.7
$1,357.3
$9,902.8
($4,000.0)
$22,096.8
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$28,365.6
$10,231.8
$38,597.4
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$14,068.3
$324.8
$1,176.3
$15,569.4
$38,965.2
$42,904.7
$61,860.0
$63,458.9
$13,740.7
$14,253.5
$5,931.3
$2,234.3
$22,419.1
$5,095.7
$1,398.2
$10,626.9
($4,000.0)
$23,311.9
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$29,062.7
$10,431.4
$39,494.1
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$15,143.5
$0.0
$581.3
$15,724.8
$41,107.4
$42,904.7
$61,050.3
$63,495.3
$16,850.2
$14,844.4
$6,771.6
$2,336.5
$23,952.5
$5,659.1
$528.9
SA-14
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Radon
Recreational Water and Wet
Weather Flows Research
Regional Geographic Program
Regional Haze
Regional Management
Regional Management
Regional Management
Regional Management
Regional Management
Regional Operations and Liaison
Regional Program Infrastructure
Regional Program Infrastructure
Regional Program
Infrastructure
Regional Science and Technology
Regional and Global
Environmental Policy
Development
Regulatory Development
Reinventing Environmental
Information (REI)
Reinventing Environmental
Information (REI)
Reinventing Environmental
Information (REI)
Reinventing Environmental
Information (REI)
Research to Support Contaminated
Sites
Research to Support Contaminated
Sites
Research to Support Contaminated
Sites
Research to Support Contaminated
Sites
Research to Support Contaminated
Sites
Appropriation
Total
S&T
EPM
EPM
EPM
LUST
Oil Spill
Superfund
Total
EPM
EPM
Superfund
Total
EPM
EPM
EPM
EPM
S&T
Superfund
Total
LUST
ORD
Superfund
Transfer
Oil Spill
S&T
Superfund
Research
FV 2002
Enacted
$6,453.0
$5,635.8
$7,609.2
$2,535.9
$32,104.4
$143.7
$23.8
$8,485.0
$40,756.9
$547.5
$4,604.6
$1,527.6
$6,132.2
$3,574.9
$2,362.7
$27,412.1
$7,812.1
$33.5
$778.2
$8,623.8
$687.1
$27,304.6
$905.2
$1,000.0
$0.0
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$6,493.9
$5,496.6
$8,651.1
$2,408.1
$32,476.8
$143.7
$23.8
$8,577.2
$41,221.5
$477.6
$4,604.6
$1,427.5
$6,032.1
$3,601.8
$2,046.8
$36,381.5
$7,542.8
$0.0
$357.2
$7,900.0
$696.0
$0.0
$909.9
$0.0
$26,515.2
FY 2004
Request
$6,188.0
$5,966.2
$8,755.7
$2,453.8
$39,311.1
$143.7
$23.8
$11,307.7
$50,786.3
$487.5
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$3,609.2
$1,629.3
$38,565.7
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$628.5
$0.0
$915.0
$0.0
$26,731.8
SA-15
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Research to Support
Contaminated Sites
Research to Support Emerging
Issues
Research to Support FQPA
Research to Support Pollution
Prevention
Research to Support Pollution
Prevention
Research to Support Pollution
Prevention
Research to Support Pollution
Prevention
Research to Support Safe
Communities
Risk Management Plans
SBREFA
STAR Fellowships Program
Safe Drinking Water Research
Safe Pesticide Applications
Safe Pesticide Applications
Safe Pesticide Applications
Safe Recreational Waters
Science Advisory Board
Science Coordination and Policy
Sector Grants
Small Business Ombudsman
Small, Minority, Women-Owned
Business Assistance
South Florida/Everglades
State Multimedia Enforcement
Grants
State Nonpoint Source Grants
State PWSS Grants
State Pesticides Enforcement
Grants
State Pollution Control Grants
Appropriation
Total
S&T
S&T
ORD
Superfund
Transfer
S&T
Superfund
Research
Total
S&T
EPM
EPM
S&T
S&T
EPM
S&T
Total
EPM
EPM
EPM
STAG
EPM
EPM
EPM
STAG
STAG
STAG
STAG
STAG
FY2002
Enacted
$29,896.9
$28,658,5
$12,594.4
$593.0
$37,079.9
$0.0
$37,672,9
$21,593.6
$7,202.9
$686.2
$9,748.7
$45,579.5
$11,157.2
$25.0
$11,182.2
$834.4
$2,887.8
$492.2
$2,209.3
$3,049.1
$2,295.5
$2,648.3
$0.0
$237,476.8
$93,100.2
$19,867.8
$192,476.9
FY2003
Pres. Bud.
$28,121.1
$29,150.8
$12,042.3
$0.0
$43,482.4
$593.0
$44,075.4
$25,149.6
$7,446.0
$608.8
$0.0
$49,491.0
$10,193.9
$0.0
$10,193.9
$842.7
$3,352.5
$950.1
$2,209.3
$3,124.0
$3,305.0
$2,665.5
$15,000.0
$238,476.8
$93,100.2
$19,867.8
$180,376.9
FY2004
Request
$28,275.3
$41,470.5
$13,272.9
$0.0
$37,276.3
$593.0
$37,869.3
$25,628.4
$7,489.9
$616.2
$4,875.0
$49,231.3
$12,451.1
$0.0
$12,451.1
$858.3
$4,409.0
$1,603.8
$2,250.0
$3,148.7
$3,407.3
$2,690.0
$0.0
$238,500.0
$105,100.0
$19,900.0
$200,400.0
SA-16
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Appropriation
FY 2002
Enacted
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
FY2004
Request
(Section 106)
State Toxics Enforcement Grants
State Underground Injection
Control Grants
State Water Quality Cooperative
Agreements
State Wetlands Program Grants
Stratospheric Ozone Protection
Sulfur Dioxide
Superfund - Cost Recovery
Superfund - Justice Support
Superfund - Maximize PRP
Involvement (including reforms)
Superfund Remedial Actions
Superfund Removal Actions
System Modernization
System Modernization
System Modernization
TMDLs
Targeted Watershed Grants
Technical Cooperation with
Industrial and Developing
Countries
Toxic Release Inventory / Right-
to-Know(RtK)
Tribal General Assistance Grants
Tropospheric Ozone Research
U.S. - Mexico Border
UST State Grants
Underground Storage Tanks
(UST)
Wastewater Management/Tech
Innovations
Water Infrastructure: Alaska
Native Villages
Water Infrastructure: Puerto Rico
Water Infrastructure: Clean Water
State Revolving Fund (CW-SRF)
STAG
STAG
STAG
STAG
EPM
EPM
Superfund
Superfund
Superfund
Superfund
Superfund
EPM
Superfund
Total
EPM
STAG
EPM
EPM
STAG
S&T
EPM
STAG
EPM
EPM
STAG
STAG
STAG
$5,138.9
$10,950.9
$18,958.2
$14,967.0
$5,602.7
$12,318.5
$29,597.5 .
$28,150.0
$82,181.5
$488,951.3
$202,654.0
$12,875.0
$815.0
$13,690.0
$21,232.1
$0.0
$4,478.4
$14,155.6
$52,469.7
$6,514.8
$4,149.5
$11,918.4
$6,795.7
$8,840.1
$40,000.0
$0.0
$1,350,000.0
$5,138.9
$10,950.9
$38,958.2
$14,967.0
$5,642.2
$13,624.7
$30,375.9
$28,150.0
$84,396.9
$493,646.5
$202,610.3
$12,210.0
$1,480.0
$13,690.0
$21,433.2
$0.0
$4,330.1
$15,293.2
$57,469.7
$6,758.1
$5,364.6
$11,918.4
$7,026.4
$9,073.7
$40,000.0
$0.0
$1,212,000.0
$5,150.0
$11,000.0
$19,000.0
$20,000.0
$5,786.6
$14,102.2
$31,058.6
$28,150.0
$89,471.3
$649,345.1
$203,189.5
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$25,083.7
$20,000.0
$3,518.2
$13,057.4
$62,500.0
$7,024.0
$6,484.4
$11,950.0
$7,153.2
$9,485.2
$40,000.0
$8,000.0
$850,000.0
SA-17
-------
KEY PROGRAMS BY APPROPRIATION
(Dollars in Thousands)
Key Program
Water Infrastructure: Drinking
Water State Revolving Fund
(DW-SRF)
Water Infrastructure: Mexico
Border
Water Quality Criteria and
Standards
Water Quality Infrastructure
Protection
Water Quality Monitoring and
Assessment
Watershed Assistance
Web Products Quality Control
Wetlands
FY 2002
Appropriation Enacted
STAG $850,000.0
STAG $75,000.0
EPM $18,782.4
EPM $16,783.7
EPM $11,665.1
EPM $7,821.6
'EPM $879.5
EPM $17,829.8
FY 2003
Pres. Bud.
$850,000.0
$75,000.0
$19,127.2
$17,239.3
$11,967.7
$9,479.1
$767.0
$18,381.9
FY 2004
Request
$850,000.0
$50,000.0
$24,076.8
$18,055.7
$14,072.1
$9,395.6
$812.4
$19,299.9
TOTAL
$8,093,721.8
$7,616,513.0
$7,626,537.3
SA-18
-------
STATE AND TRIBAL ASSISTANCE GRANTS (STAG)
Appropriation Account
(Dollars in thousands)
FY2001
Enacted
Budget
w/Rec
FY 2002
Enacted
Budget
FY2003
President's
Budget
FY2004
President's
Budget
Differences
between '04
PB & '03 PB
STATE and TRIBAL GRANT
ASSISTANCE
$1,005,782.4 $1,079,376.0 $1,158,276.0 $1,202,700.0 $44,424.0
INFRASTRUCTURE ASSISTANCE
State Revolving Funds
Clean Water State
Revolving Fund $1,347,030.0 $1,350,000.0 $1,212,000.0 $850,000.0 -$362,000.0
Drinking Water State
Revolving Fund
Consolidated State
Revolving Funds
$823,185.0 $850,000.0 $850,000.0 $850,000.0
$0.0
$2,170,215.0 $2,200,000.0 $2,062,000.0 $1,700,000.0 -$362,000.0
Brownfields Infrastructure
Projects
$0.0
D.O $120,500.0 $120,500.0
$0.0
Special Needs Projects
Mexican Border
Alaskan Native Villages
Bristol County, MA
Puerto Rico
South Dakota Home Stake
Mine
$74,835.0
$34,923.0
$1,995.6
$0.0
$0.0
$75,000.0
$40,000.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
$75,000.0
$40,000.0
$0.0
$0.0
$8,000.0
$50,000.0
$40,000.0
$0.0
$8,000.0
$0.0
-$25,000.0
$0.0
$0.0
$8,000.0
-$8,000.0
Total Special Needs
Projects
$111,753.6 $115,000.0 $123,000.0 $98,000.0 -$25,000.0
Congressional Projects
$353,590.5 $343,900.0
$0.0
$0.0
$0.0
TOTAL-
INFRASTRUCTURE
ASSISTANCE
$2,635,559.1 $2,658,900.0 $2,305,500.0 $1,918,500.0 -$387,000.0
TOTAL STAG
$3,641,341.5 $3,738,276.0 $3,463,776.0 $3,121,200.0 -$342,576.0
SA-19
-------
CATEGORICAL GRANTS PROGRAM (STAG)
(Dollars in Millions)
$643
$665
f
$645
7 ,
$674
7
$745
$880
7
$885
$1,006
$1,074
fl
$1,158
$1,202
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004
In 2004, the President's Budget requests a total of $1,202.7 million for 24 "categorical"
program grants for state and Tribal governments. This is an increase of $44.4 million over 2003.
EPA will continue to pursue its strategy of building and supporting state, local and Tribal
capacity to implement, operate, and enforce the Nation's environmental laws. Most
environmental laws envision establishment of a decentralized nationwide structure to protect
public health and the environment. In this way, environmental goals will ultimately be achieved
through the actions, programs, and commitments of state, Tribal and local governments,
organizations and citizens.
In 2004, EPA will continue to offer flexibility to state and Tribal governments to manage
their environmental programs as well as provide technical and financial assistance to achieve
mutual environmental goals. First, EPA and its state and Tribal partners will continue
implementing the National Environmental Performance Partnership System (NEPPS). NEPPS is
designed to allow states more flexibility to operate their programs, while increasing emphasis on
measuring and reporting environmental improvements. Second, Performance Partnership Grants
(PPGs) will continue to allow states and tribes funding flexibility to combine categorical
program grants to address environmental priorities.
HIGHLIGHTS:
Air State and Local Assistance
In 2004, the President's Budget requests $247.8 million for-Air State and Local
Assistance grants to support state, local, and Tribal air programs as well as radon programs. This
SA-20
-------
is an increase of $7.0 million over 2003 request levels. This increase will be dedicated to
expanding the air toxics monitoring network.
Enforcement State Grants
In 2004, the President's Budget includes $27.3 million to build environmental
partnerships with states and tribes and to strengthen their ability to address environmental and
public health threats. The enforcement state grants request consists of $19.9 million for
Pesticides Enforcement, $5.15 million for Toxic Substances Enforcement Grants, and $2.25
million for Sector Grants. State and Tribal enforcement grants will be awarded to assist in the
implementation of compliance and enforcement provisions of the Toxic Substances Control Act
(TSCA) and the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA). These grants
support state and Tribal compliance activities to protect the environment from harmful chemicals
and pesticides.
Under the Pesticides Enforcement Grant program, EPA provides resources to states and
Indian tribes to conduct FIFRA compliance inspections and take appropriate enforcement actions
and implement programs for farm worker protection. Under the Toxic Substances Compliance
Grant program, states receive funding for compliance inspections of asbestos and
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and for implementation of the state lead abatement
enforcement program. The funds will complement other Federal program grants for building
state capacity for lead abatement, and enhancing compliance with disclosure, certification and
training requirements.
Exchange Network (oka National Environmental Information Exchange Network, NEIEN)
In 2004, the President's Budget requests $25.0 million to continue a grant program,
started in 2002, that will provide states and tribes assistance to develop the Exchange Network.
This grant program will support state and Tribal efforts to complete necessary changes to their
information management systems to facilitate participation, and enhance state information
integration efforts. The Exchange Network will improve environmental decision making,
improve data quality and accuracy, ensure security of sensitive data, and reduce the burden on
those who provide and those who access information.
Brownfields State and Tribal Grants
In 2004, the President's Budget requests $60.0 million, an increase of $10.0 million over
2003, to continue the Brownfields grant program that provides assistance to states and tribes to
develop and enhance their state and Tribal response programs. EPA believes that further
enhancement of state and Tribal programs will complement efforts to address the assessment and
cleanup of Brownfields properties.
Water Pollution Control (Clean Water Act Section 106) Grants
In 2004, the President's Budget requests $200.4 million for Water Pollution Control
grants, an increase of $20.0 million over 2003. This increase will help states and Tribes fill
SA-21
-------
critical gaps in meeting their basic Clean Water Act responsibilities. The additional funding will
support a mixture of activities, depending on individual states' needs, including water quality
monitoring and assessment, standards development, Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL)
development, and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permitting.
Wetlands
In 2004, the President's Budget requests $20.0 million for Wetlands Program Grants, an
increase of $5.0 million over 2003. • Specifically, this increase will enhance states' efforts to
protect wetlands and other waters no longer under protection due to a 2001 Supreme Court
decision and help states and tribes assume more decision-making authority.
Public Water System Supervision Grants
In 2004, the President's Budget requests $105.1 for Public Water System Supervision
(PWSS) grants, an increase of $12.0 million over 2003. This funding level will enhance state
and Tribal capacity to assist drinking water systems in the implementation of high priority
drinking water regulations, and to meet public health goals.
Indian General Assistance Program Grants
In 2004, the President's Budget.requests $62.5 million for the Indian General Assistance
Program (GAP), an increase of $5.0 million over 2003. This increase will help federally
recognized tribes and inter-tribal consortia develop and assume environmental programs.
Homeland Security
In 2004, the President's Budget requests $5.0 million for homeland security grants to
support states' efforts to work with drinking water and wastewater systems to develop and
enhance emergency operations plans; conduct training in the implementation of remedial plans in
small systems; and, develop detection, monitoring and treatment technology to enhance drinking
water and wastewater security.
Elimination of Tribal Cap on Non-Point Sources
In 2004, the President's Budget is proposing to eliminate the statutory one-third-of-one-
percent cap on Clean Water Act Section 319 Nonpoint Source Pollution grants that may be
awarded to tribes. Tribes applying for and receiving Section 319 grants have steadily Increased
from two in 1991 to over 70 in 2001. This proposal recognizes the increasing demand for
resources to address Tribal nonpoint source program needs.
SA-22
-------
CATEGORIAL PROGRAM GRANTS (STAG)
by National Program and
State Grant
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY2003
FY2004
President's President's
Grant
Air & Radiation
i/State and Local Assistance
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
Air Resource
Assistance
Air Resource
Assistance
Statutory
Authorities
Clean Air Act,
§103
Clean Air Act,
§103
Eligible
Recipients*
Air pollution
control
agencies as
defined in
section 302(b)
of the CAA
Multi-
jurisdictional
organizations
(non-profit
organizations
whose boards
of directors or
membership is
made up of
CAA section
302(b) agency
officers and
Tribal
representative
s and whose
mission is to
support the
continuing
environmental
programs of
the states)
Eligible Uses
S/L monitoring
and data
collection
activities in
support of the
establishment
ofaPM2.5
monitoring
network and
associated
program costs.
Coordinating or
facilitating a
multi-
jurisdictional
approach to
addressing
regional haze.
FY2003
Request
$42,500.0
$10,000.0
FY2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 1, Obj. 1
Goal 1, Obj. 1
FY2004
Request
$42,500.0
$10,000.0
SA-24
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
Air Resource
Assistance
Statutory
Authorities
Clean Air Act,
Sections 103,
105, 106
Eligible
Recipients*
Air pollution
control
agencies as
defined in
section 302(b)
of the CAA;
Multi-
jurisdictional
organizations
(non-profit
organizations
whose boards
of directors or
membership is
made up of
CAA section
302(b) agency
officers and
whose
mission is to
support the
continuing
environmental
programs of
the states);
Interstate air
quality control
region
designated
pursuant to
section 107 of
the CAA or of
implementing
section 176A,
or section 1 84
NOTE: only
the Ozone
Transport
Commission
is eligible as
of 2/1/99
Eligible Uses
Carrying out
the traditional
prevention and
control
programs
required by the
CAA and
associated
program
support costs;
Coordinating or
facilitating a
multi-
jurisdictional
approach to
carrying out the
traditional
prevention and
control
programs
required by the
CAA;
Supporting
training for
CAA section
302(b) air
pollution
control agency
staff;
Coordinating or
facilitating a
multi-
jurisdictional
approach to
control
interstate air
pollution
FY2003
Request
$169,040.1
FY 2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 1, All
Objs.
W2004
Request
$176,050.0
SA-25
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
Air Tribal
Assistance
Radon
Water Pollution
Control Agency
Resource
Supplementation
Statutory
Authorities
Clean Air Act,
Sections 103 and
105; TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts
Toxic
Substances
Control Act,
Sections 10 and
306; TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
FWPCA, as
amended, §106;
TCA in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Eligible
Recipients*
Tribes;
Intertribal
Consortia;
State/ Tribal
college or
university
State
Agencies,
Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
States, Tribes
and Intertribal
Consortia,
and Interstate
Agencies
Eligible Uses
Conducting air
quality
assessment .
activities to
determine a
tribe's need to
develop a CAA
program;
Carrying out
the traditional
prevention and
control
programs
required by the
CAA and
associated
program costs;
Supporting
training for
CAA for
federally
recognized
tribes
Assist in the
development
and
implementation
of programs for
the assessment
and mitigation
of radon
Develop and
carry out
surface and
ground water
pollution
control
programs.
including
NPDES
permits,
TMDL's, WQ
standards,
monitoring, and
NFS control
activities.
FY2003
Request
$11,044.5
$8,139.9
$180,376.9
FY2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 1, Obj. 1
Obj. 2
Goal 4, Obj. 4
Goal 2, Obj. 2
FY2004
Request
$11,050.0
$8,150.0
$200,400.0
SA-26
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Tide
Nonpoint Source
(NFS)
Wetlands
Program
Development
Water Quality
Cooperative
Agreements
Targeted
Watershed
Grants
Statutory
Authorities
FWPCA, as
amended,
§319(h);TCA
in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
FWPCA, as
amended,
§104 (b) (3);
TCA in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
FWPCA, as
amended.
§104(b)(3);
TCA in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
FWPCA. as
amended, §104
(b)(3); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Act
Eligible
Recipients*
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
States, Local
Governments,
Tribes,
Interstate
Organizations,
Intertribal
Consortia, and
Non-Profit
Organizations
States. Local
Governments,
Tribes, Non-
Profit
Organizations,
Intertribal
Consortia, and
Interstate
Organizations
States, Local
Governments,
Tribes,
Interstate
Organizations,
Intertribal
Consortia, and
Non-Profit
Organizations
Eligible Uses
Implement
EPA-approved
State and Tribal
nonpoint source
management
programs and
fund priority
projects as
selected by the
State.
To develop new
wetland
programs or
enhance
existing
programs for
tile protection,
management
and restoration
of wetland
resources.
Creation of
unique and
innovative
approaches to
pollution
control and
prevention
requirements
associated with
wet weather
activities,
AFOs, TMDLs,
source water
protection, and
watersheds.
Assistance for
up to 20
watersheds to
expand and
improve
existing
watershed
protection
efforts.
FY2003
Request
$238,476.8
$14,967.0
$18,958.2
$20,000.0
FY2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 2, Obj. 3
Goal 2, Obj. 2
Goal 2, Obj. 2
Goal 2, Obj. 2
FY2004
Request
$238,500.0
$20,000.0
$19,000.0
$20,000.0
SA-27
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Tifle
Public Water
System
Supervision
(PWSS)
Public Water
System
Supervision
(PWSS)-
Homeland
Security
Underground
Injection Control
[UIC]
Beaches Grants
Statutory
Authorities
Safe Drinking
Water Act,
§1443(a);TCA
in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Safe Drinking
Water Act,
§1443(a);TCA
in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Safe Drinking
Water Act, §
1443(b); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Beaches
Environmental
Assessment and
Coastal Health
Act of 2000;
TCA in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Eligible
Recipients*
States, Tribes,
and Intertribal
Consortia
States, Tribes,
and Intertribal
Consortia
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia,
Local
Governments
Eligible Uses
Assistance to
implement and
enforce
National
Primary
Drinking Water
Regulations to
ensure the
safety of the
Nation's
drinking water
resources and
to protect
public health.
Water security
coordinators to
work With EPA
and drinking
water utilities
in assessing
drinking water
safety.
Implement and
enforce
regulations that
protect
underground
sources of
drinking water
by controlling
Class I-V
underground
injection wells.
Develop and
implement
programs for
monitoring and
notification of
conditions for
coastal
recreation
waters adjacent
to beaches or
similar points
of access that
are used by the
public.
FY2003
Request
$93,100.2
$5,000.0
$10,950.9
$10,000.0
FY2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 2, Obj. 1
Goal 2, Obj. 1
Goal 2, Obj. 1
Goal 2, Obj. 1
ĄĄ2004
Request
$105,100.0
$5,000.0
$11,000.0
$10,000.0
SA-28
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
Hazardous
Waste Financial
Assistance
Brownfields
Underground
Storage Tanks
[UST]
Statutory
Authorities
Resource
Conservation
Recovery Act,
§3011;
FY 1999
Appropriations
Act (PL 105-
276); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Comprehensive
Environmental
Response,
Compensation
and Liability Act
of 1980, as
amended,
Section 128
Resource
Conservation
Recovery Act
Sections 8001
and2007(f)and
FY 1999
Appropriations
Act (PL 105-
276); TCA in
anmial
Appropriations
Acts.
Eligible
Recipients*
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
State, Tribes
and Intertribal
Consortia
Eligible Uses
Development &
Implementation
of Hazardous
Waste
Programs
Build and
support
Brownfields
programs which
will assess
contaminated
properties.
oversee private
party cleanups,
provide cleanup
support through
low interest
loans, and
provide
certainty for
liability related
issues.
Demonstration
Grants,
Surveys and
Training;
Develop &
implement UST
program
FY2003
Request
$106,363.6
$50,000.0
$11,918.4
FY 2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 4, Obj. 5
Goal 5,
Obj. 1, Obj. 2
Goal 9, Obj. 1
Goal 5, Obj. 1
Goal 5, Obj. 2
FY2004
Request
$106,400.0
$60,000.0
$11,950.0
SA-29
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
GrantTifle
Pesticides
Program
Implementation
Statutory
Authorities
The Federal
Insecticide,
Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act
§ 20 & 23; the
FY 1999
J. 1 issJ
Appropriations
Act (PL 105-
276); FY 2000
Appropriations
Act(P.L. 106-
74); TCA in
flnrmfll
Appropriations
Acts
Eligible
Recipients*
States, Tribes
and Intertribal
Consortia
Eligible Uses
Assist states
and tribes to
develop and
implement
pesticide
programs,
including
programs that
protect
workers
ground-water,
and endangered
species from
pesticide risks,
and ether
pesticide
management
programs
designated by
the
Administrator;
develop and
implement
programs for
certification
and training of
pesticide
applicators;
develop
Integrated
Pesticides
Management
(IPM)
programs;
support
pesticides
education,
outreach, and
sampling
efforts for
tribes.
FY2003
Request
$13,085.5
FY2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 4, Obj. 1
FY2004
Request
$13,100.0
SA-30
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
Lead
Toxic
Substances
Compliance
Monitoring**
Pesticide
Enforcement
Statutory
Authorities
Toxic
Substances
Control Act,
§404(g);
TSCA 10;
FY2QOO
Appropriations
Act (P.L. 106-
74); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Toxic
Substances
Control Act,
§28(a)and404
(g); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
FIFRA
§23(a)(l);FY
2000
Appropriations
Act (P.L. 106-
74); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Eligible
Recipients*
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
States,
Territories,
Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
States,
Territories,
Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
Eligible Uses
To support and
assist states and
tribes to
develop and
carry out
authorized state
lead abatement
certification,
training and
accreditation
programs; and
to assist tribes
in development
of lead
programs.
Assist in
developing and
implementing
toxic
substances
enforcement
programs for
PCBs, asbestos,
and lead-based
paint
Assist in
implementing
cooperative
pesticide
enforcement
programs
FY2003
Request
$13,682.0
$5,138.8
$19,867.8
FY2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 4, Obj. 2
Goal 9, Obj. 1
Goal 9, Obj. 1
FY2004
Request
$13,700.0
$5,150.0
$19,900.0
SA-31
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
National
Environmental
Information
Exchange
Network
(KEEN, aka
"the Exchange
Network")
Pollution
Prevention
Statutory
Authorities
As appropriate,
Clean Air Act,
Sec. 103; Clean
Water Act, Sec.
104; Solid Waste
Disposal Act,
Sec. 8001;
FIFRA, Sec 20;
TSCA, Sec. 10
and 28; Marine
Protection,
Research and
Sanctuaries Act,
Sec. 203; Safe
Drinking Water
Act, Sec. 1442;
Indian
Environmental
General
Assistance
Program Act of
1992, as
amended; FY
2000
Appropriations
Act(P.L.lQ6-
74); Pollution
Prevention Act,
Sec. 6605; FY
2002
Appropriations
Act and FY
2003
Appropriations
Acts.
Pollution
Prevention Act
of 1990, §6605;
TSCA 10;
FY2000
Appropriations
Act(P.L. 106-
74); TCA in
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Eligible
Recipients*
States, tribes,
interstate
agencies,
tribal
consortium,
and other
agencies with
related
environmental
information
activities.
States, Tribes,
Intertribal
Consortia
Eligible Uses
Assists states
and others to
better integrate
environmental
information
systems, better
enable data-
sharing across
programs, and
improve access
to information.
To assist state
and tribal
programs to
promote the use
of source
reduction
techniques by
businesses and
to promote
other Pollution
Prevention
activities at the
state and tribal
levels.
FV2003
Request
$25,000.0
$5,986.3
FY2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 7 Obj. 1
Goal 4, Obj. 5
FY 2004
Request
$25,000.0
$6,000.0
SA-32
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
Grant Title
Enforcement &
Compliance
.Assurance**
Multi-media
Enforcement
State Grants
Statutory
Authorities
As appropriate,
Clean Air Act,
Sec. 103; Clean
Water Act, Sec.
104; Solid Waste
Disposal Act,
Sec. 8001;
FEFRA, Sec 20;
TSCA, Sec, 10
and 28; Marine
Protection,
Research and
Sanctuaries Act,
Sec. 203; Safe
Drinking Water
Act, Sec. 1442;
Indian
Environmental
General
Assistance
Program Act of
1992, as
amended; FY
2000
Appropriations
Act (P.L. 106-
74);TCAin
annual
Appropriations
Acts.
FY2003
President's
Budget
Eligible
Recipients*
State,
Territories,
Tribes,
Intertribal
Cpnsortia,
Multi-
jurisdictional
Organizations
States, Tribes,
and other
entities to be
determined.
Eligible Uses
Assist in
developing
innovative
sector-based,
multi-media, or
single-media
approaches to
enforcement
and compliance
assurance
Media-specific
and multi-
media funding
to states and
tribes for
compliance
assurance
activities
including
compliance
assistance and
incentives,
inspections, and
enforcement
actions.
FY2003
Request
$2,209.3
$15,000.0
FY2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 9, Obj. 2
Goal 9, Obj. 1
FY2004
Request
$2,250.0
$0.0
SA-33
-------
FY 2004 STAG CATEGORICAL PROGRAM GRANTS
Statutory Authority and Eligible Uses
(Dollars in Thousands)
Grant title
Indian General
Assistance
Program
Statutory
Authorities
Indian
Environmental
General
Assistance
Program Act of
1992, as
amended; TCA
in annual
Appropriations
Acts.
Eligible
Recipients4
Tribal
Governments
and Intertribal
Consortia
Eligible Uses
Plan, develop
and establish
Tribal
environmental
protection
programs.
FY2003
Request
$57,469.7
FY 2004
Goal/
Objective
Goal 4, Obj. 7
IY2004
Request
$62,500.0
* The Recipients listed in this column reflect assumptions in the FY 2004 Budget Request in terms of expected and/or anticipated
eligible recipients.
** hi prior years these grants were displayed as Toxic Enforcement Grants. They are both part of the Toxics Enforcement Key
Program [Goal 9, Objectives 1 and 2.]
SA-34
-------
INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCING
(Dollars in Millions)
Infrastructure Financing
Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF)
Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF)
Mexican Border Projects
Alaska Native Villages
Targeted Projects - Puerto Rico
Targeted Projects - South Dakota Homestake
Mine
Brownfields Environmental Projects
Total
FY 2003
President's Budget
$1,212.0
$850,0
$75.0
$40.0
$0.0
$8.0
$120.5
$2,305.5
FY 2004
President's Budget
$850.0
$850.0
$50.0
$40.0
$8.0
$0.0
$120.5
$1,918.5
Infrastructure Funds
The President's Budget requests a total of $1,918.5 million in 2004 for EPA's
Infrastructure programs, a decrease of $387.0 million from 2003. Of the total infrastructure
request, $1,748.0 million will support EPA's Goal 2: Clean and Safe Water, $120.5 million will
support EPA's Goal 5: Better Waste Management and $50.0 million will support EPA's Goal 6:
Reduction of Global and Cross-border Environmental Risks. The $387.0 million decrease is the
net result of a $362.0 million decrease to the Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF); a
decrease of $25.0 million for Mexican Border Projects; a decrease of $8.0 million in Targeted
Projects for the Homestake Mine; and an increase of $8.0 million in Targeted Projects for
drinking water in Puerto Rico.
Infrastructure funding under the State and Tribal Assistance Grants (STAG)
appropriation provides financial assistance to states, municipalities and Tribal governments to
fund a variety of drinking water, wastewater, and Brownfields infrastructure projects. These
funds are essential to fulfill the Federal government's commitment to help our state, Tribal and
local partners obtain adequate funding to construct the facilities required to comply with Federal
environmental requirements and ensure public health and revitalize contaminated properties.
Providing STAG funds to capitalize State Revolving Fund (SRF) programs, EPA works
in partnership with the states to provide low-cost loans to municipalities for infrastructure
construction. As set-asides of the SRF programs, grants are available to Indian Tribes and
Alaska Native Villages for drinking water and wastewater infrastructure needs based on national
SA-35
-------
priority lists. The Brownfields Environmental Program provides states, tribes, political
subdivisions (including cities, towns, and counties) the necessary tools, information, and
strategies for promoting a .unified approach to environmental assessment cleanup,
characterization, and redevelopment at sites contaminated with hazardous wastes and petroleum
contaminants.
The resources requested in this budget will enable the Agency, in conjunction with EPA's
state, local, and Tribal partners, to achieve several important goals for 2004. Some of these goals
include:
92 percent of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking
water meeting all health-based standards, up from 83% in 1994.
Award 126 assessment grants under the Brownfields program, bringing the cumulative
total grants awarded to 689 by the end of FY 2004 paving the way for productive reuse of
these properties. This will bring the total number of sites assessed to 5,800 while
leveraging a total of $6.7 billion in cleanup and redevelopment funds since 1995. EPA's
Brownfields program is complemented by efforts of the Department of Housing and
Urban Development as well as tax incentive programs.
Goal 2: Enhancing Human Health through Clean and Safe Water
Capitalizing Clean Water and Drinking Water State Revolving Funds
The Clean Water and Drinking Water State Revolving Fund programs demonstrate a true
partnership between states, localities and the Federal government. These programs provide
Federal financial assistance to states, localities, and Tribal governments to protect the nation's
water resources by providing funds for the construction of drinking water and wastewater
treatment facilities. The state revolving funds are two important elements of the nation's
substantial investment in sewage treatment and drinking water systems which provides
Americans with significant benefits in the form of reduced water pollution and safe drinking
water.
EPA will continue to capitalize the Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF).
Through this program, the Federal government provides financial assistance for wastewater and
other water projects, including nonpoint source, estuary, stormwater, and sewer overflow
projects. Water infrastructure projects contribute to direct ecosystem improvements by lowering
the amount of nutrients and toxic pollutants in all types of surface waters.
The President's Budget proposes to fund the CWSRF at $850 million each year through
2011 and increase the revolving level by $800 million to $2.8 billion, a 40 percent increase over
the existing $2.0 billion goal. Because of the revolving nature of the program, funds invested in
the SRF have a multiplier effect that generates far more purchasing power over 20 years than
grants. As a result, this extended funding of $4.4 billion is projected to close the $21 billion gap
between current capital funding levels and future water infrastructure capital needs estimated by
EPA, assuming that spending increases at three percent real growth per year.
SA-36
-------
More than $19 billion has already been provided to capitalize the CWSRF, over twice the
original Clean Water Act authorized level of $8.4 billion. Total CWSRF funding available for
loans since 1987, reflecting loan repayments, state match dollars, and other funding sources, is
approximately $42.4 billion, of which more than $38.7 billion has been provided to communities
as financial assistance. As of July 2002, $3.7 billion is being readied for loans.
The dramatic progress made in improving the quality of wastewater treatment since the
1970s is a national success. In 1972, only 84 million people were served by secondary or
advanced wastewater treatment facilities. Today, 99 percent of community wastewater treatment
plants, serving 181 million people, use secondary treatment or better.
The President's Budget request extends Federal support for the Drinking Water State
Revolving Fund so it can revolve at $1.2 billion per year, more than double the previous goal of
$500 million. To realize this increased revolving level, we are proposing $850 million for FY
2004 to FY 2018. This proposal extends the commitment for the DWSRF well beyond the FY
2003 authorization period. Because of the revolving nature of the program, funds invested in the
SRF have a multiplier effect that generates far more purchasing power over 20 years than grants.
As a result, this extended funding is projected help close the $45 billion gap between current
capital funding levels and future water infrastructure capital needs estimated by EPA, assuming
that spending increases at three percent real growth per year. Through the DWSRF program,
states will provide loans to finance improvements to community water systems so that they can
achieve compliance with the mandates of the Safe Drinking Water Act and continue to protect
public health. Some non-state recipients, such as the District of Columbia and the Tribes, will
receive their DWSRF allocations in the form of grants.
The DWSRF will be self-sustaining in the long run and will help offset the costs of
ensuring safe drinking water supplies and assisting small communities in meeting their
responsibilities. Through FY 2002, Congress has appropriated $5.3 billion for the DWSRF
program. Through June 30, 2002, States had received $4.4 billion in capitalization grants, which
when combined with the state match, bond proceeds and other funds provided $6.7 billion in
total cumulative funds available for loans. Through June 30, 2002, States had made more than
2,400 loans totaling $5.1 billion and $1.6 billion remained available for loans.
State Flexibility behveen SRFs
The Agency requests continuation of authority provided in the 1996 Safe Drinking Water
Act (SDWA) Amendments which allows states to transfer an amount equal to 33 percent of their
DWSRF grants to their CWSRF programs, or an equivalent amount from their CWSRF program
to their DWSRF program. The transfer provision gives states flexibility to address the most
critical demands hi either program at a given time. The statutory transfer provision expired
September 30,2002.
Set-Asides for Tribes
To improve public health and water quality in Indian Country, the Agency proposes to
continue the 1 1/2% set-aside of the CWSRF for wastewater grants to tribes as provided in the
SA-37
-------
Agency's 2002 appropriation. More than 70,000 homes in Indian country have inadequate or
nonexistent wastewater treatment. EPA and the Indian Health Service estimate that Tribal
wastewater infrastructure needs exceed $650.0 million.
Supporting Alaska Native Villages
The President's Budget requests $40.0 million for Alaska native villages for the
construction of wastewater and drinking water facilities to address serious sanitation problems.
EPA will continue to work with the Department of Health and Human Services' Indian Health
Service, the State of Alaska, and local communities to provide needed financial and technical
assistance.
Targeted Projects
The President's Budget requests $8 million for the design of upgrades to Metropolitano's
Sergio Cuevas treatment plant in San Juan, Puerto Rico. When all upgrades are complete, EPA
estimates that about 1.4 million people will enjoy safer, cleaner drinking water.
Goal 5: Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and
Emergency Response
Brownfields Environmental Projects
The President's Budget requests a total of $120.5 million for brownfields environmental
projects. EPA will award grants for assessment activities, cleanup, and Brownfields cleanup
revolving loan funds (BCRLF). Additionally, this includes cleanup of sites contaminated by
petroleum or petroleum products and environmental job training grants.
Goal 6: Reducing Cross-border Environmental Risks - U.S./Mexico Border
The President's Budget requests a total of $50.0 million for water infrastructure projects
along the U.S./Mexico Border. The goal of this program is to reduce environmental and human
health risks along the U.S./Mexico Border. The communities along both sides of the Border are
facing unusual human health and environmental threats because of the lack of adequate
wastewater and drinking water facilities. EPA's U.S./Mexico Border program provides funds to
support the planning, design and construction of high priority water and wastewater treatment
projects along the U.S./Mexico Border. The Agency's goal is to have a cumulative total of 9,900
people in the Mexico border area protected from health risks because of adequate water and
wastewater sanitation systems funded.
SA-38
-------
WORKING CAPITAL FUND
In FY 2004, the Agency begins its eighth year of operation of the Working Capital Fund
(WCF). It is a revolving fund authorized by law to finance a cycle of operations, where the costs
of goods and services provided are charged to the users on a fee-for-service basis. The funds
received are available without fiscal year limitation, to continue operations and to replace capital
equipment. EPA's WCF was implemented under the authority of Section 403 of the
Government Management Reform Act of 1994 and EPA's FY 1997 Appropriations Act.
Permanent WCF authority was contained in the Agency's FY 1998 Appropriations Act.
The Chief Financial Officer and the Office of the Comptroller initiated the WCF in FY
1997 as part of their effort to: (1) be accountable to Agency offices, the Office of Management
and Budget, and the Congress; (2) increase the efficiency of the administrative services provided
to program offices; and (3) increase customer service and responsiveness. The Agency has a
WCF Board which provides policy and planning oversight and advises the CFO regarding the
WCF financial position. The Board, chaired by the Comptroller, is composed of eighteen
permanent members from the program offices and the regional offices.
Two Agency Activities begun in FY 1997 will continue into FY 2004. These are the
Agency's data processing and telecommunications operations, managed by the Office of
Technology Operations and Planning (OTOP), and Agency postage costs, managed by the Office
of Administration. The Agency's FY 2004 budget request includes resources for these two
Activities in each National Program Manager's submission, totaling approximately $132.0
million. These estimated resources may be increased to incorporate program office's additional
service needs during the operating year. To the extent that these increases are subject to
Congressional reprogramming notifications, the Agency will comply with all applicable
requirements.
SA-39
-------
MAJOR MANAGEMENT CHALLENGES
EPA senior managers work diligently to address the complex management challenges the
Agency must meet to achieve program results, maintain integrity and strengthen the public's
confidence in the Agency. The President's Management Agenda1, an initiative to improve
management, performance, and accountability government-wide, has placed additional emphasis
on effective program management.
In FY 2002 the Agency accelerated efforts to address its most serious management
problems and corrected all four of its material weaknesses as well as a number of its other
management challenges—-deficiencies in program policies, guidance, or procedures that might
impair the Agency's ability to achieve its mission. EPA's record in correcting its management
challenges has steadily improved over the past decade, and, for the first time in the 20 year
history of the Integrity Act, EPA^has no material weaknesses. The progress in correcting
weaknesses and addressing challenges exemplifies EPA's strong commitment to improving
integrity and accountability in all programs, organizations, and functions.
The Agency uses a system of internal program reviews, independent reviews, and audits
by the General Accounting Office (GAO) and EPA's Office of the Inspector General (OIG);
program evaluations; and performance measurements to ensure that program activities are
effectively carried out in accordance with applicable laws and sound management policy, and
provide reasonable assurance that Agency resources are protected against fraud, waste, abuse,
and mismanagement.
In identifying and monitoring management challenges, EPA considers government-wide
high-risk areas identified by GAO, and management challenges identified by the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB), GAO, OIG or EPA itself. Following are brief descriptions and
summaries on efforts underway to address the management challenges facing the Agency. The
Agency will continue to use the tools available under GPRA and other management statutes to
assist in addressing these issues.
Protecting Critical Infrastructure from Non-traditional Attacks
EPA has the responsibility of helping to assess the security the nation's drinking and
wastewater infrastructure and responding and recovering from acts of biological, chemical,
certain radiological and other terrorist's attacks. To achieve its goals, the Agency needs to apply
technical, organizational, resource, training, and communication assets to complex issues with
unprecedented dispatch. Success requires simultaneous attention to questions of threat,
capabilities and deficiencies, preparedness, management and oversight, and efficiency and
effectiveness. OIG identified this issue as a management challenge in FY 2002.
EPA has taken measures to respond to terrorist incidents and is taking steps to better
prepare for, and respond to, future incidents based on lessons learned. The Agency carried out
its mission and accomplished a remarkable achievement in responding to three national incidents
during the same time period hi response to the attacks on the World Trade Center and the
Pentagon, and the cleanup of anthrax contamination in the Capitol Complex and other facilities
SA-40
-------
around the country. One of these tasks, cleaning up anthrax contamination from the Capitol Hill
Complex, defied the customary thinking that the cleanup of an anthrax-contaminated buildmg
was impossible.
The July 2002 National Strategy for Homeland Security" designated EPA as the lead
agency for protecting critical drinking and wastewater infrastructure. The November 2002
Reorganization Plan for the Department of Homeland Security also identifies some areas where
EPA will coordinate efforts with the Department.
In testimony before the Senate Committee on Environment and Public Works on
September 24, 2002m, the EPA Administrator described in detail the aggressive and effective
actions EPA has taken to build on existing strengths to meet new security challenges. EPA
worked to define its role in homeland security and to make decisions regarding where the
Agency should allocate existing and new resources, authority, and personnel to ensure the safety
of human health and the environment. The Agency conducted two major reviews of lessons
learned, one relating to the incidents of September 11 and the other related to EPA's anthrax
response. EPA used objective outside sources to conduct extensive interviews with Agency
personnel, from front line staff to senior managers, to examine what EPA had learned from its
response activities.
EPA chairs the interagency National Response Team (NRT), which has an excellent
track record for federal-state coordination. In FY 2002 the Office of Homeland Security (OHS)
asked the NRT to be an OHS work group providing interagency policy coordination assistance
on terrorist incident preparedness and response. The NRT also completed anthrax and World
Trade Center/Pentagon lessons learned documents for use by member agencies and developed
anthrax cleanup technical assistance documents for use by planners and responders at all levels
of government"1.
EPA, in consultation with the drinking water and wastewater industries, developed
vulnerability assessment tools, funded vulnerability assessments at the nation's 424 largest
drinking water facilities serving nearly half the population, sped up establishment of a secure
Information Sharing and Analysis Center for the water sector, provided threat information to
utilities as required under Public Law 107-188V and initiated high priority water security research
projects. The Agency developed EPA's Threat Warning System and Protective Measures,
including facility protective measures, emergency preparedness and response activities, and
protection of facilities in the water sectors and chemical industry. EPA implemented this system
on September 10, 2002, and is now revising the system in response to lessons learned from this
first implementation. Implementation has included providing alerts and protective information to
members of the water sectors and chemical industry.
The lessons learned reports" have generally concluded that EPA responded successfully;
however, it can do better. In October 2002, the Administrator announced EPA's Strategic Plan
for Homeland Security™, which supports the President's National Strategy for Homeland
Security"" and the efforts to be undertaken by the new Department of Homeland Security. The
plan serves as a blueprint on how to enhance EPA's ability to meet homeland security
responsibilities. The activities and initiatives in EPA's plan will enhance the Agency's
SA-41
-------
capabilities to detect, prepare for, prevent, respond to, and recover from terrorist incidents. In
turn, EPA will be able to provide improved information and knowledge to key response agencies
and policy-makers, allowing them to make timelier and effective analytical and technological
decisions to improve security, detect contamination, and respond to incidents. As the federal
government continues to address the issue of protecting the nation, the plan will continue to be
revised and improved. Some of the activities identified in the plan might eventually be carried
out by the Department of Homeland Security or other agencies. The Federal Homeland Security
Advisor commended EPA for its Homeland Security Strategic Plan, noting that it can serve as a
model for other departments and agencies.
Working Relationship with the States "
The National Environmental Performance Partnership System (NEPPS) established EPA-
state working partnerships to address complex environmental issues with scarce resources. One
of the primary tools for implementing NEPPS, performance partnership grants (PPGs), allows
states and tribes to combine multiple EPA grants into one. In implementing the NEPPS
program, including PPGs, the following are required to fully integrate NEPPS principles:
leadership providing a clear direction and expectations, training and guidance, and goals and
related performance measures to monitor and measure progress on achieving better
environmental results. GAO identified EPA-state relationships as a major management
challenge in January 1999 and 2001 reports to Congress. OIG also identified EPA's
relationships with states as a management challenge in FY 2000-2002.
EPA works closely with states, tribes, other federal agencies, and other stakeholders to
protect public health and the environment. Under NEPPS, the Agency committed to long-term
collaboration with state agencies to improve EPA and state management of national
environmental programs. NEPPS is a framework to build a result-based management system,
focus on joint planning and priority setting and use environmental indicators and outcome
measures for accountability. Although EPA and states recognize that existing implementation
approaches are no longer efficient and effective, they have not yet agreed on how states will have
flexibility, while being accountable for environmental results. For several years, EPA and the
states have been implementing NEPPS with mixed results. As a result of an on-going program
evaluation conducted jointly with the states, EPA is developing an implementation plan that will
address the implementation issues identified.
Through NEPPS, EPA is improving EPA-state partnerships by working with the states to
establish priorities, improve performance measures, and promote results-based management
under the Performance Partnership System. The Agency is also developing tools that state and
EPA NEPPS negotiators can use to clarify the appropriate performance expectations. In addition
EPA and the Environmental Council of the States (ECOS) have an active work group to address
issues and remove barriers to effective implementation of the Performance Partnership System.
The Agency developed issue papers on performance partnerships, integrated NEPPS
principles hi its planning, budgeting, and accountability systems, and included NEPPS Core
Performance Measures in EPA's Annual Report. EPA continued development of a NEPPS
primer on policies and practices enhanced its website to provide historical information and best
SA-42
-------
management practices, organized a national training conference, and continued bi-annual
reporting on the states' use and application of PPGs.x
In FY 2003, EPA plans to meet with the states to identify national, state, and regional
priorities, which will be incorporated into EPA's national strategic planning, budgeting, and
accountability process in FY 2004. EPA and the states will review roles, responsibilities and
resources to improve efficiency and environmental impact. The Agency will implement a
communication strategy on the successes and benefits of the Performance Partnership System.
The Agency will continue a joint annual evaluation of performance partnership agreements and
review PPG Task Force recommendations on mitigating conflicts between performance
partnership principles and categorical grants guidance. The Agency will also contract with an
objective third party, such as the National Academy for Public Administration, to assess the U.S.
environmental service delivery system, including NEPPS
Management of Biosolids
EPA needs to implement a national biosolids program and establish a strong enforcement
program to meet the Clean Water Act requirements to reduce environmental risks and maximize
the beneficial use of sewage sludge.3" OIG identified this issue as a management challenge in
FY 2002.
EPA continues to meet its statutory obligations under the Clean Water Act (CWA)
pertaining to sewage sludge. Although there has been concern as to the adequacy of the sewage
sludge rule, and there is a need for some additional scientific research in this area, the inclusive
process EPA has launched will adequately address the concerns and needs. The Agency
requested that the National Research Council (NRC) make a second evaluation of the biosolids
program, specifically of the scientific basis supporting the CWA Part 503 rule.™ The second
NRC report, issued in July 2002xm, concluded that there was no documented scientific evidence
that EPA's Part 503 sewage sludge standards failed to protect public health. The NRC stated
that additional scientific work is needed to reduce persistent uncertainty about the potential for
adverse human health effects from exposure to biosolids that are applied to the land. The
Agency has set into motion a process for developing a response to the NRC's recommendations
and the OIG's concerns. As part of the process, the Agency will seek public comment on its
proposed determination on whether to regulate additional pollutants in biosolids as required by
§ 405(d) (20) (C) of the CWA™ The Agency is developing a draft Federal Register (FR) Notice
seeking public comment and expects it to be published in early April 2003. Following receipt of
comments and further analysis, EPA will publicly announce its plan in a final FR Notice in
January 2004. This FR Notice will also include EPA's final decision on regulating additional
pollutants under Part 503.
In addition to responding to the NRC report, the Agency will continue to communicate
information on applying biosolids. The information will include a brief summary of additional
research that is now being conducted to reduce public uncertainty, and that, if needed, will result
in the modification of the biosolids regulation or land application practices. Although the
Agency has not undertaken or completed all of the specific studies described in the preamble to
Part 503, it has undertaken a variety of studies associated with biosolids recycling that it believes
SA-43
-------
to be very relevant today, and is undertaking new studies. In addition, studies by others outside
the Agency have helped to resolve many of the issues of concern discussed in the preamble.
The Agency continues to maintain its position that land application of biosolids is an
appropriate choice for communities, when conducted in compliance with EPA regulations. Given
present scientific knowledge, EPA has based the allocation of resources to biosolids compliance
and enforcement on the relatively low risks to public health and the environment posed by
biosolids, which is treated sewage sludge. In contrast, the national priorities in EPA's water
enforcement and compliance program focus on risks posed by untreated pollutants, including
raw sewage, associated with storm water, sanitary sewer overflows, combined sewer overflows
and concentrated animal feeding operations which involve the public's direct exposure to
harmful pollutants. States have the flexibility and responsibility to address situations where
compliance assistance and enforcement actions to address biosolids are appropriate and
necessary. EPA has taken actions to address biosolids violations and will continue to take
actions to address instances where biosolids pose an immediate endangerment to human health
or the environment. EPA will reconsider resources devoted to biosolids if additional research
and science demonstrate greater risk.
Lastly, EPA is continuing to work with States as it modernizes the Permit Compliance
System (PCS) to allow for more effective program oversight. A separate workgroup (including
both States and EPA) was devoted to the data needs for the biosolids program and held extensive
discussions regarding the data needed to manage the biosolids program. Based on the
recommendations of this workgroup, the PCS Executive Council decided to add data elements to
PCS to improve tracking and oversight of the biosolids program, and design- work is currently
underway.
Reduce the Backlog of National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
Permits^
Based on Permit Compliance System (PCS) data in November 1998, 26 percent of
permits for major facilities had not been reissued following expiration, and 48 percent of permits
for minor facilities had not been reissued. In 1999, the Agency estimated that the backlog in
EPA-issued major permits had tripled over the past 10 years; likewise, the backlog in state-
issued permits had doubled over that time. Expired NPDES permits might not reflect the most
recent applicable effluent guidelines, water quality standards, or Total Maximum Daily Loads
posing a threat to the environment. Without timely issuance of high-quality permits necessary
improvements in water quality could be delayed. EPA identified this issue as a material
weakness in FY 1998, and because the materiality of the issue was addressed, reduced it to an
FY 2002 Agency weakness. OIG identified it as a management challenge FY 1998-2002.
Since the Agency identified this weakness in 1998, it has achieved 56 percent of targeted
reduction hi the backlog of major point source permits and achieved 58 percent of targeted
reduction in the backlog for minor point source permits. EPA's comprehensive strategy for
improving the NPDES permit program'"1 has resulted in noteworthy progress, and it establishes a
management control framework for continued improvement. EPA is deploying guidance and
tools designed to help regions and states prioritize permits that have the greatest environmental
SA-44
-------
impact and to automate the permit writing process.3™11 EPA believes it has addressed the
materiality of this issue and put the management controls in place for continued progress. EPA
is supporting a number of efforts to strengthen the NPDES Program: (1) two pilot projects with
states to develop systems to address permits on a watershed basis, (2) an EPA/state project to
identify permit streamlining opportunities, (3) expanded use of general permits to address
increases in the permitting universe, and (4) ongoing permit quality reviews.
Information System Security
EPA needs a centralized security program with strong oversight processes to adequately
address risks and ensure that valuable information technology resources and environmental data
are secure. EPA declared information systems security plans as a material weakness in FY 1997,
revised the weakness in FY 2000 to be more comprehensive, and in FY 2002 reduced the
weakness to agency level because the materiality of the weakness had been addressed. OIG
identified EPA's information system security as a management challenge in FY 1997-2002,
noting it as an FY 2002 tier two challenge. GAO identified it as a major management challenge
in FY 2000-2001.
EPA has made substantial progress in keeping pace with the evolving challenges of
information security. In FY 2002 the Agency developed and began implementing a
comprehensive strategy to systematically address security-related deficiencies in accordance
with the Government Information Security Reform Act.3™1" This strategy included initiating
annual security risk assessments for Agency systems, and instituting regular monitoring and
reporting of system owners' follow-up actions hi response to the assessments. EPA has
completed risk assessments for its critical applications and systems, and has implemented regular
evaluations of its security network and data, network intrusion detection and monitoring controls,
and formal security plan reviews. FY 2002 internal reviews show that EPA has an improved
information security program that assesses, identifies, and mitigates risks to the Agency's data
and systems."'1 Recent network penetration tests validated that controls successfully deter
penetration attempts. To improve on this performance, the Agency plans to enhance its ability to
monitor activities at the subnetwork level to ensure deeper protection and guard against possible
unauthorized access or internal exploitation.
EPA plans to sustain improvements through consistent security control Implementation,
ongoing evaluation and regular testing to ensure that the policies and procedures are effective.
The Agency's validation strategy3™ employs a variety of methods, processes, and mechanisms to
ensure EPA's information security meets the criteria of the best industry practices and federal
requirements. Validation methods include: (1) comprehensive risk assessments of major
applications and general support systems using the security self-assessment methodology
published by the National Institute of Standards and Technology™, (2) implementation of central
automated monitoring for assessing compliance with security standards, and (3) internal and
external network penetration testing.
SA-45
-------
Information Resources Management (1RM) and Data Quality/Environmental and
Performance Information Management
Consistent, complete, and current data are needed to support full and effective information
sharing, environmental monitoring, and enforcement. If EPA and the states apply different data
definitions or collect and input different data, the result can be reporting of inconsistent,
incomplete, or obsolete data. EPA needs to continue developing and implementing its
information management strategy to address Agency information management challenges such
as data gaps. EPA declared IRM data management an Agency weakness in FY 1994 and
expanded the scope of weakness in FY 2000. GAO identified this issue as a management
challenge FY 1998-2002. OIG identified it as an FY 2002 management challenge, combining
previous challenges on IRM and Data Quality.
EPA is working in partnership with the states to improve the management,
comprehensiveness, consistency, reliability, and accuracy of its data. Better data management
will reduce inefficiencies, and support better assessment of environmental results and Agency
priority-setting to protect human health and the environment.
EPA has carried out a number of actions to improve data management practices. The
Agency developed and approved six key environmental data standards prior to FY 2002XX11, and
in FY 2002 it completed one new data standard while initiating work on six additional standards.
EPA is working with states and EPA system and program managers to implement these data
standards in major environmental systems. The Agency maintained an Integrated Error
Correction Process™11 and drafted a Data and Information Quality Strategic Plan to present
recommendations for improving the quality and management of collected data. EPA completed
guidance for the EPA web site and is developing guidance on administrative control
designations. EPA is also revising its IRM Strategic Plan and developing an Enterprise
Architecture to address the integration and management of environmental data. Other corrective
actions under way include developing a Strategic Information Plan for addressing data gaps,
developing an Agency data architecture, developing and putting in place appropriate data
management policies and procedures, and improving data collection processes through the use of
the Central Data Exchange. As part of the Agency's Environmental Indicators Initiative, EPA
also plans to release for public dialogue this year a draft report on the environment that uses
environmental indicators to describe the status of the nation's environmental conditions and
human health concerns. The public dialogue on the report will include discussions on the data
and research needed to further develop environmental indicators. The Agency will continue
efforts to identify data needed to manage programs and work with partners to provide timely,
accurate, and consistent data.
Employee Competencies/Human Capital
To place the right people with the appropriate skills where they are needed, EPA must
make human capital management an integral part of strategic and programmatic approaches to
accomplishing its mission. The Agency needs to determine how human capital actions can best
help achieve goals, identify milestones for key actions and establish results-oriented performance
measures for human capital initiatives. With its Human Capital Strategic Plan in place, the
SA-46
-------
Agency has a blueprint for the initial and longer-term steps needed to begin addressing this
weakness.xxlv EPA declared this issue an Agency weakness FY 2000. OIG identified employee
competencies as a major management challenge FY 1998-2002.
EPA has made significant progress toward addressing this weakness and meeting the
objectives of the President's Management Agenda initiative on Strategic Management of Human
Capital. On-going efforts include aligning the Agency's human capital planning activities with
strategic planning and budgeting processes, as well as continuing to implement EPA's Human
Capital Strategic Plan. The Agency is developing a Workforce Planning System that will link
competencies to mission needs along core business lines. EPA's Workforce Development
Strategy (WDS) is a comprehensive program that focuses on training and development at all
levels of the organization. As part of the WDS, the Agency developed and implemented a
number of training programs: New Skills/New Options Program for administrative staff with
electronic learning accounts available to eligible employees, the Mid-Level Development
Program which introduces the SES core competencies to most EPA employees, and a
management development program that includes supervisory and management training. In
addition, EPA selected 51 participants for an SES Candidate Development Program. The
Agency has established goal teams to set appropriate baselines to track advances in measuring
results and programmatic benefits. The Agency is also working toward better alignment of its
human capital strategy with annual performance goals/measures, strategic sub-objectives, and
Agency activities. This effort will help the Agency develop human capital measures, set targets
for environmental and programmatic outcomes, and track its costs and economic impacts. EPA
also has made its SES Mobility Program part of regular agency operations, allowing senior
managers to broaden their skill sets.
Improved Management of Assistance Agreements
EPA needs to improve overall grants management by implementing a competitive award
policy and process, and by improving prioritization, oversight, and enforcement procedures.
EPA needs to address problems repeatedly identified in audit reports concerning EPA's use of
assistance agreements to accomplish its mission. In FY 1996, EPA declared a material weakness
on grants closeout and oversight of assistance agreements. The weakness was reduced to
Agency-level in FY 1999 and closed in FY 2000. EPA declared improved management of
assistance agreements an Agency weakness hi FY 2001. OMB and OIG identified the issue as a
candidate material weakness in FY 2002. OIG identified is as a management challenge
FY 2000-2002.
In FY 2002 the Agency made significant progress in strengthening grants management.
OMB recognized this progress in its most recent Executive Branch Scorecard.xxv A major
premise underlying the OIG's recommendation and OMB's concerns was the absence of a policy
for competing discretionary grant funds. EPA has squarely addressed that issue by developing a
new grant competition policy which went into effect October 1,2002.
EPA also continues to make progress hi improving post-award management, as
evidenced by the 2002 post-award monitoring plans which included baseline reviews of grants
and detailed desk top or on-site reviews of five percent to ten percent of all active grants, the
SA-47
-------
corrective actions taken by headquarters and regional offices in response to validation reviews,
and the development of a new consolidated post-award monitoring policy.XXV1
EPA's strategies to improve grants management are solidly based on the risk involved.
Each fiscal year, EPA awards approximately $3 billion in grants to support the environmental
programs of state and local governments.'3™11 These grants constitute more than 87 percent of the
grant funds awarded by EPA annually. The concerns raised by the OIG do not demonstrate
systemic mismanagement of these funds. This means that the primary area of risk involves other
categories of grants that receive relatively small amounts of money (e.g., grants to nonprofit
organizations, which receive about 6 percent of EPA's grant dollars each fiscal year). EPA is
appropriately managing that risk by making cost-effective improvements to its already extensive
set of management controls, including initiatives on strengthening the competitive process, post-
award monitoring, procurement oversight and environmental results; recipient training and
technical assistance, and, most important, strategic planning.
Linking Mission and Management
EPA works with its regional offices and state and federal partners to develop appropriate
outcome measures and accounting systems that track environmental and human health results
across the Agency's goals. This information must then become an integral part of senior
management's decision making process. OIG identified this issue as an FY 2002 management
challenge, combining FY2001 management challenges on accountability and managerial
accounting.
EPA has long focused on improving the way it manages for results and uses cost and
performance information in decision making. The Agency has made substantial progress and
achieved the following results hi FY 2002: (1) an increased focus on performance and results as
key criteria for developing EPA's FY 2004 budget, (2) the Administrator's decision to adopt
fewer, more outcome-oriented goals in EPA's revised Strategic Plan, and (3) successful efforts to
establish Business Objects as the Agency's standard financial reporting tool and expand the
Financial Data Warehouse to make more information available to managers. EPA has been
recognized for its achievements in integrating budget and performance.*3"™ OIG has identified
important improvement opportunities, and in FY 2003 EPA expects to build on progress made as
it completes the revision of its Strategic Plan, implements the recommendations of the Managing
for Improved Results Steering Group, and adopts business intelligence tools Agency-wide. In
FY 2003, EPA will continue to enhance its cost accounting capabilities to strengthen the linkages
between resources and performance hi Agency program offices.
Innovative Regulatory Programs
EPA needs the flexibility to use innovative approaches to address complex and
intractable environmental problems that warrant new and more cost-effective approaches, hi the
absence of specific legislative changes that would provide the authority for EPA to allow states
and others to use innovative approaches, the Agency needs to closely monitor the new
approaches to ensure they are more effective than the traditional approaches. GAO identified
these issues as an FY 2002 major management challenge.
SA-48
-------
EPA continues initiatives to fully support and manage innovations and address concerns
about flexibility. In 2002, EPA released a new innovation strategy that had resulted from an
intensive 9-month task force review of EPA's innovation effortsxxlx. The strategy's goals are
being implemented through program and regional commitments to specific actions that are being
tracked by the Agency's Innovation Action Council. EPA, states, localities, industry and
nongovernmental organizations have been developing, testing and implementing innovative
approaches for more than a decade. These efforts have produced a number of successful
innovations, such as the Brownfields revitalization program.
As is always the case when new approaches or alternative ways are tried, some projects
did not meet expectations. EPA has taken significant, concrete steps to establish Agency-wide
controls that result in better priority setting, planning and monitoring of results. The Agency has
several ongoing efforts to evaluate and learn from particular innovations that represent the best
candidates for broader application. EPA has nearly completed an effort to evaluate pilot projects
that seek to streamline pollution prevention considerations and infuse them into air permits, and
the Agency is beginning to evaluate several innovative approaches to manage hazardous wastes
hi university labs. The new State Innovation Grants program requires that states receiving grants
develop measures and performance outcomes over the lifetime of their projects.5™31 The criteria
for successful grant proposals include establishing goals for innovation and indicators to measure
progress toward meeting these goals. Projects must have clear objectives, requirements and
performance indicators hi order to allow EPA and the public to evaluate the success of the
project. State proposals include baseline and final outcome measures and a commitment to track
and measure results.
Notes
1 Office of Management and Budget, The Executive Office of the President, Federal Management, The President's
Management Agenda. Available at http://vvvvw.whitehou.se.gov/omb./budget/f\'2002/pma_index.html.
" Office of Homeland Security, The National Strategy for Homeland Security: Available at
http:/A;v^'\v.whitehouse.gov/homeland/book/nat
111 U.S. EPA, Office of Congressional and Intergovernmental Relations, Congressional Hearings Held before the
House and Senate Committee of EPA Officials— Status Report for 2002 (September 24, 2002). Available at
http://www.epa.gov/ocir/hearings/testimonv/0924Q2ct\v.PDF
IV U.S. EPA internal reports: Observations and Lessons Learned from Anthrax Responses (February 2002);
Observations and Lessons Learned from the World Trade Center and Pentagon Terrorist Attacks (February 2002),
and Technical Assistance Documents for Anthrax Response (September 2002).
v Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002.
" U.S. EPA internal report: Lessons Learned in the Aftermath of September 11, 2001 (February 2002).
™ U.S. EPA, EPA Newsroom, EPA Announces Homeland Security Strategic Plan, One of Many Efforts to Ensure
Agency's Ability to Protect, Respond and Recover, news release (October 2, 2002). Available at
http://www.epa.gov/epahome/headUne_l 00202.htm
"" Office of the President, Office of Homeland Security, Available at:
http://'www.wbitehouse.gov/homelandA)ook/index.html.
* U.S. EPA, Office of Congressional and Intergovernmental Relations, Performance Partnership. Available at
http://www.epa.gov/ocirpage/nepps/index.htm.
x U.S. EPA, Office of Congressional and Intergovernmental Relations, Performance Partnership Grants. Available at
ht1p://www.epa.gov/ocirpage/nepps/pp_grants.htm
"11. Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977. Available at
http://www.epa.gov/r5water/cwa.htm.
SA-49
-------
""12. Part 503 of the Clean Water Act, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES): Biosolids.
Available athttp://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes./l]ome.cfm?program_id=16.
""IS. National Research Council, Division on Earth and Life Studies, Board on Environmental Studies and
Toxicology, Biosolids Applied to Land: Advancing Standards and Practices (2002). Available at
http://www.nap.edu/catalog/10426.html.
!dv14. Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Clean Water Act of 1977, Section 405(d) (20) (c),
Disposal of Sewage Sludge. Available at http://www.epa.gov/r5mtCT/cwa.htm.
™ U.S. EPA, Office of Water, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), Backlog Reduction.
Available at http://cf^ub.epa.gov/npdes-^eimitissuance/backlog.cfkt.
*" U.S. EPA, Office of Water, Interim Framework to Ensure Issuance of Timely and High Quality NPDES Permits.
Available at http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/'home.cfm?proarain id—45.
^Ibid.
xviii FY 20Q1 Defense Authorization Act, Public Law 106-398, Title X, Subtitle G.
!ax U.S. EPA internal documents, security-sensitive. Not available to public.
" U.S. EPA, Office of Environmental Information, FY 2002 Assurance Letter (October 2002).
™ National Institute of Standards and Technology Computer Security Resources Center web site at
http:/7csrc.mst.gov/publications/nistpubs/iQdex.htmI.
xx" U.S. EPA, Environmental Data Registry. Available at http://www.epa.goy/cdr/.
X3dii U.S. EPA, Central Data Exchange. Available at http://www.epa.gov/cdx/.
xxiv U.S. EPA, Investing in Our People: EPA's Strategy for Human Capital 2001 through 2003.
xxv Office of Management and Budget, Executive Office of the President, Executive Branch Management Scorecard.
Agency Scorecard: U.S. EPA (September 30, 2002). Available at
http:/Avww.whitehouse.gov/omb/budintegration/scorecards/epa scorecard.htinl.
""I EPA order 5700.6, December 2002.
xxvii U.S. EPA, EPA Grants Information and Control System (GIGS) database.
xxvm gp^ seiected as finalist for the 2002 Presidential Quality Award hi Area of Budget and Performance
Integration, news release. Available at http://wwv»'.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2002/l 1/20021125 Jj.html
XXIX U.S. EPA, Innovating for Better Environmental Results: A Strategy to Guide the Next Generation of Innovation
at EPA. Available at http://www.epa.gov/opei/strategv/.
xxx U.S. EPA, Office of Policy, Economics, and Innovation, State Innovation Pilot Grant Program. Available at
http://www.epa.gov/opei/stategranis/index.htm.
SA-50
-------
PROGRAM ASSESSMENT RATING TOOL (PART) SCHEDULE FOR FY 2005
• RCRA Corrective Action and State Grants
• Clean Water and Drinking Water Assistance Grants for Mexican Border/Alaskan Native
Villages/Puerto Rico, CWSRF Indian Set Aside Program
• Water Research
• Climate Change Programs
• Indoor Air
• PM Implementation and Research
• Brownfields
• Pollution Prevention Research
• High Production Volume Chemicals Challenge Program
-------
Program: Air Toxics
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
L
100
J7S
177
20
...'" Results Achieved
yj Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Measures Adequate
New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Percent of U.S. population free from unacceptable risks of
cancer and other significant health problems from air toxic
emissions
Annual Measure:
Percentage reduction in nationwide air toxics emissions
from stationary and mobile sources combined (actual data
available later in 2003)
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2020
2002
2001
2000
1999
95
5
5
3
12
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
The Air Toxics program is designed to reduce emissions of hazardous air pollutants
(HAPs), such as hexane and benzene, from stationary sources, such as factories, and
from vehicles.
The program's purpose is clearly laid out in the statute - to reduce HAP emissions
and unacceptable health risk from HAPs. The assessment showed that management
is generally good. However, EPA has not fully utilized statutory flexibilities when
implementing parts of the program. Although the long-term cancer reduction goal is
clearly outcome-related, "unacceptable risk" is not defined, the relation between
emissions changes and actual health outcomes are not known, and there are no
efficiency measures. Specific findings include:
1. There is a clear purpose and design for the program.
2. The program has not shown it is maximizing net benefits, and proposing the most
cost effective regulations.
3. There are inadequate linkages between annual performance and long-term goals
that prevent it from demonstrating its impact on human health.
4. There are large data gaps for toxicity and on actual population exposure.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Increase funding for toxic air pollutant programs by $7 million in State grants for
monitoring to help fill data gaps.
2. Focus on maximizing programmatic net benefits'and minimizing the cost per
deleterious health effect avoided.
3. Establish better performance measures (including an appropriate efficiency
measure).
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
115
2003 Estimate
118
2004 Estimate
125
-------
Program: Civil Enforcement
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protect/on Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
Results Achieved
vj Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
. Z Measures Adequate
.j/T New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Millions of pounds of pollutants reduced by eliminating
discharges through enforcement activities
Efficiency Measure:
Dollars negotiated per workyear from polluters for
Supplemental Environmental Projects that restore, protect
or improve the environment
2001
2002
2003
2004
1999
2000
2001
350
300
300
350
660
17,000
27,000
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
EPA's civil enforcement program enforces federal environmental laws to protect
human health and the environment by ensuring that regulated entities comply with
these laws. EPA's management of their federal enforcement responsibility includes
direct federal action (inspections, investigations, compliance assistance and
incentives) as well as assisting and overseeing state, tribal, and local partners in
achieving compliance to protect human health and the environment.
Findings from the PART assessment include the following:
1. The program lacks adequate outcome oriented performance measures. This
impacts both program planning and results. With better outcome performance
measures, program planning could be adjusted to achieve more effective results.
2. Outside evaluators have criticized the program for: a) lack of adequate workload
analysis to support existing staffing and priorities, and b) lack of good quality data to
accurately determine compliance and monitor the effectiveness of enforcement
activities.
In response to these findings the Administration will:
1, Fund $5 million for an improved compliance data system.
2. Revise EPA's strategic plan with a focus on defining EPA's federal enforcement role
and appropriate outcome performance measures.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
433
2003 Estimate
439
2004 Estimate
469
-------
Program: Drinking Water State Revolving Fund
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency, activities
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
180
J43
22
; ... Results Achieved
V-] Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Measures Adequate
New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Percent of population served by community water systems
in compliance with health-based drinking water standards
Annual Measure:
Measure under development
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2003
2005
91
92
95
91
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
The Drinking Water State Revolving Fund program capitalizes state revolving loan
funds that finance infrastructure improvements for public water systems and other
activities that support state drinking water programs and promote public health
protection. Most of the money has gone to upgrade water treatment plants.
The PART indicated that the Drinking Water SRF program is very competent as a
national financial resource for state infrastructure projects targeted at compliance
with health-based drinking water standards. A challenge facing the Drinking Water
SRF program is to develop measurable long-term and annual performance goals that
link the program to its public health mission. Additional findings include:
1. The program purpose is clear and it is designed to have a significant impact on a
well identified need, although, there are other federal, state and private resources
available to address the problem.
2. Evaluation of public health impacts from infrastructure Improvements is difficult, in
part because states provide only aggregate data.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Continue capitalization of the Drinking Water SRF at the 2003 President's Budget
level because, although target revolving levels for the fund have been reached,
continued federal support will close the recently identified gap in funding capital
infrastructure needs for the next twenty years. The extended commitment proposed
in the President's 2004 Budget is expected to provide $45 billion for loans and
assistance through the State Drinking Water SRFs, which will support over 21,000
new projects.
2. Develop new performance measures to be included in EPA's 2004 GPRA plan to
better demonstrate the impact of the program.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
850
2003 Estimate
850
2004 Estimate
850
-------
Program: Existing Chemicals
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
J80
J43
Results Achieved
yj Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
. ~ Measures Adequate
vj- New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Percent reduction in current year production-adjusted Risk
Screening Environmental Indicators (RSEI) chemical risk
based index
(New measure)
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2002
2003
2004
3
4
2
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
EPA reviews and regulates chemical substances and mixtures that may harm human
health or the environment. EPA's Existing Chemicals program covers the 62,000
chemicals that were already in commerce when Congress enacted the Toxic
Substances Control Act, including testing, regulation, and reporting.
The assessment found:
1. The program has strong purpose and management. The program, however, lacks
strategic planning.
2. The program cannot demonstrate any long-term impact. EPA's long-term goal
does not focus on outcomes and lacks a baseline and clear time frames. The
program also does not have an efficiency measure.
3. The program has demonstrated few results. EPA has reviewed approximately two
percent of existing chemicals. GAO found that EPA has been slow to address these
chemicals.
4. The law requires that EPA compile industry data, which can be costly and time-
consuming.
5. EPA's current annual performance goals cannot be assessed because data are not
available until two years into the future.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Provide $1 million above the 2003 President's Budget to develop acute exposure
chemical guidelines (AEGLs). AEGLs are important for homeland security response,
recovery, and preparedness. AEGLs represent three tiers of health effects
(discomfort, disability, death) for five exposure durations (eight hours or less). This
funding will help EPA to obtain more information on the possible harm to humans and
the environment from chemicals, which will help the Agency to achieve a higher level
of accountability and results.
2, Establish better performance measures, including efficiency measures.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
11
2003 Estimate
12
2004 Estimate
13
-------
Program; Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
43
Results Achieved
3 Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Z Measures Adequate
[71 New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Leaking underground storage tank cleanups completed
New annual outcome measures being developed
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2000
2001
2002
2003
21,000
21,000
21,000
20,000
20,834
19,074
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
The purpose of the Leaking Underground Storage Tank program is to clean up
leaking underground petroleum tanks.
The assessment showed that:
1. The program purpose, to clean up leaking underground storage tanks, is clearly
defined and is understood by states and other stakeholders.
2. The program is well managed, but would benefit from regular independent
evaluations and a systematic process to review strategic planning.
3. Strategic planning is particularly critical to this program since it has already
achieved its current long term goal and has no new long-term goal to challenge
program managers. EPA may finish the backlog of 140,000 cleanups within the next
decade. In the future, a smaller program may be suitable to address the lesser
number of new releases that occur every year.
4. The program appears to be successful, as evidenced by achieving the goals of its
authorizing legislation: cleanup of releases and upgrading tanks. However, the
program scores poorly on the results section since it has no outcome based
performance metrics that demonstrate an impact on people and the environment.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Continue to clean storage tank sites at a rapid pace.
2. Develop outcome measures that will test the link between the activities of the
program and the impact on human health and the environment.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
73
2003 Estimate
72
2004 Estimate
73
-------
Program: New Chemicals
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
J71
Results Achieved
_"! Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
~ Measures Adequate
vj New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Reduction of hazardous substances from products and
processes in millions of pounds
(Targets under development)
Annual Performance Goal:
Annual quantity of hazardous substances eliminated
through the Green Chemistry Challenge Awards Program
from 1996 levels, in millions of pounds
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2007
2001
2004
250
150
150
Rating: Adequate
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
EPA's New Chemicals program reviews new chemicals being introduced into
commerce (manufactured or imported) to prevent possible harm to the public and
environment.
The assessment found:
1. The program has very strong purpose and management.
2. The program collaborates with the Department of Labor on worker protection
controls and has a cooperative agreement with Florida State University to identify and
develop improved environmental indicators and program performance measures,
3. While the program has to some extent shown results, the main deficiency is the
lack of adequate long-term measures. The measures are not outcomes, do not have
clear targets and do not include at least one efficiency measure.
4. The PART exercise, however, has resulted in serious attention by the program to
develop long-term goals for the program that can demonstrate results for human
health and/or the environment.
In response to these findings, the Administration will;
1. Maintain funding at the 2003 President's Budget level.
2, Recommend improvement of the program's strategic planning, including an
independent evaluation of the program, which can result in significant improvement
of program results.
3, Establish more outcome-oriented measures including at least one efficiency
measure.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
14
2003 Estimate
15
2004 Estimate
15
-------
Program: Nonpoint Source Grants
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
12
- y.';<;v;3$3tf.
| .
9
[ B~i
80
j
Results Achieved
h/| Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Measures Adequate
New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Current measure achieved
New measures under development
Annual Measure:
Measures under development
Efficiency Measure:
Measures under development
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
EPA's nonpoint source grants program, authorized by Section 319 of the Clean Water
Act, gives money to States to reduce water pollution caused by nonpoint source
runoff.
The analysis found that:
1. The program purpose is clear and agreed upon by interested parties.
2. The program has not collected sufficient performance information to determine
whether it has had a significant effect on pollution.
3. The program's greatest weaknesses are strategic planning and a lack of
measurable program results. Consequently, the program lacks adequate long-term,
annual, and efficiency measures. Existing annual measures, such as "Number of
states reporting on progress in implementing nonpoint source programs" do not
provide useful, results-based performance information. The program's previous long-
term goal has been met, and the agency has not yet developed a new one.
4. The program is in the process of developing new performance measures that focus
on outcomes and efficiency,
5. EPA has made significant improvements to program management over the past
several years, which will assist in their efforts to develop new performance measures.
For example, in 2002 EPA implemented a new grants tracking system with additional
reporting requirements. Through this new system, EPA will be able to see the
estimated reductions in sediment and nutrient loads associated with each project
implementation, as well as project geolocation.
6. The program overlaps with others in rural areas, such as the Department of
Agriculture's Environmental Quality Incentives Program (EQIP) and Conservation
Reserve Program.
-In response to these findings, and to reduce overlap with similar Department of
Agriculture programs that received significant funding increases in the Farm Bill (EQIP
goes from $200 million in 2002 to $800 million in 2004), the Budget proposes to:
1. Shift the program's focus in agricultural watersheds from implementation of
pollution reduction projects to planning, monitoring and assisting in the coordination
and implementation of watershed-based plans in impaired and threatened waters.
2. Establish more outcome-focused measures and at least one efficiency measure.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
237
2003 Estimate
238
2004 Estimate
238
-------
Program: Pesticide Registration
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
'.'.._. Results Achieved
v] Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
H Measures Adequate
53 New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Number of new reduced risk active ingredients registered
Long-term Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2002
2003
2004
11
10
13
13
11
15
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
The Pesticide Registration program at EPA evaluates new pesticides and registers
them for use in the United States. EPA examines the ingredients of the pesticide,
how it will be used, as well as storage and disposal practices to ensure that, when
used properly, the pesticide will not have any adverse effects on humans or the
environment.
The assessment indicates that the program addresses an important nationwide
interest and that further work is needed in the area of performance measurement.
Specific findings include:
i. The program has a clear mission and statutory authority, and it provides for the
safe use of pesticides on a nationwide basis.
2. The program has established long-term goals but they are not adequate because
the goals lack quantified baselines and/or performance targets and they need to be
more outcome-focused.
3. The program regularly reviews overall progress toward annual goals and does
make management decisions to address issues that impede progress.
4. The program does not use efficiency or cost effectiveness metrics to monitor
program management or performance.
5. Generally the program has met its annual goals but It is unclear how achieving
these annual targets leads to quantifiable progress toward the program's long-term
goals. One new long-term efficiency goal that targets reductions in decision-making
time has been proposed for this program by EPA, but further work is needed to
finalize the goal and to develop appropriate annual targets to support it.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Implement appropriate long-term measures.
2. Develop adequate efficiency and cost effectiveness measures to improve program
performance and goal-setting.
(For more information on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
45
2003 Estimate
44
2004 Estimate
48
-------
Program: Pesticides Registration
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency, activities
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
vv<;, ]86
22
Results Achieved
yi Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
~ Measures Adequate
vl New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure;
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Percent of Reregistration Eligibility Decisions (REDs)
completed
A RED document summarizes the reregistration
conclusions and outlines any risk reduction measures
necessary for the pesticide to continue to be registered in
the U.S.
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2002
2003
2004
72.4
76.4
83
88
71.6
72.7
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
The Pesticide Reregistration program reviews pesticides already registered by EPA to
make sure they meet current scientific and regulatory standards. The reregistration
process considers the human health and ecological effects of pesticides and can result
in changes to existing registrations to reduce risks that are of concern.
The assessment indicates that the program addresses an unambiguous quantifiable
need and that further work is needed in the areas of efficiency evaluation and
performance measurement. Specific findings include:
1. The program is the only entity that reviews existing pesticides to ensure they keep
pace with advancing safety standards. The program has a clear mission and
statutory authority.
2. The program has established long-term goals but they are not adequate because
the goals lack quantified baselines and/or targets and because they need to be more
outcome-focused.
3. The program regularly reviews progress toward annual goals and does make
management decisions to address issues that impede progress but the program does
not use efficiency or cost effectiveness measures to monitor program management
and performance.
4. EPA has proposed a long-term efficiency goal for this program that targets
reductions in decision-making time but further work is needed to finalize the goal and
to develop appropriate annual targets to support it.
5. The program has met statutory deadlines but does not always meet annual goals
and it is unclear how achieving annual targets leads to quantifiable progress toward
the program's long-term goals. Progress toward future deadlines will require
additional work on antimicrobial pesticides.
As a result of this review, the Administration:
1. Recommends providing an additional $1.0 million for antimicrobial pesticides and
$0.5 million for inerts reregistration activities.
2. Will implement appropriate long-term performance measures, improved annual
targets, and adequate long and short term efficiency measures.
(For more information on this program, please seethe Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume.)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
45
2003 Estimate
48
2004 Estimate
52
-------
Program: Superfund Removal
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability i
100
Results Achieved
f ™; Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
Z Measures Adequate
5?l New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long-term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Number of removals completed
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
2001
2002
2003
2004
300
275
350
350
302
426
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Direct Federal
Program Summary:
Superfund's Removal Program is a short term cleanup program to remediate
emergency and non-emergency situations in two years or less.
The assessment showed that:
1. The program's purpose, to perform emergency cleanup of hazardous materials, is
very clearly defined and understood by states and stakeholders.
2. The program would benefit from regular independent evaluations and a
systematic process to review strategic planning.
3. The program meets its targets for number of removals each year, an output
measure. However, the program scores poorly on the Results/Accountability section
since it has no outcome based performance metrics that demonstrate the extent of
the impact on public health and the environment.
4. There are no efficiency measures and the development requires overcoming
significant data issues, namely, poor historic data quality in EPA's Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System (CERCLIS)
database.
In response to these findings, the Administration will:
1. Propose funding at the 2003 President's Budget level.
2, Develop outcome oriented measures that test the linkage between program
activities and the impact on human health and the environment.
3. Improve data quality in the CERCLIS database.
(For more informatton on this program, please see the Environmental Protection
Agency chapter in the Budget volume,)
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
203
2003 Estimate
203
2004 Estimate
203
-------
Program: Tribal General Assistance
Agency: Environmental Protection Agency
Bureau: Environmental Protection Agency
Purpose
Planning
Management
Results /
Accountability
100
129
..„ Results Achieved
y] Results Not Demonstrated
Key Performance Measures
100
H Measures Adequate
(•: New Measures Needed
Year Target Actual
Long term Measure:
Measure under development
Annual Measure:
Percent of tribes with delegated and non-delegated
environmental programs
(New measure, targets under development)
Efficiency Measure:
Measure under development
Rating: Results Not Demonstrated
Program Type: Formula/Block Grants
Program Summary:
The Indian Environmental General Assistance Program (GAP) provides grants to
federally recognized Native American tribes and eligible intertribal consortia to
improve their ability to administer environmental regulatory programs.
The analysis found that:
1. The program's purpose is very clear and agreed upon by interested parties. Not all
tribes currently have the financial resources and technical ability to develop and
implement Federal environmental programs on their own.
2. Strategic planning is the program's weakest area, and plans from 2003 and earlier
had weak performance goals that focused on processes more than environmental
outcomes.
3. In recognition of these weaknesses, EPA has been working to develop new long-
term goals and efficiency measures.
4. The program also adopted new annual performance measures, which more
accurately reflect the program's purpose and activities.
5. GAP has improved its program management over the last year.. It implemented a
new grants management system which provides better information on grantee
activities, and it also developed a tribal database which holds environmental, cultural,
and administrative information on each of the tribes.
As a result of these findings, the Administration recommends:
1. Increasing GAP funding to $62.5 million, $5 million above the 2003 President's
Budget level of $57 million, in recognition that program management is improving.
2. That EPA use the new information from the recently implemented grants
management system to further improve the program's strategic planning and
management, including the development of long-term goals and efficiency measures.
Program Funding Level (in millions of dollars)
2002 Actual
52
2003 Estimate
57
2004 Estimate
62
-------
Index
-------
Acid Rain 1-1, I-5, 1-9, 1-17, I-72, I-73, I-74, I-75, I-77,1-78
Acid Rain-CASTNet I-72
Acid Rain -Program Implementation 1-72
Administrative Law x-4, x-8, X-10
Aging Initiative vm-26, vin-ao
Air Deposition 11-1, H-77, II-83, N-97
Air Toxics Research , 1-41,1-54, 1-61, I-70
American Indian Environmental Office iv-101, iv-105
American Waterworks Association Research Foundation (AWWARF) n-46
animal feeding operations (AFOs) n-79
Area-Wide Optimization Program (AWOP) n-24
arsenic H-7, ll-8, H-22, 11-23,11-26, 11-27, H-28, ll-33,11-44, V-46, V-86, VIII-9, VIII-54, VIII-56
Assessments 1-78, ll-18, II-32, V-15, V-42, V-49, VII-36, IX-5
Assistance Agreement Audits x-32, x-35
Assistance Agreement Investigations . x-32, x-36
Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies (AMWA) 11-17
Association of State and Interstate Water Pollution Control Agencies (ASIWPCA) n-82
Asthma IV-64, IV-65, IV-66, IV-68, IV-69, IV-74, IV-75, IV-77, VIII-7, VIII-23, VIII-27
ATSDR Superfund Support IV-79
Base Realignment and Closure v-3, v-72
Beach Grants 11-13
Beaches Environmental Assessment and Coastal Health Act of 2000 (BEACH) n-25
Better Assessment Science Integrating Point and Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) 11-51
bioaccurnulative pollutants , ii-26, n-eo
bioaccumulative toxics n-26, v-45, v-47, vni-53
biosolids n-9,11-31, n-sa, n-ei, n-62, n-78
Bioterrorism Act of 2003 11-17, H-18,11-19
BrOWnfieldS..V-1, V-2, V-3, V-7, V-8, V-9, V-10, V-15, V-40, V-41, V-42, V-44, V-49, V-53, V-54, V-59,
V-60, V-70, V-72, V-73, IX-16, X-34, X-35
Brownfields Cleanup Revolving Loan Fund (BCRLF) v-40
Capacity BuildingV-15, VI-14, VI-33, VI-35, VI-39, VI-43, VI-49, VI-80, VII-27, IX-4, IX-7, IX-13, IX-20,
IX-35
Carbon Monoxide 1-14,1-30
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention n-19, n-46, n-98, iv-37, iv-61, vin-59
Certain Alaskan Cruise Ship Operations (PL 106-554) n-76, n-98
Charles River n-55
Chemical Safety Board (CSB) v-79, v-96
Chesapeake Bay 1-4,1-73, n-48,11-54, M-56, n-64,11-72,11-73,11-74
Childrens Health x-8
Childrens Health, Program Development and Coordination x-8
Civil Enforcement v-15, v-74, ix-7, ix-io, ix-21, ix-31, ix-32
Civil Rights/Title VI Compliance x-8
Clean Air Act Amendments (CAA) II-75, v-98
Clean Vessel Act 11-75, n-76
Clean Water Act (CWA) .... 11-1, ll-50, II-64, ll-70, H-75, H-76, II-79, ll-98, V-98, VI-75, VII-39, VIII-15,
VIII-21, VIII-36, IX-13, IX-17, IX-33, IX-34, IX-42, lX-47, IX-48
Clean Water Needs Survey , 11-91
-------
Clean Watersheds Needs Survey n-8i
Clear Skies 1-5, i-6,1-9,1-12, i-ie, 1-19,1-39,1-40,1-75, vi11-8, vm-4i,vi 11-45
Climate Change... VI-3, VI-6, VI-8, VI-28, VI-30, VI-31, VI-33, VI-35, VI-39, VI-41, VI-43, VI-53, VI-54,
VI-56, VI-57
Climate Change Research vi-28
Climate Protection Program - Buildings vi-28
Climate Protection Program - Carbon Removal , vi-28
Climate Protection Program - Industry vi-28
Climate Protection Program - International Capacity Building vi-28
Climate Protection Program - State and Local Climate Change Program vi-29
Climate Protection Program - Transportation .., vi-29
Coastal Environmental Monitoring..... .'. viii-n
Coastal Wetlands Planning, Protection, and Restoration Act of 1991 n-75, n-76
Columbia Basin Ecosystem Management Project... 11-54
Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO)... , n-26
Commission for Environmental Cooperation - CEC vi-77
Common Sense Initiative vm-64
Communicating Research Information vil-27
Community Assistance , iv-40, vn-13
Community Right to Know (Title III). v-74
Compliance Assistance and Centers., v-15, v-74, ix-7, ix-35
Compliance Incentives, , ix-4, ix-7, ix-35, ix-se, ix-43
Compliance Monitoring ix-7, ix-9, ix-27, IX-31, ix-32
Comprehensive Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs)... .n-53, n-63
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information
System (CERCLIS). V-8,V-19
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) II-
75, V-58, V-72, V-93, VII-39, VIII-36, IX-34, IX-48
Comprehensive Performance Evaluation (CPE) II-23, H-29
comprehensive performance evaluations (CPEs)..... n-24
concentrated animal feeding operations (CAFOs) i-eo, n-62, n-79
Congressional Projects , vn-13
Congressional/Legislative Analysis..... vn-13
Congressionally Mandated Projectsi-14,1-54,1-72,11-13, n-48, n-77, iv-16, iv-28, iv-40, iv-79, v-
15, V-75, VI-29, Vll-14, Vll-27, Vlll-11, VIII-22, VMI-37, VIII-51, VIII-61, VIII-64
Contaminant Candidate List (CCL) n-5, n-8,11-21, n-27
Contract and Procurement Investigations x-32, x-36
Contract Audits x-32,x-35
Contracts Management x-23
cooling water intake n-so
Core Emergency Response (Core ER) program v-31
Correspondence Coordination vn-14
Criminal Enforcement ix-4, ix-7, ix-n, ix-31, ix-32
cruise ship discharges .„ n-7, n-53
Cryptosporidium , M-20
Data Collection v-so, vn-14, vn-27, vn-40
Data Management ii-35,vn-i4, ix-8
Data Reliability Action Plan .11-23,11-36, n-38,11-39,11-40
-------
Data Standards . vn-14, vn-22, vn-27, viuo
decentralized wastewater 11-12,11-80
Design for the Environment iv-2, iv-5, iv-12, iv-79, iv-84, vni-5
Direct Public Information and Assistance . . vn-14
Disadvantaged Communities n-77
Disaster Management Initiative v-15
disinfection byproducts (DBPs) 11-20
Drinking Water Implementation , 11-7,11-13
Drinking Water Needs Survey .. n-9, u-24
Drinking Water Regulations 11-13
Drinking Water Standards 11-19,11-22
Ecosystems Condition, Protection and Restoration Research n-48, viii-11
effluent guidelines ,.. H-so, n-90,11-91,11-93, N-96
Effluent Guidelines..... 11-77,11-80
effluent limitations n-78
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA).. iv-ioo, v-77, vi-75, Vll-
17, VII-39, IX-33, IX-34, IX-48
emergency response plans n-7,11-17, n-18, v-38
Employee Integrity Investigations , x-32,x-37
Endocrine Disrupter Research vi11-22, vn 1-37
Endocrine Disruptor Screening Program 111-10, m-24, iv-n, iv-16, iv-40, iv-56
Enforcement Training ... ix-8, ix-16, ix-32
Entrainment , u-81
Environment and Trade vi-77,vi-79
Environmental Appeals Boards , x-8
Environmental Education Division , vn-14
Environmental Finance Center Grants (EFC) x-12
Environmental Justice , vn-28, ix-4, ix-8, ix-15, ix-16, ix-42, ix-47, ix-48
Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program, EMAP iv-40, VIH-12
Environmental Radiation Ambient Monitoring System (ERAMS).... v-39
Environmental Response Team (ERT) v-9, v-32
Environmental Technology Verification (ETV). n-33, v-66, vin-9, viii-51, vin-53, vni-56, vni-57,
VIII-58,VIII-59
Environmental Technology Verification Centers ii-so
Estuaries and Clean Waters Act of 2001 II-54, n-76
Executive Support „ , x-8, x-io
Existing Chemical Data, Screening, Testing and Management , iv-41
Facilities Infrastructure and Operations....i-i5,1-54,1-72,11-13, n-48, n-77,111-10, in-24, iv-16, iv-
28, IV-41, IV-63, IV-79, IV-101, V-15, V-75, VI-10, VI-29, VI-58, VI-66, VI-77, VII-14, VII-28, VII-40,
VIII-12, VIII-22, VIII-38, VIII-52, VIII-61, VIII-64, VIII-69, VIII-72, IX-8, IX-35, X-8, X-12, X-26, X-33
Farm Bill ll-4, ll-5, ll-6,11-12, ll-52, ll-82, H-83, ll-88, IV-8, IV-19, IV-22, IV-23
Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) Agreement in Principle 11-20
Federal Facilities , v-13, v-15, v-27, v-so, v-31, v-35, v-69
Federal Facility lAGs , ,, ,. v-15
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) n-75, n-76, iu-2, m-22, iv-21, iv-
27, IV-49, IV-78, VIII-21, IX-14, IX-33, IX-48
Federal Preparedness . v-15, v-33
Financial Statement Audits x-33, x-36
-------
Fish Contamination/Consumption 11-14
Five Star Restoration n-57
FQPA..II-30, III-2, HI-3, III-5, III-7, III-8, 111-10, 111-11, 111-12, 111-13, 111-15, III-17, 111-19, III-20, 111-21, III-23,
III-25, III-26, III-27, III-28, III-29, lil-30, 111-31, III-32, III-33, III-34, III-35, III-37, IV-2, IV-3, IV-8, IV-9, IV-
17, IV-18, IV-19, IV-27, IV-48, IV-50, IV-54, VII-39, VIII-36, VIII-50, IX-33
GeOSpatial VII-7, VII-14, VII-15, VII-20, VII-28, VII-29, Vll-37, VII-40
Giardia . 11-20
Global Toxics VI-66
Global Trade Issues for Pesticides and Chemicals vi-66
Grants Management.. X-14,X-21
Grants to States for Lead Risk Reduction iv-28, iv-31
Great Lakesii-11,11-25, n-43, n-49, n-52, v-69, vi-1, vi-2, vi-5, vi-s, vi-io, vi-11, vi-12, vi-13, vi-14,
VI-15, VI-16, VI-17, VI-18, VI-19, VI-20, VI-21, VI-22, VI-23, VI-24, VI-26, VI-27, VI-66, VI-68, VI-72,
VI-76, VI-84, VIII-6, VIII-16, VIII-18, VIII-21, VIII-28
Great Lakes Legacy Act vi-io, VMS, vi-26
Great Lakes National Program Office., vi-2, vi-io, vi-12, vi-te, vi-17, vi-18, vi-19, vi-20, vi-21,
VI-22, VI-23, VI-24
Ground Water Rule (GWR) , 11-20
Gulf Of MexiCO.... II-26, H-49, 11-54, ll-55, ll-58, 11-64, 11-70,11-71, II-72, II-74, II-75, VI-16, VIII-6, VIII-13
Hazardous Air Pollutants 1-54,1-65,1-66
Hazardous Substance Research -Hazardous Substance Research Centers v-15
Hazardous Waste Research v-75
Historic Area Remediation Site (HARS) n-7, n-53
Homeland Security..1-15,1-32,1-38,1-54,1-63,11-7,11-14, II-16,11-19, n-so, I)-31, n-33, n-77,111-10, m-
14, IH-24, III-32, IV-41, IV-46, V-6, V-15, V-22, V-30, V-31, V-33, V-34, V-39, V-51, V-54, V-55, V-75,
V-87, VII-14, VII-24, VII-28, VII-40, VII-41, VIII-7, VIII-12, VIII-18, VIII-23, VIII-29, VIII-31, VIII-32, VIII-
33, VIII-38, VIII-46, VIII-52, VIII-55, VIII-56, IX-4, IX-8, IX-12, IX-19, IX-30, X-26, X-28
Homeland Security-Communication and Information vn-14, vn-28, vn-40
Homeland Security-Critical Infrastructure Protection .1-15,11-14, n-77,111-10, m-24, iv-41, v-15,
IX-8
Homeland Security-Preparedness, Response and Recovery...i-i5,1-55,11-14,111-10, ni-24, v-
15, V-75, VII-28, VIII-12, VIII-23, VIII-38, VIII-52
Homeland Security-Protect EPA Personnel/Infrastructure 1-15, v-15, x-27
Homestake Mine , v-15, v-52
Human Health Research iv-49* iv-so, vin-23
Human Resources Management x-15, x-21
Immediate Office of the Administrator x-8
Impingement H-81
Indoor Environments... iv-63, iv-65, iv-66, iv-70, iv-74, iv-75, IV-77
Information Exchange Network n-go, n-92, vn-3, vn-4, vn-7, vn-14, vn-22
Information Integration , ......vn-14, vii-28, vn-40
Information Sharing and Analysis Center (ISAC) .11-17, n-29
Information Technology Management vn-14, vn-28, vn-41, vn-49
Intergovernmental Relations - OA vn-14, x-8
Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR) 11-22,11-29
International Safe Drinking Water , VI-TT, vi-so
Investigations ....ix-12, ix-19, ix-2o, x-4, x-33, x-36, x-37
Jobs Through Recycling (JTR) iv-90
-------
Lake Champlain , 11-49,11-54
Lead.. 1-3, l-15, i-30,1-31, 1-43, iV-1, IV-7, iV-9, IV-10, IV-28, IV-29, IV-30, IV-31, IV-32, IV-39, V-38, V-
61, IX-30, IX-33, IX-47
Lead Risk Reduction Program iv-28, iv-29
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks (LUST)Cooperative Agreements v-15
Legal Services 1-15,1-55,1-72,11-14, n-49, n-78,111-10, ni-24, iv-16, iv-28, iv-41, iv-es, iv-so, iv-ioi,
V-15, V-75, VI-10, VI-29, VI-58, VI-66, VI-77, VII-14, VII-28, VII-41, VIII-23, VIII-52, VIII-61, Vill-64,
IX-8, IX-35, X-9, X-13, X-27
Long Island Sound 11-49,11-54
Long-Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment rule (LT2) 11-20
LUST Cleanup Programs v-15
Management Services and Stewardship..i-i5,1-55,1-73,11-14,11-49, n-78,111-10, in-25, iv-17, iv-
29, IV-41, IV-64, IV-80, IV-101, V-16, V-75, Vl-10, VI-29, VI-58, VI-66, VI-77, VII-14, VII-28, VII-41,
VIII-12, VIII-23, VIII-38, VIII-52, VIII-61, VIII-65, VIII-69, VIII-72, IX-8, IX-35, X-9, X-13, X-27, X-33
Marine Plastic Pollution, Research and Control Act (MPPRCA) of 1988 n-75, n-76
Marine Pollution t n-49
Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA) n-75, n-76
material weakness 11-79
Maximum achievable control technology (MACT) standards v-83
maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) 11-19
methyl-tertiary-butyl-ether (MTBE) v-4, v-76
Metropolitano, Puerto Rico n-24, n-30
Mobile Sources 1-20,1-25,1-42,1-43
Montreal Protocol VI-7, VI-9, VI-27, VI-59, VI-60, VI-61, VI-62, VI-63, VI-64, VI-65, VI-72
Multilateral Fund vi-58, vi-61, vi-62, vi-64
Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) v-96
NACEPT Support VII-14
NAFTA Implementation vn-14
National Advisory Council for Environmental Policy and Technology (NACEPT) v-22, v-26
National Association Liaison vn-u
National Drinking Water Advisory Council (NDWAC) 11-21
National Electronics Product Stewardship Initiative (NEPSI) iv-90
National Estuaries Program/Coastal Watersheds n-49
National Hydrography Database n-so
National Invasive Species Act of 1997 n-75, n-76
National Nonpoint Source Program Implementation n-78
National Primary Drinking Water Regulations (NPDWRs) 11-19
National Priorities List (NPL) v-3, v-24, v-26
National Research Council (NRC) 11-21, v-55
National Response Decontamination Team (Decon Team) v-32
National Sediment Inventory n-52
National Small Flows Clearinghouse n-so
National Water Program n-25
National Water Quality Standards ,. n-52
NEPA Implementation ix-8, ix-36, ix-42
New Chemical Review iv-4i,iv-so
Nitrogen Oxide 1-15
Nitrogen Oxides 1-15
-------
North American Wetlands Conservation Act 11-75, n-76
NPDES Program , 11-78
Nutrient Strategy 11-52
Ocean Dumping Ban Act 11-75, n-76
Oil and Hazardous Substances National Contingency Plan v-so
Oil Spill Liability Trust Fund (OSLTF) ,. v-so
Oil Spills Preparedness, Prevention and Response v-75
One Cleanup Initiative ,.. v-17
onsite decentralized wastewater n-so
Other Federal Agency Superfund Support v-16
Ozone....I-9, 1-11,1-15,1-22,1-23,1-24, 1-25, 1-33, 1-42,1-44, 1-49, 1-77, VI-1, VI-4, VI-7, VI-9, VI-27, VI-
58, VI-59, VI-63, VI-64, VI-65
Pacific Northwest . ,, ,, n-49, n-54
PART I-3, II-4, HI-8, IV-5, IV-10, IV-13, IV-55, V-5, IX-3
Particulate Matter , 1-11,1-15,1-17,1-34,1-44,1-49, vi-so
Particu late Matter Research 4 1-15,1-34
Partnerships to Reduce High Risk Pesticide Use.. iv-17
PBTI ., iv-so
Performance Track . vni-65, vin-67, vin-68, ix-37
permit backlogs n-79
permit quality reviews (PQRs), , ....n-6, n-79
Pesticide Registration ni-8,111-11,111-17,111-19,111-20,111-21, iv-17, vn-14
Pesticide Reregistration 111-11, in-25, iv-17, vn-14
Pesticide Residue Tolerance Reassessments 111-11,111-25
Pesticides Program Implementation Grant iv-17
Planning and Resource Management... 1-15,11-14, n-49, n-78,111-11,111-25, v-16, v-75, vi-29, vn-
14, VIII-12, VIII-23, IX-8, X-13, X-33
Planning, Analysis, and Results - IG x-33
Pollution Prevention Act (PPA) n-76, iv-82, iv-94, iv-ioo, v-72, vi-75, viii-21, ix-33
Pollution Prevention Incentive Grants to States iv-so
Pollution Prevention Program iv-so, iv-81
POPs Implementation vi-8, vi-66, vi-69
Preventing Contamination of Drinking Water Sources , li-u, 11-15
Program Assessment Rating Tool (PART) iv-54, v-3
Program Audits , , x-33
Program Evaluation- IG x-33
Program Evaluations/Audit x-33, x-36
Program Integrity Investigations x-33, x-36
Project XL IV-43, ix-38
Public Access , VII-10, VII-14, VII-17, VII-21, Vil-28, VII-33, VII-41, VII-50, IX-18, IX-41, X-13
Public Water Systems (PWSs) n-45
publicly-owned wastewater treatment plants n-79
Radiation I-40, 1-77, IV-23, V-16, V-38, V-39, V-64, V-70, V-72, V-75, V-81, V-89, V-98
Radiological Emergency Response Team (RERT) v-38
radionuclides , , 11-22,11-23,11-29, v-38, v-72
Radon IV-64, IV-65, IV-70, IV-71, IV-73, IV-78
RCRA Corrective Action V-3, v-4, V-16, v-61, v-71, v-86
RCRA Enforcement State Grants..... ix-8
-------
RCRA Improved Waste Management v-75
RCRA Permitting v-96
RCRA State Grants iv-so, v-16, v-75
RCRA Waste Reduction iv-80
Recreational Water and Wet Weather Flows Research ii-78
Recycling IV-1, IV-8, IV-11, IV-12, IV-79, IV-88, IV-89, V-2, V-5
Regional and Global Environmental Policy Development vi-11, vi-78
Regional Geographic Program ....vin-62
Regional Haze. 1-15,l-so
Regional Management....1-15,1-55,11-14, n-49, n-78, iv-17, iv-64, iv-so, iv-ioi, v-16,v-75, vi-n,
VII-14, VII-28, IX-8, IX-36, X-9, X-13, X-27
Regional Operations and Liaison vn-14
Regional Program Infrastructure x-27
Regional Science and Technology vm-69, vill-70
Regulatory Development vii-15, vin-38, vni-65, x-13
Reinventing Environmental Information (REI) vn-15, vn-28, vn-41
Research to Support Contaminated Sites v-16
Research to Support Emerging Issues ~. vin-38
Research to Support FQPA m-25, vin-23
Research to Support Pollution Prevention vin-52
Research to Support Safe Communities iv-41
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) n-75, iv-3, iv-86, iv-ioo, v-2, v-7, v-43, v-
70, V-73, V-82, V-98, VI-76, VIII-15, VIII-21, IX-10, IX-33, IX-48
Resource Conservation Challenge (RCC) iv-6, iv-12, iv-86, v-5
Risk Management Plans v-75
risk management plans (RMPs) v-6, v-77, v-91
Rural Community Assistance Program n-so
Safe Drinking Water Act (SOWA) 11-1, n-5,11-14, n-26, n-75, n-76, n-82, iv-78, vn-39, vin-se, vin-
50, IX-48
Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS) n-23
Safe Drinking Water Research 11-14
Safe Pesticide Applications 111-11, iv-17
Safe Recreational Waters 11-14
SBREFA VII-15, IX-31, IX-48
Science Advisory Board i-8, i-58, I-68, n-5, n-46, ni-s, m-36, iv-7, iv-55, iv-59, iv-64, v-7, v-47, v-
85, VI-4, VI-59, VII-6, Vlli-2, VIII-3, VIII-4, VIil-9, VIII-21, VIII-43, VIII-44, VIII-54, VIII-72, VIII-73, X-19
Science Coordination and Policy m-25, iv-41
Sector Grants ix-36
Sensitive Populations 1-10
Shore Protection Act of 1989 n-75, n-76
Small Business Ombudsman vni-65
Small, Minority, Women-Owned Business Assistance. vn-15
Source Reduction l-es, I-66, iv-93
source water assessment u-9, n-14,11-15, n-23, n-33, n-40,11-41, n-45
Source Water Protection n-33, n-38
South Florida/Everglades 11-49,11-54
Stage 2 Disinfection/Disinfection Byproducts rule (Stage 2) 11-20
STAR Fellowships Program vin-38
-------
State Multimedia Enforcement Grants ix-8
State Nonpoint Source Grants , ii-78
State Pesticides Enforcement Grants ix-s
State Pollution Control Grants (Section 106) n-49
State PWSS Grants.. 11-14
State Toxics Enforcement Grants . ix-a
State Underground Injection Control Grants... 11-14
State Water Quality Cooperative Agreements n-49
State Wetlands Program Grants n-49
Storage and Retrieval System (STORET) n-50
Storm water ll-5, ll-54, H-79, II-86, H-88, H-89,11-91,11-98, IX-13
Stratospheric Ozone Protection vi-58, vi-63
Sulfur Dioxide 1-15,1-30
Superfund - Cost Recovery v-16
Superfund - Justice Support v-16
Superfund - Maximize PRP Involvement (including reforms) , v-16
Superfund Base Realignment and Base Closure (BRAG) program, , v-42
Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation (SITE) v-12, v-15, v-48
Superfund Pipeline Management Review (PMR) v-22
Superfund Remedial Actions v-16, vni-69, x-27
Superfund Removal Actions v-16
System Modernization vii-i5,vii-28,vn-4i
Targeted Watershed n-49, n-55, n-6i
Targeted Watershed Grants n-49, n-55, n-61
Technical Cooperation with Industrial and Developing Countries.... vi-78
TMDLS 11-1, II-2, II-3, H-6, !l-9, 11-12, II-49, II-50,11-51, li-52, II-54, II-57, II-60, II-82, II-83
Total Coliform Rule 11-21
Toxic Release Inventory / Right-to-Know (RtK) vn-15, vn-28
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA).... 11-75, M-76,111-37, IV-5, lv-31, IV-39, iv-42, iV-49, lv-56,
IV-61, IV-62, IV-78, IV-100, VI-68, VI-75, VII-39, VIII-50, IX-14, IX-33, IX-47
Tribal General Assistance Grants..... iv-102
Tropospheric Ozone Research 1-15,1-33,1-41
U.S. - Mexico Border vi-11, VMS
Underground Storage Tanks (UST) v-75
UST State Grants v-75
vessel discharges , n-53, n-73,vi-i4
vulnerability assessments 11-17,11-18, n-87
Waste Minimization iv-6, iv-12, iv-86, v-2, v-5
Wastewater Management/Tech Innovations n-78
wastewater systems , ..IMS, n-19
WasteWise IV-12, IV-89, VI-37, VI-46
Water Infrastructure - Alaska Native Villages n-78
Water Infrastructure - Puerto Rico n-14
Water Infrastructure-Mexico Border vi-11
Water Quality Criteria and Standards . n-49
Water Quality Infrastructure Protection n-78
Water Quality Monitoring and Assessment n-49
Water Resources Development Act (WRDA) ..11-75, n-98
-------
Watershed Assessment, Tracking and Environmental Results System (WATERS) 11-50
Watershed Assistance 11-49
Web Products Quality Control vii-15
wet weather flow (WWF) H-84
Wetlands n-8,11-11,11-49, n-56, n-ei, n-67, n-69
------- |